Industrial Communication

Siemens AG
Automation and Drives

Industrial Communication
Postfach 48 48
90327 NRNBERG
GERMANY
www.siemens.com/automation
Order No.: E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600
C
a
t
a
l
o
g

I
K

P
I

2
0
0
7
for Automation and Drives
industrial
C
a
t
a
l
o
g

I
K

P
I

2
0
0
7
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
f
o
r

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

D
r
i
v
e
s
S
u
b
je
c
t
t
o
c
h
a
n
g
e
w
it
h
o
u
t
p
r
io
r
n
o
t
ic
e
|
D
is
p
o
2
6
0
0
0
|
K
G
0
9
0
6
3
5
.
0
S
1
2
3
6
E
N
/
6
2
1
6
0
8
|
P
r
in
t
e
d
in
G
e
r
m
a
n
y
|

S
ie
m
e
n
s
A
G
2
0
0
6
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or characteristics
of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described
or which may change as a result of further development of the products.
An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly
agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
subject to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG
or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could
violate the rights of the owners.
s
Supersedes:
Catalog IK PI 2005 and
Catalog IK PI News July 2005
The products contained in this
catalog are also contained in
the electronic Catalog CA 01
Order No.:
E86060-K4001-A110-C4-7600 (CD-ROM)
E86060-K4001-A510-C4-7600 (DVD)
Please contact your local
Siemens branch office.
Siemens AG 2006
Industrial
Communication
for Automation
and Drives
Catalog IK PI 2007
Introduction
1
PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet
according to IEEE 802.3
2
Industrial Mobile Communication
3
PROFIBUS
according to IEC 61158/EN 50170
4
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os
5
AS-Interface
according to EN 50295/IEC 62 026-2
6
SINAUT Telecontrol
7
Network transitions
8
ECOFAST System
9
Appendix
10
The products and
systems described in
this catalog are manu-
factured/distributed
under application of a
certified quality mana-
gement system in
accordance with DIN
EN ISO 9001 (Certified
Registration No. can be
found in the appendix).
The certificate is re-
cognized by all IQNet
countries.
1/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
Siemens Automation and Drives.
Welcome
More than 60,000 people aiming for the same goal:
increasing your competitiveness. That's Siemens
Automation and Drives.
We offer you a comprehensive portfolio for sustained
success in your sector, whether you're talking automa-
tion engineering, drives or electrical installation sys-
tems. Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally
Integrated Power (TIP) form the core of our offering.
TIA and TIP are the basis of our integrated range of
products and systems for the manufacturing and process
industries as well as building automation. This portfolio
is rounded off by innovative services over the entire life
cycle of your plants.
Learn for yourself the potential our products and
systems offer. And discover how you can permanently
increase your productivity with us.
Your regional Siemens contact can provide more infor-
mation. He or she will be glad to help.
1/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
AS-Interface
PROFIBUS
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFINET
GAMMA instabus
KNX/EIB
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning
MES
Manufacturing
Execution
Systems
Ethernet
Ethernet
Material
Management
Equipment
Management
Production
Order
Management
Production
Operations
Recording
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
ECOFAST IP65
Distributed
Automation System
Micro-Automation and
Aktor-Sensor Interface Level
Safety Integrated
Control
SINAUT Telecontrol
System
SIMATIC
Software
SIMATIC
Sensors
PC-based Automation
Building
Technology
SIMATIC Controllers/
Automation System
1/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
Sharpen your competitive edge.
Totally Integrated Automation
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only
manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and sys-
tems for automation in all sectors from incoming goods to out-
going goods, from the field level through the production control
level to connection with the corporate management level.
On the basis of TIA, we implement solutions that are perfectly
tailored to your specific requirements and are characterized by a
unique level of integration. This integration not only ensures
significant reductions in interface costs but also guarantees the
highest level of transparency across all levels.
Plant
Information
Management
Detailed
Production
Scheduling
SIMATIC IT Framework
Production Modeler
Product Specification
Management System
Laboratory Information
Management System
Field Instru-
mentation/
Analytics
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine
Interface
Drive Systems/
SINAMICS
PROFIBUS PA
SENTRON
Circuit
Breakers
SIMATIC
Distributed
I / O
SIMOTION
Motion Control
System
SINUMERIK
Computer
Numeric Control
SIMOCODE pro
Motor Manage-
ment System
HART
SIWAREX
Weighing
Technology
SINAMICS SIMODRIVE SINAMICS
SIRIUS
Soft Starter
1/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated
Automation during the entire life cycle of your plants from
the first planning steps, through operation, right up to modern-
ization. Consistent integration in the further development of
our products and systems guarantees a high degree of invest-
ment security here.
Totally Integrated Automation makes a crucial contribution
towards optimizing everything that happens in the plant and
thus creates the conditions for a significant increase in produc-
tivity.
PROCESS FIELD BUS
U
I
coso
P
W
110 kV
U
I
cos o
P
W
Planning
and configuration
Products and systems
Communication
Process/production
automation
Load
manage-
ment
HMI Graphs Prognoses
1/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
Integrated energy distribution from a single source.
Totally Integrated Power
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components
of electrical energy distribution into an integrated whole. Thus TIP
provides the answer to growing market demands in the planning,
construction and use of utility buildings and industrial buildings.
On the basis of TIP, we offer integrated solutions for energy distri-
bution, from medium voltage to the power outlet. Totally Inte-
grated Power is based here on integration in planning and config-
uring as well as on perfectly matched products and systems.
Substation
Distribution
Maintenance
task
Hall 1 Air conditioning system
checkup
Distribution 3 Replacing circuit
breaker contacts
Infeed II Replacing meters
CODES
V=VACATION
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK
REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER
OVER THE HOURS TIME & ONE-HALF SICK VACATION
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
DATE:
EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
PAY PERIOD ENDING
central ON
OFF
local ON
OFF
tripped
instabus EIB
Message/
error
manage-
ment
Selective
protection
Main-
tenance
Protocols Power
quality
Cost center
Building
automation
1/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
Totally Integrated Power offers communication
and software modules for connecting the energy
distribution systems to industrial automation and
building automation. This enables the implemen-
tation of significant savings potential.
1/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
Introduction
Your requirements
Do you want to launch new products quickly? And do you want
to respond quickly and flexibly to market requirements and
reduce conversion times and thus reduce the "time-to-market"?
Do you want to produce efficiently and economically? And do
you want to utilize the capacity of your plant/machine optimally
and minimize possible downtimes?
All the machines in your plant should then work optimally
together. Rely on open, integrated communication for your
automation needs throughout your company and beyond.
Avoid island solutions in automation and in information
technology through:
A seamless flow of information from the sensor/actuator
level up to the company management level
Availability of information in any place
Fast data exchange between plant sections
Simple, consistent configuration and efficient diagnostics
Integrated security functions which prevent unauthorized
accesses
Fail-safe communication and standard communication over
the same cable
Our offer
Communication networks are of central importance in
automation solutions. SIMATIC NET Networking for Industry
stands for a versatile portfolio of modular blocks designed
for industry which contribute to solving your communication
tasks efficiently.
In the different automation areas
Across the whole workflow
Across the whole plant life cycle
For all sectors
SIMATIC NET offers solutions which utilize the advantages of
Ethernet and integrate fieldbus systems. Outstanding examples
are:
The exploitation of the field level for Industrial Ethernet
The consistency from the field level up to the company
management level
The pushing ahead of mobile communication
The integration of IT technologies
Worldwide trends
A distributed plant configuration reduces the overhead for
installation, maintenance and diagnostics. A distributed plant
configuration reduces the overhead for installation, mainten-
ance and diagnostics. Such configurations involve the use of
intelligent devices at the local level which are interfaced to one
another over networks. Openness and flexibility are important
in linking different systems and carrying out expansions. The
standards for bus systems are defined and standardized in
international committees.
Industrial Ethernet (IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.3u and
IEEE 802.11 WLAN) the international standard
network standard for all levels
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/EN 50170) the international
standard for the field is the world-wide market leader
for fieldbusses
PROFIBUS
PROFINET the open Industrial Ethernet standard
for automation
AS-Interface (IEC 62026-2/EN 50295) connects
sensors and actuators using a two-wire cable which
is an economic alternative to cable harnesses.
KNX/EIB (EN 50090, ANSI EIA 776) is the universal
bus system for the entire house and building technology.
KNX was developed by the Konnex Association based
on EIB (European Installation Bus).
AS-Interface
KNX
1/9 Siemens IK PI 2007
With Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only supplier
of a consistent range of products and systems for automation
in all sectors from incoming goods storage via the production
process up to dispatching products, from the field level via the
production control level up to the integration of the company
management level.
The advantages of Totally Integrated Automation already pay
off at the design and engineering level, but also during assembly
and startup as well as during operation and maintenance.
Automation solutions can be created with little outlay. New
freedoms make it easier to respond more quickly and flexibly
to new market requirements.
Plants can be easily expanded or converted without having to
interrupt current operations.
Thanks to the fact that Industrial Ethernet has been venturing
more and more into automation all the way down to the field
level, two ingredients of Totally Integrated Automation are
achieving ever greater significance: PROFINET and SCALANCE.
PROFINET ... increases the productivity of your plant
For your strategic decisions you require a seamless, company-
wide information flow - from the first manufacturing step via
the operational level up to the company management level.
To achieve this, you must rely on efficiency and consistency at
the very beginning when you design your plant.
PROFINET, the open, innovative Industrial Ethernet standard,
fulfills all the demands of industrial automation and enables
integrated, company-wide communication.
PROFINET also supports the direct connection of distributed
field devices to Industrial Ethernet and the solution of Motion
Control applications in isochrone mode. PROFINET also enables
distributed automation with the aid of component technology
which allows vertical integration and fail-safe applications.
PROFINET also supports controller-to-controller communication.
SCALANCE ... for the security, flexibility and performance
of your industrial communication networks
Totally Integrated Automation by Siemens shows with a number
of successful applications around the world to what extent
consistent solutions with shared tools and standardized
mechanisms can be created today. Closely connected to this
is the selective further development of industrial communication
with SIMATIC NET. A revolutionary milestone of this develop-
ment is SCALANCE, the new generation of components for the
installation of uniform networks:
by Totally Integrated Automation
Conducted electrically or optically or wireless via Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN).
In industrial environments and similar.
SCALANCE is available in three different versions:
The security modules of SCALANCE S are the core of this
pioneering safety concept for automation engineering from
Siemens that protects networks and data.
Based on Industrial Wireless LAN, SCALANCE W supports
integrated communication as far as areas that until now
have been difficult or even impossible to access.
The Industrial Ethernet switches (active network components)
of SCALANCE X ensure future-oriented networks; and the
perfect switch is always available for every task.
An overall solution comprises a
a bus system
passive network components, e.g. cables
active network components, e.g. switches
interfaces for connecting the programmable controllers to
the bus systems
integrated interfaces
separate communications processors
gateways, e.g. a link
software for configuring the networks
tools for maintenance and diagnostics
SIMATIC NET offers all the components required for an integrated
overall solution, and supports the following bus systems:
Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP)
(e.g. PC)
Control
(e.g. S7-300)
Bus system AS-
Interface
PROFIBUS
DP
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFINET
Drives
(e.g. SINAMICS)
Simple field devices
(e.g. digital
I/O modules)
Sensors/actuators
Intelligent field
devices (e.g. ET200S)
Motion Control
(e.g. SIMOTION)
Level
Failsafe
communication
n
o
t

s
u
i
t
a
b
l
e
S
u
i
t
a
b
l
e
W
e
l
l

s
u
i
t
e
d
1/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
Industrial Ethernet
(IEEE 802.3 and 802.3u)
The international standard for
local area networking. With a
market share of 90% world-
wide it is now the number one
with respect to local area net-
works. Industrial Ethernet can
be used to construct high-
performance communication
networks that span great
distances.
PROFINET
The international standard
uses Industrial Ethernet and
enables real-time communica-
tion all the way down to the
field level while also including
the enterprise level.
Despite full use of existing IT
standards, PROFINET enables
isochronous motion control
applications, efficient cross-
vendor engineering and a
high level of machine and
plant availability on the Indus-
trial Ethernet. PROFINET sup-
ports distributed automation
(including controller-to-
controller communication)
and makes fail-safe applicati-
ons possible.
PROFIBUS
(IEC 61158/EN 50170)
The international standard for
the field level is the world
market leader among field bu-
ses. It is the only field bus
which permits communica-
tion for manufacturing as well
as process-oriented appli-
cations.
Bus systems for Industry
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS PA
Telecontrol and
substation control
Mobile
telephones Internet Pad
PC
Controller
Notebook
PC/PG
Monitoring and
control system
Field device for
intrinsically safe area
Monitoring and
control system
Teleservice
Controller
Coupler
Link
Sensors
Motor
manager
Drives
Field devices
Machine
Vision
Numeric
Control
Numeric
Control
KNX
The graphic shows the connec-
tion of different automation
systems to the standardized
networks.
AS-Interface
Controller
Security
PC
PC/PG
Motion Control Systems
Telecontrol
and substation
control
Motion Control
Systems
Controller
Link
Actuator
Power supply unit
Sensors
Field devices
Machine
Vision
Access Point
Client
Module
Field device
Drives
Controller
Controller
Link
Link
Access Point
Notebook
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Link
Link
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
AS-Interface
(IEC 62026/EN 50295)
Combines sensors and actua-
tors using a two-wire line as
price-effective alternative to
a wiring harness.
The basis for building services
automation is the global
KNX/EIB (EN 50090,
ANSEI EIA 776) standard.
Network interfaces are imple-
mented via controllers or
links. Configuration and diag-
nostics can be carried out
from any location in the plant.
1/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
S7-200
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet offers a
powerful area and cell
network in accordance
with standard IEEE 802.3
(ETHERNET), IEEE 802.3u and
802.11 a/b/g/h (Wireless LAN)
for industry.
Ethernet is the basic technology of the Internet for worldwide
networking. The different possibilities of the Intranet, Extranet
and Internet, which are already available in office environ-
ments today, can, using Industrial Ethernet, also be utilized for
manufacturing and process automation.
The Ethernet technology which has been used successfully for
many years for switching, full duplex and autosensing allows
the user to adapt the necessary network performance to re-
quirements. The user can select the data rate as needed since
the consistent compatibility permits step-by-step introduction
of the new technology.
Ethernet presently has a market share of over 90% with a
tendency to rise further, thus placing it in pole position in the
LAN landscape worldwide.
Ethernet offfers important advantages:
Fast start-up thanks to the simplest connection method.
High availability since existing networks can be extended
without any adverse effects
Almost unlimited communications performance because
scalable performance is available through switching techno-
logy if required.
Networking of different application areas such as the office
and production areas.
Company-wide communication thanks to linking up via WAN
(Wide Area Network) such as ISDN or Internet
Investment security through continuous compatible further
development.
Data storage for Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)
"Rapid Roaming"
For very fast forwarding of mobile nodes between different
access points
Chronologically exact allocation of events throughout the
whole plant system through plant-wide clock control.
SIMATIC NET relies upon this well-proven technology. Siemens
has supplied well over two million connections worldwide for
rough and EMC polluted areas of industry.
Machine
Vision
MOBIC
SIMATIC TDC
S7-300 with
SINAUT ST7
Industrial
Ethernet
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
S7-300
S7-400
SIMATIC HMI
with WinAC
S7-200 with
SINAUT MICRO
ET 200
SIMATIC NET provides important supplements to Ethernet
technology for industrial environments:
Network components designed for use in rough industrial
environments
Fast assembly on site thanks to the FastConnect wiring
system with RJ45 technology
Fail-safe networks thanks to fast redundancy and redundant
power supplies
Continuous monitoring of network components through a
simple and effective signaling concept.
Future-oriented network components with the SCALANCE X
switch family, the members of which build on one another
Note-
book
MOBIC
SIMOTION C/P/D SINUMERIK
SINAMICS
S 120
1/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
of SIMOTION and SIMATIC S7/C7/WinAC. It enables PCs and
workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of useful
data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple, powerful
communication services and provides a network-independent
software interface.
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) is used by
SIMATIC S7/C7 to communicate with existing systems, especially
with SIMATIC S5 partner, but also with PCs over PROFIBUS and
Industrial Ethernet.
FETCH and WRITE is also available over Industrial Ethernet to
ensure that software created for SIMATIC S5 can continue to
be used with SIMATIC S7 without any modifications.
Standard communication
This comprises standardized protocols for data communication,
e.g. FTP. Fail-safe communication is also possible via Industrial
Ethernet.
OPC
(OLE for Process Control)
is a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface
and allows OPC-capable Windows applications to interface to
S7 communication and S5-compatible communication (SEND/
RECEIVE) and PROFINET.
Information technology (IT) with e-mail
and Web technology
integrates SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK into the IT
through Industrial Ethernet. In the office environment, e-mail
and Web-browsers are widely used communication techniques.
Ethernet is used as the main communication route, in addition
to telephone cables and the Internet.
The socket interface for Industrial Ethernet
facilitates data communication with computers via TCP/IP.
Users can program the data exchange freely using this widely
used interface in the PC and UNIX world. SIMATIC S7 and
SIMATIC TDC use the SEND/RECEIVE blocks (S/R) to access TCP/IP.
PROFINET communication services
PROFINET IO for connecting distributed field devices to
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET CBA for modern plant construction for the
implementation of distributed automation structures based
on pre-assembled components
The following communication functions/services are offered
by Industrial Ethernet:
PG/OP communication
This includes integrated communication functions, via which
the SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK automation systems
can carry out data communication with any HMI device (TD/OP)
and SIMATIC PG (STEP 7).
PG/OP communication is supported by all networks.
S7 communication
S7 communication is the integral communication function
(system function block) for the S7-400 or loadable function
blocks for the S7-300 which have been optimized in the context
PC with WinCC flexible
or SINAUT MICRO SC
PC
Field PG M
SIMATIC
WinAC
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Client Module
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
SINAMICS
S120
ET 200
SCALANCE
X202-2P IRT
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
SIMOTION D/P
SCALANCE S
SINUMERIK
1/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
PROFINET
The open standard for automation
The increasing importance of
vertical integration shows the
important role played by
industrial communication
throughout modern automa-
tion engineering.
PROFINET, the open and cross
vendor standard based on Industrial Ethernet, enables direct,
transparent access from the corporate management level to
the field level. To make this possible, PROFINET relies on
established IT standards and fully supports TCP/IP.
Make use of synergies and protect investments:
Problem-free integration of existing systems
Do you want to continue utilizing and expanding existing
systems and plant sections which communicate over PROFIBUS
and other fieldbuses in future? No problem! With PROFINET,
integration of the installed basis is easy and can be done
without a lot of overhead. PROFINET thus ensures a high level
of investment protection for existing systems and you can rely
on an innovative standard now and in the future.
The optimum basis for PROFINET: Industrial Ethernet
Ethernet has established itself as standard in the office world.
Thanks to its excellent market acceptance, Ethernet was chosen
for continuous further development, for example as regards
transmission rates. In order to make it possible to utilize Ethernet
for hard industrial demands, we have been offering Industrial
Ethernet, a standard-based network, for more than 15 years.
PROFINET utllizes this basis to link devices from the field level
to the management level, thereby combining industrial capa-
bilities with the continuity and transparency of inter-company
communication.
PROFINET: New possibilities for Industrial Ethernet
As a component of IEC 61158, PROFINET is based on the
international Ethernet standard (IEEE 802.3) and builds
systematically on Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s and switching
technology. PROFINET is particularly distinguished by the
following: Shared use of real-time and TCP-based communi-
cation over the same cable as well as scalable real-time
communication for programmable controllers, distributed I/O
and motion control. PROFINET therefore ensures short response
times and continuity from the field level to the management
level.
Process
Real-time
communication
Distributed
field devices
Motion
control
Distributed
intelligence
Network
installation
IT standards
& security
Safety
Integrated
PROFINET
Safety Integrated
PROFINET also fulfills all required prerequisites as regards
complete safety for humans, machines and the environment.
The use of PROFIsafe enables a network for standard and fail-
safe communication on one and the same cable.
IT standards & security
PROFINET provides all functions for optimum configuration
and diagnostics. All relevant data can be accessed from
anywhere in the world over the Internet. PROFINET also fulfills
increased demands on data and network security.
Simple network installation
PROFINET relies systematically on 100 Mbit/s switching
technology and supports linear and ring network topologies
as well as the star topology customary with Ethernet. This
minimizes cabling overhead and ensures the highest possible
availability. Wireless communication opens the door to new
industrial applications.
Distributed intelligence
PROFINET offers new options for the implementation of
distributed automation structures: Systematic modularization
and simple machine-to-machine communication with plant-
wide engineering - thanks to Component Based Automation
Motion control
PROFINET makes it possible to implement very fast, isochronous
drive control for high-performance motion control applications
without a lot of overhead while at the same time using TCP/IP
communication.
Distributed field devices
Distributed field devices can be directly interfaced to Industrial
Ethernet via PROFINET. This enables fast data interchange
between I/O and controller and provides for significantly better
diagnostic options.
Real-time communication
PROFINET fulfills all real-time demands relevant to automation,
including isochronous mode. PROFINET is therefore also suitable
for particularly sophisticated, complex applications, for example
those involving motion control.
Process
PROFINET was conceived as a comprehensive standard for all
automation tasks. Special requirements for use in industrial
plants and the interfacing of process instrumentation devices
and analyzers are currently being worked on with an eye toward
standardization.
PROFINET covers the entire spectrum of automation applications
while differentiating between three basic communication
characteristics:
Non-real-time such as TCP/IP and UDP/IP communication
Real-time (RT) and
Isochronous real-time (IRT)
TCP/IP and UDP/IP communication
Non-time-critical data transmission with TCP/IP and UDP/IP is
the technical basis for communication for instance for
assigning parameters and configuration. In the IT landscape,
TCP/IP is a defacto standard.
The solution for all demands:
PROFINET, the comprehensive standard for automation
1/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
IMC stands for the industrial mobile communication products
of SIMATIC NET that utilize wireless communication. This is
based on worldwide standards, such as IEEE 802.11, GSM,
GPRS or, in the future, UMTS.
Also possible is fail-safe wireless communi-
cation over IWLAN.
IWLAN/
PB Link
PN IO
PROFIBUS
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Client Module
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
ET 200S
S7-300 with
PROFINET-CPU
or CP 343-1
ET 200pro SINAMICS
PC with
SINEMA E
planning
software
ET 200S
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
with integrated
2-port switch
PROFINET
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
The key to future market success lies in the ability to provide
information and access to information at any time and in any
location.
With mobile systems interconnected via fast wireless radio
networks (Wireless LAN), processes can be designed for greater
efficiency. The main advantage of wireless solutions is easy
and flexible access to mobile stations. Industrial Mobile
Communication (IMC) plays an important role in this:
Industrial Ethernet
Advantages of a wireless communication network
Increased competitiveness since greater mobility achieves
higher flexibility
Maintenance work is simplified, service costs and downtimes
are reduced and personnel is used optimally
Spare parts lists and manuals are available regardless of the
location
Work orders can be received and acknowledged online
Integrated radio network for voice and data beyond corporate
boundaries
The system solution is tested and well-proven because the
network components, communications processors and
software are perfectly matched to each other
Remote diagnosis for different production machines from a
central service location reduces service costs
Difficult to reach installations can be accessed easily; there
is no need for complex wiring
Fast commissioning of new plant sections due to reduced
overhead for the installation of the communications network
with the aid of the SINEMA E planning, simulation and
configuration software.
No wear on rotating and moving devices or equipment
Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote,
difficult to access or in hostile environments.
SCALANCE W wireless communication
The products of SCALANCE W offer the unique combination of
reliability, ruggedness and security.
With Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN), an extension to the
IEEE 802.11 standard is made available that addresses the
requirements of industrial customers in particular with regard
to a deterministic response and redundancy. For the first time
customers are getting a single radio network both for data
critical to the process (e.g. alarm signaling) as well as for
uncritical communication (e.g. for service and diagnostics).
IWLAN components SCALANCE W and PROFINET, the Industrial
Ethernet standard, provide a mobile solution for new
applications all the way down to the field level.
The reliability of the radio channel continues with the dustproof
and waterproof construction (IP65) of the metallic enclosures,
fulfilling SIMATIC's well-known high demands on mechanical
stability.
To protect against unauthorized access, the products provide
modern standard mechanisms for user identification (authen-
tication) and encryption of data, but can also be easily integrated
into existing security policies.
The "Rapid Roaming" function is available for very fast forwarding
of mobile nodes between two different access points.
1/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
AS-Interface
ET 200S
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP/PA is used to
link field devices such as
distributed I/O stations or
drives with programmable
controllers such as
SIMATIC S7, SIMOTION
or PCs.
PROFIBUS, standardized to IEC 61158, is a powerful open and
robust field system with short response times. PROFIBUS is
available in different designs for different applications.
PROFIBUS DP
(distributed I/O)
is used to connect distributed field devices, e.g. SIMATIC
ET 200 or drives with very fast response times. PROFIBUS DP
is used when actuators/sensors are distributed throughout the
machine or plant (e.g. field level).
The actuators and sensors are connected to the field devices.
The field devices are supplied with output data in accordance
with the master/slave technique and transfer input data to the
programmable controller or PC.
Openness all the way
Thanks to the openness of PROFIBUS DP it is, of course, also
possible to connect standardized components of other
manufacturers. The IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard ensures
that your investments are secure for the future.
Member companies worldwide offer a wide range of products
with PROFIBUS DP interface for the field level. Siemens has a
complete product portfolio of standard and fail-safe controllers,
network components, communications software and field
devices.
And for manufacturers of field devices, we offer everything
that has to do with the PROFIBUS DP, such as ASICs, training,
certification and much, much more.
PROFIsafe
Permits standard and fail-safe communication over one and
the same bus cable. PROFIsafe is an open solution for fail-safe
communication over standard buses, and utilizes the PROFIBUS
services.
PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC C7
SIMOREG
SIMATIC S7
ET 200M
ET 200L
Field PG M
Notebook
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF
MICRO-
MASTER
SIMOVERT
MASTER-
DRIVES
SIMOCODE
PRO
SIMOTION C/P/D
SIMODRIVE
ET 200pro
ET 200M
with F I/O
S7-300F with
standard and F I/O
SINAMICS
SINUMERIK
DP/AS-
Interface
Link 20E
ET 200eco
DP/AS-i
LINK
Advanced
Isochronous mode
CPU, drives, I/O and user program are synchronized to the
PROFIBUS clock. The "isochronous mode" function is supported
by the CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-400, SIMOTION/SINUMERIK
and servo drives. The PROFIdrive profile is used for drive
control
PROFIBUS PA
(Process automation)
expands PROFIBUS DP with safe data and power transmission
(e.g. measuring transmitters in the food industry) in
accordance with international standard IEC 61158-2 (same
protocol, different design).
DP/EIB
Link
SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC PC with WinAC
Mobile Panel
KNX
(EN 50090, ANSI EIA 776) is the worldwide
standardized building installation system
and the basis for building automation.
Vision Sensor
VS 120
VS 130
DP/PA
coupler/link
SITRANS F US
SITRANS P
Customer
specific
sulutions
with ASICs
PROFIBUS PA
RS 485iS coupler
Intrinsically safe area
SIMATIC TDC
DP/DP coupler
ET 200iSP
Power Rail
Booster
DP slave
Customer
specific
sulutions
with ASICs
SIPART PS2
PROFIBUS
FMS
SIMATIC HMI
S7-400
S7-300
non-Siemens
devices SIMATIC C7 Field PG M SIMATIC C7
PROFIBUS DP
* PDM is a parameterization tool for intelligent field devices
*
PROFIBUS FMS
(fieldbus message specification)
for the data communication of programmable controllers
provided by different manufacturers. In this way, general control
and measuring tasks can also be solved accurately in a
distributed fashion in addition to motion control tasks.
1/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
AS-Interface
Sensors, valves, actuators,
drives different components
operate on the field level.
All these actuators/sensors
must be connected to a
programmable controller.
This is implemented with the
help of distributed I/O devices; so to speak as intelligent outposts
on site.
AS-Interface connects the components of the field level by
means of a twisted pair cable as a low-cost alternative to a
cable harness.
AS-Interface is used where individual actuators/sensors are
distributed spatially over the machine (e.g. in a bottling plant).
AS-Interface is the open international standard IEC 62026-2/
EN 50295, and is supported worldwide by 280 member
companies of the AS International Association, including the
leading manufacturer of actuators and sensors. The system
has been used successfully in the field since 1994, and is with
10 million installed nodes the uncontested market leader
among bit-oriented bus systems.
AS-Interface is a single-master system. There are communica-
tions processors (CPs) for SIMATIC and for SIMOTION and Links
which, as master, control field communication.
With AS-Interface Specification V2.1 resp. V3.0, it is possible
to connect as many as 62 slaves. AS-Interface Specification
V3.0 enables the connection of up to 1,000 digital inputs/
outputs (Profile S-7.A.A: 8DI/8DO as A/B slave). New profiles
open the door to the use of expanded addressing, even for
analog slaves. "Fast Analog Profiles" speed up analog value
transfer. Thanks to integrated analog-value processing in the
masters, the access to analog values is just as simple as the
access to digital values.
The connection of SIMATIC S7 controllers, WinAC or other
systems to AS-Interface is implemented via IE/AS-iLINK PN IO,
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced or via the DP/AS-Interface Link 20E.
DP/AS-i-LINK Advanced and DP/AS-interface Link 20E in IP20
are available for direct interfacing of the AS-Interface to
PROFIBUS DP. This allows the AS-Interface to be used as subnet
for PROFIBUS DP.
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO enables direct interfacing of the AS-Interface
to Industrial Ethernet and thus direct embedding in the
PROFINET environment.
In this way, you can make savings
AS-Interface replaces complex cable harnesses and connects
binary actuators and sensors such as proximity switches, valves
or indicator lights with a programmable controller, e.g. SIMATIC.
In practice, this means: Installation runs smoothly because
data and power are transported together on one cable.
Thanks to the specially developed flat cable (in yellow) and to
insulation displacement, the AS-Interface slaves can be con-
nected at any point.
This concept ensures extreme flexibility while saving a significant
amount of time and money. Special knowledge about
installation and commissioning is not required. In addition, the
ease of laying the cable and the clear structure of the cable as
well as the special version of the cable not only significantly
reduce the fault risk, but also the overhead for service and
maintenance.
SIMATIC/
SIMOTION
AS-Interface distributor
(without AS-Interface chip)
AS-Interface-
Netzteil
I/O module
digital/analog
(without
AS-Inter-
face chip)
Repeater
LOGO!
Operator
control panel
Safe slave with
EMERGENCY STOP
Compact starter
IP 65
AS-Interface
power supply
AS-Interface master * PROFIBUS DP
Safety
monitor
Signal
evaluation
24 V DC
power supply
AS-i Extension Plug
(for segment length
up to 200 m)
Max. AS-iI cable length
per segment:
100 m without Extension Plug
200 m with Extension Plug
Max. AS-iI cable length
per segment:
* Only one master can be optimally
connected to an AS-I line.
SIMATIC C7
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
S7-300
S7-200
SIMOTION C
AS-Interface
distributor
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
AS-Interface master *
S7-300 with PROFINET-CPU
S7-200
SIMATIC C7
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
AS-Interface
DP/AS-i LINK
Advanced
1/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
Telecontrol and remote maintenance
SINAUT Telecontrol
SINAUT, the telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7, consists
of two independent systems:
SINAUT ST7
Versatile telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7-300,
SIMATIC S7-400 and WinCC for fully-automatic monitoring
and control of process terminals which exchange data with
one or more control centers or with each other via a WAN
or over Ethernet (TCP/IP).
SINAUT MICRO
Telecontrol system for monitoring and controlling distributed
plants using wireless communication (GPRS) on the basis of
SIMATIC S7-200 and WinCC flexible or WinCC. As a result of
its bidirectional communications capability, SINAUT MICRO
can handle simple telecontrol tasks.
An OPC server is available for both systems which permits
connection to a non-Siemens control center system (OPC client).
SINAUT ST7
SINAUT ST7 facilitates an integrated communications concept
(TIA) and complete integration into the SIMATIC environment.
The modular design and the support of a huge variety of
network forms and operating modes including Ethernet permit
the design of flexible network structures that can also contain
redundant links.
By using all forms of transmission media (e.g. dedicated line,
wireless, dial-up networks, SMS, FAX), the networks can be
optimally adapted to the respective local conditions.
First-time configuration of even highly complex networks and
their expansion can be carried out easily and cost-effectively
thanks to the software packages provided and STEP 7.
The control center
The following can be used as central control centers:
SIMATIC S7-300 or S7-400 controllers.
SINAUT ST7cc, the PC control system (simple or redundant),
is based on WinCC. It is a supervisory control system specially
matched to the event-controlled and time-stamped data
transmission of the SINAUT system.
SINAUT ST7sc for connecting control centers of other
manufacturers over OPC. The SINAUT telecontrol technology
can also be connected to control center systems of other
manufacturers via the data access interface. ST7sc features
extensive buffer mechanisms which prevent data from being
lost even if the OPC client fails.
SINAUT WANs
Dedicated lines (copper and fiber-optic cables)
Private radio networks (optionally with time slice procedure)
Analog telephone network
Digital ISDN network
Cellular phone network (GSM)
All networks can be combined as required. Redundant paths
are also possible. Star, line and node structures can be set up.
SINAUT over Ethernet
SINAUT communication over Ethernet or TCP/IP-based networks
is possible between the stations and the control point as well
as between stations. Prerequisites are fixed IP addresses as well
as connections that are similar to dedicated lines.
Change-driven data transmission
The SINAUT software in the stations ensures that process data
is transmitted between the individual CPUs and with the control
center in the event of changes.
Local data storage
A special characteristic of the TIM transmission module used
for the SINAUT ST7 system is the local storage of the data
messages (incl. time stamp) if the communication path is
disturbed, a partner is lost or for cost optimization when dialing
networks.
Date and time are always up-to-date
A DCF77 radio clock can be used to supply the CPUs and the
control center, e.g. ST7cc, with the date and time across the
network. The systems therefore always have the exact time;
including daylight savings time switchover. The GPS (Global
Positioning System) can also be used as the time source instead
of DCF77.
SINAUT remote programming and remote diagnostics
All diagnostics and programming functions provided by SIMATIC
and SINAUT for station automation and WAN communication
can be used via the SINAUT networks without interrupting
process data transmission.
MPI
SINAUT ST7 stations
e.g.. S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
e.g. S7-400 with TIM 4 e.g. S5-115 with TIM 11
DCF 77 GPS
SINAUT ST1 stations
MPI
SINAUT
ST7cc
SINAUT
ST7sc
Central
controller
SINAUT
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Industrial
Ethernet
WAN WAN
TIM 4
TIM 4
SINAUT MICRO
SINAUT MICRO is the cost-effective extension to the monitoring
and control of simple telecontrol tasks. It consists of a GSM-
GPRS modem, OPC and connection management software
optimized for GPRS and an S7-200 program block package.
With this package, as many as 256 SIMATIC S7-200 stations
can communicate easily and securely over GPRS mobile radio
with the control center and with each other. They are constantly
online.
SINAUT MICRO is perfect wherever small amounts of data are
to be transferred over wireless connections. The system is
configured using STEP 7 Micro/WIN.
Maintenance personnel can also access the secured control
center and query or set current values from the S7-200 stations
from home per Internet browser. SMS or fax fault messages
sent directly by S7-200 remote stations and received over
mobile radio telephone can be analyzed in the control center,
making it possible to respond more quickly.
The routing functionality of OPC server SINAUT MICRO SC also
enables bidirectional communication between S7-200 stations
interfaced via the SINAUT MD720-3 modem.
Under WinCC, OPC server SINAUT MICRO can be combined
with SINAUT ST7cc to create a cost-optimized central fault
annunciation and telecontrol system which can grow according
to need.
SIMATIC TeleService
The MPI interface on SIMATIC S7/C7, SIMATIC TDC,
SIMOTION/SINUMERIK automation systems and OPs is
lengthened over the telephone network. This requires nothing
more than a TS adapter and a modem. The TeleService
engineering tool establishes a connection with the machine
or plant. The familiar functionality of STEP 7, Drive ES, SIMOTION
SCOUT and the diagnostic tools are available throughout.
This teleservice is handled as if a maintenance man were
actually sitting at the machine or in the plant. An additional
PC/PG is not required.
Central
control center
GSM/GPRS
provider
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD720-3
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD720-3
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD720-3
Internet
e.g. WinCC flexible,
Win CC
SINAUT MICRO SC
OPC server and
connection manager
1/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
KONNEX (KNX)
for home and building system technology
Higher requirements with respect to flexibility and ease-of-use
of the electronics installations, combined with the desire to
minimize own costs, have resulted in the development of
building system technology. The bus technology used for this
purpose uses a common European concept.
KNX is the universal bus system for the complete range of
home and building system technology which was developed
by the Konnex Association from the
EIB (European installation bus)
EHS (European home systems)
and BatiBUS
based on the EIB. KNX products therefore ensure interoperability,
product quality and functionality in the same way as EIB.
All products are configured with a manufacturer-independent
software tool. The functionality of each existing EIB system
can be expanded with KNX.
As the most successful and most established system on the
market, EIB remains the central and unchanging system core
of the KNX standard. The expansion of the system platform
has cleared the way to offering and marketing efficient and
economic new installations for non-residential buildings,
residential constructions and modernizations.
PC/PG
Monitoring and
control system
Field device for
intrinsically safe area
Controller
Coupler
Link
Sensors
Motor
manager
Drives
Field devices
Machine
Vision
Numeric Control
KNX
KNX also includes radio and infrared transmission media in
addition to twisted pair cables and Powerline. This opens up
opportunities for retrofitting. Furthermore, it is also possible
to integrate additional systems such networks of electrical
appliances (home appliances etc.). In addition, services such
as remote maintenance, remote data acquisition of consumer
data and security services can be offered with KNX.
System arguments
Conventional electrical installations require a separate cable
for each function and each control system requires a separate
network.
In contrast to this, EIB permits all operational functions and
procedures to be controlled, monitored and signaled over a
shared cable. In this way, power can be supplied directly to the
consumers without extra cabling.
Apart from saving cables, this also has the following advan-
tages: Installation in a building is much less complicated and
can later be easily expanded and modified. If the systems are
later used for different purposes or spaces are divided differently,
the EIB can be adapted easily by simply reassigning (reconfi-
guring) the bus stations without having to lay new cables.
AS-Interface
WinAC
Network transitions
PC with
PN OPC server
IE/PB
Link PN IO
(Proxy)
PC with
SIMATIC WinAC
(Proxy)
S7-400
S7-300
DP/EIB Link
PC PG
S7-300 with
PROFINET-CPU
S7-200
S7-400
PROFIBUS
KNX/EIB
S7-300 with
PROFINET-CPU
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
(Proxy)
S7-300
IE/PB Link
SCALANCE
W-780
Access
Point
Network transitions from one bus system to another are
implemented using links, PLCs or PCs. In the case of PLCs or
PCs, this can take place via integrated interfaces and
communications processors (CPs). Links pass on the data
autonomously from one network to the other.
The following links are available:
IE/PB Link and IE/PB Link PN IO for the transition from Industrial
Ethernet to PROFIBUS (also for fail-safe communication)
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO for the transition from Industrial Ethernet
to AS-Interface
IWLAN/PB Link PB IO for the transition from IWLAN to
PROFIBUS
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and DP/AS-Interface Link 20E for the
transition from PROFIBUS to AS-Interface
DP/EIB Link for the transition from PROFIBUS to KNX/EIB
In the case of PLCs such as e.g. SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300,
S7-400, SINUMERIK or SIMOTION C, data is exchanged between
the individual networks by means of communications processors
or integrated interfaces. The data is linked by means of a PLC,
and therefore passed on to the other network already pre-
processed.
PROFINET network transition with proxy functionality
PROFIBUS segments can be connected to Industrial Ethernet
via PROFINET proxies. This connection can be implemented
using a solution with the SIMATIC WinAC PN optional package,
SIMATIC S7-300/400-CPUs with DP and PN interface, IE/PB Link
or via the IE/PB Link PN IO. For a wireless network transition,
a SCALANCE W-700 access point with the IWLAN/PB Link
PN IO can be used. This allows all PROFIBUS standard slaves to
be used unchanged for PROFINET.
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
SINUMERIK
SIMATIC C7
IE/AS-i LINK
PN IO
AS-Interface master *
SIMATIC C7
S7-300
S7-200
SIMOTION C
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
* Only one master can be optimally
connected to an AS-I line.
1/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
Data for practical applications
Criteria
Line Tree Star Topology
electrical up to 5 km
optical up to 150 km
world-wide with TCP/IP
wireless with wireless LAN
Data rate 9.6 Kbit/s 12 Mbit/s
adjustable
31.25 Kbit/s
1)
10/100 Mbit/s
1 Gbit/s (not for PROFINET)
62 Number of nodes
max.
125
125 DP/PA Links
1)
31 field devices pro
1)
DP/PA Link
over 1000
electrical up to 600 m:
- With extension plug
up to 200 m
- With repeater or
extender up to 300 m
- With repeater and
extension plug
up to 600 m
Size of Network
LAN
(Local Area Network)
WAN
(Wide Area Network)
electrical up to 9.6 km
optical up to 90 km
Ex: max 1.0 km
1)
Non-Ex: 1.9 km
1)
1)
with PROFIBUS PA
Line Tree Ring Star Line Tree Ring Star
Update times 5 ms
Bus system AS-Interface PROFIBUS DP Industrial
Ethernet
PROFINET
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/180 System interfacing for
SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
2/181 CP 243-1
2/184 CP 243-1 IT
2/187 CP 343-1 Lean
2/190 CP 343-1
2/194 CP 343-1 Advanced
2/198 CP 443-1
2/201 CP 443-1 Advanced
2/205 System interfacing for PG/PC
2/207 Performance data
2/208 Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
2/209 CP 1616
2/212 CP 1604
2/215 CP 1613 A2
2/219 S7-REDCONNECT
2/221 SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
2/223 SOFTNET PN IO
2/225 OPC-Server for Industrial Ethernet
2/229 PN CBA OPC server
2/232 SNMP OPC server
2/234 SOFTNET for LINUX/UNIX
2/236 SOFTBUS for LINUX/UNIX
2/238 System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI
2/246 Accessories
2/246 C-PLUG
Sec. 3 Power Supply PS791-1PRO
2/248 SICLOCK time synchronization
2/252 ET 200S distributed I/Os
2/252 IM 151-3 PN interface modules
2/257 Motion Control System SIMOTION
2/259 Communication Board CBE30
2/260 Communication Board MCI-PN
2/261 PROFINET technology components
2/261 Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller
ERTEC
2/267 Development kits for ERTEC
2/272 Development packages
2/273 Image Processing System
2/273 SIMATIC VS120
2/277 SIMATIC VS130-2
2/282 Engineering Tools
Sec. 4 STEP 7
2/282 SIMATIC iMap
Sec. 3 SINEMA E Lean
2/285 SINAMICS S120 Drive System
2/287 Communication Board CBE20
Sec. 3 Industrial Mobile Communication
Sec. 8 Network transitions
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
according to IEEE 802.3
2/2 Introduction
2/2 General information
2/4 Data communication
2/5 Communications overview
2/7 Configuration examples
2/9 Topologies
2/18 Network selection criteria
2/20 PROFINET
2/20 Introduction
2/23 PROFINET-Products for Industrial Ethernet
2/25 Passive Network Components
2/25 Summary of network components
2/26 Overview of Twisted Pair
2/27 Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
2/29 IE FC RJ45 Plug
2/32 IE connecting cable
M12-180/M12-180 / M12 Plug PRO
2/33 IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2
2/38 IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2
2/41 IE Hybrid Cable
2/43 Energy Cables
2/46 IE TP Cord
2/51 IE FC Outlet RJ45
2/56 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
2/62 Industrial Twisted Pair
Cables/connectors
2/65 Overview of fiber-optic cables
2/66 Glass fiber-optic cables
2/74 POF- and PCF fiber-optic cables
2/78 POF/PCF-LWL termination kit
2/80 Active Network Components
2/81 Industrial Ethernet Switches
2/81 Overview
2/83 SCALANCE X005 Entry Level
2/86 SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
2/92 SCALANCE X-200 managed
2/100 SCALANCE X-200IRT managed
2/109 SCALANCE X-400 modular
2/119 Industrial Ethernet ELS
2/124 Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
2/131 Industrial Ethernet media converters
2/131 SCALANCE X-100
unmanaged media converter
2/141 Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 and TP11-LD
2/144 Industrial Security
2/144 Overview
2/145 SCALANCE S
2/149 SOFTNET Security Client
2/151 CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300
2/151 CPU 315-2 PN/DP
2/156 CPU 317-2 PN/DP
2/161 CPU 319-3 PN/DP
2/166 CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
2/171 CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/176 SIMATIC WinAC
2/176 SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
General information
2/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Area and cell network according to the international
IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) standard designed for the industrial
environment right down to the field level
Connection of automation components to each other and to
PC and workstations as well as components for wireless com-
munication for homogeneous and heterogeneous communi-
cation
PROFINET, the open standard for automation, is based on
Industrial Ethernet and supports the connection of devices
from the field level up to the management level
Comprehensive open network solutions can be implemented
High transmission rate of up to 1 gigabit/s
Industrial Ethernet is the industry standard, well-proven world-
wide with international acceptance
Connection to wireless LAN (WLAN) and industrial wireless
LAN (IWLAN) according to IEEE 802.11
The basis for IT in automation, such as Web function, e-mail
function and IWLAN connections
A safety solution specially designed for industrial automation
with the industrial security concept SCALANCE S
Industrial Ethernet in the communications landscape
Benefits
Ethernet presently has a market share of over 90% with a rising
trend, thus placing it in pole position in the LAN landscape
worldwide. Ethernet offers important characteristics that can
give you significant advantages for your application.
Investment security through continuous compatible further
development
Fast start-up thanks to the simplest connection method
High availability thanks to redundant network topologies
simple and effective diagnostics concept
In Industrial Ethernet, plant-wide time synchronization is
possible. This means that events can be arranged accurately
in the order of occurrence throughout the plant.
High flexibility since existing networks can be extended
without any adverse effects
Basis for system-wide networking (vertical integration)
Basis for PROFINET
Almost unlimited communications performance because
scalable performance is available through switching tech-
nology if required
Networking of different application areas such the office and
production areas
Company-wide communication due to interface options via
WAN (Wide Area Network) and use of Internet services
With SCALANCE W, IWLAN (Industrial Wireless LAN) from
Siemens offers the basis for problem-free connection of mo-
bile stations with robust wireless communication
Networks and data are protected by the Siemens security
concept with SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Security Client
Industrial Ethernet
KNX
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
8
7 AS-Interface
KNX AS-Interface
Introduction
General information
2/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Technical specifications
Ordering data Order No.
1) Language versions and manuals can be found
for the various products at:
Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
More information
Note:
In many SIMATIC NET components with management function
extensive parameterization and diagnostics functions are pro-
vided over open protocols and interfaces (e.g. Web Server,
network management).
These open interfaces provide access to those components,
which can also be used for illicit activities.
When using the above-mentioned functions and these open
interfaces and protocols (such as SNMP, HTTP and Telnet),
suitable security measures must be implemented that block un-
authorized access to the components or the network especially
from the WAN/Internet.
For this reason, automation networks can be isolated from the
remaining corporate network using appropriate routers (e.g. the
well-proven firewall systems).
The SCALANCE S products can be used to implement these
routers.
For further information, see Section "Industrial Security".
It is important to note the boundary conditions for use of the
specified SIMATIC Net products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1)
which you can view inthe Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Standard Ethernet to IEEE 802.3u, IWLAN
to IEEE 802.11
Data transmission rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
Number of stations unlimited
Network size
Switched network unlimited (above 150 km, take
into account signal propagation
time )
Transmission medium
Electrical network Industrial Twisted Pair and
Twisted Pair cable
Optical network Fiber-optic cable (glass)
Wireless network Surrounding space
Topology Line, tree, ring, star
Protocols Protocol-independent
Manual for TP and fiber-optic
networks
Paper version
Network architecture, compo-
nents, configurations, installation
guidelines
German 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
SIMATIC NET manual collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Electronic manuals for commu-
nication systems, protocols,
products
on CD-ROM German/English
Introduction
Data communication
2/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Communication functions/services
Data communication serves to exchange data between pro-
grammable controllers or between a programmable controller
(controller and field devices) and intelligent partners (PCs,
computers, etc.)
The following communication functions are available for this
purpose:
PROFINET
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct commu-
nication of field devices with controllers as well as the solution of
isochronous motion control applications.
PROFINET also supports distributed automation with the help of
component engineering.
PG/OP communication
Integral communication functions that are used by the SIMATIC
programmable controllers to perform data communication with
HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC PGs (STEP 7, STEP 5).
PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and
S7 communication
S7 communication is the integral communications function (SFB)
that has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7/C7. It enables
PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of
useful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple,
powerful communication services and provides a network inde-
pendent software interface for all networks.
Open Industrial Ethernet and S5-compatible communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
The open IE S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) is
used by SIMATIC S7/C7 to communicate with existing systems,
especially with SIMATIC S5 but also with PCs over PROFIBUS
and Industrial Ethernet. FETCH and WRITE is also available over
Industrial Ethernet to ensure that software created for SIMATIC
S5 (automation systems, HMI systems) can continue to be used
with SIMATIC S7 without any modifications.
Standard Communication
This comprises standardized protocols for data communication .
OPC
(OLE for Process Control) is a standardized, open and manu-
facturer-independent interface and allows OPC-capable
Windows applications to interface to S7 communication and
S5-compatible communication (SEND/ RECEIVE). Internet
communication can be implemented over the OPC XML DA
interface.
ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport protocols
ISO, TCP/IP and UDP are available as the transport protocols.
Information technology (IT) with Email and Web technology
Integrates SIMATIC into the IT through Industrial Ethernet. In
the office environment, Email and Web browsers are widely
used communication techniques. Ethernet is used as the main
communication route, in addition to telephone cables and the
Internet. These communication media and paths are also
available to SIMATIC as a result of the TCP/IP protocol.
SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) can also be used for
Email, HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol) for access using
Web browsers and FTP communication for program-controlled
data exchange with computers that have different operating
systems installed.
FTP;
The file transfer protocol (FTP) permits simple, universal cou-
pling, e.g. PLCs can be connected to different computers or
embedded systems.
System connections
For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are
available that already have the communications functions imple-
mented as firmware and that therefore relieve the data terminal
of communications tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.).
PN PG/OP S7 S5 ISO TCP/IP UDP IT OPC FTP
Introduction
Communications overview
2/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Communications overview for SIMATIC, SINUMERIK and SINAUT
1) ISO protocol only
2) IT functionality included in IT-CP
3) If CPU is the time-of-day master
4) without client function
*) PG/OP communication
Hardware S7 communication
S5 comp.
communic.
Transport
protocol
Time of day PROFINET
P
u
t
/
G
e
t

C
l
i
e
n
t
P
u
t
/
G
e
t

S
e
r
v
e
r
H

c
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
S
e
n
d
e
r

(
M
a
s
t
e
r
)
R
e
c
e
i
v
e
r
F
o
r
w
a
r
d
w
i
t
h

N
T
P
I
S
O
T
C
P
U
D
P
F
e
t
c
h
/
W
r
i
t
e
I
O

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
C
B
A
S
I
N
A
U
T

S
T
7
CP 343-1 Lean
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 443-1
CP 443-1 Advanced
CP 1430 Basic
CP 1430 Ext.
CP 1430 TCP
CP 243-1
CP 243-1 IT
TIM 3 V-IE
TIM 3 V-IE
Advanced
S
I
M
A
T
I
C

S
7
-
3
0
0
/
C
7
S
I
M
A
T
I
C
S
7
-
4
0
0
S
I
M
A
T
I
C

S
5
PG/
OP*
IT TF
2)
FTP
S
I
M
A
T
I
C
S
7
-
2
0
0
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
7
B
S
E
N
D

B
R
E
C
V
U
S
E
N
D

U
R
E
C
V
1)
S
E
N
D
/
R
E
C
E
I
V
E
4)
4)
3)
3)
4)
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced
S
I
N
U
M
E
R
I
K
8
4
0
D

p
o
w
e
r
l
i
n
e
4)
4)
suitable
Introduction
2/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview (continued)
Communications overview for PG/PC
4)
S7-1613
S7-REDCONNECT
SOFTNET-PG
CP 1613 A2
DK-16xx PN IO
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
8
S
E
N
D
/
R
E
C
V
P
u
t
/
G
e
t

C
l
i
e
n
t
P
u
t
/
G
e
t

S
e
r
v
e
r
B
S
E
N
D

B
R
E
C
V
U
S
E
N
D

U
R
E
C
V
F
e
t
c
h
/
W
r
i
t
e
T
C
P
U
D
P

4
)
W
i
n

2
0
0
3

S
e
r
v
e
r
W
i
n

X
P

P
r
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
I
S
O
CP 7515
SOFTNET-S7 Lean
SOFTNET-PG
SOFTNET-S7 Lean
W
i
n

2
0
0
0

P
r
o
f
.
/

S
e
r
v
e
r
L
I
N
U
X
SOFTNET-S7
OPC
PG/
OP
2)
PROFINET IT IWLAN
6) 6) 6)
CP 1616
CP 1604
PN CBA
OPC-Server
C
B
A
I
O

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
4)
FTP
SOFTNET-S7
SOFTNET PN IO
SOFTNET-S7/
LINUX
Software
1) Further information for more hardware can be found under www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
2) PG/OP communication
3) supported by TLI/DLPI drivers
4) The IT-, FTP- and UDP functionality results in association
with the hardware/ the CPs and the Windows/Linux software of the PC
5) Software source of the card driver included; for Suse 9.3
6) via driver portability
If you have questions to LINUX- / UNIX projects please contact I&S, e-mail: it4industry@siemens.com
Time of day
Transport
protocol
Hardware
SIMATIC
PG/PC with
integrated
interface
1)
Operating system
H

c
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
S
e
n
d
e
r
R
e
c
e
i
v
e
r
F
o
r
w
a
r
d
S7 communication
S5 comp.
communic.
suitable
not suitable
suitable under certain premisses
I
O

d
e
v
i
c
e
Ethernet
Cards
3)
Introduction
Configuration examples
2/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
S7 communication with TCP/IP for Industrial Ethernet
S5-compatible communication for Industrial Ethernet
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1 or
CP 343-1 Advanced
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 Advanced
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
PC/PG with
CP 1616 or
CP 1613 A2
PC with
CP 1613 A2 with
S7-1613 or
SOFTNET-S7
Cell
phone
Field PG with
CP 7515
S7-200 with
CP 243-1 or
CP 243-1 IT
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
0
9
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
1
0
S7-300 with CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1
or CP 343-1 Advanced
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 Advanced
S5-115U to 155U
with CP 1430
PC/PG
CP 1613 A2
CP 7515
SOFTNET-S7
or S7-1613
Introduction
2/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
PG/OP communication with S7 routing for transparent access to e.g. configuration and diagnostics data
Installation of a small, local PROFINET network with an integrated switch
in the CP 443-1 Advanced
PG with
CP 1613 A2
and STEP 7 V5
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 IT
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 IT
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 IT
ET 200X
ET 200S
CP 443-5
Extended
CP 443-5
Basic
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-300 with
CP 343-5
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Basic
PROFIBUS
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
1
1
IE/PB Link
or
IE/PB Link PN IO
ET 200S ET 200X
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1 Advanced
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
Industrial Ethernet
Panel PC
Field PG
ET 200S
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
7
0
PROFINET
Introduction
Topologies
2/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Network performance and network technologies
for Industrial Ethernet
When combined, the current Industrial Ethernet technologies
can boost performance on the network by a factor of 50 and
more in comparison with the original 10 Mbit/s technology.
These technologies are:
Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s:
Messages are transported much faster than Ethernet
(10 Mbit/s) and therefore only occupy the bus for an extremely
short time.
Gigabit Ethernet with 1 Gbit/s:
Gigabit Ethernet is faster than Fast Ethernet by a factor of 10,
the bus is occupied for only one tenth of the time.
Full Duplex prevents collisions:
The data throughput increases enormously because the usual
message repetitions are avoided.
Data can be sent and received simultaneously between two
stations. The data throughput for a full duplex connection
therefore rises to 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet and to 2 Gbit/s
with Gigabit Ethernet.
Switching supports parallel communication:
When a network is subdivided into several segments using a
switch, or individual stations are connected direct to a switch,
this results in load separation. Data communication is possible
in each individual segment independently of the other seg-
ments. In the overall network, several messages can therefore
be en-route simultaneously. The increase in performance is
therefore due to the sending of several messages simulta-
neously.
Autocrossover automatically crosses the send and receive
cables on Twisted Pair interfaces.
Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes
(data terminals and network components) that automatically
detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
or 1 Gbit/s) and support autonegotiation.
Autonegotiation is a configuration protocol on Fast Ethernet.
Before initiating the actual data transmission, network devices
automatically negotiate a transmission mode which is sup-
ported by any device (100 Mbps or 10 Mbps, full duplex or
half duplex).
Gigabit cabling system
The 8-core FastConnect cabling system of SIMATIC NET
supports transmission rates of up to 1 Gbit/s.
Throughput of the network/values for 5 network stations
1000 Mbit/s full duplex
1000 Mbit/s switched
100 Mbit/s switched
100 Mbit/s shared
10 Mbit/s switched
10 Mbit/s shared
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
0
*) Effective data processing capacity because of collisions
Data processing capacity
4 Mbit/s *
)
10 Mbit/s
20 Mbit/s
40 Mbit/s *
)
100 Mbit/s
200 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
2000 Mbit/s
Introduction
Topologies
2/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Ethernet Switching
The Industrial Ethernet switch has the following functionality:
Depending on the number of available interfaces, switches
are able to simultaneously interconnect several pairs of sub-
networks or stations temporarily and dynamically, with each
connection possessing the full data throughput.
By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the data terminal, the local data traffic remains
local; only data to users of another subnetwork is forwarded
by the switch.
More data terminals can be connected than in a classic
Ethernet network.
Error propagation is limited to the subnetwork concerned.
The switching technology offers definite advantages:
Subnetworks and network segments can be created.
The data throughput is increased and with it the network per-
formance as a result of structuring the data communication.
Easy rules for network configuration.
Network topologies with 50 switches and an overall extension
of up to 150 km can be implemented without the need to take
signal propagation times into account.
Unlimited extension of the network by connecting individual
collision domains/subnetworks.
The signal propagation times must be considered at
distances over 150 km.
Easy, reaction-free extension of existing networks.
Full duplex
Full duplex (FDX) is an operating mode in the network that, in
contrast to half duplex, allows stations to send and receive data
simultaneously. When FDX is used, collision detection is auto-
matically deactivated in the participating stations.
For FDX, transmission media with separate send and receive
channels must be used, e.g. FOC and TP, and the participating
components must be able to store data packages. With an FDX
connection collisions do not occur, so components that support
FDX can send and receive simultaneously at the nominal trans-
mission rate. The data throughput therefore increases to twice
the nominal transmission rate of the network, to 20 Mbit/s with
the classic Ethernet and 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet. With
Gigabit Ethernet, up to 2000 Mbit/s are achieved.
A further advantage of FDX is the increase in the network exten-
sion.
By deactivating the collision principle, the distance between two
components can be increased by the size of a collision domain
or more. With full duplex, the maximum distance can extend as
far as the performance limit of the send and receive compo-
nents. This is especially the case in connection with fiber-optic
cables. When 10/125 m glass fiber-optic cables are used,
distances of up to 26 km can be achieved.
Increased performance through switching, full duplex
LAN LAN
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
0
2
Segment A Segment B
Segment D Segment C
Segment A Segment B
Segment D Segment C
Data traffic
Switched LAN
Each individual segment possesses
the full performance/data rate.
Simultaneous data traffic in several segments;
several frames simultaneously
Filtering: local data traffic remains local;
only selected data packets exceed segment limit
Shared LAN
All network nodes share the performance/data rate
All data packets go through all segments.
Only one frame in the network at any given time.
Introduction
Topologies
2/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Autosensing/Autonegotiation
Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes
(data terminals and network components) that automatically
detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or
1000 Mbit/s) and support autonegotiation.
Autonegotiation is the configuration protocol for Twisted Pair.
It enables the participating nodes to negotiate and agree the
transmission rate before the first data packages are transferred:
10 Mbit/s,100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s
Full duplex or half duplex
Autonegotiation can also be deactivated if a specific transmis-
sion rate has to be set.
The advantage with Autosensing lies in the problem-free inter-
operability of all Ethernet components.
Classical Ethernet components that do not support Autosensing
work problem-free with Fast Ethernet and new Gigabit Ethernet
components that do support Autosensing.
Autocrossover
The Autocrossover function automatically crosses the send
and receive cables on Twisted Pair interfaces. This means that
crossed connecting lines (e.g. TP XP Cords) are no longer
required.
High-speed redundancy with SIMATIC NET
Extremely fast reconfiguration of the network following an error
is indispensable for industrial applications, because the con-
nected data terminals will otherwise disconnect logical com-
munication links. This would result in a process running out of
control or emergency shutdown of the plant.
To achieve the necessary fast response times, SIMATIC NET
uses specially developed procedures for controlling redun-
dancy. A network can then be reconfigured to form a functional
network infrastructure in a fraction of a second.
In an optical ring comprising 50 switches, the network will be
reconfigured after an error (cable break or switch failure) in less
than 0.3 seconds. The connected data terminals remain un-
affected by the changes in the network and logical connections
are not disconnected. Control over the process or application is
assured at all times.
In addition to implementing high-speed media redundancy in
the ring, SIMATIC NET switches also offer the functions required
for high-speed redundant coupling of rings or network seg-
ments. Network segments in any topology or rings can be
coupled over two switches.
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring
PC
Operator Station
PC
S7-400
S7-400
PC
Switch
SCALANCE
X-400
S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
PC
S7-400
PC
SCALANCE X
204-2
S7-300
S7-300
S7-300
Fiber Optic
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
9
3
Introduction
Topologies
2/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the electrical ring
PC
Operator Station
PC
S7-400
S7-400
PC
Switch
SCALANCE
X-400
S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
PC
S7-400
PC
Switch
SCALANCE X208
S7-300
S7-300
S7-300
Twisted Pair
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
0
1
Introduction
Topologies
2/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the mixed ring
electrical ring circuit: 100 m
optical ring circuit
(multimode): 3000 m
Maximum cable length for 100 Mbit/s:
PC
Operator Station
S7-400
S7-400
PC
S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
Switch
SCALANCE X208
S7-300
S7-300
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
3
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X206-1
Switch
SCALANCE
X206-1
IPC
IPC
Introduction
Topologies
2/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Electrical ring topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD
Star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
4
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
PC
S7-400
PC
S7-400
S7-400
S7-300
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
4
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
S7-300
IPC
IPC
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X204IRT
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
G_IK10_XX_10056
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
Field PG with
CP 7515
Access Point
SCALANCE
W-788-1PRO
S7-300 with CP 343-1
SCALANCE X-400
ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S
SCALANCE
X206-1
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
Topologies
2/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Redundancy with the Spanning Tree algorithm
The Spanning Tree algorithm is described in the IEEE 802.1d
standard; it organizes any number of meshed Ethernet struc-
tures comprising bridges and switches.
To prevent data packages circulating in the network, in the case
of closed meshes different connections are switched to standby
so that an open tree structure results from the meshed structure.
The bridges/switches communicate for this purpose using the
Spanning Tree protocol. This protocol is extremely complex be-
cause it has to handle any type of network structure.
The organization of network structures with the Spanning Tree
protocol can take from 30 to 60 seconds. During this period,
productive communication for reliable visualization or process
control in the network is not possible.
In the time-optimized variant "Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning
Tree according to IEEE 802.1, the time is shortened to a few
seconds for up to 10 series-connected switches. For connecting
to office networks, some SIMATIC NET switches support the
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol.
Switched network
Switched industrial networks can be configured electrically or
optically with a linear, star or ring structure or, with SCALANCE
X-200, mixed together.
They are constructed with SCALANCE X switches or with OSM
and ESM. Fiber-optic conductors or Twisted Pair cables are
used as the transmission media between the switches.
Data terminals or network segments are connected over twisted-
pair cables or polymer optical fiber (POF) . Switched networks
can be of any size. The signal propagation times must be taken
into account at distances over 150 km.
Optical cabling with POF/PCF or glass fiber optic cable
Fiber optic cables are always recommended as an alternative to
copper cables in environments subject to strong electromag-
netic interference (EMI) if reliable equipotential bonding cannot
be guaranteed, if the system is in the open air, or if no EMI is
desired.
Glass fiber optic cables are used to establish optical network
topologies covering long distances, while for shorter distances,
plastic fiber optic cable made of light-conducting plastics like
polymer optical fiber (POF), or plastic covered glass fibers such
as polymer cladded fiber (PCF), are used. Simple fiber optic
cabling for machine-level use is implemented with the new
SC RJ connection system for polymer optical fiber and PCF.
The SC RJ connectors can be assembled especially quickly and
simply on-site. The plastic fiber optic cables designed for this
purpose can be used universally or specifically in festoon cable
systems.
For optical PROFINET networking, products with POF or PCF
connection are used, e.g. the Industrial Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X200-4P IRT, ET 200S distributed I/O or the
SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter.
Mixed network with SCALANCE X202-2P IRT and SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
6
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 243-1
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1POF
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2P IRT
IE Standard Cable
HMI
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
POF-FO cable
Switch
SCALANCE
X200-4P IRT
ET 200pro
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
POF-FO cable
POF-
LWL
POF-FO cable
PROFINET
Introduction
Topologies
2/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Use of the SCALANCE X switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
7
9
1 Gbit/s terminal bus
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch SCALANCE X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Manufactoring cell
Operator Station (OS) Engineering Station (ES)
OS Server
(redundant)
S7-300
S7-400H
redundant
contoller
OS SIMATIC IT SIMATIC Batch OS
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S
1 Gbit/s plant bus
1 Gbit/s plant bus
ET 200M
Introduction
Topologies
2/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe
For several years, safety engineering has been integrating into
standard automation on the basis of SIMATIC S7 controllers,
PROFIBUS and PROFIsafe.
This range has been expanded by PROFINET-enabled compo-
nents, thus providing a complete product range with failsafe
controllers, failsafe I/O and a corresponding engineering
environment.
PROFIsafe prevents errors such as address corruption, loss,
delay, etc., when transmitting messages through continuous
numbering of the PROFIsafe data, time monitoring, and authen-
ticity monitoring using passwords or optimized cyclic redun-
dancy check (CRC).
Fail-safe communication is also supported via wireless LAN.
Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe
HMI
Motion Control
Proxy
Other fieldbuses
Security
HMI
Controller
PROFIBUS
Distributed I/O
Machine
Vision
Access
Point
Fail-safe communication
via PROFIsafe profile
Switch
Distributed I/O
Internet
ET 200pro
PN-/PN-
Coupler
SINAMICS
G120
Proxy
Controller
PROFINET
Safety
Industrial
Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_30118
Introduction
Network selection criteria
2/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Connection criteria
Flexibility of the network topology
Suitability for high data rates
Networking between buildings
EMC
Simple cable laying
Range of cables for special applications
Effect of power failure
Effect of connection failure
Max. length of the network
Max. distance between two
network nodes/Access Points
1) Suitable for 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s
2) Protection against subnet failure using redundant voltage supply
3) no effect in ring structure
4) depending on the network components used
5) depending on the antenna used
1)
1)
Wireless link
Cables for indoor area;
trailing cable; marine cable;
FastConnect cables
Failure of a subnet
Failure of a subnet
2)
Network breaks down into
two subnets that function
in isolation
1000 m per segment
100 m 30 m indoor per segment
100 m outdoor per segment
100 m 100 m feeder cable to
access point
yes yes
without special tool;
FastConnect system
with special tool
LEDs; signal contact;
SNMP network management;
Web-based management,
PROFINET diagnosis
LEDs;
Web-based management
Max. length of connection cable
Pre-assembled cables
On-site assembling
Integrated diagnostics support
Redundant network structures
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
1
3
Twisted-pair network Fiber optic network
Cables for indoor and
outdoor area; trailing cable;
halogen-free cables
Failure of a subnet
2)
Network breaks down into
two subnets that function
in isolation
5000 m
4)
up to 150 km:
over 150 km observe
signal runtime
3000 m
50 m POF
100 m PCF
multimode
26000 m singlemode
3000 m
multimode
50 m POF
100 m PCF
26000 m singlemode
LEDs; signal contact;
Web-based management,
PROFINET diagnosis
Electrical ring or doubling of
the infrastructure
(linear bus, star, tree)
Optical ring or doubling of the
infrastructure
(linear bus, star, tree)
2)
3)
3)
5)
Well-suited
suitable
not suitable
with trained staff
multiple illumination
Introduction
2/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Network types and components
Network topology
Transmission media
Device connection
Tools and accessories
Lightning converter
Documentation
Fiber Optic Networks
Star, linear bus, ring, tree
Not relevant since twisted-pair
only used in the indoor area
Manual for TP and fiber optic networks
Outlet RJ45
FC Stripping Tool
FC RJ45 Plug
FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
9-pin ITP Sub-D connector
15-pin ITP Sub-D connector
FastConnect cables
ITP-Standard Cable
TP Cord
FO Standard Cable
FO Ground Cable
FO Trailing Cable
POF Standard Cable
POF Trailing Cable
PCF Standard Cable GP
PCF Trailing Cable GP
PCF Trailing Cable
Terminal connection over OMC
BFOC connectors
further components
on request
SC connectors
SC RJ connectors
Not applicable
Over FC RJ45 Plug and
FastConnect cables
ITP Standard Cable
ITP XP Standard Cable
TP Cord, TP XP Cord
TP Converter Cord
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
1
4
Twisted Pair Networks
Star, linear bus, ring, tree
FO Standard Cable
FO Ground Cable
FO Trailing Cable
POF Standard Cable
POF Trailing Cable
PCF Standard Cable GP
PCF Trailing Cable GP
PCF Trailing Cable
Wireless Link
Wireless network
Over RJ45 Plug and
FastConnect cables
ITP Standard Cable
ITP XP Standard Cable
TP Cord, TP XP Cord
TP Converter Cord
Included in SCALANCE W
scope of supply
Antennas
(incl. RCoax Cable)
Lightning protector
PROFINET
Introduction
2/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PROFINET The open standard for automation
PROFINET is the innovative and open Industrial Ethernet
standard (IEC 61158) for industrial automation. With PROFINET,
devices can be linked up from the field level through to the
management level.
PROFINET enables system-wide communication, supports
plant-wide engineering and uses the IT standards right down to
the field level. Fieldbus systems such as PROFIBUS can be
easily integrated without any modification of existing devices.
PROFINET takes account of the following aspects:
Real-time communication
PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet and uses the stan-
dard TCP/IP (Transport Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) for
parameterization, configuration and diagnosis. Real-time com-
munication for the transmission of useful/process data is per-
formed on the same line. PROFINET devices can support the
following real-time properties:
Real-time (RT) uses the option of prioritizing and optimizing the
communication stacks of the stations. This makes high-perfor-
mance data transmission possible with standard network com-
ponents in the field of automation.
Isochronous real-time (IRT) For especially demanding tasks, the
hardware-supported real-time communication isochronous real-
time (IRT) is available for example, for motion control applica-
tions and high-performance applications in factory automation.
The ERTEC (Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller) ASICs
support both real-time properties This is the basic technology for
integrated system solutions using PROFINET. In addition to
being integrated into Siemens Products, the ERTEC technology
is also made available to other manufacturers. The development
of own devices is supported in the form of Development Kits and
Competence Centers.
(PROFINET IO) distributed field devices
PROFINET IO enables distributed field devices (IO devices
such as signal modules) to be connected directly to Industrial
Ethernet. During configuration with STEP 7, these field devices
are assigned to a central controller (so-called IO-Controller).
Existing modules or devices can continue to be used with
PROFINET-compatible interfaces or links, which safeguards
existing investments by PROFIBUS or AS-Interface users.
A configuration with standard and failsafe modules in one station
is also possible.
An IO Supervisor serves HMI and diagnostics purposes as on
PROFIBUS using hierarchical diagnostics dialogs (overview
and detailed diagnostics). User data are transferred via real-time
communication. Configuration and diagnostics are handled
using TCP/IP or IT standards. The simple engineering for
PROFINET, field-proven with PROFIBUS, was adopted here.
From the viewpoint of programming with STEP 7 there is no
difference between PROFIBUS and PROFINET when accessing
an I/O device. Users can thus very easily configure field devices
on Industrial Ethernet on the basis of the know-how acquired
with PROFIBUS.
By retaining the device model of PROFIBUS, the same diagnos-
tics information is available on PROFINET. As well as device
diagnostics, module-specific and channel-specific data can
also be read out from the devices, enabling simple and fast
location of faults.
Alongside the star, tree and ring topologies, PROFINET also con-
sistently supports the line topology shaped by established field-
buses. By integrating switch functionality into the devices, as on
the S7-300 with CP 343-1, for example, or the SIMATIC ET 200S
or ET 200pro distributed field devices, line topologies that are
oriented around the machine or plant structure can be formed in
the familiar way. This results in savings in cabling overhead and
cuts down on components such as external switches.
In addition to the products in degree of protection IP20, a
complete portfolio is available for IP65, such as the ET 200pro
field device or the SCALANCE X208PRO switch.
PROFINET with distributed field devices
PG/PC
Supervisor
Field devices
IO devices
Control
IO controller
Machine
Vision
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
Industrial Ethernet
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
PROFIBUS
ET 200pro
ET 200S
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
AS-Interface
PROFINET
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
0
3
PROFINET
Introduction
2/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Fieldbus integration
PROFINET permits easy integration of existing fieldbus systems.
This requires the use of a proxy, which is a master on the
PROFIBUS or AS-Interface system on the one hand and a station
on Industrial Ethernet on the other hand and which supports
PROFINET communication. This protects the investments of
plant operators, mechanical and plant engineers, and device
manufacturers.
Motion Control
On the basis of PROFINET and using isochronous real-time (IRT)
it is also possible to implement very fast, isochronous drive con-
trols for high-performance motion control applications without
any great expense. The standardized drive profile PROFIdrive
enables vendor-independent communication between motion
controllers and drives, regardless of whether the bus system is
Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS. Isochronous real-time commu-
nication and standard IT communication can be used simulta-
neously on the same cable without adversely affecting each
other.
Distributed intelligence and machine-machine communica-
tion (PROFINET CBA)
PROFIBUS International has defined a standard for implement-
ing modular plant structures: PROFINET CBA (Component
Based Automation). Positive experiences have already been
made with modularization for machine and plant construction:
Frequently-required parts are ready-made and can be rapidly
combined into an individual unit when an order is placed.
With PROFINET CBA, modularization can be extended to the
automation engineering of the plant with the help of software
components.
Software components are understood to be encapsulated,
reusable software functions. These can be individual technolog-
ical functions such as closed-loop controllers, or user programs
for entire machines. Like blocks, they can be flexibly combined
and easily re-used regardless of their internal programming.
Communication between the software components is carried out
exclusively via the component interfaces. On the outside, only
those variables are accessible on these interfaces which are
required for interaction with other components.
Software components are created with STEP 7 or other vendor-
specific tools. SIMATIC iMap is used for plant-wide configuring
of the overall plant using graphical interconnection of the com-
ponents. The degree of modularization does not determine the
number of programmable controllers required. Allocation to one
central programmable controller or several distributed control-
lers allows optimal utilization of the automation hardware.
ON
START
STOP
READY
FILLING
HELD
STARTING
STATUS
LIFESTATE
ON
START
STOP
READY
CLEANING
HELD
STARTING
LIFESTATE
ON
START
STOP
READY
LABELING
LIFESTATE
STARTING
ON
START
STOP
READY
CLEANING
HELD
STARTING
LIFESTATE
ON
START
STOP
READY
FILLING
HELD
STARTING
STATUS
LIFESTATE
ON
START
STOP
READY
LABELING
LIFESTATE
STARTING
G_IK10_XX_30102
LAD
STEP 7:
Configure devices, generate
user program
SIMATIC iMap:
Graphically linked
components
STEP 7:
Generate
PROFINET
components
Machine 1
Machine 2
Machine 3
Machine 1
Machine 2
Machine 3
PROFINET
Introduction
2/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Network installation
PROFINET enables the network to be installed without any spe-
cialist knowledge. The open standard based on Industrial Ether-
net meets all the requirements relevant to the industrial sector.
PROFINET permits the simple construction of the usual network
topologies such as star, tree, line and ring for greater reliability
and using industry-standard cabling.
The "PROFINET Installation Guide" provides network installation
support for manufacturers and users. Symmetrical copper cable
or EMI-resistant fiber optic cable is used depending on the
application. Devices from different manufacturers are easily
connected via standardized and rugged plug connectors
(to IP65/IP67).
For address assignment and network diagnostics, PROFINET
uses the IT standards DCP (Discovery Configuration Protocol)
and SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).
PROFINET offers new functions and applications for wireless
communication with Industrial Wireless LAN. This enables tech-
nologies subject to wear, such as contact wires, to be replaced
and permits driverless transport systems or personalized oper-
ating or maintenance devices to be used. Industrial WLAN is
standard-based but also offers additional functions that permit
the high-performance connection of field devices to controllers:
"Data reservation"
is used for reserving the bandwidth between an access point
and a defined client. This ensures high, reliable performance
for this client, regardless of the number of clients operated at
the access point.
"Rapid Roaming"
for the fast handover of mobile stations between different ac-
cess points.
These expansions to the standard enable high-performance
wireless applications with PROFINET and SCALANCE W right
down to the field level.
IT standards & security
In the context of Web integration, the data of PROFINET compo-
nents is presented in HTML or XML format. Regardless of the
tool used, information of the automation level can be accessed
from any point with a commercially available Internet browser,
thus significantly simplifying startup and diagnostics.
PROFINET defines a graded security concept that can be used
without specialist knowledge and that largely rules out operator
errors, unauthorized access and manipulation, without hindering
the production process. For this, the SCALANCE S product
range is available with software or hardware modules.
Safety
The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested
with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard
and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used
with PROFINET. Standard switches, proxys and links can also be
used for failsafe communication. In addition, failsafe communi-
cation is possible via Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN).
PROFINET thus permits the implementation of standard and fail-
safe applications with integrated configuration throughout the
network not only when designing new plants, but also when
upgrading existing ones.
Process
PROFINET is the standard for all applications in automation. By
means of the PROFIBUS integration, it also includes the process
industry including hazardous areas.
Introduction
PROFINET-Products for Industrial Ethernet
2/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PROFINET CBA
Controllers
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
CPUs within a CBA component that allow data to be exchanged
with other components over PROFINET and, with the proxy,
over PROFIBUS.
WinAC Basis with PN option
Software PLC, based on WinAC Basis. WinAC PN
also acts as a proxy for PROFIBUS devices.
System connections for SIMATIC S7 and SINUMERIK
CP 343-1
Communications processor for integrating an existing S7-300
or SINUMERIK 840D powerline into a CBA application.
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 443-1 Advanced
Communications processors with integral switch
(CP 443-1 Advanced only) for integrating a SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400
or SINUMERIK 840D powerline (CP 343-1 Advanced only)
into a CBA application.
System connection for PG/PC
PN CBA OPC Server
Enables direct access to variables in PROFINET CBA components over
the OPC interface.
Routers
IE/PB Link
CBA proxy for integration of existing PROFIBUS devices
into a CBA application.
The IE/PB Link offers additional S7-and data set routing
Engineering Tools
SIMATIC iMap
Multi-vendor software for graphic configuring of communication
between components.
Introduction
PROFINET-Products for Industrial Ethernet
2/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
PROFINET IO
Controllers
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
CPU as IO-Controller for processing the process signals
and for directly connecting field devices to Industrial Ethernet.
System connections for SIMATIC S7 and SINUMERIK
CP 343-1
Communications processor for connection of the S7-300 or a
SINUMERIK 840D powerline to Industrial Ethernet. Field devices are
connected as IO-Devices via S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet using this.
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 443-1 Advanced
Communications processors with integral switch
(CP 443-1 Advanced only) as IO controller for
system connection of field devices to SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400
or a SINUMERIK 840D powerline (CP 343-1 Advanced only).
CP 1616
PCI module for connecting PGs/PCs to Industrial Ethernet
with ASIC ERTEC 400 and integral 4-port real-time switch
Use both as IO controller and as IO device.
CP 1604
PC/104-Plus module for connecting PC/104-Plus systems and
SIMATIC Microbox with PC/104-Plus connection to Industrial Ethernet
with ASIC ERTEC 400 and integral 4-port real-time switch
Use both as IO controller and as IO device.
DK-16xx PN IO development kit
Software Development Kit for CP 1616 and CP 1604 with LINUX driver
as source code for porting to PC-based operating systems.
SOFTNET PN IO
Communications software for operation of a PC/workstation
as IO-Controller.
Routers
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
PROFINET proxy for transparent interfacing of existing
PROFIBUS devices to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet Wireless
LAN (IWLAN).
IE/PB Link PN IO
PROFIBUS devices to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet.
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
AS-Interface slaves to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet.
Distributed I/Os
IM 151-3 PN
Interface modules for direct coupling of the ET 200S as IO device, with
integral 2-port switch for line configuration (also via fiber optic cable).
IM 154-4 PN
Interface module for direct connection of the ET 200pro as IO device,
with integral switch for line configuration in high degree of protection
(IP65/IP67).
Motion Control & Drives
CBE 20, CBE 30
CBE 20 or CBE 30 are the PROFINET boards for connecting
SINAMICS S120 or SIMOTION D to PROFINET.
MCI-PN
SIMOTION P, the PC-based version of SIMOTION,
is linked to PROFINET with MCI-PN.
Engineering Tools
STEP 7 or SIMOTION SCOUT
For project design in the tried and tested PROFIBUS manner.
SINEMA E
for planning, simulating and configuring industrial WLAN
applications in accordance with the 802.11 a/b/g standard.
Technology components
ERTEC 400
Ethernet controller with integral 4-port switch, ARM 946 RISC
and PCI interface, data processing for Real-Time (RT) and
Isochronous Real-Time (IRT) on PROFINET.
ERTEC 200
Ethernet controller with integral 2-port switch, ARM 946 RISC,
data processing for Real-Time (RT) and Isochronous Real-Time (IRT)
on PROFINET.
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO development kit
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO development kit
The Development Kits support the development of proprietary
PROFINET IO devices.
PROFINET IO Development Kit
Development package based on standard Ethernet processor for devel-
oping proprietary PROFINET IO devices.
Image processing systems
VS120
Vision Sensor as IO device for inspection of objects.
VS130-2
Vision sensor as I/O device for reading 2D codes.
Network components
SCALANCE X-200 managed
SCALANCE X204-2
SCALANCE X204-2LD
SCALANCE X206-1
SCALANCE X206-1LD
SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208PRO
SCALANCE X-200IRT managed
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
SCALANCE X204IRT
SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
Industrial Ethernet switches for establishing different network structures,
from machine-level applications right up to networked plant sections
with strict real-time requirements.
Passive Network Components
Summary of network components
2/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Industrial Ethernet (IE)
I
E

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

4
x
2
I
E

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
I
E

T
P

C
o
r
d

2
x
2
I
E

T
P

C
o
r
d

4
x
2
I
T
P

c
a
b
l
e
s
I
T
P

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
n
g
c
a
b
l
e
s
H
y
b
r
i
d

c
a
b
l
e
s
E
n
e
r
g
y

c
a
b
l
e
s
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h
S
C

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h
B
F
O
C

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

(
F
O
)
c
a
b
l
e
s
5
0
/
1
2
5

m
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
6
2
,
5
/
1
2
5

m
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h
S
C

R
J

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
P
O
F

F
O

c
a
b
l
e
s
9
8
0
/
1
0
0
0

m
P
C
F

F
O

c
a
b
l
e
s
2
0
0
/
2
3
0

m
I
E

F
C

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P

4
x
2
I
E

F
C

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P

2
x
2
I
E

F
C

F
l
e
x
i
b
l
e

C
a
b
l
e

G
P

2
x
2
I
E

F
C

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e

G
P

2
x
2
I
E

F
C

T
o
r
s
i
o
n

C
a
b
l
e

G
P

2
x
2
I
E

F
C

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
I
E

F
C

M
a
r
i
n
e

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
I
E

T
P

C
o
r
d

9
/
R
J
4
5
I
E

T
P

X
P

C
o
r
d

9
/
R
J
4
5
I
E

T
P

C
o
r
d

9
-
4
5
/
R
J
4
5
I
E

T
P

X
P

C
o
r
d

9
-
4
5
/
R
J
4
5
I
E

T
P

C
o
r
d

R
J
4
5
/
1
5
I
E

T
P

X
P

C
o
r
d

R
J
4
5
/
1
5
I
E

T
P

X
P

C
o
r
d

9
/
9
I
E

T
P

C
o
r
d

R
J
4
5
/
R
J
4
5
I
E

T
P

X
P

C
o
r
d

R
J
4
5
/
R
J
4
5
I
T
P

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e
I
T
P

F
R
N
C

C
a
b
l
e
E
n
e
r
g
y

C
a
b
l
e

2

x

0
,
7
5
F
O

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
F
O

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e
F
O

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
F
O

G
r
o
u
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
F
i
b
e
r

O
p
t
i
c

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e
I
N
D
O
O
R

F
i
b
e
r

O
p
t
i
c

I
n
d
o
o
r

C
a
b
l
e
F
l
e
x
i
b
l
e

F
i
b
e
r

O
p
t
i
c

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e
S
I
E
N
O
P
Y
R

M
a
r
in
e

D
u
p
le
x

F
ib
e
r

O
p
t
ic

C
a
b
le
P
r
e
f
a
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

f
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h

S
C

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
P
r
e
f
a
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

f
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h

S
C

R
J

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
H
y
b
r
i
d

c
a
b
l
e

2
x
2

+

4
x
0
,
3
4
I
T
P

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

9
/
1
5
I
T
P

X
P

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

9
/
9
I
T
P

X
P

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

1
5
/
1
5
I
T
P

F
R
N
C

C
a
b
l
e

9
/
1
5
P
r
e
f
a
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

f
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h

B
F
O
C

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
P
O
F

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
P
O
F

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e
P
C
F

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
P
C
F

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
P
C
F

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e
SC
connector
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE FC RJ45
Plug
90/145/180
IE devices
with Sub-D
connection
BFOC
connector
ITP connector
9-pin/
15-pin
Devices
with RJ45
connection
IE devices
with BFOC
connection
IE devices
with SC
connection
M12-
power
connector
IP67 hybrid
connector
SC RJ
connector
IE devices
with SC RJ
connection
A coded
B coded
e
l
e
c
t
r
i
c
a
l
o
p
t
i
c
a
l
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
0
7
Overview of Twisted Pair
2/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Structured cabling
Structured cabling to ISO IEC 118011/EN 50173 describes the
non-application-specific, tree-like cabling of building com-
plexes for IT purposes. A site is subdivided into the following
areas:
- primary area (connecting the buildings of a site)
- secondary area (connecting the floors of a building)
- tertiary area (IT connection of data terminals on a floor)
The structured cabling that can be achieved with the Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect System corresponds to the structure of
the tertiary cabling in accordance with EN 50173 for Ethernet.
FastConnect Twisted Pair (FC)
For structured cabling in the production hall, the FastConnect
Twisted Pair cabling system is ideal. With the fast installation
system for Industrial Ethernet, structured cabling from the of-
fice environment not only becomes industry compatible for in-
stallation in the production hall.
FastConnect cables can also be assembled extremely quickly
and easily on site. The RJ45 cabling technique, an existing
standard, is also available in an industry-standard version that
supports structured cabling (patch cables, patch field, instal-
lation cables, connection socket, connecting cable).
With the IE FC RJ45 Plug and FastConnect cables as an alter-
native to structured cabling, up to 100 m cable length can be
achieved for a point-to-point link (requires less patch
technology).
ITP (Sub-D connection method)
For direct connection between stations and network compo-
nents, the ITP Standard Cable is offered preassembled with
Sub-D plugs as a rugged connection system. This allows ca-
ble lengths of up to 100 m to be achieved without the need for
patches.
Benefits
Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry
Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of
the outer sheath and braided shield in one step
Easy connection technique (insulation-piercing contacts) for
4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet FC Twisted
Pair installation cables
Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC
stripping tool
Reliable shield contacting and strain relief
Application
1) All TP Cord types with a Sub D interface
2) IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 and IE TP Cord XP
Approvals
UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially
necessary for the American and Canadian markets.
The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on
where the cable is routed within the building. This applies to
all cables which have to be routed from a machine to a remote
control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks secured on
the building. OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general
purpose cable).
Design
The FastConnect system comprises:
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables specially designed
for fast connection (UL and CAT5 PLUS certified) as FC Stan-
dard, FC Flexible, FC Trailing, FC Torsion and FC Marine
Cable.
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the
outer sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in
one step
The prepared cable is connected in the FastConnect prod-
ucts using the insulation displacement method.
Integration
Structured cabling to EN 50173
10/100 Mbit/s 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
IE FC TP Cable 4x2
IE FC RJ45 Plug
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
IE TP Cord
1)
2)

A+B < 10 m
A+B+C< 100 m G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
6
1
Patch cable,
e.g. IE TP Cord
Installation cable, e. g.
FC TP Standard
Cable 4 x 2
Connection cable,
e.g. IE TP Cord
Connection socket,
e.g. IE FC Outlet RJ45
Connection socket,
e.g. IE FC Outlet RJ45
Active distributor,
e.g. SCALANCE X-400
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-300
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
2/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
With the FastConnect (FC) system for Industrial Ethernet,
structured cabling from the office environment becomes
industry-compatible for installation in the production hall.
Time-saving, error-free installation on-site
RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard
The ideal solution for installation of RJ45 connectors in the
field area with 4-core (2 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables
The ideal solution for installation of IE FC RJ45 modular outlets
to 8-core (4 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables
Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated
Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the trans-
parent contact cover
Integrated system of FC plug-in connectors and an extensive
FC cable spectrum with appropriate UL approvals
Benefits
Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry in
accordance with the innovative Industrial Ethernet standard
PROFINET (PROFINET Installation Guide
1)
)
Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of
the outer sheath and braided shield in one step
Easy connection technique (insulation displacement con-
tacts) for 4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet
FC Twisted Pair installation cables
Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC
stripping tool
Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover
Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing)
RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard
1) Available as a download under www.profinet.com
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
2/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect is a fast connection technique
for easy assembly of 4-core and 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC
cables.
After stripping the IE FC cable, it can be directly mounted either
in the IE FC RJ45 Plug (4-core), the IE FC Outlet RJ45 (4-core)
or the IE RJ45 Modular Outlet (8-core).
Design
The complete system:
Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables designed for fast
assembly; 4-core (2x2) Cat5e;
8-core (4 x 2) Cat6 certified, with appropriate UL approval, as:
- IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
- IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable
- IE TP Torsion Cable
- IE FC TP Marine Cable
User-friendly stripping technique with FC Stripping Tool
FC RJ45 Plug immune to interference (10/100 Mbit/s). The
rugged metal casing makes it an ideal solution for installing
RJ45 plug-in connectors to 4-core IE FC cables at the field
level.
The prepared cable is connected in the Industrial Ethernet
FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; 4-core) or IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; 8-core) using insulation displace-
ment
Function
The FastConnect stripping technique supports fast and easy
connection of the Industrial Ethernet FC cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug (10/100 Mbit/s)
IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
The data terminals and network components are connected at
the outlets over TP Cords.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables are specially de-
signed for use of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping
Tool, with which the outer casing and the woven shield can be
stripped accurately in one step. The prepared cable is then con-
nected using insulation displacement.
Approvals
necessary for the American and Canadian markets.
The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on
where the cable is routed within the building. This applies to
all cables which have to be routed from a machine to a remote
control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks secured on
the building. OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general
purpose cable).
G_IK10_XX_10021
Measure the length of cable to be stripped by
resting the cable on the measuring template.
The end stop is formed by the index finger of
the left hand.
Insert the measured cable end in the tool.
The end stop for the insertion depth is formed
by the index finger of the left hand.
Fasten the end of the cable in the
stripping tool up to the end stop.
To strip the cable, rotate the stripping tool
several times in the direction of the arrow.
Remove the stripping tool still closed
from the end of the cable.
Remove the protective film from the cores.
IE FC RJ45 Plug
2/29
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Implementation of direct device connections over distances of
up to 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC installation cable 2 x 2
without patching
Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core
Twisted Pair installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the need
for special tools
Error-preventing connection technique thanks to visible con-
nection area as well as colored blade terminals
Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily
lost small parts)
Integrated strain-relief for installation cables
Compatible to the EN 50173 (RJ45) / ISO IEC 11801 standard
Additional strain and bending relief of plug connector possible
through latching of plug on device housing, e.g. with
SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S, ET 200S.
Benefits
Ideal solution for installing RJ45 plug-in connectors in the field
level
Time-saving, error-free installation using the FastConnect sys-
tem
RJ45 plug-in connector is resistant to interference thanks to
the rugged metal housing
Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated
A compatible system of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect plug-
in connectors and a comprehensive range of FastConnect
cables with the appropriate UL approvals and PROFINET
compatibility
Application
The compact and rugged design of the plug-in connectors allow
the FC RJ45 Plugs to be used in the industrial environment and
in equipment from the office environment.
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 Plugs support quick and
easy installation of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect installa-
tion cables 2 x 2 (4-core Twisted Pair cables) in the field.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool for preparing
the cable end (stripping the cable sleeve and shield in one
action) supports easy handling and fast, error-free contacting of
the cable at the plug-in connector. Installation is also possible
under difficult working conditions because the plug-in connector
does not have any small parts that can be lost.
The new plug-in connectors enable point-to-point links to be im-
plemented (100 Mbit/s) for Industrial Ethernet between two data
terminals/network components up to 100 m without the need for
patches.
Use of FastConnect cables with IE FC RJ45 Plug
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
4
PC
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
S7-400
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 (Type A)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2x2 (Type B)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2x2 (Type C)
IE TP Torsion Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2x2 (Type B)
S7-300
S7-200
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
Prerequisite: autocrossing
NC NC
IE FC RJ45 Plug
2/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plugs are available in three designs:
They are used for optimized connection of Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect cables to data terminals and network components.
The plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing
that provides optimum protection against faults in data
communication.
The 4 integrated insulation displacement contacts make con-
tacting of the FC cable variants easy and prevent mistakes.
After the stripped cable end has been inserted in the blade
terminal (which has been hinged open), it is pressed down for
reliable contacting of the conductors.
Thanks to their compactness, the plug-in connectors (IE FC Plug
180) can be used on devices with individual sockets and on
devices with multiple sockets (blocks).
Data terminals with an additional bracket on the housing provide additional tension and bending relief for the plug-in cable.
Function
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs are used to install uncrossed 100 Mbit/s
Ethernet connections up to 100 m without the use of patches.
Crossed cables can also be installed by swapping the transmit
and receive pair in a plug.
When the housing is open, color markings on the contact cover
make it easier to connect the cores to the blade terminals. The
user can check that contact has been made correctly through
the transparent plastic material of the contact cover.
With 180 (straight)
cable outlet
With 90 (angled)
cable outlet (SIMOTION
and SINAMICS only)
With 145 (angled)
cable outlet (for ET 200S)
IE FC RJ45 Plug
2/31
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Ordering data (continued) Order No.
Interfaces
Connection of Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
4 x integrated insulation
displacement contacts
RJ45 devices
1 x RJ45 Plug
Transfer rate 100 Mbit/s; Cat5e
Network expansion parameter
TP cable length 0 - 100 m;
IE FC cables
(depending on cable type)
Perm. ambient conditions
Operating temperature -20 C ... +70 C
Transport/storage temperature -40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation <95%
Design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
with Plug 180
13.7 x 16 x 55
with Plug 90
13.7 x 16 x 42
with Plug 145
13.9 x 16 x 55.6
Assembly IE FC stripping tool for stripping
the IE FC cable
Weight approx. 35 g
Degree of protection IP20
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug-in connector for
Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
metal housing and integrated
insulation displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables;
with 180 cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 piece 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
with 90 cable outlet; for ET 200S
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
with 145 cable outlet;
for SIMOTION and SINAMICS
IE FC stripping tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC
cables
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
2 x 2 (Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval
Sold by the meter
max. quantity 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-2AH10
Preferred length
1000 m 6XV1 840-2AU10
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
2 x 2 (Type B)
6XV1 870-2B
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
for occasional movement;
with UL approval; sold by
the meter; max. quantity 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2D
for use in trailing cables;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1 840-3AH10
180/90 for use in trailing cables;
without UL approval; sold by
minimum order 20 m
IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2F
for use with robots;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2
(Type B)
6XV1 840-4AH10
180/90; marine approval;
sold by the meter, max. quantity
1000 m, minimum order 20 m
IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm) 6GK1 901-1GB01
Replacement blade cassette for
the Industrial Ethernet stripping
tool; for use with IE FC RJ45
Plugs and Modular Outlet, 5 units
IE connecting cable M12-180/M12-180/
M12 plug PRO
2/32
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Flexible connecting cables and plug-in connectors that can be
assembled in the field for transmission of data (up to 100 Mbit/s)
between Industrial Ethernet stations with degree of protection
IP65
Industrial Ethernet connecting cable M12-180/M12-180
(D coded)
Pre-assembled connecting cable
(IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP) for connecting Industrial
Ethernet stations (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200pro and
SCALANCE X208PRO) with degree of protection IP65/IP67
For data transmission rates 10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet M12 plug PRO (D coded)
Industrial Ethernet M12 cable connector that can be assem-
bled in the field for on-site installation of SCALANCE X208PRO
and IM 154-4 PN
Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core
twisted pair FC installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the
need for special tools
Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing)
Integrated strain-relief for installation cables
Industrial Ethernet panel feedthrough
Control cabinet feedthrough for conversion from M12 connec-
tion method (D coded, degree of protection IP65/IP67) to
RJ45 connection method (IP20)
Benefits
Time-saving, error-free connection of end stations using pre-
assembled connection cables
Simple assembly on site for application-specific M12 connect-
ing cables using field-assembled M12 plugs
(IE M12 Plug PRO, D-coded)
More information
Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be
ordered from your local contact person.
For technical advice contact:
J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS
Tel.:+49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax.: +49(0)911/750 99 91
E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
IE Connecting Cable
M12-180/M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP Trailing
Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET
type C) with two 4-pole M12
plugs (4-pole, D-coded),
degree of protection IP65/IP67
Length:
0.3 m 6XV1 870-8AE30
0.5 m 6XV1 870-8AE50
1 m 6XV1 870-8AH10
1.5 m 6XV1 870-8AH15
2 m 6XV1 870-8AH20
3 m 6XV1 870-8AH30
5 m 6XV1 870-8AH50
10 m 6XV1 870-8AN10
15 m 6XV1 870-8AN15
IE M12 plug PRO
For assembly in the field, M12
plug-in connector (D-coded),
metal housing,
fast connection method,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and
IM 154-4 PN
1 piece 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0
8 pieces 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8
IE panel feedthrough
Control cabinet feedthrough for
conversion from M12 connection
method (D coded, degree of pro-
tection IP65/IP67) to RJ45 con-
nection method (IP20)
1 pack = 5 pieces 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2
2/33
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
For structured cabling in the factory hall; specially designed
for fast assembly
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer
sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one
step
Connection to FastConnect products using insulation dis-
placement
Exceeds Category 5 (Cat5e) of the international cabling stan-
dards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
PROFINET-compatible
UL approval
Different variants for different applications
- IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
- IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable
- IE TP Torsion Cable
- IE FC TP Marine Cable
High interference immunity thanks to double shielding
Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings
Benefits
Time savings thanks to quick and easy assembly with Fast-
Connect cables 2 x 2 on the Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s) or Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180/90.
Flexible application possibilities thanks to special bus cables
Network is immune to interference thanks to double shielded
cables and a uniform grounding concept.
Silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive indus-
try (e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
Application
For the construction of Industrial Ethernet networks (4-core),
different cable types are offered to suit the different types of
application.
In general, the listed Industrial Ethernet FC cables IE FC Cable
2 x 2 must be used.
Note:
You will find other specifications of the network topology in the
manual for TP and fiber optic networks.
UL approvals
Different cable versions are offered with appropriate UL approv-
als for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the
specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
These are identified as GP (General Purpose).
Design
The FastConnect (FC) Industrial Ethernet cables IE FC Cable
2 x 2 are designed with radial symmetry and therefore allow the
use of the FC Stripping Tool The IE FC Outlet RJ45 and the IE FC
RJ45 Plug can therefore be attached quickly and easily.
The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing
through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields
Easy connection to the insulation displacement contacts of the
FC RJ45 Plug without the need for special tools
System-wide grounding concept can be implemented through
the outer shield of the bus cable and through the grounding
concept of the IE FC Outlet RJ45
Printed meter marks
Cable types
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2:
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast
installation;
four rigid cores connected in a four-branch star
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2:
Flexible bus cable for the special application of occasional
motion control; four stranded cores connected in a four
branch star
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP / IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2:
Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of con-
stant motion control in a cable carrier, e.g. for continuously
moving machine parts; four stranded cores connected in a
four branch star
IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2:
Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of contin-
uous motion control, e.g. for use with robots; stranded cores
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2:
Bus cable for marine applications; four cores (stranded) con-
nected in a four branch star, halogen-free, certified for marine
applications
Outer sheath
Copper core
Single core sheath
Foil shield
Braided shield
Inner sheath
G
_
I
K

P
I
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
3
2/34
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design (continued)
Product overview IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2 (PROFINET-compatible according to PROFINET Installation Guide
1)
)
1) Available as a download under www.profinet.com
Installation instructions
The bus cables are supplied by the meter with meter marks
printed on them.
FastConnect
With the help of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool,
it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect cables 2 x 2 to the right length in one step.
The IE Outlet RJ45 and the PROFINET-compatible plug-in con-
nector IE FC RJ45 can be connected quickly and easily to the
Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2.
Cable routing
During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible bend-
ing radii and tensile load.
PROFINET Type A PROFINET Type B PROFINET Type C
AWG 22/1
rigid laying
AWG 22/7 flexible cable for
occasional movement
AWG 22
highly flexible cable for
continuous motion,
e.g. cable carrier or robots
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
6XV1 840-2AH10

IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type B)
6XV1 870-2B

(Type C)
6XV1 870-2D

(Type C)
6XV1 840-3AH10

IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2F

(Type B)
6XV1 840-4AH10

2/35
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tests to DIN 0472
2) At a bending diameter of 200 mm
Cable type
1)
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type B)
(Type C)
Application areas Universal applications Occasional movement Trailing cables
Cable specification Cat5e Cat5e Cat5e
Electrical data (at 20 C)
Wave attenuation
at 10 MHz typ. 5.2 dB/100 m typ. 6 dB/100 m 6.3 dB/100 m
at 100 MHz typ. 19.5 dB/100 m typ. 21 dB/100 m 21.3 dB/100 m
Characteristic impedance
at 1 100 MHz 100 15 100 15 100 15
Near-end cross-talk attenuation
at 1 100 MHz typ. 50 dB/100 m typ. 50 dB/100 m 50 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz 10 m/m 100 m/m 20 m/m
Loop resistance 124 /km 120 /km 120 /km
Insulation resistance 500 M km 500 M km 500 M km
Range
With IE FC RJ45 Plug, max. 100 m 85 m 85 m
With IE FC Outlet RJ45, max. 90 m 75 m 75 m
Mechanical data
Cable type (standard designation) 2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0.64/1.5-100
GN
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0.75/1.5-100 LI
GN
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0.75/1.5-100 LI
GN
Internal conductor diameter
(copper)
0.64 mm, AWG22 0.75 mm, AWG22 0.75 mm, AWG22
Core insulation PE dia. 1.5 mm PE dia. 1.5 mm PE dia. 1.5 mm
Inner sheath PVC dia. 3.9 mm PVC dia. 3.9 mm PVC dia. 3.9 mm
Sheath PVC dia. (6.5 0.2) mm PVC dia. (6.5 0.2) mm PVC dia. (6.5 0.2) mm
Operating temperature 40 C +70 C 10 C +70 C 25 C +75 C
Transport/storage temperature 40 C +70 C 40 C +70 C 25 C +75 C
Installation temperature 20 C +60 C 20 C +60 C 10 C +60 C
Permissible bending radius
Multiple bends 7.5 x dia. 8 x dia. 7.5 x dia.
Single bend 3 x dia. 5 x dia. 5 x dia.
Bending cycles 3 mill.
2)
Permissible tensile force < 150 N 150 N 150 N
Weight approx. 70 kg/km approx. 68 kg/km approx. 68 kg/km
Halogen-free No No No
Behavior in fire Flame retardant acc. to UL 1685
(CSA FT 4)
Flame retardant acc. to UL 1685
(CSA FT 4)
Flame retardant acc. to UL 1685
(CSA FT 4)
Oil resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance
UL listing / 300 V rating Yes / CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res Yes / CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res Yes/ CMG / PLTC / Sun Res
UL style / 600 V rating Yes No Yes
UV-resistant Yes Yes Yes
Fast Connect cabling Yes Yes Yes
Silicone-free Yes Yes Yes
2/36
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Technical specifications (continued)
2) Torsion-resistant cables for the following requirements: At least 5 million torsional movements along 1 m length of cable 180
3) At a bending diameter of 200 mm
Cable type
1)
(Type C)
(Type C)
(Type B)
Application areas Applications with robots Trailing cables Marine and offshore use
Cable specification Cat5e Cat5e Cat5e
Wave attenuation
at 10 MHz 7.6 dB/100 m 6 dB/100 m 6 dB/100 m
at 100 MHz 41 dB/100 m 22 dB/100 m 22 dB/100 m
at 1 100 MHz 100 15 100 15 100 15
at 1 100 MHz 50 dB/100 m 50 dB/100 m 50 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz 100 m/m 10 m/m 10 m/m
Insulation resistance 500 M km 500 M km 500 M km
Range
With IE FC RJ45 Plug, max. 55 m 85 m 85 m
With IE FC Outlet RJ45, max. 45 m 75 m 75 m
Mechanical data
Cable type (standard designation) 02YS (ST) C11Y 1 x 4 x 0.75/
1.5-100LI GN VZN FRNC
2YH (ST) C11Y 2 x 2 x 0.75/
1.5-100 LI GN VZN FRNC
L-9YH (ST) CH 2 x 2 x 0.34/
1.5-100 GN VZN FRNC
Internal conductor diameter (copper) 0.76 mm, AWG22 0.75 mm, AWG22 0.75 mm, AWG22
Core insulation PE dia. 1.5 mm PE dia. 1.5 mm PP dia. 1.5 mm
Inner sheath dia. 4.6 mm FRNC dia. 3.9 mm FRNC dia. 3.9 mm
Sheath PUR dia. (6.5 0.2) mm PUR dia. (6.5 0.2) mm FRNC dia. (6.5 0.2) mm
Multiple bends 15 x dia. 7.5 x dia. 15 x dia.
Single bend 5 x dia. 3 x dia. 6 x dia.
Bending cycles
2)
4 mill.
3)
Permissible tensile force 130 N 150 N 150 N

Weight approx. 54 kg/km approx. 63 kg/km approx. 68 kg/km
Halogen-free Yes Yes Yes
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant acc. to
IEC 60332-1-2
Flame-retardant acc. to
IEC 60332-1
IEC 60332-3-22
Oil resistance Highly resistant Highly resistant Limited resistance
UL listing / 300 V rating UL Style 21161 Yes / CMX Yes / CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res
UL style / 600 V rating No No No
Fast Connect cabling No Yes Yes
Approvals for use in marine vessels American Bureau of Shipping
Lloyds Register of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Bureau Veritas
2/37
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Ordering data Order No. Order No.
2 x 2 (Type A)
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-2AH10
Preferred length
1000 m 6XV1 840-2AU10
2 x 2 (Type B)
6XV1 870-2B
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval; sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2D
for use in trailing cables;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
6XV1 840-3AH10
180/90 for use in trailing cables;
without UL approval; sold by
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2F
for use with robots;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)
6XV1 840-4AH10
180/90; marine approval; sold by
minimum order 20 m
IE Hybrid Cable 2 x 2 + 4 x 0.34 6XV1870-2J
Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat5,
shielded (0.75 mm) and 4 x Cu
(0.34 mm
2
) with IE FC modular
outlet and power insert and
IP67 hybrid plug connector;
sold by the meter; up to 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Accessories
cables
Replacement blade cassette
for the Industrial Ethernet
stripping tool; for use with IE FC
Outlet RJ45, ELS TP40, 5 pcs.
stripping tool; for use with IE FC
RJ45 Plugs and IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet, 5 pcs.
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
with 90 cable outlet; for ET 200S
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
with 145 cable outlet; e.g. for
SIMOTION and SINAMICS
SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
nication systems, communication
protocols and communication
products; on CD-ROM;
German/English
2/38
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
8-core FastConnect installation cable for gigabit-capable
cabling system
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer
sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one
step
Connection to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet using insulation
displacement method
Satisfies Category 6 (Cat6) of the international cabling
standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
UL approval
Benefits
Time savings thanks to fast and easy mounting with
FastConnect cables 4 x 2 on Industrial Ethernet FC RJ 45
Modular Outlet
Structure of an 8-core gigabit-capable cabling system
Thanks to the 8-core cabling it is now possible to implement
2 Industrial Ethernet connections for Fast Ethernet, but in fu-
ture it will also be possible to upgrade to a Gigabit Ethernet
connection
Network immune to interference thanks to integrated ground-
ing concept
Application
The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transmission
rates of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet as with the service-inde-
pendent cabling from the office environment. This permits the
transition from the 4-core Industrial Ethernet cabling system to
the 8-core gigabit-capable cabling system.
For the construction of Industrial Ethernet networks (8-core), two
cable types are offered to suit the different types of application.
In general, the listed Industrial Ethernet FC cables IE FC Cable
4 x 2 must be used.
For further information on network configuration, see the TP and
fiber-optic network manual.
UL approvals
Two cable versions are offered with appropriate UL approvals for
laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the spec-
ifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
2/39
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
The FastConnect (FC) Industrial Ethernet cables IE FC Cable
4 x 2 are designed with radial symmetry and therefore allow the
use of the FC Stripping Tool The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet can
then be connected quickly and easily using insulation displace-
ment without the need for special tools.
Cable types
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2:
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast
assembly with appropriate UL approvals (general purpose) for
laying in cable bundles and on cable racks according to the
specifications of the NEC (National Electrical Code) Article
800/725.
The bus cables are supplied by the meter with meter marks
printed on them.
FastConnect
With the help of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool,
it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect cables 4 x 2 to the right length in one step.
This allows the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet to be attached quickly
and easily to the Industrial Ethernet FC Cable 4 x 2.
Cable routing
sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible
bending radii and tensile load.
Integration
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s
System configuration with SCALANCE W
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
6
S7-300
IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
IE TP Cord
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
PC
IE TP Cord
SCALANCE X-400
ET 200S
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
2 x 100 Mbit/s
connection
1 x 1000 Mbit/s connection
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0,34
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
Power Insert
SCALANCE X-400
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
7
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
24 V DC
IE Hybrid
cable connector
2/40
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Technical specifications Ordering data Order No.
Cable type IE FC TP Standard Cable
GP 4 x 2
Application areas Universal applications
Cable specification Cat6
Wave attenuation
at 10 MHz 6 dB/100 m
at 100 MHz 19.5 dB/100 m
at 250 MHz 33 dB/100 m
at 1 ... 250 MHz 100 15
at 1 ... 250 MHz 38.3 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz <10 m/m
Loop resistance 118 /km
Insulation resistance 5000 M x km
Range
With IE FC RJ45 Plug, max.
With IE FC Outlet RJ45, max.
Mechanical data
Cable type (standard designation) SF/UTP 4x2xAWG22
Cable diameter 9.6 mm +/- 0.3
Inner conductor diameter 0.64 mm, AWG22
(solid conductor)
Core insulation PE
Inner sheath PVC dia. 3.9 mm
Sheath PVC, green
Operating temperature 40 C +70 C
Transport/storage temperature 40 C +70 C
Installation temperature 20 C +60 C
Multiple bends 80 mm
Single bend 55 mm
Bending cycles
Permissible tensile force 180 N
Weight 115 kg/km
Halogen-free No
Behavior in fire IEC 60332-1
Oil resistance Limited resistance
UL approval CMG, sun res, oil res
UL style / 600 V rating
UV-resistant No
FastConnect cable installation Yes
Silicone-free Yes
4 x 2
6XV1 870-2E
FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for
universal applications; with UL
minimum order 20 m
cables 4 x 2
stripping tool, for use with IE FC
RJ45 Plugs and IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet, 5 units
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with interface
for a replaceable insert;
without the replaceable insert 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA0
with a replaceable insert
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interface
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interface
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
for 1 x 24 V DC and
1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
Insert 2FE
6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA1
Replaceable insert
for FC Modular Outlet Base;
2 x RJ45 for 2 x 100 Mbit/s
interfaces;
1 pack = 4 pieces
Insert 1GE
6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA2
Replaceable insert
for FC Modular Outlet Base;
interface;
1 pack = 4 pieces
Manual for TP and
fiber-optic networks
Paper version; network architec-
ture, components, configura-
tions, installation guidelines
IE Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
products; on CD-ROM;
German/English
IE Hybrid Cable
2/41
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Industry-standard Industrial Ethernet hybrid cable for trans-
mitting data (10/100 Mbit) and power (24 V/400 mA)
The IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 contains:
- Industrial Ethernet cable 2 x 2 Cat5e, shielded as twisted
quad (stranded, 4-core)
- four power cores 0.34 mm
2
(stranded)
Benefits
Simple installation thanks to insulation displacement connec-
tions in IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and hybrid connectors at
Access Point SCALANCE W
Reduced installation cost since remote stations
(e.g. SCALANCE W) are supplied via one single line
Halogen-free cables for universal use in the industrial and
office areas
Rugged, UV resistant industrial cable with UL approval
Application
The IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 and the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet with Power Insert can be used to supply remote stations
(e.g. Access Points SCALANCE W) simultaneously with data
(10/100 Mbit/s) and power. Installation costs can be consider-
ably reduced since data and power are transmitted via a com-
mon cable.
A maximum of 80 m and additional 6 m of patch cable can be
covered between the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and the Access
Point SCALANCE W.
Network structure including IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and Power Insert
for supplying Access Points SCALANCE W
Design
Rugged, halogen-free Ethernet hybrid cable with four shielded,
flexible data cores (AWG22, twisted quad) and four power cores
(0.34 mm
2
) for transmitting data and power.
The IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 is available in customized
lengths.
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
Power Insert
SCALANCE X-400
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
7
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
24 V DC
IE Hybrid
cable connector
IE Hybrid Cable
2/42
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Cable type
1)
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34
Application areas
Cable specification
Data cores Cat5e
Power cores AWG22
Wave attenuation
at 10 MHz typ. 7.5 dB/100 m
at 100 MHz typ. 26 dB/100 m
at 1 ... 100 MHz 100 15
at 1 ... 100 MHz typ. 35.3 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz 10 m/m
Insulation resistance 500 M km
Range
With IE FC RJ45 plug, max.
With IE FC Outlet RJ45, max.
Mechanical data
Cable type (standard designation) 2YH (ST) C 2x2x0.75/1.5LI
LIH H 2x2x0.34/1.6GN FRNC
Cable length 80 m + 6 m IE TP cord
Cable diameter 8.5 mm
Data cores 0.76 mm
Power cores 0.76 mm, stranded
Core insulation PE
Inner sheath FRNC
Sheath
Data cores FRNC green
Power cores black/brown
Operating temperature -25 C +70 C
Transport/storage temperature -25 C +70 C
Installation temperature -25 C +50 C
Multiple bends 10 x
Single bend 5 x
Bending cycles
Weight 105 kg/km
Halogen-free Yes
Behavior in fire according to IEC 60332-1
Oil resistance Limited resistance
UL approval CMG/PLTC
UL style / 600 V rating Yes
UV-resistant Yes
Fast Connect cabling No
Silicone-free Yes
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0,34 6XV1 870-2J
Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat 5E,
shielded (AWG22)
and 4 x Cu (0.34 mm
2
) with
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet
and power insert and IP67 hybrid
plug connector;
sold by the meter
Additional components
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
1 m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2 m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6 m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Twisted TP cable 4 x 2
with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3RE50
1 m 6XV1 870-3RH10
2 m 6XV1 870-3RH20
6 m 6XV1 870-3RH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3RN10
With 2FE insert;
replaceable insert for
2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
With 1GE insert;
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
With power insert;
1 x 24 V DC and 1 x 100 Mbit/s
interface
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
IP67 Hybrid Connector 09 45 125 1300.00
Connector for connecting
SCALANCE W-700 to
Industrial Ethernet and
Power over Ethernet (PoE),
with assembly instructions,
1 item
Order directly from:
HARTING Deutschland
GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 24-51
D-32381 Minden
Tel. +49 571-8896-0
Fax. +49 571-8896-354
Email: de.sales@HARTING.com
Internet:
http://www.HARTING.com
Manual for IE TP and
Paper version
Network architecture,
components, configurations,
installation guidelines
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Electronic manuals for
communication systems,
communication protocols and
communication products;
Energy Cables
2/43
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Different versions (5-core, 2-core) for different fields of
application
Rugged cable design for installation in industrial applications
UL approvals
Benefits
Flexible application possibilities thanks to rugged cable
design
Silicon-free, therefore particularly suitable for use in the auto-
motive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
Application
For the construction of PROFINET/PROFIBUS networks, different
The listed power cables should always be used. They are used
for devices with degree of protection IP65/67 to connect the
signaling contact or 24-V supply of the SCALANCE X and
SCALANCE W components (power cable 2x0.75) and for the
power supply (power cable 5x1.5 for ET 200).
UL approvals
As a result of appropriate UL styles, the cables can be used
worldwide.
Design
Rugged 2-core or 5-core cable with circular cross-section for
connection of signaling contact and power supply to IP65/67
components in industrial areas.
Cable types
The following cables with industrial capability are available for
connection of the power supply and signaling contact:
Power cable 2 x 0.75;
power cable for connection of signaling contact and 24 V sup-
ply voltage to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W components
power cable for connection of 24 V power supply of ET 200
using 7/8" plug connectors
Energy Cables
2/44
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tests according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472
Cable type
1)
Power cable 2 x 0.75 Power cable 5 x 1.5
Application areas Connection of signaling contact and 24-V power
supply to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W
Power supply of ET 200 modules with
7/8" power port
Operating voltage (rms value) 600 V 600 V
Power cores (stranded wires)
diameter
0.75 mm
2
1.5 mm
2
Current carrying capability
of the power cores
6 A 16 A
Sheath color Brown/blue Black
Cable type (standard designation) L-YY2x1x0.75GR L-Y11Y-JZ 5x1x1.5 GR
Sheath
Material PVC PUR
Diameter 7.4 +/- 0.3 10.5 + / -0.3
Color Gray Gray
Operating temperature -20 C +80 C -40 C +80 C
Transport/storage temperature -20 C +80 C -40 C +80 C
Installation temperature -20 C +80 C -40 C +80 C
Bending radius
Single bend 2.5 x dia. 2.5 x dia.
Multiple bends 6 x dia. 6 x dia.
Permissible tensile force 100 N 500 N
Weight approx. 70 kg/km approx. 149 kg/km
Halogen-free No No
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant
acc. to IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant
IEC 60332-1
UL style / 300 V rating Yes Yes
UL style / 600 V rating Yes No
Resistance to
mineral oils and grease
Limited resistance Highly resistant
UV-resistant Yes No
Silicone-free Yes Yes
FastConnect cable installation No No
Energy Cables
2/45
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Ordering data Order No. More information
Cable routing:
During storage, transportation and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap.
Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load!
Note:
Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range
can be ordered from your local contact person.
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax. +49(0)911/750 99 91
Power cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1812-8A
Power cable with trailing
capability with 2 copper cores
(0.75 mm
2
) for connecting to
M12 plug-in connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
Power cable 5 x 1.5 6XV1 830-8AH10
(1.5 mm
2
) for connecting to
7/8" plug-in connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1000 m;
7/8" plug-in connector
Plug with axial cable outlet for
field assembly for ET 200, 5-core,
plastic enclosure,
1 pack = 5 items
Male pins 6GK1 905-0FA00
Socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
Signaling Contact M12 Cable
Connector PRO
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
Socket for connection of
SCALANCE X208PRO for
signaling contact; 5-pole,
B-coded, with assembly
instructions; 3 items
Power M12 Cable Connector
PRO
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
3 items
Power M12 Plug PRO 6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA3
Plug for connection to
PS791-1PRO power supply
for 24 V DC supply voltage;
4-pole, A-coded, with assembly
instructions, 3 items
on CD-ROM; German/English
7/8" Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00
Power T-piece for ET 200
with two 7/8" socket inserts and
one 7/8" pin insert
1 pack = 5 items
IE TP Cord
2/46
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Patch cable, available as preassembled cables
(max. length 10 m)
With 2 x 2 cores for 10/100 Mbit/s and 4 x 2 cores for
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet
Small cable diameter
Category Cat5e (2 x 2) and Cat6 (4 x 2) of the international
cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
Benefits
Easy connection of data terminals with an RJ45 connection to
the Industrial Ethernet FC cabling system with interference im-
munity (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
Fast, error-free start-up thanks to preassembled, factory-
tested patch cables
Easy cable installation thanks to small cable diameter
Color-coded RJ45 plug to distinguish between twisted and
untwisted cables
- Twisted: RJ45 plug red on both sides
- Not twisted: RJ45 plug green on both sides
IE TP Cord
2/47
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application
IE TP Cord can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100 Mbit/s)
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
S7-300
S7-400
Network
component
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
Sub-D-9
RJ45
IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15
IE TP XP Standard Cable 15/15
Prepared IE TP Cord 2x2
Plug
Sub-D-15
RJ45
Plug
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
0
9
Network
component
Sub-D-9
RJ45
Prepared crossed IE TP Cord 2x2
Plug
Sub-D-9
RJ45
Plug
Sub-D-15
RJ45
Plug
Sub-D-15
RJ45
Plug
Prepared crossed IE TP Cord 2x2
Network
component
S7-300
PC
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-400
NC
NC NC
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
9
2
Network
component
prepared IE TP Cord 4x2
e.g. SCALANCE X-400
Network
component
e.g. SCALANCE X-400
If components not supporting Autocrossing are used it is required
to use IE TP XP Cord between two network components or two terminals.
NC NC
IE TP Cord
2/48
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
2 x 2 cores for 10/100 Mbit/s data transmission rate;
4 x 2 cores for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s data transmission rate
Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair.
Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with a
plastic-clad aluminum foil
Outer woven shield around all pairs comprising tinned copper
wires
Plastic sheath (PVC)
IE TP Cord is available as a pre-assembled cable in the following
versions:
with 2 x RJ45 plugs
with 2 x RJ45 plugs, send and receive cables are twisted.
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector
with one RJ45 connector and one 9-pole Sub-D connector,
send and receive cable are twisted
45 cable outlet
45 cable outlet; send and receive cable are twisted
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors, send and receive cable are
twisted.
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
with one RJ45 connector and one 15-pole Sub-D connector;
this is used to directly connect data terminals with ITP inter-
faces to network components with an RJ45 interface.
twisted send and receive cable; used for direct connection of
a data terminal with 15-pole Sub-D connector to a data termi-
nal with RJ45 plug.
IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45
with a 15-pole Sub-D socket with slide locking and an
RJ45 plug. A retaining clip clamps it in place. IE TP Converter
Cord 15/RJ45 2 x 2 is used to connect data terminals with
an RJ45 interface to the ITP cabling system, e.g. over the
ITP Standard 9/15 cable.
Function
The flexibility of the cable ensures easy installation, for example
in a control cabinet, or to connect equipment in a control room.
The maximum length of an IE TP Cord is 10 m.
Adapter cables are used to connect devices with an ITP inter-
face to devices with an RJ45 interface.
IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 is used to convert an ITP interface
of a data terminal to the RJ45 interface.
IE TP Cord
2/49
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Cable type IE TP Cord 2 x 2 IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Attenuation
at 10 MHz 9 dB/100 m 8,6 dB/100 m
at 100 MHz 28.5 dB/100 m 28 dB/100 m
at 300 MHz 49.5 dB/100 m 50,1 dB/100 m
at 600 MHz 75 dB/100 m 73,5 dB/100m
at 1 to 100 MHz 100 15 100 15
at 10 to 600 MHz 100 6 100 10
at 10 MHz 80 dB 80 dB
at 100 MHz 72.5 dB 72,4 dB
at 300 MHz 65 dB 65,3 dB
at 600 MHz 61 dB 60,8 dB
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz 10 m/m 10 m/m
Loop resistance 300 /km 290 /km
Mechanical data
Cable type (standard designation) LI 02YSCY 2x2x0.15/0.98 PIMF ICCS GN LI02YSCH 4x2x0.15 PIMF GN FRNC
(copper)
0.5 mm stranded copper 0.5 mm
Outer diameter 3.7 x 5.8 0.2 mm 6.2 0.3 mm
Core diameter (AWG26) 0.98 mm 1,0 mm
Operating temperature -40 C ... +70 C -25 C ... +70 C
Transport/storage temperature -40 C ... +70 C -40 C ... +70 C
Installation temperature 0 C ... +50 C 0 C ... +50 C
Multiple bends 90 mm 45 mm
Single bend 40 mm 30 mm
Weight approx. 33 kg/km approx. 50 kg/km
Halogen-free no yes
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant to DIN VDE 0472, Part 804,
Test Type B, IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant to DIN VDE 0472, Part 804,
Test Type B, IEC 60332-1
Oil resistance Conditionally resistant to greases and oils Conditionally resistant to greases and oils
Silicone-free yes yes
IE TP Cord
2/50
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
More information
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
1 m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2 m 6XV1 870-3QH20
6 m 6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m 6XV1 870-3RE50
1 m 6XV1 870-3RH10
2 m 6XV1 870-3RH20
6 m 6XV1 870-3RH60
10 m 6XV1 870-3RN10
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
TP cable 2 x 2
with one 9-pole Sub D connector
and one RJ45 connector
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2JE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2JH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2JH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2JH60
10 m 6XV1 850-2JN10
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2ME50
1 m 6XV1 850-2MH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2MH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2MH60
10 m 6XV1 850-2MN10
TP cable 2 x 2
with one RJ45 connector
and one Sub D connector
with 45 cable outlet
(not for OSM/ESM)
1 m 6XV1 850-2NH10
Twisted TP cable
with one RJ45 connector
and one Sub D connector
(not for OSM/ESM)
1 m 6XV1 850-2PH10
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
for direct connection of two
Industrial Ethernet components
with an ITP interface
with two 9-pole Sub D connectors
1 m 6XV1 850-2RH10
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
TP cable 2 x 2
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2LE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2LH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2LH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2LH60
10 m 6XV1 850-2LN10
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2SE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2SH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2SH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2SH60
10 m 6XV1 850-2SN10
TP connecting cable 2 x 2
for connecting data terminals
with RJ45 interfaces
to the ITP cabling system;
with a 15-pole Sub D socket
with slide locking
and an RJ45 connector.
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2EE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2EH20
IE FC Outlet RJ45 6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0
For connection Industrial Ethernet
FC cables and TP Cords; graded
prices from 10 and 50 units
With 2FE insert;
replaceable insert
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
With 1GE insert;
replaceable insert
for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
with power insert;
replaceable insert
for 1 x 24 V DC and
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
Paper version
network architecture,
mounting guidelines
communication products
on CD-ROM
German/English
IE FC Outlet RJ45
2/51
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Easy installation of structured Twisted Pair cabling.
Extremely fast installation thanks to insulation displacement.
Rugged solid metal module certified to Category 5.
Preventing mistakes with the help of color markings
Benefits
Easy connection of network components or data terminals to
the Industrial Ethernet FC cabling system with interference im-
munity.
Time-saving, error-free installation thanks to FC cables and
preassembled TP Cords (10/100 Mbit/s).
Resistant to interference thanks to rugged metal casing and
flexible mounting possibilities (standard rail mounting, screw
fixing)
Preventing mistakes with the help of color markings
Application
The IE FC Outlet RJ45 is used as a transition from the rugged
Industrial Ethernet FC cables used in the industrial environment
to prefabricated TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s) using an RJ45
socket.
By connecting several IE FC Outlet RJ45 devices in series, a
patch field can be constructed with the required connection
density (e.g. 16 outlets over 19 width).
IE FC Outlet RJ45
2/52
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application (continued)
IE TP Cord can be used for patch technology with IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
0
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15 IE TP Cord RJ45/15
S7-300
Network component e.g. OSM
Sub-D-9
RJ45
Plug
Sub-D-15
RJ45
Plug
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
IE TP Cord 2x2 IE TP Cord 2x2
Network component
Sub-D-9
RJ45
Plug
Sub-D-9
RJ45
Plug
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
IE TP Cord 2x2 IE TP Cord 2x2
PC
Sub-D-15
RJ45
Plug
Sub-D-15
RJ45
Plug
IE FC TP Cable 2x2 IE TP Cord 2x2 IE TP Cord 2x2
S7-300
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2x2 (Type A)
IE FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2 (Type B)
IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC Torsion Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC Trailing Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC Marine Cable 2x2 (Type B)
PC
S7-400
If components are used that do not support autocrossing,
an IE TP XP cord must be used between two network components or two terminal units.
NC
NC
NC
IE FC Outlet RJ45
2/53
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
The IE FC Outlet RJ45 has a rugged metal housing and satisfies
Category 5 of the international cable standard ISO/IEC 11801
and EN 50173. It is suitable both for mounting on rails and wall
mounting by means of four through holes.
The Outlet RJ45 can also be mounted behind a metal plate with
a cutout (e.g. in a control cabinet).
The Outlet RJ45 has the following connections
4 insulation-piercing contacts for connecting the Industrial
Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2 (contacts are color coded)
RJ45 socket with dust protection cap for connecting different
TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s).
Function
The Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45 is directly connected to
the Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2.
Prefabricated RJ45 patch cables (10/100 Mbit/s) are available
for the connection between the IE Outlet RJ45 and a network
component or data terminal.
System configuration with IE FC Outlet RJ45
ESM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
2
ESM
TP80
Cabinet
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE TP Cord
Terminal
device
Cabinet
Terminal
device
Cabinet
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE FC Outlet RJ45
2/54
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Integration
Configuration example with ITP, TP and fiber-optic cabling
S7-300 with CP 343-1
S7-400
with
CP 443-1
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
1
OSM ITP62
Building
Building
Cabinet Cabinet
Cabinet
OSM ITP62 S7-400 with CP 443-1
Cabinet
Cabinet
Cabinet
PG
S7-300
with CP 343-1
IE TP Cord
IE FC TP Standard Cable 2x2
FO
PC with
CP 1613
or CP 1616
IE TP Cord
RJ45/RJ45
IE FC
Standard Cable
2x2
IE FC
Outlet RJ45
IE FC
Outlet RJ45
Switch SCALANCE
X414-3E
Server
Workstation
low EMC interferences
Building
IE TP Cord
RJ45/RJ45
very strong
EMC interferences
e.g. by
electro welding
IE TP Cord
IE TP Cord / IE FC Standard Cable 2x2
IE FC Outlet RJ45
2/55
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
IE FC Outlet RJ45
Interfaces
Connection of data terminals, net-
work components
RJ45 socket
FC cables
4 insulation displacement termi-
nals for all IE Cables 2 x 2
Assembly DIN rail or wall mounting
Network expansion parameters/
FC cable length
0 90 m with IE FC Standard Cable GP
0 75 m With IE FC Flexible Cable/
IE FC Trailing Cable/
IE FC Marine Cable
0 45 m with IE FC Torsion Cable
Operating temperature -25 C +70 C
Storage/transport temperature -40 C +70 C
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 31.7 x 107 x 30
Weight 300 g
Certification complies with Category 5 of the
international cabling standards
ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
UL listing Yes
prices from 10 and 50 pieces
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
TP cable 2 x 2 with one 9-pole
Sub-D connector and one RJ45
connector
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2JE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2JH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2JH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2JH60
10 m 6XV1 850-2JN10
with one 9-pole Sub-D connector
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2ME50
1 m 6XV1 850-2MH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2MH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2MH60
10 m 6XV1 850-2MN10
TP cable 2 x 2 with one RJ45
connector and one Sub-D
connector with 45 cable outlet
(not for OSM/ESM)
1 m 6XV1 850-2NH10
Twisted TP cable with one RJ45
connector and one Sub-D
connector with 45 cable outlet
(for OSM/ESM only)
1 m 6XV1 850-2PH10
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
with an ITP interface with
two 9-pole Sub-D connectors
1 m 6XV1 850-2RH10
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
TP cable 2 x 2 with
one 15-pole Sub-D connector and
one RJ45 connector
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2LE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2LH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2LH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2LH60
10 m 6XV1 850-2LN10
Twisted TP cable 2 x 2 with
one 15-pole Sub-D connector and
one RJ45 connector
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2SE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2SH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2SH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2SH60
10 m 6XV1 850-2SN10
TP connecting cable 2 x 2 for
connecting data terminals
with RJ45 interfaces to the
ITP cabling system;
with a 15-pole Sub-D socket
with slide locking and an
RJ45 connector.
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2EE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2EH20
Paper version
mounting guidelines
SIMATIC NET Manual
Collection
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
2/56
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Simple connection technology (insulation displacement con-
tacts) for 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC twisted pair installation
cables (Cat6)
Safe connection technology thanks to visible connection area
Industry-standard design
- robust metal housing
- Dust covers
Wall and DIN rail mounting inside or outside control cubicles
thanks to IP40 protection
Good electromagnetic shielding and conduction due to metal
housing
Integral strain relief for 8-core installation cables
Replaceable inserts for
- 2 x Fast Ethernet connection
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE
- 1 x Gigabit Ethernet connection
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE
- 1 x Fast Ethernet connection, 1 x DC 24 V connection
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert
Benefits
Simple and fault-free assembly by means of integrated insula-
tion displacement contacts with color coding
Time-saving and fault-free installation with 8-core Industrial
Ethernet FC TP installation cables
Universal application through replaceable inserts (use for
10/100 Mbit/s interfaces, one 1000 Mbit/s interface or one
DC 24 V voltage supply and 100 Mbit/s interface)
Large temperature range (-20 C to +70 C)
Security of investment, as 100 Mbit/s networks can be up-
graded without difficulty to a 1000 Mbit/s network by replacing
the insert
Application
The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transmission
rates of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet and for the service-
independent cabling from this office environment. Thanks to the
8-core cabling it is now possible to implement 2 Industrial
Ethernet connections for Fast Ethernet, but in future it will also
be possible to upgrade to a Gigabit Ethernet connection.
This implements the transition from 4-core Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect TP cabling system to the 8-core Gigabit cabling
system.
The FC RJ45 Modular Outlet base module can optionally be
equipped with three different replaceable inserts, as follows:
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE with
2 x RJ45 sockets for 100 Mbit/s systems
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with
1 x RJ45 socket for 1000 Mbit/s systems
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert for SCALANCE W
IWLAN system with
1 x 24 V, 1 x RJ45 socket
Thus it is possible not only to implement individual device con-
nections, but also 100 Mbit/s dual connections.
By replacing the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert, it is possible
to switch from network structures that are operated at transmis-
sion rates of 100 Mbit/s to structures with rates of 1000 Mbit/s.
Replacement of the cabling is not necessary (permanent ca-
bling).
Like the 4-wire cabling system, the Gigabit cabling system with
the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet also takes the conditions in the
field of industrial automation into account. No special tools are
required for the assembly; the same FC stripping tool is used as
for the 4-wire system.
8-wire FC installations cables are used for the cabling (AWG 22):
IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2;
for fixed routing as standard type for the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet Inserts 2FE and 1GE
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 for the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet with Power Insert
Max. distance which can be covered between two IE FC
Modular Outlets using IE FC Standard Cable is 90 m; the total
length of the patch cords to the terminal units at each end must
not exceed 10 m.
2/57
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application examples
IE TP Cord can be used with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Power Insert (10/100 Mbit/s)
IE TP Cord can be used with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 2FE (10/100 Mbit/s)
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
5
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 and 4x0,34
FE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
Power Insert
IE TP Cord 2x2
Energy Cable
2x0,75
SCALANCE W-700
IP67 Hybrid
cable connector
NC
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
6
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4x2
IE FC Cable 4x2
IE TP Cord
2x2
Insert 2FE Insert 2FE
IE TP Cord
2x2
S7-300
NC
NC
NC
NC
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
2/58
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application examples (continued)
IE TP Cord can be used for patch technology with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 2FE (10/100 Mbit/s)
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used for patch technology with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 1GE (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
8
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4x2
IE FC TP Cable 4x2
IE TP Cord 2x2
IE TP Cord
2x2
Insert 2FE Insert 2FE
NC
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
9
1
PC
SCALANCE X-400
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4x2
IE FC TP Cable 4x2 IE TP Cord IE TP Cord
Insert 1GE Insert 1GE
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
2/59
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (base modules)
Robust metal housing, complies with Category 6 of the inter-
national cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
Suitable both for DIN rail and wall mounting
Thanks to its high degree of protection IP40, it can be
mounted directly on site
Ports:
8 insulation displacement contacts for connection of the
8-core Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables
Interface for insertion of a replaceable insert with one or
two RJ45 sockets or one RJ45 socket and one terminal for
24 V DC voltage supply (outlet insert, outlet power insert).
Mounting instructions
2/60
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet is connected directly to the
8-core Industrial Ethernet FC cables 4 x 2. Prefabricated RJ45
patch cables (TP cord) are available for the connection between
outlet and network component or data terminal. These conform
with Cat6 of the international cabling standards.
When housing is opened, colored markings on the contact ele-
ment simplify connection of the individual wires to the insulation
displacement contacts.
In order to supply remote stations with power and data, the
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Power Insert is connected to
the IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34. A maximum of 80 m can be
covered between the Outlet and the IP67 Hybrid Connector.
The connection between Outlet and data terminal can be estab-
lished using a patch cable with a maximum length of 6 m.
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and FC Outlet RJ45
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 100 Mbit/s
and 1000 Mbit/s
System configuration with SCALANCE W-700
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
5
S7-400
IE TP Cord
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
PC
IE TP Cord
SCALANCE X-400
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE FC
Standard
Cable 2x2
1000 Mbit/s connection
100 Mbit/s
connection
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
6
S7-300
IE TP Cord
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
PC
IE TP Cord
SCALANCE X-400
ET 200S
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
2 x 100 Mbit/s
connection
1 x 1000 Mbit/s connection
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
Power Insert
SCALANCE X-400
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
7
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
24 V DC
IE Hybrid
cable connector
2/61
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Interfaces
Connection of data terminals,
network components
- FC RJ45
Modular Outlet Insert 2FE
2 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s)
- FC RJ45
Modular Outlet Insert 2FE
1 x RJ45 socket
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- FC RJ45
Modular Outlet Power Insert
1 x RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s)
1 x 24 V DC terminal
FC cables
8 integral insulation
displacement contacts
Supply voltage
FC RJ45
Modular Outlet Power Insert
DC 19 V to DC 57 V
Installation DIN rail or wall mounting
Storage/transport temperature -40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95%
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 50 x 115.25 x 58.95
Weight approx. 450 g
Certification complies with Category 6 of the
international cabling standards
UL listing yes
without replaceable insert 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA0
With 2FE insert;
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
With 1GE insert;
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
with power insert;
1 x 24 V DC and
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
Insert 2FE
6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA1
Replaceable insert for
FC Modular Outlet Base;
interfaces;
1 pack = 4 pieces
Insert 1GE
6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA2
Replaceable insert for
FC Modular Outlet Base;
interface;
1 pack = 4 pieces
IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2 6XV1 870-2E
8-core FastConnect cable (Cat6)
for permanent wiring;
sold by the meter
IE Hybrid Cable 2 x 2 + 4 x 0.34 6XV1870-2J
Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat5,
shielded (0.75 mm) and 4 x Cu
(0.34 mm
2
) with IE FC Modular
Outlet and power insert and
IP67 hybrid plug connector;
sold by the meter; up to 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Energy Cable 6XV1812-8A
2-wire power cable;
stranded wire, 2 x 0.75 mm
2
,
can be trailed, sold by the meter;
up to 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE TP Cord see TP Cord
8-core patch cable for
connection between
FC Modular Outlet base modules
and data terminal;
available in different lengths
cables
Industrial Twisted Pair Cables/connectors
2/62
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Industrial Twisted Pair cable
For constructing Industrial Twisted Pair (ITP) networks
Double cable shield for industrial use
Easy to lay
Low-cost connection of data terminals
Exceeds Category 5 of the international cabling standards
Available as standard type and as halogen-free version
(FRNC)
Industrial Twisted Pair connector
Connector is assembled on site with screw terminals without
the need for special tools
Data transfer is noise resistant thanks to
- rugged metal connector
- system-wide grounding concept
Fast, error-free installation using factory-tested preassembled
cables.
Benefits
Data transfer is noise resistant thanks to
double shielding with plastic and braided shield
System-wide grounding concept
Available as standard and hologen-free version
Design
Industrial Twisted Pair cable
2 x 2 cores.
Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair.
Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with two
aluminum-clad plastic films
Outer braided shield around all pairs made of tinned copper
wire.
Plastic sheath (PVC).
The ITP Cable is available as a pre-assembled cable in the
following versions:
ITP Cable 9/15
with a 9-pole and a 15-pole connector. It is used to directly
connect data terminals with an ITP interface to Industrial
Ethernet network components with an ITP interface.
ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9
with two 9-pole connectors. It is twisted and used to directly
connect two Industrial Ethernet network components with ITP
interfaces.
with two 15-pole connectors. It is twisted and used to directly
connect two data terminals with ITP interfaces.
Possible applications for pre-assembled ITP cables
Industrial Twisted Pair connector (9-pole)
Metal Sub D connector
Vertical outgoing cable
For connecting the 2 x 2-core installation cable to OSM or ESM
Easy assembly using a screwdriver.
Industrial Twisted Pair connector (15-pole)
Metal Sub-D connector
Variable cable outlet
For connecting the 2 x 2-core installation cable to a data
terminal
Internal plug-in jumper for automatic switchover from AUI to
Twisted Pair operation in SIMATIC NET CPs with integrated
Twisted Pair transceiver
Easy assembly using a screwdriver.
Function
With their double, particularly dense shield, the industrial
twisted pair cables are especially suitable for installation in
industrial environments subject to electromagnetic inter-
ference, e.g. for linking control cabinets.
An integrated grounding concept can be implemented
through the outer shield.
The ITP cable is flame retardant and has a copolymer outer
casing FRNC (Flame Retardant Non Corrosive)
The cables considerably exceed Category 5 of the interna-
tional cabling standard. They can be implemented for up to
300 MHz and are suitable for Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s.
Network
components
Data terminal
Network components ITP XP 9/9 ITP 9/15
Data terminal ITP 9/15 ITP XP 15/15
2/63
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
ITP Standard and FRNC Cable
Damping
at 10 MHz 5.7 dB/100 m
at 100 MHz 18.0 dB/100 m
at 300 MHz 31.0 dB/100 m
at 1 ... 100 MHz 100 +/- 15%
at 100 ... 300 MHz 100 +45% / -30%
at 1 ... 100 MHz 80 dB/100 m
at 1 ... 300 MHz 80 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz 2 m /100 m
Operating voltage 160 V
Mechanical data
Cable type (standard designation)
Standard J-02YSCY 2 x 2 x 0.64/1.5 PIMF F
FRNC J-02YSCH 2 x 2 x 0.64/1.5 PIMF F
GN FRNC
(copper)
0.64 mm
Outer diameter approx. 6.0 x 9.4 mm
(+0.3/-0.5 mm)
Core cross-section acc. to AWG 22 0.64 mm
Resistance (CV /100 m)
acc. to AWG 22
5.3
Installation temperature -25 C ... +80 C
One time approx. 48 mm (standard cable)
90 mm multiple (FRNC cable)
Multiple bends approx. 33 mm (standard cable)
60 mm single (FRNC cable)
Cu number 46 kg/km
Shield coated plastic sheet
braid: tinned copper wires,
0.20 mm
approx. 90% cover
Weight
Standard approx. 90 kg/km
FRNC approx. 98 kg/km
Halogen-free
Standard No
FRNC Yes
Behavior in fire
Standard flame-retardant to
VDE 0482-265-2-1
IEC 60332-1
FRNC flame-retardant to
VDE 0482-266-2-4
IEC 60332-3-24
Oil resistance
Standard limited resistance to
FRNC limited resistance to
Silicone-free Yes
ITP Standard Cable fr
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 850-0AH10
non-assembled, sold by the meter,
2 x 2-pole, without connector
for connecting a data terminal; for
customer assembly with connectors
or for the connection between the
patch field and the outlet
ITP Standard Cable 9/15
ITP installation cable for direct
connection of data terminals with
ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet
network components with
ITP interface; with one 9-pole and
one 15-pole Sub-D connector
2 m 6XV1 850-0BH20
5 m 6XV1 850-0BH50
8 m 6XV1 850-0BH80
12 m 6XV1 850-0BN12
15 m 6XV1 850-0BN15
20 m 6XV1 850-0BN20
30 m 6XV1 850-0BN30
40 m 6XV1 850-0BN40
50 m 6XV1 850-0BN50
60 m 6XV1 850-0BN60
70 m 6XV1 850-0BN70
80 m 6XV1 850-0BN80
90 m 6XV1 850-0BN88
100 m 6XV1 850-0BT10
twisted ITP installation cable
with an ITP interface with
two 9-pole Sub D connectors
2 m 6XV1 850-0CH20
5 m 6XV1 850-0CH50
8 m 6XV1 850-0CH80
12 m 6XV1 850-0CN12
15 m 6XV1 850-0CN15
20 m 6XV1 850-0CN20
30 m 6XV1 850-0CN30
40 m 6XV1 850-0CN40
50 m 6XV1 850-0CN50
60 m 6XV1 850-0CN60
70 m 6XV1 850-0CN70
80 m 6XV1 850-0CN80
90 m 6XV1 850-0CN88
100 m 6XV1 850-0CT10
twisted ITP installation cable for
direct connection of two data ter-
minals with an ITP interface with
two 15-pole Sub D connectors
2 m 6XV1 850-0DH20
6 m 6XV1 850-0DH60
10 m 6XV1 850-0DN10
2/64
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) Additional language variants and manuals can be found
with the various products under:
http:// www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
More information
The installation cable is either supplied by the meter or with pre-
assembled connectors. It can be used to connect a single data
terminal or two active network components (OSM/ESM).
On the network component side, 9-pole metal Sub-D connectors
are used, and on the device side, 15-pole connectors are used.
The 15-pole connectors contain a special plug-in jumper which
can be used by modules with integrated twisted pair transceiver
to switch from AUI to twisted pair operation.
Preassembled cables are used to connect data terminals di-
rectly to an active network component or for cascading active
network components.
The ITP cables can also be ordered by the meter for on site as-
sembly. 9-pole and 15-pole ITP connectors for assembly without
special tools are available for this purpose.
The maximum cable length of a laid ITP Standard Cable is 100 m
if connected directly.
ITP cables are intended only for use inside buildings.
Note:
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax.: +49(0)911/750 99 91
Email: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
Note:
Additional installation instructions can be found in the manual for
TP and fiber-optic-networks.
ITP FRNC Cable for
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 851-0AH10
non-assembled, halogen-free,
sold by the meter, 2 x 2-pole,
without connector
for connecting a data terminal; for
customer assembly with connectors
or for the connection between the
patch field and the outlet
ITP FRNC Cable 9/15
ITP installation cable for direct
connection of data terminals with
ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet
network components with
ITP interface; with one 9-pole and
one 15-pole Sub-D connector
2 m 6XV1 851-1AH20
5 m 6XV1 851-1AH50
8 m 6XV1 851-1AH80
12 m 6XV1 851-1AN12
15 m 6XV1 851-1AN15
20 m 6XV1 851-1AN20
30 m 6XV1 851-1AN30
ITP connector
ITP connector for
Industrial Ethernet, 9-pole
6GK1 901-0CA00-0AA0
for connection to OLM/ELM and
OSM/ESM
ITP connector for
Industrial Ethernet, 15-pole
6GK1 901-0CA01-0AA0
for connection to data terminal
with ITP interface
Manual for TP and
Paper version
mounting guidelines
1)
on CD-ROM
German/English
Overview of fiber-optic cables
2/65
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Optical signal transmission
No radiation along the cable
Unaffected by external noise fields
No grounding problems
Electrical isolation
Low weight
Easy routing
Application
The fiber optic (FO) cable is used for transmitting signals with
the help of waves in the optical frequency range. The light beam
is guided by means of total reflection at the transition from the
core to the fiber material where there is a lower refractive index
than at the core.
The fiber optic cable is provided with a protective coating. The
term fiber is also often used for fiber-optic cable.
Design
For Industrial Ethernet and for PROFIBUS, optical cables with
glass fibers, PCF fibers (Polymer Cladded Fiber) and POF fibers
(Polymer Optical Fiber) are available:
Glass fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for fiber-optic networks indoors and outdoors
POF fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for POF networks indoors
PCF fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for PCF networks indoors and outdoors
Approvals
necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The require-
ments for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable
is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which
have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet
and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building.
OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general purpose cable)
Sheath material Application
PVC Standard use in indoor and
outdoor areas of industrial
applications
PUR Highly mobile applications
(trailing cables) for high mechani-
cal or chemical stress in harsh
industrial environments
PE Routing of cables in moist areas
indoors and outdoors, and for
direct burying in earth
FRNC Standard applications with high
fire protection requirements
Glass fiber-optic cables
2/66
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Used for the optical Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS
networks
Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and
outdoors
Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings
Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion
control
High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electro-
magnetic fields
Available preassembled
Extensive approvals (UL)
Benefits
Easy routing with
- pre-assembled cables
- no grounding problems
- very light fiber-optic cable
Tap-proof
due to lack of radiation from the cable
Silicon-free;
therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry
(e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
Application
Marine duplex fiber-optic cable SIENOPYR
Halogen-free, non-crush, flame-retardant, marine-approved
fiber-optic cable for permanent installation on ships and on off-
shore platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter.
Fiber-optic indoor cable
Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for
installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in build-
ing automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with
four BFOC connectors.
Fiber-optic standard cable
Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors
and outdoors
For routing aboveground
For installation inside buildings.
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with four
BFOC connectors or four SC connectors.
Fiber-optic trailing cable
Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion
control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing
cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable versions are available
for this application:
FO Trailing Cable;
Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
Cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
Fiber-optic outdoor cable
Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors
with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the
ground.
Note:
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
2/67
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with SC connectors (1000 Mbit/s)
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors (100 Mbit/s)
Design
The following cable types are available in two variants,
50/125 m and 62.5/125 m:
100Base FX;
62.5/125 m fiber, 3000 m
100Base FX;
50/125 m fiber, 3000 m
1000Base SX;
50/125 m fiber, 750 m
1000Base LX;
50/125 m fiber, 2000 m
In the respective applications, the maximum cable lengths must
be taken into account. Passive connection of different fiber types
is not permissible. The use of 50 m fiber is recommended for
future installations due to the greater range of gigabit Ethernet.
Use of the 62.5 m fiber is only recommended for existing net-
work installations.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
9
SCALANCE X-400
SC
connection
Plug
SC
connection
Plug
Prefabricated fiber-optic cables
with SC connectors
FO Standard Cable GP 50/125
FO Trailing Cable GP 50/125
FO Trailing Cable 50/125
FO Ground Cable 50/125
SCALANCE X-400
Network components
BFOC
connection
Plug
BFOC
connection
Plug
Prefabricated fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
3
NC NC
Network components
Outer sheath
Loosely
buffered
fiber
Glass fiber
Single core sheath
G
_
I
K

P
I
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
0
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Cable types 50/125 m 62,5/125 m
FO Standard Cable GP
FO Trailing Cable
FO Trailing Cable GP
FO Ground Cable
Fiber OPTIC standard cable
INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable
Flexible Fiber Optic trailing cable
SIENOPYR marine
duplex fiber-optic cable

2/68
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Cable type FO Standard Cable GP FO Ground Cable
Application areas Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways)
for use outdoors with non-metallic protection against
rodents for laying into the ground.
Delivery format Sold by the meter; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC or
4 SC connectors
Sold by the meter; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC or
4 SC connectors
Cable type (standard designation) AT-W(ZN)YY 2x1G50/125 AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)B2Y 2G50/125
Fiber type Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 m Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 m
Damping
at 850 nm 2.7 dB/km 2.7 dB/km
Modal bandwidth
at 850 nm 600 MHz *km 600 MHz *km
at 1300 nm 1200 MHz *km 1200 MHz *km
Number of fibers 2 2
Cable design Segmentable Segmentable
Core type Hollow core, filled Hollow core, filled
Materials
Basic element PVC, orange/black PVC, orange/black
Strain relief Aramide fibers Aramide fibers
Outer sheath/color of cable PVC, green PE, black
Mechanical characteristics
Dimensions of basic element 2.9 mm dia. 2.9 mm dia.
Cable dimensions 4.5 x 7.4 mm 10.5 mm 0.5 mm
Cable weight approx. 40 kg/km approx. 90 kg/km
Bending radius 65 mm 155 mm
Bending cycles
Resistant to lateral force 300 N/cm 300 N/cm
Impact resistant (starting
energy/number/hammer dia.)

Routing and installation
temperature
-5 C +50 C -5 C +50 C
Storage temperature -25 C +80 C -25 C +75 C
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1
Halogen-free
Resistance to mineral oils and
grease
UL/CSA approvals OFN (NEC Article 770, UL1651)/
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No232-
M1988)
UV-resistant Yes Yes

Rodent protection Yes
Gigabit length
1000BaseSX 750 m 750 m
1000BaseLX 2000 m 2000 m
2/69
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Cable type FO Trailing Cable FO Trailing Cable GP
Application areas Cable for use in cable carriers for high mechanical
loading, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval
Cable for use in cable carriers for low mechanical
loading, PVC outer sheath, UL approval
Delivery format Sold by the meter; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC or
4 SC connectors
Sold by the meter; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC or
4 SC connectors
Cable type (standard designation) AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2G50/125 AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2G50/125
Fiber type Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 m Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 m
Damping
Modal bandwidth
at 1300 nm 1200 MHz *km 1200 MHz *km
Materials
Outer sheath/color of cable PUR, green PVC, green
Dimensions of basic element 2.9 mm dia. 2.9 mm diam.
Cable dimensions 10.5 mm dia. 0.5 mm 10.5 mm dia. 0.5 mm
Bending cycles 5000000 3500000

temperature
-5 C +50 C -5 C +50 C
Operating temperature 25 C +80 C 25 C +80 C
Storage temperature 25 C +80 C 25 C +80 C
Halogen-free
grease
Highly resistant Limited resistance
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No232-
M1988)
Rodent protection
Gigabit length
1000BaseSX 750 m 750 m
1000BaseLX 2000 m 2000 m
2/70
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) Attenuation change reversible max. 0.3 dB
Cable type INDOOR Fiber Optic
Indoor cable
Fiber Optic
Standard cable
Application areas Non-crush, halogen-free and fire-retardant cable for
indoor installation
Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors
Delivery format Sold by the meter, pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
Sold by the meter, pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
Cable type (standard designation) T-VHH 2G62.5/125
3.2B200+0.9F600 F TB3 OR FRNC
AT-VYY 2G62,5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F
Fiber type Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 mm Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 mm
Attenuation at 850 nm
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
Modal bandwidth at 850 nm
200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km
200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km
Cable design Segmentable inner conductor Segmentable outer conductor
Core type Fixed core Compact core
Materials
Basic element Copolymer, gray (FRNC) PVC, gray
Strain relief Aramide fibers Kevlar fiber and impregnated glass fiber
Outer sheath/color of cable Copolymer, light orange (FRNC) PVC, black
Dimensions of basic element (2.9 0.1) mm dia. (3.5 0.2) mm diam.
Cable dimensions (3.9 6.8) 0.2 mm (6.3 9.8) 0.4 mm
Permissible tensile force 800 N (temporary) 500 N (temporary)
Bending radius 60 mm (when routing);
30 mm (during operation) only on the flat side
100 mm only on the flat side
Resistant to lateral force 10000 N/10 cm (temporary)
1)
2000 N/10 cm (continuous)
2)
2000 N
1.5 Nm/20 impacts/12.5 mm
temperature
-5 C +50 C -5 C +50 C
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant to IEC 60332-1 and
VDE 0482-265-2-1
Flame-retardant to IEC 60332-3 and
VDE 0482-266-2-4
Halogen-free Yes
grease

UL approval
UV-resistant Yes
Rodent protection
Gigabit length
1000BaseSX
1000BaseLX
2/71
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) With copper cores and no load
2) With copper cores and maximum load (6 A)
Cable type Flexible Fiber Optic
Trailing cable
SIENOPYR
marine duplex fiber-optic cable
Application areas Flexible cable for routing in cable carriers indoors
and outdoors
Fixed routing on ships and on offshore platforms in
any room and on open deck; marine approval
Delivery format Sold by the meter, pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
Sold by the meter
Cable type (standard designation) AT-W11Y (ZN) 11Y 2G62.5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F
MI-VHH 2G 62.5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 + 2 x 1CU
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km
200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km
Cable design Segmentable outer conductor Segmentable outer conductor
Core type Hollow core, filled Full core
Materials
Basic element PUR, black Polyolefin
Strain relief Aramide fibers, also GFP central element Aramide fibers
Outer sheath/color of cable PUR, black SHF1 mixture, black
Dimensions of basic element (3.5 0.2) mm dia. (2.9 0.2) mm dia.
Cable dimensions 12.9 mm (outer diameter) 13.3 0.5 mm
Permissible tensile force 2000 N (temporary)
1000 N (continuous)
500 N (temporary)
250 N (continuous)
Bending radius 150 mm min. 100,000 bending cycles 133 mm (once)
266 mm (more than once)
temperature
30 C +60 C 10 C +50 C
1)
40 C +70 C
2)
Behavior in fire flame-retardant acc. to IEC 60332-3 Cat A
Halogen-free Yes Yes
grease

UL approval
UV-resistant Yes
Rodent protection
Gigabit length
1000BaseSX
1000BaseLX
Approvals for use in
marine vessels
Lloyd Register of Shipping
German Lloyd
Registro Staliano Navale
Bureau Veritas
2/72
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 873-2A
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 873-3AH05
1 m 6XV1 873-3AH10
2 m 6XV1 873-3AH20
3 m 6XV1 873-3AH30
5 m 6XV1 873-3AH50
10 m 6XV1 873-3AN10
15 m 6XV1 873-3AN15
20 m 6XV1 873-3AN20
30 m 6XV1 873-3AN30
40 m 6XV1 873-3AN40
50 m 6XV1 873-3AN50
80 m 6XV1 873-3AN80
100 m 6XV1 873-3AT10
150 m 6XV1 873-3AT15
200 m 6XV1 873-3AT20
300 m 6XV1 873-3AT30
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 SC connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 873-6AH05
1 m 6XV1 873-6AH10
2 m 6XV1 873-6AH20
3 m 6XV1 873-6AH30
5 m 6XV1 873-6AH50
10 m 6XV1 873-6AN10
15 m 6XV1 873-6AN15
20 m 6XV1 873-6AN20
30 m 6XV1 873-6AN30
40 m 6XV1 873-6AN40
50 m 6XV1 873-6AN50
80 m 6XV1 873-6AN80
100 m 6XV1 873-6AT10
150 m 6XV1 873-6AT15
200 m 6XV1 873-6AT20
300 m 6XV1 873-6AT30
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 873-2C
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
3 m 6XV1 873-3CH30
5 m 6XV1 873-3CH50
10 m 6XV1 873-3CN10
20 m 6XV1 873-3CN20
50 m 6XV1 873-3CN50
100 m 6XV1 873-3CT10
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 SC connectors
3 m 6XV1 873-6CH30
5 m 6XV1 873-6CH50
10 m 6XV1 873-6CN10
20 m 6XV1 873-6CN20
50 m 6XV1 873-6CN50
100 m 6XV1 873-6CT10
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 873-2D
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
3 m 6XV1 873-3DH30
5 m 6XV1 873-3DH50
10 m 6XV1 873-3DN10
20 m 6XV1 873-3DN20
50 m 6XV1 873-3DN50
100 m 6XV1 873-3DT10
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 SC connectors
3 m 6XV1 873-6DH30
5 m 6XV1 873-6DH50
10 m 6XV1 873-6DN10
20 m 6XV1 873-6DN20
50 m 6XV1 873-6DN50
100 m 6XV1 873-6DT10
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 873-2G
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
100 m 6XV1 873-3GT10
200 m 6XV1 873-3GT20
300 m 6XV1 873-3GT30
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 SC connectors
100 m 6XV1 873-6GT10
200 m 6XV1 873-6GT20
300 m 6XV1 873-6GT30
2/73
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Ordering data (continued) Order No. Order No.
1) Further language versions and manuals can be found
for the respective products at
Note:
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on
request. Special tools and specially trained personnel are re-
quired for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
More information
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact.
Technical advice on this subject is available from:
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE
(62.5/125), segmentable
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 820-5AH10
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC plugs
1 m 6XV1 820-5BH10
2 m 6XV1 820-5BH20
3 m 6XV1 820-5BH30
4 m 6XV1 820-5BH40
5 m 6XV1 820-5BH50
10 m 6XV1 820-5BN10
15 m 6XV1 820-5BN15
20 m 6XV1 820-5BN20
30 m 6XV1 820-5BN30
40 m 6XV1 820-5BN40
50 m 6XV1 820-5BN50
55 m 6XV1 820-5BN55
60 m 6XV1 820-5BN60
65 m 6XV1 820-5BN65
70 m 6XV1 820-5BN70
75 m 6XV1 820-5BN75
80 m 6XV1 820-5BN80
100 m 6XV1 820-5BT10
120 m 6XV1 820-5BT12
130 m 6XV1 820-5BT13
150 m 6XV1 820-5BT15
200 m 6XV1 820-5BT20
250 m 6XV1 820-5BT25
300 m 6XV1 820-5BT30
INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 820-7AH10
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 820-7BH05
1 m 6XV1 820-7BH10
2 m 6XV1 820-7BH20
3 m 6XV1 820-7BH30
5 m 6XV1 820-7BH50
10 m 6XV1 820-7BN10
15 m 6XV1 820-7BN15
20 m 6XV1 820-7BN20
25 m 6XV1 820-7BN25
50 m 6XV1 820-7BN50
75 m 6XV1 820-7BN75
100 m 6XV1 820-7BT10
SIENOPYR marine duplex
fiber-optic cable
(62.5/125)
6XV1 830-0NH10
Fiber-optic cable for installation
onboard ships and on offshore
platforms
Sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1000 m
FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE
trailing cable
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 820-6AH10
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
1 m 6XV1 820-6BH10
2 m 6XV1 820-6BH20
3 m 6XV1 820-6BH30
5 m 6XV1 820-6BH50
10 m 6XV1 820-6BN10
15 m 6XV1 820-6BN15
20 m 6XV1 820-6BN20
30 m 6XV1 820-6BN30
50 m 6XV1 820-6BN50
75 m 6XV1 820-6BN75
100 m 6XV1 820-6BT10
Accessories
BFOC connector set 6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0
for FIBER OPTIC CABLE,
standard, trailing cable,
indoor cable as well as
SIENOPYR marine duplex
fiber-optic cable, 20 units
networks
1)
Paper version
POF and PCF fiber-optic cables
2/74
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Electrical isolation of PROFINET/Ethernet devices
Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic
interference
Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber optic cables and up
to 100 m with PCF fiber optic cables
Rugged fiber-optic standard cables, designed for industrial
applications
Benefits
Plastic and PCF fiber optic cables can be pre-assembled on
site
Easy connector assembly on site
Time savings on start-up thanks to pre-assembled cables
interference
Tap-proof, because the cable does not radiate
Application
SIMATIC NET POF and PCF fiber optic conductors are used to
construct optical indoor PROFINET and Industrial Ethernet net-
works. Devices with integral optical interface (SC RJ connection
system) are, for example, SCALANCE X200-4P IRT, SCALANCE
X201-3P IRT, SCALANCE X202-2P IRT, SCALANCE X101-1POF,
ET 200S.
POF and PCF fiber optic cables can be assembled easily on site
with SC RJ plugs. The maximum cable length between two de-
vices is 50 m for POF and 100 m for PCF fiber-optic cables. PCF
cables are also available preassembled with 2 SC RJ plugs.
Design
Different types of POF and PCF fiber optic cables are offered:
POF fiber optic cables
Rugged round cables with green outer sheath and Kevlar strain
relief elements as well as two plastic fibers with rugged Polyamid
inner sheath for applications indoors/outdoors with cable
lengths up to 50 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the
field.
POF Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);
for applications indoor/outdoors
POF Trailing Cable;
for trailing cable applications
Cable construction POF plastic optical fiber
PCF fiber optic cables
Rugged round cables with green outer sheath and Kevlar strain
relief elements for applications indoor/outdoors with cable
lengths up to 100 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the
field.
PCF Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);
for applications indoor/outdoors with cable lengths up to
100 m.
PCF fiber-optic trailing cable;
for trailing cable applications with cable lengths of up to
100 m. The cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
The following cable versions are available:
- PCF Trailing Cable;
cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
- PCF Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
Cable construction PCF plastic optical fiber
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
9
Outer sheath
POF fiber
Single core sheath
Strain relief through
aramid fibers
G
_
I
K

P
I
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
1
Outer sheath
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Polymer-cladded fiber
Single core sheath
Supporting element
Fleece material taping
with strain relief
elements
2/75
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Cable type POF Standard Cable GP 980/1000 POF Trailing Cable 980/1000
Core cross-section
Area of application For fixed routing indoors For moving applications (e.g. trailing cables)
Type of delivery Sold by the meter Sold by the meter
Cable type (standard designation) I-V4Y(ZN)Y 2P980/1000 I-V4Y(ZN)11Y 2P980/1000 FLEX
Fiber type POF FOC 980/1000 m POF FOC 980/1000 m
Damping
at 650 nm 160 dB/km 180 dB/km
Modal bandwidth
at 650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m 10 MHz x 100 m
Materials
Fiber core Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)
Cladding Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer
Inner sheath/color PA, black, orange PA, black, orange
Outer sheath/color PVC, green PUR, green
Strain relief Kevlar fibers Kevlar fibers
Diameter of fiber core 980 m 980 m
Cladding outer diameter 1000 m 1000 m
Diameter of inner sheath 2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm 2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm
Cable dimensions 7.8 mm 0.3 mm 8 mm
Cable weight 65 kg/km 55 kg/km
Maximum permissible tensile force 100 N 100 N
Bending cycles 5000000
Lateral pressure resistance (short-
term)
100 N/cm 200 N/cm
Resistance against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2 Limited resistance Highly resistant
- mineral grease/water Limited resistance/ - Highly resistant/ -
- UV radiation Yes Yes
Operating temperature -30C +70C -20 C +70 C
Transport/storage temperature -30C +70C -40 C +80 C
Routing 0 C +50 C +5C +50C
In short-circuit on conductor
UL/CSA approvals OFN-FT1 UL-758 AWM Style 5422
UV-resistant No No
Halogen-free No No
2/76
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Technical specifications PCF cables suitable for on-site assembly
Cable type PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable PCF Trailing Cable GP
Core cross-section
Area of application For permanent indoor and
outdoor installation
For moving applications For moving applications
Type of delivery Sold by the meter Sold by the meter Sold by the meter
Cable type (standard designation) I-V(ZN)YY 2K200/230 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y
2K200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y
2K200/230
Fiber type Step index 200/230 Step index 200/230 Step index 200/230
Damping
at 650 nm 10 dB/km 10 dB/km 10 dB/km
Modal bandwidth
at 650 nm 17 MHz * km 17 MHz * km 17 MHz * km
Number of fibers 2 2 2
Materials
Fiber core Quartz glass Quartz glass Quartz glass
Cladding Special polymer Special polymer Special polymer
Inner sheath/color PVC, orange/black PVC, orange/black PVC, orange/black
Outer sheath/color PVC, green PUR, green PVC, green
Strain relief Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Aramide fibers
Diameter of fiber core 200 m 200 m 200 m
Cladding outer diameter 230 m 230 m 230 m
Diameter of inner sheath 2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm 2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm 2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm
Cable dimensions 7.2 mm dia. 0.5 mm 8 mm dia. 0.5 mm 8.8 mm dia. 0.5 mm
Cable weight 45 kg/km 85 kg/km 85 kg/km
Maximum permissible tensile force 100 N 800 N 800 N
Bending radius 105 mm 175 mm 175 mm
Bending cycles 5000000 >3500000
Lateral pressure resistance
(short-term)
500 N/cm 500 N/cm 500 N/cm
Lateral pressure resistance
(long-term)
300 N/cm 300 N/cm 300 N/cm
Resistance against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2 Limited resistance Highly resistant Limited resistance
- mineral grease/water Limited resistance/ - Highly resistant/ - Limited resistance/ -
- UV radiation Yes Yes Yes
Operating temperature -25C +75C -25C +75C -25C +75 C
Transport/storage temperature -25C +75C -30C +75 C -30C +75 C
Routing -5C +50C -5C +50C -5C +50C
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant acc. to
IEC 60332-1
IEC 60332-1
UL/CSA approvals OFN
(NEC Article 770, UL1651)/
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA
standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
OFN
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA
standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
Halogen-free
2/77
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
More information
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
POF Standard Cable GP
980/1000
6XV1 874-2A
POF standard cable for fixed
routing indoors, with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter
POF Trailing Cable 980/1000 6XV1 874-2B
POF trailing cable with
rugged PUR sheath;
sold by the meter
PCF Standard Cable GP 200/230
Standard cable, segmentable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2A
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 Simplex connectors
50 m 6XV1 861-7AN50
75 m 6XV1 861-7AN75
100 m 6XV1 861-7AT10
150 m 6XV1 861-7AT15
200 m 6XV1 861-7AT20
250 m 6XV1 861-7AT25
300 m 6XV1 861-7AT30
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 SC RJ connectors
50 m 6XV1 861-2AN50
75 m 6XV1 861-2AN75
100 m 6XV1 861-2AT10
PCF Trailing Cable 200/230
Trailing cable, segmentable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2C
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
50 m 6XV1 861-7CN50
75 m 6XV1 861-7CN75
100 m 6XV1 861-7CT10
150 m 6XV1 861-7CT15
200 m 6XV1 861-7CT20
250 m 6XV1 861-7CT25
300 m 6XV1 861-7CT30
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 SC RJ connectors
50 m 6XV1 861-2CN50
75 m 6XV1 861-2CN75
100 m 6XV1 861-2CT10
PCF Trailing Cable GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2D
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
50 m 6XV1 861-7DN50
75 m 6XV1 861-7DN75
100 m 6XV1 861-7DT10
PCF Trailing Cable GP 200/230 (continued)
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
150 m 6XV1 861-7DT15
200 m 6XV1 861-7DT20
250 m 6XV1 861-7DT25
300 m 6XV1 861-7DT30
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 SC RJ connectors
50 m 6XV1 861-2DN50
75 m 6XV1 861-2DN75
100 m 6XV1 861-2DT10
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
Assembly case for local assembly
of SC RJ connectors, comprising
a stripping tool, Kevlar scissors,
microscope, grinding paper and
grinding base
IE SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
Screw connector for
local assembly on POF FOC
(1 pack = 20 items)
IE SC RJ POF refill set 6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
Refill set for Termination Kit SC RJ
POF Plug consisting of grinding
paper and grinding base
(set of 5)
Termination Kit
SC RJ PCF Plug
6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
of SC RJ connectors, comprising
a stripping tool, buffer stripping
tool, Kevlar scissors, fiber break-
ing tool, microscope
Industrial Ethernet
SC RJ PCF Plug
6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
Screw connector for
local assembly on POF FOC
(1 pack = 10 items)
Manual for TP and
Paper version:
project management, network
components, mounting
products;
on CD-ROM
German/English
POF/PCF FOC termination kit
2/78
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Compact, rugged assembly case for POF and PCF fiber-optic
cables
Special versions for easy assembly of SC RJ plugs on POF
and PCF fiber-optic cables
The quality of the assembly can be checked using the en-
closed microscope.
Benefits
Easy installation of the unassembled cables in industrial
plants
Flexible assembly of connectors on POF and PCF fiber optic
cables on site (SC RJ connectors)
Mistakes are prevented with easy visual inspection of the
assembled connector on site using a microscope
Simple repair of POF and PCF fiber optic cables in the field
Application
SIMATIC NET POF and PCF fiber optic conductors are used to
construct optical indoor and outdoor Ethernet/PROFINET net-
works. They are easy to assemble on-site with the Termination
Kits and 2 x 2 RJ connectors. The maximum cable length be-
tween two Ethernet/PROFINET devices is 100 m for PCF and
50 m for POF fiber optic cables.
Ethernet/PROFINET devices with integral optical interface
(SC RJ connection system) are e.g. SCALANCE X-200P IRT,
ET200S.
Design
Cable construction POF plastic optical fiber
Cable construction PCF plastic optical fiber
The kit is available in assembly cases for on-site installation of
SC RJ connectors on PCF plastic optical fiber.
It consists of a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
scissors, fiber breaking tool and microscope.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
9
Outer sheath
POF fiber
Single core sheath
Strain relief through
aramid fibers
G
_
I
K

P
I
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
1
Outer sheath
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Single core sheath
Supporting element
with strain relief
elements
POF/PCF FOC termination kit
2/79
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
Assembly case for on-site instal-
lation of SC RJ POF connectors;
consisting of stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, SC RJ grinding plate,
grinding paper, grinding base
and microscope
Termination Kit
SC RJ PCF Plug
6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
of SC RJ POF connectors, com-
prising a stripping tool, buffer
stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber
breaking tool, microscope
Accessories
IE SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
20 plugs for on-site assembly
IE SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
IE SC RJ POF refill set 6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
paper and grinding plate
(set of 5)
Active Network Components
Industrial Ethernet Switches and media converter
2/80
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Active network components for Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet Switches
SCALANCE X is the product range of Industrial Ethernet
switches from SIMATIC NET. Switches are active network com-
ponents that specifically distribute data to the relevant address-
ees. The SCALANCE X product group comprises four product
lines that complement each other and are carefully tuned to the
specific automation task.
SCALANCE X-005 Entry Level;
Unmanaged switch with five RJ45-Ports for use in machine and
plant islands.
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged;
switches with up to eight ports and on-site diagnostics for use
direct at the machine.
SCALANCE X-200 managed;
universally implementable in applications ranging from small
machine-based applications to networked subsystems. Project
design and remote diagnosis are integrated in the SIMATIC
STEP 7 engineering tool. This enhances the availability of the
plant. Devices with a high degree of protection support installa-
tion outside the control cabinet.
SCALANCE X-200IRT managed;
for implementation in subsystem networks with a requirement for
hard real time (isochronous real time) and maximum availability.
Data communication without real-time requirements can be con-
ducted on the same network. Dual network structures are there-
fore not necessary.
SCALANCE X-400 modular;
for implementation in high-performance plant networks that will
also satisfy future requirements (e.g. High Speed Redundancy).
The partially modular design concept offers optimal flexibility for
adapting this switch to the task in hand. Thanks to the support of
numerous standardized IT functions, automation networks can
be seamlessly integrated into existing office networks.
Industrial Ethernet media converter
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged media converter;
media converter for converting electrical signals to optical
signals.
Active Network Components Industrial Ethernet Switches
Overview
2/81
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Overview of the Industrial Ethernet Switches
X414-3E
X204IRT X202-2IRT
X208PRO
X208 X204-2 X206-1
X104-2 X106-1 X108
P
e
r
f
o
m
a
n
c
e

r
a
n
g
e
Modulare Gigabit
Office-Standards
High Speed
Redundancy
Isochronous
Real-Time
High Speed
Redundancy
Managed
Unmanaged
ELS TP40M
S
C
A
L
A
N
C
E

X
-
4
0
0
S
C
A
L
A
N
C
E

X
-
2
0
0
S
C
A
L
A
N
C
E

X
-
1
0
0
Real-Time (RT) Isochronous Real-Time (IRT)
S
C
A
L
A
N
C
E

X
0
0
5
X005
ELS TP40 / TP80
Entry Level
SCALANCE X
X200-4P IRT
OSM / ESM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
3
3
X201-3P IRT X202-2P IRT
Overview
2/82
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function overview of Industrial Ethernet switches
Gigabit Ethernet Fast Ethernet
10 / 100 /
1000 Mbit/s
10 / 100 Mbit/s
TP / FO TP Fiber Optic
Multi-
mode
Single-
mode
Fast
Connect
ITP
BFOC BFOC
M12 RJ45
100 Mbit/s
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
1
2
Type and number of ports Features
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

h
o
u
s
i
n
g
L
E
D

d
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s
S
I
M
A
T
I
C

e
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
2

x

2
4

V

D
C
S
i
g
n
a
l

c
o
n
t
a
c
t
L
o
c
a
l

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
(
s
e
t

b
u
t
t
o
n
)
D
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s
:

W
e
b
,

S
N
M
P
P
R
O
F
I
N
E
T

d
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s
R
i
n
g

r
e
d
u
n
d
a
n
c
y

w
i
t
h
o
u
t

R
M
C
-
P
L
U
G
R
i
n
g

r
e
d
u
n
d
a
n
c
y
w
i
t
h

R
M
S
t
a
n
d
b
y

r
e
d
u
n
d
a
n
c
y
I
R
T

c
a
p
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
G
i
g
a
b
i
t

t
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
y
M
o
d
u
l
a
r

d
e
s
i
g
n
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

i
n
p
u
t
s
O
f
f
i
c
e

f
e
a
t
u
r
e
s
(
V
L
A
N
,

R
S
T
P
,

I
G
M
P
,

.
.
.
)
L
a
y
e
r

3

s
w
i
t
c
h
i
n
g
1)
can be additionally plugged in via 2 multimode media modules
2)
can be additionally plugged in via 2 singlemode media modules
1)
and
2)
a total of max. 2 media modules 100 MBit/sec can be plugged in
3)
FO by gigabit media module
4)
available soon
5)
with extender module
well suitable
X414-3E
X202-2IRT
X204IRT
X206-1LD
X204-2LD
X208PRO
X108
X106-1
X104-2
OSM TP22
OSM TP62
OSM ITP62
OSM ITP53
OSM ITP62-LD
OSM BC08
ESM TP40
ESM TP80
ESM ITP80
ELS TP40
ELS TP40M
ELS TP80
X005
X208
X204-2
X206-1
Module type
X200-4P IRT
X202-2P IRT
X201-3P IRT
8
4
8
8
8
8
8
4
8
8
1
2
2
4
2)
4
1)
2
1
2
2
3)
1
2
2
2
2
3
8
2
2
6
5
6
8
8
20
5)
2
4
2
1
8
6
6
4
4
8
6
4
5
2
6
4
8
2
2
8
4)
2
3
4
SCALANCE X-005 Entry Level
2/83
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet Entry Level Switch
SCALANCE X005 is optimized for low-cost installation of small
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and
star topology
Five electrical nodes or network connections
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cubicle mounting
on standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting
Rugged, industry-standard station connections with
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the
housing
Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
status, data communication)
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet star and line
topologies
Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to the compact
design in S7-300 format
Secure data communication by means of industry-standard
device interface using PROFINET-compliant plug-in connec-
tor IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and additional strain relief by latching
the connector to the housing
Installation is possible without a patch field by means of
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable
Simple and fast diagnosis via LED on device
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the inte-
grated Autocrossover function
Simple network configuration without runtime calculation
Application
For low-cost installation of small, electrical Industrial Ethernet
star and line structures with switching functionality, e.g.
machine or plant islands
For installation in the control cabinet
Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
metal housing (IP30) are optimized for mounting on a standard
rail and an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various posi-
tions is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that corre-
spond to those of the SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are ideally
suited for integration into an automation solution using S7-300
components.
The SCALANCE X005 Switch is equipped with:
Supply voltage (1 x 24 V DC)
A row of LEDs for displaying status information
(power, link status, data communication)
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port:
RJ45 port, automatic detection of the data rate
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover
function for connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
over distances up to 100 m
Function
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocross-
over function integrated in the ports
Load disconnection through integral switch functionality
Network topology and network configuration
The SCALANCE X005 is typically accommodated in one control
cubicle together with the nodes to be connected. It can be op-
erated in small electrical star and line topologies. Network con-
figuration and expansion are easy to implement; there are no lim-
itations with the cascading of SCALANCE X005.
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
following boundary conditions:
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches:
- max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
Star network topology with SCALANCE X005
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
S7-200 with
CP 243-1
PC with
CP 1613 A2
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
Switch
SCALANCE X005
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
3
9
Panel PC
2/84
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function (continued)
Electrical line topology with SCALANCE X005
Diagnosis
The following information is displayed by LEDs on the
equipment:
Port status
Data communication
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
PC with
CP 1613 A2
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
4
0
S7-200 with
CP 243-1
Panel PC
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
S7-200 with
CP 243-1
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
PC with
CP 1613 A2
Switch
SCALANCE X005
Switch
SCALANCE
X005
Industrial Ethernet
2/85
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Data transmission rates 10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Communication connection,
electrical
5 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Connection for supply voltage 1 x 2-pole terminal block
Supply voltage 1 x 24 V DC (18 V 32 V)
Current consumption 80 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 2 W
Network extension parameter /
TP cable length
0 100 m IE FC Standard Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
through IE FC Outlet RJ45 with
0 90 m IE FC Standard Cable GP
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
0 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing
Cable + 10 m TP Cord
0 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
IE FC outlet RJ45 + 10 m TP cord
Transport/storage temperature -40 C +80C
Relative humidity
during operation
< 95%, non-condensing
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 124
Weight 550 g
Assembly Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting
Approvals
Radio interference level EN 61000-6-2 Class A
Interference immunity EN 61000-6-4
CuL listing UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
SCALANCE X005 6GK5 005-0BA00-1AA3
Industrial Ethernet Switch for
10/100 Mbit/s;
with five 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
for configuring small star and line
structures
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug connector for
1 pack = 1 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
with 145 cable outlet; e.g. for
SIMOTION and SINAMICS
1 pack = 1 items 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
Manual for TP and
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
2/86
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the
SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for installing
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and
star topology
Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in
accordance with the port type of the devices
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cabinet mounting
PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors that offer additional
housing
Redundant power supply
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET
button
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet star and line
topologies
tor (IE FC RJ45 Plug 180) and additional strain relief by
latching the connector to the housing
Installation is possible without a patch field by means of
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable
Simple and fast diagnosis via LED on device and signaling
contact
Application
The switches of the SCALANCE X-100 series are used for
cost-effective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies with switching functionality. They are designed for
installation in the control cabinet.
Product versions
SCALANCE X104-2 / SCALANCE X106-1
For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies:
- SCALANCE X104-2;
line or star topologies with 2 optical ports and 4 electrical
ports
- SCALANCE X106-1;
star topologies with 1 optical port and 6 electrical ports
Device diagnosis on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
status, data communication) and signaling contact (signaling
mask can be set on site using buttons)
The four (SCALANCE X104-2) or six (SCALANCE X106-1)
RJ45 sockets are industry-compatible with additional retain-
ing collars for connection to the new IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
SCALANCE X108
For constructing electrical Industrial Ethernet star and line
topologies
Device diagnosis on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
status, data communication) and signaling contact (signaling
mask can be set on site using buttons)
The eight RJ45 sockets are industry-standard and feature
additional retaining collars for connection to the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail and
an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is
also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that correspond to
those of the S7-300, the devices are ideally suited for integration
into an automation solution using
S7-300 components.
The SCALANCE X-100 switches feature:
a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power
supply (2 x 24 V DC )
a row of LEDs for displaying status information (power, link
status, data communication, signaling contact)
a 2-pole terminal block for connecting the floating signaling
contact
a SET button for local configuration of the signaling contact
The following port types are available:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port:
RJ45 port, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function
for connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over
distances up to 100 m
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique
BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and
star topologies.
2/87
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line or
star topologies
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to
Autocrossover function integrated in the ports
Easy configuration and extension of the network;
no limits to network extension when switches of the
SCALANCE X-100 family are cascaded.
The SCALANCE X -100 switches are typically accommodated in
one control cabinet together with the nodes to be connected.
Electrical and optical versions can be installed together in star
and line topologies.
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the fol-
lowing boundary conditions:
Length of the optical cables:
- max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
cables.
Star network topology with SCALANCE X108
S7-400
with CP 443-1
SIMATIC Field PG
MP 370
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

c
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
IE FC
outlet
RJ45
Switch
SCALANCE X108
S7-300
with CP 343-1
Switching cabinet
IE TP cord
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
7
4
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
2/88
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Electrical line topology with SCALANCE X108
Optical line topology with SCALANCE X104-2
Switching cabinet
electrical network
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
IPCwith
CP 1613 A2
S7-300 with CP 343-1
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
IE/PB Link S7-300-1/MP 370
ET 200X
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
9
8
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
IE FC
RJ45
Plug
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
9
9
Switching cabinet
electrical network
optical network
S7-300 with CP 343-1
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
IE/PB Link
ET 200X
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
9
9
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
ET 200S
2/89
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Electrical and optical line topologies with SCALANCE X108 and SCALANCE X104-2
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed by LEDs on the equip-
ment:
Power
Port status
Data communication
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-100 line
can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.
Switching cabinet
S7-300 with
CP 343-1/MP 370
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
S7-200
with CP 243-1
electric linear topology
optical linear topology
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
S7-300
with CP 343-1
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
IE FC
RJ45
Plug
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
IE/PB
Link
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
ET 200X
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
9
0
2/90
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Type SCALANCE X104-2 SCALANCE X106-1 SCALANCE X108
Transmission rates 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Electrical 4 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s;
TP)
6 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s;
TP)
8 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Optical 2 x BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s) 1 x BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
Connection for supply voltage 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block
Connection for signaling contact 1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 2-pole terminal block
Supply voltage 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption 160 mA 150 mA 140 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 3.8 W 2.6 W 3.36 W
TP cable length
0 ... 100 m IE FC Standard Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
0 ... 90 m IE FC Standard Cable
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC Standard Cable with
+ 10 m TP cord
+ 10 m TP cord
0 ... 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
or
0 - 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing
Cable + 10 m TP cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
or
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
or
0 ... 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
IE FC Outlet RJ45 + 10 m TP cord
IE TP Torsion Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 ... 3000 m Glass fiber-optic cable
62,5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1,0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
Glass fiber-optic cable
62,5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1,0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
-
Operating temperature -10 C ... +60 C -10 C ... +60 C -20 C ... +70 C
Transport/storage temperature -40 C ... +80 C -40 C ... +80 C -40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95%, non-condensing < 95%, non-condensing < 95%, non-condensing
Design 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 780 g 780 g 780 g
Weight Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting
Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting
wall mounting
Mounting IP30 IP30 IP30
Degree of protection
Approvals EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A
Radio interference level EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
Immunity to interference UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
CuL listing FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611
FM EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021
ATEX Zone 2 AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
C-Tick EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
CE 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124
Marine approvals American Bureau of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
2/91
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SCALANCE X-100
Industrial Ethernet switches for
10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X108;
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports for configuring star
topologies
6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X104-2;
with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports and two fiber-optic ports
for configuring line topologies
6GK5 104-2BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X106-1
with six 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports and one fiber-optic port for
configuring star topologies
6GK5106-1BB00-2AA3
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Manual for TP and
2/92
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the
SCALANCE X-200 product line are optimized for installing
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star
and ring topology
Rugged metal housing in S7-300 format for mounting on
standard rail, S7-300 standard mounting rail or for direct wall
mounting in various positions
housing
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET
button
The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access,
integral Web server and automatic e-mail sending function for
remote diagnosis and signaling over the network.
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line, star and
ring topologies
Reliable data communication thanks to rugged device con-
nection using PROFINET-compatible plug-in cables that offer
additional strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latch-
ing on the housing.
High network availability through configuration of redundant
ring topologies with SCALANCE X-400, SCALANCE X-200IRT
or OSM/ESM as redundancy managers
Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the
integral Web server and through signaling contacts
Integration of the SCALANCE X-200 switches in the existing
network management infrastructure through SNMP access
point
Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system diagno-
sis with PROFINET
Configuration and diagnostics integrated into SIMATIC
STEP 7 provide significant benefits during the engineering,
start-up and operating phases of a plant
Module replacement without the need for a programming
device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the
configuration data
Arrangement possible without control cabinet since devices
with high IP65 degree of protection
Application
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches permit cost-
effective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with switching functionality where high network avail-
ability or remote diagnostics options are required. The devices
with IP30 degree of protection have been designed for use in the
control cabinet. The SCALANCE X208PRO has the IP65 degree
of protection for installation outside the control cabinet.
Product versions
SCALANCE X204-2/ SCALANCE X204-2LD/
SCALANCE X206-1/ SCALANCE X206-1LD
For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line, ring or star
topologies:
- SCALANCE X204-2;
optical line or ring topologies with 2 optical ports,
4 electrical ports
- SCALANCE X204-2LD (max. 26 km single-mode
fiber-optic cable);
optical line or ring topologies with 2 optical ports,
4 electrical ports
- SCALANCE X206-1;
star topologies with 1 optical port, 6 electrical ports, line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
- SCALANCE X206-1LD
(max. 26 km single-mode fiber-optic cable);
star topologies with 1 optical port, 6 electrical ports, line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data com-
munication)
Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact
(signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET,
SNMP and Web browser
The four (SCALANCE X204-2) or six (SCALANCE X206-1)
RJ45 sockets are industry-compatible with additional retain-
ing collars for connection to the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
2/93
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Line-shaped network topology with SCALANCE X204-2 and SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208 / SCALANCE X208PRO (IP65 degree of protection)
For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies (8 electrical ports):
- SCALANCE X208 for installation in the control cabinet
- SCALANCE X208PRO, specially for use outside the control
cabinet
munication)
Remote diagnosis with signaling contact (for SCALANCE
X208: signal mask can be set locally using buttons),
PROFINET, SNMP and Web browser
The eight RJ45 sockets of the SCALANCE X208 are industry-
standard and feature additional retaining collars for connec-
tion to the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
The eight PROFINET-compatible M12 sockets of the
SCALANCE X208PRO are designed with IP65 degree of
protection for connection to the IE M12 Plug PRO or the pre-
assembled IE M12 cable
The SCALANCE X208PRO can be mounted on a DIN rail or
S7-300 rail or in a space-saving, horizontal or vertical design
directly on the equipment or machine;
the status information can be read off regardless of the mount-
ing position due to the angled LED strip.
Power can also be supplied to the SCALANCE X208PRO
from outside the control cabinet from the PS791-1PRO power
supply module at 230 V AC.
Diagnosis using the network
electrical network
optical network
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
IE/PB Link
100
Mbit/s
S7-300-1/MP 370
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
ET 200X
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
7
Switching cabinet FO-Ring
Switch
SCALANCE X-400
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
SNMP/Web-based
Management
Diagnosis of individual SCALANCE X208 Switches
by means of web browser through SIMATIC Field PG
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
IE/PB Link
100
Mbit/s
S7-300-1/MP 370
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
ET 200X
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
7
Switch
SCALANCE X-400
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
SNMP/Web-based
Management
2/94
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with a rug-
ged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail
and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is
also possible. With the S7-300 housing format, the devices are
optimized for integration in an automation solution with S7-300
components.
The switches are equipped with
a 4-pole terminal block,
and SCALANCE X208PRO via 2 x M12 interfaces
for connecting the redundant supply voltage (2 x 24 V DC).
The status information is indicated by means of a row of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication, power supply, signaling
contact).
The SCALANCE X-200 modules are available with the following
port types:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 or M12 connection
RJ45 or M12 socket, automatic detection of the data rate
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover func-
tions for connecting IE FC cables using IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
or IE M12 Plug PRO up to 100 m.
100BaseFX, BFOC connection method
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m (multimode fiber-optic
cable) or up to 26000 m (single-mode fiber-optic cable) for
configuring line, ring and star topologies.
Function
Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line,
star and ring topologies
Use in ring topologies (100 Mbit/s) together with SCALANCE
X-400, SCALANCE X-200IRT or OSM/ESM as redundancy
manager
Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web
browser
Easy copper cable diagnostics with Web browser for localiz-
ing cable breaks
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO controllers
for a consistent diagnostics concept, including network infra-
structure
Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
port with a standard commercial network analyzer
Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication
(RT) through prioritizing
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the op-
tional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)
The Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE X-200 switches with IP30
degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet
together with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical
versions can be installed together in star, line and ring topolo-
gies. The SCALANCE X208PRO is designed for installation out-
side the control cabinet.
- max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE M12 Plug PRO
- max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
Length of the optical cables
- max. 3000 m with glass fiber-optic cables (multimode).
- max. 26000 m with glass fiber-optic cables (single-mode).
IP address:
With the Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200
family, the IP address is specified using DHCP (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol). If an appropriate server is not avail-
able in the network, the IP address can be assigned using the
supplied software tool or STEP 7.
2/95
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Star network topology with SCALANCE X208PRO outside the control cabinet and 230 V AC power supply
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
S7-300 with CP 343-1
HMI
ET 200S
Field PG
with CP 7515
230 V AC
ET 200pro
ET 200pro PG
screwed cable gland
PG screwed
cable gland
PG-
screwed
cable
gland
IPC
with CP 1616
G_IK10_XX_10078
Small switching cabinet
24 V DC
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
with Power Supply
PS791-1PRO
24V DC
230 V AC
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
2/96
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
High speed redundancy in the ring with electrical and optical paths
Commissioning and diagnosis
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X can be dis-
played with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and
processed in the control. The engineering outlay for the PLC and
HMI has been drastically reduced thanks to complete integra-
tion in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be
integrated into a network management system through the stan-
dardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management Proto-
col). In the event of a fault in the device, error messages (SNMP
traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a specified
network manager.
The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnosis
settings to be made using a standard browser. Statistical infor-
mation can also be read out over the Web server.
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Signaling contact
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200 line
electrical ring circuit: 100 m
optical ring circuit
(multimode): 3000 m
Maximum cable length for 100 Mbit/s:
PC
Operator Station
S7-400
S7-400
PC
S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
Switch
SCALANCE X208
S7-300
S7-300
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
3
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X206-1
Switch
SCALANCE
X206-1
IPC
IPC
2/97
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Type SCALANCE X204-2 SCALANCE X204-2LD SCALANCE X206-1 SCALANCE X206-1LD
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
electrical
4 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
4 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
6 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
6 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
2 x BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s)
2 x BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s)
1 x BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s)
1 x BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s)
Connection for supply voltage 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block 4-pole terminal block
Connection for signaling contact 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block 2-pole terminal block
Slot for the swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG C-PLUG C-PLUG
Supply voltage 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption 215 mA 215 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 5.16 W 5.16 W 4.8 W 4.8 W
TP cable length
0 ... 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP
with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Standard Cable GP
IE FC Outlet RJ45 with
(0 ... 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
(0 ... 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
(0 ... 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
(0 ... 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
0 ... 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing/
Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Marine/Trailing/
Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Flexible Cable (0 - 75 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
+ 10 m TP cord
+ 10 m TP cord
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m
IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m
IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m
IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m
IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
62.5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
62.5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km

10/125 m single-mode
fiber; 0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm
10/125 m single-mode
fiber; 0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm
Operating temperature -10 C ... +60 C 0 C ... +60 C -10 C ... +60 C 0 C ... +60 C
Transport/storage temperature -40 C ... +80 C -40 C ... +80 C -40 C ... +80 C -40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95%, non-condensing < 95%, non-condensing < 95%, non-condensing < 95%, non-condensing
Design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124
Weight 780 g 780 g 780 g 780 g
Mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30
Approvals
Radio interference level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A
Immunity to interference EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
cULus listing UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611
ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021
C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
CE EN 61000-6-4,
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4,
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4,
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4,
EN 61000-6-2
Marine approvals Lloyds Register of
Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of
Shipping
Bureau Veritas
Lloyds Register of
Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of
Shipping
Bureau Veritas
Lloyds Register of
Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of
Shipping
Bureau Veritas
Lloyds Register of
Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of
Shipping
Bureau Veritas
2/98
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Type SCALANCE X208 SCALANCE X208PRO
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
electrical
8 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 8 x 4-pole M12 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s)
Communication connection, opti-
cal

Connection for supply voltage 1 x 4-pole terminal block 2 x 4-pole M12 interface
Connection for signaling contact 1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 5-pole M12 interface
Slot for the swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG
Supply voltage 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption 185 mA 185 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 4.4 W 4.4 W
TP cable length
0 ... 100 m IE FC Standard Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE M12 plug PRO
IE FC Standard Cable (0 - 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
0 ... 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable with

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable with
IE M12 plug PRO
IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable (0 - 75 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
0 ... 55 m
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug
or 0 45 m
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
or 0 45 m
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC Outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 - 3000 m
Transport/storage temperature -40 C ... +80 C -40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95%, non-condensing < 100%, non-condensing
Design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 125 x 124 90 x 125 x 124
Weight 780 g 1000 g
Mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting
Degree of protection IP30 IP65
Approvals
Radio interference level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A
Immunity to interference EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
cULus listing UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
FM FM 3611 FM 3611
ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021
C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
CE EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
Marine approvals Lloyds Register of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Bureau Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Bureau Veritas
2/99
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SCALANCE X-200
Industrial Ethernet switches
with integral SNMP access,
Web diagnostics, copper cable
diagnosis and PROFINET diag-
nosis for configuring line,
star and ring topologies
SCALANCE X204-2
ports and two fiber-optic ports
6GK5 204-2BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X204-2LD
ports and two long distance
fiber-optic ports (single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 26 km)
6GK5 204-2BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X206-1
ports and one fiber-optic port
6GK5 206-1BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X206-1LD
ports and one long distance
fiber-optic port (single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 26 km)
6GK5 206-1BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X208
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports
6GK5 208-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X208PRO
with degree of protection IP65,
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s M12
ports, incl. eleven M12 dust
protection caps
6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE M12 plug PRO
M12 plug connector for
connection of Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables; 4-pole,
D-coded, metal enclosure,
degree of protection IP65,
pin insert; 180 cable outlet;
for network components and
Industrial Ethernet stations with
degree of protection IP65
1 pack = 1 piece 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0
1 pack = 8 pieces 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8
Accessories (continued)
IE connecting cable
M12-180/M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP Trailing
Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET
type C) with two 4-pole M12 con-
nectors, 4-pole, D-coded, degree
of protection IP65;
Length:
0.3 m 6XV1 870-8AE30
0.5 m 6XV1 870-8AE50
1.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH10
1.5 m 6XV1 870-8AH15
2.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH20
3.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH30
5.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH50
10 m 6XV1 870-8AN10
15 m 6XV1 870-8AN15
IE M12 panel feedthrough
Control cabinet feedthrough for
transition from 4-pole,
D-coded M12 interface (IP65) to
RJ45 socket (IP20)
1 pack = 5 pieces 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
IE Power M12
Cable connector PRO
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Socket for connecting
SCALANCE W-700/
SCALANCE X208PRO
for 24 V DC supply;
4-pole, A-coded,
with installation instructions
Signaling contact M12
Cable connector PRO
6GK1 908-0DC10-6AA3
Socket for connecting
SCALANCE X208PRO for signal-
ing contact; 5-pole, B-coded,
Power supply PS791-1PRO 6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6
AC/DC power pack, 10 W, IP65
(-20 to +60 C), input: 85 V to
265 V AC, output: 24 V DC,
metal housing, scope of supply:
AC Power 3+PE cable connector,
DC power cord M12,
installation material, manuals
German/English
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
Swap medium for simple
replacement of devices in the
event of a fault; for storing
configuration or engineering
and application data; can be
used for SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
Manual for TP and
2/100
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Especially designed for constructing real-time (RT) and isoch-
ronous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet segments in line, star
and ring topologies with 10/100 Mbit/s (RM integrated); con-
struction of redundant ring connections possible
Combination of the switching mechanisms "Cut Through and
"Store and Forward for optimized performance
Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accor-
dance with the port type of the devices
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cabinet mounting on
standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting
Industry-standard compatible station connections with
housing
Can be used for fault-tolerant applications and can be re-
placed during normal operation thanks to redundant transmis-
sion characteristics
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the
SET button
The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access,
integral Web server and automatic e-mail sending function for
remote diagnosis and signaling over the network
Different device versions with copper and fiber-optic inter-
faces (BFOC, SC RJ)
Benefits
The ideal solution for constructing real-time (RT) and isochro-
nous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet segments especially
in line, star and ring topologies with copper and fiber-optic
cables (glass FOC, PCF FOC, POF FOC)
Reliable data communication thanks to industry-standard
device connection using PROFINET-compatible plug-in con-
nectors (IE FC RJ45 Plug) that offer additional strain relief and
bending strain relief due to latching on the housing
High network availability through design of redundant ring
structures (RM integrated)
Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the
integral Web server and through signaling contacts
Integration of the SCALANCE X-200IRT switches in the exist-
ing network management infrastructure through SNMP access
point
Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system diagno-
sis with PROFINET
Configuration and diagnostics integrated into SIMATIC
STEP 7 provide significant benefits during the engineering,
start-up and operating phases of a plant
configuration data
2/101
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application
The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet switches permits
the construction of real-time (RT) and isochronous real-time (IRT)
Industrial Ethernet segments in line and star topologies. Ring
structures can also be designed using the integral redundancy
manager. Redundant ring connections are also possible. Thanks
to innovative switching technology, the special requirements of
automation with regard to line topology, hard real time and unlim-
ited IT openness have been satisfied within a single technology
for the first time based on the PROFINET standard.
The switches with degree of protection IP30 have been de-
signed for use in the control cabinet.
Product versions
SCALANCE X204IRT
For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with 4 electrical ports
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
For configuring optical or electrical Industrial Ethernet line,
star or ring topologies with 2 optical glass FOC ports and
2 electrical ports
For configuring optical or electrical Industrial Ethernet line,
star or ring topologies with 2 optical POF FOC ports and
2 electrical ports
For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with 3 optical POF FOC ports and 1 electrical port
For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with 4 optical POF FOC ports
Applicable to all versions:
Integral redundancy manager (RM)
munication)
Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact
(signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET,
SNMP and Web browser
Automatic e-mail send function
The RJ45 sockets are industry-standard and feature
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches, based on PROFINET,
satisfy the real-time requirements of the field level up to high-per-
formance motion control applications.
Real-time Ethernet
Interfacing of the PROFINET IO-Devices to the PROFINET IO-
Controller through high-performance, optimized data trans-
mission
Hard real-time and IT openness coexist:
Reaction-free transmission of real-time and non-real-time
communication on the same line
Increased availability thanks to redundant transmission with
bumpless changeover for real-time data
Additionally through isochronous real-time (IRT) Ethernet
Isochronous real-time communication based on the transmis-
sion procedure of the IEEE 802 by combining the switching
mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward".
For drive controls, PROFINET with isochronous real-time is the
best performing system worldwide with regard to its isochrone
and deterministic response.
With a cycle time of 1 ms, for example, axes can be controlled
in isochronous mode whereby 50% of the bandwidth is avail-
able solely for IT communication.
Design
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches with a rugged metal hous-
ing to IP 30 degree of protection are optimized for mounting
on a standard rail and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in
various positions is also possible. With the S7-300 housing for-
mat, the devices are optimized for integration in an automation
solution with S7-300 components.
The switches have a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the
redundant supply voltage (2 x 24 V DC).
The status information is indicated by means of a line of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication, power supply, signal-
ing contact).
The SCALANCE X-200IRT modules are available with the follow-
ing port types:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables over IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over dis-
tances up to 100 m.
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and
star topologies.
100BaseFX, SC RJ connection technique
SC RJ sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet POF
(50 m) and PCF FOC (100 m) using SC RJ plug connectors
Function
4-port switch for configuring electrical and optical Industrial
Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
Integral redundancy manager for design of ring topologies
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
Extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates thanks to integrated real-time functions
Redundant data transmission with bumpless changeover
System-wide clock accuracy (less than 1 ms)
Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web
browser
Automatic e-mail function
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO-Controllers
for a consistent diagnostics concept, including network infra-
structure
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the op-
tional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)
2/102
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
The Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X-200IRT are
usually installed in the control cabinet together with the stations
to be connected (e.g. ET 200S). When configuring the network,
it is necessary to observe the following boundary conditions:
- max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- max. 10 m with TP Cord
Length of the optical cables
- max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
- max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF fiber-optic cables
- max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF fiber-optic cables
IP Address:
The IP address is assigned using the BOOTP (Boot Protocol)
and DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) mecha-
nisms. If an appropriate server is not available in the network,
the IP address can be assigned using the supplied software
tool. The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches and their real-time
functions are configured with STEP 7.
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X can be dis-
played with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and
processed in the control. The engineering outlay for the PLC and
HMI have been drastically reduced through complete integra-
tion in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet switches can also
be integrated into a network management system through the
standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management
Protocol). In the event of a device fault, error messages (SNMP
traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a specified
network manager.
The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnosis
settings to be made using a standard browser. Statistical infor-
mation can also be read out over the Web server. Warning
thresholds and alarms generated by them permit early recogni-
tion of critical fiber states (only with POF). Cable failures (fiber
breakage) can thus be avoided, and plant downtimes reduced,
since maintenance work can be carried out at an early point in
time and outside production periods.
The following information is displayed by LEDs on the
equipment:
Power
Port status
Data communication
RM activated
POF cable diagnostics (system operates in reserve)
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200IRT line
Configuration example for SCALANCE X204IRT
Industrial
Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
0
0
Field PG
ET 200S ET 200S
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
PC with
CP 1616
as PN IO-Controller
IPC with
CP 1616
as PN IO-Device
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFINET
2/103
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring
PC
S7-400
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
0
2
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
IPC
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
PC
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
S7-300
2/104
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the electrical ring
PC
PC
S7-400
S7-400
PC
S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
S7-400
S7-300
S7-300
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
4
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
IPC
IPC
2/105
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Redundant coupling of two subnetworks with SCALANCE X-200IRT
Mixed network topology with plastic fiber-optic cables and twisted-pair cables
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
7
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
as Stand-by
Master
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
as Stand-by
Slave
100
Mbit/s
Operator Station
S7-300 S7-300
100
Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Operator Stations
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
7
S7-300
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
S7-300
IPC
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE X208
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
6
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 243-1
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1POF
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2P IRT
IE Standard Cable
HMI
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
POF-FO cable
Switch
SCALANCE
X200-4P IRT
ET 200pro
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
POF-FO cable
POF-
LWL
POF-FO cable
PROFINET
2/106
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Type SCALANCE X204IRT SCALANCE X202-2IRT
Interfaces
electrical
4 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 2 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
2 x BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
Connection for supply voltage 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block
Connector for signaling contact 1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 2-pole terminal block
Slot for the swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG
Supply voltage 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Power loss at 24 V DC 4,8 W 7,2 W
TP cable length
0 ... 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Standard Cable GP (0 - 90 m)
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 ... 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0 - 75 m)
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0 - 75 m)
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 ... 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 ... 3000 m Glass fiber-optic cable 62,5/125 m or 50/125m;
1,0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
Transport/storage temperature -40 C ... +80C -40 C ... +80C
Relative humidity during opera-
tion; non-condensing
< 95%, non-condensing < 95%, non-condensing
Construction
Weight 780 g 780 g
Assembly Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting
Approvals
Noise Immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
CuL listing UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950
FM FM 3611 FM 3611
CE EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
2/107
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Type SCALANCE X202-2P IRT SCALANCE X201-3P IRT SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Ports
electrical
2 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
2 x SC sockets (100 Mbit/s) 3 x SC RJ sockets (10/100 Mbit/s) 4 x SC RJ sockets (10/100 Mbit/s)
Connection for supply voltage 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block
Connector for signaling contact 1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 2-pole terminal block
Slot for the swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG C-PLUG
Supply voltage 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption 300 mA 350 mA 400 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 7.2 W 8.4 W 9.6 W
TP cable length
0 ... 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Standard Cable GP with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

(0 ... 90 m) + 10 m TP cord
(0 ... 90 m) + 10 m TP cord
0 ... 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable
(0 ... 75 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
(0 ... 75 m)
+ 10 m TP cord

IE FC RJ45 Plug
IE FC RJ45 Plug
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable
with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable
with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 ... 3000 m
0 ... 100 m PCF FOC 200/230 at
650 nm 17 MHz x km
PCF FOC 200/230 at
650 nm 17 MHz x km
PCF FOC 200/230 at
650 nm 17 MHz x km
0 ... 50 m POF FOC 980/1000 at
650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m
POF FOC 980/1000 at
650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m
POF FOC 980/1000 at
650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m
Operating temperature 0 C ... +60C 0 C ... +50C 0 C ... +40C
Transport/storage temperature -40 C ... +80C -40 C ... +80C -40 C ... +80C
Relative humidity during opera-
tion; non-condensing
< 95%, non-condensing < 95%, non-condensing < 95%, non-condensing
Design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124
Weight 780 g 780 g 780 g
Assembly Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30
Approvals
RF interference level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A
Noise Immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
CuL listing UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611
ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021
C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
CE EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
Marine approvals Lloyds Register of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
2/108
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Managed Industrial Ethernet
Switches; isochrone real time,
LED diagnostics, error signaling
contact with SET button,
redundant power supply
SCALANCE X204IRT;
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
SCALANCE X202-2IRT;
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
2 x 100 Mbit/s Multimode BFOC
6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT;
2 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3
6GK5 201-3BH00-2BA3
6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3
Industrial Ethernet Medien-
konverter SCALANCE X-100
Industrial Ethernet media
converters, LED diagnostics,
fault signaling contact with
SET key, redundant power supply,
PROFINET-compatible securing
collars
SCALANCE X101-1POF;
1 X 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port
1 X 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ
6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
IE SC RJ Refill Set POF 6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
paper and grinding base
(set of 5)
SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
Assembly case for on-site
installation of SC RJ POF
connectors; consisting of
stripping tool, Kevlar scissors,
SC RJ grinding plate,
grinding paper, grinding base
and microscope
Termination Kit
SC RJ PCF Plug
6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
of SC RJ PCF connectors,
comprising a stripping tool,
buffer stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking
tool and microscope
replacement of devices in
the event of a fault; for storing
and application data;
can be used for SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot
Manual for TP and
SCALANCE X-400 modular
2/109
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The SCALANCE X-400 product range comprises modular
Industrial Ethernet switches expandable by various media
modules and extenders. It supports 10/100/1000-Mbit technol-
ogy for various transmission media (twisted pair, fiber optic)
and increased port requirements. The main applications are
high-performance plant networks (control level). Thanks to the
modular design, the X-400 product line is also designed for
future requirements and can be adapted to the relevant task.
The X414-3E switch has two integral Gigabit Ethernet twisted
pair interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) for connecting a number
of switches to one another. Nodes are connected via 12 Fast
Ethernet twisted pair ports (10/100 Mbit/s) integrated into the
switch.
Another eight stations can be connected via extender mod-
ules on the right of the switch. The following extender modules
are available:
- Extenders with eight Fast Ethernet twisted-pair ports
- Extenders with four media module slots for up to eight
Fast Ethernet fiber optic ports
The integrated redundancy manager facilitates high-speed
media redundancy even for large networks, both for Gigabit
Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring) and for
Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring in com-
bination with SCALANCE X-200 switches or OSM/ESM).
For the construction of optical Gigabit Ethernet rings, both
integrated Gigabit Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber
optic via a 2-port Gigabit Ethernet media module MM.
Module versions are offered for multimode (up to 750 m fiber
optic cable length) and single-mode (up to 10 km).
By means of a pluggable 2-port Fast Ethernet media module
for multimode or alternatively single-mode fiber optic cable,
SCALANCE X-400 switches can also be integrated into
100-Mbit/s rings, e.g. with SCALANCE X204-2 or OSM.
A second pluggable 2-port Fast Ethernet fiber optic media
module enables remote nodes to be connected optically.
Remote diagnosis is possible by means of PROFINET diag-
nosis (available soon), Web browser or SNMP.
Switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line support IT
standards and thus permit seamless integration of automation
networks into existing corporate networks. Virtual networks
(VLAN) can be set up.
The support of standardized redundancy procedures
(Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) permits the redundant inte-
gration into higher level enterprise networks.
Through learning the Multicast sources and targets (IGMP
(Internet Group Management Protocol) snooping), X-400
switches can also filter Multicast data traffic and therefore limit
the load in the network.
Layer 3 routing (static, RIP v1/2, OSPF) supports communica-
tion between different IP subnets
Benefits
Flexible configuration of electrical or optical Industrial Ether-
net networks; the network topology, type and number of ports
can be adapted easily to the structure of the plant.
High availability of the network thanks to:
- redundant power supply
- redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or twisted
pair cables (redundancy manager, standby function and
RSTP are integrated)
- replacement and extension of media and expansion
modules during operation
- easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
medium
Reliable communication thanks to very fast reconfiguration of
the network in the event of a fault (<0.3 seconds)
Simple fiber optic connection technology by means of
SC sockets (Gigabit Ethernet), proven BFOC sockets
(Fast Ethernet) and prefabricated fiber-optic cables
Twisted pair ports readily accessible from the front,
10/100 Mbit/s;
ports with sleeve for rugged, industry-compatible station
connection for direct connections up to 100 m in conjunction
with the PROFINET-compatible IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145 connector
Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for
extremely large networks
Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling
contact, digital inputs, SNMP and e-mail; PROFINET IO diag-
nostics (available soon)
Reduced engineering expenditure for PLC/HMI due to
integration into the SIMATIC system fault message concept
SFM (available soon)
Due to the integrated Layer 3 function (IP routing), a further
router in the network is not essential
Investment protection for existing networks due to
- effortless connection of existing 10 Mbit/s data terminals or
network segments to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s
- increase in performance through load decoupling and data
transfer rates of 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s
- easy integration into existing network management infra-
structures by means of SNMP
Support of VLAN permits integration into Enterprise Security
Policies
Limiting of load on application of Multicast-based protocols
(e.g. video transmission) through IGMP (Internet Group
Management Protocol) snooping or GMRP (GARP Multicast
Registration Protocol)
Protection of network against overload by setting of port
thresholds
Operating temperature range from 0 C to +60 C
Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
2/110
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application
SCALANCE X-400 products permit the configuration of switched
networks at the control level, which not only demands high avail-
ability of the network and extensive diagnostic options, but also
a high number of ports, high transfer rate and the support of fiber
optic and twisted-pair transmission media. SCALANCE X-400
products are designed with IP20 degree of protection for instal-
lation in control cabinets.
SCALANCE X414-3E
Control stations with a high concentration of devices
Star hub in plant bus (applications with high concentration of
devices)
High-speed backbone including high-speed redundancy for
process control systems
SCALANCE X414-3E equipped with Layer 3 functionality for
IP routing
Design
SCALANCE X414-3E
The Industrial Ethernet Switch SCALANCE X414-3E forms the
core of the SCALANCE X-400 product line. It contains the
switching functionality and is responsible for the diagnosis.
The SCALANCE X414-3E has two integrated Gigabit Ethernet
twisted-pair ports (10, 100 or 1000 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets) for
connecting the SCALANCE X-400 switches to one another and
12 integrated Fast Ethernet twisted-pair ports (10 or 100 Mbit/s,
RJ45 sockets with sleeves) for connecting stations. Both Gigabit
Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber-optic connections with
optical Gigabit Ethernet media modules.
In addition, two slots are available for optical Fast Ethernet me-
dia modules with two ports.
By means of an extender interface SCALANCE X414-3E can be
extended by a further 8 Fast Ethernet ports (twisted pair or fiber
optic, depending on extender version). In this way, a maximum
configuration of two Gigabit Ethernet Ports (electrical or optical)
and up to 24 Fast Ethernet Ports (of which between 4 and 12 can
be optical) is possible. The installation width including extender
is max. 19".
Interfaces
Console port (serial interface) and Out-Band-Ethernet port for
on-site parameterization/diagnostics, for firmware update
Slot for C-PLUG swap media for easy device replacement
(included in scope of supply)
Redundant 24 V feed
One floating message output for simple display of faults
Floating inputs for recording digital status information such
as signal contacts of PROFIBUS OLM or door contacts and
forwarding via SCALANCE X-400 diagnostic paths (LED indi-
cator, log table, trap or e-mail)
Extensive operating mode and status information is displayed
via LEDs and selection pushbuttons.
The SCALANCE X414-3E is supplied with 24 V DC. To protect
against power failure, two infeeds are provided.
SCALANCE X-400 media modules (MM)
Using media modules, the Industrial Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X414-3E can be equipped with fiber optic cables.
Media modules are available for both multimode and single-
mode optical fibers. They can be added or replaced during
network operation. The SCALANCE X414-3E basic unit supports
two optical Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to four additional opti-
cal Fast Ethernet ports.
The following media modules are available:
MM491-2;
2 fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances up
to 3 km with multimode fiber-optic conductors
MM491-2LD;
2 fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances up
to 26 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM492-2;
2 fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up
to 750 m with multimode fiber-optic conductors (when using
SIMATIC NET FO cable 50/125m)
MM492-2LD;
2 fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
10 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
One plug-in media module for Gigabit Ethernet converts the
Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair-ports included in the switch to
optical mode. The two Gigabit ports can then be used as either
twisted-pair or fiber-optic ports. Optical media modules for
Fast Ethernet each generate two additional ports per slot.
SCALANCE X-400 extender modules (EM)
An optional extender module with up to 8 further Fast Ethernet
ports can be mounted next to the expansion interface of the
SCALANCE X414-3E.
Versions:
EM495-8;
with 8 twisted pair ports (RJ45 sockets with sleeves)
10/100 Mbit/s; this enables the 12 onboard Fast Ethernet
twisted pair ports of the SCALANCE X414-3E to be expanded
to a total of 20 ports.
EM496-4;
with a further four media module slots for Fast Ethernet media
modules for up to 8 optical Fast Ethernet ports
The structure of the SCALANCE X-400 product line offers the
following advantages:
Simple user connection via twisted pair
Gigabit Ethernet transmission rate between SCALANCE X-400
switches
Fiber optic connection via fiber optic media modules
Reduced costs for spare parts inventories;
Electrical and optical versions are covered by a basic unit and
fiber-optic media modules
2/111
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design (continued)
Application possibilities of the media and extender modules with
SCALANCE X-414-3E
Function
Increasing the network performance;
by filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains
local; only data intended for users of another subnetwork are
forwarded by the switch.
Simple network configuration and expansion;
the switch saves the data received at the ports and forwards
them independently to the destination address. Collision de-
tection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the expansion of
the network beyond the port.
Limiting of error spreading to the associated subnetwork;
the SCALANCE X-400 switches only pass on data with a valid
checksum (CRC).
Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into
Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s;
at the twisted-pair ports, the SCALANCE X-400 switch auto-
matically recognizes the conductor pairs for transmission and
reception (autocrossover), the data transfer rate of 10 or
100 Mbit/s, as well as full-duplex and half-duplex operation
(autonegotiation).
High-performance connection of SCALANCE X-400 switches
with 1 Gbit/s;
SCALANCE X-400 switches have two Gigabit Ethernet ports
for connecting the switches to each other.
High-speed redundancy (HSR) in the ring, reconfiguration
time of ring max. 0.3 seconds;
reliable communication is achieved by closing an optical line
with SCALANCE X-400 switches to form a ring.
The SCALANCE X-400 switch has an integral redundancy
manager (RM) which monitors the function of the network
continuously. It recognizes the failure of a transmission link
in the ring or of a SCALANCE X-400 switch and activates the
standby link within no more than 0.3 seconds. Rings consist-
ing of SCALANCE X-400 switches can be operated at
1000 Mbit/s. In rings with SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM it is
possible to integrate SCALANCE X-400 switches at
100 Mbit/s.
High-speed standby redundancy;
several rings can be connected together redundantly with
SCALANCE X-400 over the integrated standby function.
Two X-400 switches are configured in a ring as a master and
slave over two links to the other ring.
Redundant interfacing to company networks;
SCALANCE X-400 switches support the standardized redun-
dancy procedure Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP).
This enables a subnetwork to be connected redundantly to a
higher level corporate network with reduced requirements for
the reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds).
Support of virtual networks (VLAN);
for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
number of users, a physically existing network can be divided
into several virtual networks.
G_IK10_XX_10180
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
8
0
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
8
0
Slot
number
e.g. for use in optical gigabit ring,
connecting four separate optical nodes
and up to twelve electrical nodes
e.g. for use in electrical gigabit ring,
connecting ten separate optical nodes
and up to twelve electrical nodes
EM496-4
extender
module
EM496-4
extender
module
e.g. for use in optical gigabit ring with
single mode for a distance of up to
10 km, connecting two separate opti-
cal nodes and up to twenty electrical
nodes
EM495-8
extender
module
EM495-8
extender
module
SCALANCE X414-3E
G
i
g
a
b
i
t
F
a
s
t
E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
T
P
-
P
o
r
t
s
F
a
s
t
E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
M
M
4
9
2
-
2
o
d
e
r
M
M
4
9
2
-
2
L
D
Gigabit
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
o
d
e
r
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
L
D
Fast Ethernet
SCALANCE X414-3E
SCALANCE X414-3E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
o
d
e
r
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
L
D
Fast Ethernet
SCALANCE X414-3E
12 13 14 15
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
L
D
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X414-3E
12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
M
M
4
9
2
-
2
L
D
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
M
M
4
9
2
-
2
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
M
M
4
9
1
-
2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
2/112
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Integrated Layer 3 function (IP routing);
different IP subnetworks can be connected together
Load limiting with use of Multicast protocols
(e.g. video transmission);
through learning the Multicast sources and targets
(IGMP snooping), SCALANCE X-400 switches can also filter
Multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load in the network.
Time synchronization;
diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are time-
stamped. The local time is standardized throughout the
network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK or
SNTP time transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment
of diagnostic messages to several devices.
Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of
the C-PLUG switching medium
Optical redundant connection of two optical Gigabit subnetworks with SCALANCE X-400
1000
Mbit/s
Operator Station
S7-300 S7-300
1000
Mbit/s
Operator Stations
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
8
S7-300
Stand-by Master
S7-300
IPC
S7-300
HMI
Stand-by Slave
SCALANCE X-400
PC
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X414-3E
100
Mbit/s
SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X414-3E
SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X414-3E Non-Siemens
device
S7-400
2/113
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Redundant connection of office network and industrial network
The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of
the plant with SCALANCE X-400 Industrial Ethernet switches.
The following network structures and combinations of structures
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit rings with fast media redundancy;
to protect against failure of a transmission link or a switch,
as many as 50 X-400 switches cascaded in line can be con-
nected into a ring with a total length of up to 150 km with multi-
mode or 1300 km with single mode. On the failure of a trans-
mission link or a SCALANCE X-400 switch in the ring, the
transmission path is reconfigured within 0.3 seconds.
Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby
function
In addition, SCALANCE X-400 supports redundant connec-
tion of the ring structure to the corporate network with a rapid
spanning tree.
Star topology with SCALANCE X-400 switches:
Each SCALANCE X-400 switch represents a star point which
can interconnect as many as 26 nodes or subnetworks elec-
trically or optically.
ollowing boundary conditions:
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber optic conductors:
- 3000 m at 100 Mbit/s
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
fiber optic conductors:
- 26 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 10 km at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum line length for twisted pairs:
100 m
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
6
6
IT network (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP)
Ring structure in industrial fields
100/1000
Mbits
SCALANCE
X-400
Switch Switch
Switch Switch
SCALANCE
X-400
Ethernet
Industrial
Ethernet
2/114
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Adjustment options on the device itself:
Redundancy manager RM;
when setting up a ring, a SCALANCE X-400 switch in the ring
is switched into the RM mode. The two Gigabit ports (electrical
or with media module optical) are preferably used as ring
ports. When using in optical rings with 100 Mbit/s, the ring
ports can be configured on one media module or on two me-
dia modules using the switch.
Signal mask;
the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE
X-400 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask
defines which ports and which power supplies are to be mon-
itored. The signal contact only reports an error when a moni-
tored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/
actual status).
Diagnostic options on site:
The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- RM mode
- signal contact status
- status of the two voltage feeders
- port status
- port mode (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
- signal mask (setpoint status)
The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means
of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example, the mod-
ule to be monitored via an input module from a controller.
A PC or a programming device can be directly connected via
a serial interface or an Ethernet interface on the switch CPU
(out-band port). Operation is carried out using commands
(Command Line Interface (CLI)).
Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network;
the following possibilities are available:
- remote via standard browser (Web-based management):
selection of SCALANCE X-400 switches via the network from
a PC with browser
- remote via SNMP V3:
secure integration of SCALANCE X-400 switches via the
network into a network management station
Network management
The network management provides the following functions:
Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
authorization) and "User" (read only)
Read-out of version and status information
Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
Fixed parameterization of the ports
(data rates, half/full duplex)
Setting parameters of the VLANs and multicast services
Configuration of the IP routing function (static routing,
RIP v1/2, OSPF)
Parameterization of the standby connections for a redundant
ring link
Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V3
Output of statistics information
Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
network by a TFTP server
Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
TFTP server
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-400 switch can
send error messages (traps) to a network management system
or also e-mails to a predefined network administrator.
The remote monitoring (RMON) offers the following functions:
The SCALANCE X-400 switch can collect statistics information
according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include, for
example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This informa-
tion can be read out through Web-based management in the sta-
tistics sub-area.
2/115
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Integration
Use of the SCALANCE X-400 switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7
At the terminal bus in the control center two SCALANCE
X414-3E switches with extender (high number of ports) are
used. These are connected together to create an electrical ring
with a transmission rate of 1 Gbit/s. Several operator panels are
provided and divided between the two switches, so that the
system can still be operated if one switch fails. The terminal
and plant bus are connected by means of redundant servers.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
7
9
1 Gbit/s terminal bus
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Manufactoring cell
Operator Station (OS) Engineering Station (ES)
OS Server
(redundant)
S7-300
S7-400H
redundant
contoller
OS SIMATIC IT SIMATIC Batch OS
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S
1 Gbit/s plant bus
1 Gbit/s plant bus
ET 200M
2/116
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Integration (continued)
The plant bus is designed as an optical ring. It connects three
plant sections with the servers:
SCALANCE X-400 switches without extenders are used for
connecting high-availability SIMATIC controllers (H-systems).
On failure of an individual controller or switch, the plant section
remains functional.
One SCALANCE X414-3E with extender (high number of
ports) is used for the star-format connection of controllers.
In this case, the failure of one switch is tolerated.
Redundant network with SCALANCE X-400
Operator
stations
Non-Siemens device
H system H system
Operator
stations
OS Server
redundant
SCALANCE
X-400
SCALANCE X-400
S7-200
10/100
Mbit/s
1000
Mbit/s
S7-300
SCALANCE
X-400
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10081
2/117
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Type SCALANCE X414-3E
Data transmission rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Communication connection
electrical
In the basic unit:
2 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP)
12 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
with extender modules:
8 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
via EM495-8
optical
In the basic unit:
up to 2 x glass fiber-optic cable
with SC sockets(1000 Mbit/s)
via MM492-2 or MM492-2LD
media modules
up to 4 x glass fiber optic cable
with BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
via MM491-2 or MM491-2LD
media modules;
with extender modules:
up to 12 x glass fiber optic cable
with BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
via EM496-4 and MM491-2
or MM491-2LD;
Extender interface EM495-8 or EM496-4
Connector for signaling contact 1 x 4-pole terminal block
Connection for digital input signals 2 x 5-pole terminal block
Slot for the swap medium C-PLUG
Supply voltage 24 V DC (18 32 V DC)
Current consumption < 2000 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 15 W (without media and
extender modules),
< 48 W (maximum configuration)
TP cable length
0 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with
IE FC RJ45 Plug
IE FC RJ45 Plug
0 55 m IE FC torsion cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug
0 3000 m Cable lengths for
multimode fiber-optic cable
at 100 Mbit/s;
MM491-2 with glass FOC
62.5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
0 750 m Cable lengths for
at 1000 Mbit/s;
50/125 m;
2.7 dB/km at 850 nm;
600 MHz x km
0 26 km Cable lengths for
single-mode fiber-optic cable
at 100 Mbit/s;
10/125 m or 9/125 m;
0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm
0 10 km Cable lengths for
single-mode fiber-optic cable
at 1000 Mbit/s;
MM492-2 LD with glass FOC
10/125 m or 9/125 m;
0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm
Permissible ambient conditions
Relative humidity during operation < 95% (non-condensing)
Design
Weight 3.4 kg
Assembly S7-300 sectional rail, DIN rail
Approvals
RF interference level EN 61000-6-4 Class A
CuL listing UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950,
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91
UL 1604 and 2279
(hazardous location)
FM FM 3611,
FM hazardous location
ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021
CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Approvals for use in
marine vessels
German Lloyd (GL)
American Bureau
of Shipping (ABS)
(LRS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK)
Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
2/118
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X414-3E
6GK5 414-3FC00-2AA2
Modular Industrial Ethernet switch
with 2 x Gigabit and 12 x 100 Mbit
integral TP ports for establishing
electrical and/or optical Industrial
Ethernet networks;
With a Gigabit and two 100 Mbit
media module slots and an
extender interface;
Management functionality over
SNMP and Web server
MM492-2 media module 6GK5 492-2AL00-8AA2
Media module with 2 ports
1000BaseSX, 1 Gbit/s, multi-
mode fiber-optic cable up to
750 m, SC interface
Media module MM492-2LD 6GK5 492-2AM00-8AA2
1000BaseLX, 1 Gbit/s, single-
10 km, SC interface
MM491-2 media module 6GK5 491-2AB00-8AA2
100BaseFX, 100 Gbit/s, multi-
3 km, BFOC interface
Media module MM491-2LD 6GK5 491-2AC00-8AA2
100BaseFX, long distance,
100 Mbit/s, single-mode fiber-
optic cable up to 26 km,
BFOC interface
Extender module EM495-8 6GK5 495-8BA00-8AA2
Extender for SCALANCE X414-3E
with 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP ports
Extender module EM496-4 6GK5 496-4MA00-8AA2
Extender for SCALANCE X414-3E
with 4 slots for 100 Mbit/s MMs
With 2FE insert;
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
With 1GE insert;
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
With power insert;
1 x 24 V DC and
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
for SIMOTION and SINAMICS
network components
replacement of devices in
the event of a fault; for storing
and application data; can be
used for SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
Replacement parts
CV490 cover set 6GK5 490-0AA00-0AA2
consisting of covers for:
1 x Gbit submodule slot,
1 x 100 Mbit/s submodule slot,
3 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP slot
Label sheet 6GK5 498-0AA00-0AA0
10 sheets DIN A4, color: petrol,
10 strips/sheet, pre-perforated for
printing with laser printer
10 sheets per pack
4-pole and 5-pole terminal set 6GK5 498-1AA00-0AA0
Straight, with locking lug
Industrial Ethernet ELS
2/119
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The Electrical Lean Switches ELS TP40 / ELS TP40M are
optimized for creating Industrial Ethernet networks with
10/100 Mbit/s in a line topology, but they can also be used
as a single star point.
The ELS TP40s are connected to each other via the IE FC
2 x 2 by means of integral insulation-piercing contacts.
One or two stations or a station and a programming device are
connected over two RJ45 sockets.
ELS TP40M with an additional integral Web server, SNMP ac-
cess and e-mail function for remote diagnostics and signaling
over the network.
The Electrical Lean Switch ELS TP80 is used to create net-
works with a star topology comprising up to 8 stations over
RJ45 sockets or to expand the number of ports in OSM/ESM
applications.
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring Ethernet line topologies
Simple wiring method using integrated FastConnect elements
Simple network configuration without propagation time calcu-
lation, also for very large lines
Simple diagnostics through integrated web server on the
ELS TP40M
Simple integration of the ELS TP40M in an existing network
management infrastructure through SNMP
Use of standard patch cables (uncrossed) is possible using
the integrated autocrossover function
Application
ELS switches support low-cost construction of Industrial
Ethernet line or star network topologies with switching functions.
ELS switches are designed for installation in the control cabinet.
Product versions
ELS TP40
They are used to construct Industrial Ethernet line topologies
or small neutral points.
munication).
Two RJ45 sockets are available for connecting stations and
two interfaces with insulation-piercing contacts for direct
connection of the Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables.
ELS TP40M
They are used to construct Industrial Ethernet line topologies
or small star neutral points.
Device diagnostics and signaling with LEDs (power, link
status, data communication) and remote diagnostics using a
Web browser, SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
and E-mail function.
Two RJ45 sockets for connecting stations and two interfaces
with insulation-piercing contacts for direct connection of the
Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables
ELS TP80
Used to construct star structures or to extend the number of
ports in conjunction with OSM/ESM or ELS TP40 applications.
Device diagnostics is possible with LEDs (power, link status,
data communication).
Eight RJ45 sockets are available for connecting stations.
2/120
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Network topology with ELS TP40
Design
The ELS modules in the rugged metal casing are suitable for
simple mounting onto standard rails. All modules feature a
3-pole terminal block that is used to connect the supply voltage
(24 V DC). The status information is indicated by means of a line
of LEDs (power, link status, data communication). For ELS, the
following port types are available:
10/100BaseTX RJ45
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data transmission
rate (10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossing
function for connecting TP cables (e.g TP Cords).
10/100BaseTX insulation-piercing contacts
Insulation-piercing contact element for direct connection
to IE FC Cables 2 x 2 up to 100 m with Autosensing and
Autocrossing function for setting up line topologies.
Function
Configuring Industrial Ethernet line or star topologies.
Integral Autocrossing function of the ports which allows
untwisted connecting leads to be used.
Load disconnection through integral switch functionality.
Simple network configuration and network expansion.
Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the
expansion of the network if ELS switches are cascaded.
The ELS TP40 switches are typically installed in a control cabinet
with the stations to be connected. The control cabinets are inter-
connected in a line topology.
following basic conditions:
Length of the TP cable between two ELSs, max. 100 m
Length of the TP cable to data terminal, max. 100 m
IP address:
The IP address is assigned for ELS TP40M using the DHCP
(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) mechanism. If an ap-
propriate server is not available in the network, the IP address
can be assigned using the supplied software tool or STEP 7.
Switching cabinet FO-ring
electrical network
optical network
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
IE/PB Link
100
Mbit/s
S7-300-1/MP 370 S7-400
OSM
TP 22
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
ET 200X
ELS
TP 40
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
6
OSM
TP 22
ELS
TP 40
ELS
TP 40
2/121
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Star network topology with ELS TP80
Increasing the density of connections for OSM TP62
Industrial Ethernet
ELSTP80
A B C D E F
G H I J K L
M N O P Q R
S T U
V W X
Y Z A
7 8 9
4 5 6
1 2 3
SIMATIC PANEL PC
ESC
ACK
ENTER ALT CTRL SHIFT
HELP
TAB
DEL
INS
POWER TEMP
. 0 +/-
FN
s
S7-400
SIMATIC Field PG
MP 370
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

c
a
b
l
e
FC outlet RJ45
ELS TP80
S7-300
Control cabinet
TP cord
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
8
0 1
OSMTP62 Industrial Ethernet
ELSTP80
PROFIBUS
ELS TP80
S7-400 / MP 370
S7-400
IE/PB Link
Industrial Ethernet
fiber optic
SIMATIC Field PG
TP cord
OSM TP62
Control cabinet
ET 200X
FC outlet with
FC TP cable
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
9
2/122
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
The ELS offers different diagnostic functions:
The following information is displayed by LEDs on the equip-
ment:
Power
Port status
Data communication
The ELS TP40M can also be integrated in a network manage-
ment system using the standardized SNMP (Simple Network
Management Protocol) In the event of a fault in the device, the
ELS TP40M can send error messages (SNMP traps) to a network
system or as e-mail to a specified network manager.
Diagnostic data for the device (statistical information) can also
be obtained over the integral Web server using a standard
browser.
Line network topology with ELS TP40M and diagnostic access
S7-300-1/MP 370
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
IE/PB Link
100
Mbit/s
S7-400
OSM
TP 22
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
ET 200X
ELS
TP 40
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
0
3
OSM
TP 22
ELS
TP 40
ELS
TP 40
Cabinet FO-ring
Diagnosis of individual ELS
by means of web browser through
SIMATIC field PG
Diagnostic access through the network
electrical network
optical network
SNMP/web based
management
2/123
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Electrical Lean Switch ELS TP40/ELS TP40M ELS TP80
Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Connection of stations 2 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 8 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
FC TP cables
2 x insulation displacement contacts
(10/100 Mbit/s)
-
Supply voltage 24 V DC (18 V 32 V) 24 V DC (18 V 32 V)
Current consumption 150 mA / 215 mA 150 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 3.6 W / 5.2 W 3.6 W
Network extension parameter
TP cable length
0 100 m, Industrial Ethernet FC Standard Cable GP
0 85 m Industrial Ethernet FC Marine/Trailing Cable
0 55 m with IE TP Torsion Cable
or via Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45
with 0 90 m Industrial Ethernet FC Standard
Cable GP + 10 m TP Cord
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 45 m Industrial Ethernet TP Torsion Cable
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 90 m Industrial Ethernet FC Standard Cable GP
+ 10 m TP Cord
+ 10 m TP Cord
Storage/transport temperature -40 C +80 C -40 C +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95 % < 95 %
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 145 x 126.5 x 62.5 145 x 126.5 x 62.5
Weight 950 g 950 g
Assembly Standard rail Standard rail
Approvals
Radio interference level EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
Interference immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
UL listing UL 1950 UL 1950
CSA CSA C22.2 No. 950 CSA C22.2 No. 950
FM FM 3611 FM 3611
CE Yes Yes
ELS TP40 for
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 102-6AA00
Electrical lean switch with
two 10/100 Mbit/s insulation
displacement connections for
configuring a line topography
and two 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
ELS TP40M for
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 102-6AB00
Electrical lean switch with
two 10/100 Mbit/s insulation
displacement connections for
configuring a line topography
and two 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
and Web diagnosis functionality
through SNMP
ELS TP80 for
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 102-7AA00
Electrical lean switch with eight
10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports for
star networks for increasing the
connection density in conjunction
with OSM/ESM
networks
Paper version
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
2/124
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The managed Industrial Ethernet OSM and ESM switches
are used to construct Industrial Ethernet networks at the
control level
The modules are interconnected (backbone) at 100 Mbit/s
over
- glass fiber-optic cables for OSM
- twisted-pair cables for ESM
Connection of data terminals or network segments depending
on the OSM/ESM type through
- 2 to 8 Twisted Pair ports in RJ45 or 9-pole Sub D version with
10/100 Mbit/s
- 3 or 8 fiber-optic ports with 100 Mbit/s
Integrated redundancy manager supports high-speed media
redundancy also for large networks
Very easy network configuration and network extension with-
out complex configuration rules or parameterization
SNMP and Web-based Management and RMON
Error signaling by e-mail
Integration of digital signals, e.g. door switch, temperature
monitoring or signaling contacts into the management system
by means of digital inputs
Benefits
Reliable communication due to very fast reconfiguration of the
network in event of fault (<0.3 seconds)
Security of investment for existing networks due to
- effortless connection of existing 10 Mbit/s data terminals or
subnetworks to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s
- enhanced performance thanks to load decoupling and a
data rate of 100 Mbit/s
Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for
extremely large networks
High availability of the network due to:
- redundant voltage feed
- redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or Twisted
Pair cables; redundancy manager and standby function are
integrated
Flexible configuration of networks, the network topology can
easily be adapted to the structure of the plant with OSM/ESM
modules.
Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling con-
tact, digital inputs, SNMP or e-mail
Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
Application
The Industrial Ethernet OSM (Optical Switch Module) and ESM
(Electrical Switch Module) are used in the construction of
switched networks with data transmission rates of 100 Mbit/s
in the control level range, in which strict demands are placed
on network availability and comprehensive diagnostics are re-
quired.
In existing networks, load decoupling and thus increased net-
work performance can be achieved by creating segments (sub-
dividing a network into subnetworks/segments) and connecting
these segments to an OSM/ESM.
The redundancy manager integrated into OSM/ESM allows re-
dundant Industrial Ethernet rings to be constructed in switching
technology with high-speed media redundancy (reconfiguration
time 0.3 seconds max.).
The data transmission rate in the ring is 100 Mbit/s; for each ring,
up to 50 Industrial Ethernet OSMs (optical ring) or ESMs (electri-
cal ring) can be used. Apart from the 2 ring ports, OSM/ESM has
other ports (with either RJ45, ITP or BFOC interfaces) to which
data terminals or network segments can be connected.
With Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08 and media converters Indus-
trial Ethernet OMC TP11, "Fiber to the machine" concepts can be
implemented, so that the advantages of optical transmission
technology can be utilized both for the backbone area and for
station connection:
High-speed station connection (100 Mbit/s Full Duplex) over
Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08 and media converter Industrial
Ethernet OMC TP11 (fiber-optic cable through to the control
cabinet) in an environment subjected to strong electromag-
netic fields
Bridging of large distances of up to 3 km between two
OSM BC08 modules or from an OSM BC08 to a distant station
Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection mea-
sures are not necessary thanks to fiber-optic cables.
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP22 or ESM TP40 modules are ideal
for installation in the control cabinet with 1 or 2 stations con-
nected (low equipment density).
With Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM (devices with 8 ports), several
rings can be redundantly interconnected using the integrated
standby function.
2/125
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Apart from the 2 ring ports, Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM mod-
ules are equipped with other ports to which both data terminals
and network segments can be connected.
OSM/ESM offer the following three error signaling functions:
Over a signaling contact
Over SNMP (traps)
by e-mail
Signals such as signaling contacts from PROFIBUS OLM or door
contacts can be connected to Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
through digital inputs. These digital inputs can be monitored
using network management functions (read out status, e-mail
on status change, create trap or log table entry).
Design
OSM/ESM have a stable metal casing. They are suitable for the
following installation types:
Standard rail
Wall mounting
Mounting in 19-inch racks (when 2 modules are used)
All modules have
a 6-pole terminal block for connecting the supply voltage
(redundant 24 V DC infeed) and the floating signaling contact
as well as
one or two 6-pole terminal blocks for connecting four digital
inputs in each case
The operating mode and status information are displayed by
LEDs and a selection button.
Modules with 8 ports also have a standby interface that is used
to synchronize two modules when coupling redundant rings.
Using the serial interface, Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM can be
parameterized, diagnosed or upgraded to the latest firmware
status. The firmware can also be upgraded over the network.
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM is available with 4 or 8 ports. They
are equipped with the following types of ports depending on the
variant:
Twisted Pair interface (RJ45); 10/100BaseTX :
RJ45 socket, automatic data rate detection (10 or 100 Mbit/s)
as well as automatic cross-over of the send/receive cables for
connecting FC cables in the field to IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 of up
to 100 m in length or TP Cords (max. length 10 m, in combina-
tion with IE FC Outlet RJ45s and IE FC cables up to 100 m)
Twisted Pair interface (Sub D); 10/100BaseTX:
9-pole Sub D socket, automatic data rate detection (10 or
100 Mbit/s) as well as automatic cross-over of the send/
receive circuits for connecting ITP cables (max. length 100 m)
with Sub D connectors
Glass FOC: Multimode (MM);100BaseFX BFOC:
2 BFOC sockets per port, 100 Mbit/s data transmission rate,
for connecting multimode fiber-optic cables in environments
subjected to strong electro-magnetic fields and for distances
of up to 3000 m between two Industrial Ethernet OSMs
Glass FOC: Singlemode (SM);100BaseFX BFOC:
2 BFOC sockets per port, 100 Mbit/s data transmission rate,
for connecting singlemode fiber-optic cables in environments
subjected to strong electro-magnetic fields and for distances
of up to 26 km between two Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62-LD
modules.
Function
Enhancing network performance
By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains local;
only data to stations of another subnetwork is forwarded by the
OSM/ESM.
Simple network configuration and network expansion.
The overall extension of the network can be up to 150 km with
OSM or up to 5 km with ESM. The OSM/ESM saves the data
received at the ports and forwards it independently to the desti-
nation address. Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not
restrict the expansion of the network beyond the switch port.
Limiting error propagation to the subnetwork concerned
The OSM/ESM only passes on valid data.
Integration of existing subnetworks at 10 Mbit/s in fast
Ethernet networks at 100 Mbit/s
The OSM/ESM automatically detects the data transmission rate
at Twisted Pair ports (10 or 100 Mbit/s) as well as full-duplex or
half-duplex mode.
Fast redundancy in the ring (reconfiguration time of the ring
is max. 0.3 seconds)
The availability of the communication can be enhanced by
closing an optical line with an OSM or an electrical line with an
ESM to form a ring. OSM/ESM have an integral redundancy
manager that continuously monitors the function of the network.
It recognizes the failure of a transmission link in the ring or of
a OSM/ESM and activates the standby link within no more than
0.3 seconds.
Fast standby redundancy
Several redundant rings can be reliably interconnected over
the integrated standby function (in the case of OSM/ESM with
8 ports). For this purpose, two OSM or ESM modules belonging
to one ring that are connected over a standby link are connected
to the other ring over two separate connection paths.
Digital inputs
Simple integration of digital signals in SNMP-based network
management.
Autocrossover function on RJ45 ports
On RJ45 ports, if required, Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM TP
modules automatically cross over the send and receive circuits
to the connected partner device. This means that twisted TP XP
Cords are not necessary. The Autocrossover function requires
that Autonegotiation is activated.
2/126
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Industrial Ethernet OSM product variants
Industrial Ethernet ESM product variants
Module type Typical
applica-
tions
Type and number of ports Redun-
dancy
Service Safety
Twisted Pair
(Sub D9)
Autosensing
10/100 Mbit/s
Twisted Pair
(RJ45)
Autosensing
10/100 Mbit/s
Multimode
fiber-optic
cable
(BFOC)
100 Mbit/s
Single-
mode fiber-
optic cable
(BFOC)
100 Mbit/s
2

x

2
4

V

D
C
R
i
n
g
S
t
a
n
d
b
y
L
E
D

o
n

s
w
i
t
c
h
S
i
g
n
a
l
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
a
c
t
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

i
n
p
u
t
s
W
e
b
-
b
a
s
e
d

m
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

&

S
N
M
P
R
M
O
N
E
-
m
a
i
l
C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

S
a
v
e

&

L
o
a
d
F
i
r
m
w
a
r
e

L
o
a
d
L
o
g

T
a
b
l
e

S
a
v
e
M
i
r
r
o
r

p
o
r
t
M
A
C

f
i
l
t
e
r
A
c
c
e
s
s

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
OSM TP22 2 2 4
OSM TP62
Control
Level
6 2 8
OSM ITP62 6 2 8
OSM ITP53 5 3 8
OSM ITP62-LD 6 2 8
OSM BC08 8 8
Module type Typical
applications
Type and number of ports Redun-
dancy
Service Safety
Twisted Pair
(Sub D9)
Autosensing
10/100 Mbit/s
Twisted Pair
(RJ45)
Autosensing
10/100 Mbit/s
2

x

2
4

V

D
C
R
i
n
g
S
t
a
n
d
b
y
L
E
D

o
n

s
w
i
t
c
h
S
i
g
n
a
l
i
n
g

c
o
n
t
a
c
t
D
i
g
i
t
a
l

i
n
p
u
t
s
W
e
b
-
b
a
s
e
d

m
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t

&

S
N
M
P
R
M
O
N
E
-
m
a
i
l
C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n

S
a
v
e

&

L
o
a
d
F
i
r
m
w
a
r
e

L
o
a
d
L
o
g

T
a
b
l
e

S
a
v
e
M
i
r
r
o
r

p
o
r
t
M
A
C

f
i
l
t
e
r
A
c
c
e
s
s

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
ESM TP40
Control Level
4 4
ESM TP80 8 8
ESM ITP80 8 8
2/127
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Example of device connection with ESM
The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of
the plant with OSM/ESM modules.
The following network structures and combinations of structures
can be implemented:
Optical line and star topology with OSM, SCALANCE X204-2
or SCALANCE X414-3E and optical-fiber media module
100 Mbit/s:
The cascade depth and network extension are only limited by
the signal propagation delay; the overall extension can be up
to 150 km.
Electrical line and star topologies with ESM, SCALANCE X208
or SCALANCE X414-3E:
The cascading depth and network extension are only limited
by the signal propagation time, the overall network extension
can be up to 5 km.
Structuring of existing networks by connecting individual
subnetworks to OSM/ESM
Optical 100 Mbit/s rings with high-speed media redundancy
(up to 50 Industrial Ethernet OSM, SCALANCE X204-2 or
SCALANCE X414-3E per ring; reconfiguration time is max.
0.3 seconds)
Electrical 100 Mbit/s rings with high-speed media redundancy
(up to 50 ESM, SCALANCE X208 or SCALANCE X414-3E per
ring; reconfiguration time is max. 0.3 seconds)
Hierarchic redundant rings:
Individual redundant rings (10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s) are
connected over two OSM or ESM modules to a higher-level
100 Mbit/s ring. High-speed media redundancy can be
achieved for the individual rings and for their redundant
coupling.
Maximum FOC length between two modules:
3000 m for multimode FOCs
Maximum length of the fiber-optic cable between two
Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62-LD modules:
26 km for singlemode FOCs
Maximum length of TP-Cord: 10 m; together with Outlets RJ45
and FC cables up to 100 m
Maximum length of the ITP cable with Sub-D connectors
between 2 modules or to the station: 100 m.
Maximum length of the IE FC cable 2 x 2 with an IE FC RJ45
Plug 180 between two modules or to the station:
100 m
Network configuration rules such as "Propagation time equiva-
lence" and "Variability value" end at the port of the switch and
have no influence on the cascading of switches.
Max. cable length:
D=A+C 10 m A+B+C 100 m
ESM
ESM TP80
Cabinet
S7-300 with CP 343-1
S7-400 with
CP 443-1/
CP 443-1 Advanced
S7-400 with
CP 443-1/
CP 443-1 Advanced
S7-300 with
CP 343-1/
CP 343-1 Advanced
A, C, D = IE TP Cord 2x2
B = IE FC Standard Cable
PC with
CP 1613
IE TP Cord
RJ45/RJ45
max. 90m
IE FC RJ45
Plug 180
C
C
D
B
A
Patch panel with IE FC Outlet RJ45
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
1
4
IE FC RJ45
Plug 180
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
IE FC Standard Cable
max. 100 m
2/128
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Optical and electrical ring, redundantly coupled
The following settings can be made on the OSM/ESM module:
Redundancy manager RM
When setting up a ring, a module in the ring is switched into
RM mode.
The non-ring ports of the RM can be used for the connection
of data terminals and networks.
Standby function (for OSM/ESM with 8 ports)
In the case of a redundantly coupled ring, a module in the ring
that is linked to the neighboring module over a standby link is
switched to standby mode by means of a switch.
Signal mask;
the signal mask is set to the current status of the module
(setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask defines
which ports and which voltage feeders are to be monitored.
The signal contact only reports an error, if a monitored port or
a monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/actual status).
OSM/ESM features the following diagnostic functions:
The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- RM mode
- standby mode (for OSM/ESM with 8 ports)
- signal contact status
- status of the two voltage feeders
- port status
- port mode (10/100 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
- signal mask (setpoint status)
- status of the digital inputs
The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means
of floating relay contacts. This enables the module to be
monitored via an input module from a controller.
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM can also be monitored by means
of network management. The following interfaces are provided
for this:
Locally on the module;
over the serial interface and PC with terminal emulation per
command line (CLI Command Line Interface)
Remote via browser (Web-based management):
Selection of OSM/ESM modules over the network from a PC
with browser
Remotely over SNMP;
integration of OSM/ESM over the network to a Network
Management Station
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
3
2
Standby connection
Firm network
Industrial
Ethernet
PC PC
S7-300
S7-400
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
PG
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
Switch SCALANCE
X208
Switch SCALANCE
X414-3E
Operator Station Engineering Station Server
S7-400
S7-300
S7-300
2/129
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Network management
Network management offers the following functions:
Password-protected dialup for "Administrator"
(read and write authorization) and "User" (read only)
Reading of version and status information
Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
Permanent parameterization of the ports and filter tables
(filter tables only for OSM/ESM with 8 ports)
Output of statistical information
Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
network by a TFTP server
Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
TFTP server
If faults occur in the network, the OSM/ESM can send error mes-
sages (traps) to a network management system or also e-mails
to a predefined network administrator.
Remote Monitoring (RMON) offers the following functions for
OSM/ESM modules with 8 ports:
The OSM/ESM can collect statistical data in accordance with
RMON Standards 1 to 3. These include, for example, fault statis-
tics that are kept for each port.
This information can be read out from the OSM/ESM through
Web-based management in the statistics sub-area.
Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s
Interface variants For variants, see table of device
connections
Connection of data terminals or
subnetworks (10/100 Mbit/s)
RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s Autocrossover)
or 9-pole Sub-D socket
Connection for power supply and
signaling contact
1 x 6-pole plug-in terminal block
Connection for digital input signals
and auxiliary power
1 x 6-pole pluggable terminal
block for OSM TP22/ESM TP40)
or 2 x 6-pole pluggable terminal
block
Input voltage:
- rated value 24 V DC
- for status "1": +13 ... +30 V
- for status "0": -30 ... +3 V
- max. input current: 8 mA
Power supply 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V DC)
Current consumption
(at rated voltage)
1000 mA
Cable length between 2 OSM
ITP62/OSM TP62
0 to 3 km with 50/125 m or
62.5/125 m glass fiber;
1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz*km
Cable length between 2 OSM
ITP62-LD
0 to 26 km with 10/125 m or
9/125 m glass fiber;
0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm;
Cable length with RJ45 connection
method
0 to 100 m with FC RJ45 Plug 180
and FC cables
0 to 10 m with TP Cord
0 to 100 m with
structured cabling
(e.g. with Industrial Ethernet
FC Outlet RJ45)
Cable length with Sub D
connection method
0 to 100 m
Cascading depth
Line/star topology Any (dependant on signal
propagation time only)
Redundant ring 50 (for reconfiguration time
< 0.3 s)
Operating temperature 0 C ... +60 C
(OSM ITP62-LD: 0 C ... +55 C)
Storage/transport temperature -20 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity max. 95 % at +25 C
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 217 x 156.5 x 69
Weight approx. 1,400 g
Mounting Standard rail, fixed mounting
for 19" rack (in pairs)
Approvals
UL 1950
CSA CSA C22.2 No. 950
FM Class 1, Division 2,
Group A, B, C, D
CE Use in industrial environments
Marine approvals Germanische Lloyd (GL)
Llyods Register of Shipping (LRS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK)
2/130
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62 6GK1 105-2AA10
Optical Switch Module with 2 fiber-
optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 ITP ports
10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs;
redundant 24 V DC infeed and
signaling contact; with network
management
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP62 6GK1 105-2AB10
optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 RJ45 ports
management
Industrial Ethernet OSM
ITP62-LD
6GK1 105-2AC10
optic ports 100 Mbit/s long distance
(single mode FOC up to 26 km), 6
ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital
inputs; redundant 24 V DC infeed
and signaling contact;
with network management
Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP53 6GK1 105-2AD10
optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 5 ITP ports
management
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP22 6GK1 105-2AE00
optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 2 RJ45 ports
redundant 24 V DC infeed and sig-
naling contact; with network man-
agement
Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08 6GK1 105-4AA00
Optical Switch Module with
8 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s
and 8 digital inputs; redundant
24 V DC infeed and signaling
contact; with network manage-
ment
Industrial Ethernet ESM ITP80 6GK1 105-3AA10
Optical Switch Module with 8 ITP
ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital
and signaling contact;
with network management
Industrial Ethernet ESM TP80 6GK1 105-3AB10
Optical Switch Module with 8 RJ45
and signaling contact; with network
management
Industrial Ethernet ESM TP40 6GK1 105-3AC00
Optical Switch Module with 4 RJ45
and signaling contact; with network
management
prices from 10 and 50 units
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Manual for TP and
Paper version;
ITP installation cable with
two 9-pole Sub-D connectors
for synchronizing two ESMs
over the standby port for redun-
dant coupling of subnetworks
2 m 6XV1 850-0CH20
5 m 6XV1 850-0CH50
8 m 6XV1 850-0CH80
12 m 6XV1 850-0CN12
15 m 6XV1 850-0CN15
20 m 6XV1 850-0CN20
30 m 6XV1 850-0CN30
40 m 6XV1 850-0CN40
Active Network Components Industrial Ethernet media converters
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged media converter
2/131
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet media converters of the
SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for converting
various transmission media in Industrial Ethernet networks
operating at 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star and ring topology
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cubicle mounting
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional
housing
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the
SET button
Connection of existing 10 Mbit/s fiber optic networks
Connection of existing 10Base5 networks (e.g. SINEC H1)
Benefits
Ideal solution for converting various transmission media in
Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
tor IE FC RJ45 Plug and additional strain relief by latching the
connector to the housing
Integration of existing 10Base FL and/or 10Base5 networks
Cost savings, since installation is possible without a patch
field by means of IE FC RJ45 Plug and IE FC Standard Cable
Simple and fast diagnostics via LED on device and signaling
contact
Application
The unmanaged media converters of the SCALANCE X-100
product line permit low-cost conversion of various transmission
media within Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies.
They are designed for installation in the control cabinet.
Single, remote terminal units on network segments can be linked
via the optical path of the SCALANCE X-100 media converters.
Integration of an optical path into a redundant ring is also possi-
ble, as well as installation of the SCALANCE X-100 media con-
verters into a standby link.
Product versions
SCALANCE X101-1 and SCALANCE X101-1LD,
SCALANCE X101-1POF, SCALANCE X101-1FL and
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
For converting electrical signals into optical signals in
Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
The Industrial Ethernet media converters SCALANCE X101-1
and SCALANCE X101-1LD have an
- electrical 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port
SCALANCE X101-1
- a 100 Mbit/s multimode interface with BFOC connections
SCALANCE X101-1LD
- a 100 Mbit/s single mode interface with BFOC connections
SCALANCE X101-1POF
- a 100 Mbit/s plastic optical fiber interface with SC-RJ
connections
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
- a 10 Mbit/s AUI interface with Sub-D connections
SCALANCE X101-1FL
- a 10 Mbit/s multimode interface with BFOC connections
Redundant power supply with 2 x 24 V DC
Device diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication) and signaling
contact (signaling mask can be set on site using buttons)
The electric RJ45 socket is industry-standard and features
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
2/132
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet media converters with a rug-
ged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail
and an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions
is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that correspond
to those of the S7-300, the devices are ideally suited for integra-
tion into an automation solution using S7-300 components.
The SCALANCE X-100 media converters feature:
a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power
supply (2 x 24 V DC)
a row of LEDs for displaying status information (power, link sta-
tus, data communication, signaling contact)
a 2-pole terminal block for connecting the floating signaling
contact
a SET button for local configuration of the signaling contact
and of cascading mode
The following port types are available:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connector:
RJ45 connector, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plugs over distances
up to 100 m
100BaseFX, BFOC connections with glass fiber optic cable:
glass fiber optic cables up to 3000 m or 26000 m for configur-
ing line, star or ring topologies.
100BaseFX, SC RJ connections with plastic fiber optic cable:
SC RJ sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
plastic fiber optic cables up to 50 m for configuring line, star
or ring topologies.
10BaseFL, BFOC connections with glass fiber optic cable:
glass fiber optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line, star
or ring topologies.
AUI, 15-pin Sub-D connector:
15-pin Sub-D socket for connecting an Industrial Ethernet AUI
cable (connecting cable 727-1/drop cable) to 50 m.
Function
Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star
or ring topologies
over function integrated in the TP ports
Easy configuration and extension of the network;
no limits to network extension when switches or media con-
verters of the SCALANCE X-100 family are cascaded.
Integration of existing 10Base FL and/or 10Base5 networks
Function overview of Industrial Ethernet media converters
The SCALANCE X-100 media converters are typically accom-
modated in one control cabinet together with the nodes to be
connected. They can be installed in line, star and ring topolo-
gies.
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X media
converters:
Length of the optical cables:
- max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet multimode fiber-optic
cables.
- max. 26000 m with Industrial Ethernet singlemode fiber-optic
cables.
- max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF fiber optic cables.
Length of the AUI cable:
- max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet connecting cable 727-1
(AUI drop cable)
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

h
o
u
s
i
n
g
Type and number of ports Features
L
E
D

d
i
a
g
n
o
s
i
s
S
I
M
A
T
I
C

e
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
2

x

2
4

V

D
C
S
i
g
n
a
l

c
o
n
t
a
c
t
R
i
n
g

r
e
d
u
n
d
a
n
c
y
w
i
t
h
o
u
t

R
M
L
o
c
a
l

d
i
s
p
l
a
y
(
S
E
T

b
u
t
t
o
n
)
Module type Multimode
BFOC
Singlemode
BFOC
Multimode
BFOC
SCALANCE X101-1
SCALANCE X101-1LD
OMC TP11
OMC TP11LD
SCALANCE X101-1POF
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
SCALANCE X101-1FL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
3
7
Fast Ethernet
10 / 100 Mbit/s
Twisted Pair Fiber Optic
RJ45
100 Mbit/s
POF / PCF AUI
10 Mbit/s
2/133
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Optical star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point
Electrical and optical linear topology with SCALANCE X101-1
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
G_IK10_XX_10056
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
Field PG with
CP 7515
Access Point
SCALANCE
W-788-1PRO
S7-300 with CP 343-1
SCALANCE X-400
ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S
SCALANCE
X206-1
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
Switching cabinet
S7-200 with
CP 243-1
S7-400 with CP 443-1
Advanced
electrical network
optical network
S7-300 with CP 343-1
1
0
/
1
0
0

M
b
i
t
/
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t

F
C

C
a
b
l
e

2
x
2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
IE/PB Link
IE FC
RJ45
Plug
ET 200X
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
5
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
SCALANCE
X101-1
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
IE/PB Link
2/134
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Mixed ring topology with twisted-pair and fiber optic cables
Mixed ring topology with fiber optic and twisted-pair cables
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
4
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
PC
S7-400
PC
S7-400
S7-400
S7-300
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
4
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
S7-300
IPC
IPC
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X204IRT
PC
S7-400
PC
Switch
SCALANCE X-400
S7-400
PC
S7-400
PC
SCALANCE X
204-2
S7-300
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
2
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X101-1LD
2/135
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Optical redundant connection of two optical rings with SCALANCE X101-1 or SCALANCE X101-1LD
Operator Station
S7-300 S7-300
SCALANCE
X204-2
Operator Stations
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
7
S7-300
Stand-by master
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT as
redundancy
manager
S7-300
IPC
S7-300
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
HMI
Stand-by slave
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
SCALANCE X-400
PC
100
Mbit/s
100
Mbit/s
2/136
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Network structure with plastic fiber optic cabling
Connection of a 10BaseFL segment to Industrial Ethermet (10/100 Mbit/s) with SCALANCE X101-1FL
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
6
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 243-1
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1POF
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2P IRT
IE Standard Cable
HMI
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
POF-FO cable
Switch
SCALANCE
X200-4P IRT
ET 200pro
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
POF-FO cable
POF-
LWL
POF-FO cable
PROFINET
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
5
Industrial Ethernet
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1FL
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
Fiber Optic
IE Standard Cable
PC with
CP 1413
HMI
Industrial
Ethernet
OLM
SIMATIC S5
with CP 1430
PC with
CP 1413
HMI
Industrial
Ethernet
OLM
SIMATIC S5
with CP 1430
PC with
CP 1413
HMI
Industrial
Ethernet
OLM
SIMATIC S5
with CP 1430
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1
2/137
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Connection of a 10Base5 segment (e.g. SINEC H1) to
Industrial Ethermet (10/100 Mbit/s) with SCALANCE X101-1FL
Diagnostics data
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
The Industrial Ethernet media converters of the SCALANCE
X-100 product line can also be monitored using the floating
signaling contact. Two media converters of the same type can
be connected in cascading mode.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
4
Industrial
Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-200
with CP 243-1
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1AUI
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
Bus coupler
incl. Medium
Attachment
Unit
Connecting cable
727-1
(AUI Dropcable)
IE Standard Cable
10Base5-Segment
2/138
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Type SCALANCE X101-1 SCALANCE X101-1LD
Transmission rates 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
2 x BFOC sockets (multimode) 1 x BFOC socket (single mode)
Connector for signaling contact 1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 2-pole terminal block
Supply voltage 24 V DC 18 32 V 24 V DC 18 32 V
Power loss at 24 V DC 3 W 3 W
Cable length
0 ... 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
0 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
0 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC Outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
or
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC Outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 3.000 m Cable length with multimode glass-fiber cable
with 50/125 mm or 62.5/125 mm
at 600 MHz.km
with 1.0 dB/km
at 1300 nm
-
0 26,000 m - Cable length with single mode glass-fiber cable
with 10/125 mm
with 0.5 dB/km
at 1300 nm
Storage and transport temperature -40 C +80 C -40 C +80 C
Relative humidity 95% 95%
Construction
Weight 0.55 kg 0.55 kg
Assembly Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting
IP degree of protection IP30 IP30
Approvals
Interference immunity EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
FM FM 3611 FM 3611
CuL listing UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
2/139
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Type SCALANCE X101-1POF SCALANCE X101-1FL SCALANCE X101-1AUI
Transfer rates 10/100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP);
1x 15-pin Sub D socket
for connecting to cable 727-1
(AUI drop cable)
optical
1 x SC-RJ POF 1 x BFOC multimode
Electrical interfaces for
power supply
1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block 1 x 4-pole terminal block
Electrical interfaces for
signaling contact
1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 2-pole terminal block 1 x 2-pole terminal block
Supply voltage 24 V, 18 32 V 24 V, 18 32 V 24 V, 18 32 V
Input current 0.12 A 0.12 A 0.16 A
Power loss at 24 V with DC 3.0 W 3.0 W 3.0 W
Cable length
0 ... 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 ... 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
IE FC Outlet RJ45 + 10 m TP Cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 3.000 m Cable length with multimode glass
fiber cable with 50/125 mm
or 62.5/125 mm
at 600 MHz.km
with 1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm or
with 3 db/km at 850 nm (X101-1FL)
0 26,000 m
0 ... 50 Cable length in the case of
plastic optical fiber
with 980/1000 m POF
with 230 dB/km at 660 nm
Cable length in the case of
connecting cable 727-1
(AUI drop cable)
Ambient temperature
During operation -10 ... +60 C -10 ... +60 C -10 ... +60 C
During storage/During transport -40 ... +80 C -40 ... +80 C -40 ... +80 C
Maximum relative humidity at 25C
during operation
95% 95% 95%
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 124 40 x 125 x 124 40 x 125 x 124
Net weight 0.55 kg 0.55 kg 0,55 kg
Type of mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting
wall mounting
wall mounting
IP degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30
Approvals
Radio interference level EN 61000-6-2 Class A EN 61000-6-2 Class A EN 61000-6-2 Class A
Interference immunity EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611
CuL listing UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950
C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021
CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
2/140
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
media converter
Industrial Ethernet media
converters, LED diagnostics,
fault signaling contact with
SET key, redundant power supply,
PROFINET-compatible securing
collars
SCALANCE X101-1
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port
1 x 100 Mbit/s multimode BFOC
6GK5 101-1BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1LD
1 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode
BFOC
6GK5 101-1BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1POF
1 x 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ
6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
1 x 10 Mbit/s AUI segment port
6GK5 101-1BX00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1FL
1 x 10 Mbit/s multimode BFOC
6GK5 101-1BY00-2AA3
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for con-
necting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables;
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
180 cable outlet;
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
networks
Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 and TP11-LD
2/141
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 and OMC TP11-LD optical me-
dia converters convert the electrical Twisted Pair interface into
an optical interface and therefore enable the targeted use of
fiber optic-cables
Optical connection of OMC TP11 media converters to other
OMC TP11s or to OSM TPs through the fiber-optic port (BFOC
sockets) with multimode glass FOCs up to 3 km in length at a
transmission rate of 100 Mbit/s
Monomode variant OMC TP11-LD supports monomode fiber-
optic cables of up to 26 km in length to other OMC TP11-LD
converters
Electrical connection of data terminals capable of 100 Mbit/s
to the RJ45 port of OMC TP11 or OMC TP11-LD using TP
Cords up to 6 m in length
Can be combined with OSM/ESM in a redundant ring or in
standby configurations
Integration of the media converters in the plant monitoring
system using the signaling contact
Benefits
Media redundancy of OSM/ESM is maintained through inter-
connection of OMC.
High availability through redundant power supply.
Simple monitoring and diagnostics through signal contact.
Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection equip-
ment is not required due to use of fiber-optic cables
Application
The optical media converters OMC TP11 and OMC TP11-LD
for Industrial Ethernet enable selective use of FOC in Industrial
Ethernet networks.
100 Mbit/s full duplex twisted pair interfaces of terminals or net-
work components are converted to FOC interfaces with OMC.
This allows implementation of the following applications:
Connection of an individual remote terminal or a remote sub-
network through FOC to an Industrial Ethernet network. Maxi-
mum FOC lengths are as follows:
- with multimode FOC and OMC TP11 3 km or
- with OMC TP11-LD and monomode FOC 26 km.
Integration of an FOC line in a redundant ring with ESM
through the interconnection of two OMCs and FOC
Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection
measures are not necessary when using OMC and FOC.
The OMCs forward fail-state characteristics that they recognize
at one port to other ports. For this reason they can be integrated
in redundant rings or between rings on redundant connection
routes (connection of OMC to the coupling or ring port of an
OSM TP/ESM).
The reliability performance of the media converters can be
monitored through the signal contact.
Design
The Industrial Ethernet OMCs TP11 and TP11-LD are equipped
with an industry-standard metal housing. It is suitable for the
following types of assembly:
DIN standard mounting rail
Wall mounting
OMC has a 6-pin terminal block for connecting the supply volt-
age (redundant 24 V DC incoming supply) and the isolated
signal contact. The signal contact can be monitored through an
input module by a controller.
LEDs display the following information:
Signal contact status
State of both 24 V incoming feeders L1 and L2
Link state/data port 1 and port 2
The Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 has the following interfaces:
100BaseTX:
RJ45 socket, 100 Mbit/s data rate, for the connection of
TP Cords or TP XP Cords of up to 6 m in length.
100BaseFX BFOC:
2 BFOC sockets, transmission speed 100 Mbit/s, for con-
nection of multimode FOCs up to 3000 m in length per line
segment or for connection of monomode FOCs up to 26 km
in length per line segment with OMC TP11-LD.
Function
Conversion of twisted pair signals (100 Mbit/s) to optical
signals (100 Mbit/s) and vice versa.
Signaling of operating parameters for 100 Mbit/s full duplex
operation to twisted pair interface during link setup.
Electrical connection of OMC to network components
(e.g. OSM/ESM) through crossed twisted pair patch cable
(TP XP Cord; max. 6 m)
Electrical connection of OMC to data terminals (e.g. S7-400
with CP 443-1) through uncrossed twisted pair patch cable
(TP Cord; max. 6 m).
2/142
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Integration
Configuration example for OMC
ESM
ESM ESM
ESM
ESM
ESM ESM
ESM
OSM OSM
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
O
M
C
O
M
C
ESM
O
M
C
ESM
Remote
subnet
100 Mbit/s
max. 6 m
TP XP cord
10/100
Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
fiber optic
max. 3 km/26 km
ESM
O
M
C
Remote
node
Fiber optic connection in the redundant ring with ESM
S7-400
S7-400 S7-300
OSM OSM
PC
TP XP cord
max. 6 m
O
M
C
O
M
C
ESM
100 Mbit/s
max. 6 m TP cord
TP62
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
2
3
2/143
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Data transmission rate 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Electrical connection of
data terminals or network
components
RJ45 socket (100 Mbit/s;
100BaseTX) for connection of
TP Cords or TP XP Cords
up to 6 m in length
Optical connection to additional
OMC or OSM TP
2 BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s; 100BaseFX)
for multimode (OMC TP11) or
for monomode (OMC TP11-LD)
signaling contact
1 x 6-pole plug-in terminal block,
can be screwed
Power supply 2 x DC 24 V (18 V to 32 V)
Current input at rated voltage 250 mA
TP cable length 0 to 6 m with TP Cord
Optical-fiber cable length
between two OMC TP11s or
between an OSM and OMC TP11
0 to 3 km
(62.5/125 m glass fiber;
1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz*km)
Optical-fiber cable length
between two OMC TP11-LDs or
between an OSM ITP62-LD and
OMC TP11-LD
0 to 26 km
(10/125 m or
9/125 m glass fiber;
0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm)
Operating temperature 0 C to +60 C
Transport/storage temperature -25 C to +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95 %
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 54 x 136.5 x 69
Weight 350 g
Mounting Standard rail, fixed installation
Approvals
UL 1950
CSA CSA C22.2 No. 950
FM Class 1, Division 2,
Group A, B, C, D
CE Use in industrial environments
OMC TP11 for
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 100-2AB00
Optical Media Converter RJ45 on
(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s up to
3 km; redundant 24 V DC incom-
ing supply and signal contact;
OMC TP11-LD for
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 100-2AC00
Optical Media Converter RJ45 on
monomode fiber-optic cable
(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s up to
26 km; redundant 24 V DC incom-
ing supply and signal contact;
Terminal connection
TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP connecting cable
with 2 RJ45 connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2GE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2GH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2GH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2GH60
TP Cord RJ45/15
TP cord
with one 15-pin Sub-D connector
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2LE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2LH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2LH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2LH60
Network component
connection
TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Twisted TP cable
with 2 RJ45 connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2HE50
1 m 6XV1 850-2HH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2HH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2HH60
TP XP Cord 9/RJ45
Twisted TP cord
with one 9-pin Sub-D connector
0.5 m 6XV1 850-2ME50
1 m 6XV1 850-2MH10
2 m 6XV1 850-2MH20
6 m 6XV1 850-2MH60
Industrial Security
Overview
2/144
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Secure communication with SCALANCE S
Modern automation technology is based on communication and
the trend toward increased networking of individual manufactur-
ing islands. It is becoming more and more important to integrate
all the manufacturing components into a uniform network that
merges with the office network and the corporate Intranet.
There is also a requirement for remote access for servicing, the
increasing use of IT mechanisms such as Web servers and
e-mail with programmable controllers as well as the use of wire-
less LANs. In this manner, industrial communication interacts
more and more with the IT environment and is now subjected
to the same dangers that are well-known from the office and IT
environment, such as hackers, viruses, worms and Trojans.
The current security concepts are tailored to the office world and
require constant administration and specialist knowledge. They
are not usually conversant with the special protocol landscape
of industrial communication and are not designed to withstand
the harsh environmental conditions.
With its security concept, Siemens offers a safety solution spe-
cially designed for industrial automation engineering that satis-
fies the specific requirements of this application environment.
Advantages of industrial security concept:
Protection from espionage and data manipulation
Protection against overloading of the communication system
Protection against mutual interference
Protection against addressing mistakes
User-friendly and simple configuration and administration
without specialist knowledge of IT security
No changes or modification of the existing network structure
are necessary
No changes or modification of the existing applications or
network stations are necessary
Rugged, industry-compatible design
SCALANCE S security modules offer a scaleable security
functionality:
Firewall for protecting the programmable controllers from
unauthorized access regardless of the size of the network to
be protected.
Supplementary or alternative VPN (Virtual Private Network)
for reliable authentication of the communication partners and
encryption of the transmitted data
SOFTNET Security Client for secure access of PCs/notebooks to
programmable controllers protected by SCALANCE S.
Industrial Ethernet
Automation network
Panel
PC
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Production service computer
with SOFTNET Security
Client software
Office level MES level
Security
Module
SCALANCE S
PC with
SOFTNET
Security
Client
software
Server
Host computer with
SOFTNET Security Client software
Firewall
Server
PC
PC
Switch
SCALANCE X-400
Industrial Ethernet
Robot cells
Security Module
SCALANCE S
PROFINET PROFINET
WAN
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
1
0
S
e
c
u
r
e

a
c
c
e
s
s

(
V
P
N

t
u
n
n
e
l
)
Control & Monitoring
Automation cell
Robot cell
Industrial Security
SCALANCE S
2/145
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Security modules for the protection of automation networks
and security during data exchange between automation sys-
tems.
Communication is only possible between authenticated and
authorized devices
- protection against operator mistakes
- prevention of unauthorized access
- prevention of faults and communications overload
Easier handling thanks to minimal configuration and no
special knowledge of IT security is required
No modification or adaptation of the existing network
structure, applications or stations is required
Safeguarding of communication is independent of the
protocol (e.g. PROFINET or other Ethernet-based fieldbus
solutions)
configuration data (not included in the scope of supply)
SCALANCE S602
Basic version with firewall functionality
In addition to bridge mode, can also be operated in router
mode and can therefore also be used directly at IP subnet
limits
Address translation
- NAT (Network Address Translation) permits the use of private
IP addresses in the internal network in that public IP
addresses are converted to private ones
- NAPT (Network Address and Port Translation) permits the
use of private IP addresses in the internal network in that
frames are converted to private IP addresses depending on
the communications port used
Internal network nodes can receive their IP addresses from
the integral DHCP server
Log files can also be evaluated by the Syslog server
Simple and fast configuration of the firewall through global
firewall rules and symbolic names for IP addresses
SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613
Encryption of data transmission
- protection against espionage
- protection against unauthorized manipulation
Benefits
Access protection can be implemented for any devices in
Ethernet networks
Problem-free integration into existing networks since it is un-
necessary to reconfigure any end stations or introduce new
IP subnets
High flexibility through optional operation as bridge or with
router function
Use of private IP addresses possible in the internal network
through NAT (Network Address Translation) or NAPT (Network
Address and Port Translation) functionality;
public IP addresses can therefore be saved, and automation
cells can be designed identically with the same private IP
addresses.
Automatic reading out of log files using Syslog server
Simple and fast startup;
firewall rules which are to apply to several SCALANCE S
devices can be combined in global firewall rules.
Assignment of symbolic names to IP addresses simplifies the
configuration and readability of the firewall rules
Rugged, industry-compatible design tailored to the require-
ments in an industrial environment
Device replacement without programming devices, as all
information is stored on the replaceable C-PLUG (even file
system for IT functions).
Application
The security modules of the SCALANCE S range can be used to
protect all devices of an Ethernet network against unauthorized
access. In addition, SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613
also protect the data transmission between devices or network
segments (e.g. automation cells) against data manipulation and
espionage. SCALANCE S is optimized for use in automation and
industrial environments, and meets the specific requirements of
automation systems, such as easy upgrades of existing sys-
tems, simple installation and minimal downtimes in the event of
a fault.
Note:
You can obtain support regarding the special features of WAN
connections and company firewalls/security infrastructures from
your local contact.
I&S Security Service
Customer Care Desk
Tel.: +49(0)9131-7-28811
E-mail: professionalsupport@siemens.com
Industrial Security
SCALANCE S
2/146
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
Security functions
VPN (Virtual Private Network)
(only for SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613);
for reliable authentication (identification) of the network stations,
for encrypting the data and checking data integrity.
Authentication;
All incoming data traffic is monitored and checked. As IP
addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the IP
address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition,
Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason
the authentication is performed by means of tried and tested
VPN mechanisms.
Data encryption;
Secure encryption is necessary in order to protect data com-
munication from espionage and unauthorized manipulation.
This means that the data traffic remains incomprehensible to
any eavesdropper in the network. The SCALANCE Security
Module establishes VPN tunnels to other Security Modules for
this purpose.
Firewall;
Can be used as an alternative or to supplement VPN with flexible
access control.
The firewall filters data packets and disables or enables commu-
nications links in accordance with the filter list (packet filter fire-
wall). Both incoming and outgoing communication can be fil-
tered, IP and MAC addresses, as well as communication
protocols (ports).
Logging;
access data are saved by the Security Module in a log file.
Detection of how, when and by whom it has been accessed
is as important as detecting access attempts, to ensure that
appropriate preventative measures can be taken.
Versions:
SCALANCE S602;
uses Stateful Inspection Firewall to protect network segments
against unauthorized access
SCALANCE S612;
against unauthorized access;
protects up to 32 devices using VPN tunnels (up to 64 VPN
tunnels simultaneously)
SCALANCE S613;
protects up to 64 devices using VPN tunnels, (up to 128 VPN
tunnels simultaneously)
extended temperature range from -20 C +70 C
Configuring
Configuring is simple to carry out even without special IT knowl-
edge. Only the Security Modules or SOFTNET Security Clients
that have to communicate with each other securely have to be
created and configured. All the configuration data can be saved
on the optional C-PLUG swap media (not included in scope of
supply) so that the Security Module can be replaced quickly in
the event of a fault and without the need of a programming de-
vice.
Industrial Security
SCALANCE S
2/147
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Configuration
Plant network protected by SCALANCE S
Secure communication with SCALANCE S
Industrial Ethernet
Plant PC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
P
l
a
n
t

c
e
l
l
s
Robot
Welding
controller
Bolt
controller
Programming
device
Screwdriver
Bolt PC
Adhesive bead
monitoring Laser PC
V
e
h
i
c
l
e

b
o
d
y

p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

n
e
t
w
o
r
k
SCALANCE X414-3E
with layer 3-functions
(IP routing)
SCALANCE X414-3E
F
a
c
t
o
r
y

n
e
t
w
o
r
k
Office environment Factory computer center
Printer Office PC ROBCAD
PC
Test
systems
Process
data
recording
Virus
protection
server
File
server
archive
Syslog
server
Print
server
DHCP
DNS
server
Plant PC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Robot
Welding
controller
Bolt
controller
Programming
device
Screwdriver
Bolt PC
Adhesive bead
monitoring Laser PC
SCALANCE X414-3E
with layer 3-functions
(IP routing)
G
_
I
K
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
4
3
Remote
access
SCALANCE S602 SCALANCE S602
Internal network Security Module
SCALANCE S
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Internal network
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
3
External
"insecure"
network
Industrial Security
SCALANCE S
2/148
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Interfaces
External network (red port) 1 x RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Internal network (green port) 1 x RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Connector for signaling contact 1 x 2-pole terminal block
Supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 28.8 V)
Current consumption 130 mA at 24 V
Power loss approx. 3 W
Operating temperature
- SCALANCE S602 and S612 0 C +60 C
- SCALANCE S613 -20 C +70 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95% (at 30 C)
Design
Weight approx. 0.7 kg
Assembly For snapping onto a standard
mounting rail
Screw-mounting onto S7-300
subrack and onto horizontal and
vertical surfaces
Performance data
Number of VPN connections that
can be operated simultaneously
SCALANCE S612 max. 64
Number of internal nodes with VPN
connections
Approvals
FM FM 3611
CuL listing UL 60950,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950
ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021
CE EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Industrial Security Modules
SCALANCE S
For protection of programmable
controllers and automation
networks, and for safeguarding
of industrial communication;
configuring tool and electronic
manual on CD-ROM
German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
SCALANCE S602
uses Stateful Inspection Firewall
to protect network segments
6GK5 602-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE S612
protects up to 32 devices,
up to 64 VPN tunnels
simultaneously
6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE S613
simultaneously;
enhanced temperature range
(-20 to +70 C)
6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
SOFTNET Security Client
Edition 2006
6GK1 704-1VW01-0AA0
Software for designing secure
IP-based VPN connections
from programming device/PC to
network segments which are
secured by SCALANCE S;
single license for 1 installation,
runtime software (German/English),
configuring tool (German/English)
and electronic manual
on CD-ROM (German/English/
French/Spanish/Italian)
for 32-bit Windows, XP Professional
+ SP1, 2, Windows 2000 Profes-
sional + SP3, 4
Swap medium for simple replace-
ment of devices in the event of a
fault; for storing configuration or
engineering and application data;
Industrial Security
2/149
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
SOFTNET Security Client is a component part of the industrial
security concept for protecting automation devices and for
security during data exchange between automation systems.
VPN client for programming devices, PCs and notebook
computers in the industrial environment;
secure VPN client access is supported through SCALANCE S
protected automation systems
Data transmission is protected against incorrect user opera-
tion, listening in, espionage and malignant intervention;
communication can only take place between authenticated
and authorized devices
Uses the IPSec mechanisms already tried and tested in the
office sector for setting up and operating VPNs.
Secure access to automation cells secured by SCALANCE S612/S613 with SOFTNET Security Client
Benefits
Secure access by programming devices or notebooks to
automation devices or complete automation cells
Simple use on mobile PCs when using the SOFTNET Security
Client, as no external device is required for securing the com-
munication
Consistent security concept for the automation system with
SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Security Client
Protecting data transmission against espionage and manipu-
lation by means of certified standards.
Simple operation, can be implemented without special IT
knowledge
Non-secure devices can be integrated into the secure data
traffic
Reaction-free;
no change to existing network infrastructures is required
Communication can be protected independent of the
IP-based application protocol used
Application
Security modules of the SCALANCE S family are provided
specially for use in automation, yet connect seamlessly with the
security structures of the office and IT world. They offer security
and meet the specific requirements of automation systems, such
as easy upgrades of existing systems, simple installation and
minimal downtimes in the event of a fault.
Depending on the respective security needs, various different
security measures can be combined with one another. The
SOFTNET Security Client allows programming devices, PCs and
notebook computers access to network nodes or automation
systems protected by SCALANCE S.
Note:
You can obtain support regarding the special features of WAN
connections and company firewalls/security infrastructures from
your local contact.
I&S Security Service
Customer Care Desk
Tel.: +49(0)9131-7-28811
E-mail: professionalsupport@siemens.com
Automation cell 1 Automation cell 2 Automation cell 3
PC/IPC with
Software
SOFTNET
Security Client
PC/PG/Notebook
with CP 7515
and Software
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
3
protected access (VPN tunnel)
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Industrial Ethernet
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Industrial Security
2/150
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
Authentication
Each incoming item of data traffic is monitored and checked.
As IP addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the IP
address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition,
Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason
the authentication is performed by means of tried and tested
VPN mechanisms.
Data encryption
To protect the data traffic against espionage and manipulation
secure encryption is necessary. This means that the data traffic
remains incomprehensible to any eavesdropper in the network.
To this end, SOFTNET Security Client sets up VPN tunnels based
on IPSec to other SCALANCE S security modules.
Performance data
System requirements:
Windows 2000 Professional (32 bit) + SP3, 4
Windows XP Professional (32 bit) + SP1, 2
Configuring
Using the associated configuration tool it is possible to handle
setup and administration of security rules even without special
IT knowledge. In the simplest case, only the SCALANCE S
modules or SOFTNET security clients that are to communicate
with one another are set up and configured. As soon as
SOFTNET Security Client knows which automation device is
to be accessed, a communication can be set up.
Edition 2006
6GK1 704-1VW01-0AA0
IP-based VPN connections
from programming device/PC to
runtime software
(German/English), configuring
tool (German/English) and
electronic manual on CD-ROM
(German/English/French/Ital-
ian/Spanish) for 32-bit Windows,
XP Professional + SP1, 2 Win-
dows 2000 Professional + SP3, 4
Industrial Security Modules
SCALANCE S
For protection of programmable
controllers and automation
networks, and for safeguarding
of industrial communication;
configuring tool and electronic
manual on CD-ROM
German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
SCALANCE S612
simultaneously
6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE S613
simultaneously;
enhanced temperature range
(-20 to +70 C)
6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
2/151
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The CPU with a medium program memory and quantity frame-
work
High processing performance in binary and floating-point
arithmetic
Used as a central controller on production lines with central
and distributed I/O
Integral PROFINET interface
Combined MPI / PROFIBUS DP-master/slave interface
Component Based Automation (CBA) on PROFINET
PROFInet proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
Component Based Automation (CBA)
PROFINET IO Controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.3 SP1 with hardware
update
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V
permissible range, upper limit
(DC)
28.8 V
Voltages and currents
external protection for supply
cables (recommendation)
min. 2 A
Current consumption
Inrush current, typ. 2.5 A
It 1 As
Current consumption
(in no-load operation), typ.
100 mA
Current consumption (rated value) 650 mA
Power loss, typ. 3.5 W
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated 256 KByte; for program and data,
less the display data
- expandable No
Load memory
- pluggable (MMC) Yes
- pluggable (MMC), max. 8 MByte
Backup
present Yes; guaranteed by MMC
(maintenance-free)
without battery Yes; Program and data
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max. 1,023; Number band: 1 to 1023
Size, max. 16 KByte
FB
Size, max. 16 KByte
FC
Size, max. 16 KByte
OB
Number, max., remark See Operation List
Size, max. 16 KByte
Nesting depth
per priority class 8
additional within an error OB 4
CPU/processing times
for bit operations, min. 0.1 s
for word operations, min. 0.2 s
for fixed point arithmetic, min. 2 s
for floating point arithmetic, min. 3 s
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
2/152
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Times/counters and their
remanence
S7 counter
Number 256
of which remanent without battery
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 255
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 255
Counting range
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
IEC counter
present Yes
Type SFB
S7 times
Number 256
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 255
- preset No retentivity
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms
- upper limit 9,990 s
IEC timer
present Yes
Type SFB
Data areas and their remanence
Flag
Number, max. 2,048 Byte
Remanence available Yes; MB 0 to MB 2047
Number of clock memories 8; 1 memory byte
Data blocks
Number, max. 1,023; from DB 1 to DB 1023
Size, max. 16 KByte
Remanence adjustable Yes; via non-retain property on DB
Remanence preset yes
Local data
per priority class, max. 1,024 Byte; per block max. 510
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 2 KByte
Outputs 2 KByte
of which, distributed
- Inputs 2 KByte
- Outputs 2 KByte
Process image
Inputs 128 Byte
Outputs 128 Byte
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Digital channels
Inputs 16,384
Outputs 16,384
Inputs, of which central 1,024; max.
Outputs, of which central 1,024; max.
Analog channels
Inputs 1,024
Outputs 1,024
Inputs, of which central 256; max.
Outputs, of which central 256; max.
Hardware config.
Central devices, max. 1
Expansion devices, max. 3
Racks, max. 4
Modules per rack, max. 8
Number of DP masters
integrated 1
via CP 4
Number of operable FMs and CPs
(recommended)
FM 8
CP, point-to-point 8
CP, LAN 10
Time
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
Battery backed and synchronized Yes
Deviation per day, max. 10 s
Operating hours counter
Number 1
Number/Number range 0
Range of values 2 to the power of 31 hours
(when using the SFC 101)
Granularity 1 hour
remanent Yes; must be restarted at each
warm restart
Clock synchronization
supports Yes
to MPI, Master Yes
to MPI, Slave Yes
in AS, Master Yes
in AS, Slave Yes
S7 message functions
Number of login stations for
message functions, max.
16; (depending on the configured
connections for PG-/OP and S7
basic communication)
Process diagnostic messages Yes
simultaneously active Alarm-S
blocks, max.
40
Test commissioning functions
Status/control
Status/control variable Yes
Variables Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,
times, counters
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
2/153
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Monitoring functions
Number of variables, max. 30
of which status variable, max. 30
of which control variable, max. 14
Forcing
Forcing Yes
Force, variables Inputs, outputs
Forcing, number of variables, max. 10
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
Number of breakpoints 2
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes
Number of entries, max. 100
adjustable No
Communication functions
PG/OP communication Yes
Routing Yes
Global data communication
supported Yes
Size of GD packets, max. 22 Byte
S7 basic communication
supported Yes
S7 communication
supported Yes
S5-compatible communication
supported Yes; via CP and loadable FC
Open IE communication
TCP/IP Yes; via integrated PROFINET
interface and loadable FBs
- Number of connections, max. 8
- Data length, max. 1,460 Byte
Number of connections
overall 16
usable for PG communication 15; max.
usable for OP communication 15
usable for S7 basic commu-
nication
14
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint
communication load)
Setpoint for the CPU communi-
cation load
50%
Number of remote interconnection
partners
32
Number of functions, master/slave 17
Total of all master/slave
connections
1,000
Data length of all incoming con-
nections master/slave, max.
4,000 Byte
Data length of all outgoing con-
4,000 Byte
Number of device-internal and
PROFIBUS interconnections
500
Data length of device-internal and
PROFIBUS interconnections, max.
4,000 Byte
Data length per connection, max. 1,400 Byte
Remote interconnections with
acyclic transmission
- Sampling frequency: sampling
interval, min.
500 ms
- Number of incoming inter-
connections
100
- Number of outgoing inter-
connections
100
- Data length of all incoming inter-
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
- Data length of all outgoing inter-
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
- Data length per connection,
max.
1,400 Byte
cyclic transmission
- Transmission frequency:
transmission interval, min.
10 ms
- Number of incoming inter-
connections
200
- Data length of all incoming
interconnections, max.
2,000 Byte
- Data length of all outgoing
2,000 Byte
max.
450 Byte
HMI variables via PROFINET
(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
- HMI variable updating 500 ms
- Number of HMI variables 200
- Data length of all HMI variables,
max.
2,000 Byte
PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- supported Yes
- Number of linked PROFIBUS
devices
16
max.
240 Byte; Slave-dependent
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
2/154
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
1st interface
Type of interface Integral RS 485 interface
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
Power supply to interface
(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
Functionality
MPI Yes
DP master Yes
DP slave Yes
Point-to-point coupling No
MPI
Number of connections 16
Services
- PG/OP communication Yes
- Routing Yes
- Global data communication Yes
- S7 basic communication Yes
- S7 communication Yes
- S7 communication, as client No
- S7 communication, as server Yes
Transmission speeds, max. 12 Mbit/s
DP master
Services
- Routing Yes
- Global data communication No
- equidistance support Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
- DPV1 Yes
Number of DP slaves, max. 124
DP slave
Services
- Routing Yes; only when interface active
- direct data exchange
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV1 No
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
Address area, max. 32; with max. 32 bytes each
2nd interface
Type of interface PROFINET
Physics Ethernet
isolated Yes
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
(15 30 V DC), max.
0 mA
automatic detection of transmission
speed
Yes; (10/100 Mbit/s)
Functionality
MPI No
DP master No
DP slave No
PROFINET CBA Yes
PROFINET IO controller Yes
PROFINET CBA
Acyclic transmission Yes
cyclic transmission Yes
PROFINET IO controller
Services
- Routing Yes
- S7 communication Yes; with loadable FBs, max.
configurable connections: 14,
max. number of instances: 32
- open IE communication Yes; via TCP/IP
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s
Number of connectable
IO-devices, max.
128
Send cycle, remark 1 to 512 ms
(minimum value depends on
communication share set for
PROFINET IO, on the number of
IO devices and on the number
of configured useful data items)
Address area
- Inputs, max. 2 KByte
- Outputs, max. 2 KByte
Useful data consistency, max. 256 Byte
CPU/programming
Programming language
STEP 7 Yes; V 5.3 SP1 or higher + HW
update
LAD Yes
FBD Yes
STL Yes
SCL Yes
CFC Yes
GRAPH Yes
HiGraph
Yes
Software libraries
Operational stocks See Operation List
Nesting levels 8
User program protection/password
protection
Yes
System functions (SFC) See Operation List
System function blocks (SFB) See Operation List
Dimensions and weight
Width 80 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 130 mm
Weight, approx. 460 g
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
2/155
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
CPU 315-2 PN/DP 6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Main memory 256 KB,
power supply 24 V DC,
combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master/slave interface,
Ethernet/PROFINET interface;
MMC required
Micro Memory Card
64 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
2 MByte 6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MByte 6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
8 MByte 6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
For connecting SIMATIC S7 and
the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual
Design, CPU data, module data,
instruction list
German 6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
English 6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0
French 6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0
Spanish 6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0
Italian 6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0
SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
Electronic manuals on CD-ROM,
multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,
S7-400, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(Programming device), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Soft-
ware, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Commu-
nication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
SIMATIC Manual Collection
update service for 1 year
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Current "Manual Collection" CD
and the three subsequent
updates
Power supply connector 6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
10 units, spare part
Labeling strips 6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
Label cover 6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
S7 SmartLabel 2XV9 450-1SL01-0YX0
Software for automatic labeling
of modules based on data of the
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets for
machine inscription
For 16-channel signal modules,
DIN A4, for printing with laser
printer;
10 units
petrol 6ES7 392-2AX00-0AA0
light-beige 6ES7 392-2BX00-0AA0
yellow 6ES7 392-2CX00-0AA0
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer;
10 units
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
Manual "Communication for
SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
German 6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
English 6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
French 6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
Spanish 6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
Italian 6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
SIMATIC S7 demo case 6ES7 910-3AA00-0XA0
With mounting components for
mounting S7-200 and S7-300
PROFIBUS DP bus connector
RS 485
With 90 cable outlet, max.
transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
- with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
With 90 cable outlet for Fast-
Connect connection system,
max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
With axial cable outlet for
SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
6GK1 500-0EA02
PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus
cable
6XV1 830-0EH10
Standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter,
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum ordering quantity 20 m
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
Data transmission rate up to
12 Mbit/s; 24 V DC; IP20 housing
PROFIBUS bus components see Catalogs IK PI, CA 01
For establishing MPI/PROFIBUS
communication
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
2/156
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The CPU with a large program memory and quantity frame-
work for demanding requirements
Distributed intelligence in Component Based Automation
(CBA) on PROFInet
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
PROFINET I/O controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
For multisector automation tasks in the construction of series
machines, special machines and plants
Used as a central controller on production lines with central
and distributed I/O
For extensive I/O configurations
For setting up distributed I/O structures
High processing performance in binary and floating-point
arithmetic
Combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP-master/slave interface
Supports as an option the use of SIMATIC Engineering Tools
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.3 or higher with HW
update
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
(DC)
28.8 V
min. 2 A
Current consumption
It 1 As
Current consumption
100 mA
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated 1 MByte; for program and data,
- expandable No
Load memory
Backup
present Yes; Guaranteed by MMC
(maintenance-free)
CPU/blocks
DB
Size, max. 64 KByte
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
FB
Size, max. 64 KByte
FC
Size, max. 64 KByte
OB
Size, max. 64 KByte
Nesting depth
for fixed point arithmetic, min. 0.2 s
remanence
S7 counter
Number 512
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511
Counting range
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
IEC counter
present Yes
Type SFB
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
2/157
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
S7 times
Number 512
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms
IEC timer
present Yes
Type SFB
Flag
Data blocks
Size, max. 64 KByte
Local data
per priority class, max. 1,024 Byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 8 KByte
Outputs 8 KByte
- Inputs 8 KByte
- Outputs 8 KByte
Process image
Inputs 2,048 Byte
Outputs 2,048 Byte
Inputs, adjustable 2,048 Byte
Outputs, adjustable 2,048 Byte
Inputs, preset 256 Byte
Outputs, preset 256 Byte
Digital channels
Inputs 65,536
Outputs 65,536
Inputs, of which central 1,024
Outputs, of which central 1,024
Analog channels
Inputs 4,096
Outputs 4,096
Inputs, of which central 256
Outputs, of which central 256
Hardware config.
Racks, max. 4
integrated 1
via CP 4
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
(recommended)
FM 8
CP, LAN 10
Time
Clock
Number 4
Number/Number range 0 to 3
Range of values 0 to 2^31 hours
(when using SFC101)
Granularity 1 hour
warm restart
supports Yes
to MPI, Master Yes
to MPI, Slave Yes
in AS, Master Yes
in AS, Slave Yes
32; depending on the configured
connections for PG-/ OP- and S7-
basic commmunication
blocks, max.
60
Status/control
times, counters
Forcing
Forcing Yes
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes
adjustable No
Routing Yes
supported Yes
supported Yes
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
2/158
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
S7 communication
supported Yes
overall 32
usable for PG communication 31
usable for S7 basic comm. 30
communication load)
Setpoint for the CPU communica-
tion load
50%
partners
32
Total of all master/slave connec-
tions
1,000
4,000 Byte
4,000 Byte
500
4,000 Byte
- Sampling frequency:
sampling interval, min.
500 ms
- Number of incoming intercon-
nections
100
- Number of outgoing intercon-
nections
100
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
max.
1,400 Byte
cyclic transmission
10 ms
nections
200
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
max.
450 Byte
(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for HMI
variables (PN OPC/iMap)
3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
max.
2,000 Byte
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
- supported Yes
devices
16
max.
1st interface
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
Functionality
MPI Yes
DP master Yes
DP slave Yes
MPI
Services
- Routing Yes
DP master
Services
- Routing Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
- DPV1 Yes
DP slave
Services
- Routing Yes; when interface active
- dir. data exchange (cross traffic) Yes
- DPV1 No
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
Address area, max. 32
Useful data per address area,
max.
32 Byte
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
2/159
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
2nd interface
Physics Ethernet
isolated Yes
(15 30 V DC), max.
0 mA
speed
Functionality
MPI No
DP master No
DP slave No
PROFINET CBA Yes
PROFINET IO controller Yes; Firmware Status V2.3
or higher
PROFINET CBA
Services
- Routing Yes
IO-devices, max.
128
Address area
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
CPU/programming
STEP 7 Yes; V 5.3 or higher + HW update
LAD Yes
FBD Yes
STL Yes
SCL Yes
CFC Yes
GRAPH Yes
HiGraph
Yes
Software libraries
Nesting levels 8
protection
Yes
Width 80 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 130 mm
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
2/160
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
CPU 317-2 PN/DP 6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
Main memory 1 MB,
power supply 24 V DC, combined
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface, Ethernet/PROFINET
interface; MMC required
Micro Memory Card
64 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
S7-300 manual
instruction list
multilingual: S7-200, S7-300,
C7, S7-400, SIMATIC DP
(Distributed I/O), SIMATIC PC,
SIMATIC PG (Programming
device), STEP 7, Engineering
Tools, Runtime Software,
SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI
(Human Machine Interface),
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
and the three subsequent updates
10 pieces, spare part
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets for machine
inscription
printer;
10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer;
10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
RS 485
With 90 cable outlet, max. data
With 90 cable outlet for
FastConnect connection
system, max. data trans-
mission rate 12 Mbit/s
SIMATIC OP, for connecting
to PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
6GK1 500-0EA02
PROFIBUS Fast Connect
bus cable
6XV1 830-0EH10
PROFIBUS bus components See Catalogs IK PI, CA 01
communication
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
2/161
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The CPU with high command processing performance, large
program memory and quantity framework for demanding
applications
For cross-sector automation tasks in series machine, special
machine and plant construction
Used as central controller in production lines with central and
distributed I/O on PROFIBUS and PROFINET
Distributed intelligence in Component Based Automation
(CBA) on PROFINET
Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS
Optionally supports the use of SIMATIC engineering tools
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.3 or higher,
Service pack 3 with HSP
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
(DC)
28.8 V
min. 2 A
Current consumption
Inrush current, typ. 4 A
It 1.2 As
Current consumption
400 mA
Current consumption (rated value) 1,050 mA
Power loss, typ. 14 W
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated 1,400 KByte
- expandable No
Load memory
Backup
present Yes; up to 700 KB, maintenance-
free
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max. 4,095; DB 0 reserved
Size, max. 64 KByte
FB
Number, max. 2,048; from FB 0 to FB 2047
Size, max. 64 KByte
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
FC
Number, max. 2,048; from FC 0 to FC 2047
Size, max. 64 KByte
OB
Size, max. 64 KByte
Nesting depth
for floating point arithmetic, min. 0.04 s
remanence
S7 counter
Number 2,048
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
Counting range
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
IEC counter
present Yes
Type SFB
S7 times
Number 2,048
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms
IEC timer
present Yes
Type SFB
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
2/162
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
Flag
Number, max. 8 KByte
Data blocks
Size, max. 64 KByte
Local data
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 8 KByte
Outputs 8 KByte
- Inputs 8 KByte
- Outputs 8 KByte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable 2 KByte
Outputs, adjustable 2 KByte
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.
1
Digital channels
Inputs 65,536
Outputs 65,536
Analog channels
Inputs 4,096
Outputs 4,096
Hardware config.
Racks, max. 4
integrated 2
via CP 4
(recommended)
FM 8
CP, LAN 10
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
Time
Clock
Number 4
(when using SFC101)
Granularity 1 hour
warm restart
supports Yes
to MPI, Master Yes
to MPI, Slave Yes
in AS, Master Yes
in AS, Slave Yes
on Ethernet via NTP Yes
blocks, max.
60
Status/control
times, counters
Forcing
Forcing Yes
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
2/163
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
Routing Yes
supported Yes
supported Yes
S7 communication
supported Yes
ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes; via integrated PROFINET
overall 32
usable for S7 basic communica-
tion
30
1st interface
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
(15 30 V DC), max.
150 mA
Functionality
MPI Yes
DP master Yes
DP slave Yes
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
DP master
Services
- Routing Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
- DPV1 Yes
Address area
DP slave
Services
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV1 No
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
max.
32 Byte
MPI
Services
- Routing Yes
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
2/164
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
2nd interface
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
Functionality
MPI No
DP master Yes
DP slave Yes
PROFINET CBA No
PROFINET IO controller No
DP master
Services
- Routing Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
- DPV1 Yes
Address area
DP slave
Services
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV1 No
automatic baud rate search Yes; only with passive interface
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
max.
32 Byte
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
3rd interface
Type of interfaces PROFINET
Physics RJ45
isolated Yes
speed
Functionality
MPI No
PROFINET CBA Yes
PROFINET IO device No
Number of connections, max. 8
PROFINET CBA (at 50 % communi-
cation load)
CPU/programming
STEP 7 Yes; 5.3 or higher, Service Pack 3
with HSP
LAD Yes
FBD Yes
STL Yes
SCL Yes
CFC Yes
GRAPH Yes
HiGraph
Yes
Software libraries
Nesting levels 8
protection
Yes
Width 120 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 130 mm
Weight, approx. 1,250 g
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
2/165
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
CPU 319-3 PN/DP 6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
Main memory 1.4 MB,
combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master/slave interface,
PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface; MMC required
Micro Memory Card
64 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
S7-300 manual
instruction list
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Com-
munication), SIMATIC Machine
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets for
machine inscription
printer;
10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer;
10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
RS 485
With 90 cable outlet, max.
data transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
system, max. data trans-
mission rate 12 Mbit/s
6GK1 500-0EA02
bus cable
6XV1 830-0EH10
communication
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
2/166
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with in-
creased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe)
and/or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
(PROFIsafe);
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be cen-
trally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 or higher + HW
update, S7 Distributed Safety
V5.4 or higher
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
(DC)
28.8 V
min. 2 A
Current consumption
It 1 As
Current consumption
100 mA
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated 256 KByte; for program and data,
- expandable No
Load memory
- expandable FEPROM Pluggable via MMC
Backup
(maintenance-free)
CPU/blocks
DB
Size, max. 16 KByte
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
FB
Size, max. 16 KByte
FC
Size, max. 16 KByte
OB
Size, max. 16 KByte
Nesting depth
remanence
S7 counter
Number 256
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 255
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 255
Counting range
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
IEC counter
present Yes
Type SFB
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
2/167
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
S7 times
Number 256
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 255
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms
IEC timer
present Yes
Type SFB
Flag
Data blocks
Size, max. 16 KByte
Local data
per priority class, max. 1,024 Byte; per block max. 510
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 2 KByte
Outputs 2 KByte
- Inputs 2 KByte
- Outputs 2 KByte
Process image
Inputs 384 Byte
Outputs 384 Byte
Digital channels
Inputs 16,384
Outputs 16,384
Inputs, of which central 1,024; max.
Outputs, of which central 1,024; max.
Analog channels
Inputs 1,024
Outputs 1,024
Inputs, of which central 256; max.
Outputs, of which central 256; max.
Hardware config.
Racks, max. 4
integrated 1
via CP 4
(recommended)
FM 8
CP, LAN 10
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
Time
Clock
Number 1
Range of values 2 to the power of 31 hours
(when using the SFC 101)
Granularity 1 hour
warm restart
supports Yes
to MPI, Master Yes
to MPI, Slave Yes
in AS, Master Yes
in AS, Slave Yes
Number of login stations for mes-
sage functions, max.
16; (depending on the configured
connections for PG-/OP and S7
basic communication)
blocks, max.
40
Status/control
times, counters
Forcing
Forcing Yes
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes
adjustable No
Routing Yes
supported Yes
supported Yes
S7 communication
supported Yes
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
2/168
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
overall 16
usable for PG communication 15; max.
tion
14
usable for routing X1 as MPI: max. 10;
X1 as DP-master: max. 24;
X1 as DP-slave (active): max. 14;
X2 as PROFINET: max. 24
communication load)
Setpoint for the CPU communi-
cation load
50%
partners
32
tions
1,000
4,000 Byte
4,000 Byte
500
4,000 Byte
interval, min.
500 ms
nections
100
nections
100
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
max.
1,400 Byte
cyclic transmission
10 ms
nections
200
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
max.
450 Byte
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
(acyclic)
3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
max.
2,000 Byte
- supported Yes
devices
16
max.
cation load)
Data length for arrays and struc-
tures (local interconnection), max.
Slave-dependent
(acyclic)
2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
1st interface
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
Functionality
MPI Yes
DP master Yes
DP slave Yes
MPI
Services
- Routing Yes
DP master
Services
- Routing Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
- DPV1 Yes
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
2/169
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
DP slave
Services
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV1 No
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
Address area, max. 32; with max. 32 bytes each
2nd interface
Physics Ethernet
isolated Yes
(15 30 V DC), max.
0 mA
speed
Functionality
MPI No
DP master No
DP slave No
PROFINET CBA Yes
PROFINET CBA
Services
- Routing Yes
- S7 communication Yes; with loadable FBs,
max. configurable connections:
14, max. number of instances: 32
Number of connectable IO-devic-
es, max.
128
Address area
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
CPU/programming
STEP 7 Yes; V 5.3 SP3 or higher +
hardware update
LAD Yes
FBD Yes
STL Yes
SCL Yes
CFC Yes
GRAPH Yes
HiGraph
Yes
Software libraries
Nesting levels 8
protection
Yes
Width 80 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 130 mm
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
2/170
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP 6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F;
main memory 256 KB,
interface, Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET interface; incl. slot
number labels; MMC required
Distributed Safety V5.4 pro-
gramming tool
Task: Software for configuring
fail-safe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F,
ET 200S; Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
Floating License 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
Von V5.x auf V5.4; Floating
License fr 1 User
Micro Memory Card
64 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
S7-300 manual
instruction list
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Software for automatic labeling of
modules based on data of the
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets for
machine inscription
printer;
10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer;
10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
RS 485
system, max. data transmission
rate 12 Mbit/s
6GK1 500-0EA02
bus cable
6XV1 830-0EH10
communication
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/171
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The fail-safe CPU with a large program memory and quantity
framework for demanding applications
For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with
increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe)
and/or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
(PROFIsafe);
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be
centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP
in Component Based Automation (CBA)
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 or higher + HW
update , S7 Distributed Safety
V5.4 or higher
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
(DC)
28.8 V
min. 2 A
Current consumption
It 1 As
Current consumption
100 mA
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated 1 MByte; for program and data,
- expandable No
Load memory
Backup
(maintenance-free)
CPU/blocks
DB
Size, max. 64 KByte
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
FB
Size, max. 64 KByte
FC
Size, max. 64 KByte
OB
Size, max. 64 KByte
Nesting depth
remanence
S7 counter
Number 512
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511
Counting range
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
IEC counter
present Yes
Type SFB
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/172
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
S7 times
Number 512
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms
IEC timer
present Yes
Type SFB
Flag
Data blocks
Size, max. 64 KByte
Local data
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 8 KByte
Outputs 8 KByte
- Inputs 8 KByte
- Outputs 8 KByte
Process image
Inputs 2,048 Byte
Outputs 2,048 Byte
Inputs, adjustable 2,048 Byte
Outputs, adjustable 2,048 Byte
Inputs, preset 1,024 Byte
Outputs, preset 1,024 Byte
Digital channels
Inputs 65,536
Outputs 65,536
Analog channels
Inputs 4,096
Outputs 4,096
Hardware config.
Racks, max. 4
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
integrated 1
via CP 4
(recommended)
FM 8
CP, LAN 10
Time
Clock
Number 4
(when using SFC101)
Granularity 1 hour
warm restart
supports Yes
to MPI, Master Yes
to MPI, Slave Yes
in AS, Master Yes
in AS, Slave Yes
blocks, max.
60
Status/control
times, counters
Forcing
Forcing Yes
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes
adjustable No
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/173
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
Routing Yes
supported Yes
supported Yes
S7 communication
supported Yes
overall 32
tion
30
communication load)
Setpoint for the CPU communica-
tion load
50%
partners
32
tions
1,000
4,000 Byte
4,000 Byte
500
4,000 Byte
interval, min.
500 ms
nections
100
nections
100
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
max.
1,400 Byte
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
cyclic transmission
10 ms
nections
200
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
connections, max.
2,000 Byte
max.
450 Byte
(acyclic)
3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
max.
2,000 Byte
- supported Yes
devices
16
max.
cation load)
Slave-dependent
HMI variables via PROFINET (acy-
clic)
2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
1st interface
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
Functionality
MPI Yes
DP master Yes
DP slave Yes
MPI
Services
- Routing Yes
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/174
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
DP master
Services
- Routing Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
- DPV1 Yes
DP slave
Services
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV1 No
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
max.
32 Byte
2nd interface
Physics Ethernet
isolated Yes
(15 30 V DC), max.
0 mA
speed
Functionality
MPI No
DP master No
DP slave No
PROFINET CBA Yes
PROFINET IO controller Yes; Firmware Status V2.3
or higher
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
PROFINET CBA
Services
- Routing Yes
IO-devices, max.
128
Address area
CPU/programming
STEP 7 Yes; V 5.3 SP3 or higher + HW
update
LAD Yes
FBD Yes
STL Yes
SCL Yes
CFC Yes
GRAPH Yes
HiGraph
Yes
Software libraries
Nesting levels 8
protection
Yes
Width 80 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 130 mm
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/175
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP 6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F;
main memory 1024 KB,
24 V DC supply voltage,
interface, Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET interface;
MMC required
Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool
ET 200S; Requirement:
Floating License 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
From V5.x to V5.4;
Floating license for 1 user
Micro Memory Card
64 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 Kbyte 6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
S7-300 manual
instruction list
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
S7-SmartLabel 2XV9 450-1SL01-0YX0
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets for
machine inscription
printer;
10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer;
10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
RS 485
With 90 cable outlet for Fast-
Connect connection system, max.
6GK1 500-0EA02
bus cable
6XV1 830-0EH10
communication
SIMATIC WinAC
SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC
2/176
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Optimized for applications that demand a high level of
flexibility and integration.
SIMATIC WinAC Software PLCs include:
- WinAC Basis and
- WinAC RTX
WinAC RTX:
- the software solution for tasks which require high perfor-
mance and strict real-time requirements
- with real-time expansion for ensuring RTX strict real-time
requirement behavior for the control section
SIMATIC Basis:
- the economic solution for PC-based control tasks
- for data intensive processes in connection with extensive
PC tasks
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated PC work memory can be used
(non-paged memory)
Load memory
- integrated RAM, max. PC work memory can be used
(non-paged memory)
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max. Limited only by available
PC work memory
Size, max. 64 KByte
FB
PC work memory
Size, max. 64 KByte
FC
PC work memory
Size, max. 64 KByte
OB
Size, max. 64 KByte
Nesting depth
Reference platform Pentium IV, 2.4 GHz
remanence
S7 counter
Number 512
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511
- preset 8
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Counting range
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
IEC counter
present Yes
Type SFB
S7 times
Number 512
Remanence
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511
- preset 0
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms
IEC timer
present Yes
Type SFB
Remanence without UPS and
PS Extension Board
none
Remanence with UPS all data
Flag
Number, max. 16 KByte
of which remanent MB 0 - MB 16383
Remanence preset MB 0 - MB 15
Number of clock memories 8
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 16 KByte
Outputs 16 KByte
- DP interface, inputs 16 KByte
- DP interface, outputs 16 KByte
SIMATIC WinAC
2/177
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Process image
Inputs, adjustable 8 KByte
Outputs, adjustable 8 KByte
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.
15
Digital channels
Outputs 128,000
Analog channels
Inputs 8,000
Outputs 8,000
Hardware config.
Submodules
Number of submodules, max 4
of which PROFIBUS, max. 4; CP 5611, CP 5611-A2,
integrated PB interface of the
SIMATIC PC, CP 5613 CP,
5613-A2
(recommended)
FM, remark FM distributed: FM 350-1/350-2,
FM 351, FM 352, FM 353, FM 354,
FM 355, FM 355-2
CP, point-to-point, remark CP 340, CP 341 distributed
CP, LAN, remark over PC CP
Time
Clock
supports Yes
to PC-CP, Slave Yes
SCAN procedure No
Process diagnostic messages Yes; Alarm_S
Alarm 8-blocks Yes
Instrumentation & control messages No
Status/control
Forcing
Forcing No
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes
Number of entries, max. 3,200
preset 120
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
supported No
supported No
S7 communication
as server Yes
as client Yes
overall 64
reserved for PG communication 1
reserved for OP communication 1
1st interface
Type of interface CP 5611, CP 5611-A2, integrated
PB interface of SIMATIC PC
Number of simult. operable CPs,
max.
1
Physics RS-485 / PROFIBUS
isolated Yes
Functionality
MPI No
DP master Yes
DP slave No
DP master
Services
- Routing Yes
- S7 basic communication No
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves
Yes
- direct data exchange (cross traf-
fic)
Yes
- DPV0 Yes
- DPV1 Yes
Address area
Useful data per DP slave
- Inputs, max. 244 Byte
- Outputs, max. 244 Byte
SIMATIC WinAC
2/178
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
2nd interface
Type of interface CP 5613, CP 5613-A2
Number of simult. operable CPs,
max.
4
Physics RS-485 / PROFIBUS
isolated Yes
Functionality
MPI No
DP master Yes
DP slave No
PROFINET CBA No
PROFINET CBA-SRT No
PROFINET IO controller No
DP master
Services
- Routing Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
slaves
Yes
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV0 Yes
- DPV1 Yes
Address area
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode Yes
Number of DP masters with
isochronous mode
2
Useful data per isochronoous slave,
max.
128 Byte
equidistance Yes
shortest clock pulse 2.2 ms; 2.2 ms without partial
process image; 2.2 ms with
partial process image
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
CPU/programming
STEP 7 Yes; as of V5.3, SP2,
Engineering Tools (optional)
LAD Yes
FBD Yes
STL Yes
SCL Yes
CFC Yes
GRAPH Yes
HiGraph
Yes
Software libraries
Easy Motion Control Yes
Nesting levels 8
protection
No
Open development interfaces
CCX (Custom Code Extension) Yes; with WinAC ODK V4.1
SMX (Shared Memory Extension) Yes; with WinAC ODK V4.1
- Inputs 4 KByte
- Outputs 4 KByte
CMI (Controller Management
Interface)
Yes; with WinAC ODK V4.1
Hardware requirements
Hardware required PC with color monitor, keyboard,
mouse or pointing device for
Windows
Required memory on hard disk,
min.
100 MByte
Processor Intel Pentium 400 MHz
Multi-processor system Yes; Dual Pentium
Hyperthreading Yes
Operating systems
Operating system
Windows NT 4.0 No
Windows 2000 Yes; Professional, >=SP3
Windows XP Yes; Professional, SP1 and SP2
SIMATIC WinAC
2/179
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2005 6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Software-based PC-based control
system for applications requiring
a strictly deterministic response;
CD-ROM with electronic
documentation in English,
French and German;
Single license,
for Windows 2000/XP
SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2005
Upgrade
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YE0
For upgrading from Basic/
RTX V3.x, V4.0, V4.1 to 2005;
single license,
for Windows 2000/XP
CP 5611 A2 communications
processor
6GK1 561-1AA01
PCI card (32-bit) for connection
of a programming device or
PC to PROFIBUS
processor
6GK1 561-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) for
connection to PROFIBUS incl.
DP-Base software with NCM PC;
DP-RAM interface for DP master,
incl. PG and FDL protocol;
runtime software, software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM,
Class A, for 32-bit Windows 2000
Professional/Server, Windows XP
Professional, German/English
System interfacing for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
General
2/180
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
System connections for SIMATIC
CPs with standard functions
CP 243-1 for SIMATIC S7-200, CP 343-1 Lean and CP 343-1
for SIMATIC S7-300, CP 443-1 for SIMATIC S7-400
Designed for use in harsh industrial environments
Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units
Can be used via RJ45 interface for the industrial-standard
SIMATIC NET FastConnect cabling system
High-speed data transfer even with large volumes of data
(10/100 Mbit/s)
CPs with function expansions
CP 243-1 IT for SIMATIC S7-200 with IT functionality
CP 343-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-300 with IT functionality
and for use as PROFINET IO controller
CP 443-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-400 with IT functionality
and for use as PROFINET IO controller;
the CP 443-1 Advanced also has an integral 4-port switch for
setting up small local networks
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
8
2
1) Not with CPs for S7-200
2) Not with CP 443-1
S7-200
S7-300
S7-400
CP 443-1
STEP 7 with NCM S7
CP 343-1
CP 343-1
Lean
CP 343-1
Advanced
CP 243-1
CP 243-1 IT
For the protocols
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
S5 compatible communication
1)
(SEND/RECEIVE, FETCH/WRITE)
Open IE-Communication (TCP/IP)
PROFINET
1) 2)
IT
FTP
CP 443-1
Advanced
Multiprotocol:
All protocols of a CP can be operated simultaneously
Several CPs can be operated in one S7-200, S7-300 or S7-400
SIMATIC S7-200/S7-300/S7-400
CP 243-1
2/181
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Connection of S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet with
- 10/100 Mbit/s
- Half/full duplex
- RJ 45 socket
- TCP/IP
Configuration, remote programming and service with STEP 7
Micro/WIN over Industrial Ethernet possible (program upload
and program download, status)
CPU/CPU communication over Industrial Ethernet possible
(client + server, 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection)
An S7 OPC server (e.g. in SOFTNET-S7) allows PLC data to be
further processed in PC applications.
Module replacement possible without PG
Benefits
Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration, pro-
gramming and monitoring from a central location via LAN
Fast access via Ethernet for archiving or further processing of
SIMATIC S7-200 process data
Increased data throughput, almost unlimited expansion and
use of a standardized Ethernet infrastructure
SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can
communicate with S7-200 over Industrial Ethernet which
means that S7-200 can also be used for more complex
applications.
Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all auto-
mation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required
Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to configu-
ration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN
Simple maintenance since modules can be replaced without
a PG and network administrator support is simple (e.g. PING)
Open data exchange with PC applications over OPC is possi-
ble
Application
The CP 243-1 communication processor is used to connect
S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet.
A SIMATIC S7-200 with STEP 7-Micro/WIN can be configured,
programmed and diagnosed remotely over Industrial Ethernet
in this way.
An S7-200 programmable controller with CP 243-1 can ex-
change data with other S7 programmable controllers over In-
dustrial Ethernet.
PC applications can access the data of an S7-200 via an S7
OPC server. In this way, process data can be easily archived
or further processed.
Design
The CP 243-1 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-200
system design:
Compact construction in a rugged plastic housing
Terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of
24 V DC
LED status display
Alternatively, standard rail mounting or wall mounting
RJ45 socket for connecting to Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s full/half
duplex with automatic transmission rate detection)
PN ISO TCP/IP UDP PG S7 S5 IT FTP
CP 243-1
2/182
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
The CP 243-1 independently handles data traffic over Industrial
Ethernet. The communication is based on TCP/IP. You can con-
figure up to eight connections. For connection control (keep
alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP/IP
transport connections for active and passive partners.
The CP 243-1 enables communication between an S7-200 and
another S7-200 or S7-300/S7-400 controller via Ethernet.
Integration into PC applications is possible by means of the
S7-OPC server of the PC software.
The CP 243-1 enables the S7-200 programming software
STEP 7-Micro/WIN to access the S7-200 via Industrial Ethernet.
Configuration
The CP 243-1 is configured with STEP 7-Micro/WIN (V3.2 SP1
or higher)
The programming data of the CP 243-1 are stored on the
S7-200 CPU so it is possible to replace modules without a pro-
gramming device
The CP 243-1 is supplied with a globally unique MAC address
that cannot be changed.
Integration
S7-200 communication options with CP 243-1
OPC WinCC WinAC
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
2
0
SIMATIC Field PG
with SOFTNET-PG
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
S7-200
CP 243-1 IT
IO
EM 277
CP 243-1
PROFIBUS
S7-200
CP 243-1 IT
IO
S7-200 S7-200
CP 243-1
CP 243-2
PC with WinCC PC with WinAC
PC with SOFTNET-S7
(incl. S7-OPC server)
AS-Interface
CP 243-1
2/183
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) Upgrade for all previous STEP 7-Micro/WIN and
STEP 7-Micro/DOS versions
Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Connection for supply voltage 1 x 2-pin terminal block
Supply voltage 24 V DC (5%)
Current consumption
from the backplane bus 55 mA
from 24 V DC external 60 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 1.75 W
- horizontal installation 0 C +55 C
- vertical installation 0 C +45 C
Relative humidity max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Weight 150 g
Performance data
S7 communication/
PG communication
Number of connections that can
be used
8 S7 connections
+ 1 PG connection
Configuration With STEP 7-Micro/WIN
(V3.2 SP1 or higher)
CP 243-1
communications processor
6GK7 243-1EX00-0XE0
for connection of SIMATIC S7-200
to Industrial Ethernet;
for S7 communication,
PG communication with electronic
manual on CD-ROM, German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 for
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
Software for S7 and S5-com-
patible communication,
incl. OPC server, PG/OP
communication and NCM PC;
up to 64 connections, single
license for 1 installation, runtime
software, software and electronic
manual on CD-ROM, license key
on diskette, Class A, for 32-bit
Windows XP Professional,
2003 Server, 2000 Professional/
Server; for CP 1512 and CP 1612
German/English
SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2005
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
incl. OPC server, PG/OP commu-
nication and NCM PC; up to
8 connections, single license for
1 installation, runtime software,
software and electronic manual
on CD-ROM, license key on
diskette, Class A, for 32-bit
German/English
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
Software for S7 and S5 commu-
nication, incl. PG/OP communi-
cation, OPC server and NCM PC;
2003 Server, Windows 2000
Professional/Server;
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4
programming software
Target system:
All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-200
Prerequisite:
Windows 2000/XP on PG or PC
Type of delivery:
German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian, Chinese;
with online documentation
Single license 6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX0
Upgrade Single License
1)
6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX3
CP 243-1 IT
2/184
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Connection of S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet with
- 10/100 Mbit/s
- Half/full duplex
- RJ 45 socket
- TCP/IP
Configuration, remote programming and service with STEP 7
Micro/WIN over Industrial Ethernet possible (program upload
and program download, status)
CPU/CPU communication over Industrial Ethernet possible
(client + server, 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection)
IT communication
- Web function
- E-mail function
- FTP client function for program-controlled data communi-
cation (e.g DOS, UNIX, LINUX, embedded systems)
FTP server with 8 MB memory
OPC allows PLC data to be further processed in PC applica-
tions
Benefits
Process information can be accessed simultaneously (pass-
word protected) with standard Web browsers, which reduces
software costs on the client side
Low-cost bulk storage for data, statistics and HTML-based
machine or plant documentation
Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by
means of FTP
Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages
by e-mail
Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration,
programming and monitoring from a central location via LAN
SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can
communicate with S7-200 over Industrial Ethernet which
means that S7-200 can also be used for more complex appli-
cations.
Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all auto-
mation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required
Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to configu-
ration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN
Open data exchange with PC applications over OPC is possi-
ble
Application
The CP 243-1 IT communications processor is used to con-
nect S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet.
A SIMATIC S7-200 with STEP 7-Micro/WIN can be configured,
programmed and diagnosed remotely over Industrial Ethernet
in this way.
A S7-200 programmable controller with CP 243-1 IT can ex-
change data with other S7 programmable controllers over In-
dustrial Ethernet.
Simple visualization using Web technology, sending e-mails,
and file processing (FTP). The file system of the CP 243-1 IT
can also be managed through the CPU. The file system serves
as a bulk storage device, a cross-system computer link and a
storage for HTML pages and Java applets. The CP 243-1 IT
has a large file system in which, apart from HTML pages, ma-
chine documentation or user guides can also be stored.
Distributed plants can be reached over telephone lines or the
Internet by using a router and simple diagnostics, signal or
user functions can be performed with the help of a web
browser. The CP 243-1 IT is especially suited for plant sections
in which using PCs for permanent monitoring functions would
not be cost-effective.
PC applications can access the data of a S7-200 via S7-OPC.
In this way, process data can be easily archived or further pro-
cessed.
Design
The CP 243-1 IT offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-200
system design:
Compact construction in a rugged plastic housing
Terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of
24 V DC
LED status display
Alternatively, standard rail mounting or wall mounting
RJ45 socket for connecting to Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s full/half
duplex with automatic transmission rate detection)
CP 243-1 IT
2/185
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
The CP 243-1 IT independently handles data traffic over
Communication is based on TCP/IP.
Up to 8 connections can be configured. For connection con-
trol (keep alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time
for all TCP/IP transport connections for active and passive
partners.
The CP 243-1 IT enables communication between a S7-200
and another S7-200 or S7-300 or S7-400 PLC through Indus-
trial Ethernet.
It can be integrated in PC applications by using the S7 OPC
server of the PC software.
The CP 243-1 IT permits the S7-200 programming software
STEP 7- Micro/WIN to access the S7-200 through Industrial
Ethernet.
IT functions
Web server:
HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with standard
browsers.
Web pages
For monitoring the S7-200 controller:
standard pages are supplied with it for system diagnostics as
well as a simple variable editor.
Other customized pages can be created with any HTML tools.
E-mails
messages can be sent from the application program through
predefined E-mails. Variables can be integrated into text.
FTP communication
The CPU can send data blocks to other computers in the form of
files or read or delete files on other computers (client function).
Communication through FTP is possible with most operating sys-
tems
Configuration
The CP 243-1 IT is configured with STEP 7-Micro/WIN
(V3.2 SP3 and higher)
The CP 243-1 is supplied with a MAC address that is unique
worldwide and which cannot be changed
Integration
S7-200 communication options with CP 243-1 IT
Internet
Intranet
AS-Interface
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
Field PG
MOBIC
CP 243-1 IT
IO
EM 277
S7-200
CP 243-2
CP 243-1 IT IO
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
2
0
0
Notebook
PC with application
(e. g. WinCC, WinAC)
over OPC or
Internet browser
LINUX, DOS,
UNIX, Mainframe
over FTP
Websites
Mobile/PDA
Router
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Advanced
embedded system
(e.g. nutrunner,
welding control)
over FTP
Internet
Intranet
CP 243-1 IT
2/186
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) Upgrade for all previous STEP 7-Micro/WIN
and STEP 7-Micro/DOS versions
Data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
1 x 2-pin terminal block
Current consumption
From backplane bus 55 mA
From external 24 V DC 60 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC 1.75 W
Perm. environmental conditions
- Horizontal mounting 0C to +55C
- Vertical mounting 0C to +45C
Design
Weight 150 g
Performance data
IT communication
to an e-mail server
1
E-mail client 32 E-mails with max.
1024 characters
Number of FTP connections 1
Number of HTTP connections 4
Adjustable access enable
program
8 users
Memory capacity of the Flash
Memory file system
8 MB
Service life of the Flash Memory
cells
1,000,000 write cycles
S7 communication/
PG communication
Number of usable connections 8 S7 connections
+ 1 PG connection
Configuration With STEP 7-Micro/WIN,
V3.2 SP3 and higher
CP 243-1 IT
6GK7 243-1GX00-0XE0
for connection of SIMATIC S7-200
to Industrial Ethernet;
for S7 communication,
PG communication,
E-mail and WWW server;
with electronic manual on
CD-ROM; German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
German/English
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4
programming software
Target system:
All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-200
Prerequisite:
Windows 2000/XP on PG or PC
Type of delivery:
Spanish, Italian, Chinese;
with online documentation
Single license 6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX0
Upgrade Single License
1)
6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX3
CP 343-1 Lean
2/187
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Interface for the SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet
- 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with Autosensing
for automatic switchover
- RJ45 connection
- multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport
protocol
- Keep Alive function
Communication services:
- TCP/IP and UDP transport protocol
- PG/OP communication
- S7 communication (server)
- S5-compatible communication
Multicast for UDP
Remote programming and initial start-up is possible exclu-
sively over Industrial Ethernet
Integration into network management through SNMP
Configuration of CP 343-1 Lean with NCM S7 for
Industrial Ethernet (integrated into STEP 7)
Cross-network programming device/operator panel communi-
cation through S7 routing
Benefits
Direct integration of S7-300 in complex systems by means of
Industrial Ethernet at 100 Mbit/s
Investment protection for existing plants through the integra-
tion of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of the S5-compatible
communication
Flexible use thanks to lack of slot rules
One slot is saved thanks to single-width format
Remote programming is possible due to the WAN character-
istic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN)
A large number of stations can be accessed thanks to the
multicast function
Access by as many as 4 HMI systems to the SIMATIC S7-300
Use of the socket interface in the partner system possible
without RFC 1006
Initial start-up can be performed directly over Industrial
Ethernet
device interface using plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
and additional strain relief by latching the connector to the
housing
Application
The CP 343-1 Lean is the communications processor for
SIMATIC S7-300 for Industrial Ethernet.
The CP 343-1 Lean relieves the CPU of communications tasks
and facilitates additional connections with its own processor.
Communication options of the S7-300 through CP 343-1 Lean
with:
Programming devices, processors and HMI devices
Other SIMATIC S7 systems
SIMATIC S5 PLCs
Design
The CP 343-1 Lean offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact design;
the rugged plastic casing features on the front:
- RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet with
automatic data rate detection through Autosensing;
The RJ45 sockets have additional industry-compatible re-
taining collars for connection to the new IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- 2-pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external sup-
ply voltage of 24 V DC
Easy installation;
The CP 343-1 Lean is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail
and connected to adjacent modules through the bus connec-
tors. There are no slot rules.
The CP 343-1 Lean can be operated without a fan. A standby
battery is not required.
In combination with IM 360/361, CP 343-1 Lean can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER).
The module can be replaced without the need for a program-
ming device
CP 343-1 Lean
2/188
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
The CP 343-1 Lean independently handles data traffic over
Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1
to 4 comply with international standards.
Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols TCP/IP and
UDP is possible.
The CP 343-1 Lean has a preset unique Ethernet address and
can be put directly into operation through the network.
The CP 343-1 Lean works in multi-protocol mode for the follow-
ing communication services:
PG/OP communication
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the
network to be remotely programmed.
S7 routing;
Using of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device
communication across networks.
S7 communication
For connecting the S7-300 (server only) to S7-400, HMI units and
PCs (CP 1613 with S7-1613 or SOFTNET-S7).
Based on layer 4, this is a simple, optimized interface for data
communication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one
call.
This interface enables
TCP transport connections
UDP
- Multicast for UDP
to be used.
S5-compatible communication is used for communication with
SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/PCs.
The function blocks required are a component part of NCM S7
for Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user
program.
S5-compatible communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct
access to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S5 (e.g. via CP 1430).
This means existing HMI systems can still be used.
Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compati-
ble communication allows utilization of the multicast function to
simultaneously send and receive data on configured multicast
circuits.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7, includ-
ing:
Status of the CP
General diagnostics and statistics functions
Connection diagnostics
LAN controller statistics
Diagnostics buffer
Via SNMP all MIB-2 objects can be read out. This enables the
current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved.
Configuring
Version 5.2 or higher of STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial
Ethernet is required for configuring the CP 343-1 Lean.
NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP7 environment.
The configuration data of the CP is stored on the CPU. This al-
lows the module to be replaced without a programming device.
All the function blocks required for S5-compatible communica-
tion are included in the scope of supply.
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
Power supply +5 V DC (5%) and
+24 V DC (5%)
Current consumption
From 24 V DC external typ. 160 mA
max. 200 mA
Power loss 5.8 W
Construction
Module format Compact module S7-300,
single width
Configuring software NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet
(supplied with STEP 7 V5.2)
Performance data
(SEND/RECEIVE)
Sum of all simultaneously operable
TCP/UDP connections
max. 8
Useful data
- TCP 8 KByte
- UDP 2 KByte
S7 communication
Number of connections max. 4
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP connec-
tions (non-isochrone services)
max. 4
Multi-protocol operation
connections
max. 12
Multicast 8
CP 343-1 Lean
2/189
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
More information
The NCM S7 configuration software for Industrial Ethernet is
included in the scope of supply of STEP 7 V5.2.
CP 343-1 Lean communications
processor
6GK7 343-1CX00-0XE0
For connecting SIMATIC S7-300
to Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP and UDP, S7 communi-
cation, S5-compatible commu-
nication (SEND/RECEIVE),
FETCH/WRITE, diagnostic
expansions, Multicast, SNMP,
initial start-up over LAN
10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
German/English
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
NCM S7 configuration software
for Industrial Ethernet CPs for
SIMATIC S7 V5.2, for execution
under STEP 7 V5.2; on CD-ROM,
with electronic manual in English,
German, French, Spanish and
Italian
Included in the scope of supply of
STEP 7 V5.2 and higher
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7
For Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS; manual package for
configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB link
and PC stations (STEP 7 V5.3)
German 6GK7 080-0AA01-8AA0
English 6GK7 080-0AA01-8BA0
CP 343-1
2/190
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet
- 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with autosensing
- Connection for RJ45
- Multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport
protocol
- Adjustable Keep Alive function
- PROFINET IO Controller
- PROFINET CBA
- TCP/IP and UDP transport protocol
- Programming device/operator panel communication:
Cross-network by means of S7 routing
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing)
Multicast for UDP
IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the
user program (e.g. HMI)
Access protection by means of configurable access list
Remote programming and initial startup via the network
Automatic setting of the CPU clock via Ethernet with NTP or
SIMATIC procedure
SNMP MIB2 diagnostics information for network management
systems
Benefits
Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with
PROFINET
communication
Savings in time and cost in modular machine and plant con-
struction with PROFINET CBA
Security:
Protection without the need for changing passwords through
device-oriented IP address lists
Setting of intrinsic IP parameters of series machines without
STEP 7
Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC proce-
dure
Accessibility of many nodes by means of free UDP connec-
tions or multicast function
Active transmission of data with S7 communication
Access by as many as 16 HMI systems to the SIMATIC S7-300
without RFC 1006
Application
The CP 343-1 is the communications processor for connecting
SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet.
With its own processor, it relieves the CPU of communications
tasks and facilitates additional connections.
The CP 343-1 offers the communication options of the S7-300
with:
PG/PC
HMI devices
SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems
PROFINET IO devices
PROFINET CBA components
Design
The CP 343-1 offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact design;
- automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing;
- RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet.
Simple assembly;
The CP 343-1 is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and con-
nected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors.
There are no slot rules.
Operation without fans;
a backup battery is not required.
With the IM 360/361, the CP 343-1 can also be used in an
expansion rack (ER)
C-PLUG (configuration plug) for PROFINET CBA
(not included in scope of delivery)
CBA IO-C IO-D
CP 343-1
2/191
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 to 4 com-
ply with international standards.
Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols TCP/IP and
UDP is possible. For connection control (keep alive) it is possible
to configure an adjustable time for all TCP transport connections
for active and passive partners.
The CPUs time can be set using NTP or SIMATIC procedures
with an accuracy of approx. +/-1 s.
The CP 343-1 has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be
put directly into operation over the network.
The CP 343-1 works in multi-protocol mode for the following
communication services:
PG/OP communication
S7 routing;
with the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming
device communication across networks
PROFINET communication
PROFINET IO Controller;
real-time communication (RT) with field devices on Industrial
Ethernet in accordance with PROFINET standard
PROFINET CBA;
Communication between technology modules (distributed
intelligence);
Cyclic or acyclic communication can be selected.
S7 communication
For connecting the S7-300 (server and client) to S7-200/300/400
(server and client), HMI units and PCs (CP 1613 with S7-1613 or
SOFTNET-S7).
Open IE and S5-compatible communication
call.
- TCP with RFC 1006
- TCP without RFC 1006
UDP
- Multicast for UDP
to be used.
Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used for commu-
nication with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and comput-
ers/PCs.
The function blocks required are a component part of STEP 7 for
Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user pro-
gram.
access to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S5 (e.g. via CP 1430
TCP). This means existing HMI systems can still be used.
Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compati-
ble communication allows utilization of the multicast function to
simultaneously send and receive data on configured multicast
circuits.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostics options are available via NCM S7, includ-
ing:
Operating status of CP
Operating status of PROFINET devices connected to CP
Diagnostics buffer
Diagnostics possibilities during operation
Status scanning of connections using function block
SNMP MIB-2 objects;
the current status of the Ethernet interface can then be called,
e.g. for network management.
Security
With a configurable IP access list, specific PCs and automation
devices can be released for IP-based access to the CP or con-
troller.
Configuring
Version 5.3 SP2 of STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet are
required for configuring the CP 343-1. NCM S7 is completely
embedded in the STEP 7 environment.
The CBA interconnection information created with SIMATIC
iMAP are backed up on the C-PLUG (Configuration Plug) swap
media.
The CP can be replaced in the event of failure without the need
for a programming device because the relevant user and config-
uration data are saved on the CPU or on the C-PLUG.
The function blocks required for communication and the pro-
grammable communications block (S7-Client) are included in
the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet or can
be downloaded from the Internet.
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
Power supply +5 V DC (5%) and
+24 V DC (5%)
Current consumption
max. 200 mA
Power loss 5.8 W
Construction
double width
Configuring software STEP 7 V5.3 SP2 and higher
CP 343-1
2/192
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Performance data
(SEND/RECEIVE)
TCP/UDP connections
max. 16
Useful data
- TCP 8 KB
- UDP 2 KB
S7 communication
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP connec-
tions (non-isochrone services)
16
connections
max. 48
Multicast 16
PROFINET IO Controller
Number of operable
PN IO-Devices
125
Size of IO data areas overall
- I/O input area 2160 byte
- I/O output area 2160 byte
Size of I/O data areas
per connected PN IO device
- I/O input area max. 128 byte
- I/O output area max. 128 byte
PROFINET CBA
Number of remote interconnecting
partners
64
Swapped connectors 1000
nections
8192 byte
nections
8192 byte
tures (acyclic interconnection),
max.
8192 byte
tures (cyclic interconnection),
max.
450 byte
2400 byte
acyclical transmission
- Scan rate: Sampling time, min.
Possible settings:
100, 200, 500 and 1000 ms
100 ms
- Number of incoming
128
- Number of outgoing
128
interconnections
8192 byte
interconnections
8192 byte
cyclical transmission
Transmission time, min.
Possible settings: 10, 20, 50,
100, 200, 500 and 1000 ms
10 ms
- Number of incoming
200
- Number of outgoing
200
interconnections
2000 byte
interconnections
2000 byte
(acyclic)
- Number of stations for HMI
variables that can connect
(PN OPC/iMap);
stations are 2 x PN OPC and
1 x SIMATIC iMap
3
- Update HMI variables, min. 500 ms
- Number of HMI variables, max. 200
- Data length of all HMI variables 8192 byte
Internal device interconnections
- Number of internal
interconnections
256
- Data length of all internal
interconnections
2400 byte
Interconnections with constants
- Number of interconnections with
constants, max.
200
- Data lengths of all interconnec-
tions with constants.
4096 byte
PROFIBUS proxy functionality No
Access to S7extended variables
- Maximum number of S7
connections for access to
variables with the PROFINET
attribute "S7extended", max.
32
CP 343-1
2/193
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
CP 343-1
6GK7 343-1EX21-0XE0
For connection of SIMATIC
S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet;
PROFINET IO Controller,
PROFINET CBA, TCP/IP and UDP,
S7 communication,
(SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/
WRITE, with and without RFC
1006, diagnostic expansions,
multicast, CPU clock synchroni-
zation via SIMATIC procedure
and NTP, access protection
through IP access list, SNMP,
DHCP, initialization over LAN
manual on CD-ROM
event of a fault; for storing con-
figuration or engineering and
application data; can be used
for SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
German/English
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
SIMATIC S7 V5.3 SP2, operating
under STEP 7 V5.3; on CD-ROM
with electronic manual in German,
English, French, Spanish, Italian
Included in the STEP 7 V5.3
package
Documentation S7-CPs/NCM
for Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS
for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x);
paper version
SIMATIC iMap V2.0
for configuring
PROFINET CBA,
Prerequisite:
Windows 2000 Prof. SP4 or
Windows XP Prof. SP1;
on programming device or PC
with Pentium processor, min.
500 MHz; STEP 7, V5.2 SP1 and
higher incl. NCM, SIMATIC NET IE
SOFTNET-PG, V6.2 and higher;
PN OPC server, V6.2 and higher
Type of supply:
German, English with electronic
documentation
Single license 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
Software Update Service 6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
Upgrade to V2.0 single license 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
CP 343-1 Advanced
2/194
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
- Connection for RJ45
- Multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport
protocol
- Open IE communication (TCP/IP and UDP): Multicast for
UDP
- PROFINET IO controller
- PROFINET CBA
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing)
- S5compatible communication
- IT communication:
HTTP communication supports access to process data
through Web browsers;
FTP communication supports program-controlled FTP client
communication,
Access to data blocks through FTP server,
Data handling for own file system through FTP,
E-mail
IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via
program block (e.g. for HMI)
Module replacement without programming device; all infor-
mation is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for IT
functions).
Extensive diagnostic functions for all modules in the rack
Integration into network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1 MIB-II
Benefits
The field level (PROFINET, S7, S5) can be connected over
Industrial Ethernet with the management level (IT communica-
tion such as Email, FTP and HTTP)
PROFINET
Optimum support of maintenance through
- web-based diagnostics
- monitoring with IT network management tools (SNMP)
- simple module replacement without PG using C-PLUG swap
media
Savings in time and cost in modular machine and plant
construction with PROFINET CBA
Security:
Protection without changing passwords, through device-
related IP address lists;
password protection for Web applications
Low-cost access to process information using standard Web
browsers, reducing software costs on the client side
File system as low-cost bulk storage for data, log files, ma-
chine documentation and statistics (C-PLUG as swap media)
Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC procedure
Setting of own IP parameters when using in series machines
delivered without STEP 7
Application
The CP 343-1 Advanced is the communications processor for
connecting SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet.
The CP 343-1 Advanced offers the communication options of the
S7-300:
PG/PC
Host computer
HMI devices
PROFINET IO devices
PROFINET CBA is used to create reusable technology modules.
Design
The CP 343-1 Advanced offers all the advantages of SIMATIC
S7-300 system design:
Compact design;
- automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing;
Easy installation;
The CP 343-1 Advanced is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN
rail and connected to adjacent modules through the bus con-
nectors. There are no slot rules.
Operation without fans;
a backup battery is not required.
With the IM 360/361, the CP 343-1 Advanced can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER)
C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in scope of delivery
as replacement medium (cannot be operated without C-PLUG)
CBA IO-C IO-D
CP 343-1 Advanced
2/195
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
The CP 343-1 Advanced independently handles data traffic over
Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor and can
be put into service directly using the unique preset Ethernet ad-
dress (MAC) via the network. Multi-protocol operation of the
transport protocols TCP/IP and UDP is possible.
For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an
adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and
passive partners.
The CPUs time can be set using NTP or SIMATIC procedures
with an accuracy of approx. +/-1 s.
The CP 343-1 Advanced works in multi-protocol mode for the
following communication services:
PG/OP communication
S7 routing;
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming
device communication across networks.
PROFINET IO Controller;
real-time communication (RT) with field devices on Industrial
Ethernet in accordance with PROFINET standard
PROFINET CBA;
Communication between technology modules (distributed
intelligence);
Cyclic or acyclic communication can be selected.
S7 communication
For connecting the S7-300 (server and client) to S7-200/300/400
(server and client), HMI units and PCs (SOFTNET-S7 or CP 1613
A2 with S7-1613).
call.
- TCP with RFC 1006
UDP
- Multicast for UDP
to be used.
Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used for com-
munication with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and
computers/PCs.
The function blocks required are a component part of STEP 7 for
Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user pro-
gram.
access to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S7 (in the same way as
in the CP 1430 TCP and the SIMATIC S5). This means existing
HMI systems can still be used.
Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol allows utilization
of the multicast function to simultaneously send and receive data
on configured multicast circuits.
IT functions
Web server;
any HTML pages up to 30 MB can be downloaded and viewed
with standard browsers
Standard diagnostics pages;
for prompt diagnostics on the system for all modules inserted
in the rack, without the need for additional tools
Emails;
sending of Emails direct from the user program
Communication via FTP;
open protocol that is available on most operating system plat-
forms
The 30 MB RAM file system can be used for buffering dynamic
data.
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostics options are available via NCM S7, includ-
ing:
Operating status of CP
Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices
Diagnostic buffer
Diagnostics possibilities during operation
Status scanning of connections using function block
SNMP MIB-2 objects;
the current status of the Ethernet interface can then be called,
e.g. for network management.
Web interface with basic diagnostics information and diag-
nostics buffer of the CP and CPU in plain text
Security
With a configurable IP access list, specific PCs and automation
devices can be released for IP-based access to the CP or the
controller.
Web pages can be protected using passwords.
Configuration
Version 5.3 SP3 of STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet are
required for configuring the CP 343-1 Advanced. NCM S7 is
completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment.
The configuration data of the CP created with STEP 7 is stored
on the CPU. Attention must however be paid to the memory vol-
ume of the S7-CPU.
The user-specific HTML pages, FTP data and the CBA connec-
tion information created with SIMATIC iMAP are saved on the
swap media C-PLUG (Configuration Plug).
The function blocks required for communication and the pro-
grammable communications block (S7-Client) are included in
the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet or can be
downloaded from the Internet.
CP 343-1 Advanced
2/196
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Autosensing/Autocrossover/
Autonegotiation
Connection for supply voltage 1 x 2-pin plug-in terminal block
Voltage supply +5 V DC (5%) and
+24 V DC (5%)
Current consumption
max. 200 mA
Power loss 5.8 W
Construction
double width
Configuring software STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
Performance data
Open IE/S5-compatible
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
TCP/UDP connections
max. 16
Useful data
- TCP 8KB
- UDP 2KB
S7 communication
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP con-
nections (acyclic services)
16
connections
max. 48
Multicast 16
FTP communication
Number of client connections max. 10
Number of server connections max. 2
IT communication
Number of connections to an
Email server
max. 1
Memory capacity
Flash memory file system 30 MB
RAM memory 30 MB
Service life of the Flash Memory
cells
approx. 100000 write cycles
Number of operable
PN IO-Devices
125
- I/O input area 2160 byte
- I/O output area 2160 byte
Size of I/O data areas
per connected PN IO device
PROFINET CBA
partners
64
Data length of all incoming
connections
8192 byte
Data length of all outgoing
connections
8192 byte
max.
8192 byte
max.
450 byte
2400 byte
- Scan rate: Sampling time, min.
Possible settings: 100, 200, 500
and 1000 ms
100 ms
nections, max.
128
nections, max.
128
connections
8192 byte
connections
8192 byte
cyclic transmission
100, 200, 500 and 1000 ms
10 ms
nections, max.
200
nections, max.
200
connections
2000 byte
connections
2000 byte
(acyclic)
- Number of stations for HMI
(PN OPC/iMap);
1 x SIMATIC iMap
3
- Update HMI variables, min. 500 ms
- Number of HMI variables, max. 200
- Data length of all HMI variables 8192 byte
CP 343-1 Advanced
2/197
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
- number of internal interconnec-
tions
256
- data length of all internal inter-
connections
2400 byte
- number of interconnections with
constants, max.
200
- data lengths of all interconnec-
4096 byte
PROFIBUS proxy functionality no
- maximum number of S7 connec-
tions for access to variables with
the PROFINET attribute
"S7extended", max.
32
CP 343-1 Advanced
6GK7 343-1GX21-0XE0
For the connection of SIMATIC
S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet;
PROFINET IO Controller,
PROFINET CBA, TCP/IP and UDP,
S7 communication,
(SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/WRITE,
with and without RFC 1006, diag-
nostics expansions, multicast,
Web server, HTML diagnostics,
FTP server, FTP client, E-mail
client, setting of CPUs clock
using SIMATIC and NTP proce-
dures, access protection through
IP access list, SNMP, DHCP,
initialization over LAN
manual on CD-ROM
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
German/English
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
Configuration software for
Industrial Ethernet CPs for
SIMATIC S7 V5.3 SP2, operating
under STEP 7 V5.3; on CD-ROM
with electronic manual in German,
English, French, Spanish, Italian
Included in the STEP 7 V5.3
package
PROFIBUS
for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x);
paper version
SIMATIC iMap V3.0
for configuring
PROFINET CBA,
Prerequisite:
Windows 2000 Prof. with Service
Pack 4 or later or Windows XP Prof.
with Service Pack 1 or later or
Windows 2003 Server
with Service Pack 1 or later;
on PG or PC with Pentium
processor, min. 1 GHz; STEP 7
V5.3 or later with Service Pack 3,
PN OPC Server V6.3 or later
Type of deilvery:
documentation
Upgrade to V3.0, single license 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
CP 443-1
2/198
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
for automatic switchover between AUI, ITP and RJ45 inter-
face
- universal connection options for ITP, RJ45 and AUI
- multi-protocol operation with ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport
protocol
- adjustable Keep Alive function
- Open IE communication via TCP/IP and UDP)
- S7 communication
- S5 compatible communication
Multicast for UDP
cation through S7 routing
Remote programming and initial startup via the network
Benefits
Direct integration of S7-400 even in complex systems by
means of Industrial Ethernet at 100 Mbit/s
communication. Flexible in use thanks to automatic media
switching (AUI/ITP) and free choice of slot
Accessibility of many nodes by means of free UDP connec-
tions or multicast function
without RFC 1006
Protection against unauthorized access via TCP/IP
Application
The CP 443-1 is the communications processor for the SIMATIC
S7-400 for Industrial Ethernet. With its own processor, it relieves
the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional con-
nections. Communication options for S7-400 through CP 443-1
with:
Programming devices, processors and HMI devices
Other SIMATIC S7 systems
SIMATIC S5 PLCs.
Design
system design:
Compact design;
- 15-pin Sub-D socket with automatic switching between AUI
and twisted pair interface;
Automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing.
Easy installation:
the CP 443-1 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected
to other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane
bus. There are no slot rules.
The CP 443-1 can be operated without a fan. A standby bat-
tery is not required.
In combination with IM 460/461, the CP 443-1 can also be
ming device.
CP 443-1
2/199
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 to 4 com-
ply with international standards. Multi-protocol operation of the
transport protocols ISO and TCP/IP is possible.
For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an
adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and
passive partners.
The CP 443-1 has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be
put directly into operation over the network.
The CP 443-1 works in multi-protocol mode for the following
communication services:
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
S7 communication
for connecting the S7-200/300 (server and client) to S7-400
(server and client), HMI devices and PCs (SOFTNET-S7 or
CP 1613 A2 with S7-1613).
Communication takes place through the CP 443-1 without further
configuration.
H communication
For redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-1 can also be
used in SIMATIC H systems.
Time of day synchronization
The CP 443-1 is capable of forwarding the time of day of the
S7-400 CPU to the network. Conversely, the CP 443-1 of the
S7-400-CPU can make an existing time of day available on the
network.
This is also made available by means of the international proto-
col (Network Time Protocol).
communication.
Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call.
This interface enables the following to be used:
ISO transport connections
- TCP with RFC 1006
UDP (2 KB data length)
- Multicast for UDP (2 KB data length)
Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used with
SIMATIC S5 and computers/PCs. The function calls required are
a component part of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet and must be
integrated in the S7 user program.
access to the CPU data in the same way as in the CP 1430. This
means existing HMI systems can still be used. Implementing
UDP as the transmission protocol allows utilization of the multi-
cast function to simultaneously send and receive data on config-
urable multicast circuits.
Security
With a freely configurable access list, specific users and pro-
grammable controllers can be enabled for accessing the CP or
control via TCP/IP.
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7, includ-
ing:
Operating status of the CP
Diagnostic buffer
Configuration
STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet are required for con-
figuring the CP 443-1. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the
STEP 7 environment.
The CP is only available following installation of NCM S7 for
Industrial Ethernet in the hardware catalog of STEP 7.
NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet is a component of STEP 7
(Version V 5.0 or higher).
In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7/NCM S7 the configuration data
of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU. This allows
the module to be replaced without a programming device.
Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the
S7-CPU.
Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers
connected to the network is possible over the network.
All function blocks (FC) required for S5-compatible communica-
tion are included in the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial
Ethernet.
Interfaces
electrical
1 x 15-pin Sub-D socket
(10 Mbit/s AUI; 10/100 Mbit/s ITP)
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Current consumption
from +5 V DC (5%) approx. 1.4 A
from 24 V DC (5%) typ. 220 mA,
max. 350 mA (depending on the
interface used)
Power loss 8.6 W
Construction
single width
Configuring software NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet
(included in the scope of delivery
of STEP 7 V5.x).
CP 443-1
2/200
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) Utilization depends on performance of S7-CPU/FM used.
More information
The configuration software NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet is
supplied with STEP 7 V5.2.
Performance data
Open IE/S5-compatible
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
ISO/TCP/UDP connections
max. 64
Volume of user data ISO or TCP/IP max. 8 KB
Volume of user data UDP max. 2 KB
S7 communication
1)
max. 48
connections
max. 64
CP 443-1
6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0
to Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for S7 com-
munication, S5-compatible com-
munication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE with and
without RFC 1006, diagnostic
expansions, Multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initial start-up over LAN
10/100 Mbit/s with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
German/English
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
Included in the STEP 7 V5.x
package
Industrial Ethernet-CPs for
SIMATIC S7;
V5.x, operating under STEP 7
V5.x; on CD-ROM with electronic
manual in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian
Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7
CP 443-1 Advanced
2/201
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
- Connection via RJ45
- Multi-protocol operation for ISO, TCP/IP and UDP
- Open IE communication (TCP/IP and UDP):
Multicast for UDP
- PROFINET CBA
- ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport protocols:
Multicast for UDP
- S7 communication
- IT communication:
HTTP communication supports access to process data
through Web browsers;
FTP communication supports program-controlled FTP client
communication,
Access to data blocks through FTP server,
Data handling for own file system through FTP, E-mail
IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the
user program (e.g. HMI)
Single-width module with integrated 4-port switch saves
space in the rack and control cabinet. Thanks to the inte-
grated autocrossing function, the CP 443-1 Advanced is very
well suited for establishing small local networks.
Module replacement without programming device; all informa-
tion is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for IT functions).
Extensive diagnostic functions for all modules in the rack
Benefits
Ideal for construction of small local networks thanks to the
integrated 4-port switch which saves space in the control cab-
inet.
PROFINET
Savings in time and cost in modular machine and plant con-
struction with PROFINET CBA
Security:
Protection without the need for changing passwords through
device-oriented IP address lists
Access to process information (password protected) using
standard Web browsers, reducing software costs on the client
side
Simple diagnostics even without STEP 7 by diagnosing all
modules and racks via Web browser or SNMP
Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by
means of FTP
File system as low-cost bulk storage for data, log files and
statistics (C-PLUG as swap media)
Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages
by e-mail through IT communication paths
Module replacement without programming devices, as all
information is stored on the replaceable C-PLUG (even file
system for IT functions).
One module for various applications: Programming de-
vice/PC, HMI systems, SIMATIC S5/S7 (high-priority) and
IT communication
Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC proce-
dure with selectable path
Setting of intrinsic IP parameters of series machines without
STEP 7
Application
The CP 443-1 Advanced is the communications processor for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to the Industrial Ethernet.
The CP 443-1 Advanced provides the opportunity for the
SIMATIC S7-400 to communicate with:
PG/PC
Host computer
HMI devices
PROFINET IO devices
PROFINET CBA is used to create reusable technology modules.
CBA IO-C IO-D
CP 443-1 Advanced
2/202
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
The CP 443-1 Advanced offers all the advantages of SIMATIC
The front panel of the rugged plastic casing includes:
- Four RJ45 sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet.
- Diagnostic LEDs for each switch port
Connection is by means of the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with
180 cable exit or by means of a standard patch cable
Simple installation;
the CP 443-1 Advanced is mounted on the S7-400 rack and
connected to other modules by means of the backplane bus.
The CP 443-1 Advanced can be operated without a fan.
In combination with IM 460/461, the CP 443-1 Advanced can
also be used in an expansion rack (ER).
ming device
C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in scope of delivery
as replacement medium (cannot be operated without C-
PLUG).
Function
The CP 443-1 Advanced independently handles data traffic over
Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own powerful processor
and can be put into service directly using the unique preset
Ethernet address (MAC) via the network.
Support of the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) en-
ables the IP address to be issued from a central DHCP server.
The CP 443-1 Advanced works in multi-protocol mode for the
following communication services:
PG/OP communication
S7 routing;
S7 communication
for connecting the S7-200/300/400 (server and client) to S7-400
(server and client), HMI devices and PCs (CP1613 with S7-1613
or SOFTNET-S7 with CP1612 or CP1512).
Clock synchronization using SIMATIC procedure or NTP
(network time protocol) with selectable path.
Simple and optimized interface for data communication.
Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call.
ISO transport connections
TCP connections with or without RFC 1006
UDP (2 KB data length)
UDP Multicast (2 KB data length)
to be used.
Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used with
SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/PCs. The
function calls required are a component part of STEP S7 and
must be integrated into the S7 user program.
Communication with PROFINET
PROFINET IO controller;
for connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with
PROFINET
PROFINET CBA;
Communication between technology modules (distributed intel-
ligence);
This communication is suitable for time-critical as well as non-
time-critical tasks.
IT functions
WEB server;
any HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with stan-
dard browsers
Standard diagnostic pages;
for prompt diagnosis on the system for all modules inserted in
the rack, without the need for additional tools
E-mails;
sending of e-mails direct from the user program
Communication via FTP;
open protocol that is available on most operating system plat-
forms
The 32 MB RAM file system can be used for buffering dynamic
data. In addition, a buffered area of 512 KB is available which
is supplied via the central backup battery.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7 or SNMP,
including:
Diagnosis of the assigned PROFINET field devices (also in the
user program)
Information about every port of the switch
Diagnostics buffer
Web interface with basic diagnostic information
Security
With a freely configurable access list, PCs and programmable
controllers can be enabled for accessing the CP or control via
TCP/IP.
Configuring
CP 443-1 Advanced is configured with STEP 7, V 5.2 SP3 and
higher. To utilize the PROFINET function of the device, STEP 7
V 5.3 SP1 and higher is required. When using PROFINET CBA,
the engineering tool iMap V 2.0 and higher is required.
The configuration data of the CP created with STEP 7 is stored
on the CPU. Attention must however be paid to the memory vol-
ume of the S7-CPU.
The user-specific HTML pages, FTP data and the connection in-
formation created with SIMATIC iMAP are saved on the swap
media C-PLUG (Configuration Plug).
CP 443-1 Advanced
2/203
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Integration
Connection to higher-level network Small independent local networks (e.g. within a machine or cell)
1) For configuring PROFINET IO
2) For configuring PROFINET CBA, iMap V 2.0 is also required
ET 200S ET 200S
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
6
9
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
Field PG
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
Industrial Ethernet
Panel PC
Field PG
ET 200S
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
7
0
PROFINET
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing
Ports
electrical
4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Power supply DC +5 V (+/- 5%)
from the backplane bus
Current consumption
From backplane bus max. 1.8 A
Power loss 7.25 W
Design
double width
Configuring software STEP 7 V5.3 + SP1
1) 2)
Performance data
(SEND/RECEIVE)
TCP/UDP connections
max. 64
Useful data
- ISO or TCP/IP max. 8 KB
- UDP max. 2 KB
- E-mail max. 2 KB
S7 communication
PG/OP communication
Number of PG connections max. 2
Number of OP connections max. 30
connections
max. 128
FTP communication
Number of client connections max. 10
IT communication
Memory capacity
Flash memory file system 32 MB, approx. 30 MB of which is
freely available to the user
RAM 32 MB, max. 16 MB of which is
freely available to the user;
additional 512 KB buffered via
central backup battery
HTTP communication
CP 443-1 Advanced
2/204
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Number of operable
PN IO-Devices
max. 125
Number of external IO-lines
in one central rack
max. 4
- I/O input area max. 4 KB
- I/O output area max. 4 KB
Size of I/O data areas per
connected PN IO device:
PROFINET CBA
partners
64
nections
8192 byte
nections
8192 byte
max.
8192 byte
max.
450 byte
2400 byte
acyclical transmission
- scan rate: Sampling time, min.
Possible settings: 100, 200, 500
and 1000 ms
100 ms
- number of incoming intercon-
nections, max.
150
- number of outgoing interconnec-
tions, max.
150
- data length of all incoming
interconnections
8192 byte
- data length of all outgoing
interconnections
8192 byte
cyclical transmission
- transmission frequency:
100, 200, 500 and 1000 ms
10 ms
- number of incoming intercon-
nections, max.
250
- number of outgoing interconnec-
tions, max.
250
- data length of all incoming inter-
connections
2000 byte
- data length of all outgoing inter-
connections
2000 byte
(acyclic)
- number of stations for HMI
(PN OPC/iMap);
1 x SIMATIC iMap
3
- update HMI variables, min. 500 ms
- number of HMI variables, max. 200
- data length of all HMI variables 8192 byte
- number of internal interconnec-
tions
300
- data length of all internal inter-
connections
2400 byte
- number of interconnections with
constants, max.
500
- data lengths of all interconnec-
4000 byte
PROFIBUS proxy functionality No
- maximum number of S7 con-
nections for access to variables
with the PROFINET attribute
"S7extended", max.
32
CP 443-1 Advanced
2/205
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
More information
The NCM S7 configuration software for Industrial Ethernet is in-
cluded in the scope of supply of STEP 7 V5.2.
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
CP 443-1 Advanced
6GK7 443-1EX40-0XE0
For the connection of SIMATIC
S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet over
PROFINET IO; PROFINET IO-
Controller, PROFINET CBA,
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for
S7 communication,
(SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/
WRITE, with and without RFC
1006, diagnostic expansions,
multicast, clock synchronization
via SIMATIC procedure or NTP,
access protection via IP access
list, FTP client/server, HTTP
server, HTML diagnostics, SNMP,
DHCP, e-mail, data storage on C-
PLUG, 4-port switch on board, ini-
tialization via LAN 10/100 Mbit/s;
with electronic manual on CD-
ROM
Replacement medium for simple
event of a fault; for storing config-
uration or engineering and appli-
cation data, can be used for
SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
German/English
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
Configuring software NCM S7
SIMATIC S7; V5.x, operating
under STEP 7 V5.x; with elec-
tronic manual on CD-ROM,
Spanish, Italian
Included in the STEP 7 V5.x
package
Software iMap V2.0
Prerequisites:
Windows 2000 Prof. SP4 or
Windows XP Prof. SP1; on pro-
gramming device or PC with
Pentium processor, min.
500 MHz; STEP 7, V5.2 SP1 and
higher incl. NCM, SIMATIC NET IE
SOFTNET-PG, V6.2 and higher;
PN OPC server, V6.2 and higher
Type of supply:
documentation
Upgrade iMap V2.0
single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
System interfacing for PG/PC
General information
2/206
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
CPs with an internal microprocessor
Protocol software executes on the CP
Free PC resources for applications
Suitable for comprehensive applications
Recommended for applications with HMI systems with
high performance requirements, e.g. WinCC
Recommended for large systems (8 stations or more,
e.g. SIMATIC)
Constant communication throughput
Can be used for redundant communication
Use for PROFINET IO real-time applications
(RT, IRT with CP 1616/CP 1604)
Time synchronization
CPs without an internal microprocessor
Protocol software executes on the PG/PC
PC resources are divided between communications and
applications
Suitable for less comprehensive applications
Recommended for smaller applications (up to 8 stations,
e.g. SIMATIC)
Communications performance depends on PC resources and
PC loading
You can find software for the PC
products under Windows on the
SIMATIC NET/Windows CD.
Development Kits are available
(e.g. for CP 1616 or CP 1604) for
use in various operating-system
environments
The necessary configuring tools
are supplied with all software
packages.
Manuals in pdf format and
comprehensive details of
SIMATIC NET products and
communication can be found on
the SIMATIC NET Manual CD
that accompanies the software
products.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
8
3
SOFTWARE HARDWARE
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
CP 7515
(PC-Card,
CardBus)
CP 1613 A2 (PCI)
CP 1604
(PC/104-Plus)
CP 1616 (PCI)
CPs with their own
microprocessor
CPs without their
own microprocessor
Performance data
2/207
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The following communications processors are available for con-
necting to the programming device or PC:
CPs with an internal microprocessor:
- CP 1616 (PCI) available soon,
- CP 1613 (PCI)
CPs without an internal microprocessor:
- CP 1612 (PCI)
- CP 1512 (PC Card CardBus)
Data throughput of Industrial Ethernet
Comparisons between Layer-2 Ethernet cards and CP 1613 A2
show the respective communications throughput.
This throughput varies between 0 and the maximum throughput
for Layer-2 Ethernet cards with the corresponding software
packages.
When the CP 1613 A2 is used with software packages, the com-
munications performance remains constantly at a high level and
ensures fast response times without any variations.
Communication performance comparisons
Advanced/PC Configuration
Supports a simplified OPC configuration
Easy to handle thanks to automatic software installation
(Plug & Play)
Advanced PC configuration is included in the scope of supply
of the communications software for the PC from Version 6.0
upwards; the configuration tool NCM PC as well as the config-
uration console are also supplied with it.
NCM PC
NCM PC replaces the previous PC configuring tools. This means
that the PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in NCM PC
Version V5.1+SP2 and higher. Both tools offer the same look and
feel and create the same database. This permits consistent con-
figuration of communication functions, S5-compatible communi-
cation and S7 communication. Data only has to be entered once
and data consistency is assured.
A configuration wizard integrated into NCM PC also supports
user-driven configuration of the PC station.
With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP2 upwards, a
PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and
loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on
which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station
that is addressed over the network.
Note:
NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that
were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary.
More information
CP 1613 A2
constant communication power
Layer 2 Ethernet Cards
fluctuating communication power
M
e
s
s
a
g
e
/
s
e
c
Time
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
7
Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
2/208
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The operating systems listed in the table refer exclusively to the
communication products specified!
Please refer to the description of the relevant IPC for the operat-
ing system that is available and has been released for that IPC.
1) Use of these CPs requires porting of the Development Kit
DK-16xx PN IO to the relevant target system and operating
system environment. You can order the DK-16xx PN IO at
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk16xx in the Internet.
It contains sample software for Linux Suse 9.3.
Rack PC:
Box PC:
Panel PC:
IL 43, 840
620, 627, 840,
577, 677, 877
Microbox
PC 420
CPs and software for Industrial Ethernet
CP 1613 A2

S7-1613 Edition 2005
under
Windows 2000 Professional/
Server + SP3/4, Windows XP
Professional + SP1/2,
Windows 2003 Server + SP1
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 /

under

Windows 2003 Server + SP1,
Xpembedded + SP1
SOFTNET-PG Edition 2005

under

Xpembedded + SP1
SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2005

under

Xpembedded + SP1
CPs and software for PROFINET

Slots in the case of Industrial
PC/Embedded Platform
CP 1616 (PCI)
1)
PCI
CP 1604 (PC/104-Plus)
1)
PC/104-Plus
CP 1616
2/209
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PCI module for connecting PCs and SIMATIC PGs/PCs
to PROFINET IO
Full-duplex/half-duplex with autonegotiation (universal key
3.3 V and 5 V; 33 MHz / 66 MHz; 32 bit, executes in 64-bit
PCI-X systems)
With Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
Integral 4-port real-time switch
- PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device (RT)
- support of IRT in Motion Control applications
(available soon)
High performance through direct memory access
Integration in network management systems through the
support of SNMP I (available soon)
Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation,
start-up and operation of the module
Powerful configuration tools are included in delivery of module
Benefits
Ideally suited for design of small local networks through
integral 4-port real-time switch
PROFINET
Direct memory access to process data by linking as
PROFINET IO-Controller via IO-Base interface
High computing power is available in the PC by taking
the load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC
ERTEC 400 with support of the PROFINET real-time features
RT and IRT (available soon)
Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to
support of IRT (available soon)
Simple transfer to various operating system environments
using Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
Switch mode also with the PC switched off, via optional
external power supply
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
integrated Autocrossover function
Application
The CP 1616 enables SIMATIC PGs/PCs and PCs equipped
with a PCI slot to be connected to PROFINET IO.
The CP 1616 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
Control).
With IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), the CP is ideally suited to
time-critical applications that are in the range of strictly
isochronous closed-loop control in the motion control sector
(available soon).
The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system
solutions and the configuration of different topologies.
The CP 1616 provides communication functions for SIMATIC
programming devices/PCs and industrial PCs:
PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device (RT)
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit enables integration of the
module into any operating systems.
Design
Industrial Ethernet
- 4 x RJ45 connection
- integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
- half/full duplex
- Autosensing/Autocrossover
PCI interface:
- PCI 2.2
- 32 bit, for execution in 64-bit PCI X systems
- 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- Universal Key 3.3 V and 5 V
- installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Host interface/processor:
- dual-port RAM on board
- flash for program memory on board
- ARM 946 RISK processor (32 bit) on board for
preprocessing
Power supply:
- operating voltage: 5 V through PCI
- optional external 6 - 9 V DC supply for switch operation
with PC switched off
Size:
- short PCI format
PN ISO TCP/IP UDP PG S7 S5 ITIT
CBA IO-C IO-D
OPC FTP
CP 1616
2/210
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
The CP 1616 can be operated as a PROFINET IO controller
and/or PROFINET IO device that stores the process image
(input and output data) in the memory area on the CP.
High-performance data transfer to and from the IO devices is
performed autonomously by the CP 1616.
Real-time
Support of real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT
(available soon). The real-time properties of the CP 1616 ensure
extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates.
Switching
According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time
switch additionally permits the configuration of line topologies
with spur lines and makes external switch components unneces-
sary.
The switch function is also available when the PC is turned off
thanks to the possibility of independently supplying an external
voltage.
Software packages
DK-16xx PN IO development kit;
driver and IO-Base software for CP 1616 as PROFINET IO-Con-
troller and IO-Device under Linux in source code for transfer to
any PC-based operating systems with IO-Base interface for:
PROFINET communication:
- PROFINET IO controller:
PROFINET
- PROFINET IO device:
Link-up with a PROFINET IO controller through real-time
communication according to the PROFINET standard
Access in isochronous mode to real-time data for PROFINET
over IRT (available soon);
rates;
jitter accuracy, isochronous mode, and cycle time enable
high-performance motion control applications (available
soon).
Direct memory access to the process data;
the process data of the IO-Devices are always consistent. The
IO programming interface provides the PC programmer with
function calls for data transfer.
The design of the interface not only permits fast access as
PROFINET IO controller, but also easy porting to other operat-
ing system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
The IO-Base interface for the PROFINET IO controller of the
CP 1616 is compatible with the interface for SOFTNET PN IO
The CP 1616 is functionally compatible with the CP 1604
Using the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO, the CP 1616 com-
munications processor can be integrated into any PC-based op-
erating system environments. The development kit contains the
driver and IO-Base source code required for this including the
transfer instructions, and also the example code which executes
with SUSE Linux 9.2.
User interfaces
Programming interface through C library
For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller or
IO-Device functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base inter-
face can be used. This interface is of a similar design to the DP
Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and CP 5614.
It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master
applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications.
The following compilers can be used in combination with
SIMATIC NET products:
Microsoft Visual C++ V6.0
Microsoft Visual C++.NET
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP,
including:
General diagnostics functions
Integration in network management systems through the sup-
port of SNMP I (available soon)
Configuring
Configuration of the CP 1616 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC,
V5.3 SP2 and higher. NCM PC is included with the module.
Integration
CP 1616 as PROFINET IO-Controller and PROFINET IO-Device
Industrial
Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
9
7
Field PG
ET 200S ET 200S
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
PC with
CP 1616
as PN IO controller
IPC with
CP 1616
as PN IO device
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFINET
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
CP 1616
2/211
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing
Interfaces
electrical
4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP),
Autonegotiation
Connection to programming
device/PC
PCI 2.2 and PCI-X compatible,
32-bit,
executable in 64-bit PCI-X slots,
33 MHz/66 MHz,
3.3 V/5 V universal key
External supply for switch from
standard plug-type power supply
unit (optional)
Low-voltage socket for hollow
plug
3.5 mm (-) / 1.3 mm (+)
Power supply
Internal 5 V DC through PCI
External Optional for switch supply at PC
power-down via standard plug-in
power supply (plug-in power
supply not included in scope of
supply)
- electrical isolation Required
- rated voltage range 6 9 V DC
Current consumption
Internal max. 800 mA from PCI 5 V
External Optional for switch with PC
power-down
- at 6 V DC (optional) max. 650 mA
- at 9 V DC (optional) max. 450 mA
Power loss
In normal mode (PC on; without
external supply)
approx. 4 W
In switch mode (PC power down
and external supply)
approx. 3.9 4.1 W
Operating temperature +5 C +55 C
Construction
Module format PCI card, short
Dimensions (W x D) in mm 107 x 167
Space requirements 1 x PCI slot (32 bit; 3.3 V/5 V)
Processor ERTEC 400 / ARM9
Performance data
PROFINET-Kommunikation
PN IO-Controller performance data
Number of operable
PN IO-Devices
max. 200,
of which max. 16 IRT
Size of IO data areas overall max. 8 kbyte
connected PN IO-Device
CP 1616 communications
processor
6GK1 161-6AA00
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3/5 V universal
key) with ASIC ERTEC 400 for
connecting PCs to PROFINET IO
with 4-port real-time switch
(RJ45); for use with DK-16xx
PN IO development kit; NCM PC
Accessories
DK-16xx PN IO V2.0
development kit
Software development kit for CP
1616/CP 1604;
driver and IO-Base software for
CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO-Con-
troller and IO-Device in source
code for transfer to other PC-
based operating systems;
including executable example
code for SUSE Linux 9.3
see
http://www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/dk16xx
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC TP Standard Cable
GP 2 x 2
6XV1 840-4AH10
(Type A)
cable for connection to
IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Flexible Cable
GP 2 x 2
6XV1 870-2B
(Type B)
IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45 Plug for
occasional movement;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
CP 1604
2/212
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PC/104 Plus module for connecting PC/104 Plus systems to
PROFINET IO
Full/half duplex with autonegotiation
With Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
Integral 4-port real-time switch
- PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
- support of IRT in motion control applications
High performance through direct memory access
support of SNMP
Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation,
start-up and operation of the module
Powerful configuration tools are included in delivery of module
Benefits
PROFINET
Ideally suited for design of small local networks through
integral 4-port real-time switch
Direct memory access to process data by linking as
PROFINET IO-Controller via IO-Base interface
High computing power is available in the PC by taking the
load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC
ERTEC 400 with support of the PROFINET real-time features
RT and IRT
Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to
support of IRT
Simple transfer to various operating system environments
using Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
Switch mode also with the PC switched off, via optional
external power supply (in RT mode only)
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
integrated Autocrossover function
Application
The CP 1604 is used to connect PC/104 Plus systems to
PROFINET IO.
The CP 1604 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot Con-
trol).
With IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), the CP is ideally suited to
time-critical applications that are in the range of strictly isochro-
nous closed-loop control in the motion control sector.
The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system solutions
and the configuration of different topologies.
The CP 1604 offers PC/104 Plus systems communications
facilities with:
PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit enables integration
of the module into any operating systems.
Design
Industrial Ethernet (via "Connection Board for CP 1604")
- Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
- 4 x RJ45 connection
- Integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
- half/full duplex
- Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation
PC/104 Plus port:
- PCI 2.2
- 32 bit
- 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Host interface/processor:
- dual-port RAM onboard
- fash for program memory onboard
- ARM 946 RISK processor (32-bit) onboard for preprocess-
ing
Power supply:
- operating voltage: 5 V through PC/104 Plus
- optional external 6 to 9 V DC supply for switch operation with
PC switched off (through "Power Supply for CP 1604")
Size:
- PC/104 Plus format
Function
The CP 1604 can be operated as a PROFINET IO controller
and/or PROFINET IO device that stores the process image (input
and output data) in the memory area on the CP. With simulta-
neous controller and device mode, only the controller or the de-
vice can be operated in IRT mode. High-performance data
transfer to and from the IO devices is performed autonomously
by the CP 1604.
Real-time
Support of real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT.
The real-time properties of the CP 1604 ensure extremely short
cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates.
Switching
According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time
switch additionally permits the configuration of line topologies
with spur lines and makes external switch components
unnecessary.
The switch function in RT mode is also available when the PC is
turned off thanks to the possibility of independently supplying an
external voltage (via "Power Supply for CP 1604").
CBA IO-C IO-D
OPC FTP
CP 1604
2/213
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Software packages
driver and IO-Base software for CP 1604 as PROFINET IO-Con-
troller and IO-Device under Linux in source code for transfer to
any PC-based operating systems with IO-Base interface for:
PROFINET communication:
- PROFINET IO controller:
PROFINET
- PROFINET IO device:
Link-up with a PROFINET IO controller through real-time
communication according to the PROFINET standard
Access in isochronous mode to real-time data for PROFINET
over IRT;
rates;
jitter accuracy, isochronous mode, and cycle time enable
high-performance motion control applications.
Direct memory access to the process data;
the process data of the IO-Devices are always consistent.
The IO programming interface provides the PC programmer
with function calls for data transfer.
The design of the interface not only permits fast access as
PROFINET IO controller, but also easy porting to other operat-
ing system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
The IO-Base interface for the PROFINET IO controller of the
CP 1604 is compatible with the interface for SOFTNET PN IO
The CP 1604 is functionally compatible to the CP 1616
Using the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO, the CP 1604
communications processor can be integrated into any PC-
based operating system environment. The development kit
contains the driver and IO-Base source code required for this
including the transfer instructions, and also the example code
which executes with SUSE Linux 9.3.
User interfaces
For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller
or IO-Device functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base
interface can be used. This interface is of a similar design to
the DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and
CP 5614. It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP
master applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications.
Diagnostics data
including:
General diagnostics functions
support of SNMP
Configuration
Configuration of the CP 1604 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC,
V5.3 SP2 and higher. NCM PC is included with the module.
Integration
CP 1604 as PROFINET IO-Controller and PROFINET IO-Device
CP 1604 with accessories
CP 1604 Microbox Package
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
3
6
SIMATIC Microbox or
PC/104-Plus System with CP 1604
as PN IO-Controller
SIMATIC Microbox or
PC/104-Plus system with CP 1604
as PN IO-Device
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFINET
Field PG
ET 200S ET 200S
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
CP 1604
2/214
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Interfaces
electrical
4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP),
Autonegotiation
Connection to PC/104 Plus PC/104 Plus compatible,
32 bit,
33 MHz/66 MHz
Connection for supply voltage Via Power Supply for CP 1604
Supply voltage
Internal 5 V DC through PC/104 Plus
External Optional for supplying the switch
via power supply for CP 1604 in
the event of host system power-
down (power supply not included
in the scope of supply)
- electrical isolation Required
- rated voltage range 5 V DC +/- 5%
Current consumption
Internal max. 800 mA from PC/104 Plus
5 V
External Optional for supplying the switch
in case of host system power-
down
- for 5 V DC (via "Power Supply
for CP 1604")
max. 800 mA
Power loss
In normal mode (PC on;
without external supply)
approx. 4 W
In switch mode (host system
power-down; and external supply
via "Power Supply for CP 1604")
approx. 5.4 W
Construction
Module format PC/104 Plus format
Space requirements PC/104 Plus slot
(32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V)
Processor ERTEC 400 / ARM9
Performance data
Number of operable PN IO
devices
max. 200,
of which max. 16 IRT
Size of IO data areas overall max. 8 KB
connected PN IO-Device
CP 1604 communications
processor
6GK1 160-4AA00
PCI/104 Plus card (32-bit) with
ASIC ERTEC 400 for connecting
PC/104 Plus systems to
PROFINET IO with 4-port real-
time switch (RJ45), for use with
NCM PC
CP 1604 Microbox Package 6GK1 160-4AU00
Package for implementing the
CP 1604 in the SIMATIC Microbox
PC; comprising the CP 1604, con-
nection board, power supply and
expansion racks for Microbox PC;
for use with Development Kit DK-
16xx PN IO; NCM PC
Accessories
Connection board for CP 1604 6GK1 160-4AC00
Connection board for CP 1604
with four RJ45 sockets incl.
connecting cable
Power supply for CP 1604 6GK1 160-4AP00
Redundant power supply for
CP 1604 for operating the integral
4-port switch of the CP 1604 with
the PC/104 system switched off
DK-16xx PN IO V2.0
development kit
see
simatic-net/dk16xx
Software development kit for
CP 1616/CP 1604;
driver and IO-Base software for
CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO con-
troller and IO device in source
code for transfer to other PC-
based operating systems;
including executable example
code for SUSE Linux 9.3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
2 x 2 (Type A)
6XV1 840-4AH10
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. quantity
2 x 2 (Type B)
6XV1 870-2B
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. quantity
CP 1613 A2
2/215
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V universal key) with
microprocessor for connection of PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing/Autonegotiation
Communication services using
- open IE communication via TCP/IP and UDP)
- ISO transport protocol
- S7 communication
- S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
15-pole ITP connection
RJ45 connection
ISO and TCP/IP transport protocol onboard
SNMP-supported diagnostics
The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are
included in the respective scope of supply of the communi-
cation software
Benefits
Constant data throughput through protocol processing
on the CP
Can be connected to many devices through ITP or RJ45
connections on the module
Free computing capacity for other applications on the PC,
e.g. HMI (ISO and TCP/IP transport onboard)
Simple handling through Plug&Play and Autosensing
(10/100 Mbit/s)
Operation of large network configurations with a single card
through high number of connections
Can be used for redundant communication
OPC as standard interface
Uniform procedure and configuration functions for NCM PC
and STEP 7
PN ISO TCP/IP UDP PG S7 S5 ITIT OPC FTP
CP 1613 A2
2/216
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application
The CP 1613 A2 is used to connect SIMATIC PGs/PCs and PCs
with a PCI slot to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s).
Network connection facilities for CP 1613 A2
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
1
OSM / ESM
RJ45
TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
OSM BC08
CP 1613 A2
ITP
SCALANCE X005/X-100/X-200/X-400
IE TP Cord
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet IE TP Cord
TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
IE FC
RJ45
Plug 180
ITP Standard Cable
structured cabling
according to EN 50173
Industrial Ethernet Switch e.g. ESM,
SCALANCE X005/X-100/X-200/X-400
Twisted-Pair network (Sub-D)
Twisted-Pair network (RJ45)
up to 100 m
Fiber Optic network
up to 100 m
LWL
SCALANCE X101-1
OMC
Sub-D
CP 1613 A2
2/217
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
The CP 1613 A2 module (PCI card with microprocessor 32 bit;
33 MHz/66 MHz; 3,3 V/5 V universal key) is directly plugged into
a SIMATIC PG/PC or into a PC and requires a short PCI slot. Runs
in 64 bit PCI and PCI-X slots (PCI 2.2- and PCI-X compatible).
Ports:
15-pin Sub-D socket for ITP
RJ45 socket for twisted pair
Automatic detection and selection of the interface on start-up
(ITP or RJ45)
The module is connected, for example, using
ITP over the ITP Standard Cable 9/15 to OSM/ESM
TP over the TP cord up to 10 m or over FastConnect- System
up to 100 m (IE FC RJ45 Plug and FC cables)
to SCALANCE X or SCALANCE S
Function
User interfaces
OPC interface
The OPC server included in the respective software package
can be used as the standard programming interface for the
S5-compatible communication and S7 communication protocols
for linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable
Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
The programming interfaces for S7 communication protocol,
PG/OP communication protocol and S5-compatible communi-
cation protocol for existing applications are implemented as a
Dynamic Link Library (DLL).
This means that the following compilers can be used in combi-
nation with the SIMATIC NET products:
Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0
Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0
Microsoft Visual C++ V7.x
Other compilers can be used over the OPC server, but the
compiler must support the COM interface (Microsoft compo-
nent model)
Software for PG/OP communication
This software supports the programming of SIMATIC S5 and S7
controllers over Industrial Ethernet in combination with STEP5 /
STEP7 programmable controllers.
It is included in all CP 1613 A2 software packages.
Software for S7 communication
(S7-1613 or S7-REDCONNECT)
The S7 interface provides PG/PC applications (e.g. WinCC) and
application programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system com-
ponents. This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the
SIMATIC S7 controller.
S7 communication offers:
Administrative services
Connection management
Mini database
Trace
Data transfer services
Read/write variables
BSEND/BRECEIVE
With S7-REDCONNECT, communication to the high-availability
S7-400H system is possible.
Software for open IE and S5-compatible communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
This interface is used for communication between
PG/PC and SIMATIC S5
PG/PC and PG/PC
used
Open IE and S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
offers the following services:
Management services
Connection establishment services
The software is included in the S7-1613 product.
Mode of operation
Protocols up to Level 4 (Transport) are processed autonomously
on the module.
16 MB of memory is available for this to support a large quanti-
tative framework and reliable communication.
Data is exchanged between the module and the host in master
mode. This means that the CP 1613 A2 accesses the physical
RAM of the host.
A Windows driver is responsible for transferring data between
the host system and the CP 1613 A2. The transmission rate to
Industrial Ethernet is detected and automatically switched over
(autosensing).
The IT functionality is provided in combination with the Windows
software of the PC.
Diagnostics data
Via SNMP all MIB-2 objects can be read out. This enables the
current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved.
Configuration
The S7 communication protocol and S5-compatible communi-
cation protocol are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC.
The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the CP 1613 A2
software packages.
NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration.
CP 1613 A2
2/218
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Interfaces
electrical
(10/100 Mbit/s ITP)
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
device/PC
PCI (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz;
3.3 V/5 V universal key)
Supply voltage 5 V DC 5% via PCI;
12 V DC 5 % via PCI
Current consumption
from 5 V DC 600 mA
from 12 V DC 500 mA
Power loss 4 W
Construction
Module format PCI card
Space requirements 1 x PCI slot (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V)
Performance data
for mono-protocol operation
S7 and programmable device/
operator panel communication
be used
- ISO max. 120
- TCP/IP max. 120
(SEND/RECEIVE)
be used
- ISO max. 120
- TCP/IP max. 120
Total of all configurable connections
per PC station
max. 207
processor
6GK1 161-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit, 33 MHz/66 MHz;
3.3 V/5 V universal key) for con-
nection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100 Mbit/s) with ITP and RJ45
connection over S7-1613 and
S7-REDCONNECT, incl. driver for
32-bit Windows XP Professional,
Professional/Server
S7-1613 Edition 2005 6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
S7-REDCONNECT Edition 2005 6GK1 716-0HB63-3AA0
Software for failsafe S7 communi-
cation over redundant networks
incl. S7-OPC server, S7-1613
2005, single license for 1 installa-
tion, runtime software, software
and electronic manual on CD-
ROM, license key on diskette,
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional, 2003 Server, Win-
dows 2000 Professional/Server;
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
Upgrade S7-REDCONNECT
Edition 2005
6GK1 716-0HB63-3AA4
For expanding S7-1613 2005 to
S7-REDCONNECT, single license
for 1 installation, runtime software,
on CD-ROM, license key on dis-
kette, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional, 2003 Server,
Server; for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
SIMATIC NET Software Update
Service
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
For Industrial Ethernet,
PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one
year service incl. manuals on
CD-ROM; prerequisite: SIMATIC
NET PC/Windows products
German/English
S7-REDCONNECT
2/219
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
For interfacing PCs over redundant Industrial Ethernet
to the SIMATIC S7-400H
Protected from communication failures arising from a fault
in the double bus or in redundant rings
For redundantly configured Industrial Ethernet
Can also be implemented in non-redundant networks
No additional programming overhead for the PC
and in H systems
included in the scope of supply of the respective
communication software
Enhanced redundancy over 4-way communication
(STEP 7 V5.1 + SP4 and higher)
System configuration for S7-REDCONNECT
Benefits
Provides protection against communication failure in the event
of a fault in the double bus or in redundant rings
Simplifies communication of a PC application with the
SIMATIC S7-400H system
Safeguards previous investments due to the use of existing
applications and the flexible application options
No additional programming required for PC and H systems
Increases the availability of the PC application (e.g. PCS 7)
through redundant communication
Application
The software package S7-REDCONNECT connects the
SIMATIC S7-400H to applications on the PC, e.g. WinCC.
Typically, a redundant Industrial Ethernet is used. The software
package can also be used where SIMATIC H systems are oper-
ated on non-redundant networks.
Mixed operation of redundant and non-redundant systems is
also possible.
Design
The following components are required to design a SIMATIC H
system with PC connection
PC with:
up to four CP 1613 A2 and S7-REDCONNECT to connect the
PC to Industrial Ethernet with ISO protocol
S7-400H with:
CP 443-1 to connect the S7-400H to Industrial Ethernet with
ISO protocol
STEP 7 V5.0 or higher for programming
Function
S7 REDCONNECT contains the functional scope of the
S7-1613 software package (S7 communication, S5-compati-
ble communication and PG/OP communication) as well as
additional redundant communication through S7 connections.
An additional license for S7-1613 is not required.
Time-of-day synchronization
Continued use of existing Windows applications
Services for monitoring the redundant communication.
Diagnostics tool for visualizing the communication status
Simple redundancy through 2-way communication
(STEP 7 V5.0 SP2 or newer)
Increased redundancy through 4-way communication
(STEP 7 V5.1 + SP4 or hig newer)
The fault-tolerant S7 communication is directed through
a standard and a reserve connection. These connections are
monitored during operation and switched over if there is a fault.
With S7 REDCONNECT they remain concealed to the PC
application.
Fault detection, switching over if required, communication
monitoring and synchronization are handled in the background
invisible to the application.
The application, e.g. Win CC, communicates with the 2 subunits
of the S7-400H in the same way as with an S7 CPU.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
D
E
_
1
0
0
4
8
Industrial Ethernet
Fault-tolerant communication
PC with 2 x CP 1613 A2
and S7-REDCONNECT
S7-400H
H-CPU in
single mode
ET 200M
S7-REDCONNECT
2/220
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
User interfaces
OPC interface
The OPC server contained in the respective software package
can be used as a standard programming interface for the proto-
cols S7 communication and S5-compatible communication to
connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows ap-
plications (Office, HMI systems etc.)
Programming interface through C-Library
The programming interfaces for the protocols S7 communica-
tion, PG/OP communication, S5-compatible communication
and TF protocol for existing applications are implemented as a
The following compilers can therefore be used in conjunction
with the SIMATIC NET products:
Microsoft Visual C V7.0 (without .net Framework) available
soon
Configuration
Configuration of S7 communication protocols and S5-compat-
ible communication is executed in STEP 7 NCM PC, V5.1 SP2
or newer.
The configuring tool NCM PC is included in the scope of sup-
ply of S7 REDCONNECT for Industrial Ethernet.
NCM PC is a component of Advanced PC Configuration
Integration
Redundant optical ring for connection of high-availability systems
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
5
3
S7-300
PC
with S7-REDCONNECT
and 2 x CP 1613 A2
Non-Siemens system
H system
S7-400
S7-400
H system
S7-400
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
Note:
The optical ring can also be
implemented optionally as
an electrical ring
Industrial Ethernet
10/100
Mbit/s
100
Mbit/s
S7-REDCONNECT Edition 2005 6GK1 716-0HB63-3AA0
Software for failsafe S7 communi-
cation over redundant networks
incl. S7-OPC server, S7-1613
2005, single license for 1 installa-
Professional, 2003 Server, Win-
dows 2000 Professional/Server;
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
Upgrade S7-REDCONNECT
Edition 2005
6GK1 716-0HB63-3AA4
For expanding S7-1613 2005 to
S7-REDCONNECT, single license
Server; for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
2/221
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
For coupling programming devices/PCs/workstations to
programmable controllers
- S7 communication
Can be used with
- Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI)
- Integrated Industrial Ethernet interface
- Modem (Remote Access Service RAS)
Complete protocol stack as a software package
included in the scope of supply of the respective
communication software
System configuration SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
Benefits
Communication with SIMATIC over Industrial Ethernet
and STEP 7
Versatile connection possibilities, e.g. via CP 1612, integral
Industrial Ethernet interface, modem/ISDN (RAS)
Application
With SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet, PC/PG and workstations
can be connected to programmable controllers, such as
SIMATIC S7, over Industrial Ethernet.
The following user interfaces are available:
PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) for commu-
nication with SIMATIC S5 and S7
S7 communication
SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces:
Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI),
CP 7515 (PC-Card CardBus)
Integrated Industrial Ethernet interface
Modem/ISDN (Remote Access Service RAS)
Function
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the
PC.
This architecture means that in contrast to the 1613 products,
the performance of the SOFTNET packages is dependent on the
configuration or loading of the PC used.
The IT functionality is provided in combination with the interfaces
and the Windows software of the PC.
User interfaces
OPC interface
S5-compatible communication and S7 communication protocols
The programming interfaces for S7 communication protocol,
PG/OP communication protocol and S5-compatible communi-
cation protocol for existing applications are implemented as a
This means that the following compilers can be used in combi-
nation with the SIMATIC NET products:
Microsoft Visual C++ V7.x
Other compilers can be used over the OPC server, but the com-
piler must support the COM interface (Microsoft component
model)
This software supports the programming of SIMATIC S5 and S7
controllers over Industrial Ethernet in combination with STEP 5 /
STEP 7.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
5
S7-400 with
CP 343-1
S7-300
with CP 443-1
S5-115U to -155U
with CP 1430 TF
S7-200
with CP 243-1
PC/PG withSOFTNET
Industrial
Ethernet
SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
2/222
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other
using S7 communication functions.
The S7 communication functions can be based on either ISO
protocol or TCP/IP protocol.
S7 communication offers the following services:
S7 connection management services
Variable services
VFD services (Virtual Field Device)
Trace and mini database
This interface based on Layer 4 (ISO transport or TCP/IP with
RFC 1006) is used for communication between
PG/PC and PG/PC
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the
following services:
Management services
Configuring
The S7 communication protocol and S5-compatible communi-
cation protocol are configured in STEP 7 or SIMATIC NCM PC,
V5.1 SP2 and higher.
NET NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC
Configuration.
The NCM PC configuring tool is included in the scope of
supply of the relevant packages.
System configuration with SOFTNET-S7 Lean
for Industrial Ethernet and S7-200
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
9
4
S7-200
with CP 243-1
S7-200
with CP 243-1
S7-200
with CP 243-1
PC/PG with Layer 2 Ethernet cards
and SOFTNET-S7 Lean
Industrial
Ethernet
Performance data
S7 and PG/OP communication
(number of operable connections)
SOFTNET-S7 max. 64
SOFTNET-S7 Lean max. 8
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
German/English
SOFTNET-PG Edition 2005 for
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1PW63-3AA0
Software for PG/OP communica-
tion, single license for 1 installa-
and electronic manual on
CD-ROM, license key on diskette,
Professional, 2003 Server,
2000 Professional/Server;
for CP 1512 and CP 1612
German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
German/English
SIMATIC NET Software
Update Service
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one
year service incl. manuals on CD-
ROM; prerequisite: SIMATIC NET
PC/Windows products
German/English
SOFTNET PN IO
2/223
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PC with SOFTNET PN IO as PROFINET IO-Controller
Software with PROFINET IO-Controller function for coupling
PG/PC and IPC with PROFINET IO-Devices
Possible applications:
- PC-based control systems
- HMI systems
- test applications
Can be used with
- CP 1612 (PCI)
- integrated interfaces of SIMATIC PG/PC
- additional information regarding application can be found in
the Internet under: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Cost-effective solution for the low-end performance range
OPC server for I/O interfacing over PROFINET included in
scope of supply
Benefits
Cost-effective interfacing of field devices with Industrial
Ethernet with PROFINET
Simple porting of the application with OPC as a standard
interface
High-performance IO data access through IO Base interface
for linking into C/C++ applications
Simple migration of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613/CP 5614
with DP base interface to PROFINET through IO-Base
interface
and STEP 7
PC/PG with
SOFTNET PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
7
3
OPC XML DA
as Webservice
e.g. S7-300 with
CPU 31x and
CP 343-1 Advanced
e.g. S7-300 with
CP 342-5 as Slave
PROFINET
Communication
COM/DCOM
SIMATIC NET
OPC-Scout
WinCC
OPC-Client
Microsoft Office
OPC-Client
SOFTNET PN IO
PROFINET
IE/PB Link
PN IO
PROFIBUS
ET 200pro
Industrial Ethernet
OPC XML
Webclient
ET 200pro
ET 200S
PN IO OPC-Server
CBA IO-C IO-D
OPC FTP
SOFTNET PN IO
2/224
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application
Using SOFTNET PN IO, PCs can be connected to field devices
over Industrial Ethernet.
SOFTNET PN IO is available for the following interfaces:
Integrated interfaces of SIMATIC PG/PC
Function
PROFINET IO-Controller
PROFINET
User interfaces
OPC interface
The supplied OPC server can be used as a standard
programming interface for PROFINET IO-Controller to link
automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applica-
tions (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
Programming interface through C library;
For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller
functionality directly in C/C++, the IO-Base interface can be
used. This interface is of a similar design to the DP Base
interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and CP 5614.
It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master
applications to PN IO-Controller applications. The following
compilers can be used in combination with SOFTNET PN IO:
- Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0
- Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0
- Microsoft Visual Basic V7.0
SOFTNET PN IO and CP 1616 use compatible functions of the
IO-Base interface.
Mode of operation
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the
PC. This architecture means that the performance depends on
the configuration of the PC used or the loading on the PC.
Configuring
Configuration is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC, V5.3 SP1
and higher
Performance data
Number of operable IO devices max. 64
Number of external IO-lines in one
central rack
max. 1
- I/O input area max. 2 kByte
- I/O output area max. 2 kByte
Size of I/O data area per
connected I/O device
- I/O input area max. 1440 Byte
- I/O output area max. 1440 Byte
SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2005 6GK1 704-1HW63-3AA0
Software for PROFINET I/O con-
troller with OPC server and NCM
PC single license for 1 installa-
Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional, 2003 Server;
Windows 2000 Professional,
Server for CP 1512 and CP 1612,
German/English
OPC server for Industrial Ethernet
2/225
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of
supply of the respective communication software
Standardized, open, manufacturer-independent interface
Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to S7-com-
munication and S5-compatible communication functions
(SEND/RECEIVE), PROFINET and SNMP
OPC Scout with browser functions as OPC client and OCX
Data Control
System integration with the OPC server
Benefits
Different networks and protocols can be used easily thanks to
the uniform interface
Reduced training and familiarization costs
Easy interfacing in the system environment and office applica-
tions over C++, Visual Basic and .NET interfaces
Fast creation of applications
Easy handling and cost-effective because the corresponding
OPC server is included in the scope of supply of the respec-
tive communications software
G
_
IK
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
0
3
PC/Windows PC
FMS-PC
S7-400
SIMATIC S5
S7-300
ET 200X
S7-PC
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
SNMP PROFINET
COM/DCOM
SIMATIC S5
(SEND/RECEIVE only)
SIMATIC NET
OPC scout
WinCC
OPC client
Microsoft Office
OPC client
DP OPC server
FMS OPC server
S7 OPC server S5 OPC server
PN CBA OPC server
PN IO OPC server
SNMP
OPC server
OPC XML DA
as web service
DX OPC server
S7 communication
DP protocol
FMS protocol
S5 compatible
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
OPC XML
Webclient
2/226
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application
OPC (OLE for Process Control) is implemented as an expansion
of the COM (Component Object Model) communications inter-
face and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user software.
The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications com-
municate with the OPC server over a standardized, open and
manufacturer-independent interface.
It is also possible to connect to OPC-capable Windows applica-
tions (Microsoft Office or HMI systems) that are already available
on the market.
The following communication possibilities are available for In-
dustrial Ethernet with OPC server:
S7 communication
PROFINET
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
The OPC server offers:
Data Access interface 2.05
Alarm and event interface 1.1
OPC XML DA interface 1.0
Integration of automation products of different manufacturers
Uniform, easy user interface for different components
Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN
High-performance data access over the Custom Interface
(C++, NET)
Easy to use with the Automation Interface (VB, NET) or the
supplied OCX Data Control
Grouping of variables (Items); which allows a large quantity of
data to be pre-processed in a short time.
DX OPC server:
The DX OPC server is an expansion package for SIMATIC NET
PC/Windows products with an OPC interface
OPC DX allows communication between OPC DA and OPC
DX servers in Ethernet networks (OPC DX functionality 1.0 for
horizontal communication between OPC servers). In contrast
to this, only pure client-server communication is possible with
OPC DA.
Simple data exchange even between different OPC services
from different companies.
Function
Open standardization of the addressing using logical names
for objects from an automation component or an automation
system
Supports STEP 7 symbols
Efficient data transfer from a process component to an appli-
cation for further processing
One client application can use several servers simultaneously
Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on
one OPC server
Communication protocols can be used in parallel by means of
the multiplexer function
Interfaces
- Custom Interface for high-performance C++/NET applica-
tions
- Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic appli-
cations (or similar)
- XML DA interface;
Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the
Internet.
- OCX Data Control for direct embedding in Windows applica-
tions that support COM/DCOM
- DX interface with methods for controlling the runtime behav-
ior of the DX OPC server.
DX OPC server
A DX server is based on a DA OPC server that meets one of
the specifications for OPC interfaces. The DX OPC server also
contains functions required for server-server communication.
A DX OPC server is DA OPC server expanded by the DX inter-
face and a configurable OPC DA client
Configuration of the communication between OPC servers by
means of OPC data exchange. The DX OPC servers can thus
exchange data values even between different OPC servers
from different companies simply and autonomously.
2/227
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture
Configuration
The communication parameters are configured using only the
tools of the installed software Advanced PC Configuration (con-
figuration console, SIMATIC NCM PC or STEP 7 V5.1 + SP2);
SIMATIC iMAP is used for PROFINET CBA with SIMATIC iMAP.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
0
6
Application X Application Y
Server A Server C Server B
Application X
OPC client
WinCC
OPC client
XY
OPC server
DP
OPC server
FMS
OPC server
S7
OPC server
PN
OPC server
2/228
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Programming Synchronous and asynchronous
reading and writing of variables
Monitoring of variables using the
OPC server with a signal to the
client when a change occurs
Use of quantity operations;
so a large amount of data can be
processed in a short time.
Interfaces Custom Interface (C++, NET) for
high OPC performance
Automation Interface
(VB, Excel, Access, Delphi, ...)
for ease-of-use
Graphics with OCX for configur-
ing instead of programming
OPC XML-Interface for
Data Access
DX interface with methods for
controlling the runtime behavior
of the DX OPC server.
Products include OPC servers for:
Industrial Ethernet
S7-1613, SOFTNET-S7 for
Industrial Ethernet,
SOFTNET-S7 Lean
S7-OPC server for
S7 communication, XML-DA
S5-OPC server for S5 compatible
communication, XML-DA
SNMP OPC-Server
- Basic
- Extended
- Power Pack
SNMP OPC server for
SNMP protocol access;
XML-DA
PROFINET
SOFTNET PN IO PN IO OPC server for PROFINET
IO communication; XML-DA
PN CBA OPC server PN CBA OPC server for access to
CBA components; XML-DA
Horizontal communication
between OPC servers
PROFIBUS
DP-5613, SOFTNET-DP,
SOFTNET-DP slave
DP-OPC server for PROFIBUS DP
communication; XML-DA
FMS-5613 FMS-OPC server for PROFIBUS
FMS communication; XML-DA
Others
DX OPC server DX OPC server for simple data
exchange even between different
OPC servers from different com-
panies
DX OPC-Server Edition 2005 6GK1 706-0XW63-3AA0
DX OPC server upgrade;
electronic manual
2003 Server,
requirement:
SIMATIC NET IE PC / Windows
product Edition 2005 with OPC
interface;
German/English
PN CBA OPC-Server
Edition 2005
6GK1 706-0HB63-3AA0
PROFINET OPC server for CBA;
license key on diskette, Class A,
for 32-bit Windows XP Profes-
sional, 2000 Professional/Server;
German/English
SNMP OPC-Server Edition 2005
Including MIB compiler; single
license for 1 installation of the
electronic manual on CD-ROM;
license key on diskette, for 32-bit
2003 Server, 2000 Professional
WS/Server; for CP 1613
German/English
Basic
Administration of up to
20 IP addresses
6GK1 706-1NW63-3AA0
Extended
200 IP addresses
6GK1 706-1NX63-3AA0
Power Pack
Upgrade from SNM OPC
Server Basic to SNM OPC
Server Extended
6GK1 706-1NW63-3AA4
PN CBA OPC server
2/229
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Access to variables in PROFINET CBA components over the
OPC interface
Use of the objects and symbols defined using the PROFINET
engineering tool SIMATIC iMap and STEP 7
Adding PROFINET functionality to existing installations. This
enables it to be used in parallel with other communication pro-
tocols such as S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7 for Indus-
trial Ethernet.
OPC Scout as an OPC client with browser functions for the
variables of the PROFINET CBA components
System integration with the PN CBA OPC server
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET
e.g. S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
PROFINET
CBA
component
e.g. S7-300 with
CP 343-1
PROFINET
CBA
component
IE/PB Link
data access
data access over PROFIBUS DP
as seen from the PN CBA OPC server
as seen from the PN IO OPC server
PROFINET
CBA
component
IE/PB Link
S7 comminication
PN CBA OPC server
PN CBA OPC server
PN CBA OPC server
PN IO OPC server
S7-OPC server
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
2
2
PROFIBUS DP
PROFINET IO
PROFIBUS DP
SOFTNET-S7
SOFTNET S7 Lean
S7-1613 SOFTNET PN IO
IE/PB Link
IE/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S
PROFINET
IO-Device
ET 200S
PROFINET
IO-Device
ET 200S
S7-300
PROFINET CBA
ProTool/Pro
OPC client
Microsoft Office
OPC client
SIMATIC NET
OPC scout
PN CBA OPC server
2/230
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Benefits
Complete integration of the PN CBA OPC server in the
SIMATIC NET OPC server environment
Supports distributed automation solutions with PROFINET
CBA
Directly uses the variables and symbols defined with the
PROFINET engineering tool SIMATIC iMap and STEP 7
Operates in parallel with other communication protocols such
as S7 communication over SOFTNET-S7 and Industrial
Ethernet. This means that existing installations can also be
expanded with the PROFINET functionality
The standardized OPC interface means that from the start
C++, Visual Basic and .NET applications as well as general
OPC clients (such as Microsoft Office) can participate in the
new PROFINET concept
Application
The PN CBA OPC server (PROFINET OPC server) is the
PC application interface for communication over Industrial
Ethernet with PROFINET CBA components.
OPC client applications communicate with the PN CBA OPC
server over a standardized, open and manufacturer-indepen-
dent interface.
The PN CBA OPC server offers:
- standardized access for OPC-capable applications and
Windows applications (e.g. Microsoft Office) to variables that
are available on the component interface of the PROFINET
CBA components.
- high-performance data access over the "Custom Interface"
(C++, .NET)
- easy to use with the "Automation Interface" (VB, .NET) and
the OCX Data Control included in the scope of supply.
- Internet communication over OPC XML DA Interface
Based on the PROFINET standard. This standard supports:
- Component technology in automation engineering
- Graphical configuration of communication between intelli-
gent devices instead of complex programming
- Manufacturer-independent, plant-wide engineering
- Vertical integration, i.e. the user can access the interface
variables of a PROFINET component by means of IT stan-
dards and an OPC interface over Industrial Ethernet.
Function
The PN CBA OPC server communicates with PROFINET CBA
components over Industrial Ethernet by means of DCOM pro-
tocol
system
Operation in parallel with other protocols is possible, such as
- S7 communication
Efficient data transfer from a process component to an appli-
cation for further processing:
- synchronous and asynchronous reading and writing of vari-
ables
- monitoring of variables using the OPC server with a signal to
the client when a change occurs
- use of quantity operations; a large amount of data can be
one OPC server
OPC Scout as an OPC client with browser functions for all in-
terface variables of the PROFINET CBA components
User interfaces
"Custom Interface for high-performance C++/.NET applica-
tions
"Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applica-
tions (or similar)
XML DA interface;
Internet.
OCX Data Control for direct embedding in Windows applica-
tions that support COM/DCOM
Configuration
For configuring the PROFINET communication, a separate en-
gineering tool SIMATIC iMap is required. This tool is offered as
an option package with STEP 7.
With SIMATIC iMAP, the communication links between
PROFINET CBA components are graphically configured. In
addition to the interconnection data, the engineering tool also
creates the data used to access the interface variables over
the PN CBA OPC server from visualization systems or office
applications.
PN CBA OPC server
2/231
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
More information
http://www.siemens.com/cba
Programming Open and standardized
Synchronous and asynchronous
Use of quantity operations; so a
large amount of data can be pro-
cessed in a short time.
Interfaces Custom Interface (C++, .NET)
(Visual Basic, Excel, Access,...)
OPC Data Control
Data Access
Protocols DCOM protocol
Configuring Configuring software for
PROFINET SIMATIC iMap
PROFINET communication (CBA)
Number of communication
partners
max. 288
Number of interconnections max. 10.000
PN CBA OPC server
Edition 2005
6GK1 706-0HB63-3AA0
PROFINET OPC server for CBA;
sional, 2000 Professional/Server;
German/English
Software iMap V3.0
for configuring
PROFINET CBA
Requirement:
Pack 4 or later or Windows XP
Prof. with Service Pack 1 or later
or Windows 2003 Server
with Service Pack 1 or later;
on PG or PC with Pentium proces-
sor, min. 1 GHz; STEP 7 V5.3 or
later with Service Pack 3, PN OPC
Server V6.3 or later
Type of supply:
German, English
with electronic documentation
Update Service
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
PROFIBUS, OPC server, f
or one year service incl. manuals
on CD-ROM; prerequisite:
SIMATIC NET PC/
Windows products
German/English
SNMP OPC Server
2/232
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Status monitoring and network management of SNMP-
capable devices in any OPC client systems; e.g. SIMATIC
HMI/SCADA, office application
Easy access to SNMP-capable devices over the OPC inter-
face
Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the
ping mechanism
Complete integration in the SIMATIC NET OPC server environ-
ment
SNMP can be implemented in parallel with other communica-
tions protocols such as PROFINET or S7 communication
Configuring with STEP 7 or NCM PC
Autodiscovery function for integrating accessible Ethernet
devices (STEP 7 V5.3+SP3 or higher)
Benefits
Easy network diagnostics in SIMATIC HMI/SCADA systems
and office applications, or i.e. network view and process view
in a single system
Easy configuration and engineering without the need for de-
tailed knowledge of SNMP.
Embedded in the SIMATIC tool landscape
It can operate in parallel with other communication protocols
Application
The SNMP OPC server makes data available for the administra-
tion of TCP/IP networks for any OPC client systems.
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol that
has been specifically designed for administration of TCP/IP net-
works. The individual nodes in the network (network components
or data terminals) are equipped with a so-called SNMP agent
that provides information in structured form.
With OPC (OLE for Process Control), a standardized, open,
multi-vendor interface is available for automation engineering.
The SNMP OPC server supports access to device information
over the OPC interface. This means that network visualization,
system diagnostics and plant status monitoring can be imple-
mented in any OPC client systems (with OPC clients such as
WinCC, ProTool/Pro RT and PCS 7). In addition to simple device
diagnostics, detailed information such as redundant network
structures or network load distribution can be displayed. This in-
creases the operational safety and improves the availability of
the plant.
The device information can be visualized according to individual
requirements and can be adapted to the special requirements of
the respective customer installation. The information that is
made available can also be integrated into the signaling system
and alarm log of an HMI/SCADA system for example.
Using the SNMP information, it is possible to expand an existing
HMI/SCADA system as far as a customer-specific network man-
agement station.
The SNMP OPC server can be operated over the following inter-
faces:
CP 1613 A2 (PCI Card, 32-bit)
CP 7515 (PC Card, CardBus, 32-bit)
Integral Industrial Ethernet interface of SIMATIC programming
devices/PCs
SNMP OPC Server
2/233
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
The SNMP OPC server supports access to SNMP-capable
devices in the OPC client systems. For all configured TCP/IP
devices that are not SNMP-capable, one OPC variable for sign-
of-life monitoring (ICMP-PING) is offered.
Read access and in part write access to the respective device
information is possible. Thus the diagnosis of individual devices
is possible as well as diagnosis of the complete plant and device
characteristics can be actively controlled.
STEP 7/NCM PC contains an MIB compiler (Managed Informa-
tion Base) for integrating SNMP-enabled devices. This allows
device profiles to be created on the basis of an MIB file
Devices with SNMP agents:
SIMATIC NET devices that feature special SNMP agents such as
switches, WLAN Access Points and Industrial Ethernet PC and
S7 communication processors are already included complete
with their device profiles.
Thanks to MIB compilers (Managed Information Base), other
SNMP-enabled devices can be integrated into the OPC config-
uration through loading of MIBs in accordnance with the SMI V1
and SMI V2 standard from STEP 7 V5.4.
Devices with IP addresses without SNMP agents:
Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the ping
mechanism. The user can edit and save device-specific infor-
mation such as the contact person, site and device description
for this purpose.
Any SNMP-capable devices such as printers or PCs can be
depicted using a predefined library.
The devices are integrated into the desktop of a client appli-
cation using preconfigured ActiveX Controls.
The predefined device profiles and the associated ActiveX con-
trols allow easy administration of the devices in OPC client ap-
plications. Individual expansions can also be implemented.
The SNMP OPC server is integrated in the SIMATIC NET OPC
server. The OPC Scout is also included in the functional scope
for browsing the displayed SNMP information. The SNMP OPC
server can use, for example, PROFINET or S7 communication at
the same time as PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet communi-
cation. This means that existing installations can also be ex-
panded with SNMP functionality. The SNMP OPC server also en-
ables several clients to execute simultaneously on one server.
User interfaces
"Custom Interface for high-performance C++ applications
"Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applica-
tions (or similar).
OPC Data Control for easy creation of client applications by
configuring ActiveX controls
OPC Alarm & Event (subset)
Preconfigured ActiveX controls for the device profile used
Configuration
The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
supply of the CP 1613 software packages and SOFTNET for
SNMP OPC-Server Edition 2005
Including MIB compiler;
single license for 1 installation of
the runtime software, software
ROM; license key on diskette, for
32-bit Windows XP Professional,
2003 Server, 2000 Professional
WS/Server;
for CP 1512/CP 1612/CP 1613
German/English
Basic
20 IP addresses
6GK1 706-1NW63-3AA0
Extended
200 IP addresses
6GK1 706-1NX63-3AA0
Power Pack
Upgrade from SNM OPC
Server Basic to
SNMP OPC Server Extended
6GK1 706-1NW63-3AA4
SOFTNET for LINUX/UNIX
2/234
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Software for connecting SIMATIC S7
Provision of S7 communication via SAPI-S7 interface
Support of ISO and TCP/IP (RFC 1006) protocol
Available on LINUX and UNIX operating systems
Simultaneous operation of several cards
SOFTNET LINUX/UNIX system configuration
Benefits
High-speed communication with the S7 based on the
S7 protocol
Cost-saving programming thanks to user-friendly and simple
interface
Flexible in use thanks to hardware-independent software
Application
For LINUX/UNIX systems, Siemens offers high-speed communi-
cation with the SIMATIC S7 for Industrial Ethernet based on the
S7 protocol.
SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) provides
you with a user-friendly call interface for communication be-
tween HMI systems or other LINUX/UNIX applications and the
SIMATIC S7.
Function
SOFTNET uses internal standard interfaces of the operating sys-
tem for accessing the Ethernet connections. This supports the
interface cards enabled by the operating system. Simultaneous
operation of several cards is possible.
During communication, you can choose between the protocols
ISO and TCP/IP with RFC1006 for each connection.
The SOFTNET products offer the user diagnostics and trace
functions.
SOFTNET-S7 functions
using S7 communication functions. The programming interface
SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) is available
for LINUX/UNIX operating systems as well as for the Windows
operating systems.
Note:
It is important to note that the SOFTNET-S7 functional scope dif-
fers between the Windows and UNIX versions.
S7 communication offers the following services:
Variable services
BSEND/BRECV
SOFTNET LINUX/UNIX system configuration
LINUX- / UNIX-applications, HMI
LINUX/UNIX-BS
SOFTNET S7
I
S
O
T
C
P
/
I
P
SIMATIC S7
I
S
O
/
O
S
I
l
a
y
e
r

m
o
d
e
l
7
.
.
4
.
.
7
.
.
4
.
.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
1
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
2
7
S7-300
with CP 343-1
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
S5-115U to -155U
with CP 1430 TF
S7-200
with CP 243-1
PC/PG with SOFTNET
for LINUX / UNIX
Industrial
Ethernet
SOFTNET for LINUX/UNIX
2/235
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Support for other UNIX operating systems:
Contact for Sales, Service and Training:
SIEMENS AG
I&S IS E&C IT
Contact
Your IT4Industry Team
Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 60
91052 Erlangen
Tel.: +49(0)9131/7-4 61 11
Fax: +49(0)9131/7-4 47 57
E-mail: it4industry@siemens.com
SOFTNET-S7/UNIX for
Industrial Ethernet
2XV9 450-1CG00
for SIMATIC S7 including Level 4
interface over ISO or TCP/IP,
license key by fax, Class A,
German/English
Version 2.0
The original distributions of SUSE
and RedHat LINUX are
supported. Please contact your
Siemens representative for infor-
mation about current versions
SOFTNET-S7/UNIX
Packages are available for the
following operating systems:
Solaris Sparc
Solaris X86
SCO UNIX
HP-UNIX
Please contact your Siemens
contacts for information about the
latest versions and their variants
(32-bit and 64-bit).
SOFTBUS for LINUX/UNIX
2/236
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Integrated communication
Cross-computer communication
Uniform interface
- to databases
- link to ERP and DB systems
- to SIMATIC S7
System configuration for SOFTBUS
Benefits
Communication across the system with standardized
interface.
Incorporation of ERP and DB systems.
Interfacing of SIMATIC control systems
Fast and automatic data flow
Application
The process landscape in industrial companies is frequently
a product of historical developments. Thus there are many
isolated solutions that function optimally within their own
terms of reference but operate in a vacuum.
Integrating these requires a smooth, loss-free and integrated
communication system. Only this guarantees that the right
information arrives at the right place and at the right time.
SOFTBUS together with SOFTNET-S7 consists of matched mod-
ules that are available on the commonly used system platforms
(LINUX, UNIX, Windows) and thus guarantee smooth communi-
cation between the system platforms.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
9
SOFTBUS
SOFTBUS
ADAPTER
SOFTBUS
ADAPTER
SOFTBUS
DB
SOFTBUS SOFTBUS
SOFTBUS
APRED
SOFTNET S7
Send / Receive
Redundant Adapter
SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S7
Windows
LINUX SCO HP-UX Solaris
other systems
Customer interfaces
C++
JAVA
File
Oracle
Database
Customer applications
ERP systems
Quality management
...
ISO
RFC1006
Ethernet
TCP/IP
SOFTBUS for LINUX/UNIX
2/237
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
SOFTBUS functions
SOFTBUS comprises software modules that can be used
on all commonly available computer systems (UNIX, Windows,
LINUX).
The modules are compatible and have been adapted to
standards such as SIMATIC NET and thus secure vertical
integration with short start-up times.
SOFTBUS DB functions
SOFTBUS-DB merges databases and communication and
therefore offers possibilities for transaction protection and
uniform data storage.
Interfaces
Thanks to the combination of different modules, all commonly
used platforms can be supported and linked together
heterogeneously or homogeneously.
The programming interface of SOFTBUS is identical to the
WVS-KOM interface of the SIPAX package.
This means that SIPAX applications can migrate to SOFTBUS
without any problems.
More information
Support LINUX distributors, UNIX operating systems:
SIEMENS AG
I&S IS E&C IT
Contact
91052 Erlangen
Tel.: +49(0)9131/7-4 61 11
Fax: +49(0)9131/7-4 47 57
SOFTBUS
Version 2.3
SOFTBUS LINUX
SOFTBUS/LINUX redundant
(TCP) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG02
SOFTBUS/LINUX redundant
(ISO) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG04
SOFTBUS/LINUX
(TCP) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG08
SOFTBUS/LINUX
(ISO) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG10
SOFTBUS UNIX
Packages are available for the
following operating systems:
Solaris Sparc
Solaris X86
SCO UNIX
HP-UNIX
Please contact your Siemens
contacts for information about the
latest versions and their charac-
teristics (32-bit and 64-bit).
System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
2/238
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems directly at
the machine
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro comprises:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PC-based
systems
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) configuration soft-
ware for configuring PC-based systems and for configuring
of SIMATIC operator panels
1)
Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP Professional
Current version:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP3
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP3
Benefits
Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the SIMATIC S7 environ-
ment provides conformity in communications, in data man-
agement and in configuration and programming
Openness:
Consistent support of the Windows standards such as OLE-
Automation and OPC (OLE for Process Control)
Flexibility:
Individual function expansions can be implemented with
Visual Basic scripts
Archiving of process data and alarms, e.g. in an ODBC (Open
Data Base Connectivity) database
Convenient process visualization:
Ranging from archiving through print functions, graphics
libraries, trend displays, messaging system, logging system,
recipe management through to comprehensive controller driv-
ers
Language selection:
Reduction in handling and configuration costs by manage-
ment of up to 32 languages in the project and online switching
of up to 5 languages on the device
Integration
1) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal Ethernet interface
2) Also required: SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6.2 for Industrial Ethernet
(6GK1 704-1LW62-3AA0) or SOFTNET-S7 V6.2 for Industrial Ethernet
(6GK1 704-1CW62-3AA0)
3) Also required: S7-1613/Windows V6.2 (6GK1 716-1CB62-3AA0)
4) When used with ProTool/Pro only released for communication with
SIMATIC S7; no configuration download
Protocol PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
S7-200 with CP 243-1 CP 1512
1)2)
CP 1612
1)2)
CP 1613
3) 4)
CP 1613 A2
3) 4)
S7-300 with CP 343-1
S7-400 with CP 443-1
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
OPC (client + server)
Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 CP 1512
1)
CP 1612
1)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
2/239
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application example
More information
Additional information is available in Catalog ST 80
or in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.de/protoolpro
http://www2.automation.siemens.com/salesmaterial-as/
catalog/de/st80_d.pdf
Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP
PROFIBUS
OPC-Client
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Client
ProTool/
Pro
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-400
Non-Siemens PLCs
On-site visualisation
Higher-level
visualisation system
WinCC
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
D
E
_
0
0
0
0
3
ProTool/
Pro
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
2/240
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PC-based visualization software for single-user systems
directly at the machine
Executable under Windows 2000/XP Professional
Current version:
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 SP1 Runtime with 128, 512 or
2048 PowerTags
Note:
Service Pack 1 is also available for download free of charge in the Inter-
net (http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/de/23059737);
CD available on request
Benefits
Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually scal-
able system functionality
Functions for all visualization tasks:
Operator functions, graphical and plot representations, sig-
naling system, log system, archiving (option), recipe manage-
ment (option), Audit Trail (option), process fault diagnostics
(option)
Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts
Innovative service concepts with remote operation, diagnos-
tics and administration via intranet and Internet as well as
e-mail communication to increase availability (option)
Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on
TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option)
Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to:
1) A Softnet Lean License is supplied with every WinCC flexible 2005
Runtime package. This means that an Ethernet link to SIMATIC S7
(max. 8 connections) is included in the basic package.
2) For MicroBox 420 and Panel PC 477/677/877 via internal Ethernet
interface
3) Also required: S7-1613 2005 (6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA
4) When used with WinCC flexible, only released for communication with
SIMATIC S7; no configuration download
5) OPC Client included in scope of delivery, "WinCC flexible/OPC Server
for WinCC flexible Runtime" required for OPC Server
6) OPC and HTTP communication are additive, i.e., can be used in con-
junction with the PLC links listed above
7) "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for WinCC flexible Runtime" options
required
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
1)
S7-200 with CP 243-1 CP 1612
1) 2)
CP 1613 A2
3) 4)
S7-300 with CP 343-1
S7-400 with CP 443-1
WinAC RTX
OPC (client + server)
5) 6)
Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) /
V1.0 (XML) client only
CP 1612
2)
HTTP communication for data
exchange between SIMATIC HMI
(client + server)
6) 7)
CP 1612
2)
2/241
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example
More information
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP
PROFIBUS
OPC-Client
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Client
3rd Party
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-400
Non-Siemens PLCs
On-site visualization
Higher level
visualization system
WinCC
OPC-Server
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
7
7
SIMATIC WinCC
2/242
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualiz-
ing and operating processes, production flows, machines and
plants in all sectors with the simple single-user station
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant serv-
ers and cross-location solutions with Web clients. WinCC is
the information hub for corporation-wide vertical integration.
The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software) in-
cludes industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowl-
edging events, archiving of messages and measured values,
logging of all process and configuration data, user administra-
tion and visualization.
The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of
different applications. Based on the open programming inter-
faces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens A&D)
and WinCC add-ons have been developed (by Siemens-inter-
nal and external partners).
Current versions:
- SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP4:
Runs under Windows XP Professional/Windows 2003 Server
and Windows 2000
Runs under Windows NT 4.0/2000
Integration
Integration in enterprise-wide solutions
(IT and Business Integration)
WinCC is based on Microsoft technologies, ensuring maximum
openness and scope for integration. ActiveX controls support
technology- and sector-specific expansions. Even cross-vendor
communication is made easy. Why? Because WinCC is OPC-
compliant and can, therefore, be used as an OPC client and
server. Furthermore, in addition to access to current process
values, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA (Historical
Data Access) and OPC Alarm & Events. Other important
features include: Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for user-
specific expansions to the WinCC Graphics Designer and Visual
Basic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn, open runtime lan-
guage. Professional application developers can also use
ANSI-C on request. What's more, the ODK (Open Development
Kit) makes access to APIs really easy.
For the first time, the WinCC V6 basic system features an inte-
grated powerful and scalable Historian function based on the
Microsoft SQL Server 2000. The possibilities thereby afforded to
users are endless: From high-performance archiving of current
process data through long-term archiving with high data com-
pression and beyond to a central information hub in the form of
an enterprise-wide Historian Server. Versatile clients and tools
for evaluation, open interfaces, special options (Connectivity
Pack , IndustrialDataBridge, Client Access licenses) provide the
basis for effective IT and Business Integration.
Integration in automation solutions
(valid for WinCC V6.0 and higher)
WinCC is an open process visualization system and supports
the connection of all types of PLC.
Released communications software
Only communications software with the versions listed (or
higher) can be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET updates are
available for upgrading older versions and releases (these are
supplied with the WinCC basic package/upgrade).
Number of connectable PLCs
The number of PLCs that can be connected via Industrial
Ethernet CP 1613 with a maximum message-frame length of
512 KB is determined as follows:
Up to 8 (with CP 5611) or up to 44 (CP 5613) PLCs can be con-
nected via PROFIBUS. The use of Industrial Ethernet is recom-
mended for approx. 10 PLCs and more.
Type of connection Number of stations
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4
+ TCP/IP
Up to 60
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Up to 60
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Up to 64
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4
+ TCP/IP
Up to 60
SIMATIC WinCC
2/243
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Mixed operation with different PLCs
With their multiprotocol stack, CP 1613 and CP 5613 communi-
cations processors support the parallel operation of two proto-
cols, e.g. for mixed operation of a variety of PLCs via a bus
cable. WinCC supports the operation of two interface boards of
the same type only in conjunction with the following channels:
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7 Proto-
col Suite (2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) and PROFIBUS DP (4 x
CP 5613; max. 122 slaves per CP 5613). In addition to commu-
nication via Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 or PROFIBUS CP 5613
one CP 5511 or CP 5611 can be used for communication with
SIMATIC S7 via MPI.
Client/server communication
Communication between the clients and server takes place on
TCP/IP. We recommend setting up a separate PC LAN. For small
projects with a correspondingly low volume of message frames,
a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process
communication (WinCC/Server PLC) and for PC-PC commu-
nication (WinCC/Client WinCC/Server).
Communication redundancy
WinCC itself does not support redundant LAN interfaces.
The S7-REDCONNECT software package is required for the
redundant connection of PCs via 2 x Industrial Ethernet on
SIMATIC S7. This connects the SIMATIC S7 with applications on
the PC, e.g. SIMATIC WinCC. Pure communications redundancy
can also be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog
IK PI).
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-connectivity
Overview of interfaces (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
Protocol Description
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions via MPI,
PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP
Cross-vendor
Windows DDE Channel DLL for DDE communication,
WinCC can acquire data from DDE server
applications
OPC client Channel DLL for OPC communication,
WinCC can acquire data from OPC server
applications
OPC server Server applications for OPC communica-
tion; WinCC makes process data available
for OPC clientsg
SIMATIC WinCC
2/244
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Components for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
System interface possible
1) Via any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface; no separate
communications software required
Further information about components for communication for
PG/PC can be found in the Internet under:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/de/14627901
More information
http://www.siemens.com/wincc
Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC
S5
Ethernet
(TF)
SIMATIC
S5
Ethernet
Layer 4
SIMATIC
S5
TCP/IP
SIMATIC
S7
Protocol
Suite
SIMATIC
505
Ethernet
Layer 4
SIMATIC
505
TCP/IP
1)
Order No.
WinCC Channel DLL
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF
Channel DLL for S5-TF communica-
tion
Included
in the basic package
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4
Channel DLL for S5-Layer 4 communi-
cation + TCP/IP

Included
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Channel DLL for S7 functions

Included
Communication components for OS/OP expansion
CP 1612
PCI card for connecting a PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 must
be ordered separately)

6GK1 161-2AA00
SOFTNET-S7 2005
Communications software for
S7 functions (max. 64 connections)

6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
for Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
SOFTNET-S7 Lean2005
S7 functions (max. 8 connections)

6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
CP 1613
PCI card for connecting a PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet (communications
software must be ordered separately)

6GK1 161-3AA00
CP 1613 A2
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet (commu-
nications software must be ordered
separately)

6GK1 161-3AA01
S7-1613 2005
S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP

6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
TF-1613 2005
TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP

6GK1 716-1TB63-3AA0
for Windows 2000/XP
SIMATIC WinCC
2/245
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Communication examples
WinCC single-user system: Industrial Ethernet with S7 communication
OPC link
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300
WinCC
Standard-PC
with WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet (S7 functions)
- CP 1613
6GK1 161-3AA00
- S7 1613
(communications software)
6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0
- CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP
6GK7 343-1EX11-0XE0
- CP 343-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 343-1GX11-0XE0
- NCM S7 manual
Industrial Ethernet
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
- CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP
6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0
- CP 443-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 443-1GX11-0XE0
- NCM S7 manual
Industrial Ethernet
(SIMATIC NET CD bzw.
Internet Download)
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
X
X
_
0
0
0
1
1
Manual Manual
ProTool/
Pro
PROFIBUS
OPC-Client
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Client
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-400
Non-Siemens PLCs
Higher-level
WinCC
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
basic package)
- integrated
PROFIBUS
interface
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
WinCC
basic package)
- TCP-IP interface
board
required
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
WinCC
basic package)
- OPC server
required for
interfacing with
third-party PLCs
- OPC server functionality
(included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board
required
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
D
E
_
0
0
0
1
5
Accessories
C-PLUG
2/246
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Swap media that supports the fast and easy replacement of
SIMATIC NET components without a programming device in
the event of a fault
For implementation in all SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG
slot
For automatic backing up of configuration or engineering data
from the SIMATIC NET components
The C-PLUG can also be used to store application data such
as documents or Web pages
In some SIMATIC S7 CP modules, such as the CP 443-1
Advanced, the C-PLUG is a standard component of the scope
of supply and is required to guarantee the complete functional
scope of the respective component.
Benefits
Quick and easy replacement of SIMATIC NET components
without the need to reconfigure the replacement part
The device can be replaced without the need for specially
trained personnel or a programming device or PC
The downtime of network segments and connected Industrial
Ethernet stations in the event of a fault is minimized.
Application
The C-PLUG is used when it is necessary for network compo-
nents or communication modules to be replaced quickly and
easily in the event of a fault without the need for reconfiguring the
replacement part and without the need for special training.
Design
The C-PLUG is designed to the degree of protection IP20.
For IP65 components, the degree of protection is ensured by the
construction of the target device. The power supply is also pro-
vided by the data terminal.
The C-PLUG is plugged into the appropriate slot in the SIMATIC
NET component. During start-up of the device and reconfigur-
ing, the configuration data of the device is backed up automati-
cally.
In the event of component failure, the C-PLUG is simply removed
from the failed component and plugged into the replacement
part. The replacement unit installed in the network or in the auto-
mation system then starts up automatically with the same device
configuration as the failed device.
To protect against inadvertent removal (falling out), the slot for
the C-PLUG is usually mounted on the rear of the data terminal.
The C-PLUG is plugged into the rear of the CP 443-1 Advanced
The C-PLUG is plugged into the IWLAN Access Point
SCALANCE W 788-1PRO on the rear of the device
Accessories
C-PLUG
2/247
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
During start-up, the device automatically backs up the configu-
ration data on an unwritten C-PLUG (factory state) that has been
plugged into a SIMATIC NET component. Changes to the con-
figuration during normal operation are also backed up on the
C-PLUG without any additional operator intervention.
During start-up an unconfigured device automatically loads the
configuration data from an inserted, written C-PLUG provided
that the data were written by a compatible device type.
Diagnostics
Incorrect C-PLUG handling, such as inserting a C-PLUG that
contains the configuration of another device group or general
malfunctions of the C-PLUG are signaled over the diagnostic
mechanisms for the respective data terminal (LEDs, PROFINET,
SNMP, Web-based Management, etc.).
Integration
Supported products
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208PRO
SCALANCE X204-2
SCALANCE X204-2LD
SCALANCE X206-1
SCALANCE X206-1LD
SCALANCE X204IRT
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
SCALANCE X414-3E (included in delivery)
Industrial Security SCALANCE S
SCALANCE S602
SCALANCE S612
SCALANCE S613
Industrial Wireless LAN SCALANCE W
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
SCALANCE W747-1RR
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
SCALANCE W788-1RR
SCALANCE W788-2RR
System connections for SIMATIC S7
CP 443-1 Advanced (included in delivery)
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced (included in delivery)
Routers
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
IE/PB Link PN IO
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Power supply Via data terminal
Power loss 0.015 mW
Mounting Can be plugged into a C-PLUG
slot
Operating temperature -20 C to +70 C
Relative humidity max. 95% (164 ft)
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 24.3 x 17 x 8.1
Weight approx. 5 g
Memory capacity 32 MB
event of a fault; for storing con-
figuration or engineering and
application data; can be used
for SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
Accessories
SICLOCK time synchronization
2/248
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
SICLOCK TM/TS master clock as the central component for
time synchronization of a plant over Ethernet
GPS or DCF77 radio clocks for direct connection to PCs,
SIMATIC S7 controllers and to the SICLOCK TM/TS master
clock
Pulse converter for electrical and optical distribution and inter-
face conversion
Complete packages for common applications
Application
The time synchronization of all components plays an important
role when automating production plants. The SICLOCK system
is a programmable, modular and optimally matched system for
time synchronization of plants. Either GPS or DCF77 can be
used for external radio synchronization.
The modular SICLOCK system permits time synchronization of a
single PLC up to a large plant designed with multiple redun-
dancy.
Concepts for time-of-day synchronization
Automation systems and operator stations of a SIMATIC PCS 7
system or WinCC stations can be synchronized as follows with
DCF77 or GPS time signals:
Large plants;
For larger plants with a large number of network nodes, the
time is synchronized by means of a master
SICLOCK TM/SICLOCK TS on the plant bus.
Small plants;
For small to medium-sized plants, the PCS 7 operator station
or the WinCC station serves as the time master, the corre-
sponding DCF or GPS radio clock being directly connected to
the COM interface of the PC.
Stand-alone systems;
For SIMATIC S7 controllers or small plants, e.g. for laboratory
automation, SICLOCK DCFS7 offers a cost-effective solution
for direct DCF77 synchronization via an S7 digital input.
Design
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS are designed for mounting on a
standard SIMATIC mounting rail. Kits for installation in 19" racks
and 19" consoles are also available.
Function
SICLOCK TM / SICLOCK TS master clock
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS support the synchronization of
CPs and PCs via Industrial Ethernet using SIMATIC and NTP pro-
cedures.
SICLOCK TM serves as a master clock for highly accurate
time control and distributes the time to all systems to be
synchronized via Industrial Ethernet, and also provides eight
additional outputs for point-to-point connections with RS232,
RS422 and TTY 20 mA.
SICLOCK TS serves as a master clock for highly exact time
control and distribution to all systems to be synchronized via
Industrial Ethernet, and also provides three individually pro-
grammable outputs for point-to-point connections and IRIG
A and B.
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS contain RJ45 and ITP connec-
tors for direct linking to Ethernet.
Adaptation to individual, local necessities in the plant is
achieved by programming the interfaces, telegram contents,
types of signal etc. using the membrane keyboard and the LCD
panel. This enables fast, flexible and user-friendly integration of
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS and still permits expansion.
On failure of the antennas, SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS offer
a high level of precision by means of their automatic switchover
to quartz mode. Once the antenna fault has been cleared, they
resume the time signal without any jump in time.
Accessories
2/249
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SICLOCK TM master clock
SICLOCK TM DCF77
SICLOCK TM master clock with
Ethernet interface + DCFRS radio
clock, industrial version,
package contains
SICLOCK TM in high-grade
steel housing for
DIN rail mounting
Active DCF77 antenna with
TTY output (20 mA current loop)
and antenna frame
Splitting box
1 m connection cable, fitted,
extendable up to 1000 m
- With SICLOCK TM,
24 ... 110 V DC
2XV9 450-1AR26
- With SICLOCK TM,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR27
SICLOCK TM GPSDEC
with Ethernet interface +
GPSDEC radio clock,
package contains
steel housing for
DIN rail mounting
GPS antenna with
antenna frame
22 m coaxial antenna cable
(max. length 70 m,
see accessories)
GPSDEC decoder
with power supply unit
5 m RS232 connection cable
Parameterization software for
the PC
- With SICLOCK TM,
24 ... 110 V DC
2XV9 450-1AR24
- With SICLOCK TM,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR25
SICLOCK TM GPS1000
with Ethernet interface +
GPS1000 radio clock,
package contains
steel housing for
DIN rail mounting
GPS1000 antenna head
with antenna frame
GPS1000 power supply
5 m RS232 connection cable
Splitting box
- With SICLOCK TM,
24 ... 110 V DC
2XV9 450-1AR50
- With SICLOCK TM,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR51
SICLOCK TM single device
SICLOCK TM master clock with
Ethernet interface in high-grade
steel housing for standard rail
mounting
SICLOCK TM
24..110 V DC
2XV9 450-1AR22
SICLOCK TM
90 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR23
SICLOCK TS master clock
SICLOCK TS DCF77
with Ethernet interface and IRIG
A and B + DCFRS radio clock,
industrial version,
package comprises
SICLOCK TS in high-grade steel
housing for DIN rail mounting
and antenna frame
Splitting box
- With SICLOCK TS,
24 ... 110 V DC
2XV9 450-1AR56
- With SICLOCK TS,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR57
SICLOCK TS GPS1000
A and B + GPS1000 radio clock,
package contains
SICLOCK TS in high-grade steel
housing for DIN rail mounting
GPS1000 radio clock
with antenna frame
Splitting box
- With SICLOCK TS,
24 ... 110 V DC
2XV9 450-1AR54
- With SICLOCK TS,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR55
SICLOCK TS single device
A and B in stainless steel housing
for mounting on standard rails
SICLOCK TS
24 ...110 V DC
2XV9 450-1AR52
SICLOCK TS
90 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR53
Accessories
2/250
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
DCF radio clocks
SICLOCK DCFRS,
industry-compatible radio clock
2XV9 450-1AR21
DCF radio clock for time synchro-
nization of individual PCs or
servers in industrial environments
subject to severe interference,
possible distance between DCF
radio clock and PC up to 1000 m,
package contains:
and antenna frame
TTY/RS232 converter
Plug-type power supply unit
Two splitting boxes
DCF77 receiver service for
Windows
SICLOCK DCFRS, radio clock
for Windows
2XV9 450-1AR14
DCF radio clock for time synchro-
nization of individual PCs over
short distances,
package contains
RS232 interface
mounting bracket
20 m connecting cable mounted
Windows
SICLOCK DCFEMP, receiver
with RS232 interface
2XV9 450-1AR60
DCF receiver for connecting to
HF cable system available in the
plant for DCF77 time signals for
time synchronization of individual
PCs or server over short dis-
tances,
package contains
Active DCF77 receiver
with mounting bracket and
RS232 interface
SICLOCK DCFEMP, receiver
with TTY interface
2XV9 450-1AR61
DCF receiver for connecting to
HF cable system available in the
plant for DCF77 time signals for
time synchronization of individual
PCs or server over distances up
to 1000 m,
package contains
Active DCF77 receiver
with mounting bracket and TTY
interface
SICLOCK DCFS7 2XV9 450-1AR36
Economical solution for time
synchronization over DCF77 of
SIMATIC S7-300/400 via a digital
input,
package contains
SICLOCK DCFRS, radio clock
with RS232 output, 20 m con-
nection cable and mounting
bracket
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface
SICLOCK DCFS7 receiver ser-
vice (STEP 7 function block for
integration into S7 software)
Accessories for SICLOCK DCFS7
SICLOCK DCFS7
interface + receiver service
2XV9 450-1AR30
(STEP 7 function block for
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface 2XV9 450-1AR35
SICLOCK DCFS7
receiver service
2XV9 450-1AR32
(STEP 7 function block for
GPS radio clocks
SICLOCK WINGPS,
radio clock for Windows
2XV9 450-1AR13
GPS radio clock for time synchro-
nization of individual PCs in
industrial environments subject to
severe interference,
package contains:
GPS antenna with
antenna frame
WINGPS decoder with
power supply unit
(max. length 70 m,
see accessories)
20 m PC connection cable
WINGPS
Windows
SICLOCK GPSDEC,
2XV9 450-1AR00
nization of SICLOCK TM/TS
master clocks or programmable
logic controllers in industrial
environments subject to severe
interference,
package contains
GPS antenna with
antenna frame
GPSDEC decoder with
power supply unit
(max. length 70 m,
see accessories)
5 m RS232 connecting cable
Parameterization program
GPS1000 + power supply,
2XV9 450-1AR82
nization of PCs, programmable
logic controllers as well as the
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS
master clocks in industrial
environments subject to severe
interference over distances up to
1000 m between the antenna and
device,
package contains
GPS1000 antenna head
with antenna frame
GPS1000 power supply
Splitting box
5 m RS232 connecting cable
Accessories
2/251
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SIEMENS AG
Electronic Design and Manufacturing Services
(I&S EDM)
Frauenauracher Strasse 98
91056 Erlangen
Tel.: +49 (0) 91 31 / 18-8 20 10 (Hotline)
Fax: +49 (0) 91 31 / 18-8 06 04
E-Mail: siclock@siemens.com
http://www.siemens.com/siclock
Accessories
Kit for SICLOCK TM/TS
for desktop housing 2XV9 450-1AR80
for 19" mounting frame (4 HU) 2XV9 450-1AR81
Lightning protection for
antenna cable
coaxial antenna cable
(SICLOCK GPSDEC / WINGPS)
2XV9 450-1AR11
Lightning protection for TTY ca-
ble (SICLOCK GPS1000/DCFRS
industrial version)
2XV9 450-1AR83
RS232 antenna cable
(SICLOCK DCFS7/DCFRS
with RS232 interface)
2XV9 450-1AR15
Coaxial antenna cable
SICLOCK GPSDEC / WINGPS
30 m 2XV9 450-1AR12
70 m 2XV9 450-1AR07
Software
SICLOCK DCF77 receiver ser-
vice for Windows
2XV9 450-1AR28
SICLOCK Ethernet receiver ser-
vice for Windows NT
2XV9 450-1AR44
Pulse converter
SICLOCK EOPC
Electro-optical pulse converter
for industrial applications with
32 fiber-optic outputs for trans-
parent operation and pulse mode
SICLOCK EOPC
24 ... 110 V DC
2XV9 450-1AR72
SICLOCK EOPC
90 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR73
SICLOCK PCON
Single-channel electro-optical
pulse converter for industrial
applications
SICLOCK PCON
24 ... 230 V AC/DC,
with multimode glass fiber
connection, 820 nm
2XV9 450-1AR63-1SA0
SICLOCK PCON
24 ... 230 V AC/DC, long
distance, with multimode glass
fiber connection, 1310 nm
2XV9 450-1AR63-1MA0
SICLOCK DCFHF 2XV9 450-1AR64
HF modulator for DCF77 signals
for industrial applications
Displays
SICLOCK DA1000 NET
Digital display with Ethernet
connection for date and time
Red display 2XV9 450-1AR68
SICLOCK DA1000
Digital display for date and time
Red display 2XV9 450-1AR65
Green display 2XV9 450-1AR66
ET 200S distributed I/Os
IM 151-3 PN interface modules
2/252
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFInet
Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS I/O Controller
2 versions:
- IM151-3 PN STANDARD
- IM151-3 PN HIGH FEATURE (available soon);
supports, in contrast to the STANDARD version, the opera-
tion of PROFIsafe F modules
with integrated 2-port switch for line topology
Note:
6ES7 151-
3AA20-0AB0
6ES7 151-
3BA20-0AB0
Supply voltages
Supply voltage of electronic
components 1L+
- Rated value (DC)
24 V 24 V
- Reverse polarity protection
Yes Yes
Line supply/voltage failure
buffering, min.
20 ms 20 ms
Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 250 mA 250 mA
Power dissipation, typical 2,5 W 2,5 W
Address area
Addressing range
- Outputs 256 Byte 256 Byte
- Inputs 256 Byte 256 Byte
Connection system
RJ45 Yes Yes
Protocols
PROFINET IO Yes Yes
PROFINET IO
Transmission rate, max. 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Automatic transmission speed
detection
Yes Yes
Clock synchronism
Clock synchronous operation No No
Status information/ interrupts/
diagnostics
Interrupts
- Interrupts Yes Yes
Diagnostics
- Diagnostic functions Yes Yes
Diagnostic display LED
- Bus fault BF (red) Yes Yes
- Group fault SF (red) Yes Yes
- Monitoring 24 V power supply
ON (green)
Yes Yes
- Connection to the LINK line
(green)
Yes Yes
- Send/Receive RX/TX (yellow) Yes Yes
Potentials/ electrical isolation
between backplane bus and
electronic components
No No
between ethernet and electronic
components
Yes Yes
between supply load and
electronic components
No No
General information
VendorID 002AH 002AH
DeviceID 0301 0301H
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Height 119.5 mm 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm 75 mm
Weight, approx. 120 g 135 g
2/253
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
1) For operating the IM 151-3, an MMC is essential
IM 151-3 PN interface module
For ET 200S; data transmission
rates up to 100 Mbit/s; data vol-
ume depends on the number of
modules inserted, up to 63 mod-
ules can be connected, bus con-
nection through RJ45
Standard 6ES7 151-3AA20-0AB0
High Feature 6ES7 151-3BA20-0AB0
Accessories
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
Plug 90
installation cables; with 90 cable
outlet
1 piece 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
10 pieces 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0
50 pieces 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect
installation cables
GP 2 x 2
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-2AH10
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-3AH10
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2D
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2F
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-4AH10
Industrial Ethernet
Fast Connect stripping tool
6GK1 901-1GA00
MMC 64 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
For storing the device name
MMC 128 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
MMC 512 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
MMC 2 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
and/or firmware update
MMC 4 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
MMC 8 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
Manual ET 200S
ET 200S distributed I/O system
manuals are available in the
Internet as PDF files:
simatic-docu
Electronic manuals on CD,
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
ware, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
Update service for 1 year
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery: Current CD
"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces)
Each sheet contains 60 label
strips for peripheral modules and
20 label strips for interface mod-
ules
petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
Terminating module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
as spare part for ET 200S
SIMATIC S5,
DIN rail 35 mm, length 483 mm
for 19 cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA11
SIMATIC S5,
for 600 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA21
SIMATIC S5,
for 900 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA31
SIMATIC S5,
DIN rail 35 mm, length 2 m
6ES5 710-8MA41
2/254
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
More information
Terminal module selection assistance
Power modules TM-P terminal modules for power modules
Screw-type terminal 15S23-A1 15S23-A0 15S22-01 30S44-A0
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC20-0AA0 4CD20-0AA0 4CE00-0AA0 4CK20-0AA0
Spring-loaded terminal 15C23-A1 15C23-A0 15C22-01 30C44-A0
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC30-0AA0 4CD30-0AA0 4CE10-0AA0 4CK30-0AA0
FastConnect 15N23-A1 15N23-A0 15N22-01 Available soon
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC70-0AA0 4CD70-0AA0 4CE60-0AA0
PM-E 24 V DC

PM-E 24 V 48 V DC

PM-E 24 V DC/120/230 V AC

PM-E F 24 V DC PROFIsafe

2/255
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Interface module for processing the communication between
ET 200pro and a higher-level controller over PROFINET IO.
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Supply voltage of electronic
components 1L+
- Rated value (DC) 24 V
- Short-circuit protection Yes
- Reverse polarity protection Yes
Rated value
- 24 V DC Yes
- permissible range,
lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 250 mA
Power dissipation, typical 4.5 W
Memory/backup
Memory
- Micro memory card Yes
Address area
Addressing range
- Outputs 256 Byte
- Inputs 256 Byte
Protocols
PROFINET IO Yes
PROFINET IO
Transmission rate, max. 100 Mbit/s
Automatic transmission
speed detection
Yes
Services Network management functions,
network diagnostics (SNMP),
ping, arp
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
Status information/interrupts/
diagnostics
- Bus fault BF (red) Yes
- Group fault SF (red) Yes
- Monitoring 24 V
power supply ON (green)
Yes
- Monitoring the load voltage
DC 24 V (green)
Yes
Insulation
Insulation tested with 500 V DC
between backplane bus
and electronic components
Yes
between supply load
and electronic components
Yes
Environmental requirements
- min. -25 C
- max. 55 C
Storage/transportation temperature
- min. -40 C
- max. 70 C
Degree of protection
and class of protection
- IP65 Yes
- IP66 Yes
- IP67 Yes
Width 90 mm
Height 130 mm
Depth 71 mm
General information
2/256
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
IM 154-4 PN High Feature inter-
face module
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
For communication between
ET 200pro and higher-level
controllers over PROFINET IO;
support of PROFIsafe
Accessories
M12 covering cap 3RX9 802-0AA00
For protection of unused M12
connections with ET 200pro
Micro Memory Card, 3.3 V,
NFLASH
64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
2 MB 6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MB 6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
8 MB 6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
IE M12 connecting cables
Pre-assembled with two M12
connectors
0.3 m long 6XV1 870-8AE30
0.5 m long 6XV1 870-8AE50
1 m long 6XV1 870-8AH10
1.5 m long 6XV1 870-8AH15
2 m long 6XV1 870-8AH20
3 m long 6XV1 870-8AH30
5 m long 6XV1 870-8AH50
10 m long 6XV1 870-8AN10
15 m long 6XV1 870-8AN15
7/8" connecting cable
to power supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
pre-assembled with
two 7/8" connectors, 5-pin
1.5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH15
2 m long 6XV1 822-5BH20
3 m long 6XV1 822-5BH30
5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH50
10 m long 6XV1 822-5BN10
15 m long 6XV1 822-5BN15
Power cables 6XV1 830-8AH10
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
sold by the meter, minimum order
quantity 20 m, maximum order
quantity 1000 m
7/8" cable connector
For ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet
with male insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0FA00
with female insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0FB00
7/8-Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00
energy-t-connector for ET200
with 2 7/8"socket inserts and
one 7/8"pin insert, 5 pieces per
packaging unit
General accessories
ET 200pro rack
Narrow, for interface, electronics
and power modules
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GA10-0AA0
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length
6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
Compact, for interface, electron-
ics and power modules
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GC00-0AA0
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GC10-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
Wide, for interface,
electronics, power modules
and motor starters
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
- 1000 mm
6ES7 194-4GB10-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
Spare fuse 6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
12.5 A quick-response,
for interface and power modules,
10 items per package unit
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Motion Control System SIMOTION
General information
2/257
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
SIMOTION is available for all machines carrying out Motion
Control tasks - from simple machines to the high-performance
variety. The focus is on a simple and flexible solution to a huge
variety of Motion Control tasks. In order to achieve this in the best
way possible, a new system approach has been introduced:
Motion Control has been combined with two other control func-
tions found in most machines: PLC and technology functions.
This approach enables the Motion Control of axes and machine
control within the same system. The same applies to technology
functions, such as pressure control of a hydraulic axis. A seam-
less switch can be made from position-controlled positioning
mode to pressure control.
Combining the three control functions of Motion Control,
Logic Control (PLC) and technology functions has the
following benefits:
Reduced engineering overhead and increased machine
performance
Time-critical interfaces between the individual components
are no longer required
Simple, uniform and transparent programming and diagnos-
tics of the entire machine
The SIMOTION system comprises three components:
Engineering system
Motion Control, PLC and technology tasks can all be performed
within an integrated system. The engineering system provides
all the tools required for these tasks: From programming and
parameterization, through testing and commissioning, to diag-
nostics.
Runtime Software Modules
These modules provide the various Motion Control and technol-
ogy functions. The entire system functionality can be adapted to
the machine as required by selecting the appropriate modules.
Hardware platforms
The hardware platforms form the basis of the SIMOTION Motion
Control system. The application created by the engineering sys-
tem and the associated Runtime software modules can be used
on various hardware platforms.
Thus you can always select the platform which is most suited to
your machine, whether as a controller, an industrial PC or an
Intelligent Module directly in the drive.
Graphical or text-based
programming
Engineering system
For programming,
parameterization, ...
Runtime software
G_PM10_EN_00126
Hardware platforms
Gear
Cam
Positioning
Etc.
PLC
Test and
diagnostics
General information
2/258
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The hardware platforms
Every hardware platform has its benefits when used in certain
applications. The various platforms can also be combined very
easily, which is a particular advantage in modular machines and
plants. This is because the individual hardware platforms always
contain the same system characteristics, i. e. functionality and
engineering are always identical, irrespective of the platform
used.
PROFIBUS or PROFINET can be used to connect drives and I/O
decentrally to the control.
SIMOTION D Compact and integrated in the drive
With SIMOTION D, the SIMOTION functionality is integrated
directly in the Control Unit of the new SINAMICS S120 multi-axis
drive system. Therefore, the complete system (containing all
control and drive functionalities) is extremely compact and
responds very quickly. SIMOTION D is available in three perfor-
mance versions (D425, D435 and D445), ensuring maximum
scalability and flexibility. The field of application ranges from sin-
gle axes to high-performance multi-axis machines. SIMOTION D
is supplied with two integrated PROFIBUS interfaces with
PROFIdrive and two integrated Industrial Ethernet interfaces on
board.
SIMOTION C Modularity and flexibilit
SIMOTION C230-2 uses the S7-300 mounting technology. It is
supplied with four integrated interfaces for analog or stepper
drives and several integrated digital inputs and outputs on
board. The C230-2 can also be expanded using I/O Modules
from the SIMATIC S7 300 range. At other interfaces, the C230-2
has already built in two PROFIBUS interfaces with PROFIdrive
and one Industrial Ethernet interface, thus offering great flexibil-
ity in communication.
SIMOTION P Open for other tasks
SIMOTION P350 is a PC-based Motion Control system.
The operating system is Windows XP Professional, with a real-
time expansion for SIMOTION. This enables PC applications to
be carried out alongside SIMOTION machine applications at any
time. For example, the SIMOTION engineering system, an oper-
ator control application, a process data evaluation, a standard
PC application, etc.
Several panel variants in various screen sizes are available for
operating the industrial PC. These panels can either be operated
using a keyboard and mouse, or a touch screen. Two PROFIBUS
interfaces are used to link the drives and the I/Os with
PROFIdrive or via PROFINET with an optional Communication
Board.
More information
Further information regarding technical specifications and
ordering data can be found in Catalog PM10 Motion Control
System SIMOTION and in the interactive catalog under
Automation Systems / SIMOTION Motion Control System
SIMOTION P350
WinCC flexible RT
ET 200S
1 station with
32 DI, 32 DO
SINAMICS S120
3 to 9 positioning axes
G
_
P
M
1
0
_
e
n
_
0
0
0
9
5
Isochronous
Communication Board CBE30
2/259
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The CBE30 Communication Board for SIMOTION D425, D435
and D445 allows the SIMOTION to be connected to a PROFINET
IO network. The SIMOTION D then assumes the function of a
PROFINET IO Controller and can perform the following:
PROFINET IO Controller functions
Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (RealTime)
- IRT (Isochronous RealTime)
Connects distributed IOs as PROFINET IO devices
Connects drives as PROFINET IO devices using PROFIdrive
compliant with specification V4
Supports standard Ethernet communication (TCP/IP), e.g. for
interfacing SIMOTION SCOUT, HMI or standard TCP, UDP
communication, to devices of any other type
Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star,
tree) can therefore be configured without additional external
switches.
Integration
The CBE30 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on
the SIMOTION D Control Unit.
Accessories
The PROFINET cables and connectors listed below are recom-
mended:
Max. current requirement
at 24 V DC)
0.25 A
Permissible ambient temperature
Storage and transport -40 C + 70 C
Operation 0 C to 55 C
Dimensions 113 mm 77 mm
Communication Board
CBE30
6FC5 312-0FA00-0AA0
Description Order No.
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (1x)
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (10x)
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC stripping tool
6GK1 901-1GA00
Industrial Ethernet
FC Standard Cable GP 2x2
6XV1 840-2AH10
Industrial Ethernet
FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2
6XV1 870-2B
Industrial Ethernet
FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2
6XV1 870-2D
Industrial Ethernet
FC Trailing Cable 2x2
6XV1 840-3AH10
Industrial Ethernet
FC Marine Cable 2x2
6XV1 840-4AH10
Communication Board MCI-PN
2/260
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The MCI PN communication board for SIMOTION P350 supports
connection to a PROFINET IO network. This means that in terms
of PROFINET, SIMOTION P350 is a PROFINET IO controller that
offers the following functions:
Support of real time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (realtime)
- RT (isochrone realtime)
Integration of distributed I/O as PROFINET IO devices
Integration of drives as PROFINET IO devices through
PROFIdrive according to the V4 specification
Support of standard Ethernet communication (TCP/IP), e.g. for
integration of SIMOTION SCOUT, HMI or standard TCP, UDP
communication to any other devices.
Integrated 4-port switch with 4 RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC, ERTEC400.
The optimal topology (line, star, treee or ring) can therefore be
constructed without the need for additional external switches.
Design
The MCI PN communication board is inserted in the spare PCI
slot of the SIMOTION P350.
Accessories
The following PROFINET cables and connectors are recom-
mended:
Current consumption 900 mA at 5V
Storage and transport -20 C +60 C
Operation +5 C +55 C
Dimensions 107 mm x 167 mm
MCI PN
communication board
6AU1 390-0BA00-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (1 item)
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (10 items)
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 180 (1 item)
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 180 (10 items)
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC Stripping Tool
6GK1 901-1GA00
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 840-2AH10
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 870-2B
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 870-2D
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 840-3AH10
Industrial Ethernet
FC Marine Cable 2x2
6XV1 840-4AH10
PROFINET technology components
Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller ERTEC
2/261
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
PROFINET IO uses Fast Switched Ethernet as the communica-
tions basis with a transmission rate of 100 Mbit/s. The required
functions are supported by hardware ASICs of the ERTEC range
(Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller), and high-perfor-
mance values are achieved. Previously required discrete com-
ponents have been included in the ERTECs as a system-on-
chip. These high-performance Ethernet controllers with integral
real-time switch and 32-bit microprocessor have been specially
designed for industrial applications. It is then possible to imple-
ment powerful PROFINET connections in the smallest possible
space.
The ERTEC 200 is available for simple field devices, and the
ERTEC 400 for controllers and network components.
They feature a rugged design, specific automation functions,
and openness for the IT world.
Easy space-saving connection of devices to switched
10/100 Mbit Ethernet
No need for external network components since the switches
are integrated into the device
Integral high-performance ARM 946 processor for optimum
integration of communications and applications
Specific communication functions for automation technology
secure the position of the technology as front runner for time-
critical applications through real-time characteristics
The DK-ERTEC development kits and global technical sup-
port help towards implementation
Benefits
All functions on chip for high-performance systems solutions
(system on chip)
Space-saving implementation thanks to a high degree of inte-
gration
Complete communication processing for cyclic data transmis-
sion
Broad field of application thanks to comprehensive interfaces
Openness through compatibility to IEEE 802
Industry-standard environmental characteristics
Supports IT communication and real-time data communica-
tion in parallel and unlimited on one line
PCI, the bus standard of the PC world, is a component of the
ERTEC 400. This saves space, time and costs during integra-
tion into PC-based system environments and ensures a fast
"time to market.
Integral PHYs with the ERTEC 200 additionally save space
and implementation costs
2/262
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Application
PROFINET is the system solution for automation engineering that
is characterized by openness, scalability and performance.
PROFINET also satisfies the requirements of factory automation
and motion control applications. This supports integrated sys-
tem solutions that go much further than specific machine solu-
tions. Thanks to innovative switching technology, the special re-
quirements of automation with regard to line topology, hard real
time and unlimited IT openness have been satisfied within a
single technology for the first time.
The ERTEC ASICs combine real time and IT without making any
compromises. Thus, for example, axes can be controlled in iso-
chronous mode whereby 50% of the bandwidth is available
solely for IT communication.
Based on the transmission procedures of IEEE 802, the
ERTEC ASICs offer the PROFINET real-time (RT) and isochro-
nous real-time properties. To achieve this, they provide intelli-
gent combination of the switching mechanisms "Cut Through"
and "Store and Forward". Integrated plant and machine solutions
are possible that are compatible with the standard.
In addition to providing the PROFINET mechanisms, the
Industrial Ethernet ASIC ERTECs based on the latest semicon-
ductor technology have all the functions on chip that are re-
quired for high-performance system functions in the automation
industry.
By integrating the powerful ARM 946 processors, the necessary
flexibility is offered for creating demanding applications.
ERTEC 200
The ASIC ERTEC 200 is the optimum solution for field devices.
It is an Ethernet controller with integral 2-port switch and 32-bit
microprocessor.
So-called PHYs (blocks for the transition from the internal to
external world) are required to link the Ethernet controller to the
physical structure of the communications network. These are
already integrated in the ERTEC 200, and support the Auto-
Negotiation and Auto-Crossing functions.
Thanks to the integral ARM 946 processor, the ERTEC 200 can
be used as a system-on-chip implementation for simple devices.
Since the cyclic data transmission for PROFINET IO with real-
time and isochronous real-time - which particularly loads the pro-
cessor - is completely handled by the ERTEC hardware, suffi-
cient processor resources are still available to execute the appli-
cations of simple field devices. External processors can be
omitted.
On-chip I/Os enable direct connection of I/O signals, serial inter-
faces and timers.
ERTEC 400
The ASIC ERTEC 400 is the platform for complex applications.
Target systems of the ERTEC 400 are automation equipment
such as PLCs, motion controllers, PC-based systems and net-
work components.
The ERTEC 400 is an Ethernet controller with integral 4-port
switch, 32-bit microprocessor and PCI interface.
The integral 4-port switch enables flexible topologies such as
star, tree and line without further external network components.
The large integral communications memory permits comprehen-
sive quantity frameworks which are particularly required by
PLCs and motion controllers.
With its integral PCI interface, the ERTEC 400 is suitable for PC-
based control systems, since the interface is already on-chip
and an external PCI bridge is unnecessary.
The integral ARM 946 processor handles all communications
tasks, thus saving processor resources in the host processors
of the target systems. As with the ERTEC 200, cyclic communi-
cation for real-time and isochronous real-time in the ERTEC 400
is also executed completely by the hardware, and the stack ex-
ecution times are eliminated for time-critical data. The real-time
data are available immediately for the application.
PROFINET communication with ERTEC 200/400
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
2
9
PROFINET
PC with
CP 1613 A2
SIMATIC S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
IPC with
CP 1616 as
PN IO-Controller
with ERTEC 400
SIMATIC
Panel
PC with
CP 1616 as
PN IO-Controller
with ERTEC 400
Non-Siemens device
with ERTEC 200
ET 200S ET 200S
Non-Siemens device
with ERTEC 200
PROFINET Devices PROFINET Devices
Microbox with
CP 1604 as
IO-Device with
ERTEC 400
2/263
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
Internal design of ERTEC 400
Internal design of ERTEC 200
Function
Switching;
in accordance with industrial requirements, the integral switch
additionally enables lines to be configured and there is no
need for external switch components.
Real-time;
the real-time properties (RT and IRT) allow extremely short cy-
cle times with highly accurate cycle rates. PROFINET with the
ERTEC is the quantum leap forward for real-time communica-
tion and makes concepts possible that could never be
achieved before.
IT;
the high processor performance and the on-chip memory
form a stable basis for implementing IT functions such as a
Web server and e-mail.
PCI;
PCI, the bus standard of the PC world, is a component of the
ERTEC 400. This saves space, time and costs during integra-
tion into PC-based system environments and ensures a fast
"time to market.
Network management/diagnostics;
comprehensive diagnostic characteristics such as RMON sta-
tistical counter permit effective system diagnostics.
DK-ERTEC PN IO development kit
Development kits make it easy for beginners. They contain the
necessary hardware, drivers, configuration software, demon-
stration programs and documentation.
Technical support
Industrial Ethernet ASICs from Siemens provide the customer
with worldwide support and implementation support. The two
Competence Centers in Europe and the U.S.A. provide low-cost
telephone support for development and commissioning engi-
neers. Development orders for software and hardware as well as
on-site support are included in the comprehensive range of ser-
vices offered.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
0
1
External memory JTAG / Debug
ARM946ES
I-Cache (8kByte)
D-Cache (4kByte)
D-TCM (4kByte)
ARM-
Interrupt-
Controller
SRAM
(8 kByte)
Memory-
Controller
PCI
Bridge
(32 Bit,
66MHz)
Master
Local
Bus Unit
(LBU)
(16 Bit)
Switch
(192 K SRAM)
32
GPIO
2 x
UART
SPI
Timer
4 x Ethernet 10/100 MBit
(external connection PHY)
LBU / PCI (V 2.2)
P
e
r
i
p
h
e
r
y
ERTEC400
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
4
4
External memory JTAG / Debug
ARM 946
I-Cache (8kByte)
D-Cache (4kByte)
D-TCM (4kByte)
ARM-
Interrupt
Controller
Memory-
Controller
PCI
Bridge
(32 Bit,
33 MHz)/
66 MHz)
Master
Local
Bus Unit
(LBU)
(16 Bit)
Switch
(64 K SRAM)
45
GPIO
1 x
UART
SPI
Timer
2 x Ethernet 10/100 MBit
I
/
O

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
ERTEC 400
DMA-
Controller
LBU 16 Bit
2/264
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
ERTEC 400 ERTEC 200
Interfaces
Ethernet / PHY interface 4 x PHY interface 2 x Ethernet interface (PHY integrated) or alternatively
2 x PHY interface (for connecting optical PHYs)
Half/full duplex Half/full duplex
Broadcast filter Broadcast filter
IEEE 802.1 p Traffic Management IEEE 802.1 p Traffic Management
IEEE 802.1 q VLAN Tagging and Identification IEEE 802.1 q VLAN Tagging and Identification
IEEE 1588 IEEE 1588
- in association with the corre-
sponding PHY types:
Supports copper and fiber-optic conductors;
Autosensing; Autocrossover
Supports copper and fiber-optic conductors
(PHY for Cu integrated); Autosensing; Autocrossover
Local-Bus-Unit (LBU) Local bus master interface for an external host with
access to internal areas of the ERTEC;
16-bit data bit width
Local bus master interface for an external host with
access to internal areas of the ERTEC;
16-bit data bit width
PCI interface 32 bit, 33/66 MHz
Host functionality
Memory protection unit (MPU)
2 PCI interrupt outputs INTA_N and SERR_N
Power Management V1.1
3.3 Volt (5 V tolerant)
PCI master/target interface
PCI core conformant to PCI spec. 2.2
External memory interface (EMIF)
- SDRAM controller 128 MB/16 bit or 256 MB/32 bit 64 MByte/16 Bit or 128 MByte/32 Bit
- SRAM controller 4 x 16 MB for asynchronous blocks
(SRAM, Flash, I/O 8/16/32 bit)
4 x 16 MB for asynchronous blocks
(SRAM, Flash, I/O 8/16/32 bit)
- chip select support yes yes
IO interfaces 32 parameterizable I/O (GPIO);
multifunction outputs
45 parameterizable I/O (GPIO);
multifunction outputs
Components
Real-time Ethernet switch Integral 4-port Fast Ethernet/real-time Ethernet switch;
10/100 Mbit Ethernet full-duplex
Integral 2-port Fast Ethernet/real-time Ethernet switch;
10/100 Mbit Ethernet full-duplex
- communications RAM (SRAM
on chip for message buffering)
192 KB 64 KB
- intelligent switching and
PROFINET IRT prioritizing/timing
yes yes
Integral ARM946 processor 32-bit ARM system 32-bit ARM system
- adjustable operating frequency 50/100/150 MHz 50/100/150 MHz
- data cache 4 KB 4 KB
- instruction cache 8 KB 8 KB
- D-TCM 4 KB 4 KB
- Memory Protection Unit (MPU) yes yes
- trace functionality Debugging capability through embedded ICE (JTAG) Debugging capability through embedded ICE (JTAG)
- interrupt controller For 16xIRQ/ 8xFIQ For 16xIRQ/ 8xFIQ
Processor I/O 2 UART similar to the UART 16C550 standard 1 UART similar to the UART 16C550 standard
- SPI master interface yes yes
- timer 32-bit counting downwards 2 3
- F-Timer 32-bit counting down-
wards
yes yes
- watchdog functions 2 3
- external interrupt inputs yes yes
Internal bus structure 32 bit (multi-layer AHB) with 50 MHz clock frequency;
multi-layer architecture with parallel access structure
of several multimasters to multislave
32 bit (multi-layer AHB) with 50 MHz clock frequency;
multi-layer architecture with parallel access structure
of several multimasters to multislave
2/265
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Note:
If you have any technical questions,
please contact the PROFINET Competence Centers:
Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
ComDeC
Postfach 2355
D-90713 Frth
Germany
Tel.: +49(0)/911/750 - 2080
Fax: +49(0)/911/750 - 2100
E-mail: comdec@fthw.siemens.de
America
PROFI Interface Center
One Internet Plaza
Johnson City, TN, 37604
U.S.A.
Tel.: (423) - 262 - 2576
Fax: (423) - 262 - 2103
E-mail: profibus.sea@siemens.com
ERTEC 400 ERTEC 200
Components (continued)
SRAM-integrated main memory
on AHB
- size 8 KB
- program/data memory ARM 946
- multiport RAM For ARM946, IRT and PCI
Clock generation Internal through PLL for
ARM 946ES, AHB, APB and IRT
Internal through PLL for
ARM 946ES, AHB, APB and IRT
Boot ROM With Opcode for software download
from various sources
With Opcode for software download
from various sources
Debugging functions Boundary scan Boundary scan
Voltage supply
Core (VDD core) 1.5 V +/- 10% 1.5 V +/- 10%
I/Os (VDD IO) 3.3 V +/- 10% 3.3 V +/- 10%
Current consumption
at 1.5 V typ. 270 mA typ. 535 mA
at 3.3 V typ. 150 mA typ. 175 mA
Power loss
PDD Core typ. 0.4 W typ. 0.8 W
PDD IO typ. 0.5 W typ. 0.57 W
Relative humidity max. 95% at +25 C max. 95% at +25 C
Design
Enclosure Plastic FBGA 304 pin Plastic FBGA 304 pin
Pinning ball pitch 0.8 mm 0.8 mm
Soldering notes Versions available for leaded and
unleaded processing
Versions available for leaded and
unleaded processing
- ERTEC
Supported communications
protocols
General Ethernet protocols Corresponding to the respective software implementa-
tion which uses the ERTEC as Ethernet controller
Corresponding to the respective software implementa-
tion which uses the ERTEC as Ethernet controller
PROFINET in combination with a
PROFINET software stack
Real-time communication (RT);
isochronous real-time communication (IRT)
Real-time communication (RT);
isochronous real-time communication (IRT)
2/266
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
ERTEC 400
to Switched Ethernet
10/100 Mbit/sec,
Ethernet Controller with integral
4-port switch, ARM 946 proces-
sor and PCI interface (V 2.2),
data preprocessing for real time
and isochronous real-time with
PROFINET IO
Leaded
- 70 units (single tray) 6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA1
- 350 units (drypack, 5 trays) 6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA2
Not leaded
- 70 units (single tray) 6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA1
- 350 units (drypack, 5 trays) 6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA2
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
development kit
6GK1 953-0CA00
Development package V1.0 for
ASIC ERTEC 400 for real-time
and isochronous real-time
(available soon), comprising:
CP 1616,
ERTEC 400 evaluation board,
ASICs ERTEC 400 (10 units),
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180,
IE FC Standard Cable 2 x 2,
IE FC Stripping Tool,
DK-16xx PN IO
documentation and
example software
ERTEC 200
10/100 Mbit/sec,
Ethernet controller with integral
2-port switch, ARM 946 proces-
sor and PCI interface (V 2.2),
data preprocessing for real-time
and isochronous real-time (avail-
able soon) with PROFINET IO
Leaded
- 350 units (drypack, 5 trays) 6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA2
Not leaded
- 70 units (single tray) 6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA1
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
development kit
6GK1 953-0BA00
ASIC ERTEC 200
for real-time and isochronous
real-time comprising:
CP 1616,
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 (2 units),
IE FC Standard Cable 2 x 2 (5 m),
DK-16xx PN IO V 2.0,
Wind River evaluation software,
documentation and
example software
Development kits for ERTEC
2/267
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO Devel-
opment Kits are available for development of PROFINET and
Industrial Ethernet devices with integral real-time switch
Possible applications:
- development of IO field devices (as PROFINET IO-Device)
with a PROFINET interface
- development of drives with PROFINET
- development of any other device with an Industrial Ethernet
interface
Benefits
Devices can easily be developed for Industrial Ethernet with
PROFINET
Optimized components are included for developing a
PROFINET device
Easy adaptation to the characteristics of the device to be
developed using the supplied software examples
Easy creation of a specific GSDML file using the supplied
example
EB 200 or EB 400 development board in the PC or as stand-
alone outside a PC can be operated as an IO-Device
Shortening of development time through complete develop-
ment environment including executable example applications
Application
Using the DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO de-
velopment kits, PROFINET hardware and software applications
can be developed and tested using the ASIC ERTEC 200 or
ERTEC 400.
The comprehensive, perfectly interacting hardware and soft-
ware components considerably reduce the development costs
for a PROFINET IO device (as PROFINET IO-Device).
The development kit offers a fully functional development envi-
ronment which development engineers can build on with their
special requirements for hardware and software.
The documentation is supplied on CD in English and German.
The development kit makes the PROFINET technology accessi-
ble to device vendors and users. The two PROFINET Compe-
tence Centers in Europe and the U.S.A. provide low-cost tele-
phone support for development and commissioning engineers.
Development orders for software and hardware as well as
on-site support are included in the comprehensive range of ser-
vices offered by the Competence Centers .
The PROFINET real-time (RT) and isochronous real-time (IRT)
properties are supported from version V2.0 onwards.
Operating system environment
The current version of the development kit can only be used to-
gether with the VxWorks 5.5.1 operating system from the com-
pany Wind River. An installation CD is provided with the devel-
opment kit with which the user can activate a limited-period
evaluation license at Wind River. It is subsequently possible to
purchase a full license version from Wind River at special condi-
tions for ERTEC 200 and ERTEC 400 users.
Note:
The full version of the Wind River license also includes the
runtime license fees for ERTEC-based PROFINET devices. No
additional runtime license fees are then incurred for VxWorks.
The Wind River licenses must be ordered by users directly from
Wind River. All license details concerning Wind River products
are exclusively covered by the specifications provided by Wind
River to the user (see http://www.windriver.com/
alliances/eval-cd/details.html?pgmid=ERTEC)
Production license for PROFINET IO-Devices
The development kit includes a development license which au-
thorizes users to develop and test PROFINET IO devices on the
basis of ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400. For production of series de-
vices, a production license for PROFINET IO-Devices must be
additionally purchased for each production line. This production
license must be ordered separately (6ES7 195-3BC10-0YA0).
2/268
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
Hardware included
CP 1616;
PC module for operation as PROFINET IO-Controller as test
partner
ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400 Evaluation Board;
evaluation board with the ASIC ERTEC 400 as a test environ-
ment for customized applications
ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400 ASICs;
for developing customized hardware, 10 ERTEC 400 ASICs
are already included in the package.
FastConnect;
for easy assembly of Industrial Ethernet cables, FastConnect
connectors, cables and the stripping tool are included
Software included
PROFINET IO-Controller example software;
test and simulation software for Windows XP Professional for
use on PCs
PROFINET IO device sample software;
sample program as PROFINET IO device based on the
ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400
DK-16xx PN IO;
Development Kit for CP 1616 for operation with SUSE Linux
9.3 or for transfer to other PC-based operating systems
Wind River software
Fully functional version of Tornado/Vx Works and WindView
but with time limit
Design of a development environment with DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
3
4
PC* with CP 1616
as PN IO-Controller
LinuxSUSE V9.3*
PC* with ERTEC
400 and Wind River
development
environment
(evaluation)
(Windows XP Pro*)
Tornado shell/FTP server
connected to EB 400 over Ethernet
PC (COM1) cable*
connected to RS232
of EB 400
Plug-type power supply
unit for EB 400
stand-alone mode
Further PROFINET
IO-Devices*
PN IO-Controller
connected to EB 400
over Industrial Ethernet
ERTEC 400 development board EB 400
as PN IO-Device
The EB 400 development board can be used as a PN IO-Device
outside a PC or in a PC.
* Parts are not contained in the DK
Switch* e.g.
SCALANCE X204IRT
for connection of further
PROFINET IO-Devices
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
as PN IO-Controller*
= optional
2/269
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design (continued)
Design of a development environment with DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
Application of Development Kit and assignment
of required software licenses
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_

3
0
1
5
3
PC* with CP 1616
as PN IO-Controller
LinuxSUSE V9.3*
PC* with ERTEC
200 and Wind River
development
environment
(evaluation)
(Windows XP Pro*)
Tornado shell/FTP server
connected to EB 200 over Ethernet
PC (COM1) cable*
connected to RS232
of EB 200
Plug-type power supply
unit for EB 200
stand-alone mode
Further PROFINET
IO-Devices*
PN IO-Controller
connected to EB 200
over Industrial Ethernet
ERTEC 200 development board EB 200
as PN IO-Device
The EB 200 development board can be used as a PN IO-Device
outside a PC or in a PC.
* Parts are not contained in the DK
= optional
G_IK10_XX_30135
Information on ERTEC 400
and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
development kit
Catalog and Internet
Evaluation:
working and testing with
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
Wind River:
registration of the evaluation
license of the Wind River
development system
Design of a development
environment including
fully-licensed VxWorks
development system
development of
PROFINET IO-Devices
based on ERTEC
Wind River development
system full license for
ERTEC/PROFINET
applications
Ordering DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
(6GK1 953-0CA00)
Production of the
PROFINET IO-Devices
of a product line
based on ERTEC
Siemens PROFINET
IO-Device runtime stack
production license
ERTEC and VxWorks-based
PROFINET IO-Device software
Ordering of license
(6ES7195-3BC10-0YA0)
Registration
Ordering
2/270
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
If you have any technical questions, please contact the
PROFINET Competence Centers:
Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
ComDeC
Postfach 2355
D-90713 Frth
Germany
Tel.: +49(0)/911/750 - 2080
Fax: +49(0)/911/750 - 2100
Email: comdec@siemens.com
America
One Internet Plaza
U.S.A.
Tel.: (423) - 262 - 2576
Fax: (423) - 262 - 2103
Email: profibus.sea@siemens.com
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
development kit
6GK1 953-0BA00
Development package V2.0
for ASIC ERTEC 200
CP 1616,
documentation and
example software
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
development kit
6GK1 953-0CA00
ASIC ERTEC 400
CP 1616,
documentation and
example software
PROFINET IO production
license for one product line
6ES7 195-3BC10-0YA0
Production license for a product
range based on ERTEC 200 or
ERTEC 400
CP 1616
6GK1 161-6AA00
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3/5 V) with
to PROFINET IO with 4-port real-
time switch (RJ45), for use with
NCM PC
SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2005 6GK1 704-1HW63-3AA0
Software for PROFINET I/O
controller with OPC server and
NCM PC single license for
XP Professional, 2003 Server;
Server, German/English
CPU 317-2 PN/DP 6ES7 317-2EJ10-0AB0
Main memory 512 KB,
power supply 24 V DC, combined
interface, MMC required
2/271
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
More information
Further information, technical specifications and manuals on
ERTEC 200, ERTEC 400, DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO are available on the Internet.
www.siemens.com/ertec-microsite
www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
www.siemens.com/ertec
www.ad.siemens.com/csi/pnio-doc
The Wind River development environment can be obtained from:
Wind River GmbH
Osterfeldstrasse 84
D-85737 Ismaning
Tel.: +49 89 96 24 45 0
Fax: +49 89 96 24 45 999
inquiries-de@windriver.com
http://www.windriver.com/alliances/eval-cd/
details.html?pgmid=ERTEC
Network components
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Standard Cable 2 x 2
(Type B)
6XV1 840-2AH10
minimum order 20 m
cables
Industrial Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Managed Industrial Ethernet
switches; real-time (RT) and
isochronous real-time IRT avail-
able soon, LED diagnostics, error
signaling contact with SET button,
redundant power supply
SCALANCE X-204IRT;
4 x 10 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
SCALANCE X-202-2IRT;
2 x 10 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;
2 x 100 Mbit/s Multimode BFOC
6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3
ASIC Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller
ERTEC 200
10/100 Mbit/sec,
Ethernet controller with
integral 2-port switch,
ARM 946 processor and
PCI interface (V 2.2),
data preprocessing for
real-time and isochronous
real-time (available soon)
with PROFINET IO
Leaded
Not leaded
ERTEC 400
10/100 Mbit/sec,
Ethernet Controller with
integral 4-port switch,
ARM 946 processor RISC and
PCI interface (V2.2),
data preprocessing for
real-time and isochronous
real-time available soon
with PROFINET IO
Leaded
Not leaded
Development packages
2/272
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
In time for market entry of PROFINET IO, a development
package is available that allows third-party manufacturers
to develop and offer their own PROFINET IO devices.
Please address any technical questions about the development
kit to:
In Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
ComDeC
Postfach 2355
90713 Frth
Germany
Tel.: +49(0)/911/750 - 2080
Fax: +49(0)/911/750 - 2100
E-mail: comdec@fthw.siemens.de
U.S.A.
One Internet Plaza
U.S.A.
Tel.: (001)(423) - 262 - 2576
Fax: (001)(423) - 262 - 2103
E-mail: profibus.sea@siemens.com
More information
The development environment can be obtained from NetSilicon:
In Germany and Europe
Digi GmbH (NetSilicon)
Joseph-von-Fraunhofer-Str. 23
44227 Dortmund
Germany
Tel: +49 231 9747 550
Fax: +49 231 9747 650
E-mail: emea-sales@netsilicon.com
http://www.netsilicon.com/
USA
NetSilicon, Inc.
411 Waverley Oaks Road #304
Waltham, MA 02452
U.S.A.
Tel: ++1 800 243-2333, 781 647-1234
Fax: ++1 781 893-1338
E-mail: info@netsilicon.com
http://www.netsilicon.com/
Asia
NetSilicon Japan, Inc.
NES Bldg. South 8F 22-14 Sakuragaoka-cho
Shibuya-ku, Tokyo, 150-0031
Japan
Tel: +81-3-5428-0261
Fax: +81-3-5428-0262
E-mail: japan-sales@netsilicon.com
http://www.netsilicon.co.jp/
Development package
for PROFINET IO
6ES7 195-3BC00-0YA0
For Ethernet processor
Accessories
CPU 317-2 PN/DP 6ES7 317-2EJ10-0AB0
512 KB main memory, 24 V DC
supply voltage, combined
interface, Ethernet/PROFInet
interface;
MMC required
Micro Memory Card 6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
e.g. 512 KB
(other MMC optional)
Programming software STEP 7,
V5.3, SP1
6ES7 810-4CC07-0YA5
Floating license, STL, LAD. FBD
programming for S7-300/400/C7
and WinAC
SCALANCE X 108 switch 6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3
(other switches optional)
SIMATIC NET TP cable 6XV1 850-2GH20
RJ45/RJ45, length 2 m
At least 3 items will be required;
other cable types/lengths optional
PS 307 power supply 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
120 V AC, 24 V DC, 2 A
(optional)
Image Processing System
SIMATIC VS120
2/273
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Vision sensor for object finding and object size testing in
reflected light
VS120 finds and checks different objects and / or patterns,
e.g.:
- Printed symbols (product markings on labels, packaging,
etc. )
- Injection-molded parts,
- Ceramic elements,
- ...
Can be used in principle for the following applications:
- Position detection for Pick&Place applications,
- Checking the presence and position of objects in
production,
- Checking the orientation of objects in infeed systems
Easy configuration through presentation of the good object to
be recognized. "Training" is done automatically by activating
the training function of the unit.
Parameter definition is done using the web-based operating
interface and can be run on various platforms with the follow-
ing requirements:
- Browser (IE5.5 or higher),
- JAVA-VM (MS, SUN).
The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling
the device from an HMI device. The same prerequisites apply
here concerning the Browser and JAVA VM.
Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator in-
terface.
Remote controlled with integrated digital inputs, PROFIBUS or
PROFINET IO.
Can be supplied as a complete package in several variations
for different object sizes
Application
The intelligent vision sensor can be used for the following appli-
cations:
Determining the position for Pick & Place applications
Checking the presence and position of objects in production
Checking the orientation of objects in infeed systems
Examples of possible inspection tasks and inspection objects:
Checking the presence and position of symbols (warnings)
and logos (corporate logos) on print media and packaging
Checking the presence and position of objects in production
for the quality assurance of assembly steps
Checking the orientation of assembly items in infeed systems
Design
The SIMATIC VS 120 vision sensor offers the following image
field sizes:
70 mm x 50 mm fixed-focus sensor head
40 mm x 30 mm fixed-focus sensor head
Variable field of view with C/CS-Mount sensor head
The following components are required for use of the fixed-focus
version of the SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor and are included in
the scope of delivery:
Sensor head
Front lighting in the form of a ring light matched to the applica-
tion and sensor head
Evaluation unit
Connecting cables
CD with configuration software and assembly/operating in-
structions
To start up the fixed focus version you also need the following
items (not included in the scope of delivery):
Ethernet cable (see "Accessories") for connecting the evalua-
tor to any web client. The web client, e.g. a PC with web
browser installed, is used to adjust the sensor head and the
lighting.
The following components are required for use of the C/CS
mount version of the SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor and are
included in the scope of delivery:
Sensor head (without lens!)
Evaluation unit
Connecting cables (no connecting cable for lighting!)
CD with configuration software and assembly/operating in-
structions
To start up the C/CS-Mount version you also need the following
items (not included in the scope of delivery):
C/CS-Mount lens with the required imaging properties
Suitable light source and suitable connecting cable
(see accessories)
lighting.
SIMATIC VS120
2/274
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design (continued)
Sensor head
The sensor head is equipped with:
Extruded aluminium housing to degree of protection IP65
(fixed-focus version)
CCD chip (640 x 480 quadratic pixels)
Lens, permanently installed and non-adjustable (fixed focus
version)
Interface for digital transmission of image data to the process-
ing unit
A sensor head for C/CS-Mount lenses is additionally available.
Evaluation unit
The processing unit has:
Plastic housing, designed for cabinetless construction (IP40)
Connections for
- supply voltage 24 V DC
- lighting
- sensor head
- digital inputs and outputs
- ethernet interface (DHCP-Client, DHCP-Server,
fixed IP address)
- PROFIBUS DP
4-line text display for operator prompting
6 keys for operating the unit
User guidance with web-based operator interface (HTML,
JAVA VM)
Access protection by means of password.
The following communication services are included:
PROFINET IO (slave)
PROFIBUS DP V0 (slave),
TCP/IP native
The analysis is carried out by a powerful digital signal processor.
Front lighting
Designed as ring light pushed onto sensor head
Can be dismounted, and secured with different orientation on
the machine
Housing with degree of protection IP65
Equipped with red LEDs
Operation in flash mode
Power control for the flash integrated in the light
Function
Training the object test parameters using one or more good
objects
Testing an object and/or pattern with the features taken from
the training
Testing can be performed on stationary and moving objects
Checking for a match with the reference provides a good/poor
indication after comparison with set-value criteria
Test results output to three control outputs:
- OK:
trained object and/or pattern found based on features;
degree of match greater than set value
- N_OK:
trained object and/or pattern NOT found based on features;
degree of match NOT greater than set value
Position information output via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO,
Ethernet or with converter to RS 232 interface
Integrated DI/O enables "stand-alone" operation without
additional controller.
Remote control via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO, DI/O or
Ethernet
Remote maintenance via web-based operator interface
Intranet or Internet:
- monitoring (live image in read mode)
- diagnostics (fault image, log information, ...)
- system administration (software update, ...)
- error analysis for troubleshooting for faulty readings
Actuation of ring lighting
Mode of operation
The following steps are required for using the SIMATIC VS120:
Mount the vision sensor and lighting.
Manual alignment of the camera, lighting check:
This is handled with the web-server integrated in the unit and
the web-based operator interface contained within. The oper-
ator interface displays the camera image. In the setup phase,
the sensor head can be aligned with reference to the live im-
age in the user interface. The user interface executes on any
PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer and JAVA VM installation.
If the sensor head adjustment is complete, the vision sensor
automatically takes over the following procedures:
- optimization of lighting control.
- "Training" the image processing parameters by applying a
reference object
- the result of the training is stored under one of the 64 data
records
Starting the evaluation operation requires loading a trained
object record and changing into the "RUN" operating mode.
The VS120 starts the evaluation after triggering.
Depending on the trained set values and the actual values
of the evaluation, one of the digital control outputs OK (good
result) or N_OK (poor result) is set.
The position information is output via the PROFIBUS DP,
PROFINET IO or Ethernet interface.
Programming
SIMATIC VS120 is not programmed and parameters are not
defined as on standard image processing systems. It is trained
for its special task, finding and testing a special object.
The SIMATIC VS120 is shown a good object and the device is
"trained" to this object.
The training procedure can be performed while a conveyor
system is running.
Up to 64 different data records can be stored in the device and
can be called up at any time by the operator or can also be
called up through an external controller.
SIMATIC VS120
2/275
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Vision Sensor SIMATIC VS120
Sensor head
Image capture CCD chip ",
640 x 480 square pixels;
full frame shutter with automatic
exposure time
Image data transfer Triggered frame transfer
Available versions Fixed lens system for two
different field of view sizes and
mounting positions
One C/CS-mount version without
lens.
Large field of view Size of field of view:
70 mm x 50 mm
for object sizes up to approx.:
60 mm x 40 mm
Operating distance: 120 mm
Small field of view Size of field of view:
40 mm x 30 mm
for object sizes up to approx.:
34 mm x 24 mm
Variable field of view Lens can be selected by the user;
hence freely selectable field of
view size and object size
Operating distance:
dependent on the lens
Enclosure Aluminum profile casing,
anodized black
Degree of protection IP65 according to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Ambient temperature 0 to 50 C
Mechanical strength
Vibrations 1 g (60 to 500 Hz)
Shock 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks)
Lighting
Illuminant LED, wavelength 630 nm (red),
designed as a flash of 20 s
to 10 ms, diffuse
Enclosure Ring lamp with multiple fixing
possibilities;
plastic with plastic diffusing panel
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 102 x 102 x 26.5
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Evaluation unit
Operator controls 4-line text display and 6 operator
buttons
Training Fully-automatic training procedure
Number of types saved 64 different data records, can be
selected via control button or
digital inputs or PROFIBUS DP or
PROFINET IO, network-fail-safe
storage
Triggering inspection External (via digital input,
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO)
Permissible object rate, max. 20 objects/s
Vision Sensor SIMATIC VS120
Infeed direction of the objects
For external triggering As required
Setup software Software for displaying the sen-
sor image when mounting and
adjusting the sensor head and
lighting. The software is provided
directly by the integrated web
server and can be executed on
every JAVA-capable browser
(preferably IE6.0).
Enclosure Plastic, all cables can be plugged
in, suitable for installation without
cabinet
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Mechanical strength
Interfaces on evaluation unit
Digital inputs for 24 V DC 8;
of which one interrupt-capable
trigger input for standard binary
sensors, 7 further PLC-capable
control inputs
Digital outputs for 24 V DC 6;
of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A
are for the direct activation of
pneumatic valves (15-pin Sub-D
socket for inputs/outputs)
Integrated PROFIBUS DP inter-
face
DP (9 pin D-sub socket) to control
the testing and real-time transmis-
sion of test results
Integrated PROFINET IO interface RJ45 (socket) for operating soft-
ware, controlling the testing and
real-time transmission of test
results
Integrated Ethernet interface RJ45 (socket) for operating soft-
ware, controlling the testing and
real-time transmission of test
results
Lighting control 4-pin circular connector (female)
for power supply and for trigger-
ing the flash
Sensor head interface Digital interface (26 pin Sub-D
socket) for connecting the VS120
sensor head
Power supply
Rated value 24 V DC
Permitted range 20 V to 30 V DC
Current consumption, max. 4 A,
of which up to 1.5 A for supplying
the pneumatic valves that can be
connected
SIMATIC VS120
2/276
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor
Complete package for object
testing; consisting of sensor
head, LED front lighting, evalua-
tion unit and the following cables:
Cable between evaluation unit
and sensor head, for lengths
see below
Cable between lighting and pro-
cessing unit (except for vision
sensor with variable field of
view), for length see below
Cable for power supply, length
10 m
Cable for connecting digital I/O
devices, length 10 m
Incl. documentation package for
SIMATIC VS120
Field of view 70 mm x 50 mm
- with cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-1AA
- with cable length 10 m 6GF1 120-1AA01
- with cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-2AA
- with cable length 10 m 6GF1 120-2AA01
Variable field of view, prepared
for IP65 protective housing
- with cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-3AB
- with cable length 10 m 6GF 1 120-3AB01
SIMATIC VS130-2
2/277
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor has been developed
especially for reading data matrix codes (DMC) ECC200 in an
industrial environment. More 2D codes and 1D codes are also
available making the vision sensor into a complete code
reader:
1D codes (barcodes):
- code 39,
- code 128,
- interleave 2/5,
- EAN13.
2D codes:
- data matrix code (DMC) according to ECC200,
- QR (alphanumeric characters; without subversions:
truncated, macro, micro),
- PDF417 (without subversions: Macro, micro),
SIMATIC VS130-2 reads codes on different construction
elements and surfaces, e.g. (incomplete listing):
- paper or plastic labels,
- plastic parts,
- circuit boards,
- metallic objects.
SIMATIC VS130-2 reads codes of different types of markings,
e.g. (incomplete list):
- printed,
- stamped,
- lasered,
- drilled.
No parameter definition for adapting to the various support
materials and types of marking is required by the user. "Train-
ing" is performed automatically by presenting a readable code
pattern. Programming and parameterization are not required.
Can be used in principle for the following applications:
- coded information can be read out,
- the coded information is compared with a defined character
sequence,
- quality assessment of the marking process (exclusively
DMC).
Parameters are set using the web-based operator interface
which runs on various platforms with the following require-
ments: Browser (IE5.5 and higher), JAVA-VM (MS, SUN).
The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling
the device from an HMI device. In this case, the requirements
mentioned above also apply with regard to the browser and
JAVA VM
Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator in-
terface.
Remote controlled with integrated digital inputs, PROFIBUS or
PROFINET IO.
Can be supplied as a complete package in several variations
for different object sizes
The product is available in 6 languages (operator interface,
manual and online help are available in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian and Chinese).
Application
The intelligent vision sensor VS130-2 can be used for the follow-
ing applications:
Coded information can be read out.
The coded information is compared with a defined character
sequence.
Measurement of code quality.
Barcodes
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor reads the barcodes
(Code 39, Code 128, Interleave 2/5, EAN13) in different sizes:
Fixed focus sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 60 mm code width,
C/CS sensor head (640 x 480 or 1024 x 768): Code width de-
pends on the selected lens.
The main condition for reading is that the smallest code structure
element (the thinnest line) has to be at least 3 pixels wide to en-
sure good readability.
Data matrix code
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode data matrix
codes of the following matrices in various sizes:
Square: 10 x 10 dots up to 72 x 72 dots
Rectangular: 8 x 18 dots up to 16 x 48 dots
The parameters for dot size and reading distance are defined by
the optics selected and can vary over a wide range:
Readable dot size 0.1 mm to >3 mm.
Reading distance 80 mm to 3000 mm.
PDF417
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode PDF417 in var-
ious sizes:
Fixed focus / C/CS sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 50 lines of
code, up to 7 columns of code
C/CS sensor head (1024 x 768): Up to 80 lines of code, up to
15 columns of code.
QR
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode QR in various
sizes:
Fixed focus / C/CS sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 89 x 89 dots
C/CS sensor head (1024 x 768): Up to 145 x 145 dots.
Common properties
Code readability is basically not connected to the type of mark-
ing or support material, as long as the marked structure and the
background are different optically.
Possible marking systems include e.g.:
Laser inscription systems
Inkjet printers
Examples of possible surfaces and materials e.g.:
Different types of PCB.
Plastic parts of various colors.
Labels of various colors.
Electronic components.
Metallic objects, etc.
SIMATIC VS130-2
2/278
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Design
The following components are required for use of the SIMATIC
VS130-2 vision sensor and are included in the scope of delivery
of a fixed-focus complete package (working distance approxi-
mately 100 mm):
Fixed-focus sensor head (3 display field sizes available for
selection).
Front lighting in the form of a ring light matched to the applica-
tion and sensor head.
Evaluation unit.
Cables.
CD with mounting/operating instructions
For working distances between 80 mm and 3000 mm,
"C/CS-Mount complete packages" are available:
C/CS-Mount sensor head (standard resolution 640 x 480
[pixels], high-resolution 1024 x 768 [pixels])
Evaluation unit.
Cables.
CD with mounting/operating instructions
The core of this package is a C/CS-Mount sensor head whose
imaging behavior is determined with a suitable C/CS-Mount
lens. The lens is not included in the package and can be se-
lected under "Accessories". The lighting (incl. cables) must be
selected in accordance with the working distance and are not
included in the "C/CS-Mount complete packages".
The following is additionally required for commissioning
(not included in scope of delivery):
lighting.
Sensor head
The sensor head is equipped with:
Extruded aluminium housing with IP65 degree of protection
CCD chip (640 x 480 square pixels, 1024 x 768 square pixels).
Lens, permanently installed (possible field of view sizes:
70 x 50 mm, 40 x 30 mm, 20 x 15 mm for 640 x 480 pixels in
each case) or prepared for C/CS-Mount lens (field of view size
can be freely selected for 640 x 480 pixels or 1024 x 768 pix-
els)
Interface for digital transmission of image data to the evalua-
tion unit.
The fixed-focus sensor head offers IP65 degree of protection.
Even when C/CS-Mount lenses are used, IP65 degree of protec-
tion can be achieved by use of the optional protective housing.
Evaluation unit
The evaluation unit has:
Plastic housing designed for cabinet-free mounting (IP40).
Connections for:
- supply voltage 24 V DC.
- lighting
- sensor head
- digital inputs and outputs
- PROFIBUS DP.
- Ethernet (DHCP client, DHCP server, fixed IP address).
Operator prompting on the device (4-line text display, 6 keys).
Operator prompting through web-based user interface
(HTML, JAVA VM).
Access protection by means of password.
The following communication services are included:
PROFINET IO (slave)
PROFIBUS DP V0 (slave),
TCP/IP native.
Frontlighting
Designed as ring light, pushed onto sensor head or lens hous-
ing
Can be dismounted, and secured with different orientation on
the machine
Equipped with various LEDs for different applications:
- not focussed, for small reading distances (0.08 m to 0.5 m)
- focussed, for large reading distances (0.5 m to 3 m).
- infrared LED, for daylight-independent operation
- red LED for high light intensity
- operation in flash mode
- power control for the flash integrated in the light
SIMATIC VS130-2
2/279
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Function
The following functions are available:
"Training" the vision sensor with reference to a code (DMC)
pattern.
Coded information can be read out.
The coded information is compared with a defined character
sequence.
Measurement of code quality.
Codes on moving or stationary objects can be processed.
Output of the decoding results to three control outputs:
- READ: Code is decoded.
- MATCH: Decoded code content exactly matches the refer-
ence.
- N_OK: Code cannot be decoded.
Output of the decoded DMC information via PROFIBUS-DP,
Ethernet or by means of a converter on the RS232 interface.
Formatting of the output.
Integrated DI/Os, for example, for "stand-alone" mode without
additional control.
Remote control via PROFIBUS-DP, PROFINET IO or DI/O or
Ethernet.
Remote maintenance is possible through web-based Intranet
or Internet user interface:
- monitoring (live image in read mode).
- diagnostics (fault pattern, log information, etc.).
- system administration (software update, etc.).
- fault analysis for finding the cause of faulty readings.
Actuation of ring lighting
Mode of operation
When using the SIMATIC VS130-2, the following steps are
necessary:
Mount the vision sensor and lighting.
Manually align the camera, check the lighting:
The web server integrated into the device complete with web-
based user interface is provided for this purpose. The user
interface presents the camera image and the decoded result.
In the setup phase, the sensor head can be aligned with ref-
erence to the live image in the user interface. The user inter-
face executes on any PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer and
JAVA VM installation. When the sensor head is correctly
adjusted, the vision sensor performs the subsequent tasks
autonomously:
- Optimization of lighting control.
- "Training" of the image processing parameters by presenting
a code sample. The image processing parameters for the
type of code (carrier material, marking type, dot size, matrix
size, etc.) are stored. No further parameter inputs are re-
quired.
Evaluation mode (RUN mode) is started using the training re-
sults and a read is started:
Feeding of the Data Matrix Code can be carried out manually
or via a conveyor unit. The Data Matrix Code must be located
within the viewing window at the moment of triggering and is
permitted to move at a maximum speed of 5000 mm/s. Any
angle of rotation within the viewing window of the sensor head
is permitted.
SIMATIC VS130-2 generally has three operating modes that can
also be combined:
Operating mode 1 "Code decoding":
The character string is transferred to the controller filtered or
unfiltered. Filters can be separators, start position and length
of the character string, or company-specific ID numbers.
Operating mode 2 "Decoded information is compared with a
character string":
The comparison can refer to the decoded string or to only a
certain part. Comparison of parts is possible using the filter
functions mentioned above.
Operating mode 3 "Measurement of code quality":
The measurement can be absolute or relative. With the relative
method, the reading system is calibrated by presenting a ref-
erence sample during the training phase. In this mode, the
quality values measured are based on the reference sample.
VS130-2 can, however, also use absolute measurement. In
this case, the calibration step is omitted and a reference sam-
ple is not necessary.
Depending on the operating mode and the result of the anal-
ysis, one of the digital control outputs READ, MATCH or N_OK
is set.
The decoded information is output, over PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS IO, Ethernet or a serial interface (converter
required) as preferred and on the device display.
Programming
SIMATIC VS130-2 is not programmed or parameterized like con-
ventional image processing systems. It configures the lighting
and trains the algorithms without the need for user settings with
reference to a code sample or during the first read.
The training can be performed when the conveyor system is run-
ning. Self-parameterization can be started externally using the
operator buttons on the device or remotely from the user inter-
face. Self-parameterization is also activated during reading by a
failed attempt at reading. Maximum reading reliability is
achieved thanks to independence from user inputs and due to
automatic self-parameterization.
Up to 15 different parameter records can be stored in the device.
These can be called up at any time by the user or by an external
controller and can be used for reading code without the need to
repeat the training phase.
SIMATIC VS130-2
2/280
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SIMATIC VS 130-2 Vision Sensor
Sensor head
Image capture CCD chip 1/4",
CCD chip 1/3",
Full frame shutter with automatic
exposure
Image data transfer Triggered frame transfer
Available versions Permanently adjusted lens for
three different field of view sizes
and read distances, only avail-
able for 640 x 480
Two C/CS-Mount versions (with-
out lens): User-defined field of
view size and reading distance
Large field of view Size of field of view:
70 mm x 50 mm
Dot size: 0.60 mm - 3.5 mm
(edge length)
Medium-sized field of view Size of field of view:
40 mm x 30 mm
Dot size: 0,35 mm - 2,0 mm
(edge length)
Small field of view Size of field of view:
20 mm x 15 mm
Dot size: 0,2 mm - 1,0 mm
(edge length)
Variable field of view Freely selectable field of view
size, reading distance and sensor
resolution depending on:
Selected lens
Selected sensor head resolution
640 x 480 pixels or 1024 x 768
pixels
Minimum requirement:
5 pixels/dot
Housing Extruded aluminum housing,
black anodized
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Mechanical strength
Lighting
Illuminant LED, wavelength 630 nm (red) or
infra-red, designed as a flash of
20 s to 10 ms, diffuse or clear
Housing Ring lamp of plastic, working area
up to 500 mm or
Ring lamp of metal, working area
up to 3000 mm, suitable for pro-
tective housing for lens
Plastic 102 x 102 x 26.5
Metal 116 x 116 x 42
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
SIMATIC VS 130-2 Vision Sensor
Evaluation unit
Operator prompting 4-line text display and 6 operator
buttons
"Teach-in" of DMC ("training") Fully-automatic training proce-
dure
Number of objects saved 15 different parameter sets,
selectable using operator but-
tons or digital inputs, powerfail-
proof storage
Inspection triggering External (through digital input)
Permissible object rate, max. 20 reads/s
Infeed direction of the objects
For external triggering As required
Setup software Software for displaying the sensor
image when mounting and adjust-
ing the sensor head and lighting.
The software makes the integral
web server available directly and
requires an installed browser
(Internet Explorer 5.5 and higher)
and installed JAVA-VM (Microsoft
or SUN).
Housing Plastic, all cables of plug-in type,
suitable for cabinet-free installa-
tion
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Mechanical strength
Interfaces on evaluation unit
Digital inputs for 24 V DC 8;
of which one interrupt-capable
trigger input for standard binary
sensors, 7 further PLC-capable
control inputs
Digital outputs for 24 V DC 6;
of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A
for the direct activation of pneu-
matic valves (15-pin Sub-D
socket for inputs/outputs)
Integral PROFIBUS DP interface DP (9-pin Sub-D socket) for real-
time transfer of the test results
Integral PROFINET I/O interface RJ-45 (socket) for operator soft-
ware, real-time transfer of test
results and process interfacing
Integrated Ethernet interface RJ-45 (socket) for operator soft-
ware, transfer (not real-time) of
test results and process interfac-
ing
Lighting control 4-pin circular connector (female)
for power supply and for trigger-
ing the flash
Sensor head interface Digital interface (26-pin Sub-D
socket) for connecting the VS110
sensor head
Supply voltage
Rated value 24 V DC
Permissible range 20 to 30 V DC
Current input, max. 4 A,
of which up to 1.5 A for supplying
the pneumatic valves that can be
connected
SIMATIC VS130-2
2/281
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor
Complete package for object
inspection;
comprising sensor head, LED
incident light (ring lamp 6GF9
004-8BA), processing unit and
the following cables:
Cable between processing unit
and sensor head, for lengths
see below
Cable between lighting and pro-
cessing unit (except for vision
sensor with variable field of
view), for length see below
Cable for power supply,
length 10 m
Cable for connecting digital I/O
devices, length 10 m
Incl. documentation package for
SIMATIC VS130-2
- with cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 130-1BA
- with cable length 10 m 6GF1 130-1BA01
Variable field of view with
640 x 480 pixels and prepared
- with cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 130-3BB
- with cable length 10 m 6GF1 130-3BB01
Variable field of view with
1024 x 768 pixels and prepared
- with cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 130-3BC
- with cable length 10 m 6GF1 130-3BC01
SIMATIC iMap
2/282
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Component-based software tool for configuring the communi-
cation in distributed automation solutions
For easy graphical configuration of the communication be-
tween subsystems and machine-to-machine communication
in the production line
Based on the PROFINET standard
Open for PROFINET devices from various manufacturers on
Industrial Ethernet
Runs under Windows 2000, Windows XP Professional and
Windows 2003 Server
Benefits
The clear advantage of SIMATIC iMap over programmed com-
munication lies in the simple programming of the communication
(graphically using lines interconnecting the technology inter-
faces of the devices).
Application
Plant-wide engineering
In a modular machine/plant, a plant-wide configuration tool is
appropriate that defines the relationship between the separate
machine/plant subsystems or machine units.
SIMATIC iMap is a component-based software tool for configur-
ing communication in distributed automation solutions.
SIMATIC iMap is used to graphically configure the data ex-
change between technological modules.
To ensure data exchange between devices of different manufac-
turers, SIMATIC iMap is based on PROFINET the standard
communication protocol of PROFIBUS International.
PROFINET defines communication based on TCP /IP and Indus-
trial Ethernet.
SIMATIC iMap can be integrated into the SIMATIC software land-
scape as a higher-level configuring tool. In this case, the library
elements are created using STEP 7.
Design
SIMATIC iMap is a Windows-based application for configuring
communication between technology modules (PROFINET de-
vices) of a machine/plant.
SIMATIC iMap principally comprises the following views:
Project tree:
Used to manage all project resources (technology functions
and devices) and to navigate within the automation hierarchy
of a plant.
Technology library:
The library contains the technological software functions that
are required for a project. The library elements must be sup-
plied by the OEMs (technologists).
Connection editor:
Used to specify data exchange between the technology mod-
ules.
Network and topology view:
Used for assigning the hardware units to each other in terms
of topology and for system diagnosis (diagnosis of communi-
cation and device status).
Project view:
Used for project administration and for an overview of the
software functions used in a project.
Chart view:
Structured representation of the configured plant
Function
SIMATIC iMap connects software components that are managed
in libraries.
Each technological machine/plant module is represented by a
"software component" in the SIMATIC iMap engineering tool.
This is represented graphically in the form of one or more soft-
ware functions and a corresponding intelligent device.
A "software component" and therefore a technology module is
uniquely described with the inputs and outputs (component
interfaces) and can be used in SIMATIC iMap more than once
(reuse of library elements).
The machine/plant can be structured hierarchically to any
depth using subdiagrams.
How it works
The procedure for creating and starting up a project using
SIMATIC iMap is as follows:
Creating "software components" for every machine/plant
module.
Connection of the technological software components in the
connection editor.
Configuration of the associated devices in the network
topology.
Downloading the program and communication data into the
devices.
Creation of the software components
Each machine/plant module contains a separate user program
that contains all technology functions of the module. From this,
a "software component" is created that describes the module.
The "software components" are generated in accordance with
the PROFINET standard in the device-specific programming en-
vironment of the device manufacturer (e.g. in STEP 7 in the case
of SIMATIC). The result is an XML file that describes in full a
"software component" and the associated data storage (includ-
ing device dependencies).
SIMATIC iMap
2/283
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Generation of components in STEP 7
The manufacturer of a technological software component will be
able to program the PLC functions for a technology module in
the same manner as before. The programmer writes the PLC
programs using STEP 7 languages (STL, LAD, etc.) and only has
to specify the technological interfaces of the software compo-
nents using a data block (interface data block). A software com-
ponent is then created in an interactive screen form in STEP 7
Manager. The data storage for the created software component
is an XML file whose structure is defined by the PROFINET stan-
dard. The software component can then be imported into the
library of SIMATIC iMap.
Configuring the communication using SIMATIC iMap
SIMATIC iMap is used to graphically configure the data
exchange between the separate machine/plant modules.
The project engineer connects the software components
together, configures the associated devices in the network
topology and then the project is finished.
The engineer can test and monitor the communication between
the devices in online mode. From the technical viewpoint,
SIMATIC iMap offers the user the following advantages:
Communication between the "software components" and
therefore between the technology modules is defined in
SIMATIC iMap by means of graphical connection. Program-
ming knowledge is not required.
Consistent data are generated for the communication from the
engineering information and downloaded to the devices.
Downloading of the communications relationship of the de-
vices is performed over Ethernet and, in contrast to program
downloading, does not require installation of the device-spe-
cific programming tools.
All variables which are required for general data accesses,
e.g. by the visualization or from the MES level, are generated
automatically from the engineering information (OPC tag file).
The entire communication of the machine/plant can be directly
tested in SIMATIC iMap and diagnosed. SIMATIC iMap pro-
vides an overview of the network topology in graphical form for
this purpose. The devices associated with the software com-
ponents are shown here.
HMI integration
The user can access the data of the separate PROFINET de-
vices simply by browsing from any OPC client application.
For this purpose, SIMATIC SOFTNET S7 for Industrial Ethernet
(containing the S7 OPC server) as well as the OPC server for
PROFINET CBA (SIMATIC NET PN CBA OPC server) are re-
quired.
Current version V3.0
Software class A
Applications
Keyword SIMATIC iMap is an engineering
tool for configuring communication
between automation and field
devices in distributed automation
solutions.
Marketing message "Time and cost savings in modular
machine and plant construction
with Component based Automa-
tion."
"Modularization and machine-to-
machine communication along the
production line."
Advantages Open component-based engi-
neering tool to the PROFINET
standard.
Simple communication between
intelligent automation and field
devices on PROFIBUS DP and
on Ethernet.
Graphical configuration of com-
munication on PROFIBUS DP
and on Ethernet
Extremely high reusability of
software components
(technology modules)
Graphical structuring of the plant
using "chart-in-chart" function
Convenient navigation through
the project tree
Easy creation and structuring of
technology libraries
PROFIBUS and Ethernet in the
overview of the network view
Fast start-up thanks to down-
loading and testing directly on
Ethernet (also of PROFIBUS
slaves)
Online display of values of the
technology modules on the inter-
faces and in the variable table
Diagnosis of communication in
the diagnostics window
Sectors Automotive industry (especially
in assembly, conveyor systems
and in the paint shop)
Complex food and packaging
machines
Conveyor systems based on
PROFIBUS DP
Production lines with several
interlinked machines
Target systems SIMATIC S7 CPU 31x-2 PN/DP
and SIMATIC S7 CPU 319-3
PN/DP (with integrated
PROFINET interface.
This can be used as a proxy
function for the devices of a
complete PROFIBUS segment,
one line only)
SIMATIC WinAC PN
(can be used as a proxy function
for the devices of a complete
PROFIBUS segment, one line
only)
SIMATIC iMap
2/284
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Technical specifications (continued) Ordering data Order No.
Target systems (continued) SIMATIC NET IE/PB Link
(can be used as a proxy function
for the devices of a complete
PROFIBUS segment)
SIMATIC NET
CP 343-1 and CP 343-1
Advanced (for connecting
SIMATIC S7-300 to Ethernet),
CP443-1 Advanced (for connect-
ing SIMATIC S7-400 to Ethernet)
Distributed I/O stations with
separate CPU
(all intelligent field devices on
PROFIBUS such as SIMATIC
CPU 313C-2DP, CPU 314C-2DP,
CPU 315-2DP, CPU 316-2DP,
ET 200 IM 151 CPU,
ET 200S BM 147 CPU),
PROFINET CBA OPC Server
(for access from PC applications
to data in PROFINET devices)
Devices on Industrial Ethernet
based on the PROFINET CBA
standard
SIMATIC OPs
(within the components)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, WinCC or
any other visualization system
with OPC client function
System requirements
Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. Service Pack
4 and higher or
Windows XP Prof. Service Pack 1
and higher or
Windows 2003 Server Service
Pack 1 and higher;
PC administration rights are
required for installation
PG/PC hardware Pentium processor, 1 GHz or
higher
Recommended expansion of main
memory in PG/PC
RAM: 512 MB or more
Hard disk space required in PG/PC approx. 200 MB
Software required STEP 7 V5.3 Service Pack 3 or
higher
PN OPC server V6.3 or higher
The following software must be
installed before iMap (included in
the iMap package):
MS Internet Explorer V6.0
Service Pack 1 and higher
Adobe Acrobat Reader V5.0
Delivery format
Languages English, German, French, Italian
and Spanish
Single License (SL) Yes
Upgrade License (UL) Yes, from V2.0 to V3.0
Paper manuals Electronically on CD
Authorization/licenses
Authorization Yes
Single License (SL) Yes
Upgrade License (UL) Yes
Software Update Service Yes
Unlock Copy License No
SIMATIC iMap V3.0
Target system:
CPU 31x-2 PN/DP, CPU 319-3
PN/DP, SIMATIC WinAC PN,
SIMATIC NET IE/PB Link,
SIMATIC NET CP 343-1,
SIMATIC NET CP 343-1
Advanced,
SIMATIC NET CP 443-1
Advanced,
distributed I/O devices with own
CPU, PROFINET CBA OPC
server, devices on the
Industrial Ethernet based on the
PROFINET CBA standard,
SIMATIC OPs,
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Requirements:
Pack 4 or later or Windows XP
Prof. with Service Pack 1 or later
or Windows 2003 Server with
Service Pack 1 or later; on PG
or PC with Pentium processor,
min. 1 GHz; STEP 7 V5.3 or later
with Service Pack 3, PN OPC
Server V6.3 or later
Delivery form:
German, English,
SINAMICS S120 Drive System
General information
2/285
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
Flexibility for successful machine design
As part of the SINAMICS drive family, the SINAMICS S120 drive
is a modular system for high-performance applications in ma-
chine construction and plant engineering. SINAMICS S120
offers high-performance single-axis and multi-axis drives for a
very broad range of industrial applications. By virtue of its scal-
ability and flexibility, SINAMICS S120 is the ideal system for
satisfying the ever increasing demand for more axes and better
performance. SINAMICS S120 supports flexible machine de-
signs and speedy implementation of customized drive solutions.
The response to ever increasing demands
Modern machines must be built at ever lower cost, but promise
ever greater productivity. The SINAMICS S120 drive concept
meets both these challenges! It is easy to configure and thus
helps to reduce project completion times. Its excellent dynamic
response and accuracy permit higher cycle rates for maximum
productivity.
Applications in machine and plant engineering
Regardless of whether the application involves continuous
material webs or cyclic, highly dynamic processes
SINAMICS S120 means increased machine performance in
many sectors:
Modularity for machine construction
SINAMICS S120 is designed to allow free combination of power
and control performance. Multi-axis drives with higher-level mo-
tion control can be implemented with the SINAMICS S120 mod-
ular system as easily as single-drive solutions.
Greater flexibility with central control intelligence
On the SINAMICS S120, the drive intelligence is combined with
closed-loop control functions into Control Units.
These units are capable of controlling drives in Vector, Servo and
V/f modes. They also perform the speed and torque control func-
tions plus other intelligent drive functions for all axes on the
drive.
Free performance selection for Vector and Servo control
modes
The use of a SINAMICS S120 Vector control is recommended for
drive solutions with continuous material webs, for example, wire-
drawing machines, film and paper machines, as well as for hoist-
ing gear, centrifuges and marine drives with harmonic, circular
motion.
Servo control with SINAMICS S120 is employed for cyclic proc-
esses with precise, highly dynamic position control and servo
motors, e.g. in textile, packaging, printing machines and ma-
chine tools.
DRIVE-CLiQ the digital interface between all components
All SINAMICS S120 components, including the motors and
encoders, are interconnected by a shared serial interface called
DRIVE-CLiQ. The standardized cables and connectors reduce
the variety of different parts and cut storage costs. Converter
boards (Sensor Modules) for converting standard encoder sig-
nals to DRIVE-CLiQ are available for third-party motors or retrofit
applications.
Swift and automatic: The electronic rating plate
An important digital linkage element of the SINAMICS S120 drive
system are the electronic rating plates integrated in every com-
ponent. They allow all drive components to be detected automi-
cally via a DRIVE-CLiQ link. As a result, data do not need to be
entered manually during commissioning or component replace-
ment helping to ensure that drives are commissioned success-
fully! The electronic rating plates of the motors contain, for exam-
ple, the parameters of the electrical equivalent circuit diagram
and the characteristic data of the built-in motor encoder, but also
information such as order and identification numbers.
Modular design ensures flexibility and scalability
DC/AC units (= Motor Modules) available in booksize and
chassis formats are characterized by their modular design.
All the drive intelligence is organized into Control Units. These
perform all the closed-loop control functions for the drive group-
ing. They also handle all other drive functions such as the inter-
connection of drive-related I/Os, positioning functions, etc. and
feature PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET as a central interface for
linking to higher-level automation systems.
Line Modules function as the central energy supply to the volt-
age-source DC link. Line Modules are optionally available with
regulated infeed/regenerative feedback to provide a constant
DC link voltage and high level of supply compatibility. Motor
Modules supply the motors with energy from the DC link.
On AC/AC units, the infeed and motor power supply functions
are combined in one device, the Power Module available in
blocksize and chassis formats. For single-axis applications,
drive control functions are performed by a special Control Unit
(CU310) mounted on the Power Module and for multi-axis
applications, by a Control Unit (e.g. CU320) connected by a
DRIVE-CLiQ link. In this case, a CU Adapter is mounted on
the Power Module in place of the Control Unit.
General information
2/286
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
All formats can be combined freely
The different SINAMICS S120 formats can be combined freely
thanks to their DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces, e.g. Line Modules in
chassis format can be freely combined with Motor Modules in
booksize format for multi-axis applications with high total output.
SINAMICS S120 frame size booksize topology
SINAMICS S120 AC Drive topology
SINAMICS S120 and SIMOTION the perfect team
Modern machines must be capable of handling ever more
complex motion control tasks and performing them with increas-
ing accuracy and speed. As regards this requirement, the
SIMOTION Motion Control System and high-performance
SINAMICS S120 drive system form a perfect team.
The SIMOTION D variant, which is physically integrated in the
SINAMICS S120 drive, is the ideal solution for machines with a
large number of axes and stringent precision requirements.
This distributed automation structure allows the machine to be
segmented into various axis groupings, with each grouping con-
trolled by a separate SIMOTION Motion Control System. The
SIMOTION systems communicate either via PROFIBUS DP or
PROFINET. Another important aspect: The compact machine
design thanks to the distributed automation structure and a
Control Unit directly in the drive.
Totally Integrated Automation
the unique automation platform
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only
single-source provider to offer an integrated spectrum of prod-
ucts and systems for all sectors. Tailored to meet individual
customer requirements, sector-specific automation solutions
can be implemented efficiently on the basis of TIA. Lower life-
cycle costs for plant operation and a significant reduction in the
time to market result in a marked improvement in productivity
and greater investment security.
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP, the standard fieldbus of the TIA system, is sup-
ported by all SINAMICS S120 variants. It provides a high-per-
formance, system-wide communication network which links all
automation components: HMI, controls, drives and I/O devices.
PROFINET
SINAMICS S120 is also available with a PROFINET interface.
This Ethernet-based bus enables control data to be exchanged
at high speed via PROFINET IO with IRT or RT and makes
SINAMICS S120 a suitable choice for integration in top-perform-
ance multi-axis applications.
At the same time, PROFINET also uses standard IT mechanisms
(TCP/IP) to transport information, e.g. operating and diagnostic
data, to higher-level systems. A SINAMICS S120 with this inter-
face can thus easily be integrated into factory IT networks.
More Information
Further information regarding technical specifications and
Ordering data can be found in Catalog D21.1 SINAMICS 120
Drive Systems as well as in the interactive catalog under
Drives Technology/AC Converters/Low-Voltage Converter
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
Power Modules
(Motor Modules)
Digital and analog I/O
(Terminal Modules)
DRIVE-CLiQ
Central Control Module
(Control Unit)
Infeed (Line Module)
Motors
Motor
DRIVE-CLiQ
3 AC
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
7
3
1-ph. 230 V AC
3-ph. 400 V AC
Motors
DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ
SINAMICS S120
AC Drive
with CU310
Control
(e. g. SIMATIC)
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
SINAMICS S120
AC Drive
with CU310
1-ph. 230 V AC
3-ph. 400 V AC
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
7
4
CBE20 Communication Board
2/287
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
Overview
The CBE20 Communication Board can be used to connect the
SINAMICS S120 drive system to a PROFINET IO network via a
CU320 Control Unit.
The SINAMICS S120 then assumes the function of a
PROFINET IO device and can perform the following:
PROFINET IO device functions
Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (RealTime)
- IRT (Isochronous RealTime)
Connects to controls as PROFINET IO devices using
PROFIdrive compliant with specification V4
Standard TCP/IP communication for engineering processes
using the STARTER drive/commissioning software
Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star,
tree) can therefore be configured without additional external
switches.
Integration
The CBE20 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on
the CU320 Control Unit.
Accessories
The PROFINET cables and connectors listed below are recom-
mended:
Max. current requirement
(at 24 V DC)
0.16 A
Storage and transport -40 C + 70 C
Operation 0 C + 55 C
Dimensions 130 mm 78 mm
CBE20
Communication Board
6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (1 x)
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (10 x)
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC stripping tool
6GK1901-1GA00
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1840-2AH10
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1870-2B
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1870-2D
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1840-3AH10
Industrial Ethernet
FC Marine Cable 2x2
6XV1840-4AH10
2/288
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
7
Siemens IK PI 2007
3/2 Introduction
3/5 Application examples
3/9 Network components for IWLAN
3/9 Function overview
3/10 IWLAN RCoax cables
3/18 SCALANCE W-780 Access Points
3/31 SCALANCE W-780 Access Points
and WLAN Controller
3/36 SCALANCE W-740 Client Modules
3/44 Accessories
3/44 Antennae, terminating resistor
and lightning protection element
3/48 Power Supply
Sec. 4 Network components
for PROFIBUS
Sec. 4 Infrared Link Module ILM
3/50 System interfacing
for PG/PC
3/50 CP 7515
3/55 SINEMA E Lean
Sec. 2 SNMP OPC Server
Sec. 8 IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
Sec. 7 SINAUT Telecontrol
Sec. 7 SINAUT MICRO
Sec. 7 GSM/GPRS Modem MD720-3
Sec. 7 GSM/GPRS Antenna ANT794-4MR
Sec. 7 SINAUT MICRO SC
Industrial Mobile
Communication
Introduction
General information
3/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
The key to future market success lies in the ability to provide in-
formation and access to information at any time and in any loca-
tion. With mobile systems interconnected through standardized
and available radio networks, processes can be designed for
greater efficiency. The main advantage of wireless solutions is
easy and flexible access to mobile stations.
Industrial Mobile Communication in the communications landscape
SIMATIC NET is the name of a whole family of networks.
The individual members satisfy the different performance and
application requirements:
They can exchange data over different levels, between different
subsystems or between different automation stations. Industrial
Mobile Communication (IMC) plays an important role in this:
IMC stands for the industrial mobile communication products of
SIMATIC NET that utilize wireless communication. This is based
on international standards, such as IEEE 802.11, GSM, GPRS or,
in the future, UMTS. For example, on PROFIBUS, infrared trans-
mission technology is used.
The SIMATIC NET components are equipped with uniform sys-
tem interfaces and are also designed for perfect interaction with
each other. Supplementing the conventional wired solutions,
wireless communication is penetrating further and further into
industry. SIMATIC NET offers products for company-wide data
transmission over local networks, intranet, Internet or wireless
networks.
Thanks to the carefully graded performance, company-wide
communication can be achieved with SIMATIC NET, from the
simplest device through to the most complex installation.
The SIMATIC NET Industrial Wireless LAN Access Points can
communicate using all the currently available IEEE 802.11 stan-
dards (a, b, g as well as h can be retrofitted following completion
of the standardization process).
SCALANCE W wireless communication
The products of SCALANCE W offer the unique combination
of reliability, ruggedness and security in one product. With the
basic technology of Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN), an exten-
sion to the IEEE 802.11 standard is made available that ad-
dresses the requirements of industrial customers in particular
with regard to a deterministic response and redundancy. For the
first time customers are getting a single radio network both for
data critical to the process (e.g. alarm signaling) (IWLAN) as
well as for uncritical communication (WLAN), e.g. for service and
diagnostics. SCALANCE W-products distinguish themselves by
the reliability of their radio channel and the dust and water-proof
design (IP65 of the metal casing, and the high requirements with
respect to mechanical durability for which SIMATIC is known.
To protect against unauthorized access, the products provide
modern standard mechanisms for user identification (authenti-
cation) and encryption of data, but can also be easily integrated
into existing security concepts.
Industrial Ethernet
KNX AS-Interface
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
KNX AS-Interface
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
8
6
Introduction
General information
3/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Radio infrastructure
Instead of copper cables and fiber-optic cables, wireless trans-
mission techniques use radio waves. The propagation proper-
ties of the electromagnetic waves differ considerably and de-
pend on the physical surroundings and the installed radio
infrastructure.
SIMATIC NET modules use techniques such as antenna
switchover (antenna diversity), high-quality receivers and fault-
tolerant modulation procedures to enhance reception and to
prevent interruption of radio communication. For reliable wire-
less connections, it is even possible to activate data storage at
the access points; this ensures a reliability equivalent to that of
wired connections.
Industrial Mobile Communication uses different radio networks,
e.g. WLAN, GSM and GPRS in harmony with each other. This
concerns primarily the assignment of different frequency ranges
for different applications, limiting to maximum permissible trans-
mission power levels, and the selection of specific transmission
procedures.

Wireless radio networks for different applications
Network solution with Industrial Mobile Communication
(IMC)
With mobile data terminals, a continuous information flow from
the management level down to the production level is possible.
The SINEMA software is available for simplified planning and
configuration of an IWLAN network with the help of simulation
functions. It visualizes clearly and details wireless and device
properties, thus reducing the configuring and startup overhead
and helping to avoid configuring errors.
The PROFIBUS ILM offers an infrared solution and the IWLAN/
PB Link PN IO a radio-based solution for wireless communica-
tion in the PROFIBUS environment.
This means that information can be provided quickly, reliably
and easily at the right place and at the right time with flexibility
and mobility.
Reliability
Thanks to redundancy mechanisms and packet repetitions, the
SCALANCE W access points generate a reliable wireless con-
nection that also withstands interference in the industrial area.
Reservation of the data rate makes it possible to plan data traffic,
thus preventing delays in accessing the data traffic, and even
preventing production standstills.
The swap medium C-PLUG saves configuring data, making de-
vice replacement possible in a short time and without specially
trained personnel. This minimizes standstill times and saves
training costs.
With "rapid roaming", mobile stations can be transferred quickly
from one wireless field to another so that the PROFINET IO com-
munication is not interrupted. In addition, simultaneous, wireless
operation of several PROFINET IO devices is possible in real
time.
Ruggedness and industrial suitability
The SCALANCE W products can be exposed to temperature
fluctuations of -20C to +60C, or continuous contact with dust
and water. Metal housing and design protection against shock
and vibration enable use in harsh industrial environments.
Accessories such as antennae, power supply and cabling are
also part of this concept and suitable for use in industry.
Power and data are transferred over one cable with Power-over-
Ethernet, thus saving investment and maintenance costs.
G
_
I
K
_
X
X
_
3
0
6
0
4
Personal Area
Network (PAN)
Local Area
Network (LAN)
Wide Area
Network (WAN)
up to
approx.
10 m
from approx. 30 m to approx. 300 m from 300 m
depending on surroundings
Bluetooth
Wireless LAN.
IEEE 802.11
GSM, HSCSD,
GPRS, UMTS
Introduction
General information
3/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Data safety
Defined transmission times and a net bit rate of the data packets
are implemented with the function "Reservation of the data rate"
and provide the stations with cyclic wireless traffic. Even real
time can be used in a wireless network.
Redundant network concepts can also be implemented wire-
lessly: Wireless channels are designed redundantly, with switch-
ing taking place within milliseconds so that the application is not
affected by packet repetitions or interference in the wireless
channel.
The latest encryption mechanisms protect the data against
undesired access.
Cyclic radio traffic through data rate reservation
Benefits
Wireless communication to programmable controllers and ter-
minal devices enables access to mobile units
Wide-area networking (roaming) within a covered area en-
ables mobile terminal devices to be set up anywhere
Can be used in areas that are difficult to access. This means
savings in construction measures.
Facility for information and modification anywhere, anytime
accelerates process sequences
Flexible and amenable to change. For example, it is possible
to change the location of use or the configuration quickly in the
case of plant expansions/conversions
Uniform networking from the plant management/control level
right down to the field level saves on network transitions be-
tween the levels and also saves on duplicated training over-
head
Wear-free saves maintenance and repair costs on plug
connections, festoons, carbon brushes, sliding contacts or
retractors
Fast startup of new plant sections through reduced overhead
for installing the communication network with the help of
SINEMA E planning, simulation and configuration software
The wireless bands are generally accessible so no further
license fees are required
Lower-cost assembly in areas subject to explosion hazard
(from Zone 2)
Wireless transmisison prevents contact interruption from
severe vibration or heavy contamination
Integrated wireless network for voice and data across corpo-
rate areas through HiPath wireless connection
Predictable data traffic (strict real-time requirements) and
defined response times on the radio link
Reliable wireless connection through, for example, redundant
connection, automatic roaming in the case of interruption of
the wireless connection to Industrial Ethernet (forced roam-
ing), cyclic monitoring of the wireless link (link check) or mon-
itoring for IP connections (IP alive)
High degree of investment security because all products are
compatible with the internationally recognized IEEE 802.11
standard and are suitable for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Client 6
Client 4
Dedicating data transfer rate
Client 1
Client 2
Client 3
Client 5
Data trans-
fer rate
dedicated
IEEE 802.11 IEEE 802.11 IEEE 802.11
Time
Nodes 1,2 and 3 have predictive
access to the radio channel,
controlled by SCALANCE W-780
Node 4 can "only" access the
radio channel in the third cycle
Nodes with
critical data
Data trans-
fer rate
dedicated
Data trans-
fer rate
dedicated
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
8
1
Introduction
3/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
Wireless integration of PROFIBUS segments and PROFINET stations into an existing Industrial Ethernet network
An existing Ethernet network can be expanded by a mobile
network without increased overhead.
For this purpose, the network transition IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
can be connected to an existing PROFIBUS network, for exam-
ple, using an access point and RCoax cable.
The radio connection is established to the mobile stations
by connecting a SCALANCE W access point to the Ethernet
network. The mobile stations are connected using the
Industrial wireless card CP 7515 or a client module, e.g.
SCALANCE W746-1PRO, to which the mobile station is con-
nected with a cable.
Access to the existing controllers or processes is possible with-
out an excessive additional wiring overhead.
Use of a radio link and the roaming function means that one can
move freely within the range of the Industrial Wireless LAN net-
work and observe the process from different locations.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
1
5
IWLAN/
PB Link
PN IO
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Client Module
SCALANCE
W74/-1RR
ET 200S
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
ET 200S ET 200pro
or CP 343-1
IWLAN RCoax Cable
PROFINET
Introduction
3/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Transition-free roaming between office and industrial networks
When using SCALANCE W788-2RR, a simple connection to the
HiPath wireless controller can be established in an alternative
operating mode. In this way, an integrated wireless network for
speech and data can be established from the office area right
down to the automation network.
SCALANCE W788-2RR access points provide the wireless field
indoors and outdoors; together with HiPath controllers, they form
a wireless infrastructure for speech, Internet and PLCs even in
company networks covering a large area. This achieves a high
degree of flexibility because the data are accessible through the
uniform wireless network using seamless roaming both from the
office and from the production plant.
Thanks to the use of a centralized security mechanism for each
user group (Virtual Network Services VNS), the data are pro-
tected against unauthorized access and manipulation.
The central management system with HiPath wireless enables
configuration, fault recording, monitoring and documentation of
statistics
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
1 Public
network
Office network Automation network
transitionless roaming between office and industry
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
Pocket Loox
HiPath wireless
access point
MOBIC
PC
HiPath
wireless
optiPoint
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
HiPath 3700
optiPoint
WL2 professional
Router
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
HiPath wireless
controller
Router
S7-300
with CP 343-1
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
S7-300 with CP 343-1
WAN
S7-300 with CP 343-1
Introduction
3/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
System solution for nutrunner controls with RCoax cable and
SCALANCE W747-1RR
The silicone-free fiber optic cable IWLAN RCoax cable is used
along the coding rail for establishing wireless data transmission
between the hanger system and the central controller, e.g. for
nutrunner control in automobile manufacture. It generates a de-
fined, spherical and reliable wireless field and is easy to lay.
A SCALANCE W788-1RR access point is used as the infeed sta-
tion and the SCALANCE W747-1RR client module is installed as
the mobile station. This means the same mobile unit can be used
for all applications and so a mobile nutrunner can be used for
several cycles resulting in lower investment costs.
Maintenance costs and downtimes are reduced by reliable wire-
less and therefore wear-resistant data transmission to mobile
communication partners
All the nutrunner data can be loaded over the IWLAN segment.
Downtimes are reduced because in the event of a fault, devices
can be replaced without a programming device or specialist
personnel by using the swap medium C-PLUG.
Model changes are easy to carry out and depend only on mate-
rial logistics.
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
RCoax Cable
Segment 1
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Suspension
gear
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
Client Module
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
Control&
Monitoring
ET 200pro
Schrauber-
steuerung
PROFINET
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
4
8
Introduction
3/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Failsafe wireless communication with PROFIsafe
For several years, safety engineering has been integrating into
standard automation on the basis of SIMATIC S7 controllers,
PROFIBUS and PROFIsafe.
This range has been expanded by PROFINET-enabled compo-
nents, thus providing a complete product range with failsafe
controllers, failsafe I/O and a corresponding engineering envi-
ronment.
PROFIsafe prevents errors such as address corruption, loss,
delay, etc., when transmitting messages through continuous
numbering of the PROFIsafe data, time monitoring, and authen-
ticity monitoring using passwords or optimized CRC backup.
Failsafe communication is also supported via wireless LAN.
HMI
Motion Control
Proxy
Other fieldbuses
Security
HMI
Controller
PROFIBUS
Distributed I/O
Machine
Vision
Access
Point
Fail-safe communication
via PROFIsafe profile
Switch
Distributed I/O
Internet
ET 200pro
PN-/PN-
Coupler
SINAMICS
G120
Proxy
Controller
PROFINET
Safety
Industrial
Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_30118
Network components for IWLAN
Function overview
3/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
Function overview of IWLAN network components
H
a
r
d
w
i
r
e
d

i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
A
c
c
e
s
s

P
o
i
n
t
7x IP, 1x
MAC adr.
8 PROFIBUS
Slaves
1x MAC
adress
C
l
i
e
n
t
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

r
a
d
i
o

i
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
s
8
0
2
.
1
1
g

(
2
,
4

G
H
z
,

5
4

M
b
i
t
/
s
)
8
0
2
.
1
1
a

(
5

G
H
z
,

5
4

M
b
i
t
/
s
)
A
E
S

(
A
d
v
a
n
c
e
d

E
n
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
u
r
i
t
y
)
W
E
P

(
W
i
r
e
d

E
q
u
i
v
a
l
e
n
t

P
r
i
v
a
c
y
)
A
n
t
e
n
n
a

d
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
E
x
t
e
r
n
a
l

a
n
t
e
n
n
a

c
a
n

b
e

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
e
d

2
)
W
D
S

(
W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

S
y
s
t
e
m
)
P
o
E

(
P
o
w
e
r

o
v
e
r

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
)

8
0
2
.
3
a
f
P
o
E

(
P
o
w
e
r

o
v
e
r

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
)

2
4
V
R
e
d
u
n
d
a
n
t

p
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
W
a
l
l

m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
S
7

r
a
i
l
I
P

d
e
g
r
e
e

o
f

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
-
2
0
C

t
o

+
6
0
C
R
e
s
i
s
t
a
n
t

t
o

c
o
n
d
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n
M
e
t
a
l

e
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
R
e
s
e
r
v
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

d
a
t
a

t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

r
a
t
e
R
a
p
i
d

r
o
a
m
i
n
g
0
C

t
o

+
4
0
C
N
u
m
b
e
r
o
f
d
e
v
i
c
e
s
7x IP, 1x
MAC adr.
1)
Client function through alternative parameters
2)
e.g. RCoax Cable
3)
0C to +60C
8
0
2
.
1
1
b

(
2
,
4

G
H
z
,

1
1

M
b
i
t
/
s
)
W
P
A

(
W
i
-
F
i

P
r
o
t
e
c
t
e
d

A
c
c
e
s
s
)
N
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

a
d
d
r
e
s
s
e
s
A
d
d
r
e
s
s
a
d
m
i
n
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Address table
IP or
MAC adr.
IP or
MAC adr.
IP or
MAC adr.
IP or
MAC adr.
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

D
I
N

r
a
i
l
H
i
P
a
t
h

W
i
r
e
l
e
s
s

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
suitable
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
SCALANCE
W788-2PRO
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
CP 7515
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
SCALANCE
W744-1PRO
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
65
65
65
65
20
65
20
65
65
PC Card
(32 Bit)
PB
Master
2048
2048
2048
2048
IE
IE
IE
IE
IE
IE
IE
1)
1)
1)
1)
1
8
8
3)
G_IK10_XX_30123
IWLAN RCoax cables
3/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
The RCoax cables are radiating cables that function as special
antennas for the SCALANCE W Access Points in environments
with complex radio coverage. Its design means that a defined,
cone-shaped radio field is generated along the RCoax cable.
The radiating cables are therefore perfectly suitable for use in
environments with complex radio coverage and in any type of
track vehicle.
Rugged coaxial cable which can be easily installed
Two cables for use in the Industrial Wireless LAN sector with
frequency bands 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Supply stations based on the SCALANCE W-780 Access
Points
Mobile stations (e.g. Ethernet Client Module SCALANCE
W740, IWLAN/PB Link PN IO)
Benefits
Reliable coverage in areas problematic for radio
Controlled emission of radio waves
Cost savings thanks to direct substitution of sliding contacts
and trailing cables
Highly flexible implementation
Application
In areas with complex radio coverage (e.g. in tunnels,
channels and elevator shafts) where "unlimited" mobility is not
of decisive importance, but where rather a mechanically wear-
free and thus low-maintenance solution is required to ensure
reliable data transmission. This is made possible by the
defined radio field along the RCoax cable.
The RCoax cables offer, especially for conveyor systems,
robots and every type of rail-mounted vehicle (overhead con-
veyors, AGV systems) a wear-free and reliable radio link.
Overhead monorail conveyors
Automated guided vehicle systems (AGVS)
Cranes
Stacker cranes
Transfer lines
Tool-changing trolleys
Robots
Railway stations
Underground railway systems
Railway wagons
Lifts
Theater stages
IWLAN RCoax cables
3/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
System solution with RCoax cable using example of overhead monorail conveyor
Industrial
Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400
mit CP 443-1
Panel
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
Server for
Nutrunner Data
Server for
Production Information
System (FIS)
Field PG with
CP 7515
SIMATIC
S7-200
mit CP 243-1
Client Module
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
Nutrunner Nutrunner
RCoax Cable
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
Nutrunner Station
Telpher
Panel
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
SIMATIC
S7-200
mit CP 243-1
Client Module
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
Nutrunner Nutrunner
Nutrunner Station
Telpher
Panel
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
SIMATIC
S7-200
mit CP 243-1
Client Module
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
Nutrunner Nutrunner
Nutrunner Station
Telpher
RCoax Cable
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
Switch
SCALANCE X-400
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
7
7
IWLAN RCoax cables
3/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Design
The RCoax cables were specially designed for the frequency
band around 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz respectively.
Openings are present in the outer conductor of the coaxial cable
which permit the penetration and emission of radio waves.
A defined radio field is then developed around the RCoax ca-
bles. A balanced relationship has been observed for the longitu-
dinal damping and extraction loss of the RCoax cables to permit
a long length of cable per supply point (SCALANCE W-780
Access Points) and an appropriate distance of the mobile station
(e.g. SCALANCE W-740, IWLAN/ PB Link PN IO) from the RCoax
cable.
Coordinated accessories are available for assembly:
IWLAN RCoax cable clip 1/2"
IWLAN RCoax spacer 85 mm
IWLAN RCoax threaded washer M6
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
1
4
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
1
4
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
1
4
Cable sheath
Outer conductor
with opening
Dielectric
Inner
conductor
Wave
propagation
IWLAN RCoax cables
3/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Integration
PROFINET IO communication over IWLAN RCoax system with connection to Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
2
0
Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR / W788-2RR Client Module SCALANCE W747-1RR
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect
Female N-Connector
6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0
Female N-Connector
6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0
Male termination impedance 50 Ohm
6GK5795-1TN00-1AA0
IWLAN
Termination
impedance
TI795-1R
6GK5795-1TR00-0AA6
R-SMA
Plug
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/R-SMA
male/male
Flexible connection cable
1 m = 6XV1875-5CH10
5 m = 6XV1875-5CH50
Power M12
cable connector PRO
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
with energy cable 2x0.75
6XV1812-8A
SIMATIC NET IWLAN RCOAX CABLE 6XV1 875-2A
IWLAN
Termination
Impedance
TI795-1R
6GK5795-1TR00-0AA6
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/R-SMA
male/male
1 m = 6XV1875-5CH10
R-SMA
Plug
IP67 Hybrid
connector
with IE Hybrid cable
2x2 + 4x0.34
6XV1 870-2J
or
IE FC
standard
cable
2x2
6XV1840-2AH10
Power M12
cable connector PRO
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
6XV1812-8A
IP67 Hybrid
connector with
IE Hybrid cable
2x2 + 4x0.34
6XV1 870-2J
or
IE FC
standard
cable
2x2
6XV1840-2AH10
IWLAN Antenna
ANT792-4DN / ANT793-4MN
2 GHz = 6GK5792-4DN00-0AA6
5 GHz = 6GK5793-4MN00-0AA6
IWLAN Antenna
ANT792-4DN / ANT793-4MN
2 GHz = 6GK5792-4DN00-0AA6
5 GHz = 6GK5793-4MN00-0AA6
SIMATIC NET IWLAN RCOAX CABLE
IWLAN RCoax Cable
2.4 GHz = 6XV1875-2A
5 GHz = 6XV1875-2D
IWLAN RCoax cables
3/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
PROFINET IO communication over IWLAN RCoax system with connection to PROFIBUS
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C

6
X
V
1

8
3
0
-
0
E
H
1
0
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
2
1
SIMATIC NET IWLAN RCOAX CABLE
Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR / W788-2RR
Female N-Connector
6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0
Female N-Connector
6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0
Male termination impedance 50 Ohm
6GK5795-1TN00-1AA0
IWLAN
Termination
impedance
TI795-1R
6GK5795-1TR00-0AA6
R-SMA
Plug
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/R-SMA
male/male
1 m = 6XV1875-5CH10
5 m = 6XV1875-5CH50
IP67 Hybrid
connector with
IE Hybrid cable
2x2 + 4x0.34
6XV1 870-2J
or
Power M12
cable connector PRO
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
6XV1812-8A
IE FC
standard
cable
2x2
6XV1840-2AH10
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
PROFIBUS bus connector RS 485 (35)
6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0
with PROFIBUS FC standard cable
6XV1830-0EH10
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
6GK1417-5AB00
IWLAN RCoax
R-SMA/SMA
Male/Male
Flexible
connection cable
0.3 m
6XV1875-5DE30
Control box
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/SMA
female/female
Panel feedthrough
6GK5798-0PT00-2AA0
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/N-Connect
male/male
1 m = 6XV1875-5AH10
IWLAN RCoax Cable
2.4 GHz = 6XV1875-2A
5 GHz = 6XV1875-2D
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect Female
Antenna
ANT792-4DN /
ANT793-4MN
2 GHz = 6GK5792-4DN00-0AA6
5 GHz = 6GK5793-4MN00-0AA6
IWLAN RCoax cables
3/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
1) For applications that require the RCoax cable to be routed in the close vicinity of metal (e.g. aluminum rails),
the attenuation parameters are higher
IWLAN RCoax cables 2.4 GHz for distant field 5 GHz for near field
Applications Monorail overhead conveyors, cranes,
high-bay racking control units or similar
Monorail overhead conveyors, cranes,
high-bay racking control units or similar
Impedance 50 50
Nominal longitudinal attenuation
1)
2.4 GHz 17.0 dB/100 m
5.15 GHz 24.0 dB/100 m
5.85 GHz 28.0 dB/100 m
Mechanical data
Cable diameter 15.5 mm 15.5 mm
Sheath Polyethylene, pastel turquoise Polyethylene, pastel turquoise
Operating temperature -40 C .. +85 C -40 C +85 C
Smallest bending radius (once only) 20 cm 20 cm
Weight 0.232 kg/m 0.232 kg/m
Recommended mounting distance 0.5 m 0.5 m
Behavior in fire
Low corrosive gas emission IEC 60754-2 IEC 60754-2
Flame retardant IEC 60332-1 and IEC 60332-3 Cat. C IEC 60332-1 and IEC 60332-3 Cat. C
Low smoke emission IEC 61034 IEC 61034
IWLAN RCoax cables
3/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
IWLAN RCoax cables
Radiating cables for complex
radio environments as special
antenna for SCALANCE W
Access Points;
for wider temperature range
(-40 C + 85 C);
sold by the meter
(minimum order quantity 20 m)
2.4 GHz 6XV1 875-2A
5 GHz 6XV1 875-2D
Accessories
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect stripping tool
6GK1 901-1PH00
Stripping tool for fast stripping of
RCoax cable on site
RCoax N-Connect female
N-connector
6GK5 798-0CN00-0AA0
Plug connector for assembly
on site; connection unit of RCoax
cable for connection of further
components, N-female connec-
tion.
RCoax N-Connect
male termination impedance
6GK5 795-1TN00-1AA0
Terminating resistor for RCoax
cable, 50 Ohm impedance,
N-male connection
RCoax N-Connect/R-SMA
Male/male
flexible connection cable
Flexible cable for connection of
RCoax cable or antenna to a
SCALANCE W-700 Access Point;
assembled with N-Connect male
and R-SMA male connectors
1 m 6XV1 875-5CH10
5 m 6XV1 875-5CH50
RCoax N-Connect
male/male
Flexible cable for connection of
two RCoax cables; assembled
with two N-Connect male connec-
tors
1 m 6XV1 875-5AH10
5 m 6XV1 875-5AH50
RCoax R-SMA/SMA
male/male
Flexible cable for connecting
an IWLAN/PB Link PN IO to com-
ponents with RSMA and SMA
connections, e.g. cabinet
feedthrough; assembled with two
R-SMA male to SMA male con-
nectors
0.3 m 6XV1 875-5DE30
female
Antenna ANT792-4DN
6GK5 792-4DN00-0AA6
RCoax helical antenna with
circular polarization for RCoax
systems; 2.4 GHz; N-Connect
female connection; antenna gain
1 dB at 2.4 GHz; degree of pro-
tection IP67; ambient temperature
-20 C +60 C
female
Antenna ANT793-4MN
6GK5 793-4MN00-0AA6
RCoax 5/8 antenna with vertical
polarization for RCoax systems;
5 GHz; N-Connect female
connection;
degree of protection IP67;
ambient temperature
-20 C +60 C
RCoax N-Connect female
Power splitter
6GK5 798-0SN00-0EA0
2-way cable splitter, Y-element for
dividing the RCoax cable
RCoax N-Connect male/male
Coupler
6GK5 798-0CP00-1AA0
RF coupling for connecting an
RCoax antenna to an RCoax
cable; two N-Connect male con-
nectors
RCoax N-Connect male/female
Attenuator
Attenuator with N-Connect male/
N-Connect female connectors
10 dB 6GK5 798-0AP00-4CA0
RCoax N-Connect/SMA
Female/female
Panel feedthrough
6GK5 798-0PT00-2AA0
Panel feedthrough for wall thick-
nesses up to 5.5 mm, SMA
female and N-Connect female
connections
IWLAN RCoax cable clip 1/2"
Cable holder for RCoax cable
10 pieces 6GK5 798-8MB00-0AC1
100 pieces 6GK5 798-8MB00-0AM1
IWLAN RCoax
threaded washer M6
Threaded washer M6 for RCoax
cable clip 1/2", for assembly with
M6 threaded bolts
10 pieces 6GK5 798-8MC00-0AC1
100 pieces 6GK5 798-8MC00-0AM1
IWLAN RCoax spacer 85 mm
Spacer 85 mm for RCoax cable
clip 1/2"
10 pieces 6GK5 798-8MD00-0AC1
100 pieces 6GK5 798-8MD00-0AM1
IWLAN RCoax cables
3/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Note:
Current approvals can be found in the Internet at:
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
Network transition between
Industrial Wireless LAN and
PROFIBUS with PROFINET IO
functionality, TCP/IP, S7 routing,
10/100 Mbit/s Fast Ethernet,
9.6 to 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS;
including electronic manual on
CD-ROM
Spanish, Italian
National approvals for operation
outside the U.S.A. and Canada
6GK1 417-5AB00
in the U.S.A. and Canada
6GK1 417-5AB01
SCALANCE W-780
Access Points
IWLAN Access Point with built-in
radio interface; radio networks
IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz
to 54 Mbit/s; national approvals;
WPA/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), degree of protection IP65
(-20 C +60 C);
scope of supply: 2 antennas
ANT795-4MR, IP67 hybrid plug-in
connector, assembly material,
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
IWLAN Access Point
with one built-in radio interface
6GK5 788-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 788-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
IWLAN Dual Access Point
with two built-in radio interfaces
6GK5 788-2ST00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-1RR
IWLAN Access Point with one
built-in radio interface for estab-
lishment of radio links with rapid
roaming
6GK5 788-1SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-1SR00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-2RR
IWLAN Dual Access Point with
two built-in radio interfaces for
establishment of radio links with
rapid roaming or alternative
operation on the HiPath wireless
controller
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AB6
SCALANCE W-740
Client Modules
IWLAN Ethernet client module
with built-in radio interface; radio
networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at
2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s. National
approvals; WPA/AES; Power over
Ethernet (PoE), degree of protec-
tion IP65 (-20 C to +60 C);
Scope of supply: Two ANT795-
4MR antennas, IP 67 hybrid plug-
in connector, assembly material,
manual on CD ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
For administration of the wireless
connection of one device with
Industrial Ethernet connection
6GK5 744-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 744-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
connection of up to eight devices
with Industrial Ethernet connec-
tion
6GK5 746-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 746-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W747-1RR
connection with rapid roaming of
up to eight devices with Industrial
Ethernet connection
6GK5 747-1SR00-2AA6
6GK5 747-1SR00-2AB6
SCALANCE W-780 Access Points
3/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
SCALANCE W-780 Access Points are optimally suitable for
designing Industrial Wireless LANs (IWLAN) with reliable com-
munication and for use in the PROFINET environment.
In conformance with standards by supporting of IEEE 802.11,
with additional functional expansions especially for use in
Rugged metal housing and degree of protection IP65 for
protection against the ingress of water and dust;
also for outdoor use at -20C to +60C (resistant to conden-
sation)
Protection against unauthorized access, espionage, tapping
and falsification thanks to WPA2/IEEE 802.11i and 128-bit
encoding (AES)
Optional operation at 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz with data rates of up
to 54 Mbit/s in one device
Several operating modes in one device:
- set up of wide area wireless networks (infrastructure) with
ranges of up to 30 m indoors (about 100 m outdoors)
- point-to-point connection of Industrial Ethernet segments
over large distances (several 100 m)
Support during configuration provided by wizard and online
help.
Simple management with Web server and SNMP
optional C-PLUG (configuration plug) switching medium
Comprehensive accessories with antennae, plugs, cables
including RCoax cable (fiber-optic cable) for controlled emit-
tance of the transmitted power
Benefits
IWLAN is ideally suited to demanding industrial applications with
requirements for reliable radio communication:
Reliable radio link, e.g. through redundant connection,
automatic roaming in event of interruption in connection to
Industrial Ethernet (forced roaming), cyclic monitoring of radio
link (link check) or monitoring for IP connections (IP alive)
Cost savings due to a separate radio network for reliable
operation of a process as well as for critical process data
(e.g. alarm signals), as well as for non-critical communication
(e.g. service and diagnostics)
High degree of investment security because all products
are compatible with the internationally recognized industrial
standard IEEE 802.11 and suitable for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Fast commissioning of new plant items due to reduced
amount of work for installing the communication network
No wear on rotating and moving devices, or plant components
Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote, diffi-
cult to access or in hostile environments
Suitable for industrial environments, e.g. thanks to rugged
metal enclosure, industrial approvals (e.g. UL, FM, CE, explo-
sion protection Zone 2 (Atex), E1 (vehicles), PCS 7, EN 50155
(trains and trams)) and resistance to condensation
Increased plant availability through non-contact and thus
wear-free data transmission to mobile communication part-
ners with RCoax cable
Uniform radio network throughout the company sectors for
voice and data; cost savings resulting from central manage-
ment, simple installation and reliable startup
3/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Application
The SCALANCE W-700 products offer a reliable radio connec-
tion, versatile redundancy mechanisms, and fast transfer of sta-
tions from one access point to the next (roaming). In this manner,
processes can be monitored and production failures through
machine downtimes avoided. In addition, Industrial Wireless
LAN (IWLAN) can be used in time-critical applications associ-
ated with production automation (PROFINET). Due to the high
degree of protection IP65 and the extended temperature range
from -20 +60 C, the products are suitable for use in the food
and beverages industry (cooling technology) and in logistics.
SCALANCE W products are silicone-free and can therefore also
be used in paint plants. When using the RCoax cable (fiber-optic
cable), operation is also possible in conveying technology and
all track applications (e.g. local public transport). SCALANCE
W788-2RR can be additionally used for operation with the HiPath
wireless controller, thus opening up the advantages of this
architecture to industrial and outdoor areas.
Application examples:
Automated guided vehicles and overhead conveyors;
prevention of wear and high flexibility in the choice of route
thanks to wireless transmission of data to the vehicles
Crane;
high flexibility through access to data communication with the
moving unit independent of the location
Mobile control desk;
reliable intervention in the process thanks to data communi-
cation over IWLAN with mobile units; the number of operator
panels is therefore determined by the number of personnel
and no longer by the number of control desks.
Wireless access to field devices for configuration and testing
without the need for time-consuming modifications in the
control cabinet
Access to service and maintenance drawings on-site;
immediate updating of the measures performed in the system
over IWLAN;
Optimized processes and reduced error quotas thanks to
online information regardless of the location of the machine
Communication with moving stations (e.g. mobile controls and
devices), storage and retrieval machines, conveyor systems,
conveyor belts, rotating machines, trucks
Wireless coupling of communication segments for fast start-
up or for cost-effective networks in which cable routing would
be extremely expensive (e.g. on public roads, rivers, lakes,
train lines)
Public transport (underground and suburban trains, buses);
reliable use of the products in applications with high tempera-
ture and mechanical stability demands; optimum radio field
through controlled emission of output power with RCoax cable
(radiating cable)
Design
Wireless card (compatible with IEEE 802.11b/g and
IEEE 802.11a/h) permanently installed in device
Two omnidirectional antennas ANT795-4MR (omnidirectional
characteristics) bolted to housing (R-SMA) (included in deliv-
ery). These two antennas can be replaced by antennas from
the SCALANCE W-700 range, retaining antenna diversity.
Robust metal housing, shock and vibration-proof for severe
mechanical loading
Designed without rotating parts (e.g. operation without fans)
High level of protection against dust and splashwater with de-
gree of protection IP65
Ambient temperatures from -20C +60C
Resistant to condensation
Redundant energy feed via screw-fit M12 connectors
(19 57 V DC)
For operation on 100 V 240 V AC line network, the PS791-
1PRO is available. It can simply be bolted on with the
SCALANCE W products
Construction and design appropriate to field of application
with SIMATIC control components
Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
Wall mounting;
a 90 mm length of S7-300 DIN rail (assembled vertically) can
be used to assist mounting (screws included in scope of sup-
ply). If mounting is to be made on a horizontal S7-300 DIN rail,
the antenna characteristic must be taken into account.
When mounting in a control cabinet, remote antennae must be
used (Faraday cage).
Hybrid cable and plug connectors
One cable for voltage supply and data (Ethernet):
- 24 V DC voltage supply and Industrial Ethernet interface via
the IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 and the IE FC Modular
- Power-over-Ethernet compliant with IEEE 802.3af with vibra-
tion-proof IP67 Hybrid connector (included)
IP67 Hybrid connector
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W-780 Access Points
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
1
9
2x antennas,
detachable
back:
C-PLUG
protective
clip
wall-
mounting
with SCALANCE W788-2PRO:
2x additional sockets
for separate antennas
10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
hybrid
socket
energy
redundant
energy
3/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Design (continued)
Possibilities for power supply from SCALANCE W access points/client modules
Function
The SCALANCE W-700 products support the following functions
of an IWLAN wireless connection:
Cyclic monitoring of wireless link between Access Point and
node for fast recognition of fault states
Redundancy mechanisms for reliable wireless infrastructure
Antenna diversity for very good reception in difficult areas for
radio signals
Optional use of separate antennas for customer-specific re-
quirements
Automatic switching back to lower data rates if quality of con-
nection is reduced
With the SCALANCE W products, a wireless network with
approval in more than 30 countries is set up in the license-free
ISM bands at 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz. This wireless network permits a
very reliable radio connection via IWLAN at up to 54 Mbit/s.
SCALANCE W supports the IEEE 802.11h standard that in-
cludes the stringent ETSI requirements of the European coun-
tries.
Security
A high degree of data security is achieved by means of the
modern mechanisms of Wi-Fi Protected Access
(WPA2/IEEE 802.11i). These define modern procedures that
control a regular exchange of the complete 128-bit code, but
also perform the user authentication of a node.
The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is available for data
encryption. All encryption mechanisms are already integrated in
the products and do not incur any additional costs. If a security
concept with Virtual Private Networks (VPN) or the SCALANCE S
range is required, the products can be integrated without any
difficulty.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
2
2
24 V DC and data
transmission on
one line
24 V DC and data
transmission on
two separate lines
Redundant
24 V DC and data
transmission on
one line
90 V 265 V AC
and data trans-
mission on two
separate lines
48 V DC and data transmission on one
line (Power over Ethernet) according to
IEEE 802.3af
(8-core) (4-core,
modulated)
(8-core) (4-core and
2-core)
(8-core and
2-core)
(4-core and
3-core)
IP67 hybrid plug connector with
IE hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0.34
IE standard cable 2x2
Power M12 cable connector
Power Supply PS791-1PRO
Use
Installation of only
one line
Data and power on
two separate lines
Redundant
power supply
Operation with
90 V 265 V AC
Operation with Power over Ethernet
(PoE)
3/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Product versions
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
A wireless network can already be designed using one single
W788-1PRO Access Point (infrastructure mode). The Access
Point provides an Industrial Ethernet interface for connection to
the wireline network. Users, such as mobile controllers, the
Internet Pad MOBIC or a Field PG can move freely within the
radio cells and exchange data with other users through the
Access Point.
Mobile devices (e.g. MOBIC and Field PG) simultaneously access the automation network through a wireless connection via the Access Point.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
0
3
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
W 788-1PRO
Field PG with
CP 7515
S7-300
S7-400
PROFIBUS
S7-300
ET 200S
MOBIC with
CP 1515
SIMATIC HMI
Radio cell
3/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
If the radio field of a single Access Point (radio cell) is insuffi-
cient, it can be expanded by further Access Points. It should be
ensured that the individual radio cells overlap so that moving
users are passed from one Access Point to the next without gaps
(roaming). This happens transparently for the application.
The Access Points must be able to exchange data over Ethernet
if a Wireless Distribution System, WDS, is not used.
Roaming of moving units (e.g. Field PG and mobile controller) in a radio network with two Access Points
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
0
4
S7-300
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
PC
SIMATIC
HMI
Switch
SCALANCE X208
Industrial Ethernet
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
S7-400
SIMATIC HMI
Radio cell 1
Automatic Guided Vehicle System (AGVS)
Radio cell 2
S7-300
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Field PG/
Notebook
with CP 7515
3/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
If the Access Points cannot be connected to Industrial Ethernet
using a wired connection (e.g. no cable route available for data
line), the operating mode "Wireless Distribution System" must be
selected. In this case a SCALANCE W788-1PRO Access Point
can communicate with up to eight other Access Points which are
not connected to the data network by a direct wired connection.
Wireless Distribution System with four remote Access Points without direct wired connection to the rest of the data network
In this configuration, a radio interface of each of the four W788-
2PRO Access Points and the W788-1PRO Access Point estab-
lish a Wireless Distribution System (WDS). The access points
can be mutually accessed. The second radio interface of the
four W788-2PRO Access Points is used to establish a radio cell
at the location of the respective SCALANCE W788-2PRO for op-
eration of users. The minimum distance necessary between the
antennae must be observed. Each user can communicate with
another user (even in the other radio cells). In a Wireless Distri-
bution System, all Access Points must share the bandwidth of
one radio channel. If users are to additionally gain access to the
system via this WDS, the performance demands of the individual
connections must be exactly checked.
A special version of a Wireless Distribution System (WDS) is the
point-to-point connection. In this operating mode two Ethernet
segments are coupled by means of a radio link, if it is difficult to
install cables (e.g. across public roads). By replacing the two
antennae included in the scope of supply by optionally available
directional antennae, ranges of several 100 m can be achieved
outdoors.
MOBIC
with CP 1515
Notebook with
CP 7515
Access Point SCALANCE W788-2PRO
Central
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
IE Client Module
SCALANCE
W747-1RR ET 200S
IE Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
IE Client Module
SCALANCE
W747-1RR ET 200S
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
1
6
3/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
In the Dual Access Point SCALANCE W788-2PRO, two access
points are integrated in one housing. This enables a variety of
applications to be implemented economically. The product is
particularly suitable for designing a radio network with redun-
dancy in applications requiring increased reliability. This possi-
bility is extended by use of the Spanning Tree (ST) mechanism.
If a fault occurs on one connection, the wireless network auto-
matically finds a redundant path. A high level of operational
security is then achieved.
"Redundancy mode"
In this operating mode, two Industrial Ethernet segments are
coupled and the data stream is transmitted in parallel by the two
wireless cards. If , for example, the frequency band at 2.4 GHz
is chosen for one wireless card and 5 GHz for the other, a radio
link with maximum reliability is implemented.
Redundancy mode with SCALANCE W788-2PRO for a very reliable point-to-point connection
Existing wireless networks that have been set up using the Radio
Link Module (RLM) can easily be expanded with SCALANCE
W788-1PRO and SCALANCE W788-2PRO.
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Access Point
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
PG
Industrial Ethernet
Access Point
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
2,4
GHz
5
GHz
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
2
2
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
ET 200S
3/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
SCALANCE W788-1RR
The functionality of the SCALANCE W788-1RR Access Point
corresponds to that of the SCALANCE W788-1PRO Industrial
Wireless LAN Access Point. In addition, SCALANCE W788-1RR
permits provision of a radio field enabling extremely fast transfer
of moving users from one radio cell to the next (Rapid Roaming).
The transfer is so fast that even PROFINET IO communication is
possible without interruption during the roaming (updating times
up to 20 ms).
Furthermore, a radio field is made available which permits pre-
diction of the access by users, thus permitting a strict real-time
response for up to 50 users at the Access Point. In order to
achieve very short transfer times, rapid roaming is only made
available in the radio field of a RCoax cable because in con-
trast to the radio field with antennae a radio field is available
which has a significantly better definition and reliability.
A corresponding interface must be present on the wireless users
which can communicate with the Access Point (e.g. IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO). Since the IEEE 802.11 standard does not support
rapid roaming, a radio field with special mechanisms must be
implemented for this. Therefore a device in conformance with
IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi) cannot be operated in a radio field with rapid
roaming. However, this presents the advantage that the known
WLAN hacker tools cannot detect such a radio field. This results
in particular data integrity, and all advantages of standard wire-
less LAN chipsets are retained at the same time (e.g. data secu-
rity, modulation procedure).
Note:
Although the IWLAN radio field of SCALANCE W788-1PRO
also permits PROFINET IO communication, a delay time of
several 100 ms resulting from roaming in conformance with
IEEE 802.11 prevents fault-free handling of the PROFINET IO
communication with fast updating times for this short period.
Delay times of several 100 ms are encountered with all devices
conforming to IEEE 802.11.
Fast transfer of the users from one RCoax cable segment to the next using rapid roaming
PROFINET IO is being increasingly used with overhead convey-
ors since the cyclic data transfer greatly supports control of the
moving suspension gear. To avoid the problems associated with
the wear of sliding contacts, non-contact connections are being
increasingly used for this application. In order to transmit cyclic
communication data with fixed updating times, it is necessary for
the radio network to also support this performance. Industrial
Wireless LAN with rapid roaming can be optimally used to this
end.
Note:
SCALANCE W788-1RR can also be configured conforming
to the IEEE 802.11 standard as an alternative to operation of an
IWLAN radio field. Rapid roaming is then impossible.
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
3
3
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
3
3
SIMATIC S7-400
RCoax cable segment 1 RCoax cable segment 2 RCoax cable segment 3
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Monorail overhead conveyor
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
33
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
IWL
Link
IWL
Link
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
3/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
SCALANCE W788-2RR
With the SCALANCE W788-2RR Dual Access Point, the function-
alities of a SCALANCE W788-1RR and a SCALANCE W788-
1PRO are integrated in one housing. This enables a variety of
applications to be implemented economically. If an application
which solves fast roaming of mobile users or vehicles using
IWLAN and rapid roaming is to be administered or configured
using devices conforming to IEEE 802.11 (e.g. field PG,
MOBIC), the possibility is provided by the SCALANCE W788-
2RR Dual Access Point that one radio card is operated in IWLAN
mode with rapid roaming and the other with Industrial Wireless
LAN conforming to IEEE 802.11. The control unit (e.g. MOBIC)
can then access the SCALANCE W788-2RR Dual Access Point
via the Industrial Wireless LAN interface, and then transmit its
data transparently via this device and the IWLAN RR radio card
on the RCoax cable to the moving vehicles.
Via IWLAN (IEEE 802.11), the field PG accesses a radio interface of SCALANCE W788-2RR for configuring,
the other interface of SCALANCE W788-2RR carries out communication with the RCoax cable using rapid roaming.
Diagnostics and management
Web-based (HTTP Server) management tool for configuration
and diagnosis using a standard browser
LEDs for signaling operating and fault states
Signaling of faults by means of SNMP trap or e-mail to a net-
work management tool
Bolt-on shaft on the rear panel of the device for the optional
replacement medium C-PLUG (configuration plug) for
simple replacement of the module without a programming
device in the event of failure
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
0
7
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
Radio cell
RCoax cable
Field PG/Notebook with
CP 7515
S
u
s
p
e
n
s
i
o
n
g
e
a
r

1
S
u
s
p
e
n
s
i
o
n
g
e
a
r

2
S
u
s
p
e
n
s
i
o
n
g
e
a
r

3
S
u
s
p
e
n
s
i
o
n
g
e
a
r

4
S
u
s
p
e
n
s
i
o
n
g
e
a
r

5
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
3/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Integration
Data and power supply via a hybrid cable with SCALANCE W-700
In addition to the standard scope of supply for SCALANCE
W-700, this system configuration uses a hybrid cable (to be
ordered in addition) and the FC Modular Outlet with Power Insert
(assembly in the Outlet possible in the field). The hybrid plug
connector from the scope of supply can be configured on site by
the user.
If the power supply is not connected via the hybrid connector,
power must be applied via the redundant supply and a Power
M12 Cable Connector PRO (to be ordered separately, see
accessories).
If a 100 240 V AC supply is available, the PS791-1PRO is
used. A connecting cable to SCALANCE W-700 and an AC plug
are included in the scope of supply (AC cable is not supplied).
Note:
A standard RJ45 plug can also be used in the housing socket of
the hybrid connector. However, the degree of protection IP65 is
then lost.
SCALANCE W-700 additionally supports both options of the
Power-over-Ethernet standard IEEE 802.3af
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet Power Insert
24 V DC
IE Hybrid
cable connector
SCALANCE X-400
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
8
7
Standards Transmission rates dependent on national approval
IEEE 802.11b 2.412 - 2.462 GHz,
1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbit/s;
50 mW (17 dBm), up to 100 mW (20 dBm) with antenna,
depending on national approval, can be reduced in stepsr
IEEE 802.11g 2.412 - 2.462 GHz,
1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbit/s;
depending on national approval, can be reduced in steps
IEEE 802.11a/h 5.15 - 5.25 GHz, 5.25 - 5.35 GHz, 5.7 - 5.8 GHz,
6, 9 , 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbit/s;
50 mW (17 dBm), up to 100 mW (20 dBm) or 1000 mW (30 dBm) with antenna,
Type SCALANCE W788-1PRO SCALANCE W788-2PRO SCALANCE W788-1RR SCALANCE W788-2RR
Installed radio card 1 2 1 2
Transmission rate according to
IEEE 802.11b Yes Yes Yes Yes
IEEE 802.11g Yes Yes Yes Yes
IEEE 802.11a/h Yes Yes Yes Yes
Industrial Wireless LAN
Data transfer with strict real-time
requirements (predictable)
Yes, additional priority
assignment with
IEEE 802.11e and WMM
assignment with
assignment with
assignment with
VLAN No No 8x SSIDs with 8 VLANs
each
8x SSIDs with 8 VLANs
each
Redundant radio connection No Yes No Yes
Cyclic link check Yes Yes Yes Yes
Monitoring for IP connections
(IP Alive)
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Automatic roaming when the
connection to Industrial Ethernet
is interrupted (Forced Roaming)
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Wireless approvals Current approvals can be found in the Internet at
http:/www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Rapid Roaming No No Yes Yes
3/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Type SCALANCE W788-1PRO SCALANCE W788-2PRO SCALANCE W788-1RR SCALANCE W788-2RR
Interfaces
Industrial Ethernet via IE Hybrid socket (IP65);
RJ45 connection
IE Hybrid socket (IP65);
RJ45 connection
RJ45 connection
RJ45 connection
External antenna connections
- 2 x R-SMA with two screwed-on
ANT795-4MR antennae (omnidi-
rectional characteristics); re-
placeable
Yes Yes Yes Yes
- 2 x R-SMA antenna connections
for the second radio card (anten-
nae not included in scope of
supply)
No Yes No Yes
Connection for redundant supply
voltage
4-pole M12 interface
24 V DC (A-coded)
24 V DC (A-coded)
24 V DC (A-coded)
24 V DC (A-coded)
Slot for the swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG C-PLUG C-PLUG
Power supply
Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) 48 V DC (IEEE 802.3af),
24 V DC
48 V DC (IEEE 802.3af),
24 V DC
48 V DC (IEEE 802.3af),
24 V DC
48 V DC (IEEE 802.3af),
24 V DC
M12 Power Connector (A-coded)
for redundant power supply
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 19 V to 57 V DC
power supply: IE FC RJ45
modular outlet with power
insert
19 V to 57 V DC
insert
19 V to 57 V DC
insert
19 V to 57 V DC
insert
Power loss 10 W 10 W 10 W 10 W
(resistant to condensa-
tion)
-20 C to +60 C
tion)
-20 C to +60 C
tion)
-20 C to +60 C
tion)
Transport/storage temperature -40 C to +70 C -40 C to +70 C -40 C to +70 C -40 C to +70 C
Relative humidity in operation 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
Construction
- without antenna 125 x 90 x 118 125 x 90 x 118 125 x 90 x 118 125 x 90 x 118
Weight 1.05 kg 1.07 kg 1.05 kg 1.07 kg
Software Web-based Manager Web-based Manager Web-based Manager Web-based Manager
Data security WEP, WPA2/IEEE 802.11i
with AES and TKIP,
EAP-TLS, EAP, TTLS,
EAP-PEAP, EAP-MD5,
EAP-MSChapv2,
MAC filter,
admin password,
IEEE 802.1x
WEP, WPA2/IEEE 802.11i
with AES and TKIP,
EAP-TLS, EAP, TTLS,
EAP-PEAP, EAP-MD5,
EAP-MSChapv2,
MAC filter,
admin password,
IEEE 802.1x
with AES and TKIP,
EAP-TLS, EAP, TTLS,
EAP-PEAP, EAP-MD5,
EAP-MSChapv2,
MAC filter,
admin password,
IEEE 802.1x
with AES and TKIP,
EAP-TLS, EAP, TTLS,
EAP-PEAP, EAP-MD5,
EAP-MSChapv2,
MAC filter,
admin password,
IEEE 802.1x
3/29
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
SCALANCE W-780
Access Points
IWLAN Access Points with built-in
radio interfaces; radio networks
to 54 Mbit/s. National approvals;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(-20 C +60 C);
manual on CD ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
IWLAN Access Point with
one built-in radio interface
6GK5 788-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 788-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
two built-in radio interfaces
6GK5 788-2ST00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-1RR
IWLAN Access Point with
one built-in radio interface for
rapid roaming
6GK5 788-1SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-1SR00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-2RR
controller
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AB6
SCALANCE W-740
Client Modules
IWLAN Ethernet client module
2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s. National
tion IP65 (-20 C to +60 C);
Scope of supply: Two ANT795-
4MR antennas, IP67 hybrid plug-
in connector, assembly material,
manual on CD ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
6GK5 744-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 744-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
with Industrial Ethernet connec-
tion
6GK5 746-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 746-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W747-1RR
Ethernet connection
6GK5 747-1SR00-2AA6
6GK5 747-1SR00-2AB6
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with
power insert
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
Fast Connect RJ45 modular outlet
for Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for 1 x 24 V
and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 6XV1 870-2J
4-wire, shielded installation cable;
sold by the meter,
up to 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10
IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45
Plug; PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IWLAN RCoax cables
Radiating cable for complex radio
environments as special antenna
for SCALANCE W Access Points;
(-40 C + 85 C);
sold by the meter
2.4 GHz 6XV1 875-2A
5 GHz 6XV1 875-2D
IP67 hybrid connector 09 45 125 1300.00
SCALANCE W-700 to
Industrial Ethernet and Power
over Ethernet (PoE),
1 piece
HARTING Deutschland
GmbH & Co. KG
PO Box 24-51
D -32381 Minden
Tel. +49 571-8896-0
Fax. +49 571-8896-354
E-mail: de.sales@HARTING.com
Internet:
http://www.HARTING.com
PRO
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Terminal socket for connection
of SCALANCE W-700 for
24 V DC supply voltage;
4-pole, a-coded,
with assembly instructions, 3 pcs.
3/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
More information
cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
J. Hertlein A&D SE PS
Tel. +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax +49 ( 0911/750 99 91
Accessories
AC/DC power supply, 10 W,
IP65 (-20 +60C),
input: 90 V 265 V AC,
output: 24 V DC,
metal housing;
scope of supply: AC power 3+PE
cable connector, DC power cord
M12, installation materials,
instruction manual
German/English
CP 7515
6GK1 751-5AA00
PCMCIA card (32-bit; CardBus)
for connecting a PG/PC/note-
book to Industrial Wireless LAN
acc. to IEEE 802.11b/g/a
(2.4/5 GHz, up to 54 Mbit/s),
and national approvals;
incl. Client Manager and driver for
32-bit Windows 2000 Profes-
sional/Server, XP Professional,
2003 Server; manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
IE Hybrid RJ45
Socket Dust Cover
6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0
Dust cap for RJ45 port socket
(Industrial Ethernet/PoE)
of SCALANCE W-700
ANT795-4MR Antenna 6GK5 795-4MR00-0AA6
Antenna with omni-directional
characteristic; antenna gain
incl. R-SMA plug 4-5 dBi,
IP65 (-20 +60C), 2.4/5 GHz,
national approvals, direct mount-
ing on SCALANCE W788-1PRO,
W788-2PRO, W744-1PRO,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
ANT795-6MR Antenna 6GK5 795-6MR00-0AA6
characteristic; antenna gain incl.
R-SMA plug and 5 m cable 3 dBi,
IP65 (-30 +50C), 2.4/5 GHz
national approvals, mounting
material for wall and mast mount-
ing with 1 x TI795-1R termination
resistor, manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
ANT792-8DR Antenna
Antenna with directivity;
antenna gain incl. R-SMA plug,
IP65 (-20 C +60 C), 2.4 GHz,
US/Canadian approvals,
mounting material for wall and
mast mounting; with termination
impedance 1 x TI795-1R,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
With 5 m cable 10 dBi 6GK5 792-8DR00-0AA6
Without cable 6GK5 792-8DR01-0AA6
Antenna ANT793-8DR 6GK5 793-8DR00-0AB6
Antenna with strong directional
effect; antenna gain
incl. R-SMA plug and 5 m cable
14 dBi, IP65 (-30C +50C),
5 GHz, US/Canadian approvals,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
TI795-1R Termination
Impedance
6GK5 795-1TR00-0AA6
Antenna termination impedance
50 ohm for terminating the
second R-SMA antenna socket,
when operating a SCALANCE
W-700 radio interface
with only one antenna,
IP65 (-20 C +60 C);
3 items
IWLAN antenna extension cable
FRNC
Cable preassembled with two
R-SMA plugs, for extension of the
antennae of the ANT790 versions
complete with installation cable,
cable attenuation 2.5 dBi
5 m 6XV1 875-3FH50
15 m 6XV1 875-3FN15
LP798-1PRO
Lightning Protector
6GK5 798-1LP00-0AA6
Lightning protection element
with R-SMA plug for the ANT790
antennae, IP65 (-40 +100 C)
Configuration plug, swap medium
for simple replacement of the
module in the event of a fault;
for storing configuration or
and WLAN Controller
3/31
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
SCALANCE W788-2RR can be used for operation with the
HiPath wireless controller, thus opening up the advantages of
this architecture to industrial and outdoor areas.
Use with HiPath wireless LAN controller for comprehensive
solutions in office and production environments. Integration of
optiPoint WLAN phones (Voice over WLAN) is possible
SCALANCE W788-2RR can alternatively be operated on the
HiPath wireless controller, and downloads its firmware from
there (rapid roaming function and IWLAN data recording are
then unavailable)
Benefits
Uniform radio network throughout the company sectors for
voice and data; cost savings resulting from central manage-
ment, simple installation and reliable startup
Application
Plant-wide radio network using HiPath Wireless in the office,
outdoor and industrial areas;
seamless operation of mobile phones, laptops and mobile
controllers in one and the same network while adhering to the
security policies for the various user groups and ensuring a
defined quality of service (QoS) for a variety of devices.
and WLAN Controller
3/32
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Function
Through adjustment in the Web interface, SCALANCE W788-
2RR offers an alternative possibility to operation on the HiPath
wireless controller. This operating state is retained even
following switching-off of the device, and the current firmware
is automatically downloaded from the WLAN controller.
The SCALANCE W788-2RR Access Point can also be reset to
its original configuration.
The HiPath wireless controller offers central management. It con-
nects, manages and coordinates all access point and clients
such that the WLAN environment appears like several individual
IP subnetworks with central management. The individual con-
nections are additionally managed here, and the stations can
therefore move reliably throughout the complete radio network.
Transition-free roaming between office and industrial networks
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
2
S7-300
with CP 343-1
Office network
transitionless roaming between office and industry
optiPoint
WL2 professional
optiPoint
WL2 professional
Automation network
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
HiPath Wireless
Access Point 2610
HiPath Wireless
Access Point 2610
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
HiPath wireless
controller
S7-400 with CP 443-1
Router
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2RR
and WLAN Controller
3/33
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
The HiPath wireless controller permits the logical division of a
single radio infrastructure into logical networks (Virtual Network
Services, VNS). Various services, security requirements and
access possibilities can then be reliably assigned to the sta-
tions, and different user groups such as administrators, commis-
sioning engineers or guests can use the same radio network.
Different applications such as voice, Internet or PLCs can thus
be operated within the same infrastructure, resulting in optimum
utilization of the radio network. For applications with high reliabil-
ity demands, the HiPath wireless controller can be operated with
a redundant device.
Linking of a remote office in a HiPath wireless infrastructure
In order to supplement a HiPath wireless infrastructure by a re-
mote area with wireless connection (see picture above), the
SCALANCE W788-1PRO Access Point is used. This access
point operates in the mode known from SCALANCE W, and uses
a wireless distribution system (WDS). In the above picture, the
two SCALANCE W788-1PRO Access Points pass the data to
and from the HiPath wireless controller, and cannot be adminis-
tered and monitored centrally.
Central management for operation with HiPath wireless for
configuration, fault recording, monitoring and documentation of
statistics
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
4
HiPath Wireless
Access Point 2610
HiPath Wireless
Access Point 2610
HiPath Wireless
Access Point 2610
Router
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
HiPath wireless
controller
WDS
Wireless Distribution System
optiPoint
WL2 professional
optiPoint
WL2 professional
HiPath Wireless
Access Point 2610
VNS Voice VNS Voice VNS Voice VNS Voice
Office Office
and WLAN Controller
3/34
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
IEEE 802.11b 2.412 - 2.462 GHz,
1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbit/s;
IEEE 802.11g 2.412 - 2.462 GHz,
1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbit/s;
IEEE 802.11a/h 5.15 - 5.25 GHz, 5.25 - 5.35 GHz, 5.7 - 5.8 GHz,
6, 9 , 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbit/s;
Type SCALANCE W788-2RR
Operation on the HiPath
wireless controller
Installed radio card 2
Transmission rate according to
IEEE 802.11b Yes
IEEE 802.11g Yes
IEEE 802.11a/h Yes
Priority assignment only with
VLAN 8x Virtual Network Services (VNS)
Redundant radio connection No
Cyclic link check No
(IP Alive)
No
Automatic roaming when the con-
nection to Industrial Ethernet is in-
terrupted (Forced Roaming)
No
Wireless approvals Current approvals can be found
in the Internet at
http:/www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/ik-info
Rapid Roaming No
Interfaces
Industrial Ethernet via IE Hybrid socket (IP65);
RJ45 connection
External antenna connections
ANT795-4MR antennae (omnidi-
rectional characteristics); re-
placeable
Yes
- 2 x R-SMA antenna connections
for the second radio card (anten-
nae not included in scope of
supply)
Yes
voltage
24 V DC (A-coded)
Slot for swap medium C-PLUG
Type SCALANCE W788-2RR
Operation on the HiPath
wireless controller
Power supply
24 V DC
24 V DC
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 19 V to 57 V DC
modular outlet with power insert
Power loss 10 W
Degree of protection IP65/IP67
(resistant to condensation)
Relative humidity in operation 100 %
Construction
- without antenna
125 x 90 x 118
Weight 1.07 kg
Software HiPath wireless convergence
software RF management
Data security WEP, WPA2/IEEE 802.11i
with AES and TKIP,
EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP,
EAP-MD5, MAC filter,
IEEE 802.1x
and WLAN Controller
3/35
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
HiPath wireless controller, optiPoint WLAN phones and
further access points for the office environment
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/hipath
SCALANCE W788-2RR
controller
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AB6
SCALANCE W-740 Client Modules
3/36
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
The Ethernet client modules from the SCALANCE W-740
range are optimally suitable for interfacing stations with
Industrial Ethernet connection which are to be integrated into
Industrial Wireless LANs (IWLAN) with reliable communication
and into the PROFINET environment
In conformance with standards by supporting of IEEE 802.11,
with additional functional expansions especially for use in
Rugged metal housing and degree of protection IP65 for
protection against the ingress of water and dust;
also for outdoor use at -20 +60C (resistant to condensa-
tion)
Protection against unauthorized access, espionage, tapping
and falsification thanks to WPA2/IEEE 802.11i and 128-bit
encoding (AES)
Optional operation at 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz with data rates of up
to 54 Mbit/s
Support during configuration provided by wizard and online
help.
Simple management with Web-Server and SNMP
optional C-PLUG (configuration plug) switching medium
Comprehensive accessories with antennae, plugs, cables
including RCoax cable (fiber-optic cable) for controlled emit-
tance of the transmitted power
Benefits
IWLAN is ideally suited to demanding industrial applications with
requirements for reliable radio communication:
Reliable radio link, e.g. through redundant connection,
automatic roaming in event of interruption in connection to
Industrial Ethernet (forced roaming), cyclic monitoring of radio
link (link check) or monitoring for IP connections (IP alive)
operation of a process as well as for critical process data
(e.g. alarm signals), as well as for non-critical communication
(e.g. service and diagnostics)
High degree of investment security because all products
are compatible with the internationally recognized industrial
No wear on rotating and moving devices, or plant components
difficult to access or in hostile environments
Suitable for industrial environments, e.g. through rugged
metal enclosure, industrial approvals (e.g. UL, FM, CE, explo-
sion protection Zone 2 (Atex), E1 (vehicles), PCS 7, EN 50155
(trains and trams)) and resistance to condensation
Increased plant availability through non-contact and thus
wear-free data transmission to mobile communication part-
ners with RCoax cable
Application
The SCALANCE W-700 products offer a reliable radio connec-
tion, versatile redundancy mechanisms, and fast transfer of sta-
tions from one access point to the next (roaming). In this manner,
processes can be monitored and production failures through
machine downtimes avoided. In addition, Industrial Wireless
LAN (IWLAN) can be used in time-critical applications associ-
ated with production automation (PROFINET). Due to the high
degree of protection IP65 and the extended temperature range
from -20 +60 C, the products are suitable for use in the food
and beverages industry (cooling technology) and in logistics.
SCALANCE W products are silicone-free and can therefore also
be used in paint plants. When using the RCoax cable (fiber-optic
cable), operation is also possible in conveying technology and
all track applications (e.g. local public transport).
Automated guided vehicles and suspended monorails;
Crane;
reliable intervention in the process thanks to data communica-
tion over IWLAN with mobile units; the number of operator
panels is therefore determined by the number of personnel
and no longer by the number of control desks
3/37
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
control cabinet
Online access to service and maintenance drawings;
over IWLAN;
conveyor belts, rotating machines, trucks
train lines)
(fiber-optic cable)
Design
Wireless card (compatible with IEEE 802.11b/g and
IEEE 802.11a/h) permanently installed in device
Two omnidirectional antennas ANT795-4MR (omnidirectional
characteristics) bolted to housing (R-SMA) (included in deliv-
ery). These two antennas can be replaced by antennas from
the SCALANCE W-700 range, retaining antenna diversity.
Robust metal housing, shock and vibration-proof for severe
mechanical loading
Designed without rotating parts (e.g. operation without fans)
High level of protection against dust and splashwater with
Ambient temperatures from -20 C +60 C
Redundant energy feed via screw-fit M12 connectors
(19 57 V DC)
For operation on 100 V 240 V AC line network, the
PS791-1PRO is available. It can simply be bolted on with the
SCALANCE W products
Construction and design appropriate to field of application
with SIMATIC control components
Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
Wall mounting;
a 90 mm length of S7-300 DIN rail (assembled vertically) can
be used to assist mounting (screws included in scope of sup-
ply). If mounting is to be made on a horizontal S7-300 DIN rail,
the antenna characteristic must be taken into account. When
mounting in a control cabinet, remote antennae must be used
(Faraday cage).
Hybrid cable and plug connectors
One cable for voltage supply and data (Ethernet):
- 24 V DC voltage supply and Industrial Ethernet interface via
the IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 and the IE FC Modular
- Power-over-Ethernet compliant with IEEE 802.3af with
vibration-proof IP67 Hybrid connector (included)
IP67 Hybrid connector
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W-740 client modules
Possibilities for power supply from SCALANCE W access points/client modules
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
2
0
2x antennas,
detachable
back:
C-Plug
protective
clip
wall-
mounting
10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
hybrid
socket
energy
redundant
energy
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
2
2
24 V DC and data
transmission on
one line
24 V DC and data
transmission on
two separate lines
Redundant
24 V DC and data
transmission on
one line
90 V 265 V AC
and data trans-
mission on two
separate lines
48 V DC and data transmission on one
line (Power over Ethernet) according to
IEEE 802.3af
(8-core) (4-core,
modulated)
(8-core) (4-core and
2-core)
(8-core and
2-core)
(4-core and
3-core)
IE hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0.34
IE standard cable 2x2
Power M12 cable connector
Power Supply PS791-1PRO
Use
Installation of only
one line
Data and power on
two separate lines
Redundant
power supply
Operation with
90 V 265 V AC
Operation with Power over Ethernet
(PoE)
3/38
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Function
The SCALANCE W-700 products support the following functions
of an IWLAN wireless connection:
Cyclic monitoring of wireless link between access point and
Redundancy mechanisms for reliable wireless infrastructure
radio signals
Optional use of separate antennas for customer-specific
requirements
Automatic switching back to lower data rates if quality of
connection is reduced
Operation in conjunction with HiPath Wireless Controller
possible
With the SCALANCE W products, a wireless network with ap-
proval in more than 30 countries is set up in the license-free ISM
bands at 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz. This wireless network permits a very
reliable radio connection via IWLAN at up to 54 Mbit/s.
SCALANCE W supports the IEEE 802.11h standard that
includes the stringent ETSI requirements of the European
countries.
Security
A high degree of data security is achieved by means of the mod-
ern mechanisms of Wi-Fi Protected Access
(WPA2/IEEE 802.11i). These define modern procedures that
control a regular exchange of the complete 128-bit code, but
also perform the user authentication of a node.
The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is available for data
encryption. All encryption mechanisms are already integrated in
the products and do not incur any additional costs. If a security
concept with Virtual Private Networks (VPN) or the SCALANCE S
range is required, the products can be integrated without any
difficulty.
Product versions
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
The Ethernet client module SCALANCE W744-1PRO established
the radio link of just one mobile device with an Ethernet interface
to the wireless network. SCALANCE W-780 Access Points imple-
ment the wireless network in which SCALANCE W-740 Access
Points can move freely. The Ethernet Client Module is handed
over automatically and transparently for the application from one
access point to the next (roaming).
SCALANCE W744-1PRO can administer one single IP address,
namely that of the connected device. If this is replaced, the
Ethernet client module recognizes this automatically and admin-
isters this new address. This reduces plant downtimes and
sources of error.
Mobile controls in an automatic guided vehicle (AGV)
In addition to the infrastructure mode, SCALANCE W744-1PRO
can also be operated in ad hoc mode. In this infrequently used
mode, a simple radio link is established between several mobile
devices without using an access point. It enables a SCALANCE
W744-1PRO to communicate with another SCALANCE W740
device or with a wireless card (e.g. CP 7515).
Industrial
Ethernet
HMI
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Field PG/Notebook
with CP 7515
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Automatic Guided
Vehicle System
AGVS
IE Client
Module
SCALANCE
W744-1PRO
S7-300
Automatic Guided Vehicle System
AGVS
Automatic Guided
Vehicle System
AGVS
IE Client
Module
SCALANCE
W744-1PRO
S7-300
IE Client
Module
SCALANCE
W744-1PRO
S7-300
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
2
1
3/39
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
The SCALANCE W746-1PRO Ethernet client module administers
the wireless connection for up to eight devices with Ethernet
interface. It is then possible to integrate mobile units with a small
Ethernet network (up to 8 devices) extremely effectively into an
IWLAN radio field. If one of the connected devices is replaced,
the Ethernet client module recognizes this automatically, and
administers this new address. This reduces plant downtimes
and sources of error.
Ethernet network with SCALANCE W746-1PRO client module
The automatic guided vehicles (AGV) shown in the graphic can
move freely in the three radio cells, and are automatically
passed on from one SCALANCE W788-1PRO Access Point to
the next (roaming). The wireless interface on the FTS is imple-
mented by SCALANCE W746-1PRO which can administer up to
eight devices. Wireless access from a Field PG to the FTS is
additionally possible for configuration or diagnostics purposes..
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
0
5
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
S7-300
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
PC
SIMATIC
HMI
Switch
SCALANCE X208
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
S7-300
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
PC
SIMATIC
HMI
Switch
SCALANCE X208
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
S7-300
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
PC
SIMATIC
HMI
Switch
SCALANCE X208
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
S7-300
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
PC
SIMATIC
HMI
Switch
SCALANCE X208
Industrial Ethernet
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
S7-400
SIMATIC HMI
Radio cell 3 Radio cell 1
Radio cell 2
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
3/40
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
SCALANCE W747-1RR
The wireless interface of the SCALANCE W788-1RR Access
Point provides the radio field with rapid roaming for the
PROFINET IO data communication which requires very short
updating times. Rapid roaming is an expansion of Industrial
Wireless LAN, and offers real-time wireless communication even
if stations move from one radio cell to another (roaming) and
updating times of up to 16 ms are required. As known with
Industrial Wireless LAN, communication is also predictable in
the radio field with rapid roaming (strict real-time requirements),
even with very many stations. No stations conforming to
IEEE 802.11 can be operated in this radio field since the stan-
dard does not allow such high-performance.
The SCALANCE W747-1RR Ethernet Client Module administers
the wireless connection to a radio field with rapid roaming for
up to 8 devices with Ethernet interface. It is then possible to
integrate mobile units with a small Ethernet network (up to 8
devices) extremely effectively into a radio field with rapid
roaming. If one of the connected devices is replaced, the
Ethernet client module recognizes this automatically, and admin-
isters this new address. This reduces plant downtimes and
sources of error.
Ethernet network with SCALANCE W747-1RR client module
The RCoax cable (radiating cable) is being increasingly used to
avoid problems resulting from wear of the sliding contacts of
track vehicles. This establishes a contact-free connection for
data communication with the moving units. If the data has to be
additionally transmitted with fixed response times, a radio field
with rapid roaming can be optimally used.
Note:
SCALANCE W747-1RR can also be configured conforming to
the IEEE 802.11 standard as an alternative to operation in a radio
field with rapid roaming. Rapid roaming is then impossible.
Web-based (http Server) management tool for configuration
and diagnosis using a standard browser
LEDs for signaling operating and fault states
Signaling of faults by means of SNMP trap or e-mail to a net-
work management tool
Bolt-on shaft on the rear panel of the device for the optional re-
placement medium C-PLUG (configuration plug) for simple re-
placement of the module without a programming device in the
event of failure
PC PC PC
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
2
4
Track-based vehicle
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Track-based vehicle IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Track-based vehicle IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
module client
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
module client
SCALANCE
W747-1RR
module client
3/41
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Integration
Separate lines for supplying power and data
In addition to the standard scope of supply for SCALANCE
W-700, this system configuration uses the IE FC TP Standard
Cable 2 x 2 (type A, to be ordered in addition).
This Industrial Ethernet cable is connected on site to the sup-
plied IP67 hybrid plug connector. A Power M12 Cable Connector
PRO must be ordered in addition for the power supply.
This configuration is meaningful if the devices are only sepa-
rated by a few meters.
If the power and data are to be applied to the Ethernet client
module via one cable, a hybrid cable (to be ordered in addition)
is used as well as the FC Modular Outlet with Power Insert
(assembly in the Outlet possible in the field). The hybrid plug
connector from the scope of supply can be configured on site by
the user.
If a 100 240 V AC supply is available, the PS791-1PRO is
used. A connecting cable to SCALANCE W-700 and an AC plug
are included in the scope of supply (AC cable is not supplied).
Note:
A standard RJ45 plug also latches in the housing socket of the
hybrid connector. However, the degree of protection IP65 is then
lost.
SCALANCE W-700 additionally supports both options of the
Power-over-Ethernet standard IEEE 802.3af
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
0
9
IE FC cable 2x2
with hybrid plug connector
24V DC
Energy Cable 2x0,75
with Power M12 cable
connector PRO
SCALANCE
W-700 S7-300
IEEE 802.11b 212 - 2.462 GHz,
1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbit/s;
IEEE 802.11g 212 - 2.462 GHz,
1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbit/s;
IEEE 802.11a/h 515 - 5.25 GHz, 525 - 5.35 GHz, ,7 - 5.8 GHz,
6, 9 , 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbit/s;
Type SCALANCE W744-1PRO,
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
SCALANCE W747-1RR
Wireless card permanently installed 1 1
Data transmission rate according to
IEEE 802.11b Yes Yes
IEEE 802.11g Yes Yes
IEEE 802.11a/h Yes Yes
Yes, additional priority assignment
with IEEE 802.11e and WMM
Yes, additional priority assignment
with IEEE 802.11e and WMM
Redundant radio connection Yes Yes
Cyclic link check Yes Yes
(IP Alive)
Yes Yes
Automatic roaming when the con-
nection to Industrial Ethernet is in-
terrupted (Forced Roaming)
Yes Yes
Wireless approvals Current approvals can be found in the Internet at
Current approvals can be found in the Internet at
Rapid Roaming No Yes
Interfaces
Industrial Ethernet via IE Hybrid socket (IP65); RJ45 connection IE Hybrid socket (IP65); RJ45 connection
External antenna connections 2 x R-SMA with two screwed-on ANT795-4MR anten-
nae (omnidirectional characteristics); replaceable
2 x R-SMA with two screwed-on ANT795-4MR anten-
nae (omnidirectional characteristics); replaceable
ANT795-4MR antennae
(omnidirectional characteristics);
replaceable
Yes Yes
voltage
4-pole M12 interface 24 V DC (A-coded) 4-pole M12 interface 24 V DC (A-coded)
3/42
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Type SCALANCE W744-1PRO,
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
SCALANCE W747-1RR
Connection for swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG
Supply voltage
24 V DC
48 V DC (IEEE 802.3af),
24 V DC
19 V 57 V DC 19 V 57 V DC
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 19 V 57 V DC
power supply: IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with power
insert
19 V 57 V DC
power supply: IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with power
insert
Power loss 10 W 10 W
Operating temperature -20 C +60 C (resistant to condensation) -20 C +60 C (resistant to condensation)
Relative humidity in operation 100 % 100 %
Construction
- without antenna 125 x 90 x 118 125 x 90 x 118
Weight 1.05 kg 1.05 kg
Software Web-based Manager Web-based Manager
Data security WEP, WPA2/IEEE 802.11i with AES and TKIP, EAP-TLS,
EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, EAP-MD5, EAP-MSChapv2,
MAC filter, Admin password, IEEE 802.1x
WEP, WPA2/IEEE 802.11i with AES and TKIP, EAP-TLS,
EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, EAP-MD5, EAP-MSChapv2,
MAC filter, Admin password, IEEE 802.1x
SCALANCE W-740 client modules
IWLAN Ethernet client modules
2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s.
National approvals; WPA/AES;
Power over Ethernet (PoE),
(-20 +60C);
Scope of supply: 2 antennas
manual on CD ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
6GK5 744-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 744-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
with Industrial Ethernet connection
6GK5 746-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 746-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W747-1RR
Ethernet connection
6GK5 747-1SR00-2AA6
6GK5 747-1SR00-2AB6
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet with
power insert
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
Fast Connect RJ45 modular outlet
replaceable insert for 1 x 24 V
and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 6XV1 870-2J
4-wire, shielded installation cable;
sold by the meter, up to 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10
minimum order 20 m
3/43
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Note:
Additional information regarding national approvals is available
in the Internet at: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
More information
cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
Tel. +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax +49 ( 0911/750 99 91
IWLAN RCoax cables
Radiating cable for complex radio
environments as special antenna
for SCALANCE W Access Points;
(-40 + 85 C); sold by the meter
2.4 GHz 6XV1 875-2A
5 GHz 6XV1 875-2D
IP67 hybrid connector 09 45 125 1300.00
SCALANCE W-700 to
Industrial Ethernet and Power
over Ethernet (PoE),
1 piece
HARTING Deutschland
GmbH & Co KG
Postfach 24-51
D-32381 Minden
Tel. +49 571-8896-0
Fax. +49 571-8896-354
E-Mail: de.sales@HARTING.com
Internet: http://www.HARTING.com
PRO
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Terminal socket for connection of
supply voltage; 4-pole, a-coded,
with assembly instructions, 3 items.
IP65 (-20 +60C),
input: 90 265 V AC,
output: 24 V DC, metal housing;
cable connector, DC power cord/
instruction manual
German/English
CP 7515
6GK1 751-5AA00
PCMCIA card (32-bit; CardBus)
for connecting a PG/PC/note-
book to Industrial Wireless LAN
acc. to IEEE 802.11b/g/a
(2.4/5 GHz, up to 54 Mbit/s),
and national approvals;
incl. Client Manager and driver for
sional/Server, XP Professional,
2003 Server; manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
Accessories
IE Hybrid RJ45 Socket Dust
Cover
6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0
Dust cap for RJ45 port socket
(Industrial Ethernet/PoE) of
SCALANCE W-700
Antenna ANT795-4MR 6GK5 795-4MR00-0AA6
incl. R-SMA plug 4 dBi,
IP65 (-20 +60 C), 2.4/5 GHz,
national approvals, direct mount-
ing on SCALANCE W788-1PRO,
W788-2PRO, W744-1PRO,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
characteristic; antenna gain incl.
R-SMA plug and 5 m cable 3 dBi,
IP65 (-30 +50 C), 2.4/5 GHz
material for wall and mast mount-
ing with 1 x TI795-1R termination
resistor, manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
Antenna ANT792-8DR
Antenna with directional effect;
antenna gain incl. R-SMA plug
and 5 m cable 10 dBi,
IP65 (-20 +60C), 2.4 GHz,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
With 5 m pre-assembled cable,
10 dBi
6GK5 792-8DR00-0AA6
Without cable, 13 dBi 6GK5 792-8DR01-0AA6
Antenna with strong directional
effect; antenna gain incl. R-SMA
plug and 5 m cable 14 dBi,
IP65/IP67 (-30 +50 C), 5 GHz,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
Termination Impedance TI795-1R 6GK5 795-1TR00-0AA6
50 ohm for terminating the
second R-SMA antenna socket,
when operating a SCALANCE
W-700 radio interface with only
one antenna, IP65 (-20 +60C),
3 items
IWLAN antenna
extension cable FRNC
Cable preassembled with two
R-SMA plugs, for extension of the
antennae of the ANT790 version
complete with installation
instructions
5 m 6XV1 875-3FH50
15 m 6XV1 875-3FN15
Lightning Protector LP798-1PRO 6GK5 798-1LP00-0AA6
Lightning protection element with
R-SMA plug for the ANT790
antennae, IP65 (-40 +100 C)
Configuration plug, swap medium
for simple replacement of the
module in the event of a fault;
for storing configuration or engi-
neering and application data;
Preset-PLUG 6GK5 798-8AB00
Swap medium for simple initial
startup of IWLAN clients, e.g.
SCALANCE W-740 Client
Modules or IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
Accessories
Antennae, terminating resistor
3/44
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
Antennas
Separate antennae increase the reliability of radio links by
optimizing the receiving and radiation of signals
Implementation in Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) networks
as well as in Standard Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11) networks at
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with data transmission rates of up to
54 Mbit/s
Easy to install because the antennae are pre-assembled with
antenna cable and R-SMA plugs;
as an option, an extension cable is offered
All antenna cables are flame-resistant, chemical-resistant and
silicone-free
Termination Impedance TI795-1R
The antenna termination impedance TI795-1R must be used
with SCALANCE W-700 products if only one antenna is
installed
Lightning Protector LP798-1PRO
The lightning protector LP798-1PRO extends the application
range of separate antennae outdoors
Flexible industrial use thanks to protection against ingress of
water and dust to the degree of protection IP65
Also for outdoor with extended temperature range
All accessories are suitable for use with SCALANCE W-700
including national approvals
Benefits
IWLAN is ideally suited to demanding industrial applications
with requirements for reliable radio communication
operation of a process (IWLAN) as well as for critical process
data (e.g. alarm signals), as well as for non-critical communi-
cation (wireless LAN), e.g. for service and diagnosis
compatible with the internationally recognized industrial stan-
dard IEEE 802.11 and suitable for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Optimized use of SCALANCE W-700 products due to
- directional antenna for directed lighting of production lines
as well as point-to-point links for coupling data networks
- circular beam antennae (omnidirectional) for designing up
an IWLAN radio infrastructure
difficult to access or in hostile environments
Application
Separate antennae optimize the transmission and receiving con-
ditions and support the use of IWLAN products in a number of
industrial applications. On the radio interfaces for radio channel
1, instead of the supplied antennae with a circular beam a sep-
arate antennae can also be used. This also applies to the two ra-
dio interfaces for radio channel 2 of the SCALANCE W788-2PRO
and SCALANCE W788-2RR Dual Access Points, for which a
second pair of antennae is not supplied.
With directional antennae, conveyor belts or corridors can be
covered by radio as well as point-to-point links over hundreds of
meters. Alternatively, an omnidirectional antenna concentrates
the radio field around the antenna in the shape of a disc which
enhances the quality of the connection. If the supplied antenna
cable is not long enough, it can be extended using an extension
cable. If the lightning protection element is used, the antennae
can be installed outdoors with no problem.
Note:
Each additional cable causes further attenuation and therefore a
weakening of the radio signal.
Automated guided vehicles and overhead conveyors;
Crane;
tion over IWLAN with mobile units;
The number of operator panels is therefore determined by the
number of personnel and no longer by the number of control
desks.
without the need for time-consuming modifications in the con-
trol cabinet
Immediate updating of the measures performed in the system
over IWLAN;
conveyor belts, transversing tables, elevators, rotating
machines, trucks
train lines)
(fiber-optic cable)
Accessories
3/45
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Design
Function
Separate antennae are used to optimize the radio field for the
application. This makes a reliable radio link possible in industrial
applications
ANT795-6MR and ANT795-4MR
With these omnidirectional antennae, the radio field is con-
centrated on a plane vertical with respect to the antenna.
The field is evenly distributed around the antenna (360), but is
reduced in strength as the distance from the antenna increases.
Both antennae have a total beam angle of 30 and a similar
antenna gain In contrast to the ANT795-4MR, which is mounted
directly on the housing, ANT795-6MR supports the option of
separate mounting using the permanently attached antenna
cable.
Above and below the antenna, there is no radiation. Outside the
vertical antenna plane, when the total beam angle is reached,
the antenna gain falls to half the value. The quality of the radio
link is significantly poorer here.
ANT792-8DR and ANT793-8DR
These antennae concentrate the radio field in the shape of a
cone (for greater clarity, a funnel is shown schematically in the
diagram). The radiation is stronger in the vertical antenna plane.
Moving away from this direction by the beam angle makes a
radio link almost impossible. This is why this type of antenna is
known as "directional". The antennas are supplied with pre-
assembled 5 m antenna cable, ANT792-8DR is available alter-
natively without a cable.
Antenna cable
Cables with especially low attenuation must be selected so that
the quality of the radio signal is only affected to a minimal extent.
Particular attention was paid to the following design characteris-
tics to make the products suitable for industrial use:
Flame resistance
Low smoke output in the event of fire
Silicone-free
Resistant to corrosion
For optimized installation, the 5 m and 15 m IWLAN Antenna
Extension Cable FRNC, preassembled with two R-SMA connec-
tions, can be supplied. This extension cable can be lengthened
by a further extension cable. This increases the attenuation of
the signal.
Antenna terminating impedance TI795-1R
The radio interfaces of SCALANCE W-700 products are
equipped with antenna diversity for extremely good reception in
areas problematic for radio. Two antennae are used for reception
in this case to minimize the negative effects of reflection from
metallic objects or multiple path propagation.
If this feature is not used and only one antenna is used (e.g.
when a directional antenna is used or to save costs), the second
R-SMA socket of the SCALANCE W-700 products must be
equipped with a terminating impedance.
Lightning protection element LP798-1PRO
When separate antennae are used outdoors there is a risk of
lightning strikes. To prevent damage, the lightning protection
element LP798-1PRO can be used.
Type ANT792-8DR ANT793-8DR ANT795-4MR ANT795-6MR Antenna
extension
cable FRNC
TI795-1R LP798-1PRO
Connectors R-SMA R-SMA R-SMA R-SMA R-SMA R-SMA R-SMA
Mounting Walls, masts Walls, masts Device Walls, masts Device On the cable
Antenna cable 0 m/5 m 5 m 5 m 15 m/5 m
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
2
7
ANT 795-6/4MR
Beam
angle
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
2
8
Beam angel
ANT 792-8DR/
ANT 793-8DR
Accessories
3/46
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Note:
The range can be considerably less, depending on spatial factors, the wireless standard applied,
the data rate, and the antennas used on the opposite side..
ANT792-8DR ANT793-8DR ANT795-4MR ANT795-6 MR
Frequency range 2.4 - 2.5 GHz 5.15 - 5.9 GHz 2.4 GHz, 5.
15 - 5.35 GHz,
5.725 - 5.85 GHz
2.4 GHz,
5.15 -5.35 GHz
Characteristic Directional Directional Omni-directional Omni-directional
Radiation angle 30 horizontal,
30 vertical
20 horizontal,
20 vertical
360 horizontal,
30 vertical
360 horizontal,
30 vertical
Antenna gain, incl. antenna cable
and connector
12.5 dBi (2.4 - 2.5 GHz)
minus 0.5 dBi/m antenna
cable
14 dBi (5.15 - 5.9 GHz) 3 dBi (2.4 GHz),
5 dBi (5.15 - 5.35 GHz)
3 dBi (2.4 GHz),
3.5 dBi (5.15 - 5.35 GHz)
SWR Max. 1.5 Max. 2.0 Max. 2.0 Max. 2.0
Connectors R-SMA R-SMA R-SMA R-SMA
Length of antenna cable 0 m/5 m 5 m 5 m
Operating temperature -20 C to +60 C -20 C to +60 C -20 C to +60 C -20 C to +60 C
Transport/storage temperature -20 C to +60 C -20 C to +60 C -20 C to +60 C -20 C to +60 C
Relative humidity 100% 100% 100% 100%
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 190 x 190 x 20 190 x 190 x 28 148 x 35 x 13 420 x 25
Mounting Wall or mast Wall or mast Directly on the device Wall or mast
Weight 500 g 1000 g 50 g 600 g
Approvals
Wireless approvals Current national
approvals can be found
in the Internet under
www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/ik-info
Current national
www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/ik-info
Current national
www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/ik-info
Current national
www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/ik-info
IEC 60754-1/-2, IEC 601034,
IEC 60332-1
Yes (cable) Yes (cable) Yes (cable)
UL Yes (cable) Yes (cable) Yes (cable)
Range with unobstructed
line of sight
1000 m 1000 m 100 m 100 m
Antenna extension cable FRNC
Attenuation 0.5 dB/m at 2.4 GHz,
0.8 dB/m at 5 GHz
Connectors R-SMA
Length of antenna cable 15 m/5 m
Relative humidity 100%
Behavior in fire IEC 60332-1
Halogen-free Yes
Silicone-free Yes
Resistance to mineral oils
and grease
Partially resistant
Weight 500 g
Approvals IEC 60754-1/-2, IEC 601034,
IEC 60332-1, UL
Lightning Protector
LP798-1PRO
Frequency range 0 to 5.8 GHz
Impedance 50 ohm
Connectors R-SMA
Dimensions (L x D) in mm 36.8 x 17
Weight 50 g
Termination impedance
TI795-1R
Frequency range 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz
Impedance 50 ohm
Connectors R-SMA
Operating temperature -20 C bis +60 C
Transport/storage temperature -20 C bis +60 C
Relative humidity 100 %
Dimensions (L x D) in mm 15 x 10
Weight 5 g
Accessories
3/47
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
You can order additional components from the SIMATIC NET
cable range from your local Siemens contact.
For technical support with your order, contact:
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
Antenna ANT792-8DR
Antenna with directivity; antenna
gain incl. R-SMA plug;
IP65 (-20 C to +60 C), 2.4 GHz,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
With 5 m pre-assembled cable,
10 dBi
6GK5 792-8DR00-0AA6
Without cable, 13 dBi 6GK5 792-8DR01-0AA6
Antenna with high degree of
directivitiy; antenna gain
14 dBi, IP65 (-20 C to +60 C),
5 GHz, US/Canadian approvals,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
Antenna with omni-directional char-
acteristic; antenna gain
incl. R-SMA plug 4-5 dBi,
IP65 (-20 C to +60 C), 2.4/5 GHz,
national approvals, direct
mounting on SCALANCE W788-
1PRO, W788-2PRO, W744-1PRO,
manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
3 dBi, IP65 (-20 C to +60 C),
2.4/5 GHz, Wi-Fi compliance and
material for wall and mast
mounting, manual on CD-ROM;
English/German
IWLAN antenna extension cable
FRNC
Cable pre-assembled with
two R-SMA connectors, for exten-
sion of antennae of type ANT790;
cable attenuation 2.5 dBi;
with installation instructions;
extension cable can be connected
to a further extension cable
5 m 6XV1 875-3FH50
15 m 6XV1 875-3FN15
Lightning Protector
LP798-1PRO
6GK5 798-1LP00-0AA6
with R-SMA plug for the
ANT790 antennae,
IP65 (-40 C to +100 C)
Termination impedance
TI795-1R
6GK5 795-1TR00-0AA6
50 ohm for terminating the sec-
ond R-SMA antenna socket, when
operating a SCALANCE W-700
radio interface with only one
antenna, IP65 (-20 C to +60 C),
3 items
Accessories
Power Supply
3/48
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
The PS791-1PRO power supply is an AC/DC power supply
for input voltages of 90-265 V AC for all SCALANCE products
with degree of protection IP65
Direct mounting on the SCALANCE W-700 and SCALANCE
X-200 devices, but also suitable for wall or DIN rail mounting
(DIN or S7-300)
Rugged metal housing with IP65 class protection against
water and dust
Operating temperature -20 C to 60 C
Benefits
Less stock keeping through one power supply for all
SCALANCE products with degree of protection IP65
Worldwide use due to wide range of line input voltages
High operational reliability due to short-circuit-resistance,
no-load-resistance and buffering of short network faults
Wide field of application through :
- wide input voltage range
- high efficiency
- low heat generation
Design
Design without fan and rugged metal casing;
high protection against dust and splashwater with degree of
protection IP65
Operating temperatures from -20C to +60C
Connection to AC network via AC Power 3+PE cable connec-
tor (included)
Connection to SCALANCE products with degree of protection
IP65
In other applications the Power M12 Plug pro is used for DC
output (to be ordered separately)
Direct mounting on SCALANCE products with degree of pro-
tection IP65 with supplied installation material; also suitable
for wall or mounting on standard mounting rail (S7-300)
Example for the use of power supply PS791-1PRO with SCALANCE X
Note:
When SCALANCE W is connected to SCALANCE X208PRO, the
power supply in the hybrid connector is not available; power
must be supplied via the M12 plug connector.
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
S7-300 with CP 343-1
Control & monitoring
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
with PS791-1PRO
Power Supply
Field PG
with CP 7515
230 V AC
PG
screwed cable gland
PG screwed
cable gland
PG-screwed
cable gland
IPC
with CP 1616
Small switching cabinet
24 V DC
230 V AC
PS791-1PRO
Power Supply
24V DC
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
ET 200pro
ET 200pro
ET 200S
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
7
8
Accessories
Power Supply
3/49
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
More information
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
Power supply PS791-1PRO
Interfaces AC Power 3+PE cable connec-
tor for 100-240V AC feed
M12 Plug pro or Power Cord
M12 for DC 24V output voltage
On/Off switch
Input voltage 90 V to 260 V AC at 47 Hz to
63 Hz
Output voltage 24 V DC, +-7%, 0.42 A
Output power 10 W
System disturbances Stored energy time at least 20 ms
at 230 V AC
Operating temperature -20C to 60C
Transport/storage temperature -40C to +85C
Approvals EMC:
EN 55022 Class B,
EN 61000-4;
UL 1950, EN 60950;
Device failure MTBF 600,000 h at full load,
25 C
Switching frequency typ. 100 kHz
Mounting Wall/DIN rail mounting (S7-300)
directly on SCALANCE devices
Weight 700 g
IP65 (-20 to +60 C),
input: 90 V - 265 V AC,
output: 24 V DC,
metal housing;
cable connector, DC power cord
instruction manual
German/English
Terminal socket for connection to
Power Supply PS791-1PRO for
24 V DC supply voltage;
4-pole, a-coded,
with assembly instructions, 3 pcs.
AC Power 3+PE
cable connector
6GK1 907-0FC10-0AA5
Connection socket for connection
of Power Supply PS791-1PRO
to AC voltage supply,
5 units
Power cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1 812-8A
Connecting cable for
power supply PS791-1PRO,
sold by the meter
CP 7515
3/50
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
The CP 7515 is a PC card (32-bit CardBus) for operation on an
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) radio network with reliable
communication. The CP 7515 can be used in a standard
WLAN according to IEEE 802.11b/g and IEEE 802.11a at
2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
Transmission rates up to 54 Mbps (108 Mbps in turbo mode)
with IEEE 802.11g and IEEE 802.11a.
Two integrated antennae (for antenna diversity) for reliable
reception in areas that place high demands on radio commu-
nication
Highly reliable thanks to reserving the data rate
(only in combination with SCALANCE W-700 Access Points)
High degree of protection against unauthorized access
thanks to WPA and 128-bit encoding (AES)
Integration in STEP 7/NCM PC
Communication services using ISO or TCP/IP transport
protocols:
- PG communication
- S7 communication
For use in industrial environments as well as in office/enter-
prise areas
ncluded in the scope of supply of the respective communica-
tion software.
Benefits
IWLAN is ideally suited to demanding industrial applications
with requirements for reliable radio communication
operation of a process (IWLAN) as well as for critical process
data (e.g. alarm signals), as well as for non-critical communi-
cation (WLAN), e.g. for service and diagnosis
compatible with the internationally recognized industrial
No wear on rotating and moving devices or equipment
Application
The CP 7515 can be used both in the industrial environment
(IWLAN) and in the office. The IWLAN radio network from
SCALANCE W788-1PRO and SCALANCE W788-2PRO (Access
Points) provides a high degree of reliability in the radio link which
supports its use in production and manufacturing. The CP 7515
can also be used in a standard WLAN radio network acc. to
IEEE 802.11.
tion over IWLAN with mobile units;
the number of operator panels is therefore determined by the
number of personnel and no longer by the number of control
desks.
control cabinet
over IWLAN;
optimized processes and reduced error quotas thanks to
conveyor belts, rotating machines
Design
PC card for the 32-bit CardBus;
two antennae (incl. diversity) for operation in a radio network
to IEEE 802.11b/g and IEEE 802.11a are permanently in-
stalled in the card
Degree of protection IP20 at ambient temperatures of
0 C to 55 C
Protection against the ingress of dust and water to the degree
of protection IP20 at ambient temperatures of 0 C to 55 C
Integration in existing security concepts with authentication to
IEEE 802.1x and a RADIUS Server or Virtual Private Network
(VPN) is possible without any problems
Display of operating status via Power LED and Activity LED
CP 7515
3/51
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Function
The CP 7515 is a PC card for operation in a wireless radio net-
work to IEEE 802.11b/g or IEEE 802.11a with up to 54 Mbit/s
(108 Mbit/s with Turbo Mode) at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with radio
approval in over 30 countries. The CP is inserted into the 32-bit
CardBus slot of a mobile unit (e.g. PG/notebook). In this manner,
the mobile unit can move freely around the radio field and ex-
change data with other stations.
Features of an Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN):
Reservation of the data rate for selected nodes for forecasting
(strict real-time requirements) the access to the wireless me-
dium and for defining maximum transmission times
Cyclic monitoring of wireless link between Access Point and
radio signals
Automatic switching back to lower data rates if quality of
connection is reduced
Rugged radio techniques thanks to redundancy in modulation
Security
Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) and passwords provide protec-
tion from listening in and from unauthorized access.
The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) has been provided
for extensive encryption of the data. IEEE 802.1x and the
additional use of RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial In User
Service) support secure access control.
Additional protection mechanisms:
PEAP (Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol);
uses a procedure similar to SSL/TLS for establishing a secure
connection
EAP-TLS (Transport Layer Security) through Client/Server
certificate
EAP-TTLS (Tunneled Transport Layer Security) only through
server certificate;
The user identification is transmitted encrypted.
Use in conjunction with SOFTNET security client and
SCALANCE S
Configuring
The protocols "S7 communication" and S5-compatible com-
munication" are configured in STEP 7, 5.2 SP1 and higher or
NCM PC, 5.2 SP1 and higher
The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
supply of the SOFTNET-S7 and SOFTNET-PG software pack-
ages for Industrial Ethernet
NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration
Installation and parameterization with Management Tool for
Windows 2000 Professional and XP Professional
Diagnostics, management
Client Manager for setting the operating parameters and for
diagnosis of the parameterization or the transmission perfor-
mance
Status displays on the CP for power and activity
CP 7515
3/52
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Integration
In IWLAN radio networks with Access Points of the SCALANCE
W-700 product family, the radio card CP 7515 offers in addition
to transmission of data in accordance with the relevant stan-
dards (to IEEE 802.11b/g or IEEE 802.11a) the ability to reserve
the data rate and therefore capability for deterministic data com-
munication. To increase the reliability of the radio link still further,
its quality is monitored and, in the event of an error, a message
is generated.
Internet Pads and notebooks utilize the advantages of mobile
wireless communication intensively, in particular, for
Commissioning
Maintenance
Diagnostics
Service.
The CP 7515 offers the following wireless modes of access:
Interface for PC networks in the industrial environment
Access to Industrial Ethernet, e.g. for SIMATIC S5/S7, in com-
bination with the SOFTNET packages for Industrial Ethernet
IWLAN components are used for mobile access to data
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
1
7
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-400
Industrial
Ethernet
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2PRO
Field PG/
Notebook
with CP 7515
IE Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
IE Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
Automated guided
vehicle systems Mobile diagnosis and service
Wireless SPS
Separate radio network
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2PRO
ET 200S
SIMATIC S5
S7-200
CP 7515
3/53
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Type CP 7515
Data transmission rate
IEEE 802.11b 2.412 - 2.462 GHz, depending
on the national approval,
1, 2, 5.5, 11 Mbit/s
IEEE 802.11g 2.412 - 2.462 GHz, depending
on the national approval,
1, 2, 5.5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 18, 24, 36,
48, 54 Mbit/s
IEEE 802.11a 5.15 - 5.25 GHz, 5.25 - 5.35 GHz,
5.7 - 5.8 GHz, depending on the
national approval,
6, 9 , 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 54 Mbit/s
Turbo mode Max. 108 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Connection to PG/PC/Notebook PC card Type II (32-bit CardBus)
Antennas Two integral antennae (antenna
diversity) for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz
Encryption
IEEE 802.1x Support EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, WEP,
WPA with AES and TKIP
Industrial wireless LAN Reserving the data transmission
rate for clients and deterministic
data communication
Cyclic monitoring of the radio
channel
Wireless approvals
Wi-Fi Compliance
(Wireless Fidelity)
Yes
National approvals current approvals can
be found in the Internet under
www.siemens.de/
simatic-net/ik-info
Power supply 3.3 V DC
Current consumption max. 600 mA
Power loss max. 2 W
Relative humidity in operation max. 90 %, non-condensing
Construction
Module format PC card (32-bit CardBus)
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 5 x 54 x 110 mm
Weight 50 g
Space requirements 1x PC Card Type II slot
Software Driver software and client
manager for 32-bit Windows
2000 Professional,
XP Professional, 2003 Server
CP 7515
6GK1 751-5AA00
IWLAN PC Card (32 bit; CardBus)
for connecting a programming
device/PC/notebook to
Industrial Wireless LAN acc. to
IEEE 802.11b/g/a (2.4/5 GHz,
up to 54 Mbit/s), and national
approvals; incl. Client Manager
and driver for 32-bit
Windows 2000 Profes-
sional/Server, XP Professional;
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
Software for S7 and
S5-compatible communication,
nication and NCM PC; up to 64
connections, single license for
Windows XP Professional, 2003
Server, 2000 Professional/Server;
German/English
6GK1 704-1PW63-3AA0
tion runtime software, software
German/English
SOFTNET-PG Edition 2005
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
Professional, 2003 Server, 2000
German/English
SOFTNET Security Client 2004 6GK1 704-1VW01-0AA0
IP-based VPN connections from
programming device/PC to
runtime software, configuration
tool and electronic manual on
Professional, XP Professional;
German/English/French/
Italian/Spanish
CP 7515
3/54
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Update Service
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
PROFIBUS, OPC server,
for one year service incl. manuals
on CD-ROM;
Prerequisite: SIMATIC NET
PC/Windows products;
German/English
SCALANCE W-780
Access Points
to 54 Mbit/s. National approvals;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), degree of protection
IP65/IP67 (-20C to +60C);
manual on CD ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
IWLAN Access Point
with built-in radio interface
6GK5 788-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 788-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
IWLAN Dual Access Point
with two built-in radio interfaces
6GK5 788-2ST00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-1RR
radio interface for designing radio
connections with rapid roaming
6GK5 788-1SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-1SR00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-2RR
designing radio connections
with rapid roaming or alternative
operation on HiPath Wireless
Controller
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AB6
Engineering tools
SINEMA E Lean
3/55
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Overview
Planning, simulation and configuration software for Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN) applications according to standard
802.11 a/b/g
Visualization of IWLAN networks e.g. according to coverage,
data transfer rate, signal/noise ratio and overlapping with
consideration of environmental and device characteristics
Configuration of single and multiple devices as well as
uploading/downloading of IWLAN device parameters
Integrated and expandable catalog entries for WLAN devices,
antennas and radio hindrances as well as standard graphics
formats for importing layout plans
Report function for documentation of configured IWLAN
environment and device characteristics
Benefits
Simplifies the planning and configuration of IWLAN applica-
tions with the assistance of simulation functions
- for determining the number, locations and parameters of
IWLAN devices
- for industrial and office environments, including outdoor
areas
- for experts and beginners, e.g. generation of quotation using
sales wizard
Clear and detailed visualization of radio and device character-
istics
Minimization of configuration and commissioning overhead
through grouped configuration and online functions, as well as
support during initial startup
Reduces configuration errors through inherent consistency
check
Reports for generation of quotation, device installation instruc-
tions and plant documentation
Flexible and open architecture for integrating further WLAN
devices (according to standard 802.11 a/b/g) for modeling,
simulation and detection of hindrances which could influence
the radio coverage
Application
SINEMA E (SIMATIC Network Manager Engineering) is the
generic term for the engineering of network products such as
SCALANCE W.
SINEMA E 2006 Lean contains the following functions for the
engineering of IWLAN networks:
Quotation phase
- simple sales wizard
- report for generation of quotation
Planning, simulation and configuration
- planning and simulation of a WLAN infrastructure
- simultaneous configuring of device groups
- generation of a report with installation guidelines
Central detection, upload/download and modification of
device parameters
Report for final documentation
Measures in event of faults and servicing
Engineering tools
SINEMA E Lean
3/56
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Application
Modeling and simulation of a WLAN infrastructure with interfering influences
Design
The SINEMA E (SIMATIC Network Manager Engineering) soft-
ware contains various tools for planning and configuring WLAN
networks in accordance with the 802.11 a/b/g standard.
Planning and simulation tool
Determination of number and location of required IWLAN
devices for optimum coverage of environment
Visualization of WLAN radio coverage and interfering influ-
ences, as well as the data transfer rate to be expected
Modeling tools for industrial and office environments
Modeling of walls and other outdoor and indoor hindrances for
a WLAN system.
Configuring (individually and using profile groups)
Configuring of individual access points and client modules
Fast and consistent configuring of access points and client
groups using profiles
Local startup
Support for assignment of addresses during first startup
Central configuration, download/upload of access points and
clients
Sales wizard
Generation of a quotation for IWLAN applications of an
industrial plant (1 floor)
Report
Generation of a quotation (result of the sales wizard)
Instructions for installation personnel
Documentation for acceptance or fault locating
Function
Modeling and simulation of a WLAN infrastructure with
interfering influences
SINEMA E can be used to design and simulate complete WLAN
networks, including the environment, from the desk. Special
algorithms take into consideration whether the WLAN applica-
tions are in industrial environments, office environments or
outdoors. Even difficult environments can be modeled rapidly
and exactly using integral tools and catalogs with known
interfering influences such as walls.
Simulation in SINEMA E takes into account all influencing factors
of the modeled WLAN infrastructure, and subsequently displays
these in various graphical views. In addition to the range, data
transfer rate, attenuation and interferences between existing
IWLAN devices, one also sees how far security-relevant data
can be received outside the plant.
The characteristics and parameters of antennas, access points
and clients can be displayed, adapted and simulated at any
time. The planning result can be displayed at any time, allowing
early recognition of faults and elimination prior to the actual hard-
ware installation.
Multi-device setting of access points and clients
The parameters of all SIMATIC NET access points and clients
are part of the SINEMA E project and can be set accordingly.
Common parameters of these devices can be combined in a
group and therefore set more rapidly.
Configuring with SINEMA E can also be carried out without the
hardware being present. SINEMA E checks the consistency of
the configuration, thus preventing faulty settings.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
1
3
5
Maintenance
& Service
Technical clarification
& Planning
Engineering Installation
& Comissioning
Customer
Online Offline
Planner
Installation
personnel
Commissioning
engineer
Service
Configuration
engineer
Engineering tools
SINEMA E Lean
3/57
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
Initial startup and configuration
Simply by pressing a key, SINEMA E identifies all SIMATIC NET
IWLAN nodes which can be accessed online, and transmits all
basic parameters of these devices, such as IP addresses etc.,
during the initial startup.
Further devices which are not yet included in the project are also
detected, and their configuration data can be added to the
project.
The initial startup can be carried out from any point in the same
subnetwork. Further settings and configurations can then also
be transmitted from other subnetworks in the Ethernet network to
all devices in the project by pressing a key.
SINEMA E report function
The integral report function can be used during any phase of the
engineering process to gain an overview and to document the
current status of the project.
The report in HTML format contains the Order Nos. of all IWLAN
devices and antennas of a project, as well as the installation co-
ordinates within and outside the model environment. In addition,
the signal quality to be expected (strength, data transfer rate
and interfering influences) is displayed for every environment.
The report permits quotations to be generated at an early point
in time, and devices can be installed for commissioning using
the coordinates data. Following commissioning, the report
serves as an acceptance document for the warranty conditions
in the case of a guarantee or servicing matter.
Integration
Supported products
WLAN access points
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
SCALANCE W788-1RR
SCALANCE W788-2RR
Standard Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g access points
1)
WLAN clients
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
SCALANCE W747-1RR
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
Standard Wi-Fi 802.11 a/b/g clients
1)
LAN adapter for online functions
SIMATIC NET CP 1613 A2
Layer 2 Ethernet card
2)
WLAN adapter for online functions
SIMATIC NET CP 7515
Standard WLAN card
3)
1) No configuration
2) Integral LAN port of notebooks and programming devices such as
Power PG M from Siemens
3) WLAN PCMCIA card or integral WLAN port of notebooks and
programming devices such as Power PG M from Siemens
More information
http://www.siemens.com/sinema
SINEMA E 2006 Lean 6GK1 781-0AA00-6AA0
Engineering software
for planning, simulating and
configuring industrial WLAN
applications on PG/PC
in accordance with 802.11 a/b/g
standard;
XP Professional +SP2;
German/English
3/58
Siemens IK PI 2007
3
7
Siemens IK PI 2007
4/2 Introduction
4/4 Process or field communication
4/9 Data communication
4/15 Topologies
4/19 Technical specifications
4/20 Network components
4/21 Network selection criteria
4/24 Connection examples
4/27 Electrical networks (RS 485)
4/27 PROFIBUS FastConnect
4/29 PROFIBUS bus cables
4/36 ECOFAST bus cables
4/39 Energy Cable
4/41 RS 485 bus connectors
4/46 830-1T connecting cable
4/47 830-2 connecting cable
4/48 PROFIBUS M12 and 7/8" plug-in
cable/connector
4/49 Bus terminals
4/52 Active RS 485 terminating element
4/53 RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS
4/54 Diagnostics repeater for PROFIBUS DP
4/56 DP/DP coupler
4/57 PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C link
4/59 Power Rail Booster
4/60 BT200 hardware test unit
4/62 Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA)
4/62 SpliTConnect
4/64 Bus cables
4/66 DP/PA coupler and link
4/69 Optical networks with OLM
4/69 Glass fiber-optic cables
4/77 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables
4/82 PCF FOC termination kits
4/83 Optical Link Module OLM
4/86 Optical networks with OBT and
integrated interface
4/86 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables
4/91 ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid cable
4/93 PCF FOC termination kits
4/94 Optical Bus Terminal OBT
4/96 Wireless Link
4/96 Infrared Link Module ILM
4/98 System interfacing for SIMATIC
4/99 CP 342-5
4/102 CP 342-5 FO
4/106 CP 343-5
4/109 CP 443-5 Basic
4/112 CP 443-5 Extended
4/115 IM 467, IM 467 FO
4/117 System interfacing for PG/PC
4/118 Performance data
4/120 Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
4/121 CP 5613 A2
4/125 CP 5613 FO
4/129 CP 5614 A2
4/134 CP 5614 FO
4/139 CP 5512
4/141 CP 5611 A2
4/143 SOFTNET for PROFIBUS
4/146 OPC Server for PROFIBUS
4/149 Connection options for SIMATIC HMI
4/149 SIMATIC S7
4/152 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
4/154 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
4/156 SIMATIC WinCC
4/162 PROFIBUS DP Switching devices,
control devices and sensors
4/162 SIMOCODE pro
motor management and control devices
4/169 SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5
motor protection and control devices
4/173 3UF18 current transformers
for overload protection
4/174 3UL22 summation current transformers
4/175 SENTRON communication-capable
circuit-breakers
Sec. 9 ECOFAST motor and soft starter
Sec.9 COMBIMASTER 411
Sec.9 MICROMASTER 411
4/176 SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
4/176 PROFsafe laser scanner
4/182 RFID System communications
modules
4/182 ASM 450/452
4/184 ASM 456
4/186 ASM 470/475
4/188 ASM 473
4/189 ASM 454/424, ASM 754/724,
ASM 854/824
4/191 STEP 7
4/193 SIMATIC PDM
Process Device Manager
4/196 SIMATIC PDM
4/200 Technology Components
4/200 PROFIBUS DP ASICs
4/203 Interface modules / interfaces
4/206 Development packages
4/207 Partner solutions
4/207 PROFIBUS SCOPE diagnostic software
4/208 Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib and
Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave
Sec. 9 ECOFAST frequency converter
PROFIBUS
according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170
PROFIBUS
Introduction
General information
4/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Bus system
- for process and field communication in cell networks with a
small number of stations and with field devices
- and for data communication acc. to IEC 61 158/EN 50 170
Offers openness for interfacing to standardized non-Siemens
components
- PROFIBUS the fieldbus standard in production and pro-
cess engineering comprises:
- specification of the standards for the physical characteristics
of the bus and the access procedure
- specification of the user protocol and the user interface
Process or field communication
- PROFIBUS DP for fast, cyclic data exchange with field
devices
- PROFIBUS PA for applications in process automation and in
the intrinsically safe area
Data communication
- PROFIBUS FMS for data communication between program-
mable controllers of different manufacturers
PROFIBUS in the communication landscape
Benefits
PROFIBUS is a powerful, open, and robust bus system, which
guarantees trouble-free communication.
The system is fully standardized, which enables trouble-free
connection of standardized components from a variety of
manufacturers.
Configuration, commissioning, and troubleshooting can be
carried out from any side. This results in user-defined commu-
nication relationships that are very versatile, simple to imple-
ment, and easy to change.
Fast assembly and startup on site with the help of the
FastConnect wiring system.
simple and effective signaling concept.
High security of investment since existing networks can be
extended without any adverse effects
High availability through ring redundancy with OLM.
Industrial Ethernet
KNX AS-Interface
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet
KNX AS-Interface
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
8
PROFIBUS
Introduction
General information
4/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Language versions and manuals can be found for the
various products at:
More information
It is important to note the restrictions for use of the specified
SIMATIC NET products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1) which you can
view on the Internet:
Manual for PROFIBUS networks
Paper version
Network architecture, configuring,
network components, installation
German 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0
English 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1
Electronic manuals
for communication systems,
protocols, products
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Process or field communication (PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS PA)
is used to link field devices to a programmable controller,
HMI system or control system.
Interfacing is performed over integrated interfaces on the
CPU or through interface modules (IMs) and communications
processors (CPs).
With modern high-performance programmable controllers it
is often more effective to link more than one PROFIBUS DP
line to one programmable controller, not just to increase the
number of I/O stations that can be connected, but also to enable
individual production areas to be handled independently
(segmentation).
PROFIBUS standardized to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 is a high-per-
formance, open, rugged fieldbus system with short response
times and the following protocols:
PROFIBUS DP
(Distributed I/O) is used to connect distributed I/O stations, such
as SIMATIC ET 200 with extremely fast response times in accor-
dance with the IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard.
PROFIBUS PA
(Process Automation) extends PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically-
safe transmission technology in accordance with the interna-
tional standard IEC 61158-2.
DP PA
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
PROFIBUS DP master
G_IK10_XX_50002
CPUs with DP interface
CP 50M0
CP 342-5/CP 342-5 FO,
CP 343-5
CP 342-5/CP 342-5 FO,
CP 343-5,
CP 443-5 Basic,
CP 443-5 Extended
IM 467/467 FO
SIMATIC TDC
ET 200S / ET 200M /
ET 200pro /
ET 200eco
S7-300 / S7-400
SIMATIC C7
SIMATIC
IM 151-1, IM 151-1 HF,
IM 151-7 CPU,
IM 151-7 F-CPU
C7-635/636
CPU 315F/317F,
CPU 414H/417H
CPU 416F,
CPU 41x -2/3
FM 458-1 DP (isochronous)
IM 153-1, IM 153-2
IM 154-1 DP, IM 154-2 DP HF
PC-based Automation
SIMATIC PC/PG
Panel PC
Rack PC
Field PG
Power PG
Box PC
Integral interface Communications processor
CP 5512
CP 5611 A2
CP 5613 A2/CP 5613 FO
CP 5614 A2/CP 5614 FO
Box PC 620/627/840
Rack PC 840/IL40 S
Panel PC IL77/670/677/870/877
Field PG
Power PGO
WinAC
CP 5613 A2
WinAC Slot 412/416
(with integral interface),
WinAC MP
(with integral interface)
CP 5611 A2, CP 5613 A2,
Integral interface PC/PG
WinAC RTX
WinAC Basis
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
PROFIBUS DP/PA is used to link field devices such as distrib-
uted I/O stations or drives with automation systems such as
SIMATIC S7 or PCs.
PROFIBUS DP/PA is used when I/O devices are widely distrib-
uted on the machine or in the plant (e.g. at the field level) and
can be combined into one station (e.g. ET 200), more than
16 inputs/outputs.
The actuators and sensors are connected to field devices. The
field devices are supplied with output data in accordance with
the master/slave technique and transfer input data to the pro-
grammable controller or PC.
High-performance tools such as STEP 7 and COM PROFIBUS
are available for configuring and parameterizing the I/O devices.
Testing and start-up is possible over PROFIBUS DP from any
connection point using these tools.
PROFIBUS DP slaves
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
0
8
Drive (e.g. SIMODRIVE)
ET 200M
S7-300 (Slave) with CPU 31x-2 DP or
CP 342-5, CP 342-5 FO
S7-200 (Slave)
ET 200S
ET 200L
Mobile Panel
C7-635, C7-636
Customized solution
with Siemens ASICs
Customized solution
with Siemens ASICs
PC with
CP 5611 A2
CP 5614 A2
CP 5614 FO
S5-115U with IM 308C
DP/AS-Interface
Link 20E
DP/PA coupler/link
DP/EIB Link
DP master e.g. PLC or PC
Master Drive
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

P
A
Vision Sensor
VS 120
VS 130
ET 200eco
ET 200pro
SITRANS F US
SITRANS P
Field device for hazardous area
ET 200iSP
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
DP device types
PROFIBUS DP distinguishes between two different master
classes and different DP functions:
DP Master Class 1
The DP Master Class 1 is the central component on PROFIBUS
DP. The central controller or PC exchanges information with
distributed stations (DP slaves) in a fixed, repeated message
cycle.
DP Master Class 2
Devices of this type are used (programming, configuration or
control devices) during start-up, for configuring the DP system
or for controlling the plant during normal operation (diagnostics).
A DP Master Class 2 can be used, for example, to read the input,
output, diagnostics and configuration data of the slaves.
DP slave
A DP slave is an I/O station that reads in input data and transfers
output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output data
depends on the device and can be up to 244 bytes.
The functional scope can differ between DP masters of Class 1
and 2 or DP slaves. This determines the performance and avail-
ability of a communications processor.
DP-V0
The DP master functions (DP-V0) comprise configuration,
parameterization, read input data and write outputs in cycles,
read diagnostics data.
DP-V1
The additional DP function expansions (DP-V 1) make it possible
to perform non-isochronous read and write functions as well as
acknowledgement of alarms at the same time as processing
cyclic data communication. These extended DP functions com-
prise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of
a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent
HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive
parameter data during start-up and during normal operation.
Data transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data)
are only rarely changed, in comparison to the cyclic measured
values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the
cyclic high-speed useful data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement
by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP
slaves.
DP-V2
The DP master functions (DP-V2) comprise functions for iso-
chronous mode and direct data communication between DP
slaves.
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode is implemented by means of a signal with a
constant bus cycle for the bus system. This isochronous, con-
stant cycle is sent by the master to all bus stations in the form of
a global control message. The master and slave can then syn-
chronize their applications with this signal. The jitter of this signal
from cycle to cycle must be less than 1 s for typical drive appli-
cations.
Direct data communication between DP slaves
The publisher/subscriber model is used to implement the direct
data communication between slaves. Slaves declared as pub-
lishers make their input data (corresponds to response message
to their own master) available to other slaves, the subscribers,
for reading. Direct slave-to-slave communication is performed
cyclically.
DP-M DP-S
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Integration
DP Master Classes
e.g. PLC/PC e.g. PC
e.g. ET 200
DP Master Class 1 DP Master Class 2
Engineering and diagnostics
Read input data
Read output data
Slave diagnostics
Read configuration
Address modification
Read/write data recordn
(acyclic)
Control tasks and diagnostics
Master diagnostics
Read bus parameters
Download/upload, etc.
Slave
DP Master Class 1 DP Master Class 2
D
P
-
V
2

D
P
-
V
1

D
P
-
V
0
D
P
-
V
1

D
P
-
V
0
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
0
4
Configuration
Parameterization
Read input data
Write output data
Read diagnostics data
Alarm acknowledge
Read/write data record
(acyclic)
Equidistance
Internode communication
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Data communication
4/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Data communication (e.g. PROFIBUS FMS) serves to exchange
data between programmable controllers or between a program-
mable controller and intelligent partners (PC, computers, etc.).
The following communication functions are available for this
purpose:
PG/OP communication
Comprises integral communication functions that are used
by the SIMATIC programmable controllers to perform data com-
munication with HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC PG
(STEP 7). PG/OP communication is supported by MPI,
PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet networks.
S7 routing
Using S7 routing it is possible to use the programming device
S7 communication
S7 communication is the integral communication function that
has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7/C7. It enables PCs
and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of use-
ful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple, pow-
erful communication services and provides a network-indepen-
dent software interface for MPI, PROFIBUS and Industrial
Ethernet networks.
The SEND/RECEIVE interface (with PROFIBUS over FDL) is op-
timized for communication between SIMATIC S5 and S7 controls
and therefore facilitates migration of SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7
controls and PCs over PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet.
Standard communication
This comprises standardized protocols for data communication .
PROFIBUS FMS (Fieldbus Message Specification)
This is ideally suited to communication from different automation
systems (e.g. PLCs, PCs) from different manufacturers at the cell
level with only a few stations (max. 16). Communication with field
devices using the FMS interface is also possible.
With the FMS services READ, WRITE and INFORMATION
REPORT, read or write access to variables of the communication
partner is possible from the user program by means of a variable
index or variable name, or the user program can transfer its own
variable values to a communications partner. Partial access to
variables is supported. Communication is processed over
acyclic connections (master-to-master, master-to-slave), over
acyclic connections with a slave initiative or with cyclic connec-
tions (master-to-slave). The INFORMATION REPORT can also be
used to send a message to all stations on the network using a
broadcast service. The FMS service IDENTIFY (request for iden-
tification characteristics of the partner) and STATUS (request
partner status) can also be activated.
OPC server
The basic principle of OPC (OLE for Process Control) is that OPC
client applications communicate with the OPC server over a
standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface.
IT communication can be implemented over the OPC XML DA
interface.
supply of the respective communication software.
DP-M DP-S FMS S7 S5 PG/OP OPC
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Data communication
4/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
System interfacing
For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are
available that already have the communications functions imple-
mented in the firmware and therefore relieve the data terminal of
communications tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.).
Data communication for SIMATIC and the PC
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
0
5
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic
CP 443-5 Extended
CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 343-5
S7-300/C7
S7-400
SIMATIC C7
S5-115U to 155U
CP 5431 FMS/DP
PG/PC
CP 5611 A2
CP 5613 A2/CP 5613 FO
CP 5614 A2/CP 5614 FO
Automation system Communications processor
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
Communications overview for SIMATIC
Hardware PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC S5
CP 5431
FMS/DP
IM 308-C
505 FIM
505 RBC
CP 5434
SIMATIC 505
1) S5-compatible communication; refers to SDA (PLC/PLC connection) and SDN services of PROFIBUS Layer 2
2) Additional SRD services of PROFIBUS Layer 2
3) DP master, DP slave cannot be operated simultaneously
4) Fault-tolerant DP master and S7 Communication can be operated optionally
3)
M
a
s
t
e
r
C
l
a
s
s

1
D
P
-
S
l
a
v
e
M
a
s
t
e
r
C
l
a
s
s

2
SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC C7
CP 342-5
CP 343-5
SIMATIC
S7-400
CP 443-5
Basic
CP 443-5
Extended
IM 467 FO
IM 467
3)
R
e
a
d
W
r
i
t
e
I
n
f
o
.

/

R
e
p
o
r
t
PROFIBUS-FMS
P
u
t
/
G
e
t

C
l
i
e
n
t
P
u
t
/
G
e
t

S
e
r
v
e
r
B
S
E
N
D
B
R
E
C
V
U
S
E
N
D
U
R
E
C
V
H
-
C
o
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
S7 Communication Time of day
R
e
l
a
y
R
e
c
e
i
v
e
r
S
e
n
d
e
r
S5-C
1)
2)
PG/
OP
i
n

t
h
e

s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

s
y
s
t
e
m
i
n

t
h
e

H

s
y
s
t
e
m
4)
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
0
0
4)
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Communications overview for PG/PC
Software Operating system
CP with
DP-Base
4)
S7 communication
R
e
a
d
W
r
i
t
e
Hardware
CP 5613 A2
CP 5613 FO
CP 5614 A2
CP 5614 FO
(PCI 32 bit)
DP-5613
FMS-5613
S7-5613
P
u
t
/
G
e
t

C
l
i
e
n
t
P
u
t
/
G
e
t

S
e
r
v
e
r
B
S
E
N
D
/
B
R
E
C
V
U
S
E
N
D
/
U
R
E
C
V
H

c
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
S5-C
I
n
f
o
/
R
e
p
o
r
t
PROFIBUS FMS
1) 4)
CP 5611 A2
(PCI 32 bit)
1) Included in the CP 5613/A2/CP 5613FO/CP 5614 A2/CP 5614 FO scope of supply
2) DP master and DP slave cannot be operated simultaneously
3) Master Class 1 and Master Class 2 cannot be operated simultaneously on one CP
4) DP-Base and CP 5613 cannot be operated simultaneously
5) On CP 5614 only
6) Including XML DA interface for data access
You can find more information
in the Internet.
http://www.siemens.com.simatic-net/ik-info
In case of questions on
Linux-/ UNIX projects consult I & S.
SOFTNET-DP
SOFTNET-DP
Slave
SOFTNET-S7
STEP 7
CP 5512
(CardBus 32 bit)
SOFTNET-DP
SOFTNET-DP
Slave
SOFTNET-S7
STEP 7
You can find application
examples on the
Quick Start CD
PG/
OP
OPC
5)
M
a
s
t
e
r

c
l
a
s
s

1
M
a
s
t
e
r

c
l
a
s
s

2
D
P

s
l
a
v
e
PROFIBUS DP
2) 3) 2) 3)
2)
2) 3) 2) 3)
2)
6)
OPC
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
5
8
W
i
n

2
0
0
3

S
e
r
v
e
r
W
i
n
d
o
w
s

2
0
0
0

P
r
o
W
i
n
d
o
w
s

X
P

P
r
o
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Integration
Configuration example for process or field communication
PROFIBUS DP configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC
Configuration example for data communication
PROFIBUS FMS configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PCC
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
(DP-Master)
S7-300 with
CP 342-5 (DP-Master)
PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5
Third-party device
S5 with IM 308-C
ET 200S
ET 200X
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
0
7
PC with CP 5613 A2
and DP-Base
(DP-Master)
PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS FMS
S7-400 with CP 443-5 Basic
S7-300 with CP 343-5
PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5
Third-party device
S5-115 - 155U with
CP 5431 FMS/DP
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
0
8
PC/WinCC with
CP 5613 A2 and
FMS-5613
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Configuration example for programming device/operator panel communication
PG/OP communication with S7 routing
PG with
CP 1613 A2
and STEP 7 V5
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS DP
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
S7-400 with CP 443-1
ET 200X
ET 200S
CP 443-5
Extended
CP 443-5
Basic
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-300 with
CP 343-5
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Basic
PROFIBUS
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
0
9
PG/OP communication
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
4/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Siemens offers a comprehensive range of PROFIBUS network
components for electrical and optical transmission technology.
PROFIBUS is standardized to IEC 61158/EN 50170 for universal
automation (PROFIBUS FMS and PROFIBUS DP) as well as to
IEC 61158-2 for process automation (PROFIBUS PA).
Electrical network
The electrical network uses a shielded, twisted-pair cable.
The RS 485 interface operates with voltage differences. It is
therefore more insensitive to disturbances than a voltage or
current interface. With PROFIBUS, the stations are connected
to the bus through a bus terminal or a bus connector (max. 32
stations per segment).
The individual segments are connected through repeaters.
The transmission rate can be set in steps from 9.6 kbit/s to
12 Mbit/s.
The maximum segment length depends on the transmission
rate.
The electrical network can be configured as a bus or with a
tree topology
For intrinsically safe applications, PROFIBUS PA offers trans-
mission technology to IEC 61158-2. In this case the transmis-
sion rate is 31.25 kbit/s.
Features
High-quality bus cable
Transmission procedure: RS 485 (to EIA)
Bus structure with bus terminals and bus connector for con-
necting the PROFIBUS stations
Transmission procedure to IEC 61158/EN 50170 for universal
automation (PROFIBUS FMS/DP) as well as IEC 61158-2 for
intrinsically-safe applications (PROFIBUS PA)
The network components (DP/PA coupler or DP/PA Link)
convert the DP transmission technique from RS 485 (bit cod-
ing by means of voltage difference signals) to IEC 61158-2
(bit coding by means of current signals)
Simple, system-wide installation and grounding concept
Easy installation.
Network configuration of electrical PROFIBUS network
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
5
0
0
1
2
PROFIBUS PA
PC with CP 5613 A2
S7-400 with CP 443-5
ET 200S
Drive
PG
OP 17
ET 200M
DP/PA-Link
Repeater
Intrinsically-safe area
Repeater
ET 200pro ET 200pro
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
4/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Optical network
The fiber-optic version of PROFIBUS has the following features:
The transmission path is insensitive to electromagnetic
interference
Suitable for long distances
Uses plastic, PCF or glass fiber-optic cables
Optical PROFIBUS with OLMs
Optical Link Modules (OLMs) can be used to construct an opti-
cal network in line, ring and star topology. The maximum dis-
tance between two OLMs can be up to 15 km. The transmission
rate can be set in steps from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.
Optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT
The optical PROFIBUS with an integrated interface and OBT has
a line topology. A cost-effective solution in the form of devices
with an integral optical interface is available for this purpose.
Data terminals with an RS 485 interface can be connected over
an Optical Bus Terminal (OBT). The maximum spacing between
two stations is 50 m for a plastic fiber-optic cable. Special fiber-
optic cables are offered for bridging distances of up to 300 m.
Network configuration for optical PROFIBUS with OLMs
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
3
6
S7-300
with CP 342-5
ET 200pro
S7-400
with CP 443-5
Drive
OLM OLM OLM OLM OLM
PC
with CP 5613 A2
Bus cable
for PROFIBUS
Glass FO cable
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
4/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Hybrid network
Hybrid electrical and optical networks are possible. The transi-
tion between both media is implemented by the OLM.
There is no difference between the two-wire technology and fi-
ber-optic technology with regard to communication between the
stations on the bus. Up to 127 stations can be connected to a
PROFIBUS network.
The optical transmission technology offers the following advan-
tages:
Fiber-optic conductors made of plastic or glass are insensitive
to electromagnetic fields, so there is no need for the EMC
measures that are necessary with electrical networks
In outdoor applications, there is no need for additional light-
ning protection
The electrical potentials on the modules are electrically
isolated thanks to the properties of the conductors
Fiber-optic cables can be used to bridge long distances to
field devices.
Network configurations as a combination of the electrical and optical PROFIBUS
OP 17
S7-300
ET 200M
ET 200S
OLM OLM OLM OLM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
3
5
ET 200pro ET 200pro
ET 200S
Control cabinet
Bus cable for
PROFIBUS
Glass FOC
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
4/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Wireless link
Using the PROFIBUS Infrared Link Module (ILM), individual or
multiple PROFIBUS slaves or slave segments can be connected
wirelessly. For a maximum transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s and a
maximum range of 15 m, communication to moving parts, e.g. to
automated guided vehicles, and the replacement of systems
subject to wear (sliprings or slipconductors) is possible.
Link to moving parts
More information
Additional language versions and manuals can be found for the
various products at:
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
3
4
Slave e.g.
ET 200S
Slave e.g. ET 200L
Master e.g. S7-300
ILM
ILM ILM
Slave e.g.
ET 200pro
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
4/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
More information
Standard PROFIBUS according to
IEC 61 158/EN 50 170 Volume 2
Topology
Electrical network Bus, tree
Optical network Bus, tree, ring
Wireless Link Point-to-point; point-to-multipoint
Transmission medium
Electrical network Shielded two-wire cable
Optical network Fiber-optic cable
(glass, PCF and plastic)
Wireless Link Infrared
Network size
Electrical network max. 9.6 km
Optical network max. 90 km
Wireless Link max. 15 m
Data transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s (selectable)
including 31.25 kbit/s for
(PROFIBUS PA)
Number of stations max. 127
Access procedure Token passing with lower level
master/slave
Protocols PROFIBUS DP
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFIBUS FMS
Electronic manuals
protocols, products
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
Network components
Summary of network components
4/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PROFIBUS (PB)
e
l
e
c
t
r
i
c
a
l
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C
b
u
s

c
a
b
l
e
s
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S
b
u
s

c
a
b
l
e
s
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
n
g
c
a
b
l
e
s
E
C
O
F
A
S
T
c
a
b
l
e
E
n
e
r
g
y

c
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C

R
o
b
u
s
t

C
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C

F
o
o
d

C
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C

G
r
o
u
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C

F
R
N
C

C
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
e
s
t
o
o
n

C
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
l
e
x
i
b
l
e

C
a
b
l
e
8
3
0
-
2

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
n
g

c
a
b
l
e
8
3
0
-
1
T

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
n
g

c
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

M
1
2

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
n
g

c
a
b
l
e
PB
FastConnect
connector
PB bus
connector
ECOFAST
connector
PB M12 con-
nector/socket
(B coded)
7/8" Power
connector
PB devices
with Sub-D
and M12 con-
nection
PB devices
with Simplex
connection
E
C
O
F
A
S
T

H
y
b
r
i
d

C
a
b
l
e
E
C
O
F
A
S
T

H
y
b
r
i
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
E
n
e
r
g
y

C
a
b
l
e

5

x

1
.
5
Bus terminal
12M
SpliTConnect
system
BFOC
connector
PB devices
with BFOC
connection
Simplex
connector
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

F
C
b
u
s

c
a
b
l
e
(
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

P
A
)
P
B

F
C

P
r
o
c
e
s
s

C
a
b
l
e
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
5
0
/
1
2
5

m
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
6
2
,
5
/
1
2
5

m
F
O

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
F
O

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e
F
O

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
F
O

G
r
o
u
n
d

C
a
b
l
e
F
i
b
e
r

O
p
t
i
c

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e
I
N
D
O
O
R

F
i
b
e
r

O
p
t
i
c

I
n
d
o
o
r

C
a
b
l
e
F
l
e
x
i
b
l
e

F
i
b
e
r

O
p
t
i
c

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e
S
I
E
N
O
P
Y
R

m
a
r
i
n
e

d
u
p
l
e
x

f
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
P
C
F

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
P
C
F

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e
P
C
F

T
r
a
i
l
i
n
g

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
P
r
e
f
a
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

f
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h

B
F
O
C

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
P
r
e
f
a
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

f
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h

S
i
m
p
l
e
x

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
P
C
F
-
F
O
C
2
0
0
/
2
3
0

m
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h
B
F
O
C

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
F
i
b
e
r
-
o
p
t
i
c

c
a
b
l
e
s
w
i
t
h

S
i
m
p
l
e
x
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
B
u
s

t
e
r
m
i
n
a
l
B
u
s
t
e
r
m
i
n
a
l

1
2
M
o
p
t
i
c
a
l
ET 200pro
P
O
F
-
F
O
C
9
8
0
/
1
0
0
0

m
P
l
a
s
t
i
c

F
i
b
e
r

O
p
t
i
c

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

c
a
b
l
e
H
y
b
r
i
d

c
a
b
l
e
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

H
y
b
r
i
d

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

C
a
b
l
e

G
P
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S

H
y
b
r
i
d

R
o
b
u
s
t

C
a
b
l
e
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
3
PROFIBUS
Network components
4/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Summary of network selection criteria for transmission media
Criteria Electrical network Optical network Wireless
link
RS 485 in accordance
with IEC 61158/
EN 50170
IEC 61158-2
(PA)
Plastic PCF
1) Lightning protection measures required
2) Dependent on data transmission rate
3) Trained personnel and special tool required
4) Careful laying required
5) Outside cable required (on request)
1)
2)
4)
3) 3)
Yes Yes No No No No
5)
Glass Infrared
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
0
EMC
Networking
between buildings
Range
Suitable for high
data rate
Simple connector
assembly
Simple
cable laying
Equipotential
bonding measures
required
Range of cables
for special
applications
Use with
mobile
nodes
Use in
intrinsically-safe
environment
suitable
partly suitable
Not relevant for this application
PROFIBUS
Network components
4/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Selection criteria for electrical and optical networks
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
3
3
Criteria Electrical
network
Transmission media
Distances
Topology
1) Plastic fiber optic cable is also called polymer optical fiber (POF)
2) Depending on cable type used
3) Depending on data rate and performance type used
4) Integral interfaces (ET 200M, ET 200X)
5) For PROFIBUS-PA 1.9 km
1)
Optical network
Plastic
PCF
Glass
Shielded twisted-pair cable
maximum network size
between 2 nodes
Bus
Linear bus
Tree
Ring
3) 2) 2)
Transmission
protocol
Connection of
nodes via OLM
Integral interfaces
Bus terminal
Bus connector
Electrical network
segments can be
connected
Electrical PROFIBUS with OLM with integr. Interface/OBT
5)
4)
suitable
Not relevant for this application
up to 15 km up to 300 m up to 1 km
All DP All
9.6 km 9.6 km 90 km
PROFIBUS
Network components
4/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
PROFIBUS network components and accessories
Transitions between the transmission media
Bus tree
Network topology
Documentation
RS 485in accordance with
IEC 61158/EN 50170
IEC 61158-2
(PA)
withOLM with integral interface/
OBT
Wireless link
Bus tree Linear bus, star, ring Linear bus
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
Diagnostics tool
BT 200 hardware
test device
Not available Signal contact and
integral measuring sockets;
level measuring device
on request
Level measuring device
on request
Signal contact and
display of signal strength
Electrical network
segment can be
connected via
repeater Optical Link Module
(OLM)
Infrared Link Module
(ILM)
Lightning protection
Primary protection
Secondary protection
to be implemented
through
design measures
Not required Not required
Prepared
cables
830-1T connecting cable
830-2 connecting cable
INDOOR cable with BFOC
Standard glass cable with BFOC
Trailing cable with BFOC
Standard PCF cable with BFOC
Standard plastic cable with BFOC
Standard PCF cable
with Simplex connectors
and pull cord feature
Connectors
Bus connector SpliTConnect system
BFOC connector Simplex connector Integral terminals
Tools
and accessories
FastConnect
stripping tool
FastConnect
stripping tool
Tools for
preparing BFOC
connectors for
plastic fiber optic cables
Tools for
preparing Simplex
connectors for
plastic fiber optic cables
Transmission media
Shielded
twisted-pair cable
Shielded twisted-pair
cable for intrinsically-safe
and non-intrinsically-safe
areas
Plastic fiber optic cable
PCF optic cable
Glass fiber optic cable
Plastic fiber optic cable
PCF optic cable
Wireless,
infrared
Electrical network Optical network
Point-to-point
Point-to-multipoint
Connection
components
Bus terminal SpliTConnect system OLM OBT ILM
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
Optical Bus Terminal
(OBT)
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
6
Electrical PROFIBUS
Optical
PROFIBUS/int./OBT
Electrical PROFIBUS
Optical
PROFIBUS/OLM
Wireless link
Opt. PROFIBUS/OLM
Opt. PROFIBUS/
int./OBT
Wireless link
Repeater
OLM
OBT
ILM
OLM
OBT + OLM
OBT + OLM
OBT, integr. optics
OBT + ILM
OLM + ILM
OBT + ILM
ILM
OLM
OLM + ILM
OBT ILM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
7
PROFIBUS
Network components
Connection examples
4/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Integration
Connection example for electrical networking with PROFIBUS FastConnect bus connector RS 485
Connection example for electrical networking with PROFIBUS FastConnect bus connector RS 485 or bus terminal
Connection example for optical networking
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
7
0
SIMATIC S7-300
PROFIBUS FC
RS 485 bus connector
PROFIBUS FC
standard cable
CP 342-5
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
5
5
PROFIBUS FC
RS 485 Plug 180
bus connector PROFIBUS module
e.g. CP 5613 A2
Bus terminal 12M
for connecting
bus stations
to PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS FC bus cable
PROFIBUS FC bus cable
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
5
6
PROFIBUS module
e.g. CP 5613 A2
PROFIBUS FC
RS 485 Plug 180
bus connector
Pre-assembled glass FO cable
PROFIBUS FC
PROFIBUS OLM
PROFIBUS FC
standard cable
PROFIBUS
Network components
Connection examples
4/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Connection example of optical networking with fiber-optic cables and Simplex connectors
Connection example of optical networking with fiber-optic cables and BFOC connectors
Connection example for an intrinsically safe network
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
6
1
PROFIBUS module
e.g. CP 5613 FO
FO cable with
simplex connector
PROFIBUS PCF - or plastic FO cable
CP 342-5 FO
(IM 153-2 FO, IM 151, BM 143 DESINA)
FO cable with BFOC connector
OLM OLM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
4
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
4
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
5
7
DP/PA coupler
SITRANS P SITRANS P SITRANS F
FC process
cable
TAP TAP TAP
Coupler
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS
Network components
Connection examples
4/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Connection example for wireless data transmission with ILM
0 1
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
7
1
SIMATIC S7-300 ET 200X
PROFIBUS FC
standard cable
PROFIBUS FC
standard cable
PROFIBUS
Electrical networks (RS 485)
PROFIBUS FastConnect
4/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Quick and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables
Assembly mistakes such as short-circuits between the shield
and core are excluded
Benefits
Shorter connection times for terminals by stripping of the outer
cladding and woven shield in one step
Installation faults, such as short-circuits between the shield
and cores, are excluded
Easy assembly due to preset insulation stripping tool
(FC stripping tool)
Termination can be checked in the assembled state through
the transparent cover for the insulation piercing terminals
thanks to color coding.
Design
The system comprises 3 compatible components:
FastConnect bus cables for rapid installation
FastConnect stripping tool
FastConnect bus connector for PROFIBUS
The PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables can also be connected
to conventional bus connectors.
Function
The FastConnect stripping method enables fast and easy
connection of PROFIBUS connectors to the PROFIBUS cables.
The special structure of the FastConnect bus cables enables the
use of the FastConnect stripping tool with which the outer casing
and the woven shield can be stripped in one operation with
perfect precision. The cable prepared in this way is connected
in the FastConnect bus connector using the insulation displace-
ment method.
PROFIBUS
4/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Application
PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
0
1
The stripping tool (FCS) is held
in the right hand
Measure the length of cable to be stripped by
resting the cable on the measuring template.
The end stop is formed by the index finger of
the left hand.
Insert the measured cable end in the tool
up to the index finger of the left hand.
Fasten the end of the cable in the FCS
up to the end stop.
Rotate the FCS 4 times in the direction
of the arrow.
Remove the stripping tool still closed
from the end of the cable.
Cable residue remains in the FCS.
These can be removed when the FCS
is opened.
Insert the cores in the plug according to
color code, press down the holding tab
and tighten the cable clamp.
Finished!
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
4/29
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Different versions for different fields of application
(e.g. underground cables, trailing cables)
Flame-retardant bus cable (halogen-free)
Benefits
Flexible application possibilities thanks to special bus cables
Network is immune to interference thanks to double shielded
cables and a uniform grounding concept
Time saving due to simple and fast connector assembly with
FastConnect cables
Application
For the construction of PROFIBUS networks, different cable
types are offered to suit the different types of application. The
listed bus cables should always be used. For further information
on network configuration, see PROFIBUS network manual.
UL approvals
Different cable versions are offered with appropriate UL
approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according
to the specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article
800/725.
Design
Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section
The following applies for all PROFIBUS bus cables:
The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing
through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields
System-wide grounding concept can be implemented using
the external shield of the bus cable and the grounding termi-
nals on the bus terminal
Printed meter marks
Cable types
The shape of the FastConnect (FC) bus cables is radially
symmetric and allows an insulation stripping tool to be used.
This means that bus connectors can be assembled quickly and
easily.
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable:
Standard bus cable specially designed for fast installation
PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable:
Special cable for use in corrosive atmospheres and under
severe mechanical loading
PROFIBUS FC Food Cable:
The PE casing of the cable makes this cable suitable for use
in the food, beverage and tobacco industries
PROFIBUS FC Ground Cable:
Special cable for laying underground. It differs from the
PROFIBUS bus cable in that it has an additional sheath
PROFIBUS FC Flexible Cable
Flexible (stranded conductors), halogen-free bus cable with
PUR sheath for occasional moving
PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable:
Bus cable specially designed for forced motion control in a
trailing cable, e.g. with continuously moving machine parts
(stranded core)
PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable:
Two-core, shielded, flame-retardant, halogen-free bus cable
with Copolymer outer sheath FRNC (Flame Retardant Non
Corrosive)
Bus cables without FastConnect technology (due to type of con-
struction)
PROFIBUS Festoon Cable:
Flexible bus cable (stranded cores) specially designed for
festoon suspension.
For round cables, cable-carrying trolleys are recommended
PROFIBUS Torsion Cable
Bus cable for highly flexible applications:
Special cable (stranded cores) for use on moving parts of
machines
(5 million torsion movements on 1 m length of cable, 180)
PROFIBUS Hybrid Cable:
Rugged hybrid cable suitable for trailing with two copper con-
ductors for data transmission and two copper conductors for
the power supply of ET 200pro
SIENOPYR FR marine cable
cable for permanent installation on ships and offshore
platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter.
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
4/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Cable type
1)
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
PROFIBUS
FC Robust Cable
PROFIBUS
FC Food Cable
Applications Universally implementable In corrosive atmospheres and
under severe mechanical stress
Food, beverages and tobacco
industries
Damping
at 16 MHz 42 dB/km 42 dB/km 42 dB/km
at 9:6 kHz 2.5 dB/km 2.5 dB/km 2.5 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz 270 27 270 27 270 27
at 38.4 kHz 185 18.5 185 18.5 185 18.5
at 3 to 20 MHz 150 15 150 15 150 15
Rated value 150 150 150
Shield resistance 9.5 /km 9.5 /km 9.5 /km
Effective capacitance at 1 kHz approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28.5 nF/km
Operating voltage (rms value) 100 V 100 V 100 V
Cable type (standard designation) 02YSY (ST) CY
1 2 0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 FR VI
02YSY (ST) CY
1 2 0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 FR VI
02YSY (ST) CY
1 2 0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 FR VI
Jacket
Material PVC PUR PE
Diameter 8.0 0.4 mm 8.0 0.4 mm 8.0 0.4 mm
Color Violet Violet Black
Bending radii
Single bend 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm
Multiple bends 150 mm 150 mm 150 mm
Weight 76 kg/km 73 kg/km 67 kg/km
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant to
VDE 0482-266-2-4, IEC 60332-3-24
Flame-retardant to
VDE 0482-265-2-1, IEC 60332-1
Inflammable
UL listing / 300 V rating Yes / CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res Yes / CMX No
UL style / 600 V rating Yes No No
Resistance to
Limited resistance Highly resistant Limited resistance
FastConnect cable installation Yes Yes Yes
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
4/31
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
2) Limited segment length (see manual for PROFIBUS networks)
3) Trailing cables for the following requirements: Min. 3 million bending cycles for the specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 4 m/s
2
4) Outer diameter >8 mm; bus connectors can only be connected after the outer sheath has been stripped
Cable type
1)
PROFIBUS
FC Ground Cable
PROFIBUS
FC Flexible Cable
2)
PROFIBUS
FC Trailing Cable
2) 3)
PROFIBUS
FC FRNC Cable
Applications Underground laying Occasionally moved
machine parts
Trailing cables Halogen-free and flame-
retardant applications
Damping
at 16 MHz 42 dB/km 49 dB/km 49 dB/km 42 dB/km
at 4 MHz 22 dB/km 25 dB/km 25 dB/km 22 dB/km
at 38.4 kHz 4 dB/km 4 dB/km 4 dB/km 4 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz 2.5 dB/km 3 dB/km 3 dB/km 2.5 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz 270 27 270 27 270 27 270 27
at 38.4 kHz 185 18.5 185 18.5 185 18.5 185 18.5
at 3 to 20 MHz 150 15 150 15 150 15 150 15
Rated value 150 150 150 150
Loop resistance 110 /km 133 /km 133 /km 110 /km
Shield resistance 9.5 /km 14 /km 14 /km 9.5 /km
Effective capacitance at 1 kHz approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28 nF/km approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28.5 nF/km
Operating voltage (rms value) 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V
Cable type (standard designation) 02YSY (ST) CY2Y
1 x 2 x 0.64/2.55-150 KF
40 SW
02Y (ST) C 11Y
1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150 LI
KF40 FRNC FC VI
02YY (ST) C11Y
1 x 2 x 0.64/2.55-150 LI
KF 40 FR petrol
02YSH (ST) CH
1 x 2 x 0.64/2.55-150 VI
KF 25 FRNC
Jacket
Material PE/PVC PUR PUR FRNC
Diameter 10.8 0.5 mm
4)
8.0 0.4 mm 8.0 0.4 mm 8.0 0.4 mm
Color Black Violet Petrol Light violet
Operating temperature 40 C +60 C 20 C +60 C 40 C +60 C 25 C +80 C
Transport/storage temperature 40 C +60 C 40 C +60 C 40 C +60 C 25 C +80 C
Installation temperature 40 C +60 C 40 C +60 C 40 C +60 C 25 C +80 C
Bending radii
Single bend 80 mm 40 mm 40 mm 60 mm
Multiple bends 160 mm 120 mm 120 mm 80 mm
Bending cycles 3.000.000
Permissible tensile force 100 N 100 N 100 N 100 N
Weight 117 kg/km 70 kg/km 70 kg/km 72 kg/km
Halogen-free No Yes No Yes
Behavior in fire Inflammable Flame-retardant
acc. to
IEC 60332-1-2
Flame-retardant
to VDE 0482-265-2-1, IEC
60332-1
Flame-retardant
to VDE 0482-266-2-4, IEC
60332-3-24
UL listing / 300 V rating No Yes / CMX Yes / CMX Yes/ CM / PLTC / Sun Res
UL style / 600 V rating No No No No
Resistance to
Limited resistance Limited resistance Highly resistant Limited resistance
UV-resistant Yes Yes Yes Yes
Silicone-free Yes Yes Yes Yes
FastConnect cable installation Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
4/32
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
2) Limited segment length (see manual for PROFIBUS networks)
3) Torsion-resistant cables for the following requirements: Min. 5 million torsional movements along 1 m length of cable 180
4) Marine approvals: Lloyds Register of Shipping, Germanischer Lloyd
5) Festooned cables for the following requirements: Min. 5 million bending cycles for the specified bending radius and an acceleration of 4 m/s
2
6) Outer diameter >8 mm; bus connectors can only be connected after the outer sheath has been stripped
Cable type
1)
PROFIBUS
Festoon Cable
2)
PROFIBUS
Torsion Cable
2) 3)
SIENOPYR
FR shipboard cable
4)
Applications Festoon suspension Moving machine parts Shipbuilding
Damping
38.4 kHz 4 dB/km 3 dB/km 5 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz 3 dB/km 2.5 dB/km 3 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz 270 27 270 27 250 25
at 38.4 kHz 185 18.5 185 18.5 185 18.5
at 3 to 20 MHz 150 15 150 15 150 15
Rated value 150 150 150
Shield resistance 19 /km 14 /km
Effective capacitance at 1 kHz approx. 28 nF/km approx. 29 nF/km approx. 30 nF/km at 800 Hz
Cable type (standard designation) 02Y (ST) CY
1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150 LI petrol FR
02Y (ST) C 11Y
1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150 LI FR VI
M-02Y (ST) CH X
1 x 2 x 0.35 100 V
Jacket
Material PVC PUR Polymer
6)
Diameter 8.0 0.3 mm 8.0 0.4 mm 10.3 0.5 mm
Color Petrol Violet Black
Bending radii
5)
120 mm 216 mm
Weight 64 kg/km 65 kg/km approx. 109 kg/km
Halogen-free No No Yes
acc. to IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant
to VDE 0482-265-2-1, IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant
to VDE 0482-266-2-4, IEC 60332-3-
24
UL listing / 300 V rating Yes/ CM/CMG/PLCT/Sun Res/Oil
Res
Yes / CMX No
UL style / 600 V rating Yes No No
Resistance to
Limited resistance Highly resistant Extremely highly resistant
FastConnect cable installation No No No
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
4/33
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
2) Trailing cables for the following requirements: Min. 1 million bending cycles for the specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 2.5 m/s
2
3) Cable resistance to weld spatter according to HD22.2 S3 / 5
Cable type
1)
PROFIBUS
cable for ET 200X
PROFIBUS
Hybrid Standard Cable
PROFIBUS
Hybrid Robust Cable
2) 3)
Applications ET 200X ET 200pro ET 200pro
Damping
at 16 MHz 4.9 dB/100 m 4.9 dB/100 m
at 4 MHz 2.5 dB/100 m 2.5 dB/100 m
at 9.6 kHz 0.3 dB/100 m 0.3 dB/100 m
at 9.6 kHz 270 27 270 27
at 38.4 kHz 185 18.5 185 18.5
at 3 to 20 MHz 135 165 150 15 150 15
Rated value 150 150
Loop resistance 138 /km 138 /km
Shield resistance 10 /km 10 /km
Effective capacitance at 1 kHz 30 nF/m 30 nF/m 30 nF/m
Diameter 0.75 mm
2
1.5 mm
2
1.5 mm
2
Current carrying capacity 7.5 A (at 25 C) 7.5 A (at 25 C)
Sheath color Black Black
Cable type (standard designation) 02Y (ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI
LIY-J Y 3 x 1 x 0.75 VI KF30
02Y(ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150LI LIY-
Z Y 2x1x1.5 VI
02Y(ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150LI LIH-
Z 11Y 2x1x1.5 VI FRNC
Jacket
Material PUR PVC PUR
Diameter approx. 9.5 mm 11.00.5 mm 11.00.5 mm
Color Petrol Violet Violet
Bending radii
Multiple bends 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm
Weight approx. 105 kg/km 140 kg/km 135 kg/km
Halogen-free No No Yes
acc. to IEC 60332-2-1
Flame-retardant
acc. to IEC 60332-1-2
Flame-retardant
acc. to IEC 60332-1-2
UL listing / 300 V rating Yes Yes / CMG Yes / CMX
UL style / 600 V rating No No No
Resistance to
Limited resistance Limited resistance Highly resistant
UV-resistant No No No
FastConnect cable installation No No No
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
4/34
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable 6XV1 830-0EH10
for fast mounting, 2-core,
shielded,
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
20 m 6XV1 830-0EN20
50 m 6XV1 830-0EN50
100 m 6XV1 830-0ET10
200 m 6XV1 830-0ET20
500 m 6XV1 830-0ET50
1000 m 6XV1 830-0EU10
In spool box
50 m 6XV1 830-1EN50
100 m 6XV1 830-1ET10
PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable 6XV1 830-0JH10
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PROFIBUS FC Food Cable 6XV1 830-0GH10
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PROFIBUS FC Ground Cable 6XV1 830-3FH10
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PROFIBUS FC Flexible Cable 6XV1 831-2K
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable 6XV1 830-3EH10
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PROFIBUS Festoon Cable 6XV1 830-3GH10
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable 6XV1 830-0LH10
2-core, shielded, nonflammable,
with copolymer outer sheath
FRNC
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PROFIBUS Torsion Cable 6XV1 830-0PH10
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PROFIBUS cable for ET 200X
5-core, sold by the meter,
for bus signals, power supply:
oil-resistant, partially weld-
resistant, can be trailed,
PUR material,
6ES7 194-1LY10-0AA0
Length (specify in m)
5-core, sold by the meter,
for bus signals, power supply:
Standard, PVC material
6ES7 194-1LY00-0AA0-Z,
Z = length (specify in m)
PROFIBUS Hybrid Standard
Cable
6XV1 860-2R
Standard PROFIBUS hybrid cable
with 2 power conductors
(1.5 mm
2
) for supply of data and
power to ET 200pro
PROFIBUS Hybrid Robust
Cable
6XV1 860-2S
Rugged PROFIBUS hybrid cable
suitable as trailing cable and
resistant to welding spatter,
with 2 power conductors
(1.5 mm
2
) for supply of data and
power to ET 200pro
Special bus cables
SIENOPYR PROFIBUS ship-
board cable
6XV1 830-0MH10
Copper cable for ships
and offshore units
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Stripping Tool
6GK1 905-6AA00
Preadjusted stripping tool
for fast stripping of PROFIBUS
FastConnect bus cables
PROFIBUS FastConnect Blade
Cassettes
6GK1 905-6AB00
Spare blade cassettes
for PROFIBUS FastConnect
stripping tool, 5 units
bus connector RS 485
Insulation displacement
Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
Plug 180
6GK1 500-0FC00
With 180 cable outlet,
insulation displacement
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
4/35
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Additional language versions and manuals
can be found with the various products under:
http/www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
2) Order from:
DEHN & Shne
Hans-Dehn-Str.1
92318 Neumarkt/Opf
More information
The bus cables are supplied by the meter. If a bus segment must
be assembled using two sections (e.g. > 1000 m segment
length), bushings can be used for this purpose (low-impedance
connection between cores with clamps, connect shields over a
wide area).
FastConnect
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer
sheath and shield of the new FastConnect bus cables to the right
length in one step.
In this way, the bus connectors (except 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0)
can be connected easily and quickly to the bus cable.
Cable routing:
An underground cable must be used if cables are laid outside
buildings e.g. directly in the ground, in sand or in concrete build-
ing blocks or when routed through protective pipes made of
steel or plastic above or below ground.
Overvoltage protection guidelines for underground laying must
be complied with.
Note:
Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range
can be ordered from your local contact person.
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
Accessories
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
1)
Network architecture, project
management, network compo-
nents, installation
Lightning protection modules
for reliable transmission
between buildings with
overvoltage protection
2)
Basic protection
- basic section 919506
- protection module Type B 919510
- protective housing 906055
- shield connection terminal 919508
Low-voltage protection
- basic section 919506
- protection module 919570
- shield connection terminal 919508
communication systems, c
ommunication protocols and
on CD-ROM;
German/English
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables
4/36
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
In the ECOFAST system, all operational devices are connected
to PROFIBUS DP using the bus cables.
The bus cable is implemented as a hybrid cable and contains:
PROFIBUS DP in copper RS 485;
Four additional copper cores for carrying 24 V DC:
- 24 V DC, not switched (for electronics and inputs)
- 24 V DC, switched (for outputs, disconnectable e.g. for
EMERGENCY OFF)
The ECOFAST hybrid cables are sold by the meter or in fixed
lengths preassembled with ECOFAST connector (Han Brid) and
socket.
Benefits
Savings in wiring, installation, commissioning and operation
as result of standardized connection system (copper or fiber-
optic) with high degree of protection (IP65)
With ECOFAST, the turnaround times for offers, planning and
engineering of machines and plants can be reduced
ECOFAST permits fast and problem-free startup of automation
and drive systems
Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized
interfaces and plug connectors.
With ECOFAST plants remain highly available: No interruption
of power and field bus when replacing equipment.
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables
4/37
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tests according to DIN 47 250
Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472
2) Trailing cable for the following requirements:
ECOFAST hybrid cable: Min. 9 million bending cycles for the
specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 5 m/s
2
;
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP: Min. 2 million bending cycles for the
specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 2.5 m/s
2
Cable type
1)
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST hybrid cable
1) 2)
Applications Connection for ECOFAST stations
Damping
at 16 MHz < 49 dB/km
at 4 MHz < 25 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz < 3 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz 270 27
at 38.4 kHz 185 18.5
at 3 to 20 MHz 150 15
Rated value 150
Shield resistance 15 /km
Effective capacitance at 1 kHz 30 pF/m
Operating voltage (rms value) 100 V
diameter
1.5 mm
2
of the power cores
12 A
Sheath color Black
ECOFAST hybrid cable 02Y (ST)C
1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56 - 150 LI
LIH-Z 11Y 4 x 1 x 1.5 VI FRNC
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP 02Y (ST)C
1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56 150 LI
LIY-Z Y 4 x 1 x 1.5 VI
Sheath
Material
- ECOFAST hybrid cable PUR
- ECOFAST hybrid cable GP PVC
Diameter approx. 11 mm
Color Violet
Bending radius
Single bend 38 mm
Weight approx. 154 kg/km
Halogen-free
ECOFAST hybrid cable Yes
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP No
VDE 0482-265-2-1, IEC 60332-2-1
UL listing / 300 V rating
ECOFAST hybrid cable No
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP CM/PLTC/SunRes/Oil Res
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP Yes
Resistance to mineral oils
and grease
Limited
UV-resistant
Silicone-free Yes
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables
4/38
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
More information
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid
Cable - Cu
Trailing cable (PUR sheath),
with two shielded Cu wires for
PROFIBUS DP plus four Cu wires
of 1.5 mm
2
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 830-7AH10
Not pre-assembled
20 m 6XV1 830-7AN20
50 m 6XV1 830-7AN50
100 m 6XV1 830-7AT10
Pre-assembled
with ECOFAST male and female
connectors, fixed length
0.5 m 6XV1 830-7BH05
1 m 6XV1 830-7BH10
1.5 m 6XV1 830-7BH15
3 m 6XV1 830-7BH30
5 m 6XV1 830-7BH50
10 m 6XV1 830-7BN10
15 m 6XV1 830-7BN15
20 m 6XV1 830-7BN20
25 m 6XV1 830-7BN25
30 m 6XV1 830-7BN30
35 m 6XV1 830-7BN35
40 m 6XV1 830-7BN40
45 m 6XV1 830-7BN45
50 m 6XV1 830-7BN50
Pre-assembled
with two ECOFAST connectors,
variable length
1)
Cable GP
Trailing cable with 4 x Cu
and 2 x Cu, shielded,
with UL approval
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 860-2P
Not pre-assembled
20 m 6XV1 860-4PN20
50 m
6XV1 860-4PN50
100 m
6XV1 860-4PT10
Pre-assembled
connectors
0.5 m
6XV1 860-3PH05
1 m
6XV1 860-3PH10
1.5 m
6XV1 860-3PH15
3 m 6XV1 860-3PH30
5 m 6XV1 860-3PH50
10 m 6XV1 860-3PN10
15 m 6XV1 860-3PN15
20 m 6XV1 860-3PN20
25 m 6XV1 860-3PN25
30 m 6XV1 860-3PN30
35 m 6XV1 860-3PN35
40 m 6XV1 860-3PN40
45 m 6XV1 860-3PN45
50 m 6XV1 860-3PN50
PROFIBUS Cu bus connector
with 2 x Cu shielded
and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
;
type of contact: POF,
HAN D for 24 V;
tool: Crimping tool, polishing set
with pin insert 6GK1 905-0CA00
with socket insert 6GK1 905-0CB00
Plug angled;
and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
;
5 units;
pin insert 6GK1 905-0CC00
socket insert 6GK1 905-0CD00
ECOFAST Terminating Plug
Bus termination plug-in connector
for PROFIBUS DP;
with 2 x Cu and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
;
male pins, integrated termination
resistors
Package of 1 6GK1 905-0DA10
Package of 5 6GK1 905-0DA00
Data T piece
For 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage
(switched and non-switched) and
PROFIBUS DP
for Cu RS 485 3RK1 911-2AG00
for fiber-optic cable 3RK1 911-2AH00
Addressing plug 6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0
For setting the PROFIBUS DP
addresses
PROFIBUS
Energy Cable
4/39
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Different versions (5-core, 2-core) for different fields of
application
Rugged cable design for installation in industrial applications
UL approvals
Benefits
Flexible application possibilities thanks to rugged cable
design
Application
For the construction of PROFINET/PROFIBUS networks, different
The listed power cables should always be used. They are used
for devices with degree of protection IP65/67 to connect the sig-
naling contact or 24-V supply of the SCALANCE X and
SCALANCE W components (power cable 2x0.75) and for the
power supply (power cable 5x1.5 for ET 200).
UL approvals
As a result of appropriate UL styles, the cables can be used
worldwide.
Design
Rugged 2-core or 5-core cable with circular cross-section for
connection of signaling contact and power supply to IP65/67
components in industrial areas.
Cable types
The following cables with industrial capability are available for
connection of the power supply and signaling contact:
power cable for connection of signaling contact and 24 V
supply voltage to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W compo-
nents
power cable for connection of 24 V power supply of ET 200
using 7/8" plug connectors
PROFIBUS
Energy Cable
4/40
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C,
tests according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472
1) Further language versions and manuals
can be found for the respective products at:
http/www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
More information
Cable routing:
Note:
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
Cable type
1)
Power cable
2 x 0.75
Power cable
5 x 1.5
Application areas Connection of
signaling con-
tact and 24-V
power supply to
SCALANCE X
and
SCALANCE W
Power supply of
ET 200 modules
with 7/8" power
port
Operating voltage (rms value) 600 V 600 V
diameter
0.75 mm
2
1.5 mm
2
of the power cores
6 A 16 A
Sheath color Brown/blue Black
Cable type
(standard designation)
L-YY
2x1x0.75GR
L-Y11Y-JZ
5x1x1.5 GR
Sheath
Material PVC PUR
Diameter 7.4 +/- 0.3 10.5 + / -0.3
Color Gray Gray
Bending radius
Single bend 18.5 mm 26 mm
Multiple bends 45 mm 63 mm
Weight approx.
70 kg/km
approx.
149 kg/km
Halogen-free No No
acc. to
IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant
IEC 60332-1
UL style / 300 V rating Yes Yes
UL style / 600 V rating Yes No
Resistance to
Limited
resistance
Highly
resistant
UV-resistant Yes No
FastConnect cable installation No No
Power cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1812-8A
(0.75 mm
2
) for connecting to M12
plug-in connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1000 m,
Power cable 5 x 1.5 6XV1 830-8AH10
Power cable with trailing capabil-
ity with 5 copper cores (1.5 mm
2
)
for connecting to 7/8" plug-in
connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1000 m;
Plug with axial cable outlet for
field assembly for ET 200, 5-core,
plastic enclosure,
1 pack = 5 items
Pin insert 6GK1 905-0FA00
Signaling Contact M12 Cable
Connector PRO
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
SCALANCE X208PRO for signal-
ing contact; 5-pole, B-coded, with
assembly instructions; 3 items
Power M12 Cable
Connector PRO
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
3 items
Plug for connection to
PS791-1PRO power supply for
24 V DC supply voltage; 4-pole,
A-coded, with assembly
instructions,
3 items
Electronic manuals
on CD-ROM;
German/English
PROFIBUS
RS 485 bus connectors
4/41
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
This is used to connect PROFIBUS stations to the PROFIBUS
bus cable
Easy installation
The insulation piercing method of the FastConnect connectors
reduces installation time considerably
Integrated matching resistors (not for 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0)
Connection of PG using a special bus connector is possible
without the need to install network nodes.
Application
The RS 485 bus connector for PROFIBUS is used to connect a
PROFIBUS station or a PROFIBUS network component to the
bus cable for PROFIBUS.
Design
Different versions of the bus connector, optimized for the con-
nected devices, are available:
Bus connectors with axial cable outlet (180 C) e.g. for PCs
and SIMATIC HMI OPs, for transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
with integrated bus terminating resistor
Bus connector with vertical cable outlet (90 C)
This connector enables a vertical cable outlet (with and without
PG interface) for transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s with inte-
grated bus terminating resistor. With transmission rates of 3, 6 or
12 Mbit/s, the SIMATIC S5/S7 connecting cable is required for
the connection between the bus connector with additional PG
interface and a programming device.
Bus connector with 30 cable outlet (low-cost version) without
PG interface for transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s and with-
out integrated bus terminating resistor.
PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector (90 or 180
cable outlet) with transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s for fast,
easy mounting with insulation displacement method (for rigid
and flexible wires).
Function
The bus connector is plugged directly to the PROFIBUS inter-
face (9-pin Sub-D connector) of the PROFIBUS node or a
PROFIBUS network component.
The incoming and outgoing PROFIBUS bus cable is connected
through four terminals in the connector.
The line termination integrated in the bus connector can be
connected through an externally accessible switch (not with
6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0). Here, incoming and outgoing bus
cables are separated in the connector (isolating function).
This is mandatory at both ends of a PROFIBUS segment.
PROFIBUS
4/42
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Suitable for application
1) Flexible bus cables cannot be used with this connector
2) S7-400: Not used with MPI/DP interface when DP interface is assigned;
not used with 1FM1 interface when 1FM2 interface is assigned
Bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0
1)
Cable outlet 90 cable outlet 35 cable outlet 30 cable outlet
Data transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s...12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s...12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s...1500 kbit/s
Terminating resistance Integral resistor combination and
isolator function that can be
selected using a slide switch: When
the resistor is connected, the out-
going bus is disconnected
Integral resistor combination and
isolator function that can be
selected using a slide switch: When
the resistor is connected, the out-
going bus is disconnected
No terminating resistance,
cannot be used for first and last
device in the bus segment
Interfaces
PROFIBUS nodes 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket
PROFIBUS bus cable 4 terminal blocks
for wires of up to 1.5 mm
2
4 terminal blocks
for wires of up to 1.5 mm
2
4 insulation-piercing terminals
for wires of 0.644 0.040 mm
2
FastConnect insulation-piercing
method
No No Yes
Supply voltage
(must come from terminal unit)
4.75 V 5.25 V DC 4.75 V 5.25 V DC -
Current consumption max. 5 mA max. 5 mA -
Transport/storage temperature -25 C +80 C -25 C +80 C -25 C +80 C
Relative humidity max. 75% at +25 C max. 75% at +25 C max. 75% at +25 C
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 15.8 x 54 x 34 16 x 54 x 38 15 x 58 x 34
Weight approx. 40 g approx. 40 g approx. 30 g
PG connection socket 0BA12: No; 0BB12: Yes 0BA41: No; 0BB41: Yes No
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
UL listing Yes Yes Yes
Used in PLC
S7-200/S7-300/S7-400

2)

C7-633 DP, C7-634 DP,
C7-635, C7-636

S5-115U to S5-155U
I/O station
ET 200M/ET 200B/ET 200L/ET 200S
Programming device
PG 720/720C/PG 740/PG 760

Interface
IM 308-C
CP 5431 FMS/DP
CP 342-5
CP 343-5
CP 443-5
IM 467
CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5611/
CP 5613/CP 5614

SIMATIC OP
OLM/OBT
RS 485 repeater
PROFIBUS
4/43
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Suitable for application
Bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB60-0XA0
6GK1 500-0FC00 6GK1 500-0EA02
Cable outlet 90 cable outlet 35 cable outlet 180 cable outlet 180 cable outlet
Data transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s
Terminating resistance Integral resistor combina-
tion and isolator function
that can be selected using
a slide switch:
When the resistor is con-
nected, the outgoing bus
is disconnected.
Connection using insula-
tion displacement method
for FastConnect system
Integral resistor combina-
a slide switch:
nected, the outgoing bus is
disconnected.
Connection using insula-
tion displacement method
a slide switch:
If the resistor is connected,
the outgoing bus is
disconnected.
Connection with insulation-
piercing/clamp method for
FastConnect system
a slide switch:
nected, the outgoing bus is
disconnected
Interfaces
PROFIBUS nodes 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket
PROFIBUS bus cable 4 insulation-piercing
terminals for all
FastConnect PROFIBUS
cables (except for FC
Process Cable)
4 insulation-piercing
terminals for all
Process Cable)
4 insulation-piercing
terminals for all
Process Cable)
4 terminal blocks for
wires of up to 1.5 mm
2
FastConnect
insulation-piercing method
Yes Yes Yes No
Supply voltage
(must come from terminal unit)
4.75 V 5.25 V DC 4.75 V 5.25 V DC 4.75 V 5.25 V DC 4.75 V 5.25 V DC
Current consumption max. 5 mA max. 5 mA max. 5 mA max. 5 mA
Operating temperature 0 C +60 C 0 C +60 C 0 C +60 C 0 C +60 C
Transport/storage temperature -25 C +80 C -25 C +80 C -25 C +80 C -25 C +80 C
Relative humidity max. 75% at +25 C max. 75% at +25 C max. 75% at +25 C max. 75% at +25 C
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 72.7 x 16 x 34 72.7 x 16 x 34 15.8 x 61.75 x 34.3 15 x 57 x 39
Weight approx. 50 g approx. 50 g approx. 100 g approx. 100 g
PG connection socket 0BA50: No; 0BB50: Yes 0BA60: No; 0BB60: Yes No No
UL listing Yes Yes Yes No
Used in PLC
S7-200/-300/-400
C7-633 DP, C7-634 DP,
C7-635, C7-636

S5-115U to -155U
I/O station
ET 200M/ ET 200B/ ET 200L/
ET 200S

Programming device
PG 720/720C/PG 740/PG 760
Interface
IM 308-C
CP 5431
FMS/DP
CP 342-5/ CP 343-5/ CP 443-5
IM 467
CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5611/
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2

SIMATIC OP
OLM/OBT
RS 485 repeater
PROFIBUS
4/44
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Bus connector RS 485
with axial cable outlet (180)
6GK1 500-0EA02
For the industrial PC,
SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM;
max transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
With screw-type terminals,
without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
with angled cable outlet (35)
6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0
low-cost version,
max. transmission rate 1.5 Mbit/s
in insulation-displacement method,
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
connector RS 485 Plug 180
6GK1 500-0FC00
and 180 cable outlet for the
industrial PC,
SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM;
max transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S5/S7 plug-in cable for
PROFIBUS
6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
Preassembled with two 9-pole
Sub-D connectors;
max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s;
3 m
Paper version
Electronic manuals
communication protocols
and communication products
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
4/45
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Dimension drawings
_
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
2
1
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
2
2
Seating surface
Sub-D connector
Thread
4-40 UNC
6ES7 972-0B.12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0B.50-0XA0
35.6
11.6
35.4
54.5
15.8
7.9
_
64
10
25
28.4
5
34 + 0.2
75.15 + 0.2
25
5
15.8
7.9
_
_
10+ 0.1
34 + 0.2
28.4
34.3
61.75
44.1
6GK1 500-0FC00
15.8
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
2
3
6GK1 500-0EA02
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
2
4
15
35
56
39
10
O
N
O
F
F
Dimensions
in mm
PROFIBUS
830-1T connecting cable
4/46
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Prefabricated cable for fast and cost-effective connection of
PROFIBUS nodes to OLM and OBT
Flexible PROFIBUS connecting cable
Benefits
Trouble-free connection of end stations through preassem-
bled connecting leads
Reliable data transmission to the end station in EMC-exposed
environment through direct cable shielding and termination.
Design
The 830-1T connecting cable consists of a twisted-pair cable
(wires made of stranded copper) with a woven shield.
It has a 9-pin Sub-D plug at both ends.
Both cable ends are terminated by a resistor combination
(cannot be switched off).
Function
The PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting cable is used for connecting
the electrical PROFIBUS interface to the PROFIBUS nodes
(OLM, OBT and data terminals) for data transmission rates of
up to 12 Mbit/s.
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
for terminal connection, preas-
sembled, with two Sub-D plugs,
9-pin terminated at both ends
1.5 m long 6XV1 830-1CH15
3 m long 6XV1 830-1CH30
PROFIBUS
830-2 connecting cable
4/47
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Prefabricated cable for connection of PROFIBUS nodes
(e.g. HMI) to PLCs
Flexible PROFIBUS connection cable for up to 12 Mbit/s
Benefits
Trouble-free connection of end stations through preassem-
bled connecting leads
Direct connection of a PG through the PG interface without
interrupting the connection between the stations.
Design
The 830-2 connecting cable comprises a standard PROFIBUS
bus cable. It is preassembled with two 9-pin connectors
(6GK1 500-0EA02 and 6ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0). One plug of the
preassembled connecting cable is equipped with a PG inter-
face.
Function
The 830-2 connecting cable is used to connect PROFIBUS
nodes (e.g. HMI) to automation devices for transmission rates
up to 12 Mbit/s.
PROFIBUS 830-2
connecting cable
Preassembled,
with two 9-pin connectors
3 m long 6XV1 830-2AH30
5 m long 6XV1 830-2AH50
10 m long 6XV1 830-2AN10
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS M12 and 7/8" plug-in cable/connector
4/48
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Flexible plug-in cables for data transmission (up to 12 Mbit/s) for
supplying power to IP65 PROFIBUS stations
PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cables
Pre-assembled plug-in cables (PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable)
for connecting PROFIBUS stations (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200)
to degree of protection IP65
For transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
7/8" plug-in cable
Pre-assembled plug-in cables for supplying power to
PROFIBUS stations (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) to degree of
protection IP65
PROFIBUS M12 and 7/8" plug-in connector
For establishing direct connections between devices on
PROFIBUS installation and power cables with M12 or 7/8" con-
nections
Excellent EMC shielding and deflection
Benefits
Time-saving, error-free connection of end stations using pre-
assembled connecting cables
Easy assembly on-site for application-specific M12 and 7/8
plug-in cables using M12 and 7/8 plug-in connectors for
assembly in the field
Design
M12 plug-in cable
Comprises the PROFIBUS Trailing Cable
Pre-assembled with two 5-pole M12 male/female connectors;
B-coded
7/8" plug-in cable
Comprises the Energy Cable 5 x 1.5 mm
2
Pre-assembled with two 5-pole 7/8" male/female connectors
PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cable
Pre-assembled with two 5-pole
M12 male/female connectors;
length:
0.3 m 6XV1 830-3DE30
0.5 m 6XV1 830-3DE50
1.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH10
1.5 m 6XV1 830-3DH15
2.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH20
3.0 m 6Xv1 830-3DH30
5.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH50
10 m 6XV1 830-3DN10
15 m 6XV1 830-3DN15
7/8" plug-in cable
For power supply;
pre-assembled with two 5-pole
7/8" male/female connectors;
length:
0.3 m 6XV1 822-5BE30
0.5 m 6XV1 822-5BE50
1.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH10
1.5 m 6XV1 822-5BH15
2.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH20
3.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH30
5.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH50
10 m 6XV1 822-5BN10
15 m 6XV1 822-5BN15
Plug-in connector for assembly in the field
PROFIBUS M12 connectors
5-pole, B-coded, metal casing,
1 pack = 5 pieces
Pin insert 6GK1 905-0EA00
Socket insert 6GK1 905-0EB00
5-pole, plastic casing,
1 pack = 5 pieces
Pin insert 6GK1 905-0FA00
Power cables
Energy Cable (5 x 1.5 mm
2
) 6XV1 830-8AH10
Power cable with trailing capabil-
ity with 5 copper cores (1.5 mm
2
)
for connecting to 7/8" plug-in
connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1000 m;
7/8" Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00
Power T-piece for ET 200 with
two 7/8" socket inserts and
one 7/8" pin insert
1 pack = 5 pieces
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals
4/49
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
For connecting PROFIBUS stations with an RS 485 interface
to a segment
Variants with transmission rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Easy, transparent assembly (simply snap onto a standard rail)
Unambiguous localization of faulty bus termination with the
12M bus terminal
PG connection with a special bus terminal and PG connecting
cable without the need to install network nodes for the RS 485
bus terminal.
Benefits
Easy and clearly comprehensible connection of PROFIBUS
stations thanks to preassembled, integrated connecting cable
Simple cabinet pre-wiring by connecting the PROFIBUS
connecting cable with integrated interfaces
Application
The PROFIBUS bus terminals enable a bus station to be con-
nected to a PROFIBUS network.
Pre-wired device connection for PROFIBUS node
Easy connection of stations to PROFIBUS networks through
insertion of the radial line with Sub-D plug
Implementation of multipoint connections by directly intercon-
necting several bus terminals (up to 32 stations per segment)
with the 12M bus terminal.
Design
Different versions are available:
Up to 1.5 Mbit/s
RS 485 bus terminal
Up to 12 Mbit/s
12M bus terminal.
The following is applicable to all versions:
Wall mounting or mounting on deep standard mounting rail
External 6-pin terminal block for connecting incoming and
outgoing bus cable and equipotential bonding conductors
Integrated connecting cable with Sub-D plug for connecting
the nodes
Terminating resistor combination can be connected through
rotary switch
The 12M bus terminal has the following additional features:
Ranges can be set for data transmission rates through a rotary
switch.
Supply of 12M bus terminal through connected PROFIBUS
node (5 V DC/90 mA) using a 9-pin Sub-D connector
For maximum segment lengths, see technical specifications.
Incoming and outgoing bus cables are isolated when the
terminating resistors are inserted.
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals
4/50
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
Connection of stations over flexible connecting cable with
Sub-D connector
Easy connection of the bus cable over the terminal block
No bus interruption in response to a missing terminal
Bus termination is possible over integral termination resistor
combinations.
The following also applies to the 12M bus terminal
Unique localization of faulty termination within a segment
(the incoming and outgoing bus cables are cut for inserting
the resistor combinations)
When the 12M bus terminal is used in a segment with RS 485
bus terminals, the configuration rules for the RS 485 bus
terminal apply (see manual for PROFIBUS networks).
System connection with PROFIBUS bus terminals e.g. for SIMATIC S7
PROFIBUS
e.g. SIMATIC S7-300
with communications
processor
Bus terminal
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
2
0
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals
4/51
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Maximum segment lengths for 12M bus terminal
Connectable systems for 12M bus terminal
Data transmission rate Maximum segment lengths
9.6 to 187.5 kbit/s 1000 m
500 kbit/s 400 m
1.5 Mbit/s 200 m
3 to 12 Mbit/s 100 m
System BT 12M
SIMATIC S5
IM 308 C
CP 5431 FMS/DP
S5-95U/DP
SIMATIC S7-200
CPU 215
SIMATIC S7-300
CP 342-5
CP 343-5
CPU 313
CPU 314
CPU 315
CPU 316
CPU 315-2 DP
SIMATIC S7-400
CP 443-5 Basic
CP 443-5 Extended
IM 467
CPU 413-2 DP
CPU 414-2 DP
PC modules
CP 5511
-
CP 5512
-
CP 5611
CP 5613 A2
CP 5614 A2
SIMATIC DP
ET 200M, IM 153
ET 200U, IM 318-C
ET 200B
ET 200L
-
ET 200X
-
ET 200S
-
ET 200eco
-
SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 FIM
SIMATIC 505
-
PROFIBUS DP RBC
Miscellaneous
RS 485 repeater
DP/RS 232 link
RS 485 bus terminal
for PROFIBUS
6GK1 500-0AB00
Transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s to
1500 kbit/s with connecting cable
3.0 m in length
RS 485 bus terminal
for PROFIBUS
6GK1 500-0DA00
With fitted PG interface and
connecting cable 1.5 m in length
PROFIBUS 12M bus terminal 6GK1 500-0AA10
Bus terminal for connecting
PROFIBUS nodes up to 12 Mbit/s
with 1.5 m connecting cable
Manual for PROFIBUS
networks, paper version
protocols, products
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
Active RS 485 terminating element
4/52
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Terminates bus segments at data transmission rates of
9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Power supply independent of bus stations.
Benefits
Terminal-independent bus termination through onboard
power supply
Application
The active RS 485 terminating resistance is used to terminate
bus segments. Power supply is independent of the stations.
The terminating resistor is supplied with power separately from
the other I/O components, either permanently or with a voltage
applied ahead of the I/Os. By terminating the bus system the sta-
tions (e.g. ET 200S) can be coupled and decoupled selectively
without malfunctions.
Design
1 terminal block for the segment connection
Terminal block for power supply (24 V DC external)
Function
The active RS 485 terminating element terminates the
PROFIBUS and therefore ensures a defined level of the RS 485
signal and suppression of reflections on the line. Since it is
operated independently of the field devices, they can be decou-
pled from the bus without reactions.
Supply voltages
Rated value
- 24 V DC Yes
lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
Current consumption, typical 30 mA
Connection system
Bus lines Screw terminal block
Power supply Screw terminal block
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s;
- min. 0 C
- max. 60 C
- min. -40 C
- max. 70 C
Relative humidity
- Operation, max. 95%; at +25C
Degree of protection and class of
protection
- IP 20 Yes
Width 60 mm
Height 70 mm
Depth 43 mm
Active RS 485 terminating
element for PROFIBUS
6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0
For terminating bus segments
for data transmission rates
of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
PROFIBUS
RS485 repeater for PROFIBUS
4/53
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Automatic data transmission rate search
Data transmission rate of 45.45 kbit/s possible
24 V DC voltage display
Display bus activity segment 1 and 2
Isolation of segment 1 and 2 possible by switch
Isolation of the right segment part when terminating resistor is
inserted
Decoupling of segment 1 and segment 2 in the event of static
interference.
Benefits
To increase the number of stations and the expansion
Galvanic isolation of segments
Startup assistance
- switch for disconnecting segments
- display of bus activity
- isolation of segment with incorrectly inserted terminating
resistor
Please also have a look at the diagnostics repeater which in
addition to the normal repeater functionality also has compre-
hensive diagnostics functions for physical line diagnosis.
It is described under "Distributed I/O/Diagnostics/Diagnostics
repeater for PROFIBUS DP".
Application
The RS 485 IP20 repeater connects two PROFIBUS or MPI bus
segments using the RS 485 system with up to 32 stations. Data
transmission rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s are then possible.
Design
Housing to degree of protection IP20.
2 terminal blocks for connecting the segment
Terminal block for supply voltage (24 V DC external).
PG/OP interface.
Function
Mode of operation
Increasing the number of stations (max. 127) and the
expansion
Regenerating the signals in amplitude and time
Electrical isolation of the connected bus systems
Data transmission rate Max. segment length
9.6 kbit/s 1000 m
19.2 kbit/s 1000 m
45.45 kbit/s 1000 m
93.75 kbit/s 1000 m
187.5 kbit/s 1000 m
500 kbit/s 400 m
1500 kbit/s 200 m
3000 kbit/s 100 m
6000 kbit/s 100 m
12000 kbit/s 100 m
Supply voltages
Rated value
- 24 V DC Yes
lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
Current consumption, typical 200 mA
Connection system
Bus lines 2 terminal blocks
Power supply
Terminal block
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s; 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
- min. 0 C
- max. 60 C
- min. -40 C
- max. 70 C
Relative humidity
- Operation, max. 95%; at 25 C
protection
- IP20 Yes
Width
45 mm
Height
128 mm
Depth
67 mm
Repeater RS 485 for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
up to 12 Mbit/s 24 V DC,
housing to IP20
PROFIBUS
Diagnostics repeater for PROFIBUS DP
4/54
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
RS 485 repeater with online line diagnostics for PROFIBUS DP
DP standard PROFIBUS slave
Automatic determination of fault types and locations
Data transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Connection through FastConnect using the insulation dis-
placement method
Application
The diagnostic repeater for PROFIBUS DP connects PROFIBUS
DP segments according to the RS 485 system. In addition, it
offers physical online monitoring of copper bus cables.
In the event of a fault it sends a diagnostics message to the
DP master containing detailed data on the fault type and fault
location.
Design
Mounting on S7-300 sectional rails or DIN rail
LEDs for the display of 24 V DC, bus activities and cable faults
per segment
Terminal block for 24 V DC (external) supply voltage
9-pin Sub-D socket for PG connection
Connections for 3 bus segments using the FastConnect insu-
lation displacement method
The diagnostic repeater is integrated as a DP standard
PROFIBUS slave in the bus system. It supports:
- monitoring of 2 PROFIBUS DP segments
- max. 31 stations per segment (max. 62 station per diagnos-
tic repeater)
- max. segment length 100 m
- configuration of up to 9 diagnostic repeaters in series
The diagnostics-capable segments must be connected with
approved bus connectors (see ordering data/ accessories).
The construction guidelines for 12 Mbaud networks must be
adhered to.
Function
Operating mode
Repeater functionality
The diagnostic repeater is integrated in the bus system as an
RS 485 repeater but has a separate PROFIBUS DP address:
Increased number of stations (max. 127) and expansion in the
bus system
Regenerating the signals in amplitude and time
Optical isolation of connected segments
Configuration is executed through STEP 7, COM PROFIBUS,
or a GSD file.
Diagnostics functionality
Initiated by STEP 7 COM PROFIBUS or through the application
program (SIMATIC S7-400), the diagnostic repeater determines
the topology of the connected segments and saves it in the
internal diagnostics memory.
In the event of a fault, the repeater automatically relays a
standard diagnostics message to the bus master containing the
following details:
Affected segment
Location of fault (between station X and Y)
Distance of fault location in meters from station X or Y and from
the repeater
Fault type
The following faults can be diagnosed:
Break in signal cables A or B
Short-circuit in signal cables A or B to the shield
Missing terminating resistors
Unpermissible cascading depth
Too many stations in a segment
Stations too far away from the diagnostic repeater
Faulty telegrams
Sporadic faults are also recognized.
The error messages are displayed graphically in STEP 7 and
COM PROFIBUS. They are fully integrated into the SIMATIC sys-
tem diagnostics (e.g. overview diagnostics, "report system error"
function).
Display of network topology and statistics
The topology can be displayed in STEP 7 in Version 5.2 and
newer. This display shows the stations and cable lengths.
An additional dispay shows the quality of the bus system in the
form of statistical data.
Configuration
The diagnostic repeater is configured as follows:
STEP 7 V5.1 and newer, incl. Service Pack 2
COM PROFIBUS V5.1, incl. Service Pack 2
Third-party tools: Through GSD file
If third-party masters are used, it is possible to determine the
topology with COM PROFIBUS. A third-party configuration tool
cannot determine the topology. However, if the topology was
determined once with COM PROFIBUS, third-party configuration
tools will then show information on error locations.
PROFIBUS
Diagnostics repeater for PROFIBUS DP
4/55
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Additional language versions and manuals
can be found for the various products at:
Supply voltages
Rated value
- 24 V DC Yes
lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
Connection system
Bus lines
FastConnect insulation piercing
technique, 10 connecting cycles
are possible
Power supply Terminal block
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission rate, max.
12 Mbit/s;
- min. 0 C
- max. 60 C
- min. -40 C
- max. 70 C
Relative humidity
- Operation, max. 95%; at 25 C
protection
- IP 20 Yes
Width 80 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 67.5 mm
RS 485 diagnostic repeater 6ES7 972-0AB01-0XA0
For connection of up to
2 segments to PROFIBUS DP;
with online diagnostics function
for monitoring the bus cables
Accessories
with insulation displacement
method, max. data transmission
rate 12 Mbit/s
Bus Connector RS
485 with 90 cable outlet
With insulation displacement
rate 12 Mbit/s
bus connector
RS 485 Plug 180
6GK1 500-0FC00
In insulation displacement
technology with 180 cable outlet
for industrial PCs, SIMATIC HMI OP,
OLM; max. data transmission rate
12 Mbit/s
with angular cable outlet (35)
with insulation displacement
rate 12 Mbit/s
Stripping Tool
6GK1 905-6AA00
Pre-set stripping tool
for rapid stripping of insulation
from PROFIBUS FastConnect
bus cables
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable 6XV1 830-0EH10
for quick assembly, 2-core,
shielded, meter goods;
max. consignment 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
S7 Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
multilingual: S7-200, TD 200,
S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400,
M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools,
Runtime Software,
SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine
Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial
Communication)
S7 Manual Collection -
Maintenance service for 1 year
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply:
CD containing the current
S7 Manual Collection and the three
subsequent updates
Manual
for PROFIBUS networks
1)
BT 200 hardware test device 6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0
with point-to-point cable for station
testing, with test connector for
wiring test, without charging unit,
with operating instructions
German/English/French
Connecting cable
for PROFIBUS
6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
12 Mbit/s; for PG connection to
PROFIBUS DP, preassembled with
2 x 9-pin SUB connector;
3.0 m
PROFIBUS
DP/DP coupler
4/56
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Interconnecting two PROFIBUS DP networks
The interchange of data between both DP networks takes
place by internal copying in the coupler.
Application
The PROFIBUS DP/DP coupler interconnects two PROFIBUS DP
networks. Byte data (0 244 byte) is transferred from the DP
master of the first network to the DP master of another network
and vice versa.
The principle corresponds to the hardware wiring of inputs
and outputs used today. The coupler has two independent DP
interfaces with which the two DP networks are connected.
The DP/DP coupler is a slave on each DP network.
The interchange of data between both DP networks takes place
by internal copying in the coupler.
Design
The DP/DP coupler is housed in a 40 mm casing of the
S7-300 series. It can be mounted on a standard mounting rail
(7.5 mm and 15 mm) as well as on a DIN rail for the S7 design.
The preferred arrangement is upright in a row, side by side, and
without clearance.
The coupler is connected to the PROFIBUS DP networks through
an integral 9-pin Sub-D connector.
Function
The DP/DP coupler continuously copies the output data from
one network to the input data of the other network (and vice
versa).
Functions
Data exchange of up to 244 byte of input and output data of
which up to 128 >byte can be consistent
Up to 16 input/output ranges for exchanging data
If one side fails, the outputs on the other side maintain the
previous value
Support of DPV1 with full diagnostics
Adjustment of DP/DP coupler either via switch or STEP 7
Different baud rate settings are possible
Electrical isolation between the two DP networks
Power is supplied to both sides
Parameter assignment
The PROFIBUS DP addresses are set via two DIP switches on
the top of the coupler.
The coupler is configured either with STEP 7 or with a configur-
ing tool which integrates the DP/DP coupler with the help of a
GSD file.
The data length is adjusted with the corresponding configuring
tool.
Note:
The manual is available on the Internet free of charge.
PROFIBUS data transmission rate max. 12 Mbit/s
Interfaces
PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D connector
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption typ. 150 mA
Mounting Upright (DIP switches above)
- horizontal mounting 0 C ... +60 C
- all other mounting positions 0 C ... +40 C
Relative humidity 10-95 % at +25 C
Design
DP/DP coupler 6ES7 158-0AD01-0XA0
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C link
4/57
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Adapter between an RS 232C (V.24) interface and
PROFIBUS DP
DP/RS 232C Link supports the following procedures:
- 3964 R
- data communication with start and end characters
- character delay mode
- data traffic with fixed-length messages
Devices with an RS 232C interface can be connected to
PROFIBUS DP with the DP/RS 232C Link.
Application
The DP/RS 232C link implements the conversion between an
RS 232C (V.24) interface and PROFIBUS DP.
Devices with an RS 232C interface can be connected to
PROFIBUS DP with the DP/RS 232C Link.
Design
Compact 70 mm housing for mounting on standard rails;
for butt-mounting preferably vertically
9-pin Sub-D female connector for connection to
PROFIBUS DP
Function
PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C link is connected to the device through
a point-to-point connection. Conversion to the PROFIBUS DP
protocol takes place in the PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C link. The
data is transferred consistently in both directions. Up to 224 byte
of useful data can be transferred per message.
Parameterization
The PROFIBUS DP address can be set with two rotary switches
on the front panel. Configuration is performed through the GSD
file with the configuration tool of the connected device.
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C link
4/58
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Note:
The manual is available free of charge on the Internet.
6ES7 158-
0AA01-0XA0
6ES7 197-
1LA02-0XA0
System
Requirements of a DP master
system
- Length diagnostics frame 231 Byte
- Length configuration frame 244 Byte
- Length user data frame 244 Byte
- Length parameterization frame 214 Byte
Supply voltages
Rated value
- 24 V DC Yes
Current consumption
Current consumption, max. 300 mA
Interfaces
RS 232C Yes
PROFIBUS DP Yes
Connection system
RS 232C 9-pin Sub-D
female
connector
PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D
female
connector
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes Yes
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 /
500 kbit/s
1.5 / 3 / 6 /
12 Mbit/s
Point-to-point
Transmission rate, RS232
- with 3964 (R) protocol, max. 19.2 kBit/s
Character frame (adjustable)
- Number of start bits/stop bits 8 data bits, 1
stop bit
- Parity none, even or
odd parity
- min. 0 C
- max. 55 C
- min. -40 C
- max. 70 C
Relative humidity
- Operation, max. 95%; at +25C
protection
- IP 20 Yes
Width 70 mm 40 mm
Height 95 mm 125 mm
Depth 80 mm 130 mm
PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C Link 6ES7 158-0AA01-0XA0
For coupling RS 232C devices to
PROFIBUS DP, including GSD file
and documentation file
Accessories
SIMATIC S5 Sub-D connector,
9-pin, female
6ES5 750-2AB11
PROFIBUS
Power Rail Booster
4/59
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The device for low-cost PROFIBUS DP transfer over contact
conductors and slip rings to degree of protection IP20
Permissible baud rates from 9600 bit/s to 500 kbit/s,
self-optimizing
Permissible busbar length:
From 25 m at 500 kbit/s to 1200 m at 9600 bit/s
Configuring with PRB Checker software
Up to 125 nodes per segment
Transparent for data communication:
The power rail booster does not reserve DP addresses
Easy to install due to connection without terminating resistor
and filter element
Diagnostics LED for power supply, bus activity and group
errors
Isolated electronic changeover contact for external group
error display or diagnostic alarm
Uninterruptible communication beyond segment limits using
the "PRB segment controller"
Application
The power rail booster supports connection of a PROFIBUS DP
through a contact wire, such as can be implemented on monorail
conveyors or high-bay storage and retrieval systems, thus en-
suring continued use of the wide range of PROFIBUS DP system
services, such as diagnostics and PROFIsafe safety engineer-
ing through a bus.
Monorail conveyors
Vehicle control for monorail conveyors can be achieved cost-
effectively with a concept based on SIMATIC standard compo-
nents. High availability, short response times and easy expan-
sion can be achieved by using distributed controllers, such as
SIMATIC ET 200S with IM 151-7/CPU. These can also be
programmed by the user with SIMATIC STEP 7 via the contact
wires.
High-bay storage and retrieval systems
The maintenance-hungry data photoelectric barriers used in
high-bay storage and retrieval systems can be replaced, thus
increasing plant availability.
Applications with slip rings
The power rail booster enables cost-effective routing of
PROFIBUS DP through rotating axes even in the case of large
diameters.
Design
The power rail booster can be snapped on to a 15 mm or a 7.5
mm standard DIN rail.
Function
How it works
For safe data transmission of the PROFIBUS DP signals via
the contact conductors, the signal levels are raised to an
interference-immune level and injected into the contact con-
ductors.
Manual and configuring
The manual for the Power Rail Booster can be downloaded from
the Internet in English, German and French. The "PRB Checker"
software tool for easy configuration of contact conductor net-
works is available for downloading.
Dimensions
(W x H x D, with connector) in mm
90 x 132 x 75
Power consumption max. 20 W
Data transmission rate, max. 500 kBit/s, self-adjusting
Cable length
(depends on baud rate), max.
1200 m
Shock-hazard protected voltage Yes, to EN 61131-2
Stations per PRB segment, max. 125
Operation without terminating
resistance
Yes
Operation without filter Yes
Wiring options: Line / star Yes / Yes
Power Rail Booster 6ES7 972-4AA02-0XA0
Signal amplifier for PROFIBUS DP
transmission over contact cables,
max. 500 kbit/s
PRB segment controller 6ES7 972-4AA50-0XA0
Automatic change-over switch
between PRB segments
PROFIBUS
BT 200 hardware test unit
4/60
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
For checking the bus cable, RS 485 interfaces and
accessibility of slaves
Compact and very easy to operate
Choice of 6 languages
For installers, start-up engineers and service personnel
Optional logging kit for generating acceptance reports/docu-
mentation
Optional adapters for IP65/67 systems
Connecting adapter, bus tester BT200 on M12
Connecting adapter, bus tester BT200 on ECOFAST
Connecting adapter for 24 V DC ECOFAST for supplying the
station with 24 V DC for the station test
These connecting adapters can be purchased from:
KnorrTec
Kapellenbergstrae 34
D-93176 Beratzhausen
Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 94 93/ 9 51 96 90
Fax: +49 (0) 94 93/ 9 51 96 79
E-Mail: info@knorrtec.de
http://www.knorrtec.de/de/produkte/I_3a.asp
Benefits
Minimizing errors during installation and commissioning
Shorter service and plant standstill times
Application
During installation, the BT 200 test unit can be used to check the
PROFIBUS cable. Wiring can also be checked when the stations
are plugged in. Installation errors can be detected quickly and
without any effort; no special knowledge of PROFIBUS is re-
quired.
Even before the system is commissioned, it is possible to test the
PROFIBUS DP nodes RS 485 interfaces with the BT 200. A list-
ing of addressable slaves on the connected bus is also possible,
even without a master on the PROFIBUS DP.
This permits advance function testing of single bus segments,
which reduces commissioning times. In case of faults, these test
functions are also useful for localizing the fault, thus minimizing
plant down times.
With the help of the optional log generation kit, the individual
tests are saved in BT 200 and transferred to a PC. The test re-
sults can then be printed in report form. This means, for exam-
ple, that it is possible to edit an acceptance report quickly and
easily.
Function
Checking the PROFIBUS cable:
Line interruption/shield interruption
Short-circuiting among lines or line and shield
Determining the location of fault in case of breakage/shorting
of data lines
Detecting reflections that may cause a fault
Line change
Determining the length of the installed cable
Checking slave accessibility:
Listing of accessible slaves
Specific addressing of individual slaves
Checking the RS 485 interface of the master and slave:
RS 485 driver
Power supply for line termination
RTS signal
Displaying PROFIBUS DP addresses
PROFIBUS
BT 200 hardware test unit
4/61
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Supply voltages
Description via integral NC battery
Connection system
PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D female connector
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s;
- min. 5 C
- max. 45 C
- min. -20 C
- max. 60 C
Relative humidity
- Operation, max. 95%
protection
- IP 20 Yes
Online languages
adjustable Yes
German Yes
English Yes
French Yes
Italian Yes
Portuguese Yes
Spanish Yes
Width 210 mm
Height 100 mm
Depth 55 mm
BT 200 hardware test device 6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0
with point-to-point cable for
station testing, with test connector
for wiring test, without charging
unit, with operating instructions
Accessories
Charging unit for the
rechargeable batteries:
Chargers
230 V AC/2.4 10 V DC 6ES7 193-8LA00-0AA0
110 V AC/2.4 10 V AC 6ES7 193-8LB00-0AA0
Logging Kit BT 200 6ES7 193-8MA00-0AA0
comprising data transmission
cable BT 200/PC and
logging software for PC
Test connector 6EP8 106-0AC20
Spare part
NiCd battery pack 6EP8 106-0HA01
Spare part
Point-to-point cable
for station test
6EP8 106-0HC01
Spare part
PROFIBUS
Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA)
SpliTConnect
4/62
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
This is used to install fieldbus segments according to IEC 61
158-2 (e. g. PROFIBUS PA) with field device connection points
Easy installation of the bus cable using the FastConnect sys-
tem (FastConnect Stripping Tool, FC Process Cable acc. to
IEC 61 158-2)
Terminal units can be connected over FC Process Cables acc.
to IEC 61 158-2 or SpliTConnect M12 Outlet/M12 Jack
Termination resistor combination can be integrated (SpliTCon-
nect
Terminator
Benefits
Easy terminal connection through use of the FastConnect
connection system
Wide range of applications due to the modular SpliTConnect
system
Reduction of types and parts thanks to a uniform connection
system for PROFIBUS PA
Application
The SpliTConnect Tap supports the installation of fieldbus
segments according to IEC 61 158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA) with
terminal unit connection points.
Using the SpliTConnect Coupler, a PROFIBUS PA distributor
can be constructed by cascading SpliTConnect Taps.
By replacing the contact screw with the SpliTConnect Termi-
nator, the SpliTConnect Tap can be used as a bus termination
element.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
1
1
Strip the cable end with FastConnect Attach screwed gland, seal, shield
contact and stranded conductor holder
to the end of the cable.
Insert the prepared end of the
cable in the SpliTConnect Tap
and secure it by tightening the
screwed gland.
Insert the insulation piercing
contacts in the SpliTConnect Tap
The cable ends make contact by screwing
in the insulation piercing contacts
PROFIBUS
SpliTConnect
4/63
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Design
Rugged plastic casing made of PBT in IP67 design
Resistant to ultraviolet rays, thus suitable for outdoor use
Full shielding through integrated metal housing
Easy cable connection through use of FC Process Cable
Contacting and connection of the FC Process Cable through
insulation displacement contacts using contacting screw
The SpliTConnect taps can be grounded through a contacting
screw
For DIN rail mounting or wall mounting
Function
The SpliTConnect tap enables configuration of fieldbus
segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA) and
connection of terminals
Easy pre-assembly of the SpliTConnect taps through the
FastConnect connection system (FastConnect stripping tool,
FC Process Cable)
Connection of the terminals directly through FC Process
Cable or SpliTConnect M12 outlet
SpliTConnect
Coupler
SpliTConnect
M12 Outlet
SpliTConnect
Terminator
SpliTConnect
M12 Jack
Transmission rate 31.25 kbit/s
Type of connection Insulation displacement
Cable gland M22
Enclosure material PBT (polybutyleneterephthalate)
For use in hazardous areas II 1G EEx ia IIC T6
UV-resistant Yes
Construction
UL listing Yes
SpliTConnect Tap 6GK1 905-0AA00
For assembling PROFIBUS PA
segments and connecting PA
field devices, insulation displace-
ment method, IP67
Type of delivery:
1 packet = 10 pcs.
SpliTConnect M12 outlet 6GK1 905-0AB10
Element for direct connection of
PROFIBUS PA field devices to
the SpliTConnect tap through
M12 connection
Type of delivery:
1 packet = 5 pcs.
SpliTConnect coupler 6GK1 905-0AC00
Coupling element for connecting
SpliTConnect taps in series to
configure star points
Type of delivery:
1 packet = 10 pcs.
SpliTConnect terminator
(Ex version)
6GK1 905-0AD00
For terminating PROFIBUS PA
segments, can be used in
hazardous areas
Type of delivery:
1 packet = 5 pcs.
SpliTConnect terminator
(non-Ex version)
6GK1 905-0AE00
For terminating PROFIBUS PA
segments, cannot be used in
hazardous area
Type of delivery:
1 packet = 5 pcs.
SpliTConnect M12 jack 6GK1 905-0AF00
Connector element for direct
connection of PROFIBUS PA field
devices to the PROFIBUS PA
segment through M12 connection
Type of delivery:
1 packet = 5 pcs.
PROFIBUS
Bus cables
4/64
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Bus cable for fieldbus systems according to IEC 61158-2,
e.g. PROFIBUS PA
Different variants for different applications (hazardous areas,
non-hazardous areas)
Benefits
Length can easily be determined due to meter length mark-
ings printed on the cable
Complete range of cables for hazardous and non-hazardous
areas
Reduction of types and parts thanks to a uniform connection
system for PROFIBUS PA
Application
Color coded wires are available for assembling fieldbus net-
works according to IEC 61 158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA) for differ-
ent areas of applications (hazardous, non-hazardous areas).
UL approvals
Different cable variants with the appropriate UL approvals for
installation in cable bundles and cable racks, according to the
NEC guidelines (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
Design
Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section.
Grounding continuity may be implemented through the outer
shield of the bus cable and the ground terminals of the
SpliTConnect system.
Meter length marking printed on the cable.
Cable types
FC Process Cable:
Special bus cable according to IEC 61158-2 for use in hazard-
ous areas (Ex version) and in non-hazardous areas (non-Ex
version).
The connection between the bus segments with RS 485 and
IEC 61158-2 transmission method is made through the seg-
ment transceiver/link.
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C,
tests according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472/FISCO
2) Data transmission rate 31.25 kbit/s.
Cable type
1)
FC Process Cable
2)
Damping
at 38.4 kHz/39 kHz 3 dB/km
Inductance
at 31.25 kHz 650 H/km
at 31.25 kHz 100 20
Rated value 100
Effective capacitance at 1 kHz approx. 90 nF/km
Cable type (standard designation) 02 Y SY CY
1 x 2 x 1.0/2.55-100 BL OE FR
Sheath
Material PVC
Diameter 8.0 0.4 mm
Color Blue or black
Bending radius
Single bend 80 mm
Weight 103 kg/km
Halogen-free No
VDE 0482-265-2-1, IEC 60332-1
UL listing / 300 V rating Yes/CM/CMG/PLTC/
Sun Res/Oil Res
UL style / 600 V rating Yes
grease
Limited resistance
UV-resistant Yes
Silicone-free Yes
PROFIBUS
Bus cables
4/65
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Mounting instructions
FastConnect
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the sheath
and shield of the FC Process Cable for PROFIBUS PA to the cor-
rect length.
Use of the FastConnect stripping tool and SpliTConnect tap
makes, for example, connecting field devices to the PROFIBUS
PA bus system easy.
Cable routing
Note:
J. Hertlein A&D SE V22
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable
Two-wire, shielded
Blue for applications in
hazardous areas
6XV1 830-5EH10
Black for applications in
non-hazardous areas
6XV1 830-5FH10
Meter goods:
Max. consignment 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
stripping tool
6GK1 905-6AA00
Stripping tool for rapid stripping
of insulation from PROFIBUS
FastConnect bus cables
PROFIBUS FastConnect blade
cassettes
6GK1 905-6AB00
Spare blade cassettes
for the PROFIBUS FastConnect
stripping tool, 5 pcs.
Paper version
Electronic manuals
protocols, products
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
DP/PA coupler and link
4/66
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Implements the transition between PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA.
Modular expansion
Ex version available
Non-Ex version available
Benefits
Systemwide integration due to direct connection of the PA
field devices to PROFIBUS DP
Design
Modular system (DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link) in S7-300
system design on a flat mounting rail for swinging out, with screw
mounting. Hot swapping is possible through the high mounting
rail and the BM 157 and BM DP/PA backplane bus modules.
The DP/PA coupler can be expanded to a DP/PA link.
DP/PA coupler:
Two versions of the DP/PA coupler:
Non-Ex version with max. 400 mA output current for the PA
cable; Ex version with max. 110 mA output current. The PA
cable of the Ex version can be used in the hazardous area.
The DP/PA coupler itself must be installed outside the hazard-
ous area (up to Ex Zone 2).
The total mounting depth is max. 130 mm, the height 125 mm.
The width of the DP/PA coupler is 80 mm.
4-pole screw terminal for 24 V DC connection
9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS DP
Non-intrinsically-safe version:
4 screw terminals for connection to PROFIBUS PA
Intrinsically-safe version:
2 screw terminals for connection to PROFIBUS PA
The DP/PA coupler (Ex version) is always present at the end of
the PA cable. The terminating resistor integrated in the hous-
ing is always active. The DP/PA coupler (non-Ex version) has
a selectable terminating resistor. It is therefore possible to loop
the PA cable through. The screen connection of the PA cable
also serves for strain relief in both versions.
DP/PA link
The DP/PA link is formed by the IM 153 interface module
and one or more DP/PA couplers (Ex or non-Ex versions).
All components of the DP/PA link are interconnected through
the S7 backplane bus.
Combination of the IM 153 with Ex or non-Ex versions of the
DP/PA coupler means that Ex and non-Ex versions of the
DP/PA link are also possible.
This modular system can be expanded to a maximum of 5 PA
segments.
The total depth is max. 130 mm, the height 125 mm.
The width of the IM 153 is 40 mm. The total width of the DP/PA
link depends on the number of DP/PA couplers used.
Connection to PROFIBUS DP only on the IM 153 via 9-pin
Sub-D socket.
Redundant operation possible on S7-400H.
Application options
Use of the DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link depends on the control
system used as well as the quantity framework (number of field
devices per PLC/automation system).
DP/PA coupler
The DP/PA coupler (stand-alone) is used for small quantity
frameworks and low timing requirements.
When using the DP/PA coupler, the data transfer rate on the
PROFIBUS DP must be fixed at 45.45 kbit/s. The quantity frame-
work is determined either by the maximum number of address-
able slaves (field devices) or the maximum cycle time.
When using the DP/PA coupler, the field devices are addressed
directly by the PLC/automation system; the DP/PA coupler is
transparent. It is not necessary to configure the DP/PA coupler.
It is therefore recommended for expanding existing plants
based on SIMATIC S5.
DP/PA link
The DP/PA link is used for large quantity frameworks and high
timing requirements.
The DP/PA link is a slave on the PROFIBUS DP and a master on
the PROFIBUS PA. The PLC/automation system addresses the
field devices over the DP/PA link like a modular slave whose
modules are the PA devices.
Configuration of the DP/PA link is integrated extremely conve-
niently in the STEP 7 configuration software (V4.02 and higher).
The DP/PA link can be operated on PROFIBUS DP standard
masters.
The GSD file required for operation on PROFIBUS DP standard
masters can be downloaded from the Internet.
PROFIBUS
4/67
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
DP/PA coupler
Conversion of data format from asynchronous (11 bits/charac-
ter) to synchronous (8 bits/character) and conversion of data
transmission rate.
Power supply for field devices.
Limiting of supply current by means of barriers.
The supply current is limited to 110 mA for the Ex version, and
to 400 mA for the non-Ex version.
The CiR function (Configuration in RUN) is supported in asso-
ciation with the PROFIBUS master S7-400. This means that
field devices can be added or removed during operation.
The number of slaves or field devices which can be connected
is limited by their power consumption of the field devices.
DP/PA link
Subordinate PA segments can be designed by using the
DP/PA link.
This data is transmitted to the control system over PROFIBUS DP
at a maximum rate of 12 Mbit/s without any significant time loss.
The DP/PA link is a gateway that interconnects PROFIBUS DP
and PROFIBUS PA, but decouples their data transmission rates.
It is a slave on the PROFIBUS DP and a master on the PROFIBUS
PA. The PLC indirectly addresses the field devices over the
DP/PA link.
From the viewpoint of the automation system, the DP/PA link is a
modular slave. The individual modules of these slaves are the
field devices connected to the subordinate PA segments. The
CiR function (Configuration in RUN) is supported in association
with the PROFIBUS master S7-400. This means that field devices
can be added or removed during operation.
The DP/PA link can comprise:
IM 153 and max. 5 DP/PA couplers
The PA segments of a DP/PA link together form a logical bus.
The sum of all field devices on a DP/PA link is limited to 64.
Redundancy
Redundant operation is possible with the S7-400H. The IM 153
is present twice in this case. Hot swapping is made possible
through the BM 157 and BM DP/PA backplane bus modules and
the DIN rail for active bus modules. This applies both to the
IM 153 and to the series-connected DP/PA coupler.
DP/PA coupler
Connection for PROFIBUS PA
Function Conversion of data format from
asynchronous (11 bits/character)
to synchronous (8 bits/character)
and conversion of data transmis-
sion rate.
Power supply for field devices.
Limiting of supply current by
means of barriers.
Support of CiR functionality in
association with S7-400
Intrinsically safe version 2-pole screw terminal, perma-
nently integrated terminating
resistor, max. output current
110 mA
Output voltage: 13...14 V DC
Non-intrinsically safe version 4-pole screw terminal, selectable
terminating resistor, max. output
current 400 mA
Output voltage: 19 V DC
Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D plug,
contact assignment as described
in IEC 61158/EN 50170
Backplane bus Connection through S7 back-
plane bus connector (only neces-
sary for PA Link ); non-isolated
The active BM DP/PA bus mod-
ules are required for the hot
swapping function
Displays Bus activity DP (yellow)
Bus activity PA (yellow)
Supply voltage 24 V DC (green)
Current consumption
Ex version max. 400 mA
Non-Ex version max. 750 mA
Power loss
Ex version approx. 7 Watt
Non-Ex version approx. 7 Watt
Ex version 25...60 C
Non-Ex version -25...+60 C
IM 153-2
Supply voltages
Rated value
Permissible range,
lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
Permissible range,
upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Overvoltage protection Yes
Bridging capability of line
voltage outages
5 ms
Current consumption
Current consumption, typ. 400 mA
Power loss 4 W
PROFIBUS
4/68
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
IM 153-2
Interfaces
PROFIBUS DP Yes
PROFIBUS PA Yes; using coupler
AS-Interface No
Connection method
PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D
Protocol
PROFIBUS DP Yes
PROFIBUS DP
Data transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
Properties of the subordinate
DP master system

Data transmission rate, max.
12 Mbit/s
Max. number of slaves
64
PROFIBUS PA
Data transmission rate 31.25 kbit/s;
user view
Number of PA field devices that can
be connected
64
Bridging capability of line voltage
outages
5 ms
CPU/ programming
Configuring software
STEP 7 Yes; GSD tool
Status information/ Alarms/
Diagnostics

Status indicator Yes
Alarms
Alarms Yes
Diagnostics
Diagnostics functions Yes
LED diagnostics
DP bus activity (yellow) Yes
PA bus activity (yellow) Yes
BF bus error (red) Yes
SF group error (red) Yes
Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON
(green)
Yes
Insulation
Insulation tested with 500 V AC
Environmental demands
min -25 C
max. 60 C
min. -40 C
max. 70 C
Relative humidity
Operation, max. 95%
Degree/Class of protection
IP20 Yes
Width
40 mm
Height
125 mm
Depth
117 mm
Weight, approx.
350 g
DP/PA coupler
For conversion of the communi-
cations system from RS 485 to
IEC 1158-2
Intrinsically safe version (Ex) 6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0
Non intrinsically safe version
(non-Ex)
6ES7 157-0AC82-0XA0
IM 153-2 6ES7 153-2BA81-0XB0
Interface module for DP/PA link
and Y link
Accessories
PS 307 load current supply,
including connection assembly;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
2 A; 50 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
5 A; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0
5 A, extended temperature
range; 80 mm wide
6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
10 A, 200 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA00-0AA0
PS 305 load current supply,
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temperature
range; 80 mm wide
6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
DIN (without hot swapping)
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
Width 530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Components for redundant configuration
Active bus modules for
hot swapping
IM 157 bus module for
two IM 153-2 modules,
for redundant and non-redun-
dant configuration,
for extended temperature range,
for hot swapping function,
permissible operating tempera-
ture -25...+60 C
6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
DP/PA bus module for one
DP/PA coupler,
for extended temperature range,
for hot swapping function,
permissible operating tempera-
ture -25...+60C
6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
DIN rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
for hot swapping function
482 mm long (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm long 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
620 mm long 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
2000 mm long 6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0
PROFIBUS
Optical networks with OLM
4/69
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Used for the optical Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS
networks
Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and
outdoors
Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings
Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion
control
High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electro-
magnetic fields
Available preassembled
Benefits
Easy routing with
- pre-assembled cables
- no grounding problems
- very light fiber-optic cable
Tap-proof
due to lack of radiation from the cable
Silicon-free;
therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry
(e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
Application
Marine duplex fiber-optic cable SIENOPYR
fiber-optic cable for permanent installation on ships and on
offshore platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter.
Fiber-optic indoor cable
Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for
installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in build-
ing automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors.
Fiber-optic standard cable
Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors
and outdoors
For routing above ground
For installation inside buildings.
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors.
Fiber-optic trailing cable
Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion
control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing
cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable versions are available
for this application:
FO Trailing Cable;
Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
Cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
4 BFOC connectors.
Fiber-optic outdoor cable
Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors
with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the
ground.
4 BFOC connectors.
Note:
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
PROFIBUS
4/70
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors (100 bit/s)
Design
In the respective applications, the maximum cable lengths must
be taken into account.
Passive connection of different fiber types is not permissible.
Network components
BFOC
connection
Plug
BFOC
connection
Plug
Preassembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
4
3
NC NC
Network components
Outer sheath
Loosely
buffered
fiber
Glass fiber
Single core sheath
G
_
I
K

P
I
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
0
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Cable types 50/125 m 62.5/125 m
FO Standard Cable GP

FO Trailing Cable

FO Trailing Cable GP

FO Ground Cable

FIBER OPTIC standard cable

INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable

Flexible Fiber Optic trailing cable

SIENOPYR marine duplex fiber-
optic cable

PROFIBUS
4/71
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Cable type FO Standard Cable GP FO Ground Cable
Application areas Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use
outdoors with non-metallic protection against rodents
for laying into the ground.
Type of delivery Sold by the meter; pre-assembled
with 4 BFOC connectors
Sold by the meter; pre-assembled
Cable type (standard designation) AT-W(ZN)YY 2x1G50/125 AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)B2Y 2G50/125
Fiber type Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 mm Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 mm
Damping
Modal bandwidth
at 1300 nm 1200 MHz *km 1200 MHz *km
Materials
Outer sheath/color of cable PVC, green PVC, black
Cable dimensions 4.5 x 7.4 mm 10.5 mm
Bending cycles
energy/number/hammer )

temperature
5 C +50 C 5 C +50 C
Behavior in fire
Halogen-free
grease
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4
(CSA standard C22.2 No232-M1988)

Protection against rodents Yes
PROFIBUS
4/72
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Cable type FO Trailing Cable FO Trailing Cable GP
Application areas Cable for use in cable carriers for high mechanical
loading, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval
Cable for use in cable carriers for low mechanical
loading, PVC outer sheath, UL approval
Type of delivery Sold by the meter; pre-assembled
Sold by the meter; pre-assembled
Cable type (standard designation) AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2G50/125 AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2G50/125
Fiber type Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 mm Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 mm
Damping
Modal bandwidth
at 1300 nm 1200 MHz *km 1200 MHz *km
Materials
Outer sheath/color of cable PUR, green PVC, green
Cable dimensions 10.5 mm 10.5 mm

temperature
5 C +50 C 5 C +50 C
Behavior in fire
Halogen-free
grease
Highly resistant Limited resistance
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4
(CSA standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
Protection against rodents
PROFIBUS
4/73
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Cable type INDOOR Fiber Optic
Indoor cable
Fiber Optic
Standard cable
Application areas Non-crush, halogen-free and fire-retardant cable for
indoor installation
Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors
Type of delivery Sold by the meter, pre-assembled
Sold by the meter, pre-assembled
Cable type (standard designation) T-VHH 2G62.5/125
3.2B200+0.9F600 F TB3 OR FRNC
AT-VYY 2G62,5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F
3.5 dB/km
1.0 dB/km
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
200 MHz *km
500 MHz *km
200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km
Cable design Segmentable inner conductor Segmentable outer conductor
Core type Fixed core Compact core
Materials
Basic element Copolymer, gray (FRNC) PVC, gray
Strain relief Aramide fibers Kevlar fiber and impregnated glass fiber
Outer sheath/color of cable Copolymer, light orange (FRNC) PVC, black
Cable dimensions (3.9 6.6) 0.2 mm (6.3 9.8) 0.4 mm
Permissible tensile force 800 N (temporary) 500 N (temporary)
Bending radius 50 mm (when routing)
30 mm (during operation) only on the flat side
100 mm only on the flat side
Resistant to lateral force 10000 N/10 cm (temporary)
1)
2000 N/10 cm (continuous)
2)

1.5 Nm/20 impacts/12.5 mm
temperature
5 C +50 C 5 C +50 C
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant to IEC 60332-1
and VDE 0482-265-2-1
Flame-retardant to IEC 60332-3
and VDE 0482-266-2-4
Halogen-free Yes
grease

UL approval
UV-resistant
Protection against rodents Yes
PROFIBUS
4/74
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) With copper cores and no load
2) With copper cores and maximum load (6 A)
Cable type Flexible Fiber Optic
Trailing cable
SIENOPYR
Application areas Flexible cable for routing in cable carriers indoors
and outdoors
Fixed routing on ships and on offshore platforms in
any room and on open deck; marine approval
Type of delivery Sold by the meter, pre-assembled
Sold by the meter
Cable type (standard designation) AT-W11Y (ZN) 11Y 2G62.5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F
MI-VHH 2G 62.5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 + 2 x 1CU
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km
200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km
Cable design Segmentable outer conductor Segmentable outer conductor
Core type Hollow core, filled Full core
Materials
Basic element PUR, black Polyolefin
Strain relief Aramide fiber, also GFP central element Aramide fibers
Outer sheath/color of cable PUR, black SHF1 mixture, black
Cable dimensions 13.4 0.4 mm (external diameter) 13.3 0.5 mm
Permissible tensile force 2000 N (temporary)
1000 N (continuous)
500 N (temporary)
250 N (continuous)
Bending radius 150 mm min. 100000 bending cycles 133 mm (once)
266 mm (more than once)
Routing and installation temperature 5 C +50 C 10 C +50 C
1)
40 C +70 C
2)
Behavior in fire Flame-retardant acc. to IEC 60332-3 Cat A
Halogen-free Yes
Resistance to mineral oils and grease
UL approval
UV-resistant Yes
Protection against rodents
Approvals for use in marine vessels Lloyd Register of Shipping
German Lloyd
Registro Staliano Navale
Bureau Veritas
PROFIBUS
4/75
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 873-2A
Preferred lengths

pre-assembled
0.5 m 6XV1 873-3AH05
1 m 6XV1 873-3AH10
2 m 6XV1 873-3AH20
3 m 6XV1 873-3AH30
5 m 6XV1 873-3AH50
10 m 6XV1 873-3AN10
15 m 6XV1 873-3AN15
20 m 6XV1 873-3AN20
30 m 6XV1 873-3AN30
40 m 6XV1 873-3AN40
50 m 6XV1 873-3AN50
80 m 6XV1 873-3AN80
100 m 6XV1 873-3AT10
150 m 6XV1 873-3AT15
200 m 6XV1 873-3AT20
300 m 6XV1 873-3AT30
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 873-2C
Preferred lengths

pre-assembled
3 m 6XV1 873-3CH30
5 m 6XV1 873-3CH50
10 m 6XV1 873-3CN10
20 m 6XV1 873-3CN20
50 m 6XV1 873-3CN50
100 m 6XV1 873-3CT10
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 873-2D
Preferred lengths
1)
pre-assembled
3 m 6XV1 873-3DH30
5 m 6XV1 873-3DH50
10 m 6XV1 873-3DN10
20 m 6XV1 873-3DN20
50 m 6XV1 873-3DN50
100 m 6XV1 873-3DT10
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 873-2G
Preferred lengths

pre-assembled
100 m 6XV1 873-3GT10
200 m 6XV1 873-3G T20
300 m 6XV1 873-3G T30
Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 820-5AH10
Preferred lengths

pre-assembled
with 4 BFOC plugs
1 m 6XV1 820-5BH10
2 m 6XV1 820-5BH20
3 m 6XV1 820-5BH30
4 m 6XV1 820-5BH40
5 m 6XV1 820-5BH50
10 m 6XV1 820-5BN10
15 m 6XV1 820-5BN15
20 m 6XV1 820-5BN20
30 m 6XV1 820-5BN30
40 m 6XV1 820-5BN40
50 m 6XV1 820-5BN50
55 m 6XV1 820-5BN55
60 m 6XV1 820-5BN60
65 m 6XV1 820-5BN65
70 m 6XV1 820-5BN70
75 m 6XV1 820-5BN75
80 m 6XV1 820-5BN80
100 m 6XV1 820-5BT10
120 m 6XV1 820-5BT12
130 m 6XV1 820-5BT13
150 m 6XV1 820-5BT15
200 m 6XV1 820-5BT20
250 m 6XV1 820-5BT25
300 m 6XV1 820-5BT30
INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 820-7AH10
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
0.5 m 6XV1 820-7BH05
1 m 6XV1 820-7BH10
2 m 6XV1 820-7BH20
3 m 6XV1 820-7BH30
5 m 6XV1 820-7BH50
10 m 6XV1 820-7BN10
15 m 6XV1 820-7BN15
20 m 6XV1 820-7BN20
25 m 6XV1 820-7BN25
50 m 6XV1 820-7BN50
75 m 6XV1 820-7BN75
100 m 6XV1 820-7BT10
SIENOPYR
(62.5/125)
6XV1 830-0NH10
Fiber-optic cable for installation
onboard ships and on offshore
platforms
Sold by the meter;
PROFIBUS
4/76
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Further language versions and manuals
can be found for the respective products at
Note
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available
on request. Special tools and specially trained personnel
are required for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
More information
You can order components and demonstration materials
supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your
local contact.
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE
trailing cable
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 820-6AH10
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
1 m 6XV1 820-6BH10
2 m 6XV1 820-6BH20
3 m 6XV1 820-6BH30
5 m 6XV1 820-6BH50
10 m 6XV1 820-6BN10
15 m 6XV1 820-6BN15
20 m 6XV1 820-6BN20
30 m 6XV1 820-6BN30
50 m 6XV1 820-6BN50
75 m 6XV1 820-6BN75
100 m 6XV1 820-6BT10
Accessories
BFOC connector set 6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0
for FIBER OPTIC CABLE,
standard, trailing cable, indoor
cable as well as SIENOPYR
marine duplex fiber-optic cable,
20 units
networks
1)

Paper version
Electronic manuals
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables
4/77
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Electrical isolation of PROFIBUS devices and PROFIBUS
segments
interference
Up to 80 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cables and
up to 400 m with PCF fiber-optic cables
applications
Benefits
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables can be pre-assembled
on site
interference
Application
SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are used in
combination with OLM/P11 and OLM/P12 for constructing
optical PROFIBUS networks or for the optical connection of
segments in RS 485 technology in indoor applications.
Plastic fiber-optic cables and segmented PCF fiber-optic cables
can be assembled on site with 2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The max-
imum cable length between two OLM/P11 or OLM/P12 is 80 m.
Longer cable lengths up to 400 m can be achieved using PCF
fiber-optic cables. These cables are also available preassem-
bled with 4 BFOC connectors.
Design
Different types of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are offered:
Plastic fiber-optic cables
Plastic FOC, standard cable;
rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
tension components as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged
polyamide inner sheath. For indoor applications; cable
lengths up to 80 m.
Plastic FOC, duplex core;
two flat cores with PVC inner sheath and without outer sheath
for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as
laboratory setups or inside cabinets; cable length to 50 m.
PCF fiber optic cables
PCF fiber-optic cable, standard cables:
Rugged round cables with violet/green PVC outer sheath and
Kevlar strain relief elements for applications indoor/outdoors;
cable lengths up to 400 m;
the following cable versions are available:
- PCF fiber optic standard cable;
with violet PVC outer sheath for indoor applications.
The cable is not suitable for assembly in the field;
(only available pre-assembled with an insertion tool)
- PCF Standard Cable GP (general purpose);
with green PVC outer sheath for indoor and outdoor applica-
tions.
The cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
PCF fiber optic trailing cable;
rugged round cable with green outer sheath and Kevlar
tension elements for trailing cable applications; cable lengths
of up to 400 m.
The cables are suitable for assembly in the field.
The following cable versions are available:
no UL approval
with UL approval
PROFIBUS
4/78
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Sold by the meter without inner sheath; not suitable for assembly in the field.
Cable type PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic
Duplex Core
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic
Standard Cable
PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic
Standard Cable
Core cross-section
Area of application Indoor applications with low
mechanical loading, such as labo-
ratory setups or inside cabinets,
with cable lengths up to 50 m
For indoor applications with cable
lengths up to 80 m
lengths up to 300 m
Delivery format Sold by the meter; for assembly on
site with 2 simplex connectors
Preassembled with 2 x 2 BFOC
connectors or sold by the meter
Only preassembled with 2 x 2
BFOC plugs; cable is not suitable
for assembly in the field.
Cable type (standard designation) I-VY2P 980/1000 150A I-VY4Y2P 980/1000 160A I-VY2K 200/230 10A17+8B20
Fiber type Step-index fiber Step-index fiber Step-index fiber
Damping
Materials
Fiber core Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) Quartz glass
Cladding Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer
Inner sheath/color PVC, gray PA, black or orange
1)
Outer sheath/color PVC, violet PVC, violet
Diameter of inner sheath 2.2 0.01 mm dia. 2.2 0.01 mm dia.
Cable dimensions 2.2 4.4 mm 0.01 mm 7.8 0.3 mm dia. 4.7 0.3 mm dia.
Cable weight 7.8 kg/km 65 kg/km 22 kg/km
Maximum permissible tensile force
- temporary 50 N 100 N 500 N
- constant Not suitable for continuous tensile
load
Not suitable for continuous tensile
load
100 N
(only on strain relief, 50 N on plug
or single core)
Bending radius
- once without tensile force 30 mm 100 mm 75 mm
- more than once with tensile force 50 mm (only over flat side) 150 mm 75 mm
Resistance to lateral force
per 10 cm cable length
(temporary)
35 N/10 cm 100 N/10 cm 750 N/10 cm
Resistant against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2 Limited Limited Limited
- grease Limited Limited Limited
- water Limited Limited Limited
- UV radiation Not UV resistant Limited Limited
Routing 0 C +50 C 0 C +50 C -5 C +50 C
Behavior in fire Flame retardant in accordance with
the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581
Flame retardant in accordance with
the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581
Flame-retardant acc. to flame test
VW-1 to UL 1581
Silicone-free Contains small quantities of a non-
migrating silicone elastomer
Yes Yes
PROFIBUS
4/79
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Core cross-section
Area of application For permanent indoor and outdoor
installation
Delivery format Sold by the meter Sold by the meter Sold by the meter
2K200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y
2K200/230
Damping
Modal bandwidth
Materials
Strain relief Aramide fibers Aramide fibers Aramide fibers
Diameter of inner sheath 2.2 mm dia. 2.2 mm dia. 2.2 mm dia.
Cable dimensions 7.2 mm 8.8 mm 8.8 mm
Bending cycles 5000000 5000000
Resistant to lateral force
- constant 300 N/cm 300 N/cm 300 N/cm
- temporary 500 N/cm 500 N/cm 500 N/cm
Resistant against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2 Limited resistance Limited resistance Limited resistance
- grease Limited resistance Highly resistant Limited resistance
- water - - -
Operating temperature -25 C 75 C -25 C 75 C -25 C 75 C
Transport/storage temperature -25 C 75 C -30 C 75 C -30 C 75 C
Routing -5 C 50 C -5 C 50 C -5 C 50 C
acc. to IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant
acc. to IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant
acc. to IEC 60332-1
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard
C22.2 No232-M1988)
OFN
C22.2 No232-M1988)
Halogen-free - - -
PROFIBUS
4/80
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic,
standard cable
Rugged round cable
with 2 plastic fiber-optic cores,
PVC outer sheath and PA inner
sheath, for indoor use
Without connector
Sold by the meter
6XV1 821-0AH10
50 m ring
6XV1 821-0AN50
100 m ring
6XV1 821-0AT10
Preferred lengths
Preassembled
with 2 x 2 BFOC connectors,
arm length 20 cm each,
for connection of OLM/P.
1 m 6XV1 821-0BH10
2 m 6XV1 821-0BH20
5 m 6XV1 821-0BH50
10 m 6XV1 821-0BN10
15 m 6XV1 821-0BN15
20 m 6XV1 821-0BN20
25 m 6XV1 821-0BN25
30 m 6XV1 821-0BN30
50 m 6XV1 821-0BN50
65 m 6XV1 821-0BN65
80 m 6XV1 821-0BN80
duplex core
Plastic fiber-optic cable
with two cores, PVC outer sheath,
for use in environments with low
mechanical stress,
without connector
50 m ring 6XV1 821-2AN50
Stripping Tool Set
6GK1 905-6PA10
Tools for removing the outer
sheath or core sheath of
cables
BFOC connector set
6GK1 905-1PA00
20 BFOC connectors for assem-
bling PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber
Optic cables for OLM/P..
BFOC crimping tool
6GK1 905-6PB00
For connecting BFOC connec-
tors to PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber
Optic cables
BFOC polishing set
6GK1 905-6PS00
Polishing set for grinding and
polishing the BFOC connector
face ends for PROFIBUS Plastic
Fiber Optic cables with OLM/P..
standard cable
PCF fiber-optic cable
with two cores, PVC outer sheath,
for covering larger distances
up to 400 m,
Preferred lengths
Preassembled
with 2 2 BFOC connectors,
with aid for pulling in at one end
for connection of OLM/P.
75 m 6XV1 821-1BN75
100 m 6XV1 821-1BT10
150 m 6XV1 821-1BT15
200 m 6XV1 821-1BT20
250 m 6XV1 821-1BT25
300 m 6XV1 821-1BT30
400 m 6XV1 821-1BT40
PROFIBUS PCF Standard Cable
GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2A
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
75 m 6XV1 861-3AN75
100 m 6XV1 861-3AT10
150 m 6XV1 861-3AT15
200 m 6XV1 861-3AT20
250 m 6XV1 861-3AT25
300 m 6XV1 861-3AT30
400 m 6XV1 861-3AT40
PROFIBUS PCF Trailing Cable
200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2C
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
75 m 6XV1 861-3CN75
100 m 6XV1 861-3CT10
150 m 6XV1 861-3CT15
200 m 6XV1 861-3CT20
250 m 6XV1 861-3CT25
300 m 6XV1 861-3CT30
400 m 6XV1 861-3CT40
PROFIBUS
4/81
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
You can order components and demonstration materials
supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from
your local contact.
For technical support, please contact:
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2D
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
75 m 6XV1 861-3DN75
100 m 6XV1 861-3DT10
150 m 6XV1 861-3DT15
200 m 6XV1 861-3DT20
250 m 6XV1 861-3DT25
300 m 6XV1 861-3DT30
400 m 6XV1 861-3DT40
Paper version
components, installation
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
PCF FOC termination kits
4/82
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Compact, rugged assembly case for PCF fiber-optic cables
Special versions for easy assembly of HP Simplex and BFOC
plugs on PCF fiber-optic cables
The quality of the assembly can be checked using the en-
closed microscope
Benefits
plants
Flexible assembly of connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables on
site (HP Simplex, BFOC connectors)
Mistakes are avoided with easy visual inspection of the
PCF fiber-optic cables are easily repaired on site by installing
a new PCF cable
Application
SIMATIC NET PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to design
optical indoor and outdoor PROFIBUS DP networks. They are
easily assembled on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors or 2 x 2
BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between two DP
devices is 300 m, and between two OLMs it is 400 m.
PROFIBUS DP devices that are equipped with an integral optical
interface (Simplex connection) include OBT, CP 342-5 FO,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 FO, IM 153-2 FO and IM 467 FO.
Design
Two types of assembly cases for PCF fiber-optic cables
are offered:
Assembly case for HP Simplex connectors;
for local assembly of HP Simplex connectors;
comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cut-
ters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope
Assembly case for BFOC connectors;
for local assembly of BFOC connectors;
ters, fiber breaking tool, and microscope.
More information
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
Termination Kit for Simplex
connectors
6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0
of PCF Simplex connectors;
comprising a stripping tool, buffer
breaking tool, crimping tool and
microscope
Termination Kit for BFOC
connectors
6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0
of BFOC connectors; comprising
tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking
tool, and microscope
Connector
Simplex connector 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0
with cleaning materials;
50 crimp connectors for assembly
on PCF fiber-optic cables on site
BFOC connector 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0
20 screw connectors
for assembly on PCF fiber-optic
cables on site
G
_
I
K

P
I
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
1
Outer sheath
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Single core sheath
Supporting element
with strain relief
elements
PROFIBUS
Optical Link Module OLM
4/83
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
For constructing PROFIBUS networks (line, star and ring) with
glass, PCF and plastic fiber-optic cables
High availability can be achieved using redundant power
supply and redundant cable routes
Function monitoring through signaling contact
All PROFIBUS data rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s including
45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
The fiber-optic routes can be checked with a voltmeter
Benefits
High network availability through redundant optical ring
topology
Fast error localization through signal contact, LED and mea-
suring jacks
Wide range through use of glass fiber-optic cables up to a
length of 15 km
OLM/G12-EEC for use outdoors down to 20 C
Application
With the PROFIBUS OLM (Optical Link Modules) Version 3,
optical PROFIBUS networks can be established in linear bus,
star and redundant ring topologies.
The data transmission rate of a fiber optic line is independent of
the distance and can be up to 12 Mbit/s.
Possible applications for OLMs include:
System buses based on PROFIBUS
Networking between buildings using glass fiber optic cable
Mixed networks with electrical and optical segments
Networks covering a wide area (road tunnels, traffic control
systems)
Networks with high availability requirements (redundant ring
networks)
Design
The OLMs have a compact metal housing. It is suitable for
mounting on a standard mounting rail and for fixed mounting.
The 24 V supply is provided through a terminal block.
Redundant power supply configurations are supported.
The signal contact can be used to transfer a digital signal for
evaluation purposes to controllers or operator control and moni-
toring systems.
OLMs can be combined with each other and individual stations
or whole electrical segments integrated in the optical PROFIBUS
network through an electrical interface .
The OLMs are available with one or two FOC interfaces with
BFOC connection method for various types of FO cables:
Plastic FO cables (980/1000 m) can be used for single line
lengths up to 80 m. They can also be preassembled on site
with BFOC connectors .
PCF FO cables (200/230 m) can be used for single line
lengths up to 400 m. They are available preassembled with
4 BFOC connectors and an insertion assistance.
Glass fiber multimode FO cables (62.5/125 m) like the
SIMATIC NET fiber-optic cables can be used for long dis-
tances up to 3000 m. These cables are available pre-
assembled with 4 BFOC plugs.
Single mode FO cables (10/125 m fibers) can be used for
very long distances up to 15 km. They are available on
request.
Function
Automatic recognition of all PROFIBUS transmission rates:
9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)
Configuration of the following network topologies: line, star,
redundant ring
High availability through media redundancy. The distance
between two OLMs in the redundant ring is limited only by the
optical sensing range of the modules.
Segmentable RS485 interface (Sub-D connector)
Unlimited multimaster mode: Extended segmenting function
for error localization on fiber-optic cable and RS 485 seg-
ments
Fast localization of faults:
- indication of module status through isolated signaling
contact.
- inspection of the fiber-optic cable quality: Measuring output
for optical receivers for logging and validity check of the
FOC line attenuation with a voltmeter
High cascading depth:Lline and redundant ring up to 124
OLM (only limited by monitoring times)
PROFIBUS
4/84
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Integration
Example of a system configuration with OLM for PROFIBUS
OLM OLM
PC with WinCC
S7-300
OLM OLM
ET 200S
S7-400
Drive
Fiber optic cable
Bus cable
for PROFIBUS
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
5
9
PROFIBUS
4/85
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Transmission rates 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)
Transit delay 6 bit times
Interfaces
Connection for bus segment
station or OLM
9-pin Sub-D socket
signaling contact
5-pole pluggable terminal block
with detent lugs
Connection for FOC 2 or 4 BFOC sockets
Measuring device connection 3 test sockets for test plugs,
2 mm diameter
Optical interfaces
OLM/P11 and OLM/P12
Plastic
optical fibers
980/1000 m
230 dB/km
PCF
optical fibers
200/230 m
10 dB/km
Length of fiber-optic path 0 to 80 m 0 to 400 m
Optical interfaces
OLM/G11, OLM/G12 and
OLM/G12-EEC
Optical
glass fibers
62.5/125 m
3.5 dB/km
Optical
glass fibers
50/125 m
3 dB/km
Wavelength 860 nm 860 nm
Launchable transmitter power -13 dBm -15 dBm
Receiver sensitivity -28 dBm -28 dBm
Permissible fiber-optic path
attenuation (system reserve 3 dB)
12 dB 10 dB
Length of fiber-optic path 0 to 3,000 m 0 to 3,000 m
Optical interfaces
OLM/G11-1300 and
OLM/G12-1300
Optical
glass fibers
62.5/125 m
1 dB/km
Optical
glass fibers
10/125 m
0.5 dB/km
Wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm
Launchable transmitter power -17 dBm -19 dBm
Permissible fiber-optic path
attenuation
(system reserve 3 dB)
10 dB 8 dB
Length of fiber-optic path 0 to 10 km 0 to 15 km
Power supply 24 V DC (18 V to 30 V DC)
Current consumption
(at rated voltage)
max. 200 mA
Power consumption max. 6 W
Mounting DIN rail or screwed cable glands
Operating temperature except
OLM/G12-EEC
0 C ... +60 C
OLM/G12-EEC -20 C ... +60 C
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 39.5 x 110 x 73.2
PROFIBUS OLM/P11 6GK1 502-2CA10
Optical link module
with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x plastic
FOC interface (2 BFOC sockets)
with signaling contact and test
port incl. 2 BFOC connectors for
plastic FOC
PROFIBUS OLM/P12 6GK1 502-3CA10
Optical link module
with 1 x RS 485 and 2 x plastic
with signaling contact and test
port incl. 4 BFOC connectors for
plastic FOC
PROFIBUS OLM/G11 6GK1 502-2CB10
Optical link module
with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x glass
for standard distances with
signaling contact and test port
PROFIBUS OLM/G12 6GK1 502-3CB10
Optical link module
for standard distances up to 3000
m with signaling contact and
test port
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-EEC 6GK1 502-3CD10
Optical link module
for standard distances up to 3000
m for extended temperature
range 20 C to +60 C with
signaling contact and test port
PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300 6GK1 502-2CC10
Optical link module
FOC interface (2 BFOC sockets),
1300 nm wavelength for large dis-
tances up to 15 km, with signaling
contact and test port
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300 6GK1 502-3CC10
Optical link module
FOC interface (4 BFOC sockets),
1300 nm wavelength for large dis-
tances up to 15 km, with signaling
contact and test port
Paper version
Electronic manuals
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface
4/86
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Electrical isolation of DP devices
interference
Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cables and
up to 300 m with PCF fiber-optic cables
applications
Hybrid cable for the shared transmission of data and power
supply
Benefits
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables can be pre-assembled
on site
Easy connector assembly on site
interference
A cable for the shared transmission of data and power
Application
SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to
construct optical indoor PROFIBUS DP networks.
Plastic fiber-optic cables and segmented PCF fiber-optic cables
can be assembled easily on site with 2 x 2 simplex plugs.
The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 50 m.
Longer cable lengths up to 300 m can be achieved using PCF
fiber-optic cables. These cables are also available preassem-
bled with 4 simplex plugs.
Devices that are equipped with an integral optical interface
(simplex connection) include OBT, CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO,
CP 5614 FO, IM 153-2 FO and IM 467 FO.
Design
Different types of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are offered:
Plastic FOC, duplex core;
Two flat cores with PVC inner sheath and without outer sheath
for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as
laboratory setups or inside cabinets. Cable lengths up to
50 m.
Plastic FOC, standard cable;
Rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
tension components as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged
polyamide inner sheath. For indoor applications with cable
lengths up to 50 m.
PCF fiber-optic cable, standard cables:
- PCF Fiber Optic standard cable;
rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
tension components for indoor applications with cable
lengths of up to 300 m.
The cable is not suitable for assembly in the field
(only available pre-assembled with an insertion tool)
- PCF Standard Cable GP (general purpose);
rugged round cable with green PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
tension elements for indoor and outdoor applications with
cable lengths of up to 300 m;
the cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
PCF fiber-optic trailing cable;
Rugged round cable with green outer sheath and Kevlar ten-
sion elements for trailing cable applications with cable lengths
of up to 300 m. The cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
Two cable versions are available for this application:
no UL approval
with UL approval
PROFIBUS
4/87
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Sold by the meter without inner sheath, not suitable for assembly in the field.
Cable type PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic
Duplex Core
Standard Cable
Standard Cable
Core cross-section
Fields of application Indoor applications with low
mechanical loading, such as labo-
ratory setups or inside cabinets,
with cable lengths up to 50 m
lengths up to 50 m
Pre-assembled cable for indoor
applications with cable lengths
up to 300 m;
not suitable for connector assembly
in the field.
Delivery format Sold by the meter; for assembly on
site with 2 x 2 simplex plugs
Sold by the meter; for assembly on
site with 2 x 2 simplex plugs
Only preassembled with 2 x 2 sim-
plex plugs
Cable type
I-VY2P 980/1000 150A I-VY4Y2P 980/1000 160A I-VY2K 200/230 10A17+8B20
Fiber type Step-index fiber Step-index fiber Step-index fiber
Damping
Materials
Fiber core Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) Quartz glass
Cladding Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer
Inner sheath/color PVC, gray PA, black or orange
1)
Outer sheath/color PVC, violet PVC, violet
Outer diameter of cladding 1000 m 1000 m 230 m
Diameter of inner sheath 2.2 0.01 mm 2.2 0.01 mm
Cable dimensions 2.2 4.4 mm 0.01 mm 7.8 0.3 mm 4.7 0.3 mm
Cable weight 7.8 kg/km 65 kg/km 22 kg/km
- temporary 50 N 100 N 500 N
- continuous Not suitable for continuous tensile
load
Not suitable for continuous tensile
load
100 N (only on strain relief, 50 N
on plug or single core)
Bending radius
- once without tensile force 30 mm 100 mm 75 mm
- more than once with tensile force 50 mm (only over flat side) 150 mm 75 mm
Resistance to lateral force per 10
cm cable length (temporary)
35 N/10 cm 1000 N/10 cm 750 N/10 cm
Resistance against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2 Limited Limited Limited
- mineral fat/water Limited Limited Limited
- UV radiation Not UV resistant Limited Limited
Routing 0 C +50 C 0 C +50 C -5 C +50 C
Behavior in fire Flame retardant in accordance
with the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581
IEC 60332-1 Flame retardant in accordance
with the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581
UL/CSA approvals No OFN-FT1 c(UL)us OFN (NEC
Article 770, UL 1651)
No
UV-resistant No No No
PROFIBUS
4/88
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Fields of application For permanent indoor and outdoor
installation
Delivery format Sold by the meter Sold by the meter Sold by the meter
2K200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y
2K200/230
Damping
Modal bandwidth
Materials
Strain relief Aramide fiber Aramide fiber Aramide fiber
Outer diameter of cladding 230 m 230 m 230 m
Diameter of inner sheath 2.2 mm diam. 2.2 mm diam. 2.2 mm diam.
Cable dimensions 7.2 mm 9 mm 9 mm
Resistance to lateral force
per 10 cm cable length
(temporary)
100 N/cm 300 N/cm 300 N/cm
Resistant to
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2 Limited resistance Highly resistant Limited resistance
- mineral fat/water limited endurance/ - highly resistant/ - limited endurance/ -
Operating temperature -25 C 75 C -25 C 70 C -25 C 75 C
Transport/storage temperature -25 C 75 C -30 C 75 C -30 C 75 C
Routing -5 C 50 C -5 C 50 C -5 C 50 C
Behavior in fire
C22.2 No232-M1988)
OFN
C22.2 No232-M1988)
No halogen
PROFIBUS
4/89
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
standard cable
Rugged round cable
with 2 plastic fiber-optic cores,
PVC outer sheath and PA inner
sheath, for indoor use;
without connector
Sold by the meter 6XV1 821-0AH10
50 m ring 6XV1 821-0AN50
100 m ring 6XV1 821-0AT10
duplex core
Plastic fiber-optic cable with 2
cores, PVC outer sheath, for use
in environments with low mechan-
ical stress; without connector
50 m ring 6XV1 821-2AN50
simplex plug/polishing set
6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
100 simplex connectors and
5 polishing sets for assembling
PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic
cables for the optical
PROFIBUS DP
stripping tool set
6GK1 905-6PA10
Tools for removing the outer
sheath or core sheath of Plastic
Fiber Optic cables
PCF fiber-optic cable
with 2 cores, PVC outer sheath,
for covering larger distances up
to 300 m, for connecting devices
to the optical PROFIBUS DP
Preferred lengths
Precut/preassembled
with 2 2 Simplex connectors,
with aid for pulling in at one end
50 m 6XV1 821-1CN50
75 m 6XV1 821-1CN75
100 m 6XV1 821-1CT10
150 m 6XV1 821-1CT15
200 m 6XV1 821-1CT20
250 m 6XV1 821-1CT25
300 m 6XV1 821-1CT30
PROFIBUS PCF Standard Cable
GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2A
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
with 4 Simplex connectors
50 m 6XV1 861-7AN50
75 m 6XV1 861-7AN75
100 m 6XV1 861-7AT10
150 m 6XV1 861-7AT15
200 m 6XV1 861-7AT20
250 m 6XV1 861-7AT25
300 m 6XV1 861-7AT30
200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2C
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
50 m 6XV1 861-7CN50
75 m 6XV1 861-7CN75
100 m 6XV1 861-7CT10
150 m 6XV1 861-7CT15
200 m 6XV1 861-7CT20
250 m 6XV1 861-7CT25
300 m 6XV1 861-7CT30
GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 861-2D
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
50 m 6XV1 861-7DN50
75 m 6XV1 861-7DN75
100 m 6XV1 861-7DT10
150 m 6XV1 861-7DT15
200 m 6XV1 861-7DT20
250 m 6XV1 861-7DT25
300 m 6XV1 861-7DT30
Plug-in adapter 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
For assembling the plastic
Simplex connector in combination
with IM 467 FO, CP 342-5 FO,
IM 151 FO and IM 153-2 FO,
50 units
Termination Kit
for Simplex Plug
comprising a stripping tool,
buffer stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool,
crimping tool and microscope
6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0
Termination Kit for BFOC Plug
6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0
Simplex Plug
Crimp connector with cleaning
materials;
50 connectors for assembly on
PCF fiber-optic cables on site
6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0
BFOC Plug
Screw connector with cleaning
materials;
20 connectors for assembly on
PCF fiber-optic cables on site
6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0
PROFIBUS
4/90
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
Paper version:
Electronic manuals
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid cable
4/91
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
interference
Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cable
Rugged fiber-optic cables, designed for industrial applica-
tions
supply
Benefits
engineering of machines and plants can be reduced:
and drive systems
Application
The ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable of SIMATIC NET is used
to construct optical PROFIBUS DP networks indoors. It is partic-
ularly suitable for connecting DESINA components installed at
machine level, and is easy to assemble on site. The maximum
cable length between two DP devices is 50 m.
Design
The rugged, hybrid trailing cable contains two plastic fiber-optic
cables for data transmission and four copper wires (1.5 mm
2
) for
supplying power to DESINA
1)
stations.
1) DESINA is the trademark for DEcentralized and Standardized
INstallAtion technology for machine tools.
1) Sold by the meter without inner sheath, not suitable for assembly
in the field.
Cable type ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid
cable (DESINA-compatible)
Core cross-section
Applications DESINA-compatible devices,
e.g. for ET 200X
Delivery format Sold by the meter; can be assem-
bled on site with DESINA plugs or
preassembled with 2 DESINA
plugs
Cable type
J-V11Y 4Y2P980/1000 230A10
FFLIY 4 1.5
Fiber type Step-index fiber
Damping
at 660 nm 260 dB/km
Number of fibers 2 FOC, 4 copper
Materials
Fiber core Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)
Cladding Fluorinated special polymer
Inner sheath/color PA, black, orange
Outer sheath/color PUR, violet
Strain relief
Copper cores
- rated voltage 300 V
- current load 10 A
- nominal area 1.5 mm
2
- sheath material/color PVC, black
Diameter of fiber core 980 m
Cladding outer diameter 1000 m
Diameter of inner sheath 2.2 0.01 mm
Cable dimensions 10.6 mm
Cable weight 135 kg/km
- temporary 100 N
- constant 30 N
Bending radius
- once without tensile force
- more than once with tensile force 106 mm
Resistance to lateral force per
10 cm cable length (temporary)
100 N/10 cm
Resistance against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2 Limited
- mineral grease/water Limited
- UV radiation No
Routing +5 C +70 C
In short-circuit on conductor +160 C (max. 5 sec)
Behavior in fire Flame retardant in acc. with the
VW-1 flame test to UL 1581
UL/CSA approvals No
UV-resistant No
Halogen-free No
Silicone-free Yes
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid cable
4/92
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid
Trailing cable with 2 plastic fiber-
optic conductors and 4 copper
cores, 1.5 mm
2
for use in
DESINA-compatible devices only
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 830-6CH10
Not pre-assembled
20 m 6XV1 830-6CN20
50 m 6XV1 830-6CN50
100 m 6XV1 830-6CT10
Preassembled
with 2 DESINA connectors
1.5 m 6XV1 830-6DH15
3 m 6XV1 830-6DH30
5 m 6XV1 830-6DH50
10 m 6XV1 830-6DN10
15 m 6XV1 830-6DN15
ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid
Plug 180, DESINA-compatible
(ECOFAST FOC)
2 x FO; 4 x 1.5 mm
2
Cu
With male pins
(Hanbrid connector)
6GK1 905-0BA00
With female pins
(Hanbrid connector)
6GK1 905-0BB00
Paper version:
Network architecture, project
management, network compo-
nents, mounting
Electronic manuals
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
PCF FOC termination kits
4/93
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Compact, rugged assembly case for PCF fiber-optic cables
Special versions for easy assembly of HP Simplex and BFOC
plugs on PCF fiber-optic cables
The quality of the assembly can be checked using the
enclosed microscope
Benefits
plants
Flexible assembly of connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables
on site (HP Simplex, BFOC connectors)
Mistakes are prevented with easy visual inspection of the
PCF fiber-optic cables are easily repaired on site by installing
a new PCF cable
Application
SIMATIC NET PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to construct
optical indoor and outdoor PROFIBUS DP networks. They are
easily assembled on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors or 2 x 2
BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between two
DP devices is 300 m, and between two OLMs it is 400 m.
PROFIBUS DP devices that are equipped with an integral optical
interface (Simplex connection) include OBT, CP 342-5 FO,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 FO, IM 153-2 FO and IM 467 FO.
Design
Two types of assembly cases for PCF fiber-optic cables are
offered:
Assembly case for HP Simplex connectors;
for local assembly of HP Simplex connectors;
ters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope
Assembly case for BFOC connectors;
for local assembly of BFOC connectors;
ters, fiber breaking tool, and microscope.
More information
Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
Termination Kit for Simplex
connectors
6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0
comprising a stripping tool, buffer
breaking tool, crimping tool and
microscope
Termination Kit for BFOC
connectors
6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0
Connector
Simplex connector 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0
50 crimp connectors for assembly
on PCF fiber-optic cables on site
BFOC connector 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0
20 screw connectors
for assembly on PCF fiber-optic
cables on site
G
_
I
K

P
I
_
X
X
_
1
0
0
3
1
Outer sheath
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Single core sheath
Supporting element
with strain relief
elements
PROFIBUS
Optical Bus Terminal OBT
4/94
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
For connecting a PROFIBUS station without an integrated
fiber-optic cable interface or an RS 485 segment to an optical
line
Quick and easy installation of the plastic fiber-optic cable
without the need for special tools
Benefits
Option of connecting existing devices or an RS 485 segment
with electrical interface to the optical PROFIBUS
"Socket outlet" for connecting mobile devices (e.g. program-
ming devices) without interruption of the bus
Time saved through simple and fast connector mounting
without special tools
Application
The OBT (Optical Bus Terminal) is used to connect a PROFIBUS
station without integral optical interface or a PROFIBUS DP
RS 485 segment to an optical line. Existing DP devices are then
provided with the advantages of optical data transmission.
The PROFIBUS station is connected to the RS 485 interface of
the OBT via a cable terminated at both ends, e.g. connecting
cable 830-1T. The OBT is integrated into the optical line using
two optical interfaces.
The following optical transmission media can be connected to
the OBT:
Plastic fiber-optic cables can be used up to an individual
segment length of 50 m. They can be configured very easily
on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors.
PCF
1)
fiber-optic cables can be used for an individual seg-
ment length up to 300 m. These cables are preassembled.
The OBT supports all PROFIBUS data transmission rates up to
12 Mbit/s.
1) Also known as HCS
fiber-optic cable:
HCS
is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies.

Design
The OBT has compact plastic housing. Two tapped holes make
it suitable for installation on standard DIN rails as well as for wall
mounting.
The OBT has the following interfaces:
9-pin Sub-D connector for connecting the PROFIBUS DP
station such as programming device, PC, Operator Panel
(OP), S7-300 or station without integrated optics, e.g. ET 200S
or PROFIBUS DP components from other manufacturers or an
RS 485 segment
Two optical interfaces for connecting plastic and PCF
fiber-optic cables with simplex connectors (connection to
CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 FO, IM 153-2 FO,
IM 467 FO or to ET 200 with integrated optics)
24 V DC power supply.
Function
Connection of a station with RS 485 interface via 830-1T con-
necting cable or PROFIBUS cable with bus connectors
(terminated at both ends) or an RS 485 segment
Provision of an electrical connection point on the optical line
(e.g. PG connection for startup and diagnostics).
Support for all PROFIBUS data rates from 9.6 kbit/s to
12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
Regeneration of the signals in amplitude and time
Cascade depth when using user-defined bus parameters
up to 126 stations
Galvanic isolation of the station via fiber optic cable
Simple diagnostics via LED display for operating voltage as
well as for receipt of data CH1, CH2 and CH3.
PROFIBUS
Optical Bus Terminal OBT
4/95
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Integration
System configuration of optical PROFIBUS DP with PROFIBUS OBT
PG/PC/OP with 5613 FO S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO
ET 200S
with IM 151 FO
ET 200M
with IM 153-2 FO
DP node
without integral optics
Other
nodes
Single connection lengths: plastic to 50 m,
PCF to 300 m
OBT
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
0
7
830-1T
connecting cable
Data transmission rates 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)
Interfaces
Connection for DP stations or
a RS 485 segment
9-pin Sub-D connector
Connection for power supply 2-pin terminal
Connection for FOC 2 duplex sockets
Optical interfaces: Plastic fiber
optic cable
980/1000 m
PCF fiber-optic
cable
200/230 m
Wavelength 640 660 nm 640 660 nm
Transmitter power -5.9 dBm -16 dB
Permissible FO path attenuation 13 dB 3 dB
Supply voltage 24 V DC (18 30 V DC)
Current consumption
(at rated voltage)
max. 200 mA
Power loss 6 W
Assembly Standard DIN rail or wall mounting
Relative humidity max. 95% to +25 C
Design
PROFIBUS OBT 6GK1 500-3AA00
Optical bus terminal
for connecting a PROFIBUS
station or an RS 485 segment
without integrated optical inter-
face to the optical PROFIBUS;
without simplex connector
830-1T PROFIBUS
connecting cable
For data terminal connection,
completely preassembled
with 2 Sub-D plugs, 9-pin
1.5 m 6XV1 830-1CH15
3 m 6XV1 830-1CH30
Paper version
Electronic manuals and
protocols, products
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
Wireless Link
Infrared Link Module ILM
4/96
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Wireless PROFIBUS link for all protocols
Rugged design with degree of protection IP65
15 m range at transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s.
Benefits
Mounting without adjusting tools thanks to large radiation
angle
Replacement of worn systems (slip rings or conductors) is
possible
Fast and easy module replacement in the event of a fault due
to permanent wiring
Application
Wireless transmission from PROFIBUS at close range ( 15 m)
For coupling individual stations in a segment or coupling two
segments
Communication with moving stations, e.g. automatically
guided vehicles
Communication with alternating stations, e.g. stations along
conveyor belts and production lines
Fast installation of plants and temporary configurations, e.g.
test setups
Replacement of systems subject to wear, e.g. sliprings or
slipconductors
At a distance of 11 m from an ILM, the signal permeates a
circle of 4 m in diameter.
Design
Robust die-cast aluminium housing in degree of protection
IP65
2 x 2-pin terminal block in housing (with cable connection
through heavy gauge threaded joint) for connecting
PROFIBUS segment
4-pin terminal block in housing (with cable connection through
heavy gauge threaded joint) for connecting the power supply
(24 V DC) and signal contact
Permanent wiring, i.e. simple and fast replacement of elec-
tronics in the case of a fault
Status display for operating states through LEDs
Setting of data transmission rate through interior switch
Protection from irritating ambient lighting through integral
daylight filter
Easy alignment due to area coverage ( 10solid angle)
Function
Permits wireless connection to any PROFIBUS slaves within a
range of 15 m
Communication with several slaves at a distance from the
master
Transmission interruptions are detected and indicated
through LED and signaling contact
A reduction in transmission quality is indicated by an LED and
signal contact before the data transmission is aborted
The infrared link module (ILM) can be used in daylight thanks
to an integrated filter which protects against stray lighting.
When mounting the Infrared Link Module, make sure that there
is an uninterruptible visible connection between the modules
When using several ILM transmission lines mutual influencing
of the lines must be ruled out by the constructional design and
by observing minimum distances.
PROFIBUS
Wireless Link
Infrared Link Module ILM
4/97
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Integration
System configuration of ILM
0 1
Slave e.g.
ET 200S
Connection to mobile nodes
Slave e.g. S7-300
Connection to mobile nodes
ILM
FTS
Slave e.g. ET 200
ILM
Master, e.g. PLC
Connection of two segments
Slave e.g. ET 200
ILM
Slave e.g. ET 200 Slave e.g. ET 200
Master, e.g. PLC Master, e.g. PLC
ILM
ILM
ILM ILM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
2
8
Data transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s
Interfaces
2 connections for bus segments 2 x 2-pole terminal block
in the housing
signaling contact
4-pole terminal block
in the housing
Current consumption max. 300 mA
Power loss 7.5 W
Assembly 2 tapped holes
IR wavelength 880 nm
Minimum range 0.5 m
Maximum range 15 m
Construction
PROFIBUS ILM 6GK1 503-0AA00
Infrared link module for
connecting PROFIBUS stations
and segments without the need
for wires
Paper version
protocols, products
on CD-ROM
German/English
PROFIBUS
System interfacing for SIMATIC
General information
4/98
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
CPs with standard functions
CP 342-5 and CP 343-5 for SIMATIC S7-300 for connection to
PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS FMS
CP 443-5 Basic, CP 443-5 Extended and IM 467 for SIMATIC
S7-400 for connection to PROFIBUS FMS and PROFIBUS DP
Designed for use in harsh industrial environments
Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units
High-speed data transfer even with large volumes of data
(10/100 Mbit/s)
CPs with function expansions
CP 342-5 FO with integral optical interface for connecting the
SIMATIC S7-300 to the optical PROFIBUS DP
IM 467 FO with integral optical interface for connecting the
SIMATIC S7-400 to the optical PROFIBUS DP
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
8
5
1) Only in the case of CP 443-5 Extended
S7-300
S7-400
CP 342-5/
CP 342-5 FO/
CP 343-5
STEP 7 with NCM S7
For the protocols
DP
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
FMS
1)
CP 443-5 Basic/
CP 443-5 Extended
Multi-protocol:
All protocols of a CP can be operated simultaneously
Several CPs can be operated in one S7-300 or S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400
IM 467/
IM 467 FO
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
4/99
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PROFIBUS DP master or slave with electrical interface for
connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to
PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s)
- PROFIBUS DP-V0
- PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing)
- S7 communication (client, server)
Easy configuration and programming over PROFIBUS
Cross-network programming device communication through
S7 routing
Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG
Benefits

Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by several
PROFIBUS DP interfaces
Flexible utilization of the process I/O through dynamic activa-
tion of DP slaves
Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution
by implementing several CPs
Optimization of applications and many application options
through sending of data with S7 communication
Comprehensive control and monitoring through multiplex
function with OP communication
Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and
FREEZE.
Application
The CP 342-5 communications processor is the communications
module of SIMATIC S7-300, and SIMATIC C7 for the bus system
PROFIBUS DP.
The CP 342-5 relieves the CPU from communication tasks.
Communication possibilities of the S7-300 using communication
modules:
As DP master or slave for PROFIBUS DP according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Communication with programming devices and HMI devices
Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems
Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers
The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the per-
formance range of the CPU and on the communications services
used.
Design
system design:
Compact design;
single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC
S7-300
9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply volt-
age of 24 V DC
Simple assembly;
the CP 342-5 is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and con-
Slots 4 to 11 in subracks 0 to 3 (coupled through the
IM 360/361) can be used for the CP 342-5
In combination with IM 360/361, the CP 342-5 can also be
User-friendly wiring;
Sub-D socket and the terminal block are easily accessible.
The CP 324-5 can be operated without a fan;
a back-up battery or a memory module is not required
DP-M DP-S PG S7 S5 FMS
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
4/100
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
The CP 342-5 provides access to different communication
services of the PROFIBUS bus system:
PROFIBUS DP (acc. to IEC 61158/EN 50 170, master or
slave)
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE).
PROFIBUS DP master
The CP 342-5 operates as a DP-V0 master according to
IEC 61158/EN 50 170, Volume 2, and processes the data trans-
fer completely autonomously. It supports the services of Master
Classes 1 and 2.
The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consis-
tently between the CP and the CPU. This is the case whether the
CP is used as a DP master or as a DP slave. As a DP master it
can be connected to:
SIMATIC S7-300, e.g. CP 342-5 as DP slave
DP slaves of the central ET 200 I/O station
(integrated as DP-V0 slave).
The CP 342-5 also offers the functions SYNC, FREEZE, Shared
Input/Output as well as the activation/deactivation of DP slaves.
PROFIBUS DP slave
With the CP 342-5 as a DP-V0 slave, the S7-300 can exchange
data with other PROFIBUS masters. This supports a mixed con-
figuration of SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices
to PROFIBUS DP. For DP communication, function calls are
necessary. These function calls (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) must be
integrated into the STEP 7 user program.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
Using S7 routing it is possible to use programming device
Using the CP 342-5, up to 16 text displays and operator pan-
els can be combined on one S7-300 station. Only one connec-
tion resource is required in the S7 CPU (multiplex channel).
Over the multiplex channel, the acyclic HMI services are
supported.
S7 communication
S7 communication is used for the coupling:
between SIMATIC S7 programmable controllers
to HMI devices (OPs)
to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 or CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5611 and
S7 OPC server.
Communication with the PG and OP is performed without the
need for any additional configuration. Furthermore, the central
controller can also be programmed and configured decentrally
over the CP 342-5.
The client functionality is made available through loadable com-
munication modules.
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 342-5 offers a
simple, optimized interface for process or field communication.
This interface offers uniform, high-performance communication
between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC.
In addition to the SDA service (PLC/PLC connections),
SEND/RECEIVE also provides the SDN service (Broadcast,
Multicast).
The communication partners are the programmable controllers:
SIMATIC S7
with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5
SIMATIC S5
with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U,
S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP
SIMATIC 505
with CP 5434-FMS
PCs
with CP 5511, CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614
Non-Siemens systems that are equipped with an FDL inter-
face.
To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-
SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated into the STEP 7
user program.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7,
including:
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Message buffer
STEP 7 is required for configuring the CP 342-5. In STEP 7
Version V5 and higher, the configuring data of the CPs can also
be stored on the CPU in which case they are retained following
supply failure. A module can therefore by replaced without hav-
ing to reload the configuration data from a programming device.
The CPU transfers the configuration data to the CP during start-
up. Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of
the S7-CPU.
The function blocks for PROFIBUS DP are included in the stan-
dard library of STEP 7. The function blocks for using S5-compat-
ible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and S7 communication
(S7 client) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following
installation of STEP 7.
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
4/101
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485)
Connection to supply voltage 4-pin terminal block
Voltage supply 24 V DC
Current consumption
from 24 V 250 mA
Power loss 6.75 W
Relative humidity max. 95% at +25C
Construction
Module format Compact module
Number of CPs per S7-300 4
Performance data
S7 communication
that can be used
max. 16
(SEND/RECEIVE)
that can be used
max. 16
Useful data / connection max. 240 byte
(SEND and RECEIVE)
that can be used
max. 32 (without DP);
max. 28 (with DP)
Volume of DP data
per connected DP slave
max. 240 byte
DP master function
DP master DP-V0
Number of operable DP slaves 124
Size of DP data areas overall
- DP input area 2160 byte
- DP output range 2160 byte
Size of DP data areas
per connected slave
DP slave function
DP slave DP-V0
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP
connections (acyclic services)
16
CP 342-5
6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
Communications processor for
electrical connection of SIMATIC
S7-300 to PROFIBUS to 12 Mbit/s
with electronic manual
on CD-ROM
for PROFIBUS
Delivered with STEP 7 Version 5
PROFIBUS CPs for SIMATIC S7
V5.1 and newer executable
under STEP 7 V5.1;
on CD-ROM
English, French, German, Italian
and Spanish
"NCM S7 for PROFIBUS"
manual
Paper version
for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x)
French 6GK7 080-5AA04-8CA0
Spanish 6GK7 080-5AA04-8DA0
Italian 6GK7 080-5AA04-8EA0
PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485
bus connector
With 90 cable outlet;
rate 12 Mbit/s
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
For connection to PPI, MPI,
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS stations up to
12 Mbit/s with connecting cable
SIMATIC S7-300 DM 370 6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0
Dummy module;
used during module replacement
"Communication with SIMATIC"
manual
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
4/102
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PROFIBUS DP master or slave with optical interface for
connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to
PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s)
Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS network over the
integrated fiber-optic interface for plastic and PCF fiber-optic
cables
- PROFIBUS DP-V0
- PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing)
- S7 communication (client, server)
S7 routing
Benefits
The fiber-optic technology is used when
- the environment is subject to strong EMC interference,
- strong potential differences exist and
- high transmission rates are required.
The CP 342-5 FO is connected directly to the optical
PROFIBUS and is therefore specially suited to harsh industrial
environments
Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by several
PROFIBUS DP interfaces
Optimization of applications and many application options
through sending of data with S7 communication
Comprehensive control and monitoring through multiplex
function with OP communication
Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and
FREEZE.
Application
The communications processor CP 342-5 FO is the communica-
tions module of SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 for the optical
bus system PROFIBUS DP.
The CP 342-5 FO is equipped with a fiber-optic interface that
enables noise resistant connections in environments subjected
to strong electromagnetic fields.
It relieves the CPU of communication tasks.
Communication of SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 with:
ET 200 distributed I/O station with integral optical interface
SIMATIC S7-400 with IM 467 FO and CP 342-5 FO
PC with CP 5613 FO/5614 FO
Other PROFIBUS nodes over the optical bus terminal (OBT)
The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the per-
formance range of the CPU and on the communications services
used.
Design
The CP 342-5 FO offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact design;
S7-300
Integrated fiber-optic cable interface;
2 female duplex connectors for direct connection to the
optical PROFIBUS over 2 x 2 male simplex connectors and
2 plug-in adapters
age of 24 V DC
Easy installation;
the CP 342-5 FO is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and
connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors.
In combination with IM 360/361, the CP 342-5 FO can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER).
female FOC connector and the terminal block are easily
accessible.
The CP 342-5 FO can be operated without a fan; a back-up
battery or a memory module are not required.
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
4/103
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
The CP 342-5 FO provides access to different communication
PROFIBUS DP (acc. to IEC 61 158/EN 50 170, master or
slave)
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE).
PROFIBUS DP master
The CP 342-5 FO operates as a DP-V0 master according to
IEC 61,158/EN 50 170, Volume 2, and processes the data
transfer completely autonomously. It supports the services of
Master Classes 1 and 2.
The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consis-
tently between the CP and the CPU. This is the case whether the
CP is used as a DP master or as a DP slave. As a DP master it
can be connected to:
The ET 200 distributed I/O station with integral optical inter-
face (integrate as DP-V0 slave)
SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO as slave
PC with CP 5614 FO as slave
The other DP-V0 slaves over the optical bus terminal (OBT).
The CP 342-5 FO also offers the functions SYNC, FREEZE,
Shared Input/Output as well as the activation/deactivation of
DP slaves.
PROFIBUS DP slave
The CP 342-5 FO as DP-V0 slave supports data communication
from SIMATIC S7-300 to SIMATIC S7-400 over the IM 467 FO
and with the other DP masters over the OBT. This supports a
mixed configuration of SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other
field devices to PROFIBUS DP. For DP communication, both as
master and as slave, function calls are required. These function
calls (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) are supplied with STEP 7 and must
be integrated into the user program.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing:
with the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming
Using the CP 342-5 FO, up to 16 text displays and operator
panels can be combined on one S7-300 station. Only one con-
nection resource is required in the S7 CPU (multiplex chan-
nel). Over the multiplex channel, the acyclic HMI services are
supported.
S7 communication
S7 communication is used for the coupling
to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 or CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5611 and
S7 OPC server.
over the CP 342-5 FO.
The client functionality is made available through loadable com-
munication modules.
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61 158/EN 50170),
the CP 342-5 FO offers a simple, optimized interface for process
or field communication. This interface offers uniform, high-per-
formance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7,
SIMATIC 505 and PC.
In addition to the SDA service (PLC-to-PLC links), SEND/RE-
CEIVE also provides the SDN service (Broadcast, Multicast).
SIMATIC S7
with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC 505
with CP 5434-FMS
PCs
with CP 5511, CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 FO
face.
To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-SEND/
PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated into the STEP 7 user
program.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including:
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Message buffer
STEP 7 is required for configuring the CP 342-5. In STEP 7
Version V5 and higher, the configuring data of the CPs can also
be stored on the CPU in which case they are retained following
supply failure. A module can therefore by replaced without hav-
ing to reload the configuration data from a programming device.
The CPU transfers the configuration data to the CP during start-
up. Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of
the S7-CPU.
The function blocks for PROFIBUS DP are included in the stan-
dard library of STEP 7. The function blocks for using S5-compat-
ible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and S7 communication
(S7 client) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following
installation of STEP 7.
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
4/104
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
System configuration of optical PROFIBUS DP with CP 342-5 FO
PG/PC with CP 5613 FO S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO
ET 200X
with integral optics
ET 200M
with IM 153-2 FO
DP nodes
without integral optics
Other
nodes
Optical linear bus
Single connection lengths: plastic to 50 m,
PCF to 300 m
OBT
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
3
8
830-1T
connecting cable
S7-400 with IM 467 FO
ET 200S
with IM 151 FO
DESINA cable
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
4/105
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
(exception: 3 and 6 Mbit/s)
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS 2 x duplex socket
Current consumption
from 24 V DC 250 mA
Power loss 6.75 W
Maximum distance between two
neighboring stations
Plastic fiber optic cables max. 50 m
PCF fiber optic cable max. 300 m
Construction
Performance data
S7 communication
that can be used
max. 16
(SEND/RECEIVE)
that can be used
max. 16
(Send and Receive)
that can be used
32 (without DP);
max. 28 (with DP)
DP master function
DP master DP-V0
Number of operable DP slaves 124
per connected slave
Volume of DP data per connected
DP slave
max. 240 byte
DP slave function
DP slave
DP-V0
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP
connections (acyclic services)
16
CP 342-5 FO
6GK7 342-5DF00-0XE0
Communications processor
for optical connection of
SIMATIC S7-300 to PROFIBUS
up to 12 Mbit/s with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
for PROFIBUS
V5.1 and newer executable
under STEP 7 V5.1;
including Service Pack 3;
on CD-ROM
and Spanish
manual
Paper version
Paper version
components (OLM (V3), OBT,
ILM), configuration and assembly
PROFIBUS plastic fiber-optic,
6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
100 simplex plugs and
5 polishing kits for assembling
PROFIBUS plastic fiber-optic
cables for the optical
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS plastic fiber-optic,
stripping tool set
6GK1 905-6PA10
Tools for stripping the outer cas-
ing and core casing of PROFIBUS
plastic fiber-optic cables
Connection adapters 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
For installation of the plastic
simplex plug in connection with
CP 342-5 FO, IM 467 FO,
IM 153-2 FO and IM 151 FO
50 pcs.
PROFIBUS
CP 343-5
4/106
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 to PROFIBUS at
up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s)
- S7 communication
- PROFIBUS FMS
Can be easily integrated into the S7-300 system
S7 routing
Benefits
Easy integration of SIMATIC S7 in a vendor-independent auto-
mation network using PROFIBUS FMS
The user requires little knowledge of the PROFIBUS FMS
specification due to simple configuration and autonomous
data conversion on the CP
Integration of SIMATIC S7-300 in existing installations due to
Universal applications for the CP through using different com-
munications services in parallel on one CP
Application
The CP 343-5 communications processor is the module required
for SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 for the PROFIBUS bus
system.
It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.
S7-300 communication options using communication modules:
FMS communication with PROFIBUS FMS stations through
PROFIBUS
Communication with programming devices, human machine
interface devices
Communication with SIMATIC S5 PLCs
The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the per-
formance range of the CPU and the communication services
used.
Design
The CP 343-5 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact design;
S7-300
If the adjacent modules do not join correctly when predeces-
sor modules are exchanged, a space holder module must be
installed.
9-pin Sub-D connector for bus connection to PROFIBUS
age of 24 V DC
Simple connection;
the CP 343-5 is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and
connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors.
The slots 4 to 11 in the subracks 0 to 3 (coupled through
IM 360/361) are permissible for the CP 343-5.
In conjunction with the IM 360/361, the CP 343-5 can also be
operated in the expansion rack (ER).
User-friendly wiring:
Sub-D connector and terminal are easily accessible
The CP 323-5 can be operated without a fan. Neither a backup
battery nor a memory module are required.
PROFIBUS
CP 343-5
4/107
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
The CP 343-5 provides the user with access to different commu-
nication services of the PROFIBUS bus system:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication (PG, OP, S7 controllers)
PROFIBUS FMS (acc. to IEC 61 158/EN 50 170)
PG/OP communication
network to be remotely programmed
S7 routing
Routing makes it possible to use programming device com-
munication across networks.
S7 communication
Between SIMATIC S7 programmable controllers
(CP 343-5 server only)
to SIMATIC 505
to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 or CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5611
and S7 OPC server.
over the CP 343-5.
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61 158/EN 50,170),
the CP 343-5 offers a simple, optimized interface for process or
field communication.
This interface offers uniform, high-performance communication
between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC.
In addition to the SDA service (PLC/PLC connections),
SEND/RECEIVE also provides the SDN service (Broadcast,
Multicast).
SIMATIC S7
with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5
SIMATIC S5
S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP,
SIMATIC 505 with CP 5434-FMS
PCs with CP 5511, CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614
face.
PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated into the STEP 7 user
program.
PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS FMS, according to PROFIBUS
IEC 61 158/EN 50 170, supports message transfer to different
FMS services:
READ, WRITE;
for reading or writing access to variables of communication
partners from the user program (by means of variable index,
variable names);
for transferring local variable values to the communications
partner. Partial access to variables is supported. The commu-
nication is processed over acyclic connections (master-to-
master, master-to-slave), over acyclic connections with a
slave initiative and with cyclic connections.
INFORMATION REPORT;
(signaling) allows an FMS server to perform unacknowledged
transfer of variables. This type of request is used, in particular,
for transmission on Broadcast FMS connections.
IDENTIFY;
to request the identification features of the communications
partner
STATUS;
to request partner status
Diagnostics
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Message buffer
Configuring
STEP 7 is required for configuration. In STEP 7 Version V5 and
higher, the configuring data of the CPs can also be stored on the
CPU in which case they are retained following supply failure.
A module can therefore by replaced without having to reload the
configuration data from a programming device. The CPU trans-
fers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Attention
should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU.
The function blocks for using S5-compatible communication
(SEND/RECEIVE) and FMS can be found in the SIMATIC NET
library following installation of STEP 7.
PROFIBUS
CP 343-5
4/108
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Dependent on the CPU used
Interfaces
Current consumption
from 24 V 250 mA
Power loss 6.75 W
Construction
Performance data
S7 communication
that can be used
max. 16
1)
(SEND/RECEIVE)
that can be used
max. 16
(SEND and RECEIVE)
FMS function
that can be used
max. 16
Variable length for READ 237 byte
Variable length for
WRITE and REPORT
233 byte
Configurable server variables 256
Variables that can be loaded
from partners
256
that can be used
max. 48
CP 343-5
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
Communication processor
for connecting S7-300 to
PROFIBUS, FMS,
PG/OP and S7 communication;
on CD-ROM
for PROFIBUS
V5.x, executable under
STEP 7 V5.x; with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
and Spanish
manual
Paper version
PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485
bus connector
With 90 cable outlet;
rate 12 Mbit/s
For connection to PPI, MPI,
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS stations up to 12
Mbit/s with connecting cable
"Communication with SIMATIC"
manual
SIMATIC S7-300 DM 370 6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0
Dummy module;
used during module replacement
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic
4/109
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Connection of the S7-400
to PROFIBUS
- S7 communication
- PROFIBUS FMS
Easy programming and configuration over PROFIBUS
S7 routing
Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system
SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication
Benefits
Easy integration of SIMATIC S7 in a vendor-independent auto-
mation network using PROFIBUS FMS
Suitable for use in high availability systems due to redundant
S7 communication
The user requires little knowledge of the PROFIBUS FMS
specification due to simple configuration and autonomous
data conversion on the CP
A system-wide time synchronization
Integration of SIMATIC S7-400 into existing installations using
Universal applications for the CP through using different com-
munications services in parallel
Application
The CP 443-5 Basic communications processor is the module
required for SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS bus system.
It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.
Communications options of the S7-400 through communications
modules:
FMS communication with PROFIBUS stations through
PROFIBUS
interface devices
The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the
performance range of the CPU and the communication services
used.
Design
The CP 443-5 communications processor offers all the advan-
tages of SIMATIC S7-400 design features:
Compact design;
9-pin Sub-D connector for connection to PROFIBUS
Simple wide module
Simple connection;
the CP 443-5 is mounted on the S7-400 subrack and con-
nected to the other S7-400 modules through the backplane
bus. There are no slot rules.
the Sub-D connector is easily accessible and easy to use
The CP 443-5 Basic can be operated without a fan. Neither a
back up battery nor a memory module are required.
When the SEND/RECEIVE interface is used, the number of
operable modules depends on the S7-400 CPU in use.
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic
4/110
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
The CP 443-5 Basic provides access to different communication
PG/OP communication
S7 communication (S7 controllers)
PROFIBUS FMS (acc. to IEC 61 158/EN 50 170)
Clock time synchronization
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
Routing makes it possible to use programming device com-
munication across networks.
S7 communication
to programming devices (PG/OP communication)
to PCs,
e.g. with CP 5613/5614 or CP 5511/5512/5611 and S7 OPC
server.
to HMI devices (OPs).
For redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-5 Basic can
also be used in SIMATIC H systems.
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 Basic offers
a simple, optimized interface for data communication. This inter-
face offers uniform, high-performance communication between
SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC. It provides the services
SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN (Broadcast, Multicast).
SIMATIC S7
with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC 505
with CP 5434-FMS
PCs
with CP 5511, CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614
face
To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-
SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated into the STEP 7
user program.
PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS FMS, to IEC 61 158/EN 50 170, supports message
transfer to different FMS services:
READ, WRITE;
for read or write access to variables of communication
partners from the user program (by means of variable index,
variable names); for transferring local variable values to the
communications partner.
Partial access to variables is supported. The communication
is processed over acyclic connections (master-to-master,
master-to-slave), over acyclic connections with a slave initia-
tive and with cyclic connections (master/slave).
INFORMATION REPORT;
(signaling) allows an FMS server to perform unacknowledged
transfer of variables. This type of request is also used, in
particular, for transmission on Broadcast FMS connections.
IDENTIFY;
to request the identification features of the communications
partner
STATUS;
to request partner status
Time-of-day synchronization
The CP 443-5 Basic is capable of forwarding the time of day of
the S7-400 CPU to PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CP 443-5 Basic
of the S7-400 CPU can make an existing time of day available on
PROFIBUS.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7,
including:
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Message buffer
Configuring
STEP 7 is required for configuring the CP 443-5 Basic.
In STEP 7 Version V5 and higher, the configuring data of the CPs
can also be stored on the CPU in which case they are retained
following supply failure. A module can therefore by replaced
without having to reload the configuration data from a program-
ming device. The CPU transfers the configuration data to the
CP during start-up.
(SEND/RECEIVE) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library
following installation of STEP 7.
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic
4/111
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Dependent on CPU type
Interface
Voltage supply 5 V DC 5%
Current input from 5 V DC 1.2 A
Power loss 6.5 W
Construction
Performance data
S7 communication
that can be used
16 to 48
1)
(SEND/RECEIVE)
that can be used
max. 32
(SEND and RECEIVE)
FMS function
that can be used
max. 48
Variable length READ max. 237 byte
Variable length WRITE max. 233 byte
Configurable server variables 512
Variables that can be loaded
from partners
2640
used (2 of which are reserved for
PG/OP communication)
max. 59
CP 443-5
6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0
Communications processor
for connection of S7-400 to
PROFIBUS, FMS,
PG/OP and S7 communication;
on CD-ROM
for PROFIBUS
Configuring software for
V5.x, runs under STEP 7 V5.x;
on CD-ROM,
Spanish, Italian
Manual NCM S7 for PROFIBUS
Paper version
With 90 cable outlet; insulation
displacement technology,
With connection to PPI, MPI,
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
Bus terminal for connection of
12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable
Communication with SIMATIC
Manual
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
4/112
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
DP-V1 master connection of the S7-400 on PROFIBUS
For setting up additional PROFIBUS DP lines
- PROFIBUS DP
- S7 communication
Easy programming and configuration over PROFIBUS
S7 routing
Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system
Module replacement without PG
SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication
or DP master communication
Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP)
Adding or modifying distributed I/O during operation
Benefits
Increase the system availability through redundant connection
of the process I/Os (e.g. ET 200 M) in the SIMATIC S7-400 H
system
Particularly suitable for controlling tasks through
SYNC/FREEZE and equidistant bus cycle
A system-wide time synchronization
Integration of SIMATIC S7-400 into existing installations using
Universal applications for the CP by using different
communications services in parallel on one CP
Cost savings due to flexible, reaction-free start-up using CiR
(Configuration in RUN)
Application
The CP 443-5 Extended communications processor is the
module required for SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS bus
system.
It offloads the CPU of communications tasks and enables further
connections.
Communications options of the S7-400 through communications
modules:
As a master for PROFIBUS DP according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170
interface devices
The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the per-
formance range of the CPU and the communication services
used.
Design
The CP 443-5 Extended communications processor offers all the
advantages of SIMATIC S7-400 design features:
Compact design;
9-pin Sub-D connector for connecting to PROFIBUS DP.
Simple wide module
Simple connection;
the CP 443-5 is mounted on the S7-400 subrack and con-
nected to the other S7-400 modules through the backplane
bus.
the Sub-D connector is easily accessible and easy to use
The CP 443-5 Extended can be operated without a fan.
Neither a back up battery nor a memory module are required.
Up to 14 CPs can be operated.
If the CP 443-5 Extended is implemented as a DP master, at least
4 and up to 10 additional PROFIBUS DP lines can be configured
in the central rack. The number of permissible PROFIBUS DP
lines is dependent on the SIMATIC S7-400 CPU used.
There are no slot rules when S7 communication is used. The
number of S7 connections which can be operated is dependent
on the S7-400 CPU.
When SEND/RECEIVE is used, the number of modules which
can be operated is dependent on the S7-400 CPU.
Function
The CP 443-5 Extended provides access to different communi-
cation services of the PROFIBUS bus system:
PROFIBUS DP (acc. to IEC 61158/EN 50 170)
PG/OP communication
S7 communication (S7 controllers)
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
4/113
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Master for PROFIBUS DP
The CP 443-5 Extended operates as DP-V1 master. It processes
data transfer autonomously and allows slaves to be connected,
such as CP 342-5 as DP slave, DP slaves of the ET 200 distrib-
uted I/O station, etc. This means that the CP 443-5 Extended is
able to connect the S7-400 station to PROFIBUS DP as well as
providing the integral DP master interfaces of the S7-400 CPUs
with the ideal expansion for establishing additional PROFIBUS
DP lines.
The CP 443-5 Extended can also be used in the SIMATIC S7
H system as a redundant DP master.
The CP 443-5 Extended is a DP-V1 master, i.e. it also supports
the acyclic standard services incl. interrupt handling.
The CP 443-5 Extended also supports the SYNC and FREEZE
functions, equidistance, slave-to-slave communication, data set
routing and changes to the configuration of the assigned distrib-
uted I/O during normal operation.
During normal operation, it is also possible to activate or de-
activate DP slaves. This supports the step-by-step start-up of
subprocesses, for example.
The distributed I/O is handled like the central I/O from the users
point of view. This means that there are no differences between
the CP 443-5 Extended and the integral DP master interface of
the S7-400 CPU with regard to configuration and parameteri-
zation. Depending on the scale of the system, the CP 443-5
Extended has extremely short response times.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
By means of routing it is possible to use programming device
S7 communication
to programming devices (PG/OP communication)
to PCs
e.g. with CP 5613 or CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5611 and S7 OPC
server
to HMI devices (OPs).
For redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-5 Extended can
also be used in SIMATIC H systems.
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 Extended
offers a simple, optimized interface for process or field commu-
nication. This interface offers uniform, high-performance com-
munication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC.
It provides the services SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN
(Broadcast, Multicast).
The communication partners are the programmable controllers
SIMATIC S7
with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC 505
with CP 5434-FMS
PCs
with CP 5511, CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614
face.
PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user pro-
gram.
The CP 443-5 Extended is capable of forwarding the time of day
of the S7-400 CPU to PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CP of the
S7-400 CPU can make an existing time of day available on
PROFIBUS
The CP 443-5 Extended supports
The time-stamping of distributed process signals in combi-
nation with IM 153
Time status value, daylight-saving time changeover,
synchronization status
Data set routing
The CP 443-5 Extended supports the data set routing function.
With this option, the CP can be used as a router for data sets that
have to be sent to field devices (DP slaves). SIMATIC PDM
(Process Device Manager) is a tool that creates data sets of this
type for parameterizing and diagnosing field devices.
Application:
It is possible, for example, to use SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) to
set parameters and perform diagnostics for a PA field device
over Industrial Ethernet, S7-400 (CP 443-1, CP 443-5 Extended)
and DP/PA Coupler/Link.
Diagnostics data
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Message buffer
CiR Configuration in RUN
With CiR, it is possible to add or modify distributed I/O devices
during normal operation.
Adding PROFIBUS DP/PA slaves
Adding/removing modules (e.g. I/O modules) in a modular
DP slave (e.g. ET 200M and DP/PA Link)
Configuration
STEP 7 is required for configuring the CP 443-5 Extended.
DP configuration/programming is performed for the CP 443-5
Extended in the same manner as for DP configuration/program-
ming of the integrated DP interfaces of the SIMATIC S7-400
CPUs with STEP 7.
The configuring data of the CPs is always saved on the CPU and
is retained even after a PLC failure. A module can therefore be
replaced without having to reload the configuration data from a
programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration data
to the CP during start-up.
(SEND/RECEIVE) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library
following installation of STEP 7.
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
4/114
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Dependent on CPU type
Interfaces
Connections 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485)
Voltage supply 5 V DC 5%
24 V DC 5%
Current input from 5 V DC 1.3 A
Power loss 6.5 W
Construction
Number of external DP-lines in one
central rack
10
Performance data
DP master function
DP master DP-V1
Number of operable DP slaves max. 125
- DP input area max. 4 KB
- DP output range max. 4 KB
per connected DP slave
- DP input area max. 244 byte
- DP output range max. 244 byte
S7 communication
be used
16 to 48
1)
(SEND/RECEIVE)
that can be used
max. 32
(SEND and RECEIVE)
used (2 of which are reserved for
PG/OP communication)
- without DP max. 59
- with DP max. 55
CP 443-5 Extended
to PROFIBUS
Extended version for
PROFIBUS DP; with electronic
manual, on CD-ROM
6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0
for PROFIBUS
Configuring software for
V5.1, runs under STEP 7 V5.1;
on CD-ROM,
Spanish, Italian
Manual NCM S7 for PROFIBUS
Paper version
With 90 cable outlet; insulation
displacement technology,
With connection to PPI, MPI,
PROFIBUS
Communication with SIMATIC
Manual
PROFIBUS
IM 467, IM 467 FO
4/115
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
For connection of the S7-400 as a master to PROFIBUS DP
For setting up further PROFIBUS DP lines
PROFIBUS DP communication services and PG/OP
communication
Simple programming and configuring via PROFIBUS
Interfaces: RS 485 (IM 467) or integrated FO interface
(IM 467 FO)
Benefits
through the use of several IMs
Allows up to 14 additional DP bus lines to be connected to the
S7-400
Integrated fiber-optic interface
Application
The IM 467/467 FO is the low-overhead SIMATIC S7-400 inter-
face module for the PROFIBUS DP bus system. It off-loads com-
munication tasks from the CPU and supports additional connec-
tions.
The IM 467 FO is always used in those cases where the advan-
tages of fiber-optic cables (plastic and PCF) are required.
Communication modes for the S7-400 via IM 467/467 FO
communications modules:
As a master for the ET 200 distributed I/O station in accor-
dance with EN 50170 and IEC 61158-3 Ed2
Communication with programming devices and human
machine interface devices
Design
The IM 467/467 FO interface module features all the advantages
of SIMATIC S7-400 configuration:
Compact configuration:
9-pin Sub-D socket or FO cable interface for connection to
PROFIBUS DP
Single-width module
Easy installation:
The IM 467/467 FO is plugged into the S7-400 rack and is
connected with the other modules via the backplane bus.
User-friendly wiring:
The Sub-D socket/integrated FO cable interface is easily
accessed.
Rugged operation:
The IM 467/467 FO can be operated without fans. A backup
battery or memory module is not required.
If the IM 467/467 FO is used as a DP master, up to 10 additional
PROFIBUS DP lines can be connected. The number of possible
PROFIBUS DP lines depends on the SIMATIC S7-400 CPU
used. There are no slot rules.
Function
The IM 467/IM 467 FO provides different communication
PROFIBUS DP (in accordance with EN 50170)
PG/OP communication
PROFIBUS DP master
The IM 467/467 FO operates as a DP master according to
EN 50170, Volume 2. It implements data transmission com-
pletely autonomously and allows slaves to be connected, such
as CP 342-5 as DP slave, DP slaves of the ET 200 distributed I/O
system, etc. The IM 467/467 FO can therefore connect the
S7-400 station to PROFIBUS DP or it complements the inte-
grated DP master interfaces of the S7-400 CPU in order to estab-
lish additional PROFIBUS DP lines.
In addition, the IM 467/467 FO also supports the functions SYNC
and FREEZE, equidistance and internode data traffic.
The distributed I/O is handled in the same manner as the central
I/O from the viewpoint of the user. This means that for configuring
and parameter assignment, there is no distinction between the
IM 467/467 FO and the integrated DP master interface of the
S7-400 CPU. Whatever the size of the plant, the IM 467/467 FO
achieves the shortest possible response times.
PG/OP communication
With the help of PG/OP communication, all the S7 stations con-
nected to the network can be remotely programmed.
S7 routing:
Routing enables PG/OP communication to be utilized across
networks.
Configuring
STEP 7 is necessary for configuring the IM 467/467 FO.
DP configuration and programming is performed for the IM
467/467 FO in the same manner as for the integrated DP master
interfaces of the SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs with STEP 7 V4.0 or
newer (IM 467 FO with STEP 7 V5.0 or newer).
The IM configuration data is saved on the CPU and is retained
even in the case of power outage. Modules can therefore be
replaced having to reload the product information from a PG.
During startup, the CPU transfers the configuration data to
the IM.
It is possible to configure and program all SIMATIC S7 control-
lers connected to the network over the network.
PROFIBUS
IM 467, IM 467 FO
4/116
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
6ES7 467-
5GJ02-0AB0
6ES7 467-
5FJ00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
- 5 V DC Yes; +/- 5 % Yes; +/- 5 %
- 24 V DC Yes; +/- 5 % Yes; +/- 5 %
Current consumption
from backplane bus 5 V DC,
max.
1,300 mA 1,300 mA
Configuration
Number of modules per CPU 10 in CR
(depending on
CPU type)
10 in CR
(depending on
CPU type)
1st interface
Type of interface 9-pin sub-D
female
connector
2 x duplex
socket
Physical RS 485 FO/Lamda =
660 nm
Functionality
- DP master Yes Yes
DP master
- Number of connections, max. 32; depending
on the CPU type
32; depending
on the CPU type
Services
- Equidistance support Yes Yes
- Direct data exchange (lateral
communication)
Yes Yes
- Transmission rates, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s; not 3
and 6 Mbit/s
- Transmission rates, min. 9.6 kBit/s 9.6 kBit/s
- Number of DP slaves, max. 96 96
Address area
- Inputs, max. 4 KByte 4 KByte
- Outputs, max. 4 KByte 4 KByte
User data per DP Slave
- Inputs, max. 244 Byte 244 Byte
- Outputs, max. 244 Byte 244 Byte
- min. 0 C 0 C
- max. 60 C 60 C
Storage/transportation
temperature
- min. -40 C -40 C
- max. 70 C 70 C
Air pressure
- Altitude above MSL, max. 3,000 m 3,000 m
Relative humidity
- Operation, max. 95%; at 26 C 95%; at 26 C
Width 25 mm 25 mm
Height 290 mm 290 mm
Depth 210 mm 210 mm
IM 467 interface module 6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0
for connection to PROFIBUS DP;
RS 485
IM 467 FO interface module 6ES7 467-5FJ00-0AB0
for connection to PROFIBUS DP;
fiber-optic interface
RS 485 bus terminal connector
with 90 outgoing feeder cable
max. data transmission rate
12 Mbit/s
pack of 50, for use of the simplex
plugs with the IM 467 FO
Manual "SIMATIC S7-400 pro-
grammable controller"
incl. operation list
German 6ES7 498-8AA04-8AA0
English 6ES7 498-8AA04-8BA0
French 6ES7 498-8AA04-8CA0
Spanish 6ES7 498-8AA04-8DA0
Italian 6ES7 498-8AA04-8EA0
PROFIBUS
General information
4/117
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PC card with an internal microprocessor
Recommended solution for:
PC-based control systems
(Soft Control, PLC, Numeric Control, Robot Control)
Process control systems
Operator control and monitoring systems (HMI)
PROFIBUS DP slave interface (CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO)
PROFIBUS plants with large quantity framework
(more than 8 stations)
Use of several CPs in one system
Designs with fiber-optic interface (FO)
PC card without an internal microprocessor
Recommended solution for:
Configuring tools (e.g. STEP 7)
PROFIBUS DP diagnostics station
(e.g. with COM PROFIBUS or as DP Master Class 2)
PROFIBUS DP slave interface
PROFIBUS systems with up to 8 stations
Mono protocol mode
You will find software for the PC
products under Windows with the
corresponding authorization
diskettes on the SIMATIC NET
software CD.
For use in different operating
system surroundings are
Development Kits availably
(e.g. CP 5613 A2 or CP 5614 A2)
The necessary configuring tools
are contained in all software
packages.
Manuals in pdf format and
extensive further information on
SIMATIC NET products and
communication can be found on
the SIMATIC NET Manual
Collection CD, enclosed with the
software products.
SOFTWARE HARDWARE
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
CP 5512
(PC-Card, CardBus)
CP 5613 A2
(PCI)
CP 5611 A2
(PC-Card, CardBus)
CP 5614 FO
(PCI)
CPs with own
microprocessor
CPs without own
microprocessor
CP 5613 FO
(PCI)
CP 5614 A2
(PCI)
PROFIBUS
Performance data
4/118
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The following communications processors are available for con-
necting to the programming device or PC:
CPs with an internal microprocessor:
CP 5613 A2 (PCI), CP 5613 FO (PCI), CP 5614 A2 (PCI),
CP 5614 FO (PCI)
CPs without an internal microprocessor:
CP 5512 (PC Card/CardBus), CP 5611 A2 (PCI)
Performance of PROFIBUS CPs
Performance under almost identical CPU loading
The maximum performance specifies how much digital input/
output data can be read or written in 1 ms from the PROFIBUS
application over the respective PROFIBUS CP (regardless of the
physical characteristics of the bus).
CPU loading and access time
Comparison of loading on the CPU with event access and with
polling access
If event access (using interrupts) and polling access are com-
pared, it can be shown that the CPU loading can be significantly
reduced with the CP 5613 using the event/filter mechanism, for
the same data throughput.
Note:
1) for credit = 1; PDU size 480 byte
2) for credit = 1; max. 2 x CP 5612 A2 / CP 5612 FO / CP 5614 A2 / CP 5614 FO
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
3
5
CP 5613 A2 with
DP-RAM access
CP 5613 A2 with
DP-5613/Win NT
P
e
r
f
o
r
m
a
n
c
e
CP 5611 A2/5512 with
SOFTNET-DP
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
3
6
CP 5613 A2
with events via DP-RAM access
Other CPs
with polling
CPU load at same data throughput to retain current data of a slave
C
P
U

l
o
a
d
Performance data of PROFIBUS CPs
CP 5613 A2/CP 5613 FO CP 5614 A2/CP 5614 F0 CP 5611 A2/CP 5512
Number of connectable DP slaves Max. 122 122 60
Number of FDL tasks waiting Max. 120 120 100
Number of PG/OP and S7 connections Max. 50
1)
50
1)
8
Number of FMS connections Max. 40
2)
40
2)
-
PROFIBUS
Performance data
4/119
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Advanced PC configuration for PROFIBUS
Supports a simplified OPC configuration
Easy to handle thanks to automatic software installation
(Plug & Play)
Advanced PC configuration is included in the scope of supply
of the communications software for the PC from Version 6.0
upwards; the configuration tool NCM PC as well as the con-
figuration console are also supplied with it.
NCM PC
NCM PC replaces the previous PC configuration tools. This
means that the PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in
NCM PC Version V5.1+SP2 and higher. Both tools offer the same
look and feel and create the same database. This means that
uniform configuration is possible for the communication func-
tions S5-compatible communication, S7 communication and for
the DP protocol and FMS protocol. Data only has to be entered
once and data consistency is assured.
A configuration wizard integrated into NCM PC also supports
user-driven configuration of the PC station.
With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP2 upwards,
a PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and
loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on
which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station
that is addressed over the network.
Note:
NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that
were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary.
More information
PROFIBUS
Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
4/120
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The operating systems listed in the table refer exclusively to the
communication products specified!
Please refer to the description of the relevant IPC for the operat-
ing system that is available and has been released for that IPC
Note:
You can find detailed descriptions of the SIMATIC Industrial PCs
in the Catalog "PC-based Automation" or in the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
1) The CP 5512 can only be used with the Box PC 620.
Rack PC:
Box PC:
Panel PC:
IL 43, 840
620, 627, 840,
577, 677, 877
Microbox
PC 420
CPs and software for PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2 / CP 5613 FO /
CP 5614 A2 / CP 5614 FO
with

DP-5613 Edition 2005 /
FMS-5613 Edition 2005 /
under

CP 5611 A2/CP 5512
1)

SOFTNET-DP Edition 2005 /
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 /
SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2005
under

XPembedded + SP1

PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2
4/121
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PCI card (universal key 5 V/3.3 V) with microprocessor for
system connection for PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS
with up to 12 Mbit/s
- PROFIBUS DP masters according to IEC 61158/EN 50170
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7
- S7 communication
- S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on
the FDL interface
- PROFIBUS FMS acc. to IEC 61158/EN 50170
Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, start-
up and operation of the module
High performance over direct dual-port RAM access
Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the host
CPU
Multi-protocol mode and parallel operation of up to 4 CPs
Implementation in Motion Control applications is possible
because a constant bus cycle time is supported
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica-
tion software
Benefits
Fast access to process data over dual-port RAM
Consistent process data from a DP cycle
More computing power is available in the PG/PC by taking the
load off the host CPU
Fast start-up through Plug&Play and diagnostic tools
Implementation in Motion Control applications is possible be-
cause a constant bus cycle time is supported
Simple porting to other operating system environments
through dual port RAM interface
Implementation is even possible in an industrial environment
at high temperatures.
Can be used flexibly in PG/PC due to PCI 3.3/5V, 33/66 MHz
and compatibility to 64-bit PCI-X slot
Application
The CP 5613 A2 supports the connection of a SIMATIC PG/PC
and PCs with a PCI slot to PROFIBUS.
The CP 5613 A2 provides high-performance support for
control tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control,
Robot Control).
Design
Short PCI card
Suitable for 3.3 V and 5 V PCI slots (universal key)
33 MHz or 66 MHz PCI cycle
Can be used as a 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI-X slot
Diagnostic LEDs
Parallel operation of max. 4 CPs
1)
The module is installed using the standard PCI mechanisms
(Plug&Play).
The electrical PROFIBUS is connected using
Bus connector and PROFIBUS cable or
Bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12 M) and PROFIBUS bus
cable.
The optical PROFIBUS is connected using
Bus cable with 2 bus connectors or
PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting cable
to an OLM.
When the CP 5613 A2 is used as a DP master or in a PG/OP on
PROFIBUS DP, the optical PROFIBUS is connected with an
integrated interface and OBT using:
PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting cable
to an optical bus terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS DP.
1) FMS-5613 supports up to 2 CP 5613 A2/5614 A2.
DP-M DP-S
UDP
PG S7 S5 OPC FMS
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2
4/122
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data with DP-Base
The CP 5613 A2 is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master module
which holds the process image (input/output and diagnostic
data) in the dual port RAM (memory area on the CP). The high-
performance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is
handled independently by the CP 5613 A2 hardware. The user
has direct access to the dual port RAM. The process data of the
slaves is always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data of a slave
from one and the same DP cycle.
Parallel operation of DP 5613 software and DP-Base is not
possible.
Event/filter mechanism
The user receives up-to-date data through two access mecha-
nisms:
Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher load on host CPU)
Signaling by new kind of event/filter mode in the event of
changes in the input data of a slave (minimum load on host
CPU)
Both alternatives can be combined. Optimum utilization of the
PC is therefore possible for the relevant application.
The new event/filter mechanism can also be used for
Signaling by interrupt for diagnostic messages from slaves
In equidistant mode signaling by interrupt:
- start DP cycle
- end cyclic data transfer with the DP slaves (hardware version
3 and newer)
FastLogic
FastLogic means that the CP 5613 A2 can react automatically to
up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and independence of
the host application is achieved here, for example, for rapid
equipment shutdown.
DP programming interface
The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5613 A2
has the following functions:
DP Master Class 1 including acyclic DP extensions
DP Master Class 2 including acyclic DP extensions
Access to the process data is directly through the dual port
RAM. The dual port RAM interface not only offers fast access as
a DP master but also a basis for portability to other operating
system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
A library (DP_BASE.DLL) offers administrative functional calls
(initialization and management services).
DK-5613 development kit
The DK-5613 development kit offers access to the functions DP
Master Class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansions.
With the DK-5613 software development kit the CP 5613 A2 and
CP 5614 communications processors can be integrated in any
operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary
source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can
be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
Access to process data with DP-5613
DP Master Class 1
The CP 5613 A2 operates as a DP Master Class 1 according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170 and handles data transfer with the distrib-
uted stations (DP slaves) completely independently. In a fixed,
repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges infor-
mation with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming
interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function
calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the
functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activation and deac-
tivation of slaves.
The DP function expansions for Master Class 1 enable non-
cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well
as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be performed
parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic transmitted data
(e.g. parameterization data) are changed very rarely in compar-
ison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with
low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. The in-
terrupt acknowledgement in the master ensures reliable trans-
mission of the interrupts from the DP slaves.
Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP-5613 software is not
possible.
DP Master Class 2
Apart from the DP Master Class 1 services, the CP 5613 A2 also
offers, in combination with the DP programming interface,
DP Master Class 2 services according to IEC 61158/EN 50170.
Devices of this type (programming devices, configuration de-
vices or operating devices) are used on startup, on configuring
the DP system or for operating the system during normal opera-
tion (e.g. diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides
the following services:
Master diagnostics
Slave diagnostics
Read inputs/outputs of a slave
Reading configuration data and
Changing the slave address.
The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the
parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices
of the process automation, intelligent HMI devices). This type of
slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during
startup and normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
This software allows programming of the SIMATIC S5 and S7
controllers (except for SIMATIC S5-95U) through PROFIBUS in
conjunction with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication for the
CP 5613 is available following installation of the CP 5613 A2
(DP-Base). No additional software package is needed.
(SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface)
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available after instal-
lation of the CP 5613 A2 (DP-Base) and offers data exchange
services for diagnostics and management. No additional soft-
ware package is needed.
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2
4/123
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Software for S7 communication (S7-5613)
through S7 communication. The S7 programming interface en-
ables PG/PC application programs to access SIMATIC S7 sys-
tem components. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily
and flexibly.
The following services are available with S7 communication:
Link management
Mini database
Trace
Reading/writing of variables
BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task)
Software for PROFIBUS FMS (FMS-5613)
The FMS programming interface allows PG/PCs to exchange
data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices
of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol guarantees
open communication.
The following services are available through the FMS interface:
CRL management services
FMS connection management services
Object directory management services for clients and server
Variable services for clients and server
(read, write, information report)
Server functionality
VFD (virtual field device) services for clients and server
Bus access information services (live list)
Trace and Mini database
User interfaces
OPC interface
The OPC server contained in the respective software package
can be used as a standard programming interface for the proto-
cols PROFIBUS DP, S5-compatible communication, S7 commu-
nication and PROFIBUS FMS to connect automation applica-
tions to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI
systems etc.).
Programming interface through C-Library
The programming interfaces for existing applications are imple-
mented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The following compil-
ers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET
products:
Microsoft Visual C V7.x
Partner solutions from Software Option are available for Borland
programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI).
For solutions for other operating systems, see the DK-5613
Development Kit.
Configuration
Configuration of S7 communication protocols, S5-compatible
communication, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS
protocol is executed in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1 + SP2.
The configuring tool NCM PC is included in the scope of
supply of the PROFIBUS software package.
NCM PC is a component of Advanced PC Configuration.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
commissioning and operation) for the module itself and for the
PROFIBUS DP network. Therefore a PROFIBUS network can be
started up quickly and easily with a CP 5613 A2.
1) For credit = 1;
PDU size 480 byte
2) For credit = 1;
max. 2 x CP 5613 A2 / CP 5613 FO / CP 5614 A2 / CP 5614 FO
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D connector
Connection to PG/PC PCI (32 bit; 3.3 V/5 V; universal
keyed; 33/66 MHz)
Supply voltage (from PCI) 5 V DC 5%
Power consumption from 5 V DC 0.8 A
Power loss 4 W
Operating temperature +5 C to +50 C
Design
Module format short PCI card
Dimensions (W x H) in mm 107 x 168
Space required 1 x PCI slot
DP-Master DP-V0, DP-V1, DP-V2
Performance data
Single protocol operation
DP slaves
max. 124
Number of parallel FDL tasks
to be processed
max. 120
Number of PG/OP and
S7 connections
max. 50
1)
Number of FMS connections max. 40
2)
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2
4/124
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
More information
The DK-5613 can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk5613
The CP 5613 A2 module can also be used under the LINUX and
UNIX operating systems. You can find information about the
available LINUX distributors and UNIX operating systems from:
Siemens AG
Contact
91052 Erlangen, Germany
Tel.: +49(0)9131/7-4 61 11
Fax: +49(0)9131/7-4 47 57
CP 5613 A2
6GK1 561-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V)
for connection to PROFIBUS incl.
Professional/Server, Windows XP
Professional, 2003 Server
German/English
Development Kit DK-5613
CP 5613/CP 5614/
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2/
CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO for inte-
gration in other operating system
environments on systems with a
PCI slot
See
simatic-net/dk5613
DP-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5DB63-3AA0
Software for DP, incl. PG and FDL
protocol, OPC server and NCM
PC; single license for 1 installa-
Professional; 2003 Server,
2000 Professional/Server, for
CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO
German/English
S7-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
Software for S7 communication,
incl. PG and FDL protocol,
OPC server and NCM PC;
sional; 2003 Server,
CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO;
German/English
FMS-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5FB63-3AA0
Software for FMS protocol,
incl. PG/OP communication, FDL,
FMS-OPC server and NCM PC;
sional; 2003 Server,
CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO;
German/English
bus connector
RS 485 Plug 180
6GK1 500-0FC00
With 180 cable outlet
SIMATIC NET
Software Update Service
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
for one year service
incl. manuals on CD-ROM
PC/Windows products
German/English
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO
4/125
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PCI card with microprocessor for system connection for PCs
and SIMATIC PGs/PC to the optical PROFIBUS at up to
12 Mbit/s
Integral fiber-optic interface for direct FO connection
- PROFIBUS DP masters according to IEC 61158/EN 50170
- S7 communication
the FDL interface
CPU
because equidistant mode is supported
The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are in-
cluded in the scope of supply of the respective communica-
tion software
Benefits
Fastest possible access to process data through dual port
RAM
Process-consistent data from a DP cycle
Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS through integrated
FOC interface
Higher computing performance in the PC by relieving the host
CPU
Fast commissioning through Plug&Play and diagnostic tools
Implementation for motion control applications possible
through support of the equidistant mode
Easy portability to other operating systems through a dual port
RAM interface
Can also be used in high temperature industrial environments
Application
The CP 5613 FO provides a connection to the optical PROFIBUS
for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with a PCI slot.
The CP 5613 FO provides high-performance support for
Robot Control).
Design
Short PCI card
2 duplex sockets for connecting plastic and PCF fiber-optic
cables with 2 simplex connectors each to the optical
PROFIBUS
Connection of the external supply through a plug-in power
supply unit. This ensures that data communication over the
optical line is not interrupted when the PC is shut down.
Diagnostic LEDs
1)
(Plug&Play).
When the CP 5613 FO is used as a DP master or in a PG/OP
on PROFIBUS DP, the optical PROFIBUS is connected with an
integrated interface using:
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables with simplex plugs
1) FMS-5613 supports up to 2 CP 5613/5614.
DP-M DP-S
UDP
PG S7 S5 OPC FMS
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO
4/126
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data with DP-Base
The CP 5613 FO is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master module
that stores the process image (input/output and diagnostics
data) in the dual-port RAM (memory area on the CP). High-
performance data transfer to and from the PROFIBUS slaves is
performed autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5613 FO.
The user accesses the dual-port RAM directly.
The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the
user receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP
cycle.
DP-Base and the DP 5613 software cannot be operated simulta-
neously.
The user receives up-to-date data over two access mecha-
nisms:
Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher loading for host CPU)
Notification through event/filter mode on changing the input
data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU)
Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize
use of the PC for their applications.
The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for
Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic alarms
from slaves
During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by
means of interrupt:
- start DP cycle
- end cyclic data communication with DP slaves
Constant bus cycle time can be set for STEP 7 V5.1 + SP2
upwards or NCM PC V5.1+SP2.
The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the DP 5613 FO
features the following functions:
DP Master Class 1
including acyclic DP expansions
DP Master Class 2
including acyclic expansions
The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port
RAM. The dual-port RAM interface not only offers fast access
as DP master but also easy porting to other operating system
environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
Administrative function calls (initialization and management
services) are offered in a library (DP_BASE.DLL).
The Development Kit DK-5613 provides access to the functions
DP Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
The Software Development Kit DK-5613 can be used to integrate
the CP 5613/CP 5614 and CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO communi-
cations processors into operating system environments. The kit
contains the necessary source code including the descriptions
in PDF format and can be downloaded free of charge from the
Internet.
DP Master Class 1
The CP 5613 FO operates as DP Master Class 1 to IEC 61158/
EN 50170 and processes data communication with the distrib-
uted stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously.
The central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves
(e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message
cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the
PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The DP
interface also offers the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as
the activation and deactivation of slaves.
The DP function expansions with respect to Master Class 1
enable acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE)
and alarm acknowledgements (ALARM_ACK) to be performed
in parallel with the cyclic data communication. Data that is to be
transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) is only
rarely changed in comparison to the cyclic measured values,
and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic
high-speed useful data transfer. The acknowledgement of
alarms by the master ensures reliable transmission of the alarms
of DP slaves.
DP-Base and DP 5613 software cannot be used at the same
time.
DP Master Class 2
Apart from the DP Master Class 1 services, the CP 5613 FO also
offers DP Master Class 2 services to IEC 61158/EN 50170 in con-
junction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this type
(programming, configuration or control devices) are used during
start-up, for configuring the DP system or for controlling the sys-
tem during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP program-
ming interface provides the following services:
- master diagnostics
- slave diagnostics
- reading the inputs/outputs of a slave
- reading configuration data and
- changing slave addresses.
The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the
of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 con-
trollers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over PROFIBUS
in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication for
the CP 5613 FO is available as soon as the CP 5613 (DP-Base)
has been installed. No additional software packages are
required.
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following
installation of the CP 5613 FO (DP-Base) and provides services
for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional
software packages are required.
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO
4/127
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming inter-
face provides programming device/PC user programs with
access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy,
flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller.
Mini database
Trace
With the FMS programming interface, PCs can exchange differ-
ent manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5
and S7) and field devices. Open communication is made possi-
ble by using the FMS interface.
The FMS interface offers the following services:
Variable services for clients and servers
(Read, Write, Information Report)
VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers
Bus access information services (Live list)
User interfaces
OPC interface
PROFIBUS DP, S5-compatible communication, S7 communi-
cation and PROFIBUS FMS protocols for linking automation
technology applications to OPC-capable Windows applications
(Office, HMI systems, etc.).
The programming interfaces for existing applications are
implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). This means that
the following compilers can be used in combination with the
For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner
solutions from SoftwareOption are offered.
For solutions for other operating systems, see Development Kit
DK-5613.
Configuration
S7 communication protocol, S5-compatible communication
protocol, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol
are configured in STEP 7/NCM PC V5.1+SP2 and higher.
The configuring tool NCM PC is included in the PROFIBUS
software packages.
NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration
Diagnostics data
Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the
PROFIBUS network.
These tools can be used for quick and easy start-up of a
PROFIBUS network with a CP 5613 FO.
1) For credit = 1;
PDU size 480 byte
2) For credit = 1;
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS 2 x duplex socket (FO)
device/PC
PCI (32-bit, 5 V)
External optical supply via
standard plug-in power supply
Low-voltage socket
3.5 mm/1.3 mm
Power supply from PCI 5 V DC +/- 5 %
12 V DC +/- 5 %
Current consumption
from 5 V DC 1.4 A
from 12 V DC 0.3 A
Power loss 7 W
Supply voltage (optional) 9 12 V DC
Current consumption 0.4 A
Power loss 3.6 4.8 W
- without fan +5 C +40 C
- with fan (airflow 0.5 m/s) +5 C +60 C
Transport/storage temperature - 40 C +70 C
Construction
Space requirements 1 x PCI slot (32-bit; 5 V)
DP master DP-V0, DP-V1 DP-V2
Performance data
Mono protocol mode
Number of connectable DP slaves max. 122
Number of FDL tasks waiting max. 120
Number of PG/OP and
S7 connections
max. 50
1)
2)
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO
4/128
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
The DK-5613 can be found in the Internet under:
CP 5613 FO
6GK1 561-3FA00
PCI card (32 bit; 5 V) for connec-
tion to optical PROFIBUS incl.
incl. PG and FDL protocol; single
manual on CD-ROM, Class A,
for 32-bit Windows 2000 Profes-
sional/server: Windows XP
Professional, 2003 Server
German/English
Software Development Kit for
CP 5613/CP 5614 for integration
in other operating system environ-
ments on systems with a PCI slot
You can find the DK-5613
in the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.de/
simatic-net/dk5613
Software for DP, incl. PG and
FDL protocol, OPC server and
NCM PC; single license for
on CD-ROM, license key
Server, Windows 2000 Profes-
sional/Server, for
CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO
German/English
S7-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
sional; 2003 Server, Windows
CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO;
German/English
Software for FMS protocol,
incl. PG/OP communication, FDL,
sional; 2003 Server, Windows
CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO;
German/English
SIMATIC NET
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
PC/Windows products
German/English
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
4/129
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PCI card (universal key 5 V/3.3 V) with microprocessor for
system connection for PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS
with up to 12 Mbit/s
- PROFIBUS DP master and slave interface according to
IEC 61158/ EN 50170 on a PCI card
- S7 communication
the FDL interface
Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the
host CPU
Implementation of Motion Control applications is possible
because an equidistant mode is supported
tion software
Benefits
Only one slot is necessary for master and slave
More computing power is available in the PG/PC by taking the
Can be used flexibly in PG/PC due to PCI 3.3/5V, 33/66 MHz
and compatibility to 64-bit PCI-X slot
Application
The CP 5614 A2 supports the connection of a SIMATIC PG/PC
and PCs with a PCI slot to PROFIBUS. It can be either a
DP master or a DP slave.
Two different PROFIBUS networks can then be connected in a
hierarchic structure on a PC with a PROFIBUS card and data can
be transferred between the two.
The CP 5614 A2 provides high-performance support for
Robot Control).
Design
Short PCI card
Suitable for 3.3 V and 5 V PCI slots (universal key)
33 MHz or 66 MHz PCI cycle
Can be used as a 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI-X slot
2 x 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
Diagnostic LEDs
1)
(Plug&Play).
The electrical PROFIBUS is connected using
Bus connector and PROFIBUS cable or
Bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12 M) and PROFIBUS
bus cable
The optical PROFIBUS is connected using
PROFIBUS connecting cable 830-1
to an OLM.
Connection to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface
and OBT is implemented using
PROFIBUS connecting cable 830-1T
to an OLM.
When the CP 5614 A2 is used as a DP master, DP slave or in a
PG/OP on PROFIBUS DP, the optical PROFIBUS is connected
with an integrated interface and OBT using:
PROFIBUS connecting cable 830-1T
to an optical bus terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS DP.
1) FMS-5613 supports up to 2 CP 5613 A2/5614 A2.
DP-M DP-S
UDP
PG S7 S5 OPC FMS
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
4/130
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data
The CP 5614 A2 is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master and
DP slave module that stores the process image (input/output
and diagnostics data) in the dual-port RAM. High-performance
data transfer to and from the PROFIBUS slaves is performed
autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5614 A2. The user
accesses the dual-port RAM directly.
The process data of the slaves is always consistent, i.e. the user
receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle.
Parallel operation of the DP-5613 (DP master) and DP Base
(DP master, DP slave) software is not possible.
CP 5613 A2 example configuration as DP master and DP slave
Event filter mechanism
nisms:
Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (high loading for host CPU)
Notification through a new type of event/filter mode on chang-
ing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU)
from slaves
means of interrupt:
- start DP cycle
FastLogic
FastLogic means that the CP 5614 A2 can react autonomously
to 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time and
independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of
devices.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
2
1
Programming device
ET 200S
Robot control
Non-Siemens systems
SIMATIC S7-400
controller
(DP master)
DP-Slave
CP 5614 A2
PROFIBUS DP
ET 200M
PROFIBUS DP
ET 200S
DP-Master
PC
ET 200S
ET 200pro
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
4/131
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
The DP master programming interfaces of the CP 5613 A2 and
CP 5614 A2 are identical.
The DP programming interface of the CP 5614 A2 features the
following functions:
DP slave
RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as DP
master/slave but also a basis for porting to other operating
system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
Administrative function calls (initialization and management
services as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through a
DP master and DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL and
DPS_BASE.DLL).
A transfer mechanism (PC application) can be activated in the
software as a linking component for data transfer between the
master and slave interface.
Defined I/O data can be transferred in this manner between the
master interface and the slave interface.
The two connected PROFIBUS networks can be operated with
different PROFIBUS bus parameters because they are indepen-
dent of each other.
DP Master Class 1 and DP slave (incl. acyclic DP expansions)
The Software Development Kit DK-5613 is used to integrate the
CP 5613 A2 and CP 5614 A2 communications processors into
any operating system environment. The kit contains the neces-
sary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and
can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
DP Master Class 1
The CP 5614 A2 operates as a DP Master Class 1 according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170 and processes data communication with
the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously.
(e.g. ET 200S) in a fixed, repeating message cycle. The DP pro-
gramming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer
with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also pro-
vides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and
deactivation of slaves.
The DP function expansions for Master Class 1 make it possible
to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ,
DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms
(ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data com-
munication. Data that is to be transferred in non-isochronous
mode (e.g. parameterization data) is only rarely changed, in
comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred
at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed useful data
transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable
transfer of the alarms from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE,
DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).
Parallel operation of the DP-Base und DP-5613 software is not
possible.
DP Master Class 2
Apart from the DP Master Class 1 services, the CP 5614 A2 also
(programming, configuration or operating devices) are used
during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for operating
the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP pro-
gramming interface provides the following services:
Master diagnostics
Slave diagnostics
Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave
Reading the configuration data
Changing slave addresses.
The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the
of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
start-up and during normal operation. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication
for the CP 5614 A2 is already available after the CP 5614 A2
(DP-Base) has been installed. No additional software packages
are required.
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following
installation of the CP 5614 A2 (DP-Base) and provides services
for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional
software packages are required.
using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming
interface provides programming device/PC user programs with
Mini database
Trace
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
4/132
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
With the FMS programming interface, PG/PCs can exchange
different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g.
S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured
by using the FMS interface.
User interfaces
OPC interface
PROFIBUS DP (DP master and DP slave), S5-compatible com-
munication, S7 communication and PROFIBUS FMS protocols
For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) partner
solutions from the AIXO company are offered.
For solutions for other operating systems, see DK-5613 Develop-
ment Kit.
Configuring
protocol, DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol
are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1+SP2 and higher.
The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the PROFIBUS
software packages.
Diagnostics
PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick and
easy start-up of a PROFIBUS DP network with a CP 5614 A2.
Configuration example for CP 5614 A2
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
1
0
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
Programming device
with CP 5613 A2
SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 (DP master)
Distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M
Transfer
mecha-
nism
DP slave
DP master
CP 5614 A2
RS 485
SIMATIC ET 200S
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
4/133
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) For credit = 1;
PDU size 480 byte
2) For credit = 1;
More information
The DK-5613 can be found in the Internet at:
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS DP
(master)
9-pin Sub-D socket
(slave)
9-pin Sub-D socket
Connection to PG/PC PCI (32 bit; 3.3 V/5 V;
universal keyed; 33/66 MHz)
Supply voltage (from PCI) 5 V DC -5 %
Current input from 5 V DC approx. 0.9 A
Power loss approx. 4.5 W
Relative humidity max. 85 % at + 30 C
Construction
Module format Short PCI card
Space requirements 1 x PCI slot (32 bit; 3.3 V/5 V;
universal keyed; 33/66 MHz)
DP master DP-V0, DP-V1, DP-V2
DP slave DP-V0, DP-V1
Performance data
Mono-protocol operation
Data area of the slave interface:
Input data, output data,
diagnostics data
244 byte each
Number of parallel FDL tasks
waiting
max. 120
Number of PG/OP and
S7 connections
max. 50
1)
2)
CP 5614 A2
6GK1 561-4AA01
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) master
and slave connection to PROFIBUS
incl. DP-Base software with NCM
PC; DP-RAM interface for DP mas-
ter, incl. PG and FDL protocol; sin-
gle license for 1 installation, runtime
manual on CD-ROM, Class A, for
sional/Server Windows XP Profes-
sional, 2003 Server
German/English
CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 A2/
CP 5614 A2/CP 5613 FO/
CP 5614 FO for integration in other
operating system environments on
systems with a PCI slot
See
simatic-net/dk5613
protocol, OPC server and NCM PC;
sional/Server, Windows XP Profes-
sional; 2003 Server, for CP 5613,
CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO
German/English
S7-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
incl. PG and FDL protocol, OPC
server and NCM PC; single license
software and electronic manual on
Professional/Server, for CP 5613,
CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO
German/English
Software for FMS protocol, incl.
PG/OP communication, FDL, FMS-
OPC server and NCM PC; single
manual on CD-ROM, license key on
diskette, Class A, for 32-bit Win-
dows 2000 Professional/Server,
Windows XP Professional; 2003
Server, for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2,
CP 5614 FO
German/English
bus connector RS 485 Plug 180
6GK1 500-0FC00
PROFIBUS stations up to 12 Mbit/s
with plug-in cable
SIMATIC NET
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
For Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS,
OPC server, for one year service
Prerequisite:
SIMATIC NET PC/Windows products
German/English
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 FO
4/134
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PCI card with microprocessor for system connection for PCs
and SIMATIC PGs/PC to the electrical and optical PROFIBUS
at up to 12 Mbit/s
Integral fiber-optic interface for FO direct connection;
can be operated as a DP master or DP slave as required
- PROFIBUS DP master and slave interface according to
IEC 61158/ EN 50170 on a PCI card
- S7 communication
FDL
CPU
tion software
Benefits
Only one slot is necessary for master and slave
Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS through the inte-
gral fiber-optic interface
More computing power is available in the PC by taking the
Flexible implementation thanks to selectable assignment of
the optical and electrical interface to the master and slave
Application
The CP 5614 FO supports the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC
with a PCI slot to PROFIBUS.
It can be either a DP master or a DP slave. Two different PROFI-
BUS networks can then be connected in a hierarchic structure
on a PC with a PROFIBUS card and data can be transferred be-
tween the two. The CP 5614 FO provides high-performance sup-
port for control tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric
Control, Robot Control).
Design
Short PCI card
2 duplex sockets for connecting plastic and PCF fiber-optic
cables with 2 simplex connectors each to the optical
PROFIBUS
Connection of the external supply through a plug-in power
supply unit. This ensures that data communication over the
optical line is not interrupted when the PC is shut down.
Diagnostics LEDs
1)
.
A software switch can be used to change the assignment of
the master and slave to the optical and electrical interface.
(Plug&Play).
When the CP 5614 FO is used as a DP master, DP slave or in a
PG/OP on PROFIBUS DP, it is connected with an integrated
interface and OBT using:
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables with simplex plugs.
1) FMS-5613 supports up to 2 CP 5613/5614.
DP-M DP-S
UDP
PG S7 S5 OPC FMS
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 FO
4/135
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data
The CP 5614 FO is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master and
DP slave module that stores the process image (input/output
and diagnostics data) in the dual-port RAM. High-performance
data transfer to and from the PROFIBUS slaves is performed
autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5614 FO. The user
accesses the dual-port RAM directly.
The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the
user receives the data of a slave from one and the same
DP cycle.
Parallel operation of DP 5613 (DP master) and DP Base
(DP master, DP slave) is not possible.
nisms:
Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher loading for host CPU)
Notification through event/filter mode on changing the input
data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU).
from slaves
means of interrupt:
- start DP cycle
Constant bus cycle time can be set for STEP 7 V5.1 and higher
or NCM PC V5.1+SP2.
The DP programming interfaces of the CP 5614 and CP 5614 FO
are identical.
The DP programming interface of the CP 5614 FO features the
following functions:
DP slave
DP Class 2 including acyclic expansions
RAM. The dual-port RAM interface not only offers fast access as
DP master/slave, but also easy porting to other operating system
environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
Administrative function calls (initialization and management ser-
vices as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through a DP
master and DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL and
DPS_BASE.DLL).
A transfer mechanism (PC application) can be activated in the
software as a linking component for data transfer between the
master and slave interface.
Defined I/O data can be transferred in this manner between the
master interface and the slave interface.
The two connected PROFIBUS networks can be operated with
different PROFIBUS bus parameters because they are indepen-
dent of each other.
DP Master Class 1 and DP slave (incl. acyclic DP expansions)
The DK-5613 Software Development Kit is used to integrate the
CP 5613 and CP 5614 communications processors into any op-
erating system environment. The kit contains the necessary
source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can
be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
DP Master Class 1
The CP 5614 FO operates as a DP Master Class 1 according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170 and processes data communication with
the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely autonomously.
(e.g. ET 200S) in a fixed, repeating message cycle. The DP pro-
gramming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer
with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also pro-
vides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and
deactivation of slaves.
to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ,
DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms
(ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data
communication. Data that is to be transferred in acyclic mode
(e.g. parameterization data) is only rarely changed, in compari-
son to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower
priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed useful data transfer.
Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer
of the alarms from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
DP-Base and the DP 5613 software cannot be operated
simultaneously.
DP Master Class 2
Apart from the DP Master Class 1 services, the CP 5614 FO also
(programming, configuration or operating devices) are used
during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for operating
the system during normal operation (diagnostics).
The DP programming interface provides the following services:
Master diagnostics
Slave diagnostics
Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave
Reading configuration data and
Changing slave addresses.
The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the pa-
rameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of
process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
start-up and during normal operation. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication for
the CP 5614 FO is available as soon as the CP 5614 (DP-Base)
has been installed. No additional software packages are
required.
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 FO
4/136
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following in-
stallation of the CP 5614 FO (DP-Base) and provides services for
data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional soft-
ware packages are required.
Mini database
Trace
With the FMS programming interface, PCs can exchange differ-
ent manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5
and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured by
using the FMS interface.
User interfaces
OPC interface
PROFIBUS DP (DP master and DP slave), S5-compatible com-
munication, S7 communication and PROFIBUS FMS protocols
For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) partner
solutions from the company SolutionOption are offered.
For solutions for other operating systems, see DK-5613 Develop-
ment Kit.
Configuration
protocol, DP protocol (DP V0/DP V1/DP V2) and FMS protocol
are configured in STEP 7/NCM PC V5.1+SP2 and higher.
software packages.
Diagnostics data
PROFIBUS network.
These tools can be used for quick and easy start-up of a
PROFIBUS network with a CP 5614 FO.
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 FO
4/137
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Configuration example for CP 5614 FO
1) For credit = 1;
PDU size 480 byte
2) For credit = 1;
Switchable
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
1
0
9
Optical PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
Programming device
with CP 5613 FO
SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO
Distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M
SIMATIC ET 200S
Transfer
mecha-
nism
DP slave
DP master
CP 5614 FO
FO
RS 485
Interface basic setting
PROFIBUS master 2 x duplex socket (FO)
PROFIBUS slave 9-pin Sub-D socket
Interfaces can be switched
via software call
PROFIBUS master 9-pin Sub-D socket
PROFIBUS slave 2 x duplex socket (FO)
Connection to
programming device/PC
PCI (32-bit; 5 V)
External supply (optional)
via standard plug-in power supply
Low-voltage socket
3.5 mm/1.3 mm
Power supply (from PCI) 5 V DC +/- 5 %
12 V DC +/- 5 %
Current consumption
from 5 V DC 1.6 A
from 12 V DC 0.3 A
Power loss 8 W
Supply voltage (optional)
external supply
9 to 12 V DC
Power loss 3.6 to 4.8 W
- without fan +5 C +40 C
- with fan (airflow 0.5 m/s) +5 C +60 C
Construction
Space requirements 1 x PCI slot
DP master DP-V0, DP-V1 DP-V2
DP slave DP V0, DP V1
Performance data
Mono protocol mode
Data area of the slave interface:
Input data, output data,
diagnostics data
244 byte each
Number of FDL tasks waiting max. 120
Number of PG/OP and S7
connections
max. 50
1)
2)
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 FO
4/138
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
More information
The DK-5613 can be found in the Internet at:
CP 5614 FO
6GK1 561-4FA00
PCI card (32-bit; 5 V) master and
slave connection to electrical and
optical PROFIBUS incl. DP-Base
software with NCM PC;
Professional/Server Windows XP
German/English
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2/
CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO
for integration in other operating
system environments on systems
with a PCI slot
You can find the DK-5613
in the Internet at:
simatic-net/dk5613
protocol, OPC server and NCM
PC; single license for 1 installa-
Professional/Server Windows XP
Professional, 2003 Server, for
CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO;
German/English
S7-5613 Edition 2005 6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
sional/Server Windows XP Profes-
sional, 2003 Server,
for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO;
German/English
Software for FMS protocol, incl.
PG/OP communication, FDL,
sional; incl. V6.0 for 32-bit Win-
dows 2000 Professional/Server
Server, for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 FO;
German/English
bus connector
RS 485 Plug 180
6GK1 500-0FC00
6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
Stripping Tool Set
6GK1 905-6PA10
Plug-in adapter 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
50 units
SIMATIC NET
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
incl. manuals on CD-ROM,
requirements: SIMATIC NET
PC/Windows products
German/English
PROFIBUS
CP 5512
4/139
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
For connecting programming devices, PCs and notebook
computers with a PC slot (CardBus 32 bit) to PROFIBUS and
the MPI of SIMATIC S7
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1
including acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-DP
- PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave
- S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7
- S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on
the FDL interface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7
PC card Type II (CardBus 32 bit); for programming device/PC
with PC card slot and notebook computers
- Can be used with:
STEP 7 and NCM PC; (ProTool, Micro/Win, ProTool/Pro,
SIMATIC PDM for PG/OP communication)
- SOFTNET-S7 (for S7 communication)
- SOFTNET-DP, SOFTNET-DP slave (for DP)
Benefits
Connection for notebooks or other portable PCs to PROFIBUS
(e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning)
Easy installation and commissioning
Optimized for SOFTNET.
Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM
PC and STEP 7.
Application
The CP 5512 is used to connect programming devices and note-
book computers with a PC card slot for CardBus (32 bit) to
PROFIBUS and to the multipoint MPI interface of SIMATIC S7.
Design
PC card Typ II for CardBus (32 bit)
Adapter with 9-pin Sub-D connector for connection to
PROFIBUS
Function
Various different software packages can be used to operate the
CP 5512 and it allows the user to execute programming device
functions and PC functions over PROFIBUS and the multipoint
interface MPI.
Only one CP can be used per programming device, PG/PC or
notebook computer. Similarly only one protocol (PROFIBUS DP,
S7 communication or FDL) can be used per CP.
The following software packages support the CP 5512:
STEP 7 V5.2 and higher;
drivers for the CP 5512 that execute under Windows 2000
Professional and XP Professional are included in the scope of
supply of STEP 7.
SOFTNET-S7 V6.1 and higher;
with this package, the S7 programming interface under
Windows XP Professional can be used (Windows 2000 Profes-
sional from SOFTNET-S7 V6.1 SP1 upwards).
SOFTNET-DP V6.1 and higher;
the CP 5512 can be used as a PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1
or 2 under Windows XP Professional (Windows 2000 Profes-
sional from SOFTNET-DP V6.1 SP1 upwards).
SOFTNET-DP slave V6.1 and higher;
for using the CP 5512 as a PROFIBUS DP slave under
Windows XP Professional (Windows 2000 Professional from
SOFTNET-DP slave V6.1 SP1 upwards).
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V3.2 SP4 and higher;
hardware basis for the programming software of the
SIMATIC S7-200 programmable controller.
ProTool, ProTool/Pro V6.0 SP2;
the CP 5512 can be used as a hardware basis for the config-
uration tool for SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch Panels and
Text Displays.
NCM PC V5.2 and higher;
under Windows XP Professional
SIMATIC PDM;
drivers for the CP 5512 that execute under Windows 2000
Professional and XP Professional are included in the scope of
supply of SIMATIC PDM.
DP-M DP-S
UDP
PG S7 S5 OPC FMS
PROFIBUS
CP 5512
4/140
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D connector
Connection to PG/PC PC Card Type II (CardBus 32 bit);
Supply voltage 3.0 V to 3.6 V DC
Current consumption Typ. 520 mA
Power loss 1.8 W
Operating temperature +5C to +45C
Relative humidity 95% at +25 C
Design
Module format PC card Typ II
for CardBus (32 bit)
Weight
- without adapter approx. 30 g
- with adapter approx. 130 g
Space required 1 x PC Card slot Type II
(CardBus 32 bit)
DP master DP V0, DP V1
(with SOFTNET DP)
DP slave DP V0, DP V1
(with SOFTNET DP slave)
CP 5512
6GK1 551-2AA00
PC card (CardBus, 32-bit)
for connecting a programming
device or Notebook computer to
PROFIBUS or MPI, with 32-bit
Windows XP Professional/
executable under 32-bit
Windows 2000 Professional and
Windows XP Professional in
conjunction with STEP 7 V5.2;
German/English
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 6GK1 704-5CW63-3AA0
incl. FDL protocol with OPC
server and NCM PC single
license for 1 installation,
sional/Server, Windows XP Pro-
fessional, 2003 Server, for
CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2;
German/English
SOFTNET-DP Edition 2005 6GK1 704-5DW63-3AA0
Software for DP protocol
(Master Classes 1 and 2),
server and NCM PC;
CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2;
German/English
SOFTNET-DP Slave
Edition 2005
6GK1 704-5SW63-3AA0
Software for DP slave, with DP
OPC server and NCM PC, single
Windows 2000 Profes-
CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2;
German/English
bus connector
RS 485 Plug 180
6GK1 500-0FC00
PROFIBUS adapter for CP 5512 C79459-A1890-A10
SIMATIC NET
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
for one year warranty
PC/Windows products;
German/English
PROFIBUS
CP 5611 A2
4/141
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PCI card (universal key 5 V/3.3 V) for connecting PCs and
SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s and to the MPI
interface of SIMATIC S7
- PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave
- S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7
the FDL interface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7
Can be used with:
- STEP 7, STEP 7-Micro/Win, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication)
- COM PROFIBUS
- SOFTNET-S7 (for S7 communication)
- SOFTNET-DP, SOFTNET-DP slave (for DP)
tion software
Benefits
Interface for portable PCs (e.g. for diagnostics and commis-
sioning)
Easy installation and startup
Optimally matched to SOFTNET
and STEP 7
Flexible use possible in PG/PC through PCI 3.3/5 V,
33/66 MHz and compatibility with 64-bit PCI X-slot
Application
The CP 5611 A2 is used to connect programming devices
and PCs to PROFIBUS and to the multipoint MPI interface of
SIMATIC S7:
for programming devices and PCs with a PCI slot
Design
Short PCI card
Operation possible in 3.3 V and 5 V PCI slots (universal key)
33 MHz or 66 MHz PCI clock
Operation possible as 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot
Function
Various software packages can be used to operate the
CP 5611 A2, which allows the user to execute programming
device functions and PC functions over PROFIBUS and the
multipoint interface MPI.
Only one CP can be used per PG or PC. Similarly only one pro-
tocol (PROFIBUS DP, S7 communication or FDL) can be used
per CP.
The following software packages support the CP 5611 A2:
STEP 7 V3.2 and higher;
drivers for the CP 5611 A2 are included in the scope of supply
of STEP 7.
SOFTNET-S7 V3.2 and higher;
this package allows the S7 programming interface to be used.
SOFTNET-DP V3.2 and higher;
the CP 5611 A2 can be used as a PROFIBUS DP Master Class
1 or 2.
SOFTNET DP slave V3.2 and higher;
for using the CP 5611 A2 as a PROFIBUS DP slave.
COM PROFIBUS V3.3 and higher;
the CP 5611 A2 can be used in combination with this package
for start-up or diagnostics (DP online functions) for PROFIBUS
DP systems.
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V2.1 and higher;
hardware basis for the programming software of
SIMATIC S7-200 automation systems
ProTool, ProTool/Pro;
the CP 5611 A2 can be used as a hardware basis for the con-
figuration tool for all SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch Panels
and Text Displays.
NCM PC;
drivers for the CP 5611 A2 are included in the scope of supply.
DP-M DP-S
UDP
PG S7 S5 OPC FMS
PROFIBUS
CP 5611 A2
4/142
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D socket
device/PC
PCI (32 bit, 3.3 V/5 V;
universal key; 33/66 MHz)
Power supply +5 V DC 5 %
Power loss 2.0 W
Construction
Space requirements 1 x PCI slot (32 bit, 3.3 V/5 V;
universal key; 33/66 MHz)
DP master DP-V0, DP-V1
with SOFTNET-DP
DP slave DP-V0, DP-V1
with SOFTNET-DP slave
CP 5611 A2
6GK1 561-1AA01
PCI card (32 bit) for connection
of a programming device or PC
to PROFIBUS
CP 5611 MPI
6GK1 561-1AM01
Comprising a PCI card
(32 bit, 3.3 V/5 V, 33/66 MHZ)
CP 5611 A2 and MPI cable,
5 m
sional/Server, Windows XP
Professional, 2003 Server, for
CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2;
German/English
Software for DP protocol
(Master Classes 1 and 2),
server and NCM PC; single
CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2;
German/English
SOFTNET-DP Slave
Edition 2005
6GK1 704-5SW63-3AA0
OPC server and NCM PC,
CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2;
German/English
bus connector
RS 485 Plug 180
6GK1 500-0FC00
PROFIBUS stations up to 12
Mbit/s with plug-in cable
SIMATIC NET
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
PC/Windows products
German/English
PROFIBUS
SOFTNET for PROFIBUS
4/143
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Software for coupling PCs/programming devices and note-
books to automation systems
Can be used together with CP 5512 (PC card, CardBus
32 bit). CP 5611 A2 (PCI) and integral PROFIBUS interface of
the SIMATIC PG/PC
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 and 2 with acyclic expansions
- PROFIBUS DP slave
- S7 communication
the FDL interface)
Benefits
Low-cost integration
- as PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 or Master Class 2 with
SOFTNET DP
- as a PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET DP slave
- S7 communication with SOFTNET S7
Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM
PC and STEP 7.
Application
With SOFTNET for PROFIBUS, PCs can be connected to auto-
mation systems such as SIMATIC S7, over PROFIBUS.
The following user interfaces are available:
DP protocol
PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7
S7 communication
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE based on the
FDL interface)
SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces:
CP 5512 (PC card, CardBus 32-bit)
CP 5611 A2 (PCI card)
Integral PROFIBUS interfaces of SIMATIC PGs/PCs
The operating systems that are supported are listed in the
ordering data for the SOFTNET software.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
3
9
S5-115U to S5-155U
with CP 5431 FMS/DP
S7-300 with CP 342-5
or CP 343-5
S7-400 with
CP 443-5
PROFIBUS
PC/PG with CP 5611 A2/
CP 5512
and SOFTNET
for PROFIBUS
DP-M DP-S
UDP
PG S7 S5 OPC FMS
PROFIBUS
4/144
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
Software for DP protocol (SOFTNET-DP)
DP Master Class 1
SOFTNET-DP provides DP Master Class 1 functionality in combi-
nation with the CP 5512 or CP 5611 A2. The central controller
exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S) in a
fixed, repeating message cycle. The DP programming interface
(DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for
data transfer. The DP interface also provides the SYNC and
FREEZE functions as well as activation and deactivation of
slaves.
to perform read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as
well as acknowledgement of alarms (ALARM_ACK) at the same
time as processing cyclic data communication. Data that is to be
transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data) is only
rarely changed, in comparison to the cyclic measured values,
and is transferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-
speed useful data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the mas-
ter ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP slaves
(DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
DP Master Class 2
In addition to DP Master Class 1 services, SOFTNET-DP also pro-
vides DP Master Class 2 services. Devices of this type are used
(programming, configuration or control devices) during start-up,
for configuring the DP system or for controlling the plant during
normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface
provides the following services: Reading master diagnostics,
slave diagnostics, inputs/outputs of a slave, configuration data
and modifying slave addresses. These extended DP functions
comprise acyclic access to the parameters and measured val-
ues of a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and in-
telligent HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with
extensive parameter data during start-up and during normal op-
eration (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
DP slave (SOFTNET-DP slave)
output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output informa-
tion is determined by the user application and can be a maxi-
mum of 122 byte each. For the slave interface, a simple example
GSD file is provided that can be adapted by the user to the slave
application. This GSD file can be configured using any configu-
ration tool which complies with the PROFIBUS DP specification
IEC 61158/EN 50170, e.g. STEP 7, NCM PC or COM PROFIBUS.
Special programming device packages are not required for the
CP 5512 and CP 5611 A2 because the drivers are included in
the STEP 7 scope of supply.
Software for S7 communication (SOFTNET-S7)
Mini database
Trace
Software for S5-compatible communication
This interface based on Layer 2 is used for communication
between
PG/PC and PG/PC
used
SEND/RECEIVE offers the following services:
Management services
This interface is included in SOFTNET-DP and SOFTNET-S7.
No configuration is necessary.
User interfaces
OPC interface
PROFIBUS DP, S5-compatible communication and S7 communi-
cation protocols for linking automation technology applications
to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems,
etc.).
Microsoft Visual C/C++ Version 6.0
Microsoft Visual Basic Version 6.0
For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner
solutions from AIXO are offered.
Mode of operation
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed
in the PC.
This architecture means that in contrast to the CP 5613 or
CP 5614 products, the performance of the SOFTNET packages
is dependent on the configuration or loading of the PC used.
Configuration
The S7 communication protocol, S5-compatible communica-
tion protocol and DP protocol are configured in STEP 7/
NCM PC V5.1 + SP2 and higher.
software packages.
PROFIBUS
4/145
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) Depends on memory available in the adapter area of the notebook
2) Predecessor module (16-bit PCMCIA) is no longer available
Performance data CP 5511
2)
CP 5611 A2/
CP 5512
Mono protocol mode
Number of connectable DP slaves 32
1)
max. 60
Number of FDL tasks waiting max. 32 max. 100
Number of PG/OP and S7
connections
max. 8 max. 8
- DP master
DP-V0, DP-V1 with SOFTNET-DP
- DP slave
DP-V0, DP-V1 with SOFTNET-DP
slave
fessional, 2003 Server,
for CP 5512, CP 5611 A2
German/English
Software for DP protocol (Master
Classes 1 and 2), incl. FDL proto-
col with OPC server and NCM PC;
for CP 5512, CP 5611
German/English
SOFTNET-DP Slave
Edition 2005
6GK1 704-5SW63-3AA0
OPC server and NCM PC,
for CP 5512, CP 5611 A2
German/English
SIMATIC NET
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
PC/Windows products
German/English
PROFIBUS
OPC Server for PROFIBUS
4/146
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Standardized, open, manufacturer-independent interface
Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to DP, FMS
and S7-communication and S5-compatible communication
functions (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface
OPC Scout with browser functions as OPC client and OCX
Data Control
System integration with the OPC serverr
Benefits
Different networks and protocols can be easily used thanks
to the uniform interface
Reduced training and familiarization costs
Easy interfacing in the system environment and office applica-
tions over C++, Visual Basic and .NET interfaces
Fast creation of applications
Easy handling and cost-effective because the corresponding
OPC server is included in the scope of supply of the respec-
tive communications software
G
_
IK
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
7
0
0
PC/Windows PC
FMS-PC
S7-400
SIMATIC S5
S7-300
ET 200pro
S7-PC
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
SNMP PROFINET
COM/DCOM
SIMATIC S5
(SEND/RECEIVE only)
SIMATIC NET
OPC scout
WinCC
OPC client
Microsoft Office
OPC client
DP OPC server
FMS OPC server
S7 OPC server S5 OPC server
PN CBA OPC server
PN IO OPC server
SNMP
OPC server
OPC XML DA
as web service
DX OPC server
S7-communication
DP protocol
FMS protocol
S5 compatible
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
OPC XML
Webclient
PROFIBUS
4/147
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Application
OOPC (OLE for Process Control) is implemented as an expan-
sion of the COM (Component Object Model) communications
interface and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user software.
The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications com-
municate with the OPC server over a standardized, open and
manufacturer-independent interface.
It is also possible to connect to OPC-capable Windows applica-
tions (Microsoft Office or HMI systems) that are already available
on the market.
The following communications interfaces are available over OPC
for PROFIBUS:
DP communication for PROFIBUS DP
DP-V0 Master Class 1 and Master Class 2
DP-V1 Master Class 1 and Master Class 2
PROFIdrive V3 interface for profile server
FMS communication for PROFIBUS FMS
S7 communication
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on
the FDL interface
The OPC server offers:
Data Access interface 2.05
Alarm&Event interface 1.1
OPC XML DA interface 1.0
Integration of automation products of different manufacturers
The same, easy user interface for different components
Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN
High-performance data access over the Custom Interface
(C++, .NET)
Easy to use with the "Automation Interface" (VB, .NET) or the
supplied OCX Data Control
Grouping of variables (items) which allows a large quantity of
data to be processed in a short time.
Other compilers can be used over the OPC server, but the
compiler must support the COM interface (Microsoft compo-
nent model)
Function
system
Supports STEP 7 symbols
Efficient data transfer from a process component to an
application for further processing
One client application can use several servers simultaneously
one OPC server
The communication protocols can be operated in parallel
Interfaces
- "Custom Interface for high-performance C++/.NET
applications
- "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic
applications (or similar)
- OCX Data Control for simple connection to Windows
applications that support COM/DCOM
- XML DA interface;
Internet.
Configuration
The communication parameters are configured using only the
tools of the installed software Advanced PC Configuration
(configuration console, SIMATIC NCM PC or STEP 7 V5.1 + SP2
and higher)
PROFIBUS
4/148
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
4
2
Application X Application Y
Server A Server C Server B
Application X
OPC client
WinCC
OPC client
XY
OPC server
DP
OPC server
FMS
OPC server
S7
OPC server
PN
OPC server
Programming Synchronous and asynchronous
Use of quantity operations;
so a large amount of data can be
Interfaces Custom Interface (C++, .NET)
for high OPC performance
(VB, Excel, Access, Delphi, ...)
for ease-of-use
Graphics with OCX
for configuring instead of
programming
Data Access
Protocols S7 communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
Product variants include OPC servers for:
DP-5613 PROFIBUS DP, XML-DA
S7-5613 S7 communication, XML-DA
FMS-5613 FMS communication, XML-DA
SOFTNET-S7 for PROFIBUS S7 communication, XML-DA
SOFTNET DP PROFIBUS DP, XML-DA
SOFTNET-DP slave PROFIBUS DP slave, XML-DA
CP 5613 A2/5614 A2 and
CP 5613 FO/5614 FO
with DP-Base software
(FDL) PROFIBUS DP master,
access to DP slave of the
CP 5614 A2, XML-DA
PROFIBUS
Connection options for SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC S7
4/149
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The following types of interfaces are supported with respect to
the link between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7.
PPI interface:
Link between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7-200 via
PPI. Communication runs on the PPI protocol, a standard FB
as with SIMATIC S5 is not required.
MPI interface:
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated
PPI interface with S7-200 or MPI interface with S7-300/-400 or
alternatively via the MPI interface of a separate interface
module and the bus backplane to the SIMATIC S7-CPU.
Communication runs on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communica-
tion), a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required.
PROFIBUS interface:
PROFIBUS interface of the CPU or alternatively via the PROFI-
BUS interface on a separate interface module and the bus
backplane to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs on
the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication), a standard FB as
with SIMATIC S5 is not required.
PROFINET interface:
PROFINET interface on the CPU or alternatively via the
Industrial Ethernet interface on a separate interface module
and the bus backplane to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communica-
tion runs on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication),
a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required.
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of one CPU is
determined by its power (see Catalog ST 70); from the point of
view of SIMATIC TP/OP/MPs the following restrictions apply:
TP 070, TP 170micro, OP 73micro, TP 177micro:
1 connection
OP 73: Max. 2 connections
OP 77A, TP 177A, OP 77B, TP 170A, TP 170B, TP177B,
OP 170B, OP 177B, Mobile Panel 177: Max. 4 connections
TP 270, OP 270, TP 277, OP 277; Mobile Panel 277, MP 270B,
MP 277, MP 370: Max. 6 connections
PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime:
Max. 8 connections
PPI interface (not for TP 070, OP73micro, TP 177micro, OP 73,
OP 77A, TP 177A)
From the point of view of the concept, the PPI interface is a point-
to-point connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (PPI master)
or alternatively a PG (PPI master) and an S7-200 (PPI slave).
However, a link between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and/or a PG and
an S7-200 (sequential logic point-to-point link, i.e. from the point
of view of the S7-200 only one connection is ever active at any
one time) is also possible (network topology: PPI only).
MPI interface/PROFIBUS interface/Industrial Ethernet
interface
The multipoint-capable communication interfaces of
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 are used. Options are:
Interface between one or a number of TP/OP/MPs
(MPI master) and one or a number of S7-300/400s or WinAC
(MPI master).
(possible network topology: MPI/PROFIBUS/Industrial
Ethernet)
Interface between one or a number of TP/OP/MPs
(MPI master) and one or a number of S7-200s (MPI slave)
1)
(possible network topology: PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS)
Unlike PPI connections, MPI connections are static connections
that are set up during booting and then monitored.
The original format of a master/master link has in the meantime
been joined by a master/slave link, which has enabled integra-
tion of the S7-200 (except CPU 212).
1)
In principle this type of information exchange between
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 is independent of the
network used, PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet:
SIMATIC TP/OP/MPs are S7 clients and SIMATIC S7-CPUs are
S7 servers.
1) Constraints with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70.
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7
4/150
Siemens IK PI 2007
4

System interface not possible
1) TD 200 can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
data transmission rate max. 187.5 kbit/s; cable included in scope of supply
2) TP 070 can only be connected to S7-200 via MPI point-to-point (MPI); no network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
data transmission rate max. 19.2 kbit/s
3) Only on passive S7-200
4) TP 170micro can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
5) OP 73micro, TP 177 micro can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
6) OP 73 can be interfaced with no more than 2 x SIMATIC S7 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
7) Data transmission rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s
8) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 kbit/s) included in PG scope of delivery
9) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(physics)
TD 200 TP 070 TP 170micro OP73 micro
TP 177micro
OP 73
OP 77A
TP 177A
Connection via
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
via PPI on S7-200 (PPI)

1)

4)

MPI cable
7)

via MPI or PROFIBUS
(PG/OP communication)
with S7-200

2) 3)

3)

4)

5)

6) MPI cable
7)

via MPI or PROFIBUS
with S7-300, -400

6)

MPI cable
7)

via PPI network (PPI)
with max. 1 x S7-200

1)

4)

PPI network
8)

(see Catalog ST 70)
via PPI network

1)

5)

6) PPI network
8)

(see Catalog ST 70)
vis MPI or PROFIBUS network

3)

4)

5)

6) MPI or PROFIBUS network
8)

(see Catalog ST 70)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network
with max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC

6) MPI or PROFIBUS network
8)

(see Catalog ST 70)
via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP)
with max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC

Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7
4/151
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
System interface not possible
1) Can only be interfaced with max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI (PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible
2) TP 170A under ProTool can only be interfaced with 1 x SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
data transmission rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s
TP 170A under WinCC flexible can be interfaced with max. 4 x SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI);
data transmission rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s
3) Only with passive S7-200
4) Not Mobile Panel 177 PN
Connection of Mobile Panel 177 DP via special connecting cable and connection box (see Mobile Panel, Ordering data for Order Nos.);
see Manual for cable assignment
5) Mobile Panel 277 connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel, Ordering data for Order Nos.);
see Manual for cable assignment.
6) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface, use the CP 5611 A2 with a standard PC
7) Depending on the scope of the configuration (communication), up to eight S7 connections are possible
8) Only TP 177B DP/PN, OP 177B DP/PN, Mobile Panel 177 PN
Connection of Mobile Panel 177 PN via special connecting cable and connection box (see Mobile Panel, Ordering data for Order Nos.);
see Manual for cable assignment
9) Not available under ProTool, only when configuring with WinCC flexible:
for TP 277, OP 277, MP 270B, MP 277, MP 370 via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface;
for TP 270, OP 270 a commercially available Ethernet CF card is required.
10) Connection via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface; use the CP 1612 or CP 1613 A2 with a standard PC
If you are using an integrated Industrial Ethernet interface or the CP 1612, you will also need the SIMATIC NET driver software
Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET S7-Lean 2005 (6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0) or Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET-S7 V6.1 (6GK1704-1CW61-3AA0)
(Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET-S7 Lean 2005 is included in the scope of delivery of WinCC flexible 2005 Runtime).
If you are using the CP 1613 A2, you will also need the SIMATIC NET driver software S7-1613-2005 (6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0).
11) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 kbit/s) included in PG scope of delivery
12) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(physics)
TP 170A OP 77B
TP 170B
OP 170B
TP 177B
OP 177B
Mobile Panel
177
TP 177B
DP/PN
TP 270
OP 270
TP 277
OP 277
Mobile Panel
277
MP 270B
MP 277
MP 370 ProTool/Pro
Runtime
WinCC
flexible
Runtime
Connection via
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
via PPI on S7-200 (PPI)

1)

1) 4)

1) 5)

1)

1) 6) MPI cable
11)

via MPI or PROFIBUS
with S7-200

2) 3)

3) 4)

3) 5)

3)

3) 6) MPI cable
11)

via MPI or PROFIBUS
with S7-300, -400

2)

4)

5)

6) MPI cable
11)

via PPI network (PPI)

1)

1) 4)

1) 5)

1)

1) 6) PPI network
12)

(see Catalog ST 70)
via PPI network

PPI network
12)

(see Catalog ST 70)

2) 3)

3) 4)

3) 5) 7)

3) 7)

3) 6) 7) MPI or
PROFIBUS network
12)

(see Catalog ST 70)
with max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC

2)

4)

5) 7)

7)

6) 7) MPI or
PROFIBUS network
12)

(see Catalog ST 70)
via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP)
with max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC

8)

5) 7) 9)

7) 9)

7) 10) Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
4/152
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems
directly at the machine
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro comprises:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PC-based
systems
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) configuration
software for configuring PC-based systems and for confi-
guring of SIMATIC operator panels
Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP Professional
Current version:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP3
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP3
Benefits
Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the SIMATIC S7 environ-
ment provides conformity in communications, in data
management and in configuration and programming
Openness:
Consistent support of the Windows standards such as OLE-
Automation and OPC (OLE for Process Control)
Flexibility:
Individual function expansions can be implemented with
Visual Basic scripts
Archiving of process data and alarms, e.g. in an ODBC
(Open Data Base Connectivity) database
Convenient process visualization:
Ranging from archiving through print functions, graphics
libraries, trend displays, messaging system, logging system,
recipe management through to comprehensive controller
drivers
Language selection:
Reduction in handling and configuration costs by manage-
ment of up to 32 languages in the project and online switching
of up to 5 languages on the device
Integration
1) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal MPI interface
2) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download, operating
systems: Windows 98/ME/2000/XP;
Order No.: 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
3) Constraint with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70
4) ProTool/Pro RT is active:
communication with S7 functions
5) Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
no configuration download, operating systems:
Windows 98/ME/2000/XP;
Order No.: 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
6) When used with ProTool/Pro only released for communication
with SIMATIC S7; no configuration download
SIMATIC S7 via PPI
S7-200 CP 5511
1)
CP 5512
1)
CP 5611
1)
CP 5611 A2
1)
CP 5613
1) 6)
CP 5613 A2
1) 6)
CP 5614
1) 6)
CP 5614 A2
1) 6)
PC/PPI adapter
2)
SIMATIC S7 via MPI
S7-200 (except CPU 212)
3)
CP 5511
1)
CP 5512
1)
CP 5611
1)
CP 5611 A2
1)
CP 5613
1) 6)
CP 5613 A2
1) 6)
CP 5614
1) 6)
CP 5614 A2
1) 6)
PC/MPI adapter
5)
Teleservice V5.1
S7-300
S7-400
WinAC RTX
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP
4)
S7-215
3)
CP 5511
1)
CP 5512
1)
CP 5611
1)
CP 5611 A2
1)
CP 5613
1) 6)
CP 5613 A2
1) 6)
CP 5614
1) 6)
CP 5614 A2
1) 6)
S7-300 CPUs
with integr. PROFIBUS interface
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-400 CPUs
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467
WinAC RTX
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
4/153
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application example
More information
and in the Internet
http://www.siemens.com/protoolpro
Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP
PROFIBUS
OPC-Client
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Client
ProTool/
Pro
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-400
Non-Siemens PLCs
On-site visualisation
Higher-level
WinCC
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
D
E
_
0
0
0
0
3
ProTool/
Pro
PROFIBUS
4/154
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PC-based visualization software
for single-user systems directly at the machine
Executable under Windows 2000/XP Professional
Current version:
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 SP1 Runtime with 128, 512 or
2048 PowerTags
Note: Service Pack 1 is also available for download free
of charge in the Internet
(http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/de/23059737);
CD available on request
Benefits
Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually
scalable system functionality
Functions for all visualization tasks:
Operator functions, graphics and trend displays, signaling
system, log system, archiving (option), recipe management
(option), Audit Trail (option), process fault diagnostics (option)
Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts
Innovative service concepts with remote operation, diagnos-
tics and administration via intranet and Internet as well as
e-mail communication to increase availability (option)
Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on
TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option)
User-configurable layout
Transparency, fast remedy of faults, extended machine run-
times and proof of availability of production equipment/units.
Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to:
1) For Panel PC 477/677/877 via internal MPI interface
2) Only point-to-point to S7-200;
no configuration download, operating systems: Windows 2000/XP;
Order No.: 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
3) Constraint with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70
4) WinCC flexible RT is active (master);
communication with S7 functions
5) Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
no configuration download, operating systems: Windows 2000/XP;
Order No.: 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0 (COM) or
6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0 (USB)
6) When used with WinCC flexible, only released for communication
with SIMATIC S7; no configuration download
SIMATIC S7 via PPI
S7-200 CP 5512
1)
CP 5611 A2
1)
CP 5613 A2
1) 6)
CP 5614 A2
1) 6)
PC/PPI adapter
2)
SIMATIC S7 via MPI
S7-200 (except CPU 212)
3)
CP 5512
1)
CP 5611 A2
1)
CP 5613 A2
1) 6)
CP 5614 A2
1) 6)
PC/MPI adapter
5)
PC adapter USB
5)
Teleservice V5.1
S7-300
S7-400
WinAC RTX
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP
4)
S7-215
3)
CP 5512
1)
CP 5611 A2
1)
CP 5613 A2
1) 6)
CP 5614 A2
1) 6)
S7-300 CPUs
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-400 CPUs
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467
WinAC RTX
PROFIBUS
4/155
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example
More information
and in the Internet
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
PROFIBUS
OPC-Client
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Client
3rd Party
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-400
Non-Siemens PLCs
Higher level
visualization system
WinCC
OPC-Server
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
7
7
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
4/156
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualiz-
ing and operating processes, production flows, machines and
plants in all sectors with the simple single-user station
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant
servers and cross-location solutions with Web clients. WinCC
is the information hub for corporation-wide vertical integration.
The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software)
includes industry-standard functions for signaling and
acknowledging events, archiving of messages and measured
values, logging of all process and configuration data, user
administration and visualization.
The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of
different applications. Based on the open programming inter-
faces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens A&D)
and WinCC add-ons have been developed (by Siemens-inter-
nal and external partners).
Current versions:
Runs under Windows XP Professional/Windows 2003 Server
and Windows 2000
Runs under Windows NT 4.0/2000
Integration
Integration in enterprise-wide solutions
(IT and Business Integration)
WinCC is based on Microsoft technologies, ensuring maximum
openness and scope for integration. ActiveX controls support
technology- and sector-specific expansions. Even cross-vendor
communication is made easy. Why? Because WinCC is OPC-
compliant and can, therefore, be used as an OPC client and
server. Furthermore, in addition to access to current process
values, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA (Historical
Data Access) and OPC Alarm & Events. Other important
features include: Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for user-
specific expansions to the WinCC Graphics Designer and
Visual Basic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn, open runtime
language. Professional application developers can also use
ANSI-C on request. Whats more, the ODK (Open Development
Kit) makes access to APIs really easy.
For the first time, the WinCC V6 basic system features an inte-
grated powerful and scalable Historian function based on the
Microsoft SQL Server 2000. The possibilities thereby afforded to
users are endless: From high-performance archiving of current
process data through long-term archiving with high data com-
pression and beyond to a central information hub in the form of
an enterprise-wide Historian Server. Versatile clients and tools
for evaluation, open interfaces, special options (Connectivity
Pack , IndustrialDataBridge, Client Access licenses) provide the
basis for effective IT and Business Integration.
Integration in automation solutions
(valid for WinCC V6.0 and higher)
WinCC is an open process visualization system and supports
the connection of all types of PLC.
Released communications software
Only communications software with the versions listed (or
higher) can be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET updates are
available for upgrading older versions and releases (these are
supplied with the WinCC basic package/upgrade).
Number of connectable PLCs
The number of PLCs that can be connected via Industrial
Ethernet CP 1613 with a maximum message-frame length of
512 KB is determined as follows:
Up to 8 (with CP 5611) or up to 44 (CP 5613) PLCs can be
connected via PROFIBUS. The use of Industrial Ethernet is
recommended for approx. 10 PLCs and more.
Type of connection Number of stations
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 +
TCP/IP
Up to 60
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Up to 60
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Up to 64
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 +
TCP/IP
Up to 60
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
4/157
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Mixed operation with different PLCs
With their multiprotocol stack, CP 1613 and CP 5613 communi-
cations processors support the parallel operation of two proto-
cols, e.g. for mixed operation of a variety of PLCs via a bus
cable. WinCC supports the operation of two interface boards of
the same type only in conjunction with the following channels:
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite (2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) and PROFIBUS DP
(4 x CP 5613; max. 122 slaves per CP 5613). In addition to
communication via Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 or PROFIBUS
CP 5613 one CP 5511 or CP 5611 can be used for communica-
tion with SIMATIC S7 via MPI.
Client/server communication
Communication between the clients and server takes place on
TCP/IP. We recommend setting up a separate PC LAN. For small
projects with a correspondingly low volume of message frames,
a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process
communication (WinCC/Server PLC) and for PC-PC commu-
nication (WinCC/Client WinCC/Server).
Communication redundancy
WinCC itself does not support redundant LAN interfaces.
The S7-REDCONNECT software package is required for the
redundant connection of PCs via 2 x Industrial Ethernet on
SIMATIC S7. This connects the SIMATIC S7 with applications on
the PC, e.g. SIMATIC WinCC. Pure communications redundancy
can also be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog
IK PI).
Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP
In accordance with the PROFIBUS standard, there is always a
fixed assignment between DP/slaves and a DP master, i.e., a
second WinCC station (DP/master) cannot have access to the
same PLCs (DP/slave). This means that redundant operation of
two WinCC stations using the PROFIBUS DP link is not possible.
Connection to non-Siemens PLCs:
OPC (OLE for Process Control) is recommended for the connec-
tion of non-Siemens PLCs.
For up-to-date instructions and information about OPC servers
from all vendors, please visit:
http://www.opcfoundation.org/05_man.asp
WinCC supports the following standards:
OPC Data Access 1.1
OPC Data Access 2.0
OPC Data Access 3.0
OPC XML Data Access (Connectivity Pack)
OPC HDA V1.0 (Connectivity Pack)
OPC A&E V1.02 (Connectivity Pack)
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-connectivity
Overview of interfaces (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
1) Application note:
The parallel use of the OPC client channel supports, for example,
connection to an SNMP OPC Server for the purpose of visualizing the
data stored there. The SNMP OPC Server provides a means of
monitoring network components of any type (e.g. switches) which
support the SNMP protocol.
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/com/14627901
Protocol Description
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions
via MPI, PROFIBUS or
Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP
Cross-vendor
Windows DDE Channel DLL for DDE communi-
cation, WinCC can acquire data
from DDE server applications
OPC client
1)
Channel DLL for OPC communi-
cation, WinCC can acquire data
from OPC server applications
OPC server Server applications for OPC
communication; WinCC makes
process data available for OPC
clients
PROFIBUS FMS Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS DP Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
4/158
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Components for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/com/14628484
PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5
PROFIBUS FDL
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS FMS Order No.
WinCC DLL channel
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS FDL
Channel DLL for S5-FDL

Included in the basic
package
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Channel DLL for S7 functions

package
PROFIBUS DP
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP

package
PROFIBUS FMS
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS

package
Communications components for OS/OP expansion
CP 5611 A2
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI
(communications software included
in the WinCC basic package)
6GK1 561-1AA01
CP 5512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit)
for connecting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS
or MPI (communications software
included in the WinCC basic
package)
6GK1 551-2AA00
PC/MPI adapter
RS 232, 9-pin;
male with RS 232/MPI converter
max. 19.2 kbit/s
6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
CP 5613
PCI card for connecting a PC to
PROFIBUS (communications soft-
ware must be ordered separately)

6GK1 561-3AA00
CP 5613 A2
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a PC
to PROFIBUS (communications soft-
ware must be ordered separately)

6GK1 561-3AA01
S7-5613 2005
S7 functions + FDL

6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
DP-5613 2005
DP master + FDL

6GK1 713-5DB63-3AA0
FMS-5613 2005
PROFIBUS-FMS + FDL

6GK1 713-5FB63-3AA0
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
4/159
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Communication examples
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS with S7 communication
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
Standard-PC
with WinCC
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions)
- CP 5613 A2
6GK1 561-3AA01
- S7-5613
6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
- CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R)
6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
- CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
- IM 467 (DP/M, S7)
6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0
- CP 443-5 Extended
(DP/M, S7, S/R)
6GK7 443-5DX03-0XE0
- CP 443-5 Basis (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
0
PROFIBUS FMS
Standard-PC
with WinCC
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
- CP 5613 A2
6GK1 561-3AA00
- FMS-5613
6GK1 713-5FB63-3AA0
- CP 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 543-1AA01
- COM 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
2
+ FMS channel DLL
SIMATIC S5-
115/135/155U
SIMATIC S7-300
- CP 343-5
(FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
SIMATIC S7-400
- CP 443-5 Basic
(FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
4/160
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Communication examples (continued)
WinCC multi-user system with operator-controllable server (for WinCC V6)
PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS)
Server
SIMATIC S7-400
WinCC
SIMATIC S7-300
Client
WinCC
Client
WinCC
TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP
This allows you to set up the following application examples
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7-functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7-functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
WInCC Server/Standard PC
with WinCC
+ server option
+ TCP/IP interface module
(e.g. CP 1612)
without
control options
on the server:
32 clients
+ 3 Web clients
or
50 Web clients
+ 1 client
+ TCP/IP
interface module
(e.g. CP 1612)
up to 4 clients
with control options
on the server
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
D
E
_
0
0
0
1
3
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
4/161
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Communication examples (continued)
OPC link
More information
and in the Internet
http://www.siemens.com/wincc
ProTool/
Pro
PROFIBUS
OPC-Client
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Client
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-400
Non-Siemens PLCs
Higher-level
WinCC
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
basic package)
- integrated
PROFIBUS
interface
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
WinCC
basic package)
- TCP-IP interface
board
required
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
WinCC
basic package)
- OPC server
required for
interfacing with
third-party PLCs
- OPC server functionality
(included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board
required
G
_
S
T
8
0
_
D
E
_
0
0
0
1
5
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP Switching devices, control devices and sensors
SIMOCODE pro
4/162
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management sys-
tem for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage perfor-
mance range. It optimizes the connection between the I&C and
motor feeder, increases system availability and allows significant
savings to be made by construction startup, operation and
maintenance of a system.
When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switchgear
cabinet, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level
automation system and the motor feeder and includes the follow-
ing:
Multifunctional, solid-state full motor protection which is
independent of the automation system
Flexible software instead of hardware for the motor control
Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data
Open communication via PROFIBUS DP, the standard for
fieldbus systems.
Benefits
General customer benefits
Integrating the whole motor feeder into the process control via
a bus significantly reduces the wiring outlay between the
motor feeder and PLC.
Distribution of the automated processes by means of config-
urable control and monitoring functions in the feeder saves
resources in the automation system and ensures full function-
ality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus system
fails.
The acquisition and monitoring of operational, service and
diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system
increases system availability as well as maintenance and
service-friendliness.
The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly imple-
ment their plant-specific requirements for each motor feeder.
The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and
space-saving solutions for each customer application.
The replacement of the control circuit hardware with software
decreases the number of hardware components and wiring
required and in this way limits stock keeping costs and poten-
tial wiring errors.
The use of solid-state full motor protection permits better
utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of the
tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after years of
service.
Multifunctional, solid-state full motor protection
for rated motor currents up to 820 A
SIMOCODE pro offers comprehensive protection of the motor
feeder by means of a combination of different, multi-step and
delayable protection and monitoring functions:
Current-sensitive solid-state overload protection
(Class 5 ... 40)
Thermistor motor protection
Phase failure / unbalance protection
Stall protection
Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current
Voltage and power monitoring
Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding)
Ground-fault monitoring
Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1000
Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number of starts
etc.
Recording of measurement curves
SIMOCODE pro can record gradients and can therefore,
for example, present the progression of motor current during
motor start-up.
Flexible motor control implemented with software
(instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks)
Many predefined motor control functions have already been
integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic
operations and interlocks.
Direct-on-line and reversing starters
Star/delta starters (also with direction reversal)
Two speeds, motors with separate windings (pole-changing
switch); also with direction reversal
Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings
(also with direction reversal)
Slide control
Solenoid valve actuation
Activation of a circuit-breaker
Soft starter actuation, also with direction reversal
These control functions have been implemented by means of
software and can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs
(including PROFIBUS DP).
These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted
to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of
freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers,
edge evaluation ...) and with the help of standard functions
(power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults ...),
without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control
circuit.
SIMOCODE pro makes a lot of additional hardware and wiring in
the control circuit unnecessary which results in a high level of
standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and
circuit diagrams.
Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data
SIMOCODE pro makes different operational, service and diag-
nostics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time
and prevent them by means of preventative measures.
In the event of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized
and rectified very quickly there are no or very short downtimes.
Operating data
Motor switching status derived from the current flow in the
main circuit
All phase currents
All line voltages
Active power, apparent power and power factor
Phase unbalance and phase sequence
Time to trip
Motor temperature
Remaining cooling time etc.
Service data
Motor operating hours
Motor stop times
Number of motor starts
Number of overload trips
Internal comments stored in the device etc.
Diagnostic data
Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages
Internal device fault logging with time stamp
Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or fault
essages etc.
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
4/163
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Benefits (continued)
Communication
SIMOCODE pro is equipped with an integral PROFIBUS DP
interface (SUB-D or terminal connection) and can therefore
replace all individual wiring (including modular terminals), which
would usually be required for exchanging data with the higher-
level automation system, with a single 2-wire line.
SIMOCODE pro supports among other things:
Baud rates up to 12 Mbit/s
Automatic baud rate detection
Communication with up to 3 masters
Time synchronization over PROFIBUS
Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1) etc.
DPV1 communication after the Y-Link etc.
SIMOCODE pro combines all the necessary functions for the motor feeder in a compact system.
Application
SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where
plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. steel or cement indus-
try) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through
detailed operational, service and diagnostics data or to localize
the fault very quickly in the event of a malfunction. SIMOCODE
pro is modular and space-saving and suited especially for use
in motor control centers in the process industry and for power
plant technology.
Applications
Protection and control of motors
In hazardous areas for types of protection EEx e/d according
to ATEX guideline 94/9/EC
With heavy-duty starting
(paper, cement, metal and water industry)
In high-availability plants
(chemical, oil, raw material processing industry, power plants)
Industries
Today, SIMOCODE pro is mainly used in the chemical (incl. oil
and gas), steel, water, pharmaceutical, cement, and glass in-
dustry. It is also used for applications in power plants and large
diamond, gold and platinum mines. Based on the experience
made with the predecessor system SIMOCODE-DP, SIMOCODE
pro has been tailored even more specifically to the requirements
of these industries. An essential requirement in these industries
is the availability of the motors and thus the availability of the
whole process. Plant downtimes caused by faults frequently
result in high costs. For this reason, it is very important to detect
potential faults early on and to initiate countermeasures.
SIMOCODE pro offers users an up-to-date motor management
system based on years of experience.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
3
9
8
-K1 -K2
L1
L2
L3
-Q1
-K1 -K2
Remote 0
3~
M
Main circuit Control circuit
PROFIBUS DP
Current measuring module
Basic unit
Operator panel
SIMOCODE pro
Connection cable
Protect and monitor
(overload, thermistor, earth fault detection ...)
Motor control
(incl. monitoring + interlocking)
Communication
(operational, service, diagnostic data
+ control commands)
Automation level
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
4/164
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Selection and Ordering data

1) Only possible with basic unit 2, product version E02 and higher (from April 2005)
Version Current setting range Overall width Order No.
A mm
3UF7 000-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro C, basic unit 1,
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS485
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs,
rated control supply voltage U
s
:
24 V DC 3UF7 000-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC 3UF7 000-1AU00-0
3UF7 010-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro V, basic unit 2,
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS485
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs,
rated control supply voltage U
s
:
24 V DC 3UF7 010-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC 3UF7 010-1AU00-0
3UF7 100-1AA00-0
Current measuring modules
Straight-through transformers 0.3 ... 3 45 3UF7 100-1AA00-0
2.4 ... 25 45 3UF7 101-1AA00-0
10 ... 100 55 3UF7 102-1AA00-0
20 ... 200 120 3UF7 103-1AA00-0
Busbar connection 20 ... 200 120 3UF7 103-1BA00-0
63 ... 630 145 3UF7 104-1BA00-0
3UF7 110-1AA00-0
Current/voltage measuring modules
1)

Voltage measurement up to 690 V
Straight-through transformers 0.3 ... 3 45 3UF7 110-1AA00-0
2.4 ... 25 45 3UF7 111-1AA00-0
10 ... 100 55 3UF7 112-1AA00-0
20 ... 200 120 3UF7 113-1AA00-0
Busbar connection 20 ... 200 120 3UF7 113-1BA00-0
63 ... 630 145 3UF7 114-1BA00-0
3UF7 200-1AA00-0
Operator panel
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate,
for plugging into basic unit
10 LEDs for status indication and
user-assignable buttons for manual control 3UF7 200-1AA00-0
Note:
Expansion modules can only be used in combination with basic unit 2!
A total of up to 5 expansion modules can be connected in any order to one basic unit.
3UF7 300-1AU00-0
Digital modules
4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs,
up to 2 digital modules can be connected per basic unit 2 3UF7 370-1A700-0
Relay outputs
monostable 0
bistable 1
Input voltage
24 V DC B
110 ... 240 V AC/DC U
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
4/165
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Selection and Ordering data (continued)
1) Only possible with basic unit 2, product version E02 and higher (from April 2005).
Accessories
Version Order No.
3UF7 400-1AA00-0
Analog modules
1)

2 inputs to input
and 1 output to output 0/4 ...20 mA signals,
up to 1 analog module can be connected
per basic unit 2
3UF7 400-1AA00-0
3UF7 500-1AA00-0
Earth fault module
1)

1 input for connecting a
3UL22 summation current transformer,
up to 1 earth fault module can be connected
per basic unit 2
3UF7 500-1AA00-0
3UF7 700-1AA00-0
Temperature module
1)

3 inputs for connecting
up to 3 analog temperature sensors,
1 temperature module can be connected
per basic unit 2
3UF7 700-1AA00-0
Version Order No.
3UF7 932-0AA00-0
Connection cable
for connecting basic unit, current measuring module,
current/voltage measuring module, operator panel:
Length 0.025 m (flat)
Caution: Only suitable for connecting basic unit 2 to its expansion modules
or for connecting expansion modules to each other;
only when the front plates finish at the same height
3UF7 930-0AA00-0
Length 0.1 m (flat) 3UF7 931-0AA00-0
Length 0.5 m (round) 3UF7 932-0BA00-0
3UF7 940-0AA00-0
for PC/PG communication with SIMOCODE pro
through the system interface, for connecting to the serial interface of the
PC/PG
3UF7 940-0AA00-0
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
4/166
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Version Order No.
Speichermodul
3UF7 900-0AA00-0
for parameterizing SIMOCODE pro without a PC/PG
through the system interface
3UF7 900-0AA00-0
System interface covers
for the system interface 3UF7 950-0AA00-0
Addressing plug
3UF7 910-0AA00-0
for assigning the PROFIBUS addresses without using a PC/PG
on a basic unit over system interface
3UF7 910-0AA00-0
Door adapter
3UF7 920-0AA00-0
for external connection of the system interface
outside, for example, a control cabinet
3UF7 920-0AA00-0
Plug-in clips
3RB1 900-0B
for screw connection
e.g. on mounting plates, two items necessary per device
can be used for 3UF7 1.0, 3UF7 1.1 and 3UF7 1.2 3RB1 900-0B
can be used for 3UF7 0, 3UF7 3, 3UF7 4, 3UF7 5, 3UF7 7 3RP1 903
Terminal covers
3RT19 46-4EA1
3RT19 36-4EA2
Cover for cable lug connection and rail connection
length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 3RT19 56-4EA1
Cover for box terminal
Cover for screw connection
between contactor and current detection module or current
detection/voltage measurement module for direct installation
can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 3RT19 56-4EA3
can be used for 3UF7 1.4-1BA00-0 3RT19 66-4EA3
Terminal block
3RT19 5.-4G
for round and ribbon cables
up to 70 mm
2
, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 3RT19 55-4G
up to 120 mm
2
up to 240 mm
2
For conductor cross-section
see LV 1 T "Technical Data"
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
4/167
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Version Order No.
3UF7 970-0AA01-0
SIMOCODE pro
Token fee
Languages:
German 3UF7 970-0AA01-0
English 3UF7 970-0AA00-0
French 3UF7 970-0AA02-0
3UF7 982-0AA00-0
for integrating SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system
PCS 7 function block library for SIMOCODE pro, V6.0
Scope of delivery:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7
process control system,
for PCS 7 Version V6.0
Engineering software for one engineering station (single license) including
runtime software for execution of the AS module in an automation system
(single license), English/German,
Type of supply: CD incl. documentation
3UF7 982-0AA00-0
PCS 7 function block library for SIMOCODE pro, V6.1
Scope of delivery:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7
process control system,
for PCS 7 Version V6.1
Engineering software for one engineering station (single license) including
runtime software for execution of the AS module in an automation system
(single license), English/German,
Type of supply: CD incl. documentation
3UF7 982-0AA02-0
AS modules for integrating SIMOCODE pro
into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS 7 Version V6.x
Runtime software for execution of the AS module in an automation system
(single license),
license without software and documentation
3UF7 982-0AA01-0
3ZS1 312-1CC10-0YA0
Parameterization and service software for
SIMOCODE pro
Executes on PC/PG under Windows2000/XP,
without PC cable
Type of supply: CD, single license
Versions:
SIMOCODE ES Smart,
for parameterizing via the system interface on the device
3ZS1 312-1CC10-0YA0
SIMOCODE ES Professional,
for parameterizing over PROFIBUS or the system interface on the device,
incl. STEP 7 object manager
3ZS1 312-2CC10-0YA0
SIMOCODE ES Graphic,
Optional expansion of SIMOCODE ES Smart/ Professional with a
graphical editor for user-friendly parameterization by means of Drag & Drop
Requirements (minimum):
Installed SIMOCODE ES Smart 2004 with SP1 or
installed SIMOCODE ES Professional 2004 with SP1
3ZS1 312-3CC10-0YA0
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
4/168
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
More information
Important ordering notes
SIMOCODE pro is a modularly constructed motor management
system which is subdivided into two device series with different
functional scopes:
SIMOCODE pro C,
as a compact system for direct-on-line starters and reversing
starters
SIMOCODE pro V,
as a variable system with all control functions and with the
possibility of expanding the inputs, outputs and functions of
the system at will using expansion modules.
possible
-- not possible
Protection, control and monitoring functions as well as the data
and measured values deliverable by each system are directly
dependent on the device configuration selected and on the
expansion modules used. A detailed description of the function-
ality of all SIMOCODE pro system components can be found in
the system manual or Catalog LV 1T.
System manual
For selection of equipment and for configuration, we recom-
mend consulting the 3UF7 970-0AA0.-0 system manual.
Internet
You can find further information in the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simocode
Expansion modules SIMOCODE pro C
Basic Unit 1
SIMOCODE pro V
Basic Unit 2
Operator panel
Current measuring modules
Current/voltage expansion
modules
--
Expansion modules:
Digital modules (max. 2)
Analog module (max. 1)
Ground fault module (max. 1)
Temperature module (max. 1)
--
--
--
--
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5
4/169
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
SIMOCODE-DP Basic Unit, Expansion Module and Operator Module
SIMOCODE-DP is the predecessor of the new SIMOCODE pro
motor management system and offers the solution for a wide
range of different tasks in a single device.
Multifunctional, electronic motor protection and plant
monitoring
Comprehensive motor and plant diagnostics
Integrated control programs (instead of extensive hardware
wiring)
Open communication via PROFIBUS DP, the standard for
fieldbus systems
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5
4/170
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) The current setting range from 0.25 to 1.25 A is attained by looping the main conducting paths.

Design Order No.
Basic unit

3UF5 001 to 021
4 inputs, 4 outputs
For snapping on to 35 mm standard rail to DIN EN 50 022
Contactors that can be
mounted externally
Overall width Setting range
Type mm A
-- 70 1.25
1)
... 6.3 3UF5 001-37770-1
-- 70 6.3 ... 25 3UF5 011-37770-1
-- 70 25 ... 100 3UF5 021-37770-1
3UF5 031 to 051
3RT1 05 120 50 ... 205 3UF5 031-37770-1
3RT1 06, 3RT1 07
3RT1 26, 3RT1 27
145 125 ... 500 3UF5 041-37770-1
3TF6 8, 3TF6 9 230 200 ... 820 3UF5 051-37770-1
Inputs
Input for thermistor motor protection A
Earth-fault detection input (external)
(sensing of earth fault currents levels of 0.3 A, 0.5 A and 1 A
with summation current transformers 3UL2 20.-A.)
B
Rated control voltage
24 V DC B
115 V AC J
230 V AC N
Response of the outputs to a control supply voltage failure
monostable 0
bistable 1
Expansion module

3UF5 100-0A.00
8 inputs, 4 outputs,
For snapping onto 35 mm standard rail to DIN EN 50 022
External supply for inputs
24 V DC 3UF5 100-0AB00
115 V AC 3UF5 100-0AJ00
230 V AC 3UF5 100-0AN00
Control module

3UF5 202-1AA00-1
For installation in control cabinet door,
For connection to basic unit
or expansion module
3UF5 202-1AA00-1
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5
4/171
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Accessories

Design Order No.
Configuration software

3UF5 710-0AA00-0
Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Professional
Parameter setting, operating, monitoring and testing of SIMOCODE-DP:
via PROFIBUS or a system interface on the device
PC/PG requirements:
Windows 95/98/2000/NT/ME or Windows XP
PC/PG interface requirements:
PROFIBUS system interface from Siemens or RS 232
with compatible 3RW2 920-1DA00 interface cable
SIMOCODE-DP requirements:
Delivery stage E10 (as of June 1998)
Type of delivery:
CD, English/German
Incl. online Help and example parameter files, single licence
3UF5 710-0AA00-0

3UF5 711-0AA00-0
Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Smart
Parameter setting, operating, monitoring and testing:
Via system interface on the device
PC/PG requirements:
Windows 95/98/2000/NT/ME or Windows XP
PC/PG interface requirements:
RS 232 with compatible 3RW29 920-1DA00 interface cable
Type of delivery:
CD-ROM, English/German
Incl. online Help and example parameter files, single licence
3UF5 711-0AA00-0
OM-SIMOCODE-DP
STEP 7 object manager for integrating SIMOCODE-DP as an S7 slave and
for calling Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Professional from STEP 7
Requirements:
STEP 7, Version 4.0 or higher
Delivery stage E10 (as of June 1998)
Type of delivery:
CD-ROM, English/German incl. online Help, single licence
3UF5 712-0AA00-0
PCS 7 function block SIMOCODE-DP
Function block for integrating SIMOCODE-DP into the
process control system
PCS7 Version 6.0
Delivery stage E10 and higher (since June 1998)
Type of delivery:
CD-ROM, German/English, single-user license
3UF5 720-0AA10-0
Documentation
System manual
Containing a description of communication over PROFIBUS DP
and a configuring example
German 3UF5 700-0AA00-0
English 3UF5 700-0AA00-1
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5
4/172
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
More information
System manual
It is strongly recommend to used the 3UF5 7 manual before
equipment is selected as well as for configuring.
Internet
http://www.siemens.com/simocode-dp
Design Order No.
Connecting cable, installation material
Connecting cable
For PC communication using the system interface on the device
5 m long
3RW29 20-1DA00

3UF1 900-1MA00
3UF1 900-1NA00
3UF1 900-1PA00

3UF1 900-1D
3UF1 900-1E
Connecting plug/connecting cable
With 3UF5 9 / 3UF1 9 connectors
For connecting the basic unit to the expansion unit,
9-pole, 0.03 m tab connector, shielded
3UF5 900-1AA00
For connecting the basic unit to the expansion unit or operator module,
9-pole
- 0.5 m long, shielded plug 45 angular 3UF1 900-1MA00
- 2.0 m long, shielded plug 45 angular 3UF1 900-1NA00
- 2.5 m long, shielded plug 45 angular 3UF1 900-1PA00
- 0.5 m long, with flat plug, shielded 3UF1 900-1DA00
- 1.0 m long, with flat plug, shielded 3UF1 900-1EA00
For connecting basic unit / expansion module to the control cabinet door
It is possible to set parameters, operate and monitor using the PC from the
control cabinet door, 9-pole
- 0.5 m long, with flat plug and socket, shielded 3UF5 900-0AA00
- 1.0 m long, with flat plug and socket, shielded 3UF5 900-0BA00
T terminal
Terminal for bus connection on PROFIBUS DP - RS 485 3UF5 900-1GA00
Bus termination 3UF1 900
Bus termination module with separate supply voltage for terminating
the bus following the last unit on the bus line supply voltage:
115/230 V AC 3UF1 900-1KA00
24 V DC 3UF1 900-1KB00
Insertable tabs

3RB1 900-0B
For screw-mounting on mounting plate
2 units are required for each 3UF5 0
3RB19 00-0B
Terminal cover

3TX7 506-0A
For individual mounting or on the outgoing side with direct mounting
- 3UF5 031 3TX7 506-0A
- 3UF5 041 3TX7 536-0A
- 3UF5 051 with 3TF6 8 3TX7 686-0A
- 3UF5 051 with 3TF6 9 3TX7 696-0A
Between contactor and overload relay for direct mounting

3TX7 506-0B
- 3UF5 031 3TX7 506-0B
- 3UF5 041 3TX7 536-0B
- 3UF5 051 with 3TF6 8 3TX7 686-0B
- 3UF5 051 with 3TF6 9 3TX7 696-0B
PROFIBUS
3UF18 current transformers
for overload protection
4/173
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The 3UF1 8 current transformers are protective current trans-
formers and are used for triggering overload relays. Protective
current transformers are designed to ensure a proportional cur-
rent transfer up to a multiple of the primary rated current.
3UF1 8 current transformers secondarily transfer the maximum
current of their respective operating range to the standard signal
1 A.

1) The following setting ranges apply for the protection of EEx e motors:
3UF18 43-1BA00, 0.25 A ... 1.25 A
3UF18 43-2AA00, 1.25 A ... 6.3 A
3UF18 43-2BA00, 2.5 A ... 12.5 A
Accessories
Design Operating range Order No.
A
for installation as a single unit

3UF18 43
for snap-on and screw mounting
onto 35 mm mounting rail
0.25 2.5
1)
3UF18 43-1BA00
1.25 12.5
1)
3UF18 43-2AA00
2.5 25
1)
3UF18 43-2BA00
12.5 50 3UF18 45-2CA00
16 65 3UF18 47-2DA00
25 100 3UF18 48-2EA00
for mounting onto contactors and installation as a single unit

3UF18 68
for screw mounting 32 130 3UF18 50-3AA00
50 200 3UF18 52-3BA00
63 250 3UF18 54-3CA00
100 400 3UF18 56-3DA00
125 500 3UF18 57-3EA00
160 630 3UF18 68-3FA00
205 820 3UF18 68-3GA00
For contactor type Order No.
Terminal covers

3TX7 466-0A
for transformer-contactor combinations and installation
as an single unit for transformers
(one cover is required per terminal end)
3UF18 45 3TX7 446-0A
3UF18 48 3TX7 466-0A
3UF18 50, 3UF18 52 3TX7 506-0A
3UF18 54 bis 3UF18 57 3TX7 536-0A
3UF18 68-3FA00 3TX7 686-0A
3UF18 68-3GA00 3TX7 696-0A
for covering the screw connection
when mounted directly onto contactor
(one cover is required per contactor/transformer combination)
3UF18 48 3TX7 466-0B
3UF18 50, 3UF18 52 3TX7 506-0B
3UF18 54 bis 3UF18 57 3TX7 536-0B
3UF18 68-3FA00 3TX7 686-0B
3UF18 68-3GA00 3TX7 696-0B
PROFIBUS
3UL22 summation current transformers
4/174
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The 3UL22 summation current transformers sense fault currents
in machines and plants. Together with the 3UL21 evaluation unit
or the SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control device
they enable residual-current and ground-fault monitoring.
Application
The purpose of the residual-current device protection is to
prevent the build-up of excessive contact voltage on exposed
conductive parts by interrupting all phases and the neutral of the
supply line within 0.2 s, in the event of a fault current which
exceeds a specified value.

Inlet opening
Diameter
Rated fault current I
n
Order No.
mm A
Summation current transformer for external ground fault monitoring

3UL22 0.-.A
40 0.3 3UL22 01-1A
0.5 3UL22 01-2A
1 3UL22 01-3A
65 0.3 3UL22 02-1A
0.5 3UL22 02-2A
1 3UL22 02-3A
10 3UL22 02-2B
16 3UL22 02-3B
25 3UL22 02-4B
40 3UL22 02-5B
120 0.3 3UL22 03-1A
0.5 3UL22 03-2A
1 3UL22 03-3A
6 3UL22 03-1B
10 3UL22 03-2B
PROFIBUS
SENTRON communication-capable
circuit-breakers
4/175
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
For further information on SENTRON communication-capable
circuit-breakers, see
Catalog LV 1/LV 1.T, Chapters 15 and 16
A&D Mall, section "SENTRON Switching and Protection
Devices for Power Distribution"/"Air Circuit-Breakers"/"3WL Air
Circuit-Breakers" and/or "SENTRON Switching andProtection
Devices for Power Distribution"/"Molded Case Circuit-Break-
ers"/"3VL Molded Case Circuit-Breakers"
1) Range from 0.3 to 9 A is fixed (wide range) and cannot be set/adjusted
manually
N
S
E
0
_
0
1
1
0
5
e
1
4 6
7
5 12 3 13 14 15 16
17
18
19
2
9
10
11
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
SENTRON 3VL
LCD ETU release
COM10 PROFIBUS
module including short-
time grading control
(ZSI module)
Breaker Data Adapter
(BDA)
BDA Plus with Ethernet
interface
Browser-capable input
and output device
(e.g. notebook)
SENTRON 3WL
COM15 PROFIBUS
module
Breaker Status Sensor
(BSS)
Electronic release ETU
Metering function Plus
Short-time grading control
(ZSI module)
Digital output module
as relay
Digital output module
as relay, configurable
Analog output module
Digital input module
Switch ES Power on PC
PLC e.g. SIMATIC S7
Power Management
software
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
PROFIsafe laser scanner
4/176
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Our optical distance sensors provide perfect all-round protec-
tion to Category 3 according to EN 954-1.
In an operating field of 190 and over a distance of up to 4.0 m
(up to 15 m in non safety-related applications), the laser scanner
reliably senses every object and every person. And it works
so simply the distance sensor emits light pulses at regular
intervals.
If they hit an obstruction, the sensor receives the reflected light
and evaluates it. If this is evaluated as the predefined area to be
protected, a Stop function is triggered.
With up to four programmable protective field pairs that can be
selected during operation, our laser scanners can be optimally
adapted to any application on machines, production robots,
conveyor systems or vehicles.
Different versions support optimal integration in the automation
system whether conventionally in the safety circuit, over
PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe or over AS-Interface with ASIsafe.
Application
Horizontal danger zone protection

Reliable detection of persons and objects in danger zones
around machines and plants.
Flexible programming of almost any protection and warning
zones.
Horizontal danger zone protection with more than
one protective field
Reliable detection of persons in different danger zones by
switching between protective fields.
Increased availability due to accurate protection of just the
fields that are currently active.
Route monitoring for automatic guided vehicle systems

Reliable detection of persons and objects approaching the
vehicle.
The laser scanner offers a greater protection range than
bumpers and, therefore, permits higher speeds.
Collision protection for shifting units

Reliable protection of persons in the path of the vehicle.
Objects in the path of the vehicle are detected in good time
and damage to the vehicle or its load is prevented.
NSC0_00619
WF 1
(active)
SF 1
(active)
SF 2
WF 2
NSC0_00646
SF4
SF2
SF3
SF1
NSC0_00620
SF1
SF2
b
c
c
NSC0_00622
PROFIBUS
4/177
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Other applications
Many different types of hazardous area protection
Protection for rooms and entrances
Projecting object monitoring to protect machines and
personnel
Non-safety-relevant measuring or detection tasks
(e.g. determining distances, positions, or contours).
Function
The LS4 laser scanner is an optical, contact-free surface
scanner designed primarily for operator protection.
Using a laser diode with transmission optics, the laser scanner
continuously generates bundled light pulses that are scattered
throughout the operating range by an integrated rotating mirror.
If objects or persons enter the field, it evaluates the reflected
light pulses and continuously calculates the exact position coor-
dinates on the basis of the light propagation time. If the defined
personnel protective field is penetrated, the laser scanner stops
the machine immediately (within the system response time).
The Stop function is reset when the protective field is free again,
either automatically or following acknowledgement (depending
on the operating mode).
The operating range of the LS4 laser scanner spans 190 and is
subdivided into angle segments of 0.36.
The scan rate is 25 scans/second, i.e. one light pulse every
40 ms in each segment. A special algorithm ensures that objects
larger than 70 mm (this corresponds to the scanner resolution)
can be reliably detected and that contamination (e.g. dust) does
not reduce system availability. The LS4 laser scanner detects
people (even if they are wearing dark clothing) at a distance
of up to 4 m (fail-safe). People or objects can, however, be
detected at a distance of up to 15 m so that a warning can be
output, for example (not safety relevant).
Four protective field/warning field pairs
Four variable protective field pairs for the personnel protective
field and warning field, which can be easily set on the PC, ensure
that the LS4 laser scanner can be adapted to suit any require-
ment.
It can be implemented in stationary applications (machines and
installations) or mobile applications (vehicles, automatic guided
vehicle systems, or shifting units). In the case of a robot, for
example, different operating ranges can be protected, whereby
the laser scanner operates in succession with regard to time and
space. In the case of automatic guided vehicle systems, four
programmable protective fields can be protected, e.g. rapid
travel, slow travel, turning left, turning right.
LS4soft operator software
Thanks to the PC operator software LS4soft, it could not be eas-
ier to optimize the laser scanner settings. The following functions
have been integrated:
User-friendly configuration of the protective field using a PC or
laptop
Configuration of additional functions, such as protective field
selection, restart inhibit, etc. by means of a software wizard
Comprehensive range of displays, e.g. defined protective
fields, current scan contours, system settings, etc. reliable,
password-protected access with different authorization levels
Executable under Microsoft Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP
E Sc
NSC0_00623
Reflection
185 5
0.36
NSC0_00624
SF 1
SF 2
SF 3 SF 4
NSC0_00625
Only personnel protective fields are shown
PROFIBUS
4/178
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Integration
Connector pin assignment
X4
X3
X2
X1
X5
or
or or
FS10_00137
PROFIsafe laser scanner 3SF78 34-6PB00
Connection Description Position Connectable accessories Order No.
X1 M12 connector for connecting a restart but-
ton (optional)
$ M12 connector with terminal housing, 5-pin 3RX8 000-0CD55
X2 M12 socket for PROFIBUS output cable % Terminating resistor for PROFIBUS DP 6GK1 905-0EC00
& PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable,
with plug and socket, 2-pin
6XV1 830-3DE50 (0.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH15 (1.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH30 (3 m)
6XV1 830-3DH50 (5 m)
6XV1 830-3DN10 (10 m)
6XV1 830-3DN15 (15 m)
( PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug
with male insert
6GK1 905-0EA00
X3 M12 plug for PROFIBUS input cable & PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable,
with plug and socket, 2-pin
6XV1 830-3DE50 (0.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH15 (1.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH30 (3 m)
6XV1 830-3DH50 (5 m)
6XV1 830-3DN10 (10 m)
6XV1 830-3DN15 (15 m)
) PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug
with female insert
6GK1 905-0EB00
X4 M12 plug for 24 V DC power supply * M12 cable socket with terminal housing,
5-pin
3RX8 000-0CB55
X5 Optical PC interface + PC connecting cable for LS4
with optical interface, 9-pin
3RG78 38-1DC
PROFIBUS
4/179
Siemens IK PI 2007
4

Type 3SF78 34-6PB00
Protective field
Detection range 0 ... 4 m
Luminance factor min. 1.8 %
Object size and diameter 70 mm (cylindrical test body)
Response time
dual evaluation (2 scans) 80 ms (only laser scanner
without PROFIBUS system times)
adjustable up to 16 scans 640 ms (only laser scanner
Number 4 (can be switched via PROFI-
BUS)
Safety category Category 3 to EN 954-1, type 3 to
IEC 61496-1 or EN 61496-3
Output PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)
Start Start test and start inhibit can be
set separately
Restart 160 ms to 10 s
(can be set or is manual)
Protective field supplement
For deactivated dust suppression 83 mm
For activated dust suppression
- protective field size < 3.5 mm 83 mm
- protective field size > 3.5 mm 100 mm
Additional supplement in the case
of existing retro-reflectors or highly
reflective surfaces (e.g. certain
metals or ceramics) in the scan
plane
- more than 1.2 m
behind the protective field line
0 mm
- in protective field or up to 1.2 m
110 mm
Warning field
Luminance factor min. 20 %
Object size 150 150 mm
Response time
dual evaluation (2 scans) 80 ms (only laser scanner
adjustable up to 16 scans 640 ms (only laser scanner
No. of warning fields 4 (can be switched via PROFI-
BUS)
Output PROFIBUS
Contour measurement
Output RS 232 serial interface via infra-
red interface
Radial resolution 5 mm
Lateral resolution 0.36
Supply voltage
Via external supply 24 V DC (+20 % / -30 %)
Note The power pack for the external
power supply must have a safe
line separation to IEC 60742 and
must bridge brief power failures
of up to 20 ms.
Overcurrent protection Fuse 1.25 A (medium slow)
Current consumption 350 mA typical
Type 3SF78 34-6PB00
Inputs
Restart/Reset Connection of a command device
for "with restart inhibit" mode
and/or device resets, monitored
dynamically
Signal definition
High (logical 1) 16 ... 30 V
Low (logical 0) < 3 V
Control cable
Length max. 50 m (cable cross-section:
0.5 mm
2
, shielded)
Field pair changeover Field pair switchover via
PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)
RS232 interfaces via infrared
interface
For device parameterization and
field definition
Optics
Rotation angle 190
Angle resolution 0.36
Lateral tolerance
without assembly system
(for rear of enclosure)
0.18
with assembly system
(for mounting surface)
0.22
Scan rate 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan
Laser protection class
to standard EN 60825-1, class 1 (eye safe)
wave length 905 nm
beam divergence 2 mrad
Time Base 100 s
Environment and material
Ambient temperature
Operation 0 ... +50 C
Storage -20 ... +60 C
Enclosure insulation class Protection class 2
Humidity To DIN 40040, table 10, code E
(fairly dry)
Dimensions (W H D) in mm 141 167 168
Emitter Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm)
Casing Cast aluminum, plastic, steel con-
nection plate
Vibratory load over 3 axes to IEC
60068, part 2-6
10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g
Continuous shock over 3 axes to
IEC 60068, part 2-29
10 g, 16 ms
Rotating mirror drive Brushless DC motor
Rotating mirror bearing Maintenance-free ball bearing
PROFIBUS
4/180
Siemens IK PI 2007
4

SIMATIC FS620I
3SF78 34-6PB00
Including LS4soft software for
securing danger zones
SIMATIC FS660I
with vertical protection
3SF78 34-6PE00
for securing danger zones,
hazardous and access locations
incl. LS4soft software
Accessories
Assembly system,
twistable,
for simple adjustment
3RG78 38-1AA
Adapter plate for
PLS mounting support
3RG78 38-1AB
Cleaning set 3RG78 38-7RS
Includes
cleaning fluid (1000 ml),
cloths (x 100)
Connectors and cables
PC connection cable for
LS4 AS-Interface and PROFIBUS,
including plug (9-pin),
and optical interface
3RG78 38-1DC
PROFIBUS M12
terminating connector
6GK1 905-0EC00
For PROFIBUS DP 1
packet = 5 items
PROFIBUS M12 connectors
1 pack = 5 items
Male insert 6GK1 905-0EA00
PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cables
2-core (inverted coding)
preassembled,
with M12 connectors,
in different lengths:
0.5 m 6XV1 830-3DE50
1.5 m 6XV1 830-3DH15
3 m 6XV1 830-3DH30
5 m 6XV1 830-3DH50
10 m 6XV1 830-3DN10
15 m 6XV1 830-3DN15
Test body (cylindrical)
Length: 500 mm; diameter:
70 mm (stationary applications)
3RG78 38-7GB
200 mm (mobile applications)
3RG78 38-7GD
PROFIBUS
4/181
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Dimension drawings

Schematics

61
approx. 140
130
R 2.6
5
s
R 2.6
122.3
1
4
3
.
8
b
a
Top view
a = Rotating mirror axis
b = Scan planes
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

2
3
0
approx. 168
4
8
.
7
5
64
132
1
4
8
1
6
7
a b
PROFIsafe laser scanner 3SF78 34-6PB00
2
3
5
6
,
6
5
1
,
5
7
4
,
4
9
0
158
166
192
1
5
5
,
4
9
N
S
C

0
0
6
1
0
9
Assembly system 3RG78 38-1AA
X5
X1 X2 X3 X4
X1 Connection restart button
X2 PROFIBUS output wire link
X3 PROFIBUS input wire link
X4 Connection supply voltage
X5 Optical PC Interface
PROFIBUS
RFID System communications modules
ASM 450/452
4/182
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The low-cost ASM 450 and ASM 452 communications modules
are autonomous PROFIBUS DP slaves for the connection of
MOBY components via the PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1 to:
SIMATIC S7 (including FB/FC software)
SINUMERIK
SICOMP IMC, PC, PLC
Thanks to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, they
are particularly suitable for machine-level use.
Design
Configuration
The ASM communications modules are mounted on the ET 200X
standard module. The relevant configuration and mounting
instructions should be referred to in the ET 200X manual.
Expansion modules from the ET 200X spectrum cannot be used.
Function
The PROFIBUS DP procedure according to EN 50170 Vol. 2
PROFIBUS for communication between ASM and SIMATIC
S5/S7 (or any PROFIBUS master) and the MOBY-specific proce-
dures for communication between ASM and SLG are imple-
mented on the ASMs.
In principle, access to the data in the MDS can take place as
follows:
Direct addressing via absolute addresses
Conveniently via the MOBY file handler (MOBY I/U only) using
file name
On the PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1, the ASM occupies a node address
on the bus that is set on the basic module. The ASM is integrated
into the hardware configuration by means of a device master
(GSD) file. Then the ASM can be configured by means of the
software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another
PROFIBUS tool.
Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, trans-
mission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and
simplify commissioning and service.
For the connection to any PROFIBUS DP master, the software
interface is disclosed in the documentation.
The IP67 connectors (Order No. 6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0) are to
be ordered separately!
ASM 450 (for MOBY E/I)
The ASM 450 has two SLG interfaces. When using two SLG
interfaces, the module operates in multiplex mode so that the
MDS can only be read reliably when it is not moving. The data in
the MDS is accessed direct by means of absolute addresses.
Using the FB240/FC44 software functions for the SIMATIC S5/S7,
the ASM operates in cyclic mode, i.e. the data throughput
depends among other things on the size of the address window
(max. 208 byte), number of slaves, etc.
ASM 452 (for MOBY E/I/U/D/RF300)
The ASM 452 has two SLG interfaces (for MOBY U/D/RF300 only
one SLG can be connected). When using two SLG interfaces,
the module operates in quasi-parallel mode so that the MDS can
only be processed reliably (e.g. read data) when it is not moving.
Data in the MDS can be accessed directly using absolute
addresses (FC45, FC55) or conveniently by means of the MOBY
file handler (FC46, FC56) using data names, the ASM being
operated in acyclic mode via PROFIBUS DP-V1. In this mode a
very large amount of data can be transferred to/from the ASM
without overloading the PROFIBUS cycle. This has advantages
when transferring large volumes of data. In addition, the ASM
can process concatenated MDS commands very quickly in this
mode.
PROFIBUS-DP
master module,
e.g. S7-400 CPU
PROFIBUS-cable
MDS
to further
PROFIBUS-
stations
AT-comp. PC
MDS
24 V
for
SLGs
1st
SLG
2nd SLG
(not for Filehandler)
* Standard cable length
2

m
*
G
_
K
T
0
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
2
a
PROFIBUS
ASM 450/452
4/183
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
1) The connecting cables can be extended using the RF300 connecting
cable for the ASM 456. These connecting cables are supplied in the
lengths 2 m, 5 m, 10 m, 20 m and 50 m (6GT2 891-0Fxxx).
ASM 450
communications module
6GT2 002-0EB00
Max. 2 SLGs can be connected
in multiplex mode,
without connectors
ASM 452
6GT2 002-0EB20
For PROFIBUS DP V1,
1 SLG U92 or 2 SLG 4x, 7x, 8x
can be connected,
without connector
Accessories
Connector 6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0
For ASM 450/452 for the
PROFIBUS DP interface and 24 V
supply, 3 units per ASM 450/452
are necessary
MOBY M12 dual-pin connector
for ASM 450/452
6GT2 090-0BC00
For mounting individual
ASM SLG, without cable
MOBY E, I, U connecting cable
Preassembled, between
ASM 450/452/473 and read/write
device, angled connector,
in the following lengths:
2 m (preferred length) 6GT2 091-1CH20
5 m 6GT2 091-1CH50
10 m 6GT2 091-1CN10
20 m 6GT2 091-1CN20
50 m 6GT2 091-1CN50
ASM 450/452/473 and SLG 8x,
straight connector, 2 m long
6GT2 091-2CH20
MOBY D connecting cable
ASM 475 and SLG 8x, IP65,
angled connector,
5 m 6GT2 491-1CH50
SIMATIC RF300
connecting cable
ASM 452/473 and RF3xxR, IP65,
straight connector,
in the following lengths
1)
:
2 m 6GT2 891-1CH20
5 m 6GT2 891-1CH50
CD "RFID Systems Software &
Documentation"
6GT2 080-2AA10
FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver
for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP,
C-libraries, PC presentation pro-
gram, RFID documentation
PROFIBUS
ASM 456
4/184
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The cost-effective ASM 456 communication module is a stand-
alone PROFIBUS DP slave used to operate the RFID systems
MOBY D/E/I/U and SIMATIC RF300 over PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1:
SIMATIC S7 (including FB/FC software)
SINUMERIK
SICOMP IMC, PC, PLC
Thanks to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, they
are particularly suitable for machine-level use. The modular
structure with different PROFIBUS connection systems allows
them to be used in all applications. The system-wide, plug-in
connection technique ensures rapid start-up.
Benefits
Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time mode at
dynamic read points.
Modular design with different bus interfacing possibilities
ensures universal implementation.
SLG connection using an 8-pin M12 connector for quick
mounting of all components.
Easy changeover from ASM 452 to ASM 456 thanks to 100%
software compatibility.
High-performance hardware ensures fast data exchange with
the SLG (reader). Consequently the data are available for the
application even faster.
Easy downloading of firmware via SIMATIC Manager for func-
tion expansions and error rectification ensure high-availability
of the RFID system.
The adjustable and parameterizable MOBY-specific
PROFIBUS diagnostics facilitate start-up and troubleshooting.
A wide selection of pre-assembled PROFIBUS connecting
cables can be ordered for ASM 456. This saves time and
money during installation and assures better quality.
Application
The ASM 456 communication module has been specially
designed for a wide range of applications in industrial auto-
mation and logistics. Thanks to the high degree of protection of
IP67, the ASM 456 can be installed in the process without a
control cabinet.
Used primarily for the ASM 456:
Mechanical engineering, automation systems, conveyor
systems
Ancillary assembly lines in the automobile industry/suppliers
Small assembly lines
Design
PROFIBUS DP
master module
e.g. S7-400 CPU
PROFIBUS
to other
PROFIBUS bus
participants
X1
X2
2. SLG
MDS
1. SLG
MDS
ASM 456
24 V for
ASM 456 and SLGs
G
_
F
S
1
0
_
X
X
_
0
0
1
0
3
PROFIBUS
ASM 456
4/185
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
The ASM 456 comprises a basic module and a connection block
that must be ordered separately. When connecting PROFIBUS,
the customer can choose between ECOFAST connections and
M12, 7/8" connections.
One or two read/write devices are connected to the ASM with a
read/write device cable pre-assembled and ready to use. The
standard length of the cable is 2 m. If other cable lengths to the
read/write device are required, an extension cable measuring
between 2 m and 50 m can be used. The cable can also be
assembled by the customer as required.
The PROFIBUS DP procedure according to EN 50170 Vol. 2
PROFIBUS for the communication between ASM and SIMATIC
S5/S7 (or any PROFIBUS master) and the MOBY-specific
procedures for communication between ASM and SLG are
implemented on the ASMs.
In principle, access to the data in the MDS can take place as
follows:
file names
On the PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1, the ASM occupies a node address
on the bus that is set on the connection block. The ASM is inte-
grated into the hardware configuration by means of a device
master (GSD) file. Then the ASM can be configured by means of
the software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another
PROFIBUS tool.
The ASM 456 has two SLG interfaces. The data in the MDS can
be directly accessed by means of absolute addresses
(FB/FC45, FB/FC55) or more conveniently using the MOBY file
handler (FC 46/56) by means of the file names. The ASM is
operated in acyclic mode over PROFIBUS DP V1. Consequently,
a very large amount of data can be transferred to/from the ASM
without overloading the PROFIBUS cycle. This has advantages
when transferring large volumes of data. In addition, the ASM
can process concatenated MDS commands very quickly in this
mode.
1) This cable is available in different lengths (see page 4/48)
ASM 456
For connection of 2 read/write
devices
6GT2002-0ED00
Accessories for ECOFAST connection
ECOFAST connection block 6ES7194-3AA00-0AA0
PROFIBUS ECOFAST HYBRID
plug 180
With male insert (5 per pack) 6GK1 905-0CA00
With socket insert (5 per pack) 6GK1 905-0CB00
PROFIBUS ECOFAST termina-
tion plug
with terminating resistors
6GK1 905-0DA10
(pre-assembled)
6XV1 830-7Bxxx
1)
(non-assembled)
6XV1 830-7AH10
Accessories M12, 7/8 connection
M12, 7/8" connection block 6ES7194-3AA00-0BA0
M12 terminating resistor
for PROFIBUS
(5 per pack)
6GK1 905-0EC00
PROFIBUS cable with
pre-assembled M12 connectors
6XV1 830-3Dxxx
1)
Cable for supply voltage with
pre-assembled 7/8" connectors
6XV1 822-5Bxxx
1)
PROFIBUS FC standard cable
non-assembled
6XV1 830-0EH10
PROFIBUS M12
connecting plug
(5 per pack)
With male insert 6GK1 905-0EA00
With socket insert 6GK1 905-0EB00
Connecting plug 7/8"
for voltage
(5 per pack)
With male insert 6GK1 905-0FA00
With socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
Accessories MOBY
SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U; 2 m 6GT2091-0FH20
SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U; 5 m 6GT2091-0FH50
SLG cable for MOBY D; 2 m 6GT2691-0FH20
SLG cable RF300
extension cable MOBY
I/E/U/D/RF300; 2 m
6GT2891-0FH20
SLG cable RF300
I/E/U/D/RF300; 5 m
6GT2891-0FH50
SLG cable RF300
I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300; 10 m
6GT2891-0FN10
SLG cable RF300
I/E/U/D/RF300; 20 m
6GT2891-0FN20
SLG cable RF300
I/E/U/D/RF300; 50 m
6GT2891-0FN50
PROFIBUS
ASM 470/475
4/186
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The ASM 470 and 475 are low-cost modules for connecting the
MOBY D, E, I, U and RF300 identification systems to the S7-300
and ET 200M.
Application
The ASM 470 and ASM 475 communications modules integrate
the MOBY identification systems into the following systems:
SIMATIC S7-300
S7-400, PC (CP5412 (A2)) via ET 200M
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
A maximum of two SLGs can be connected and operated in
parallel mode (ASM 470 only in multiplex mode).
Design
Configuration
Function
As many as eight ASM communication modules can be plugged
into one SIMATIC S7-300 rack and operated. In a configuration
with several racks (max. 4), the ASMs can be plugged into and
operated on any rack. This means that as many as 32 ASMs can
be operated in the maximum configuration of a SIMATIC S7-300.
The electrical isolation between read/write device and SIMATIC
S7-300 bus ensures a noise-resistant setup.
Error messages and operating states (MDS in field, command
active etc.) are indicated using LEDs.
Communication between the ASM 475 and S7-CPU takes place
by means of acyclic message frames of the P-bus, so that the
useful data (max. 238 byte) is transmitted very quickly and effec-
tively. The ASM 475 is fully integrated into the diagnostics of the
SIMATIC Manager by means of an Object Manager (OM).
Depending on the PROFIBUS master, as many as 126 ET 200M
modules can be operated on one PROFIBUS line.
ASM 470 (for MOBY I/E)
The data in the MDS is accessed direct by means of physical
addresses using the ASM 470. Communication with the ASM
takes place in the process image in blocks of 12 byte and is
slower than with the ASM 475. Via ET 200M, it can be operated
on any non-Siemens PROFIBUS master.
ASM 475 (for MOBY I/E/U/D/RF300)
The data in the MDS is accessed direct by means of physical
addresses using the ASM 475. The data is transferred between
FC45, FC55 and ASM at great speed and without placing a great
load on the CPU. In the MOBY I/U mode, the ASM can also be
operated with the FC56 (file handler).
ASM 470
ASM 475
SLG SLG
MDS MDS
6GT2 091-0E...
G
_
K
T
0
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
3
Shield support element
(6ES7 390-5AA00-0AA0)
for 2 modules
Shield terminal
(6ES7 390-5BA00-0AA0)
PROFIBUS
ASM 470/475
4/187
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
cable for the ASM 456. These connecting cables are supplied in 2 m,
5 m, 10 m, 20 m and 50 m lengths (6GT2 891-0Fxxx)
ASM 470 MOBY
6GT2 002-0FA10
For SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M
ASM 475 MOBY
6GT2 002-0GA10
For SIMATIC S7-300 and
ET 200M, parameterizable
Accessories
Front connector (1 x per ASM) 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
Preassembled, between ASM
470/475 and read/write device,
angled connector, in the following
lengths:
2 m 6GT2 091-0EH20
5 m 6GT2 091-0EH50
10 m 6GT2 091-0EN10
20 m 6GT2 091-0EN20
50 m 6GT2 091-0EN50
Preassembled, between ASM
470/475 and read/write device,
straight connector, in the follow-
ing lengths:
2 m 6GT2 091-2EH20
5 m 6GT2 091-2EH50
10 m 6GT2 091-2EN10
50 m 6GT2 091-2EN50
Preassembled, between ASM 475
and SLG8x, angled connector,
5 m 6GT2 491-0EH50
20 m 6GT2 491-0EN20
50 m 6GT2 491-0EN50
SIMATIC RF300
connecting cable
and RF3xxR, straight connector,
in the following lengths
1)
:
2 m 6GT2 891-0EH20
5 m 6GT2 891-0EH50
Documentation"
6GT2 080-2AA10
C-libraries, PC presentation
program, RFID documentation
PROFIBUS
ASM 473
4/188
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The ASM 473 is a low-cost ET200X expansion module for con-
necting the MOBY D/E/I/U identification systems via the ET 200X
to the PROFIBUS DP-V1.
Application
One read/write device (SLG x) can be connected for each
ASM 473, but no more than 7 expansion modules can be con-
nected to a basic module BM141/142/143/147 in connection, for
example, with digital input/output modules. On all connected
SLGs, the mobile data memories can be securely operated in
the dynamic mode (for max. MDS speed, see SLG-MDS combi-
nation).
The following can be used as PROFIBUS DP-V1 masters:
SIMATIC S7 (FC45, FC55 and FC56 available)
SINUMERIK
SICOMP IMC and PC, any PLC
Thanks to its high degree of protection and ruggedness, it is
particularly suitable for machine-level use.
Design
The ASM 473 communications module is an ET 200X expansion
module for the basic module BM 141/142/143/147. For the
relevant configuring and mounting instructions, see the ET 200X
manual.
Function
With the available software function FC45/FC55/FC56 (MOBY I/U
file handler) for the SIMATIC S7-300/400, the ASM operates in
acyclic mode via PROFIBUS DP-V1. In this mode a very large
amount of data can be transferred to/from the ASM without over-
loading the PROFIBUS cycle. This has advantages when trans-
ferring large volumes of data. In addition, the ASM can process
concatenated MDS commands very quickly in this mode. The
MDS data is accessed directly by means of physical addressing
of the MDS.
The hardware of the ASM 473 is configured with an object
manager (OM) that is integrated in the SIMATIC Manager.
Depending on the PROFIBUS master, as many as 126 ET 200X
modules can be operated on one PROFIBUS line.
cable for the ASM 456. These connecting cables are supplied in the
lengths 2 m, 5 m, 10 m, 20 m and 50 m (6GT2 891-0Fxxx).
ASM 473 MOBY
communication module
6GT2 002-0HA10
ET 200X expansion module
for BM 141/142/143/147,
one read/write device can be
connected for each ASM 473
Accessories
MOBY M12 double connector
for ASM 450/452/473
6GT2 090-0BC00
For mounting individual
ASM SLG, without cable
device, angled connector,
5 m 6GT2 091-1CH50
10 m 6GT2 091-1CN10
20 m 6GT2 091-1CN20
50 m 6GT2 091-1CN50
device, straight connector,
2 m long:
6GT2 091-2CH20
and read/write device 8x, IP65,
angled connector, in the following
lengths:
5 m 6GT2 491-1CH50
SIMATIC RF300
connecting cable
ASM 452/473 and RF3xxR, IP65,
straight connector, in the follow-
ing lengths
1)
:
2 m 6GT2 891-1CH20
5 m 6GT2 891-1CH50
Documentation"
see Catalog FS 10
PROFIBUS
ASM 454/424, ASM 754/724, ASM 854/824
4/189
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
As many as 4 read/write devices or antennas can be connected
in parallel to the low-cost communications modules. The user
can choose between two interfaces:
PROFIBUS DP-V1 (ASM 454, ASM 754, ASM 854)
RS 232/RS 422; serial interface to the PC/PLC
(ASM 424, ASM 724, ASM 824)
Design
Mounting
For easy mounting on a standard rail, an optional adapter is
available.
Configuration
Function
As many as four read/write devices or antennas from the respec-
tive MOBY system can be connected to the rugged enclosure.
The data in the MDS is accessed directly by means of physical
addresses. The extended MOBY E functions (multitag, access
rights, password, etc.) are not supported.
Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmis-
sion, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and sim-
plify commissioning and service.
PROFIBUS DP-V1 interface
(ASM 454, ASM 754, ASM 854)
Communication with the user is implemented by means of the
acyclic protocol service of PROFIBUS DP-V1. The node address
on the PROFIBUS is set directly on the ASM by means of DIP
switches.
The function FC45 or FC55 (multitag) (see also ASM 473) for
simple integration into the application is available to the SIMATIC
S7 users. The ASM is integrated into the hardware configuration
by means of a device master (GSD) file. Then the ASM can be
configured by means of the software tool HW_Config of the
SIMATIC Manager or another PROFIBUS tool.
The programming interface for connection to any PROFIBUS
DP-V1 master is described in the FC45 documentation.
RS232/RS422 interface (ASM 424, ASM 724, ASM 824)
A Windows 98/NT/2000 C Library (MOBY API, DLL functions)
incl. 3964R driver with basic functions (open/close channel,
read data from data memory, etc.) is available for the PC users
application.
MOBY E
As many as four SLA 7x can be connected to the ASM 754/724
in parallel, but are operated internally in multiplex mode. When
connecting more than one SLA 7x, the MOBY E data memories
can only be read or written securely in the static state.
MOBY I/E
As many as four SLG 4x or SLG 7x can be connected in parallel
to the ASM 454/424, which means that MOBY data memories
can be read or written on all four SLGs simultaneously.
24 V=
230 V
~
PROFIBUS:
RS232/RS422
SLG SLG SLG SLG
MDS MDS MDS MDS
G
_
K
T
0
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
5
or
PROFIBUS
ASM 454/424, ASM 754/724, ASM 854/824
4/190
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
ASM 454
6GT2 002-2EE00
With PROFIBUS DP-V1 interface,
maximum of four SLG 4x or four
SLG 7x can be connected
ASM 424
6GT2 002-2CE00
With serial RS232/RS422 inter-
face, maximum of four SLG 4x or
four SLG 7x can be connected
ASM 724
6GT2 302-2CE00
With RS 232/RS 422 serial inter-
face, max. four SLA 7x can be
connected
ASM 754
6GT2 302-2EE00
maximum of four SLG 7x can be
connected
ASM 854
6GT2 402-2BB00
maximum of four SLG 8x can be
connected
ASM 824
6GT2 402-2CE00
With RS 232/RS 422 serial inter-
face, max. four SLG 8x can be
connected
Accessories
Documentation"
6GT2 080-2AA10
C-libraries, PC presentation
program, RFID documentation
PROFIBUS
Engineering Tools
STEP 7
4/191
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Application
Prior to start-up, the PROFIBUS DP field bus and the individual
nodes must be parameterized.
During configuration and parameterization the user is supported
by user-friendly tools. For SIMATIC masters, all functions are
integrated in the STEP 7 programming language. These tools
enable the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus to be easily
configured
parameterized,
documented,
started up,
tested and
diagnosed.
For further information, please refer to "Industrial automation
systems; SIMATIC Industrial Software; Software for SIMATIC
S7/M7/C7; Standard Tools".
Function
The STEP 7 programming software allows user-prompted
parameterization of the distributed I/O as well as field devices on
PROFIBUS DP. This primarily includes:
Configuration of the field bus system
Creation of an address list for the master module
Adjustment of data transmission rate on the field bus
Adjustment of the failure mode.
The STEP 7 programming software allows identical program-
ming and configuring of centralized and distributed I/O
modules.
The reference configuration of the PROFIBUS DP field bus is
stored on the PROFIBUS DP master module.
Diagnostics
The diagnostics function can be used during start-up and
normal operation to easily localize and rectify errors.
For this purpose, the programming device or PC is connected
to PROFIBUS DP or directly to the relevant I/O device or field
device.
GSD data
STEP 7 can also be used to parameterize field devices of other
manufacturers. In order to facilitate easy and convenient pro-
gramming, the product usually comes with GSD files which can
be embedded in the parameterization tools.
For connection of distributed ET 200 I/O modules to masters of
other manufacturers, the GSD files are also centrally available in
the interface center These can be requested:
via modem on Tel.: ++49 911/737972 or ++49 911/730983
at the Internet address http://www.ad.siemens.com/csi/gsd
When ET 200 stations are connected to master modules which
are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (opera-
tion on third-party master modules), a fixed preassigned GSD
file can be created with COM PROFIBUS. This file is then loaded
into the configuration tool of the third-party manufacturer and
can be used for simple parameter assignment of the station. This
allows the use of the user-friendly plain-text parameterization
feature of COM PROFIBUS; there is no need for hexadecimal
code inputs in the manufacturers configuring tool.
PROFIBUS
Engineering Tools
STEP 7
4/192
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
STEP 7 Version 5.4
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC
Requirement:
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
Delivery package:
Spanish, Italian;
incl. authorization diskette 3.5,
without documentation
Floating license on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA6
Software Update Service on CD 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
Upgrade Floating License
3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5
Powerpack STEP 7 Lite
V2.0 to STEP 7 V5.4;
Floating License on CD
6ES7 810-4CC08-0YC5
Trial License STEP 7 V5.4;
on CD, 14 day trial
6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA7
STEP 7 Version 5.3 Japanese
Target system:
Requirement:
Windows XP Professional
Japanese
Delivery package:
English, Japanese;
incl. 3.5 automation disk,
Floating license, Japanese,
on CD
6ES7 810-4CC07-0JA5
Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC07-0JA6
Upgrade Floating License,
Japanese, from 3.x/4.x/5.x to
V5.3; on CD
6ES7 810-4CC07-0JE5
STEP 7 Version 5.3, Chinese
Target system:
Requirement:
Windows XP Professional Chinese
Delivery package:
English, Chinese;
incl. 3.5" authorization disk,
Floating license, Chinese, on CD 6ES7 810-4CC07-0KA5
Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC07-0KA6
Upgrade Floating License
Chinese from 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.3;
on CD
6ES7 810-4CC07-0KE5
Documentation package
STEP 7 Basics
comprising Getting Started,
Hardware Configuration Manual,
Programming Manual, System
Change Manual
German 6ES7 810-4CA08-8AW0
English 6ES7 810-4CA08-8BW0
French 6ES7 810-4CA08-8CW0
Spanish 6ES7 810-4CA08-8DW0
Italian 6ES7 810-4CA08-8EW0
STEP 7 Reference Manuals
comprising STL, LAD and SFC
Manuals as well as the Reference
Manual of Standard and System
Functions for SIMATIC S7-300/-
400
German 6ES7 810-4CA08-8AW1
English 6ES7 810-4CA08-8BW1
French 6ES7 810-4CA08-8CW1
Spanish 6ES7 810-4CA08-8DW1
Italian 6ES7 810-4CA08-8EW1
five languages:
S7-200/300/400, C7, LOGO!,
SIMATIC DP, PC, PG, STEP 7,
Engineering Software, Runtime
Software, PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI,
SIMATIC NET
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
CD containing the current collec-
tion of manuals and the three sub-
sequent updates
EPROM programming device
USB-Prommer
6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0
For linking SIMATIC S7 and CP
through MPI (5 m)
For linking SIMATIC S7
and CP thorugh MPI (5 m)
Connecting cable 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
For HMI adapter
and PC/TS adapter
(RS 232/ null modem cable) 5 m
Components for connecting a PC to MPI and PROFIBUS
For PCs with a free PCI slot:
CP 5611 A2 6GK1 561-1AA01
CP 5611 MPI 6GK1 561-1AM01
incl. MPI cable (5 m)
for PCs with a free PCMCIA slot:
(CardBus 32 bit):
CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00
for Windows XP Professional
for PCs without a free PCI slot:
PC adapter USB 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0
For connecting a PC
to S7-300/-400/C7 through a
USB interface;
with USB cable (5 m)
Components for connecting a PC to Industrial Ethernet
for PCs with a free PCMCIA slot:
SOFTNET-PG 2005 6GK1 704-1PW63-3AA0
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Introduction
4/193
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendor-
independent tool for the configuration, parameterization, com-
missioning, diagnostics and servicing of intelligent field devices
(sensors and actuators) and field components (remote I/Os,
multiplexers, control room devices, compact controllers), which
in the following sections will be referred to simply as devices.
Using one software, SIMATIC PDM enables the processing of
more than 1,200 devices from Siemens and over 100 vendors
worldwide on one homogeneous user interface.
With respect to device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the most
powerful device manager available on the world market.
Devices which previously were not supported can be easily in-
tegrated in SIMATIC PDM at any time by importing their device
descriptions (EDD). This provides security for your investment
and saves you investment costs, training expenses and conse-
quential costs.
Parameters and functions for all supported devices are dis-
played in a consistent and uniform fashion independent of their
communications interface.
SIMATIC PDM is integrated in the asset management of SIMATIC
PCS 7. The Process Device Manager provides wider information
for all devices described by the Electronic Device Description
(EDD), e.g. detailed diagnostics information (vendor informa-
tion, information on fault diagnostics and troubleshooting, further
documentation), modification logbook (audit trail), parameter
information. You can change directly to SIMATIC PDM from the
diagnostics faceplates in the maintenance station.
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
H
A
R
T
S7-400
Plant bus
PROFIBUS PA
DP/PA
link
SITRANS P SITRANS
T3K
SITRANS LR SITRANS F M
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering station
with SIMATIC PDM
PROFIBUS DP fieldbus Up to 12 Mbit/s
SIMOCODE
pro
MICROMASTER
Possible connection point
of a PG/PC with SIMATIC PDM
(stand-alone operation)
RS 232/ RS 485
HART
multiplexer
Stand-alone
computer
with SIMATIC PDM
Device on
the workbench
HART protocol
HART device
SITRANS P
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
SIMATIC
PDM
ET 200iSP
S7-400
SIPART PS2
SIPART PS2
ET 200M
(IM 153-2 with
HART mod-
ules)
PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/194
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Design
Product versions
A customer-oriented product structure enables you to adapt the
scope of functions and the performance of SIMATIC PDM to your
individual requirements. You can select the minimum configura-
tion, one of the predefined product configurations, or produce
your desired configuration from the individual components
offered (see table).
Depending on the application environment, SIMATIC PDM can
be categorized as follows:
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated:
Complete packages for operation in a SIMATIC PCS 7/S7
configuration environment
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 (for integration in an engineering
system for SIMATIC PCS 7)
- SIMATIC PDM S7 (for integration in a SIMATIC S7 configura-
tion environment)
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone:
Service tools for operation on a mobile computer on the
PROFIBUS or with direct connection to the device
- SIMATIC PDM Single Point (for processing of a single field
device via a point-to-point coupling)
- SIMATIC PDM Service (for enhanced servicing, incl. modifi-
cation logbook and lifelist detailed diagnostics)
: Components included in delivery of individual PDM configurations
: Can be ordered as options
TAG options/PowerPacks
The predefined product configurations can be expanded by fur-
ther functions and PowerPacks. Product configurations with 512,
1,024, 2,048 or unlimited TAGs can be implemented in this man-
ner. In contrast to the PowerPacks, TAG options can only be
combined with SIMATIC PDM Basic. They can only be used for
product configurations based on individual components.
A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
individual field devices or components within a project, e.g.
transmitters, positioners, switching devices or remote I/Os.
TAGs are also relevant for diagnosis with the lifelist of SIMATIC
PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all recognized
devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed diagnosis is
effected through the device description (EDD).
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
Minimum
configuration
Components for
individual
configuration
Predefined product configurations
Product name SIMATIC PDM
Single Point
SIMATIC
PDM Basic
SIMATIC
PDM Service
SIMATIC PDM S7 SIMATIC PDM
PCS 7
TAGs included in scope of delivery 1 4 128 128 128
TAG expansions not expandable TAG options
- 128 TAGs
- 512 TAGs
- 1,024 TAGs
- 2,048 TAGs
and/or
PowerPacks
PowerPacks
- from 128 to 512 TAGs
- from 512 to 1,024 TAGs
- from 1,024 to 2,048 TAGs
- from 2,048 to unlimited TAGs
Option
"Integration in STEP 7/ PCS 7"

Option "Routing through S7-400"
Option "Communication through
standard HART multiplexer"

PROFIBUS
Introduction
4/195
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Function
Core functions
Adjustment and modification of device parameters
Comparing (e.g. project and device data)
Plausibility testing of data input
Device identification and testing
Device status indication with operating modes, alarms and
states
Device identification and testing
Simulation
Diagnostics
Management (e.g. networks and PCs)
Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of
device data
Export/import (parameter data, reports)
Device replacement (lifecycle management)
Global and device-specific modification logbook for user
operations (audit trail)
Device-specific calibration reports
Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves, trend display,
valve diagnosis results etc.
Support of system management
SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in
particular through:
Uniform presentation and operation of devices
Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing
Detection of changes in the project and device
Increasing the operational reliability
Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs
Graphical user interface
The user interface of SIMATIC PDM satisfies the requirements of
the directives VDI/VDE GMA 2187 and IEC 65/349/CD. Even
complex devices with several hundred parameters can thus be
represented clearly and processed quickly. Using
SIMATIC PDM it is very easy to navigate in highly complex sta-
tions such as remote I/Os and even connected field devices.
Several views are available to users to help them with their tasks:
Hardware project view
Process device network view (preferably for stand-alone
application)
Process device plant view as TAG-related view, also with
display of diagnosis information
Parameter view for parameterizing the field devices
Lifelist view for commissioning and service
Communication
SIMATIC PDM supports several communication protocols and
components for communicating with devices that have the
following interfaces:
PROFIBUS DP/PA interface
HART interface
Modbus interface
Special interface from Siemens
Routing
From the central engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system it is possible with SIMATIC PDM to reach
every EDD-parameterizable device in the field plant-wide
through the various bus systems and remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM
can thus perform the following from a central position:
Read diagnosis information from the devices
Modify device settings
Adjust and calibrate devices
Monitor process values
Create simulation values
Reparameterize devices.
Integration
Device Integration
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices described by EDD (Elec-
tronic Device Description). EDD is standardized to EN 50391
and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely used stan-
dardized technology for device integration. At the same time it is
the directive of the established organizations for PROFIBUS
(PNO: PROFIBUS International) and HART (HCF: HART Commu-
nication Foundation).
The devices are directly integrated in SIMATIC PDM through
their EDD or the current HCF catalog. In the EDD the device is
described in terms of its functions and construction using the
Electronic Device Description Language (EDDL) specified by
PNO. Using this description, SIMATIC PDM automatically
creates its user interface with the specific device data.
The current device catalog of SIMATIC PDM covers more than
1,000 devices from over 100 manufacturers world-wide.
In addition, devices from all manufacturers can be integrated in
SIMATIC PDM by simply importing their EDDs. It is thus possible
to keep the device range up to date at all times and to add to the
number of manufacturers and devices supported by SIMATIC
PDM. To permit improved transparency, SIMATIC PDM also
allows you to create project-specific device catalogs. If you
would like to use any devices which cannot be found in the
SIMATIC PDM device catalog, we will be glad to help you inte-
grate them.
Contact addresses
Siemens AG, Automation and Drives,
Technical Support
Europe
Phone: +49 180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 180 50 50 223
E-mail: adsupport@siemens.com
Asia/Pacific
Phone: +86 1064 719 990
Fax: +86 1064 747 474
E-mail: adsupport.asia@siemens.com
America
Phone: +1 423 262 2522
Fax: +1 423 262 2289
E-mail: simatic.hotline@sea.siemens.com
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
4/196
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
PDM lifelist with status and diagnostics display
SIMATIC PDM can be used either integrated in a SIMATIC PCS
7/S7 configuration environment, as a mobile servicing tool on
a computer with connection to PROFIBUS, or directly on the
device.
Design
The customer-oriented product structure of SIMATIC PDM offers
you many variations. You can select the minimum configuration
(SIMATIC PDM Single Point), one of the predefined and applica-
tion-specific product configurations, or produce your individual
configuration from the components offered.
Each individual component is available as a floating license for
one user, and as a rental license for 50 operating hours. The
rental license is particularly suitable for low-price processing of
short-term projects.
Minimum configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point
The functionality of this minimum configuration is matched to the
processing of exactly one field device via a point-to-point cou-
pling. All functions of this device are supported as defined in the
device description. These functions include:
7 Unlimited selection of device / management of device catalog
7 Communication through PROFIBUS DP/PA or HART modem
7 Parameterization and diagnostics corresponding to device
description
7 Export and import of parameter data
7 Device identification
7 Lifelist
The following system functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic are not
available with SIMATIC PDM Single Point:
EDD-based diagnostics in the lifelist
Project processing
Save function (only export and import of parameter data)
Record functions
Routing
Communication with HART field devices through remote I/Os
SIMATIC PDM Single Point cannot be expanded with respect to
its functions (e.g. to SIMATIC PDM Basic or with routing option
via S7-400) or by means of the TAG option or PowerPack.
SIMATIC PDM Basic
SIMATIC PDM Basic is the basic version with all functions re-
quired for operation and parameterization of the devices, and
with enabled communications paths for
PROFIBUS DP/PA,
HART communication (modem, RS 232 and PROFIBUS),
Modbus,
SIREC bus and
SIPART DR.
The SIMATIC PDM Basic software supports projects with as
many as 4 TAGs and, provided the system requirements are
met, can be used for stand-alone operation on any computers
(PCs/notebooks) with local connection to bus segments or direct
connection to the device.
SIMATIC PDM Basic can be expanded by functional options
and TAG options/PowerPacks. Use of the following functions
depends on at least 128 TAGs:
Modification logbook
Calibration report
Detailed diagnostics in the lifelist
Functional options
SIMATIC PDM option "Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7"
This option is required for using SIMATIC PDM in a SIMATIC S7
or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment. SIMATIC PDM can
thus be started directly from the hardware project (HW Config).
SIMATIC PDM Option "Routing through S7-400"
This option is required as an add-on to the option "Integration in
STEP7/PCS 7" when SIMATIC PDM is to be used in a central
engineering system for SIMATIC PCS 7/S7 with Ethernet bus link
to the automation systems for the plant-wide configuration,
parameterization, commissioning and diagnosis of the devices
in the field.
SIMATIC PDM Option "Communication through standard
HART multiplexer"
This option enables SIMATIC PDM to use the HART OPC server
for communicating with HART field devices through HART multi-
plexers.
With the SIMATIC PDM TAG options it is possible to increase the
SIMATIC PDM Basic software from 4 TAGs to 128, 512, 1,024 or
2,048 TAGs, or when using an additive PowerPack even to un-
limited TAGs.
One TAG corresponds to one SIMATIC PDM object, which
represents individual field devices or components within a
project, e.g. measuring devices, positioners, switching devices
or remote I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnosis with the life-
list of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all
recognized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed
diagnosis is effected through the device description (EDD).
The SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks can be used to subsequently
increase the number of available TAGs for all SIMATIC PDM
product configurations. PowerPacks can be obtained for expan-
sion to 512, 1,024, 2,048 and unlimited TAGs.
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
4/197
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Design (continued)
Predefined product configurations
SIMATIC PDM Service
This is a product configuration specially predefined for mobile
servicing use. SIMATIC PDM Service offers all functions of
SIMATIC PDM Basic, including modification logbook, calibration
report and detailed diagnostics in the lifelist. In addition,
SIMATIC PDM Service can be expanded by the options offered
(functional and TAG options). The following program compo-
nents are part of SIMATIC PDM Service:
SIMATIC PDM Basic
Option: 128 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM S7
SIMATIC PDM S7 is a predefined product configuration matched
for use of SIMATIC PDM in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environ-
ment. It offers all functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic (including
modification logbook, calibration report and detailed diagnos-
tics in the lifelist) as well as the functionality for PDM integration
in HW Config. SIMATIC PDM S7 can be expanded by the
functional options offered and SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks. The
following program components are part of SIMATIC PDM S7:
SIMATIC PDM Basic
Option: 128 TAGs
Option: Integration in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 is a predefined SIMATIC PDM product
configuration for integration into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system. It offers all functions of
SIMATIC PDM Basic (including modification logbook, calibration
report and detailed diagnostics in the lifelist), the functionality for
PDM integration in HW Config, as well as routing from the central
engineering system to the field devices. SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
can be expanded by the functional options offered and SIMATIC
PDM PowerPacks. The following program components are part
of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7:
SIMATIC PDM Basic
Option: 128 TAGs
Option: Integration in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7
Option: Routing through S7-400
Requirements for stand-alone
operation
Hardware PG/PC/notebook with
processor in accordance
with the operating system
requirements
256 MB main memory or more
210 MB free memory on hard
disk or more
Operating system (alternative) Microsoft Windows 2000 Profes-
sional with SP1 or higher
Microsoft Windows XP Profes-
sional with SP1 or higher
Further software components
SIMATIC PDM integrated
in STEP 7
STEP 7 V5.1 or higher with
Service Pack 6 or higher,
to be ordered separately
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
4/198
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
SIMATIC PDM Single Point
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.0
For operation and parameteriza-
tion of one field device, communi-
cation using PROFIBUS DP/PA
or HART modem, incl. 1 TAG
Cannot be expanded by further
functions or TAG option/Power-
Pack
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian),
executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
License key disk, emergency key
disk, certificate of license, terms
and conditions;
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
and device library as well as sup-
plementary DVD with Microsoft
ServicePacks and tools
6ES7 658-3HX06-0YA5
SIMATIC PDM Basic
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
For operation and parameteriza-
tion of field devices and compo-
nents, communication using
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART
modem/interface, RS 232,
Modbus, SIREC bus, SIPART DR,
incl. 4 TAGs
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
and conditions;
and device library as well as sup-
plementary DVD with Microsoft
ServicePacks and tools
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA5
Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA6
Functional options for SIMATIC PDM V6.0
Integration in STEP 7 /
SIMATIC PCS 7
Only required if it is intended to
the use the integration of SIMATIC
PDM in HW Config
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
and conditions
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB5
Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB6
Functional options for SIMATIC PDM V6.0 (continued)
Routing through S7-400
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
and conditions
Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB5
Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB6
Communication through stan-
dard HART multiplexer
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
and conditions
Floating License fr 1 User 6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB5
Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB6
SIMATIC PDM TAG option
For TAG expansion, additive to
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
License key disk, certificate of
license, terms and conditions
Up to 128 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XA06-2YB5
Up to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB5
Up to 1,024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC06-2YB5
Up to 2,048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD06-2YB5
Rental license for 50 hours
Up to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB6
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
For subsequent TAG expansion
of all SIMATIC PDM product
configurations V6.0
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
License key disk, certificate of
license, terms and conditions
From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YD5
From 512 TAGs to 1,024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC06-2YD5
From 1,024 TAGs to 2,048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD06-2YD5
From 2,048 TAGs to unlimited
TAGs
6ES7 658-3XH06-2YD5
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
4/199
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Predefined SIMATIC PDM V6.0 product configurations
for special applications
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.0
Complete package for stand-
alone users in servicing, with
Option "128 TAGs"
French, Italian and Spanish),
executes with Windows 2000
Professional or Windows
XP Professional, floating license
for 1 user
Type of delivery:
License key disk, emergency
key disk, certificate of license,
terms and conditions;
and device library as well as
supplementary DVD with
Microsoft ServicePacks and
tools
6ES7 658-3JX06-0YA5
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.0
Complete package for use in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration envi-
ronment, with
Option
Option "128 TAGs"
for 1 user
Type of delivery:
tools
6ES7 658-3KX06-0YA5
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0
Complete package for integra-
tion in the engineering toolset of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering
system
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic
Option
Option "Routing through S7-400"
Option "128 TAGs"
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
tools
6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5
Demo software
SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.0
Without online communication
and save functionality
XP Professional
Type of delivery:
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools
6ES7 658-3GX06-0YC8
SIMATIC PDM upgrade/update service
SIMATIC PDM
Upgrade from V5.x to V6.0
For all product versions and
combinations
for 1 user
Type of delivery:
and conditions;
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools
6ES7 651-5CX06-0YE5
SIMATIC PDM
Subscription for 1 year with
automatic extension
Precondition:
current software version
6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8
PROFIBUS
Technology Components
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
4/200
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Simple connection of field devices to PROFIBUS FMS/ DP/ PA
Low Power Management is integrated for SPC 4-2, DPC 31

and SIM 1
Various ASICs are available for different functional require-
ments and applications.
Application
The PROFIBUS DP ASICs allow equipment manufacturers to
connect their devices to PROFIBUS easily.
They can be implemented at transmission rates of up to
12 Mbit/s.
Different ASICs are available for different functional require-
ments and fields of application:
Master applications:
ASPC 2 for PROFIBUS DP and FMS, with hardware-controlled
bus access.
Intelligent slaves:
SPC 3 for PROFIBUS DP, with hardware-controlled bus
access;
DPC 31 for PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA, with an inte-
grated 8031 core;
SPC 4-2 for PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS FMS and PROFIBUS PA (intrinsically safe applica-
tions) with hardware-controlled bus access.
Connection in intrinsically safe systems:
SIM 1 for physical connection in intrinsically safe fieldbus
systems as a Medium Attachment Unit for IEC 61158-2 at
31.25 kbit/s. Especially for combining with the SPC 4-2 and
DPC 31.
Simple slaves:
LSPM 2 with 32 input/output bits for confined spaces
Connection to fiber-optic conductors:
FOCSI
Module for electrical conditioning of signals already received
or to be sent. The module ensures that the optically trans-
mitted signals are properly electrically restored (retiming/re-
triggering)
For initial development, order quantities of 5/6 ASICs are possi-
ble (not suitable for batch assembly because the pins of the
ASIC can be bent due to the packaging; packing units larger
than 5/6 units must be used)
The number of ASICs per packing unit depends on the ASIC
type (see ordering data).
The ASICS ASPC 2, SPC3, DPC31 and LSPM2 can also be sup-
plied in a lead-free design (see ordering data).
Design
ASPC 2
The ASPC 2 is a preprocessing communications chip for master
applications with a maximum transmission rate of 12 Mbit/s.
The ASIC has not been disclosed. The brief user manual de-
scribes the pins and the electrical properties of the ASPC 2.
A separate microprocessor and the appropriate firmware are
required for operation. The firmware is tuned to the 80C165 pro-
cessor and can be obtained by purchasing a license.
SPC 3
The SPC 3 is a preprocessing communications chip with a
processor interface. The SPC 3 processes message frame iden-
tification, address identification, execution of the data back-up
sequences and protocol processing for PROFIBUS DP.
Firmware is offered for the Siemens SPC 3 (see ordering data).
DPC 31
The DPC 31 is a preprocessing communications module with a
processor interface and an integrated processor core (C31
core).
It supports the connection of intelligent field devices as slaves
on PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA.
The DPC 31 autonomously processes all communications tasks
and has, in addition, an integral C31 core for further applica-
tions. It combines the communication properties of the ASICs
SPC 3 and SPC 4-2 in one chip. The integrated C31 core can
also be programmed as required. Firmware is offered for the
Siemens ASIC DPC 31 (see ordering data).
SPC 4-2
The SPC 4-2 is a preprocessing communications chip with a pro-
cessor interface. It is designed for combined applications and
due to the Low Power Management function, it is ideally suited
for use in intrinsically safe applications. Firmware is offered for
the SPC 4-2 by the company TMG itec
1)
. The signals are con-
verted for PROFIBUS PA using the SIM 1 function block.
1) Order from:
TMG itec
76137 Karlsruhe
Tel. +49 (0)721 82 80 60
SIM 1
SIM 1 expands the SPC 4-2 or DPC 31.
Only a few external components are required in addition to these
ASICs to be able to connect field devices to an intrinsically safe
network in accordance with PROFIBUS PA.
In combination with the SPC 4-2 or DPC 31, the functions of a
PROFIBUS PA slave can be processed from physical linking
through to communication control.
SIM 1 supports all send and receive functions as well as the
high-resistance decoupling of power from the bus cable.
It provides three stabilized supply voltages and supports config-
uration of an electrically isolated power supply.
It can be connected to all Manchester encoders/decoders to the
IEC 61 158-2 standard at 31.25 kbit/s.
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
4/201
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Design (continued)
LSPM 2
LSPM 2 is a single-chip solution with 32 input/output bits.
It processes all bus communication autonomously. An additional
microprocessor and firmware are not required. The compact
MQFP casing with 80 pins makes it ideal for applications with
low space requirements.
FOCSI
This ASIC functions as an expansion to the existing PROFIBUS
ASICs. The FOCSI module (Fiber Optic Controller from Siemens)
ensures proper electrical conditioning and transfer of the re-
ceived/sent optical signal. To inject the signal into a fiber-optic
conductor, apart from FOCSI, the appropriate optical transmitter
and receiver will be required. FOCSI can be used with the
PROFIBUS DP ASICs described above.
Additional ordering data available on request
LSPM 2 SPC 3 DPC 31
Listing PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS PA
Application range simple slave application intelligent slave application intelligent slave application
Data transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
Bus access in ASIC in ASIC in ASIC
Automatic determination of trans-
mission rate
yes yes yes
Microprocessor required no yes integrated
Scope of firmware not necessary 4 to 24 KB 4 to 24 KB
Message buffer - 1.5 KB 6 KB
Power supply 5 V DC 5 V DC 3.3 V DC
Power loss, max. 0.35 W 0.5 W 0.2 W
Perm. ambient temperature -40 C +75 C -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C
Casing MQFP, 80-pin PQFP, 44-pin PQFP, 100-pin
Frame size 4 cm
2
2 cm
2
4 cm
2
Delivery quantities (pcs.) 5/66/330/4950 5/96/960/4800 STEP B: 5/60/300/5100
STEP C: 6/66/660/4620
SPC 4-2 ASPC 2 SIM 1 FOCSI
Listing PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS PA -
Application range intelligent slave
application
master application medium attachment medium Management
Unit
Data transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 31.25 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s
Bus access in ASIC in ASIC - -
Automatic determination of trans-
mission rate
yes yes - -
Microprocessor required yes yes - -
Scope of firmware 3 30 KB 80 KB not necessary not necessary
Message buffer 3 KB 1 MB (external) - -
Power supply 5 V DC, 3.3 V 5 V DC via bus 3.3 V DC
Power loss, max. 0.6 W at 5V
0.01 W at 3.3 V
0.9 W 0.1 W 0.75 W
Perm. ambient temperature -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C -40 C +85 C
Casing TQFP, 44-pin P-MQFP, 100-pin TQFP, 44-pin TQFP, 44-pin
Frame size 2 cm
2
4 cm
2
2 cm
2
2 cm
2
Delivery quantities (pcs.) 5/60/300 5/66/660/4620 5/160/1000 10/160
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
4/202
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
ASIC ASPC 2
For constructing master
interfaces (quantity discount)
6 pieces (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0AA05-0XA0
ASIC LSPM 2
For constructing simple slave
6 pieces (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BA02-0XA0
ASIC SPC 3
For constructing intelligent slave
6 pieces (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BD04-0XA0
ASIC FOCSI
Fiber Optic Controller
from Siemens for conditioning
signals for the optical PROFIBUS
10 pieces 6ES7 195-0EA00-0XA0
160 pieces 6ES7 195-0EA10-0XA0
ASIC DPC 31 STEP B
6 pieces (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BE02-0XA0
ASIC DPC 31 STEP C
6 pieces (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BF01-0XA0
ASIC SPC 4-2
5 pieces for lab-development
(lead-free)
6GK1 588-3AA00
60 pieces (lead-free, 1 tray) 6GK1 588-3AA10
300 pieces (lead-free, 1 tray box) 6GK1 588-3AA20
ASIC SIM 1
For connection in accordance
with IEC H1 for a transmission
rate of 31.25 kbit/s
5 pieces for laboratory
development
6GK1 588-3BA00
160 pieces (lead-free, 1 tray) 6GK1 588-3BA16
1000 pieces
(lead-free, taped and rolled)
6GK1 588-3BA21
Accessories
Firmware for Siemens ASIC
SPC 3
DP firmware 6ES7 195-2BA00-0XA0
DPV1 firmware 6ES7 195-2BA01-0XA0
DPV1 firmware upgrade 6ES7 195-2BA02-0XA0
Firmware for Siemens ASIC
DPC 31
DPV1 firmware 6ES7 195-2BB00-0XA0
PROFIBUS
Interface modules / interfaces
4/203
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Application
The PROFIBUS DP interface modules make it easy to connect
devices to PROFIBUS DP. They are based on the described
ASICs from the Siemens AG. The interface modules can be used
for a data transmission rate of up to 12 Mbit/s.
Various interface modules are available for different functional
requirements and applications.
Interface modules for master:
IM 180 to connect a field device to PROFIBUS DP in the form
of a master
IM 181 PC carrier board to adapt the IM 180 to the ISA bus of
a PC
Interface modules for slaves:
IM 182-1PC slave board to connect AT-compatible PCs
as DP slaves
IM 183-1 to connect a field device to the PROFIBUS DP
as a slave
IM 184 to connect a simple third-party device to the
PROFIBUS DP as a slave
Design
IM 180 interface module
The IM 180 interface module consists primarily of an 80C165
microprocessor, an ASPC 2 ASIC, an OTP-EEPROM and RAM.
A dual port RAM interfaces the module to the host system.
IM 181-1 PC carrier board
The IM 181 -1 PC carrier board is used to accommodate the
IM 180 if this is to be operated in a PC system with ISA bus.
Drivers for Windows NT and demo software are available as ac-
cessories to demonstrate incorporation of the IM 180/IM 181 -1
into the DOS environment.
IM 182-1 PC slave board
The single PC slave card (ISA bus) IM 182-1 is based on the
ASIC SPC 3. It contains all physical bus components. A 9-pin
Sub-D plug is used for connection to PROFIBUS DP. The firm-
ware of the SPC 3 can be used in the PC as an accessory.
The 1.5 KB RAM of the SPC 3 forms the interface to the host
system. A driver for Windows NT is also available.
IM 183-1 interface module
The IM 183-1 interface module consists primarily of the SPC 3
ASIC, the 80C32 microprocessor, an OTP EEPROM as well as an
RS 485 interface for connection to the PROFIBUS DP.
An additional RS 232 interface is located on the module.
IM 184 interface module
The IM 184 interface module consists primarily of the LSPM 2
ASIC, OTP EEPROM memory as well as an RS 485 interface for
connection to the PROFIBUS DP.
The IM 184 can provide 32 input/output bit.
For further details, see the brochure "PROFIBUS Technology
Components", Order No.: 6ZB5310-0CT02-0BA7.
Manuals for PROFIBUS DP interface modules are available for
free in the Internet.
http://www.ad.siemens.de/csi/dp
(German)
Distributed I/Os
Others
Technology components, manuals
http://www.ad.siemens.com/csi_e/dp
(English)
Distributed I/O
Others
Development components, manuals
PROFIBUS
4/204
Siemens IK PI 2007
4

6ES7 180-0AA00-0XA0 6ES7 181-0AA01-0XA0 6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0
Supply voltages
Rated value
- 5 V DC Yes Yes
Current consumption
Current consumption, typical 250 mA 250 mA
Interfaces
Host interface Dual-port RAM
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP
Hardware components/
modules/ ASIC
ASIC ASPC 2 SPC 3
Memory configuration 2 x 128 kbyte
Degree of firmware 80 kbyte 4 to 24 kbyte (incl. test program)
Programming units
Microprocessor type 80C165 (40 MHz) PG/PC processor
- min 0 C 0 C
- max. 70 C 60 C
General information
Field of application Master applications Carrier board for IM 180 connection Slave applications
Board size, width 100 mm 168 mm 168 mm
Board size, height 100 mm 105 mm 105 mm
6ES7 183-0AA01-0XA0 6ES7 184-0AA00-0XA0
Supply voltages
Rated value
- 5 V DC Yes Yes
Current consumption
Current consumption, typical 250 mA 150 mA
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP
Hardware components/
modules/ ASIC
ASIC SPC 3 LSPM 2
Memory configuration 32 Kbyte SRAM, 64 KByte EPROM
Degree of firmware 4 to 24 kbyte (incl. test program) not required
Programming units
Microprocessor type 80C32 (20 MHz) not required
- min 0 C 0 C
- max. 70 C 70 C
General information
Field of application Slave applications Simple slave applications
Board size, width 86 mm 85 mm
Board size, height 76 mm 64 mm
PROFIBUS
4/205
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 180
master module
6ES7 180-0AA00-0XA0
For PROFIBUS DP, max. 12 Mbit/s
IM 181 PC carrier module
for IM 180
6ES7 181-0AA01-0XA0
Max. 12 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 182-1
PC slave board
6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 183-1
slave module
6ES7 183-0AA01-0XA0
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 184
slave module
6ES7 184-0AA00-0XA0
Accessories
Demonstration software 6ES7 195-2AA00-0XA0
Demonstration of the supply to
the DPR interface of the
IM 180/IM 181 under MS-DOS
Windows NT driver
for IM 180 and IM 182
6ES7 195-2AC00-0XA0
PROFIBUS
4/206
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Using the development packages, PROFIBUS hardware and
software applications can be developed and tested using the
various PROFIBUS ASICs or the interface modules (IM) pro-
vided.
The comprehensive, interacting hardware and software compo-
nents considerably reduce development costs for a PROFINET
device.
The development kits provide a fully functional development
environment which development engineers can build on with
their special requirements for hardware and software.
The package documentation is supplied on CD in English and
German.
The packages make our PROFIBUS know-how accessible to
other users. The development team is available to provide
advice to new users even with their own developments this
consultancy service is also a component part of the develop-
ment kit.
Following completion of a development, devices can be certified
by our experts in the PROFIBUS interface centers we can help
new users here, too.
Development package 4 for PROFIBUS-ASIC SPC 3, IM 183-1,
IM 184 and IM 180/181
With development package 4 you can develop and test master
and slave applications for connection to PROFIBUS DP.
Hardware included
Master interface IM 180 and carrier board
Slave interface IM 181-1 (intelligent slave with ASIC SPC 3)
Slave interface IM 184
Bus connector and bus cable
Software included
COM PROFIBUS (for configuring the bus system or IM 180)
Firmware for IM 183-1 (original firmware for ASIC SPC 3,
including development license)
Simulation software for development package 4 (for testing
and operating development package components)
Developing slaves
The package contains all the components (hardware, software
and firmware) required for developing a PROFIBUS slave with
the ASIC SPC 3.
It is also possible to develop a PROFIBUS slave directly using
the IM 183-1 (as a piggy-back to proprietary electronics).
Master system with IM 180
The IM 180 and the simulation software included are used to
configure a functional PROFIBUS master. This example and
the use of the IM 180 (as piggy-back for separate electronics)
enables fast implementation of a master application.
Proprietary master systems
If you want to develop your own master interface, you should
acquire the ASPC 2 master-firmware stack with the appropriate
license. This is available as an object code or source code.
The firmware is designed to suit Processor 80C165.
This license and the firmware are not component parts of the
development package. Feel free to consult our experts in the
interface centers if you wish.
PROFIBUS DP/PA development package
The package facilitates set up of PROFIBUS slaves with a variety
of PROFIBUS standards:
PROFIBUS DP-V1 (RS 485)
PROFIBUS PA (IEC 1158) and
PROFIBUS based on fiber-optic cables.
The development environment shows applications implemented
using PROFIBUS-ASICs DPC 31.
The use of ASICs SIM1 as medium attachment unit for adapta-
tion to the PROFIBUS PA physical specification according to
IEC 1158-2 is also explained.
Hardware included:
DPC 31 development board; for developing/testing propri-
etary applications
CP 5613 A2; serves as master interface for the PC (PCI card)
Optical bus terminal; for conversion of copper cables to FOCs
Pre-assembled PROFIBUS cables
Software included:
Testing and simulation software under WinNT for use on the
PC in connection with the CP 5613 master module
Sample program for the DPC 31 board
DPC 31 DPV1 original firmware, including developer license
Parameterization software for CP 5613 "COM PROFIBUS for
DP operation
PDM (process device manager) demo software for PA
operation
When developing PROFIBUS PA applications, order a
PROFIBUS DP/PA coupler (6ES7 157-0AC80-0XA0) separately.
The DP/PA coupler converts the PROFIBUS DP physical specifi-
cations into those of PROFIBUS PA.
This module is not included in the development package!
Development package 4 6ES7 195-3BA20-0YA0
For PROFIBUS ASIC SPC 3,
IM 183-1 and CP 5613,
English/German
DP/PA development package 6ES7 195-3BA10-0YA0
For PROFIBUS ASIC DPC 31
and SIM1,
English/German
PROFIsafe starter kit V3.3 6ES7 195-3BF00-0YA0
SIMATIC DP/PA development
package (6ES7195-3BA10-0YA0)
is required
PROFIBUS
Partner solutions
PROFIBUS SCOPE diagnostic software
4/207
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
Diagnostics via mouse click.
Network quick check for immediate and actual status analysis
Plant acceptance test with automatic documentation of the
network status
Change management tracking the changes and the config-
uration
Diagnostics and long-term measurement for service and
maintenance
Early fault detection
Preventive maintenance
Reporting of faults/diagnoses by SMS/e-mail
Protocol analysis and graphical network diagnostics
Comprehensive filter and trigger functions such as live list
Diagnostics over Ethernet
Active PROFIBUS connection cable with integral repeater for
reaction-free measurement without the interference of a spur
line
Application
PROFIBUS Scope is an indispensable tool for startup, accep-
tance testing, acute troubleshooting, and ongoing operation of
PROFIBUS installations. Through regular or permanent network
monitoring, faults can be detected early and preventive mainte-
nance measures can be quickly put in place. This reduces
downtimes and increases plant availability.
PROFIBUS systems can be monitored and documented over the
entire life cycle. Quality assurance here crosses manufacturer
boundaries for all critical network parameters (cycle times,
device diagnostics, error message frames, etc.). Configuring
errors when replacing devices or when expanding the system
can thus be discovered immediately.
The extensive trigger functions and recording filters allow com-
plex troubleshooting. Typical errors such as duplicate station
addresses, short-circuits, twisted cables or incorrect bus termi-
nating resistors can be detected quickly due to their character-
istic message frame sequences. Extensive online help supports
the user with practical examples and tips.
Use in all industrial areas with PROFIBUS applications
Validation tool for FDA-regulated systems recommended by
Profibus International (Guideline "Validation of PROFIBUS
Systems")
Standard testing and measuring tool of numerous service
providers, training centers and competence centersks
Design
Hardware requirements:
USB slot Version 1.1 or higher for the hardware dongle
(license)
Communications processor:
CP 5512
CP 5611 A2
CP 5611/CP 5611 A2
xEPI (ETHERNET PROFIBUS INTERFACE)
Software requirements:
Windows 2000/XP
Function
Diagnostics operating mode
Clear representation of the PROFIBUS network with network tree,
status displays, device table and diagnostics table. Message
frame traffic is analyzed automatically. Clear plaintext messages
facilitate error analysis. The integral network quick check en-
ables immediate analysis that can be documented in the form of
a test log.
Signals operating mode
Recording of I/O data for PROFIBUS DP. These are represented
in a y/t diagram. This results in direct monitoring of process data
and it is possible to analyze individual measuring points and sig-
nals.
Messages operating mode
Classic bus monitor with comprehensive trigger and re-trigger
functions (down to one bit), recording and view filters as well as
search functions. Repeat messages and error messages are de-
tected. Complex troubleshooting at the protocol level can thus
be carried out.
General
Automatic transfer rate detection (max. 12 Mbit/s)
Protocol analysis (DP-V0, DP-V1, DP-V2, FMS, FDL/MPI and
PA)
Data export to .CSV
Live list
Language version German/English
Online and offline operation
Online help
More information
http://www.t-h.de
PROFIBUS SCOPE
diagnostic software
Executable under Windows
2000/XP including start aid,
optional active PROFIBUS
connecting cable
Trebing & Himstedt
Prozessautomation
GmbH & Co. KG
Wilhelm-Hennemann-Strae 13
19061 Schwerin, Germany
Tel.: +49(0) 385 3 95 72-0
Fax: +49(0) 385 3 95 72-22
E-Mail: info@t-h.de
Internet: http://www.t-h.de
PROFIBUS
Partner solutions
Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib and
4/208
Siemens IK PI 2007
4
Overview
The Delphi software products offer programming interfaces for
Delphi developments with access to PROFIBUS.
The following protocols are available:
PROFIBUS DP (Delphi-DPLib)
for the DP-5613 software with CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2 or
SOFTNET-DP with CP 5512 or CP 5611 A2
PROFIBUS DP SOFTNET slave (Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave)
for all SIMATIC DP slave products for CP 5611 A2
S7 communication (Delphi-S7)
for the S7-5613 software with CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2
or SOFTNET-S7 with CP 5512/CP 5611 A2
The products enable easy access to the Siemens SIMATIC NET
programming interfaces under Borland Delphi.
In its communication functions, the interface for Borland Delphi
is analogous to the Siemens interface for the programming
language C. All the services of the relevant communication
protocols over PROFIBUS are supported.
Benefits
Interfacing the Borland world to SIMATIC NET
Developments can be run on computers with PCI, PCMCIA or
PC card slots
Note:
Fully functional test versions are available for download on the
Internet. You can also order the full versions online.
More information
http://www.Aixo.com
Type Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib
and Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave
for Borland Delphi
System requirements Borland Delphi 3.0 or higher
All Windows operating systems
from Windows NT 4.0
CP 5512, CP 5611 A2,
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2
Software packages for
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2 or
CP 5512, CP 5611 A2
Delphi-DPLib
for Borland Delphi
Delphi-DPLib
Including example program,
documentation
German and English
for Borland Delphi
documentation
German and English
Delphi-S7
for Borland Delphi
Delphi-S7
documentation
German and English
For more information contact: SoftwareOption Outsourcing
Services GmbH
SoftwareOption Outsourcing
Services GmbH,
Carsten Buchloh
Waldstrae 30
D-52080 Aachen
Tel.: +49 - (0)2405 - 47 16 727
Fax: +49 - (0)2405 - 47 16 729
E-mail: Carsten.Buchloh@Soft-
wareOption.de
Internet: www.SoftwareOption.de
7
Siemens IK PI 2007
5/2 ET 200S
5/4 IM 151-1 interface modules
5/9 IM 151-3PN interface modules
5/11 IM 151-7 CPU interface modules
5/16 Master interface submodule for
IM 151-7 CPU/IM 151-7 F-CPU interface module
5/17 IM 151-7 F-CPU interface module
5/21 Power modules for PM-E electronics modules
5/24 Reserve modules
5/25 Potential isolation module
5/26 Digital electronic modules
5/36 Analog electronic modules
5/49 Fail-safe Modules
5/50 PM-E F PROFIsafe F power module
5/51 F electronic modules
5/54 F terminal modules
5/55 IQ-Sense Modules and Sensors
5/55 4 IQ-Sense and 8 IQ-Sense sensor modules
5/56 IQ-Sense proximity switch
5/57 Technology Modules
5/58 SSI module
5/60 2 PULSE pulse generator
5/62 1 STEP stepper module
5/64 1 POS U positioning module
5/66 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
5/69 1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz counter module
5/72 1SI interface module
5/74 SIWAREX CS
5/77 SIWAREX CF
5/79 Terminal Modules
5/79 Terminal modules for power and electronic modules
5/81 Motor Starters and Frequency Converters
5/82 ET 200S motor starters
5/87 ET 200S FC frequency converter
5/95 Accessories for frequency converters
5/97 Power modules for ET 200S motor starters
and frequency converters
5/98 Safety Motor Starter and Frequency Converter
Solutions local / PROFIsafe
5/99 ET 200S fail-safe motor starters
5/101 ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter
5/109 Safety Module local
5/114 PROFIsafe Safety Module
5/117 Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
5/117 Terminal modules for ET 200S motor starters
5/120 Software
5/120 Motor Starter ES
5/122 STARTER drive/commissioning software
5/123 ET 200iSP
5/125 IM 152-1 interface module
5/128 ET 200iSP digital electronic modules
and terminal modules
5/133 ET 200iSP analog electronic modules
5/139 ET 200iSP reserve module and terminal modules
5/141 ET 200iSP power supply unit
5/143 RS 485-IS coupler
5/145 ET 200pro
5/147 IM 154-1 and IM 154-2 interface modules
5/153 EM 141 and EM 142 digital expansion modules
5/157 EM 144 and EM 145 analog expansion modules
5/163 Fail-safe digital expansion modules
5/164 PM-E power module
5/166 RFID systems
5/166 SIMATIC RF170C
5/168 Motor starters
5/168 Standard and High Feature
5/170 ET 200pro isolator modules
5/171 Safety local Module
5/172 Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters
5/173 ET 200X
5/175 BM 147/CPU intelligent basic modules
5/181 BM 141 and BM 142 basic modules
5/183 ECOFAST basic modules
5/187 EM 141 and EM 142 digital expansion modules
5/190 PM 148 power module
5/191 EM 143/DESINA digital expansion module
5/193 EM 144 and EM 145 analog expansion modules
Sec. 4 RFID systems communications modules/ASM 473
5/197 CP 142-2
5/199 EM 148-P pneumatic module
5/200 EM 148-P pneumatic interface
5/201 EM 148-FC frequency converter
5/203 ET 200X motor starter
5/208 SITOP power, 24 V/10 A power supply
5/210 ET 200L
5/210 ET 200L block I/O
5/215 ET 200M
5/216 IM 153-1/153-2
5/219 SIPLUS IM 153-1
5/221 IM 153-2 FO
5/222 F Digital/Analog Modules
5/222 SM 326 F digital input - Safety Integrated
5/225 SM 326 F digital output - Safety Integrated
5/227 SM 336 F analog input - Safety Integrated
5/229 SIPLUS SM 326 F digital input module -
Safety Integrated
5/230 SIPLUS SM 326 F digital output module -
Safety Integrated
5/232 Isolating module
5/233 SIPLUS S7-300 isolating modulee
5/234 Digital Modules
5/234 SM 321 digital input
5/240 SM 322 digital output
5/246 SM 323/SM 327 digital input/output
5/250 SIPLUS SM 321 digital input module
5/252 SIPLUS SM 322 digital output module
5/254 SIPLUS SM 323 digital input/output module
5/255 Analog Modules
5/255 SM 331 analog input
5/262 SM 332 analog output
5/265 SM 334 analog input/output
5/268 SIPLUS SM 331 analog input module
5/269 SIPLUS SM 332 analog output module
5/270 SIPLUS SM 334 analog input/output module
5/271 Analog Modules with HART
5/271 Analog input module with HART
5/273 Analog output module with HART
5/275 Ex analog input module with HART
5/277 Ex analog output module with HART
5/279 Ex Digital Modules
5/279 Ex digital input modules
5/281 Ex digital output modules
5/283 Ex Analog Modules
5/283 Ex analog input modulesn
5/285 Ex analog output modules
5/287 IQ Sense Modules and Sensors
5/287 IQ-Sense sensor module
5/288 SIMATIC PXO opto proximity switches
with IQ-Sense
5/290 SIMATIC PXS sonar proximity switches
with IQ-Sense
5/291 Special Modules
5/291 SM 374 simulator module
5/292 DM 370 dummy module
5/293 Power Supplies
5/293 2 A, 5 A, 10 A load power supplies
5/297 ET 200eco
5/304 ET 200R
ET 200 distributed I/Os
ET 200S
Introduction
5/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

SIMATIC ET 200S
Distributed I/O system to degree of protection IP20 with
minimal wiring outlay, also for extremely time-critical tasks
such as high-speed closed-loop controls
Can be used with integrated S7-CPU as mini PLC:
- also available as fail-safe PROFIsafe version
- with optional lower-level PROFIBUS DP
Bit-modular design for exact adaptation to the automation task
in hand.
Interface modules available with PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET
interfaces
Can be built up from digital and analog input or output
modules, technology modules, motor starters and frequency
converters (new) for controlling drives up to 7.5 or 4 kW
Modules can be replaced during operation (hot swapping)
Channel-specific diagnostics for high availability
Can be supplied with integrated fiber optic interface if
required
Transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
FastConnect with no-strip fast connection technique
Ex approval to Cat. 3 for Zone 2 acc. to ATEX100 a
Slot reservation with spare modules
Interface module with PROFINET interface
Fail-safe DI modules with safety-related signal processing
according to PROFIsafe

SIMATIC ET 200S COMPACT
Block I/O to degree of protection IP20 with 32 channels,
comprising terminal block and electronic block
Discretely modular expansion to maximum of 128 channels or
12 modules
The complete ET 200S module spectrum can be used
(with the exception of PROFIsafe modules)
The basis of the block I/O is the interface module
ET 200S BASIC
Separation of terminal connections and electronics with
permanent wiring
Screw-type and spring-loaded terminal connections
Standard terminal block with 2-wire connection system;
3-wire and 4-wire systems available using additional terminals
Mounting on standard rail
Hot swapping of expansion modules
Communication via PROFIBUS
Up to 100 byte inputs and outputs (address space)
The design of the ET 200S allows it to be used in areas subject
to increased mechanical stress.
ET 200S
Introduction
5/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
General technical specifications

Within the context of converting SIMATIC from UL / CSA to
cULus, the ET 200S modules will also be converted
Dimension drawings
Ambient temperature 0 ... 60 C
Vibration resistance 2 g continuously, 5 g temporarily
(motor starter max. 2 g)
Maximum config. (none of the limits
listed below must be exceeded)
Number of modules
per IM 151, max.
IM 151-1 BASIC:
Up to 12 modules
IM 151-1 COMPACT:
Up to 12 modules
IM 151-1 STANDARD:
Up to 63 modules
IM 151-1 HIGH-FEATURE:
Up to 63 modules
IM 151-7 CPU: Up to 63 modules
IM 151-3 PN: Up to 63 modules
Line width, max. IM 151-1 BASIC: Up to 2 m
IM 151-1 COMPACT: Up to 2 m
IM 151-1 STANDARD: Up to 2 m
IM 151-1 HIGH-FEATURE: Up to 2 m
IM 151-7 CPU: up to 1 m
IM 151-3 PN: Up to 2 m
Parameter length Depending on the number and
type of connected modules
IM 151-1 BASIC: 198 byte
IM 151-1 COMPACT: 218 byte
IM 151-1 STANDARD:
Up to 244 byte
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE:
Up to 244 byte
IM 151-7 CPU: not relevant
IM 151-3 PN: Not relevant
Useful data length Depending on the number and
IM 151-1 BASIC: Up to 88 byte
for inputs and outputs
IM 151-1 COMPACT: Up to
100 byte for inputs and outputs
IM 151-1 STANDARD: Up to
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE: Up to
IM 151-7 CPU: not relevant
IM 151-3 PN: Not relevant
Requirements of the
DP master system
PROFIBUS DP master In accordance with EN 50170
Parameter length >32 byte, depending on the
number and type of connected
modules
Useful data length Depending on the number and
Diagnostics length 6 to max. 128 byte (adjustable)
Standards and approvals
PROFIBUS EN 50170, Volume 2
IEC 1131 IEC 1131, Part 2
UL acc. to UL508 standard, File No.
E 116536/E 75310 (AC modules)
CSA Acc. to standard C22.2 No. 142,
File No. LR 48323/LR 44226
(AC modules)
cULus for hazardous locations acc. to UL 508 standard,
File No. E 116536
acc. to hazardous locations
UL 1604, File no. E 222109
acc. to CSA C22.2 standard,
No. 142
FM Standard Class No. 3611, Class I,
Division 2, Group A, B, C, D,
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC (with-
out motor starter and frequency
converter)
Shipbuilding American Bureau of Shipping
Bureau Veritas
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
(without motor starters and fre-
quency converters)
Ex approval Cat. 3
(for Zone 2 acc. to ATEX100a)
EN 50021
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
5
0
0
7
1
Dimensions
in mm
35
20
35
15 35
15
20
PM EM EM EM EM PM EM EM
IM 151
ET 200S
IM 151-1 interface modules
5/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFIBUS DP
Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS DP master
6 versions:
- IM 151-1 BASIC (RS485)
- IM 151-1 COMPACT 32DI DC24V (RS485)
- IM 151-1 COMPACT 16DI DC24V / 16DO DC24V/0.5A
(RS485)
- IM 151-1 STANDARD (RS485)
- IM 151-1 STANDARD (FO)
- IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE (RS485)
The main differences between the IM 151-1 versions:

IM 151-1
BASIC
IM 151-1
COMPACT
IM 151-1
STANDARD
IM 151-1 FO
STANDARD
IM 151-1
HIGH FEATURE
Order number 6ES7 151- 1CA00-0AB0 1CA00-1BL00
1CA00-3BL00
1AA04-0AB0 1AB02-0AB0 1BA01-0AB0
Integral I/O - 32 DI
16DI / 16 DO
- - -
Maximal number of I/O modules 12 12 63 63 63
Maximum station width 2m 2m 2m 1m 2m
Maximal number of parameters 198 byte 218 byte 244 byte 244 byte 244 byte
Maximum address space
for inputs and outputs
88 byte each 100 byte each 244 byte 128 byte Depending on the
DP master: 244 byte
or
not relevant
Maximum diagnostics length 6 ... 43 byte 6 ... 44 byte 6 ... 122 byte 6 ... 64 byte 6 ... 128 byte
Protocol DP V0 DP V0 DP V0 and DP V1 DP V0 DP V0 and DP V1
DP connection type RS485 RS485 RS485 Fiber-optic cable RS485
Firmware update No No Yes No Yes
Option handling No No Yes Yes Yes
Isochronous mode No No No No Yes
Maximum address volume
per module
8 byte 8 byte 32 byte 8 byte 32 byte
Identification data No No Yes No Yes
Use of fail-safe modules
(PROFIsafe)
No No No No Yes
I-slave-to-slave communication No No No No Yes
ET 200S
5/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 151-1AA04-0AB0 6ES7 151-1AB02-0AB0 6ES7 151-1BA01-0AB0 6ES7 151-1CA00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Supply voltage of electronics 1L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes
Mains/voltage failure jumpering,
min.
20 ms 20 ms 20 ms
Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 200 mA 200 mA 70 mA
Power loss, typ. 3.3 W 3.3 W 1.5 W
Current output to backplane bus
(DC 5 V), max.
700 mA
Address area
Adressing volume
Outputs 244 Byte 128 Byte 244 Byte 88 Byte
Inputs 244 Byte 128 Byte 244 Byte 88 Byte
interfaces
PROFIBUS DP, Output current, max. 80 mA 80 mA
interface physics, RS 485 Yes Yes Yes
interface physics, LWL Yes; 4 x simplex jack No
Connection point
RJ45 No
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
TCP/IP protocol No
PROFINET IO No
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max. 12 Mbit/s; 9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 /
500 kbauds;
1.5 / 3 / 6 / 12 Mbps
12 Mbit/s; 9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 /
500 kbauds;
1.5 / 12 Mbps
12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s; 9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 /
500 kbauds;
1.5 / 3 / 6 / 12 Mbps
Cable length, max. 1,200 m 2 m
SYNC capability Yes Yes Yes Yes
FREECE capability Yes Yes Yes Yes
direct data exchange (cross traffic) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No No Yes No
Status information/alarms/
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms Yes No Yes No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostics indication LED
Bus error BF (red) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 57 V DC / 60 V AC 500 V DC 500 V DC
Isolation
and electronics
No No No No
between electronic block
and PROFIBUS DP
Yes Yes Yes
between supply voltage
and electronics
No No No No
ET 200S
5/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 151-1AA04-0AB0 6ES7 151-1AB02-0AB0 6ES7 151-1BA01-0AB0 6ES7 151-1CA00-0AB0
Permissible potential difference
between different circuits 500 V DC 500 V DC 75V DC, 60V AC 500 V DC
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 806Ah 806Bh 80F3h
Width 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
Height 119.5 mm 119.5 mm 119.5 mm 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 150 g 150 g 150 g 150 g
6ES7 151-
1CA00-1BL0
6ES7 151-
1CA00-3BL0
Supply voltages
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
reverse polarity protection Yes Yes
Current consumption
Address area
Adressing volume
Outputs 100 Byte 100 Byte
Inputs 100 Byte 100 Byte
Interfaces
PROFIBUS DP, Output current, max. 80 mA
interface physics, RS 485 Yes Yes
interface physics, LWL No No
Protocols
TCP/IP protocol No
PROFINET IO No
PROFIBUS DP
Cable length, max. 1,200 m 1,200 m
direct data exchange (cross traffic) Yes Yes
PROFINET IO
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No No
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 32 16
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max. 1,000 m 1,000 m
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 4 mA 3 mA
Input delay (for rated value of input
voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 3 ms 3 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 3 ms 3 ms
6ES7 151-
1CA00-1BL0
6ES7 151-
1CA00-3BL0
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 16
Cable length unshielded, max. 1,000 m
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes
Lamp load, max. 5 W
Controlling a digital input Yes
Output current
for signal "1" permissible range
for 0 to 60 C, min.
0.6 A
for signal "0" residual current, max. 7 mA
Output delay at resistive load
"0" to "1", max. 0.5 ms
"1" to "0", max. 1.3 ms
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz
with inductive load, max. 2 Hz
on lamp load, max. 10 Hz
Aggregate current of the outputs
(per group)
up to 60 C, max. 2 A
Encoder
Connectable encoders
2-wire BEROS Yes
permissible quiescent current
(2-wire BEROS), max.
1.5 mA
Status information/ alarms/
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes
Diagnostic indication LED
Run mode RUN (green) Yes
Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes
Status indicator digital output
(green)
Yes
Status indicator digital input
(green)
Yes
(green)
Yes Yes
Connection to network LINK
(green)
No
Transmit/receive RX/TX (yellow) No
ET 200S
5/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 151-
1CA00-1BL0
6ES7 151-
1CA00-3BL0
Isolation
and electronics
No
and electronics
No
Isolation, digital outputs
Galvanic isolation, digital outputs Yes
Galvanic isolation, digital inputs
Galvanic isolation, digital inputs No
6ES7 151-
1CA00-1BL0
6ES7 151-
1CA00-3BL0
Degree and class of protection
IP 20 Yes Yes
Width 120 mm 120 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 758 mm 58 mm
Weights
IM 151-1 BASIC
interface module
6ES7151-1CA00-0AB0
for ET 200S; data transmission
rates up to 12 Mbit/s;
max. 12 power-, electronic and
motor start modules can be
connected, bus connection
via 9-pin D-sub incl. termination
module
IM 151-1 COMPACT 32 DI 24 V DC
interface module
6ES7151-1CA00-1BL0
max. 32 digital inputs, can be
expanded by max. 12 power-,
electronic and motor start mod-
ules, bus connection via 9-pin
D-sub incl. termination module
IM 151-1 COMPACT
16 DI 24 V DC / 16 DO 24 V/0.5 A
interface module
6ES7151-1CA00-3BL0
max. 16 digital inputs and 16
digital outputs, can be expanded
by max. 12 power-, electronic and
motor start modules,
bus connection via 9-pin D-sub
incl. termination module
IM 151-1 STANDARD
interface module
6ES7151-1AA04-0AB0
Data volumes 244 byte each for
inputs and outputs, max. 63
power-, electronic and motor start
modules can be connected;
bus connection via 9-pin D-sub
incl. termination module
IM 151-1 FO STANDARD
interface module
6ES7151-1AB02-0AB0
Data volumes 128 byte each for
inputs and outputs, max. 63
power-, electronic and motor start
modules can be connected;
bus connection via integrated
fiber-optic cable incl. terminating
module
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE
interface module
6ES7151-1BA01-0AB0
rate up to 12 Mbit/s; data volumes
244 byte each for I/O, up to 63
modules can be connected; con-
nection of PROFIsafe modules,
isochronous mode (clock syn-
chronization); bus connection via
9-pin Sub-D incl. terminating
module
ET 200S
5/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Accessories
TM-C120S terminal module 6ES7 193-4DL10-0AA0
Terminal module for ET 200S
COMPACT, screw-type terminals
TM-C120C terminal module 6ES7 193-4DL00-0AA0
Terminal module for ET 200S
COMPACT, spring-loaded termi-
nals
TE-U120S4x10 terminal module 6ES7 193-4FL10-0AA0
Add-on terminal for TM-C120x
terminal modules of ET 200S
COMPACT; screw-type terminals
for 3-wire connection; please
order two for 4-wire connection
Can also be attached to TM-
E/TM-P, if the same construction
height of the terminal module
exists for at least 120 mm con-
struction width
TE-U120C4x10 terminal module 6ES7 193-4FL00-0AA0
Add-on terminal for TM-C120x
terminal modules of ET 200S
COMPACT; spring-loaded termi-
nals for 3-wire connection; please
order two for 4-wire connection
Can also be attached to
TM-E/TM-P, provided at least 1
20 mm of the construction width
attains the same overall height as
the terminal module
manuals
are available on the Internet
as a PDF file:
simatic-docu
Electronic manuals on DVD,
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools,
Runtime Software,
Interface), SIMATIC NET
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery: Current DVD
100 Simplex connectors 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
For plastic fiber-optic cable incl. 5
polishing sets
50 plug adapters 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
For 2 Simplex connectors each
strips for peripheral modules
and 20 label strips for interface
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
Can be used
for ET 200S COMPACT.
Each sheet has 10 label strips
beige 6ES7 193-4BA10-0AA0
red 6ES7 193-4BD10-0AA0
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail,
length 483 mm for 19'' cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA11
length 530 mm
for 600 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA21
length 830 mm
for 900 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA31
length 2 m
6ES5 710-8MA41
ET 200S
IM 151-3PN interface modules
5/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFInet
Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS I/O Controller
2 versions:
- IM 151-3 PN STANDARD
- IM 151-3 PN HIGH FEATURE (available soon);
supports, in contrast to the STANDARD version, the opera-
tion of PROFIsafe F modules
with integrated 2-port switch for line topology
Note:
6ES7 151-
3AA20-0AB0
6ES7 151-
3BA20-0AB0
Supply voltages
min.
20 ms 20 ms
Current consumption
Power loss, typ. 2.5 W 2.5 W
Address area
Adressing volume
Connection point
RJ45 Yes Yes
Protocols
PROFINET IO Yes Yes
PROFINET IO
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
speed
Yes Yes
Isochronous mode
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Bus error BF (red) Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes
Connection to network LINK
(green)
Yes Yes
Transmit/receive RX/TX (yellow) Yes Yes
Isolation
between backplane bus and elec-
tronics
No No
between Ethernet and electronics Yes Yes
between supply voltage and elec-
tronics
No No
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH 002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0301 0301H
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 75 mm 75 mm
Weights
ET 200S
IM 151-3PN interface modules
5/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
1) For operating the IM 151-3, an MMC is essential
IM 151-3 PN interface module
rates up to 100 Mbit/s; data vol-
ume depends on the number of
modules inserted, up to 63 mod-
ules can be connected, bus con-
nection through RJ45
Standard 6ES7 151-3AA20-0AB0
High Feature 6ES7 151-3BA20-0AB0
Accessories
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
Plug 90
installation cables; with 90 cable
outlet
1 piece 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0
50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
installation cables
GP 2 x 2
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-2AH10
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-3AH10
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2D
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2F
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-4AH10
Industrial Ethernet
Fast Connect stripping tool
6GK1 901-1GA00
MMC 64 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
MMC 128 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
MMC 512 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
MMC 2 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
MMC 4 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
MMC 8 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
manuals
as a PDF file:
simatic-docu
Electronic manuals on DVD,
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools,
Runtime Software,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery:
Current DVD "S7 Manual Collec-
tion" and the three subsequent
updates
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES5 710-8MA11
length 530 mm
for 600 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA21
length 830 mm
for 900 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA31
length 2 m
6ES5 710-8MA41
ET 200S
IM 151-7 CPU interface modules
5/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Interface module for SIMATIC ET 200S with integrated
S7-CPU
For high-performance control solutions in ET 200S
Increases the availability of plants and machinery
Programming via PROFIBUS DP
Compact SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC)
Integrated 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP slave/MPI interface in
copper design
Integrated CPU based on CPU S7-314
IM 151-7 CPU FO available
Fail-safe IM 151-7 F-CPU PROFIsafe available
Note:
6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0
6ES7 151-
7AA13-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.3
or hgiher +
HWupdate
min.
5 ms
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V
Short-circuit protection Yes
reverse polarity protection Yes
(DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
Inrush current, max. 3.5 A
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 250 mA;
280 mA with DP
master module
(DC 5 V), max.
700 mA
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated 48 KByte;
as of FW V1.13
48 KB, previ-
ously 24 KB
96 KByte;
for program and
data, less the
display data
- expandable No
Load memory
CPU/blocks
Number of blocks (total) 1,024; (DBs,
FCs, FBs)
The maximum
number of load-
able blocks can
be reduced by
the MMC that
you use.
6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0
6ES7 151-
7AA13-0AB0
DB
Number, max. 127 511; from DB1
to DB511
Size, max. 16 KByte
FB
Number, max. 128 1,024; In num-
ber band of FB0
to FB2047
Size, max. 16 KByte
FC
Number, max. 128 1,024; In num-
ber band of
FC0 to FC2047
Size, max. 16 KByte
OB
Number, max. see Instruction
List
Size, max. 16 KByte
Nesting depth
per priority class 8 8
for bit operations, min. 0.1 s 0.1 s
for word operations, min. 1 s 0.2 s
for fixed point arithmetic, min. 2 s 2 s
for floating point arithmetic, min. 20 s 3 s
Times/counters
and their remanence
S7 counter
Number 256 256
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 255
- preset From Z 0 to Z 7
Counting range
- adjustable Yes Yes
- lower limit 1 0
- upper limit 999 999
ET 200S
5/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0
6ES7 151-
7AA13-0AB0
IEC counter
Type SFB
Number Unlimited
(limited only by
RAM capacity)
S7 times
Number 256 256
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 255
- preset no timers
retentive
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms 10 ms
- upper limit 9,990 s 9,990 s
IEC timer
Type SFB
Number Unlimited
(limited only by
RAM capacity)
remanent data area in total (incl.
times, counters, flags), max.
4 KByte 64 KByte
Flag
Number, max. 256 Byte 256 Byte
Remanence available Yes
Remanence preset MB 0 to MB 15
Number of clock memories 8;
1 memory byte
Data blocks
Number, max. 511;
DB 0 reserved
Size, max. 16 KByte
Local data
per priority class, max. 510 Byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 2,048 KByte
Outputs 2,048 KByte
Process image
Inputs 128 Byte;
not adjustable
Outputs 128 Byte;
not adjustable
Digital channels
Inputs 16,336
Outputs 16,336
Analog channels
Inputs 1,021
Outputs 1,021
6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0
6ES7 151-
7AA13-0AB0
Adressing volume
Outputs 244 Byte
Inputs 244 Byte
Hardware config.
Number of modules per system,
max.
63
Connectable programming
devices/PCs
PG/OPs with
STEP 7 con-
nectable via
PROFIBUS
interface
Time
Clock
Backup time 6 w;
at 40 C ambi-
ent tempera-
ture, typically
Number 1
(when using
SFC101)
Granularity 1 hour
remanent Yes;
must be
restarted at
each warm
restart
supports Yes
to MPI, Master Yes
to MPI, Slave Yes
in AS, Master No
in AS, Slave No
Number of login stations
for message functions, max.
12;
depending on
the connec-
tions config-
ured for PG/OP
and ; S7 basic
communication
Process diagnostic messages Yes; ALARM_S,
ALARM_SC,
ALARM_SQ
blocks, max.
40
Status/control
Variables Inputs, outputs,
memory bits,
DB, times,
counters
ET 200S
5/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0
6ES7 151-
7AA13-0AB0
Forcing
Forcing Yes
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes Yes
Number of entries, max. 100 100
adjustable No
supported Yes
Number of GD packets, max. 4
Number of GD packets,
transmitter, max.
4
Number of GD packets, receiver,
max.
4
Size of GD packet
(of which consistent), max.
22 Byte
supported Yes
Useful data per job, max. 76 Byte
Useful data per job
(of which consistent) max.
76 Byte;
76 bytes
(XSEND/XRCV),
64 bytes
(XPUT/XGET)
as server
S7 communication
supported Yes
as server Yes
as client No
Useful data per job,
of which consistent, max.
64 Byte
supported No
Standard communication (FMS)
supported No
overall 12
tion
10
6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0
6ES7 151-
7AA13-0AB0
reserved for S7-Basic communi-
cation
0
usable for routing 4;
as slave only
with active
interface, with
IM 151-7 CPU
as DP master
1st interface
Type of interface Integral RS 485
interface
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
80 mA
Functionality
MPI Yes
DP master No
DP slave Yes Yes;
active/passive
MPI
Number of connections 12;
Caution: 12
connections
per CPU, not
per interface
Services
- Routing Yes; with master
module
DP slave
Number of connections 11 12;
Caution: 12
connections per
CPU, not per
interface
Services
- PG/OP communication Yes Yes
- Routing Yes;
only when inter-
face active and
in master mode
(cross traffic)
Yes Yes
- DPV1 No
GSD file http://www.ad.
siemens.de/
csi_e/gsd
Transmission speeds, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
automatic baud rate search Yes;
only with pas-
sive interface
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
ET 200S
5/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0
6ES7 151-
7AA13-0AB0
max.
32 Byte;
up to max. size
of the transfer
memory
2nd interface
Type of interface External
inteface via
master module
6ES7138-
4HA00-0AB0
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
No
Functionality
MPI No
DP master Yes
DP master
Number of connections, max. 12;
Caution:
12 connections
per CPU, not
per interface
Services
- Routing Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
slaves
Yes
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV1 Yes
Number of DP slaves, max. 32; per station
Address area
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No
CPU/programming
Configuration rules max. 63 periph-
eral modules
per station; Sta-
tion width <1 m
or <2 m; max.
10 A per load
group (power
module); Mas-
ter interface
module on right
next to IM 151-7
CPU (X2-inter-
face)
6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0
6ES7 151-
7AA13-0AB0
STEP 7 Yes
LAD Yes
FUP Yes
AWL Yes
SCL Yes Yes; optional
GRAPH Yes; optional
Operational stocks Binary links,
bracketed oper-
ations, result
allocation, sav-
ing, counting,
loading, trans-
ferring, compar-
ing, shifting,
rotating, com-
plementation,
calling blocks,
fixed point arith-
metic, floating
point arith-
metic, jump
functions.
see Instruction
List
Nesting levels 8 8
protection
Yes Yes
System functions (SFC) Interrupt and
error handling,
copying of data,
clock functions,
diagnostic func-
tions, module
parameter
assignment,
mode changes
see Instruction
List
System function blocks (SFB) see Instruction
List
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC
Isolation
between load voltage and all other
switching components
Yes
between PROFIBUS DP all all other
circuits
Yes
between different circuits 500 V DC
Operating termperature
min. 0 C
max. 60 C
Width 60 mm 60 mm;
DP master
module: 35 mm
Depth 75 mm 75 mm
Weights
ET 200S
5/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

1) For operating the CPU, an MMC is essential
Interface module IM 151/CPU
(48 K)
6ES7 151-7AA11-0AB0
Including termination module
Interface module IM 151/CPU FO
(48 K)
6ES7 151-7AB00-0AB0
Accessories
MMC 64 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
for program backup
MMC 128 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
for program backup
MMC 512 KB
1)
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
for program backup
MMC 2 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
for program backup
MMC 4 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
for program backup
MMC 8 MB
1)
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
for program backup
External prommer 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0
for e.g. MMC with USB interface
PG upon request
with integrated MMC interface
20 label strips for interface
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
manuals
as a PDF file:
simatic-docu
for ET 200S
6ES5 710-8MA11
length 530 mm
for 600 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA21
length 830 mm
for 900 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA31
length 2 m
6ES5 710-8MA41
ET 200S
Master interface submodule for
IM 151-7 CPU/IM 151-7 F-CPU interface module
5/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

PROFIBUS DP master interface module for IM 151-7 CPU and
IM 151-7 F-CPU interface modules
Integrated 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP master interface in copper
design
Facilitates parallel operation of two PROFIBUS DP interfaces
on one IM 151-7 CPU
Increases the availability of plants and machinery
Functionality corresponds to the interface of an S7-314 CPU
configured as DP master
Programming is with STEP 7 from Version V5.2 with
Service Pack 1.


6ES7 138-4HA00-0AB0
Hardware config.
Number of modules per CPU 1
Width 35 mm
Height 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm
Weights
Master interface module for
IM 151-7 CPU / IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface modules
6ES7 138-4HA00-0AB0
Accessories
20 label strips for interface
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
manuals
as a PDF file:
simatic-docu
ET 200S
IM 151-7 F-CPU interface module
5/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Interface module with integrated fail-safe CPU for SIMATIC
ET 200S
With DP/MPI interface
For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with
increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according
to IEC 61508 and Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected in a distributed
configuration through DP master modules (PROFIsafe)
The fail-safe I/O modules of ET200S PROFIsafe can be
connected in a centralized configuration
Standard modules can be used for non-safety-relevant
applications
Note:
6ES7 151-7FA01-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.2 or higher + SP1,
Distributed Safety 5.2 or higher +
SP1
min.
5 ms
Load voltage L+
(DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 250 mA; 280 mA with DP master
module
(DC 5 V), max.
700 A
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated 64 KByte; (freely available);
approx 10 K instructions;
The number of F instructions com-
pared with a standard program is
limited due to F-specific over-
heads.
- expandable No
Load memory
CPU/blocks
Number of blocks (total) 1,024
DB
Number, max. 511
Size, max. 16 KByte
FB
Number, max. 512
Size, max. 16 KByte
6ES7 151-7FA01-0AB0
FC
Number, max. 512
Size, max. 16 KByte
OB
Size, max. 16 KByte
Nesting depth
Times/counters and their rema-
nence
S7 counter
Number 256
Remanence
- adjustable
Yes
- preset
From Z 0 to Z 7
Counting range
- adjustable
Yes
- lower limit
0
- upper limit
999
IEC counter
Type SFB
S7 times
Number 256
Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- preset no timers retentive
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms
IEC timer
Type SFB
ET 200S
5/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 151-7FA01-0AB0
Flag
Number, max. 256 Byte
Remanence available Yes
Remanence preset MB 0 to MB 15
Data blocks
Number, max. 511; DB 0 reserved
Size, max. 16 KByte
Local data
per priority class, max. 510 Byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 2,048 KByte
Outputs 2,048 KByte
Process image
Inputs 128 Byte
Outputs 128 Byte
Digital channels
Inputs 16,336
Outputs 16,336
Analog channels
Inputs 1,021
Outputs 1,021
Time
Clock
Backup time 6 w; at 40 C ambient
temperature, typically
Number 1
Range of values 0 to 2^31 hours (when using
SFC101)
Granularity 1 hour
warm restart
supports Yes
to MPI, Master Yes
to MPI, Slave Yes
in AS, Master No
in AS, Slave No
12; depending on the connections
configured for PG/OP and ; S7
basic communication
Process diagnostic messages Yes; ALARM_S, ALARM_SC,
ALARM_SQ
blocks, max.
40
6ES7 151-7FA01-0AB0
Status/control
times, counters
Forcing
Forcing Yes
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes
adjustable No
supported Yes
Number of GD packets, max. 4
transmitter, max.
4
max.
4
Size of GD packet
22 Byte
supported Yes
Useful data per job
76 Byte; 76 bytes (XSEND/XRCV),
64 bytes (XPUT/XGET) as server
S7 communication
supported Yes
as server Yes
Useful data per job,
of which consistent, max.
64 Byte
supported No
Standard communication (FMS)
supported No
overall 12
tion
10
reserved for S7-Basic communi-
cation
0
usable for routing 4;
only when interface active and in
master mode
ET 200S
5/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 151-7FA01-0AB0
1st interface
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
80 mA
Functionality
MPI Yes
DP master No
DP slave Yes; active/passive
MPI
Services
- Routing Yes; with master module
DP slave
Services
and in master mode
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV1 No
GSD file http://www.ad.sie-
mens.de/gsi_e/gsd
automatic baud rate search Yes; only with passive interface
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
max.
32 Byte
2nd interface
Type of interface External inteface via master
module 6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0
Physics RS 485
isolated Yes
Functionality
MPI No
DP master Yes
DP master
6ES7 151-7FA01-0AB0
Services
- Routing Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
slaves
Yes
(cross traffic)
Yes
- DPV1 Yes
Address area
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode Yes
CPU/programming
Configuration rules max. 63 peripheral modules per
station; Station width <1 m or <2
m; max. 10 A per load group
(power module); Master interface
module on right next to IM 151-7
CPU (X2-interface)
STEP 7 Yes
LAD Yes
FUP Yes
AWL Yes
SCL Yes; optional
GRAPH Yes; optional
Operational stocks see Instruction List
Nesting levels 8
protection
Yes
System functions (SFC) see Instruction List
System function blocks (SFB) see Instruction List
Isolation
Isolation
between load voltage and all
other switching components
Yes
between PROFIBUS DP all all
other circuits
Yes
Width 60 mm;
DP master module: 35 mm
Height 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm
Weights
ET 200S
5/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface module
6ES7 151-7FA01-0AB0
For configuring a fail-safe
automation system
Accessories
programming tool
Task:
Software for configuring
ET 200S
Requirement:
Floating license 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
From V5.x to V5.3; Floating
license for 1 user
MMC 64 kbyte 6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
for program backup
MMC 128 kbyte 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
for program backup
MMC 512 kbyte 6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
for program backup
MMC 2 Mbyte 6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
For program backup
MMC 4 Mbyte 6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
for program backup
External prommer 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0
for MMC with USB interface
6ES5 710-8MA11
length 530 mm
for 600 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA21
length 830 mm
for 900 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA31
length 2 m
6ES5 710-8MA41
ET 200S
Power modules for PM-E electronics modules
5/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
For monitoring and, depending on the version, fusing the load
and sensor supply voltage
Can be plugged onto TM-P terminal modules with automatic
coding.
Diagnostics message for voltage and blown fuse
(can be switched off via configuration)
Fail-safe PM-E F PROFIsafe power module for safe switching
off of sequentially plugged-in 24 V DC to 10 A digital output
modules or external loads; 3 additional integrated fail-safe
24 V DC / 2 A outputs
24 to 48 V DC PM-E power module
- with status information and diagnosis "Load voltage present
- for option handling
PM-E 24 V DC to 230 V AC power module
- power module for universal use
- for option handling
Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and power modules
Possible combinations of the electronics modules
and power modules
Power modules TM-P terminal modules for power modules
Screw-type terminal 15S23-A1 15S23-A0 15S22-01 30S44-A0 F30S47-F0
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CC20-0AA0 4CD20-0AA0 4CE00-0AA0 4CK20-0AA0 3RK1903-3AA0
Spring-loaded terminal 15C23-A1 15C23-A0 15C22-01 30C44-A0
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CC30-0AA0 4CD30-0AA0 4CE10-0AA0 4CK30-0AA0

Fast Connect 15N23-A1 15N23-A0 15N22-01

Order No. 6ES7 193 4CC70-0AA0 4CD70-0AA0 4CE60-0AA0
PM-E 24 V DC

PM-E 24 to 48 V DC

PM-E 24 ... 48 V DC/24 ... 230 V AC

PM-E F 24 V DC PROFIsafe

PM-D F 24 V DC PROFIsafe

Power modules Electronic modules
PM-E 24 V DC Can be used for all electronics
modules except 2 DI 120 V AC
ST, 2 DI 230 V AC ST and 2 DO
120/230 V AC
PM-E 24 48 V DC Can be used for all electronics
modules of 15 mm in width
except 2 DI 120 V AC ST, 2 DI
230 V AC ST and 2 DO
120/230 V AC as well as for 4 DI
24 to 48 V UC in AC operation
PM-E 24 ... 48 V DC/24 ... 230 V AC Can be used with all electronic
modules of 15 mm in width.
PM-E F pp 24 V DC PROFIsafe For the fail-safe modules
See Manual "ET 200S fail-safe
modules" in the documentation
packages "S7 F Systems" and
"S7 Distributed Safety"
PM-D F pm 24 V DC PROFIsafe
ET 200S
5/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 138-
4CA01-0AA0
6ES7 138-
4CB10-0AB0
Power supply
Protection and monitoring
Output overload protection Yes
Current carrying capacity
Current carrying capacity to 30 C,
max.
10 A;
10 A (24 to 56.7
V DC),
8 A (24 to 48 V
AC / 120 V /
230 V)
max.
9 A;
9 A (DC 24 to
56.7 V),
7 A (AC 24 to
48 V / 120 V /
130 V)
max.
10 A 7 A;
7 A (24 to 56.7
V DC),
5 A (24 to 48 V
AC / 120 /
230 V)
Load voltage L+
Rated values 24 V to 56.7 V
DC, 24 to 48 V /
120 V/130 V AC
Short-circuit protection No; external
(e.g. automatic
circuit breaker),
tripping charac-
teristic C
Yes;
IEC 127-2/1, in-
ternal with fuse
(5 x 20 mm),
250 V, 10 A,
quick-acting,
replaceable
Current consumption
from load voltage 1L+
(without load), max.
4 mA 9 mA
from backplane bus DC 24 V, max. 9.5 mA
Power loss, typ. 0.1 W 5 W
Parameter
Remark 3 bytes 3 bytes
Diagnosis: fuse blown disable/enable
missing load voltage disable/enable disable/enable
Load voltage DC/AC
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostic information readable Yes
Diagnostics Yes Yes
Fuse blown Yes
missing load voltage Yes Yes
Rated load voltage PWR (green) Yes Yes
Fuse OK FSG (green) Yes
6ES7 138-
4CA01-0AA0
6ES7 138-
4CB10-0AB0
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 1500 V AC
Isolation
primary/secondary Yes;
between rated
load voltage
and backplane
bus, between
power modules
Yes;
between rated
load voltage
and backplane
bus, between
power modules
Width 15 mm 15 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
6ES7 138-4CA50-0AB0
Power supply
max.
10 A
Load voltage L+
Rated values 24 V to 48 V DC
Short-circuit protection No; external
(e.g. automatic circuit breaker),
tripping characteristic B, C
Current consumption
12 mA
Parameter
Remark 3 bytes
missing load voltage disable/enable
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostics Yes
missing load voltage Yes
Rated load voltage PWR (green) Yes
Collective error SF (red) Yes
Isolation
Isolation
primary/secondary Yes;
between rated load voltage and
backplane bus, between power
modules
Width 15 mm
Weights
ET 200S
5/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

1) Can be used for all electronic and technology modules except
2 DI 120 V AC / 2 DI 230 V AC / 2 DO 120/230 V AC
PM-E 24 V DC power module
1)
6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0
For electronic modules;
with diagnostics
24 to 48 V DC PM-E
power module
6ES7 138-4CA50-0AB0
with diagnostics, with status bit
"load voltage" present
Power module PM-E 24 V DC to
48 V, 42 to 230 V AC
6ES7 138-4CB10-0AB0
with diagnostics and fuse
Accessories
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
ET 200S
Reserve modules
5/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Suitable for all TM-E terminal modules (15 mm and 30 mm
construction width)
Reserves one slot for any electronic module. The reserve
module is inserted into the reserved slot of the ET 200S con-
figuration.
Terminal module can be wired up for the function to be used
later
The reserve module has no connection to the terminals of
the TM-E terminal module. The TM-E terminal module can
therefore by completely wired up and prepared for its future
purpose.
Parameterizable diagnostic response with IM 151-1
STANDARD and IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE
Facilitates retroffiting of I/O modules during operation
Options can be released via the PLC program without the
need for re-engineering

6ES7 138-
4AA01-0AA0
6ES7 138-
4AA11-0AA0
Current consumption
Parameter
Remark according to
configured
module
according to
configured
module
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions No No
(green)
No No
Width 15 mm 30 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Reserve modules for ET 200S
for reserving unused slots
15 mm overall width (5 units) 6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0
30 mm overall width (1 unit) 6ES7 138-4AA11-0AA0
ET 200S
Potential isolation module
5/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Potential isolation module with 4 outputs
Output current 5 A per output / 10 A per module
Nominal load voltage: According to the load voltage on the
power module of this load voltage group
Is suitable for all terminal modules TM-E (construction width
15 mm)

Potential isolation module
for ET 200S
6ES7138-4FD00-0AA0
for preparing the load voltage
on additional terminals,
15 mm construction width,
1 piece
Accessories for labeling
Label sheets DIN A4
(10 pieces))
20 label strips for interface mod-
ules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
ET 200S
Digital electronic modules
5/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

2- and 4-channel digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding.
High-feature versions for enhanced plant availability,
additional functions and comprehensive diagnostics
Hot swapping of modules possible
Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and digital modules

Electronic modules TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules
Screw-type terminal 15S26-A1 15S24-A1 15S24-01 15S23-01 15S24-AT 30S44-01 30S46-A1
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CA40-0AA0 4CA20-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0 4CB00-0AA0 4CL20-0AA0 4CG20-0AA0 4CF40-0AA0
Spring-loaded terminal 15C26-A1 15C24-A1 15C24-01 15C23-01 15C24-AT 30C44-01 30C46-A1
Fast Connect 15N26-A1 15N24-A1 15N24-01 15N23-01
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CA70-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0 4CB60-0AA0
2DI 24 V DC ST
2DI 24 V DC HF
4DI 24 V DC ST
4DI 24 V DC HF
4DI 24 V DC /SRC ST

4DI 24 48 V UC HF
4 DI NAMUR
2DI 120 V AC ST
2DI 230 V AC ST
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A ST
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A HF
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A ST

2 DO 24 V DC/2 A ST
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A HF
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A ST

2 DO 24 230 V AC/2 A
2RO NO
24 120 V DC/5 A
24 230 V AC/5 A
2RO NO/NC
24 48 V DC/5 A
24 230 V AC/5 A

ET 200S
5/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 131-4BB01-
0AA0
6ES7 131-4BB01-
0AB0
6ES7 131-4BD01-
0AA0
6ES7 131-4BD01-
0AB0
6ES7 131-4BD51-
0AA0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes; from power
module
Yes; from power
module
Yes; from power
module
Yes; from power
module
Yes; from power
module
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 3.3 V, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Power loss, typ. 0.4 W 0.4 W 0.7 W 0.7 W 0.7 W
Address area
Address space per module
with packing 2 Bit 2 Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit
without packing 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 2 2 4 4 4
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m
Input characteristic curve
to IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
for signal "0" -30 to 5 V -30 to 5 V -30 to 5 V -30 to 5 V 30 to -5 V
for signal "1" 15 to 30 V 11 to 30 V 15 to 30 V 11 to 30 V -15 to -30 V
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 7 mA; at 24 V 8 mA 7 mA; at 24 V 8 mA 7 mA; at 24 V
Input delay
(for rated value of input voltage)
for standard inputs
- programmable No Yes; 0.1 / 0.5 / 3 / 15
ms
No Yes; 0.1 / 0.5 / 3 / 15
ms
No
- at "0" to "1", min. 2 ms; typically 3 ms 0.05 / 0.4 / 2.7 /
14.85
2 ms; typically 3 ms 0.05 / 0.4 / 2.7 /
14.85
2 ms; typically 3 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.5 ms 0.15 / 0.6 / 3.3 /
15.15
4.5 ms 0.15 / 0.6 / 3.3 /
15.15
4.5 ms
- at "1" to "0", min. 2 ms; typically 3 ms 0.05 / 0.4 / 2.7 /
14.85
2 ms; typically 3 ms 0.05 / 0.4 / 2.7 /
14.85
2 ms; typically 3 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 4.5 ms 0.15 / 0.6 / 3.3 /
15.15
4.5 ms 0.15 / 0.6 / 3.3 /
15.15
4.5 ms
Encoder supply
Output voltage min. L+ (-0.5 V),
under load
min. L+ (-0.5 V),
under load
min. L+ (-0.5 V),
under load
min. L+ (-0.5 V),
under load
max. M + 0.5 V,
under load
Output current, rated value 500 mA 500 mA 500 mA 500 mA 500 mA
Output current, permissible range 0 to 500 mA 0 to 500 mA 0 to 500 mA 0 to 500 mA 0 to 500 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic Yes; electronic
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
permissible quiescent current (2-
wire BEROS), max.
1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Parameter
Remark 1 byte 3 bytes 1 byte 3 bytes 1 byte
Diagnosis: short circuit disable/enable disable/enable
ET 200S
5/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 131-4BB01-
0AA0
6ES7 131-4BB01-
0AB0
6ES7 131-4BD01-
0AA0
6ES7 131-4BD01-
0AB0
6ES7 131-4BD51-
0AA0
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions No Yes No Yes No
Short circuit Yes;
Short-circuit to M,
module by module
Yes;
Short-circuit to M,
module by module
Collective error SF (red) No Yes No Yes No
(green)
Yes; per channel Yes; per channel Yes; per channel Yes; per channel Yes; per channel
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC
Isolation
between the channels No No No No No
between the channels and the
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
between different circuits 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC
Width 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 35 g 35 g 35 g 35 g 35 g
6ES7 131-4CD00-0AB0 6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0 6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0 6ES7 131-4RD00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes; from power module Yes
permissible range,
lower limit (DC)
24 V
permissible range,
upper limit (DC)
48 V
AC 24 V Yes
AC 120 V Yes; from power module
AC 230 V Yes
permissible range,
lower limit (AC)
24 V
permissible range,
upper limit (AC)
48 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes; AC or DC automatic
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 3.3 V, max. 10 mA 6 mA 6 mA
Power loss, typ. 0.7 W 0.5 W 0.7 W 1.6 W
Address area
with packing 4 Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 4 Bit
without packing 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode Yes No No
ET 200S
5/29
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 4 2 2
Number of NAMUR inputs 4
Number of simultaneously
controllable inputs
4
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 200 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m
Parallel switching of inputs No
to IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, AC 120 V 230 V
Rated value, UC 24 V; 24 to 48 V UC
for signal "0" -6 to 6 V DC, 0 to 5 V AC 0 to 20 V AC 0 to 40 V AC
for signal "1" -15 to -57.6 V DC,
15 to 57.6 V DC,
15 to 48 V AC
79 to 132 V AC 164 to 264 V AC
Frequency range 47 to 63 Hz 47 to 63 Hz 47 to 63 Hz
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 10 mA; 4 to 10 mA 3 mA; 3 to 9 mA 5 mA; 5 to 15 mA
for 10 k switched contact
- for signal "0" 0.35 mA to 1.2 mA
- for signal "1" 2.1 mA to 7 mA
for unswitched contact
- for signal "0", max.
(permissible quiescent current)
0.5 mA
- for signal "1" typ. 8 mA
for NAMUR encoders
- for signal "0" 0.35 mA to 1.2 mA
- for signal "1" 2.1 mA to 7 mA
voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 15 ms 15 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 15 ms 4.6 s
- at "1" to "0", min. 25 ms 45 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 15 ms 4.6 s
Encoder connection
Fixed current limitation for wire
break monitoring, min.
18 k;
Rated voltage 24 V
(15 V to 35 V);
rated voltage 48 V
(30 V to 60 V): 39 kohms
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 1
Output voltage min. L+ (-0.5 V),
under load
min. 8.2 V, loaded
Output current, rated value 500 mA 45 mA
Output current, permissible range 0 to 500 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes; per module Yes; electronic
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes No No
2 mA; (0.5 to 2 mA), a
minimum load current is
necessary in the event of
a wire break.
1 mA 2 mA
ET 200S
5/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Parameter
Remark 3 bytes 3 bytes 12 bytes
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes; can be set
Process alarm No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes; parameterizable No No Yes; Diagnostic alarm
Short circuit No No
(green)
Yes; per channel Yes; per channel Yes; per channel Yes; per channel
Isolation
Isolation checked with 2500 V DC 2500 V DC 4000 V DC 500 V DC
Isolation
between the channels No No No No
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes
load voltage L+
Yes
between different circuits 500 V DC 500 V DC
between M internal and the inputs 1500 V AC 1500 V AC
Height 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm
Weights
6ES7 132-4BB01-
0AB0
6ES7 132-4BB01-
0AA0
6ES7 132-4BB31-
0AB0
6ES7 132-4BB31-
0AA0
6ES7 132-4BD01-
0AA0
Reverse voltage protection Yes; when using the
same load voltage
as on the power
module
Yes; when using the
same load voltage
as on the power
module
Yes; when using the
same load voltage
as on the power
module
Yes; when using the
same load voltage
as on the power
module
Yes; when using the
same load voltage
as on the power
module
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V; from the power
module
24 V; from the power
module
module
module
module
reverse polarity protection Yes; polarity reversal
can lead to the digi-
tal outputs being
connected through
Yes; polarity reversal
tal outputs being
connected through
tal outputs being
connected through
tal outputs being
connected through
tal outputs being
connected through
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load),
max.
5 mA; per channel 5 mA; per module 5 mA; per channel 5 mA; per channel 5 mA; per channel
from backplane bus DC 3.3 V, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Address area
with packing 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 4 Bit
without packing 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte
ET 200S
5/31
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 132-4BB01-
0AB0
6ES7 132-4BB01-
0AA0
6ES7 132-4BB31-
0AB0
6ES7 132-4BB31-
0AA0
6ES7 132-4BD01-
0AA0
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode Yes No Yes No Yes
Digital inputs
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 2 2 2 2 4
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m
Short-circuit protection
of the output
Yes; per channel Yes; per channel Yes; per channel Yes; per channel Yes; per channel
Response threshold, typ. 1.5 A 0.7 to 1.8 A 4 A 2.8 to 7.2 A 0.7 to 1.5 A
Limitation of inductive shutdown
voltage to
-55 to -60 V,
typically L+( )
-55 to -60 V,
typically L+( )
-55 to -60 V,
typically L+( )
-55 to -60 V,
typically L+( )
-55 to -60 V, L+( )
Lamp load, max. 2.5 W 5 W 5 W 10 W 5 W
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. L+ (-1.0 V) L+ (-1.0 V) L+ (-1.0 V) L+ (-1.0 V) L+ (-1.0 V)
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 0.5 A 2 A 2 A 0.5 A
for 0 to 60 C, min.
7 mA 7 mA 7 mA 7 mA 7 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
600 mA 600 mA 2.4 A 2.4 A 600 mA
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.3 mA 0.3 mA 0.5 mA 0.5 mA 0.3 mA
Output delay with resistive load
"0" to "1", max. 100 s 200 s 100 s 200 s 100 s
"1" to "0", max. 400 s 1.3 ms 400 s 1.3 ms 300 s
Parallel switching of 2 outputs
for increased power No No No No No
for redundant control of a load Yes; per module Yes; per module Yes; per module Yes; per module Yes; per module
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz; 0.5 H 2 Hz; 0.5 H 2 Hz
on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
(per group)
horizontal installation
up to 60 C, max. 1 A 1 A 4 A 4 A 2 A
Load impedance range
lower limit 48 48 12 12 48
upper limit 3,400 3,400 3,400 3,400 3,400
Parameter
Remark 3 bytes 1 byte 3 bytes 1 byte 1 byte
Diagnosis: wire break disable/enable disable/enable
Diagnosis: short circuit disable/enable disable/enable
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP,
channel-wise
Substitute a value /
keep last value
Substitute a value /
keep last value
ET 200S
5/32
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 132-4BB01-
0AB0
6ES7 132-4BB01-
0AA0
6ES7 132-4BB31-
0AB0
6ES7 132-4BB31-
0AA0
6ES7 132-4BD01-
0AA0
diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes; 0/1 Yes; 0/1
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes;
can be read out
No Yes;
can be read out
No No
Wire break Yes;
channel by channel
Yes;
channel by channel
Short circuit Yes; channel by
channel
Yes; channel by
channel
(green)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Weights
6ES7 132-4BD31-0AA0 6ES7 132-4FB00-0AB0 6ES7 132-4HB01-0AB0 6ES7 132-4HB10-0AB0
Reverse voltage protection Yes;
when using the same load
voltage as on the power
module
Yes;
when using the same volt-
age source as on the
power module
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V;
from the power module
24 V;
24 V;
reverse polarity protection Yes; polarity reversal can
lead to the digital outputs
being connected through
Yes Yes Yes
Load voltage L1
Rated value (AC) 24.23 V;
from power module
permissible range, lower limit (AC) 24 V
(AC)
230 V
permissible frequency range,
lower limit
47 Hz
permissible frequency range,
upper limit
63 Hz
Current consumption
max.
5 mA; per channel 30 mA 30 mA 30 mA
from load voltage L1 (without load),
max.
15 mA; per channel
Power loss, typ. 1.6 W 4 W 0.6 W 0.6 W
ET 200S
5/33
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Address area
with packing 4 Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit
without packing 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No No No No
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 4 2 2 2
Size of motor starter, max. up to 40 C size acc. to
NEMA: 5; up to 60 C size
acc. to NEMA: 4
of the output
Yes;
per channel
Yes;
via fuse in power module
No; external fusing,
max. 6 A quick-acting
No; external fusing,
max. 6 A quick-acting
Response threshold, typ. 2.8 to 7.2 A
voltage to
-55 to -60 V, L+( ) -55 to -60 V no no
Lamp load, max. 10 W 100 W
Zero-crossing switch Yes; max. 25 V
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes; possible Yes Yes
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. L+ (-1.0 V) Ua - 1.5 V
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A 2 A
for 0 to 60 C, min.
7 mA 0.1 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
2.4 A 2.2 A
for signal "1" minimum load current 8 mA 8 mA
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 3 mA
"0" to "1", max. 200 s 15 ms
"1" to "0", max. 1.3 ms 15 ms
for increased power No No No No
for redundant control of a load Yes; per module Yes; per module No No
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 10 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz
with inductive load, max. 2 Hz; 0.5 H 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 1 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz
(per group)
up to 50 C, max. 1.5 A
up to 60 C, max. 4 A 1 A
lower limit 12
upper limit 3,400
Relay outputs
Switching capacity of the contacts
Thermal continuous current, max. 5 A 5 A
ET 200S
5/34
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Parameter
Remark 1 byte 3 bytes 3 bytes 3 bytes
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP,
channel-wise
Substitute a value / keep
last value
Substitute a value / keep
last value
diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes; 0/1 Yes; 0/1 Yes; 0/1
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions No No No No
(green)
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 2500 V DC
tested with
Channels against backplane bus
and load voltage L+
1500 V AC 2500 V DC
Load voltage L+ against back-
plane bus
500 V DC 500 V DC
Isolation
between the channels No No Yes Yes
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes
load voltage L+
Yes Yes
Weights
ET 200S
5/35
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Digital input modules
Ordering unit 5 pieces
2 DI 24 V DC Standard 6ES7 131-4BB01-0AA0
2 DI 24 V DC High Feature 6ES7 131-4BB01-0AB0
4 DI 24 V DC Standard 6ES7 131-4BD01-0AA0
4 DI 24 V DC High Feature 6ES7 131-4BD01-0AB0
2 DI 120 V AC 6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0
2 DI 230 V AC 6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0
4 DI 24 48 V UC 6ES7 131-4CD00-0AB0
4 DI 24 V DC SOURCE INPUT 6ES7 131-4BD51-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 piece
4 DI 24 V DC NAMUR 6ES7 131-4RD00-0AB0
Digital output modules
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A
High Feature
6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BD01-0AA0
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BD31-0AA0
2 DO 24 230 V AC/1 A 6ES7 132-4FB00-0AB0
2 DO 24 V DC 230 V AC/5 A
relay, NO contact
6ES7 132-4HB01-0AB0
2 DO 24 48 V DC to 230 V AC/
5 A relay, changeover contact
6ES7 132-4HB10-0AB0
Accessories
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
ET 200S
Analog electronic modules
5/36
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding
High-feature versions with enhanced performance, precision
and resolution
Hot swapping of modules possible
Note:
Consult the configuring guide for selection of the appropriate
TM-E terminal modules.
Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and analog modules
Electronic modules Terminal modules TM-E for electronic modules
Screw-type terminal
Order No. 6ES7 193-
15S26-A1 15S24-A1 15S24-01 15S23-01 15S24-AT 30S44-01 30S46-A1
4CA40-0AA0 4CA20-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0 4CB00-0AA0 4CL20-0AA0 4CG20-0AA0 4CF40-0AA0
Spring-loaded terminal
Order No. 6ES7 193-
15C26-A1 15C24-A1 15C24-01 15C23-01 15C24-AT 30C44-01 30C46-A1
4CA50-0AA0 4CA30-0AA0 4CB30-0AA0 4CB10-0AA0 4CL30-0AA0 4CG30-0AA0 4CF50-0AA0
FastConnect
Order No. 6ES7 193-
15N26-A1 15N24-A1 15N24-01 15N23-01 - - -
4CA80-0AA0 4CA70-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0 4CB60-0AA0
2AI U ST
2AI U HF

2AI I 2WIRE ST
AI I 2WIRE ST
2AI I 2/4WIRE HF
2 AI I 4WIRE ST
2AI RTD ST
2AI RTD HF
2 AI TC ST
2 AI TC HF
2AO U ST
2AO U HF

2 AO I ST
2AO I HF

4 IQ-SENSE
ET 200S
5/37
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4FB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB11-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GD00-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB00-
0AB0
Load voltage L+
from the power
module
24 V;
from the power
module
24 V;
from the power
module
24 V;
from the power
module
24 V;
from the power
module
reverse polarity protection Yes Yes;
Destruction limit
35 mA per channel
Yes Yes
Voltage supply to the transducers
present Yes
short-circuit proof Yes; approx. 200 mA
for module
Current consumption
max.
30 mA 80 mA 30 mA 125 mA 30 mA
Address area
Address space per module, max. 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte 8 Byte 4 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No No No No No
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 2 2 2 4 2
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 50 m
permissible input frequency
for voltage input (destruction limit),
max.
35 V;
35 V permanent,
75 V for max. 1 ms
(pulse duty factor
1:20)
10 V; permanent
permissible input current for current
input (destruction limit), max.
40 mA 40 mA 30 mA;
limited electronically
Cycle time (all channels) max. Number of active
channels per
module x conversion
time
Number of active
channels per mod-
ule x conversion
time
Number of active
channels per mod-
ule x conversion
time
40 ms;
33 to 40 ms
Input ranges (rated values),
voltages
Voltage Yes Yes
1 to 5 V Yes
-10 V to +10 V Yes
-5 V to +5 V Yes
-80 mV to +80 mV Yes
Input resistance
(-80 mV to +80 mV)
1 M
currents
Current Yes Yes Yes
-20 to +20 mA Yes; 50 ohms
4 to 20 mA Yes; on 50 ohms Yes; 50 ohms Yes; on 25 ohms
ET 200S
5/38
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4FB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB11-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GD00-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB00-
0AB0
thermoelements
thermocouple Yes
Type B Yes
Input resistance (Type B) 1 M
Type E Yes
Input resistance (Type E) 1 M
Type J Yes
Input resistance (type J) 1 M
Type K Yes
Input resistance (Type K) 1 M
Type L Yes
Input resistance (Type L) 1 M
Type N Yes
Input resistance (Type N) 1 M
Type R Yes
Input resistance (Type R) 1 M
Type S Yes
Input resistance (Type S) 1 M
Type T Yes
Input resistance (Type T) 1 M
Characteristic linearization
programmable Yes;
Type E, N, J, K, L, S,
R, B, T to IEC 584
Temperature compensation
external temperature compensa-
tion with compensations socket
Yes; possible, one
external compensat-
ing box per channel
Analog value creation
Measurement principle integrating integrating integrating integrating
Integrations and conversion
time/resolutionper channel
Resolution with overload area
(bit including sign), max.
14 Bit;
+/-10 V:
13 bits + sign,
+/-5 V:
13 bits + sign,
1 to 5 V: 13 bits
13 Bit;
4 to 20 mA: 13 bits
14 Bit;
+/-20 mA: 14 bits;
4 to 20 mA: 13 bits
13 Bit;
4 to 20 mA: 13 bits
16 Bit;
15 bit + sign
Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes
Integration time, ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 or 20 16.7 / 20 ms
Interference voltage suppression
for interference frequency f1 in Hz
60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz
Conversion time (per channel) 65 ms; 55 / 65 ms 65 ms; 55 / 65 ms 65 ms; 55 / 65 ms 65 ms; 55 / 65 ms
(additional 20 ms on
activated wire-break
test)
Smoothing of measured values
parameterizable Yes; in four stages
by means of digital
filtering
Yes; in four stages
by means of digital
filtering
Yes; in four stages
by means of digital
filtering
Yes; in 4 stages Yes; in four stages
by means of digital
filtering
Level: none Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time
Level: weak Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time
Level: middle Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 16x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time
Level: strong Yes; 64x cycle time Yes; 64x cycle time Yes; 64x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 64x cycle time
Encoder
Connection of signal encoders
for voltage measurement Yes
Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 750 750 750
ET 200S
5/39
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4FB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB11-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GD00-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB00-
0AB0
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error
(relative to input area)
+/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 %
Temperature error
(relative to input areas)
+/- 0,01 %/K +/- 0,005 %/K +/- 0,005 %/K +/- 0,003 %/K +/- 0,005 %/K
Crosstalk between the inputs, min. -50 dB -50 dB -50 dB -50 dB -50 dB
Repeat accuracy in settled status at
25 C (relative to input area)
+/- 0,05 % +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,05 %
Operational limit in overall
temperature range
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,6 %
Current, relative to input area +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,4 %
Basic error limit
(operational limit at 25 C)
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,4 %
Current, relative to input area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,3 %
for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
fl = interference frequency
Series mode interference
(peak value of interference < rated
value of input range), min.
70 dB 70 dB 70 dB 70 dB 70 dB
common mode voltage
(USS < 2.5 V) , min.
90 dB 90 dB
Parameter
Remark 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 7 bytes 4 bytes
Diagnosis: wire break inhibit/enable
(measuring range
1 to 5 V only)
disable / enable,
(only in measuring
range 4 to 20 mA)
Yes inhibit/enable
(a break in the wire
is only detected on
thermocouples)
Measurement type/range deactivated / +/-5 V
/ 1 to 5 V / +/-10 V
deactivated /
4 to 20 mA
deactivated /
4 to 20 mA /
+/- 20 mA
Yes Deactivated/
+/- 80 mV/;
+/- 250 mV /
+/- 500 mV /;
+/- 1 V /;
TC-EL type T
(Cu-CuNi)/ TC-EL
type K (NiCr-Ni)/
TC-EL type B;
(PtRh-PtRh)/;
TC-EL type N;
(NiCrSi-NiSi)/;
TC-EL type E;
(NiCr-CuNi)/;
TC-EL type R
(PtRh-Pt)/ TC-EL
type S (PtRh-Pt)/
TC-EL Type J
Collective diagnostics disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable Yes disable/enable
Slot comparison point 1 to 8 disable/enable
Overflow/underflow disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable Yes disable/enable
Comparison point none / RTD
Comparison point number none / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5
/ 6 / 7 / 8
Unit Celsius
ET 200S
5/40
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4FB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GB11-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4GD00-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4JB00-
0AB0
Status information/alarms/d
iagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes; can be read out Yes; can be read out
Wire break Yes;
only measuring
range 1to 5 V
Yes Yes;
only in measuring
range 4 to 20 mA
Yes;
only in measuring
range 1 to 5 V
Yes;
A break in the wire is
only detected on
thermocouples
Group error Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Overflow/underflow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation
Isolation, analog inputs
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
load voltage L+
Yes No No No Yes
between inputs and MANA (UCM) 2 V AC PP 2 V AC PP
between MANA and M internal
(UISO)
75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC
Weights
6ES7 134-4JB50-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4LB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4MB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB51-
0AB0
Load voltage L+
from the power
module
24 V 24 V 24 V;
from the power
module
24 V;
from the power
module
reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
present Yes No Yes
short-circuit proof Yes Yes
Current consumption
max.
30 mA 55 mA 48 mA 30 mA 30 mA
Address area
Address space per module, max. 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No Yes No
ET 200S
5/41
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4JB50-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4LB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4MB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB51-
0AB0
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 2 2 2 2 2
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m 200 m 50 m 200 m
max.
9 V 35 V; 35 V continu-
ous, 75 V for max. 1
ms
20 V; +/- 20 V, per-
manent
9 V
50 mA
Constant measurement current
for resistance-type transmitter, typ.
1.5 mA 1.25 mA
Cycle time (all channels) max. Number of active
channels per
module x conversion
time
0.5 ms;
0.5ms for 2 chan-
nels without interfer-
ence suppression
18/21ms per chan-
nel with interf.
0.5 ms;
0.5ms for 2 chan-
nels without interf.
suppression,
18/21ms per chan-
nel with interf.
technical unit for temperature
measurement, adjustable
Yes Yes
voltages
Voltage Yes Yes
1 to 5 V Yes
Input resistance (1 to 5 V) 800 k
-10 V to +10 V Yes
Input resistance (-10 V to +10 V) 800 k
-5 V to +5 V Yes
Input resistance
(-80 mV to +80 mV)
1 M
currents
Current Yes
-20 to +20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
thermoelements
thermocouple Yes
Type B Yes
Input resistance (Type B) 1 M
Type C Yes
Input resistance (Type C) 1 M
Type E Yes
Input resistance (Type E) 1 M
Type J Yes
Input resistance (type J) 1 M
Type K Yes
Input resistance (Type K) 1 M
Type L Yes
Input resistance (Type L) 1 M
Type N Yes
Input resistance (Type N) 1 M
Type R Yes
Input resistance (Type R) 1 M
Type S Yes
Input resistance (Type S) 1 M
Type T Yes
Input resistance (Type T) 1 M
ET 200S
5/42
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4JB50-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4LB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4MB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB51-
0AB0
resistors
Impedance Yes Yes
0 to 150 Ohm Yes Yes
Input resistance (0 to 150 Ohm) 2,000 k 10 M
0 to 3000 Ohm Yes
Input resistance (0 to 3000 Ohm) 10 M
resistance thermometers
Resistance thermometer Yes Yes
Cu 10 Yes
Input resistance (Cu 10) 10 M
Ni 100 Yes;
Standard/AirCon
Yes
Input resistance (Ni 100) 2,000 k 10 M
Ni 1000 Yes
Input resistance (Ni 1000) 10 M
Ni 120 Yes
Ni 200 Yes
Ni 500 Yes
Pt 100 Yes;
Standard/AirCon
Yes
Input resistance (Pt 100) 2,000 k 10 M
Pt 1000 Yes
Input resistance (Pt 1000) 10 M
Pt 200 Yes
Pt 500 Yes
programmable Yes;
for Pt 100, Ni 100
Yes Yes;
for Ptxxx, Nixxx
for thermoelements Type E, N, J, K, L, S,
R, B, T, C to IEC 584
for thermoresistor Pt 100
(standard/climate),
Ni 100
(standard/climate)
Ptxxxx and Nixxxx
external temperature
compensation
with compensations socket
Yes;
one external com-
pensating box per
channel
internal temperature
compensation
Yes;
possible with
TM-E15S24-AT,
TM-E15C24-AT
Yes
ET 200S
5/43
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4JB50-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4LB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4MB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB51-
0AB0
Measurement principle integrating Sigma-Delta integrating integrating
(Sigma-Delta)
16 Bit;
150 Ohm: 14 bit;
300, 600 Ohm:
15 bit; Pt100, Ni100:
16 bit
16 Bit; ...5 V:
15 bit, +/-10 V:
16 bit, +/-5 V: 16 bit
16 Bit;
as required
16 Bit 16 Bit; for Pt100,
Ni100, Ni120,
Pt200, Ni200,
Pt 500, Ni 500,
Pt 1000, Ni 1000,
Cu 10:
15 bits + sign;
for 150, 300, 600,
3000 ohms: 15 bits;
for PTC: 1 bit
Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes Yes
Integration time, ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms
60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz / no 60Hz / 50Hz / no 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz
Conversion time (per channel) 110 ms; 110 / 130
ms
0.04 ms; without
interference sup-
pression 17ms /
20ms per channel
with interference
0.04 ms; without
interference sup-
pression 17ms /
20ms per channel
with interference
66 ms; 66 / 80 ms;
additional conver-
sion time for diag-
nostic wire break
test
parameterizable Yes;
in four stages by
means of digital
filtering
Yes;
in 4 stages:
1 x , 4 x , 16 x , 32 x
cycle time
Yes;
in 4 stages:
1 x , 4 x , 16 x , 32 x
cycle time
Yes;
in four stages by
means of digital
filtering
Yes;
in four stages by
means of digital
filtering
Level: none Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x Yes; 1 x Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time
Level: weak Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4 x Yes; 4 x Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time
Level: middle Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 16 x Yes; 16 x Yes; 32 x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time
Level: strong Yes; 64x cycle time Yes; 32 x Yes; 32 x Yes; 64 x cycle time Yes; 64x cycle time
Encoder
for voltage measurement Yes
for resistance measurement with
2-conductor connection
Yes; Line resis-
tances are also
measured, jumpers
to TR
Yes
Yes;
Line resistances are
also measured,
jumpers to TR
Yes;
internal compensa-
tion of the line resis-
tances
Yes Yes
Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 750 750
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error
(relative to input area)
+/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,03 % +/- 0.01 % +/- 0.01 %
Temperature error
+/- 0,005 %/K +/- 0,003 %/K +/- 0,03 %/K +/- 0.005 %/K +/- 0,0009 %/K
Crosstalk between the inputs, min. -50 dB -100 dB -100 dB -50 dB -50 dB
+/- 0,05 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0.05 % +/- 0.05 %
ET 200S
5/44
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4JB50-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4LB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4MB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB51-
0AB0
temperature range
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,1 %; 0.2%
without interefence
freqency suppres-
sion
+/- 0.1 %; +/- 1.5 K
for thermocouples,
+/- 7 K for thermo-
couples type C,+/-
2,5 K with static
thermal state (ambi-
ent temperature
change < 0.3 K/min
Current, relative to input area +/- 0,1 %; 0.2%
without interefence
freqency suppres-
sion
Resistance-type thermometer,
relative to input area
+/- 0,6 % Resistance sen-
sors: +/-0.1%;
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000 standard:
+/-1,0K; Pt100,
Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000 climatic:
+/-0,25K; Ni100,
Ni120, Ni200, Ni500,
Ni 1000 standard
and climatic:
+/-0,4K;
Cu10 +/-1,5K
Basic error limit
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,05 %; 0.1%
without inteference
frequency suppres-
sion
+/- 0.05 %; +/- 1 K
with thermocou-
ples, +/- 5 K with
thermocouples type
C, +/- 1.5 K with
static thermal state
(ambient tempera-
ture change < 0.3
K/min)
Current, relative to input area +/- 0,05 %; 0.1%
without inteference
frequency suppres-
sion
+/- 0,4 % Resistance sen-
sors: +/-0.05%;
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000 standard:
+/-0.6K; Pt100,
Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000 climatic:
+/-0.13K; Ni100,
Ni120, Ni200, Ni500,
Ni 1000 Standard
and climatic:
+/-0.2K;
Cu10 +/-1K
for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
70 dB 90 dB 90 dB 70 dB 70 dB
common mode voltage
(USS < 2.5 V) , min.
90 dB 100 dB 100 dB 90 dB 90 dB
Parameter
Remark 4 bytes 12 bytes, 4 bytes in
compatibility mode
12 bytes, 4 bytes in
compatibility mode
4 bytes 7 bytes
Diagnosis: wire break disable/enable
(wire break is
detected only on
constant current
lines)
disable / enable inhibit/enable
(a break in the wire
is only detected on
thermocouples)
disable/enable
ET 200S
5/45
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 134-4JB50-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4LB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4MB02-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB01-
0AB0
6ES7 134-4NB51-
0AB0
Measurement type/range deactivated/
150 Ohm/;
300 Ohm/600 Ohm/;
Pt100 air con/ Pt100
standard-; Ni100
standard / Ni100 air
con-
deactivated /
+/-5 V / 1 to 5 V /
+/-10 V
deactivated /
+/- 20mA 4 to 20 mA
Deactivated/
+/- 80 mV/;
TC-EL type T
(Cu-CuNi)/ TC-EL
type K (NiCr-Ni)/
TC-EL type B;
(PtRh-PtRh)/;
TC-EL type c
(Wer-Wer);
TC-EL type N;
(NiCrSi-NiSi)/ ,
TC-EL type E;
(NiCr-CuNi)/;
TC-EL type R
(PtRh-Pt)/ TC-EL
type S (PtRh-Pt)/
TC-EL type J
(Fe-Cu-Ni)/ TC
deactivated/
150 ohms/
300 ohms/ 600
ohms/ 300 ohms/
Pt100/ Pt200/ Pt500/
Pt1000 each stan-
dard or climate
range/ Ni100/ Ni120/
Ni200/ Ni500/
Ni1000 each
standard or climate
range/ Cu10 each
standard or climate
range / PTC
Collective diagnostics disable/enable disable/enable disable / enable disable/enable disable/enable
Overflow/underflow disable/enable disable/enable disable / enable disable/enable disable/enable
Comparison point none / yes, internal
Unit Celsius / Fahrenheit
diagnostics
Alarms
Process alarm Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes; can be read out Yes Yes
Wire break Yes; A wire break is
only detected on
constand current
lines
Yes; only measuring
range 1to 5V
Yes; only in measur-
ing range 4 to 20
mA
Yes; only thermo-
couples
Yes
Group error Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Overflow/underflow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation
between the channels No No; Functional, yes No; Functional, yes No No
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
load voltage L+
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
between the inputs (UCM) 140 V DC/100 V AC
between inputs and MANA (UCM) 140 V DC/100 V AC
(UISO)
75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC
Module width, max. 15 mm 15 mm
Weights
ET 200S
5/46
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0 6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0 6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0 6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0
Load voltage L+
24 V;
24 V 24 V
reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
max.
130 mA 150 mA 80 mA 80 mA
Power loss, max. 2 W 2 W 1.2 W 1.2 W
Address area
Address space per module, max. 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode Yes Yes
Analog outputs
Number of analg outputs 2 2 2 2
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m 200 m;
100m if Twa < 2ms
200 m;
100m if Twa < 2ms
Voltage output,
Yes Yes
Voltage output,
short-circuit current, max..
25 mA 25 mA
Current output, no-load voltage,
max.
18 V 18 V
Cycle time (all channels) max. 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 0.5 ms; at max. 0.5F 0.5 ms
Output ranges, voltage
1 to 5 V Yes Yes; -5 to +5V also imple-
mented
-10 to +10 V Yes Yes
Output ranges, current
-20 to +20 mA Yes Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes Yes
Connection of actuators
for voltage output 2-conductor
connection
Yes;
without compensation of
the line resistances
Yes
connection
Yes Yes
for current output 2-conductor
connection
Yes Yes
connection
No No
Load impedance
(in rated range of output)
with voltage outputs, min. 1 k 1 k
with voltage outputs, capacitive
load, max.
1 F 0.5 F
with current outputs, max. 500 500
with current outputs, inductive
load, max.
1 mH 1 mH
Destruction limits against externally
applied voltages and currents
Voltages at the outputs towards
MANA
15 V;
max. 15 V continuous,
75 V for max. 1 s
(pulse duty ratio 1:20)
15 V;
max. 15 V continuous,
75 V for max. 1 s
(pulse duty ratio 1:20)
15 V;
as required
Current, max. 50 mA; DC 50 mA; DC 50 mA
ET 200S
5/47
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
14 Bit;
1...5 V: 12 bits,
+/-10 V: 13 bits + sign
14 Bit;
4 to 20 mA: 13 bits,
+/-20 mA: 14 bits
16 Bit;
15 bit + sign
16 Bit
Settling time
for resistive load 0.1 ms 0.1 ms 0.2 ms 0.3 ms
for capacitive load 0.5 ms 0.5 ms 0.5 ms; at max. 0.5F 1 ms
for inductive load 0.5 ms 0.5 ms 0.5 ms 0.5 ms
Ex(i) characteristics
Max. values of output circuits
(per channel)
Uo (output no-load voltage), max. 18 V
Errors/accuracies
Output ripple (relative to the output
area, bandwidth 0 to 50 kHz)
+/- 0,02 % +/- 0,02 % +/- 0,02 % +/- 0,02 %
Linearity error
(relative to output area)
+/- 0,02 % +/- 0,02 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 %
Temperature error
+/- 0,01 %/K +/- 0,01 %/K +/- 0,003 %/K
Crosstalk between the outputs, min. 60 dB 60 dB
25 C (relative to output area)
+/- 0,05 % +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 %
temperature range
Voltage, relative to output area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,1 %
Current, relative to output area +/- 0,5 % +/- 0,1 %
Basic error limit
Current, relative to output area +/- 0,3 % +/- 0,05 %
Parameter
Remark 7 bytes 7 bytes 7 bytes 7 bytes
Output type/range deactivated /
1 to 5 V / +/-10 V
deactivated /
4 to 20 mA / +/-20 mA
deactivated /
to 5V / +/ - 10V / +/- 5V
deactivated /
4 to 20mA / +/- 20mA
Diagnosis: wire break disable/enable disable / enable
Diagnosis: short circuit disable/enable disable / enable
Interference frequency suppression no disable / enable
Collective diagnostics disable/enable disable/enable disable / enable disable / enable
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP Output current and de-
energized/substitute a
value/keep last value
Output current and de-
Output current and volt-
age-free /replacement
value / keep last value
Output current and de-
diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes;
0 to 65535 (range of
values must be within the
rated range)
Yes;
0 to 65535 (range of
values must be within the
rated range)
Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes
Wire break Yes Yes
Short circuit Yes Yes
Group error Yes Yes Yes Yes
ET 200S
5/48
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0 6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0 6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0 6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0
Isolation
Isolation
Isolation, analog outputs
Galvanic isolation, analog outputs Yes
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes
load voltage L+
Yes Yes Yes Yes
(UISO)
75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75V DC / 60V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC
Weights
Analog input modules
2 AI U Standard 6ES7 134-4FB01-0AB0
2 AI U High Feature 6ES7 134-4LB02-0AB0
2 AI I Standard 2-wire 6ES7 134-4GB01-0AB0
2 AI I Standard 4-wire 6ES7 134-4GB11-0AB0
2 AI I High Feature 2-wire/4-wire
(15-bit + sign)
6ES7 134-4MB02-0AB0
2 AI RTD standard 6ES7 134-4JB50-0AB0
2 AI TC standard 6ES7 134-4JB00-0AB0
2 AI RTD High Feature 6ES7 134-4NB51-0AB0
2 AI TC High Feature 6ES7 134-4NB01-0AB0
4 AI Standard 2-wire 6ES7 134-4GD00-0AB0
Analog output modules
2 AO U Standard 6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0
2 AO U High Feature 6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0
2 AO I Standard 6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0
2 AO I High Feature 6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0
Accessories for labeling
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
Accessories for system-integrated shield connection
Shield connection element 6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
For plugging into TM-E and TM-P
Shield clamps 6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
For 3 10 mm busbars
Grounding terminal 8WA2 868
For cable cross-sections
up to 25 mm
2
3 10 mm busbars 8WA2 842
ET 200S Fail-safe Modules
Overview
5/49
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs, plus the fail-safe signal modules
of SIMATIC ET 200S / ET200 / 200pro/ ET200eco and ET200M
have been specially developed for distributed applications in
manufacturing systems. Thanks to the discrete structure of the
F I/Os, safety technology is only applied where actually required.
The new system replaces conventional electromechanical
components, such as:
Freely programmable safe linking of sensors to actuators;
Selective safe shutdown of actuators;
Hybrid configurations of F modules (F stands for fail-safe) and
standard modules in a station;
Single-bus concept, F signals and standard signals are trans-
ferred over one bus medium (PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET).
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA)
Safety technology (Safety Integrated) is a component of Totally
Integrated Automation resulting in the total integration of safety
and standard automation (SIMATIC S7).
Whereas today, standard automation (conventional PLCs) and
safety automation (electromechanics) are still separate, these
two worlds are growing closer together to form one uniform,
integrated overall system.
Siemens can therefore present itself as a complete supplier for
automation engineering for which safety technology is part of the
standard automation and uniformity exists throughout the com-
plete system.
PM-E F PROFIsafe F power module
5/50
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Fail-safe PM-E F PROFIsafe power modules for safety shutdown
of standard digital output modules.
Up to 2 fail-safe digital outputs onboard (source/sink outputs,
up to 2A, up to SIL3/Cat. 4)
The standard digital output modules can be shut down up to
Cat.3 (EN 954) and SIL 2 (IEC61508) up to 10 A. The following
modules can be used down-circuit of the power modules.
- 2DO / 0.5 A ST 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0
- 2 DO / 2 A ST 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0
- 2 DO / 0.5 A HF 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0
- 2 DO / 2 A HF 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0
- 4 DO / 0.5 A ST 6ES7 132-4BD01-0AA0
- 4 DO / 2 A ST 6ES7 132-4BD31-0AA0
The modules support PROFIsafe, both in PROFIBUS, and in
PROFINET configurations. They can be used with all fail-safe
SIMATIC S7-CPUs.


6ES7 138-4CF01-0AB0
Power supply
- Current carrying capacity
up to 40 C, max.
10 A;
6 A for vertical installation
- Current carrying capacity
up to 60 C, max.
6 A
Load voltage L+
- Rated value (DC) 24 V
- Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic
- Reverse polarity protection No
Parameters
Comment 20 byte
No load voltage inhibit/enable
Load voltage DC
diagnostics
Diagnostics
- Diagnostics Yes
- Rated load voltage PWR (green) Yes
- Group fault SF (red) Yes
- Status display digital output
(green)
Yes
Width 30 mm
Power module PM-E F pm
PROFIsafe, 24 V DC
6ES7 138-4CF02-0AB0
For safe shutdown of digital
output modules
Power module PM-E F pp
PROFIsafe, 24 V DC
6ES7 138-4CF41-0AB0
For safe shutdown of digital
output modules
Accessories
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE
interface module
6ES7151-1BA01-0AB0
rate up to 12 Mbit/s; data volumes
244 byte each for I/O, up to
63 modules can be connected;
connection of PROFIsafe
modules, isochronous mode;
bus connection via 9-pin Sub-D
incl. terminating module
Terminal modules for
power modules
TM-P30S44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, screw-type terminals for
PM-E F PROFIsafe
TM-P30C44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
the left, spring-loaded terminals
for PM-E F PROFIsafe
programming tool
Task:
Software for configuring
ET 200S
Requirement:
license for 1 user
five languages: S7-200/300/400,
C7, LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7,
SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC NET
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
F electronic modules
5/51
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Digital inputs/outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
Fail-safe digital input module
For fail-safe reading of sensor information (1 or 2 channels)
Provides integral discrepancy evaluation for 2-out-of-2 signals
2 internal sensor supplies (incl. test function) onboard
Fail-safe digital output module
Fail-safe 2-channel activation (sink/source output)
by actuators
Actuators can be driven by up to 2 A
All modules are certified up to Cat. 4 (EN 954-1) and up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508).
PROFINET configurations.
They can be used with all fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs.
6ES7 138-4FA02-0AB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
(DC)
28.8 V
Reverse polarity protection No
Current consumption
Address area
Occupied address area
Outputs 4 Byte
Inputs 6 Byte
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8; 8 single channel, 4 two-channel
Number of simultanneously control-
lable inputs
8
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m
Input characteristic curve to IEC
1131, Typ 1
Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V
for signal "0" -30 to 5 V
for signal "1" 15 to 30 V
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 3.7 mA
voltage)
for standard inputs
- programmable Yes
- at "0" to "1", min. 0.3 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 17 ms
- at "1" to "0", min. 0.3 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 17 ms
6ES7 138-4FA02-0AB0
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 2
Output voltage min. L+ (-1.5V)
Output current, rated value 300 mA
Output current, permissible range 0 to 300 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic
(response threshold
0.7 A to 1.8 A)
Encoder
2-wire BEROS No
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes
(green)
Yes
Isolation
between the channels No
backplane bus
Yes
load voltage L+
No
Standards, approvals, certificates
Highest safety class achievable
in safety mode
to EN 954 Cat. 3 (single channel),
Cat. 4 (two-channel)
to IEC 61508 SIL 2 (single channel),
SIL 3 (two-channel)
Width 30 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
5/52
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0
Load voltage L+
reverse polarity protection No
Current consumption
max.
typically 100 mA
from backplane bus DC 3.3 V, max. 28 mA
Digital outputs
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes; electronic
voltage to
typically L+ (-47 V)
Lamp load, max. 10 W
Controlling a digital input No
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. L+ (-2,0 V), current sourcing
switch: L+ (-1,5 V), voltage drop
on current sinking switch: max.
0.5 V
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A
for 0 to 60 C, min.
20 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
2.4 A
for signal "0" residual current,
max.
0.5 mA;
Current sourcing switch:
max. 0.5 mA;
current sinking switch: max. 4 mA
for increased power No
for redundant control of a load No
Switching frequency
with inductive load, max. 0.1 Hz
6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0
(per group)
vertical installation
- up to 40 C, max. 4 mA
- up to 40 C, max. 6 A
up to 60 C, max. 4 mA
lower limit 12
upper limit 1 k
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Wire break Yes
Short circuit Yes
(green)
Yes
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
load voltage L+
No
in safety mode
to EN 954 Cat. 4
to IEC 61508 SIL 3
Width 30 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
5/53
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Electronic module 4/8 F-DI
PROFIsafe 24 V DC
6ES7 138-4FA02-0AB0
up to Category 4 (EN954-1)
Electronic module 4 F-DO
PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2A
6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0
up to Category 4 (EN954-1)
Accessories
Terminal modules for
electronic modules
See F terminal modules
IM 151-1 High Feature
interface module
6ES7 151-1BA01-0AB0
For ET200S; transmission rate
up to 12 Mbit/s; max. 63 modules
can be connected, with isochro-
nous mode, bus connection via
incl. terminating module
programming tool
Task:
Software for configuring fail-safe
user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
Floating license
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
license for 1 user
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
F terminal modules
5/54
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Mechanical modules as receptacles for the electronic
modules
For setting up permanent wiring through self-configuring
voltage buses
Keyed connection technology to ensure an enhanced vibra-
tion resistance of up to 5 g
Different versions to accommodate power modules and
electronic modules
Replaceable terminal box (even within the station network)
Automatic coding of the electronic modules
Self-shielding of the backplane bus for high data security
Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the
slot numbers
Alternatively available with screw-type or spring-loaded
terminals
For up to 60 % faster process wiring also with FastConnect
connection method (av. soon)

Note:
Additional terminal modules can be found under
Terminal Modules for Power and Electronic Modules
on page 5/79.
Terminal modules for power modules
TM-P30S44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
the left, screw-type terminals for
PM-E F PROFIsafe
TM-P30C44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
the left, spring-loaded terminals
for PM-E F PROFIsafe
Accessories for shield connecting
Shield connecting element 6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
5 pack
for TM-E and TM-P
Shield clamp 6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
5 pack
for busbar 3 10 mm
1 item
for cross-sections up to 25 mm
2

Busbar 3 10 mm 8WA2 842
1 item
Accessories for coding
Color coding plates
for TM-P, TM-E
white 6ES7 193-4LA20-0AA0
yellow 6ES7 193-4LB20-0AA0
yellow/green 6ES7 193-4LC20-0AA0
red 6ES7 193-4LD20-0AA0
blue 6ES7 193-4LF20-0AA0
brown 6ES7 193-4LG20-0AA0
turquoise 6ES7 193-4LH20-0AA0
Labels, inscribed
Ordering unit 1 set
200 items for slot numbering
(1 to 20) 10
8WA8 861-0AB
(1 to 40) 5
8WA8 861-0AC
(1 to 64) 1 ,
(1 to 68) 2
8WA8 861-0DA
Labels, blank
200 pieces
for slot numbering
8WA8 848-2AY
ET 200S IQ-Sense Modules and Sensors
4 IQ-Sense and 8 IQ-Sense sensor modules
5/55
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The 4 IQ-Sense sensor module is an intelligent 4-channel
electronic module for the ET 200S distributed I/O in
PROFIBUS DP networking systems. It is used to connect
photoelectric sensors using IQ-Sense technology.
The 8IQ-Sense sensor module is an intelligent 8-channel
I/O module for SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M and is used to
connect photoelectric and ultrasonic sensors using IQ-Sense
technology. It is possible to combine different types of sensors
on one module.
Standard function blocks are available for simplified handling of
a SIMATIC S7. Conventional sensors cannot be operated on
these modules.
The main applications of the IQ-Sense system are found in
installations and machines:
with high availability demands
with a high probability of interaction between sensors
with the need for high flexibility and dynamic changing of
sensor parameters.
Design
Module width (15 mm or 40 mm)
LEDs:
- 1 green LED for each sensor channel
- 1 red LED for group fault display
Maximum cable length to sensor 50 m, standard cables from
0.25 mm
2
The module can be mounted in the same way as any other
ET 200S module with permanent wiring, and can be easily
installed and removed without tools. The following can be
used as terminal modules:
- TM-E15S24-01
- TM-E15C24-01
- TM-E15S26-A1
- TM-E15C26-A1
6ES7 138-4GA00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
300 mA
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 4
Cable length
Analog inputs
Cycle time (all channels) max. 3.24 ms
Encoder
Description Photoelectric proximity switches
with IQ-SENSE,
cycle time 3.24 ms
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes;
Diagnostic information readable
Status indicator sensor channel
(green)
Yes
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
ET 200S IQ-Sense Modules and Sensors
4 IQ-Sense and 8 IQ-Sense sensor modules
5/56
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

More information
For further information, see ET 200M from page 5/288.
6ES7 338-7XF00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (no load),
max.
1 A
from backplane bus 5 V DC, max. 150 mA; typ.
Connection system
Requisite front connector 20-pin
Digital inputs
Length of cable
Length of cable unshielded, max 50 m
Sensor
Description photoelectronic proximity
switches and ultrasonic sensors
with IQ-Sense,
cycle time 2.88 - 6 ms
diagnostics
Status display digital input (green) Yes
Insulation
Insulation tested with 500 V DC
Digital input functions
backplane bus
Yes
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Sensor module 4IQ-Sense 6ES7 138-4GA00-0AB0
Sensor module 8 x IQ-Sense 6ES7 338-7XF00-0AB0
Sensors
for connecting to the 4 IQ-Sense
sensor module
Diffuse sensor,
type C40 IQ-Sense
3SF7 240-3JQ00
Diffuse sensor,
type K80 IQ-Sense
3SF7 210-3JQ00
Reflex sensor,
type C40 IQ-Sense
3SF7 241-3JQ00
Reflex sensor,
type K80 IQ-Sense
3SF7 211-3JQ00
Diffuse sensor
with background suppression,
type K80 IQ-Sense
3SF7 214-3JQ00
Ultrasonic sensors
M18 IQ-Sense
Sensing range 5 to 30 cm
3SF6 232-3JA00
Ultrasonic sensors
M18 IQ-Sense
Sensing range 15 to 100 cm
3SF6 233-3JA00
IQ-Sense proximity switch
ET 200S Technology Modules
Overview
5/57
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Design
Possible combinations of TM-E terminal modules and electronic modules
1) See the manual "ET 200S fail-safe modules in the
"S7 F Systems and "S7 Distributed Safety documentation packages
Electronic modules TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules
Screw-type terminal 15S26-A1 15S24-A1 15S24-01 15S23-01 15S24-AT 30S44-01 30S46-A1
Spring-loaded terminal 15C26-A1 15C24-A1 15C24-01 15C23-01 15C24-AT 30C44-01 30C46-A1
Fast Connect 15N26-A1 15N24-A1 15N24-01 15N23-01
Order No. 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CA70-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0 4CB60-0AA0
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz
1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz
1 SSI
1 STEP 5 V/204 kHz
2 PULSE
1 POS INC/Digital
1 POS SSI/Digital
1 POS INC/Analog
1 POS SSI/Analog
1 SI 3964/ASCII
1 SI Modbus/USS
4/8 F-DI 24 V DC
1)

4 F-DO 24 V DC/2 A
1)

RESERVE (overall width 15 mm)
RESERVE (overall width 30 mm)
SSI module
5/58
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

1-channel module for connecting SSI sensors to the ET 200S
For position decoding and simple positioning tasks
With two comparison operations with specifiable comparison
values (standard mode)
With a digital input for latching actual values (standard mode)
Can be plugged into TM-E terminal module with automatic
coding
Fast mode for high-speed acquisition of encoder values
(e.g. for drive controls)
Module replacement possible during operation and when live
(hot swapping)
Simple parameterization without additional software
Note:
We supply positioning systems and prepared connection cables
for counting and positioning functions as SIMODRIVE Sensors
or Motion Connect 500
(also visit http://www.siemens.com/simatic-technology)
6ES7 138-4DB02-0AB0
Load voltage L+
(DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
max.
34 mA
Digital inputs
Input voltage
for signal "0" -30 to 5V
for signal "1" 11 to 30V
Input current
for signal "0", max.
2 mA
for signal "1", typ. 9 mA
Encoder supply
Absolute encoder (SSI)
encoder supply
Absolute encoder (SSI) Yes
Output voltage L+ (-0.8 V)
6ES7 138-4DB02-0AB0
Encoder
Number of connectable encoders,
max.
1
2-wire BEROS Yes; Type 2
diagnostics
(green)
Yes
Status indicator backward
counting (green)
Yes
Status indicator forward counting
(green)
Yes
Isolation
Isolation counter
backplane bus
Yes
load voltage L+
No
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
SSI module
5/59
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SSI module 6ES7 138-4DB02-0AB0
For connecting absolute
encoders with an SSI interface
Accessories
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
Signal cable
Preassembled for SSI absolute
encoder 6FX2001-5, without
Sub-D connector, UL/DESINA
6FX5 002-2CC12-....
2 PULSE pulse generator
5/60
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

2-channel pulse generator and timer module for ET 200S
For controlling final control elements, valves, heater elements,
etc.
Pulse width modulation (PWM)
Pulse sequences
Pulse trains
Accurately timed switching signals to 24 V DC output
6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V; from the power module
Current consumption
max.
40 mA
from backplane bus DC 3.3 V,
max.
10 mA
Digital inputs
Cable length
to IEC 1131, Typ 2
Yes
Input voltage
for signal "0" -30 V to 5 V
Input current
Input delay
Input frequency
(with 0.1 ms delay), max.
20 kHz
Minimum pulse width
for program reactions
100 s
6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0
Digital outputs
of the output
Yes
Response threshold, typ. 10 A
voltage to
L+ - (50 V to 65 V)
Accuracy of pulse duration +/- (pulse duration x 100 ppm) ,
+/- 100 s with a load <= 50 Ohm
minimum pulse duration 200 s
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. L+ (-1.0 V)
Output current
for 0 to 60 C, min.
7 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
2 A
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA
"0" to "1", max. 100 s
"1" to "0", max. 200 s
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 2.5 kHz
2 PULSE pulse generator
5/61
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0
Encoder supply
Output voltage L+ (-0.8 V)
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes
2 mA
Pulse generator
Number of channels 2;
1 digital input and
1 digital output per channel
diagnostics
(green)
Yes
(green)
Yes
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
backplane bus
Yes
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
Pulse generator and timer
module 2PULSE
6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0
For ET 200S
Accessories
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
1 STEP stepper module
5/62
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Single channel module for ET 200S for the controlled position-
ing of a stepper motor
Reference point or incremental operating modes
Connection of power circuits with pulse/ direction interface
using 5 V differential signals
External stop with/without ramp through digital input
Status display and error display by LED:
positioning errors and status errors in the digital inputs are
displayed on LEDs and indicated to the interface to the master
6ES7 138-4DC00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
Digital inputs
Functions Input REF: reference cams,
input DI: pulse disable or external
stop
Cable length
Repeat frequency, max. 1 kHz
to IEC 1131, Typ 2
Yes
Input voltage
for signal "0" -30 to +5V ( -15% / + 20%)
Input current
2 mA
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max.
300 s
- at "1" to "0", max.
300 s
6ES7 138-4DC00-0AB0
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes
Drive technology
Cable length, max. 100 m;
twisted and shielded in pairs
Step controllers
Connection for stepper motors Differential signals for pulses
(PULSE, notPULSE) and
direction (DIR, notDIR) to RS422
Number of stepper motor channels 1
diagnostics
Description 1 green LED for status indication
"Ready for positioning jobs"
Positioning mode POS (green) Yes
(green)
Yes
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
1 STEP stepper module
5/63
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

1STEP stepper module 6ES7 138-4DC00-0AB0
for simple positioning tasks with
stepper motor axes
Accessories
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
SIMOSTEP stepper motors See Catalog ST 70
FM STEPDRIVE power module
for stepper motors
See Catalog ST 70
1 POS U positioning module
5/64
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Positioning module 1 POS U is a single-channel positioning
module for ET 200S for the positioning of positioning and
operational axes
For controlled positioning using digital outputs according to
the rapid/creep feed principle
With actual position value sensing for
- incremental encoders with 5 V difference signals or 24 V
signals, or for SSI encoders
- proportioning mode (single evaluation of encoder signal A
only)
Reference-point approach, actual value setting
Parameter change during operation
- reversing difference
- shutdown difference
Functions
- Inching:
Direct application of control signals by the master
- Traversing:
Absolute or relative
- Axes:
For linear and rotary axes
- Latch function:
Saves the current value by setting a digital input
Note:
Siemens is offering position measuring systems and
pre-assembled connecting cables for counting and positioning
functions under SIMODRIVE Sensor or Motion Connect 500.
6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
permissible range,
lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
permissible range,
upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
max.
50 mA
Digital inputs
Cable length
to IEC 1131, Typ 2
Yes
Input voltage
for signal "1" 11 V to 30 V
Input current
2 mA
6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0
Digital outputs
of the output
Yes
Response threshold, typ. 0.7 A to 1.8 A
voltage to
Yes;
L+ -(55 to 60 V)
Lamp load, max. 5 W
Output voltage
for signal "0" (DC), max. 3 V
for signal "1", min. L+ -1 V
Output current
for 0 to 60 C, min.
7 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
600 mA
Switching frequency
Encoder supply
5 V encoder supply
5 V Yes
Output current, max. 500 mA
24 V encoder supply
24 V Yes
Absolute encoder (SSI)
encoder supply
Output voltage L+ -0.8 V
1 POS U positioning module
5/65
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes; Type 2
Encoder signals, incremental
encoder (symmetrical)
Encoder signal 5 V
- Signal level to RS-422
- Terminating resistor 330
- Differential input voltage, min. 1 V
- Input frequency, max. 500 Hz
- cable length, shielded, max. 50 m
Encoder signal 24 V
- Rated value DC 24 V Yes
- Input voltage for signal "0" 5 V
- Input voltage for signal "1" 30 V
- Input current, for signal "0", max..
(permissible idle current)
2 mA
- Input current for signal "1", typ. 9 mA
- Input frequency, max. 100,000 Hz
- cable length, shielded, max. 50 m
Encoder signals, absolute encoder
(SSI)
Updating the encoder value
- Telegram runtime at 13 bit, min. 7 ms
- Telegram runtime at 25 Bit, min. 13 ms
Monoflop time 64 ms
Reaction times
Updating time of the feedback
messages
1 ms
diagnostics
Actual value falling DN (green) Yes
Actual value rising UP (green) Yes
Positioning mode POS (green) Yes
(green)
Yes
Isolation
between backplane bus and all
other circuit parts
Yes
between the channels and
backplane bus
Yes
Width 30 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
1 POS U positioning module 6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0
Single-channel positioning
module for ET 200S
for positioning the adjustment
and operation axes
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
5/66
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
1-channel 32-bit intelligent counter module for universal count
tasks and time-based measuring tasks
For the direct connection of 24 V incremental sensors or
initiators
Comparison function with predefinable comparison values
Integrated digital output to output the reaction when the com-
parison value is attained
coding
Module replacement possible during operation and under
power (hot swapping)
Note:
Siemens is now able to offer distance measuring systems and
functions in the product ranges SIMODRIVE Sensor and Motion
Connect 500.
6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
Load voltage L+
(DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
max.
42 mA
Hardware config.
Module exchange
Hot swapping the IM-DP Yes
Module exchange under process
voltage
Yes
Digital inputs
Functions Gate control, synchronization,
latch function
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 100 m;
Filter 20 kHz: 100m,
Filter 200 kHz: 50m
1131, Typ 2
Yes
Input voltage
Input current
2 mA
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max. 2.5 s; Filter off: 2.5 s (200 kHz),
filter on: 25 s (20 kHz)
6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
Digital outputs
of the output
Yes
Response threshold, typ. 2.6 A to 4 A
voltage to
L+ -(50 to 60 V)
Lamp load, max. 5 W
Output voltage
Output current
for 0 to 40 C, min.
5 mA
for 0 to 40 C, max.
2,000 mA
for 0 to 60 C, min.
5 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
500 mA;
1000 mA to 50 C
"0" to "1", max. 100 s
Switching frequency
Encoder supply
24 V encoder supply
24 V Yes; L+ (-0.8 V)
5/67
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
Encoder
max.
1
Incremental encoder
(asymmetrical)
Yes
24 V initiator Yes
2-wire BEROS Yes
Counters
Number of counter inputs 1; 32 bit
Minimum pulse width 2.5 s;
Filter off: 2.5 s (200 kHz),
Filter on: 25 s (20 kHz)
Frequency measurement
Measurement range, min. 0.1 Hz
Measurement range, max. 100 kHz
Cycle duration measurement
Measuring range, lower limit 10 s
Measuring range, upper limit 120 s
Speed measurement
Measurement range, min.
(lower limit)
1 1/min
Measurement range, max.
(upper limit)
25,000 1/min
Parameter
Remark 16 byte
6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
diagnostics
Diagnoses
(green)
Yes
(green)
Yes
counting (green)
Yes
(green)
Yes
Isolation
galvanic isolation, digital inputs No
Isolation counter
the backplane bus
Yes
the load voltage L+
No
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
5/68
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

counter module
6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
For universal counting and
measuring tasks with ET 200S
Accessories
strips for I/O modules
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
For TM-P and TM-E terminal
modules, as fixing for busbars
3 x 10 mm, 5 pieces
For connecting braided cable
shields to the busbar, 5 pieces
SIMODRIVE sensor incremen-
tal encoder
Externally mounted encoder,
optical, incremental with HTL
level, operating voltage 10 to 30 V
With synchronous flange,
universal axial/radial cable
outlet with connector
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4DA10
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4DB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4DC50
radial flange outlet
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4FA10
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4FB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4FC50
axial flange outlet
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4HA10
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4HB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4HC50
With clamping flange,
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4NA10
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4NB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4NC50
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4QA10
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4QB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4QC50
axial flange outlet
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4SA10
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4SB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4SC50
Signal cable 6FX5 002-2CA12-....
Pre-assembled for HTL and
TTL encoder, without Sub-D con-
nector, UL/DESINA
5/69
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
1-channel 32-bit intelligent counter module for universal count
tasks and time-based measuring tasks
For direct connection of 5 V incremental encoders (RS 422)
Comparison function with predefinable comparison values
2 integrated digital outputs to output the response upon
reaching the comparison value
coding
Module replacement possible during operation and under
power (hot swapping)
Note:
Siemens is now able to offer distance measuring systems and
functions in the product ranges SIMODRIVE Sensor and Motion
Connect 500
6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0
Load voltage L+
(DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
max.
45 mA
Hardware config.
Module exchange
Hot swapping the IM-DP Yes
Module exchange under process
voltage
Yes
Digital inputs
Functions Gate control, synchronization,
latch function
Cable length
1131, Typ 2
Yes
Input voltage
Input current
for signal "0", max. (permissible
quiescent current)
2 mA
voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max. 2.5 s
6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0
Digital outputs
of the output
Yes
Response threshold, typ. 2.6 A to 4 A
voltage to
L+ -(50 to 60 V)
Output voltage
Output current
for 0 to 60 C, min.
5 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
2.4 A
"0" to "1", max. 100 s
Switching frequency
Encoder supply
24 V encoder supply
24 V Yes; L+ (-0.8 V)
5/70
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0
Encoder
max.
1
Incremental encoder
(symmetrical)
Yes
2-wire BEROS Yes
Encoder signals, incremental
encoder (symmetrical)
Trace mark signals A, notA, B, notB,
A and B offset by 90
Zero mark signal N, notN
Input signal 5 V difference signal
(phys. RS 422)
Input frequency, max. 500 kHz
Counters
Number of counter inputs 1; 32 bit
Minimum pulse width 1 s
Frequency measurement
Measurement range, min. 0.1 Hz
Measurement range, max. 500 kHz
Cycle duration measurement
Measuring range, lower limit 10 s
Measuring range, upper limit 120 s
Speed measurement
Measurement range, min.
(lower limit)
1 1/min
Measurement range, max.
(upper limit)
25,000 1/min
Parameter
Remark 16 byte
6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0
diagnostics
Diagnoses
(green)
Yes
(green)
Yes
counting (green)
Yes
(green)
Yes
Synchronization SYN (green) Yes
Isolation
galvanic isolation, digital inputs No
Isolation counter
the backplane bus
Yes
the load voltage L+
No
Width 30 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
5/71
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz
counter module
6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0
For universal counting and
measuring tasks with ET 200S
Accessories
strips for I/O modules
modules
red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
For TM-P and TM-E terminal
modules, as fixing for busbars
3 x 10 mm, 5 pieces
For connecting braided cable
shields to the busbar, 5 pieces
SIMODRIVE Incremental shaft
encoder
with RS 422 (TTL),
operating voltage 10 to 30 V
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2DD60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2DF00
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2FD60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2FF00
With synchronous flange, axial
flange outlet
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HD60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HF00
With clamping flange, universal
axial/radial cable outlet with
connector
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2ND60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2NF00
With clamping flange, radial
flange outlet
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2QD60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2QF00
With clamping flange, axial
flange outlet
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2SD60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2SF00
Signal cable
Pre-assembled for HTL and
TTL encoder, without Sub-D
connector, UL/DESINA
6FX5 002-2CA12-....
1SI interface module
5/72
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

1-channel module for serial data exchange through point-to-
point connection
For message frames max. 200 byte long
RS 232C, RS 422, RS 485
2 versions
- ASCII and 3964(R) protocol
- Modbus and USS protocol
Parameter assignment through GSD file or STEP 7
(V5.1 and newer)
6ES7 138-
4DF01-0AB0
6ES7 138-
4DF11-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 24 V, max. 80 mA;
typically 20 mA
80 mA
from backplane bus DC 3.3 V, max. 10 mA 10 mA
Memory
Memory
Standard blocks 5,100 Byte;
S_SEND
2700, S_RCV
2400, S_XON
2600, S_RTS
2600, S_V24
2700, S_VSTAT
1800, S_VSET
1800
11,100 Byte;
Modbus:
S_SEND 2700,
S_RCV 2400,
S_MODB 6000
USS: S_SEND
2700, S_RCV
2400, S_USST
1900, S_USSR
2600, S_USSI
1500
interfaces
Number of interfaces 1 1
RS 232C Yes; RS 232C
signals: 8
(TxD, RxD, RTS,
CTS, DTR, DSR,
DCD, PE)
Yes; RS 232C
signals: 8
(TxD, RxD, RTS,
CTS, DTR, DSR,
DCD, PE)
RS 422/RS 485 Yes; RS-422
signals: 5
(TxD(A),
RxD(A), TxD(B),
RxD(B), PE);
RS-485 signals:
3 (R/T(A),
R/T(B), PE)
Yes; RS-422
signals: 5
(TxD(A),
RxD(A), TxD(B),
RxD(B), PE);
RS-485 signals:
3 (R/T(A),
R/T(B), PE)
RS 232, cable length, shielded,
max.
15 m 15 m
RS 422/485, cable length, shielded,
max.
1,200 m 1,200 m
6ES7 138-
4DF01-0AB0
6ES7 138-
4DF11-0AB0
Point-to-point
Integrated protocol driver
3964 (R) Yes
ASCII Yes
Modbus Yes
Transmission speed,
Modbus protocol, max.
115.2 kBit/s;
half duplex:
110, 300, 600,
1200, 2400,
4800, 9600,
19200, 38400,
57600, 76800,
115200 bps
USS Yes
Transmission speed,
USS protocol, max.
115.2 kBit/s;
half duplex:
110, 300, 600,
1200, 2400,
4800, 9600,
19200, 38400,
57600, 76800,
115200 bps
Transmission speed, RS 422/485
with 3964 (R) protocol, max. 115.2 kBit/s;
half duplex:
110, 300, 600,
1200, 2400,
4800, 9600,
19200, 38400,
57600, 76800,
115200 bps
with ASCII protocol, max. 115.2 kBit/s; full
duplex: 110,
300, 600, 1200,
2400, 4800,
9600, 19200,
38400, 57600,
76800, 115200
bps
1SI interface module
5/73
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 138-
4DF01-0AB0
6ES7 138-
4DF11-0AB0
Transmission speed, RS232
with 3964 (R) protocol, max. 115.2 kBit/s;
half duplex:
110, 300, 600,
1200, 2400,
4800, 9600,
19200, 38400,
57600, 76800,
115200 bps
with ASCII protocol, max. 115.2 kBit/s;
full duplex:
110, 300, 600,
1200, 2400,
4800, 9600,
19200, 38400,
57600, 76800,
115200 bps
Character frame (adjustable)
Bits per character 7 or 8 8
Number of start/stop bits 1 or 2 1 or 2
(USS only 1)
Bits per character frame 10 10 or 11
(USS only
11 bits)
Parity none, odd,
even, any
none, odd, even
(USS only even)
Number of bytes
per PLC sampling cycle
Data quantity
per PLC sampling cycle,
receiving
32 Byte;
With IM151-1
Standard as of
6ES7151-
1AA04-0AB0;
With IM151-1
High Feature as
of 6ES7151-
1BA01-0AB0;
otherwise
8 bytes
32 Byte;
With IM151-1
Standard as of
6ES7151-
1AA04-0AB0;
With IM151-1
High Feature as
of 6ES7151-
1BA01-0AB0;
otherwise
8 bytes
Data quantity
per PLC sampling cycle,
transmitting
32 Byte;
With IM151-1
Standard as of
6ES7151-
1AA04-0AB0;
With IM151-1
High Feature as
of 6ES7151-
1BA01-0AB0;
otherwise
8 bytes
32 Byte;
With IM151-1
Standard as of
6ES7151-
1AA04-0AB0;
With IM151-1
High Feature as
of 6ES7151-
1BA01-0AB0;
otherwise
8 bytes
6ES7 138-
4DF01-0AB0
6ES7 138-
4DF11-0AB0
diagnostics
Receive RxD (green) Yes Yes
Transmit TxD (green) Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation interface
between 422/485 and
internal power supply
Yes Yes
between RS 232 and
internal power supply
Yes Yes
min. 0 C 0 C
max. 60 C 60 C
Storage/transport temperature
min. -40 C -40 C
max. 70 C 70 C
Width 15 mm 15 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
1 SI interface module
ASCII and 3964(R) protocols 6ES7 138-4DF01-0AB0
Modbus and USS protocols 6ES7 138-4DF11-0AB0
Accessories
TM-E15S 26-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15S 26-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0
TM-E15N24-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CA80-0AA0
TM-E15S24-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0
TM-E15C24-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
TM-E15N24-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CB70-0AA0
SIWAREX CS
5/74
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
SIWAREX CS is a versatile weighing module for all simple
weighing and force measuring tasks. The compact module is
easy to install in all SIMATIC automation systems. Data can be
accessed directly in the SIMATIC.

Integration in automation systems
S7-400, S7-300, C7 Through ET 200S
IM 151-7 CPU Through backplane bus
Automation systems from other
manufacturers (available soon)
Through ET 200S
Communications interfaces SIMATIC S7 (ET 200S backplane
bus), RS 232, TTY
Connection of remote indicators
(through TTY serial interface)
Legal-for-trade weight value
Adjustment of scales settings Using SIMATIC S7/C7 IM 151-7
CPU or SIWATOOL CS PC
parameterization software
(RS 232)
Measuring properties
Error limit according to DIN 1319-1
of full-scale value at 20C10K
0,05 %
n
IND
according to EN 45501
Minimum measuring signal
Umin per d
2,000 (legal-for-trade)
1.5 V
Internal resolution
Data format of weight values
65.535
2 byte (fixed-point)
Number of measurements/second 50
Digital filter 0.05 - 5 Hz (in 7 steps),
mean-value filter
Weighing functions
Weight values Gross, net
Limits 2 (min./max.)
Zero setting function Per command
Tare function Per command
Tare specification Per command
Load cells Strain gauges in 4-wire or
6-wire system
Load cell powering
Supply voltage U
s
(rated value) 6 V DC typ.
Max. supply current 68 mA
Permissible load impedance
- R
Lmin
> 87
- R
Lmax
<4010
With SIWAREX IS Ex interface:
- R
Lmin
> 87
- R
Lmax
< 4010
Load cell characteristic 1 mV/V to 4 mV/V
Permissible range
of measuring signal
(at greatest set characteristic)
-1.5 to +42.5 mV
Max. distance of load cells 1000 m
Intrinsically-safe load cell powering Optional
(SIWAREX IS Ex interface)
External load cell powering Possible up to 24 V
Connection to load cells
in Ex zone 1
Optionally via SIWAREXIS Ex
interface
Ex approvals zone 2 and safety ATEX 100a, FM, UL, cULUS Haz.
Loc. (all available soon)
Rated voltage 24 V DC
Max. current consumption 150 mA
Certification EC type approval
(CE, OIML R76)
IP degree of protection to
DIN EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP20
Climatic requirements
T
min (IND)
to T
max (IND)

(operating temperature)
Vertical installation -10 ... +60 C
Horizontal installation -10 ... +40 C
EMC requirements according to EN 61326, EN 45501
NAMUR NE21, Part 1
SIWAREX CS
5/75
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SIWAREX CS
Weighing electronics for scales in
SIMATIC ET 200S for applica-
tions with and without obligation
of verification
EU type approval 2000 d
7MH4910-0AA01
Note:
Observe approval conditions for
applications with obligation of
verification. It is recommendable
to use the calibration set and
contact the SIWAREX hotline.
SIWAREX CS Manual Free download in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/weighing-
technology
German, English, Italian,
Spanish, French
Configuration package
SIWAREX CS on CD-ROM for
SIMATIC S7, version V5.2 or
higher
7MH4910-0AK01
Software for SIWATOOL CS
scale adjustment (German/En-
glish)
Manuals on CD (German/En-
glish)
S7 function block
SIWAREX CS "Getting started"
Example software for easy
acquaintance with scale pro-
gramming in STEP 7.
Free download in the Internet at:
technology
Calibration set for SIWAREX CS 7MH4910-0AY10
For verification of up to 5 scales
comprising:
1 x inscription foil for labeling
1 x cover for connections
1 x protection foil
10 x EC verification marks
(black M on green background)
Guidelines for verification,
verification certificates and
approvals, adaptable label
SIWAREX CS Manual
SIWATOOL cable
from SIWAREX U/CS with serial
PC interface, for 9-pin PC inter-
faces (RS 232), 3 m long
7MH4607-8CA
Installation material
(mandatory)
Terminal module 6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0
TM-E 30 mm wide (required for
each SIWAREX module)
or compatible
Shield contact element 6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0
Contents 5 items,
sufficient for 5 cables
Shield connection terminal 6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0
Contents: 5 items,
Note: one shield connection
terminal is required each for the
scales connection and
TTY interface or
RS 232 interface
N busbar, galvanized 8WA2842
3 x 10 mm, 1.5 m long
Feeder terminal for N busbar 8WA2868
Remote display (option)
The digital remote displays can
be connected directly to the
SIWAREX CS through the TTY
interface.
The following remote display
can be used:
S102
Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH
P.O. Box 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel.: +49 6806/980-0
Fax: +49 6806/980-999
Internet: http://www.siebert.de
Detailed information available
from manufacturer.
Accessories
SIWAREX JB junction box,
aluminium housing
for connecting up to 4 load cells
in parallel, and for connecting
several junction boxes
7MH4710-1BA
SIWAREX JB junction box,
stainless steel housing
for connecting up to 4 load cells
in parallel
7MH4710-1EA
Ex interface, type SIWAREX Pi 7MH4710-5AA
With UL and FM approvals,
but without ATEX approval
for intrinsically-safe connection
of load cells,
suitable for the SIWAREX U, M,
FTA, FTC, CS and P weighing
modules.
Use in the EC is not possible.
Manual for Ex interface type
SIWAREX Pi
C71000-T5974-C29
SIWAREX IS Ex interface
With ATEX approval, but without
UL and FM approvals
for intrinsically-safe connection
of load cells,
including Manual,
suitable for the SIWAREX U, M,
FTA, FTC, CS and P weighing
modules.
Use in the EC is possible.
With short-circuit current
< 199 mA DC
7MH4710-5BA
With short-circuit current
< 137 mA DC
7MH4710-5CA
SIWAREX CS
5/76
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Cable (optional)
Cable Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST +
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
orange sheath
7MH4702-8AG
to connect SIWAREX U, M, P, FTA,
FTC and CS to the junction box
(JB), extension box (EB) or Ex
interface (Ex-I) or between two
JBs, for fixed laying, occasional
bending is possible, 10.8 mm
outer diameter, for ambient tem-
perature 40 to +80 C
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
7MH4702-8AF
to connect the junction box (JB)
or extension box (EB) in a poten-
tially explosive atmosphere to the
Ex interface (Ex-I), for fixed lay-
ing, occasional bending is possi-
ble, blue PVC insulating sheath,
approx. 10.8 mm outer diameter,
for ambient temperature
40 to +80 C
Cable LiYCY 4 x 2 x 0.25 mm 7MH4407-8BD0
for TTY (connect 2 pairs of
conductors in parallel),
for connection of a remote
indicator
SIWAREX CF
5/77
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
SIWAREX CF force transmitter
SIWAREX CF is a transmitter for connecting strain-gauge
sensors for measuring force and torque, for example. The com-
pact module is easy to install in all SIMATIC automation systems.
Complete data access to the current measured values is then
possible via the SIMATIC.

Integration into automation systems
S7-400, S7-300, C7 Through ET 200S
Automation systems from other
vendors
Possible through ET 200S
with IM 151-1
Communication interfaces SIMATIC S7 (ET 200S backplane
bus), 8 byte, I/O area
Module parameterization Not required
(module is pre-parameterized)
Measuring properties
Error limit according
to DIN 1319-1 of upper limit of
effective range at 20C10K
0.15 %
Signal resolution 14 bit
plus 1 bit sign
Number of measurements/second 50
Low-pass filter Without or 2 Hz
Sensors In accordance with the principle
of expansion measurement
(full bridge)
4-wire connection
Sensor feed
Supply voltage,
short-circuit-proof
6 V DC 5%
Permissible sensor resistance
- R
Lmin
> 250
- R
Lmax
< 4010
Permissible sensor cell coefficient Up to 4 mV/V
Permissible range of the measuring
signal
-25.2 to +25.2 mV
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Max. current consumption 150 mA
Voltage supply
from backplane bus
Typ. 10 mA
Certification UL, CSA, FM
IP degree of protection
to DIN EN 60529; IEC 60529
IP 20
Climatic requirements
T
min (IND)
to T
max (IND)
(operating temperature)
Vertical mounting 0 ... +60 C
Horizontal installation 0 ... +40 C
EMC requirements according to NAMUR NE21, Part 1
89/386/EEC
SIWAREX CF
5/78
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SIWAREX CF
Force module for strain-gauge
sensors in SIMATIC ET 200S
(SIWAREX CF configuring pack-
age not required)
7MH4920-0AA01
SIWAREX CF manual Free download in the Internet at:
technology
German, English
SIWAREX CF "Getting started"
Sample software for easy
acquaintance
with programming in STEP 7.
Free download in the Internet at:
technology
Installation material
(mandatory)
Terminal module 6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0
TM-E 30 mm wide (required for
each SIWAREX module)
or compatible
Shield contact element 6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0
Contents 5 items,
Shield terminal element 6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0
Contents: 5 items, sufficient for 5
cables
One shield terminal element is
required per sensor cable
N busbar, galvanized 8WA2842
3 x 10 mm, 1.5 m long
Feeder terminal
for N busbar
8WA2868
Accessories
SIWAREX EB extension box
for extending sensor cables
7MH4710-2AA
Cable (optional)
2 x (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
orange sheath
7MH4702-8AG
To connect SIWAREX U, M, P,
FTA, FTC, CS and CF to the
junction box (JB), extension box
(EB) or Ex interface (Ex-I) or
between two JBs, for fixed laying,
occasional bending is possible,
10.8 mm outer diameter,
for ambient temperature
40 to +80C
ET 200S Terminal Modules
Terminal modules for power
and electronic modules
5/79
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Mechanical modules as receptacles for the electronic
modules
For setting up permanent wiring via build-as-you-go voltage
buses
Keyed connection technology to ensure an enhanced
vibration resistance of up to 5 g
Different variants for accepting power modules and electronic
modules
Replaceable terminal box (even within the station network)
Automatic coding of the electronics modules
Build-as-you-go shielding of the backplane bus for high data
security
Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the
slot numbers
Alternatively available with screw-type or spring-loaded
terminals as well as with no-strip fast connection system
"FastConnect" for up to 60 % quicker process wiring

1) Observe project planning help for selecting the suitable
TM-E and TM-P
TM-P terminal modules for PM-E power modules
TM-P15S23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals,
terminal access to AUX1 bus,
AUX1 interconnected to the left,
screw-type terminals
TM-P15C23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals,
spring-loaded terminals
TM-P15N23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC70-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals,
FastConnect
TM-P15S23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals,
AUX1 interrupted to the left,
TM-P15C23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals,
TM-P15N23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD70-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals,
FastConnect
TM-P15S22-01 6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0
2 x 2 terminals,
no terminal access to AUX1 bus,
TM-P15C22-01 6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0
2 x 2 terminals,
TM-P15N22-01 6ES7 193-4CE60-0AA0
2 x 2 terminals,
FastConnect
TM-P30S44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
7 x 2 terminals,
screw-type terminals for PM-E F
PROFIsafe
TM-P30C44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
7 x 2 terminals,
spring-loaded terminals for PM-E
F PROFIsafe
Terminal module TM-E for electronic modules
1)

TM-E15S24-A1 6ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0
2 x 4 terminals,
TM-E15C24-A1 6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0
2 x 4 terminals,
TM-E15S24-01 6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
ET 200S Terminal Modules
Terminal modules for power
and electronic modules
5/80
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
1) Observe project planning help for selecting the suitable
TM-E and TM-P
Terminal module TM-E for electronic modules
1)

TM-E15C24-01 6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
2 x 4 terminals,
TM-E15S23-01 6ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals
TM-E15C23-01 6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals,
TM-E15N23-01 6ES7 193-4CB60-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals,
FastConnect
TM-E15N24-01 6ES7 193-4CB70-0AA0
2 x 4 terminals,
FastConnect
TM-E15S26-A1 6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0
2 x 6 terminals,
TM-E15C26-A1 6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0
2 x 6 terminals,
TM-E15N24-A1 6ES7 193-4CA70-0AA0
2 x 4 terminals,
FastConnect
TM-E15N26-A1 6ES7 193-4CA80-0AA0
2 x 6 terminals,
FastConnect
TM-E30S44-01 6ES7 193-4CG20-0AA0
4 x 4 terminals,
TM-E30C44-01 6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0
4 x 4 terminals,
TM-E30S46-A1 6ES7 193-4CF40-0AA0
4 x 6 terminals,
TM-E30C46-A1 6ES7 193-4CF50-0AA0
4 x 6 terminals,
TM-E15S24-AT 6ES7 193-4CL20-0AA0
for internal temperature compen-
sation with 2 AI TC High Feature,
screw-type terminal
TM-E15C24-AT 6ES7 193-4CL30-0AA0
for internal temperature compen-
sation with 2 AI TC High Feature,
Accessories for shield connection
For plugging into TM-E and TM-P
For busbar 3 10 mm
For cable cross-sections
up to 25 mm
2
3 10 mm busbars 8WA2 842
Accessories for coding
Color coding plates
for TM-P, TM-E
red 6ES7 193-4LD20-0AA0
turquoise 6ES7 193-4LH20-0AA0
Labels, inscribed
Ordering unit 1 set
(1 to 20) 10
8WA8 861-0AB
(1 to 40) 5
8WA8 861-0AC
(1 to 64) 1 , (1 to 68) 2
8WA8 861-0DA
Labels, blank 8WA8 848-2AY
ET 200S Motor Starters and Frequency Converters
General information
5/81
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Standard motor starters, DS1-x direct-on-line starter

High Feature motor starters, DS1e-x direct-on-line starter
ET 200S FC frequency converter
Motor starters
Completely factory-wired motor starters for switching and pro-
tecting any three-phase loads
Can be used as a direct-on-line, reversing or soft starter
Standard motor starter with circuit-breaker contactor combi-
nation up to 5.5 kW
High Feature motor starter with a combination comprising
starter circuit-breaker, solid-state overload protection and
contactor or soft starter up to 7.5 kW
With self-assembling 40/50 A power bus, i.e. the load voltage
is only supplied once for a group of motor starters
Hot swapping is permissible
Inputs and outputs for activating and signaling the statistics
have been integrated
Diagnostics capability for active monitoring of the switching
and protection functions
Can be combined with expansion modules: Brake Control
Module for controlling electromechanical brakes in induction
motors and with two optional inputs for special functions
(for quick stop with the Standard motor starter and for
parameterizable special functions with the High Feature motor
starter)
Can be combined with SIGUARD safety systems for use in
safety-related subsystems (EN 954-1)
Frequency converter
For stepless speed control of asynchronous motors
Consisting of the modules for control module ICU24 and
power supply IPM25 up to 4.0 kW
Hot swapping of control module and power supply permitted
Low line harmonic distortions
Operation without line commutating reactor
Active braking with line-commutated energy recovery
Can be combined with brake control module for controlling an
electromechanical holding brake
With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i. e. the load voltage for
a group of frequency converters has to be fed in just once
For achieving EMC Class A (acc. to EN 55011)
Connection of an EMC filter before the power bus
ET 200S motor starters
5/82
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Interplay of ET 200S motor starter components
Application
The ET 200S motor starters can be used to protect and switch
any three-phase load. The communication interface makes them
ideal for use in distributed switchgear cabinets or control boxes.
Since the motor starters are fully factory-wired, the installation
of power switchgear cabinets requires far less time and space.
The bit-modular design makes engineering much simpler. When
the ET 200S is used, the parts list is reduced to two essential
items per load feeder circuit: the passive terminal module and
the motor starter. For this reason, ET 200S is also perfectly suited
for modular machine concepts.
Expansions can be easily implemented by subsequent connec-
tion of additional terminal modules. The new terminal block
design (10 mm) also replaces the previously required distribu-
tion wiring. The permanent wiring and the hot-swapping function
(connection and disconnection permitted when energized)
makes it possible to replace a motor starter in a few seconds,
if necessary. This makes the motor starters especially suitable
for applications which require a high level of availability.
Since the motor starters can be expanded with xB1-xB4 brake
control modules, they can be used for motors with 24 V DC
brakes (xB1, xB3) and with -500 V DC brakes (xB2, xB4).
The -24 V DC brakes are supplied externally and can be re-
leased independent of the switching status of the motor starter.
The 500 V DC brakes, on the other hand, are generally supplied
direct from the junction plate of the motor via a rectifier module
and can therefore not be released if the motor starter is switched
off. These brakes cannot be used in conjunction with the
DSS1e-x motor starter (soft starter).
The outputs of the brake control modules can also be used for
other purposes e.g. for controlling DC valves. Independent
special functions can be implemented with the help of the two
optional local inputs on the brake control modules (xB3, xB4)
and two additional inputs on the control module of the High
Feature motor starter. These operate independently of the bus
and higher-level control, e.g. to implement rapid stop functions
for slide controls. The status of these inputs is also signaled to
the control.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
5
9
IM 151
interface module
PM-E
power module
TM-P15 terminal module
for PM-D
electronic modules
PM-D
power module
DS1-x
direct starter standard
DS1e-x HF
High Feature
direct starter
DS1e-x HF
High Feature
direct starter
module xB4
brake control
DSS1e-x HF
soft starter High Feature
TM-DS45-S32
terminal module for direct starter
standard with supply connection
TM-DS65-S32
terminal module for
direct starter/soft starter
High Feature with
supply connection
TM-DS65-S31
terminal module for
direct starter/soft starter
High Feature without
supply connection
TM-DS45-S31
terminal module for direct starter
standard without supply connection
TM-xB215-S24-01
terminal modul for
brake control module
PE/N M45-PEN-F
terminal block
PE/N M45-PEN-S
terminal block
M65-PEN-F
power and control
modulde
M65-PEN-S
connection module
5/83
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
The selective protection concept with electronic overload evalu-
ation and the use of the SIRIUS switchgear size S0 achieves
a number of additional advantages for the High Feature motor
starters which quickly pay off, especially for manufacturing pro-
cesses that have high plant downtime costs:
Only two variants up to 7.5 kW
All settings can be configured via the bus
Separate signals for overloads and short-circuits
Overload can be acknowledged via remote reset
Current asymmetry monitoring
Rotor locking protection
Emergency start function in the event of overload
Current value transfer via bus
Current limit value monitoring
Class 10 or Class 20 configurable
Type of coordination 2
(remains functional after a short-circuit of 50 kA)
Very long contract service life
Accessories for motor starters
The following accessories are available:
DM-V15 distance module
The distance module is available for applications with high motor
currents or high ambient temperatures for standard motor start-
ers. It can be used on the right and left side of a DS1-x direct
starter or on the right side of a xB1-4 brake module to improve
lateral heat dissipation. The distance module is a completely
passive module and does not have to be taken into account
when engineering the control. More details on the distance
module can be found in the "SIMATIC ET 200S" manual. If you
have further queries about the distance module, please contact
Technical Support for Siemens low-voltage controlgear, switch-
gear and systems (fax: 09131/7-42899).
Jumper module PE/N
The PE/N jumper modules are used to bridge gaps in the PE/N
bus e.g. caused by the use of a brake control module, PM-D(F)
power module, or PM-X connection module. No additional power
is required if jumper modules are used. They are available in
15 mm and 30 mm width.
Jumper module L1/L2/L3
The L1/L2/L3 jumper modules are used to bridge a gap in the
energy bus (see above). They are available in 15 mm and 30 mm
width.
Accessories for frequency converters
Following accessories are available:
XB1 and XB3 brake control modules
If required, the XB1 and XB3 brake control modules can be ar-
ranged on the right-hand side next to the IPM25 power section
of the ET 200S FC frequency converter. Using the brake control
module it is possible to connect a motor brake to the converter.
Actuation takes place through the internal brake control of the
converter.
EMC filter for frequency converters
EMC class A is achieved by installing an EMC filter upstream
from the power bus of the converter. Shielded motor cables and
EMC-compatible wiring are required in addition. The EMC filter
is available in two sizes for 25 A and 50 A rated current. Both
EMC filters have been designed for a maximum cable length of
350 m. This cable length includes the sum total of all the motor
cables of the converters sharing one power bus.
MMC parameter memory
If required, an additional storage medium can be used for the
the parameterization of the frequency converter. The MMC pa-
rameter memory permits replacement of the ICU24/ICU24F con-
trol module with automatic downloading of parameters from the
MMC into the internal parameter memory of the ICU24/ICU24F.
The MMC parameter memory fits in the MMC slot of the
ICU24/ICU24F control module. Other memory cards are not
accepted by the ICU24/ICU24F.
Connection cable from a PC to the ICU24/ICU24F
control module
The cable creates a point-to-point connection from the PC to the
ICU24/ICU24F control module for starting up the converter with
the "STARTER" PC tool.
5/84
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Version Order No.
Standard motor starter
with diagnostics, electromechanical, fuseless,
expandable with brake control module

DS1-x
DS1-x direct-on-line starters
Motor rating,
standard induction motor
Setting range
of the overcurrent release
in kW in A
< 0.06 0.14 ... 0.20 3RK1 301-0BB00-0AA2
0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3RK1 301-0CB00-0AA2
0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 3RK1 301-0DB00-0AA2
0.10 0.28 ... 0.40 3RK1 301-0EB00-0AA2
0.12 0.35 ... 0.50 3RK1 301-0FB00-0AA2
0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK1 301-0GB00-0AA2
0.21 0.55 ... 0.80 3RK1 301-0HB00-0AA2
0.35 0.70 ... 1.00 3RK1 301-0JB00-0AA2
0.37 0.90 ... 1.25 3RK1 301-0KB00-0AA2
0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK1 301-1AB00-0AA2
0.75 1.4 ... 2.0 3RK1 301-1BB00-0AA2
0.90 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK1 301-1CB00-0AA2
1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK1 301-1DB00-0AA2
1.5 2.8 ... 4.0 3RK1 301-1EB00-0AA2
1.9 3.5 ... 5.0 3RK1 301-1FB00-0AA2
2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK1 301-1GB00-0AA2
3.0 5.5 ... 8.0 3RK1 301-1HB00-0AA2
4.0 7 ... 10 3RK1 301-1JB00-0AA2
5.5 9 ... 12 3RK1 301-1KB00-0AA2
RS1-x
RS1-x reversing starters
in kW in A
< 0.06 0.14 ... 0.20 3RK1 301-0BB00-1AA2
0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3RK1 301-0CB00-1AA2
0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 3RK1 301-0DB00-1AA2
0.10 0.28 ... 0.40 3RK1 301-0EB00-1AA2
0.12 0.35 ... 0.50 3RK1 301-0FB00-1AA2
0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK1 301-0GB00-1AA2
0.21 0.55 ... 0.80 3RK1 301-0HB00-1AA2
0.35 0.70 ... 1.00 3RK1 301-0JB00-1AA2
0.37 0.90 ... 1.25 3RK1 301-0KB00-1AA2
0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK1 301-1AB00-1AA2
0.75 1.4 ... 2.0 3RK1 301-1BB00-1AA2
0.90 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK1 301-1CB00-1AA2
1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK1 301-1DB00-1AA2
1.5 2.8 ... 4.0 3RK1 301-1EB00-1AA2
1.9 3.5 ... 5.0 3RK1 301-1FB00-1AA2
2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK1 301-1GB00-1AA2
3.0 5.5 ... 8.0 3RK1 301-1HB00-1AA2
4.0 7 ... 10 3RK1 301-1JB00-1AA2
5.5 9 ... 12 3RK1 301-1KB00-1AA2
5/85
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Version Order No.

DS1e-x
DS1e-x direct on-line starter
with switch interface
Setting range of the overcurrent release in A
0.3 ... 3 3RK1 301-0AB10-0AA4
2.4 ... 8 3RK1 301-0BB10-0AA4
2.4 ... 16 3RK1 301-0CB10-0AA4
RS1e-x reversing starters
0.3 ... 3 3RK1 301-0AB10-1AA4
2.4 ... 8 3RK1 301-0BB10-1AA4
2.4 ... 16 3RK1 301-0CB10-1AA4
DSS1e-x soft starters
0.3 ... 3 3RK1 301-0AB20-0AA4
2.4 ... 8 3RK1 301-0BB20-0AA4
2.4 ... 16 3RK1 301-0CB20-0AA4
Accessories for Standard motor starters

3RK1 903-0CA00
Control kit
for manually operating the contactor contacts during start-up and servicing
(one set contains five control kits)
3RK1 903-0CA00

3RK1 903-0CG00
Control unit
for direct control of contactor (manual control)
24 V DC
3RK1 903-0CG00

3RK1 903-0CD00
DM-V15 distance module
for DS1-x direct-on-line starters
with high temperature or current load
15 mm wide
3RK1 903-0CD00
Accessories for High Feature motor starters

3RK1 903-0CH20
Control module 2DI DC 24 V COM
Digital input module with two inputs for local motor starter functions
For mounting on front of motor starter
Operating voltage 24 V DC (fed from V1), short-circuit-proof, floating contact
with serial interface for connection of Switch ES
Connection via LOGO! PC cable, max. permissible cable length
(forward and return) 50
3RK1 903-0CH20
LOGO PC cable
For connecting the High Feature motor starter
with Switch ES interface to a PC
6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0

3RK1 922-3BA00
Hand-held device
for ET 200S motor starter
ET 200S High Feature, ET 200 PRO and ECOFAST for local operation,
serial interface cable must be ordered separately
3RK1 922-3BA00
5/86
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Version Order No.
Accessories for Standard / High Feature motor starters and frequency converters

3RK1 903-0AH00
M15-PEN15 bridge block
15 mm wide
For bridging a 15 mm module
3RK1 903-0AH00

3RK1 903-0AJ00
M30-PEN bridge block
30 mm wide
3RK1 903-0AJ00

3RK1 903-0AE00
M15-L123 bridge block
15 mm wide
3RK1 903-0AE00

3RK1 903-0AF00
M30-L123 bridge block
30 mm wide
3RK1 903-0AF00

3RK1 903-0CB00
Brake control modules
For motors with a mechanical brake
xB1 for motor starters
24 V DC / 4 A
3RK1 903-0CB00
500 V DC / 0.7 A
3RK1 903-0CC00
24 V DC / 4 A / 2 DI DC 24 V local control
With diagnostics; with two inputs
3RK1 903-0CE00
500 V DC / 0.7 A / 2 DI DC 24 V local control
3RK1 903-0CF00
Terminal module for brake control modules
TM-xB15 S24-01
for xB1 or xB2
3RK1 903-0AG00
TM-xB215 S24-01
for xB3 or xB4
3RK1 903-0AG01
EMC filter for frequency converter
For achieving EMC Class A;
is connected before shared power bus of frequency converters,
installation must comply with EMC guidelines (shielded motor cables)
25 A rated current 6SL3 203-0BE22-5AA0
50 A rated current 6SL3 203-0BE25-0AA0
MMC parameter memory for frequency converter
Matches the MMC slot of the ICU24 / ICU24F closed-loop control module;
other memory cards are not accepted
6SL3 254-0AM00-0AA0
RS 232/zero modem cable (5 m)
Cable for commissioning the ET 200S FC frequency converter
using the PC tool "STARTER"
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
5/87
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Components of the ET 200S FC frequency converter
Benefits
The frequency converter is completely integrated into the
ET 200S system and offers all system advantages, such as
high availability thanks to the hot swapping function, modular
expansion, or reduction of the wiring overhead resulting from
the self-assembling terminal module wiring.
With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load voltage is
only supplied once for a group of frequency converters
Comprehensive diagnostics facilities for high availability
Input for motor encoder for precise speed control
Input for PTC/KTY encoder for comprehensive motor protec-
tion
Slot for optional memory card (MMC) to save the parameter
settings for fast replacement of modules without tools
All common control modes are available: Frequency control,
sensor-less vector control or torque control, closed-loop
control with motor encoder
Parameterization takes place using STARTER, the graphical
parameterization tool for Siemens drives
Active braking is possible without additional overhead.
The line-commutated energy recovery of the frequency con-
verter for the power supply network means that brake chopper
modules or pulsed resistors are superfluous.
Application
New application possibilities are opened up for the ET 200S
system where continuous control of the speed of asynchro-
nous motors is required.
The frequency converter handles frequency control and
vector control for more complex drive tasks. In addition, the
converter also supports torque control for conveyor applica-
tions, winding and unwinding drives, as well as hoisting gear.
Together with a motor encoder, the range extends up to
closed-loop controls for exact control of speeds and torques.
The advantages of line-commutated power regeneration are
primarily evident in continuous regenerative operation.
Examples include unwinding units, lowering of loads with
hoisting gear, or electric braking of large centrifugal masses.
Together with an intelligent header module (IM 151 CPU) and
the ET 200S FC frequency converter, the I/O station is
expanded to become a complete automation solution for
machine modules and plant sections.
5/88
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Design
Design of an ET 200S station with two ET 200S FC frequency converters
(only terminal modules on the right)
The ET 200S FC consists of the following components:
ICU24 control unit
IPM25 converter power module
Terminal modules to accommodate control unit and converter
power module
Following insertion of the modules, the control unit and the
converter power module of the frequency converter are intercon-
nected.
The PMD power module provides the power supply for one or
more control units.
Accessories
The labeling strips and color coding labels of the ET 200S
system can also be used for the frequency converter.
Jumper block L1/L2/L3
The jumper blocks L1/L2/L2 are used to bridge a gap in the
power bus. 15 mm wide jumper blocks are used to bridge the
control unit of the subsequent frequency converter. If a brake
control module is connected, a 30 mm wide jumper block is
required in order to pass on the power bus via the brake
control module and ICU24 to the subsequent IPM25 converter
power module.
Jumper block PE/N
The Jumper blocks PE/N are used to bridge a gap in the PE/N
bus, e.g. caused by use of a brake control module, a PM-D(F)
power module or the control unit of the frequency converter.
EMC filter
An EMC filter must be externally connected to the supply of
the power bus in order to achieve EMC Class A (according to
EN 55011). Shielded motor cables must be used in addition.
It must be ensured that the shield is connected correctly.
The terminal modules for the converter power module of the
frequency converter are equipped for this with an integral
shield connecting element.
Within the ET 200S system, several frequency converters can
be supplied with 400 V over a common power bus. The EMC
filter is connected up-circuit of the power bus. The filters are
designed for a maximum effective length of 350 m shielded
cable. The effective cable length is the combined length of
all motor cables of the frequency converter on the common
400 V power bus.
The two EMC filters of the ET 200S FC are designed as group
filters for more than one frequency converter and have the
following properties:

The use of output reactors or LC filters on the converter output
does not affect the maximum cable length for the EMC filter.
EMC filter
Type
Rated
current
Maximum
cable
length
Conductor
cross-
section
6SL3203-0BE22-5AA0 25 A 350 m 4 mm
6SL3203-0BE25-0AA0 50 A 350 m 10 mm
5/89
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Design (continued)
Output reactors and LC filters for longer cable lengths
Without additional components on the converter output, the
maximum length of motor cables on the SIMATIC ET 200S FC
frequency converter is 50 m (shielded cable) or 100 m (un-
shielded). Longer cables are possible when output reactors
of LC filters are used:
To reduce the capacitive equalizing currents and du/dt for
motor cables, output reactors are provided. Consequently
when output reactors are used, the maximum permissible ca-
ble lengths between the motor and converter are:

The LC filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive
charge/discharge currents which occur with converter opera-
tion. This means that considerably longer motor cables can be
used for operation with LC filters. The service life of the motor is
as long as for direct mains operation. It is therefore not neces-
sary to use an output reactor. When LC filters are used, the
maximum permissible cable lengths between the motor and
converter are:

When an output reactor or LC filter is used, it is important to note
the following during assembly and start-up:
The output reactors and LC filters must be mounted alongside
or below the ET 200S station. Vertical alignment is important to
ensure adequate cooling. The connecting cable to the converter
must be pre-assembled for all components and shortened to
a length of approximately 30 cm - the shield of the motor cable
must be attached to the output reactor or the LC filter.
The pulse frequency of the converter must be reduced to 4 kHz
(the factory setting is 8 kHz). In addition, when an LC filter is
used, the converter must be operated in V/f mode.
Shield clamps
To connect the shield of motor cables
Grounding terminal
To ground the 3 x 10 mm busbar for the shield connection
Busbar 3 x 10 mm
To accommodate the shield clamps and the grounding
terminal
Brake control module
xB1 or xB2 to control an external electromechanical brake
Function
The ET 200S FC is capable of dynamic control procedures such
as sensorless vector control or torque control. Where particular
speed accuracy and dynamic response requirements exist, a
motor encoder can be connected to the control module.
The ET 200S FC is operated without a line reactor.
A PTC or KTY encoder can be connected to the control module
to evaluate the motor temperature.
Accessories
If required, the complete parameter settings of the frequency
converter can be saved on a memory card (MMC).
When servicing, the plant is immediately ready for use again
after replacing the frequency converter and inserting the
memory card.
IPM25 converter
power module
Output
choke
Type
Max. permissible motor
cable lengths
(shielded/unshielded)
for a line voltage of
380 V -15%
to 400 V
401 V to
480 V+10%
0.75 kW 6SE6400-
3TC00-4AD2
150 m/
225 m
100 m/
150 m
2.2 kWand 4.0 kW 6SE6400-
3TC01-0BD3
150 m/
225 m
100 m/
150 m
IPM25 converter
power module
LC filter
Type
cable lengths
380 V to 480 V
-15% +10%
0.75 kW 6SE6400-3TD00-
4AD0
200 m/300 m
2.2 kWand 4.0 kW 6SE6400-3TD01-
0BD0
200 m/300 m
5/90
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Derating data Pulse frequency

The current data apply to an ambient temperature of 50C unless specified otherwise.
Control unit Converter power modules
ICU24 IPM25, FS A
Frame size A
IPM25, FS B
Frame size B
Selection features
Integral safety functions according
to Category 3 of EN 954-1 or
according to SIL 2 of IEC 61508
- - -
Output - 0.75 kW 2.2 kW 4.0 kW
Rated input current
(at 50 C ambient temperature)
- 1.9 A 5.7 A 9.6 A
Rated output current
- 2.1 A 5.9 A 10.2 A
Mounting dimensions
(W x H x D) in mm
(including terminal module)
15 x 220 x 156 65 x 290 x 156 130 x 290 x 156
Electrical data
Line voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC +10%/-15%
Line frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Overload capability Overload current 1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150% overload capability) for 60s, cycle time 300s
Overload current 2 x rated output current (i.e. 200% overload capability) for 3s, cycle time 300s
Output frequency 0 Hz to 650 Hz
Pulse frequency 8 kHz (standard), 2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz increments)
System perturbation Low loading of power supply network by network harmonics
(guide values: 5: 20%, 7: 14%, 11: 9%, 13: 8%)
Skipped frequency range 1, programmable
Converter efficiency 96 %
Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS or PROFINET over the ET 200 S backplane bus
RS232 interface with USS protocol for commissioning on the PC using the STARTER commissioning software
Slot for an optional memory card (MMC) for uploading or downloading parameter settings
PTC/KTY84 interface for motor temperature monitoring
Speed sensor interface (Sub-D connector) for unipolar HTL incremental position encoder
Functions
Control method V/f control linear (M~n) with/without flux current control (FCC), quadratic (M~n
2
) or parameterizable
Vector control with or without encoder
Torque control
Operating functions Jogging mode, free function blocks (FFB), positioning deceleration ramp, automatic restart following
interruption due to power failure, bumpless connection of converter to rotating motor
Braking functions Regenerative braking operation without brake chopper and pulsed resistor
Control of an electrical holding brake via an optional brake control module
Protection features for Undervoltage, overvoltage, ground faults, short circuits, stall prevention, thermal motor protection I
2
t,
converter overtemperature, motor blocking protection
Connectable motors Low-voltage asynchronous motors
Motor cable lengths: max. 50 m (shielded) max. 100 m (unshielded)
If an output reactor or an LC filter is used, longer cable lengths are possible
Mechanical datan
Operating temperature With vertical design of station -10 C to +40 C
With horizontal design of station -10 C to +50 C/to +60 C with derating
Standards
Compliance with standards UL, cUL ,CE, c-tick, according to low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC, EMC directive 89/336/EEC
Output Rated output current in A
at a pulse frequency of
kW 2 kHz 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz
0.75 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05
2.2 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3
4.0 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1
5/91
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Ordering data

Version Order No.
ICU24 control unit
Control modes: V/f, FCC, SLVC, VC with encoder, torque control
Motor encoder input: HTL unipolar
Motor temperature input: PTC/KTY
6SL3244-0SA00-1AA0
380 V 480 V 3 AC +10/-15%
47 Hz - 63 Hz
Overload:
150% 60 s
200% 3 s
Power:
0.75 kW
6SL3225-0SE17-5UA0
380 V 480 V 3 AC +10/-15%
47 Hz - 63 Hz
Overload:
150% 60 s
200% 3 s
Power:
2.2 kW
4.0 kW
6SL3225-0SE22-2UA0
6SL3225-0SE24-0UA0
5/92
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Dimension drawings

ICU24 control unit

IPM25 converter power module, 0.75 kW

IPM25 converter power module, 2.2 kW and 4.0 kW
124
156
72
161
21
15
1
0
0
6
6
144.5
1
9
4
.
6
2
2
0
.
5
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
6
a
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.
3
5

m
m
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.
3
5

m
m
Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
4
a
Supply terminal
for power bus
Motor
connections
W
i
r
e

r
a
n
g
e
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Integrated
screen
support
Integrated
screen support
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.

3
5

m
m
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.

3
5

m
m
Clearance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm
Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm
6
6
1
0
0
3
3
3
156
137.5
79.6
64.8
2
5
0
.
5
11.7
31
31
3
3
3

156
6
6

1
0
0

130
11.7
137.5
144.8
2
5
0
.
5

Supply
terminal
for
power bus
Motor
connections
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Integrated
screen support
Integrated
screen support
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.

3
5

m
m
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.

3
5

m
m
Clearance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm
Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm
W
i
r
e

r
a
n
g
e
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
5
a

5/93
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Dimension drawings (continued)

3-line filter, 50 A

3-line filter, 25 A

Output choke for IPM25 FS A

Output choke for IPM25 FS B
1
2
0
255
265
6
0
3
5
200 24 8
1
4
1
.
5
1
.
5
4
.
5
Terminals 10 mm
2
Tightening torque of screw 1.2 ... 1.5 Nm
PE M6 x 24
Tightening torque
4.8 0.2 Nm
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
6
2
1
2
0
200
255
24 8
265
6
0
3
5
1
4
1
.
5
1
.
5
Terminals 4 mm
2
PE M6 x 24
Tightening torque
4.8 0.2 Nm
4
.
5
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
n
_
0
0
0
6
3
1
1
0
187
200
5
6
7
5
.
5
G_D011_EN_00084
Fixing with M4 bolts
7
0
200
213
1
2
0
1
5
0
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
5
5/94
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

LC filter for IPM25 FS A

LC filter for IPM25 FS B
1
1
0
287
300
5
6
334
7
5
.
5
G_D011_EN_00086
1
0
0
280
293
1
3
8
1
5
0
1
2
0
340
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
7
5/95
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Accessories for Frequency Converters
"Brake control modules XB1 and XB3
If required, the XB1 and XB3 brake control modules can be
arranged on the right-hand side next to the IPM25 power
section of the ET 200S FC frequency converter. Using the
brake control module it is possible to connect a motor brake
to the converter. Actuation takes place through the internal
brake control of the converter.
"EMC filter for frequency converters
EMC class A is achieved by installing an EMC filter upstream
from the power bus of the converter. Shielded motor cables
and EMC-compatible wiring are required in addition. The EMC
filter is available in two sizes for 25 A and 50 A rated current.
Both EMC filters have been designed for a maximum cable
length of 350 m. This cable length includes the sum total of all
the motor cables of the converters sharing one power bus.
If required, an additional storage medium can be used for the
the parameterization of the frequency converter. The MMC
permits replacement of the ICU24/ICU24F control module with
automatic downloading of parameters from the MMC into the
internal parameter memory of the ICU24/ICU24F.
Suitable for the MMC slot of the ICU24/ICU24F control
module. Other memory cards are not accepted by the
ICU24/ICU24F.
Connection cable from a PC to the ICU24/ICU24F control
module
The cable creates a point-to-point connection from the PC to
the ICU24/ICU24F control module for starting up the converter
with the "STARTER" PC tool.

Version Order No.

3RK1 903-0CB00
Brake control modules
For motors with a mechanical brake
24 V DC / 4 A
3RK1 903-0CB00
500 V DC / 0.7 A
3RK1 903-0CC00
24 V DC / 4 A / 2 DI DC 24 V local control
3RK1 903-0CE00
500 V DC / 0.7 A / 2 DI DC 24 V local control
3RK1 903-0CF00
Terminal module for brake control modules
TM-xB15 S24-01
for xB1 or xB2
3RK1 903-0AG00
TM-xB215 S24-01
for xB3 or xB4
3RK1 903-0AG01
EMC filter for frequency converter
For achieving EMC Class A;
is connected before shared power bus of frequency converters,
installation must comply with EMC guidelines (shielded motor cables)
25 A rated current
6SL3 203-0BE22-5AA0
50 A rated current
6SL3 203-0BE25-0AA0
MMC parameter memory for frequency converter
Matches the MMC slot of the ICU24 / ICU24F closed-loop control module;
other memory cards are not accepted
6SL3 254-0AM00-0AA0
RS 232/zero modem cable (5 m)
Cable for commissioning the ET 200S FC frequency converter
using the PC tool "STARTER"
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
ET 200S FC frequency converter documentation
Instruction Manual + Lists Manual for ET 200S FC frequency converter
German 6SL3 298-0CA12-0AP0
English 6SL3 298-0CA12-0BP0
Instruction Manual + Lists Manual for ET 200S FC frequency converter +
ET 200S Manual
German 6SL3 298-0CA12-1AP0
English 6SL3 298-0CA12-1BP0
CD-ROM with documentation (STARTER etc.)
Multilanguage
6SL3 298-0CA11-1MG0
5/96
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Dimension drawings

xB1 ... 4 brake control module with TM-xB215 terminal module
N
S
A
0
0
3
0
4
95
1
9
4
,
6
1
4
2
,
2
15
13,5
1
0
0
6
6
117,5
1
9
5
,
6
7
Power modules for
ET 200S motor starters and frequency converters
5/97
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
For supplying and monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters
A whole group of motor starters can be shut down without
additional overhead (Safety Category 1 acc. to EN 954-1).
For plugging into TM-P15 terminal module
For supplying and monitoring the power supply for the
Application
PM-D power modules are used to monitor the two 24 V DC
auxiliary voltages for the group of motor starters on the right-
hand side or to supply the group of frequency converters on the
right-hand side. The voltage is applied to the self-assembling
voltage buses via TM-D terminal modules.
Voltage failures are signaled to the higher-level master via
PROFIBUS diagnostics. Additional LEDs on site indicate the
status of the auxiliary voltages.
Since the auxiliary voltages for signal feedback and power
module control are separate, the whole group can be shutdown
while diagnostics can still be performed.

Version Order No.

3RK1 903-0BA00
PM-D power module
for 24 V DC with diagnostics
3RK1 903-0BA00
Accessories
Color-coding plates
6 x 200 color-coding plates for terminal modules
One set contains 10 strips per color with 20 color-coding plates each
red 6ES7 193-4LD10-0AA0
petrol 6ES7 193-4LH10-0AA0
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter and Frequency Converter Solutions local / PROFIsafe
General information
5/98
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solutions

The ET 200S safety motor starter solutions comprise:
Safety modules
Motor Starters, Standard
Motor starters, High Feature
Fail-safe motor starters
With the ET 200S safety motor starter solutions there is no
complicated and hence cost-intensive configuring and wiring
compared to the conventional safety systems. The ET 200S
safety motor starter solutions are designed for Category 4 acc.
to EN 954- or SIL 3 IEC 61508.
They enable the use of safety-oriented direct-on-line starters or
reversing starters in the SIMATIC ET 200S distributed peripher-
als system on PROFINET or PROFIBUS. The fine modular archi-
tecture of the system enables optimum imaging of machine or
plant applications.
Within an ET 200S station the safety motor starter solutions can
also be combined with Standard motor starters or High Feature
motor starters without safety functions or the SIMATIC ET 200S
FC frequency converter up to max. 4 kW up to Category 3 acc.
to EN 954-1 or SIL 2 acc. to IEC 61508.
The ET 200 Standard and High Feature motor starters can be
found beginnning on page 5/81.
The ET 200S Configurator software can be found in Catalog
CA 01 on CD or DVD (Motor Starter Selection Aid). You can also
download the ET 200S Configurator software from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/sirius-starting
http://www.siemens.com/ET200S
ET 200S FC Frequency Converter Fail-safe

For stepless speed control of asynchronous motors
Consisting of the modules for control module ICU24F and
power section IPM25 up to 4.0 kW
Hot swapping of control module and power supply permitted
Low line harmonic distortions
Operation without line commutating reactor
Active braking with line-commutated energy recovery
Can be combined with Brake Control Module for controlling an
electromechanical holding brakee
With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i. e. the load voltage for
a group of frequency converters has to be fed in just once
For achieving EMC Class A (acc. to EN 55011)
Connection of an EMC filter before the power bus
The fail-safe ET 200S FC offers comprehensive integrated safety
functions (certified acc. to EN 954-1, Category 3 or IEC 61508,
SIL 2).
Safe standstill:
Startup of the drive is prevented.
Safely reduced speed:
A specified motor speed is monitored to make sure it is not ex-
ceeded. Can be used without motor encoder.
Safe brake ramp:
Braking to standstill or to safely reduced speed is monitored.
Can be used without motor encoder.
Application
The ET 200S safety motor starter solutions are preferred in all
production and process automation fields in which the enhance-
ment of plant availability and flexibility plays a key role.
Safety motor starter solutions local are preferred from the
safety engineering point of view for locally restricted safety ap-
plications. These motor starters are not dependent on a safe
control system.
Safety motor starter solutions PROFIsafe are often found by
contrast in safety applications of the more complex type that
are interlinked. In this case a safe control system is used with
the bus systems PROFINET or PROFIBUS with the PROFIsafe
profile.
ET 200S fail-safe motor starters
5/99
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The Fail-safe motor starter has been developed on the basis of
the High Feature motor starter. It differs in that, in addition to a
circuit-breaker/contactor assembly, a safe solid-state evaluation
circuit is installed for error detection purposes which makes the
motor starter Fail-safe.
If the contactor to be switched fails in an EMERGENCY STOP
case, the evaluation solid-states detects a fault and opens the
circuit-breaker in the motor starter through a shunt release in a
fail-safe manner. The second redundant shutdown components
is therefore no longer a main contactor, as is generally the case,
but the circuit-breaker installed in the motor.
All functions of the High Feature starter are already
integrated
The new Fail-safe motor starters are characterized by easy,
space-saving assembly as well as minimal wiring outlay. Like the
High Feature starters, the Fail-safe motor starters have a switch-
ing capacity of up to 7.5 kW (16 A) which is achieved with just
two motor starter versions. Another important feature is the high
availability due to the high short-circuit withstand capability
(type of coordination 2).
Benefits
Advantages over conventional safety systems:
Significant savings in components (less hardware)
Less mounting and installation work
Motor starters are fail-safe and offer high availability
Application
Application
The Fail-safe motor starter is predestined for use in combination
with PROFIsafe (see Figure Fail-safe motor starter with ET 200S
PROFIsafe, page 5/115). Another field of application is in com-
bination with ASIsafe or safety relays (see Safety Module local,
Overview, Example 2 on page 5/110 Motorstarter Fail-safe with
ASisafe and 3TK28).
5/100
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Version Order No.
F-DS1e-x direct starter
F-DS1e-x direct on-line starter
Fail-safe direct on-line starter for up to 7.5 kW
Mechanical switching
Electronic overload protection
0.3 to 3 A 3RK1 301-0AB13-0AA4
2.4 to 8 A 3RK1 301-0BB13-0AA4
2.4 to 16 A 3RK1 301-0CB13-0AA4
F-DS1e-x reversing starter
Fail-safe reversing starter for up to 7.5 kW
Mechanical switching
Electronic overload protection
Fuseless
0.3 to 3 A 3RK1 301-0AB13-1AA4
2.4 to 8 A 3RK1 301-0BB13-1AA4
2.4 to 16 A 3RK1 301-0CB13-1AA4
Components for fail-safe motor starters
TM-FDS65-S32/S31-01 terminal module
for F-DS1e-x direct on-line starter
with coding
With supply terminals for power bus
(TM-FDS65-S32-01)
3RK1 903-3AC00
Without supply terminals for power bus
(TM-FDS65-S31-01)
3RK1 903-3AC10
TM-FRS130-S32/S31-01 terminal module
for F-RS1e-x reversing starter
with coding
(TM-FRS130-S32-01)
3RK1 903-3AD00
(TM-FRS130-S31-01)
3RK1 903-3AD10
M65-PEN-F PE/N terminal block
with supply terminals,
with covers
3RK1 903-2AC00
M65-PEN-S terminal block
without supply terminals
3RK1 903-2AC10
ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter
5/101
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Components of the ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter
Benefits
The frequency converter is completely integrated into the
ET 200S system and offers all system advantages, such as
high availability thanks to the hot swapping function, modular
expansion, or reduction of the wiring overhead resulting from
the self-assembling terminal module wiring.
With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load voltage is
only supplied once for a group of frequency converters
Comprehensive diagnostics facilities for high availability
Input for motor encoder for precise speed control
Input for PTC/KTY encoder for comprehensive motor protec-
tion
Slot for optional memory card (MMC) to save the parameter
settings for fast replacement of modules without tools
All common control modes are available: Frequency control,
sensor-less vector control or torque control, closed-loop
control with motor encoder
Parameterization takes place using STARTER, the graphical
parameterization tool for Siemens drives
Active braking is possible without additional overhead.
The line-commutated energy recovery of the frequency con-
verter for the power supply network means that brake chopper
modules or pulsed resistors are superfluous.
The "safe standstill" is completely electronic and therefore
without contacts. This provides reliable and extremely short
response times.
Unique is that the "safe reduced speed" and the "safe braking
ramp" do not require a motor encoder or other encoder.
These functions can therefore be implemented with minimum
overhead.
Application
New application possibilities are opened up for the ET 200S
system where continuous control of the speed of asynchro-
nous motors is required.
The frequency converter handles frequency control and
vector control for more complex drive tasks. In addition, the
converter also supports torque control for conveyor applica-
tions, winding and unwinding drives, as well as hoisting gear.
Together with a motor encoder, the range extends up to
closed-loop controls for exact control of speeds and torques.
The advantages of line-commutated power regeneration are
primarily evident in continuous regenerative operation.
Examples include unwinding units, lowering of loads with
hoisting gear, or electric braking of large centrifugal masses.
Together with an intelligent header module (IM 151 CPU)
and the ET 200S FC frequency converter, the I/O station is
expanded to become a complete automation solution for
machine modules and plant sections.
The integral safety functions significantly reduce the overhead
for drive solutions in plant sections where there is a hazard
potential. Monitoring of the safely reduced speed in sensor-
less standard asynchronous motors is unique in drive engi-
neering.
5/102
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Design

Design of an ET 200S station with two ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency
converters (only terminal modules on the right)
ICU24F control unit (F = with integral safety technology)
Terminal modules to accommodate control unit and converter
power module
Following insertion of the modules, the control unit and the con-
verter power module of the frequency converter are intercon-
nected.
The PM-D F PROFIsafe or PM-D F X1 power modules provide the
power supply for one or more control units.
Accessories
The labeling strips and color coding labels of the ET 200S sys-
tem can also be used for the frequency converter.
Jumper block L1/L2/L3
The jumper blocks L1/L2/L2 are used to bridge a gap in the
power bus. 15 mm wide jumper blocks are used to bridge the
control unit of the subsequent frequency converter. If a brake
control module is connected, a 30mm wide jumper block is re-
quired in order to pass on the power bus via the brake control
module and ICU24 to the subsequent IPM25 converter power
module.
Jumper block PE/N
The Jumper blocks PE/N are used to bridge a gap in the PE/N
bus, e.g. caused by use of a brake control module, a PM-D(F)
power module or the control unit of the frequency converter.
EMC filter
An EMC filter must be externally connected to the supply of
the power bus in order to achieve EMC Class A (according to
EN 55011). Shielded motor cables must be used in addition.
It must be ensured that the shield is connected correctly.
The terminal modules for the converter power module of the
frequency converter are equipped with an integral shield
connection element.
Within the ET 200S system, several frequency converters
can be supplied over a common power bus with 400 V.
The EMC filter is connected up-circuit of the power bus. The
filters are designed for a maximum effective length of 350 m
shielded cable. The effective cable length is the combined
length of all motor cables of the frequency converter on the
common 400 V power bus.
The two EMC filters of the ET 200S FC are designed as group
filters for more than one frequency converter and have the
following properties:
The use of output reactors or LC filters on the converter output
does not affect the maximum cable length for the EMC filter.
Output reactors and LC filters for longer cable lengths
Without additional components on the converter output, the
maximum length of motor cables on the SIMATIC ET 200S FC
frequency converter is 50 m (shielded cable) or 100 m (un-
shielded). Longer cables are possible when output reactors of
LC filters are used:
To reduce the capacitive equalizing currents and du/dt for
motor cables, output reactors are provided. Consequently
when output reactors are used, the maximum permissible
cable lengths between the motor and converter are:
EMC filter
Type
Rated
current
Maximum
cable
length
Conductor
cross-
section
6SL3203-0BE22-5AA0 25 A 350 m 4 mm
6SL3203-0BE25-0AA0 50 A 350 m 10 mm
IPM25 converter
power module
Output
choke
Type
cable lengths
380 V -15%
to 400 V
401 V to
480 V+10%
0.75 kW 6SE6400-
3TC00-4AD2
150 m/
225 m
100 m/
150 m
2.2 kWand 4.0 kW 6SE6400-
3TC01-0BD3
150 m/
225 m
100 m/
150 m
5/103
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Design (continued)
The LC filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive
charge/discharge currents which occur with converter opera-
tion. This means that considerably longer motor cables can be
used for operation with LC filters. The service life of the motor is
as long as for direct mains operation. It is therefore not neces-
sary to use an output reactor. When LC filters are used, the
maximum permissible cable lengths between the motor and
converter are:
When an output reactor or LC filter is used, it is important to note
the following during assembly and start-up:
The output reactors and LC filters must be mounted alongside or
below the ET 200S station. Vertical alignment is important to en-
sure adequate cooling. The connecting cable to the converter
must be pre-assembled for all components and shortened to a
length of approximately 30 cm the shield of the motor cable
must be attached to the output reactor or the LC filter.
The pulse frequency of the converter must be reduced to 4 kHz
(the factory setting is 8 kHz). In addition, when an LC filter is
used, the converter must be operated in V/f mode.
Shield clamps
To connect the shield of motor cables
Grounding terminal
To ground the 3 x 10 mm busbar for the shield connection
Busbar 3 x 10 mm
To accommodate the shield clamps and the grounding
terminal
Brake control module
xB1 or xB2 to control an external electromechanical brake
Function
The ET 200S FC is capable of dynamic control procedures such
as sensorless vector control or torque control. Where particular
speed accuracy and dynamic response requirements exist, a
motor encoder can be connected to the control module.
The ET 200S FC is operated without a line reactor.
A PTC or KTY encoder in the motor can be evaluated by the
control module to evaluate the motor temperature.
Integral safety functions are selected via the switch-off modules
of a series-connected PM-D F:
Safe standstill (the drive is prevented from starting up)
Safely reduced speed (the preset motor speed is monitored
for correct speed)
Safe braking ramp (monitoring of braking to standstill or safe
reduced speed)
The safety functions of the ET 200S FC are certified according to
Category 3 of EN 954-1 and to SIL 2 of IEC 61508.
Accessories
If required, the complete parameter settings of the frequency
converter can be saved on a memory card (MMC).
When servicing, the plant is immediately ready for use again
after replacing the frequency converter and inserting the
memory card.
IPM25 converter
power module
LC filter
Type
Max. permissible
motor cable lengths
380 V to 480 V
-15% +10%
0.75 kW 6SE6400-3TD00-
4AD0
200 m/300 m
2.2 kWand 4.0 kW 6SE6400-3TD01-
0BD0
200 m/300 m
5/104
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

1) The safety functions "Safely reduced speed" and "Safe braking ramp" are certified for asynchronous motors without encoders -
these safety functions are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the case of lifting gear and winders.
Control unit Converter power modules
ICU24 IPM25, FS A
Frame size A
IPM25, FS B
Frame size B
Selection features
Integral safety functions according
to Category 3 of EN 954-1 or accord-
ing to SIL 2 of IEC 61508
Safe stop
Safely-reduced-
speed
1)
Safe brake
ramp
1)
- -
Output - 0.75 kW 2.2 kW 4.0 kW
Rated input current
- 1.9 A 5.7 A 9.6 A
Rated output current
- 2.1 A 5.9 A 10.2 A
Mounting dimensions
(W x H x D) in mm
(including terminal module)
15 x 220 x 156 65 x 290 x 156 130 x 290 x 156
Electrical data
Line voltage 3 AC 380 V to 480 V +10%/-15%
Line frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Overload capability Overload current 1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150% overload capability) for 60s, cycle time 300s
Overload current 2 x rated output current (i.e. 200% overload capability) for 3s, cycle time 300s
Output frequency 0 Hz to 650 Hz
Pulse frequency 8 kHz (standard), 2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz increments)
System perturbation Low loading of power supply network by network harmonics
(guide values: 5: 20%, 7: 14%, 11: 9%, 13: 8%)
Skipped frequency range 1, programmable
Converter efficiency 96 %
Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS or PROFINET over the ET 200S backplane bus
RS232 interface with USS protocol for commissioning on the PC using the STARTER commissioning software
Activation of the integrated safety functions via PROFIsafe (PM-DFPROFIsafe) or terminals (PM-DFX1)
Slot for an optional memory card (MMC) for uploading or downloading parameter settings
PTC/KTY84 interface (Sub-D connector) for motor temperature monitoring
Speed sensor interface (Sub-D connector) for unipolar HTL incremental position encoder
Functions
Open-loop/closed-loop control
procedure
V/f control linear (M~n) with/without flux current control (FCC), quadratic (M~n
2
) or parameterizable
Vector control with or without encoder
Torque control
Operating functions Jogging mode, free function blocks (FFB), positioning deceleration ramp, automatic restart following
interruption due to power failure, bumpless connection of converter to rotating motor
Braking functions Regenerative braking operation without brake chopper and pulsed resistor
Control of an electromechanical holding brake via an optional brake control module
Protective functions Undervoltage, overvoltage, ground faults, short circuits, stall prevention, motor thermal protection
(I
2
t, or sensor) inverter overtemperature, motor blocking protection
Connectable motors Low-voltage asynchronous motors
Motor cable lengths: max. 50 m (shielded) max. 100 m (unshielded)
If an output reactor or an LC filter is used, longer cable lengths are possible
Mechanical data
Operating temperature With vertical design of station -10 C to +40 C
With horizontal design of station -10 C to +50 C/to +60 C with derating
Standards
Compliance with standards UL, cUL ,CE, c-tick, low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC, EMC directive 89/336/EEC
5/105
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Derating data Pulse frequency

The current data apply to an ambient temperature of 50C unless specified otherwise.
Ordering data

Output Rated output current in A
at a pulse frequency of
kW 2 kHz 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz
0.75 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05
2.2 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3
4.0 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1
Version Order No.

ICU24F control unit
Control modes: V/f, FCC, SLVC, VC with encoder, torque control
Motor encoder input: HTL unipolar
Motor temperature input: PTC/KTY
Integrated safety functions
6SL3244-0SA01-1AA0

380 V 480 V 3 AC +10/-15%
47 Hz 63 Hz
Overload:
150% 60 s
200% 3 s
Power:
0.75 kW 6SL3225-0SE17-5UA0

380 V 480 V 3 AC +10/-15%
47 Hz 63 Hz
Overload:
150% 60 s
200% 3 s
Power:
2.2 kW
4.0 kW
6SL3225-0SE22-2UA0
6SL3225-0SE24-0UA0
5/106
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Dimension drawings

ICU24F control unit

IPM25 converter power module, 0.75 kW

IPM25 converter power module, 2.2 kW and 4.0 kW
124
156
72
161
21
15
1
0
0
6
6
144.5
1
9
4
.
6
2
2
0
.
5
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
6
a
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.
3
5

m
m
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.
3
5

m
m
Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
4
a
Supply terminal
for power bus
Motor
connections
W
i
r
e

r
a
n
g
e
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Integrated
screen
support
Integrated
screen support
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.

3
5

m
m
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.

3
5

m
m
Clearance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm
Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm
6
6
1
0
0
3
3
3
156
137.5
79.6
64.8
2
5
0
.
5
11.7
31
31
3
3
3

156
6
6

1
0
0

130
11.7
137.5
144.8
2
5
0
.
5

Supply
terminal
for
power bus
Motor
connections
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Integrated
screen support
Integrated
screen support
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.

3
5

m
m
C
l
e
a
r
a
n
c
e
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
d
u
e

t
o
h
e
a
t

b
u
i
l
d
-
u
p
,
m
i
n
.

3
5

m
m
Clearance
required
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm
Mounting rail
35 x 7.5 mm
W
i
r
e

r
a
n
g
e
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
5
a

5/107
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

3-line filter, 50 A

3-line filter, 25 A

Output choke for IPM25 FS A

Output choke for IPM25 FS B
1
2
0
255
265
6
0
3
5
200 24 8
1
4
1
.
5
1
.
5
4
.
5
Terminals 10 mm
2
PE M6 x 24
Tightening torque
4.8 0.2 Nm
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
6
2
1
2
0
200
255
24 8
265
6
0
3
5
1
4
1
.
5
1
.
5
Terminals 4 mm
2
PE M6 x 24
Tightening torque
4.8 0.2 Nm
4
.
5
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
n
_
0
0
0
6
3
1
1
0
187
200
5
6
7
5
.
5
G_D011_EN_00084
7
0
200
213
1
2
0
1
5
0
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
5
5/108
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

LC filter for IPM25 FS A

LC filter for IPM25 FS B
1
1
0
287
300
5
6
334
7
5
.
5
G_D011_EN_00086
1
0
0
280
293
1
3
8
1
5
0
1
2
0
340
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
8
7
Safety Module local
5/109
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Interplay of ET 200S safety motor starters Solutions local components
Safety Modul PM-D F1
Safety Motor Starter Solutions local
For use of Standard, High-feature or Fail-safe motor starters in
systems with safety categories 2 to 4 (acc. to EN 954-1)
No complex wiring for conventional safety systems
Can also be used in combination with external safety relays
Can also be used to activate external safety systems
Safety module available for function-monitored and automatic
starting
Safety module available for Stop category 0 and 1
Safety module for monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters
Safety modules can be plugged into the TM-PF30 terminal
modules.
Terminal module
for PM-X safety module
Terminal module
for direct starter
with TM-DS65-S32
supply connection
Terminal module
for PM-D F1/2
safety module
Terminal module
for PM-X safety module
Terminal module
for direct starter
without TM-DS45-S31
supply connection
Terminal module
for direct starter
with TM-DS45-S32
supply connection
Auxiliary switch of
the failsafe equipment
for F-Kit 1
direct starter
Terminal module
for PM-D F1/2
safety module
PM-D F1
safety module
DS1-x
standard
direct starter
PM-X
safety module
PM-D F2
safety module
DS1e-x
high feature
direct starter
PM-X
safety module
Terminal module
for direct starter
without TM-DS65-S31
supply connection
G
_
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
3
4
IM 151
interface module
PE/N terminal block
without M65-PEN-S
supply connection
PE/N terminal block
with M65-PEN-F
supply connection
Safety Module local
5/110
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4/F5 safety modules
PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4 safety modules monitor auxiliary voltages
and contain the complete functionality of a safety relay:
- PM-D F1
For evaluation of EMERGENCY STOP circuits with the
function "monitored start".
- PM-D F2
For evaluation of protective doors with the function "auto-
matic start".
- PM-D F3
Expansion to PM-D F1/F2 for time-delayed shutdown.
- PM-D F4
For expansion of safety circuits with other ET 200S motor
starters, e.g. in a different line Zeile.
- PM-D F5
Transmits the status from PM-D F1 ... 4 through four floating
enabling circuits to external safety equipment (contact mulit-
pliers)
The PM-D F1 and PM-D F2 modules can be combined with the
PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 modules.
A PM-D F5 can be positioned at any point between a
PM-D F1 ... 4 and a PM-X.
Safety modules monitor the U1 and U2 auxiliary voltages.
A voltage failure is relayed as a diagnostics signal over
the bus.
- No additional PM-D safety module is required when the
safety modules are used.
- Each safety circuit, beginning with a PM-D F1 ... 4, must be
terminated with one PM-X each.
Fail-safe Kit
The Fail-safe Kit (F-Kit) must be added to each Standard motor
starter in a safety segment in order to monitor the switchin func-
tion.
F-Kit 1 supplements the DS1-x direct-on-line starter, F-Kit 2 the
RS1-x reversing starter.
The F-Kits are comprised of:
Contact supports for the terminal modules
One or two auxiliary switch blocks for the contactor/contactors
of the motor starter
Connecting leads
High Feature motor starters and their terminal modules come as
standard with the functionality of the F-Kits integrated.
Examples
The diverse possible uses of the safety motor starter Solutions
local are presented in the manual SIMATIC ET 200S Motor
Starters in the context of typical sample applications.
Safety functional examples for easy, quick and low-cost imple-
mentations of applications with safety motor starters Solutions
local are available in the Internet:
You can find more information in the Internet at:
Example 1:
ET 200S safety motor starter Solutions local with 2 safety circuits
(= shutdown groups), Standard motor starters and High Feature
motor starters.
Example 2:
ET 200S safety motor starter Solutions local with 2 external
safety assemblies (= safety relays or ASIsafe monitors) and with
Fail-safe motor starters (PM-DFX-1 application). 2 of the 6 avail-
able safe shutdown groups are used.
Signals with relevance for safety can be input to ET 200S through
a PM-DFX1 infeed terminal module through the release circuits
of the ASIsafe monitor or the safety relay to control the Fail-safe
motor starters which then selectively switch off the downstream
motors.
NSA0_00433
ET 200S
PM-D F1 PM-D F2
PM-X PM-X
PROFIBUS
PROFINET /
PLC
EMERGENCY-STOP Bowden wire
Motor 4 Motor 5 Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 3
ET 200S
PROFIBUS
PROFINET /
PM-D FX1
ASIsafe
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
NSA0_00431
Safety relay,
e. g. 3TK28
Variant 2 Variant 1
Standard PLC
Motor 1 Motor 2
Safety Module local
5/111
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Fail-safe frequency converter Solution local
Using the PM-D F X1 module, safety-oriented signals can be fed
into the ET 200S to activate the fail-safe functions of the ET 200S
FC fail-safe frequency converter.
The fail-safe functions of the ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency
converter are assigned by parameter to two of the six shutdown
groups. The shutdown groups are evaluated by the ICU24F
control module.
Example:
Application
Safety Motor Starter Solutions local
With the Safety Motor Starter Solutions local it is easy to config-
ure several safety circuits. The safety sensors are connected
directly and locally to the safety modules. These safety modules
perform the work of the otherwise obligatory safety relays and
safely shut down the downstream motor starters in accordance
with the function selected. The crosslinks required for this are
already integrated in the system and need no additional wiring.
All signals from the safety modules are automatically relayed
as diagnostics signals, e.g. in the event of crossover in the
EMERGENCY STOP circuit.
The highest safety category 4 acc. to EN 954-1 can be obtained
with safety motor starters Solutions local. They can thus be used
for evaluation of EMERGENCY STOP circuits or for monitoring
protective doors and also for time-delayed shutdowns. With the
contact multiplier the safety-relevant signals can also be made
available to external systems.
All standard safety applications can be covered through combi-
nation of different TM-PF30 terminal modules. Needless to say,
ET 200S motor starters can also be used in conjunction with ex-
ternal safety relays or with ASIsafe.
Use of the PM-DFX1 safety module: The PM-DFX1 safety module
is used for feeding in 1 to 6 shutdown groups. The infeed voltage
can be switched using 1 to 6 external safety shutdown devices
(either ASIsafe monitors or 3TK28 safety relays). This safety
module is used in applications with external safety shutdown de-
vices where there is a need for the fully selective safety shut-
down of Fail-safe motor starters/frequency converters.
With the Safety Motor Starter Solutions local, up to 80 % of wiring
is saved compared to conventional safety systems with local
safety applications.
Local actuation of the fail-safe frequency converter
The PM-DFX1 safety module is used for feeding in 1 to 6 shut-
down groups. The infeed voltage can be switched using 1 to 6
external safety shutdown devices (either ASIsafe monitors or
3TK28 safety relays).
This safety module is used in applications with external safety
shutdown devices where there is a need for actuating the fail-
safe functions of the ET200S FC fail-safe frequency converter.
The safety functions of the ET 200S FC frequency converter are
compliant with Category 3 according to EN 954-1 and with SIL2
according to IEC 61508.
Terminal modules for (TM-PF30) Safety Module
For supplying load and sensor voltage to the potential bars of
the motor starters, and for connection of the 2-channel sensor
circuit (e.g. EMERGENCY STOP button) and a reset button.
Different terminal modules are available for the configuring of
separate safety circuits or for the cascading of safety circuits,
and for applications with time-delayed shutdown.
Terminal module for (TM-X) Safety Module
For connection of an external infeed contactors (2nd shutdown
possibility). With terminals for contactor coil and feedback con-
tact. Is always required to terminate a group of safety-oriented
motor starters.
ET 200S ET 200S
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
PM-D FX1 PM-D FX1
NSA0_00454
ET 200S FC
failsafe
ET 200S FC
failsafe
3TK28 3TK28
SIMATIC Standard CPU
Light
curtain
Safety Module local
5/112
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

1) The function of the fail-safe kit is already integrated into High Feature motor starters.
Version Order No.
SIGUARD power modules
3RK1 903-1BA00
PM-D F1 SIGUARD
with diagnostics
Power module for emergency-off application
Monitored start
3RK1 903-1BA00
PM-D F2 SIGUARD
with diagnostics
Power module for protective door monitoring
Automatic start
3RK1 903-1BB00
PM-D F3 SIGUARD
with diagnostics
Power module for the expansion of PM-D F1/2 for an additional voltage group
Time-delayed (0 to 15 s)
3RK1 903-1BD00
3RK1 903-3DA00
PM-D F4 SIGUARD
with diagnostics
Power module for the expansion of PM-D F1/2
for an additional voltage group
3RK1 903-1BC00
PM-D F5 SIGUARD
with diagnostics
Power module for the expansion of PM-D F1 ... 4
with four floating release circuits
Contact multipliers
3RK1 903-1BE00
PM-D FX1
With diagnostics
Infeed terminal module for feeding in 1 to 6 shutdown groups
3RK1 903-3DA00
F-CM contact multipliers
With 4 safe floating contacts
3RK1 903-3CA00
Accessories
3RK1 903-1CA00
3RK1 903-1CA01
PM-X SIGUARD connection module
with diagnostics
Module for connecting a safety group and
for connecting an external infeed contactor
or for connecting to an external safety circuit
3RK1 903-1CB00
F Kit 1
Fail-safe equipment for DS1-x Standard motor starter
1)
3RK1 903-1CA00
F Kit 2
Fail-safe equipment for RS1-x standard motor starter
1)

3RK1 903-1CA01
Safety Module local
5/113
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Version Order No.
Components for safety modules
3RK1 903-1AA00
Terminal modules
TM-PF30 S47-B1
For PM-D F1/2 Safety Modules
With infeed U
1
/U
2
and sensor connection
3RK1 903-1AA00
TM-PF30 S47-B0
With sensor connection
3RK1 903-1AA10
TM-PF30 S47-C1
With infeed U
1
/U
2
and actuation input IN+/IN-
3RK1 903-1AC00
TM-PF30 S47-C0
With infeed U
2
3RK1 903-1AC10
TM-PF30 S47-D0
With PM-D F5 safety module
3RK1 903-1AD10
TM-X15 S27-01
For PM-X safety module
3RK1 903-1AB00
TM-P15-S27-01 terminal module
For PM-D power module
3RK1 903-0AA00
TM-PFX30 S47-G0/G1 terminal module
For PM-D FX1 safety module (infeed terminal module)
Infeed left (TM-PFX30 S47-G0) 3RK1 903-3AE10
Infeed center (TM-PFX30 S47-G1) 3RK1 903-3AE00
TM-FCM30 S47-F01 terminal module
For F-CM contact multiplier
3RK1 903-3AB10
PROFIsafe Safety Module
5/114
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Interplay of ET 200S safety motor starter Solutions PROFIsafe components
Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe
PM-D F PROFIsafe and Terminal module
Sensor and actuator assignment are freely configurable within
the framework of the distributed safety concept:
The logic of the safety functions is implemented by software.
Safety-oriented PROFIsafe communication and the use of a
safety-oriented control system are required.
Integration of the safety system in the standard automation is
realized through a single bus system (see Advantages of
PROFIsafe), using PROFIBUS as well as PROFINET.
For the use of Fail-safe motor starters in plants with safety
category 2 to 4 acc. to EN 954-1 and SIL 2 and 3 acc. to
IEC 61508. The use of Standard or High Feature motor starters
is also possible with certain assemblies
High flexibility (any assignment of sensors to motor starters
using the PLC)
Full selectivity of disconnection of the Fail-safe motor starters
No complex wiring for conventional safety systems, e.g. no
infeed contactors even in the highest safety category
Can also be used in combination with external safety relays
Can also be used to activate external safety systems
Safety module available for any safety function
Safety module available for Stop category 0 and 1
Safety module for monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
starters
Safety modules can be plugged into the TM-PF30 terminal
modules.
Terminal module
for F-DS1e-x
with TM-FDS65-S32
supply connection
F-DS1e-x
failsafe direct starter
Terminal module
for PM-D F PROFIsafe
TM-PF30 S47-F0
PM-D F PROFIsafe
safety module
PE/N terminal block
with M65-PEN-F
supply connection
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
3
5
IM 151
interface module
Terminal module
for F-DS1e-x
without TM-FDS65-S31
supply connection
PE/N terminal block
without M65-PEN-S
supply connection
Terminal module
for F-RS1e-x
without TM-FRS130-S31-01
supply connection
F-RS1e-x
failsafe reversing starter
5/115
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
High degree of flexibility with safety engineering
Fail-safe motor starter for PROFIsafe:
In EMERGENCY STOP applications, the Fail-safe motor starters
are selectively switched off through the upstream safety module
PM-D F PROFIsafe. For each safety module, six switch-off
groups can be formed. In the first delivery stage, the Fail-safe
freely-programmable logic of the SIMATIC controller is used to
interface with the relevant Fail-safe sensors. The interface be-
tween PROFIsafe and installations that use conventional safety
systems is implemented through the Fail-safe Contact Multiplier
F-CM with four floating contacts.
Example:
The diverse possible uses of the safety motor starter Solutions
PROFIsafe are presented in the manual SIMATIC ET 200S Motor
Starters in the context of typical sample applications.
Safety functional examples for easy, quick and low-cost imple-
mentations of applications with safety motor starters Solutions
local are available on the Internet:
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
ET 200S safety motor starter Solutions PROFIsafe with Fail-safe motor
starters and fully selective shutdown (PM-DF PROFIsafe application)
Within an ET 200S station the Fail-safe motor starters are as-
signed to one of 6 safety segments. For plants with distributed
configuration the shutdown signals of these safety segments are
preferably issued by a higher level, safety-oriented control sys-
tem through PROFIsafe. This permits the greatest flexibility for
assigning the motor starters to different safety circuits.
Alternatively, an ET 200S F-CPU can also be used for control
purposes.
ET 200S FC Fail-safe frequency converter
Interplay of the ET 200S FC frequency converter
with PROFIsafe components
Actuation of the ET 200S FC fail-safe frequency converter
using PROFIsafe safety-oriented communication is realized with
the PM-D F PROFIsafe module. Fail-safe motor starters and
frequency converters can be operated together behind a
PM-D F PROFIsafe module.
In safety-oriented applications, the fail-safe functions of the con-
verter are selectively actuated through the upstream PM-D F
PROFIsafe safety module. Each safety module supplies a total of
six shutdown groups. The fail-safe converter always occupies
the sixth switch-off group. One of the remaining shutdown
groups 1 to 5 must also be assigned to the converter. The fail-
safe freely-programmable logic of the SIMATIC controller is used
to interface with the relevant fail-safe sensors.
For plants with distributed configuration the shutdown signals of
these shutdown groups are preferably issued by a higher level,
safety-oriented control system through PROFIsafe. This permits
the greatest flexibility for assigning the frequency converters to
different safety circuits.
Alternatively, the PM-D F PROFIsafe can also be actuated using
an ET 200S F-CPU. Fastest response times through direct signal
processing within the ET 200S are thus possible.
.
NSA0_00432a
ET 200S
PM-D F
PROFIsafe
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
F-SPS
EMERGENCY-
STOP
Position
switch
Cable-operated
switch
Motor 1 Motor 2
EMERGENCY
STOP
IM 151
High
Feature
IM 151
High
Feature
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
PM-D F
PROFIsafe
PM-D F
PROFIsafe F-DI
NSA0_00455
ET 200S FC
failsafe
ET 200S FC
failsafe
SIMATIC failsafe CPU
Internal control of the
fail-safe functions of the
frequency converter using
interface modules
5/116
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Application
Solution PROFIsafe safety motor starters
If a safety-oriented SIMATIC CPU is used, the ET 200S is avail-
able as a safety-oriented peripheral. Nevertheless, in such a
station it is possible to configure conventional motor starters and
input/output modules mixed with modules with safety functions.
Thanks to the PROFIsafe profile the safety functions are avail-
able in the complete network, which means that the Solution
PROFIsafe safety motor starters enable the selective shutdown
of a group of Standard, High Feature or Fail-safe motor starters
regardless of where and on which peripheral station the safe
control devices were connected. As such this solution provides
an unprecedented level of flexibility and reduction of wiring for
applications in wide-spread plants or with a sporadic demand
for changes in the assignment of safety segments.
The Solution PROFIsafe safety motor starters are ideally suited
for safety concepts with Cat. 2 to 4 acc. to EN 954-1- or up to
SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508.
Each safety module switches up to 6 shutdown groups for
Fail-safe motor starters/frequency converters.
PM-D F safety module PROFIsafe
The PM-D F PROFIsafe safety module receives the shutdown
signal from the interface module of the ET 200S and safely
switches off 1 to 6 shutdown groups. This safety module is used
in PROFIsafe applications where there is a need for the selective
safety shutdown of Fail-safe motor starters/frequency convert-
ers.

Version Order No.
PM-D F PROFIsafe safety modules
For PROFIBUS and PROFINET
For fail-safe motor starters
For fail-safe contact multipliers
Six switch-off groups (SG1 to SG6)
3RK1 903-3BA01
F-CM contact multipliers
With 4 safe floating contacts
3RK1 903-3CA00
Components for safety module PROFIsafe
TM-PF30 S47-F0 terminal module
For PM-D F PROFIsafe safety module
3RK1 903-3AA00
TM-FCM30 S47-F01 terminal module
For F-CM contact multiplier
3RK1 903-3AB10
Components for frequency converters and fail-safe frequency converters
TM-ICU15 terminal modules
For ICU24 / ICU24F control module of the frequency converter
3RK1 903-3EA10
TM-IPM65 terminal modules
For IPM25 power section
0.75 kW, of the frequency converter
With incoming energy bus connection
(TM-IPM65-S32)
3RK1 903-3EC00
Without incoming energy bus connection
(TM-IPM65-S31)
3RK1 903-3EC10
TM-IPM130 terminal modules
For IPM25 power section
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW of the frequency converter
With incoming energy bus connection
(TM-IPM130-S32)
3RK1 903-3ED00
Without incoming energy bus connection
(TM-IPM130-S31)
3RK1 903-3ED10
PE/N terminal blocks
M65-PEN-F
With supply terminals
With caps
3RK1 903-2AC00
Terminal block
M65-PEN-S
Without incoming energy connection
3RK1 903-2AC10
ET 200S Components for Motor Starters and Frequency Converters
Terminal modules for ET 200S
motor starters and frequency converters
5/117
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Terminal modules for motor starters
Mechanical modules in which the motor starter and expansion
modules are inserted
For constructing the permanent wiring and self-assembling
voltage bus
For connecting the motor connection cables
Positive-locking connection to ensure enhanced vibration
resistance
Terminal modules for frequency converters
Mechanical modules in which the components of the fre-
quency converter are inserted
For constructing the permanent wiring and self-assembling
voltage bus
For connecting the motor cables
Integral shield connecting elements for the 3 x 10 mm busbar
Terminal module for power module
Connection via screw-type terminals
Light-colored enclosure for visual distinction
Always before the first TM-DS/TM-RS
Application
Terminal modules for motor starters and
frequency converters
Terminal modules are purely mechanical components for ac-
commodating the ET 200S peripherals. The self-assembling
voltage buses integrated in the terminal modules reduce wiring
work to the single infeed. All modules following on the right are
automatically supplied upon plugging the terminal modules
together. The robust design and keyed connection technology
enables use in harsh industrial conditions.
The terminal modules for motor starters and frequency con-
verters are available in different variants:
Terminal modules for TM-DS and TM-RS motor starters
Terminal modules for frequency converters:
- TM-ICU for the control module
- TM-IPM for the power section
Terminal modules for connection modules (TM-xB)
Terminal modules for TM-DS and TM-RS motor starters
The TM-DS and TM-RS terminal modules are available in various
versions for the Standard motor starters and the High Feature
motor starters. The terminal modules with the suffix "-S32; have
connection terminals for feeding into the integrated 40A/50A
power bus and connection terminals for the motor connection
cable. They are mounted at the beginning (left) of a power bus
segment.
The terminal modules with the suffix "S31; have only connec-
tion terminals for the motor connection cable. These terminal
modules follow on the right after a "S32; terminal module.
To configure a new load group, another "S32; terminal module
is plugged in. All connection terminals of the terminal modules
for motor starters are equipped with strong 10 mm terminals.
The "S32; terminal modules are delivered with three caps for
closing the power bus contacts on the final terminal module of a
segment.
Terminal modules for frequency converters
The TM-ICU terminal module is used for both versions of the
ICU24 / ICU24F control module. A TM-IPM is then always
plugged in after a TM-ICU. The TM-IPM with a width of 65 mm is
used to accommodate the IPM25 power section with 0.75 kW.
A terminal module with a width of 130 mm is needed for the
power sections with 2.2 or 4.0 kW.
Each TM-IPM terminal module has a shield attachment for
accommodating a shield bar. Hence shielded motor lines can be
grounded using shield terminals. The terminal modules with the
suffix "-S32; have connection terminals for feeding into the inte-
grated 50 A power bus and connection terminals for the motor
connection cable. They are mounted at the beginning (left) of a
power bus segment.
The terminal modules with the suffix "-S31; have only connec-
tion terminals for the motor connection cable. These terminal
modules follow on the right after a "-S32; terminal module.
To configure a new load group, another "-S32; terminal module
is plugged in. All connection terminals of the terminal modules
for frequency converters are equipped with strong 10 mm
terminals. The "-S32; terminal modules are delivered with three
caps for closing the power bus contacts on the final terminal
module of a segment.
5/118
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Terminal modules for connection modules (TM-xB)
The TM-xB terminal modules are used to accommodate the xB1,
xB2, xB3 and xB4 brake control modules. The TM-terminal mod-
ule must always follow directly after a terminal module for Stan-
dard motor starters, High Feature motor starters or frequency
converters as control of the solid-state braking switch is pro-
vided through an output of the motor starter/frequency con-
verter. The xB215 terminal modules for the brake control mod-
ules have not only the terminals for connecting the line for the
motor braking unit but also the terminals of the two local acting
inputs. These local inputs are not evaluated by a frequency con-
verter; for this reason the xB215 terminal module may be
plugged in only downstream from a motor starter (Technical
Specifications, Selection and Ordering Data, see the section
"Accessories for Motor Starters and Frequency Converters).
PE/N terminal block
The PE/N terminal block is required for direct connection of the
motor connection cables without intermediate terminals. It is
plugged together with the terminal module for motor starters /
frequency converters before the latter is mounted on the stan-
dard mounting rail. With two PE terminals and one N terminal the
"-F; variant is connected to the "-S32" terminal modules for mo-
tor starters / frequency converters. The "-S; variant is combined
with the "-S31; terminal module. The "F; terminal modules are
delivered with two caps for closing the PE/N bus contacts on the
final terminal module of a segment. The modules for the Stan-
dard motor starters have a width of 45 mm and the modules for
the High Feature motors starters / frequency converters have a
width of 65 mm.
There is no electrical connection between the terminals of the
terminal block PE/N and the internal shielding of the frequency
converter.
The terminal block PE/N must not be used for the shielding of the
motor cable. When wiring the frequency converter according to
EMC, the shielding of the motor cable has to be connected by a
shielding busbar to the integrated shielding element in the termi-
nal module of the converter. Additionally, when connecting the
shielding busbar to the EMC filter, the distance between the two
elements has to be as short as possible.

Version Order No.
Components for standard motor starters
Terminal moduls

3RK1 903-0AB00
TM-DS45-S32
for DS1-x direct on-line starter
with incoming-feeder connection for power bus
incl. three caps for terminating the power bus.
3RK1 903-0AB00

3RK1 903-0AB10
TM-DS45-S31
for DS1-x direct on-line starter,
without supply cable connection for power bus
3RK1 903-0AB10

3RK1 903-0AC00
TM-RS90-S32
for RS1-x reversing starter
with supply cable connection for power bus
incl. three caps for terminating the power bus
3RK1 903-0AC00
TM-RS90-S31
for RS1-x reversing starter
3RK1 903-0AC10
5/119
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Version Order No.

3RK1 903-2AA00
PE/N M45-PEN-F terminal block
45 mm wide
incl. two caps
in conjunction with TM-DS45-S32 / TM-RS90-S32
3RK1 903-2AA00

3RK1 903-2AA10
PE/N M45-PEN-S terminal block
45 mm wide
3RK1 903-2AA10
Components for High Feature motor starters

3RK1 903-0AK00
Terminal modules
TM-DS65-S32
for direct on-line starters DS1e-x, DSS1e-x
3RK1 903-0AK00
TM-DS65-S31
for direct on-line starters DS1e-x, DSS1e-x
3RK1 903-0AK10
TM-RS130-S32
for RS1e-x reversing starter
3RK1 903-0AL00
TM-RS130-S31
for RS1e-x reversing starter
3RK1 903-0AL10
M65-PEN-F power & control module
65 mm wide
incl. two caps
3RK1 903-2AC00
M65-PEN-S connection module
65 mm wide
3RK1 903-2AC10
Components for power modules
3RK1 903-0AA00
TM-P15 S27-01 terminal module
for PM-D power module
3RK1 903-0AA00
TM-ICU15 terminal module
for ICU24 / ICU24F closed-loop control module of the frequency converter
3RK1 903-3EA10
TM-IPM65 terminal module
for IPM25 power section, 0.75 kW of frequency converter
(TM-IPM65-S32)
3RK1 903-3EC00
(TM-IPM65-S31)
3RK1 903-3EC10
TM-IPM130 terminal module
for IPM25 power section, 2.2 kW and 4.0 kW of frequency converter
With supply terminal for power bus
(TM-IPM130-S32)
3RK1 903-3ED00
Without supply terminal for power bus
(TM-IPM130-S31)
3RK1 903-3ED10
M65-PEN-F
power & control module
3RK1 903-2AC00
M65-PEN-S
connection module
3RK1 903-2AC10
ET 200S Software
Motor Starter ES
5/120
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Motor Starter ES for parameterization, visualization, diagnostics and
testing of ECOFAST motor starters
Motor Starter ES is used for start-up, parameterization,
diagnostics, documentation and for preventative maintenance
of the High Feature motor starters of the SIMATIC ET 200S and
ECOFAST product families.
Interfacing is performed
either via the serial device interface (applies to ET 200S /
ECOFAST) or
with PROFIBUS DP V1 capable motor starters from any point
in PROFIBUS (for ECOFAST).
Using Motor Starter ES, the communication-capable motor
starters are easily parameterized during start-up, monitored
during normal operation and successfully diagnosed for service
purposes. Preventative maintenance is supported by a function
for reading out diverse statistical data (e.g. operating hours,
operating cycles, cut-off currents, etc.). The user is supported
during these procedures with comprehensive Help functions
and plain text displays.
Motor Starter ES can either be used as a stand-alone program
or it can be integrated into STEP 7 V5.1 SP3 upwards via an
object manager.
The following components are required for a serial connection:
ET200S High Feature motor starters:
2DI 24V COM control modul
3RK1 903-0CH10
LOGO! PC cable
6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
ET 200pro motor starters:
RS 232 interface cable
3RK1 922-2BP00
ECOFAST High Feature motor starters:
PC cable
3RK1 911-0BN20
ET 200S Software
Motor Starter ES
5/121
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Motor Starter ES 2006 Smart
Single license, comprising
Motor Starter ES
for parameterizing, monitoring,
diagnosing and testing the
ECOFAST motor starters,
SIMATIC ET 200S High Feature
Starters and
SIMATIC ET 200pro motor starters
over a serial connection
- With Online Help
German/English selectable
- Operating system: Windows
2000/XP
- Cable for serial communication
through a serial interface
- CD-ROM drive
3ZS1 310-1CC10-0YA0
Motor Starter ES 2006
Professional
Motor Starter ES
ECOFAST motor starters,
Starters and
SIMATIC ET 200pro motor starters
over PROFIBUS DP or a serial
connection
- With Online Help
- Operating system: Windows
2000/XP
STEP 7 Object Manager (OM)
For integrating the ECOFAST
starter as S7 slave in SIMATIC S7
For calling Motor Starter ES from
STEP 7
3ZS1 310-2CC10-0YA0
Professional Upgrade
Upgrade from Switch
Motor Starter ES 2004 or
Motor Starter ES Smart 2005
to Motor Starter ES 2006
Professional
3ZS1 310-2CC10-0YE0
Accessories for ET 200S High Feature motor starters
Control module
2DI DC 24 V COM
Digital input module with 2 inputs
for local motor starter functions for
mounting onto the front of motor
starters
Operatinal voltage 24 V DC
(supplied from U1), short-circuit
proof, floating contact with serial
interface for connecting to
Motor Starter ES
Connected using LOGO! PC cable,
max. cable length (out and back)
50 m
3RK1 903-0CH10
LOGO! PC cable
For connecting the high feature
motor starter with Motor Starter ES
interface to a PC
6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters
For serial data connection between
an ET 200pro motor starter and a
laptop/PC/PG
3RK1 922-2BP00
Accessories for ECOFAST High Feature motor starters
(interface cable)
PC cable 3RK1 911-0BN20
ET 200S Software
STARTER drive/commissioning software
5/122
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

The easy-to-use STARTER drive/commissioning software
can be used to:
Start up
Optimize and
Diagnostics.
This software can be operated either as a standalone PC appli-
cation or can be integrated into the SCOUT engineering system
(on SIMOTION) or STEP 7 (with Drive ES Basic). The basic func-
tions and handling are the same regardless.
In addition to the SINAMICS drives, the current version of
STARTER also supports MICROMASTER 4 devices and inverters
for the SIMATIC ET 200S FC distributed I/O system.
The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the
structure of the project tree.
Beginners are supported by solution-based dialog guidance,
whereby a standard graphics-based display maximizes clarity
when setting the drive parameters.
First commissioning is guided by wizards, which make all the
basic settings in the drive. This ensures that even though only a
small number of parameter settings have been made, the drive
configuration has already progressed far enough to permit axis
movement.
The individual settings required are made using graphics-based
parameterization screen forms, which also display the mode of
operation.
Examples of individual settings that can be made include:
terminals
bus interface
Setpoint channel (e.g. fixed setpoints)
Closed-loop speed control (e.g. ramp-function generator,
limits)
BICO interconnections
Diagnosis
Experts can gain rapid access to the individual parameters via
the Expert List and do not have to navigate dialogs.
In addition, the following functions are available for optimization
purposes:
Self-optimization
Trace (depending on drive)
Diagnostics functions provide information about:
Control/Status Words
Parameter status
Operating conditions
Communication states
Performance features
Easy to use: Only a small number of settings need to be made
for successful first commissioning: axis turning
Solution-based dialog-based user guidance simplifies com-
missioning
Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for optimiza-
tion
The built-in trace function provides optimum support during
commissioning, optimization and troubleshooting.
Minimum hardware and software requirements
Programming device or PC with Pentium
II 400 MHz
(Windows
2000),
Pentium
III 500 MHz (Windows
XP)
256 MB RAM (512 MB recommended)
Monitor resolution, 1024768 pixels
Windows
2000 SP3, XP Professional SP1

Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01
Integration
A PROFIBUS communications module and a connecting cable
are required to make the communication link between the PG/PC
and a control unit.
For example, PROFIBUS communications module CP 5512
(PCMCIA type 2 card + adapter with 9-pin SUB-D socket for
connection to PROFIBUS). For Windows 2000/XP Professional
and PCMCIA 32)
Order No.: 6GK1551-2AA00
and connecting cable between CP 5512 and PROFIBUS
Order No.: 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
PC converter connecting sets are available for MICROMASTER
4, SINAMICS G110 and SINAMICS G120 for a safe point-to-point
connection to the PC.
Order No. for MICROMASTER 4: 6SE6400-1PC00-0AA0
(the scope of supply includes a 9-pin Sub-D connector and an
RS232 standard cable, 3 m)
Order No. for SINAMICS G110 and SINAMICS G120:
6SL3255-0AA00-2AA1
(the scope of supply includes a 9-pin Sub-D connector and an
RS232 standard cable, 3 m, and the STARTER startup tool on
CD-ROM)

STARTER commissioning tool
for SINAMICS and
MICROMASTER
German / English / French / Italian
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
ET 200iSP
Introduction
5/123
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Fail-safe distributed I/O system to degree of protection IP30
for use in hazardous gaseous and dusty areas, i.e. in Zones 1
and 2 as well as 21 and 22
Sensors and actuators can also be situated directly in
Zone 0 or 20.
Individual configuration and flexible expansion with the
modular design for optimization to the respective automation
task
Independent wiring enables prewiring without the electronics
connected
Optimized for integration into process control systems
(e.g. SIMATIC PCS 7)
Parameters can be assigned using SIMATIC PDM
Optimal integration of HART field devices (HART transpar-
ency)
Connection to PROFIBUS DP via isolating transformers
Module replacement (hot swapping) and configuration expan-
sion (Configuration in Run) possible during operation
Extensive diagnostics possibilities
Condensation-proof modules in temperature range
-20 C +60 C
Full redundancy of PROFIBUS and power supply
Application
The ET 200iSP distributed I/O system has degree of protection
IP30.
It is used wherever explosion protection for gases and dusts is
required in compliance with CENELEC: II 2 G (1) GD EEx d e
[ib/ia] IIC T4.
The ET 200iSP system has been designed in accordance with
the 94/9/EG guideline which must be complied with when new
devices for potentially explosive atmospheres are introduced
onto the European market.
The design of the system allows it to be used under high
mechanical loads i.e. on oil platforms.
The system consists of terminal modules to which the corre-
sponding functional units such as the power supply, interface
module and electronic modules are connected.
This modular design ensures optimal adaptation to the plant-
specific installation requirements in potentially explosive atmo-
spheres. This ensures fast hot-swapping of individual functional
units. In the case of a fault, only small parts of the plant are
affected since only a few channels are processed in a module.
Using an ET 200iSP station can save significant costs compared
with a conventional design. Isolating stages and sub-distribution
boards are no longer required and the cabling outlay is reduced
since the station functions in a similar way to a local modular
terminal. Commissioning and troubleshooting are simplified by
the comprehensive diagnosis options.
In addition to the analog input modules and analog output
modules with and without HART functionality, the existing prod-
uct range of I/O modules also includes digital I/O modules
whose functionalities are configurable.
The system has been designed to function optimally with
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC PCS 7. It can also be used with other
process control systems and SIMATIC S5 via an interface using
a GSD file.
ET 200iSP
Introduction
5/124
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Design
A distributed I/O station (= Remote I/O) ET 200iSP comprises:
A terminal module for the power supply unit as well as the
associated power supply module to the EX d degree of pro-
tection (flameproof enclosure)
A terminal module for the PROFIBUS interface as well as the
associated interface module IM 152
In the case of a single PROFIBUS interface, another slot is
available on the terminal module for an electronics module.
If the PROFIBUS interface is implemented redundantly,
a terminal module is available that can carry two IM 152
modules.
Up to 32 terminal modules for the electronics modules as well
as the digital and analog electronics modules that can be
plugged into them. One terminal module can accept up to
2 electronics modules.
One terminating module that is included in the scope of
supply of the IM 152.
The stations are connected together on an S7-300 rail in accor-
dance with the above list starting with the terminal module of the
power supply unit, followed by the terminal module for the
PROFIBUS interface followed by the required terminal modules
for the electronics modules.
When the terminal modules are mounted, the wiring can be com-
pleted and tested without the need for electronics modules.
The appropriate electronics modules are plugged onto the
terminal modules.
The inserted electronics modules are mechanically coded
initially to prevent inadvertent swapping later.
No tools are required for mounting the terminal modules and
electronics modules.
The maximum configuration is limited by the 32 electronics
modules, which corresponds to a maximum station length of
107 cm.
The maximum possible number of modules can be limited as a
result of the power consumption of the modules used.
Up to 16 modules can be used without constraints, for a larger
number, the planning rules must be taken into account.
PROFIBUS must be routed intrinsically safe into the hazardous
area through a suitable fieldbus isolating transformer (RS 485IS
coupler).
The 24 V connection to the power supply terminal is routed
through EX e terminals. This connection is not permitted to be
removed under Ex conditions. The feeder power supply must be
installed in the safe area.
Installation in an EX e housing with at least degree of protection
IP54 is a requirement for use in explosion-hazard areas.
Accessories:
The following accessories are available for the ET 200iSP:
Pre-perforated DIN A4 labeling sheets for electronic modules
in various colors, machine-printable
Slot number plate for identification of terminal modules
Function
Operating mode
Through PROFIBUS DP (up to 1.5 Mbit/s), a central PLC can
access the electronic modules of the ET 200iSP station just like
a central I/O module. Communication is handled by the master
interface in the central PLC and the interface module of the
ET 200iSP (= IM 152-1). The diagnostics integrated in the sys-
tem reduce startup and debugging times.
The physical bus setup for devices in hazardous areas requires
special protective measures. The method of the intrinsically safe
PROFIBUS has been selected for ET 200iSP. This demands seg-
mentation and power limiting on the bus (PROFIBUS RS 485-IS).
A commercially available "Fieldbus isolating transformer"
(RS 485IS coupler) is used for this purpose. It can be installed in
areas up to Zone 2. This converts the PROFIBUS DP to an intrin-
sically safe PROFIBUS RS 485-IS, which allows modules to be
plugged and pulled even under potentially explosive condi-
tions.
Configuration
An ET 200iSP station can be connected to higher level PLCs as
a DP V0 or DP V1 slave.
In an S7/ PCS 7 environment, configuration and parameteriza-
tion of an ET 200iSP station is executed using SIMATIC STEP 7
hardware manager. This defines the station design (which mod-
ule where).
This software is opened by double-clicking one of the imple-
mented modules/stations.
Software requirements
SIMATIC STEP 7, Version 5.3 + SP1 incl. Hardware Support
Package (HSP)
SIMATIC PCS 7, Version V6.1
For configuring HART field devices, the current version of the
PDM configuring software is required.
Configuring in non-Siemens systems and older
PCS 7/STEP 7 versions
In all other applications, the configuration of the station must be
relayed to the PROFIBUS DP network through the GSD file.
In this case, parameterization is carried out through PDM,
whereby a comparison of the configuration between PDM and
GSD file is not possible. It is not possible to commission an
ET 200iSP without the PDM configuration software.
The parameters of this module can then be defined in the PDM
dialog fields, such as alarm limits for analog modules, sensor
selection for digital modules, settings for the release of analog
values and the output of HART commands for analog HART
modules.
Technical specifications general

Ambient temperature - 20 C to + 70 C
Vibration-proof permanent: 0.5 g, intermittent: 1 g
PROFIBUS EN 50170, Volume 2
EU directive 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a)
CENELEC II 2 G (1) GD EEx d e [ib/ia] IIC T4
IEC IEC 61131, Part 2
CE According to 89/336/EEC and
73/23/EEC
ET 200iSP
5/125
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

The IM 152 interface module is plugged onto the correspond-
ing terminal module TM-IM/EM (to be ordered separately).
For redundant operation, two IM 152 are used. They are
plugged onto the TM-IM/IM.
The interface module IM 152 has the following properties:
- connects the ET 200iSP to PROFIBUS DP
- prepares data for the fitted electronic modules
- the PROFIBUS address of ET 200iSP can be adjusted by
switch
- slot for MMC
- firmware updating over PROFIBUS DP or MMC
Shutting down the 24 V DC supply voltage at the terminal
module TM-PS also shuts down the interface module IM 152.
The maximum address size is 244 byte inputs and 244 byte
outputs.
6ES7 152-1AA00-0AB0
Current consumption
interfaces
interface physics, RS 485 Yes
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max. 1.5 Mbit/s;
9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5;
500 kbauds
SYNC capability Yes
FREECE capability Yes
direct data exchange
(cross traffic)
Yes;
Slave to slave as publisher
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms Yes
Acyclic function, interrupts Yes
Acyclic function, parameter Yes
Diagnoses
Bus error BF (red) Yes
(green)
Yes
6ES7 152-1AA00-0AB0
Time stamping
Description per digital input
per digital input module
entire ET 200iSP
Accuracy 20 ms
Number of stampable digital inputs,
max.
64;
for accuracy class 20 ms
Time format RFC 1119 Internet (ISP)
Time resolution 1 ms
Time interval for transmitting the
message buffer if a message is
present
1,000 ms
Time stamp on signal change rising/falling edge as event
entering or exiting state
Isolation
tronics
Yes
CE symbol Yes
Type of protection to EN 50020
(CENELEC)
II2 G EEx ib IIC T4
Type of protection to KEMA 04 ATEX 1243
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 8110H
Width 30 mm
Height 129 mm
Depth 136.5 mm
Weights
ET 200iSP
5/126
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 193-7AA00-0AA0 6ES7 193-7AA10-0AA0 6ES7 193-7AB00-0AA0
CE symbol No No No
(CENELEC)
no no no
Test number KEMA 04 ATEX 2242 04 ATEX 2242 04 ATEX 2242
Width 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm
Height 190 mm 190 mm 190 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 235 g 235 g 195 g
IM 152 including the terminating
module
ET 200iSP-IM 152-1
6ES7 152-1AA00-0AB0
Terminal modules for IM 152
TM-IM/EM60S 6ES7 193-7AA00-0AA0
TM-IM/EM60C 6ES7 193-7AA10-0AA0
TM-IM/IM 6ES7 193-7AB00-0AA0
Accessories
ET 200iSP product manual
Plug connector 6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
PROFIBUS connector with active
terminating resistor
For RS 485-IS circuit; 1.5 Mbit/s
RS 485-IS segment 6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transition for coupling
PROFIBUS DP to
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Sheet of labels
DIN A4, perforated,
consisting of 10 sheets each
with 30 labels for electronic
modules and 20 labels for IM 152
red 6ES7 193-7BD00-0AA0
Identification labels, inscribed
Order quantity 1 set of 200 of each
color for slot numbering
10 x slot 1 to 2
8WA8 861-0AB
5 x slot 1 to 40 8WA8 861-0AC
1 x slot 1 to 64
2 x slot 1 to 68
8WA8 861-0DA
Identification labels, blank 8WA8 848-2AY
Standard rails S7-300
Standard rail 585 mm 6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0
Standard rail 885 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0
Stainless steel housing IP66
for hazardous Zone 1
with safety class EEx e
Empty housing with no modules
installed, for use in gaseous
atmospheres, IP65 (IP54 if a
breather gland is used)
Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230
for the installation of up to 15
ET 200iSP modules, for use in
gaseous atmospheres, with 3 rows
of cable glands M16 (41 pieces)
and 2 rows of cover plugs
6DL2 804-0AD30
ET 200iSP modules for use in
gaseous atmospheres with 5 rows
6DL2 804-0AD50
6DL2 804-0AE30
ET 200iSP modules for use in gas-
eous atmospheres with 5 rows of
cable glands M16 (111 pieces)
6DL2 804-0AE50
installed, for use in dusty atmo-
spheres, IP65
dusty atmospheres, with 3 rows
6DL2 804-0DD30
dusty atmospheres with 5 rows
6DL2 804-0DD50
6DL2 804-0DE30
6DL2 804-0DE50
ET 200iSP
5/127
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Housing with ET 200iSP modules
installed, for use in gaseous atmo-
spheres, IP65 (IP54 when using a
breather gland), the ET 200iSP
components must be ordered
separately
6DL2 804-1AD30
6DL2 804-1AD50
6DL2 804-1AE30
6DL2 804-1AE50
Housing with modules installed,
for use in dusty atmospheres, IP65,
the ET 200iSP components must
be ordered separately
6DL2 804-1DD30
6DL2 804-1DD50
6DL2 804-1DE30
6DL2 804-1DE50
ET 200iSP
ET 200iSP digital electronic modules
5/128
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

The electronic modules are plugged into the associated
terminal modules that must be ordered separately (with
screw-type or spring-loaded terminals).
When plugged in, the modules are automatically uniquely
coded mechanically.
Modules can be replaced under potentially explosive condi-
tions during runtime.
6ES7 131-7RF00-0AB0
Digital inputs
Cable length
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 2.8 s
- at "0" to "1", max. 3.5 s
- at "1" to "0", min. 2.8 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 3.5 s
Encoder
max.
8
NAMUR encoder Yes
NAMUR encoder
Input current, for signal "0", max. 1.2 mA
Input current, for signal "1", min. 2.1 mA
Integrated Functions
Frequency meter Yes
Frequency measurement Yes; (GATE time) 50 ms;
200 ms; 1 s
Number of frequency meters 2
Counters
Number of counter inputs 2; normal and periodic count
function
Input frequency, max. 5 kHz;
at cable length 20 m 5 kHz;
cable length 100 m 1 kHz;
cable length 200 m 500 Hz
6ES7 131-7RF00-0AB0
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes; parameterizable
Process alarm No
Diagnoses
Short circuit Yes;
R load < 150 ohms with NAMUR
sensor/sensor and NAMUR
changeover contact/sensor to
DIN 19234
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
between different circuits 60 V DC, 30 V AC
CE symbol Yes
(CENELEC)
II2 G (1) GD EEx ib[ia] IIC T4
Width 30 mm
Height 129 mm
Depth 136.5 mm
Weights
ET 200iSP
5/129
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 132-7RD01-0AB0 6ES7 132-7RD11-0AB0 6ES7 132-7RD21-0AB0
Current consumption
max.
340 mA 300 mA 400 mA
Address area
without packing 2 Byte 2 Byte 2 Byte
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 4 4 4
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m 200 m
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes Yes Yes
No-load voltage Uao (DC) 23.1 V 17.4 V 17.4 V
Internal resistor Ri 275 150
Trend key points E
Voltage Ue (DC) 17.1 V 13.2 V 11 V
Current Ie 20 mA 27 mA 40 mA; 80 mA when outputs
connected in parallel
"0" to "1", max. 2 ms 2 ms 2 ms
"1" to "0", max. 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms
for increased power No Yes Yes
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz
(per channel)
Ta (permissible ambient
temperature), max.
70 C 70 C 70 C
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes
Wire break Yes Yes Yes
Short circuit Yes;R< 800 ohms (one output),
R< 40 ohms (outputs connected
in parallel)
Yes Yes; R< 800 ohms (one output),
R< 40 ohms (outputs connected
in parallel)
Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes Yes
CE symbol Yes Yes Yes
(CENELEC)
II2 G (1) GD EEx ib[ia] IIC T4 II2 G (1) GD EEx ib[ia] IIC T4 II2 G (1) GD EEx ib[ia] IIC T4
Depth 136.5 mm 136.5 mm 136.5 mm
Weights
ET 200iSP
5/130
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 132-7GD00-0AB0 6ES7 132-7GD10-0AB0 6ES7 132-7GD20-0AB0
Current consumption
max.
340 mA 300 mA 400 mA
Address area
Digital outputs
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes Yes Yes
No-load voltage Uao (DC) 23.1 V 17.4 V 17.4 V
Internal resistor Ri 150 150
Trend key points E
Voltage Ue (DC) 17.1 V 13.2 V
Current Ie 20 mA 27 mA; 54 mA when outputs con-
nected in parallel
40 mA; 80 mA when outputs con-
nected in parallel
"0" to "1", max. 2 ms 2 ms 2 ms
"1" to "0", max. 1.5 ms 1.5 ms 1.5 ms
for increased power No Yes Yes
Switching frequency
with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz
(per channel)
temperature), max.
70 C 70 C 70 C
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Short circuit Yes Yes; R< 800 ohms (one output),
R< 40 ohms (outputs connected in
parallel)
Yes; R< 800 ohms (one output),
R< 40 ohms (outputs connected in
parallel)
(green)
Yes Yes Yes
CE symbol Yes Yes Yes
(CENELEC)
II2 G (1) GD EEx ib[ia] IIC T4 II2 G (1) GD EEx ib[ia] IIC T4 II2 G (1) GD EEx ib[ia] IIC T4
Depth 136.5 mm 136.5 mm 136.5 mm
Weights
ET 200iSP
5/131
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0 6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
CE symbol No No
(CENELEC)
no no
Test number KEMA 04 ATEX 2242 04 ATEX 2242
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Digital input module 8 DI NAMUR 6ES7 131-7RF00-0AB0
8 x DI NAMUR
Digital output module 4 DO 23.1 V
DC /20 mA
6ES7 132-7RD01-0AB0
DC /27 mA
6ES7 132-7RD11-0AB0
DC /40 mA
6ES7 132-7RD21-0AB0
4 x DO; 1 additional intrinsically
safe input for "H" shut-off
DC /20 mA
6ES7 132-7GD00-0AB0
DC /27 mA
6ES7 132-7GD10-0AB0
DC /40 mA
6ES7 132-7GD20-0AB0
4 x DO; 1 additional intrinsically
safe input for "L" shut-off
TM-EM/EM60S 6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0
Terminal module E60S
(screw-type terminal)
TM-EM/EM60C 6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
(spring-loaded terminal)
Accessories
Connectors
termination resistor
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
RS 485-IS Coupler 6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transformer for coupling
from PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Labeling sheet
DIN A4, perforated,
each consisting of 10 sheets of
30 strips each, used for electronic
modules and 20 strips, used for
IM 151
red 6ES7 193-7BD00-0AA0
Labels, inscribed
Ordering unit 1 set with 200 pieces
each for slot numbering
10 x slots 1 to 2 8WA8 861-0AB
5 x slots 1 to 40 8WA8 861-0AC
Labels, blank 8WA8 848-2AY
Ordering unit 1 set with 200 pieces
each for slot numbering
S7-300 rail
ET 200iSP
5/132
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Ordering data (continued) Order No. Order No.
Stainless steel enclosure IP66
for Ex-Zone 1
in protection class EEx e,
Empty housing without installation
of modules, for use in gaseous
area, IP65 (IP54 when using an air-
conditioning nozzle)
Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for
installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP
modules, for use in gaseous area,
with 3 rows of M16 cable glands
(41 pieces) and 2 rows of blanking
plugs
6DL2 804-0AD30
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-0AD50
plugs
6DL2 804-0AE30
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-0AE50
Empty housing without installation
of modules, for use in dusty area,
IP65
modules, for use in dusty area,
plugs
6DL2 804-0DD30
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-0DD50
(total 68 pieces) and 2 rows of
blanking plugs
6DL2 804-0DE30
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-0DE50
Enclosure with installation of
gaseous area, IP65 (IP54 when
using an air-conditioning nozzle),
ET 200iSP components must be
ordered separately
plugs
6DL2 804-1AD30
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-1AD50
plugs
6DL2 804-1AE30
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-1AE50
Enclosure with installation of mod-
ules, for use in dusty area, IP65, the
ordered separately
plugs
6DL2 804-1DD30
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-1DD50
plugs
6DL2 804-1DE30
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-1DE50
ET 200iSP
ET 200iSP analog electronic modules
5/133
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The electronic modules are plugged into the associated
terminal modules that must be ordered separately (with
screw-type or spring-loaded terminals).
When plugged in, the modules are automatically uniquely
coded mechanically.
6ES7 134-7SD00-0AB0 6ES7 134-7SD50-0AB0 6ES7 134-7TD00-0AB0 6ES7 134-7TD50-0AB0
short-circuit proof Yes
Feed current, max. 23 mA; per channel
Current consumption
from supply voltage L+, max. 30 mA 22 mA 320 mA 30 mA
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 4 4 4 4
cable length, shielded, max. 50 m 200 m 200 m 200 m
90 mA 50 mA
technical unit for temperature mea-
surement, adjustable
Yes Yes Yes Yes
voltages
Voltage Yes
Input resistance
(-80 mV to +80 mV)
1,000 k
currents
Current Yes Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes Yes; min. 295 ohms
ET 200iSP
5/134
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
thermoelements
thermocouple Yes
Type B Yes
Input resistance (Type B) 1,000 k
Type C Yes
Input resistance (Type C) 1,000 k
Type E Yes
Input resistance (Type E) 1,000 k
Type J Yes
Input resistance (type J) 1,000 k
Type K Yes
Input resistance (Type K) 1,000 k
Type L Yes
Input resistance (Type L) 1,000 k
Type N Yes
Input resistance (Type N) 1,000 k
Type R Yes
Input resistance (Type R) 1,000 k
Type S Yes
Input resistance (Type S) 1,000 k
Type T Yes
Input resistance (Type T) 1,000 k
Type U Yes
Input resistance (Type U) 1,000 k
resistors
Impedance Yes
Input resistance (0 to 600 Ohm) 0.6 k
Resistance thermometer Yes
Ni 100 Yes
Input resistance (Ni 100) 2,000 k
Pt 100 Yes
Input resistance (Pt 100) 2,000 k
programmable Yes Yes
for thermoelements Yes
for thermoresistor Yes
compensation
Yes; via temperature
value, acquired by an
analog module of the
same ET 200iSP-station
compensation
Yes; via supplied TC sen-
sor module
Measurement principle integrating (Sigma-Delta) integrating (Sigma-Delta) integrating (Sigma-Delta) integrating (Sigma-Delta)
16 Bit 16 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit; + sign
Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes No Yes
Basic conversion time,
including integration time, ms
80 ms at 50 Hz; 66 ms at
60 Hz
80 ms at 50 Hz; 66 ms at
60 Hz
30
additional conversion time
for wire break monitoring
5 5
50 Hz and 60 Hz 50 and 60 Hz 50 and 60 Hz 50 and 60 Hz
ET 200iSP
5/135
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
parameterizable Yes; in 4 stages Yes; in 4 stages Yes; in 4 stages Yes; in 4 stages
Level: none Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time
Level: weak Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4 x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time
Level: middle Yes; 32 x cycle time Yes; 32 x cycle time Yes; 32 x cycle time Yes; 32 x cycle time
Level: strong Yes; 64 x cycle time Yes; 64 x cycle time Yes; 64 x cycle time Yes; 64 x cycle time
Encoder
for current measurement as
2-wire transducer
Yes
4-wire transducer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 750
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error (relative to input area) +/- 0.015 % +/- 0.015 % +/- 0.015 % +/- 0.015 %
Temperature error
+/- 0.02 % +/- 0.02 % +/- 0.005 %/K +/- 0.005 %/K
Crosstalk between the inputs, min. -50 dB -50 dB -50 dB -50 dB
Repeat accuracy in settled status
at 25 C (relative to input area)
+/- 0.01 % +/- 0.01 % +/- 0.01 % +/- 0.01 %
Operational limit
in overall temperature range
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0.15 %
Current, relative to input area +/- 0.15 % +/- 0.15 %
+/- 0.15 %
Basic error limit
Current, relative to input area +/- 0.1 % +/- 0.1 %
+/- 0.1 %
for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
70 dB 70 dB 70 dB 70 dB
common mode voltage, min. 90 dB 90 dB
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable
Limit value alarm Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable
Diagnoses
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes Yes
Short circuit Yes
ET 200iSP
5/136
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Isolation
between the channels Yes; functional Yes No No
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes
CE symbol Yes Yes Yes Yes
(CENELEC)
II2 G (1) GD EEx ib[ia] IIC
T4
II2 G (1) GD Eex ib[ia] IIC
T4
T4
T4
Type of protection to KEMA 04 ATEX 1246 04 ATEX 1247 04 ATEX 1244 04 ATEX 1245
Depth 136.5 mm 136.5 mm 136.5 mm 136.5 mm
Weights
6ES7 135-7TD00-0AB0
Current consumption
from load voltage1L+, max. 330 mA
Power loss, max. 2.7 W
Analog outputs
Number of analg outputs 4
4 to 20 mA Yes
connection
Yes
with current outputs, max. 750
14 Bit
for resistive load 4 ms
for capacitive load 40 ms
for inductive load 40 ms
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error
+/- 0.015 %
Temperature error
+/- 0.005 %/K
Crosstalk between the outputs, min. -50 dB
+/- 0.01 %
Operational limit
in overall temperature range
Current, relative to output area +/- 0.15 %
Basic error limit
6ES7 135-7TD00-0AB0
diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes
Diagnoses
Wire break Yes
Short circuit Yes
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
Width 30 mm
Height 129 mm
Depth 136.5 mm
Weights
6ES7 193-
7CA00-0AA0
6ES7 193-
7CA10-0AA0
CE symbol No No
(CENELEC)
no no
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
ET 200iSP
5/137
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Analog input modules
4 AI I 2WIRE HART 6ES7 134-7TD00-0AB0
4 AI I 4WIRE HART 6ES7 134-7TD50-0AB0
4 AI RTD 6ES7 134-7SD50-0AB0
4 AI TC 6ES7 134-7SD00-0AB0
Analog output modules
4 AO I HART 6ES7 135-7TD00-0AB0
Terminal modules
(screw-type terminals)
Terminal module E60C
(spring-loaded terminals)
Accessories
Plug connector
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
PROFIBUS DP to
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Sheet of labels
DIN A4, perforated,
consisting of 10 sheets each
with 30 labels for electronic
modules and 20 labels for IM 151
red 6ES7 193-7BD00-0AA0
10 x slot 1 to 2 8WA8 861-0AB
5 x slot 1 to 40 8WA8 861-0AC
gaseous atmospheres,
with 3 rows of cable glands M16
(41 pieces) and 2 rows of cover
plugs
6DL2 804-0AD30
gaseous atmospheres
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-0AD50
plugs
6DL2 804-0AE30
gaseous atmospheres
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-0AE50
spheres, IP65
dusty atmospheres,
plugs
6DL2 804-0DD30
dusty atmospheres
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-0DD50
dusty atmospheres,
plugs
6DL2 804-0DE30
dusty atmospheres
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-0DE50
ET 200iSP
5/138
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
atmospheres, IP65 (IP54 when
using a breather gland),
the ET 200iSP components must
plugs
6DL2 804-1AD30
gaseous atmospheres
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-1AD50
plugs
6DL2 804-1AE30
gaseous atmospheres
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-1AE50
for use in dusty atmospheres,
IP65, the ET 200iSP components
must be ordered separately
dusty atmospheres,
plugs
6DL2 804-1DD30
dusty atmospheres
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-1DD50
dusty atmospheres,
plugs
6DL2 804-1DE30
dusty atmospheres
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-1DE50
ET 200iSP
ET 200iSP reserve module and terminal modules
5/139
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The reserve module is plugged onto the relevant terminal
module (to be ordered separately; screw-type or spring-
loaded connection).
6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0
CE symbol Yes
(CENELEC)
II2 G EEx ib IIC T4
Test number KEMA 04 ATEX1251
Width 30 mm
Height 129 mm
Depth 136.5 mm
Weights
6ES7 193-
7CA00-0AA0
6ES7 193-
7CA10-0AA0
CE symbol No No
(CENELEC)
no no
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Reserve module 6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0
Terminal modules
(screw-type terminals)
Terminal module E60C
(spring-loaded terminals)
Accessories
Plug connector
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
PROFIBUS DP to
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Sheet of labels
DIN A4, perforated, consisting
of 10 sheets each with 30 labels
for electronic modules and
20 labels for IM 151
red 6ES7 193-7BD00-0AA0
Order quantity 1 set of 200
of each color for slot numbering
10 x slot 1 to 2 8WA8 861-0AB
5 x slot 1 to 40 8WA8 861-0AC
Order quantity 1 set of 200
of each color for slot numbering
ET 200iSP
ET 200iSP reserve module and terminal modules
5/140
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

ET 200iSP modules,
for use in gaseous atmospheres,
plugs
6DL2 804-0AD30
ET 200iSP modules
for use in gaseous atmospheres
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-0AD50
ET 200iSP modules,
plugs
6DL2 804-0AE30
ET 200iSP modules
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-0AE50
spheres, IP65
ET 200iSP modules,
plugs
6DL2 804-0DD30
ET 200iSP modules
for use in dusty atmospheres
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-0DD50
ET 200iSP modules,
plugs
6DL2 804-0DE30
ET 200iSP modules
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-0DE50
atmospheres, IP65 (IP54 when
using a breather gland), the
ordered separately
ET 200iSP modules,
plugs
6DL2 804-1AD30
ET 200iSP modules
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-1AD50
ET 200iSP modules,
plugs
6DL2 804-1AE30
ET 200iSP modules
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-1AE50
IP65, the ET 200iSP components
must be ordered separately
dusty atmospheres,
plugs
6DL2 804-1DD30
ET 200iSP modules
(66 pieces)
6DL2 804-1DD50
ET 200iSP modules,
plugs
6DL2 804-1DE30
dusty atmospheres
(111 pieces)
6DL2 804-1DE50
ET 200iSP
ET 200iSP power supply unit
5/141
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

The power supply (PS) is plugged into the associated terminal
module TM-PS-A or TM-PS-B (with redundancy; to be ordered
separately).
The power supply unit fulfills the following functions:
It provides reliable isolated power supply for the ET 200iSP
with the necessary operating voltages for
- logic (through the backplane bus)
- PROFIBUS DP interface of IM 152-1
- powerbus (for supplying the electronic modules)
Takes over the safety limit of the output voltage
Has an explosion-proof metal enclosure (explosion protection
EEx d)
Can be redundantly configured
6ES7 138-7EA01-0AA0
min.
0.25 ms; for powerbus and
backplane bus 15ms for IM 152
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
from supply voltage L+, max. 4 A
Max. values of input circuits
(per channel)
Um (fault voltage), max. 250 V; AC
diagnostics
Status indicator Yes
Alarms
Alarms No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic information readable Yes; via IM 152
Collective error SF (red) No
Isolation
tested with
between all secondary voltages no electrical isolation
between supply voltage and all
secondary voltages
600V DC
Isolation
primary/secondary Yes
tronics
No
CE symbol Yes
(CENELEC)
Ex de [ib]IIC T4
Width 60 mm
Height 190 mm
Depth 136.5 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 2,700 g
ET 200iSP
ET 200iSP power supply unit
5/142
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 193-
7DA10-0AA0
6ES7 193-
7DB10-0AA0
CE symbol Yes Yes
(CENELEC)
II2 G (1) GD
EEx de[ia/ib] IIC
T4
II2 G (1) GD
EEx de[ia/ib] IIC
T4
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Height 190 mm 90 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Power supply module PS 6ES7 138-7EA01-0AA0
Terminal module TM-PS-A
Standard
6ES7 193-7DA10-0AA0
Terminal module TM-PS-B
for redundant operation
6ES7 193-7DB10-0AA0
ET 200iSP
RS 485-IS coupler
5/143
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Coupler for conversion from PROFIBUS DP to PROFIBUS RS
485-IS intrinsically safe (Intrinsically Safe i type of protection)
Required to connect intrinsically safe PROFIBUS DP stations
(e.g. ET 200iS, ET 200iSP) and all third party devices which
have an Ex i DP interface
Can also be implemented as a repeater in hazardous areas
Acts as a safety barrier
Passive bus stations, configuration is not necessary

Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 80 x 125 x 130
General
Ambient temperature -20 C ... +60 C
PROFIBUS IEC 61784-1:2002 Ed1 CP 3/1
EU directive 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a)
CENELEC II 3 (2) G EEx nA[ib] IIC T4
UL und CSA Class I, Division2,
Group A, B, C, D T4
Class I Zone 2, Group IIC T4
AIS Class I, Divison 1,
Group A, B, C, D
[Aexib] IIC, Class I, Zone1, 2,
Group IIC
FM Class I, Division2,
Group A, B, C, D T4
Class I Zone 2, Group IIC T4
AIS Class I, Divison 1,
Group A, B, C, D
[Aexib] IIC, Class I, Zone1, 2,
Group IIC
IEC IEC 61131-2, Part 2
CE Conforming with 89/336/EWG
Conforming with 73/23/EWG
Ship-building certification Classification companies
ABS
(American Bureau of Shipping)
BV (Bureau Veritas)
DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
LRD (Lloyds Register of Ship-
ping)
Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)
Module-specific specifications
Data transmission rate on
PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5;
500 kbit/s
1.5 Mbit/s
Bus protocol PROFIBUS DP
Voltages, currents, potentials
Nominal supply voltage
for RS 485-IS coupler
24 V DC (20.4 ... 28.8 V)
Polarity reversal protection
Yes
Voltage drop bypass
Min. 5 ms
Potential isolation for 24 V power
supply
to PROFIBUS DP
Yes
- tested with 500 V DC
to PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Yes
- tested with 500 V AC
Current consumption RS 485-IS
coupler (24 V DC), max.
150 mA
Power loss of the module, typically 3 Watts
Status, alarms, diagnostics
Status display No
Alarms None
Bus monitoring PROFIBUS DP
(primary)
Yellow LED "DP1"
Bus monitoring PROFIBUS RS
485-IS (secondary)
Yellow LED "DP2"
Monitoring 24 V power supply Green LED "ON"
Technical safety notice
V
DC
4.2 V
I
SC
93 mA
P
0
0.1 W
V
max
4.2 V
L
I
0
C
i
0
U
m
250 V AC
T
a
25 ... +60 C
RS 485-IS- segment
Permitted cable length
on a single line
RS 485IS DP Ex i
9,6 ... 187.5 kbit/s
1,000 m 200 m
500 kbit/s
400 m 200 m
1.5 Mbit/s
200 m 200 m
Number of PROFIBUS DP nodes
that can be connected, max.
31 16
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
bus termination switch
integrated, can be added
ET 200iSP
RS 485-IS coupler
5/144
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

PROFIBUS DP to
PROFIBUS RS 485-IS
Accessories
PROFIBUS connector with
passive terminating resistance
6ES7 972-0DA30-0XA0
PROFIBUS connector with
active terminating resistor
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
PROFIBUS plug connector 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0
For the intrinsically safe
PROFIBUS, 1.5 Mbit/s
Sectional rail
160 mm 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
482 mm 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
2000 mm 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
bus line
6XV1 830-0EH10
Standard type specially designed
for snap-on mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter;
maximum length supplied 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
ET 200pro
Introduction
5/145
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Distributed I/O system with degree of protection IP65/67 for
cabinet-free use at the machine.
Small, multifunctional complete solution: Digital inputs/
outputs, fail-safe modules, motor starters up to 5.5 kW, etc.
Communication over PROFIBUS or PROFINET
Mixed arrangement of fail-safe and standard modules in the
same station
Freely selectable connection technique: Direct, ECOFAST or
M12 7/8"
Power module for easy implementation of load groups
Module replacement during operation (hot swapping)
Easy installation as well as permanent wiring
Data transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s
Extensive diagnostics: Module-specific or channel-specific
Intelligent motor starters for starting and protection of motors
and loads up to 5.5 kW
- Versions: Direct and reversing starters Standard and High-
Feature
Fail-safe modules with safety-related signal processing
according to PROFIsafe
Application
SIMATIC ET 200pro is the new modular I/O system with high
degree of protection IP65/66/67 for local, cabinetless applica-
tions. ET 200pro distinguishes itself through a small frame size
and an innovative installation concept. ET 200pro can be
optimized and very flexibly adapted to the requirements of the
corresponding automation task with respect to the connection
method, required I/Os and fieldbus connection. New features
such as the integrated PROFIsafe safety technology, the
PROFINET interface and the ability to hotswap modules permit it
to be used for a wide range of applications.
With the integrated motor starters, conveyor applications can be
implemented optimally, or drives of up to 5.5 kW can be con-
trolled without control cabinet.
Design
The tried and tested separation of module and bus/power
connection technology, which has already been used for the
ET 200eco, is now also used for the digital and analog expan-
sion modules of the ET 200pro. For the interface module this
allows use of the T-functionality for the bus and 24 V power
supply, and for the expansion modules it permits pre-wiring of
sensor/actuator connections. This permanent wiring allows
exactly one electronics module to be hot-swapped in the event
of a fault without having to switch off the whole station.
It can continue to operate fault-free while the module is being
replaced. This ensures very high plant availability. When an
electronics component is replaced, the whole I/O wiring can
remain on the connecting module and does not have to be
marked or removed.
Modules
The modules of the ET 200pro usually have two or three com-
ponents. Interface and power modules as well as digital and
analog expansion modules comprise:
One bus connector which constitutes the backplane bus of
the system
One electronics module or interface module
One connecting module
A backplane bus module is required for operation of motor
starters.
A station is constructed from:
One rack
One interface module for PROFIBUS DP
One connecting module for the interface module for
PROFIBUS DP
- CM IM DP direct with up to 6 M20 screwed cable glands
- CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu (available soon)
- CM IM DP M12, 7/8" (available soon)
Or optionally
One interface module for PROFINET IO (available soon) with
integrated M12 7/8" connection system
Max. 16 expansion modules that can be mounted in stations
up to 1 m in width
Expansion modules
The following expansion modules are available:
Digital I/Os
Analog inputs
Analog outputs (available soon)
Connecting modules IO
- CM IO 4x M12 for digital or analog electronic modules
- CM IO 8x M12 for digital electronic modules
Electronic power modules (available soon)
Connecting modules for power modules
- CM PM-E directly with up to 2 M20 screwed cable glands
- CM PM-E ECOFAST Cu
- CM PM-E 7/8
Motor starter
ET 200pro
Introduction
5/146
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Design (continued)
Rack
Two different racks are available for mounting the ET 200pro:
Narrow rack
The narrow rack supports complete pre-assembly on the
workbench by means of two mounting flanges outside of the
ET 200pro station.

Compact rack
When the compact rack is used, the small footprint of the
ET 200pro system can be used to best advantage.

Function
The SIMATIC ET 200pro is easily configured with STEP 7.
A GSD file is available for interfacing with systems of other
manufacturers.
Technical specifications General

Electronics modules Digital inputs/outputs
Analog inputs
Analog outputs (available soon)
Motor starter
Cables and connections M12 circular connector
with standard assignment for
actuator/sensor
Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s (PROFIBUS DP),
100 Mbit/s (PROFINET IO)
Current consumption of one
ET 200pro (internal and encoder
supply, non-switched voltage),
up to 55 C, max.
5A
Current consumption of one
ET 200pro per infeed (IM, PM,
switched voltage, up to 55 C, max.)
10 A
For overall configuration with l
ooping through (several ET 200pro),
up to 55 C, max.
16 A
(with connecting module, directly)
Degree of protection IP65/66/IP67 for interface,
digital and analog modules
Material Thermoplastic
(reinforced with glass fiber)
Ambient conditions
Temperature from 0 ... 55 C
(-25 C on request)
Relative humidity from 5 to 100%
Atmospheric pressure from 795 to 1080 hPa
Mechanical stress
Vibrations Vibration test conforming to
IEC 60068, Part 2-6 (sinusoidal)
Constant acceleration 5 g,
occasionally 10 g for interface,
2 g motor starters
Shock Shock test according to
IEC 680068 Part 2 - 27, half-
sine, 30 g, 18 ms duration
for interface, digital and analog
modules
15 g, 11 ms duration for motor
starters
Approvals UL, CSA or cULus
ET 200pro
IM 154-1 and IM 154-2 interface modules
5/147
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Interface modules for handling communication between the
ET 200pro and the higher-level master over PROFIBUS DP.
6ES7 154-
1AA00-0AB0
6ES7 154-
2AA00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Short-circuit protection Yes; over
exchangeable
fuses
Yes; over
exchangeable
fuses
reverse polarity protection Yes; against
destruction
Yes; against
destruction
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes Yes
permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V 20.4 V
(DC)
28.8 V 28.8 V
Current consumption
Address area
Adressing volume
PROFIBUS DP
speed
Yes Yes
1st interface
Type of interface PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP
Physics RS 485 RS 485
Functionality
DP slave Yes Yes
DP slave
Services
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes Yes
(cross traffic)
Yes Yes
Transmission speeds, min. 9.6 kBit/s 9.6 kBit/s
Transmission speeds, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
Parameter
DPV1 operation possible possible
Diagnostic alarm parameteriable parameteriable
6ES7 154-
1AA00-0AB0
6ES7 154-
2AA00-0AB0
Process alarm parameteriz-
able
parameteriz-
able
Swapping interrupt parameteriz-
able
parameteriz-
able
Hot swapping of modules possible possible
diagnostics
(green)
Yes Yes
Load voltage monitoring DC 24 V
(green)
Yes; integrated
power module
Yes
Isolation
Isolation
between backplane bus and elec-
tronics
No No
tronics
Yes Yes
min. -25 C -25 C
max. 55 C 55 C
min. -40 C -40 C
max. 70 C 70 C
IP 65 Yes Yes
IP 66 Yes Yes
IP 67 Yes Yes
Width 90 mm 90 mm
Depth 59.3 mm 59.3 mm
Weights
ET 200pro
5/148
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

IM 154-1 interface module 6ES7 154-1AA00-0AB0
For ET 200pro; for communication
between ET 200pro and higher-
level masters over PROFIBUS DP
interface module
6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0
For ET 200pro; for communication
between ET 200pro and higher-
level masters over PROFIBUS DP;
Accessories
CM IM DP ECOFAST
connecting module
6ES7 194-4AA00-0AA0
For connecting PROFIBUS DP
and the 24 V power supply to
PROFIBUS interface modules, 2
ECOFAST Cu connections
CM IM DP
direct connecting module
6ES7 194-4AC00-0AA0
and the 24 V power supply
directly to the PROFIBUS inter-
face modules, up to six M20
screwed cable glands
CM IM DP M12,
7/8" connecting module
6ES7 194-4AD00-0AA0
and the 24 V power supply to
PROFIBUS interface modules, 2 x
M12 and 2 x 7/8"
Accessories for CM IM DP ECOFAST
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid cable, pre-assembled
With 2 ECOFAST connectors,
trailing-type cable 2 x CU 0.64
mm
2
and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
1.5 m long 6XV1 830-7BH15
3 m long 6XV1 830-7BH30
5 m long 6XV1 830-7BH50
10 m long 6XV1 830-7BN10
15 m long 6XV1 830-7BN15
20 m long 6XV1 830-7BN20
25 m long 6XV1 830-7BN25
30 m long 6XV1 830-7BN30
35 m long 6XV1 830-7BN35
40 m long 6XV1 830-7BN40
45 m long 6XV1 830-7BN45
50 m long 6XV1 830-7BN50
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid cable GP, pre-assembled
With 2 ECOFAST connectors,
trailing-type cable
2 x CU 0.64 mm
2
and
4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
1.5 m long 6XV1 860-3PH15
3 m long 6XV1 860-3PH30
5 m long 6XV1 860-3PH50
10 m long 6XV1 860-3PN10
15 m long 6XV1 860-3PN15
20 m long 6XV1 860-3PN20
25 m long 6XV1 860-3PN25
30 m long 6XV1 860-3PN30
35 m long 6XV1 860-3PN35
40 m long 6XV1 860-3PN40
45 m long 6XV1 860-3PN45
50 m long 6XV1 860-3PN50
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid cable, non-assembled
Trailing-type cable
2 x CU 0.64 mm
2
and
4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
50 m long 6XV1 830-7AN50
100 m long 6XV1 830-7AT10
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid cable GP, non-assembled
Trailing-type cable
2 x CU 0.64 mm
2
and
4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
50 m long 6XV1 860-4PN50
100 m long 6XV1 860-4PT10
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid connector 180
ECOFAST Cu, 2 x Cu, 4 x 1.5 mm
2,
,
HANBRID connector
with male insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0CA00
with female insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0CB00
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid connector angular
ECOFAST Cu, 2 x Cu, 4 x 1.5 mm
2,
,
HANBRID connector
with male insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0CC00
with female insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0CD00
ECOFAST covering cap 6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0
For protecting unused bus con-
nections for ET 200pro;
10 items per pack
Accessories for CM IM DP direct
PROFIBUS trailing cable 6XV1 830-3EH10
Max. acceleration 4 m/s
2
,
at least 3000000 bending cycles,
bending radius 60 mm, 2-core
minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1000 m
PROFIBUS FC Food bus cable 6XV1 830-0GH10
With PE sheath for use in the food
and beverages industry, 2-core,
ET 200pro
5/149
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
PROFIBUS FC Robust
bus cable
6XV1 830-0JH10
With PUR sheath for use under
conditions of extreme mechani-
cal stress and aggressive
chemicals, 2-core, shielded,
sold by the meter,
PROFIBUS Hybrid
standard cable
6XV1 860-2R
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
sold by the meter,
PROFIBUS FC Robust
bus cable
6XV1 860-2S
With PUR sheath for use under
conditions of extreme mechani-
cal stress and aggressive
chemicals, 2-core, shielded,
sold by the meter,
Power cable 6XV1 830-8AH10
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
sold by the meter,
Accessories for CM IM DP M12 7/8
PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable
Pre-assembled with two
M12 connectors, 5-pin
1.5 m long 6XV1 830-3DH15
2 m long 6XV1 830-3DH20
3 m long 6XV1 830-3DH30
5 m long 6XV1 830-3DH50
10 m long 6XV1 830-3DN10
15 m long 6XV1 830-3DN15
7/8" connecting cable to
power supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
pre-assembled with two
7/8" connectors, 5-pin
1.5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH15
2 m long 6XV1 822-5BH20
3 m long 6XV1 822-5BH30
5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH50
10 m long 6XV1 822-5BN10
15 m long 6XV1 822-5BN15
M12 cable connector
For ET 200eco,
with male insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0EA00
with female insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0EB00
For ET 200eco,
Sealing cap 7/8" 6ES7 194-3JA00-0AA0
For protecting unused
7/8" connections for ET 200pro;
10 items per pack
General accessories
ET 200pro rack
Narrow, for interface,
electronics and power modules
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GA10-0AA0
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
Compact, for interface,
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GC00-0AA0
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GC10-0AA0
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
Wide, for interface, electronics,
power modules and motor
starters
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GB10-0AA0
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
Technical product data 6ES7 991-0CC00-0YX0
For CAX applications,
one-off license
Technical product data 6ES7 991-0CC00-0YX2
For CAX applications,
one-off license, update service
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery:
Current CD "S7 Manual Collec-
updates
ET 200pro
5/150
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Interface module for processing the communication between
ET 200pro and a higher-level controller over PROFINET IO.
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Short-circuit protection Yes; over exchangeable fuses
reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
(DC)
28.8 V
Current consumption
Memory
Memory
Micro Memory Card Yes
Address area
Adressing volume
Outputs 256 Byte
Inputs 256 Byte
Protocols
PROFINET IO Yes
PROFINET IO
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s; full duplex
automatic detection
of transmission speed
Yes
Services Network management functions,
network diagnostics (SNMP),
ping, arp
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
diagnostics
Bus error BF (red) Yes
(green)
Yes
(green)
Yes
Isolation
Isolation
and electronics
Yes
and electronics
Yes
min. -25 C
max. 55 C
min. -40 C
max. 70 C
IP 65 Yes
IP 66 Yes
IP 67 Yes
Width 90 mm
Height 130 mm
Depth 71 mm
Weights
ET 200pro
5/151
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

IM 154-4 PN High Feature inter-
face module
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
For communication between
ET 200pro and higher-level
controllers over PROFINET IO;
Accessories
Micro Memory Card, 3.3 V,
NFLASH
64 KB 6ES7953-8LF11-0AA0
128 KB 6ES7953-8LG11-0AA0
512 KB 6ES7953-8LJ11-0AA0
2 MB 6ES7953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MB 6ES7953-8LM11-0AA0
8 MB 6ES7953-8LP11-0AA0
IE M12 connecting cables
Pre-assembled with two M12
connectors
0.3 m long 6XV1 870-8AE30
0.5 m long 6XV1 870-8AE50
1 m long 6XV1 870-8AH10
1.5 m long 6XV1 870-8AH15
2 m long 6XV1 870-8AH20
3 m long 6XV1 870-8AH30
5 m long 6XV1 870-8AH50
10 m long 6XV1 870-8AN10
15 m long 6XV1 870-8AN15
7/8" connecting cable to power
supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
pre-assembled with two 7/8"
connectors, 5-pin
1.5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH15
2 m long 6XV1 822-5BH20
3 m long 6XV1 822-5BH30
5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH50
10 m long 6XV1 822-5BN10
15 m long 6XV1 822-5BN15
Power cables 6XV1 830-8AH10
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
sold by the meter,
For ET 200eco,
7/8-Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00
energy-t-connector for ET200
with 2 7/8"socket inserts and
one 7/8"pin insert,
5 pieces per packaging unit
installation cables
GP 2 x 2
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-2AH10
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-3AH10
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2D
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2F
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-4AH10
IE M12 Plug PRO
Cabinet bushing for transfer of
M12 connection method
(d coded, IP65) to RJ45 connec-
tion method (IP20)
1 piece 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0
8 pieces 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8
IE Panel Feedthrough
M12 plug connector suitable for
on-site assembly (d coded),
metal housing, rapid connection
method for SCALANCE X208PRO
and IM 154-4 PN
1 package = 5 pieces 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
ET 200pro
5/152
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
General accessories
ET 200pro rack
Narrow, for interface,
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GA10-0AA0
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
Compact, for interface,
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GC00-0AA0
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GC10-0AA0
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
Wide, for interface,
electronics, power modules and
motor starters
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GB10-0AA0
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery:
updates
ET 200pro
EM 141 and EM 142 digital expansion modules
5/153
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Expansion modules with digital inputs/outputs for connection
of actuators/sensors
With scalable diagnostics
- standard modules with module-specific diagnostics
- high Feature modules with channel-specific diagnostics and
parameterizable input delay or process interrupts (DI, up to
6 channels)
Double or single assignment can be implemented for each
M12 in the case of the 8DI and 8DO module by selecting
CM IO 4 x M12 or CM IO 8 x M12

6ES7 141-
4BF00-0AA0
6ES7 141-
4BF00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes Yes
permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V 20.4 V
(DC)
28.8 V 28.8 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes; against
destruction;
encoder power
supply outputs
applied with
reversed
polarity
Yes; against
destruction;
load increasing
Current consumption
Address area
Occupied address area
FH technology
Module for fail-safe applications No No
Isochronous mode
Digital inputs
Number of simultanneously
controllable inputs
all mounting positions
- up to 55 C, max.
8 8
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 30 m 30 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m 30 m
Input characteristic curve to
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes No
IEC 1131, Typ 2
No Yes
6ES7 141-
4BF00-0AA0
6ES7 141-
4BF00-0AB0
Input voltage
for signal "0" -3 to +5 V -3 to +5 V
for signal "1" 13 to 30 V 11 to 30 V
Input current
voltage)
for standard inputs
- programmable
No Yes
- at "0" to "1", min.
1.2 ms 0.5 ms;
0.5 ms/ 3 ms/
15 ms/ 20 ms
- at "0" to "1", max.
4.8 ms 20 ms
- at "1" to "0", min.
1.2 ms 0.5 ms;
0.5 ms/ 3 ms/
15 ms/ 20 ms
- at "1" to "0", max.
4.8 ms 20 ms
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 8 8
Output current
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes Yes
permissible quiescent current (2-
wire BEROS), max.
1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Parameter
Process alarm for 6 channels
Diagnosis: wire break channel by
channel
Diagnosis: short circuit Sensor supply
to M;
module by
module
channel by
channel
ET 200pro
5/154
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 141-
4BF00-0AA0
6ES7 141-
4BF00-0AB0
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes Yes;
channel by
channel,
parameteriz-
able
Wire break Yes;
Monitoring,
I < 0.3 mA
Short circuit Yes; Sensor
supply to M;
module by
module
Yes
(green)
Yes;
per channel
Yes;
per channel
Isolation
6ES7 141-
4BF00-0AA0
6ES7 141-
4BF00-0AB0
Isolation
between the channels No No
backplane bus
Yes Yes
between different circuits 75 V DC/
60 V AC
75 V DC/
60 V AC
IP 65 Yes Yes
IP 66 Yes Yes
IP 67 Yes Yes
Width 45 mm 45 mm
Depth 35 mm 35 mm; without
terminal module
Weights
6ES7 142-4BD00-0AA0 6ES7 142-4BD00-0AB0 6ES7 142-4BF00-0AA0
Load voltage 2L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V
Short-circuit protection Yes; per channel, electronic Yes; per channel, electronic Yes; per channel, electronic
Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction; load
increasing
Yes; against destruction; load
increasing
Yes; against destruction; load
increasing
Current consumption
from load voltage 2L+ (without
load), max.
20 mA 40 mA 30 mA
Power loss, typ. 2 W 2.5 W 2 W
Address area
with packing 4 Bit 4 Bit 8 Bit
FH technology
Module for fail-safe applications No No No
Digital outputs
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes; per channel, electronic Yes; per channel, electronic Yes; per channel, electronic
Response threshold, typ. 3 3 0.7
voltage to
2L+ (- 47 V) 2L+ (- 47 V) 2L+ (- 47 V)
Lamp load, max. 10 W 10 W 5 W
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes Yes; Isolation between 1L+ and
2L+ is no longer provided, as 1M
and 2M are jumpered
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. 2L+ (- 0.8 V) 2L+ (- 0.8 V) 2L+ (- 0.8 V)
ET 200pro
5/155
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 142-4BD00-0AA0 6ES7 142-4BD00-0AB0 6ES7 142-4BF00-0AA0
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A 2 A 0.5 A
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 0.5 mA 0.5 mA
for increased power No No No
for redundant control of a load Yes Yes Yes
Switching frequency
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
on lamp load, max. 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz
(per group)
up to 55 C, max. 4 A 4 A 4 A
lower limit 12 12 48
upper limit 4 k 4 k 4 k
Parameter
Diagnosis: wire break channel by channel
Diagnosis: short circuit channel by channel
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP channel by channel
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnoses
Wire break Yes
Short circuit Yes; short-circuit of outputs to M;
module by module
Yes Yes; short-circuit of outputs to M;
module by module
(green)
Yes Yes Yes
Channel error indicator F (red) Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC
Isolation
other circuit parts
Yes
between the channels and back-
plane bus
Yes
between the channels No No No
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes
between different circuits 75 V DC/60 V AC
Depth 35 mm 35 mm; without terminal module 35 mm
Weights
ET 200pro
5/156
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

8 DI digital input module 6ES7 141-4BF00-0AA0
24 V DC, with module-specific
diagnostics, including bus mod-
ule. Connecting module must be
ordered separately
8 DI High Feature digital input
module
6ES7 141-4BF00-0AB0
24 V DC, with channel-specific
diagnostics, including bus mod-
ule Connecting module must be
ordered separately
4 DO digital output module 6ES7 142-4BD00-0AA0
24 V DC, 2 A, with module-spe-
cific diagnostics, including bus
module. Connecting module must
4 DO High Feature digital out-
put module
24 V DC, 2 A, with channel-spe-
6ES7 142-4BD00-0AB0
8 DO digital output module 6ES7 142-4BF00-0AA0
24 V DC, 0,5 A, with module-spe-
Accessories
CM IO 4 x M12
connecting module
6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0
4 M12 sockets for connecting
digital or analog sensors or actu-
ators to ET 200pro
CM IO 8 x M12
connecting module
6ES7 194-4CB00-0AA0
8 M12 sockets for connecting
digital sensors or actuators
to ET 200pro
Module identification labels 6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0
For color coding of the CM IOs
in the colors of white, red, blue
and green;
pack with 100 units each
Inscription labels 3RT1 900-1SB20
20 x 7, pale turquoise,
340 items per pack
M12 connector,
can be assembled in the field
On request
5-pin, for connecting digital
sensors and actuators, 1 unit
M12 connecting cable
With PUR sheath, for connecting
digital sensors and actuators,
pre-assembled, with connector
and socket at each end
3 x 0.34 mm
2
,
fixed lengths, 1 unit
- 0.6 m On request
- 1 m On request
- 1.5 m On request
4 x 0.34 mm
2
,
- 0.6 m On request
- 1 m On request
- 1.5 m On request
ET 200pro
EM 144 and EM 145 analog expansion modules
5/157
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Expansion modules with analog inputs and outputs
for connecting sensors/actuators
With diagnostics functionality, limit values and substitute
values
6ES7 144-4FF00-0AB0 6ES7 144-4GF00-0AB0 6ES7 144-4JF00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction Yes; against destruction Yes; against destruction
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 3.3 V, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA; typically
Address area
Address space per module, max. 8 Byte 8 Byte 8 Byte
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 4 4 4
permissible input frequency for volt-
age input (destruction limit), max.
35 V
40 mA
Constant measurement current for
resistance-type transmitter, typ.
1.25 mA;
1.25 / 0.5 mA depending
on measuring range
Cycle time (all channels) max. 267 ms 267 ms 83 ms;
83ms at 50Hz; 69ms at 60 Hz
technical unit for temperature
measurement, adjustable
Yes
Input ranges (rated values), volt-
ages
Voltage Yes
1 to 5 V Yes
-10 V to +10 V Yes
-5 V to +5 V Yes
currents
Current Yes
-20 to +20 mA Yes
Input resistance (-20 to +20 mA) 50
4 to 20 mA Yes
Input resistance (4 to 20 mA) 50
ET 200pro
5/158
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
resistors
Impedance Yes
0 to 150 Ohm Yes
Input resistance (0 to 150 Ohm) 10,000 k
0 to 300 Ohm Yes
0 to 600 Ohm Yes
0 to 3000 Ohm Yes
Ni 100 Yes
Ni 1000 Yes
Ni 120 Yes
Ni 200 Yes
Ni 500 Yes
Pt 100 Yes
Pt 1000 Yes
Pt 200 Yes
Pt 500 Yes
programmable Yes
for thermoresistor Ptxxx, Nixxx
Measurement principle integrating integrating integrating
15 Bit;
at +/- 10 V, at +/- 5 V 14 bits
at 0 to 10, at 1 to 5 V
15 Bit;
at +/- 20 mA 14 bits
at 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
15 Bit;
at 150, 300, 600 and 3000 Ohm;
otherwise 15 bit + sign
Integration time, ms 20/ 16.667 20/ 16.667 20/ 16.667
50/ 60 50/ 60 50/ 60
Conversion time (per channel) 67 ms 67 ms 20.625 ms;
20.625ms at 50Hz;
17.25ms at 60Hz
parameterizable Yes Yes Yes
Level: none Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time Yes; 1 x cycle time
Level: weak Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time
Level: middle Yes; 16 x cycle time Yes; 16 x cycle time Yes; 16 x cycle time
Level: strong Yes; 64 x cycle time Yes; 64 x cycle time Yes; 64 x cycle time
ET 200pro
5/159
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Encoder supply
Short-circuit protection Yes; per module; electronic to
chassis
Yes; per module, electronic to
chassis
Encoder
2-wire transducer
Yes
4-wire transducer
Yes
Yes;
Line resistances are
also measured
Yes
Yes
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error (relative to input area) +/- 0.01 % +/- 0.01 % +/- 0.05 %
Temperature error
+/- 0.002 %/K +/- 0.002 %/K +/- 0.002 %/K
Crosstalk between the inputs, min. -50 dB -50 dB -50 dB
+/- 0.025 % +/- 0.025 % +/- 0.015 %
temperature range
Current, relative to input area +/- 0.15 %
+/- 0.175 %
Basic error limit
Current, relative to input area +/- 0.1 %
+/- 0.125 %
for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
50 dB 50 dB
common mode voltage
(USS < 2.5 V) , min.
70 dB; Interference voltage < 5 V 70 dB; Interference voltage < 5 V
Parameter
Diagnosis: wire break Yes
Measurement type/range R4L / R3L / R2L/ TR4L / TR3L /
TR2L
Interference frequency suppression 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Collective diagnostics Yes
Overflow/underflow Yes
Unit Degrees C / Degrees F
ET 200pro
5/160
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable
Limit value alarm Yes
Process alarm Yes; (limit value alarm),
can be set for channel 0
Yes; (limit value alarm),
can be set for channel 0
Diagnoses
Diagnostics Yes
Wire break Yes; at 1 to 5 V Yes; at 4 to 20 mA Yes
Short circuit Yes; at 1 to 5 V Yes; at 4 to 20 mA
Group error Yes Yes
Overflow/underflow Yes
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes
between inputs and MANA (UCM) 5 Vpp AC 5 V
pp
AC
(UISO)
500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC
Weights
6ES7 145-
4FF00-0AB0
6ES7 145-
4GF00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
reverse polarity protection Yes; against
destruction
Yes; against
destruction
Current consumption
Address area
Address space per module, max. 8 Byte 8 Byte
Analog outputs
Number of analg outputs 4 4
Voltage output,
Yes; per chan-
nel, electronic
to chassis
Yes; per mod-
ule, electronic
to chassis
Voltage output,
50 mA
Current output,
no-load voltage, max.
16 V
6ES7 145-
4FF00-0AB0
6ES7 145-
4GF00-0AB0
Cycle time (all channels) max. 3 ms 3 ms
0 to 10 V Yes
1 to 5 V Yes
-10 to +10 V Yes
0 to 20 mA Yes
-20 to +20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
connection
Yes
connection
Yes
connection
Yes
connection
Yes
ET 200pro
5/161
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 145-
4FF00-0AB0
6ES7 145-
4GF00-0AB0
Load impedance
with voltage outputs, min. 1,000
with voltage outputs,
capacitive load, max.
1 F
with current outputs,
inductive load, max.
1 mH
MANA
16 V; perma-
nent
Current, max. 100 mA
15 Bit;
at -10 to +10 V;
14 bits
at 1 to 5 V;
15 bits
at 0 to 10 V
15 Bit;
at +/- 20 mA;
14 bits
at 0 to 20 mA;
15 bits
at 4 to 20 mA
Conversion time (per channel) 0.7 ms 0.7 ms
Settling time
for resistive load 0.1 ms 0.1 ms
for inductive load 1 ms
Errors/accuracies
Output ripple (relative to output
+/- 0.02 % +/- 0.02 %
Linearity error
+/- 0.1 % +/- 0.1 %
Temperature error
+/- 0.01 % +/- 0.01 %
Repeat accuracy in settled status
at 25 C (relative to output area)
+/- 0.05 % +/- 0.05 %
temperature range
Voltage, relative to output area +/- 0.2 %
Basic error limit
Voltage, relative to output area +/- 0.15 %
6ES7 145-
4FF00-0AB0
6ES7 145-
4GF00-0AB0
Parameter
Output type/range Yes Yes
Diagnosis: wire break Yes
Diagnosis: short circuit Outputs;
sensor supply
to M
Sensor supply
to M
Collective diagnostics Yes Yes
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP Yes Yes
diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes Yes
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes; parameter-
izable
Yes; parameter-
izable
Process alarm No No
Diagnoses
Wire break No Yes;
per channel, not
in zero range
Short circuit Yes;
per channel; not
in zero range
Short circuit encoder supply Yes;
per module
Yes;
per module
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes Yes
Width 45 mm 45 mm
Depth 35 mm 35 mm
Weights
ET 200pro
5/162
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

4AI U analog input module 6ES7 144-4FF00-0AB0
High Feature, 10 V; 5 V;
0 to 10 V; 1 to 5 V,
channel-specific diagnostics,
including bus module.
Connecting module must be
ordered separately
4AI I analog input module 6ES7 144-4GF00-0AB0
High Feature, 20 mA;
0 to 20 mA; 4 to 20 mA,
ordered separately
4AI RTD analog input module 6ES7 144-4JF00-0AB0
High Feature; resistances:
150, 300, 600 and 3000 Ohm;
resistance thermometer:
Pt100, 200, 500, 1000, Ni100,
120, 200, 500 and 1000;
channel-discrete diagnostics,
incl. bus module.
ordered separately
4AO U analog output module 6ES7 145-4FF00-0AB0
High Feature, 10 V; 0 to 10 V;
1 to 5 V, channel-specific diag-
nostics, including bus module.
ordered separately
4AO I analog output module 6ES7 145-4GF00-0AB0
High Feature, 20 mA;
0 to 20 mA; 4 to 20 mA,
ordered separately
Accessories
CM IO 4 x M12
connecting module
6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0
4 M12 sockets
for connecting digital or analog
sensors or actuators to ET 200pro
Module identification labels 6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0
For color coding of the CM IOs
in the colors of white, red, blue
and green;
pack with 100 units each
ET 200pro
Fail-safe digital expansion modules
5/163
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Fail-safe digital inputs/outputs with degree of protection
IP65/66/67 for application on the machine level without control
cabinet
Fail-safe digital inputs
For fail-safe reading of sensor information (1 or 2 channels)
Provide integral discrepancy evaluation for 2-out-of-2 signals
Internal sensor supplies (incl. test function) available
Fail-safe digital outputs
Fail-safe 2-channel activation (sink/source output) by actua-
tors
Actuators can be driven by up to 2 A
All modules are certified up to Cat. 4 (EN 954-1) and up to SIL 3
(IEC 61508) and feature detailed diagnostics.
PROFINET configurations. They can be used with
IM 151-7 F-CPU, CPU 31xF-2 DP, CPU 31xF-2 PN/DP and
CPU 416F-2.
Application
The fail-safe modules of ET200pro can be used to implement the
safety-related application requirements as an integral part of
the overall automation. The safety functions required for fail-safe
operation are integrated in the modules. The modules can be
used for safety circuits up to Cat. 4/ SIL 3.
Communication to fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs is performed by
means of PROFIsafe.
The modules can be operated in a distributed configuration
down-circuit of the IM 154-2 High Feature and IM 154-4
PROFINET High Feature interface modules.
A standard power module is required to supply the modules.

Fail-safe digital input module
8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe
6ES7 148-4FA00-0AB0
24 V DC, including bus module
ordered separately
Fail-safe digital input/output
module 4/8 F-DI, 4 F-DO 2 A
6ES7 148-4FC00-0AB0
24 V DC, including bus module
ordered separately
Accessories
Connection module 6ES7 194-4DC00-0AA0
For the fail-safe electronic module
4/8 F-DI/4 F DO, 24 V DC/2 A
Connection module 6ES7 194-4DD00-0AA0
For the fail-safe electronic module
8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC/2 A
interface module
6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0
For ET 200pro, incl. termination
module
PROFINET interface module
IM 154-4 PN
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
M12 connector, can be assem-
bled in the field
3RX1 667
5-pin, for connecting digital
sensors and actuators, 1 unit
M12 connecting cable
With PUR sheath, for connecting
digital sensors and actuators,
pre-assembled, with connector
and socket at each end
3 x 0.34 mm
2
,
- 0.6 m 3RX1 633
- 1 m 3RX1 634
- 1.5 m 3RX1 635
4 x 0.34 mm
2
,
- 0.6 m 3RX1 640
- 1 m 3RX1 641
- 1.5 m 3RX1 642
ET 200pro
PM-E power module
5/164
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
PM-E 24 V DC power module
Application
The PM-E 24 V DC power module is used for supplementary
supply or grouping of the 24 V load voltage for electronic mod-
ules within an ET 200pro station.
The following module is available:
PM-E 24 V DC
PM-E connection module (must be ordered separately):
CM PM-E directly (with up to two M20 screwed cable glands)
CM PM-E ECOFAST Cu (with one ECOFAST Cu connection)
CM PM-E 7/8" (with one 7/8" socket)
ET 200pro
PM-E power module
5/165
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 148-4CA00-0AA0
Power supply
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V Yes
Current carrying capacity, max. 10 A; up to 55 C;
on an internal power rail of the
ET 200pro
Load voltage 2L+
Short-circuit protection Yes; via an exchangeable fuse in
the power module
Reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction
Parameter
missing load voltage Potential group of the
power module
diagnostics
Diagnoses
missing load voltage Yes
(green)
Yes
Isolation
IP 65 Yes
IP 66 Yes
IP 67 Yes
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights
PM-E 24 V DC power module 6ES7148-4CA00-0AA0
For backfeed and group formation
of the 24 V DC load supply
for electronic modules within an
ET 200pro station.
Accessories
CM PM-E ECOFAST
connecting module
6ES7 194-4BA00-0AA0
For backfeed of 24 V load voltage,
1 ECOFAST Cu connection
CM PM-E direct
connecting module
6ES7 194-4BC00-0AA0
up to 2 M20 screwed cable glands
CM PM-E 7/8" connecting module 6ES7 194-4BD00-0AA0
1 x 7/8"
PROFIBUS FC Food bus cable 6XV1 830-0GH10
With PE sheath for use in the food
and beverages industry, 2-core,
maximum cable length 1000 m
PROFIBUS FC Robust bus cable 6XV1 830-0JH10
With PUR sheath for use in environ-
ments in which aggressive chemi-
cals and mechanical loads are
encountered, 2-core, shielded,
sold by the meter,
maximum cable length 1000 m
PROFIBUS FC trailing cable 6XV1 830-3EH10
Minimum bending radius approx.
60 mm, 2-core, shielded,
sold by the meter,
max. cable length 1000 m
Accessories for CM PM-E direct
Power cable 6XV1 830-8AH10
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
sold by the meter,
maximum order quantity 1,000 m
Accessories for CM PM-E 7/8
7/8" connecting cable
to power supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm
2
, trailing type,
pre-assembled with two
7/8" connectors, 5-pin
1.5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH15
2.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH20
3.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH30
5.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH50
10 m long 6XV1 822-5BN10
15 m long 6XV1 822-5BN15
With axial cable outlet
ET 200pro RFID systems
SIMATIC RF170C
5/166
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The RF170C is a communications module for connecting the
Siemens RFID systems to the ET 200pro distributed I/O system.
The readers (SLGs) of all RFID systems can be operated on the
RF170C.
Thanks to its high degree of protection and ruggedness,
ET 200pro is particularly suitable for machine-level use. The
modular structure with PROFIBUS and PROFINET connection
systems allows them to be used in all applications. The system-
wide, plug-in connection technique ensures rapid start-up.
Benefits
Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time mode at
dynamic read points.
By selecting the relevant header module, the RFID systems
can be connected via PROFIBUS or PROFINET.
The modular design with interface modules for PROFIBUS
and PROFINET supports universal implementation.
Reader connection using an 8-pin M12 connector for fast
installation of all components.
Easy changeover from ET 200X with ASM 473 to ET 200pro
with RF170C thanks to 100% software compatibility.
High-performance hardware ensures fast data exchange with
the SLG (reader). Consequently the data are available for the
application even faster.
Easy downloading of firmware via SIMATIC Manager for func-
tion expansions and error rectification ensure high-availability
of the RFID system.
The parameterizable RFID-specific diagnostics support start-
up and troubleshooting
A wide selection of pre-assembled connecting cables can be
ordered for ET 200pro and RF170C. This saves time and
money during installation and assures better quality.
Application
The ET 200pro distributed I/O system with the RF170C commu-
nication module has been specially designed for a wide range
of applications in industrial automation and logistics. Thanks to
the high degree of protection of IP67, the RF170C can be in-
stalled without a control cabinet.
Used primarily for the RF170C:
Mechanical engineering, automation systems, conveyor
systems
Ancillary assembly lines in the automobile industry/suppliers
Small assembly lines
Design
PROFIBUS / PROFINET
master module
e.g. S7-400 CPU
to other
PROFIBUS bus
participants
2. Reader 1. Reader
24 V for
ET 200pro, RF170C
and Reader
G
_
F
S
1
0
_
X
X
_
0
0
1
7
7
Tag / MDS
Interface module
ET 200pro
SIMATIC RF170C
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
ET 200pro RFID systems
SIMATIC RF170C
5/167
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Function
The RF170C comprises an electronics module and a connection
block that must be ordered separately. The interface module is
available in the PROFIBUS or PROFINET variants. For the
PROFIBUS connection, you can choose from the connection
systems of ECOFAST, M12, 7/8", or screwed cable gland. For the
PROFINET interface module, M12, 7/8" connection is available.
Integration of RF170C into SIMATIC STEP 7 is achieved by
means of an object manager (OM). The GSD file of the
ET 200pro system is available for integration into non-Siemens
systems. Then the RF170C can be configured by means of the
software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another
PROFIBUS/PROFINET tool.
One or two readers are connected to the interface module using
an off-the-shelf reader cable. The standard length of the cable is
2 m. If other cable lengths to the reader are required, an exten-
sion cable measuring between 2 m and 50 m can be used.
The cable can also be assembled by the customer as required.
In principle, access to the data in the transponder can take
place as follows:
file names
Error messages and operating states (tag in the field, trans-
The RF170C has two reader interfaces from which the readers
are also supplied with power. In the RF170C, the power supply
for the readers has an electronic fuse. The maximum permissible
current per RF170C for the readers is 0.8 A. It is of no importance
here whether the current is drawn by one or more readers.
The data in the MDS can be directly accessed by means of ab-
solute addresses (FB/FC45, FC55) or more conveniently using
the MOBY file handler (FB, FC 56) by means of the file names.
When the ET 200pro is operated with a PROFINET interface, use
of the FB (FB45, FB56) is mandatory.
Communication between the RF170C and the controller is acy-
clic. Consequently, a very large amount of data can be trans-
ferred to/from the RF170C without overloading the bus cycle.
This has advantages when transferring large volumes of data. In
addition, the RF170C can process concatenated tag commands
very quickly in this mode.
Communication module RF170C
Ambient temperature
During operation -25 to +55 C
During storage -40 to +70 C 20 K/h
Relative humidity 5 to max. 100%
Atmospheric pressure from 795 to 1080 hPa
Resistance to shock as for ET 200pro
Vibration as for ET 200pro
Power supply
Rated value 24 V DC
Permitted range 20.4 V to 28.8 V DC
Current consumption
Without reader typ. 130 mA
With 2 readers Max. 1000 mA
Casing
Enclosure material Thermoplastic
(reinforced with glass fiber)
Housing color IP Basic 714
RF170C without connection block 60 x 210 x 30
RF170C with connection block 60 x 210 x 60
Weight
Without connection block Approx. 270 g
With connection block Approx. 770 g
Serial reader interface
(gross transmission rate)
MOBY I/E: 19200 baud
MOBY U/D, RF300: 19200, 57600,
115200 baud
Connectors 2 x M12 coupler plug, 7-pole
Cable length to reader
Standard length 2 m
Optional preassembled cables 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m
Cable for self-assembly According to write/read device.
Up to 1000 m
Supply voltage to reader 24 V
Max. current; 2 readers connected 0.4 A per reader
Max. current; 1 readers connected 0.8 A per reader
RF170C
6GT2002-0HD00
For connecting to the distributed
I/O system ET 200pro
Accessories MOBY
SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U
2 m
6GT2091-0FH20
SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U
5 m
6GT2091-0FH50
SLG cable for MOBY D
2 m
6GT2691-0FH20
SLG cable RF300
extension cable MOBY I/E/U/D
and SIMATIC RF300
2 m
6GT2891-0FH20
SLG cable RF300
and SIMATIC RF300
5 m
6GT2891-0FH50
SLG cable RF300
and SIMATIC RF300
10 m
6GT2891-0FN10
SLG cable RF300
and SIMATIC RF300
20 m
6GT2891-0FN20
SLG cable RF300
and SIMATIC RF300
50 m
6GT2891-0FN50
ET 200pro Motor starters
Standard and High Feature
5/168
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Motor starters
Only two variants up to 5.5 kW
All settings can be parameterized by bus
Comprehensive diagnostics signals
Overload can be acknowledged by remote reset
Current unbalance monitoring
Stall protection
Emergency start function in the event of overload
Current value transmission by bus
Current limit monitoring
Direct-on-line or reversing starters
Power bus can be plugged in using the new HAN Q4/2
plug-in connectors
Conductor cross-sections up to 6 x 4 mm
25 A per segment
(power looped through using jumper plug)
Supplied with 400 V AC brake contact as an option
Isolator module
The isolator module with switch disconnector function is used for
safe disconnection of the 400 V operating voltage during repair
work in the plant and provides an integrated group fusing
function (i.e. additional group short-circuit protection for all sub-
sequently supplied motor starters).
Depending on the power distribution concept, all stations can be
equipped with an isolator module as an option.
Safety Local Isolator Module
With the Safety Modules local
Safety Local Isolator Module and
400 V disconnecting module
it is possible to achieve safety Category 4 with an appropriate
circuit.
The Safety local isolator module is a maintenance switch with in-
tegrated safety evaluation functions that can be parameterized
over DIP switch.
It is used for:
Connection of a 1 or 2-channel EMERGENCY STOP circuit
up to Cat. 3-4/Sil3 (protective door or EMERGENCY STOP
buttons) and parameterizable start behavior
Control of the 400 V disconnecting module by means of a
safety rail signal
Benefits
ET 200pro motor starters provide the following advantages:
High flexibility thanks to a modular and compact design
Little variance among all motor starter versions
(2 units up to 5.5 kW)
Extensive parameterization using STEP 7 HW-Config
Increase of plant availability through fast replacement of units
(easy mounting and plug-in technology)
Extensive diagnostics and information for preventive mainte-
nance
Parameterizable inputs for local control functions
(High Feature)
Cabinet-free construction thanks to high degree of protection
IP65
Application
With the ET 200pro motor starters, any three-phase loads can be
protected and switched. They are an integral part of ET 200pro
and have a high degree of protection IP65. This makes them
ideal for use in modular, distributed peripherals without control
cabinets or control enclosures.
As the result of the protection concept with solid-state overload
evaluation and the use of SIRIUS switching devices size S00,
additional advantages are realized on the Standard and High-
Feature motor starters - advantages which soon make them-
selves positively felt particularly in manufacturing processes
with high plant stoppage costs:
Configuring is made easier by the fine modular structure.
When using the ET 200pro motor starters, the list of parts per
load feeder is reduced to two main items: The bus module and
the motor starter. This makes the ET 200pro ideal for modular
machine concepts or solutions for conveying systems and in
machine-tool building.
Expansions are easily possible through the subsequent add-
ing of modules. The innovative plug-in technology also does
away with the wiring needed up to now. Through the hot swap-
ping function (disconnection and connection during opera-
tion) a motor starter can be replaced within seconds if neces-
sary, without having to shut down the ET 200pro station and
with it the process in the plant. The motor starters are therefore
recommendable in particular for applications with special de-
mands on availability. Storage costs are optimized in addition
by the low level of variance (2 units up to 5.5 kW).
The ordering option for motor starters with a 400 V AC brake out-
put provides the possibility of controlling motors with 400 V AC
brakes. With four locally acting inputs available on the High Fea-
ture motor starter it is possible to realize autonomous special
functions which work independently of the bus and the higher
level control system, e.g. as a quick stop on gate valve controls
or limit position disconnectors. In parallel with this, the states of
these inputs are signaled to the control system.
When using the optional isolator module with switch disconnec-
tor and group fusing function for the ET 200pro, the 400 V supply
of the motor starters can be switched on and off directly in the
field, i.e. locally.
Standard and High Feature
5/169
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
1) Functions only in combination with the backplane bus module and the
wide rack. The backplane bus module and the wide rack must be ordered
separately (see accessories for the ET 200pro motor starters).
Version Order No.
Motor starter Standard
mechanical,
Motor protection: Thermal model
DSe Standard
Direct starter Dse
1)
without brake output 3RK1 304-57S40-4AA0
with brake output 400 V AC 3RK1 304-57S40-4AA3
Reversing starter RSe
1)
Motor starter High Feature
mechanical,
Motor protection: Thermal model
RSe High Feature
Direct starter DSe
1)
Reversing starter RSe
1)
Setting range for rated operating current
0.15 ... 2.0 A K
1.5 ... 12.0 A L
ET 200pro isolator modules
5/170
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The isolator module with integrated group fusing function (i.e.
additional group short-circuit protection for all subsequently
supplied motor starters) and switch disconnector function is
used for safe disconnection of the 400 V operating voltage in the
plant.
Depending on the power distribution concept, all stations can be
equipped with an isolator module as an option.
The isolator module is available in addition in a safety version.
See Safety Local Isolator Module.
Benefits
The following properties apply to the isolator module:
Increase of plant availability through fast replacement of units
(easy mounting and plug-in technology)
Cabinet-free construction thanks to high degree of protection
IP65
1) Functions only in combination with the backplane bus module and the wide rack.
The backplane bus module and the wide rack must be ordered separately (see Accessories for the ET 200pro motor starters).
2) The safety local maintenance isolator module only operates when combined with the 400 V shutdown module.
3) Only in connection with the special backplane bus module for Safety local RSM (see Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters).
Version Order No.
ET 200pro isolator modules, mechanical
Isolator module
1)
3RK1 304-0HS00-6AA0
Rated operating current 25 A
Safety local isolator module
2) 3)
3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0
Safety local Module
5/171
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The Safety Local Isolator Module is a maintenance switch with
integrated safety evaluation functions that can be parameterized
using DIP switches.
It is used for:
Connection of a single-channel or 2-channel EMERGENCY
STOP circuit up to Cat. 3-4/Sil3 (protective door or EMER-
GENCY STOP buttons) and parameterizable start behavior
Control of the 400 V disconnecting module by means of a
safety rail signal
The 400 V disconnecting module
The 400 V disconnecting module enables the safe disconnec-
tion of the operating voltage of 400 V up to Cat. 3-4/Sil3. It only
functions in combination with the Safety Local Isolator Module.
Application
The Safety Local Isolator Module features the same functions
as a standard isolator module with an additional local safety
function.
The Safety Local Isolator Module contains a 3TK28 41 module
and is equipped with M12 terminals for the connection of
external safety components.
Terminals 1 and 2 can be used to connect either 1-channel
or 2-channel EMERGENCY STOP circuits or protective door
circuits (IN 1, IN 2).
For monitored starts, an external START switch can be
connected to terminal 3.
The required safety functions can be set using 2 slide switches
located under the left M12 opening.
In the event of an EMERGENCY STOP, the Safety local isolator
module trips the downstream 400 V disconnecting module.
This safely isolates the 400 V circuit up to CAT 4
In combination with the 400 V disconnecting module, the Safety
Local Isolator Module can be used for safety applications
up to Category 4 to EN 954-1.
The 400 V disconnecting module can be used together with the
Safety Local Isolator Module for local safety applications.
It contains two contactors connected in series for safety-oriented
tripping of the main circuit. The auxiliary circuit supply of the
device is over a safety power rail in the backplane bus module.
In combination with the Safety Local Isolator Module, the 400 V
disconnecting module can be used for safety applications up to
Category 4 to EN 954-1.
1) Only functions when used together with the backplane bus module and the wide module rack.
The backplane bus module and the wide module rack must be ordered separately (see "Accessories for ET 200pro motor starter).
2) The safety local isolator module only functions when used together with the 400 V disconnecting module.
3) The 400 V disconnecting module only functions when used together with the safety local isolator module.
4) Only in connection with the special backplane bus module for Safety local RSM (see Accessories for ET 200pro motor starters).
Version Order No.
ET 200pro Safety Local Isolator Modules, mechanical
Safety local isolator module
2) 4)
3RK1 304-0HS00-7AA0
1) 3)
3RK1 304-0HS00-8AA0
5/172
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Selection and Ordering Data
1) The wide module rack can accommodate all ET 200pro motor starters and any optional modules
(isolator module, safety local isolator module and 400 V disconnecting module).
2) The backplane bus module is a prerequisite for operation of the ET 200pro motor starter and the optional modules
(isolator module, safety local isolator module and 400 V disconnecting module).
Version Order No.
ET 200pro accessories
Hand-held device
3RK1 922-3BA0
Wide module rack
1)
Length 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
Backplane bus module 110 mm
2)
3RK1 922-2BA00
Backplane bus module for Safety local RSM 3RK1 922-2BA01
RS 232 interface cable 3RK1 922-2BQ00
Hand-held device
for ET 200 pro motor starter,
ET 200S High Feature and ECOFAST for local operation,
serial interface cable must be ordered separately
3RK1 922-3BA00
Power jumper plug 3RK1 922-2BP00
Plug set for incoming energy supply (HAN Q4/2)
2.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BE50
4.0 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BE10
6.0 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BE30
Plug set for motor connection (HAN Q8/0)
1.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CE00
2.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CC00
Sealing cap (for power supply) 3RK1 902-0CJ00
Plug set for power transmission
(Han Q4/2) Han Q4/2-pin (angled)
2.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BF60
4.0 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BF20
Crimping tool for contact pins and sockets up to 4.0 mm
2
(HAN Q8/0) 3RK1 902-0CT00
Dismantling tool for contact pins and sockets (HAN Q8/0) 3RK1 902-0AJ00
M12 sealing cap 3RX8 000-0JA00
ET 200X
Introduction
5/173
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Distributed I/O station with degree of protection IP65/67 for
use in cabinet-less applications in the machine environment
Modular design adapts to the automation task
I/O modules, motor starters, pneumatic modules and signal
processing modules (CPU), frequency converters
Can also be used for extremely time-critical tasks
Separate auxiliary power supply for easy implementation of
load groups
DESINA-compliant modules
Application
The SIMATIC ET 200X is a distributed I/O station with degree of
protection IP65/IP67.
Due to the high degree of protection and its rugged design, the
ET 200X is particularly suitable for implementation in the ma-
chine environment.
Its modular design, high degree of protection, sole use of plug-
in wiring and integration of pneumatic and drive components
permit fast and optimum adaptation to a machines technologi-
cal function units.
Even when requirements change frequently, replacement or
combining of different basic and expansion modules can notice-
ably reduce setting-up times.
With a data signalling rate of up to 12 Mbit/s on the PROFIBUS
DP, the ET 200S is also eminently suitable for extremely time-
critical applications.
By supplying separate auxiliary voltages (load supplies) from
the power module it is possible to selectively deactivate individ-
ual modules or module groups.
Design
The ET 200X distributed I/O station comprises:
One basic module, alternatively
- digital inputs
- digital outputs
- PLC functionality
- ECOFAST-conform
- DESINA-compliant with parameterizable inputs and outputs
Up to 7 expansion modules.
The following expansion modules are available:
Digital inputs/ outputs
Digital input/ output modules, DESINA-compliant
Analog input/ output modules
Modules with and without channel diagnostics
CP 142-2 communications processors for connection to
AS-Interface
Moby Ident System
Pneumatic module with integrated valves
Pneumatic interface for adapting a CPV valve terminal from
FESTO; up to 6 interfaces per ET 200X station
Motor starters (electromechanical or electronic) to drive any
3-phase AC load (up to 5.5 kW at 400 V AC); up to 6 motor
starters per ET 200X station
Frequency converter (max. 1.5 kW, 400 V AC)
Up to 6 motor starters or frequency inverters per ET 200X
station
SITOP power current supply (24 V DC optional)
The expansion modules are installed side by side using inte-
grated connectors. This means that all the signal leads and aux-
iliary voltages for the inputs and outputs are connected through.
The modules can be replaced for service purposes without the
need to disassemble the entire station.
An ET 200X occupies only one node address on the PROFIBUS
DP installed on the basic module. A separate I/O address can
be assigned to each basic and expansion module.
In the basic module with PLC functionality, the addresses of the
expansion modules are already determined by the slot.
The ET 200X is compliant with EN 50170 for PROFIBUS DP and
can be used with all standardized master stations. The fast data
transfer rate of 12 Mbit/s also allows implementation of fast
machine functions.
ET 200X
Introduction
5/174
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Function
Operating mode
The addressing of the inputs and outputs of the ET 200X differs
depending on the type of the basic module:
Basic module without PLC functionality:
Access via the user program in the central programmable
controller, in the same way as central I/Os
Basic module with PLC functionality:
Access via the user program of the basic module
The slave interface in the basic module is entirely responsible for
communications through PROFIBUS DP.
There are diagnostics functions to monitor the functionality of the
ET 200X. The ET 200X diagnoses:
Internal station/ configuration fault
Short-circuit, wire breakage (for specific modules)
Bus error (erroneous data transmission)
Module fault, 24 V DC load power supply
The diagnostic data is analyzed as follows:
Decentrally with diagnostic LEDs on the basic module
With programming devices or PC with the COM PROFIBUS or
STEP 7 parameterization software
Centrally through the CPU in the automation system
Parameter assignment
When the station is connected to master modules which were
not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (operation on
third-party master modules), a fixed preassigned GSD file can
be created with COM PROFIBUS from Version 3.1. This file is
then loaded into the configuration tool of the third-party manu-
facturer and can be used for simple parameter assignment of
the station. This allows the use of the user-friendly plain-text
parameterization feature of COM PROFIBUS; there is no need
for hexadecimal code inputs in the third-party configuring tool.

Plug-in electronic modules AS-Interface CP
Digital inputs/outputs
Analog inputs/outputs
Motor starters/Frequency
converters
Pneumatic module/interface
Connection method M12 round connector with
standard pinout or DESINA
assignment for actuators/sensors
HAN Q8 for power supply,
forwarding and motor feeder in
motor starters and frequency
converters
Data transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s
Galvanic isolation Yes, between PROFIBUS DP and
internal electronics and partly
between outputs and internal
electronics
Supply current (internal electronics
and encoder supply) for overall
configuration
Up to 40 C, max. 6 A
Current consumption of an ET 200X
(internal and sensor supply,
non-switched voltage)
Up to 55 C, max. 0.8 A
with DESINA
Load current for ET 200X
per incoming supply
(BM, PM, switched voltage)
For overall configuration with further
looping (several ET 200Xs)
Supply voltage for loads for total
assembly (several motor starters or
frequency converters)
For core cross-section
of 1.5 mm
2
, max.
12 A
For core cross-section
of 2.5 mm
2
, max.
20 A
Degree of protection IP65 for ET 200X with motor start-
ers, frequency converters or
pneumatic modules; IP66/IP67 for
Material Thermoplastic (fiber-glass rein-
forced)
Ambient conditions
Temperature From 0 to 55 C
Temperature gradient From 15 to 95%
Relative humidity RH severity level 2 in accordance
with IEC 1131-2
Atmospheric pressure From 795 to 1080 hPa
Mechanical strength
Vibration Vibration tested in acc. with
IEC 68 Part 2-6 (sine)
10 Hz f 58 Hz
(const. amplitude 0.075 mm);
58 Hz f 150 Hz
(const. acceleration 5 g,
tested with 10 g)
motor starters
(const. acceleration 2 g)
Shock Shock tested in acc. with IEC 68
Part 2- 27, half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms
Approvals UL, CSA
ET 200X
BM 147/CPU intelligent basic modules
5/175
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Basic modules for exchanging preprocessed I/O data
between an ET 200X and a higher level master through
PROFIBUS DP
Two versions:
- BM147-1 with DP slave functionality and
- BM147-2 with additional DP master functionality
CPU for PLC functionality equivalent to S7-314, in other words,
distributed intelligence for preprocessing
For reducing the overhead on the central PLC and PROFIBUS
With greatly reduced response times to critical signals locally
Standalone operation, for example it is still possible to operate
even if the DP master fails
Fast, simple and integrated programming of a system with
modular programs through STEP 7
6ES7 147-1AA11-0XB0 6ES7 147-2AA01-0XB0 6ES7 147-2AB01-0XB0
Supply voltages
Rated value (DC) 24 V; p
ermitted range 20.4 to 28.8 V
24 V;
permitted range 20.4 to 28.8 V
24 V;
Short-circuit protection Yes Yes; internal (thermally reversible);
no for looping through
Yes; internal (thermally reversible);
no for looping through
reverse polarity protection No No No
Load voltage 2L+
24 V;
permitted range 20.4 to 28.8
24 V;
permitted range 20.4 to 28.8
Reverse polarity protection No No No
Current consumption
Power loss, typ. 3 W 3 W 3 W
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated 64 KByte; 21 K instructions 64 KByte; 21 K instructions 128 KByte; 42 K instructions
- expandable No No No
Load memory
- expandable FEPROM, max. 8 MByte;
can be plugged in as MMC
8 MByte;
8 MByte;
Backup
(maintenance-free)
Yes; Guaranteed by MMC
(maintenance-free)
Yes; Guaranteed by MMC
(maintenance-free)
CPU/blocks
Number of blocks (total) 1,024; DBs, FCs, FBs 1,024; DBs, FCs, FBs 1,024; DBs, FCs, FBs
DB
Number, max. 511 511 511
Size, max. 16 KByte 16 KByte 16 KByte
FB
Number, max. 512; In number band of FB0 to
FB2047
512; In number band of FB0 to
FB2047
512; In number band of FB0 to
FB2047
ET 200X
5/176
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
FC
Number, max. 512; In number band of FC0 to
FC2047
512; In number band of FC0 to
FC2047
512; In number band of FC0 to
FC2047
OB
Description see Instruction List see Instruction List see Instruction List
Nesting depth
per priority class 8 8 8
additional within an error OB 4 4 4
for bit operations, min. 0.1 s 0.1 s 0.1 s
for word operations, min. 0.2 s 0.2 s 0.2 s
for fixed point arithmetic, min. 2 s 2 s 2 s
for floating point arithmetic, min. 3 s 3 s 3 s
Times/counters
and their remanence
S7 counter
Number 256 256 256
Remanence
- adjustable Yes Yes Yes
- preset From Z 0 to Z 7 From Z 0 to Z 7 From Z 0 to Z 7
Counting range
- lower limit 0 0 0
- upper limit 999 999 999
IEC counter
present Yes; Number unlimited
(limited only by work memory)
Yes; Number unlimited
Type SFB SFB SFB
S7 times
Number 256 256 256
Remanence
- adjustable Yes Yes Yes
- preset no retentivity no retentivity no retentivity
Time range
- lower limit 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
- upper limit 9,990 s 9,990 s 9,990 s
IEC timer
present Yes; Number unlimited
Type SFB SFB SFB
Flag
Number, max. 256 Byte 256 Byte 256 Byte
Remanence available Yes Yes Yes
Remanence preset MB 0 to MB 15 MB 0 to MB 15 MB 0 to MB 15
Number of clock memories 8; 1 memory byte 8; 1 memory byte 8; 1 memory byte
Local data
per priority class, max. 510 Byte 510 Byte 510 Byte
ET 200X
5/177
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs 1 KByte 1 KByte 1 KByte
Outputs 1 KByte 1 KByte 1 KByte
Process image
Inputs 128 Byte 128 Byte 128 Byte
Outputs 128 Byte 128 Byte 128 Byte
Hardware config.
Expansion modules
Number of expansion modules,
max.
7 7
of which motor starters/frequency
converters, max.
6 6
of which, pneumatic interfaces,
max.
6 6
Time
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes Yes Yes
Battery backed and
synchronized
Yes; Backup time typically 6 weeks
(at 40C ambient temperature)
Deviation per day, max. 10 s 10 s 10 s
Number 1 1 1
Number/Number range 0 0 0
(when using SFC101)
0 to 2^31 hours
(when using SFC101)
0 to 2^31 hours
(when using SFC101)
Granularity 1 hour 1 hour 1 hour
warm restart
Yes; must be restarted at each
warm restart
Yes; must be restarted at each
warm restart
supports Yes Yes Yes
to MPI, Slave Yes Yes Yes
in AS, Master Yes Yes Yes
in AS, Slave Yes Yes Yes
12;
depending on the configured con-
nections for PG/OP and S7 basic
communication
12;
communication
12;
communication
Process diagnostic messages Yes Yes Yes
blocks, max.
40 40 40
Status/control
Status/control variable Yes Yes Yes
times, counters
Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,
times, counters
Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,
times, counters
Number of variables, max. 30 30 30
of which status variable, max. 30 30 30
of which control variable, max. 14 14 14
Forcing
Forcing Yes Yes Yes
Force, variables Inputs, outputs Inputs, outputs Inputs, outputs
Forcing, number of variables, max. 10 10 10
ET 200X
5/178
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Status block Yes Yes Yes
Single step Yes Yes Yes
Number of breakpoints 2 2 2
Diagnostic buffer
present Yes Yes Yes
Number of entries, max. 100 100 100
adjustable No No No
PG/OP communication Yes Yes Yes
supported Yes Yes Yes
Number of GD packets, max. 4 4 4
transmitter, max.
4 4 4
max.
4 4 4
Size of GD packets, max. 22 Byte 22 Byte 22 Byte
Size of GD packet
22 Byte 22 Byte 22 Byte
Useful data per job, max. 76 Byte 76 Byte 76 Byte
Useful data per job
76 Byte;
76 bytes (for X_SEND or X_RCV),
64 bytes (for X_PUT or X_GET as
server)
76 Byte;
server)
76 Byte;
server)
S7 communication
as server Yes Yes Yes
as client No No No
Useful data per job, max. 180 Byte; bei PUT/GET 180 Byte; bei PUT/GET 180 Byte; bei PUT/GET
Useful data per job, of which
consistent, max.
supported No No No
overall 12 12 12
reserved for PG communication 1 1 1
adjustable for PG communication,
max.
11 11 11
reserved for OP communication 1 1 1
adjustable for OP communication,
max.
11 11 11
reserved for S7-Basic
communication
10 10 10
adjustable for S7-Basic
communication, max.
11 11 11
1st interface
Type of interface Coexistent,
integrated RS 485 interface
Coexistent,
Coexistent,
Physics RS 485 RS 485 RS 485
isolated Yes Yes Yes
Functionality
MPI Yes Yes Yes
DP master No Yes Yes
DP slave Yes; active / passive Yes; active / passive Yes; active / passive
Point-to-point coupling No No No
ET 200X
5/179
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
MPI
Services
- PG/OP communication Yes Yes Yes
- Routing No Yes Yes
- Global data communication Yes Yes Yes
- S7 basic communication Yes Yes Yes
- S7 communication Yes Yes Yes
- S7 communication, as server Yes Yes Yes
Transmission speeds, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
DP master
Services
- PG/OP communication Yes Yes
- Routing Yes Yes
- Global data communication No No
- S7 basic communication No No
- S7 communication Yes Yes
- S7 communication, as server Yes Yes
- equidistance support Yes Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes Yes
slaves
Yes Yes
- direct data exchange (cross traf-
fic)
Yes Yes
- DPV1 Yes Yes
Address area
- Inputs, max. 1 KByte 1 KByte
- Outputs, max. 1 KByte 1 KByte
- Useful data per DP slave, max.
244 Byte; 244 bytes/244 bytes 244 Byte; 244 bytes/244 bytes
DP slave
Number of connections 12 12 12
Services
- PG/OP communication Yes Yes Yes
- Routing No Yes; when interface active Yes; when interface active
- S7 communication, as client No No No
- S7 communication, as server No No No
Transmission speeds, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte 244 Byte 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte 244 Byte 244 Byte
Address area, max. 32 32 32
max.
CPU/programming
STEP 7 Yes; V5.2 SP1 Yes; V5.2 SP1 Yes; V5.2 SP1
ET 200X
5/180
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

BM 147-1 CPU basic module 6ES7 147-1AA11-0XB0
With integrated PLC functionality,
with 64 KB main memory
BM 147-2 CPU basic module
With integrated PLC functionality
and additional PROFIBUS master
interface
With 64 KB main memory 6ES7 147-2AA01-0XB0
With 128 KB main memory 6ES7 147-2AB01-0XB0
Accessories
Manual for ET 200X
distributed I/O station
Cover plates for ET 200X
basic modules
6ES7 194-1JB00-0XA0
Protective cover for bus and
power supply connections
(pack of 10)
Simple mounting rails for
SIMATIC ET 200X (narrow)
400 mm long
for basic module
+ 3 expansion modules (60 mm)
6ES7 194-1GA00-0XA0
640 mm long
for basic module
6ES7 194-1GA10-0XA0
2000 mm long
for customized lengths
6ES7 194-1GA20-0XA0
Double mounting rails for
SIMATIC ET 200X (wide)
520 mm long for basic module
+ 1 expansion module (60 mm)
+ 2 motor starters/frequency
converters/pneumatic interfaces
6ES7 194-1GB00-0XA0
converters
6ES7 194-1GB10-0XA0
Fixing screws 6ES7 194-1KC00-0XA0
M5 x 20, 1 pack = 100 pieces
Connecting cable
for PROFIBUS
6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
12 Mbaud, for PG connection to
PROFIBUS DP, pre-assembled
with 2 x 9-pole Sub-D connector,
3.0 m
Pre-assembled with ECOFAST
plug connectors
1.5 6XV1 830-7BH15
3 6XV1 830-7BH30
5 6XV1 830-7BH50
10 6XV1 830-7BN10
15 6XV1 830-7BN15
ECOFAST terminating resistor
Ordering unit 1 piece 6GK1 905-0DA10
Ordering unit 5 pieces 6GK1 905-0DA00
ECOFAST plug connector,
can be pre-assembled
6GK1 905-0CA00
Male contacts;
ECOFAST plug connector,
can be pre-assembled
6GK1 905-0CB00
Female contacts;
MMC memory cards up to 8 MB
(as for S7-314)
ET 200X
BM 141 and BM 142 basic modules
5/181
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Basic modules to process communications between ET 200X
and higher level masters through PROFIBUS DP
With additional integrated inputs or outputs
6ES7 141-
1BF12-0XB0
6ES7 142-
1BD22-0XB0
Supply voltages
Load voltage 2L+
Reverse polarity protection No No
Current consumption
from load voltage1L+, max. 180 mA
12 mA
Hardware config.
Expansion modules
max.
7 7
of which, motor starters, max. 6
converters, max.
6
max.
6 6
1st interface
Functionality
DP slave Yes Yes
DP slave
Services
(cross traffic)
Yes Yes; Sender
Transmission speeds, min. 9.6 kBit/s 9.6 kBit/s
Transmission speeds, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 /
93.75 / 187.5 /
500 Kbps;
1.5 / 3 / 6 /
12 Mbps
6ES7 141-
1BF12-0XB0
6ES7 142-
1BD22-0XB0
Digital inputs
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m 30 m;
Signal cables
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes
Input voltage
Input current
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 1.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.8 ms
Digital outputs
of the output
Yes;
electronic
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A;
at 24 V DC
Switching frequency
(per group)
ET 200X
BM 141 and BM 142 basic modules
5/182
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 141-
1BF12-0XB0
6ES7 142-
1BD22-0XB0
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes
1.5 mA
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes
6ES7 141-
1BF12-0XB0
6ES7 142-
1BD22-0XB0
Isolation
between PROFIBUS DP all all
other circuits
Yes Yes
backplane bus
Yes
Width 134 mm 134 mm;
Panel width
107 mm
Depth 55 mm 55 mm
BM 141 basic module 6ES7 141-1BF12-0XB0
DI 8 24 V DC
BM 142 basic module 6ES7 142-1BD22-0XB0
DO 4 24 V DC/2 A
Accessories
Manual for ET 200X
Simple mounting rails
for SIMATIC ET 200X (narrow)
6ES7 194-1GA00-0XA0
6ES7 194-1GA10-0XA0
2000 mm long for customized
lengths
6ES7 194-1GA20-0XA0
Double mounting rails
for SIMATIC ET 200X (wide)
+ 2 motor starter/frequency con-
verter/pneumatic interfaces
6ES7 194-1GB00-0XA0
converters
6ES7 194-1GB10-0XA0
Connector plate
for BM 141, BM 142
6ES7 194-1FC00-0XA0
T functionality for PROFIBUS DP
(spare part)
Plug connector
for PROFIBUS DP
6ES7 194-1AA01-0XA0
Control and auxiliary voltage
(incl. 2 PG cable glands and
1 blanking plug); 3 connectors
are required per basic module
Cable
5-core for bus signals,
power supply, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity: 10 m
PVC sheath
(Standard)
6ES7 194-1LY00-0AA0
Length must be specified in m
(minimum length 10 m)
PUR sheath
(can be trailed, oil-resistant,
partially weld-resistant)
6ES7 194-1LY10-0AA0
Length must be specified in m
(minimum length 10 m)
Cover plates 6ES7 194-1JB00-0XA0
For protection of the bus and
power supply connections on
BM 141, BM 142, BM 147
(10 pieces per package unit)
M12 coupler plug 3RX1 667
For connecting actuators and
sensors, 5-pole
M12 angular coupler plug 3RX1 668
sensors, 5-pole
M12 Y-coupler plug 6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
For dual connection of sensors
using single cable, 5-pole
Pre-assembled Y-cable
For actuators/sensors
Available from:
Franz Binder
GmbH & Co.
P.O. Box 1152
D-74148 Neckarsulm, Germany
Plug connector catalog
M12 sealing caps 3RX9 802-0AA00
For sealing unused input or
output sockets
multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
S7 Manual Collection
Update service for one year
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply: Current S7 Man-
ual Collection CD as well as the
subsequent three updates
ET 200X
ECOFAST basic modules
5/183
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
BM 141 and BM 143 basic modules handle communication
between ET 200X and higher level master through PROFIBUS
DP
ECOFAST-compatible connection method
Can be combined with all available expansion modules of the
ET 200X
6ES7 141-1BF01-0AB0 6ES7 141-1BF40-0AB0 6ES7 143-1BF00-0AB0 6ES7 143-1BF00-0XB0
Supply voltages
reverse polarity protection No No No No
Load voltage 2L+
Reverse polarity protection No No No No
Current consumption
from load circuit 1 (unswitched
voltage/supply voltage) to 40 C
10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
from load voltage 1 (unswitched
voltage/power supply) to 55 C
8 A 8 A 8 A 8 A
from load voltage 2 (unswitched
10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
from load circuit 2 (unswitched
8 A 8 A 8 A 8 A
(unswitched voltage)
180 mA 180 mA 180 mA 180 mA
Hardware config.
Expansion modules
max.
7 7 7 7
converters, max.
6 6 6 6
max.
6 6 6 6
1st interface
Functionality
DP slave Yes Yes Yes Yes
DP slave
Services
(cross traffic)
Yes; Sender Yes; Sender Yes; Sender Yes; Sender
Transmission speeds, min. 9.6 kBit/s 9.6 kBit/s 9.6 kBit/s 9.6 kBit/s
Transmission speeds, max. 12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 / 500 Kbps;
1.5 / 12 Mbps
12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 / 500 Kbps;
1.5 / 12 Mbps
12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 / 500 Kbps;
1.5 / 12 Mbps
12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 / 500 Kbps;
1.5 / 12 Mbps
ET 200X
5/184
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8;
8 process channels DI,
single channel connector
8;
8 process channels DI,
single channel connector
8;
8 process channels;
parameter assignment
as DI/DO
8 function channels,
parameter assignment as
diagnostic/NC input
8;
8 process channels;
parameter assignment
as DI/DO
diagnostic/NC input
controllable inputs
controllable inputs, up to 60 C
8
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m; for signal lines 30 m; for signal lines 30 m; for signal lines 30 m; for signal lines
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes
IEC 1131, Typ 2
Yes Yes Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V 24 V;
Input voltage for DI (Pin 4)
set in parameters:;
rated value 24 V DC;
for signal "1" 13 to 30 V;
for signal "0" -30 to 5 V;
Input voltage for function
input (pin 2):;
rated value 24 V DC;
for signal "1" 13 to 30 V;
24 V;
Input voltage for DI (Pin 4)
set in parameters:;
rated value: 24 V DC;
for signal "1": 13 to 30 V;
for signal "0": -30 to 5 V; ;
Input voltage for function
input (pin 2):;
rated value: 24 V DC;
for signal "1": 13 to 30 V;
for signal "0": -30 to 2 V
for signal "0" -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V
for signal "1" 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 7 mA 10 mA 5 mA 5 mA
Input delay (for rated value
of input voltage)
for standard inputs
- programmable Yes; 0.5 / 3 / 15 / 20 ms
- at "0" to "1", min. 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.8 ms 4.8 ms 4.8 ms
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 8;
8 process channels,
DI/DO,
diagnostic/NC input
8;
8 process channels,
DI/DO,
diagnostic/NC input
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes; electronic Yes; electronic
Response threshold, typ. 1.8 A 1.8 A
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 1.2 A 1.2 A
for 0 to 60 C, min.
5 mA 5 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
1.3 A 1.3 A
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 0.5 mA
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz
with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz
on lamp load, max. 1 Hz 1 Hz
ET 200X
5/185
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes Yes Yes Yes
1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes; parameterizable Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostics Yes;
complying with DESINA
Yes;
complying with DESINA
Wire break Yes; channel by channel
Short circuit Yes; channel by channel
Isolation
Galvanic isolation no electrical isolation
between the load voltages
and between the load
voltages and all the other
circuit components
no electrical isolation
circuit components
circuit components
circuit components
circuits
Yes Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
No No No No
IP 67 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Width 175 mm;
180 when screw mounted
175 mm;
175 mm;
175 mm;
Height 180 mm;
180 mm;
180 mm;
180 mm;
Depth 110 mm;
110 mm;
110 mm;
110 mm;
ET 200X
5/186
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

BM 141/ECOFAST basic module 6ES7 141-1BF01-0AB0
8 DI, 24 V DC, 5-pole, M12 with
single-channel connection hybrid
fieldbus connection (copper),
identification plug, IP67
BM 141/ECOFAST RS 485
basic module
6ES7 141-1BF40-0AB0
8 DI, 24 V DC, 5-pole, M12 chan-
nel diagnostics, short-circuit and
wire-break, process interrupts,
input delay:
0.5 ms/3 ms/15 ms/20 ms
BM 143/DESINA basic module 6ES7 143-1BF00-0AB0
8 DI/DO, parameterizable,
additional diagnostic inputs,
hybrid fieldbus interface (cop-
per), identification plug, IP67
BM 143/DESINA basic module 6ES7 143-1BF00-0XB0
8 DI/DO, parameterizable,
additional diagnostic inputs,
hybrid fieldbus interface (fiber-
optic cable), identification plug,
IP67
Accessories
Manual for ET 200X
Cover plates for ET 200X
basic modules
6ES7 194-1JB00-0XA0
Protective cover for bus and
power supply connections
(pack of 10)
Simple mounting rails
for SIMATIC ET 200X (narrow)
6ES7 194-1GA00-0XA0
6ES7 194-1GA10-0XA0
2000 mm long for customized
lengths
6ES7 194-1GA20-0XA0
Double mounting rails
for SIMATIC ET 200X (wide)
+ 2 motor starter/frequency con-
verter/pneumatic interfaces
6ES7 194-1GB00-0XA0
converters
6ES7 194-1GB10-0XA0
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Hybrid Cable Cu
See page 4/38
Cable suitable for trailing
with 4 copper cores, 1.5 mm
2
and
2 copper cores, shielded
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Hybrid Cable FOC
See page 4/38
Cable suitable for trailing with
two plastic fiber-optic conductors
for PROFIBUS DP and four cop-
per cores of 1.5 mm
2
cross-sec-
tion exclusively for use in devices
compatible with DESINA
Identification plug 6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0
For setting the PROFIBUS station
address (already included in
scope of supply of BM 143/
DESINA)
sensors, 5-pole
sensors, 5-pole
Available from:
Franz Binder GmbH & Co.
P.O. Box 1152
74148 Neckarsulm, Germany
For sealing unused input or
output sockets
Crimping tool
For male and female contacts
1.5 to 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0AH00
1.5 to 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CT00
Deinstallation tool 3RK1 902-0AJ00
For male and female contacts
for 9-pole inserts for copper con-
ductors
multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply:
Current S7 Manual Collection CD
as well as the subsequent three
updates
ET 200X
5/187
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Expansion modules with digital inputs/ outputs for connection
of actuators/ sensors
Optionally with diagnostic functions
(single-channel diagnostics)
- parameterizable input delay
- process alarms (available soon)
- short and long designs
- double or single assignment for each M12
Optional additional auxiliary voltage supply (load supply)
6ES7 141-1BD31-
0XA0
6ES7 141-1BF31-
0XA0
6ES7 141-1BF30-
0XB0
6ES7 141-1BF40-
0XB0
6ES7 141-1BF41-
0XA0
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 16 mA 16 mA 30 mA 30 mA 10 mA
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 4 8 8 8 8
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m 30 m 30 m 30 m 30 m
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes Yes
IEC 1131, Typ 2
Yes Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
for signal "0" -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V
for signal "1" 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V
Input delay
for standard inputs
- programmable Yes;
0.5 / 3 / 15 / 20 ms
Yes;
0.5 / 3 / 15 / 20 ms
- at "0" to "1", min. 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.8 ms 4.8 ms 4.8 ms
Digital outputs
(per group)
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
ET 200X
5/188
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 141-1BD31-
0XA0
6ES7 141-1BF31-
0XA0
6ES7 141-1BF30-
0XB0
6ES7 141-1BF40-
0XB0
6ES7 141-1BF41-
0XA0
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Wire break Yes;
channel by channel
Yes;
channel by channel
Short circuit Yes;
channel by channel
Yes;
channel by channel
Width 87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
6ES7 142-1BD40-0XB0 6ES7 142-1BD40-0XA0 6ES7 142-1BD30-0XA0 6ES7 142-1BF30-0XA0
Load voltage 2L+
Short-circuit protection Yes;
clocked electronically
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 40 mA 28.5 mA 28.5 mA 35 mA
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 4 4 4 8
of the output
Yes; electronic Yes; electronic Yes; electronic Yes; electronic
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A; at 24 V DC 2 A; at 24 V DC 0.5 A; at 24 V DC 1.2 A; at 24 V DC
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 0.5 mA 0.1 mA 0.5 mA
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
on lamp load, max. 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz
(per group)
up to 20 C, max. 6 mA 6 A 2 A 6 A
up to 55 C, max. 4 mA 4 A 2 A 4 A
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Wire break Yes;
channel by channel
Short circuit Yes;
channel by channel
Width 87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
ET 200X
5/189
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

EM 141 expansion modules
8 DI 24 V DC, dual assignment 6ES7 141-1BF31-0XA0
8 DI 24 V DC, dual assignment
with single-channel diagnostics
6ES7 141-1BF30-0XB0
4 DI 24 V DC 6ES7 141-1BD31-0XA0
8 DI 24 V DC,
single assignment
6ES7 141-1BF41-0XA0
8 DI 24 V DC,
single assignment with
single-channel diagnostics
6ES7 141-1BF40-0XB0
4 DO 24 V DC, 2 A
without diagnosis
6ES7 142-1BD40-0XA0
4 DO 24 V DC, 2 A
with diagnosis
6ES7 142-1BD40-0XB0
4 DO 24 V DC; 0.5 A 6ES7 142-1BD30-0XA0
8 DO 24 V DC /1.2 A
single assignment
6ES7 142-1BF30-0XA0
Accessories
Manual for ET 200X
M12 connector 3RX1 667
For connecting actuators
or sensors, 5-pin
M12 angular circular connector 3RX1 668
or sensors, 5-pin
M12 Y circular connector 6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
For the double connection of
sensors by means of single
cable, 5-pin
Available from:
P.O. Box 1152
For sealing unused input
or output sockets
multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
S7 Manual Collection update
service for 1 year
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply:
Up-to-date CD S7 Manual
Collection as well as the three
subsequent updates
ET 200X
PM 148 power module
5/190
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Expansion module with digital outputs for connecting
actuators
With diagnostics functionality
With additional auxiliary voltage supply (load supply)

6ES7 148-1CA00-0XB0
Load voltage 2L+
Reverse polarity protection No
Current consumption
60 mA
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 40 mA
Digital outputs
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A; at 24 V DC
Switching frequency
(per group)
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Wire break Yes; channel by channel
Short circuit Yes; channel by channel
Isolation
other circuit parts
Yes
Width 87 mm; Spacing 60 mm
Height 165 mm
Depth 67 mm; incl. connector
PM 148 power module 6ES7 148-1CA00-0XB0
DO 4 x 24 V DC/2A,
with diagnostics and supply for
auxiliary voltage (load)
Accessories
Manual ET 200X
distributed I/O device
Circular connector M12 3RX1 667
or sensors, 5-pin
Angular circular connector M12 3RX1 668
or sensors, 5-pin
Available from:
P.O. Box 1152
M12 covers 3RX9 802-0AA00
For covering unused input or
output sockets
Connector for PROFIBUS DP 6ES7 194-1AA01-0XA0
Control and auxiliary power
(incl. 2 heavy gauge threaded
joints and 1 blanking plug);
3 connectors required per basic
module
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply:
CD containing the current S7
Manual Collection and the three
subsequent updates
ET 200X
EM 143/DESINA digital expansion module
5/191
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Desina-compliant expansion module with user-parameteriz-
able digital inputs/outputs for the connection of actuators/
sensors
Also with diagnostics input/ NC input per channel
Can be connected to BM 143/DESINA
6ES7 143-1BF30-0XB0
Current consumption
Digital inputs
8 function inputs
(diagnostic inputs or inputs with
opener function)
controllable inputs
8
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m; for signal lines
IEC 1131, Typ 2
Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V;
Input voltage for parameterized DI
(Pin 4) / Input voltage for function
input (Pin 2)
Input current
voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min.
1.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max.
4.8 ms
Digital outputs
8 process channels, parameter
assignment as DI/DO, 8 function
channels, parameter assignment
as diagnostic/NC input
Cable length unshielded, max. 30 m; for signal lines
Response threshold, typ. 1.8 A
6ES7 143-1BF30-0XB0
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 1.2 A
for 0 to 60 C, min.
5 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
1.3 A
Switching frequency
Encoder supply
Output current
up to 55 C, max. 0.8 A
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes
1.5 mA
diagnostics
Status indicator per channel
(yellow)
Yes
Indicator function input
per channel (yellow/red)
Yes
Isolation
backplane bus
No
backplane bus
No
Height 180 mm
Depth 55 mm
ET 200X
EM 143/DESINA digital expansion module
5/192
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

EM 143/DESINA
expansion module
6ES7 143-1BF30-0XB0
8 I/O DESINA
Accessories
Manual ET 200X
Circular connector M12 3RX1 667
or sensors, 5-pin
Angular circular connector M12 3RX1 668
or sensors, 5-pin
Available from:
P.O. Box 1152
M12 covers 3RX9 802-0AA00
For covering unused input
or output sockets
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply:
subsequent updates
ET 200X
5/193
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Expansion modules with analog inputs/ outputs for connection
of actuators/ sensors
With diagnostics functionality, limit values and substitute
values
6ES7 144-1FB31-0XB0 6ES7 144-1GB31-0XB0 6ES7 144-1GB41-0XB0 6ES7 144-1JB31-0XB0
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 40 mA 40 mA 80 mA 40 mA
Power loss, max. 0.9 W 0.9 W 1 W 0.9 W
Connection point
Inputs/outputs 4/5-pin M12
round connectors
4/5-pin M12
round connectors
4/5-pin M12
round connectors
4/5-pin M12
round connectors
Analog inputs
30 V 30 V
40 mA 40 mA
Constant measurement current
for resistance-type transmitter, typ.
1.5 mA
Input ranges (rated values), volt-
ages
Voltage Yes
-10 V to +10 V Yes
currents
Current Yes Yes; 4 to 20 mA
-20 to +20 mA Yes
Input resistance (-20 to +20 mA) 25
4 to 20 mA Yes Yes
Input resistance (4 to 20 mA) 25 25
Resistance thermometer Yes
Pt 100 Yes; Standard
programmable Yes
Analog outputs
Voltage output,
65 mA
ET 200X
5/194
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 144-1FB31-0XB0 6ES7 144-1GB31-0XB0 6ES7 144-1GB41-0XB0 6ES7 144-1JB31-0XB0
Analog value display
(parameterizable)
Yes Yes Yes Yes
12 Bit; + sign;
overrange 17.5%
12 Bit; + sign;
overrange 17.5%
12 Bit; + sign;
overrange 17.5%
12 Bit; + sign;
overrange 17.5%
Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes Yes Yes
Integration time, ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms
Encoder supply
Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic Yes; electronic Yes
Encoder
2-wire transducer
No Yes
4-wire transducer
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 750
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 1,2 % +/- 1,2 % +/- 1,2 % +/- 1,2 %
Current, relative to input area +/- 1,2 % +/- 1,2 % +/- 1,2 % +/- 1,2 %
+/- 1,2 %
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes Yes Yes
Limit value alarm Yes; upper limit, channel
by channel/ lower limit
channel by channel
Yes; upper limit, channel
channel by channel
channel by channel
channel by channel
Process alarm Yes Yes Yes Yes
Diagnoses
Diagnostics Yes; Diagnostic LED Yes Yes Yes
Wire break Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
Short circuit Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
Overflow/underflow Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel Yes; channel by channel
Isolation
Isolation, analog inputs No No No No
Width 87 mm; Spacing 60 mm 87 mm; Spacing 60 mm 87 mm; Spacing 60 mm 87 mm; Spacing 60 mm
Weights
ET 200X
5/195
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 145-
1FB31-0XB0
6ES7 145-
1GB31-0XB0
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 75 mA 110 mA
Power loss, max. 1.5 W 2.3 W
Connection point
Inputs/outputs 4/5-pin M12
round connec-
tors
4/5-pin M12
round connec-
tors
Analog outputs
Voltage output, Short-circuit
protection
Yes
Voltage output, short-circuit current,
max..
30 mA
max.
15 V
-10 to +10 V Yes
-20 to +20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
connection
Yes Yes
connection
Yes
connection
Yes
Load impedance
with voltage outputs, min. 1 k
load, max.
0.1 F
load, max.
0.1 mH
MANA
15 V
Current, max. 40 mA
6ES7 145-
1FB31-0XB0
6ES7 145-
1GB31-0XB0
Analog value display
(parameterizable)
Yes Yes
11 Bit; + sign 11 Bit; + sign
Conversion time (per channel) 1 ms 1 ms
Settling time
for capacitive load 6 ms 6 ms
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Voltage, relative to output area +/- 1 % +/- 1 %
Current, relative to output area +/- 1 % +/- 1 %
diagnostics
Substitute values connectable No;
channel by
channel
No;
channel by
channel
Alarms
Diagnoses
Wire break Yes;
channel by
channel
Short circuit Yes;
channel by
channel
Yes
Isolation
Galvanic isolation, analog outputs No No
Width 87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
87 mm;
Spacing 60 mm
Depth 55 mm 55 mm
Weights
ET 200X
5/196
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

With diagnostics / limit values
AI 2 10 V 6ES7 144-1FB31-0XB0
AI 2 20 mA, 4DMU 6ES7 144-1GB31-0XB0
AI 2 4 to 20 mA, 2DMU 6ES7 144-1GB41-0XB0
AI 2 RTD (Pt100)10 V 6ES7 144-1JB31-0XB0
With diagnostics / replacement
values
AO 2 10 V 6ES7 145-1FB31-0XB0
AO 2 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA 6ES7 145-1GB31-0XB0
Accessories
Manual ET 200X
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply:
subsequent updates
ET 200X
CP 142-2
5/197
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Master connection for the ET 200X distributed I/O station to
AS-Interface over a 12-pin connector
Easy operation in the I/O address area of SIMATIC ET 200X
No CP configuration required for AS-Interface
Activation of up to 31 AS-Interface slaves in accordance with
the AS-Interface specification V2.0
Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped
cable
Significant increase in the number of inputs and outputs of
ET 200X
Benefits
In connection with the BM 147, the ET 200X enables PLC
functionality in degree of protection IP65
Can also be used in a rugged industrial environment without
additional casing due to the high degree of protection IP67
More flexible and extended application options of the ET 200X
thanks to considerable increase in available inputs/outputs
Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of
a button
Reduction of standstill or service times in the event of a fault
through LED displays:
- status of the AS-Interface network
- connected slaves and their operational readiness
- monitoring of the AS-Interface voltage level
Application
The CP 142-2 enables the connection of the distributed I/O
system ET 200X to AS-Interface.
This module can be used to activate up to 31 AS-Interface
slaves and, if bi-directional slaves are implemented, up to 248
binary components.
Up to 6 CP 142-2 can be operated on the ET 200X.
Design
16 byte inputs and 16 byte outputs are used in the address
space of the ET 200X
Operating statuses displayed by LEDs in the frontplate
Display of the connected and activated slaves and their oper-
ational readiness by LEDs
One pushbutton for switching the operating status, entering
the existing configuration and switching the display
Connection of the AS-Interface cable to M12 connector
Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface cable
Function
The CP 142-2 can be used in two operating modes:
Standard mode with BM 141/BM 142/BM 147
A maximum of 124 input bits and output bits of the
AS-Interface slaves can be addressed.
Extended mode with BM 147
An FC (Function Call) enables master calls to be used in
accordance with the AS-Interface specification V2.0
(e.g. write parameters). The calls are described in the manual.
Program examples are supplied with the manual.
Example configuration
Configuration
Parameterization of the CP 142-2 is performed with the STEP
7
basic package V2.1 and higher. No additional configuration is
required for AS-Interface.
AS-Interface AS-Interface shaped cable
ET 200X with CP 142-2
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
2
0
0
1
3
PROFIBUS
ET 200X
CP 142-2
5/198
Siemens IK PI 2007
5


Bus cycle time 5 ms with 31 slaves
Configuration
AS-Interface Using pushbutton on front plate
PROFIBUS The CP 142-2 occupies 16 byte
inputs and 16 byte outputs in the
PROFIBUS configuration of the
ET200X
AS-Interface Specification V 2.0
With BM 141/BM 142 Only IO transmission
With BM 147 and FC, ASI-3422 All functions
Connection of the AS-Interface
cable
Through M12 connector on the
front plate
Address range 16 input byte
16 output byte
Supply voltage
Through backplane bus 24 V DC
From the AS-Interface shaped
cable
According to the AS-Interface
Specification V2.0
Power loss 2 W
Current consumption
Through backplane bus Typ. 50 mA at 24 V DC
Through AS-Interface from the
AS-Interface shaped cables
According to the AS-Interface
specification V 2.0
Relative humidity 95% at +25 C
Design ET 200X design
Module format Expansion module
Weight Approx. 310 g
Space required 1 slot
Degree of protection IP66/67
CP 142-2
6GK7 142-2AH00-0XA0
For connecting SIMATIC ET 200X
to AS-Interface
CP 142-2 manual 6GK7 142-2AH00-8AA0
German
Electronic manuals 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Communications systems,
protocols, products on CD-ROM
German/English
ET 200X
EM 148-P pneumatic module
5/199
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The module for standard applications in pneumatics
For controlling two simple or double-action pneumatic
cylinders
Electronics and pneumatics on one module
With integrated digital inputs for recording the cylinder
positions
Note:
Cannot be used with DESINA/ECOFAST basic modules

6ES7 148-1DA00-0XA0
Current consumption
from load voltage L2+
(including valve), max.
130 mA
per valve, max. 50 mA
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 4; electrical
Cable length
Input voltage
Input current
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 1.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.8 ms
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes
1.5 mA
6ES7 148-1DA00-0XA0
Pneumatics
Connection point,
pneumatic connect.
Number of outputs for
valve control
2
Switching outputs Quickstar QS 6
Air supply/exhaust Quickstar QS 8, jointly recorded
for both valves
Controllable pneumatic cylinders,
dual action cylinders
Yes
Controllable pneumatic cylinders,
single action cylinders
Yes
Valve type 2 x monostable 4/2-way valve with
spring reset
Print area 3 to 8 bar
Rated flow 300 l/min
Valve switching times 20 ms;
On, about: 20 ms; Off: 20 ms
Manual operation Yes, momentary contact
Medium Compressed air filtered (40 m),
oiled (oil: VG 32), unoiled
Height 173 mm
Depth 88 mm
EM 148-P pneumatic module
DI 4 x 24 V DC/DO 2 x P
6ES7 148-1DA00-0XA0
With 2 integrated 4/2-way valves
Accessories
Silencer for pneumatic module 6ES7 194-1EA00-0XA0
Sealing plugs
for pneumatic module
6ES7 194-1JA00-0XA0
For using 4/2-way valves
as 3/2-way valves, to protect the
connections
ET 200X
EM 148-P pneumatic interface
5/200
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Interface to accept an original FESTO valve terminal CPV 10
compact performance valve terminal or CPV 14
For use of the ET 200X for applications with flexible pneu-
matics
High level of flexibility in pneumatics thanks to the different
valve functions and different flow rate volumes

6ES7 148-
1EH01-0XA0
6ES7 148-
1EH11-0XA0
Current consumption
from load voltage L2+ (including
valve), max.
370 mA 520 mA
per valve, max. 20 mA 32 mA
Power loss, typ. 6 W 9 W
Pneumatics
Connection point, pneumatic con-
nect.
Number of outputs for valve con-
trol
16 16
Print area 3 to 8 bar 3 to 8 bar
Rated flow 400 l/min 800 l/min
Connectable valves CPV 10 stan-
dard spectrum
CPV 14 stan-
dard spectrum
Number of connectable valves,
max.
8; 8 valve disks
(up to 16 valve
functions)
8; 8 valve disks
(up to 16 valve
functions)
Medium Compressed
air, filtered (40
m), oiled (oil:
VG 32),
unoiled/vacuum
Compressed
air, filtered (40
m), oiled (oil:
VG 32),
unoiled/vacuum
Isolation
Isolation, valve outputs
between the channels Yes Yes
between the channels, in groups
of
16 16
backplane bus
Yes; Optocou-
pler
Yes; Optocou-
pler
Width 147 mm; Width
module 120 mm
147 mm; Width
module 120 mm
Depth 53 mm 53 mm
EM 148-P pneumatic interface
DO 16 P/CPV 10
for directly adapting the
FESTO valve terminal CPV 10
16 DO P
6ES7 148-1EH01-0XA0
DO 16 P/CPV 14
for directly adapting the
FESTO valve terminal CPV 14
16 DO P
6ES7 148-1EH11-0XA0
FESTO CPV 10 valve terminal Available from Fa. FESTO
FESTO CPV 14 valve terminal Available from Fa. FESTO
FESTO AG & Co
Ruiterstr. 82
D-73732 Esslingen, Germany
Further addresses can be found
in the Internet at
http://www.festo.de
ET 200X
EM 148-FC frequency converter
5/201
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Expansion module with integrated frequency converter for
ET 200X
For driving three-phase AC motors (380 500 V AC)
up to 1.5 kW
Integral component of ECOFAST within the framework of
ET 200X DESINA
Can be combined with all ET 200X modules without any
restrictions
Simple configuring and parameterization through PROFIBUS
DP using STEP 7 and configuring tools in compliance with
standards
6ES7 148-1FA10-0XB0
Input voltage to VDE
(AC)
500 V
Input voltage to UL
(AC)
340 V
Mains frequency
permissible range, lower limit 47 Hz
permissible range, upper limit 63 Hz
Mains filter
integrated Yes; Type A (to EN 55011)
- Class A
Yes; to EN 55011
Degree of efficiency of the con-
verter, typ.
97%
Operations for power failure bridg-
ing time (20 ms)
Max. current for Ue < 380 V 1.85 A; at 3.8 A approx. 8 ms
Max. current for Ue >= 380 V 2.1 A; at 3.8 A approx. 8 ms
Continuous current on continued
looping of the supply voltage, max.
16 A
Continuous output current at 40 C
at 2 kHz and 4 kHz, max. 3.8 A;
Continuous currents > 1.9 A are
only permissible if at least one of
the following conditions is met:
- Ambient temperature < 50 C;
- Continuous input current when
the load supply voltage is
looped through < 8 A
at 8 kHz, max. 3 A;
- Ambient temperature < 50 C ;
at 16 kHz, max. 1.45 A
6ES7 148-1FA10-0XB0
Continuous output current at 55 C
at 2 kHz and 4 kHz, max. 2.1 A;
- Ambient temperature < 50 C;
Current consumption
max.
125 mA
from backplane bus DC 5 V, typ. 50 mA
Module power loss
in intermittent operation, max. 70 W
in continuous operation, max. 42 W
Drive technology
Control/mode
U/f characteristic Yes
four quadrants Yes
Motor output, Cable length max. 10 m
Overload capability 150%; for 60 s, relative to rated
current
Output frequency, min. 0 Hz
Output frequency, max. 300 Hz
Output frequency, resolution 0.01 Hz
Motor
Rated motor power at 3 x 400 V AC
to VDE, max. 1.5 kW
to UL, max. 2 hp
Power factor (cos phi), min. 0.7
No. of pins 2, 4 or 6
Motor brake AC (rated voltage according to
infeed supply voltage) / max. 1 A
short-circuit proof No; internal fuse 4 A provided
Thermistor Response range about 4 to 5
kOhm; channel related error
message: overload
ET 200X
EM 148-FC frequency converter
5/202
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 148-1FA10-0XB0
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnoses
Diagnostics Yes
Status indicator STAT (yellow) Yes
Monitoring the power supply,
power module PWR (green)
Yes
Isolation
Isolation
between the load voltages Yes
between load voltage and all other
switching components
Yes
6ES7 148-1FA10-0XB0
between different circuits 1500 V AC
Protection against Excess temperature in the con-
verter;
Excess temperature in the motor;
Overvoltage and undervoltage;
Short circuit (motor) and ground
fault;
No-load protection (interrupt)
Width 120 mm
Height 265 mm
Depth 181 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 3 kg
EM 148-FC frequency converter 6ES7 148-1FA10-0XB0
For driving three-phase
AC motors (380 V 500 V AC)
up to 1.5 kW; with integrated
mains filter
Accessories
Connector for motor outgoing
feeder
6ES7 194-1AB01-0XA0
HAN Q8 shielded, assignment to
DESINA specification
Connector set HAN Q8
for power supply
2.5 mm
2
, 9-pin 3RK1 902-0CA00
4 mm
2
, 9-pin 3RK1 902-0CB00
for power transmission
2.5 mm
2
, 9-pin 3RK1 902-0CC00
4 mm
2
, 9-pin 3RK1 902-0CD00
Motor cable
Pre-assembled, shielded,
HAN Q8 open end
1.5 m 6ES7 194-1LA01-0AA0
3 m 6ES7 194-1LB01-0AA0
5 m 6ES7 194-1LC01-0AA0
10 m 6ES7 194-1LD01-0AA0
Sealing cap 3RK1 902-0CJ00
for 9-pin power socket,
1 pack = 10 pieces
Dismantling tool 3RK1 902-0AJ00
for loosening contact pins and
contact sockets in 6-pin units
Handheld operator panel 3RK1 902-0AM00
with 0.5 m connecting cable and
connector
Identification plate 6ES7 194-1BA00-0XA0
for identification of inputs and
outputs, as item code;
20 frames with 40 nameplates
each, 8 x 10 mm, petrol color
Manual for ET 200X
S7 manual collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply:
Up-to-date CD S7 manual
collection as well as the three
subsequent updates
ET 200X
ET 200X motor starter
5/203
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

For switching and protecting any three-phase load
Direct-on-line or reversing starters
Electromechanical or solid-state
Power bus can be plugged in using the new HAN Q8 plug-in
connectors
Conductor cross-sections up to 4 mm
2
35 A per segment
Supplied with different brake contacts as an option
Application
Any three-phase load, e.g. three-phase motors, can be switched
and protected with the ET 200X via motor starters.
Motor starters are available in two variants:
Electromechanical motor starters
for electrical isolation of loads from the supply
Electronic motor starters
- can be used for high starting frequency
- The response in the event of overload can be specifically
configured, e.g. emergency operation on overload, remote
reset via bus following overload tripping
Motor starters can be operated with a handheld operator panel
which makes start-up easier.
ET 200X
5/204
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Version Order No.
Expansion modules for electromechanical motor starters

Expansion module EM 300 DS
Electromechanical direct-on-line starter
3RK1 300- 7 7S01-0AA 7
Expansion module EM 300 RS
Electromechanical reversing starter
3RK1 300- 7 7S01-1AA 7
Three-phase motor
4-pole at 400 V AC standard output P
in kW
Setting range
in A
< 0.06 0.14 up to 0.20 0 B
0.06 0.18 up to 0.25 0 C
0.09 0.22 up to 0.32 0 D
0.10 0.28 up to 0.40 0 E
0.12 0.35 up to 0.50 0 F
0.18 0.45 up to 0.63 0 G
0.21 0.55 up to 0.80 0 H
0.25 0.70 up to 1.00 0 J
0.37 0.90 up to 1.25 0 K
0.55 1.1 up to 1.6 1 A
0.75 1.4 up to 2.0 1 B
0.90 1.8 up to 2.5 1 C
1.1 2.2 up to 3.2 1 D
1.5 2.8 up to 4.0 1 E
1.9 3.5 up to 5.0 1 F
2.2 4.5 up to 6.3 1 G
3.0 5.5 up to 8.0 1 H
4.0 7 up to 10 1 J
5.5 9 up to 12 1 K
Standard version 0
Version with brake contact for 24 V DC/3 A externally-fed brakes 1
Design with brake contact for 400 V AC/0.5 A infeed for brake rectifier 3
Version with brake contact for DC-side switching of the brake
with 500 V DC/0.2 A
4
Expansion module for solid-state motor starter

Expansion module EM 300 EDS
Solid-state direct-on-line starter
3RK1 300- 7 7S10-0AA 7
Expansion module EM 300 ERS
Solid-state reversing starter
3RK1 300- 7 7S10-1AA 7
Three-phase motor
4-pole at 400 V AC standard output P
in kW
Setting range
in A
0.18 up to 0.80 0.60 up to 2.18 0 A
0.75 up to 2.20 2.00 up to 5.95 0 B
Standard version 0
Version with brake contact for 24 V DC/3 A externally-fed brakes 1
Design with brake contact for 400 V AC/0.5 A infeed for brake rectifier 3
Version with brake contact for DC-side switching of the brake
with 500 V DC/0.2 A
4
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
0
9
ET 200X
5/205
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Version Order No.
Accessories for DC 24 V

6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0

6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
Manual
Connecting plug
for PROFIBUS DP, control and auxiliary voltage
(including two conduit threads)
6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0
Cable
for bus and control voltage
5-core
Unprepared
Any length
1
)
PVC 6ES7 194-1LY00-0AA0
PUR
Can be trailed
Oil-resistant
Partially weld-resistant
6ES7 194-1LY10-0AA0
M12 coupler plug
5-pole
for connecting actuators and sensors
3RX8 000-0CD55
4-pole
shielded
for connecting the analog expansion modules
Available from:
Franz Binder GmbH & Co,
PO BOX 11 52D,
M12 angular coupler plug
5-pole
for connecting actuators and sensors
3RX8 000-0CE55
4-pole
shielded
for connecting the analog expansion modules
Available from:
Franz Binder GmbH & Co,
PO BOX 11 52D,
M12 Y-coupling connector
5-pole
for connecting two sensors with a single cable
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
M12 sealing caps
for closing unused input or output sockets
(each set contains ten sealing caps)
3RK1 901-1KA00
ET 200X
5/206
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Version Order No.
Accessories for motor starter EM 300, 9-pole connector (Han Q8/0)

3RK1 902-0CA00

3RK1 902-0CC00

3RK1 902-0CH00
Connector set for power supply
9-pole
Comprising:
one connector housing with Pg 16 screw connection
one socket holder, 9-pole
six contact sockets, suitable for cable
4 x 2.5 mm
2
, 6 x 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CA00
4 x 4 mm
2
, 6 x 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CB00
Connector set for power transmission
9-pole
Comprising:
one pin holder, 9-pole
six contact pins, suitable for cable
6 x 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CC00
4 x 4 mm
2
, 6 x 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CD00
Connector set for motor connection
1.5 mm
2
9-pole
Comprising:
one pin holder, 9-pole
eight contact pins 1.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CE00
Sealing cap
for 9-pole power socket (-X3)
One set comprises ten sealing caps 3RK1 902-0CJ00
One set comprises one sealing cap 3RK1 902-0CK00
Power connecting cable
0.12 m long
From the motor starter to the frequency converter, DESINA
- 5 x 4 mm
2
, without brake lead 3RK1 902-0CF00
- 7 x 4 mm
2
, with brake lead 3RK1 902-0CU00
From motor starter to motor starter
- 4 x 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CG00
- 6 x 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CH00
Motor connection cable, 4 x 1.5 mm
2

with power connector
9-pole
1.5 m 3RK1 902-0CL00
3 m 3RK1 902-0CM00
5 m 3RK1 902-0CP00
10 m 3RK1 902-0CQ00
2

with power connector
9-pole
3 m 3RK1 902-0CN00
5 m 3RK1 902-0CR00
10 m 3RK1 902-0CS00
ET 200X
5/207
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
1) The suffix "-Z" must be appended to the order number and the length
must be specified in plain text. Example of a cable with a PVC sheath
and a length of 35 m:
6ES7 194-1LY00-0AA0-Z
Y01 35 m
Version Order No.
Mounting accessories

3RK1 194-1GA.0-0XA0

3RK1 902-0AH00
Single mounting rails for SIMATIC ET 200X (narrow)
+ three expansion modules (60 mm)
6ES7 194-1GA00-0XA0
+ seven expansion modules (60 mm)
6ES7 194-1GA10-0XA0
2000 mm long for customer-specific lengths 6ES7 194-1GA20-0XA0
Double mounting rails for SIMATIC ET 200X (wide)
+ one expansion module (60 mm)
+ two motor starters/frequency converters
6ES7 194-1GB00-0XA0
1,000 mm long for basic module
+ one expansion module (60 mm)
+ six motor starters/frequency converters
6ES7 194-1GB10-0XA0
Fastening screws
M5 x 20
One set contains 100 fastening screws
6ES7 194-1KC00-0XA0
Crimping tool
for contact pins and contact sockets in one size from
1.5 to 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0AH00
1.5 to 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CT00
Disassembly tool
for disassembling male and female contacts in 9-pole inserts
3RK1 902-0AJ00
Miscellaneous accessories

3RK1 902-0AM00

6ES7 194-1BA00-0XA0
Handheld operator panel for startup
with 0.5 m connecting cable and plug connector
3RK1 902-0AM00
Identification plate
for labeling the inputs and outputs as well as item code
One set contains 20 frames with 40 labels each, 8 x 10 mm, petrol color
6ES7 194-1BA00-0XA0
ET 200X
SITOP power, 24 V/10 A power supply
5/208
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Primary clocked power supply for the ET 200X
Adapted in terms of design and functionality
Can be installed without expensive wiring
The separate screw terminals to tap voltage mean that it can
also be used for other applications
Note:
For further information on SITOP power supplies
see Catalog KT 10.1
Application
Power supply unit with degree of protection IP65, design and
functionality optimally matched to ET 200X distributed I/O
devices. When using without ET 200X, the connector seal acces-
sory is required.
ET 200X
SITOP power, 24 V/10 A power supply
5/209
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Power supply, type 10 A
Order No. 6EP1 334-2CA00
Input Single-phase AC
Rated voltage V
in rated
120/230 V AC
Settable using wire jumper
Voltage range 93 to 132/187 to 264 V AC
Overvoltage strength 2.3 x V
in rated
, 1.3

ms
Mains buffering at I
out rated
> 20 ms at V
in
= 93/187 V
Rated line frequency; range 50/60 Hz; 47 to 63 Hz
Rated current

I
in rated
4.3/2.6 A
Inrush current limitation (+25 C) < 65 A, typ. 3 ms
I
2
t < 2.5 A
2
s
Integrated line-side fuse T 6.3 A/250 V (not accessible)
Recommended circuit-breaker
(IEC 898) in mains supply line
From 16 A, Characteristic C
Output Stabilized, floating direct voltage
Rated voltage V
out rated
24 V DC
Total tolerance 3 %
Stat. mains compensation Approx. 0.2 %
Stat. load compensation Approx. 1 %
Residual ripple
(clock frequency: approx. 50 kHz)
< 150 mV
pp
Spikes (bandwidth: 20 MHz) < 240 mV
pp
Setting range 22.8 to 25.2 V
Status display Green LED for 24 V O.K.
Power ON/OFF behavior No overshoot of V
out
(soft start)
Starting delay/voltage rise < 3 s/typ. 80 ms
Rated current I
out rated
10 A
Current range
Up to +45 C 0 to 10 A (up to +40 C)
Up to +60 C 0 to 8 A (up to +55 C)
Dyn. V/I with
Starting on short circuit -
Short-circuit in operation typ. 38 A for 200 ms
Parallel connection for increased
output
Yes, 2
Efficiency
Efficiency at V
out rated
, I
out rated
Approx. 87 %
Power loss at V
out rated
, I
out rated
Approx. 36 W
Control
Dyn. mains compensation
(V
in rated
15 %)
0.3 % V
out
Dyn. load compensation
(I
out
: 50/100/50 %)
5 % V
out
Settling time
Load step from 50 to 100 % typ. 0.2 ms
Load step from 100 to 50 % typ. 0.2 ms
Power supply, type 10 A
Output overvoltage protection Yes, acc. to EN 60950
Current limitation type typ. 9 to 11 A
Short-circuit protection Choice of automatic restart or
latching shutdown
RMS sustained short-circuit current < 21 A
Overload/short-circuit indicator Red LED for overtemperature
switch-off
Safety
Galvanic isolation
primary/secondary
Yes, SELV output voltage V
out
acc. to EN 60950
Protective class Class I
Discharge current < 3.5 mA (typ. 0.9 mA)
TV test Yes
CE marking Yes
UL/cUL (CSA) approval Yes, UL listed (UL 508),
File E143289, CSA
(CSA 22.2 No. 14-95)
FM approval -
Appr. for use in marine vessels -
Degree of protection (EN 60529) IP65
EMC
Interference emission EN 55011 Class A
Line harmonics limitation -
Operating specifications
Ambient temperature range -25 to +55 C
(power derating above +40 C)
Transportation and storage temper-
ature range
-40 to +70 C
Humidity rating Climatic class 3K3 acc. to
EN 60721, no condensation
Mechanical specifications
Connections
Mains input L, N, PE Screw-type terminals
0.5 to 2.5 mm
2
(PG11 screwed gland)
Output L+ Screw terminals, or connection via
expansion interface on the back-
plane bus of the ET 200X
Output M Screw terminals, or connection via
expansion interface on the back-
plane bus of the ET 200X
Weight approx. 1.7 kg
Mounting Wall mounting, a
ny mounting position
Accessories IP65 connector seal
SITOP power 24 V/10 A power
supply for ET 200X
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC, 10 A
6EP1 334-2CA00
SITOP power accessories
connector seal IP65
required for the power supply to
operate in standalone mode
6EP1 971-2CA00
ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
5/210
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Design

ET 200L block I/O (with 16 channels)
The SIMATIC ET 200L compact I/O station comprises
one terminal block and
one electronic module
Connection to the PROFIBUS DP field bus is through the inter-
face integrated in the electronic module.
The ET 200L block I/O is not expandable.
Terminal block
The terminal block accommodates the electronic module.
It carries the wiring, so that no cables need to be separated
when the electronic module is replaced. The terminal block can
be mounted on a standard rail.
In addition to horizontal mounting all other mounting positions
are permissible.
A total of 4 terminal blocks are available for SIMATIC ET 200L:
16 channels with screw-type terminals or spring-type
terminals
32 channels with screw-type terminals or spring-type
terminals
Electronic module
The electronic modules contain the digital input and output
channels.
The following digital electronic modules are available for
24 V DC:
16 DI; with 16 digital inputs
16 DO; with 16 digital outputs, 0.5 A
32 DI; with 32 digital inputs
32 DO; with 32 digital outputs, 0.5 A
16 DI/16 DO; with 16 digital inputs and outputs, 0.5 A.
Blocks for AC:
16 DO/1 A
16 DO/ 2 A
16 DI
8 DI/8 RO/2 A
PROFIBUS DP station address
The address of the compact ET 200L I/O station is set on the
electronic module by way of a rotary coding switch.
Bus line termination:
If the ET 200L is used at the end of a bus segment, it requires a
bus connector with terminating resistance.
Accessories
Perforated labeling sheets (DIN A4) suitable for machine print-
ing are available as accessories.
The terminal blocks come with 2-wire connection as standard.
Optional supplementary terminals enable the use of 3-wire
or 4-wire connections.
Technical specifications general

Connection method Screw-type terminals and spring-
loaded terminals, fixed wiring;
Standard: 2-wire method
Optional: 3-wire and 4-wire con-
nection
Data transmission rate, max. 1.5 Mbit/s
Direct data exchange Sender (for digital outputs and
ET 200L mixed modules;
not for L-SC or IM-SC)
Galvanic isolation Yes, between PROFIBUS DP and
internal electronics
Supply voltage 24 V DC, reverse polarity protec-
tion
Ambient temperature on vertical
wall (preferred installation position)
With horizontal installation 0 C to +60 C
With other installation 0 to 40 C
Relative humidity 5 to 95 % (RH severity level 2 in
accordance with IEC 1131-2)
Atmospheric pressure 795 to 1080 hPa
Mechanical rating:
Vibration IEC 68, Part 2 6
10 - 57 Hz
(const. amplitude 0.075 mm)
57 - 150 Hz
(constant acceleration 1 g)
Shock IEC 68, Part 227 Half-sine, 15 g,
11 ms
ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
5/211
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 131-
1BH01-0XB0
6ES7 131-
1BL01-0XB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes Yes
Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes
Hardware config.
Rack
Required terminal block TB 16L TB 32L
Connection point
Inputs/outputs Screw and
spring-latch
techniques, in
vertical wiring;
standard:
2-wire tech-
nique optional:
3-wire and 4-
wire techniques
Screw and
spring-latch
techniques, in
vertical wiring;
standard:
2-wire tech-
nique optional:
3-wire and 4-
wire techniques
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s
(cross traffic)
Yes;
Transmitter (for
digital outputs
and hybrid
modules
ET 200L: not for
L-SC or IM-SC)
Yes;
Transmitter (for
digital outputs
and hybrid
modules
ET 200L: not for
L-SC or IM-SC)
Digital inputs
Cable length
Cable length for NAMUR input,
shielded, max.
1,000 m 1,000 m
Input voltage
for signal "0" -30V to 5 V -30V to 5 V
Input current
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 2 ms 2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.5 ms 4.5 ms
6ES7 131-
1BH01-0XB0
6ES7 131-
1BL01-0XB0
Isolation
between PROFIBUS DP all
all other circuits
Yes Yes
PROFIBUS DP
Yes Yes
horizontal installation, min. 0 C 0 C
horizontal installation, max. 60 C;
40C for other
mountings
60 C;
40C for other
mountings
Air pressure
permissible range, min. 795 hPa 795 hPa
permissible range, max. 1,080 hPa 1,080 hPa
Relative humidity
Operation, min. 5% 5%
Operation, max. 95%; RH stress-
ing level 2 in
accordance
with IEC 1131-2
95%; RH stress-
ing level 2 in
accordance
with IEC 1131-2
Vibrations
Operation checked according to
IEC 60068-2-6
Yes; IEC 68,
Part 2-6
10 - 57 Hz
(const. ampli-
tude 0.075 mm)
57 - 150 Hz
(constant accel-
eration 1 g)
Yes; IEC 68,
Part 2-6
10 - 57 Hz
(const. ampli-
tude 0.075 mm)
57 - 150 Hz
(constant accel-
eration 1 g)
Shock test
checked according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes;
IEC 68,
Part 2-27 half
sine, 15 g,
11 ms
Yes;
IEC 68,
Part 2-27 half
sine, 15 g,
11 ms
IP 20 Yes Yes
ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
5/212
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 132-
1BH00-0XB0
6ES7 132-
1BL00-0XB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes Yes
min.
20 ms 20 ms
Load voltage 2L+
1L+, 2L+, 3L+
24 V;
1L+, 2L+, 3L+
Current consumption
max.
50 mA;
per load group
(from L1+ or
L2+ / L3+)
100 mA;
per load group
(L1+ or L2+ /
L3+)
from supply voltage L+, max. 70 mA;
L4+ / L5+
70 mA;
L4+ / L5+
Hardware config.
Rack
Required terminal block TB 16L TB 32L
Bus protocol/transmission protocol PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP
Connection point
Inputs/outputs Screw and
spring-latch
techniques, in
vertical wiring;
standard: 2-wire
technique
optional: 3-wire
and 4-wire tech-
niques
Screw and
spring-latch
techniques, in
vertical wiring;
standard: 2-wire
technique
optional: 3-wire
and 4-wire tech-
niques
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s
SYNC capability Yes Yes
direct data exchange (cross traffic) Yes; Transmit-
ter (for digital
outputs and
hybrid modules
ET 200L: not for
L-SC or IM-SC)
Yes; Transmit-
ter (for digital
outputs and
hybrid modules
ET 200L: not for
L-SC or IM-SC)
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 16 32
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m 1,000 m
Response threshold, typ. 0.7 A 0.7 A
voltage to
typically L1+
(-55 V) or L2+ /
L3+ (-55 V)
typically L1+
(-55 V) or L2+ /
L3+ (-55 V)
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. Ua - 3 V Ua - 3 V
6ES7 132-
1BH00-0XB0
6ES7 132-
1BL00-0XB0
Output current
for 0 to 60 C, max.
0.5 A 0.5 A
for signal "0" residual current, max. 1 mA 1 mA
"0" to "1", max. 50 ms 50 ms
"1" to "0", max. 200 ms 200 ms
for increased power No No
for redundant control of a load Yes;
only outputs of
the same group
Yes;
only outputs of
the same group
Switching frequency
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
(per group)
all other mounting positions
- up to 40 C, max. 2 A 2 A
horizontal arramgement,
to 40 C, max.
3,000 mA 3,000 mA
horizontal arrangement,
to 60 C, max.
2,000 mA 2,000 mA
lower limit 41 41
upper limit 28,000 28,000
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No No
Diagnoses
(green)
Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation
all other circuits
Yes Yes
PROFIBUS DP
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes
ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
5/213
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 132-
1BH00-0XB0
6ES7 132-
1BL00-0XB0
horizontal installation, min. 0 C 0 C
horizontal installation, max. 60 C;
40C for other
mountings
60 C;
40C for other
mountings
Air pressure
permissible range, min. 795 hPa 795 hPa
permissible range, max. 1,080 hPa 1,080 hPa
Relative humidity
Operation, min. 5% 5%
Operation, max. 95%;
RH stressing
level 2 in accor-
dance with
IEC 1131-2
95%;
RH stressing
level 2 in accor-
dance with
IEC 1131-2
Vibrations
IEC 60068-2-6
Yes;
IEC 68, Part 2-6
10 - 57 Hz
(const. ampli-
tude 0.075 mm)
57 - 150 Hz
(constant accel-
eration 1 g)
Yes;
IEC 68, Part 2-6
10 - 57 Hz
(const. ampli-
tude 0.075 mm)
57 - 150 Hz
(constant accel-
eration 1 g)
Shock test
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes;IEC 68, Part
2-27 half sine,
15 g, 11 ms
Yes;IEC 68, Part
2-27 half sine,
15 g, 11 ms
IP 20 Yes Yes
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 0016h 0011h
Width 145 mm 145 mm
Height 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 60.5 mm 60.5 mm
Weights
6ES7 133-1BL01-0XB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Hardware config.
Rack
Required terminal block TB 32L
Connection point
Inputs/outputs Screw and spring-latch tech-
niques, in vertical wiring; stan-
dard: 2-wire technique optional:
3-wire and 4-wire techniques
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max. 1.5 Mbit/s
direct data exchange (cross traffic) Yes; Transmitter (for digital out-
puts and hybrid modules ET 200L:
not for L-SC or IM-SC)
Digital inputs
6ES7 133-1BL01-0XB0
Cable length
Cable length for NAMUR input,
shielded, max.
1,000 m
Input voltage
Input current
Input delay (for rated value of
input voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.5 ms
Digital outputs
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. Ua - 3 V
Output current
for 0 to 60 C, max.
0.5 mA
for signal "0" residual current, max. 1 mA
Switching frequency
(per group)
Isolation
circuits
Yes
PROFIBUS DP
Yes
horizontal installation, min. 0 C
horizontal installation, max. 60 C; 40C for other mountings
Air pressure
permissible range, min. 795 hPa
permissible range, max. 1,080 hPa
Relative humidity
Operation, min. 5%
Operation, max. 95%; RH stressing level 2 in
accordance with IEC 1131-2
Vibrations
IEC 60068-2-6
Yes; IEC 68, Part 2-6
10 - 57 Hz (const. amplitude
0.075 mm) 57 - 150 Hz (constant
acceleration 1 g)
Shock test
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes; IEC 68, Part 2-27 half sine,
15 g, 11 ms
IP 20 Yes
ET 200L
ET 200L block I/O
5/214
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 193-1CH00-
0XA0
6ES7 193-1CH10-
0XA0
6ES7 193-1CH20-
0XA0
6ES7 193-1CL00-
0XA0
6ES7 193-1CL10-
0XA0
Height 100 mm;
Height with
electronics block
from top edge of
DIN rail (with bus
connector ):
6ES7 972-0CA30-
0XA0): 82 mm
100 mm;
Height with
electronics block
from top edge of
DIN rail (with bus
connector ):
6ES7 972-0CA30-
0XA0): 82 mm
100 mm;
Height with
electronics block
from top edge (with
bus connector ):
98.5 mm
100 mm;
Height with
electronics block
from top edge of
DIN rail (with bus
connector ):
6ES7 972-0CA30-
0XA0): 82 mm
100 mm;
Height with
electronics block
from top edge of
DIN rail (with bus
connector ):
6ES7 972-0CA30-
0XA0): 82 mm
Depth 40.5 mm 40.5 mm 40.5 mm 40.5 mm 40.5 mm
Weights
Electronic block for ET 200L
With digital inputs/outputs
for 24 V DC
16 DI 6ES7 131-1BH01-0XB0
32 DI 6ES7 131-1BL01-0XB0
16 DO; 0.5 A 6ES7 132-1BH00-0XB0
32 DO; 0.5 A 6ES7 132-1BL00-0XB0
16 DI/16 DO; 0.5 A 6ES7 133-1BL01-0XB0
Terminal block for ET 200L and
ET 200L-SC
For mounting the electronic blocks
TB 16L
16 channels,
6ES7 193-1CH00-0XA0
16 channels,
6ES7 193-1CH10-0XA0
TB 32L
32 channels,
6ES7 193-1CL00-0XA0
32 channels,
6ES7 193-1CL10-0XA0
TB 16L AC
16 channels,
6ES7 193-1CH20-0XA0
Add-on terminal for ET 200L
and ET 200L-SC
16 channels; 1 tier
Screw-type terminals
6ES7 193-1FH20-0XA0
Spring-loaded terminals
6ES7 193-1FH50-0XA0
16 channels; 2 tiers
6ES7 193-1FH30-0XA0
6ES7 193-1FH60-0XA0
32 channels; 1 tier
6ES7 193-1FL20-0XA0
6ES7 193-1FL50-0XA0
32 channels; 2 tiers
6ES7 193-1FL30-0XA0
6ES7 193-1FL60-0XA0
Accessories
Labeling sheet with strips for
10 electronic blocks for
16-channel electronic blocks
incl. add-on terminals
6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0
32-channel electronic blocks
incl. add-on terminals
6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0
PROFIBUS bus connector
90 cable outlet, FastConnect
terminating resistor with isolat-
ing function, without PG socket,
up to 12 Mbit/s
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
Angular outgoing cable, insula-
tion displacement terminals,
without bus terminating resistor,
without PG connection socket,
up to 1.5 Mbit/s
6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0
90 cable outlet, FastConnect
terminating resistor with isolat-
ing function, with PG socket,
up to 12 Mbit/s
6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
ET 200M
Introduction
5/215
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Application
Modular I/O system with degree of protection IP20, particu-
larly suitable for user-specific and complex automation tasks.
Can be expanded with S7-300 automation system signal,
communication and function modules
Applicable Ex analog input or output modules with HART
optimize the ET 200M for use in process engineering.
Can be used in redundant systems (S7-400H, S7-400F/FH)
Comprises a PROFIBUS DP interface with IM 153, up to eight
S7-300 I/O modules (set up with bus connectors or active bus
modules) and, if applicable, a power supply unit.
Modules can be replaced during operation (hot swapping)
with the bus modules active
Can be supplied with integrated fiber optic interface if
required
Ex approval to Cat. 3 for Zone 2 acc. to ATEX100 a
Fail-safe digital inputs and outputs as well as analog inputs for
safety-related signal processing according to PROFIsafe.


Connection method Screw-type and spring-loaded
method, hard-wired
Ambient temperature on vertical
wall (preferred installation position)
With horizontal installation 0 ... + 60 C
With other installation 0 ... + 40 C
Relative humidity 5 ... 95 %
(RH severity level 2
in accordance with IEC 1131-2)
Atmospheric pressure 795 to 1080 hPa
Mechanical strength
Vibration IEC 68, Part 2 - 6:
10 ... 57 Hz
(const. amplitude 0.075 mm)
57 ... 150 Hz
(constant acceleration 1 g)
Shock IEC 68, Part 227
Half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms
Peripheral modules, profile rail,
accessories
See Catalog ST 70
90 cable outlet
terminating resistor with isolating
function, up to 12 Mbit/s
without PG socket 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
with PG socket 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
Insulation displacement method,
FastConnect
Angular outgoing cable
insulation displacement terminals,
up to 1.5 Mbit/s
without PG connection socket 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0
Accessories
ET 200M distributed I/O devices
manual
The manual can be downloaded
as a pdf file at no cost under
http://support.automation.
siemens.com
Entry ID: 1242798
DIN rail for active bus modules
For max. 5 active bus modules
Length 19" 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm long 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
Active bus modules
BM PS/IM for power supply and
IM 153, incl. 1 bus module cover
6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0
BM IM 153/IM 153 bus module
for 2 x IM 153-2/FO redundant
6ES7 195-7HD10-0XA0
BM 2 x 40 for 2 modules
with 40 mm width
6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0
BM 1 x 80 for 1 module
with 80 mm width
6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0
Ex partition 6ES7 195-7KA00-0XA0
ET 200M
IM 153-1/153-2
5/216
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
For connecting ET 200M as slave to PROFIBUS DP
(via copper conductors)
IM 153-2 can also be used in redundant PROFIBUS DP
systems with the S7-400H, software redundancy and
the S5-155H
With time stamp functionality and time-of-day synchronization
Suitable for synchronous operation
6ES7 153-
1AA03-0XB0
6ES7 153-
2BA01-0XB0
Power supply
Input voltage
permissible range, lower limit
(DC)
20.4 V; Ripple
included
(DC)
28.8 V; Ripple
included
Input current
Rated value at DC 24 V 625 mA
Output voltage
Output current
for backplane bus (DC 5 V), max. 1 A
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
permissible range (ripple includ-
ed), lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
permissible range (ripple
included), upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
Power supply and voltage
jumpering
Mains/voltage failure jumpering 5 ms 5 ms
not necessary 2.5A
Current consumption
Inrush current, typ. 2.5 A 3.5 A
It 0.1 As 0.08 As
Current consumption, max. 350 mA 470 mA
Address area
Adressing volume
Hardware config.
Number of modules per DP slave
interface, max.
8 8
6ES7 153-
1AA03-0XB0
6ES7 153-
2BA01-0XB0
Bus protocol/transmission protocol PROFIBUS DP
to EN 50 170
PROFIBUS DP
interfaces
PROFIBUS DP, Output current, max. 90 mA 70 mA
interface physics, RS 485 Yes Yes
Connection point
PROFIBUS DP 9-pin -D-sub
female connec-
tor
9-pin SUB-D
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission procedure RS-485
Transmission speed, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
Node addresses 1 to 125 permit-
ted
1 to 125
automatic detection of
transmission speed
Yes Yes
SYNC capability Yes Yes
FREECE capability Yes Yes
(cross traffic)
Yes; S
ender
Yes;
only with F- DO
1st interface
DP slave
GSD file (for DPV1)
SIEM801D.GSD;
SI01801D.GSG
SI03801E.GSG
automatic baud rate search Yes Yes
CPU/programming
STEP 7 Yes
Time stamping
Accuracy 1 ms
Number of message buffers 15
max.
128
Time format RFC 1119
Internet ISP
Time resolution 0.466 ns
Time stamp on signal change Yes
ET 200M
IM 153-1/153-2
5/217
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 153-
1AA03-0XB0
6ES7 153-
2BA01-0XB0
Isolation
Isolation checked with Isolation volt-
age 500 V
min. 0 C 0 C
max. 60 C 60 C
Air pressure
Operating height above sea level,
max.
3,500 m
IP 20 Yes Yes
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 801Dh 801E
Width 40 mm 40 mm
Depth 117 mm 117 mm
Weights
6ES7 195-
7HA00-
0XA0
6ES7 195-
7HB00-
0XA0
6ES7 195-
7HC00-
0XA0
ET 200M
IM 153-1/153-2
5/218
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Slave interface for connecting
an ET 200M to PROFIBUS DP
Standard temperature range
6ES7 153-1AA03-0XB0
Slave interface for connecting
an ET 200M to PROFIBUS DP;
also for use in redundant systems
High Feature
6ES7 153-2BA01-0XB0
Active IM 153 /IM 153 bus mod-
ule
6ES7 195-7HD10-0XA0
For two IM 153-2 High Feature
modules for designing redundant
systems
Bus module for ET 200M
To accommodate a power sup-
ply and an IM 153 module
for hot swapping functionduring
RUN time including bus module
cover
6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0
To accommodate two 40-mm
wide I/O modules
6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0
To accommodate one 80-mm
wide I/O module
6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0
ET 200M redundancy bundle 6ES7153-2AR01-0XA0
Comprising two IM 153-2
High Feature modules and one
IM 153/IM 153 bus module
Accessories
ET 200M distributed I/O devices
manual
The manual can be downloaded
as a pdf file at no cost under
http://support.automation.
siemens.com
Entry ID: 1242798
90 cable outlet
terminating resistor with isolating
Insulation displacement method,
FastConnect
Angular outgoing cable
up to 1.5 Mbit/s
without PG connection socket 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0
SIMATIC DP rail for ET 200M
For insertion of up to 5 bus
modules for
483 mm long 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm long 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
SIMATIC S7-300 rail
160 mm long 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
480 mm long 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm long 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm long 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
2000 mm long 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery:
updates
ET 200M
SIPLUS IM 153-1/153-2 interface module
(extended temperature range)
5/219
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
For connecting ET 200M as slave to PROFIBUS DP
(via copper conductors)
IM 153-2 can also be used in redundant PROFIBUS DP
systems with the S7-400H, software redundancy and
the S5-155H
With time stamp functionality and time-of-day synchronization
Suitable for synchronous operation

SIPLUS IM 153-1 SIPLUS IM 153-2
Order No. 6AG1 153-1AA03-2XB0 6AG1 153-2BA00-2XB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 153-1AA03-0XB0 6ES7 153-2BA00-0XB0
Ambient temperature range -25 to +60 C;
-25 to +55 C (for applications with cUL approval), condensation permissible
Ambient conditions Suitable for extraordinary medial load (for example by chloric and sulphuric atmospheres).
Approvals CE, cUL (available soon)
Conformity with standard
for electronic devices
on rail vehicles (
EN 50155, temperature T1,
category 1).
Yes No
Technical data The technical data is identical with the technical data of the based on modules.
SIPLUS IM 153-1 6AG1 153-1AA03-2XB0
Expanded temparature range and
medium load; slave interface
module for connecting a ET 200M
to PROFIBUS DP
IM 153-2 6AG1 153-2BA00-2XB0
Expanded temparature range and
medium load; slave interface
module for connecting a ET 200M
to PROFIBUS DP; also for use in
redundant systems
Accessories see ordering data
to IM 153-1/153-2
ET 200M
IM 153-2 FO
5/220
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
For connecting the ET 200M as a slave to the optical
PROFIBUS
Optical expansion to IM 153-2 (High Feature) (RS 485)
Integral fiber-optic interface for plastic and PCF cables
Redundancy capability
With time stamping functionality and time synchronization
6ES7 153-2BB00-0XB0
Power supply
Output voltage
Output current
for backplane bus (DC 5 V), max. 1 A
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes
permissible range
(ripple included), lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
permissible range
(ripple included), upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
not necessary
Current consumption
It 0.1 As
Address area
Adressing volume
Outputs 128 Byte
Inputs 128 Byte
interfaces
interface physics, LWL Yes
Connection point
PROFIBUS DP optical, 2 x duplex sockets
6ES7 153-2BB00-0XB0
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission procedure LWL, wavelength 660 nm
Transmission speed, max. 12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 /
500 kBaud
1.5 / 12 Mbaud
Node addresses 1 to 125 permitted
speed
Yes
SYNC capability Yes
FREECE capability Yes
direct data exchange (cross traffic) Yes; Sender
1st interface
DP slave
GSD file (for DPV1)
SIEM8071.GSD; SI018071.GSG
(for IM 153-2AB0x);
SI028071.GSG
(for IM 153-2BB0x)
automatic baud rate search Yes
CPU/programming
STEP 7 Yes; STEP 7 / COM PROFIBUS /
non-Siemens tools via GSD file
Time stamping
Accuracy 10 ms; 10 ms / 3 ms
Number of message buffers 15
Messages per message buffer 20
max.
128
Time format RFC 1119 Internet (ISP)
Time resolution 1 ms
Time interval for transmitting
the message buffer
if a message is present
1,000 ms
Time stamp on signal change rising / falling edge as signal
entering or exiting state
ET 200M
IM 153-2 FO
5/221
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 153-2BB00-0XB0
Isolation
Isolation checked with Isolation voltage 500 V
min. 0 C
max. 60 C
Air pressure
Operating height above sea level,
max.
3,000 m
IP 20 Yes
6ES7 153-2BB00-0XB0
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 8071h
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 117 mm
Weights
6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0 6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0 6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0
6ES7 195-7HD10-0XA0
Accessories
belongs to product ET 200M
Weights
IM 153-2 FO interface module 6ES7 153-2BB00-0XB0
High Feature for max. 8 S7-300
modules, redundancy capable,
with integrated FOC interface for
assembling an optical line
IM 153/IM 153
active bus module
6ES7 195-7HD10-0XA0
For 2 IM 153-2 FO for assembling
redundant systems
Bus module for ET 200M
For accommodating an SV
and an IM 153 for hot swapping
incl. bus module cover
6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0
For accommodating two
40 mm wide I/O modules for hot
swapping
6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0
For accommodating one
80 mm wide I/O module for hot
swapping
6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0
Accessories
connector / polishing kit
6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
100 Simplex plugs and
5 polishing kits, for assembling
cables for the optical PROFIBUS
DP; for 25 modules
stripping tool set
6GK1 905-6PA10
To remove the external or core
sleeve of plastic fiber-optic
cables
Packet of 50 for using Simplex
plugs in integrated FO interfaces;
for 25 modules
SIMATIC DP profile rail
for ET 200M
For accommodating
max. 5 bus modules for
Length 483 mm 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
Length 530 mm 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
SIMATIC S7-300 profile rail
Length 160 mm 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
Length 480 mm 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
Length 530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Length 830 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
Length 2000 mm 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply: CD containing
the current S7 Manual Collection
updates
ET 200M F Digital/Analog Modules
SM 326 F digital input - Safety Integrated
5/222
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital inputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
They are suitable for connecting:
- switches and 2-wire proximity switches (BEROs)
- sensors according to NAMUR and mechanical contacts,
also for signals from hazardous areas
With integral safety functions for fail-safe operation
Can be used in fail-safe mode
- centrally: With S7-31xF-2 DP
- distributed in ET 200M: With SIMATIC IM 151-7 F-CPU,
S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH
Can be used in standard mode as an S7-300 module
6ES7 326-
1RF00-0AB0
6ES7 326-
1BK01-0AB0
Supply voltages
Supply voltage of electronics and
encoders 1L+/2L+
Current consumption
max.
160 mA 450 mA
Connection point
required front connectors 40-pin 40-pin
Digital inputs
8 (one-chan-
nel);
4 (two-channel)
24
controllable inputs
8; vertical setup 24
8; horizontal
set up
24; (at 24 V) or
18 (at 28.8 V)
Cable length
Input voltage
for signal "0" -30V to 5 V
Input current
for signal "0", max. (permissible
quiescent current)
2 mA
of input voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max. 3.4 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 3.4 ms
6ES7 326-
1RF00-0AB0
6ES7 326-
1BK01-0AB0
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 8 4; electrically
isolated
Output voltage 8.2 V DC
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes; if short-
circuit test is
deactivated
2 mA
Module for Ex(i) protection Yes
(per channel)
Co (permissible external
capacity), max.
3 F
Io (short-circuit current), max. 13.9 mA
Lo (permissible external
inductivity), max.
80 mH
Po (power of load), max. 33.1 mW
temperature), max.
60 C 60 C
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnoses
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 500 V DC /
350 V AC
Isolation
of
12
backplane bus
Yes Yes
5/223
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 326-
1RF00-0AB0
6ES7 326-
1BK01-0AB0
(CENELEC)
II(2)G [EEx ib]
IIC to EN 50020
Test number KEMA 99 ATEX 2671 X
Highest safety class achievable in
safety mode
to DIN VDE 0801 AK 4
(one channel),
AK 5 und 6
(two channel)
AK 6
to EN 954 Cat. 3
(single chan-
nel),
Cat. 4
(two-channel)
Cat. 4
to IEC 61508 SIL 2
(single chan-
nel),
SIL 3
(two-channel)
SIL 3
6ES7 326-
1RF00-0AB0
6ES7 326-
1BK01-0AB0
Width 80 mm 80 mm
Depth 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
5/224
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

F digital input module SM 326
24 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0
8 inputs, 24 V DC, NAMUR 6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0
programming tool
ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher
From V5.x to V5.4;
Labeling sheet with strips for 10
electronic blocks
For 16-channel electronic
blocks incl. add-on terminals
6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0
6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0
Connecting cable
for PROFIBUS
6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
12 Mbit/s, for connecting PG to
with 2 x 9-pin Sub-D connector,
3 m
90 cable outlet
Terminating resistor with isolating
Insulation displacement method
FastConnect
Angled cable outlet
without bus connecting resistor,
up to 1.5 Mbit/s
without PG connecting socket 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0
for max. 5 active bus modules
483 mm long
6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm long
6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
620 mm long
6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
2000 mm long
6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0
Active bus module 6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0
with 80 mm width
SITOP power supply module 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0
for ET 200M; 120/230 V AC,
24 V DC, 5 A; Type PS 307-1E
Front connector
40-pin, with screw contacts
1 piece 6ES7 392-1AM00-0AA0
100 pieces 6ES7 392-1AM00-1AB0
40-pin with cage clamp contacts
1 piece 6ES7 392-1BM01-0AA0
100 pieces 6ES7 392-1BM01-1AB0
For fail-safe modules (spare part);
10 pieces
For fail-safe modules (spare part);
10 pieces
LK 393 cable guide 6ES7 393-4AA10-0AA0
For F modules;
L+ and M connections;
5 pieces
S7-300 manual
instruction list
German
6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
multilingual:
S7-200, S7-300, C7, S7-400,
SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Current "S7 Manual Collection"
CD and the three subsequent
updates
SM 326 F digital output - Safety Integrated
5/225
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
Two variants (1 x source/source output, 1 x source/sink output)
For connection of solenoid valves, DC contactors and
signaling lamps
S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH
(only applies to 6ES7326-2BF01-0AB0)
6ES7 326-
2BF01-0AB0
6ES7 326-
2BF40-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V; 1L+,
2L+, 3L+
24 V; 1L+,
2L+, 3L+
Current consumption
from load voltage1L+, max. 70 mA;
from supply
voltage
75 mA;
from supply
voltage
100 mA 100 mA
100 mA 100 mA
Connection point
Digital outputs
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m; 200 m
for SIL3, AK 6,
Cat 4
30 m
voltage to
L+ (-53 V)
without series
diode, L+ (-
33 V) with
series diode
L+ (-33 V)
Output voltage
for signal "1" with series diode,
min.
L+ (-1.8 V)
for signal "1" without series diode,
min.
L+ (-1.0 V) L+ (-1.0 V)
6ES7 326-
2BF01-0AB0
6ES7 326-
2BF40-0AB0
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A 2 A
for 0 to 40 C, min.
7 mA 7 mA
for 0 to 40 C, max.
2 A; 2 A for hori-
zontal installa-
tion, 1 A for
vertical installa-
tion
2 A; A for hori-
zontal installa-
tion, 1 A for
vertical installa-
tion
for 40 to 60 C, min.
7 mA 7 mA
for 40 to 60 C, max.
1 A; for horizon-
tal installation
1 A; for horizon-
tal installation
Switching frequency
with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz
(per group)
- up to 40 C, max. 5 A; without
series diode, 4
A with series
diode
5 A
- up to 40 C, max. 7.5 A; without
series diode, 5
A with series
diode
7.5 A
- up to 60 C, max. 5 A; without
series diode, 4
A with series
diode
5 A
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes Yes; parameter-
izable
Diagnoses
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC /
350 V AC
500 V DC /
350 V AC
SM 326 F digital output - Safety Integrated
5/226
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 326-
2BF01-0AB0
6ES7 326-
2BF40-0AB0
Isolation
between the channels,
in groups of
5 4
between the channels
and the backplane bus
Yes Yes
voltage supply to the electronics
Yes Yes
6ES7 326-
2BF01-0AB0
6ES7 326-
2BF40-0AB0
in safety mode
to DIN VDE 0801 AK 5 and 6
to EN 954 Cat. 4 Cat. 4
to IEC 61508 SIL 3 SIL 3
Width 80 mm 80 mm
Depth 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
SM 326 F digital output module
10 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0
8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7 326-2BF40-0AB0
programming tool
fail-safe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
and higher
license for 1 user
Labeling sheet with strips
for 10 electronic blocks
6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0
6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0
Connecting cable
for PROFIBUS
6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
PROFIBUS DP, pre-assembled with
2 x 9-pin Sub-D connector, 3 m
90 cable outlet
FastConnect
Angled cable outlet
up to 1.5 Mbit/s
for max. 5 active bus modules, for
function "Insertion and removal"
483 mm long 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm long 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
620 mm long 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
2000 mm long 6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0
with 80 mm width
for ET 200M; 120/230 V AC,
24 V DC, 5 A Type PS 307-1E
Front connector
For fail-safe modules (spare part),
10 pieces
10 pieces
For F modules;
L+ and M connections, 5 pieces
S7-300 manual
instruction list
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
SM 336 F analog input - Safety Integrated
5/227
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog inputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
For connection of analog voltage and current sensors
For use in the ET 200M distributed I/O station with SIMATIC IM
151-7 F-CPU, S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH
6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
from supply voltage L+, max. 160 mA; typically
Connection point
required front connectors 40-pin
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 6
Number of analog inputs for voltage
measurement
4
30 V
40 mA
voltages
0 to +10 V Yes
currents
0 to 20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
14 Bit
Integration time, ms 20 ms (at 50 Hz);
16.66 ms (at 60 Hz)
38 dB
Encoder
for current measurement as 2-wire
transducer
Yes
for current measurement as 4-wire
transducer
Yes
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,48 %
Current, relative to input area +/- 0,48 %
Basic error limit (operational limit
at 25 C)
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,4 %
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnoses
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC / 350 V AC
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
voltage supply to the electronics
Yes; only if sensors are externally
supplied
in safety mode
to DIN V 19250 AK 6
to EN 954 Cat. 4
to IEC 61508 SIL 3
Width 80 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
SM 336 F analog input - Safety Integrated
5/228
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

F analog input module SM 326
6 inputs, 14 bit 6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0
programming tool
ET 200S
Requirement:
Distributed Safety Upgrade
From V5.x to V5.4;
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
Labeling sheet with strips for 10
electronic blocks
6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0
6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0
Connecting cable
for PROFIBUS
6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
with 2 x 9-pin Sub-D connector,
3 m
90 cable outlet
FastConnect
Angled cable outlet
up to 1.5 Mbit/s
for max. 5 active bus modules
483 mm long 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm long 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
620 mm long 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
2000 mm long 6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0
with 80 mm width
for ET 200M; 120/230 V AC,
24 V DC, 5 A Type PS 307-1E
Front connector
100 pieces
6ES7 392-1BM01-1AB0
10 pieces
10 pieces
For F modules;
L+ and M connections, 5 pieces
S7-300 manual
instruction list
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
SIPLUS SM 326 F digital input module -
Safety Integrated
5/229
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital inputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
They are suitable for connecting:
- switches and 2-wire proximity switches (BEROs)
- sensors according to NAMUR and mechanical contacts,
also for signals from hazardous areas
S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH


SIPLUS SM 326 fail-safe digital
input module
Order No. 6AG1 326-1BK01-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +60 C,
condensation permissible
Ambient conditions Suitable for extraordinary medial
load (for example by chloric and
sulphuric atmospheres).
Technical data The technical data is identical
with the technical data of the
based on modules.
SIPLUS SM 326 F
digital input module
Expanded temperature range and
medial load
24 inputs, 24 V DC 6AG1 326-1BK01-2AB0
Accessories see Ordering data for SM 326
F digital input moduel
SIPLUS SM 326 F digital output module -
Safety Integrated
5/230
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
Two variants (1 x source/source output, 1 x source/sink output)
For connection of solenoid valves, DC contactors and
signaling lamps
S7-31xF-2 DP, S7-416F-2 and S7-400F/FH
(only applies to 6ES7326-2BF01-0AB0)

SIPLUS SM 326 fail-safe
digital output module
Order No. 6AG1 326-2BF01-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0
Conformity with standard for
electronic devices on rail vehicles
(EN 50155, temperature T1,
category 1).
Yes
Technical data The technical data is identical
based on modules.
SIPLUS SM 326 F digital output module -
Safety Integrated
5/231
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SIPLUS SM 326 F
digital output module
medial load
10 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A 6AG1 326-2BF01-2AB0
F digital output module
Isolating module
5/232
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Supports mixed operation of fail-safe signal modules in safety
mode and S7-300 standard modules in an ET 200M when
Cat. 4 or SIL 3 has to be achieved.
The isolating module is not required if the safety class or safety
category to be achieved is less than SIL 3 or Cat. 4,
respectively.
When Cat. 4/SIL 3 is required, the isolating module must be
implemented in the following situations:



Application Isolation module must be used
Central use after CPU 31xF-2 DP
or CPU 31xF-2 PN/DP
Only fail-safe modules in the tier Yes, behind the CPU
Standard and fail-safe modules
in the tier
Yes, after the last standard mod-
ule and before the first fail-safe
module
Central use after CPU 31xF-2 DP
or CPU 31xF-2 PN/DP in an
expansion rack
Only fail-safe modules in the tier Yes, after the IM 36x
in the tier
module
Distributed behind the IM 153-2
with copper connection
Only fail-safe modules
in the station
Yes, after the IM 153-2
in the station
module
Distributed behind the IM 153-2
with fiber-optic connection
Only fail-safe modules
in the station
No
in the station
module
6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0
Weight
Isolating module 6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0
for simultaneous operation
of fail-safe and standard modules
in an ET 200M
Isolating bus module 6ES7 195-7HG00-0XA0
for accommodating the isolating
module in an ET 200M
SIPLUS S7-300 isolating module
5/233
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Hybrid operation of fail-safe signal modules in safety opera-
tion and S7-300 standard modules in an ET 200M
Configuration of PROFIBUS-DP lines with Cu bus cables;
fiber-optic cables are not necessary
Any IM 153-x can be used
The isolating module is not required if safety class SIL 2 has
to be achieved.


SIPLUS S7-300
isolating module
Order No. 6AG1 195-7KF00-2XA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0
Ambient temperature range -25 C to +60 C,
for electronic devices on rail
vehicles (EN 50155,
temperature T1, category 1).
Yes
Technical data The technical data are identical
based on modules.
SIPLUS isolating module 6AG1 195-7KF00-2XA0
Expanded temperature range
and medial load
for simultaneous operation
of fail-safe and standard modules
in an ET 200M
Accessories see Ordering data for
isolating module
ET 200M Digital Modules
SM 321 digital input
5/234
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital inputs
For connecting standard switches and two-wire proximity
switches (BERO)
6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
25 mA
Connection point
required front connectors 20-pin 20-pin 40-pin 20-pin
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No No No Yes
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 16 16 32 16
lable inputs
- up to 40 C, max. 16 16 32 16
- up to 40 C, max. 32
- up to 60 C, max. 16 16 16 16
Cable length
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
for signal "0" -30 V to 5 V 30 V to -5V -30V to 5 V -30 V to 5 V
for signal "1" 13 to 30 V -13 to -30 V 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 7 mA 7 mA 7 mA 7 mA
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 25 s
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.8 ms 4.8 ms 4.8 ms 75 s
5/235
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
Encoder
1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No No No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions No No No No
(green)
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation
between the channels Yes
in groups of
16 16 16 16
backplane bus
Yes; Optocoupler Yes; Optocoupler Yes; Optocoupler Yes; Optocoupler
Depth 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0 6ES7 321-1CH00-0AA0 6ES7 321-1CH20-0AA0 6ES7 321-1FH00-0AA0
Load voltage L+
Load voltage L1
Rated value (AC) 24 V 230 V;
120/230 V AC; all load
voltages must have the
same phase.
Current consumption
max.
90 mA
Power loss, typ. 4 W 1.5 W 4.3 W 4.9 W
Connection point
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode Yes No No No
5/236
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 16 16 16 16
controllable inputs
- up to 40 C, max. 16 16 8 16
- up to 50 C, max. 8
- up to 60 C, max. 16 16 8; 6 to Ue 146 V 16
Cable length
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes Yes
IEC 1131, Typ 2
Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, AC 24 V; AC 24 or 48 V 230 V; 120/230 V AC
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V; DC 24 or 48 V 48 V; DC 48 to 125 V
for signal "0" -30V to 5 V -5 to 5 V AC -146 V to 15 V DC 0 to 40 V
for signal "1" 13 to 30 V 14 to 60 V AC 30 to 146 V DC 85 to 264 V
Frequency range 0 to 63 Hz 47 to 63 Hz
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 7 mA 2.7 mA 3.5 mA 8 mA; (120V, 60Hz),
16 mA (230V, 50Hz)
of input voltage)
for standard inputs
- programmable Yes;
0.1 / 0.5 / 3 / 15 / 20 ms
No No
- at "0" to "1", min. 0.1 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 16 ms 3.5 ms 25 ms
Encoder
2 mA 1 mA 1 mA 2 mA
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms Yes No No No
Diagnostic alarm Yes; parameterizable No No No
Process alarm Yes; parameterizable No No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes; parameterizable No No No
(green)
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 1500 V AC 1500 V DC 4000 V DC
Isolation
between the channels Yes Yes Yes
in groups of
16 1 8 4
backplane bus
Yes; Optocoupler Yes; Optocoupler Yes; Optocoupler Yes; Optocoupler
5/237
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Depth 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
6ES7 321-1EL00-0AA0 6ES7 321-1FF01-0AA0 6ES7 321-1FF10-0AA0
Load voltage L1
Rated value (AC) 120 V 230 V; 120V/230V AC 230 V;
120/230 V AC; all load voltages
must have the same phase.
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 16 mA 29 mA 100 mA
Power loss, typ. 4 W 4.9 W 4.9 W
Connection point
required front connectors 40-pin 20-pin 40-pin
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No No No
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 32 8 8
lable inputs
- up to 40 C, max. 32 8 8
- up to 40 C, max. 32
- up to 60 C, max. 24 8 8
Cable length
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes
IEC 1131, Typ 2
Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, AC 120 V 230 V; 120/230 V AC 120 V; 120/230 V AC
for signal "0" 0 to 20 V 0 to 40 V 0 to 40 V
Frequency range 47 to 63 Hz 47 to 63 Hz 47 to 63 Hz
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 21 mA 6.5 mA; (120 V);
11mA (230 V)
7.5 mA; (120 V);
17.3 mA (230 V)
Input delay
for standard inputs
- programmable No No No
- at "0" to "1", max. 15 ms 25 ms 25 ms
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes Yes Yes
4 mA 2 mA 2 mA
5/238
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 321-1EL00-0AA0 6ES7 321-1FF01-0AA0 6ES7 321-1FF10-0AA0
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No No No
Diagnostic alarm No No No
Process alarm No No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions No No No
(green)
Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 2500 V DC 4000 V DC 1500 V AC
Isolation
in groups of
8 2 1
Yes; Optocoupler Yes; Optocoupler Yes; Optocoupler
Weights
5/239
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SM 321 digital input modules
incl. labeling strips,
bus connector
16 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
16 inputs, 24 V DC, active low 6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0
32 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
16 inputs, 24 ... 48 V DC 6ES7 321-1CH00-0AA0
16 inputs, 48 ... 125 V DC 6ES7 321-1CH20-0AA0
16 inputs, 24 V DC,
for isochronous mode
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
32 inputs, 120 V AC 6ES7 321-1EL00-0AA0
8 inputs, 120/130 V AC 6ES7 321-1FF01-0AA0
8 inputs, 120/130 V AC,
single root
6ES7 321-1FF10-0AA0
16 inputs, 120/130 V AC 6ES7 321-1FH00-0AA0
16 inputs, 24 V DC,
for isochronous mode,
diagnostics-capable
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0
Front connectors
1 piece 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
100 pieces
6ES7 392-1AJ00-1AB0
20-pin, with cage clamp contacts
1 piece 6ES7 392-1BJ00-0AA0
100 pieces
6ES7 392-1BJ00-1AB0
100 pieces
6ES7 392-1AM00-1AB0
100 pieces
6ES7 392-1BM01-1AB0
Front door, elevated design 6ES7 328-0AA00-7AA0
e.g. for 32-channel modules;
enables connection of
1.3 mm
2
/16 AWG wires
SIMATIC TOP connect See Catalog ST 70
Bus connectors 6ES7 390-0AA00-0AA0
1 piece (spare part)
Labeling strips
10 pieces (spare part)
for modules with 20-pin front
connector
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
connector
6ES7 392-2XX10-0AA0
Label cover
connector
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
connector
6ES7 392-2XY10-0AA0
Software for automatic labeling of
modules based on data of the
STEP 7 project
inscription
for 16-channel signal modules,
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG,
STEP 7, Engineering Tools,
Runtime Software, SIMATIC
PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI (Human
(Industrial Communication),
SIMATIC Machine Vision,
SIMATIC Sensors
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
S7-300 manual
instruction list
SM 322 digital output
5/240
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital outputs
For connecting solenoid valves, contactors, low-power
motors, lamps and motor starters
6ES7 322-
1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
8BF00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
5GH00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
1CF00-0AA0
Load voltage L+
Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V; 24/48 48 V;
48 to 125 V DC
Current consumption
max.
80 mA 110 mA 160 mA 90 mA 200 mA 2 mA
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 80 mA 70 mA 110 mA 70 mA 100 mA 100 mA
Power loss, typ. 4.9 W 5 W 6.6 W 5 W 2.8 W 7.2 W
Connection point
required front connectors 20-pin 20-pin 40-pin 20-pin 40-pin 20-pin
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 16 16 32 8 16 8
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m
of the output
Yes; electronic Yes; electronic Yes; electronic Yes; electronic No; to be pro-
vided externally
Yes; electronic
voltage to
L+ (-53 V) L+ (-53 V) L+ (-53 V) L+ (-45 V) M (-1V)
Lamp load, max. 5 W 5 W 5 W 5 W 2.5 W 15 W; 15 W (48
V) or 40 W (125
V)
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. L+ (-0.8 V) L+ (-0.8 V) L+ (-0.8 V) L+
(-0.8 V to -1.6 V)
L+ (-0.25 V) L+ (-1.2 V)
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 1.5 A
for 0 to 40 C, min.
5 mA 5 mA 5 mA 10 mA 10 mA
for 0 to 40 C, max.
0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 1.5 A
5 mA 5 mA 5 mA 10 mA 10 mA
0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 1.5 A
for signal "1" minimum load current 5 mA 5 mA 5 mA 10 mA 10 mA
for signal "1" permissible peak
current, max.
1.5 A; for 50 ms,
1 A2s one-time
3 A; for 10 ms
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 0.5 mA 0.5 mA 0.5 mA 10 A 0.5 mA
5/241
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 322-
1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
8BF00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
5GH00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
1CF00-0AA0
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 1,000 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 10 Hz 25 Hz
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 2 Hz 0.5 Hz
on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 0.5 Hz 10 Hz
(per group)
- up to 40 C, max. 2 A 2 A 2 A 4 A 4 A
- up to 40 C, max. 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 6 A
- up to 60 C, max. 3 A 3 A 3 A 3 A 0.5 A 3 A
all other mounting positions
- up to 40 C, max. 0.5 A
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm No No No Yes; channel by
channel
Yes; parameter-
izable
No
Diagnoses
Diagnostics No No No Yes Yes; Parameters
can be assigned
No
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC
Isolation
in groups of
8 8 8 8 1 4
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Width 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm
Height 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
Depth 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 190 g 200 g 260 g 210 g 260 g 250 g
6ES7 322-
1BF01-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1FF01-0AA0
6ES7 322-
5FF00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
1FH00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1FL00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1HF01-0AA0
Load voltage L+
Load voltage L1
Rated value (AC) 230 V; 120/230 V
AC
230 V; 120/230 V
AC
230 V; 120/230 V
AC
120 V; 120/230 V
AC
Current consumption
max.
60 mA 2 mA 110 mA;
Current
consumption of
relay
max.
2 mA 2 mA 3 mA 10 mA 110 mA
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 40 mA 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 190 mA 40 mA
Power loss, typ. 6.8 W 8.6 W 8.6 W 8.6 W 25 W 3.2 W
5/242
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 322-
1BF01-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1FF01-0AA0
6ES7 322-
5FF00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
1FH00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1FL00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1HF01-0AA0
Connection point
required front connectors 20-pin 20-pin 40-pin 20-pin 20-pin 20-pin
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 8 8 8 16 32 8; Relay
cable length, shielded, max. 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m 1,000 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m
of the output
Yes;
electronic
Yes;
Fuse,
8 A / 250 V: per
group
Yes;
to be provided
externally; fuse
3,15 A / 250 V,
quick response
Yes;
Fuse 8 A, 250 V;
per group
No
voltage to
L+ (-48 V)
Lamp load, max. 10 W 50 W 50 W 50 W 50 W 50 W
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. L+ (-0.8 V) L1 (-1.5 V) L1 (-8.5 V) L+(-0.8 V) L1 (-0.8 V)
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A 2 A 2 A 1 A 1 A
for 0 to 40 C, min.
5 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
for 0 to 40 C, max.
2.4 A 2 A 2 A 1 A 1 A
5 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
2.4 A 1 A 1 A 0.5 A 1 A
for signal "1" minimum load current 5 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 5 mA
for signal "1" permissible peak
current, max.
20 A;
max. 1 AC cycle
20 A;
with 2 half
waves
20 A;
with 2 half
waves
10 A;
per group
(for 2 AC cycles)
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 2 mA 2 mA 2 mA 2 mA
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 2 Hz
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz 1 Hz 2 Hz
mechanical, max. 10 Hz
(per group)
- up to 40 C, max. 4 A 2 A 4 A 2 A 4 A
- up to 40 C, max. 4 A 8 A 4 A 4 A
- up to 60 C, max. 4 A 2 A 4 A 2 A 3 A
Relay outputs
Rated input voltage of relay L+ (DC) 24 V; 110 mA
Number of operating cycles 300,000;
230 V AC:
100000,
120 V AC:
200000,
24 V DC:
300000 (at 2 A)
with inductive load, max. 2 A;
2 A (230 V AC),
2 A (24 V DC)
with resistive load, max. 2 A
5/243
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 322-
1BF01-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1FF01-0AA0
6ES7 322-
5FF00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
1FH00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1FL00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1HF01-0AA0
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm No No Yes; parameter-
izable
No No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostics No Yes Yes;
Off / last value /
substitute value
Yes Yes No
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 4000 V DC 4000 V DC 1500 V AC
Isolation
in groups of
4 4 1 8 8 2
backplane bus
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Yes;
Optocoupler
Width 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 80 mm 40 mm
Height 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
Depth 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 117 mm 120 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 190 g 275 g 275 g 275 g 500 g 190 g
6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 6ES7 322-5HF00-0AB0 6ES7 322-1HH01-0AA0
Load voltage L+
Load voltage L1
Rated value (AC) 230 V 230 V 230 V
Current consumption
Connection point
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 8; Relay 8; Relay 16; Relay
Short-circuit protection of the output No; to be provided externally No; to be provided externally
Lamp load, max. 1,500 W; AC 230 V 1,500 W; AC 230 V 50 W; AC 230 V
Output current
for signal "1" minimum load current 5 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Switching frequency
mechanical, max. 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
5/244
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 6ES7 322-5HF00-0AB0 6ES7 322-1HH01-0AA0
(per group)
- up to 40 C, max. 5 A 5 A 8 A
- up to 60 C, max. 5 A 5 A 8 A
Relay outputs
Rated input voltage of relay L+ (DC) 24 V 24 V
Number of operating cycles 300,000;
300000 (DC 24 V, at 2 A),
200000 (AC 120 V, at 3 A),
100000 (AC 230 V, at 3 A)
100,000;
100,000 (DC 24 V, at 5 A),
100,000 (AC 230 V, at 5 A)
100,000;
50000 (24 V DC, at 2 A),
700000 ( 120 V AC, at 2 A),
100000 (230 V AC, at 2 A)
with inductive load, max. 3 A;
3 A (230 V AC),
2 A (24 V DC)
5 A;
5 A (230 V AC),
5 A (24 V DC)
2 A;
2 A (230 V AC),
2 A (24 V DC)
with resistive load, max. 8 A;
8 A (230 V AC),
5 A (24 V DC)
5 A;
5 A (230 V AC),
5 A (24 V DC)
2 A;
2 A (230 V AC),
2 A (24 V DC)
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm No Yes; parameterizable No
Diagnoses
Diagnostics No Yes;
Off / last value / substitute value
No
Isolation
Isolation checked with 2000 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC
Isolation
of
1 1 8
backplane bus
Weights
5/245
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SM 322 digital output modules
bus connector
8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7 322-1BF01-0AA0
16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A,
high speed
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
32 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
diagnostics-capable
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0
16 outputs, 24/48 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 322-5GH00-0AB0
8 outputs, 48 to 125 V DC, 1.5 A 6ES7 322-1CF00-0AA0
8 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A 6ES7 322-1FF01-0AA0
8 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 2 A 6ES7 322-5FF00-0AB0
16 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A 6ES7 322-1FH00-0AA0
32 outputs, 120 V AC, 1 A 6ES7 322-1FL00-0AA0
8 outputs, relay contacts, 2 A 6ES7 322-1HF01-0AA0
8 outputs, relay contacts, 5 A 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0
8 outputs, relay contacts, 5 A,
with RC filter, overvoltage
protection
6ES7 322-5HF00-0AB0
16 outputs, relay contacts, 8 A 6ES7 322-1HH01-0AA0
Front connectors
100 pieces 6ES7 392-1AJ00-1AB0
100 pieces
6ES7 392-1BJ00-1AB0
1 piece
6ES7 392-1AM00-0AA0
for connecting 1.3 mm
2
/16 AWG
conductors
Set of fuses for SM 322 6ES7 973-1HD00-0AA0
10 fuses, 8 A fast,
2 fuse holders
Labeling strips
connector
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
connector
6ES7 392-2XX10-0AA0
Label cover
connector
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
connector
6ES7 392-2XY10-0AA0
S7 SmartLabel
STEP 7 project
2XV9 450-1SL01-0YX0
inscription
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
S7-300 manual
instruction list
SM 323/SM 327 digital input/output
5/246
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital inputs and outputs
For connecting standard switches, two-wire proximity
switches (BERO), solenoid valves, contactors, low-power
6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 327-1BH00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
40 mA 80 mA 20 mA
Power loss, typ. 3.5 W 6.5 W 3 W
Connection point
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No No No
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8 16 8; 8 hardwired, and 8 others indi-
vidually parameterizable
lable inputs
8 16 16
8 8 16
Cable length
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V 24 V
for signal "0" -30V to 5 V -30V to 5 V -30V to 5 V
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 7 mA 7 mA 6 mA
Input delay (for rated valu
e of input voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", min. 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.8 ms 4.8 ms 4.8 ms
- at "1" to "0", min. 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 4.8 ms 4.8 ms 4.8 ms
5/247
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 8 16 8;
can also be parameterized
individually as DI
of the output
Yes; electronic Yes; electronic Yes; electronic
Response threshold, typ. 1 A 1 A 1A
voltage to
L+ (-53 V) L+ (-48 V) L+ (-54 V)
Lamp load, max. 5 W 5 W 5 W
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes Yes
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. L+ (-0.8 V) L+ (-0.8 V) L+ (-1.5 V)
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A
for 0 to 60 C, min.
5 mA
for 0 to 60 C, max.
0.6 A
for signal "1" minimum load current 5 mA 5 mA
for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 0.5 mA 0.5 mA
"0" to "1", max. 100 s 100 s 350 s
"1" to "0", max. 500 s 500 s 500 s
for increased power No No No
for redundant control of a load Yes;
Outputs of the same group only
Yes;
Outputs of the same group only
Yes;
only outputs of the same group
Switching frequency
(per group)
- up to 40 C, max. 4 A 2 A 2 A
- up to 40 C, max. 4 A 4 A
- up to 60 C, max. 4 A 3 A 3 A
lower limit 48 48 48
upper limit 4 k 4 k 4 k
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes Yes Yes
2 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
5/248
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions No No No
(green)
Yes Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation
between the channels Yes Yes No
in groups of
8 8
backplane bus
between the channels Yes Yes No
in groups of
8 16
backplane bus
between different circuits 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC
Weights
5/249
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SM 323 digital input/output
modules
bus connector
8 inputs, 8 outputs 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
16 inputs, 16 outputs 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0
modules
bus connector
8 inputs, 8 inputs or outputs
(can be configured)
6ES7 327-1BH00-0AB0
Front connectors
100 pieces
6ES7 392-1BJ00-1AB0
e.g. for 32 channel modules;
1.3 mm
2
/16 AWG wires
Labeling strips
for modules
with 20-pin front connector
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
for modules
6ES7 392-2XX10-0AA0
Label cover
for modules
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
for modules
6ES7 392-2XY10-0AA0
STEP 7 project
inscription
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
S7-300 manual
instruction list
SIPLUS SM 321 digital input module
5/250
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Digital inputs
For connecting standard switches and two-wire proximity
switches (BERO)

SIPLUS SM 321 16 DI 32 DO
Order No. 6AG1 321-1BH02-2AA0 6AG1 321-1BL00-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
Ambient temperature range -25 C to +60 C, condensation permissible
on rail vehicles (EN 50155,
Yes Yes
SIPLUS SM 321 16 DI
Order No. 6AG1 321-7BH01-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0
Yes
SIPLUS SM 321 16 DI 48 ... 125 V DC
Order No. 6AG1 321-1CH20-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 321-1CH20-0AA0
Yes
SIPLUS SM 321 8 DI 120/230 V AC
Order No. 6AG1 321-1FF01-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 321-1FF01-0AA0
Yes
SIPLUS SM 321 digital input module
5/251
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SIPLUS SM 321
digital input modules
medial load
including labeling strips,
bus connectors
16 inputs, 24 V DC 6AG1 321-1BH02-2AA0
32 inputs, 24 V DC 6AG1 321-1BL00-2AA0
16 inputs, 48 ... 125 V DC 6AG1 321-1CH20-2AA0
8 inputs, 120/230 V AC 6AG1 321-1FF01-2AA0
16 inputs, 24 V DC,
for isochrone mode,
diagnostics capability
6AG1 321-7BH01-2AB0
SM 321 digital input modules
SIPLUS SM 322 digital output module
5/252
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital outputs
For connecting solenoid valves, contactors, low-power

SIPLUS SM 322 16 DO
Order No. 6AG1 322-1BH01-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
Ambient temperature range -25 C to +60 C, condensation
permissible
Yes
Technical data The technical data is identical with
the technical data of the based on
modules.The technical data is
identical with the technical data of
the based on modules.
SIPLUS SM 322 8 DO, DC 24 V,
0,5 A
8 DO, DC 24 V,
2A
Order No. 6AG1 322-
8BF00-2AB0
6AG1 322-
1BF01-2XB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 322-
8BF00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
1BF01-0AA0
permissible
Yes Yes
modules.
SIPLUS SM 322 8 DO 48 ... 125 V DC
Order No. 6AG1 322-1CF00-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 322-1CF00-0AA0
permissible
Ambient conditions Suitable for extraordinary
medial load (for example
by chloric and sulphuric
atmospheres).
Yes
modules.
SIPLUS SM 322 8 DO 120/230 V AC
Order No. 6AG1 322-1FF01-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 322-1FF01-0AA0
permissible
Yes
modules.
SIPLUS SM 322 digital output module
5/253
Siemens IK PI 2007
5


SIPLUS SM 322 8 RO
Order No. 6AG1 322-1HF10-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0
permissible
Yes
modules.
SIPLUS SM 322 32 DO 16 RO
Order No. 6AG1 322-
1BL00-2AA0
6AG1 322-
1HH01-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 322-
1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 322-
1HH01-0AA0
permissible
Yes Yes
modules.
SIPLUS SM 322
digital output modules
medial load
bus connectors
8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A 6AG1 322-1BF01-2XB0
16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6AG1 322-1BH01-2AA0
32 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6AG1 322-1BL00-2AA0
diagnostics capability
6AG1 322-8BF00-2AB0
8 outputs, 48 ... 125 V DC, 1.5 A 6AG1 322-1CF00-2AA0
8 outputs, 120/230 V AC, 1 A 6AG1 322-1FF01-2AA0
8 outputs, relay contacts, 5 A 6AG1 322-1HF10-2AA0
16 outputs, relay contcts, 8 A 6AG1 322-1HH01-2AA0
SM 322 digital output modules
SIPLUS SM 323 digital input/output module
5/254
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital inputs and outputs
For connecting standard switches, two-wire proximity
switches (BERO), solenoid valves, contactors, low-power mo-
tors, lamps and motor starters


SIPLUS SM 323 8 DI/8 DO
Order No. 6AG1 323-1BH01-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
permissible
Yes
modules.
SIPLUS SM 323
digital input/output modules
Expanded temperature range
and medial load
bus connectors
8 inputs, 8 outputs 6AG1 323-1BH01-2AA0
modules
ET 200M Analog Modules
SM 331 analog input
5/255
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog inputs
For connection of voltage and current sensors, thermo-
couples, resistors and resistance thermometers
6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0 6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0 6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0
Load voltage L+
reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
max.
200 mA 50 mA 80 mA
Power loss, typ. 1 W 1.5 W 0.4 W 1.3 W
Connection point
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No Yes No No
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs for
resistance measurement
4 8 1
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m; 50 m at 80 mV and
with thermocouples
200 m 200 m; max. 50 m at 50
mV
200 m; 50 m at 80 mV and
with thermocouples
permissible input frequency for
voltage input (destruction limit),
max.
20 V;
continuous;
75 V for max. 1s
(mark to space ratio 1:20)
20 V;
20 V continuous,
75 V for max. 1s
30 V;
12 V continuous,
30 V for max. 1 s
20 V;
continuous;
75 V for max. 1s
40 mA 40 mA 40 mA 40 mA
voltages
0 to +10 V Yes
1 to 5 V Yes Yes Yes Yes
1 to 10 V Yes No
-1 V to +1 V Yes Yes Yes Yes
-2.5 V to +2.5 V Yes No Yes
-250 mV to +250 mV Yes No Yes
-500 mV to +500 mV Yes Yes Yes
-80 mV to +80 mV Yes Yes
SM 331 analog input
5/256
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
currents
0 to 20 mA Yes Yes Yes Yes
-20 to +20 mA Yes Yes Yes Yes
-3.2 to +3.2 mA Yes Yes
thermoelements
Type E Yes Yes
Type J Yes Yes
Type K Yes Yes
Type N Yes Yes
resistors
0 to 600 Ohm Yes Yes Yes
0 to 6000 Ohm Yes
Ni 100 Yes; Standard Yes; Standard/AirCon Yes
LG-Ni 1000 Yes; Standard/AirCon
Pt 100 Yes; Standard Yes; Standard/AirCon Yes
programmable Yes Yes Yes
for thermoelements Type N, E, J, K, L Type N, E, J, K, L
for thermoresistor Pt 100 (Standard,
climatic range),
Ni 100 (Standard,
climatic range)
Yes;
Pt100 standard/air con.;
Ni100 standard/air con.;
Ni1000 standard/air con.;
LG-Ni1000 standard/air
con.
Pt 100 (Standard,
climatic range),
Ni 100 (Standard,
climatic range)
compensation with
compensations socket
Yes Yes
compensation
Yes Yes
Measurement principle integrating Conversion of instanta-
neous values
integrating integrating
Resolution with overload area (bit
including sign), max.
15 Bit;
unipolar: 9 / 12 / 12 /
14 bit,
bipolar: 9 + sign/
12 + sign/12 + sign/
14 + sign bit
14 Bit;
unipolar: 14 bit;
bipolar: 13+sign bit
13 Bit 15 Bit;
unipolar: 9 / 12 / 12 /
14 bit,
bipolar: 9 + sign/
12 + sign/12 + sign/
14 + sign bit
Integration time, parameterizable Yes;
2.5 / 16.67 / 20 / 100 ms
Yes Yes;
60 / 50 ms
Yes;
2.5 / 16.67 / 20 / 100 ms
3/ 17/ 22/ 102 ms 66 / 55 ms 6/ 34/ 44/ 204 ms
Basic conversion time, ms 52 s per channel 66 / 55 ms
400 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz 400 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 400 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz
SM 331 analog input
5/257
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Encoder
2-wire transducer
Yes Yes Yes; with external supply Yes
4-wire transducer
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 1 %;
+/-1% (80mV),
+/-0.6% (250-1000mV),
+/-0.8% (2.5-10mV)
+/- 0,4 % +/- 0,6 %;
+/- 0.6%
(+/-5V,10V,1-5V, 0-10V;
+/-0,5%
(+/-50 mV, 500 mV, 1 V
+/- 1 %; +/-1% (80mV),
+/- 0.6% (250-1000mV),
+/- 0.8% (2.5-10V)
Current, relative to input area +/- 0,7 %;
from 3.2 to 20mA
+/- 0,3 % +/- 0,5 %;
+/-20mA,0-20mA,4-20mA
+/- 0,7 %;
from 3.2 to 20mA
Impedance, relative to input area +/- 0,7 %;
150, 300, 600 Ohm
+/- 0,5 %; 0-6kOhm,
0-600kOhm
+/- 0,7 %;
150, 300, 600 Ohm
+/- 0,7 %;
+/-0.7% (Pt100/ Ni100);
+/-0.8% (Pt100 climat)
+/- 0,7 %;
+/-0.7% (Pt100/ Ni100);
+/-0.8% (Pt100 climat)
Basic error limit
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,6 %;
+/-0.4% (250-1000mV);
+/-0.6% (2.5-10mV);
+/-0.7% (80mV)
+/- 0,25 % +/- 0,4 %;
0.4% (+/-5V,10V,1-5V,
0-10V);
0.3% (+/-50mV,500mV,1V)
+/- 0.6 %;
+/-0.6% (80mV, 2.5-10V);
+/-0.4% (250-1000mV)
3,2 to 20mA
+/- 0,2 % +/- 0,3 %;
+/-20mA,0-20mA,4-20mA
+/- 0,5 %;
3,2 to 20mA
Impedance, relative to input area +/- 0,5 %;
150, 300, 600 Ohm
+/- 0,3 %;
0-6kOhm, 0-600kOhm
+/- 0,5 %;
150, 300, 600 Ohm
+/- 0,6 %;
+/-0.5% (Pt100/ Ni100);
+/-0.6% (Pt100 climatic)
+/- 0.6 %;
+/-0.5% (Pt100/ Ni100);
+/-0.6% (Pt100 climatic)
diagnostics
Alarms
channels 0 and 2
Yes; parameterizable No Yes
Limit value alarm Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable
channels 0 and 2
No Yes; parameterizable;
Channel 0
Diagnoses
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes No Yes
Isolation
Isolation
between the channels Yes No No No
in groups of
2
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Depth 120 mm 120 mm 117 mm 120 mm
Weights
SM 331 analog input
5/258
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0 6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0 6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0 6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0
Load voltage L+
reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
max.
240 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Power loss, typ. 4.6 W 3 W 0.6 W 3 W
Connection point
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No No No No
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs for resis-
tance measurement
8
max.
75 V;
35 V continuous,
75 V for max. 1 s
75 V;
20 V DC permanent,
75 V DC for max. 1 s
(pulse duty factor 1:20)
50 V;
permanent
75 V;
35 V continuous,
75 V for max. 1 s
32 mA 40 mA
voltages
1 to 5 V Yes Yes
-10 V to +10 V Yes Yes
-5 V to +5 V Yes Yes
currents
0 to 20 mA Yes Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes Yes
thermoelements
Type B Yes
Type E Yes
Type J Yes
Type K Yes
Type L Yes
Type N Yes
Type R Yes
Type S Yes
Type T Yes
Type U Yes
Typ TXK/TXK(L) to GOST Yes
resistors
0 to 150 Ohm Yes
0 to 300 Ohm Yes
0 to 600 Ohm Yes
SM 331 analog input
5/259
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Cu 10 Yes
Ni 100 Yes
Ni 1000 Yes
Ni 120 Yes
Ni 200 Yes
Ni 500 Yes
Pt 100 Yes
Pt 1000 Yes
Pt 200 Yes
Pt 500 Yes
for thermoelements Type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S.
T, U, C
for thermoresistor Pt 100, Pt 200, Pt 500, Pt
1000, Ni 100, Ni 120, Ni
200, Ni 500, Ni 1000, Cu
10 (Standard/AirCon)
programmable Yes
compensation
Yes
compensation with Pt100
Yes
compensation
Yes
16 Bit;
Twos complement
16 Bit;
Twos complement
16 Bit;
unipolar: 15 / 15 / 15 /
15 bit, bipolar: 15 +
sign/15 + sign/15 +
sign/15 + sign
16 Bit; unipolar: 15 / 15 /
15 / 15 bit, bipolar: 15 +
sign/15 + sign/15 +
sign/15 + sign
Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes Yes;
10 / 16.67 / 20 / 100 ms
Yes;
23 / 72 / 83 / 95 ms
Basic conversion time, ms up to 4 channels:
10 ms per module,
over 5 channels: 1
90 ms per module,
8 channels: 80 ms
up to 4 channels:
10 ms per module,
as of 5 channels:
190 ms per module
10 ms (4-channel mode)
95 / 83/ 72/ 23 ms
(8-channel mode)
400 / 60 / 50 Hz 400 / 60 / 50 Hz 400 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz 400 / 60 / 50 Hz, combina-
tions of 400, 60, 50 Hz
Encoder
2-wire transducer
Yes;
with external transmitter;
possible with separate
supply for transmitter
Yes; with external trans-
mitter, current supply;
possible with separate
supply for transmitter
4-wire transducer
Yes Yes
Yes; without resistance
correction
Yes
Yes
SM 331 analog input
5/260
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 1 K +/- 0,1 %; +/-0.7% +/- 0,1 %
Current, relative to input area +/- 0,3 %; +/-0.9% +/- 0,1 %
Impedance, relative to input area +/- 0,1 %
Basic error limit
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0.5 K +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,05 %
Current, relative to input area +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,05 %
Impedance, relative to input area +/- 0,05 %
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes;
parameters can be set
per group
Yes;
parameters can be set
per group
Yes;
parameterizable
Yes;
parameterizable
Limit value alarm Yes;
parameterizable
Yes;
parameterizable
Yes;
parameterizable chan-
nels 0 and 2
Yes;
parameterizable all
channels (end of cycle
interrupt is also supported
across modules)
Diagnoses
Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V AC
Isolation
in groups of
2 2 2
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Depth 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
SM 331 analog input
5/261
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SM 331 analog input modules
Including labeling strips,
bus connector, measuring range
modules
8 inputs, 13-bit resolution 6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0
8 inputs, resolution 9/12/14 bit 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0
2 inputs, resolution 9/12/14 bit 6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0
8 inputs, enhanced resolution 16
bit
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0
8 inputs, enhanced resolution 16
bit, 4-channel mode
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0
8 inputs, resolution 14 bit, for
isochronous mode
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0
8 inputs, for thermal resistors 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0
8 inputs, for thermoelements 6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0
Measuring range module for
analog inputs
6ES7 974-0AA00-0AA0
1 module for 2 analog inputs;
Front connectors
20-pin, with cage clamp terminals
100 pieces 6ES7 392-1BJ00-1AB0
2
/16 AWG
wires
Shield connecting element 6ES7 390-5AA00-0AA0
80 mm wide,
with 2 rows for 4 shielding con-
nection clamps each
Shielding connection clamps
2 pieces
For 2 cables
with 2 mm to 6 mm diameter
6ES7 390-5AB00-0AA0
For 1 cable
6ES7 390-5BA00-0AA0
For 1 cable
6ES7 390-5CA00-0AA0
10 pieces (spare part),
for modules with 20-pin front con-
nector
nector
STEP 7 project
labeling
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
SIMATIC Sensors
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
S7-300 manual
instruction list
SM 332 analog output
5/262
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog outputs
For the connection of analog actuators
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
135 mA 240 mA 340 mA 290 mA
Power loss, typ. 3 W 3 W 6 W 3 W
Connection point
Analog outputs
Number of analg outputs 2 4 8 4;
isochronous mode
Voltage output,
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Voltage output,
25 mA 25 mA 25 mA 40 mA
max.
18 V 18 V 18 V 18 V
-10 to +10 V Yes Yes Yes Yes
-20 to +20 mA Yes Yes Yes Yes
Load impedance
with voltage outputs, min. 1 k 1 k 1 k 1 k
load, max.
1 F 1 F 1 F 1 F
with current outputs, max. 500 500 500 500
load, max.
10 mH 10 mH 10 mH 1 mH
5/263
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0
12 Bit; +/- 10 V, +/- 20mA,
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V:
11 bit + sign
, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA:
12 bit
12 Bit; +/- 10 V, +/- 20mA,
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V:
11 bit + sign,
0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA:
12 bit
12 Bit;
+/- 10 V, +/- 20mA,
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V:
11 bit + sign,
0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA:
12 bit
16 Bit
Conversion time (per channel) 0.8 ms 0.8 ms 0.8 ms 200 s;
in clocked mode 640s
Settling time
for resistive load 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.2 ms
for capacitive load 3.3 ms 3.3 ms 3.3 ms 3.3 ms
for inductive load 0.5 ms; 0.5 ms (1mH);
3.3 ms (10mH)
0.5 ms; 0.5ms (1mH);
3.3 ms (10mH)
0.5 ms; 0.5ms (1mH);
3.3 ms (10mH)
0.5 ms
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Voltage, relative to output area +/- 0,5 % +/- 0,5 % +/- 0,5 % +/- 0,12 %
Current, relative to output area +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,18 %
Basic error limit
Voltage, relative to output area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,02 %
Current, relative to output area +/- 0,5 % +/- 0,5 % +/- 0,5 % +/- 0,02 %
diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes; parameterizable Yes
Diagnoses
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Depth 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
5/264
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SM 332 analog output modules
bus connector
4 outputs, 11/12 bit 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0
4 outputs, 16 bit 6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0
2 outputs, 11/12 bit 6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0
8 outputs, 11/12 bit 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0
Front connectors
2
/16 AWG
wires
Bus connectors
1 piece (spare part) 6ES7 390-0AA00-0AA0
80 mm wide,
with 2 rows for 4 shielding con-
nection clamps each
2 pieces
For 2 cables with 2 mm to 6 mm
diameter
6ES7 390-5AB00-0AA0
For 1 cable with 3 mm to 8 mm
diameter
6ES7 390-5BA00-0AA0
For 1 cable with 4 mm to 13 mm
diameter
6ES7 390-5CA00-0AA0
nector
nector
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets
for machine labeling
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS
7, SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine
Interface), SIMATIC NET (Indus-
trial Communication), SIMATIC
Machine Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
S7-300 manual
instruction list
SM 334 analog input/output
5/265
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog inputs and outputs
For the connection of analog sensors and actuators
6ES7 334-
0CE01-0AA0
6ES7 334-
0KE00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
110 mA 80 mA
Connection point
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 4 4
Number of analog inputs for voltage
measurement
4 2
Number of analog inputs for
resistance measurement
4
permissible input frequency for
voltage input (destruction limit),
max.
20 V 20 V;
continuous;
75 V for max. 1s
(mark to space
ratio 1:20)
40 mA
Cycle time (all channels) max. 5 ms 85 ms
voltages
0 to +10 V Yes Yes
currents
0 to 20 mA Yes
resistors
0 to 10000 Ohm Yes
Pt 100 Yes;
only climatic
range
6ES7 334-
0CE01-0AA0
6ES7 334-
0KE00-0AB0
Analog outputs
Voltage output, Short-circuit
protection
Yes Yes
Voltage output,
11 mA 10 mA
max.
15 V
0 to 10 V Yes Yes
0 to 20 mA Yes
Load impedance
with voltage outputs, min. 5 k 2.5 k
with voltage outputs,
capacitive load, max.
1 F 1 F
1 mH
8 Bit 12 Bit
Integration time, ms 16.67; 20
Settling time
for capacitive load 3 ms 0.8 ms
for inductive load 0.3 ms
Encoder
4-wire transducer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
5/266
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 334-
0CE01-0AA0
6ES7 334-
0KE00-0AB0
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Voltage, relative to output area +/- 0,6 % +/- 1 %
Current, relative to output area +/- 1 %
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,9 % +/- 0,7 %;
0 to 10 V
Impedance,
+/- 3,5 %;
10 kOhm
+/- 1 %
Basic error limit
Current, relative to output area +/- 0,5 %
Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,7 % +/- 0,5 %;
0 to 10 V
Impedance,
+/- 2,8 %;
10 kOhm
+/- 0,8 %
6ES7 334-
0CE01-0AA0
6ES7 334-
0KE00-0AB0
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions No No
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
No Yes
backplane bus
No Yes
Width 40 mm 40 mm
Depth 120 mm 120 mm
Weights
5/267
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

modules
bus connector
4 inputs, 2 outputs 6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0
4 inputs, 2 outputs, resistance
measurement, Pt 100
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0
Front connectors
2
/16 AWG
wires
80 mm wide,
with 2 rows for 4 shielding
connection clamps each
2 pieces
For 2 cables
6ES7 390-5AB00-0AA0
For 1 cable
6ES7 390-5BA00-0AA0
For 1 cable
6ES7 390-5CA00-0AA0
connector
connector
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
Runtime Software,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
S7-300 manual
instruction list
SIPLUS SM 331 analog input module
5/268
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog inputs
For connection of voltage and current sensors, thermocou-
ples, resistors and resistance thermometersn


SIPLUS SM 321 2 AI 8 AI 8 AI, 16 bit 8 AI, 16 bit 8 AI, 40-pole
Order No. 6AG1 331-7KB02-
2AB0
6AG1 331-7KF02-
2AB0
6AG1 331-7NF00-
2AB0
6AG1 331-7NF10-
2AB0
6AG1 331-7PF01-
2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 331-7KB02-
0AB0
6ES7 331-7KF02-
0AB0
6ES7 331-7NF00-
0AB0
6ES7 331-7NF10-
0AB0
6ES7 331-7PF01-
0AB0
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +60 C, condensation permissible
for electronic devices on
rail vehicles (EN 50155,
Yes No Yes No No
SIPLUS SM 331
analog input modules
medial load
bus connectors
8 inputs, resolution 9/12/14 bit 6AG1 331-7KF02-2AB0
2 inputs, resolution 9/12/14 bit 6AG1 331-7KB02-2AB0
8 inputs, resolution 16 bit 6AG1 331-7NF00-2AB0
8 inputs, enhanced resolution,
16 bit, 4 channel mode
6AG1 331-7NF10-2AB0
8 inputs, enhanced resolution,
for temperature sensor
6AG1 331-7PF01-2AB0
analog input modules
SIPLUS SM 332 analog output module
5/269
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog outputs
For the connection of analog actuators


SIPLUS SM 321 2 AO 8 AO
Order No. 6AG1 332-5HB01-2AB0 6AG1 332-5HF00-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +60 C, condensation permissible
for electronic devices on
rail vehicles (EN 50155,
Yes No
SIMPLUS SM 332
analog output modules
medial load
bus connectors
2 outputs, 11/12 bit 6AG1 332-5HB01-2AB0
8 outputs, 11/12 bit 6AG1 332-5HF00-2AB0
analog output modules
SIPLUS SM 334 analog input/output module
5/270
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog inputs and outputs
For the connection of analog sensors and actuatorsn


SIPLUS SM 334 2 AO
Order No. 6AG1 334-0KE00-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0
modules.
SIPLUS SM 334 analog
input/output modules
medial loading
bus connectors
4 inputs, 2 outputs, resistance
measurement, Pt 100
6AG1 334-0KE00-2AB0
analog input/output modules
ET 200M Analog Modules with HART
Analog input module with HART
5/271
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
For plugging into ET 200M exclusively with IM 153-2
and IM 153-2 FO.
6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
20 mA
Connection point
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode No
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs
for resistance measurement
0
40 mA
Input ranges (rated values), cur-
rents
0 to 20 mA Yes
-20 to +20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
Measurement principle Sigma Delta
16 Bit
Integration time, parameterizable Yes
Integration time, ms 20ms@50Hz / 16,6ms@60Hz /
100ms@100Hz
65ms@50Hz
60/50/10 Hz
6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0
Encoder
2-wire transducer
Yes
4-wire transducer
Yes
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Basic error limit
diagnostics
Alarms
Limit value alarm Yes
Diagnoses
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500
Isolation
in groups of
8
backplane bus
Yes
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 117 mm
Weights
Analog input module with HART
5/272
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SM 331 HART
analog input module
6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0
8 inputs, 0/4 20 mA,
HART for ET 200M with IM 153-2
interface module
Accessories
Front connectors
20-pin, with screw-type contacts
- 1 piece 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
- 100 pieces 6ES7 392-1AJ00-1AB0
20-pin, with spring contacts
- 1 piece 6ES7 392-1BJ00-0AA0
- 100 pieces 6ES7 392-1BJ00-1AB0
Mandatory for operation in
hazardous areas
modules for
length of 483 mm 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
length of 530 mm 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
SIMATIC S7-300 rail
160 mm long 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
480 mm long 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm long 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm long 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
2000 mm long 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
(10 pieces, spare part)
for signal modules
(not 32-channel modules),
function modules and
CPU 312 IFM
for signal modules
function modules
and CPU 312 IFM
Analog output module with HART
5/273
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
For plugging into ET 200M exclusively with IM 153-2
and IM 153-2 FO
6ES7 332-8TF00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
350 mA
Connection point
Analog outputs
max.
24 V
0 to 20 mA Yes
-20 to +20 mA No
4 to 20 mA Yes
Load impedance
10 mH
16 Bit
Settling time
for resistive load 0.1 ms
6ES7 332-8TF00-0AB0
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Basic error limit
diagnostics
Alarms
Diagnoses
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 117 mm
Weights
Analog output module with HART
5/274
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

SM 332 HART
analog output module
6ES7 332-8TF00-0AB0
HART analog output, 8 outputs,
0/4 20 mA, HART for ET 200M
with IM 153-2
Accessories
Front connectors
- 1 piece 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
- 100 pieces 6ES7 392-1AJ00-1AB0
20-pin, with spring contacts
- 1 piece 6ES7 392-1BJ00-0AA0
- 100 pieces 6ES7 392-1BJ00-1AB0
Mandatory for operation in
hazardous areas
modules for
length of 483 mm 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
length of 530 mm 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
SIMATIC S7-300 rail
160 mm long 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
480 mm long 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm long 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm long 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
2000 mm long 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
Reference Manual
for EX I/O for S7-300,
M7-300, ET 200M
German 6ES7 398-8RA00-8AA0
English 6ES7 398-8RA00-8BA0
for signal modules
function modules
and CPU 312 IFM
for signal modules
function modules
and CPU 312 IFM
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
S7 Manual Collection update
service for 1 year
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Ex analog input module with HART
5/275
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
For connecting HART devices in hazardous areas.
For plugging exclusively into ET 200M
6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
present Yes
Rated value (DC) 15 V; at 22 mA
short-circuit proof Yes; approx. 30 mA
No-load voltage (DC) 29.6 V
Current consumption
from supply voltage L+, max. 180 mA
Analog inputs
40 mA
rents
Current Yes
0 to 20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
Measurement principle SIGMA-DELTA
16 Bit; 10 to 15 bit + sign
Integration time, parameterizable Yes
Integration time, ms 2.5 / 16.67 / 20 / 100 ms
Basic conversion time, including
integration time, ms
2.5 / 16.67 / 20 / 100 (1 channel
enabled); 7.5 / 50 / 60 / 300 (2
channels enabled)
10 / 50 / 60 / 400 Hz
6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0
Encoder
2-wire transducer
Yes
4-wire transducer
Yes
(per channel)
capacity), max.
62 nF
inductivity), max.
3 mH
Po (power of load), max. 511 mW
Um (fault voltage), max. 250 V; DC
temperature), max.
0.6 C
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error (relative to input area) +/- 0.01 %
Temperature error
+/- 0.01 %
Crosstalk between the inputs, min. 130 dB
+/- 0.05 %
temperature range
from 0/4 to 20 mA
Basic error limit
from 0/4 to 20 mA
for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
60 dB
common mode voltage, min. 130 dB
Ex analog input module with HART
5/276
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

1) A connector with spring-loaded terminals cannot be used
if the cable guide is used.
6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0
diagnostics
Alarms
Limit value alarm Yes; parameterizable,
channels 0 and 1
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes; parameterizable, red LED,
alarm message
Overrange Yes; red LED, signal
Wire break in signal encoder cable Yes; red LED, signal
Short circuit of the signal encoder
cable
Yes; red LED, signal
HART communication, active Yes; green LED (H)
Channel error indicator F (red) Yes
Isolation
tested with
and load voltage L+
1500 V AC
Channels among one another 1500 V AC
Load voltage L+ against
backplane bus
500 V DC
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
load voltage L+
Yes
Isolation, analog inputs Yes
between the inputs (UCM) 60 V DC / 30 V AC
max. 60 C
(CENELEC)
[EEx ib] IIC
Type of protection to FM Class I, Division 2,
Group A, B, C, D T4, Class I,
Zone 2, Group IIC T4
Type of protection to KEMA II 3 (2) G Eex nA [ib] IIC T4
Test number KEMA KEMA 97; ATEX3039 X
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
SM 331 HART analog input
module
6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0
2 inputs, 0/4 20 mA, HART for
ET 200M with IM 153-2 interface
module
Accessories
Front connector
1)

mandatory for operation
in hazardous areas
SIMATIC DP DIN rail for
ET 200M
For insertion of
up to 5 bus modules for
Length: 483 mm 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
Length: 530 mm 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
SIMATIC S7-300 DIN rail
Length: 160 mm 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
Length: 480 mm 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
Length: 530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Length: 830 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
Length: 2000 mm 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
Reference Manual for EX I/O for
S7-300, M7-300, ET 200M
for signal modules (not 32-chan-
nel modules), function modules
and CPU 312 IFM
and CPU 312 IFM
Ex analog output module with HART
5/277
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

For using HART devices in hazardous areas
Plugs exclusively into ET 200M
6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
Analog outputs
Voltage output,
Yes
max.
19 V
Cycle time (all channels) max. 5 ms
0 to 20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
connection
Yes
Load impedance
7.5 mH
12 Bit; Output value; 8 bit (+ sign)
read back value
Conversion time (per channel) 40 ms
Settling time
for resistive load 2.5 ms
6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0
(per channel)
capacity), max.
230 nF
Io (short-circuit current), max. 66 mA
inductivity), max.
7.5 mH
Um (fault voltage), max. 60 V; DC
temperature), max.
60 C
Errors/accuracies
Output ripple (relative to the output
+/- 0.02 %
Linearity error
+/- 0.03 %
Temperature error
+/- 0.01 %
Crosstalk between the outputs, min. 130 dB
+/- 0.005 %
Operational limit in overall tempera-
ture range
Basic error limit
Ex analog output module with HART
5/278
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0
diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes; parameterizable
Alarms
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes; parameterizable
Diagnostics Yes
Overrange Yes
Wire break Yes; as of output value > 0.5 mA
Wire break in acutator cable Yes
HART communication, active Yes; green LED (H)
Collective error SF (red) Yes; Additional group message
per channel
Channel error indicator F (red) Yes; per channel
Isolation
tested with
and load voltage L+
1500 V AC
Channels among one another 1500 V AC
Load voltage L+ against
backplane bus
500 V DC
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
load voltage L+
Yes
between the outputs (UCM) 60 V DC / 30 V AC
between M internal and the outputs 60 V DC / 30 V AC
(CENELEC)
[Eex ib] IIC
Type of protection to FM Class I, Division 2,
Group A, B, C, D T4; Class I,
Zone 2, Group IIC T4
Type of protection to KEMA II 3 (2) G Eex nA [ib] IIC T4
Test number KEMA 97; ATEX 2359 X
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
SM 332 HART
analog output module
6ES7 332-8TF00-0AB0
HART analog output,
8 outputs, 0/4 20 mA,
HART for ET 200M with IM 153-2
Accessories
Front connectors
1 piece
6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
Mandatory for operation
in hazardous areas
For insertion of
up to 5 bus modules for
483 mm long 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm long 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
SIMATIC S7-300 rail
160 mm long 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
480 mm long 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm long 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
830 mm long 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
2000 mm long 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
Reference Manual for EX I/O for
S7-300, M7-300, ET 200M
and CPU 312 IFM
and CPU 312 IFM
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery:
updates
ET 200M Ex Digital Modules
Ex digital input modules
5/279
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Digital inputs for signals from the Ex field
For connecting intrinsically-safe digital equipment from
the Ex field
6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
50 mA
Connection point
Digital inputs
Cable length
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 8.2 V;
from internal power circuit supply
Input current
on wire break, max. 0.1 mA
on short -circuit, max. 8.5 mA
for NAMUR encoders
- for signal "0" 0.35 to 1.2 mA
- for signal "1" 2.1 to 7 mA
Input delay
Input frequency
(with 0.1 ms delay), max.
2 kHz
for NAMUR inputs
- programmable Yes;
0.1 / 0.5 / 3 / 15 / 20 ms
(plus 0.25 ms preparation time)
6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0
Encoder supply
Output voltage via the inputs
Encoder
NAMUR encoder Yes;
Two-wire connection
(per channel)
capacity), max.
3 F
inductivity), max.
100 mH
Po (power of load), max. 33.7 mW
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Isolation
galvanic isolation, digital inputs Yes
in groups of
1
(CENELEC)
[EEx ib] IIC
Type of protection to FM CL.2, DIV 2, GP A,B,C,D T4
Test number PTB Ex-96.D.2094X
Weights
Ex digital input modules
5/280
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Ex digital input module 6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0
4 inputs, isolated, NAMUR
Front connectors
1.3 mm
2
/16 AWG wires
in Ex-hazard areas
connector
connector
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets
for machine inscription
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
Reference manual Ex I/O
station S7-300, ET 200M
Ex digital output modules
5/281
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Digital outputs for signals from the Ex field
For connecting intrinsically-safe digital equipment from
the Ex field
6ES7 322-
5SD00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
5RD00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
160 mA 160 mA
Connection point
Digital outputs
Response threshold, typ. Output current
with short-cir-
cuit protection,
min. 10 mA +
10 %
Output current
with short-cir-
cuit protection,
min. 20.5 mA +
10 %
Output voltage
Output current
for 0 to 60 C, max.
10 mA;
+/- 10%
20 mA;
+/- 10%
Switching frequency
upper limit 390 ;
Two-wire
connection
200 ;
Two-wire
connection
6ES7 322-
5SD00-0AB0
6ES7 322-
5RD00-0AB0
(per channel)
capacity), max.
90 nF 500 nF
Io (short-circuit current), max. 70 mA 85 mA
inductivity), max.
6.7 mH 5 mH
Po (power of load), max. 440 mW 335 mW
Uo (output no-load voltage), max. 25.2 V 15.75 V
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Short circuit Yes Yes
Group error Yes Yes
Isolation
Galvanic isolation, digital outputs Yes Yes
in groups of
1 1
(CENELEC)
[EEx ib] IIC [EEx ib] IIC
Type of protection to FM CL I, DIV 2,
GP A,B,C,D T4
AIS CL.1, DIV 1,
GP A,B,C,D;
CL.I, DIV 2,
GP A,B,C,D T4
Test number PTB Ex-96.D.2093X Ex-96.D.2102X
Weights
5/282
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

4 outputs, isolated,
24 V DC, 10 mA
6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0
4 outputs, isolated,
15 V DC, 20 mA
6ES7 322-5RD00-0AB0
Front connectors
Front door, elevated design
1.3 mm
2
/16 AWG wires
6ES7 328-0AA00-7AA0
in Ex-hazard areas
connector
connector
STEP 7 project
inscription
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
Reference manual
Ex-Peripherals S7-300, ET 200M
ET 200M Ex Analog Modules
Ex analog input modules
5/283
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog inputs for signals from the Ex area
For connecting intrinsically-safe analog equipment from the
Ex field
6ES7 331-
7RD00-0AB0
6ES7 331-
7SF00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
present Yes
at 22 mA
No-load voltage (DC) 25.2 V
Current consumption
Power loss, typ. 3 W 0.6 W
Connection point
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 4 8;
8 x thermo-
couples,
4 x RTD
thermistors
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m;
HTC:50 m
40 mA
rents
0 to 20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
6ES7 331-
7RD00-0AB0
6ES7 331-
7SF00-0AB0
thermoelements
Type B Yes
Type E Yes
Type J Yes
Type K Yes
Type L Yes
Type N Yes
Type R Yes
Type S Yes
Type T Yes
Type U Yes
Ni 100 Yes
Pt 100 Yes
Pt 200 Yes
Measurement principle SIGMA-DELTA SIGMA-DELTA
16 Bit;
10 to 15 bit +
sign
16 Bit;
10 to 15 bit +
sign
Integration time, parameterizable Yes;
2.5 to 100 ms
Yes;
2.5 to 100 ms
10 to 400 Hz 10 to 400 Hz
Encoder
2-wire transducer
Yes Yes
4-wire transducer
Yes Yes
5/284
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 331-
7RD00-0AB0
6ES7 331-
7SF00-0AB0
(per channel)
capacity), max.
90 nF 60 F
Io (short-circuit current), max. 68.5 mA 28.8 mA
inductivity), max.
7.5 mH 40 mH
Po (power of load), max. 431 mW 41.4 mW
Ri, max. 50
Uo (output no-load voltage), max. 25.2 V 5.9 V
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Basic error limit
+/- 0,1 %
for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
60 dB 60 dB
common mode voltage, min. 130 dB 130 dB
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Overrange Yes Yes
Wire break in signal encoder cable Yes Yes
Short circuit of the signal encoder
cable
Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation, analog inputs Yes Yes
between the inputs (UCM) 60 V DC 60 V DC
between inputs and MANA (UCM) 60 V DC 30 V DC
(CENELEC)
[EEx ib] IIC [EEx ib] IIC
Type of protection to FM CL.I, DIV 2,
GP A,B,C,D T4
CL.I, DIV 2,
GP A,B,C,D T4
Test number PTB Ex-96.D.2092X Ex-96.D.2108X
Weights
4 inputs, isolated,
0/4 to 20 mA, 15 bit
6ES7 331-7RD00-0AB0
8/4 inputs, isolated,
for thermocouples and Pt100,
Pt200, Ni100
6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0
Front connectors
1.3 mm
2
/16 AWG wires
in Ex-hazard areas
connector
nector
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets for
machine inscription
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
Reference manual
Ex analog output modules
5/285
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Analog outputs for signals from the Ex area
For connecting intrinsically-safe analog equipment from the
Ex field
6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
180 mA
Connection point
Analog outputs
Voltage output,
Yes
Voltage output,
70 mA
max.
14 V
0 to 20 mA Yes
4 to 20 mA Yes
connection
Yes
Load impedance
15 Bit
Basic conversion time, ms 2.5 ms
6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0
(per channel)
capacity), max.
850 nF
Io (short-circuit current), max. 70 mA
inductivity), max.
6.6 mH
Errors/accuracies
temperature range
Basic error limit
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Overrange Yes
Wire break in acutator cable Yes
Group error Yes
Isolation
between outputs and MANA (UCM) 60 V DC / 30 V AC
between the outputs (UCM) 60 V DC/30 V AC
(CENELEC)
[EEx ib] IIC
Type of protection to FM CL.I, DIV 2, GP A,B,C,D T4
Test number PTB Ex-96.D.2026X
Weights
Ex analog output modules
5/286
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

Ex analog output module 6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0
4 outputs, isolated, 0/4 to 20 mA
Front connectors
enables connection
of 1.3mm
2
/16 AWG wires
LK393 cable guide 6ES7 393-4AA00-0AA0
in Ex-hazard areas
connector
connector
STEP 7 project
inscription
printer; 10 pieces
red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
S7-400, SIMATICDP (Distributed
SIMATIC Sensors
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
Reference manual
ET 200M IQ Sense Modules and Sensors
IQ-Sense sensor module
5/287
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Intelligent 8-channel electronics module for S7-300/ET 200M
For the connection of up to 8 IQ-Sense sensors:
- Optoelectronic sensors
- Ultrasound sensors
With standard function blocks for the various sensor technolo-
gies for simplified handling on a SIMATIC S7
Conventional sensors cannot be operated.

6ES7 338-7XF00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
max.
1 A
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 150 mA; typically
Connection point
Digital inputs
Cable length
Encoder
Description photoelectronic proximity
switches and ultrasonic sensors
with IQ-Sense,
cycle time 2.88 to 6 ms
diagnostics
(green)
Yes
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
Yes
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
8x IQ-Sense
sensor module
6ES7 338-7XF00-0AB0
Sensors for connecting to the sensor module
Diffuse sensors
Model C40 IQ-Sense 3SF7 240-3JQ00
Model K80 IQ-Sense 3SF7 210-3JQ00
with background fading,
model K80 IQ-Sense
3SF7 214-3JQ00
Diffuse barrier
Model C40 IQ-Sense 3SF7 241-3JQ00
Model K80 IQ-Sense 3SF7 211-3JQ00
Ultrasound sensor
Model M18 IQ-Sense;
Range 6-30 cm
3SF6 232-3JA00
Model M18 IQ-Sense;
Range 15-100 cm
3SF6 233-3JA00
SIMATIC PXO opto proximity switches
with IQ-Sense
5/288
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Opto BERO with IQ-Sense, C40 design IQ-Sense Opto BERO with IQ-Sense, K80 design IQ-Sense
The photoelectric proximity switches react to changes in the re-
ceived quantity of light. The light beam emitted from the emitter
diode is interrupted or reflected by the object to be detected.
These sensors detect all objects regardless of their composition,
whether metal, wood or plastic.
Depending on the typ of BERO, the interruption or reflection of
the light beam is evaluated. The following operating modes are
possible with IQ-Sense:
7 Diffuse sensors (energetic)
7 Diffuse sensor (with background suppression)
7 Reflex sensors
Features:
7 Designs K80 IQ-Sense and C40 IQ-Sense
7 IntelliTeach functionality
7 Integrated anti-interference function
7 Pre-failure warning (fouling/misalignment)

Design C40 design IQ-Sense K80 design IQ-Sense
Diffuse sensor (energetic)
Sensing range m 0.7 2
Standard test object mm 200 200 (white)
Transmitter (type of light) nm Red LED, 660 IR LED, 880
Supply current mA 50
Response time ms 1
LEDs Switching status (yellow), surplus light (green)
Enclosure material ABS + PBTP PBTP
Protection IP67
Dimensions mm 40 40 53 83 65 25
Diffuse sensor with background suppression
Sensing range m 0.2 ... 1
Standard test object mm 200 200 (white)
Transmitter (type of light) nm IR-LED, 880
Response time ms 2
Enclosure material PBTP
Protection IP67
Dimensions mm 83 65 25
SIMATIC PXO opto proximity switches
with IQ-Sense
5/289
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Dimension drawings
Opto BERO with IQ-Sense, K80 IQ-Sense design Opto BERO with IQ-Sense, C40 IQ-Sense design
Design C40 IQ-Sense K80 IQ-Sense
Reflex sensor
Sensing range m 6 8
Standard test object Reflector D84, 3RX7916
Transmitter (type of light) nm Red LED 660 nm, polarized
Response time ms 1
Enclosure material ABS + PBTP PBTP
Protection IP67
Dimensions mm 40 40 53 83 65 25
Version Design Type Order No.
Photoelectric sensors
for connection to the 4 IQ-Sense
sensor module
C40 IQ-Sense Diffuse sensor 3SF7 240-3JQ00
Reflex sensor 3SF7 241-3JQ00
K80 IQ-Sense Diffuse sensor 3SF7 210-3JQ00
Diffuse sensor
(with background suppression)
3SF7 214-3JQ00
Reflex sensor 3SF7 211-3JQ00
5,5
10
20
30
M12x1
8,1
5
6
2
7
3
8
3
65 25
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
3
3
0
36
8
,
2
max. 90
50
LED
40
30
5, 3x7, 3
4
6
5
5
40
N
S
D
0
_

0
1
1
8
4
a
6
9
4
0
M 1 2x1
SIMATIC PXS sonar proximity switches
with IQ-Sense
5/290
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
The sonar BEROs of the M18 IQ compact series are ready-to-
use complete units with a cylindrical M18 housing for connection
to the S7-300/ET 200M IQ-Sense module SM338, 8IQ-Sense.
7 Five operating modes:
Operation as measuring sensor (analog signal)
Diffuse sensor with background blanking
Diffuse sensor with differential travel
Diffuse sensor with foreground and background blanking
Retroreflective sensor.
7 Statically configurable using STEP 7,
7 Dynamically configurable using an S7 function block
7 Measured distance to object is always transmitted
7 Synchronizable, multiplex operation
7 Temperature compensation,
7 Connection with M12 connector
7 Non-polarized 2-conductor connection
(protected against polarity reversal),
7 Channel-specific system diagnosis
(e.g. wire-break, short-circuit, parameterization error).
Type 3SF62 323JA00 3SF62 333JA00
Sensing range
Rated value cm 5 ... 30 15 ... 100
Maximum value cm 5 ... 50 15 ... 150
Standard test object mm 10 10 20 20
Differential travel H
(adjustable)
mm 3 ... 30 10 ... 100
Repeat accuracy R mm 1 2
Operating voltage (DC) of IQ-Sense
Rated operational current I
e
of IQ-Sense
No-load current I
0
of IQ-Sense
Adjustment / configuration Beginning and end of switching
range via IQ-Sense (IntelliTeach)
or local teach-in via potentiometer
Ultra-sound frequency kHz 400 200
Switching frequency f Hz 8 4
Response time ms 54 110
Measuring rate ms 13.44 26.88
Status display yellow LED
Casing material nickel-plated brass,
Transformer cover CRASTIN,
Transformer surface epoxy resin
Ambient temperature
Operation C 25 ... +70
Storage C 40 ... +85
Version Type Sensing range Order No.
Ultrasonic sensors
For connection to IQ-Sense
M18 IQ-Sense 5 ... 30 3SF62 323JA00
15 ... 100 3SF62 333JA00
ET 200M Special Modules
SM 374 simulator module
5/291
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Simulator module for testing programs during startup
and operation
For simulation of sensor signals using switches
For indicating signal statuses at the outputs using LEDs

6ES7 374-2XH01-0AA0
Current consumption
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 16; Switch
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 16; LEDs
Isolation
backplane bus
No
backplane bus
No
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
SM 374 simulator module 6ES7 374-2XH01-0AA0
Including bus connector and
labeling strip
Bus connector 6ES7 390-0AA00-0AA0
1 unit (spare part)
Labeling strip 6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
10 units (spare part)
Software for machine labeling of
modules directly from the STEP 7
project
Labeling sheets
DIN A4, for printing using laser
printer; 10 units
Petrol 6ES7 392-2AX00-0AA0
Light beige 6ES7 392-2BX00-0AA0
Yellow 6ES7 392-2CX00-0AA0
Red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
ET 200M Special Modules
DM 370 dummy module
5/292
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Dummy module for reserving slots for non-parameterized
signal modules
Structure and address allocation is retained when replaced
with a signal module

6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0
Current consumption
Power loss, max. 0.03 W
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
DM 370 dummy module 6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0
Including bus connector and
labeling strip
Bus connector 6ES7 390-0AA00-0AA0
1 unit (spare part)
Labeling strip 6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
Software for machine labeling of
modules directly from the STEP 7
project
Labeling sheets
DIN A4, for printing using laser
printer; 10 units
Petrol 6ES7 392-2AX00-0AA0
Light beige 6ES7 392-2BX00-0AA0
Yellow 6ES7 392-2CX00-0AA0
Red 6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
ET 200M Power Supplies
2 A, 5 A, 10 A load power supplies
5/293
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview
Load power supplies for S7-300/ET 200M
For conversion of the line voltage to the required operating
voltage of 24 V DC
Output current of 2 A, 5 A or 10 A

1) SIPLUS module for temperature range -25 ... +60C and use under
medial load (e.g. sulphur chloride atmosphere). This SIPLUS power
supply conforms with standards for electronic equipment used on
rolling stock (EN 50155, temperature T1, category 1).
Power supply, type 2 A 2 A 5 A 5 A 10 A
Order No. 6ES7 307-1BA00-
0AA0
6ES7 305-1BA80-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA00-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA80-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1KA01-
0AA0
Order No. SIPLUS 6AG1 305-1BA80-
2AA0
1)

6AG1 307-1EA80-
2AA0
1)

Input Single-phase AC DC voltage Single-phase AC Single-phase AC Single-phase AC
Rated voltage V
in rated
120/230 V AC
Settable via selec-
tor switch on device
24 V ... 110 V DC
Wide-range input
120/230 V AC
Settable via selec-
120/230 V AC
Set via switch on
device
120/230 V AC
Settable via selec-
Voltage range 85 ... 132 V/
170 ... 264 V AC
16.8 ... 138 V DC 85 ... 132 V/
170 ... 264 V AC
93 ... 132 V AC/
187 ... 264 V AC
85 ... 132/
170 ... 264 V AC
Overvoltage strength 2.3 x -pole, 1.3 ms 154 V; 0.1 s 2.3 x -pole, 1.3 ms 2.3 x V
in rated
, 1.3 ms 2.3 x -pole, 1.3 ms
Mains buffering I
out rated
> 20 ms at V
in
=
93/187 V
> 10 ms at V
in rated
> 20 ms at V
in
=
93/187 V
> 20 ms at V
in
=
93/187 V
> 20 ms at V
in
=
93/187 V
Rated line frequency; range 50/60 Hz;
47 ... 63 Hz
- 50/60 Hz;
47 ... 63 Hz
50/60 Hz,
47 ... 63 Hz
50/60 Hz;
47 ... 63 Hz
Rated current I
in rated
0.9/0.6 A 2.7-0.6 A (4-0.9 A) 2.1/1.3 A 2.1/1.2 A 4.1/1.8 A
Inrush current limitation (+25C) < 20 A, < 3 ms < 20 A, < 10 ms < 45 A, < 3 ms < 45 A, < 3 ms < 55 A, < 3 ms
I
2
t < 1.0 A
2
s < 5 A
2
s < 1.2 A2s < 1.8 A
2
s
(typ. 1.2 A
2
s)
< 3.3 A2s
Integrated line-side fuse T 1.6 A/250 V
(not accessible)
T 6.3 A/250 V
(inaccessible)
F 4 A/250 V
(not accessible)
T 3.15 A/250 V
(not accessible)
T 6.3 A/250 V
(not accessible)
Recommended circuit-breaker
(IEC 898) in mains supply line
3 A,
Characteristic C
At and above 10 A,
C characteristic,
suitable for DC
From 6 A,
Characteristic C
At and above 10 A,
Characteristic C or
at and above 6 A,
Characteristic D
From 10 A,
Characteristic C
5/294
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
supply conforms with standards for electronic equipment used on roll-
ing stock (EN 50155, temperature T1, category 1).
0AA0
6ES7 305-1BA80-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA00-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA80-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1KA01-
0AA0
2AA0
1)

6AG1 307-1EA80-
2AA0
1)

Output Stabilized, floating
direct voltage
Controlled, isolated
DC voltage
Stabilized, floating
direct voltage
Controlled, isolated
DC voltage
Stabilized, floating
direct voltage
Rated voltage V
out rated
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Total tolerance 3 % 3 % 3 % 3 % 3 %
Stat. mains compensation Approx. 0.1 %
Approx. 0.2 %
Approx. 0.1 %
Approx. 0.2 %
Approx. 0.1 %
Stat. load compensation Approx. 0.2 %
Approx. 0.4 %
Approx. 0.2 %
Approx. 0.4 %
Approx. 0.5 %
Residual ripple
(clock frequency: approx. 50 kHz)
< 150 mV
pp

(typ. < 20 mV
pp
)
< 150 mV
pp
(typ. < 30 mV
pp
)
< 150 mV
pp
(typ. 40 mV
pp
)
< 150 mV
pp
(typ. 40 mV
pp
)
< 150 mV
pp

(typ. 40 mV
pp
)
Spikes (bandwidth: 20 MHz) < 240 mV
pp

(typ. < 150 mV
pp
)
< 240 mV
pp
(typ. < 150 mV
pp
)
< 240 mV
pp
(typ. 90 mV
pp
)
< 240 mV
pp
(typ. 90 mV
pp
)
< 240 mV
pp
(typ. 100 mV
pp
)
Setting range - - - - -
Status display Green LED for 24 V
O.K.
Green LED for 24 V
O.K.
Green LED for 24 V
O.K.
Green LED for 24 V
O.K.
Green LED for 24 V
O.K.
Power ON/OFF behavior No overshoot of V
out

(soft start)
No overshoot of V
out

(soft start)
No overshoot of V
out

(soft start)
No overshoot of V
out

(soft start)
No overshoot of V
out

(soft start)
Starting delay/voltage rise < 3 s/typ. 60 ms < 3 s (typ.7 ms)/
typ. 5 ms
< 2 s/typ. 60 ms < 3 s/typ.100 ms < 1.5 s/typ. 80 ms
Rated current I
out rated
2 A 2 A
(3 A with V
in
> 24 V)
5 A 5 A 10 A
Current range
Up to +45 C 0 ... 2 A
0 ... 2 A (3 A)
0 ... 5 A
0 ... 5 A
0 ... 10 A
Up to +60 C 0 ... 2 A
0 ... 3 A (3 A)
0 ... 5 A
0 ... 5 A
0 ... 10 A
Dyn. V/I with
Starting on short circuit typ. 10 A for 90 ms
typ. 9 A for 270 ms
typ. 20 A for 75 ms
typ. 20 A for 180 ms
typ. 35 A for 80 ms
Short-circuit in operation typ. 10 A for 90 ms
typ. 9 A for 270 ms
typ. 20 A for 75 ms
typ. 20 A for 80 ms
typ. 35 A for 150 ms
Parallel connection for increased
output
Not permissible Yes, 2 units Not permissible Not permissible Not permissible
Efficiency
Efficiency at V
out rated
, I
out rated
Approx. 83 % Approx. 75% Approx. 87 % Approx. 84 % Approx. 87 %
Power loss at V
out rated
, I
out rated
Approx. 10 W Approx. 16 W (24 W) Approx. 18 W Approx. 23 W Approx. 34 W
Control
Dyn. mains compensation
(V
in rated
15 %)
0.3 % V
out
0.3 % V
out
0.3 % V
out
0.3 % V
out
0.3 % V
out
Dyn. load compensation
(I
out
: 50/100/50 %)
0.8 % V
out
2.5 % V
out
2.5 % V
out
3 % V
out
2.5 % V
out
Settling time
Load step from 50 to 100 % < 5 ms (typ. 2.5 ms)
< 5 ms (typ. 2.5 ms)
typ. 0.1 ms
< 5 ms (typ. 0.2 ms)
< 5 ms
Load step from 100 to 50 % < 5 ms (typ. 2.5 ms)
< 5 ms (typ. 2.5 ms)
typ. 0.1 ms
< 5 ms (typ. 0.2 ms)
< 5 ms
Output overvoltage protection Additional control
loop, shutdown at
approx. 30 V,
automatic restart
Additional control
loop, shutdown at
approx. 30 V,
automatic restart
Additional control
loop, shutdown at
approx. 30 V,
automatic restart
Additional control
loop, shutdown at
approx. 30 V,
automatic restart
Additional control
loop, shutdown at
approx. 30 V,
automatic restart
Current limitation 2.2 ... 2.6 A 3.3 ... 3.9 A 5.5 ... 6.5 A 5.5 ... 6.5 A 11 ... 12 A
Short-circuit protection Electronic shut-
down, automatic
restart
Electronic shut-
down, automatic
restart
Electronic shut-
down, automatic
restart
Electronic shut-
down, automatic
restart
Electronic shut-
down, automatic
restart
RMS sustained short-circuit current < 4 A < 2 A < 9 A < 5 A < 10 A
Overload/short-circuit indicator - - - - -
5/295
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
supply conforms with standards for electronic equipment used on
rolling stock (EN 50155, temperature T1, category 1).
0AA0
6ES7 305-1BA80-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA00-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1EA80-
0AA0
6ES7 307-1KA01-
0AA0
2AA0
1)

6AG1 307-1EA80-
2AA0
1)

Safety
primary/secondary
Yes,
SELV output voltage
V
out
acc. to
EN 60950 and
EN 50178
Yes,
safety extra-low out-
put voltage V
out
to
EN 60950 and
EN 50178,
creepages and
clearances > 5 mm
Yes,
SELV output voltage
V
out
acc. to
EN 60950 and
EN 50178
Yes,
safety extra-low out-
put voltage V
out
to
EN 60950 and
EN 50178,
creepages and
clearances > 8 mm
Yes,
SELV output voltage
V
out
acc. to
EN 60950 and
EN 50178
Protective class Class I Class I Class I Class I Class I
Discharge current < 3.5 mA
(typ. 0.7 mA)
< 3.5 mA
(typ. 0.7 mA)
< 3.5 mA
(typ. 0.3 mA)
< 3.5 mA
(typ. 0.3 mA)
< 3.5 mA
(typ. 0.5 mA)
TV test Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
CE marking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
UL/cUL (CSA) approval Yes,
UL listed (UL 508),
File E143289,
CSA (CSA 22.2
No. 14-95)
Yes,
UL-listed (UL 508),
file E143289, CSA
(CSA22.2 no. 14-95)
Yes,
UL listed (UL 508),
File E143289,
CSA (CSA 22.2
No. 14-95)
Yes,
UL-listed (UL 508),
file E143289, CSA
(CSA22.2 no. 14-95)
Yes,
UL listed (UL 508)
File E143289,
CSA (CSA 22.2
No. 14-95)
FM approval Yes,
Class I Div. 2 Group
A, B, C, D, T4
- Yes,
Class I Div. 2 Group
A, B, C, D, T 4
- Yes,
Class I Div. 2, A, B,
C, D, T4
Appr. for use in marine vessels in the S7-300
system
Yes, GL, LRS in the S7-300 sys-
tem
Yes, GL, LRS in the S7-300 sys-
tem
Degree of protection (EN 60529) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
EMC
Interference emission EN 55022 Class B EN 55011 Class A EN 55022 Class B EN 55011 Class A EN 55022 Class B
Line harmonics limitation Not applicable Not applicable EN 61000-3-2 - EN 61000-3-2
Interference immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
Operating specifications
Ambient temperature range 0 ... +60 C with
natural convection
-25C ... +70C with
natural convection
0 ... +60 C with nat-
ural convection
-25C ... +70C with
natural convection
0 ... +60C with
natural convection
Transportation and storage
temperature range
-40 ... +85 C - 40 ... + 85 C -40 ... +85 C - 40 ... + 85 C -40 ... +85 C
Humidity rating Climatic class 3K3
acc. to EN 60721,
no condensation
Climate class 3K5
to EN 60721,
transient condensa-
tion permitted
Climatic class 3K3
acc. to EN 60721,
no condensation
Climate class 3K5
to EN 60721,
transient condensa-
tion permitted
Climatic class 3K3
acc. to EN 60721,
no condensation
Mechanical specifications
Connections
Mains input L, N, PE
(DC input: L+1, M1, PE)
One screw-type
terminal each for 0.5
to 2.5 mm
2
single-
core/finely stranded
Solid/finely-stranded
per screw-type ter-
minal for 0.5 mm to
2.5 mm
2
One screw-type
to 2.5 mm
2
single-
Solid/finely-stranded
per screw-type ter-
minal for 0.5 mm to
2.5 mm
2
One screw-type
to 2.5 mm
2
single-
Output L+ 2 screw-type
terminals for 0.5 to
2.5 mm
2
3 screw-type termi-
nals for 0.5 mm to
2.5 mm
2
3 screw-type
2.5 mm
2
3 screw-type termi-
nals for 0.5 mm to
2.5 mm
2
4 screw-type
2.5 mm
2
Output M 2 screw-type
2.5 mm
2
3 screw-type-
terminals for 0.5 mm
to 5 mm
2
3 screw-type
2.5 mm
2
3 screw-type
terminals for 0.5 mm
to 2.5 mm
2
4 screw-type
2.5 mm
2
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 50 x 125 x 120 80 x 125 x 120 80 x 125 x 120 80 x 125 x 120 120 x 125 x 120
1)
Weight approx. 0.42 kg 0.75 kg 0.74 kg 0.57 kg 1.1 kg
Mounting Snap-mounting on
S7 rail
Snaps onto S7 bus-
bar
Snap-mounting on
S7 rail
Snaps onto S7 bus-
bar
Snap-mounting on
S7 rail
1)
Accessories Mounting adapter
for DIN rail and
PS-CPU power con-
nector
Mounting adapter
for DIN rail and
PS-CPU power con-
nector
Mounting adapter
for DIN rail and
power connector
Mounting adapter
for DIN rail and
PS-CPU power con-
nector
Mounting adapter
for DIN rail and
PS-CPU power con-
nector
5/296
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

PS 305/307 load power supply
incl. power connector
120/230 V AC / 24 V DC; 2 A 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
24 110 V DC / 24 V DC; 2 A,
for extended temperature range
6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
120/230 V AC / 24 V DC; 5 A 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0
120/230 V AC / 24 V DC; 5 A,
for extended temperature range
6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
120/230 V AC / 24 V DC; 10 A 6ES7 307-1KA01-0AA0
SIPLUS load power supply
PS 305/307
for temperature range
-25 +60 C and use under
medial load (e.g. sulphur chloride
atmosphere). Conforms with stan-
dard for electronic equipment
used on rolling stock (EN 50155,
24 110 V DC / 24 V DC; 2 A 6AG1 305-1BA80-2AA0
120/230 V AC / 24 V DC; 5 A 6AG1 307-1EA80-2AA0
Installation adapter 6ES7 390-6BA00-0AA0
For snapping the PS 307 onto a
35 mm DIN rail (EN 50022)
PS-CPU power connector 6ES7 390-7BA00-0AA0
Spare part
ET 200eco
5/297
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Compact, cost-effective I/O devices for processing digital
signals
Design without control cabinet with degree of protection
IP65/67 with flexible and fast connections
Comprises a basic module and various connection blocks for
application-specific implementation options:
- ECOFAST: 2 x RS 485 hybrid fieldbus connection with iden-
tification plug for setting the PROFIBUS address
- M12: 2 x M12 and 2 x 7/8" with 2 rotary coding switches for
assigning the PROFIBUS address
Connection block contains T-functionality for bus and power
supply so that during commissioning and service, the
modules can be disconnected from and reconnected to the
PROFIBUS without interruption
Module variance: 8DI, 16DI, 8DI/8DO (1.3 A), 8DI/8DO (2.0 A),
8DO (2.0 A), 16DO (0.5 A)
Fail-safe DI modules 4/8 F-DI with safety-related signal pro-
cessing according to PROFIsafe
6ES7 141-3BF00-0XA0 6ES7 141-3BH00-0XA0 6ES7 148-3FA00-0XB0
Supply voltages
reverse polarity protection Yes Yes No
Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 70 mA; typically 70 mA; typically 100 mA
Power loss, typ. 2.4 W 3.6 W 3 W
FH technology
Module for fail-safe applications Yes
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes Yes Yes
PROFIBUS DP
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 /
500 kBaud
1.5 / 3 / 6 / 12 Mbaud
12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 /
500 kBaud
1.5 / 3 / 6 / 12 Mbaud
12 Mbit/s
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8 16 8;
8 single channel, 4 two-channel
controllable inputs
8;
all mounting positions up to 55 C
16;
all mounting positions up to 55 C
8;
8 single channel, 4 two-channel
Cable length
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes Yes
Input voltage
Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V 24 V
for signal "0" -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V -30V to 5 V
Input current
for signal "1", typ. 7 mA 7 mA 3.7 mA
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max. 3 ms; typ. 3 ms; typ.
- at "1" to "0", max. 3 ms; typically 3 ms; typically
ET 200eco
5/298
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 141-3BF00-0XA0 6ES7 141-3BH00-0XA0 6ES7 148-3FA00-0XB0
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 8 8 2
Output voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC min. L+ (-1.5V)
Output current, rated value 1 A;
Aggregate current up to 55 C
1 A;
Aggregate current up to 55 C
300 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic Yes; electronic Yes
Encoder
2-wire BEROS Yes Yes No
1.5 mA 1.5 mA
diagnostics
Status indicator Yes Yes
Alarms
Alarms No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostics Yes;
Yes;
(green)
Yes Yes Yes
Channel error indicator F (red) No No No
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 V DC 500 V DC 350 V AC/ 1min
Isolation
all other circuits
Yes Yes Yes
between the channels No No No
between different circuits 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC
in safety mode
to EN 954 Cat.3 (one-channel),
Cat.4 (two-channel)
to IEC 61508 SIL 2 (one channel),
SIL 3 (two channel)
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 80DBh 80DAh
Weights
ET 200eco
5/299
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 142-
3BF00-0XA0
6ES7 142-
3BH00-0XA0
Supply voltages
Load voltage 2L+
Current consumption
60 mA;
typically
80 mA;
typically
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 70 mA;
typically
70 mA;
typically
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP
9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 /
500 kBaud
1.5 / 3 / 6 /
12 Mbaud
12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 /
500 kBaud
1.5 / 3 / 6 /
12 Mbaud
Digital outputs
(per channel)
1.4 A
(per channel)
voltage to
2L+ (-44 V) 2L+ (-47 V)
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. 2L+ (- 0.8 V) 2L+ (- 0.8 V)
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A 0.5 A
for 0 to 55 C, min.
5 mA 5 mA
for 0 to 55 C, max.
2.4 A 1 A
for redundant control of a load Yes Yes
Switching frequency
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz;
to IEC 947-5-1,
DC13
0.5 Hz;
to IEC 947-5-1,
DC13
6ES7 142-
3BF00-0XA0
6ES7 142-
3BH00-0XA0
(per group)
up to 55 C, max. 4 A;
4 A each for
sockets X1, X3,
X5, X7,
4 A each for X2,
X4, X6, X8;
note the
current carry-
ing capacity of
the cable
4 A;
Please note the
current carry-
ing capacity of
the cable.
lower limit 12 12
upper limit 4 k 4 k
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostics Yes;
Diagnostic
information
readable
Yes;
Diagnostic
information
readable
(green)
Yes Yes
Channel error indicator F (red) No No
Isolation
Isolation
circuits
Yes Yes
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 80DDh 80FBh
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 28 mm 28 mm
Weights
ET 200eco
5/300
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 143-
3BH00-0XA0
6ES7 143-
3BH10-0XA0
Supply voltages
reverse polarity protection No Yes
Load voltage 2L+
Reverse polarity protection No Yes
Current consumption
60 mA; typically 60 mA; typically
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 70 mA; typically 70 mA; typically
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP
9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 /
500 kBaud
1.5 / 3 / 6 /
12 Mbaud
12 Mbit/s;
9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 /
187.5 /
500 kBaud
1.5 / 3 / 6 /
12 Mbaud
Digital inputs
controllable inputs
8;
all mounting
positions up to
55 C
8;
all mounting
positions up to
55 C
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Yes Yes
Input voltage
for signal "0" -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V
Input current
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "1" to "0", max. 3 ms; typically 3 ms; typically
6ES7 143-
3BH00-0XA0
6ES7 143-
3BH10-0XA0
Digital outputs
Response threshold, typ. 4 A per channel 4 A per channel
voltage to
2L+ (-44 V) 2L+ (-44 V)
Output voltage
for signal "1", min. 2L+ (- 0.8 V) 2L+ (-1.2 V)
Output current
for signal "1" rated value 2 A 1.3 A
for 0 to 55 C, min.
5 mA 5 mA
for 0 to 55 C, max.
2.4 A 1.8 A
for redundant control of a load Yes Yes
Switching frequency
with inductive load, max. 0.5 Hz; to
IEC 947-5-1,
DC13
0.5 Hz; to
IEC 947-5-1,
DC13
(per group)
up to 55 C, max. 4 A;
4 A each for
sockets X1, X3,
X5, X7 and
4 A each for
sockets X2, X4,
X6, X8;
note the current
carrying capac-
ity of the cable
5.2 A;
Please note the
current carry-
ing capacity of
the cable.
lower limit 12 12
upper limit 4 k 4 k
ET 200eco
5/301
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
6ES7 143-
3BH00-0XA0
6ES7 143-
3BH10-0XA0
Encoder supply
Output voltage 24 V DC
Output current, rated value 0.75 A;
up to 55C
max. 0.75 A
(summation
current)
1 A;
up to 55C
max. 1 A
(summation
current)
Encoder
1.5 mA 1.5 mA
diagnostics
Alarms
Alarms No No
Diagnoses
Diagnostics Yes;
Diagnostic
information
readable
Yes;
Diagnostic
information
readable
(green)
Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes
Channel error indicator F (red) No No
6ES7 143-
3BH00-0XA0
6ES7 143-
3BH10-0XA0
Isolation
Isolation
all other circuits
Yes Yes
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 80DCh 80FCh
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 28 mm 28 mm
Weights
6ES7 194-
3AA00-0AA0
6ES7 194-
3AA00-0BA0
Current consumption
Width 79 mm 79 mm
Height 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 30 mm 29 mm
Weights
ET 200eco
5/302
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

ET 200eco BM 141
basic module
8 DI 24 V DC 8 x M12,
single assignment, degree of
protection IP65/67 connection
block 6ES7194-3AA00-0.A0
6ES7 141-3BF00-0XA0
16 DI 24 V DC 8 x M12,
dual assignment, degree of
6ES7 141-3BH00-0XA0
ET 200eco BM 142
basic module
6ES7 142-3BF00-0XA0
8 DO 24 V DC/ 1.2 A 8 x M12,
single assignment, degree of
16 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A 8 x M12,
dual assignment degree of
protection IP65/67; Connection
block 6ES7 194-3AA00-0.A0
6ES7 142-3BH00-0XA0
ET 200eco BM 143
basic module
8 DI/8 DO, 2 A; 8 x M12,
IP65/67 connection block
6ES7194-3AA00-0.A0
6ES7 143-3BH00-0XA0
8 DI/8 DO, 1.3 A; 8 x M12,
dual assignment, degree of
block 6ES7 194-3AA00-0.A0
6ES7 143-3BH10-0XA0
ET 200eco BM 148
basic module
4/8 F-DI, 8 x M12, connection
6ES7 148-3FA00-0XB0
ECOFAST connection block 6ES7 194-3AA00-0AA0
For ET 200eco, 2 x ECOFAST
connection RS 485 identification
plug for PROFIBUS DP,
address setting
M12 connection block, 7/8" 6ES7 194-3AA00-0BA0
For ET 200eco, 2 x M12 and
2 x 7/8" 2 rotary coding switches
for PROFIBUS DP,
address setting
Accessories
F programming tool
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
Floating license for one user,
with three-language documenta-
tion (German, English, French),
on CD, executes as of STEP 7
V5.3 SP3
F programming tool
Distributed Safety
upgrade from V5.x to V5.4
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
F programming tool
Distributed Safety
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YX2
Software update service for 1
year, with automatic extension;
prerequisite current software
version
Inscription labels 3RT1 900-1SB20
Module description ET 200eco
except F-DI
Paper
German 6ES7 198-8GA00-8AA0
English 6ES7 198-8GA00-8BA0
French 6ES7 198-8GA00-8CA0
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Hybrid cable Cu
See ECOFAST bus cables
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Terminating plug
ECOFAST terminating resistor for
PROFIBUS DP
1 package = 1 item 6GK1 905-0DA10
1 package = 5 items 6GK1 905-0DA00
For covering input or output
sockets
ET 200eco
5/303
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Accessories for M12, 7/8 connecting block
PROFIBUS M12
connecting cable
2-core (inverse coded)
pre-assembled with M12 plugs
in various lengths:
0.3 m 6XV1 830-3DE30
0.5 m 6XV1 830-3DE50
1.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH10
1.5 m 6XV1 830-3DH15
2.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH20
3.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH30
5.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH50
10.0 m 6XV1 830-3DN10
15.0 m 6XV1 830-3DN15
SIMATIC NET Energy Cable
5-core power cable, 5 x 1.5 mm
2

conductors, can be trailed
Sold by the meter,
minimum length = 20 m
6XV1 830-8AH10
PROFIBUS M12 bus terminating
connector
6GK1 905-0EC00
For PROFIBUS DP,
1 pack = 5 pieces
7/8 connecting cable
for power supply
5-core pre-assembled with
7/8" plugs in various lengths:
0.3 m 6XV1 822-5BE30
0.5 m 6XV1 822-5BE50
1.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH10
1.5 m 6XV1 822-5BH15
2.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH20
3.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH30
5.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH50
10.0 m 6XV1 822-5BN10
15.0 m 6XV1 822-5BN15
Accessories for M12, 7/8 connecting block (continued)
PROFIBUS M12 plug connector
1 pack = 5 items
Connector insert 6GK1 905-0EA00
1 pack = 5 pieces
Male insert 6GK1 905-0FA00
Female insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
7/8" sealing caps 6ES7 194-3JA00-0AA0
1 pack = 10 items
M12 Y-coupler plug 6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
For dual connection of sensors
using single cable, 5-pole;
not used with F-DI4/8
sensors, 5-pole
sensors, 5-pole
multi-language: S7-200, TD 200,
S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400,
M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply:
as well as the subsequent three
updates
ET 200R
5/304
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
Overview

Distributed I/O to the degree of protection IP65
Die-cast aluminum housing
Integrated repeater
Parameterizable inputs/ outputs: 8 DI/8 DO up to 16 DI
Terminal strip at rear for connecting up analog signals for
welding transformers
Connection through hybrid line to 17-pin M23 connector
6ES7 143-
2BH00-0AB0
6ES7 143-
2BH50-0AB0
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V Yes; -15 / +20 % Yes; -15 / +20 %
permissible range,
lower limit (DC)
20.4 V 20.4 V
permissible range,
upper limit (DC)
28.8 V 28.8 V
Reverse polarity protection Yes;
also electronic
protection
Yes;
also electronic
protection
Connection point
Bus cables Bus and volt-
age: X01/X02:
2 x M23
(17-pin)
Bus and volt-
age: X01/X02:
2 x M23
(17-pin)
Inputs/outputs 8 x 5-pin plug
M12x1
8 x 5-pin plug
M12x1
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes;
Run-up time at
12 Mbaud:
about 80 ms
Yes
PROFIBUS DP
Cable length, max. 30 m; per chain,
shielded
30 m; per chain,
shielded
Digital inputs
16 process
channels,
8 DI fixed,
8 DI/DO param-
eterizable
8;
16 process
channels,
8 DI fixed,
8 DI/DO param-
eterizable
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max. 10 m;
for signal lines
10 m;
for signal lines
1131, Typ 2
Yes Yes
Input voltage
for signal "0" -3 to 5 V -3 to 5 V
Input current
6ES7 143-
2BH00-0AB0
6ES7 143-
2BH50-0AB0
voltage)
for standard inputs
Digital outputs
16 process
channels,
8 DI fixed,
8 DI/DO param-
eterizable
8;
16 process
channels,
8 DI fixed,
8 DI/DO param-
eterizable
Output current
for 0 to 55 C,, max.
0.5 A 0.5 A
Switching frequency
(per group)
Encoder supply
Output current, rated value 0.5 A;
8 channels
each
0.5 A;
8 channels
each
Encoder
diagnostics
Diagnoses
Diagnostic functions Yes; Diagnostic
frames
Yes; Diagnostic
frames
Short circuit Yes; (Digital
outputs) per
group; X0 to X1
or X2 to X3
Yes; (Digital
outputs) per
group - X0 to X1
or X2 to X3
Short circuit encoder supply Yes; per group
X0 to X3 or X4
to X7
Yes; per group
X0 to X3 or X4
to X7
missing load voltage Yes Yes
ET 200R
5/305
Siemens IK PI 2007
5

6ES7 143-
2BH00-0AB0
6ES7 143-
2BH50-0AB0
Description Channel 01,
Channel 02
Channel 01,
Channel 02
Rated load voltage PWR (green) Yes; 24 V DC
(load voltage)
US2
Yes; 24 V DC
(load voltage)
US2
(green)
Yes Yes
(green)
Yes Yes
(green)
Yes;
(Logic circuits/
encoder volt-
age) US1
Yes;
(Logic circuits/
encoder volt-
age) US1
max. 55 C 55 C
IP 65 Yes Yes
CE symbol Yes Yes
CSA approval Yes; ES 02 or
higher
Yes
UL Approval Yes; ES 02 or
higher
Yes
General information
Housing Die-cast
aluminum
Die-cast
aluminum
Width 54 mm 54 mm
Height 55 mm;
64 mm incl.
overall plug
height
55 mm;
64 mm incl.
overall plug
height
Length 150 mm 150 mm
Weights
ET 200R handling module IP65 6ES7 143-2BH00-0AB0
metal casing 8 DI + 8 DI/DO,
configurable; 24 V DC, 5-pole,
8 x M12, 2 x M23 (DP, PS, analog)
ET 200R welding module IP65 6ES7 143-2BH50-0AB0
metal casing 8 DI + 8 DI/DO,
configurable; 24 V DC, 5-pole,
8 x M12, 2 x M23 (DP, PS, analog)
Accessories
ELOCAB cables Can be ordered at:
ELOCAB Sonderkabel
Obere Lerch 34
D-91166 Georgensmnd,
Germany
Tel.: ++49 (0) 91 72 69 80-0
Fax: ++49 (0) 91 72 20 29
Interconnectron M23 connector Can be ordered at:
Hypertac GmbH
Auwiesenstr. 5,
PO Box 14 65
D-94454 Deggendorf,
Germany
S7 manual collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of supply: Up-to-date CD
S7 Manual Collection as well as
the three subsequent updates
5/306
Siemens IK PI 2007
5
7
Siemens IK PI 2007
6/2 Introduction
6/2 Transmission technology
6/5 AS-Interface specification
6/7 ASIsafe
6/7 Introduction
6/8 AS-Interface safety monitors
6/9 AS-Interface safety modules
6/11 Position switches General information
6/12 Position switches Molded-plastic
enclosures, 31 mm and 50 mm
6/13 Position switches
Metal enclosures, 40 mm and 56 mm
6/14 Position switches with separate actuator
Molded-plastic enclosures,
31 mm and 52 mm
6/15 Position switches with separate actuator
Metal enclosures, 40 mm
6/16 Position switches with tumbler Molded-
plastic enclosures, 1200 N locking force
6/17 Position switches with tumbler
Metal enclosures, 2000 N locking force
6/18 3SF2 AS-Interface cable-operated switches
6/19 SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light arrays
6/24 SIMATIC FS400 light curtains
with integrated evaluation unit ASIsafe,
Category 4
6/28 SIMATIC FS400 light curtains
with external evaluation ASIsafe, Category 4
6/34 Accessories
6/43 SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
6/46 AS-Interface LS4 laser scanner
6/50 AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP/OFF
pushbuttons
6/51 AS-Interface Master
6/51 Masters for SIMATIC S7
6/51 CP 142-2
6/53 CP 243-2
6/55 CP 343-2
6/57 CP 343-2 P
ST 70
1)
Master for SIMATIC C7
Sec.8
2)
AS-Interface network transitions
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
6/59 AS-Interface Slaves
6/59 I/O modules for operation in the field
6/59 Introduction
6/60 IP67 K60 digital I/O modules
6/62 IP68 / IP69K K60R digital I/O modules
6/72 IP67 digital I/O modules
Application modules
6/73 IP67 K60 analog I/O modules
6/77 IP20 I/O modules for operation
in the control cabinet
6/77 Introduction
6/78 SlimLine
6/80 Module F90
6/81 Flat module
6/82 Special integrated solutions
6/82 AS-Interface communication modules
6/84 Modules with special functions
6/84 Counter modules
6/85 Ground fault detection modules
6/86 Overvoltage protection module
6/88 IP65/67 Motor Starters and
Load Feeders
6/88 Compact starters (400 V AC)
6/91 Motor starters (24 V DC)
6/93 3RK1 3 ECOFAST motor starters and
soft starters
6/94 IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
6/94 AS-Interface load feeder module
6/96 Direct-on-line starters for busbar systems
6/98 Reversing starters for busbar systems
6/101 SIRIUS soft starters
LV1
3)
Communications capable contactors
55 to 250 kW
6/102 3SF5 Pushbutton Unit and
Indicator Lights
6/102 AS-Interface F Adapters for
EMERGENCY STOP/EMERGENCY OFF
Control Devices
6/103 AS-Interface Enclosures General data
6/104 AS-Interface Enclosures with
Standard Fittings
6/105 AS-Interface Components for Enclosures
6/106 AS-Interface Customized Enclosures
6/107 AS-Interface Front Panel Module
6/112 AS-Interface connection for LOGO!
LV1
3)
AS-Interface signal columns
6/113 AS-Interface Power Supplies
6/113 AS-Interface Power Supplies, IP20
6/115 Transmission media
6/115 AS-Interface shaped cables
6/116 System Components and Accessories
6/116 Repeaters/Extenders
6/118 Extension Plug
6/120 Addressing units
6/121 Analyzer
6/124 Miscellaneous Accessories
1)
see Catalog ST 70
Products for Totally Integrated
Automation and Micro Automation
2)
see Section 8
3)
see Catalog LV 1
Switchgear for Industrie
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
Introduction
Transmission technology
6/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The AS-Interface is an open, international standard in accor-
dance with EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2 for process and field
communication. Leading manufacturers of actuators and
sensors worldwide support AS-Interface. The electrical and
mechanical specifications of the AS-Interface Association are
made open to interested companies.
The AS-Interface is a single master system. For automation sys-
tems from Siemens, there are communications processors (CPs)
and network transitions (Links) that function as masters to con-
trol process or field communication as well as sensors and actu-
ators that are accessed as AS-Interface slaves.

Benefits
An important characteristic of the AS-Interface technology is the
use of a common two-core cable for data transmission and
distribution of auxiliary power to the sensors and actuators.
For distributing the auxiliary power, an AS-Interface power sup-
ply is used which satisfies the requirements of the AS-Interface
transmission procedure. The AS-Interface cable is mechanically
coded which prevents polarity reversal during wiring, and the
insulation displacement methods allows easy contact.
Complex control cable wiring in the control cabinet and terminal
blocks can be replaced with AS-Interface.
Thanks to a specially developed cable and insulation displace-
ment technology, the AS-Interface cable can be connected
anywhere.
This concept results in enormous flexibility and significant cost
savings.
Application
Operating modes
In general, the following operating modes are distinguished with
the master interface modules:
I/O data exchange
In this operating mode, the inputs and outputs of the binary
AS-Interface slaves are read and written to.
Analog value transmission
AS-Interface master in accordance with AS-Interface specifica-
tion V2.1 or V3.0 support integral analog value processing.
This makes data exchange with analog AS-Interface slaves (in
accordance with analog profile 7.3 or 7.4) as easy as with digital
slaves.
Command interface
As well as I/O data exchange with binary and analog
AS-Interface slaves, the AS-Interface masters provide a range
of other functions using the command interface.
Thus for example, slave addresses can be allocated, parameter
values can be transferred or diagnostics information can be
read out from user programs.
Industrial Ethernet
KNX AS-Interface
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet
KNX AS-Interface
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
2
0
0
0
2
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
Introduction
6/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Design
AS-Interface is used wherever individual actuators and sensors
are distributed throughout the machine (e.g. in a bottling plant or
production line, etc.).
AS-Interface replaces complex cable trees and connects binary
and analog actuators and sensors such as proximity switches,
valves or LEDs to a programmable controller such as SIMATIC
or a PC.
In practice, this means: Installation runs smoothly because data
and power are transported together on one cable. No special
expertise is required for installation and start-up. Furthermore,
through simple cable laying and the clear cable structure as well
as the special design of the cable, you not only significantly
reduce the risk of errors but also the service and maintenance
costs.
System configuration example
AS-Interface-distributor
(without AS-Interface-Chip)
AS-Interface
power supply
Digital/analog
I/O module
(without
AS-Interface
chip)
Repeater
Control
panel
Safe slave with
Emergency Stop
Compact starter
IP65
AS-Interface
power supply unit
Safety
monitor
Signal
evaluation
24 V DC
power supply unit
AS-i Extension Plug
(for segment length
up to 200 m)
Max. AS-i cable length per segment:
Max. AS-i cable length per segment:
* Only one master can be optionally
connected to an AS-i segment
AS-Interface
distributor
AS-Interface Master *
SIMATIC/
SIMOTION
LOGO!
AS-Interface-Master * PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC C7
S7-300
S7-200
SIMOTION C
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
S7-200
SIMATIC C7
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
AS-Interface
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
2
0
0
2
7
DP/AS-i LINK
Advanced
S7-200
AS-Interface
Introduction
6/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
System components
Numerous system components are offered to implement the
communication. The main components of a system installation
are:
Master interfaces for central control units such as SIMATIC S5
and SIMATIC S7, ET 200
M/X distributed I/O,

The AS-Interface shaped cable,
Network components such as repeaters/extenders,
The power supply unit for supplying the slaves, modules for
connecting standard sensors and actuators,
Actuators and sensors with an integrated slave ASIC,
Secure modules for transferring secure data over
AS-Interface,
The address programmer for setting the slave address.
AS-Interface master and AS-Interface Links (see network transitions)

More information
Please note the operating framework conditions in each case for
the specified SIMATIC NET products (Order No. 6GK..., 6XV1...),
which you will find on the Internet page listed below.
Integral interface
SIMATIC C7-621 ASi
CP 142-2
SIMATIC S7-300
CP 343-2
CP 343-2 P
SIMATIC S7-200
CP 243-2
SIMATIC C7
SIMATIC ET 200X
AS-Interface Master
AS-Interface Links
CP 343-2 P
SIMOTION C
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
G_IK10_XX_20009
Standard EN 50295 / IEC 61158
Topology Line, star or tree topology
(same as electrical installation)
Transmission medium unshielded twisted pair
(2 x 1.5 mm
2
)
for data and auxiliary power
Cables and connections Contacting of the AS-Interface
cable using insulation displace-
ment
Max. cable length 100 m without Repeater/Extender;
200 m with Extension Plug;
300 m with Repeater or Extender;
600 m with Repeater/Extender
and Extension Plug (repeaters
connected in parallel)
Max. cycle time 5 ms at maximum capacity,
10 ms if A/B method is used,
profile-specific with spec 3.0
slaves;
Number of stations
per AS-Interface segment
31 slaves acc. to AS-Interface
spec. V2.0 ;
62 slaves (A/B method) in accor-
dance with AS-Interface spec.
V2.1 and V3.0
integrated analog value transmis-
sion
Number of binary
sensors/actuators
max. 124 I/124 O acc. to
spec. V2.0;
max. 248 I /186 O acc. to
spec. V2.1;
max. 496 I /496 O acc. to
spec. 3.0
Access methods Cyclic polling master/slave proce-
dure, cycle data reception by
host (PLC, PC)
Error protection Identification and resending of
faulty messages
AS-Interface
AS-Interface specification
6/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
Technical development of AS-Interface
System limitations of AS-Interface specification

Expansions of AS-Interface Specification 2.1
AS-Interface Specification 2.1 enables the number of network
stations to be doubled from 31 to 62. Using the so-called
expanded addressing system, the 31 addresses available in
an AS-Interface network can be split into two.
If this option is used for each of the 31 slaves, the maximum
number of stations in an AS-Interface network is then 62.
The so-called A/B slaves can have a maximum of four inputs
and three outputs. Expanded addressing is only possible for
digital slaves, not for analog slaves and safety-oriented slaves
(ASIsafe).
Another function of the AS-Interface Specification V2.1 is
the integrated analog value transfer function. In this case
"integrated" means that no special function blocks are re-
quired for accessing the analog values. It is just as easy to ac-
cess the analog values as the digital values. The integrated
analog value transfer function can be used with analog slaves
which support the profiles 7.3 and 7.4.
Expansions of AS-Interface specification 3.0
The AS-Interface Specification 3.0 enables connection of a
maximum of 1000 digital inputs/outputs (profile S-7.A.A:
8DI/8DO as A/B slave).
New profiles have also enabled the option of expanded
addressing for analog slaves.
Acceleration of analog value transfer through "fast analog
profile".
Variable use of analog modules: Optional parameterization of
resolution (12/14 bit) and 1 and 2-channel capability.
Asynchronous serial protocol 100 baud or 50 baud, bidrec-
tional.
ASi Spec. V2.0
ASi Spec. V2.1
1994 1998
2001 2005/2006
ASIsafe
ASi Spec. V3.0
5 ms bus cycle time
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
5
3
a
31 Slaves
62 Slaves (10 ms)
S
p
e
e
d
/
F
l
e
x
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
Analog profiles
Diagnostics peripherals
4DI/4DO in A/B technology
8DI/8DO in A/B technology
Additional analog profiles
Transmission of serial data
Safety monitor
Safe input slaves
AS-Interface
specification
Maximum number of slaves Number of digital inputs Number of digital outputs
Digital Analog ASIsafe
Version 2.0 31 31 31 31 4 = 124 31 4 = 124
Version 2.1 62 31 31 62 4 = 248 62 3 = 186
Version 3.0 62 62 31 62 8 = 496 62 8 = 496
AS-Interface

AS-Interface specification
6/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
AS-Interface master
To be able to operate A/B slaves on an AS-Interface network you
must also use master modules that meet the minimum require-
ments of Specification 2.1.
A/B technology is supported by the masters of the SIMATIC S7
and the DP/AS-Interface links from Siemens. Only standard
slaves and A slaves (= A/B slave with an A address) can be
operated on masters which do not support Specification 2.1.
The subaddress of A/B slaves is set to "A" in the as-delivered
state.
The new masters that comply with Specification 3.0 support all
new slave profiles, but are also fully backwards compatible.

The AS-Interface specification relevant for the respective slave
can be found in the section Selection and Ordering data.
The exact slave profile can be found in the section Technical
Specifications.
Communication cycle

Standard slaves are queried in each cycle (max. cycle time:
5 ms). If only one A or B slave is installed at an address, this
slave will be queried in each cycle (max. cycle time: 5 ms). If an
A/B slave pair is installed at an address, the A slave will be que-
ried in one cycle and the B slave in the next cycle (max. cycle
time: 10 ms). If only standard and/or A slaves are installed in a
network, the cycle time is identical to the standard masters
(max. cycle time: 5 ms).
Whether an AS-Interface slave is a standard slave or an A/B
slave is noted in the section Selection and Ordering data in the
column Slave Type and can be deduced from the section
Technical Specifications of the slave in question.
All slave types can be combined within a single AS-Interface
network.
Benefits
Lower costs for masters and power supply units thanks to
increased number of slaves or I/Os per AS-Interface string
Enhanced decentralization in installations with numerous,
widely distributed signals
Further expansion of AS-Interface systems is possible
AS-Interface specification Available masters
Version 2.1 S7-200 (CP 243-2), S7-300 (CP 343-2, 343-2P), DP/AS-i Link 20E
Version 3.0 DP/AS Link Advanced
AS-Interface specification Maximum cycle time Slave profile
Version 2.0 5 ms S-X.0, S-X.1, S-X.F
Version 2.1 5 ms with 31 slaves
10 ms with 62 slaves
S-X.A, S-7.3, S-7.4, S-7.F
Version 3.0 as for Version 2.1,
and profile-specific 10 ms for inputs/outputs
(e.g. 20 ms for 4DI/4DO and 40 ms for 8DI/8DO)
S-7.5.5;
S-7.A.5, S-B.A.5;
S-7.A.7, S-7.A.8;
S-7.A.9, S-7.A.A, S-6.0
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Introduction
6/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

Safety is included
The ASIsafe concept supports the direct integration of safety-
related components, such as Emergency Stop switches, protec-
tive door switches or safety light arrays, in the AS-Interface net-
work. These are fully compatible with the familiar AS-Interface
components (masters, slaves, power supplies, repeaters, etc.)
in according to IEC 62026/EN 50295 and are operated in con-
junction with them on the yellow AS-Interface cable.
The signals of the fail-safe sensors are evaluated by a safety
monitor which not only monitors the switching signals of the fail-
safe sensors but also continuously checks that the data trans-
mission works correctly. The safety monitor has one or two
enabling circuits which are configured with two channels and
are used to switch the machine or plant to the safe state. Sensors
and monitors can be connected to any points of the AS-Interface
network. Also, several monitors can be used on one network.
A failsafe controller or a special master is not required. The
master regards safety slaves like all other slaves and receives
the safety data solely for information purposes. Hence it is also
possible to expand all existing AS-Interface networks.
ASIsafe ensures a maximum response time of 40 ms. This is the
time between the signal being applied to the input of the safe
slave and the output on the safety monitor being switched off.
Tested safety
The system was tested and approved by TV (Germany), NRTL
(USA) and INRS (France). The transmission method for safety-
oriented signals is designed so that applications up to
Category 4 according to EN 954-1 and SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508 can be realized.
Software
The safety-oriented applications can be compiled and trans-
ferred into the monitor using the asimon configuration soft-
ware. The software also enables online diagnostics.
Benefits
No fail-safe PLC or special master is required.
Simple system structure thanks to standardized AS-Interface
technique.
Safety-related and standard data on the same bus.
Existing systems can be expanded quickly and easily.
Optimal integration in TIA (Safety Diagnose) and Safety
Integrated
Safe signals can be grouped.
Integration of safety signals into plant diagnostics, also on
existing HMI panels.
Approval granted up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1, or SIL 3
acc. to IEC 61508.
ASIsafe has been certified by TV (German Technical Inspec-
torate) as well as by NRTL and INRS.
Application
Integrated safety systems using AS-Interface can be used in
applications for which EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons, protec-
tive door locks, Stop category 0 and 1, two-handed operation
and light arrays are currently installed.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
0
0
5
c
Standard PLC
Standard-Master
Standard-
Slave
Safety monitor
Safe slave with
EMERGENCY
STOP
Power
supply unit
Signal evaluation of slave/safety monitor
Master information (via standard I/O transfer)
A
S
-
i

P
O
W
E
R
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety monitors
6/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The safety monitor is the centerpiece of ASIsafe. A safe appli-
cation is configured using a PC and the safety monitor. Various
application-specific operating modes can be selected for this.
They include, for example, an EMERGENCY STOP function,
tumbler and selection of stop Category 0 or Category 1.
To be able to make full use of the AS-Interface diagnostics
options, the monitor can also be operated with an AS-Interface
address if required. With the help of the diagnostics block for
STEP 7, which is included on the ASIsafe CD, the full diagnostics
spectrum can be processed further in the higher-level PLC.
The monitor comes in two expansion levels:
Basic safety monitor with starter set of blocks and basic
functionality
Expanded safety monitor with expanded features and
functionality
Both expansion levels are available with one or two enabling
circuits with two-channel configuration.
The safety monitor is used in an AS-Interface bus system to
monitor protective devices, e.g. EMERGENCY STOP switches.
It is classified in Safety Category 4 according to EN 954-1.
According to IEC 61508 the safety monitor can be used in loops
up to SIL3. The user must calculated the PFD value of the total
loop.

Note:
Depending on the choice of safety components used, the com-
plete safety system may also be classified in a lower safety cat-
egory.

ON period in months Total
operating time
in years
PFD
3 10 4 10
-5
6 10 6 10
-5
9 10 9 10
-5
Version Order No.
3RK1 105-1BE04-0CA0
Basic safety monitor
One enabling circuit 3RK1 105-1AE04-0CA0
Two enabling circuits 3RK1 105-1BE04-0CA0
Expanded safety monitor
One enabling circuit 3RK1105-1AE04-2CA0
Two enabling circuits 3RK1105-1BE04-2CA0
ASIsafe CD
Configurations software asimon V2
Diagnostics package for STEP7 (FB102)
3RK1 802-2FB06-0GA0
3RK1 901-5AA00
Cable set
PC configuration cable
Transfer cable
3RK1 901-5AA00
Sealable cover 3RP1 902
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety modules
6/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
Safety modules for AS-Interface (ASIsafe modules) are available
for field use in degree of protection IP67 (K20F, K45F and K60F
compact modules) and for the control cabinet (SlimLine Modul
S22.5F) in degree of protection IP20:
K45F compact safety modules for operation in the field
The K45F compact safety module is equipped with two "safe" in-
puts. For applications up to Category 2 according to EN 954-1
the two inputs can be separately assigned. If Category 4 is
required a two-channel input is available on the module.
A new addition to the range is the K45F module, which has two
standard outputs in addition to the two safe inputs.
The K60F compact safety module similarly has two standard out-
puts in addition to two safety inputs (see K45F for categories);
power is supplied from either the yellow AS-Interface cable or as
auxiliary voltage from the black 24 V DC cable.
Being only 20 mm wide, the K20F module is particularly well
suited for applications where modules need to be arranged in
the most confined space. The K20F modules are connected to
the AS-Interface with a round cable with M12 cable box instead
of with the AS-Interface flat cable. This enables extremely com-
pact installation. The flexibility of the round cable means that it
can also be used on moving machine parts without any prob-
lems. The K20 modules are also ideal for such applications as
their non-encapsulated design makes them particularly light in
weight.
S22.5F SlimLine safety modules for operation in controlgear
cabinets and local control boxes
The S22.5F SlimLine safety module has two safety inputs.
The safe linking of signals to ASIsafe networks in the cabinet is
therefore also possible. For operation up to Category 2, both
inputs can be assigned separately; if Category 4 is required, a
two-channel input is available on the module.
New in the range are two S22.5F module versions which have
two standard outputs in addition to the two safety inputs; power
is supplied either from only the yellow AS-Interface cable or as
auxiliary voltage from the black 24 V DC cable.
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety modules
6/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

1) Modules are supplied without mounting plate.
Version Order No.
3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3
K20F safe compact module
I/O type U
aux
24 V
2 F-DI -- 3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3
3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3
1)

I/O type U
aux
24 V
2 F-DI -- 3RK1 205-0BQ00-0AA3
2 F-DI / 2 DO new 3RK1 405-1BQ20-0AA3

3RK1 901-2EA00
K45 mounting plate
For wall mounting 3RK1 901-2EA00
For standard rail mounting 3RK1 901-2DA00
3RK1 405-1BQ00-0AA3
1)
I/O type U
aux
24 V
2 F-DI / 2 DO -- 3RK1 405-0BQ00-0AA3
3RK1 405-1BQ00-0AA3
3RK1 205-0BE00-0AA2
S22.5F safe slimline module
Connection I/O type U
aux
24 V
Screw 2 F-DI -- 3RK1 205-0BE00-0AA2
2 F-DI / 2 DO new -- 3RK1 405-0BE00-0AA2
2 F-DI / 2 DO new 3RK1 405-1BE00-0AA2
Spring-loaded
connection
2 F-DI -- 3RK1 205-0BG00-0AA2
2 F-DI / 2 DO new -- 3RK1 405-0BG00-0AA2
2 F-DI / 2 DO new 3RK1 405-1BG00-0AA2
3RK1 901-0CA00
K60 mounting plate
Wall mounting 3RK1 901-0CA00
Standard rail mounting 3RK1 901-0CB01

3RK1 901-1AA00
Input bridge for K45/K60F
Black version 3RK1 901-1AA00
Red version 3RK1 901-1AA01

3RK1 901-1KA01
AS-Interface covering caps M12, tamper-proof
for free M12 sockets
3RK1 901-1KA01
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Position switches
General information
6/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
It is also possible now to directly connect position switches via
the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented communication.
In this case, the safety functions no longer have to be conven-
tionally wired up.
Position switches convert the mechanical positions of moving
machine components into electrical signals.
Position switches with AS-Interface F-adapter
Position switch from left to right:
Standard / Standard, with M12 connector / with tumbler
On the 3SF3 version the F-Adapter is used for connection to the
yellow AS-Interface shaped bus cable (without external supply
of auxiliary power).
Individual enclosure variants are available with an additional
M12 connector socket. They are suitable for use up to Category
4 according to EN 954-1.
Application
Position switch with separate actuator
Position switches with separate actuator are used where the
position of doors, covers or safety screens must be monitored for
safety reasons.
The position switch can only be operated with the matching
coded actuator. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices
is impossible.
Position switches with tumbler
The position switches with tumbler are exceptional safety-
related devices which prevent an unforeseen or intentional
opening of protective doors, protective grilles or other covers as
long as a dangerous situation is present, i.e. follow-on motion of
the switched off machine.
The safety switch with tumbler basically has two main functions:
Enabling the machine with closed and locked protective
system
Locking the machine with opened protective system.
The position switch can only be operated with the matching
coded actuator. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices
is impossible.
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Position switches
Molded-plastic enclosures, 31 mm and 50 mm
6/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Moving double-break contacts Degree of protection IP65 EN 50047 Special width 50 mm
Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1) The actuator heads can be subsequently replaced with other versions
(see Catalog LV1, Chapter 8).
2) For technical Information, circuit diagrams, contact travels and dimension drawings
see Catalog LV1, Chapter 8.
3) M12 plug for connection of another position switch, usable up to category 4 according to EN 954-1.
For matching cable boxes, see Catalog LV1, Chapter 8.
Version
1)
Actuator design
acc. to
EN 50047
Enclosure width Order No. Basic switch
2)
With AS-Interface F-adapters
Slow-action contacts, 2 NC
Rounded plunger B 31 mm 3SF3 200-6CV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6C
Roller plunger C 31 mm 3SF3 200-6DV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6D
Roller lever E 31 mm 3SF3 200-6EV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6E
Angular roller lever 31 mm 3SF3 200-6FV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6F
Twist lever, finely adjustable
from 10 to 10
A 31 mm 3SF3 200-6GV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-6G
Snap-action contact, 1 NC
Rounded plunger B 31 mm 3SF3 200-8CV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-8CV00
Roller plunger C 31 mm 3SF3 200-8DV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-8DV00
Roller lever E 31 mm 3SF3 200-8EV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-8EV00
Angular roller lever 31 mm 3SF3 200-8FV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-8FV00
from 10 to 10
A 31 mm 3SF3 200-8GV00-0BA1 3SE2 200-8GV00
With AS-Interface F-adapters and additional M12 plug
3)
Slow-action contact, 1 NC
from 10 to 10
A 50 mm 3SF3 210-0GV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-0G
from 10 to 10
A 50 mm 3SF3 210-1GV00-0BA2 3SE2 210-1G
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Position switches
Metal enclosures, 40 mm and 56 mm
6/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
1) The actuator heads can be subsequently replaced with other versions
(see Catalog LV1, Chapter 8).
2) For technical Information, circuit diagrams, contact travels and dimension drawings
see Catalog LV1, Chapter 8.
Version
1)
Actuator design
acc. to
EN 50047
2)
Roller lever 40 mm 3SF3 120-6EV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6E
from 10 to 10
A 40 mm 3SF3 120-6GW00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6GW
Rounded plunger B 40 mm 3SF3 120-8CV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-8CV00
Roller plunger C 40 mm 3SF3 120-8DV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-8DV00
Roller lever 40 mm 3SF3 120-8EV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-8EV00
Angular roller lever 40 mm 3SF3 120-8FV00-0BA1 3SE2 120-8FV00
from 10 to 10
A 40 mm 3SF3 120-8GW00-0BA1 3SE2 120-8GW00
3)
from 10 to 10
A 56 mm 3SF3 100-0GW00-0BA2 3SE2 120-0GW
from 10 to 10
A 56 mm 3SF3 100-1GW00-0BA2 3SE2 120-1GW
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Position switches with separate actuator
Molded-plastic enclosures, 31 mm and 52 mm
6/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
1) Supplied without actuator
2) For technical Information, circuit diagrams, contact travels and dimension drawings see Catalog LV1, Chapter 8.
Version
1)
2)
Lateral actuation 31 mm 3SF3 200-6XX03-0BA1 3SE2 200-6XX03
Front-end actuation 31 mm 3SF3 200-6XX04-0BA1 3SE2 200-6XX04
Lateral and front-end actuation 52 mm
- Extraction force 5 N 3SF3 243-0XX40-0BA1 3SE2 243-0XX40
- Extraction force 30 N 3SF3 243-0XX00-0BA1 3SE2 243-0XX
- With automatic ejection 3SF3 243-0XX30-0BA1 3SE2 243-0XX30
3)
Lateral and front-end actuation 52 mm
- Extraction force 5 N 3SF3 257-6XX40-0BA2 3SE2 257-6XX40
- Extraction force 30 N 3SF3 257-6XX00-0BA2 3SE2 257-6XX
- With automatic ejection 3SF3 257-6XX30-0BA2 3SE2 257-6XX30
Accessories
Actuators for 3SF3 200
Standard,
length 50 mm
3SX3 196
Standard,
length 70 mm
3SX3 195
Actuators for 3SF3 243 and 3SF3 257
Standard actuator
(r
min
= 150 mm),
length 28 mm
3SX3 218
Universal radius actuator
(r
min
= 45 mm),
length 33 mm
3SX3 228
Radius actuator,
length 82 mm
3SX3 256
Ball locating
(up to max. 100 N),
length 28 mm
3SX3 217
Actuator, length 34 mm,
with dust protection and slit cover
3SX3 234
Accessories for 3SF3 243 and 3SF3 257
Slit cover
(1 set = 3 units)
3SX3 233
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Position switches with separate actuator
Metal enclosures, 40 mm
6/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Moving double-break contacts Degree of protection IP65 EN 50041
2) For technical Information, circuit diagrams, contact travels and
dimension drawings see Catalog LV1, Chapter 8.
Version
1)
2)
Lateral actuation 40 mm 3SF3 120-6XX00-0BA1 3SE2 120-6XX
Accessories
Actuator for 3SF3 120
Standard,
length 79 mm
3SX3 197
Standard actuator
for approach from the left,
length 132 mm
3SX3 207
With transverse fixing,
length 50 mm
3SX3 206
With vertical fixing,
length 50 mm
3SX3 306
Universal radius actuator,
length 80 mm
3SX3 203
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Molded-plastic enclosures, 1200 N locking force
6/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Moving double-break contacts 5 directions of approach Degree of protection IP65
Magnet: Rated operating voltage DC 24 V
Version
1)
2)
5 directions of approach
- 1200 N locking force,
spring-actuated lock
56 mm 3SF3 760-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 760-6XX00
magnet field lock
56 mm 3SF3 750-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 750-6XX00
Accessories
Actuator for 3SF3 750 and 3SF3 760
Standard actuator,
length 44 mm
3SX3 252
length 36 mm
3SX3 253
Radius actuator,
length 44 mm
3SX3 254
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Metal enclosures, 2000 N locking force
6/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Moving double-break contacts 5 or 4 directions of approach Degree of protection IP65
Magnet: Rated operating voltage DC 24 V
Version
1)
2)
56 mm 3SF3 860-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 860-6XX00
magnetic field lock
56 mm 3SF3 850-6XX00-0BA1 3SE3 850-6XX00
90 mm 3SF3 840-6XX00-0BA1 3SE2 840-6XX00
magnetic field lock
90 mm 3SF3 830-6XX00-0BA1 3SE2 830-6XX00
Accessories
Standard actuator,
length 44 mm
3SX3 252
length 36 mm
3SX3 253
Radius actuator,
length 44 mm
3SX3 254
Standard actuator,
length 79 mm
3SX3 197
- For approach from the left,
length 132 mm
3SX3 207
- With transverse fixing,
length 50 mm
3SX3 206
- With vertical fixing,
length 50 mm
3SX3 306
Universal radius actuator,
length 80 mm
3SX3 203
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
3SF2 AS-Interface cable-operated switches
6/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
It is also possible to connect AS-Interface cable-operated
switches via the standard AS-Interface with safety-oriented com-
munication.
In this case, the safety functions no longer have to be conven-
tionally wired up.
Application
SIRIUS cable-operated switches are used for monitoring or for
EMERGENCY STOP facilities on particularly endangered system
sections.
As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is only limited
by the length of the pull-wire, large systems can also be pro-
tected.
Standards
Switches with latching for implementation in EMERGENCY STOP
equipment correspond to the ISO 13850 or EN 418 standard.

1) Accessories, technical specifications, contact travel, switching diagrams and dimension drawings
can be found for the basic switch in the Catalog LV 1T
Version Order No. Basic switch
1)
General information
All products of the Section AS-Interface cable-operated switches
allow positive opening according to IEC 60 947-5-1, Appendix K
AS-Interface cable-operated switches
with direct AS-Interface connection to Safety at Work
Metal housing with dust protection
Can be used up to Category 4 acc. to EN 954-1
IP65
Latching acc. to EN 418
Pushbutton unlatching
2 NC contacts

For cable lengths up to 10 m, with adjustment window 3SF2 120-1BF00-0BA1 3SE7 120-1BF00

For cable lengths up to 25 m, with adjustment window 3SF2 150-1BF00-0BA1 3SE7 150-1BF00

For cable lengths up to 50 m 3SF2 140-1BF00-0BA1 3SE7 140-1BF00
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light arrays
6/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

Light curtains and light arrays 3RG78 4 and 3SF78 4
(for AS-Interface)
7 are active optoelectronic protective devices (AOPD),
7 are in accordance with Type 2 or 4 of EN 61496-1, -2,
7 are EU prototype tested,
7 protect the operating personnel at or near dangerous
machines,
7 operate contact-free,
7 are free of wear in comparison to mechanical systems
(e.g. safety mats).
For further details, please refer to the "Safety Integrated" manual
and the operating instructions for the respective devices.
Tests/service
The devices are EU prototype tested (German Technical Inspec-
torate (TV) Product Service in cooperation with the German
Statutory Industrial Accident Insurance Institution (BIA)).
Where necessary tests can be performed before initial start-up
as well as during the annual inspection (e.g. as per regulatory
requirements for presses). Please contact your Siemens repre-
sentative.
Benefits
Integrated functions:
7 Start-up/restart inhibit
7 Contactor control
7 "Blanking" function package with
- fixed blanking
- floating blanking
- reduced resolution
7 "Muting" function package
7 Multi-scan function
7 Cycle control (optional)
Configuration:
7 Via teach-in key and opto-magnetic key
7 Transmission of the configuration data via a plug-in configura-
tion card
7 2 transmission channels
7 Cascading of host and guest devices
7 Expanded display (2 7 segments)
Outputs/connections:
7 Local interface
7 Hirschmann connection (optional)
7 Brad Harrison connection
7 Transistor outputs
7 Relay outputs
7 Connection to AS-Interface
Application
Light curtains for finger and hand protection
in danger zones
Protection against touching danger zones where light curtains
are mounted close to dangerous machine parts (finger and hand
protection).

Device selection
Light curtains for Category 2 or 4, with 14 and 30 mm resolution
Applications
e.g. presses, punches, filter presses, cutting machines
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
6/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Application
Light curtains for horizontal danger zone protection
at floor level
Reliable detection of persons in danger zones when the light
curtain is mounted close to the floor (crawling underneath is not
possible)

Device selection
Light curtains for Category 2 or 4, with 50 mm or 55 mm resolu-
tion
Applications
e.g. welding and assembly lines/robots in the automotive
industry
Light curtains for horizontal danger zone protection
Reliable detection of persons in danger zones when the light
curtain is mounted at a height of between 0.6 to 1 m

Device selection
Light curtains for Category 2 or 4, with 80 or 90 mm resolution
Applications
e.g. welding and assembly lines/robots in the automotive
industry
Light arrays for access protection
Reliable detection of persons entering danger zones

Device selection
2, 3, or 4-beam light array for Category 4 with 18 m range
Applications
Access protection (e.g. on robots or handling machines)
Light arrays for access protection of large areas
Reliable detection of persons entering danger zones

Protecting large danger zones with a 60 / 70 m range
Device selection
2, 3, or 4-beam light array for Category 4 with a 60 to 70 m range.
Applications
Access protection (e.g. on automatic machining centers or
palletizing machines).
Safety categories
Depending on the safety category to EN 954-1 required in
accordance with the C standard or on the basis of a risk analysis
carried out for the machine or plant, Type 2 (up to Category 2) or
Type 4 (up to Category 4) light curtains or arrays can be used.
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
6/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Design
A light curtain or light array comprises an emitter and a receiver,
which must be mounted opposite each other. Depending on the
resolution and the length, a certain number of transmit and
receive diodes are arranged on top of each other. The infrared
LEDs of the emitter emit short light pulses that are detected by
the receive diodes.
3RG78 42 and 3SF78 42 light curtains and arrays for
Category 4 to EN 954-1
- resolution 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm
- protective field heights from 150 mm to 3000 mm
- 2, 3, or 4-beam light arrays
- cascading of host and guest devices for greater protective
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement
(as an option).
3RG78 44 and 3SF78 44 light curtains and arrays
with integrated processing unit for Category 4 to EN 954-1
- resolution 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm
- protective field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
- 2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light arrays
- transceiver, 2-beam with reflecting mirror
(as an option).
3RG78 41 light curtains for Category 2 to EN 954-1
- resolution: 30, 55, and 80 mm
- protective field height: 150 mm to 1800 mm
(as an option).
3RG78 43 light curtains for Category 2 according to EN 954-
1, developed to EN 61508 (SIL 2), suitable for risk assessment
according to pr EN ISO 13489
- resolution 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm.
3RG78 46 light curtains with integrated evaluation for
Category 4 to EN 954-1
- resolution 20, 30, 40 and 90 mm.
Standards
7 EN 61496-1, -2, IEC 61496-1, -2
(requirements for non-contact protection systems)
7 EN 999 (including calculation of safety clearances)
7 EN 954-1 (machine safety, safety-related parts of control
systems)
Function
Blanking function package
The light curtains can also be supplied with an optional blanking
function.
Fixed blanking
If an object is permanently located in the light path, the
corresponding zone can be suppressed. This is achieved by
suppressing the required number of beams.
The suppressed objects must be permanently located in the
protective zone, otherwise safety cannot be guaranteed.
The light curtain switches the equipment off.
Configuration is carried out using a teach-in function by means
of the safety key or using the programming and diagnostics soft-
ware SafetyLab.

Floating blanking
If moving objects are located in the light path, any number of
beams can be suppressed. The objects can move within the
suppressed beams without the light curtain switching off.
If the moving objects are removed from the zone, the light curtain
will interrupt the hazardous movement, otherwise safety can no
longer be guaranteed.
Configuration is carried out using a teach-in function by means
of the safety key or using the programming and diagnostics
software SafetyLab.

NSC0_00632
Active beams
Permanently suppressed beams
NSC0_00633
Active beams
Permanently suppressed beams
Temporarily suppressed beams
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
6/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Reduced resolution
If an object is located in the light path, two or three beams can
be suppressed. The difference between reduced resolution and
floating blanking is that continuous monitoring does not take
place.
A DIP switch is used for configuration or the programming and
diagnostics software SafetyLab.

"Muting" function package
When arranged vertically, light curtains, light arrays, and trans-
ceivers are often used for protecting access points. With addi-
tional sensor signals, the protective function can be suppressed
to allow materials to be transported in or out of hazardous areas,
for example. The protective field is temporarily suppressed and,
once the goods have passed through, reactivated. Personnel
must not be allowed to enter the hazardous area while muting is
active.
Using the number of connected sensors or the sequence of
the muting signals, the devices automatically recognize the
"sequential muting" mode when inputs M1 to M4 are assigned
and "2-sensor parallel muting" when the signals M2 and M3 are
assigned. A DIP switch can be used to set "4-sensor parallel
muting".
Muting restart
If the power fails while goods are passing the muting sensors, for
example, the valid muting sequence is interrupted. When the
power supply has been restored, muting is not automatically
resumed because the muting sequence is not as expected.
To remove the goods from the area covered by the muting
sensors, an integrated retraction mode can be activated using
the start key. The light curtain attempts to find a valid muting
sequence from the muting sensors. If successful, the muting in-
dicator lamp stops flashing and is lit continuously. If unsuccess-
ful, the start key must be kept depressed until the muting path is
completely free.
4-sensor sequential muting
If the material that is to be transported in the danger zone always
has the same dimensions and there is no lack of space, the use
of sequential muting is preferred. With sequential muting, four
muting sensors are connected. These must be activated in a
predefined sequence to trigger muting. They can be activated in
either of the following sequences: M1, M2, M3, M4 or M4, M3,
M2, M1. The transported goods must be of sufficient length to
briefly activate all 4 sensors simultaneously. Sequential muting is
successfully completed when the third muting sensor to be
activated is not activated any longer.
The SafetyLab software can be used to select a muting variant
in which the second muting sequence is triggered before the
first has finished (sequential muting with two objects). This vari-
ant saves time and, in turn, production costs for the user.

2-sensor parallel muting
Parallel muting is ideal in plants in which the dimensions of
the goods are not constant or space requirements must be kept
to a minimum. Two muting sensors can be used, whose beams
intersect behind the protective field in the danger zone.
Parallel muting is used when signals M2 and M3 are switched
simultaneously without M1 and M4 having been activated or
connected beforehand or simultaneously. Two-sensor parallel
muting is straightforward because only two muting sensors are
required. Goods can also be moved forwards and backwards
within the muting area.
NSC0_00634b
Area with reduced resolution
Active beams
Start
M1 M2 M3 M4
Danger Zone
E E E E
S S S S
E
S
Start
M2
M3
Danger Zone
E
S
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
6/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
3-sensor direction muting
Three-sensor direction muting is configured in a similar way to
2-sensor parallel muting. Material can only be transported
through the light curtain in one direction. To trigger the muting
function, muting sensor M1 must first be activated, followed by
muting sensors M2 and M3. If the paths for muting sensors M2
and M3 are interrupted, sensor M1 does not need to be acti-
vated.

Parallel muting with 4 sensors
4-sensor parallel muting can be used advantageously wherever
the transported material is too small to be acquired simulta-
neously by 4 sensors arranged sequentially,
the available space is too small even for the crossover light
beams of 2-sensor parallel muting.
The function of 4-sensor parallel muting corresponds to that of
2-sensor parallel muting with the additional characteristic of the
muting activation signal being obtained from two sensor pairs.
Muting is triggered when within a 2.5 s interval, M2 is activated
with M3 or M1 is activated with M4.

PC software
PC software can be used to visualize and record the function of
the light curtains.
SafetyLab is the diagnostic and parameterization software for
3RG78 44 / 3SF78 44 light curtains, light arrays and transceiv-
ers. SafetyLab can be used for all available function packages
of the light curtains and light arrays from firmware Version 3.10:
Blanking function package
Muting function package
Sequence control system function package
The firmware version of the receiver is indicated on the
7-segment display during start-up.
Mounting sets
To facilitate installation, alignment, commissioning, and trouble-
shooting, a practical accessories package containing mounting
columns, reflecting mirror columns, reflecting mirrors, mounting
supports, and laser alignment tools is available.
Start
M2
M3
E
S
M1
E
S
Danger zone
Start
M1
M3
E
S
M4
M2
Danger zone
AS-Interface
ASIsafe SIMATIC FS400 light curtains
with integrated evaluation unit
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
3RG78 44 and 3SF78 44 light curtains and arrays
(for AS-Interface) with integrated evaluation unit for Category 4
to EN 954-1
Resolution: 14, 30, and 50 mm
Protective field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light arrays
Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protective
(as an option).
Two 3RG78 48-0AB standard mounting brackets each are
enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories).

Type 3SF78 44
Safety category to EN,
IEC 61496-1, -2
Type 4
Protective field height
14 mm and 30 mm resolution 150 ... 1800 mm
for 50 mm resolution 450 ... 3000 mm
Protective field width, range
for 14 mm resolution 0 ... 6 m
for 30 and 50 mm resolution 0 ... 18 m
Detection capability (resolution) 14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm
Supply voltage
(emitter and receiver)
24 V DC 20%
(external power pack with safe
isolation and compensation of
20 ms voltage dip is necessary)
Residual ripple < 5 %
Current consumption
Emitter 75 mA
Receiver 160 mA (without external load)
General value for external fuse in
the emitter and receiver supply
leads
4 A
Wave length 880 nm (infrared)
Synchronization Optically between emitter and
receiver
Ambient temperature
Storage 25 ... +70 C
Relative humidity 15 ... 95 %
Safety class to DIN VDE 0106 III
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 to 55 Hz acc. to
IEC/EN 60068-2-6
Shock resistance 10 g,
16 ms to IEC/EN 60068-2-29
Signal inputs and outputs (local socket, optional)
Signal inputs
Restart inhibit unlocking 1 button with 1 NO contact
(floating)
- min. switching time 300 ms
- max. switching time 4 s
Teach-in 2-pole key-operated switch
(selector switch), floating
- simultaneity < 500 ms
Voltage output (for command
devices or safety sensors only)
24 V DC 20 %,
max 0.5 A
AS-Interface
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Receiver/transceiver machine interface, ASIsafe

Light curtains (Category 4) with internal processing unit, 14 mm and 30 mm resolution
Blanking function package, ASIsafe

OSSDs safety switching outputs 4 bit AS-i data
Minimum Typical Maximum
Permissible cable length - - 100 m
Restart time after beam interruption - 140 ms -
Slave address area 1 - 31
Slave address area (WE) 0 (ex works)
ID code / IO code transmitter -
ID code receiver B
IO code receiver 0
AS-i profile Secure slave
Cycle time in accordance
with AS-I specification
5 ms
OSSD response time See table above
Additional response time
of the AS-i system
40 ms
Light curtain height [mm] Type Order No.
Standard device
14 mm resolution
Order No.
Standard device
30 mm resolution
300 Receiver 3SF7844-6BB04-0SS1 3SF7844-6BD04-0SS1
300 Emitter 3SF7844-6SB04-0SS0 3SF7844-6SD04-0SS0
1350 Receiver On request 3SF7844-6BD20-0SS1
1350 Emitter On request 3SF7844-6SD20-0SS0
AS-Interface
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Light curtains (Category 4) with internal processing unit and 30 mm resolution
Muting function package, ASIsafe

Light curtains (Category 4) with internal processing unit and 18 m range

Transceiver (Category 4) with internal processing unit and 6 m resolution

Standard device
Order No.
Host device
Order No.
Guest device
300 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD04-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DD21
300 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD04-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DD20
450 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD06-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DE21
450 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD06-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DE20
600 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD08-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DF21
600 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD08-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DF20
750 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD11-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DG21
750 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD11-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DG20
900 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD13-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DH21
900 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD13-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DH20
1050 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD15-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DJ21
1050 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD15-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DJ20
1200 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD17-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DK21
1200 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD17-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DK20
1350 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD20-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DL21
1350 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD20-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DL20
1500 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD22-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DM21
1500 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD22-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DM20
1650 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD24-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DN21
1650 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD24-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DN20
1800 Receiver 3SF7844-6MD26-0SS1 On request 3RG7842-6DP21
1800 Emitter 3SF7844-6SD26-0SS0 On request 3RG7842-6DP20
No. of beams Beam distance [mm] Type Order No.
Standard device
4 beam 300 Receiver 3SF7844-6MM50-0SS1
4 beam 300 Emitter 3SF7844-6SM50-0SS0
3 beam 400 Receiver 3SF7844-6MP50-0SS1
3 beam 400 Emitter 3SF7844-6SP50-0SS0
2 beam 500 Receiver 3SF7844-6MS50-0SS1
2 beam 500 Emitter 3SF7844-6SS50-0SS0
Standard device
2 beam 500 Transceiver 3SF7844-6MS50-0ST0
Reflective mirror for transceiver 3RG7848-0TL
AS-Interface
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Dimension drawings

Standard 3RG78 44 and 3SF78 44
light curtains and arrays,
3SF78 44 light arrays
with integrated evaluation unit,
additional dimensions
3RG78 48-0TL reflective mirror (left) and
muting transceiver (right)
$ Screw cap Pg 9
(receiver only, for local interface))
A Protective field height
(see order data)
B Total length = protective field height A
+ 134 mm
Additional dimensions (for light arrays only)
N
S
C
0
_
0
0
6
4
7
A
52
B
55
2
2
1
7
2
4
0
N
S
C
0
_
0
0
6
4
8
C
52
B
55
2
2
1
7
2
4
0 1
4
0
,
1
#
%
$
&
"
#
#
%
!
"
"
!
!
Type B C Beams
3SF78 44-..M
3SF78 44-..P
3SF78 44-..S
1,184
1,034
734
300
400
500
4
3
2
AS-Interface
with external evaluation
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
3RG78 42 light curtains and light arrays for Category 4 accord-
ing to EN 954-1
Resolution 14, 30, 50 and 90 mm
Protective field heights from 150 mm to 3000 mm
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light arrays
Connection to AS-Interface
Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protective
field heights and lengths or for an angular arrangement as an
option.
Two standard 3RG78 48-0AB mounting brackets each are en-
closed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories).
Design

Host/guest: Cascading of basic device/follow-on device
A
22 22
B
Emitter
Host
3SF7842
Emitter
Guest
3SF7842
c
b=40
Receiver
Host
3SF7842
Receiver
Guest
3SF7842
c
AS-Interface
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/29
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Light curtains with external evaluation (Category 4) with 14 mm resolution, ASIsafe

Standard device
Order No.
Host device
Order No.
Guest device
150 Emitter 3SF7842-6BB00 On request On request
150 Receiver 3SF7842-6BB01 On request On request
225 Emitter 3SF7842-6BC00 3SF7842-6BC10 On request
225 Receiver 3SF7842-6BC01 3SF7842-6BC11 On request
300 Emitter 3SF7842-6BD00 3SF7842-6BD10 On request
300 Receiver 3SF7842-6BD01 3SF7842-6BD11 On request
450 Emitter 3SF7842-6BE00 3SF7842-6BE10 On request
450 Receiver 3SF7842-6BE01 3SF7842-6BE11 On request
600 Emitter 3SF7842-6BF00 3SF7842-6BF10 On request
600 Receiver 3SF7842-6BF01 3SF7842-6BF11 On request
750 Emitter 3SF7842-6BG00 3SF7842-6BG10 On request
750 Receiver 3SF7842-6BG01 3SF7842-6BG11 On request
900 Emitter 3SF7842-6BH00 3SF7842-6BH10 On request
900 Receiver 3SF7842-6BH01 3SF7842-6BH11 On request
1050 Emitter 3SF7842-6BJ00 3SF7842-6BJ10 On request
1050 Receiver 3SF7842-6BJ01 3SF7842-6BJ11 On request
1200 Emitter 3SF7842-6BK00 3SF7842-6BK10 On request
1200 Receiver 3SF7842-6BK01 3SF7842-6BK11 On request
1350 Emitter 3SF7842-6BL00 3SF7842-6BL10 On request
1350 Receiver 3SF7842-6BL01 3SF7842-6BL11 On request
1500 Emitter 3SF7842-6BM00 3SF7842-6BM10 On request
1500 Receiver 3SF7842-6BM01 3SF7842-6BM11 On request
1650 Emitter 3SF7842-6BN00 3SF7842-6BN10 On request
1650 Receiver 3SF7842-6BN01 3SF7842-6BN11 On request
1800 Emitter 3SF7842-6BP00 3SF7842-6BP10 On request
1800 Receiver 3SF7842-6BP01 3SF7842-6BP11 On request
AS-Interface
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Standard device
Order No.
Host device
Order No.
Guest device
150 Emitter 3SF7842-6DB00 On request 3RG7842-6DB21
150 Receiver 3SF7842-6DB01 On request 3RG7842-6DB20
225 Emitter 3SF7842-6DC00 3SF7842-6DC10 3RG7842-6DC21
225 Receiver 3SF7842-6DC01 3SF7842-6DC11 3RG7842-6DC20
300 Emitter 3SF7842-6DD00 3SF7842-6DD10 3RG7842-6DD21
300 Receiver 3SF7842-6DD01 3SF7842-6DD11 3RG7842-6DD20
450 Emitter 3SF7842-6DE00 3SF7842-6DE10 3RG7842-6DE21
450 Receiver 3SF7842-6DE01 3SF7842-6DE11 3RG7842-6DE20
600 Emitter 3SF7842-6DF00 3SF7842-6DF10 3RG7842-6DF21
600 Receiver 3SF7842-6DF01 3SF7842-6DF11 3RG7842-6DF20
750 Emitter 3SF7842-6DG00 3SF7842-6DG10 3RG7842-6DG21
750 Receiver 3SF7842-6DG01 3SF7842-6DG11 3RG7842-6DG20
900 Emitter 3SF7842-6DH00 3SF7842-6DH10 3RG7842-6DH21
900 Receiver 3SF7842-6DH01 3SF7842-6DH11 3RG7842-6DH20
1050 Emitter 3SF7842-6DJ00 3SF7842-6DJ10 3RG7842-6DJ21
1050 Receiver 3SF7842-6DJ01 3SF7842-6DJ11 3RG7842-6DJ20
1200 Emitter 3SF7842-6DK00 3SF7842-6DK10 3RG7842-6DK21
1200 Receiver 3SF7842-6DK01 3SF7842-6DK11 3RG7842-6DK20
1350 Emitter 3SF7842-6DL00 3SF7842-6DL10 3RG7842-6DL21
1350 Receiver 3SF7842-6DL01 3SF7842-6DL11 3RG7842-6DL20
1500 Emitter 3SF7842-6DM00 3SF7842-6DM10 3RG7842-6DM21
1500 Receiver 3SF7842-6DM01 3SF7842-6DM11 3RG7842-6DM20
1650 Emitter 3SF7842-6DN00 3SF7842-6DN10 3RG7842-6DN21
1650 Receiver 3SF7842-6DN01 3SF7842-6DN11 3RG7842-6DN20
1800 Emitter 3SF7842-6DP00 3SF7842-6DP10 3RG7842-6DP21
1800 Receiver 3SF7842-6DP01 3SF7842-6DP11 3RG7842-6DP20
AS-Interface
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/31
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Standard device
Order No.
Host device
Order No.
Guest device
450 Emitter 3SF7842-6EE00 3SF7842-6EE10 3RG7842-6EE21
450 Receiver 3SF7842-6EE01 3SF7842-6EE11 3RG7842-6EE20
600 Emitter 3SF7842-6EF00 3SF7842-6EF10 3RG7842-6EF21
600 Receiver 3SF7842-6EF01 3SF7842-6EF11 3RG7842-6EF20
750 Emitter 3SF7842-6EG00 3SF7842-6EG10 3RG7842-6EG21
750 Receiver 3SF7842-6EG01 3SF7842-6EG11 3RG7842-6EG20
900 Emitter 3SF7842-6EH00 3SF7842-6EH10 3RG7842-6EH21
900 Receiver 3SF7842-6EH01 3SF7842-6EH11 3RG7842-6EH20
1050 Emitter 3SF7842-6EJ00 3SF7842-6EJ10 3RG7842-6EJ21
1050 Receiver 3SF7842-6EJ01 3SF7842-6EJ11 3RG7842-6EJ20
1200 Emitter 3SF7842-6EK00 3SF7842-6EK10 3RG7842-6EK21
1200 Receiver 3SF7842-6EK01 3SF7842-6EK11 3RG7842-6EK20
1350 Emitter 3SF7842-6EL00 3SF7842-6EL10 3RG7842-6EL21
1350 Receiver 3SF7842-6EL01 3SF7842-6EL11 3RG7842-6EL20
1500 Emitter 3SF7842-6EM00 3SF7842-6EM10 3RG7842-6EM21
1500 Receiver 3SF7842-6EM01 3SF7842-6EM11 3RG7842-6EM20
1650 Emitter 3SF7842-6EN00 3SF7842-6EN10 3RG7842-6EN21
1650 Receiver 3SF7842-6EN01 3SF7842-6EN11 3RG7842-6EN20
1800 Emitter 3SF7842-6EP00 3SF7842-6EP10 3RG7842-6EP21
1800 Receiver 3SF7842-6EP01 3SF7842-6EP11 3RG7842-6EP20
2100 Emitter 3SF7842-6ER00 3SF7842-6ER10 3RG7842-6ER21
2100 Receiver 3SF7842-6ER01 3SF7842-6ER11 3RG7842-6ER20
2400 Emitter 3SF7842-6ES00 3SF7842-6ES10 3RG7842-6ES21
2400 Receiver 3SF7842-6ES01 3SF7842-6ES11 3RG7842-6ES20
2700 Emitter 3SF7842-6ET00 3SF7842-6ET10 3RG7842-6ET21
2700 Receiver 3SF7842-6ET01 3SF7842-6ET11 3RG7842-6ET20
3000 Emitter 3SF7842-6EU00 3SF7842-6EU10 3RG7842-6EU21
3000 Receiver 3SF7842-6EU01 3SF7842-6EU11 3RG7842-6EU20
AS-Interface
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/32
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Light array (Category 4) with 18 m and 60 m sensing range, ASIsafe

Standard device
Order No.
Host device
Order No.
Guest device
750 Emitter 3SF7842-6JG00 3SF7842-6JG10 3RG7842-6JG21
750 Receiver 3SF7842-6JG01 3SF7842-6JG11 3RG7842-6JG20
900 Emitter 3SF7842-6JH00 3SF7842-6JH10 3RG7842-6JH21
900 Receiver 3SF7842-6JH01 3SF7842-6JH11 3RG7842-6JH20
1050 Emitter 3SF7842-6JJ00 3SF7842-6JJ10 3RG7842-6JJ21
1050 Receiver 3SF7842-6JJ01 3SF7842-6JJ11 3RG7842-6JJ20
1200 Emitter 3SF7842-6JK00 3SF7842-6JK10 3RG7842-6JK21
1200 Receiver 3SF7842-6JK01 3SF7842-6JK11 3RG7842-6JK20
1350 Emitter 3SF7842-6JL00 3SF7842-6JL10 3RG7842-6JL21
1350 Receiver 3SF7842-6JL01 3SF7842-6JL11 3RG7842-6JL20
1500 Emitter 3SF7842-6JM00 3SF7842-6JM10 3RG7842-6JM21
1500 Receiver 3SF7842-6JM01 3SF7842-6JM11 3RG7842-6JM20
1650 Emitter 3SF7842-6JN00 3SF7842-6JN10 3RG7842-6JM21
1650 Receiver 3SF7842-6JN01 3SF7842-6JN11 3RG7842-6JN20
1800 Emitter 3SF7842-6JP00 3SF7842-6JP10 3RG7842-6JP21
1800 Receiver 3SF7842-6JP01 3SF7842-6JP11 3RG7842-6JP20
2100 Emitter 3SF7842-6JR00 3SF7842-6JR10 3RG7842-6JR21
2100 Receiver 3SF7842-6JR01 3SF7842-6JR11 3RG7842-6JR20
2400 Emitter 3SF7842-6JS00 3SF7842-6JS10 3RG7842-6JS21
2400 Receiver 3SF7842-6JS01 3SF7842-6JS11 3RG7842-6JS20
2700 Emitter 3SF7842-6JT00 3SF7842-6JT10 3RG7842-6JT21
2700 Receiver 3SF7842-6JT01 3SF7842-6JT11 3RG7842-6JT20
3000 Emitter 3SF7842-6JU00 3SF7842-6JU10 3RG7842-6JU21
3000 Receiver 3SF7842-6JU01 3SF7842-6JU11 3RG7842-6JU20
18 m range
Order No.
60 m range
4 beam 300 Emitter 3SF7842-6MH00 3SF7842-6MH50
4 beam 300 Receiver 3SF7842-6MH01 3SF7842-6MH51
3 beam 400 Emitter 3SF7842-6PG00 3SF7842-6PG50
3 beam 400 Receiver 3SF7842-6PG01 3SF7842-6PG51
2 beam 500 Emitter 3SF7842-6SE00 3SF7842-6SE50
2 beam 500 Receiver 3SF7842-6SE01 3SF7842-6SE51
AS-Interface
ASIsafe, Category 4
6/33
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Dimension drawings
3SF78 42 light curtains and
3SF78 42 light arrays
with separate evaluation unit,
standard, host, and guest devices
3SF78 42 light array
with separate evaluation unit,
additional dimensions
A Protective field height
(see order data))
B Total length = protective field height A
+84 mm
Additional dimensions (for light arrays only)
)
#
*
##
"
I
+
#
*
##
'
'
#
I
'
'
#
Type B (mm) C (mm) Beams
3SF78 42-6M
3SF78 42-6P
3SF78 42-6S
521
621
721
300
400
500
4
3
2
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/34
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
Installation, calibration, start-up and fault localization are aided
by a wide range of practical accessories which include fixing
columns, reflective mirror columns, reflective mirrors, brackets
and laser alignment assistance.
Furthermore, the function of the light curtains as well as that of
the evaluation units can be visualized and recorded using PC
software.

Length in mm Order No.
Fixing columns

1060 3RG78 48-0CL
1360 3RG78 48-0CP
1660 3RG78 48-0CR
1960 3RG78 48-0CU
Deflection mirror for light curtains

Deflection mirror
345 3RG78 48-1DL
495 3RG78 48-1DM
645 3RG78 48-1DN
795 3RG78 48-1DP
945 3RG78 48-1DR
1095 3RG78 48-1DU
Reflective mirror columns
1060 3RG78 48-0DL
1360 3RG78 48-0DP
1660 3RG78 48-0DR
1960 3RG78 48-0DU
Reflective mirror columns for light arrays

Adjustable separate mirrors
1060, 2-beam 3RG78 48-0FL
1360, 3-beam 3RG78 48-0FP
1360, 4-beam 3RG78 48-0FR
Version Order No.
Mounting accessories

Bracket, hinged with vibration damping
(incl. 2 screws and 2 keyway slides)
3RG78 48-0BB

Standard holding bracket kit
(1 set = 2 units, incl. screws)
3RG78 48-0AB
Keyway blocks
(1 set = 2 units), M6
3RG78 48-0AC
Muting mounting system for fixing column,
active length 1000 mm
3RG78 48-2AF
Holding bar for mounting to Muting mounting system,
diameter 12 mm, length 200 mm
3RX7 315
Holding bar for mounting to Muting mounting system,
diameter 12 mm, length 300 mm
3RX7 316
Holding plate for the installation of sensors
to 12 mm round bar for sensor fixing system
3RX7 326
Mounting base with 12 mm receptacle for fixing system 3RX7 322
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/35
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Version Order No.
Keys
Safety key for teach-in 3RG78 48-2AH
Magnetic key for alignment display 3RG78 48-2BH
Laser alignment aids

Standard version (only for use in conjunction with type 4 light curtain) 3RG78 48-1AB
For installation with fixing columns 3RG78 48-1AG
Test rods
for 3RG78 41 and 3RG78 42, resolutions 14 mm and 30 mm 3RG78 48-0AH
Set for 3RG78 44 light curtains 3RG78 48-0FH
Diagnostics software

for evaluation units, including PC cable 3RG78 48-1AC

SafetyLab diagnostics and parameterization software with PC cable C 3RG78 48-4AC
PC connecting lead, including connector, 9-pole with optical interface 3RG78 48-2SL
RS485/232 converter

for diagnostics interface 3RG78 48-1AD
Cables for diagnostics

RS232 connecting cable 3RG78 48-1AE

Diagnostics cable Kit
for light curtains Cat. 4 Pg 3RG78 48-1AF
for light curtains Cat. 2, straight connector 3RG78 48-1AL
for light curtains Cat. 2, angled connector 3RG78 48-1AM
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/36
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Length in m Pole Order No.
AS-i adapter
AS-i adapters for 3SF78 44 receivers,
for bus connection and 24 V power supply
3RG78 38-1DG
AS-i adapter for 3SF78 4 emitters and receivers,
M12 bus terminal for AS-i flat channel
3RX98 01-0AA00
Connecting cable
M12 - AS-i adapter for 3SF78 44 M12
1 5-pole 3RG78 38-1EA
Connecting cable
M12 - AS-i adapter for 3SF78 44 M12
2 5-pole 3RG78 38-1EB
Hirschmann type cables and cable plugs
Cable plug 12-pole 3RG78 48-2DA
Angular cable socket 12-pole 3RG78 48-2DB
Cable for machine interface,
straight plug
10 3RG78 48-2CK
straight plug
25 3RG78 48-2DK
straight plug
50 3RG78 48-2EK
Brad-Harrison type cable (MIN series) for 3RG78 42 light curtains
Connecting cables for receivers 4 7-pole 3RG78 48-0DB01
Connecting cables for emitters 4 5-pole 3RG78 48-0DB00
Connecting cables for receivers 12 7-pole 3RG78 48-0KB01
Connecting cables for emitters 12 5-pole 3RG78 48-0KB00
Connecting cables for receivers 20 7-pole 3RG78 48-0LB01
Connecting cables for emitters 20 5-pole 3RG78 48-0LB00
Cables and cable plugs for all types
Cable for local connection,
with M12 angular connector
3 3RG78 48-2AK
Cable for local connection,
with M12 angular connector
10 3RG78 48-2BK
External local connection box,
with 6 M12 sockets and cables
0.5 3RG78 48-2AB
Version Rated voltage Order No.
Muting lamp and accessories
Continuous light element,
clear
24 ... 230 AC/DC 8WD42 00-1AE
Connecting element with end cover
for conduit, floor and angled installation
8WD42 08-0AA
Conduit, single,
length 100 mm
8WD42 08-0EF
Foot, single,
in plastic, for floor installation
8WD42 08-0DE
Bracket for wall mounting 8WD42 08-0CA
Incandescent lamp, 5 W,
BA 15d base
24 AC/DC 8WD43 28-1XX
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/37
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Length Version Order No.
Safety and mounting profiles for 3RG78 41 light curtains
150 mm 3RG78 48-0GB
225 mm 3RG78 48-0GC
300 mm 3RG78 48-0GD
450 mm 3RG78 48-0GE
600 mm 3RG78 48-0GF
750 mm 3RG78 48-0GG
900 mm 3RG78 48-0GH
1050 mm 3RG78 48-0GJ
1200 mm 3RG78 48-0GK
1350 mm 3RG78 48-0GL
1500 mm 3RG78 48-0GM
1650 mm 3RG78 48-0GN
1800 mm 3RG78 48-0GP
Connecting cable with M12 socket for 3RG78 41 light curtains
5 m straight 3RG78 48-1BA
5 m angled 3RG78 48-1BC
15 m straight 3RG78 48-1BD
15 m angled 3RG78 48-1BE
Connecting cable with M12 connector for the 3RG78 43 light curtain emitter
5-pole, shielded 5 m straight 3RG78 48-2EA
5-pole, shielded 5 m angled 3RG78 48-2EB
5-pole, shielded 10 m straight 3RG78 48-2EC
5-pole, shielded 10 m angled 3RG78 48-2ED
5-pole, shielded 15 m straight 3RG78 48-2EE
5-pole, shielded 15 m angled 3RG78 48-2EF
Connecting cable with M12 connector for the 3RG78 43 light curtain receiver
8-pole, shielded 5 m straight 3RG78 48-2CA
8-pole, shielded 5 m angled 3RG78 48-2CB
8-pole, shielded 10 m straight 3RG78 48-2CC
8-pole, shielded 10 m angled 3RG78 48-2CD
8-pole, shielded 15 m straight 3RG78 48-2CE
8-pole, shielded 15 m angled 3RG78 48-2CF
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/38
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Designation Order No.
Installation material for 3RG78 43 light curtains
360 bracket 3RG78 48-2BA
L bracket 3RG78 48-2BB
Z bracket 3RG78 48-2BC
360 bracket kit 3RG78 48-2BD
L bracket kit
and holder kit
3RG78 48-2BE
Z bracket kit
and holder kit
3RG78 48-2BF
Holder, swivel-mounted,
with vibration damping
3RG78 48-0BB
Test rods
20 mm test rod 3RG78 48-1CH
30 mm test rod 3RG78 48-0AH
40 mm test rod 3RG78 48-1BH
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/39
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Dimension drawings
L bracket: Z bracket:

360 fixing bracket:

FS10_00079
12
4
1
6
2
9
3
9
R3,1
R10
30
R3,1
R6
1
8
,
4
3
1
,
7
12
R10
R3,1
25
R3,1
FS10_00080
6
,
2
6
1
7
3
R3,1
6,2
2
2
1
0
10,8
R10 R10
4
12,1
FS10_00082
8,2
24
20
34
2
9
,
1
6,2
2
4
,
5
9
,
1
4
1
,
2
8
9
32
(
3
4
-
3
7
)
(
5
0
-
5
3
)
F
S
1
0
_
0
0
0
8
3
8,2
20
34
2
9
,
1
6,2
2
4
,
5
9
,
1
4
1
,
2
8
9
24
32
(
3
4
-
3
7
)
(
5
0
-
5
3
)
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/40
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Swivel bracket

a = Elongated hole 13 x 6
b = Swivel angle 8
Signaling column with steady-light element, tube and base

Base

Bracket for wall mounting

Connection element

Fixing column

-26,5
FS10_00084
-
3
4
-
4
0
b
1
0
3
5
6
0
11,3
7
0
a
F
S
1
0
_
0
0
1
5
0
1
1
71
3
2
,
7
70
70
1
,
5
50
FS10_00151
5,5
3
7
1
,
5
70
54

7
2
FS10_00152
38
3
2
1
2
5
0
FS10_00153
1
0
3
2 4
2
1
,
3
2
5
3
1
,
4
52
21,6
N
S
C
0
_
0
0
4
3
1
a
94,4
98,4
6
0
A
9
5
,
6
3
2
1
4
2
1
6
0
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/41
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Reflective mirror column

light curtain
8 bore holes, diameter = 16 mm
plastic spring elements with automatic return mechanism
3 bore holes in base for dowels, diameter = 10 mm, depth = 80 mm
Deflection mirror

N
S
C
0
_
0
0
4
3
2
a
83
6
0
A
2
9
,
2
7
1
B
4
6
3
3
1
6
0
Type C D E
3RG78 48-0ED 480 460 410
3RG78 48-0EE 580 560 510
3RG78 48-0EF 695 675 625
3RG78 48-0EG 810 790 740
3RG78 48-0EH 900 880 830
3RG78 48-0EJ 1000 980 930
3RG78 48-0EK 1100 1080 1030
3RG78 48-0EL 1195 1175 1125
3RG78 48-0EM 1290 1270 1220
3RG78 48-0EN 1435 1415 1365
3RG78 48-0EP 1580 1560 1510
3RG78 48-0EQ 1720 1700 1650
3RG78 48-0ER 1900 1880 1830
Type A B
3RG78 48-0.L 1060 974
3RG78 48-0.P 1360 1274
3RG78 48-0.R 1660 1574
3RG78 48-0.U 1960 1874
NSC00433
100
6 x 6,5
D E C
150
161
2
5
AS-Interface
Accessories
6/42
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Standard mounting bracket (included in scope of supply)

Support, swivel-mounted, with vibration damping

Muting mounting system

A V2A circular bar 12 x 100 mm
B Fixing plate
C Aluminum profile
D Cover
N
S
C
0
0
4
3
4
90
6,2
R 10
10
22
6,2
44
(
2
4
)
9
,
5
4
3
3
,
5
5
4
M 6
c
a
.

3
4
c
a
.

4
0
M 6
7
0
1
0
3
5
6
0
11,3
ca.
24,5
N
S
C
0
_
0
0
4
3
5
Swivel angle
Slot
13 x 6
=
4
0
FS1000108
1
0
0
1000
=
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
6/43
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
Our optical distance sensors provide perfect all-round protec-
tion to Category 3 according to EN 954-1.
In an operating field of 190 and over a distance of up to 4 m
(up to 15 m in non safety-related applications), the laser scanner
reliably senses every object and every person. And it works so
simply the distance sensor emits light pulses at regular inter-
vals.
If they hit an obstruction, the sensor receives the reflected light
and evaluates it. If this is evaluated as the predefined area to be
protected, a Stop function is triggered.
With up to four programmable protective field pairs that can be
selected during operation, our laser scanners can be optimally
adapted to any application on machines, production robots,
conveyor systems or vehicles.
Different versions support optimal integration in the automation
system whether conventionally in the safety circuit, over
PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe or over AS-Interface with ASIsafe.
Application
Horizontal danger zone protection
Reliable detection of persons and objects in danger zones
around machines and plants.
Flexible programming of almost any protection and warning
zones.
Horizontal danger zone protection with more than one
protective field
Reliable detection of persons in different danger zones by
switching between protective fields.
Increased availability due to accurate protection of just the
fields that are currently active.
NSC0_00619
WF 1
(active)
SF 1
(active)
SF 2
WF 2
NSC0_00646
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
6/44
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Application
Route monitoring for automatic guided vehicle systems
Reliable detection of persons and objects approaching the
vehicle.
The laser scanner offers a greater protection range than
bumpers and, therefore, permits higher speeds.
Collision protection for shifting units
Reliable protection of persons in the path of the vehicle.
Objects in the path of the vehicle are detected in good time
and damage to the vehicle or its load is prevented.
Other applications
Many different types of hazardous area protection
Protection for rooms and entrances
Projecting object monitoring to protect machines
and personnel
Non-safety-relevant measuring or detection tasks
(e.g. determining distances, positions, or contours).
Function
The LS4 laser scanner is an optical, contact-free surface scan-
ner designed primarily for operator protection.

Using a laser diode with transmission optics, the laser scanner
continuously generates bundled light pulses that are scattered
throughout the operating range by an integrated rotating mirror.
If objects or persons enter the field, it evaluates the reflected
light pulses and continuously calculates the exact position coor-
dinates on the basis of the light propagation time. If the defined
personnel protective field is penetrated, the laser scanner stops
the machine immediately (within the system response time).
The Stop function is reset when the protective field is free again,
either automatically or following acknowledgement (depending
on the operating mode).
The operating range of the LS4 laser scanner spans 190 and is
subdivided into angle segments of 0.36.

The scan rate is 25 scans/second, i.e. one light pulse every
40 ms in each segment.
A special algorithm ensures that objects larger than 70 mm (this
corresponds to the scanner resolution) can be reliably detected
and that contamination (e.g. dust) does not reduce system avail-
ability. The LS4 laser scanner detects people (even if they are
wearing dark clothing) at a distance of up to 4 m (fail-safe).
People or objects can, however, be detected at a distance of up
to 15 m so that a warning can be output, for example (not safety
relevant).
SF4
SF2
SF3
SF1
NSC0_00620
SF1
SF2
b
c
c
NSC0_00622
E Sc
NSC0_00623
Reflection
185 5
0.36
NSC0_00624
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
6/45
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Four protective field/warning field pairs
Four variable protective field pairs for the personnel protective
field and warning field, which can be easily set on the PC, ensure
that the LS4 laser scanner can be adapted to suit any require-
ment.

It can be implemented in stationary applications (machines and
installations) or mobile applications (vehicles, automatic guided
vehicle systems, or shifting units). In the case of a robot, for ex-
ample, different operating ranges can be protected, whereby
the laser scanner operates in succession with regard to time and
space. In the case of automatic guided vehicle systems, four
programmable protective fields can be protected, e.g. rapid
travel, slow travel, turning left, turning right.
LS4soft operator software
Thanks to the PC operator software LS4soft, it could not be eas-
ier to optimize the laser scanner settings. The following functions
have been integrated:
7 User-friendly configuration of the protective field using a PC or
laptop
7 Configuration of additional functions, such as protective field
selection, restart inhibit, etc. by means of a software wizard
7 Comprehensive range of displays, e.g. defined protective
fields, current scan contours, system settings, etc. reliable,
password-protected access with different authorization levels
7 Executable under Microsoft Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP
SF 1
SF 2
SF 3 SF 4
NSC0_00625
Only personnel protective fields are shown
AS-Interface
ASIsafe SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
AS-Interface LS4 laser scanner
6/46
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Integration


X4
X3
X2
X1
X5
and
and
or
FS10_00136
Connection Description Position Connectable accessories Order No.
X1 M12 connector for AS-Interface connection
(bus connection and 24 V DC power
supply)
1 LS4 connecting cable to M12 AS-Interface
adapter
3RG78 38-1EA (1 m)
3RG78 38-1EB (2 m)
2 M12 AS-Interface adapter 3RG78 38-1DG
X2 Connection for AS-Interface addressing
and diagnostics unit
3 AS-Interface addressing and
diagnostics unit
3RK1 904-2AB01
4 Connecting cable with M12 socket
and M12 plug (3-core)
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
(1.5 m)
X3 M12 socket for connecting the
changeover for the protective fields
5 M12 jumper plug
(suitable for protection field 1)
3RG78 38-1DF
6 M12 connector with terminal housing,
5-pin
3RX8 000-0CD55
X4 M12 connector for connecting a restart
button (optional)
7 M12 cable socket with terminal housing,
5-pin
3RX8 000-0CB55
X5 Optical PC interface 8 PC connecting cable for LS4
with optical interface, 9-pin
3RG78 38-1DC
Type 3SF7 834-6DD00
Protective field
Luminance factor min. 1.8 %
Object size and diameter 70 mm (cylindrical test body)
Response time
- dual evaluation (2 scans) 85 ms (laser scanner only,
without AS-Interface system
times)
- adjustable up to 16 scans 645 ms (laser scanner only,
times)
Number 4 (selectable via switching inputs)
Safety category Category 3 to EN 954-1, type 3 to
IEC 61496-1 or EN 61496-3
Output Secure AS-Interface interface
Start Start test and start inhibit can be
set separately
restart 160 ms to 10 s
(can be set or is manual)
Type 3SF7 834-6DD00
Protective field supplement
For deactivated dust suppression 83 mm
For activated dust suppression
- protective field size < 3.5 mm 83 mm
- protective field size > 3.5 mm 100 mm
Additional supplement
in the case of existing retro-
reflectors or highly reflective
surfaces (e.g. certain metals or
ceramics) in the scan plane
- more than 1.2 m behind the
protective field line
0 mm
- in protective field or up to 1.2 m
110 mm
AS-Interface
6/47
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Type 3SF7 834-6DD00
Warning field
Object size 150 150 mm
Response time
- dual evaluation (2 scans) 85 ms (laser scanner only,
times)
- adjustable up to 16 scans 645 ms (laser scanner only,
times)
No. of warning fields 4 (selectable via switching inputs)
Output AS-Interface
Contour measurement
Output RS 232 serial interface via infrared
interface
Radial resolution 5 mm
Lateral resolution 0.36
Supply voltage
Via AS-Interface network 29.5 ... 31.6 V (to AS-Interface
specification)
Via external supply 24 V DC (+/-20 %)
Note The power pack for the external
power supply and the AS-Inter-
face power pack for supplying the
AS-Interface components must
have a safe isolation to IEC 60742
and must bridge brief power
failures of up to 20 ms
(e.g. AS-Interface power pack
3RX9 307-0AA00).
Overcurrent protection Fuse 1.25 A (medium slow)
Typical current consumption from
supply circuit
400 mA
Typical current consumption from
AS-Interface circuit
50 mA
Inputs
Restart/reset Connection of a command unit for
operating mode with restart inhibit
and/or device reset, dynamically
monitored, 24 V DC optically
decoupled
Field pair changeover Selection from four field pairs
via 4 control leads with internal
monitoring (1 field pair = 1 protec-
tive field and 1 warning field),
24 V optically decoupled
Signal definition
- High (logical 1) 16 ... 30 V
- Low (logical 0) < 3 V
Type 3SF7 834-6DD00
Control cable
Length max. 50 m (cable cross-section:
0.5 mm
2
, shielded)
AS-Interface address programming Connection of a standard
AS-Interface address program-
ming device
RS232 interfaces via infrared inter-
face
For device parameterization and
field definition
Optics
Rotation angle 190
Angle resolution 0.36
Lateral tolerance
- without assembly system
(for rear of enclosure)
0.18
- with assembly system
(for mounting surface)
0.22
Scan rate 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan
Laser protection class
- to standard EN 60825-1, class 1 (eye safe)
- wave length 905 nm
- beam divergence 2 mrad
- Time Base 100 s
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 ... +60 C
Enclosure insulation class Protection class 2
Humidity To DIN 40040, table 10, code E
(fairly dry)
Dimensions (W H D) in mm 141 167 168
Weight 2.25 kg
Emitter Infrared laser diode ( = 905 nm)
Casing Cast aluminum, plastic, steel con-
nection plate
Vibratory load over 3 axes to IEC
60068, part 2-6
10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g
Continuous shock over 3 axes to
IEC 60068, part 2-29
10 g, 16 ms
Rotating mirror drive Brushless DC motor
Rotating mirror bearing Maintenance-free ball bearing
AS Interface
ID code B
I/O code 0 (four data bits as outputs)
Slave address Programmed by user in the range
1 ... 31 (on delivery = 0)
Cycle time in accordance with AS-
Interface specification
5 ms
Profile Reliable slave
AS-Interface
6/48
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

ASIsafe LS4 laser scanner 3SF7 834-6DD00
Including LS4soft software
Accessories
Adapter plate for PLS mounting
support
3RG7 838-1AB
Cleaning set 3RG7 838-7RS
Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml),
cloths (x 100)
Connectors and cables
PC connection cable for LS4
AS-Interface and PROFIBUS
3RG7 838-1DC
Includes plug (9-pin)
and optical interface
M12 jumper plug
(suitable for protection field 1)
3RG7 838-1DF
M12 adapter 3RG7 838-1DG
For AS-Interface and power supply
LS4 M12 M12 adapter
connection cable
5-pin, 1 m 3RG7 838-1EA
5-pin, 2 m 3RG7 838-1EB
Test body (cylindrical)
70 mm (stationary applications)
3RG7 838-7GB
Length: 1,000 mm; diameter:
200 mm (mobile applications)
3RG7 838-7GD
AS-Interface
6/49
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Dimension drawings

ASIsafe laser scanner 3SF7 834-6DD00

Schematics

a
p
p
r
o
x
.

2
2
0
approx. 168
4
8
.
7
5
61
approx. 140
130
R 2.6
5
s
R 2.6
122.3
1
4
3
.
8
64
132
1
4
8
1
6
7
a b b
a
Top view
a = rotating mirror axis
b = scan plane
2
3
5
6
,
6
5
1
,
5
7
4
,
4
9
0
158
166
192
1
5
5
,
4
9
N
S
C

0
0
6
1
0
9
X5
X1 X2 X3 X4
X1 AS-Interface connection (Bus connction and 24 Volt power supply)
X2 AS-Interface connection for address programming device
X3 Connection protective fields switchover
X4 Connection restart button
X5 Optical PC Interface
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP/OFF
pushbuttons
6/50
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
It is possible to directly connect EMERGENCY STOP/OFF
devices over the standard AS-Interface using failsafe communi-
cation. This only applies to EMERGENCY STOP devices in the
SIRIUS 3SB3 series for mounting in front panels and enclosures.
AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP/OFF enclosure
The enclosure with a yellow top is supplied fully equipped and
wired. It includes:
SIRIUS 3SB3 EMERGENCY STOP/OFF mushroom pushbutton
Contact blocks
F-slave with 2 safe inputs
Inscription plate
The molded-plastic designs of the enclosure incorporate a ter-
minal for the AS-Interface shaped cable (the cable is connected
by means of insulation displacement and runs past the outside
of the enclosure). In the metallic versions, the AS-Interface
shaped cable (or round cable) is inserted into the enclosure.
AS-Interface F adapter for front panel mounting
The AS-Interface F adapter links an EMERGENCY STOP/OFF
mushroom pushbutton (ISO 13850 or EN 418, 3SB3 series) to
the AS-Interface bus system.
The F adapter has a secure AS-Interface slave 2E and is
snapped onto the EMERGENCY STOP/OFF pushbutton
(actuator only) from the back.
Depending on the version, the connection is made via screw or
spring terminals. In the expanded 2E/1A version, an output to
control the LED indicator light is available.
The module is addressed using the AS-Interface connections or
the integrated addressing socket.
Safety Category 4 (SIL 3) is achieved with the adapter.
1) The EMERGENCY OFF actuator is not included in the scope of supply
See Catalog LV 1, Section 9 Commanding and Signaling Devices
Version Connection Order No.
3SF5 811-0AA08
AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP/OFF enclosure,
molded plastic enclosure
Yellow cover Insulation displacement 3SF5 811-0AA08
Yellow cover with protective collar 3SF5 811-0AB08
AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP/OFF enclosure,
metal enclosure
Yellow cover Cable gland 3SF5 811-2AA08
Yellow cover with protective collar 3SF5 811-2AB08
3SF5 402-1AB03
AS-Interface F adapter EMERGENCY STOP/OFF
SIRIUS 3SB3
1)
For front panel assembly
2 I Screw terminal 3SF5 402-1AA03
2 I/1 O, output for LED control 3SF5 402-1AB03
2 I Spring terminal 3SF5 402-1AA04
2 I/1 O, output for LED control 3SF5 402-1AB04
Safety Integrated manual
German E20001-A110-M103
English E20001-A110-M103-X-7600
AS-Interface Master
Masters for SIMATIC S7
CP 142-2
6/51
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

Master connection for the ET 200X distributed I/O station to
AS-Interface over a 12-pin connector
Easy operation in the I/O address area of SIMATIC ET 200X
No CP configuration required for AS-Interface
Activation of up to 31 AS-Interface slaves in accordance with
the AS-Interface specification V2.0
Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped
cable
Significant increase in the number of inputs and outputs
of ET 200X
Benefits
In connection with the BM 147, the ET 200X enables PLC
functionality in degree of protection IP65
Can also be used in a rugged industrial environment without
additional casing due to the high degree of protection IP67
More flexible and extended application options of the ET 200X
thanks to considerable increase in available inputs/outputs
Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press
of a button
Application
The CP 142-2 enables the connection of the distributed I/O
system ET 200X to AS-Interface.
This module can be used to activate up to 31 AS-Interface
slaves and, if bi-directional slaves are implemented, up to 248
binary components.
Up to 6 CP 142-2 can be operated on the ET 200X.
Design
16 byte inputs and 16 byte outputs are used in the address
space of the ET 200X
Operating statuses displayed by LEDs in the frontplate
Display of the connected and activated slaves and their oper-
ational readiness by LEDs
One pushbutton for switching the operating status, entering
the existing configuration and switching the display
Connection of the AS-Interface cable to M12 connector
Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface cable
Function
The CP 142-2 can be used in two operating modes:
Standard mode with BM 141/BM 142/BM 147
A maximum of 124 input bits and output bits of the
AS-Interface slaves can be addressed.
Extended mode with BM 147
An FC (Function Call) enables master calls to be used in
accordance with the AS-Interface specification V2.0
(e.g. write parameters). The calls are described in the manual.
Program examples are supplied with the manual.
Example configuration
Configuration
Parameterization of the CP 142-2 is performed with the STEP 7
basic package V2.1 and higher. No additional configuration is
required for AS-Interface.
erface Master
AS-Interface AS-Interface shaped cable
ET 200X with CP 142-2
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
2
0
0
1
3
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface Master
CP 142-2
6/52
Siemens IK PI 2007
6


AS-Interface specification V 2.0
with BM 141/BM 142 I/O transmission only
with BM 147 and FC, ASI-3422 All functions
Configuration
AS-Interface Via key on the front panel
PROFIBUS The CP 142-2 occupies
16 byte of inputs and
16 byte of outputs
in the PROFIBUS configuration
of the ET 200X
Connection of the AS-Interface
cable
Via M12 connector on the front
panel
Address area 16 input byte
16 output byte
Supply voltage
through backplane bus 24 V DC
from the AS-Interface
shaped cable
According to AS-Interface specifi-
cation V2.0
Power loss 2 W
Current consumption
through backplane bus Typ. 50 mA for 24 V DC
via AS-Interface from the
According to AS-Interface specifi-
cation V 2.0
Relative humidity 95% at +25C
Construction ET 200X construction
Module format Expansion module
Space requirements 1 slot
Degree of protection IP66/67
CP 142-2
6GK7 142-2AH00-0XA0
For connecting SIMATIC ET 200X
to AS-Interface
CP 142-2 manual 6GK7 142-2AH00-8AA0
German
Communications systems,
protocols, products on CD-ROM
German/English
AS-Interface Master
CP 243-2
6/53
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

The CP 243-2 is the AS-Interface master for the innovated
generation of SIMATIC S7-200. The communications processor
(6GK1 243-2AX01-0AX0) supports the extended AS-Interface
specification V2.1 and has the following functions:
Up to 62 AS-Interface slaves can be connected and inte-
grated analog value transfer (according to the extended
AS-Interface specification V2.1)
Supports all AS-Interface master functions in accordance with
the extended AS-Interface specification V2.1
Status displays for operating states and display of the func-
tional readiness of connected slaves with LEDs in the front
panel
Indication of errors (incl. AS-Interface voltage errors, configu-
ration errors) with LEDs in the front panel
Compact enclosure designed to match the new generation of
SIMATIC S7-200.
Benefits
More flexible and extended application options of the SIMATIC
S7-200 due to the considerable increase in the available digi-
tal and analog inputs/outputs
a button
In the event of a fault, shorter standstill and service times due
to LED indication of:
Status of the CPs
Application
The CP 243-2 is the AS-Interface master connection exclusively
for the CPUs 22x of the innovated SIMATIC S7-200 generation.
By connecting to AS-Interface, the available digital inputs and
outputs for S7-200 are significantly increased (max. 248 DI /
186 DO on AS-Interface per CP).
In addition, the integrated analog value processing also makes
analog values (per CP max. 31 analog slaves, each with up to 4
channels) available to the S7-200 at the AS-Interface. Up to two
CP 243-2s can be operated simultaneously on the S7-200.
Design
The CP 243-2 is connected to the S7-200 like an expansion
module. It features:
Two terminals for direct connection of the AS-Interface cable
LEDs in the front panel for displaying the operating status and
the operational readiness of all connected and activated
slaves
Two pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the
slaves, for switching the operating status and entering the ex-
isting ACTUAL configuration as the SETPOINT configuration
Function
The CP 243-2 supports all functions specified by the extended
AS-Interface specification V2.1. With this specification it is
possible to operate up to 62 digital or 31 analog slaves on the
AS-Interface by means of double address assignment (A-B).
The integrated analog value processing permits the analog
values to be accessed as easily as the digital values.
The CP 243-2 occupies a digital input byte (status byte), a digital
output byte (control byte) as well as 8 analog input and 8 analog
output words in the process image of the S7-200. The CP 243-2
therefore requires two slots. Application programs use the status
and control byte to set the operating mode of the CP 243-2.
Depending on the operating mode, the CP 243-2 either uses the
analog address space of the S7-200 to store the I/O data of the
AS-Interface slaves or diagnostics values or enables master
calls (e.g. re-addressing of slaves).
Configuring
All connected AS-Interface slaves are configured at the press of
a button. More comprehensive configuration of the CPs is not
necessary.
AS-Interface Master
CP 243-2
6/54
Siemens IK PI 2007
6


10 ms with 62 slaves
Interfaces
Allocation of analog address
space in the PLC
corresponding to two I/O modules
(8 DI/8 DO and 8 AI/ 8 AO)
AS-Interface connection terminal connection
Current consumption
through backplane bus type. 220 mA for 5 V DC
via AS-Interface from the
max. 100 mA
- horizontal installation 0 C +55 C
- vertical mounting 0 C +45 C
Construction
Module format S7-22x expansion module
(H+16 mm with holes for wall
mounting)
CP 243-2
6GK7 243-2AX01-0XA0
S7-200 (2
nd
generation) to
AS-Interface with bus connector
Manual for CP 243-2
Including AS-Interface
fundamentals and diskette with
program examples
paper version
German 6GK7 243-2AX00-8AA0
English 6GK7 243-2AX00-8BA0
French 6GK7 243-2AX00-8CA0
Spanish 6GK7 243-2AX00-8DA0
Italian 6GK7 243-2AX00-8EA0
AS-Interface Master
CP 343-2
6/55
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

The CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master for the SIMATIC S7-300
programmable controller and the ET 200 M distributed I/O
station. The functions of the communications processor are as
follows:
Supports all AS-Interface master functions in accordance with
the extended AS-Interface specification V2.1
Status displays for operating states and display of the func-
tional readiness of connected slaves with LEDs in the front
panel
ration errors) with LEDs in the front panel
Compact enclosure designed to match the SIMATIC S7-300
Benefits
a button
Flexible decentralized topologies can be constructed by
using this communications processor in the ET 200M
DP slave.
Reduced costs for spare parts inventories because the CP
can be used in both the SIMATIC S7-300 and in ET 200M.
Ideal for complex applications through the connection option
of 62 slaves and integrated analog value processing
Application
The CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master connection for SIMATIC
S7-300 and ET 200M. Connection to the AS-Interface allows
access to max. 248 DI/186 DO per CP.
The integrated analog value processing also supports evalua-
tion of very simple analog signals (per CP at max. 31 analog
slaves, each with four channels).
Design
The CP 343-2 is connected to the S7-300 like an expansion
LEDs in the frontplate for displaying the operating status and
the operational readiness of all connected and activated
slaves
Pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the
Function
The CP 343-2 supports all functions specified by the extended
The integrated analog value processing permits easy access to
the analog values.
In I/O mode, the CP 343-2 occupies 16 byte in the analog
address area of the SIMATIC S7-300. The I/O data of the
standard slaves (A-Slaves) are stored in this area. The I/O data
of the B-Slaves can be accessed with the "Read/Write dataset"
function.
A and B-Slaves are slaves according to the extended
AS-Interface specification V2.1. A function call (FC) is available
for the AS-Interface master calls (e.g. writing parameters,
reading diagnostics values). The function call is available on a
diskette enclosed with the user manual.
Configuring
necessary.
AS-Interface Master
CP 343-2
6/56
Siemens IK PI 2007
6


AS-Interface Specification V 2.1
Bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves
10 ms for 62 slaves
Interfaces
Assignment of analog address
space in the PLC
16 byte I/O and P-bus S7-300
AS-Interface connection S7-300 front connector with
terminal
Supply voltage +5 V DC through backplane bus
Current consumption
Through backplane bus typ. 200 mA at 5 V DC
Through AS-Interface from
the AS-Interface shaped cables
max. 100 mA
Power loss 2 W
Operating temperature 0C to +60C
Relative humidity, max. 95% at +25 C
Design
Module format S7-300 design
Space required 1 slot
CP 343-2
6GK7 343-2AH00-0XA0
S7-300 and ET 200M to the
AS-Interface;
without front connector
Front connector 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
CP 343-2 and CP 343-2 P
manual
including software (FC) and
examples
paper version
German 6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0
English 6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0
French 6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0
Spanish 6GK7 343-2AH00-8DA0
Italian 6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0
Communication systems,
logs, products
on CD-ROM
German/English
AS-Interface Master
CP 343-2 P
6/57
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

The CP 343-2 P is the AS-Interface master for the SIMATIC
S7-300 programmable controller and the ET 200M distributed
I/O station. The functions of the communications processor are
as follows:
It supports configuration of the AS-Interface network with
Up to 62 AS-Interface slaves can be connected and
integrated analog value transfer (according to the extended
Supports all AS-Interface master functions in accordance
with the extended AS-Interface specification V2.1
ration errors) with LEDs in the front plate
Compact enclosure designed to match the SIMATIC S7-300
Benefits
Improved plant documentation and support for servicing
thanks to documentation of the AS-Interface configuration in
the STEP 7 project
Diagnosis of the AS-Interface network is supported
a button
Flexible decentralized topologies can be constructed by
using this communications processor in the ET 200M
DP slave.
Reduced costs for spare parts inventories because the CP
can be used in both the SIMATIC S7-300 and in ET 200M.
Ideal for complex applications through the connection option
of 62 slaves and integrated analog value processing
Application
The CP 343-2 P is the AS-Interface master connection for
SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M. Connection to the AS-Interface
allows access to max. 248 DI/186 DO per CP.
The integrated analog value processing also supports evalua-
tion of very simple analog signals (per CP at max. 31 analog
slaves, each with four channels).
The CP 343-2 P functionality is identical to that of the CP 342-2.
An old S7 user program can therefore be used with the new CP
without any limitations. Also, the AS-Interface configuration can
be downloaded or uploaded with the STEP 7 hardware configu-
ration.
Design
The CP 343-2 P is connected to the S7-300 like an expansion
operational readiness of all connected and activated slaves
Pushbuttons for displaying the status information of the
Mode of operation
In I/O mode, the CP 343-2 P reserves 16 byte in the analog
address space of the SIMATIC S7-300. The I/O data of the
standard slaves or A slaves is stored here. The I/O data of the B
slaves can be accessed using the "read/ write data record
function.
A and B slaves are slaves in accordance with the extended AS-
Interface Specification V2.1. For the AS-Interface master calls
(e.g. Write parameter, read diagnostic values), a Function Call
(FC) is provided on the diskette that accompanies the manual.
a button. No further configuration of the CP is necessary.
Function
The CP 343-2 P supports all functions specified by the extended
The integrated analog value processing permits easy access to
the analog values.
Configuring
necessary.
The CP 343-2 P also supports configuration of the AS-Interface
network with STEP 7 (V5.2 and higher).
AS-Interface Master
CP 343-2 P
6/58
Siemens IK PI 2007
6


Bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves
10 ms for 62 slaves
Interfaces
Allocation of analog address
space in the PLC
16 byte I/O and P-Bus S7-300
AS-Interface connection S7-300 front connector with
terminal connection
Supply voltage +5 V DC via backplane bus
Current consumption
Through backplane bus typ. 200 mA for 5 V DC
Via AS-Interface from the
max. 100 mA
Power loss 2 W
Relative humidity, max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Module format S7-300 construction
Configuring software Optional:
CP 343-2 P
6GK7 343-2AH10-0XA0
S7-300 and ET 200M to the
AS-Interface;
without front connector
Front connector 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
CP 343-2 and CP 343-2 P
manual
including software (FC) and
examples
paper version
German 6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0
English 6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0
French 6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0
Spanish 6GK7 343-2AH00-8DA0
Italian 6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0
Communication systems,
logs, products
on CD-ROM
German/English
AS-Interface Slaves
I/O modules for operation in the field
Introduction
6/59
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
K60
K45
K20
Three coordinated ranges of AS-Interface compact modules
with digital and analog compact modules and a high degree of
protection are available for operation in the field:
Series K60 (digital and analog)
Series K45 (digital)
Series K20 (digital)
All compact modules are characterized by particularly simple
handling. The K60 and K45 modules are mounted with a mount-
ing plate. The mounting plate is used to receive the AS-Interface
flat cables and enables mounting on a wall or standard mounting
rail.
The K20 modules are directly mounted without a mounting plate
and connected to the AS-Interface using a round cable.
Overview of digital compact modules
The following table provides an overview of the important
features of the digital compact modules. For exact details, see
the section technical specifications in the section on the
respective product.
erface Slaves
Version K60 K45 K20
8 inputs / 2 outputs

-- --
8 inputs

-- --

--


-- --

-- --
4 inputs

2 inputs / 2 outputs --

4 outputs

--
3 outputs --

--
AS-Interface connection Flat cable / round cable Flat cable Round cable
I/O connection method M12 M12 / M8 M12 / M8
Pin assignment Standard / Y-II / Y Standard / Y Standard / Y
Degree of protection IP65/67/68/69K IP65/67 IP65/67
ATEX 3D (Zone 22)

-- --
Extended address mode

Yes
N/A
AS-Interface Slaves
IP67 - K60
digital I/O modules
6/60
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The K60 digital AS-Interface compact modules are character-
ized by optimized handling characteristics and user-friendli-
ness. They permit the mounting times and start-up times of
AS-Interface to be reduced by up to 40 %.
Assembly of the K60 modules is performed with a mounting
plate which accommodates the AS-Interface shaped cables.
Two different mounting plates are offered for
wall mounting and
standard rail mounting.
Addressing of the K60 modules is performed using an address-
ing socket integrated in the module. The addresses can also be
assigned after installation.
K60 compact modules with a maximum of four
digital inputs and outputs
These compact modules contain the communication electronics
and the M12 standard connections for inputs and outputs. Using
M12 standard connectors, a maximum of four sensors and four
actuators can be simply and reliably connected to the compact
module.
The mounting plate and the compact module are joined together
by means of a screw, with simultaneous contacting of the AS-In-
terface cable by the service-proven insulation piercing method.
K60 compact modules with a maximum of eight
digital inputs
These modules have eight digital inputs for connection through
M12 connectors.
The module requires two AS-Interface addresses for processing
all eight inputs. As with every compact module, addressing can
be performed through a double addressing socket.
K60 compact modules with a four digital inputs and outputs
according to AS-i Specification 3.0
The new AS-i Specification 3.0 adds a number of completely
new features to the AS-Interface bus system. The extended
address mode (A/B addresses) enables the connection of up to
62 slaves on one AS-i network. With the extended address mode
according to Specification 3.0, four outputs are now possible
even with A/B slaves (instead of only three outputs possible up
to now with Specification 2.1). Hence with full expansion of an
AS-i network, there are now 248 inputs as well as 248 outputs
available on one AS-i system. Modules with four inputs and four
outputs as A/B slaves according to Specification 3.0 are also
available as K60 compact modules.
Please note that these modules can be used only with a new
master according to AS-i Specification 3.0 (e.g.the new DP/AS-i
LINK Advanced or IE/AS-i LINK PN IO) and that the cycle times
for the outputs can extend to max. 20 ms.
K60 data couplers
An AS-Interface data coupler has been added to the K60 com-
pact module range. Integrated in this module are two AS-i slaves
which are connected to two different AS-i networks. Each of the
two integrated slaves has four virtual inputs and four virtual
outputs. The bidirectional data transmission of 4 data bits be-
tween two AS-i networks is thus possible in a simple and cost-
effective manner. The data coupler need its own address in each
AS-i network.
Each AS-i network works with a different cycle time depending
on the number of stations. Hence two AS-i networks are not
necessarily synchronous. For this reason the AS-i data coupler
can be used to transmit only standard data and no safe data.
K60 compact modules for use in hazardous areas (ATEX)
Two versions of the K60 modules are available for use in Zone 22
hazardous areas according to Classification II 3D (dusty atmo-
sphere, non-conductive dust). The version with four inputs and
four outputs has the designation (Ex) II 3D T75 C IP65X and the
version with four inputs has the designation (Ex) II 3D T60 C
IP65X.
Special conditions have to be observed for the safe operation of
these devices. In particular the module must be protected by
suitable measures from mechanical damage. Other conditions
for safe operation see section Technical Specifications in
Catalog LV 1 T.
AS-Interface Slaves
IP67 - K60
digital I/O modules
6/61
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.

3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3
Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60
PNP transistor
Current carrying capacity of the inputs: 200 mA
Connection system: M12
Modules supplied without mounting plate
Type Current carrying
capacity of outputs
Slave type Pin assignment
8 inputs / 2 outputs 2 A A/B Special 3RK2 400-1HQ00-0AA3
8 inputs -- Standard Y-II 3RK1 200-0DQ00-0AA3
A/B 3RK2 200-0DQ00-0AA3
4 inputs / 4 outputs 2 A A/B (Spec. 3.0) Y-II 3RK2 400-1DQ00-0AA3
Standard 3RK1 400-1DQ00-0AA3
Standard 3RK1 400-1CQ00-0AA3
1 A Y-II 3RK1 400-1DQ01-0AA3
Standard 3RK1 400-1DQ03-0AA3
4 inputs / 3 outputs 2 A A/B Y-II 3RK2 400-1FQ030AA3
4 inputs / 2 outputs Standard 3RK1 4001MQ00-0AA3
4 inputs -- 3RK1 200-0CQ00-0AA3
2x2 inputs / 2x2 outputs 1 A Y 3RK1 400-1DQ02-0AA3
4 outputs 2 A Y-II 3RK1 100-1CQ00-0AA3
Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60; version ATEX (Ex) II 3D IP65 X
PNP transistor
Connection system: M12
capacity of outputs
4 inputs / 4 outputs 2 A Standard Y-II 3RK1 400-1DQ05-0AA3
4 inputs -- 3RK1 200-0CQ05-0AA3
Digital I/O modules IP67 K60 data coupler
capacity of outputs
Data coupler
(virtual)
-- Standard -- 3RK1 408-8SQ00-0AA3
Accessories
3RK1 901-0CA00
Mounting plate K60
suitable for all compact modules K60

3RK1 901-1KA00
AS-Interface covering caps M12
3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 901-1KA01
AS-Interface covering caps M12, tamper-proof
3RK1 901-1KA01
3RK1 902-0AR00
Sealing set
For mounting plate K60 and distribution board
Cannot be used for mounting plate K45
One set contains one straight and one shaped seal
3RK1 902-0AR00
AS-Interface Slaves
IP68 / IP69K - K60R
digital I/O modules
6/62
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

Modules with degree of protection IP67 cannot be used in areas
exposed to permanently high levels of humidity, in applications
with drilling emulsions and cutting oils or when cleaning with
high-pressure cleaners. The answer for these applications is
provided by the expansion of the K60 compact modules with the
K60R module with IP68/IP69K protection.
The K60R modules are connected instead of the AS-Interface
flat cable using a round cable with M12 cable box. The AS-Inter-
face bus cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary power supply are
routed in this case in a shared round cable.
IP68 protection permits many new applications, which were im-
possible with the former field modules with degree of protection
IP67. In applications such as filling plants or machine tools the
K60R with degree of protection IP68 enables the module to be
used directly in zones exposed to permanent loading by humid-
ity. It is thus possible to make even more rigorous savings in
wiring with AS-Interface. IP68 test conditions see section Tests
IP68/IP69K.
Cleaning with high-pressure cleaners, such as is regularly
performed in the food drinks industry for instance, is possible
without difficulty (IP69K).
In applications with tow chains, many users rely on placing the
AS-Interface bus cable in a round cable. With the K60R module
there is a round cable connection for direct connection to a
round cable. No adapter is required.
Design
Mounting
The same mounting plates are used as for the K60 modules.
Instead of using flat cables the K60R is connected using a
4-pole round cable with an M12 connection. With the K60R the
mounting plate thus serves only as a fixture and ground terminal.
Addressing
Addressing is performed using the same socket as for the bus
connection. Connecting the module to the 3RK1 904-2AB01
addressing unit is performed using a standard M12 cable (e.g.
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5). If the older version of the 3RK1 904-
2AB00 addressing unit is used, a special addressing cable
(3RK1 901-3RA00) is required. When the mounting is finished,
the module is connected with the addressing cable to the
addressing unit and addressed. The addressing cable is then
removed and the module connected to the bus line.
Connection
K60R connection options
In the IP67 environment the service-proven standard compo-
nents are connected using flat cables. Spur lines are laid into the
IP68 environment by means of an AS-Interface M12 feeder
(3RK1 901-1NR..). The module is connected with a round cable
to an M12 cable box. For this purpose the module has an M12
bus connection instead of the former addressing socket.
The AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary power
supply are routed together in a 4-pole round cable. There must
be no ground conductor in this round cable. Connection to
ground is made through the mounting plate.
NSA0_00339c
K60R K60R K60R
IP67
3RK1 901-1TR00
IP68
max. 5.0 m
max. 1.5 m
3RX8 000-0CD42-1AF0 (5.0 m)
3RX8 000-0CE42-1AF0 (5.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 (0.5 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 (1.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 (1.5 m)
3RX8 000-0CB42-1AF0 (5.0 m)
1)
3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0 (5.0 m)
1)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 (0.5 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 (1.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 (1.5 m)
1)
plus connector 3RX8 000-0CD45
or 3RX8 000-0CE45
Distribution board
AS-Interface Slaves
IP68 / IP69K - K60R
digital I/O modules
6/63
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Design (continued)
In the IP68 environment only cables with extruded M12 connec-
tors may be used. These cables are available preassembled as
an M12 cable plug/cable box version:
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6: 0.5 m long
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0: 1.0 m long
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5: 1.5 m long
To connect the distribution board and the K60R module over
long distances it is also possible to use freely configurable ca-
bles with an M12 cable box and an open cable end, which are
fitted with an M12 connector (straight version: 3RX8 000-0CD45,
angle plug 3RX8 000-0CE45) and connected to the distribution
board. This cable is available in two versions:
3RX8 000-0CB42-1AF0: 5 m long, with M12 cable box
3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0: 5 m long, with M12 angle cable box
To connect more than one K60R module to one spur line, the
spur line can be split again using a T distributor (3RK1 901-
1TR00) with degree of protection IP68.
Please note the following boundary conditions:
The configuration guidelines for AS-Interface apply. For all
M12 connecting cables the maximum permissible current is
limited to 4 A. The cross-section of these cables amounts to
just 0.34 mm. For connection of the K60R modules, the afore-
mentioned M12 connecting cables can be used for the spur
lines. The voltage drop caused by the ohmic resistance
(approx. 0.11 /m) must be taken into account.
For round cable connections with shared AS-i and U
AUX
in a
single cable, the following maximum lengths apply:
- per spur line from feeder to module: maximum 5 m
- total of all round cable segments in an AS-Interface network:
maximum 20 m
Tests IP68/IP69K
K60R modules were tested with the following tests:
Stricter test than IP67:
90 min at 1.8 m depth of water (IP67: 30 min at 1 m depth of
water)
Salt water test:
Five months in salt water, 20 cm deep, at room temperature
Test with particularly creepable oil:
Five months completely under oil at room temperature
Test with drilling emulsion:
Five months at room temperature (components of the drilling
emulsion: Anionic and non-ionic emulsifiers, paraffinic low-
aromatic mineral oil, boric acid alkanolamines, corrosion
inhibitors, oil content 40 %)
Test in oil bath (Excelence 416 oil) with alternating oil bath
temperature:
130 cycles of 15 to 55 C, two months
Cleaning with a high-pressure cleaner according to IP69K:
80 to 100 bar, 10 to 15 cm distance, time per side > 30 sec,
water temperature 80 C
To simulate requirements as realistically as possible the modules
were artificially aged prior to the tests by 15 temperature cycles
of -25/+85 C. During the test the modules were connected to
3RX1 connecting cables. Unassigned connections were closed
with 3RK1 901-1KA00 caps.
Note:
Sealing caps and M12 connections must be tightened
with the correct torque

Version Order No.
3RK1 400-1CR00-0AA3
Digital I/O modules IP68 / IP69K - K60R
IP68/IP69K
Standard assignment
Current carrying capacity:
- 200 mA (inputs)
- 2 A (outputs)
Standard slave
3RK1 400-1CR00-0AA3
AS-Interface Slaves
IP68 / IP69K - K60R
digital I/O modules
6/64
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.
Accessories
3RK1 901-0CA00
Mounting plate K60
suitable for all compact modules K60 and K60R

3RK1 901-1KA00
AS-Interface M12 sealing cap
3RK1 901-1KA00

3RX9 801-0AA00
3RK1 901-1NR11
3RG7 838-1DG
3RK1 901-1NR21

3RK1 901-1NR00
AS-Interface M12 feeder
for flat cable on cable length
AS-i M12 socket -- 3RX9 801-0AA00
M12 cable box 1 m 3RK1 901-1NR11
2 m 3RK1 901-1NR12
AS-i / U
aux
M12 socket -- 3RG7 838-1DG
2 m 3RK1 901-1NR22
4-fold M12 socket
delivery including
coupling module
-- 3RK1 901-1NR00

3RK1 901-1TR00
M12-T distribution board
IP68
1 x M12 connector
2 x M12 box
3RK1 901-1TR00
3RK1 901-3RA00
M12 addressing cable
For addressing K60R modules
Required for addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB00 only;
if the latest version of the addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB01 is used,
the addressing is performed with a standard M12 cable 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
3RK1 901-3RA00
AS-Interface Slaves
IP67 - K45 digital I/O modules
6/65
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The large industry-proven K60 compact modules are ideally
complemented by the K45 compact module series. They round
off the existing product range of smaller modules.
The acknowledged advantages of the existing K60 compact
modules can all be found in the significantly smaller K45 mod-
ules. Their base is the same size as the application modules.
The mounting depth, however, is only 2/3 of that of the applica-
tion module and therefore ideally fits to the compact module se-
ries.
Despite these small dimensions all modules have large labeling
plates and an integrated address jack.
Two mounting plates are available for the K45 compact modules:
The first mounting plate has the identical hole pattern as the
K60 compact modules. This allows K60 compact modules to
be combined with K45 modules in a single alignment.
The ribbon cables can be easily placed into the recesses of
the mounting plates.
The mounting plate for standard mounting rail fixing has the
same hole pattern as the application modules.
Installing the ribbon cables has become even easier. The yellow
and black AS-Interface ribbon cable can be inserted into the
mounting plates from the left or right regardless of the position of
the coding pins. The correct polarity of the voltages applied is
always ensured.
Sensors and actuators are connected via M12 sockets. The 4E
module can also be ordered with M8 connection sockets.

1) The typical current carrying capacity per output increases with version "E12" from 1.5 to 2 A (available since approx. 07/2003).
Version Order No.

3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3
PNP transistor
Type Current carry-
ing capacity
of outputs
Slave type Pin assign-
ment
Connections
4 inputs -- Standard Standard M12 3RK1 2000CQ200AA3
M8 screw fitting 3RK1 2000CT200AA3
M8 snap fitting 3RK1 2000CU200AA3
A/B M12 3RK2 2000CQ200AA3
M8 screw fitting 3RK2 2000CT200AA3
M8 snap fitting 3RK2 2000CU200AA3
2 x 2 inputs -- A/B Y M12 3RK2 2000CQ220AA3
2 inputs / 2 outputs 2 A
1)
Standard Standard 3RK1 4001BQ200AA3
2 x (1 input / 1 output) 0.2 A Y 3RK1 4000GQ200AA3
4 outputs 1 A Standard 3RK1 1001CQ200AA3
3 outputs A/B 3RK2 1001EQ200AA3
2 outputs / 2 inputs 2 A 3RK2 4001BQ200AA3
Accessories
3RK1 9012EA00
Mounting plate K45
For wall mounting 3RK1 9012EA00
For standard rail mounting 3RK1 9012DA00

3RK1 9011KA00

3RK1 9011PN00
AS-Interface sealing caps
For free M12 sockets 3RK1 9011KA00
For free M8 sockets 3RK1 9011PN00

3RK1 9011MN00
Cable terminating piece
for sealing open cable ends
(shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67
3RK1 9011MN00
AS-Interface Slaves
6/66
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The K20 compact module range rounds off the AS-Interface
compact modules with a particularly slim design and a width of
a mere 20 mm. Thanks to its extremely compact dimensions,
these modules are particularly suited for handling machine ap-
plications in the field of production engineering where modules
need to be arranged in the smallest of spaces.
Robotics is yet another application area. Instead of the AS-Inter-
face flat cable, the K20 modules are connected to AS-Interface
over a round cable with M12 cable box. In this case the
AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary power supply
are routed in a shared round cable. This enables extremely
compact installation.
The flexibility of the round cable means that it can also be used
on moving machine parts without any problems. The K20 mod-
ules are also ideal for this particular task as they are extremely
lightweight thanks to their non-encapsulated design.
Many users also prefer to place the AS-Interface bus cable in
a round cable for applications with tow chains. In this case, the
K20 modules support direct connection to the round cable.
No flat to round cable adapter is required.
The K20 compact module range includes standard AS-Interface
modules, as well as an ASIsafe model for the connection of fail-
safe sensors, such as emergency stop pushbuttons or safety
door monitoring. All standard AS-Interface K20 modules support
expanded address mode (A/B addresses) according to
AS-Interface Specification 2.1, which enables connection of
62 stations to an AS-Interface network. The K20 module with four
inputs and four outputs works in expanded address mode ac-
cording to AS-Interface Specification 3.0 which, for the first time,
supports four outputs with an A/B slave, thus enabling 248 in-
puts and 248 outputs in a fully expanded AS-Interface network.
For particularly space-saving dimensions, the sensors and
actuators are connected over M8 connectors. Alternatively, M12
connectors with Y assignment can be used.
Mounting
Mounting the K20 modules: on the front (see left)
or laterally (see right)
The K20 modules are mounted using two screws. No mounting
plate is required. The modules can be mounted either on the
front or the side. This flexibility allows users to place them where
they will be best protected and save the most space, e.g. on
standard mounting rails.
Addressing
Addressing the K20 modules
The K20 modules are addressed using the same socket as for
the bus connection. For addressing, the module is connected to
the 3RK1 904-2AB01 addressing device using a standard M12
connecting cable (2 or 3-pole), e.g. 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5.
If the older version of the 3RK1 904-2AB00 addressing unit is
used, a special addressing cable (3RK1 901-3RA00) is required
for connection to the addressing unit. After addressing, the
addressing cable is then removed and the module connected to
the bus line. Do not use 4 or 5-pole connecting cables for
addressing.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
4
3
a
3RK1 904-2AB01
AS-Interface: 1 ... 31 (1A ... 31B)
ASi-
3
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AA6
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB0
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
ASi-
3
ASi+
1 4
ASi+
1
3 2
4 1
AS-Interface Slaves
6/67
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
All standard K20 modules (not ASIsafe models) support ex-
panded address mode and can be addressed over an A or B
address. This means that up to 62 Slaves can be operated on an
AS-Interface network. The model with four inputs and four out-
puts (3RK2 400-1CT30-0AA3) operates according to the new
AS-Interface Specification 3.0. Specification 3.0 also supports 4
outputs for A/B slaves (instead of the 3 outputs supported by
Specification 2.1). Please note, however, that this module can
only be operated with a new master that complies with AS-Inter-
face Specification 3.0 (e.g. the new DP/AS-i LINK Advanced)
and that cycle times for outputs must not exceed 20 ms.
Connection
AS-Interface M12 feeders and distributors, closed
AS-Interface M12 feeders and distributors, open
A new range of AS-Interface distributors and M12 feeders
are now available for simple connection of K20 modules to the
AS-Interface flat cable:
AS-Interface distributors
Like the standard 3RK1 901-1NN00 AS-Interface distributor, the
new compact 3RK1 901-1NN10 AS-Interface distributor allows
the AS-Interface flat cable to be split over several strands. The
compact distributors can be used for a current carrying capacity
of up to 6 A. It is particularly easy to use:
Insert cable,
close and
just secure with a single captive screw.
No additional seals are required for the compact distributors.
The AS-Interface flat cable must always be routed through the
compact distributors, i.e. it must not end in the compact distrib-
utor. For larger currents, and in the event that one of the two flat
cables needs to end in the distributor, standard distributors must
be used.
AS-Interface M12 feeders
AS-Interface M12 feeders are also available in the same com-
pact design as the compact distributors. These are required to
adapt the AS-Interface flat cable to round cable. The spectrum
includes AS-Interface M12 feeders with different cable lengths
(1 and 2 m) and makes a distinction between M12 feeders for
AS-i/U
aux
for connection of I/O modules or AS-Interface without
U
aux
for connection of modules with inputs. These AS-Interface
M12 feeders are just as simple to use as the AS-Interface com-
pact distributors. The flat cable must always be routed through
the compact distributors, i.e. it must not end in the compact M12
distributors. In the event that the AS-Interface flat cable is to end
in the M12 feeder, the standard M12 feeder (3RX9 801-0AA00)
or 4-fold-M12 feeder 3RK1 901-1NR00.
AS-Interface Slaves
6/68
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
The following table shows the various connection options for
the K20 modules to the AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC
auxiliary voltage:
To connect the distributor and the K20 module over cable
lengths > 2m, it is also possible to use freely configurable cables
with an M12 cable box and an open cable end, which are fitted
with an M12 plug (straight version: 3RX8 000-0CD45, angle plug
3RX8 000-0CE45) and connected to the feeder. This cable is
available in two versions:
3RX8 000-0CB42-1AF0: 5 m long, with M12 cable box
3RX8 000-0CC42-1AF0: 5 m long, with M12 angle cable box
To connect more than one K20 module to one spur line, the spur
line can be split again using a T distributor (3RK1 901-1TR00).
Options for connecting the K20 modules to other AS-Interface modules
Digital I/O modules IP67 K20
AS-i without U
aux
AS-i / U
aux
4DI, M8
3RK2 200-0CT30-0AA3
2DI/2DO, M8
3RK2 400-1BT30-0AA3
4DI, M12
3RK2 200-0CQ30-0AA3
2DI/2DO, M12
3RK2 400-1BQ30-0AA3
2FDI, M12
3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3
4DI/4DO, M8
3RK2 400-1CT30-0AA3
K20 module
plus M12 feeder with molded-on lead
M12 feeder:
3RK1 901-1NR11 (1 m) or
3RK1 901-1NR12 (2 m)
M12 feeder:
3RK1 901-1NR21 (1 m) or
3RK1 901-1NR22 (2 m)
K20 module
plus M12 feeder with socket
plus separate M12 lead
M12 feeder:
3RX9 801-0AA00
M12 feeder:
3RG7 838-1DG
M12 lead:
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 (0.6 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 (1.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 (1.5 m)
M12 lead:
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 (0.6 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 (1.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 (1.5 m)
K20 module
plus 4-fold M12 feeder
plus separate M12 lead
M12 feeder:
3RK1 901-1NR00
M12 feeder:
3RK1 901-1NR00
M12 lead:
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 (0.6 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 (1.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 (1.5 m)
M12 lead:
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6 (0.6 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0 (1.0 m)
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5 (1.5 m)
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
4
5
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
4
6
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
4
7
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
4
8
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
4
9
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
5
0
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
4
4
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AA6
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB0
3RX8 000-0GF42-1AB5
3RG9 001-0AD00
3RK1 901-1NR00
3RK1 901-1NR11
3RK1 901-1NR12
3RX9 801-0AA00
3RK1 901-1TR00
l 5 m <
l 5 m <
l 1,5 m <
l 1,5 m <
AS-Interface Slaves
6/69
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Please note the following boundary conditions:
The configuration guidelines for AS-Interface apply. For all
M12 connecting cables the maximum permissible current is
limited to 4 A. The cross-section of these cables amounts to
just 0.34 mm. For connection of the K20 modules, the afore-
mentioned M12 connecting cables can be used for the spur
lines. The voltage drop caused by the ohmic resistance
(approx. 0.11 /m) must be taken into account.
For round cable connections with shared AS-i and U
AUX
in a
single cable, the following maximum lengths apply:
- Per spur line from feeder to module: maximum 5 m
- Total of all round cable segments in an AS-Interface network:
maximum 20 m
Connection options for K20 modules
5 m
5 m
1,5 m
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
4
5
1
a
Connection using
4-fold M12 feeder
(3RK1 901-1NR00)
(AS-i/U
aux
)
for I/O modules
Connection using
M12 feeder
(3RK1 901-1NR2.)
(AS-i/U
aux
)
for I/O modules
Connection using
M12 feeder
(3RK1 901-1NR1.)
(AS-i without U
aux
)
for modules with inputs
Further distribution
using MT-12 T feeder
(3RK1 901-1TR00)
AS-Interface Slaves
6/70
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.
3RK2 200-0CT30-0AA3
Digital I/O module, IP67 K20
Type Current carry-
ing capacity of
outputs
Slave type Pin
assignment
Connection
method
4 inputs -- A/B Standard M8 3RK2 200-0CT30-0AA3
Y M12 3RK2 200-0CQ30-0AA3
2 inputs /
2 outputs
1 Standard M8 3RK2 400-1BT30-0AA3
Y M12 3RK2 400-1BQ30-0AA3
4 inputs /
4 outputs
1 Standard Standard M8 3RK1 400-1CT30-0AA3
A/B
(Spec. 3.0)
3RK2 400-1CT30-0AA3
2 safe inputs -- Standard Y-II M12 3RK1 205-0BQ30-0AA3
Accessories

3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 901-1PN00
AS-Interface sealing caps
For free M12 sockets 3RK1 901-1KA00
For free M8 sockets 3RK1 901-1PN00

3RK1 901-1NN00
AS-Interface standard distributor, for AS-Interface flat cable
Current carrying capacity up to 7 A
Delivery includes special mounting plate for wall and standard rail mounting
Seals (3RK1 902-0AR00) are required only if a cable is to be terminated
in the distributor and must be ordered separately
3RK1 901-1NN00
3RK1 901-1NN10
AS-Interface compact distributor, for AS-Interface flat cable
current carrying capacity of up to 6 A
3RK1 901-1NN10
AS-Interface Slaves
6/71
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Note: For plug connectors and cables, see
Catalog FS 10, section Proximity Switches / Accessories /
Plug Connectors or
Internet (www.siemens.de/as-interface)
Version Order No.
3RX9 801-0AA00
3RK1 901-1NR11
3RG7 838-1DG
3RK1 901-1NR21

3RK1 901-1NR00
for flat cable for cable length
2 m 3RK1 901-1NR12
AS-i / U
aux
2 m 3RK1 901-1NR22
4-fold M12 socket
delivery includes coupling
module
-- 3RK1 901-1NR00

3RK1 901-1TR00
M12-T distributors
IP68
1 x M12 connector
2 x M12 box
3RK1 901-1TR00
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
M12 Y-shaped coupler plugs
for connection of two sensors to an M12 socket with Y-assignment
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
3RK1 901-3RA00
Addressing cable, with jack plug, to M12
For addressing K20 modules
Only required for addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB00
If the latest version of the 3RK1 904-2AB01 addressing unit is being used,
addressing is executed over the standard 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5 M12 cable
3RK1 901-3RA00
AS-Interface Slaves
IP67 digital I/O modules Application modules
6/72
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The AS-Interface application modules are the first module
generation for AS-Interface. The K45 and K60 modules of the
compact series are further developed and enhanced modules.
We recommend that in the future the application modules will be
replaced with the K45 compact modules. For existing systems
and as replacement parts, the application modules will, how-
ever, still be available.
http://mall.ad.siemens.com
Advantages of the K45 compact modules
The K45 compact modules offer further advantages over the
functionality of the application modules:
An integrated addressing socket allows the module to be
addressed while built-in
Time savings on installing the module: Hinging method means
they are mounted with just one screw
Comprehensive diagnostics thanks to a LED on the module
(display of null address, no communication with master,
overload, etc.)
Insertion of the AS-Interface flat cable regardless of the
position of the protruding lug
More compact dimensions
Versions with M12 and M8 connection sockets permit direct
connection of all sensors
Modules in A/B technology permit up to 62 stations to be
connected to an AS-Interface network
Application module decoding table --> K45

Note:
When using the K45 module instead of coupling modules
3RG9 010-0AA00 and 3RG9 030-0AA00, the K45 mounting
plates 3RK1 901-2EA00 (wall mounting) or 3RK1 901-2DA00
(mounting onto standard rails) are required.
Application module Comparison typ K45
Order No. Design Order No. Design
3RG9 001-0AA00 4 inputs (100 mA) 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs (200 mA)
3RG9 001-0AG00 4 inputs (200 mA) 3RK1 200-0CQ20-0AA3 4 inputs (200 mA)
3RG9 001-0AH00 2 x 2 inputs 3RK2 200-0CQ22-0AA3 2 x 2 inputs
A/B slave
3RG9 001-0AC00 2 inputs / 2 outputs
Relay outputs
3RK1 400-1BQ20-0AA3 2 inputs / 2 outputs
Electronic outputs
3RG9 001-0CC00 2 inputs / 2 outputs
Electronic outputs
Electronic outputs
3RG9 001-0AM00 2 inputs / 2 outputs
Electronic outputs
U
aux
via M12 plug
Electronic outputs
U
aux
via black flat cable
3RG9 001-0AJ00 2 x (1 input / 1 output)
I/O supply via AS-Interface cable
3RK1 400-0GQ20-0AA3 2 x (1 input / 1 output)
I/O supply via AS-Interface cable
3RG9 001-0AB00 4 outputs
Relay outputs
3RK1 100-1CQ20-0AA3 4 outputs
Electronic outputs
3RG9 001-0AL00 4 outputs
U
aux
via M12 plug
U
aux
via black flat cable
3RG9 001-0CB00 4 outputs
Electronic outputs
Electronic outputs
AS-Interface Slaves
IP67 - K60 analog I/O modules
6/73
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

AS-Interface analog modules of the K60 compact series acquire
or supply analog signals locally. These modules are connected
to the higher-level control via an AS-Interface master in accor-
dance with Specification 2.1 or Specification 3.0.
The analog modules are subdivided into five groups:
Input module for sensor with current signal
Input module for sensor with voltage signal
Input module for temperature sensor
Output module for current actuators
Output module for voltage actuators
The input modules according to Profile 7.3/7.4 are available as
modules with two or four input channels. In addition, the two-
channel module can be adjusted for use with only one input
channel which allows very fast transmission times to be
achieved. The module is adjusted with a jumper plug on socket
3. Twice as fast transmission times than with Profile 7.3/7.4 can
be achieved with analog modules according to Profile 7.A.9.
Here, among other things, it can be chosen via the ID1 code if
the module is to be run in one- or two-channel mode.
The output modules are supplied as two-channel modules as
standard.
The input and output channels are electrically isolated with re-
spect to the AS-Interface network. If sensors which require more
power are to be connected, additional power can be supplied
via the auxiliary voltage in addition to the internal supply.
The manual describes the modules in great detail with their
technical specifications and gives detailed information on how
to operate them. The manual concludes by giving several exam-
ples of function blocks.
Data transfer according to analog profile 7.3/7.4
With analog profile 7.3/7.4, at least seven AS-Interface cycles
must be passed through before transmission is completed. This
requires the use of a master according to Extended Specifica-
tion V2.1.
With input modules the complete analog value is then available
in the AS-Interface master, so that preprocessing is performed
in the master.
With the next system function call the user program brings the
analog value as one value into the user program. This means
that the analog value is updated very quickly.
The analog value transmission applies in reverse order for the
output modules as well.
This produces a total of the following maximum times until the
analog value with profile 7.3/7.4 is available (if preset to: smooth-
ing function deactivated; line filter 50 Hz):
G
_
N
S
A
0
_
X
X
_
0
0
1
8
1
Analog module
One User program
cycle with
system
function call Conversion
Analog value CPU
Seven
AS-Interface
cycles
(max. 5 ms each)
Note: Values can be accesses with SFC58, SFC59
integrated standard function blocks
AS-Interface
Master
1 channel 2 channels 4 channels
Conversion and
transmission time
max. 95 ms max. 235 ms max. 435 ms
AS-Interface Slaves
6/74
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Data transfer according to analog profile 7.A.9
With analog profile 7.A.9, only 3 or 4 AS-Interface cycles are re-
quired for data transfer. This requires the use of a master that
complies with Specification 3.0.
Please refer to the manual for details of maximum times until the
analog value witih profile 7.A.9 is available, depending on the
selected mode (resolution, no. of channels, A/B technology).
Benefits
Analog modules are just as easy to integrate in AS-Interface
as digital modules
Analog values can be easily detected and issued locally
Preprocessing of the analog value transmission in the master
enables rapid evaluation of the analog values
Up to four values can be detected using one analog module
Extremely fast transmission and conversion of analog values
thanks to the new option for changing over to single-channel
operation
In addition, Specification 3.0 now also offers:
A/B technology, now also with analog modules
On average, double fast transmission times
(only 3 or 4 cycles, depending on the resolution selected),
total processing times can be found in the manual
Variable adjustable mode: 12 or 14-bit resolution,
1 or 2-channel, selectable over the ID1 code
Extra simple handling of analog processing with masters of
Specification 3.0, the DP/AS-i Link Advanced.
G
_
N
S
A
0
_
X
X
_
0
0
4
3
6
Analog module
One user program
cycle with
system
function call Conversion
Analog value CPU
Three or four *
AS-Interface
cycles
(max. 5 ms or
10 ms each** )
* depending on resolution with 12 or 14 bit
** with A/B technology
AS-Interface
Master
AS-Interface Slaves
6/75
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.
3RK1 207-1BQ44-0AA3
IP67 - K60 analog I/O modules, analog profile 7.3
Slave type: Standard
Inputs Type Measuring range
1 or 2 inputs
(selectable using jumper
plug at socket 3)
Current 4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)
3RK1 207-1BQ40-0AA3
Voltage 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
3RK1 207-2BQ40-0AA3
Thermal resistance Pt 100 or
Ni 100 or
0 ... 600
(selectable)
3RK1 207-3BQ40-0AA3
4 inputs Current 4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)
3RK1 207-1BQ44-0AA3
Voltage 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
3RK1 207-2BQ44-0AA3
Thermal resistance Pt 100 or
Ni 100 or
0 ... 600
(selectable)
3RK1 207-3BQ44-0AA3
Outputs Type Output range
2 outputs Current
for 2-wire actuators
4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA or
0 ... 20 mA
(selectable)
3RK1 107-1BQ40-0AA3
Voltage
for 2-wire actuators
10 V or
0 ... 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
3RK1 107-2BQ40-0AA3
3RK2 207-2BQ50-0AA3
IP67 - K60 analog I/O modules, analog profile 7.A.9
Slave type: A/B (specification 3.0)
Inputs Type Measuring range
1 or 2 inputs (variably
adjustable)
Current 4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)
3RK2 207-1BQ50-0AA3
Voltage 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
3RK2 207-2BQ50-0AA3
AS-Interface Slaves
6/76
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
http://mall.ad.siemens.com
Version Order No.
Accessories
Manual, German
only available to download on the Internet:
http://www.siemens.de/automation/manuals
3RK1 901-0CA00
K60 mounting plates

3RK1 901-1KA00
M12 sealing caps 3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 902-0AR00
Sealing sets
For mounting plate K60 and distributor
3RK1 902-0AR00

3RK1 901-1AA00
Jumper plug
For changing over the 2-channel input modules
3RK1 901-1AA00
AS-Interface Slaves
IP20 I/O modules for operation in the control cabinet
Introduction
6/77
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
SlimLine S22.5/S45
F90 modules
Flat modules
For AS-Interface applications inside cabinets there are various
module series for the most diverse requirements:
SlimLine S22.5
SlimLine S45
F90 modules
Flat modules
All modules of these series can be snap-mounted directly on a
standard mounting rail or be fastened using screws.
AS-Interface modules in IP20 have direct terminals for the
AS-Interface cables and therefore do not require a lower part.

1) More information about these modules:
See Catalog LV 1 / chapter Systems / section AS-Interface /
Slaves / Modules with Special Functions
See A&D Mall / section Low-Voltage Controls /
SIRIUS Industrial Controls / Systems / AS-Interface / Slaves /
Modules with Special Functions
Series Spectrum Mounting on 35 mm
standard mounting
rail according to DIN
EN 50022
Wall mounting using
push-in lugs
(Order No.: 3RP1 903)
Other possibilities
SlimLine S22.5 4I (standard and A/B modules)
4A
2I/2O (steady-state/relay outputs)
Counters
1)
Ground fault detection module
1)

--
SlimLine S45 4I/4O (steady-state/relay outputs)
4I/4O with floating I/Os
4I/3O (A/B modules)
4I/4O (A/B modules Spec. 3.0)

--
F90 modules 4I/4O (screw-type terminal connection)
4I/4O (connection using Combicon connector)
16I
-- --
Flat modules 4I/4O (screw-type terminal connection) -- -- Integrated lugs for
screw fixing
AS-Interface Slaves
SlimLine
6/78
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
SlimLine modules of the S22.5 and S45 series
The AS-Interface series of modules for the "SlimLine" cabinet
with IP20 protection creates space in the cabinet and in distrib-
uted local boxes.
For these modules the priority was placed on a narrow type of
construction. They have a width of only 22.5 mm or 45 mm.
Standard sensors/actuators and the AS-Interface cable can be
connected using screw-type or spring-loaded terminals.
Integrated adapters enable mounting on a standard mounting
rail. Disassembly from the standard mounting rail is quick and
easy and requires no tools.
With an additional accessory, the modules can also be screwed
on.
All modules are fitted at the front with LEDs which indicate the
modules status.
An addressing socket integrated at the front enables the module
to be addressed also when it is installed.
In addition to the digital input/output modules there are modules
of construction type S22.5 with special functions. These include:
Counter module
More information about these modules, see:
Catalog LV 1 / chapter Systems / section AS-Interface / Slaves
/ Modules with Special Functions
A&D Mall: section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Industrial
Controls / Systems / AS-Interface / Slaves / Modules with Spe-
cial Functions
The new AS-Interface Specification 3.0 adds a number of com-
pletely new features to AS-Interface bus system. The extended
address mode (A/B addresses) enables the connection of up to
62 slaves on one AS-Interface network. With the extended ad-
dress mode according to Specification 3.0, four outputs are now
possible for the first time even with A/B slaves (instead of only
three outputs possible up to now with Specification 2.1). Hence
with full expansion of an AS-Interface network, there are now 248
inputs as well as 248 outputs available on one AS-Interface sys-
tem.
Modules with four inputs and four outputs as A/B slaves accord-
ing to Specification 3.0 are also available as SlimLine modules
S45.
Note:
Please note that the modules according to Specification 3.0
can be used only with a new master according to AS-Interface
Specification 3.0 (e.g. the new DP/AS-i LINK Advanced or
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO) and that the cycle times for the outputs can
extend to max. 20 ms.
AS-Interface Slaves
SlimLine
6/79
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.
3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2
SlimLine S22.5 modules
Inputs: PNP transistor
Type Connection ter-
minals
Slave type Inputs Outputs
4 inputs Screw Standard 2-wire -- 3RK1 200-0CE00-0AA2
2 and 3-wire 3RK1 200-0CE02-0AA2
A/B slave 2 and 3-wire 3RK2 200-0CE02-0AA2
Spring Standard 2-wire -- 3RK1 200-0CG00-0AA2
2 and 3-wire 3RK1 200-0CG02-0AA2
A/B slave 2 and 3-wire 3RK2 200-0CG02-0AA2
2 inputs / 2 out-
puts
Screw Standard 2-wire PNP transistor
2 A
3RK1 400-0BE00-0AA2
Relays 3RK1 402-0BE00-0AA2
Spring Standard 2-wire PNP transistor
2 A
3RK1 400-0BG00-0AA2
Relays 3RK1 402-0BG00-0AA2
4 outputs Screw Standard -- PNP transistor
1 A
3RK1 100-1CE00-0AA2
Spring Standard -- PNP transistor
1 A
3RK1 100-1CG00-0AA2
3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2
SlimLine S45 modules
Inputs: PNP transistor
Type Connection ter-
minals
Slave type Inputs Outputs
4 inputs / 4 out-
puts
Screw Standard 2 and 3-wire PNP transistor
1 A
3RK1 400-1CE00-0AA2
PNP transistor
2 A
3RK1 400-1CE01-0AA2
2- and 3-wire
floating
PNP transistor
1 A
floating
3RK1 402-3CE01-0AA2
2 and 3-wire Relays 3RK1 402-3CE00-0AA2
A/B
(Spec. 3.0)
2 and 3-wire PNP transistor
2 A
3RK2 400-1CE01-0AA2
Spring Standard 2 and 3-wire PNP transistor
1 A
3RK1 400-1CG00-0AA2
PNP transistor
2 A
3RK1 400-1CG01-0AA2
2- and 3-wire
floating
PNP transistor
1 A floating
3RK1 402-3CG01-0AA2
2 and 3-wire Relays 3RK1 402-3CG00-0AA2
A/B
(Spec. 3.0)
2 and 3-wire PNP transistor
2 A
3RK2 400-1CG01-0AA2
4 inputs / 3 out-
puts
Screw A/B slave 2 and 3-wire PNP transistor
2 A
3RK2 400-1FE00-0AA2
Spring A/B slave 2 and 3-wire PNP transistor
2 A
3RK2 400-1FG00-0AA2
Accessories
Sealable cap
to secure against unauthorized addressing
3RP1 902
Push-in lug
for screw mounting
3RP1 903
SlimLine opening tools
For all devices with spring-loaded terminal connections
up to max. 1.5 mm
2
conductor cross-section
Partially insulated
8WA2 807
AS-Interface Slaves
Module F90
6/80
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

1) Summation current for all inputs and outputs max. 200 mA.
Version Order No.

3RG9 002-0DB00
Module F90
standard slave
Type Connection Inputs Outputs
4 inputs / 4 out-
puts
Screw terminals 2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
PNP transistor
1A
3RG9 002-0DB00
PNP transistor
2A
3RG9 002-0DA00
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
floating
3RG9 002-0DC00
Combicon 2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
PNP transistor
1A
3RG9 004-0DB00
PNP transistor
2A
3RG9 004-0DA00
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
floating
3RG9 004-0DC00
16 inputs Screw terminals PNP transistor -- 3RG9 002-0DE00
Combicon 3RG9 004-0DE00
Accessories
Combicon plug set
For 4I/4O modules with Combicon connection
One set comprises:
- 4 x 5-pole plug for connection
- Standard sensors/actuators
- 2 x 4-pole plug for AS-Interface and external auxiliary voltage
3RX9 810-0AA00
AS-Interface Slaves
Flat module
6/81
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.

3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3
Flat module
200 mA for all I/Os
3RK1 400-0CE00-0AA3
AS-Interface Slaves
Special integrated solutions
AS-Interface communication modules
6/82
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
AS-Interface communication module for printed-circuit
board installation 3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3

With the 4I/4O module for printed-circuit board mounting it is
possible for up to four mechanical contacts to be queried or in-
dicator lights to be operated, the necessary power being pro-
vided by the AS-Interface system (yellow AS-Interface cable).
Note:
If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module does
not respond to invoking by a master.

dicator lights to be operated, the necessary power for the inputs
and outputs being provided from the auxiliary voltage (24 V
PELV). If (+) is connected to U
Aux
+ and (NC) to U
Aux
-, the out-
puts are not short-circuit and overload resistant; if U
Aux
- is con-
nected to (0), the outputs are overload and short-circuit resistant
(maximum aggregate current 200 mA). In this case the module
does not respond even to invoking by a master when the switch-
ing outputs are overloaded.
board installation 3RG9 005-0SA00

dicator lights to be operated, the power for inputs and outputs
being provided from an auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV). If (+) is
connected to U
Aux
+ and (NC) to U
Aux
-, the outputs are not
short-circuit and overload resistant; if U
Aux
- is connected to (0),
the outputs are overload and short-circuit resistant (maximum
aggregate current 200 mA). In this case the module does not re-
spond even to invoking by a master when the switching outputs
are overloaded.
+
ASI
ASI+
NSA0_00078a
PROG
NC
+
IN1
OUT1
0
IN2
OUT2
0
IN3
OUT3
0
IN4
OUT4
0
7
+
NSA0_00079a
aux
NC
+
IN1
OUT1
0
IN2
OUT2
0
IN3
OUT3
0
IN4
OUT4
0
+
ASI
ASI+
7
+
NSA0_00080a
aux
NC
+
IN1
OUT1
0
IN2
OUT2
0
IN3
OUT3
0
IN4
OUT4
0
+
ASI-
ASI+
AS-Interface Slaves
Special integrated solutions
AS-Interface communication modules
6/83
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

1) Note: Pad numbering, see section Dimensional Drawings
possible for up to four mechanical contacts or 3-wire sensors
according to IEC 947-5-2 to be connected or indicator lights to
be operated, the power for the short-circuit resistant solid-state
switching outputs being provided from an auxiliary voltage
(24 V PELV).
Installation is very easy using a "Card Edge Board-to-Board-
Connector". This connector can be ordered for vertical and hor-
izontal mounting from AMP, for example:
180 version for vertical mounting (AMP): Order No. 530843-2
90 version for horizontal mounting (AMP): Order No. 650118-1
If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module does

1) Note: Pad numbering, see section Dimensional Drawings
possible for up to four mechanical contacts or 3-wire sensors to
be connected, the power for inputs being provided from
AS-Interface cable.
Installation is very easy using a "Card Edge Board-to-Board-
Connector". This connector can be ordered for vertical and
horizontal mounting from the company AMP, for example:
180 version for vertical mounting (AMP):
Order No. 530843-2
90 version for horizontal mounting (AMP):
Order No. 650118-1
If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module does

Connection Connection pad
1)
ASi+ 27, 29
ASi- 28, 30
Sensor+ 17, 18, 23, 24
Sensor- 13, 14, 19, 20
IN1 21
IN2 22
IN3 15
IN4 16
U
Aux
+ (L24+) 2, 4
U
Aux
- (M24) 1, 3
OUT1 9
OUT2 10
OUT3 5
OUT4 6
OUT- 7, 8
Not assigned 11, 12, 25, 26
Connection Connection pad
1)
ASi+ 27, 29
ASi- 28, 30
Sensor+ 17, 18, 23, 24
Sensor- 13, 14, 19, 20
IN1 21
IN2 22
IN3 15
IN4 16
Not assigned 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12, 25, 26
Version Order No.

3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3

3RG9 005-0SA00
Supply of I/Os using AS-Interface cable (max. 200 mA)
printed-circuit board with solder pins, protected by enclosure
3RK1 400-0CD00-0AA3
Supply of I/Os using external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV)
- Printed-circuit board with solder pins, protected by enclosure 3RK1 400-0CD01-0AA3
- Printed-circuit board with solder pins for horizontal mounting 3RG9 005-0SA00
Supply of outputs using external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV)
Printed-circuit board with gold-plated direct connector
for 30-pole male connector socket for simple installation with direct connector
3RK1 400-1CD00-0AA2
4 inputs
Printed-circuit board with gold-plated direct connector
for 30-pole male connector socket
For simple installation with direct connector
3RK1 200-0CD00-0AA2
AS-Interface Slaves
Modules with special functions
Counter modules
6/84
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
This module is used to send hexadecimally coded count values
(LSB=D0, MSB=D3) to a higher level controller. The count value
is increased by one for each valid count pulse at terminal 8.
Beginning at 0, the module counts up to 15 and then begins
again at 0. The controller adopts the current value and deter-
mines the number of pulses between two host invocations
through subtraction from the previous value. The total number of
count pulses is determined by adding these differences.
For the values sent to be unambiguous, no more than 15 count
values are allowed between two host invocations or AS-Interface
master invocations at terminal 8. The maximum permissible
transmission frequency is calculated from these times:
f
TRmax
= 15 / T
max
T
max
: maximum possible transmission time from the slave to the
host
Another condition for the maximum frequency is the pulse
shaped required. For the counter to accept a pulse as valid, a
Low must have been applied at the input for at least 300 s and
a High for at least 1 ms. This results in a controller-independent
maximum frequency of
f
Cmax
= 1 / 1.3 ms = 769 Hz for the counter module
(see following graph).

Time criteria for counter modules
If the time criterion stipulated in the graph is violated, the count
value is rejected.
The counter is active only for the reset parameter P2 (default).
The counter is deleted when P2 is set, and the incoming count
pulses are not registered until after P2 is reset again.
Note:
A customized function block is necessary or must be
programmed.

Connection options

NSA00084
7
N1
1 ms 300 s
J
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
0
8
5
IN1
ASi
ADDR
ASi+ ASi-
IN1 - +
Terminal 4: Bus connection ASi+
Terminal 5: Bus connection ASi-
Terminal 6: unused
Terminal 7: Sensor supply+
Terminal 8: Counter input
Terminal 9: Sensor supply-
Version Order No.

3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2

3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2
Counter module
With screw-type terminal connection 3RK1 200-0CE03-0AA2
With spring-loaded terminal connection 3RK1 200-0CG03-0AA2
AS-Interface Slaves
Ground fault detection modules
6/85
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
"... ground faults must neither result in unintended startup, in
dangerous movements of a machine, nor must they prevent its
shutdown (EN 60204, Part 1 or DIN VDE 0113)"
The AS-Interface ground fault detection module is used to fulfill
these requirements. With this module from the SlimLine series,
ground faults in AS-Interface systems can be detected and
signaled safely.
The following ground faults are detected:
Ground fault from AS-i "+"
Ground fault from AS-i "-"
Ground faults of sensors and actuators which are supplied
with AS-Interface power.
One module is sufficient per AS-Interface network.

Version Order No.

3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2
With screw-type terminal connection 3RK1 408-8KE00-0AA2
With spring-loaded terminal connection 3RK1 408-8KG00-0AA2
AS-Interface Slaves
Overvoltage protection module
6/86
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The AS-Interface overvoltage protection module protects down-
stream AS-Interface devices or individual sections in AS-Inter-
face networks from conducted overvoltages which can be
caused by switching operations and remote lightning strikes.
The location of the overvoltage protection module forms within
the lightning protection zone concept the transition from zone
1 to 2/3. Direct lightning strikes must be coped with using
additional protective measures at the transitions from lightning
protection zone 0A to 1.
With the AS-Interface overvoltage protection module it is now
also possible to integrate AS-Interface in the overall lightning
protection concept of a plant or machine.
The module has the same type of construction, connection and
degree of protection (IP67) as the AS-Interface user modules.
It is a passive module without AS-i IC and as such does not need
its own address on the AS-Interface network.
Connection to an AS-Interface system is effected through the
FK-E or PG-E coupling module. Through use of the EEMS inter-
face, the AS-Interface cable and the auxiliary voltage cable can
be protected from overvoltage.
Overvoltages are discharged through a ground cable with a
green/yellow oil-proof outer sheath. This cable is fixed in the
module and must be connected with low resistance to the
systems ground.
Rated discharge current I
sn
The rated discharge current is the peak value of a surge current
with waveform 8/20 microseconds, for which the overvoltage
protection module is rated in accordance with a specific test
program.
With waveform 8/20, 100% of the value is achieved after 8 micro-
seconds and 50% after 20 microseconds.
Protection level U
p
The protection level of an overvoltage protection module is the
highest momentary value of the voltage at the terminals, estab-
lished in individual tests.
The protection level characterizes the capability of an overvolt-
age protection module to limit overvoltages to a residual level.
Accessories
An FK-E or PG-E coupling module is required for connection of
the AS-Interface cable and the auxiliary power supply cable.
Configuration guidelines

The grounding of protection modules and the units to be
protected must be effected through a shared grounding point
(equipotential bonding). If insulated devices are protected, their
mounts must be included in the grounding points.
AS-
Inter-
face
AS-
Inter-
face
NSA0_00093a
OVP = Overvoltage protection
Mounting plate
Application
Device with
earth connection
Device without earth connection
Earthing of the mounting plate
Application
OVP
AS-Interface Slaves
6/87
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Sample application

Sample application for overvoltage protection modules

NSA0_00092a
AS-
Inter-
face
A B
AS-
Inter-
face
AS-
Inter-
face
AS-
Inter-
face
OVP = Overvoltage protection
OVP OVP
protected range
Zone 1 Zone 1 Zone 2
Protection approx. 5m to the right
Equipotential bonding
(system earth)
Protection approx. 0.5m to the left
Version Order No.

3RK1 901-1GA00
Overvoltage protection module 3RK1 901-1GA00
AS-Interface Slaves
IP65/67 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
Compact starters (400 V AC)
6/88
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

The AS-Interface compact starter is a load feeder with IP65
degree of protection, which is fully prewired inside, for switching
and protecting any three-phase loads up to 5.5 kW at 400/500 V
AC (electromechanical compact starter) or up to 2.2 kW (solid-
state compact starter) mostly standard induction motors in
direct start and reversing duty. It consists either of an electro-
mechanical controlgear combination or a solid-state overload
relay and circuit-breaker unit. The overload or short-circuit pro-
tection is located below a sealable, transparent cover and is
therefore available for diagnostics. Two LEDs are provided to the
left of the cover for diagnostic purposes for the AS-Interface and
the auxiliary power.
It is not possible for live parts to be touched even when the cover
is open. The control elements are activated through the inte-
grated outputs. The status of the device is scanned through the
inputs, e.g. checkbacks from the auxiliary contacts of the circuit-
breaker and contactor(s). A further input is used to detect the
operating state of the optional hand-held device. The three
power connectors are used to feed and loop through to the load
supply voltage (power bus) and to connect to the load itself.
Prefabricated power supply lines can be used to connect
compact starters which are directly adjacent to each other.
Prefabricated power supply lines can be used to connect
compact starters which are directly adjacent to each other.
The maximum number of starters that can be supplied via a
power supply cable is limited by the maximum permissible total
current (up to max. 4 mm2 corresponds to ~ 35 A).
DS/RS compact starters (electromechanical)
The electromechanical compact starters consist of a conven-
tional controlgear combination with a SIRIUS circuit-breaker for
protection against short-circuits and overloading and SIRIUS
contactor(s) for normal switching. The advantages of the electro-
mechanical starters are the reliable isolation during disconnec-
tion and tripping, the integrated fuseless protection against
short-circuits and the favorable price. What is more, direct cur-
rents can also be switched with the electromechanical starters.
Configuring note: In the case of temperature-critical applica-
tions, we recommend operation in the lower setting range of the
circuit-breaker.
EDS/ERS compact starters (solid-state)
The solid-state compact starters EDS (direct-on-line starter) and
ERS (reversing starter) consist of a solid-state overload relay
and a solid-state circuit-breaker unit.
The advantages of these solid-state compact starters are the
broad limits of the setting range for overload protection (the
power range up to 2.2 kW at 400/500 V AC is covered with just
2 versions), the fact that the solid-state contact elements in the
power section are non-wearing, current detection (used for mon-
itoring the energy connector), emergency operation in the event
of an overload as well as remote resetting through the AS-Inter-
face after overload tripping.
The ERS compact starter is designed for direct start in reversing
duty. The solid-state overload protection and the shutdown
response in the event of overload can be adjusted directly at the
device.
Version with brake contact
All compact starters are available optionally with a separately
activated brake contact for electrically operated motor brakes.
For externally fed motor brakes, 24 V DC is supplied jointly with
the load voltage through the power connector on -X1. It is looped
through via -X3 for supplying the next compact starter on -X1.
The 24 V DC supply for the brakes is only bridged in those
devices equipped with a brake contact. At the project planning
stage, it is important to ensure that these starters are located
alongside each other.
All compact starters with a brake contact for 500 V DC can be
equipped with an AC 400 brake contact.
Hand-held device
The hand-held device enables the compact starter to be oper-
ated locally and autonomously, providing that the auxiliary volt-
age supply is connected. Thus, assuming that the automation
level is functioning correctly, local switching operations can be
carried out in addition to normal manual operations in the event
of a programmable controller / bus system failure (emergency
mode) or during test runs before commissioning, e.g. for testing
the direction of rotation of the motor. The hand-held device can
be connected to the compact starter by means of a connecting
cable through a socket underneath the transparent cover.
Spare inputs
The compact starters are also equipped with two spare inputs.
The M12 socket is a "Y" connector. The signal inputs are applied
to PIN 2 and 4. In this manner, it is possible, for example, to con-
nect an optical proximity switch that supplies a signal and the
"fouling" alarm.
A "T" adapter can be used to split the signal inputs onto two M12
sockets. Compact starters modified in this way offer additional
advantages. At no extra cost, it is possible to save AS-i ad-
dresses, reduce the space requirement and to build up logical
groupings.
AS-Interface Slaves
6/89
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.

EDS compact starters
Solid-state direct-on-line starter with two spare digital inputs
3RK1 322-@@S12-0AA@
ERS compact starters
Solid-state reversing starter with two spare digital inputs
3RK1 322-@@S12-1AA@
Order No. Supplement for
Three-phase motor
4-pole at 400 V AC
standard output P
Setting range of the
overcurrent release
kW A
0.18 to 0.8 0.6 to 2.18 0 A
0.75 to 2.2 2.0 to 5.95 0 B

DS compact starters
Electromechanical direct-on-line starter, with two spare digital inputs
3RK1 322-@@S02-0AA@
RS compact starters
Electromechanical reversing starter, with two spare digital inputs
3RK1 322-@@S02-1AA@
Order No. Supplement for
Three-phase motor
4-pole at 400 V AC
standard output P
Setting range of the
overcurrent release
kW A
<0.06 0.14 to 0.20 0 B
0.06 0.18 to 0.25
0 C
0.09 0.22 to 0.32
0 D
0.10 0.28 to 0.40
0 E
0.12 0.35 to 0.50
0 F
0.18 0.45 to 0.63 0 G
0.21 0.55 to 0.80
0 H
0.25 0.70 to 1.0
0 J
0.37 0.9 to 1.25
0 K
0.55 1.1 to 1.6
1 A
0.75 1.4 to 2.0 1 B
0.90 1.8 to 2.5
1 C
1.1 2.2 to 3.2
1 D
1.5 2.8 to 4.0
1 E
1.9 3.5 to 5.0
1 F
2.2 4.5 to 6.3 1 G
3.0 5.5 to 8.0
1 H
4.0 7.0 to 10
1 J
5.5 9.0 to 12
1 K
Additional price
Standard version 0
With brake contact for 24 V DC/3 A external power supply 1
With brake contact for 400 V AC/0.5 A infeed for brake rectifier 3
With brake contact for DC-side switching of the brake with 500 V DC/0.2 A 4
Accessories for 24 V DC, M12 plugs

6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
M12 coupler plug
for connecting actuators or sensors
5-pole
3RX8 000-0CD55
M12 angular coupler plug
for connecting actuators or sensors
5-pole
3RX8 000-0CE55
M12 Y-shaped coupler plug
for connecting two sensors with a single cable
5-pole
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
VM12 covering caps
for closing unused input or output sockets
(each set contains ten sealing caps)
3RX8 000-0JA00
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
0
9
8
AS-Interface Slaves
6/90
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Version Order No.
Accessories for AS-Interface compact starter (Han Q 8/0)

3RK1 902-0CA00

3RK1 902-0CC00

3RK1 902-0AH00
Connector set for power infeed, 9-pole
Consisting of:
1 connector housing with Pg 16 cable gland,
socket holder, 9-pole,
6 contact sockets
Suitable for cable 4 2.5 mm
2
/6 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CA00
Suitable for cable 4 4 mm
2
/6 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CB00
Connector set for power transmission, 9-pole
Consisting of:
1 pin holder, 9-pole,
6 contact pins
Suitable for cable 4 2.5 mm
2
/6 2.5 mm
22
3RK1 902-0CC00
Suitable for cable 4 4 mm
2
/6 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CD00
Connector set for motor connection, 1.5 mm
2
, 9-pole
Consisting of:
1 pin holder, 9-pole,
8 contact pins 1.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CE00
Sealing cap,
for 9-pole power socket (-X3)
1 set contains 1 unit 3RK1 902-0CK00
1 set contains 10 unit 3RK1 902-0CJ00
Power connecting cable,
9-pole
6 4 mm
2
, 0.12 m long 3RK1 902-0CH00
4 4 mm
2
, 0.12 m long 3RK1 902-0CG00
2
With power connector, 9-pole
Length: 3 m 3RK1 902-0CM00
Length: 5 m 3RK1 902-0CP00
Length: 10 m 3RK1 902-0CQ00
2
With power connector, 9-pole
Length: 3 m 3RK1 902-0CN00
Length: 5 m 3RK1 902-0CR00
Length: 10 m 3RK1 902-0CS00
Crimping tool
For contact pins and contact sockets
1.5 to 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0AH00
For contact pins and contact sockets
1.5 to 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CT00
Disassembling tool
for disassembling male and female contacts in 9-pole inserts
3RK1 902-0AJ00

3RK1 902-0AP00

3RK1 902-0AM00
Manual for AS-Interface compact starters
German, English 3RK1 702-2GB10-2AA0
French, Italian 3RK1 702-2HB10-2AA0
Mounting plate for compact starters
for accommodating the trapezoidal-section cable for AS-Interface line
and auxiliary supply
3RK1 902-0AP00
Gasket set for mounting plate
For sealing enclosures at the end of a spur line
(1 set = 5 straight seals, 5 trapezoidal seals)
3RK1 902-0AR00
Hand-held device for start-up
with 0.5 m connection cable and plug
3RK1 902-0AM00
AS-Interface Slaves
Motor starters (24 V DC)
6/91
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

Connection of a drive roller with integrated DC motor to an AS-Interface
DC 24 V motor starter
With the K60 AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters for the low-end
performance range up to 70 W, it is now possible to connect
DC 24 V motors and the associated sensors directly to the AS-
Interface quickly and easily.
Three different versions are available:
Single direct-on-line starters (without brake and reversible
quick-stop function)
Double direct-on-line starters (with brake and reversible
quick-stop function)
Reversing starters (with brake and reversible quick-stop func-
tion)
DC motors are connected to the module using M12 plug-in
connectors. The sensors and the module electronics can be
supplied from the yellow AS-Interface cable. An auxiliary voltage
(24 V DC) is only required for supplying the outputs, which can
be provided via the black AS-Interface cable.
Quick-stop function
All AS-Interface DC 24 V motor starters feature a quick-stop
function which can be switched on and off as required using a
switch integrated into the module. The quick-stop function
allows a connected motor to be shut down immediately using an
applied sensor signal (High). The switch for the quick-stop func-
tion is located alongside the input sockets and is protected by
an M12 sealing cap.
Brake
The double direct-on-line starter and the single reversing starter
versions feature an integrated permanently set brake function,
i.e. as soon as the output signal is set to "0", the motor is braked.
Start-up using integrated buttons
Buttons integrated into the module (below the output sockets)
can be used to set the motor used. The buttons are protected by
an M12 sealing cap.
Note concerning double and reversing starters: If an input with
the quick-stop function receives a "High" signal, the correspond-
ing output (e.g. quick-stop input 1 output 1) is switched off
within the device (the motor is braked). The manual key function
(Key 1/2) for local operation is only permitted to be used during
"CPU Stop" in the higher-level PLC.
Note concerning single direct-on-line starters: If an input with the
quick-stop function receives a "High" signal, the corresponding
output (e.g. quick-stop input 1 output 1) is switched off within
the device (the motor runs down without being braked). The
manual key function (Key 1) for local operation is only permitted
to be used during "CPU Stop" in the higher-level PLC.
AS-Interface Slaves
Motor starters (24 V DC)
6/92
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Applications

1) Modules supplied without mounting plate.
4 2
2
4
4 2
2
4
4 2
2
4
4 2
2
4
4 2
2
4
4 2
2
4
NSA0_00348a
nput 1
nput 2
Output
Button
(manual
operati on)
Qui ck-stop for
output
on/off
Address
Sensor 1
Sensor 2
Sensor 3
Sensor 4
Motor
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
off
on
Brake
(wi th coasti ng)
nput 1
nput 2
Output
Button
(manual
operati on)
Qui ck-stop for
output
on/off
Address
Sensor 1
Sensor 2
Pol l uti on si gnal
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
Motor
Brake
(wi th coasti ng)
off
on
nput 1
nput 2
Output 1
Button 1
(manual
operati on)
Output 2
Qui ck-stop for
output 2 on/off
Qui ck-stop for
output 1 on/off
Button 2
(manual operati on)
Address
Sensor 1
Sensor 2
Sensor 3
Sensor 4
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
off
on
off
on
Motor 2
Motor 1
Short-ci rcui t brake
nput 1
nput 2
Output 1
Qui ck-stop for
output 1 on/off
Address
Sensor 1
Sensor 2
Motor 2
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
off
on
off
on
Qui ck-stop for
output 2 on/off Pl ug brake
Output 2
(manual operati on)
Button 2
Motor 1
nput 1
nput 2
Output
Qui ck-stop for
output 1 on/off
Address
Sensor 1
Sensor 2
Sensor 3
Sensor 4
Motor
Cl ockwi se rotati on
Counter-cl ockwi se
rotati on
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
off
on
off
on
Qui ck-stop for
output 1 on/off
Pl ug brake
nput 1
nput 2
Output
Qui ck-stop for
output 1 on/off
Address
Sensor 1
Sensor 2
Motor
Cl ockwi se rotati on
Counter-cl ockwi se
rotati on
Sensor si gnal
Sensor si gnal
off
on
off
on
Qui ck-stop for
output 1 on/off
Pl ug brake
Button 1
(manual
operati on for
cl ockwi se
rotati on)
Button 2
(manual operati on
for cl ockwi se rotati on)
Button 2
(manual operati on
for cl ockwi se rotati on)
Button 1
(manual
operati on for
cl ockwi se
rotati on)
Button 1
(manual
operati on)
(wi th adj ustabl e qui ck-stop functi on)
1 st possi bi l i ty: Connecti on to a maxi mum of four
sensors wi thout pol l uti on i ndi cati on
Si ngI e di rect starter wi thout brake
DoubI e di rect starter wi th brake
1 st possi bi l i ty: Connecti on to a maxi mum of four
Si ngI e reversi ng starter wi th brake
Connecti on to a maxi mum of four
1 st possi bi l i ty:
2nd possi bi l i ty: Connecti on to a maxi mum of two
sensors wi th pol l uti on i ndi cati on
2nd possi bi l i ty: Connecti on to a maxi mum of two
Connecti on to a maxi mum of two
2nd possi bi l i ty:
Version Order No.

3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4
Single direct-on-line starter
1)
4 inputs
1 output
Quick stop function
3RK1 400-1NQ01-0AA4
Double direct-on-line starter
1)
4 inputs
2 outputs
Quick stop function
3RK1 400-1MQ01-0AA4
Single reversing starter
1)
4 inputs
1 output
Quick stop function
3RK1 400-1MQ03-0AA4
AS-Interface Slaves
3RK1 3 ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters
6/93
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

Distributed motor starters are used for switching and protecting
loads locally. Versions with graded functional scope and with dif-
ferent installation possibilities ensure that both the functional re-
quirements of the process and the constructional boundary con-
ditions of the machine or installation are taken into account.
Distributed motor starters are available for PROFIBUS DP and
AS-Interface.
The starters can be installed close to the motor or mounted on
the motor.
The following are available
Single units for geographically distributed motors and
Isolated solutions (ET 200X and ET 200pro) for drives installed
close together.
The functionality in the ECOFAST system ranges from direct-on-
line starters, to reversing starters and soft starters through to fre-
quency converters.
Brake contacts are available as an option for the starters. Two or
four integrated digital contacts enable sensors to be scanned lo-
cally.
All starters are equipped throughout with standardized inter-
faces for data and energy in accordance with the ECOFAST
specification:
HanBrid for PROFIBUS DP and insulation displacement
method for AS-Interface
Han Q4/2 for the power supply
Han 10e for motor connection
The starters can be connected using T pieces for data and T ter-
minal connectors for power to prevent interruption.
In addition the 3RK1 922-3BA00 hand-held device is available
for on-site operation (see page 5/170).

1) The range from 0.3 to 9 A is fixed (wide range) and cannot be
set/changed manually.
Version Order No.
Field bus interface Switching function Motor protection Setting range /
performance range
Brake output
PROFIBUS DP mechanical Thermistor 0.3 ... 9 A / 4 kW
1
) No 3RK1 303-2AS54-1AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 303-2AS54-1AA3
Thermal motor model 0.3 ... 3 A / 1.1 kW No 3RK1 303-5BS44-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 303-5BS44-3AA3
2.4 ... 9 A / 4 kW No 3RK1 303-5CS44-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 303-5CS44-3AA3
solid-state soft Full motor protection 0.3 ... 3 A / 1.1 kW No 3RK1 303-6BS74-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 303-6BS74-3AA3
2.4 ... 12 A / 5.5 kW No 3RK1 303-6DS74-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 303-6DS74-3AA3
solid-state soft, several
speeds, R2SS
Full motor protection 0.6 ... 4 A / 1.5 kW 400 V AC 3RK1 303-6ES84-3AA3
AS-Interface mechanical Thermistor 0.3 ... 9 A / 4 kW
1
) No 3RK1 323-2AS54-1AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 323-2AS54-1AA3
400 V AC 3RK1 323-5BS44-3AA3
2.4 ... 9 A / 4 kW No 3RK1 323-5CS44-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 323-5CS44-3AA3
400 V AC 3RK1 323-6BS74-3AA3
2.4 ... 12 A / 5.5 kW No 3RK1 323-6DS74-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 323-6DS74-3AA3
speeds, R2SS
AS-Interface Slaves
IP20 Motor Starters and Load Feeders
AS-Interface load feeder module
6/94
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The AS-Interface load feed module adds an input/output module
to the conventional busbar and standard rail adapters. With this
module the control current circuit of a load feeder is available
completely factory-wired. The series has been optimized for use
in conjunction with the SIRIUS load feeders size S00 and S0.
Connection to the higher level automation system is made
through the AS-Interface interface of the load feeder module. A
non-shielded flexible lead can be used as data line and for the
auxiliary current supply. Connection to the AS-Interface load
feeder module is made using two connectors with the insulation
displacement method.
Four different AS-Interface load feeder modules are available:
Differences exist in the number of inputs and outputs and in the
type of outputs. The units with solid-stated outputs are designed
for 24 V DC, those with relay outputs are suitable for voltages of
max. 230 V AC. Direct-on-line and reversing starters as well as
double direct-on-line starters and starter assemblies can be
wired therefore for pole reversal. The inputs can be used to sep-
arately scan the checkbacks from circuit-breakers and contac-
tors. The outputs can be used for direct control of the contactor
coils.
As the outputs already have overvoltage protection integrated,
no additional measures for the contactors are required.
The outputs are supplied with separate auxiliary voltage a
selectively configured EMERGENCY-STOP concept is possible
therefore. The inputs are supplied from the AS-Interface data
line. Inputs and outputs have to be wired using integrated,
spring-loaded terminals, each connected to a common poten-
tial.
3RA5 fuseless load feeder with connection to AS-Interface
The 3RA5 fuseless load feeder, comprised of the AS-Interface
load module, circuit-breaker, contactor and all necessary con-
nectors (AS-Interface, auxiliary power and 5-pole power con-
nector), is delivered completely assembled, factory-wired and
tested. The user can thus save valuable time when mounting,
wiring and servicing. Direct-on-line starters as well as reversing
starters are available with SIRIUS switching devices size S00 up
to 10 A and size S0 on account of the power connector up to
16 A. The complete feeders are available with AS-Interface load
feeder modules with solid-state outputs for 24 V DC auxiliary
voltage.
Load feeders with this type of configuration are used to control
standard induction motors for example. The load feeders can be
installed in central control cabinets as well as in local control
boxes. They are particularly suitable for highly automated ma-
chines and plants that place high demands on availability.
AS-Interface Slaves
6/95
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
1) Without connectors for data and auxiliary power (yellow and black).
2) With one connector each for data and auxiliary power (yellow and red).
3) Busbar accessories: see Catalog LV 1, Sections Load feeders and soft starters and Distributor busbar systems and switchgear
Version Order No.

3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1
3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1
for standard mounting rail mounting
for contactor, sizes S00 and S0
The matching carrier (see accessories) is required for mounting on
40-mm or 60-mm rail systems and SIRIUS standard mounting rail adapters
The AS-Interface connectors for the data and auxiliary power supply lines
(yellow and black) must be ordered separately (see accessories)
Type Supply
in V
2 inputs / 1 output DC 24
1)
3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1
4 inputs / 2 outputs 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1
2 inputs / 1 relay output AC 120/230
2)
3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1
3 inputs / 2 relay outputs 3RK1 402-3LG02-0AA1
Accessories
3)
Manual for AS-Interface load feeder module
German, English 3RK 701-2GB00-0AA0
Italian, French 3RK 701-2HB00-0AA0
Carrier with power plug-in
connector installed
Carrier for AS-Interface load feeder module
with PE and N conductor connections,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 40-mm center-to-center rail distance
Power connector set 3RK1 901-0EA00 required
- 45 mm 3RK1 901-3AA00
- 54 mm 3RK1 901-3BA00
With PE and N conductor connections,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 60-mm center-to-center rail distance
Power connector set 3RK1 901-0EA00 required
- 45 mm 3RK1 901-3CA00
- 54 mm 3RK1 901-3DA00
Without PE and N conductor connections,
for mounting on the busbar adapter
with 40 mm or 60 mm center-to-center rail distance
- 45 mm 3RK1 901-3EA00
- 54 mm 3RK1 901-3FA00
For mounting on SIRIUS standard mounting rail adapter 3RA19 22-1A
- 45 mm 3RK1 901-3GA00
3RK1 901-0EA00
Power connector set
5-pole, 2.5 mm
2
(one set contains 1 plug and 1 coupling)
3RK1 901-0EA00
3RK1 901-0NA00
3RK1 901-0PA00
AS-Interface connector for data and auxiliary power supply lines
with insulation displacement terminations
for 2 (0.5 to 0.75 mm
2
)
standard litz wiree
Yellow
Black
3RK1 901-0NA00
3RK1 901-0PA00
AS-Interface Slaves
Direct-on-line starters for busbar systems
6/96
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The 3RA5 fuseless load feeders with AS-Interface offer the pos-
sibility of linking motor starters swiftly and at low cost to higher-
level automation systems. The integrated 3RV1 circuit-breaker
for motor protection protects the motor against overloads and
provides short-circuit protection for the cables. The 3RT1
contactor is used for operational switching. The switching state
is triggered and signalled using the 3RK14 load feeder module
on the AS-Interface.
For direct start, a load can be switched on and off with the load
feeder.
Application
The 3RA5 load feeders trigger central loads in local switching
units as well as in control cabinets. They are used in highly auto-
mated plants with high demands on availability.
More information
Types of coordination
The behavior of a device during a short circuit is specified by the
type of coordination acc. to DIN EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part
102), IEC 60947-4-1. The non-fused 3RA5 load feeders with
AS-Interface achieve type of coordination 1 at I
q
= 50 kA.
Thus it is ensured that short circuits of 50 kA can be cleared
without endangering personnel or the plant. The contactor can
get damaged at such high short circuit currents.
AS-Interface Slaves
Direct-on-line starters for busbar systems
6/97
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
1) Specific startup and rating data of the motor to be protected are decisive for the selection.
2) With I
q
= 50 kA at 400 V.
for 5- or 4-pole busbar system,
also applicable for 3-pole busbar system.
Power supply and communications connector included in scope of supply
Direct starting
Frame size Three-phase motor,
4 pole,
400 V AC
1)
Setting range,
Thermal overload
release
Fuseless
load feeder
Normal power Motor current
(standard value)
A
P
kW
I
A
Order No.
Type of assignment 1
2)
for 40 mm busbar system,
5 pole
3RA51 10
(with 3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1,
2E/1A, DC 24 V)
S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 3RA51 10-0BC15-0BB4
0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 3RA51 10-0CC15-0BB4
0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 3RA51 10-0DC15-0BB4
0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 3RA51 10-0EC15-0BB4
0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 3RA51 10-0FC15-0BB4
0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 3RA51 10-0GC15-0BB4
0.25 0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 3RA51 10-0HC15-0BB4
0.25 0.8 0.7 ... 1 3RA51 10-0JC15-0BB4
0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 3RA51 10-0KC15-0BB4
0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 3RA51 10-1AC15-0BB4
0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 3RA51 10-1BC15-0BB4
0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 3RA51 10-1CC15-0BB4
1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 3RA51 10-1DC15-0BB4
1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 3RA51 10-1EC15-0BB4
1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 3RA51 10-1FC15-0BB4
2.2 5.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RA51 10-1GC15-0BB4
3 6.8 5.5 ... 8 3RA51 10-1HC15-0BB4
4 9 7 ... 10 3RA51 10-1JC16-0BB4
5.5 11.5 9 ... 12 3RA51 10-1KC17-0BB4
2)
5 pole
3RA51 20
(with 3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1,
2E/1A, DC 24 V)
S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 3RA51 10-0BD15-0BB4
0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 3RA51 10-0CD15-0BB4
0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 3RA51 10-0DD15-0BB4
0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 3RA51 10-0ED15-0BB4
0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 3RA51 10-0FD15-0BB4
0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 3RA51 10-0GD15-0BB4
0.25 0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 3RA51 10-0HD15-0BB4
0.25 0.8 0.7 ... 1 3RA51 10-0JD15-0BB4
0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 3RA51 10-0KD15-0BB4
0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 3RA51 10-1AD15-0BB4
0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 3RA51 10-1BD15-0BB4
0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 3RA51 10-1CD15-0BB4
1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 3RA51 10-1DD15-0BB4
1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 3RA51 10-1ED15-0BB4
1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 3RA51 10-1FD15-0BB4
2.2 5.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RA51 10-1GD15-0BB4
3 6.8 5.5 ... 8 3RA51 10-1HD15-0BB4
4 9 7 ... 10 3RA51 10-1JD16-0BB4
5.5 11.5 9 ... 12 3RA51 10-1KD17-0BB4
S0 7.5 15.5 11 ... 16 3RA51 20-4AD25-0BB4
AS-Interface Slaves
Reversing starters for busbar systems
6/98
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

The 3RA5 fuseless load feeders with AS-Interface offer the pos-
sibility of linking motor starters swiftly and at low cost to higher-
level automation systems. The integral 3RV1 circuit-breaker for
motor protection protects the motor against overloads and pro-
vides short-circuit protection for the cables. The 3RT1 contactor
is used for operational switching. The switching state is trig-
gered and signalled via the 3RK14 load feeder module on the
AS-Interface.
The load feeder for reversing mode is designed for two direc-
tions of rotation of three-phase motors. On these units, there is
no electrical and mechanical interlock between the two con-
tactors. Exception: size S00 features a mechanical interlock.
Application
The 3RA5 load feeders trigger central loads in local switching
units as well as in control cabinets. They are used in highly auto-
mated plants with high demands on availability.
More information
Types of coordination
The behavior of a device during a short circuit is specified by
the type of coordination acc. to DIN EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660
Part 102), IEC 60947-4-1.
The non-fused 3RA5 load feeders with AS-Interface achieve
type of coordination 1 at I
q
= 50 kA. Thus it is ensured that short
circuits of 50 kA can be cleared without endangering personnel
or the plant. The contactor can get damaged at such high short
circuit currents.
AS-Interface Slaves
6/99
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
1) Specific startup and rating data of the motor to be protected are decisive for the selection.
2) With I
q
= 50 kA at 400 V.
for 5- or 4-pole busbar system,
also applicable for 3-pole busbar system.
Power supply and communications connector included in scope of supply
Reversible operation
Frame size Three-phase motor,
4 pole,
400 V AC
1)
Setting range,
Thermal overload
release
Fuseless
load feeder
Normal power Motor current
(standard value)
P I
Order No.
kW A A
2)
5 pole
3RA5210
(with 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1,
4E/2A, DC 24 V)
S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 3RA52 10-0BC15-0BB4
0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 3RA52 10-0CC15-0BB4
0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 3RA52 10-0DC15-0BB4
0.09 0.4 0.28 ... 0.4 3RA52 10-0EC15-0BB4
0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 3RA52 10-0FC15-0BB4
0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 3RA52 10-0GC15-0BB4
0.25 0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 3RA52 10-0HC15-0BB4
0.25 0.8 0.7 ... 1.0 3RA52 10-0JC15-0BB4
0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 3RA52 10-0KC15-0BB4
0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 3RA52 10-1AC15-0BB4
0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2.0 3RA52 10-1BC15-0BB4
0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 3RA52 10-1CC15-0BB4
1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 3RA52 10-1DC15-0BB4
1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4.0 3RA52 10-1EC15-0BB4
1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5.0 3RA52 10-1FC15-0BB4
2.2 5.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RA52 10-1GC15-0BB4
3 6.8 5.5 ... 8.0 3RA52 10-1HC15-0BB4
4 9 7.0 ... 10 3RA52 10-1JC16-0BB4
5.5 11.5 9.0 ... 12 3RA52 10-1KC17-0BB4
2)
5 pole
3RA52 10
(with 3RK1 400-1MG01-0AA1,
4E/2A, DC 24 V)
S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 3RA52 10-0BD15-0BB4
0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 3RA52 10-0CD15-0BB4
0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 3RA52 10-0DD15-0BB4
0.09 0.4 0.28 ... 0.4 3RA52 10-0ED15-0BB4
0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 3RA52 10-0FD15-0BB4
0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 3RA52 10-0GD15-0BB4
0.25 0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 3RA52 10-0HD15-0BB4
0.25 0.8 0.7 ... 1.0 3RA52 10-0JD15-0BB4
0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 3RA52 10-0KD15-0BB4
0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 3RA52 10-1AD15-0BB4
0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2.0 3RA52 10-1BD15-0BB4
0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 3RA52 10-1CD15-0BB4
1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 3RA52 10-1DD15-0BB4
1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4.0 3RA52 10-1ED15-0BB4
1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5.0 3RA52 10-1FD15-0BB4
2.2 5.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RA52 10-1GD15-0BB4
3 6.8 5.5 ... 8.0 3RA52 10-1HD15-0BB4
4 9 7.0 ... 10 3RA52 10-1JD16-0BB4
5.5 11.5 9.0 ... 12 3RA52 10-1KD17-0BB4
S0 7.5 15.5 11 ... 16 3RA52 20-4AD25-0BB4
N
S
S
0
_
0
0
5
0
9
AS-Interface Slaves
6/100
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Version Order No.
Manuals for AS-Interface
load feeder modules
German, English 3RK1 701-2GB00-0AA0
Italian, French 3RK1 701-2HB00-0AA0

Carrier with mounted
3RK1 901-3.A00 power
connector coupling
Carriers for AS-Interface load feeder modules
With PE/ground and N conductor connection,
for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm
center-line spacing
3RK1 901-0EA00 power connector set is required
- 45 mm width 3RK1 901-3AA00
- 54 mm width 3RK1 901-3BA00
for mounting on busbar adapter with 60 mm
center-line spacing
3RK1 901-0EA00 power connector set is required
- 45 mm width 3RK1 901-3CA00
- 54 mm width 3RK1 901-3DA00
for mounting on busbar adapter with 40 mm or 60 mm center-line spacing
- 45 mm width 3RK1 901-3EA00
- 54 mm width 3RK1 901-3FA00
For mounting onto 3RA19 22-1A SIRIUS standard mounting rail adapter
- 45 mm width
3RK1 901-3GA00

3RK1 901-0EA00
Power connector sets
5-pole, 2.5 mm
2
(1 set contains 5 connectors and 5 couplings)
3RK1 901-0EA00

3RK1 901-0NA00
3RK1 901-0PA00
AS-Interface connectors for data and auxiliary supply cables
With insulation displacement terminals for
2 x (0.5 ... 0.75 mm
2
)
standard litz wires (one set contains five plug
connectors)
Yellow 3RK1 901-0NA00
Black 3RK1 901-0PA00
AS-Interface Slaves
SIRIUS soft starters
6/101
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

The SIRIUS electronic soft starters are suitable for controlled soft
starting and slowing down of three-phase asynchronous motors.
The reduction of the starting torque not only protects the motor,
but also increases the availability of the plants.
It requires very little effort and accessories to make motor
feeders communication-capable with the these soft starters.
Soft starters have the following advantages:
Reduction of the mechanical load in the entire operating
mechanism
Reduced load on the power supply network

1) For mounting the AS-Interface load feeder module on the standard rail adaptor, a carrier,
plug connector and power connector set are also required.
For further details about electronic soft starters, see LV Catalog,
section controlgear: semiconductor contactors, soft starters,
controlgear.
http://www.siemens.de/sanftstarter
Version
Order No.

SIRIUS Soft Starter with
AS-Interface load feeder
module
1)
SIRIUS Soft Starter
Rated operating voltage for unit U
e
at 400 V
(ambient temperature 40 C)
Rated power of motors
3 kW
3RW3 014-1CB@4
4 kW
3RW3 016-1CB@4
Rated control supply voltage
UC = 24 V
0
UC = 110 ... 230 V
1
2 inputs / 1 output / 24 V DC
3RK1 400-1KG01-0AA1
2 inputs / 1 relay output / 120/230 V AC
3RK1 402-3KG02-0AA1
AS-Interface Slaves
3SF5 Pushbutton Unit and Inidicator Lights
AS-Interface F Adapters for EMERGENCY STOP/
EMERGENCY OFF Control Devices
6/102
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The AS-Interface failsafe adapter is used to connect an
EMERGENCY STOP control device that complies with
ISO 13850 or EN 418 from the 3SB3 series to the AS-Interface
bus system.
The failsafe adapter has a safe AS-Interface slave and is
snapped onto the back of the EMERGENCY STOP control
device (actuating element only).
Depending on the version used, connection is made using
screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals. In the expanded
version, an output is also available for actuating an indicator light
or LED.
Addressing is performed using the AS-Interface connections or
the integrated addressing socket.
Safety category 4 (SIL 3) is achieved using the adapter.

Version Order No.
3SF5 402-1AA03
3SF5 402-1AB03
AS-Interface F adapter,
for EMERGENCY OFF actuator SIGNUM 3SB3
Front plate mounting
Version Connection
2 I Screw terminals 3SF5 402-1AA03
2 I/1 O, with signaling output
3SF5 402-1AB03
2 I Spring-loaded terminals 3SF5 402-1AA04
2 I/1 O, with signaling output
3SF5 402-1AB04
AS-Interface Slaves
AS-Interface Enclosures General data
6/103
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
Distributed control devices of the 3SB3 series can be quickly
connected to the AS-Interface using AS-Interface enclosures.
Using suitable components you can make your own enclosures
with integrated AS-Interface or flexibly modify existing enclo-
sures.
Enclosure
Color of enclosure cover:
7 Gray, RAL 7035, or
7 Yellow, RAL 1004, for EMERGENCY STOP.
Color of enclosure base:
7 Black, RAL 9005
AS-Interface Slaves
The following slave types are available:
7 Slave in A/B technology with 4 inputs and 3 outputs
7 Slave with 4 inputs and 4 outputs
7 Failsafe slave with 2 safe inputs
The following table shows the maximum number of equippable
slaves:

1) For metal enclosures only 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O is possible.
Connection
One set of links is required in each case to connect a slave to
switch blocks, to lampholders and to the connection element.
The connection elements are mounted in the front-end cable
glands and are used for connection of the AS-Interface or for
bringing unused inputs or outputs out of the enclosure.
For connection to the AS-Interface bus there is a choice of the
following options:
7 Terminal for shaped AS-Interface cable The cable is con-
tacted by the insulation displacement method and routed past
the enclosure on the outside (possible only with plastic
enclosure).
7 Cable gland for the shaped AS-Interface cable or round cable
The cable is routed into the enclosure (preferable for metal
enclosure).
7 Connection using M12 plug
If less than all inputs/outputs of the installed slaves in an enclo-
sure are used for connecting the control devices, free inputs and
outputs can be routed on request to the outside through an M12
socket on the top or bottom side of the enclosure.
To supply inputs with power the S+ connection of the must be
assigned to the socket, for outputs the OUT connection must
be assigned.
Addressing is performed using the AS-Interface connections or
the integrated addressing socket. An external power supply is
not required.
For dimension drawings see catalog LV 1T, chapter 9,
technical specifications.
Enclosure for Number of slaves
for enclosures without
EMERGENCY STOP
Number of slaves
for enclosures with
EMERGENCY STOP
1 control point Not available 1x failsafe slave
2 control points 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O Not available
3 control points 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +
1 x failsafe slave
4 control points 2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O
1)
2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +
1 x failsafe slave
1)
6 control points 2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O 2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +
1 x failsafe slave
AS-Interface Slaves
AS-Interface Enclosures with Standard Fittings
6/104
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
Enclosures with standard fittings are available with:
7 1 to 3 command points
7 Operational voltage via AS-Interface (approx. 30 V)
7 Vertical mounting type
7 Molded-plastic enclosures are equipped with actuators and
indicators made of plastic, metal enclosures are equipped
with actuators and indicators made of metal.
The actuator/indicator is fixed with an enclosure nut. If required
it can be dismantled with a 27-mm socket wrench or with a
3SX17 07 ring nut wrench.
Enclosures without an EMERGENCY STOP all have a 4I/3O user
module. In the case of EMERGENCY STOP enclosures with
mushroom pushbuttons in accordance with ISO 13850
(EN 418), a safe AS-Interface slave is integrated in the enclo-
sure.
EMERGENCY STOP enclosures are fitted with two NC contact
blocks, which are wired to the safe slave. The contact blocks
and lampholders (with spring-loaded terminals) of the control
device, and the AS-Interface slaves, are mounted in the base of
the enclosure and are cable-connected.
The molded plastic versions of the enclosure are fitted with a
connection for the AS-Interface flat cable (the cable is routed
around the outside of the enclosure); for the metal versions, the
AS-Interface cable is routed into the enclosure.
Version Order No.
AS-Interface enclosure, molded plastic
with standard components
Components
(A, B, C = code letters of the command points)
Number of command points
A = EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbutton via AS-Interface adapter,
top of enclosure yellow
1 3SF5 811-0AA08
top of enclosure yellow, with protective collar
1 3SF5 811-0AB08
B = green pushbutton, "I" label
A = red pushbutton, "O" label
2 3SF5 812-0DA00
B = white pushbutton, "I" label
A = black pushbutton, "O" label
2 3SF5 812-0DB00
C = clear indicator lamp, label without inscription
3 3SF5 813-0DA00
3 3SF5 813-0DC00
C = black indicator lamp, "II" label
B = black pushbutton, "I" label
3 3SF5 813-0DB00
AS-Interface enclosure, metal,
with standard components
Components
(A, B, C = code letters of the command points)
Number of command points
top of enclosure yellow
1 3SF5 811-2AA08
top of enclosure yellow, with protective collar
1 3SF5 811-2AB08
2 3SF5 812-2DA00
2 3SF5 812-2DB00
3 3SF5 813-2DA00
3 3SF5 813-2DC00
C = black indicator lamp, "II" label
B = black pushbutton, "I" label
3 3SF5 813-2DB00
AS-Interface Slaves
AS-Interface Components for Enclosures
6/105
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
For equipment of the enclosures

Empty enclosure and elements for outfitting can be found in
Catalog LV 1, Section 9.
Version Order No.
For molded plastic enclosures Number of command points
AS-Interface slaves
F-slave, 2 safe inputs
for molded plastic enclosures,
without protective collar
1 ... 6 3SF5 500-0BA
for molded plastic or metal enclosures,
with protective collar
1 3SF5 500-0DA
A/B slave, 4 inputs/3 outputs,
for molded plastic enclosure
2 ... 6 3SF5 500-0BB
2 ... 6 3SF5 500-0BC
Cable set
For F-slave 3SF5 900-0BA
For slave 4I/4O or A/B slave 4I(3O) 3SF5 900-0BB
Connection elements
For AS-Interface ribbon cable,
connection with insulation piercing method
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-0CA
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-0CB
For AS-Interface connection via M12 connector
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-0CC
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-0CD
For routing unused inputs/outputs via M12 socket,
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-0CE
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-0CF
For AS-Interface ribbon cable,
cable is routed inside the enclosure
for molded plastic or metal enclosures
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-0CG
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-0CH
For round cable,
cable is routed inside the enclosure
for molded plastic or metal enclosures
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-0CJ
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-0CK
For metal enclosure Number of command points
AS-Interface slaves
for metal enclosure,
without protective collar
1 ... 6 3SF5 500-0CA
for molded plastic or metal enclosures,
with protective collar
1 3SF5 500-0DA
for metal enclosure
2 ... 6 3SF5 500-0CB
for metal enclosure
2 ... 6 3SF5 500-0CC
Cable set
For F-slave 3SF5 900-0BA
For slave 4I/4O or A/B slave 4I(3O) 3SF5 900-0BB
Connection elements
For AS-Interface connection via M12 connector
for metal enclosure
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-2CC
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-2CD
For routing unused inputs/outputs via M12 socket,
for metal enclosure
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-2CE
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-2CF
For AS-Interface flat cable,
cable is routed into the enclosure,
for molded-plastic or metal enclosure
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-0CG
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-0CH
For round cable,
cable is routed into the enclosure,
for molded-plastic or metal enclosure
1 ... 3 3SF5 900-0CJ
4 ... 6 3SF5 900-0CK
AS-Interface Slaves
AS-Interface Customized Enclosures
6/106
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The configuration of enclosed control devices is freely select-
able for customer-specific solutions that couple control devices
to the AS-Interface.
Customer-specific enclosures can be supplied with 2 to 6 com-
mand points.
One command point comprises:
7 1 actuator or indicator element
7 Up to 3 contact blocks or up to 2 contact blocks +
1 lampholder
7 1 labeling plate
Molded-plastic enclosures are equipped with actuators and in-
dicators made of plastic; metal enclosures are equipped with
actuators and indicators made of metal. For the selection of
command points, see Options.
Coupling with AS-Interface slaves
The following slave types are available for coupling the
switching elements and lampholders of the control devices:
7 Slave in A/B technology with 4 inputs and 3 outputs
7 Slave with 4 inputs and 4 outputs
7 F-slave with 2 safe inputsS
The following table shows the maximum number of slaves that
can be used:

1) Only 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O is possible for metal enclosures
with 4 command points.
Connection
The customized enclosures are supplied fully equipped and
wired. The following can be selected for connection to the AS-
Interface bus:
7 Terminal for trapezoidal-section AS-Interface cable. The cable
is connected using the insulation piercing method and routed
alongside the enclosure. (only possible with plastic enclo-
sures)
7 Cable glands for the trapezoidal-section AS-Interface cable or
round cable. The cable is inserted into the enclosure.
7 Connection via M12 connector.
If not all inputs and outputs of an installed slave in an enclosure
are used for connecting the control devices, the free inputs and
outputs can be routed outside on the top or bottom end of the
enclosure with a M12 connector, on request. The desired pin as-
signment for the M12 connector must be indicated in the appen-
dix of the order form (see Options).
To supply the inputs, the S+ connector of the slave must always
be connected to the socket. For outputs, the OUT connector
must be connected to the socket.
the integrated addressing socket. It is not necessary to supply
external power.
EMERGENCY STOP
For enclosures with EMERGENCY STOP, the EMERGENCY
STOP actuator can either be wired conventionally or via a safe
AS-Interface slave.
Up to three switching contacts can be selected for the
EMERGENCY STOP if it is wired conventionally.
If the EMERGENCY STOP is queried via the AS-Interface, two
contacts can be used for the safety circuit.
For conventional wiring, an EMERGENCY STOP switching
element can be queried via the AS-Interface, if desired.
Options
To order customized AS-Interface solutions for enclosed 3SB3
control devices, the desired options must be selected by means
of the 3SB/3SF configurator. Hereby, an electronic order form
for the complete enclosure is generated. You can find the con-
figurator in the electronic Catalog CA 01 on CD-ROM or DVD or
in our Online Catalog (Mall) in the Internet:
https://mall.automation.siemens.com
The price of the complete enclosure is calculated by the config-
urator after entering the desired options.
When ordering, please send the electronically generated order
form from the configurator to our Competence Center at the
same time.
sirius-attach.aud@siemens.com
Should both media not be available, contact our
Technical Support.
Enclosure for Number of slaves for
enclosures without
EMERGENCY STOP
Number of slaves for
enclosures with
EMERGENCY STOP
2 command points 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O Not possible
3 command points 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O 1 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +
1 x F slave
4 command points 2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O
1)
2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +
1 x F slave
1)
6 command points 2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O 2 x slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +
1 x F slave
AS-Interface Slaves
AS-Interface Front Panel Module
6/107
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
3SB3 control devices mounted in front panels can be coupled to
the AS-Interface bus system by means of the front panel module.
Pushbuttons and illuminated pushbuttons in round or square
design, in molded-plastic or metal version, can be used.
Mushroom pushbuttons and audible signal devices are not
suitable.
The front panel module comprises:
7 One 4I/4O slave
7 Four control devices 3SB3
7 Accessories (lamps, backing plates, mounting parts)
The selection of the optional components is made with the order
form (see Options).
The module is mounted on the rear of a group of four control
devices arranged horizontally or vertically and fixed with screws.
The contact blocks and lampholders are integrated in the
module.
For mounting control devices, a grid pattern of 30 mm x 45 mm
must be used.
Contact is made with the AS-Interface profile cable (trapezoidal
shape) by means of a terminal on the rear of the module using
the insulation piercing method.
the integral addressing socket.
Equipment according to ordering manual (see Options).
N
S
D
0
_
0
0
0
5
3
b
AS-Interface cable
Terminal
Front panel module
Version Order No.
AS-Interface front-panel module
for control devices SIRIUS 3SB3
4E/4A 3SF5 874-4AZ
AS-Interface Slaves
6/108
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Options
To order the front panel module, the order form must be filled in
and enclosed with the order. This order form cannot be gener-
ated with the 3SB/3SF configurator. You can obtain the form from
our Technical Support:
Tel. (+49 (0) 911) 895-59 00
The desired options are entered in the order form, e. g. the type
of actuating and signaling elements, switching contacts,
lampholders or accessories (labeling plates or lamp type).
The codes which must be entered in the form can be obtained
from the list of options which can be ordered at extra cost.
The price of the complete panel is calculated by adding the
extra cost for the additional components to the basic price of the
module (see Price List for Catalog IK PI).
The extra charges include all components, which depend on the
desired equipment (actuating and signaling elements, switching
contacts, lampholders or accessories).
Order form for AS-Interface front panel module
Order form
Front Panel Module
to sirius-attach.aud@siemens.com
Date Order ID of purchaser/order ID I Supplier's order reference
1. Number of
command points
@ 4 command points
2. Design of actuating elements
@ Round, made of molded plastic
@ Square, made of molded plastic
@ Round, made of metal
3. Name plates
@ Without
@ With name plate including legend plate 12.5 mm 27 mm glued in
@ With name plate including legend plate 27 mm 27 mm glued in
4. Configuration (Top view of front side of switchboard)
Inscription of the
labeling plates
Equipment
(short code)
Version of the
switching elements
5. Lamps
@ Incandescent lamp 24 V (if no option is marked, an incandescent lamp 24 V will be used)
@ Incandescent lamp 30 V
@ Super bright LED (LED color is same as the color of the actuating element/signaling device)
A B C D
NSD0_00057d
Switchboard
left right left right left right left right
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 NC
AS-Interface Slaves
6/109
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Options for AS-Interface front panel modules subject to a surcharge
1) For Molded-plastic version only.
For more detailed information about individual actuating ele-
ments, see section Pushbuttons and Light Indicators / SIGNUM
3SB3 / Pushbuttons onward.
Version Code for design/color of controls
black red yellow green blue white clear
Actuating elements and signaling devices
Pushbutton with flat button D BK D RD D YE D GN D BU D WH D CL
Illuminated pushbutton with flat button DL RD DL YE DL GN DL BU DL WH DL CL
Pushbutton with raised button DH BK DH RD DH YE DH BU
Illuminated pushbutton
with raised button
DHL RD DHL YE DHL GN DHL BU DHL CL
Pushbutton with with raised front ring DHF BK DHF RD DHF YE DHF GN DHF BU DHF WH
Pushbutton with protruding mounting
ring, castellated
1)
DFZ BK DFZ RD DFZ YE DFZ GN DFZ BU DFZ WH
Pressure switch with flat pushbutton DS BK DS RD DS YE DS GN DS BU DS WH
Illuminated pressure switch
with flat pushbutton
DLS RD DLS YE DLS GN DLS BU DLS WH DLS CL
Light inducator, smooth lens L RD L YE L GN L BU L WH L CL
Selector switches with 2 switching sequences
Switching sequence OI, latching
Not illuminated
Illuminated
K1 BK
K1 RD
BK1 RD
BK1 YE
K1 GN
BK1 GN
BK1 BU
K1 WH
BK1 CL
Switching sequence OI, momentary contact
Not illuminated
Illuminated
K2 BK
K2 RD
BK2 RD
BK2 YE
K2 GN
BK2 GN
BK2 BU
K2 WH
BK2 CL
Selector switches with 3 switching sequences
Switching sequence IOII, latching
Not illuminated
Illuminated
K4 BK
K4 RD
BK4 RD
BK4 YE
K4 GN
BK4 GN
BK4 BU
K4 WH
BK4 CL
Switching sequence IOII, momentary contact
Not illuminated
Illuminated
K5 BK
K5 RD
BK5 RD
BK5 YE
K5 GN
BK5 GN
BK5 BU
K5 WH
BK5 CL
Switching sequence IOII, latching to the right, momentary contact to the left
Not illuminated K6 BK K6 RD K6 GN K6 WH
Switching sequence IOII, latching to the left, momentary contact to the right
Not illuminated K7 BK K7 RD K7 GN K7 WH
AS-Interface Slaves
6/110
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
For more detailed information on the
actuators, see Catalog LV 1, Chapter 9.
Version Code for design/key removal position of locks
O I II O and I O and II I and II I, O and II
Locks with 2 switching sequences
Switching sequence OI, latching
Type RONIS,
Lock no. SB30 RSB 1A RSB 1E RSB 1AE
Type CES,
Lock no. SSG 10
Lock no. LSG 1
CES 1A
CESL 1A
CES 1E
CES 1AE
CESL 1AE
Type CES key-operated switch,

Lock no. SSG 10
CES SU 1A
Type IKON,
Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 1A Z-J 1AE
Type BKS,
Lock no. S1
Lock no. E1 (for VW)
BKS 1A
BKS A 1A
BKS E 1A
BKS C 1A
BKS B 1A
BKS 1E
BKS 1AE
BKS A 1AE
BKS E 1AE
BKS C 1AE
BKS B 1AE
Type O.M.R.,
black, Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 1A OMR BK 1E OMR BK1AE
Switching sequence OI, momentary contact
Type RONIS,
Lock no. SB30 RSB 2A
Type CES,
Lock no. SSG 10
Lock no. LSG 1
CES 2A
CESL 2A
Type IKON,
Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 2A
Type BKS,
Lock no. S1 BKS 2A
Type O.M.R.,
black, Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 2A
Switching sequence IOII, latching
Type RONIS,
Lock no. SB30 RSB 4A RSB 4E RSB 4D RSB 4ED RSB 4EAD
Type CES,
Lock no. SSG 10 CES 4A CES 4E CES 4D CES 4ED CES 4EAD
Type CES key-operated switch,
Lock no. SSG 10
CES SU 4A
Type IKON,
Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 4A Z-J 4E Z-J 4D Z-J 4ED Z-J 4EAD
Type BKS,
Lock no. S1 BKS 4A BKS 4E BKS 4D BKS 4ED BKS 4EAD
Type O.M.R.,
black, Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 4A OMR BK 4ED OMR BK 4EAD
Switching sequence IOII, momentary contact
Type RONIS,
Lock no. SB30 RSB5A
Type CES,
Lock no. SSG 10
CES5A

Type IKON,
Lock no. 360012 K1
Z-J5A

Type BKS,
Lock no. S1
BKS5A

Type O.M.R.,
black, Lock no. 73034
OMR BK 5A

AS-Interface Slaves
6/111
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
For more detailed information on the
actuators, see Catalog LV 1, Chapter 9.
Dimension drawings
Version Code for design
Key removal position of locks
O I II O and I O and II I and II I, O and II
Type RONIS,
Lock no. SB30 RSB 6A RSB 6D RSB 6AD
Type CES,
Lock no. SSG 10 CES 6A CES 6D CES 6AD
Type IKON,
Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 6A Z-J 6D Z-J 6AD
Type BKS,
Lock no. S1 BKS 6A BKS 6D BKS 6AD
Type O.M.R.,
black, Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 6A OMR BK 6D OMR BK 6AD
Type RONIS,
Lock no. SB30 RSB 7A RSB 7E RSB 7AE
Type CES,
Lock no. SSG 10 CES 7A CES 7E CES 7AE
Type IKON,
Lock no. 360012 K1 Z-J 7A Z-J 7E Z-J 7AE
Type BKS,
Lock no. S1 BKS 7A BKS 7E BKS 7AE
Type O.M.R.,
black, Lock no. 73034 OMR BK 7A OMR BK 7E
1 20
5
2
45
NSD0_00236a
AS-Interface Slaves
AS-Interface connection for LOGO!
6/112
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
Every LOGO! now connectable to the AS-Interface system

An intelligent slave can be integrated into the AS-Interface
system with the AS-Interface for LOGO! The modular interface
allows the different basic units to be integrated into the system
depending on the required functionality. In addition, the function-
ality can be quickly and simply adapted to changed require-
ments by replacing the basic unit.
The interface provides four inputs and four outputs for the
system. These I/Os, however, are not implemented in hardware,
but are only virtually available via the interface.


Supply voltage in V 24 V DC
Inputs/outputs 4 / 4
(virtual inputs/outputs)
Bus connection AS-Interface according to
specification
Ambient temperature in C 0 ... +55
Mounting onto standard mounting rail
LED displays LEDs Status
Green OK
Red No data traffic
Flashes
red/yellow
Zero address
Version Order No.

3RK1 400-0CE10-0AA2
AS-Interface connection for LOGO!
4 virtual inputs
4 virtual outputs
3RK1 400-0CE10-0AA2
AS-Interface Power Supplies
AS-Interface Power Supplies, IP20
6/113
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
AS-Interface Power Supplies are an integral part of an AS-Inter-
face network. They supply the electronics of the system (AS-In-
terface Module and AS-Interface Master) and the connected
sensor technology. Furthermore, the integrated data decoupling
of AS-Interface Power Supplies ensures the separation of data
and energy, thus enabling AS-Interface to transmit data and
power on a single line.
Benefits
Compact dimensions save space in control cabinets or in
the field.
Higher output rating enables connection of even more
AS-Interface nodes.
Integrated ground-fault and overload detection ensures that
applications are more reliable and saves the need for addi-
tional components.
Diagnostics memory, remote indication and remote reset allow
fast detection of faults in the system, thus reducing down-
times.
Fast and stable installation of devices thanks to spring-loaded
connections.
Removable terminal blocks allow fast component replace-
ment, thus reducing downtimes.
The ultra-wide input range of the 8A version permits 1 and 2-
phase operation - so no need for connection of a neutral
conductor.
UL/CSA approval means the power supply units can be used
worldwide
Application
AS-Interface Power Supplies are always used in conjunction with
AS-Interface networks.

Conversion table for previous devices: see Section More Info.
erface Power Supplies
Version Order No.

3RX9 5010BA00

3RX9 5020BA00

3RX9 5030BA00
AS-Interface Power Supply IP20
Single output IP20
With integrated ground-fault detection
Output current Input voltage
3 A 115 / 230 V AC
(switch-selectable)
3RX9 501-0BA00
3 A 24 V DC 3RX9 501-1BA00
5 A 115 / 230 V AC
(switch-selectable)
3RX9 502-0BA00
8 A 115/230 ... AC 500 V
(switch-selectable)
3RX9 503-0BA00
AS-Interface Power Supplies

AS-Interface Power Supplies, IP20
6/114
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
More information
Conversion table

Previous type New type
Order No. Version Number Order No. Version
3RX9 307-0AA00 Single Output
IP20
2.4 A
1 3RX9 501-0BA00 Single Output
IP20 with ground-fault detection
3 A
2.4 A
3 A
IP20
4 A
5 A
6EP1 354-1AL01 Single Output
IP20
7 A
8 A
3RX9 305-1AA00 Dual Output
IP20
4 A / 4 A
5 A
3RX9 306-1AA00 Combi Output
IP20
4 A (Asi) / 5 A (24 V)
5 A
1 6EP1 333-2AA01 SITOP 24 V
IP20
5 A
AS-Interface
Transmission media
6/115
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

The actuator/sensor interface the networking system for the
lowest field level distinguishes itself by very simple assembly
and installation. A new connection method has been specially
developed for the AS-Interface.
The network stations are connected by means of the AS-Inter-
face cable. This two-wire cable has a trapezoidal profile which
makes incorrect connection impossible.
The connection uses the insulation piercing method. Two con-
tact pins pierce the trapezoidal-section AS-Interface cable and
ensure safe connection of the two wires. Cutting or stripping is
no longer necessary. This allows AS-Interface stations (e.g. I/O
modules, intelligent devices) to be connected very quickly.
The devices can also be replaced extremely quickly.
To permit the use in different ambient conditions (e.g. in environ-
ments that contain oil), the AS-Interface cable is available in
different materials (rubber, TPE, PUR).
A standard round cable can also be used for special applica-
tions. The AS-Interface uses the yellow AS-Interface cable to
transmit data and power for the sensors (e.g. BERO proximity
switch) and actuators (e.g. indicator lights).
The black AS-Interface cable must be used for actuators with
a 24 V DC power supply (e.g. solenoid valves) which require a
lot of power.

1) Note on towability of the AS-Interface cable with PUR outer sheath:
To determine its towability, the AS-Interface cable was tested in "IGUS tow chains" Type 10.2.048 and 20.2.55.
For the test the tow chain was fitted with 3 AS-Interface cables and diverse round cables.
After three million bendings (travel), no damage to the cores, strands or outer sheath were discovered (tow chain equipped to 50%).
erface
Version Order No.
AS-Interface shaped cable
Material Color Quantity
Rubber Yellow (AS-Interface) 100-m roll 3RX9 010-0AA00
1-km drum 3RX9 012-0AA00
Black (24 V DC) 100-m roll 3RX9 020-0AA00
TPE Yellow (AS-Interface) 100-m roll 3RX9 013-0AA00
TPE special version
according to UL Class 2
Yellow (AS-Interface) 100-m roll 3RX9 017-0AA00
PUR
1)
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
Repeaters/Extenders
6/116
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
Repeater for extending the AS-Interface cable by 100 m in
each case (max. 300 m possible)
Repeater cascadable
Extender for increasing the distance (max. 100 m) between
the master and the AS-Interface segment
Simple assembly technology
IP67 module housing
Benefits

Repeaters
Expansion of the range of applications and greater freedom in
plant design by extending the AS-Interface segment
with separate display of the correct AS-Interface voltage for
each end
Extenders
Expansion of the range of applications and greater freedom in
plant design by extending the AS-Interface segment
When the extender is used, the master can be located at a
distance of up to 100 m and a power supply is not required at
the master end.
Application
The repeater is used to extend the AS-Interface segment
by 100 m.
The extender is used to extend the distance between the master
and the AS-Interface segment with the AS-Interface slaves to a
max. 100 m. A considerably greater cable length than 300 m
can be achieved when the repeaters are connected in parallel.
The maximum extension range is 500 m.
AS-Interface
Repeaters/Extenders
6/117
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Design
Repeaters
Slaves can be used at both ends of the repeater.
An AS-Interface power supply unit is required at both ends.
The two AS-Interface shaped cables are electrically isolated.
Separate display of the correct AS-Interface voltage for each
end.
A maximum of two repeaters can be used in series
(max. cable length of 300 m).
Several repeaters can be connected in parallel
(star configuration is possible).
Installed in an application module enclosure with an FK-E
coupling module as the base module.
Connection of repeaters
Extender
The master can be located at a distance of 100 m from the
actual AS-Interface segment.
Slaves can only be used on the opposite end to the master.
An AS-Interface power supply is only required on the opposite
end to the master.
The two AS-Interface shaped cables are not electrically
isolated.
The correct AS-Interface voltage is displayed.
Installed in an application module enclosure with an FK-E
coupling module as the base module.
Connection of extender
Note:
The extender cannot be used with DP/AS-Interface Link 20E.

Power
section
Repeater
100 m 100 m 100 m
Repeater
Power section
Power section
Power
section
Repeater
M
S
S S S
S
S
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
2
0
0
1
1
No slaves
Extender
100 m 100 m 100 m
Power section
S S
Repeater
S
Power section
M
G_IK10_XX_20012
Repeater for AS-Interface 6GK1 210-0SA00
For cable extension including
FK-E coupling module
Extender for AS-Interface 6GK1 210-1SA00
For installation of the master
at a distance including the FK-E
coupling module
AS-Interface
Extension Plug
6/118
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview

With the Extension Plug/ Extension Plug Plus, the maximum
possible cable length for an AS-Interface segment can be
doubled from 100 to 200 meters.
The Extension Plug/ Extension Plug Plus is a passive component
and is connected to the AS-Interface network at the maximum
distance from the power supply. The extension plug has an M12
connector and can therefore be quickly connected to the M12
AS-Interface feeder with IP67 degree of protection.
Only one power supply is required to supply the slaves on the
up to 200 m long segment.
An undervoltage detection unit integrated into the Extension
Plug/ Extension Plug Plus monitors the AS-Interface voltage and
indicates with the help of a LED whether the required voltage is
available at the end of the bus cable. An undervoltage is sig-
naled at the Extension Plug by means of a diagnostics LED.
The Extension Plug Plus is equipped with an AS-Interface slave
and communicates this diagnostics information directly to the
AS-Interface master.
To construct an AS-Interface segment with a cable length of
more than 100 m and up to a maximum of 200 m, the Extension
Plug / Extension Plug Plus is installed at that point of network
which is furthest from the AS-Interface power supply unit.
This point does not have to be localized exactly; it suffices to
connect the Extension Plug / Extension Plug Plus in its vicinity
(approx. 10 m).
As with all AS-Interface networks, any network structure (line,
tree, star) is possible when using the Extension Plug / Extension
Plug Plus. Only one Extension Plug / Extension Plug Plus is
required per 200-m segment even with a tree or star structure.
As a passive network component the Extension Plug does not
need an AS-Interface address The Extension Plug Plus has an
integral AS-Interface A/B slave for the diagnostics message and
thus requires an AS-Interface address. For addressing pur-
poses, the Extension Plug Plus is simply plugged on the ad-
dressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB01.
Topology of an AS-Interface network with a size of 200 m
The Extension Plug / Extension Plug Plus is connected using an
M12 plug-in connector and most easily realized with the help of
the AS-Interface M12 branch 3RX9 801-0AA00 to degree of
protection IP67.
Depending on the size of an AS-Interface segment and the
power consumption (the power consumption varies with the
number of stations connected), it is important to make sure that
the voltage drop along the AS-Interface cable does not become
excessive. To guarantee that even the remotest slave is still
supplied with the necessary minimum voltage, the Extension
Plug has a voltage monitor. With the Extension Plug, any under-
shooting of the minimum voltage in accordance with the
AS-Interface specification is clearly indicated by flashing of a
green LED; a correct AS-Interface voltage is signaled by steady
illumination of the green LED. The undervoltage detection has a
delay for the LED indication in order to recognize also short-time
voltage dips of the type which occur, for example, when actua-
tors are switched. The Extension Plug Plus is equipped with an
AS-Interface slave. Instead of the diagnostics LED, the Exten-
sion Plug Plus communicates the diagnostics information di-
rectly to the AS-Interface master. Two different voltage values
can be set as threshold value. Using two diagnostics bits it is
possible to distinguish between brief and lengthy voltage drops.
Power
Supply Master
Slave Repeater
100 m
Slave Slave
Power
Supply
Slave Slave Slave
100 m
Power
Supply Master
Slave
200 m
Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave
Extension
Plug
with Repeater
with Extension Plug
G
_
N
S
A
0
_
X
X
_
0
0
3
7
0
AS-Interface
Extension Plug
6/119
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
For particularly large AS-Interface networks the maximum possi-
ble cable length can be increased further by using repeaters.
Please note that when a repeater and an Extension Plug / Exten-
sion Plug Plus are used together, the series connection of re-
peaters is not possible. Hence the maximum possible distance
from the master to a slave is 400 m and the absolute maximum
cable length is 600 m. The parallel connection of repeaters for a
star-shaped configuration with segments up to 200 m long
respectively is possible.
Maximum network size with repeaters and Extension Plug (master at center of network)
Benefits
Doubling of the cable length per AS-Interface segment from
100 to 200 meters
Extended applications and more freedom when designing the
system through doubling the AS-Interface segment.
Significant reduction of the network infrastructure costs for
large networks
This allows the AS-Interface network to be extended to up to
600 m in conjunction with repeaters (for details, see design)
Easy monitoring by means of integrated undervoltage
detection

1) For connecting to the AS-Interface you need the AS-Interface M12
branch, which must be ordered separately (see Accessories).
Extension
Plug
Slave Slave Repeater
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Master
Slave Slave Repeater
Extension
Plug
Power
Supply
Slave Slave
Extension
Plug
200 m 200 m 200 m
600 m
G
_
N
S
A
0
_
X
X
_
0
0
3
7
1
Version Order No.
3RK1 901-1MX00
AS-Interface Extension Plug
1)
Doubling of the cable length to 200 m per AS-Interface segment
Undervoltage monitoring signal by means of diagnostics LED
3RK1 901-1MX00
AS-Interface Extension Plug Plus
1)
Doubling of the cable length to 200 m per AS-Interface segment
Undervoltage monitoring signal by means of integral AS-Interface slave
to AS-Interface master
3RK1 901-1MX01
Accessories

3RX9 801-0AA00
AS-Interface M12 branch
For adaptation of shaped AS-Interface cable to a standard round cable
Insulation piercing method for connection of AS-Interface cable
M12 socket for connection of standard round cable
Degree of protectionIP67
3RX9 801-0AA00
AS-Interface
Addressing units
6/120
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
To be able to exchange data with the master, all stations must be
addressed before the AS-Interface network is set up. This can
be done
offline via an addressing unit or
online by the master of the AS-Interface system.
The addresses themselves have the values 1 to 31 (or 1A to 31A
and 1B to 31B for the expanded specification). A new slave
which has not yet been addressed has the address 0. In this
case, it is recognized as such by the master and is not yet
included in normal communication.
The assignment of the addresses is arbitrary, i.e. it is irrelevant
whether the slave starts with the address 21 or whether the first
slave is assigned the address 1.

1) Not included in scope of supply of of the 3RK1 904-2AB01
addressing unit
2) Note:
A 3-pole cable must be used because the addressing unit uses PIN 2,
4 and 5 for IR addressing.
3) Can be ordered only from the following address:
Gossen-Metrawatt GmbH,
Thomas-Mann-Str. 16-20
90471 Nrnberg, Germany
Tel.: +49 (0)911/8602-111
Fax: +49 (0)911/8602-777
E-mail: info@gmc-instruments.com
Version Order No.
3RK1 904-2AB01
AS-Interface addressing unit
For active AS-Interface modules, intelligent sensors and actuators
In accordance with AS-Interface Version 2.1
Including expanded addressing mode
Scope of delivery:
- one addressing unit
- one operating manual (German, English, French, Spanish, Italian)
- one addressing cable (1.5 m, with jack plug)
3RK1 904-2AB01
Accessories
FK-E coupling module, with integrated addressing socket
1)

for addressing user modules
3RK1 901-1MA00
Addressing cable, with M12 socket
1)

For addressing
2)
slaves with M12 connection (e.g. K60R) or light curtains
1.5 m
3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5
Addressing cable, with jack plug
3)

1.5 m
Included in scope of supply of of the 3RK1 904-2AB01 addressing unit
Z236A
AS-Interface
Analyzer
6/121
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Overview
The AS-Interface analyzer is used to test AS-Interface networks.
It enables systematic troubleshooting and permanent
monitoring.
Installation errors, e.g. loose contacts or EMC interference under
extreme loads, can be revealed by this device.
Thanks to the easy-to-use software the user can assess the
quality of complete networks even if he lacks detailed specialist
knowledge of AS-Interface. In addition it is an easy matter with
the AS-Interface analyzer to create test logs from the records
produced, thus providing documentation for start-ups and
service assignments.
For advanced AS-Interface users there are trigger functions for
detailed diagnostics.
Connection

The AS-Interface analyzer follows the communication on the
AS-Interface network as a passive station. The unit is supplied
simultaneously from the AS-Interface cable.
The AS-Interface analyzer interprets the physical signals on the
AS-Interface network and records the communication.
The data thus obtained are transferred through an RS232 inter-
face to a PC such as a notebook, for evaluation with the supplied
diagnostics software.
Benefits
Simple and user-friendly operation allows AS-Interface
network diagnostics without experts.
The intuitive display of the statistics mode facilitates fast
troubleshooting.
Test logs supply proof about the status and quality of the
installation for servicing and approvals.
Recorded logs make remote diagnostics by Technical Assis-
tance easier.
Advanced trigger functions permit exact analysis.
Process data can be monitored online.
Application
Online statistics
This mode provides a quick overview of the existing AS-Interface
system. The error rates are presented per slave in a traffic-light
function (green, yellow, red).
The bus configuration and the currently transmitted data of the
slaves are shown in a well arranged presentation.
With the Expanded Statistics function it is possible to determine
the error rates as the number of transmitted or faulty bus mes-
sage frames.
The Bundle Error overview shows in steps how many multiple
repetitions of message frames occurred in order to enable
a selective and look-ahead assessment of the transmission
quality.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
3
5
9
b
PC
Branch M12
Master
AS-Interface Analyser
Slave Slave Slave Slave
AS-Interface
Analyzer
6/122
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Data mode
In this mode the analyzer now shows not only the digital
input/output values but also the current analog values and the
input status of the safety slaves.
Trace mode
The presentation of message frames in the style of a classic field
bus analyzer is indispensable for complex troubleshooting.
Extensive trigger functions and recording and viewing filters are
available for this purpose.
An external trigger input and trigger output round off the scope
of functions in order to find even the most difficult errors.
For troubleshooting in connection with safety monitor applica-
tions, changes of status in the code tables of safety slaves are
identified and assessed.
Test log

The recorded data of the online statistics are easy to output and
document using a test log. Verification of the state of the plant
can thus be provided for approvals or service assignments.
The new measurement assistant records the bus signals for
an adjustable period, automating the creation of the test log.
A standardized quality test of AS-Interface plants is thus
possible.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
3
6
2
AS-Interface
Analyzer
6/123
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.
3RK1 904-3AB01
AS-Interface analyzer
For testing actuator/sensor interface systems
For service assignments in installations and networks
with AS-Interface systems
Scope of delivery:
- AS-Interface analyzer
- RS232 cable for connecting to PC
- Diagnostics software (CD-ROM) for PC (Windows 95/98, ME, 2000, NT, XP)
3RK1 904-3AB01
Accessories

3RX9 801-0AA00
AS-Interface M12 branch
For adaptation of shaped AS-Interface cable to a standard round cable
Insulation piercing method for connection of AS-Interface cable
M12 socket for connection of standard round cable
IP67 degree of protection
3RX9 801-0AA00
M12 cable plug
Cable: PUR
Length: 5 m
Color: Black
3RX8 000-0CD42-1AF0
AS-Interface
Miscellaneous Accessories
6/124
Siemens IK PI 2007
6

Version Order No.

3RK1 901-1NN00
AS-Interface standard distribution board, for AS-Interface flat cable 3RK1 901-1NN00
Delivery includes special mounting plate
for wall and standard rail mounting
Seals (3RK1 902-0AR00) are required only if a cable
is to be terminated in the distribution board and must be
ordered separately
3RK1 901-1NN10
AS-Interface compact distribution board, for AS-Interface flat cable
3RK1 901-1NN10

3RX9 801-0AA00
3RK1 901-1NR11
3RG7 838-1DG
3RK1 901-1NR21

3RK1 901-1NR00
for flat cable for cable length
2 m 3RK1 901-1NR12
AS-i / U
aux
2 m 3RK1 901-1NR22
4-fold M12 socket
delivery includes
coupling module
-- 3RK1 901-1NR00
3RK1 901-1TR00
M12-T distribution boards
IP68
1 x M12 connector
2 x M12 box
3RK1 901-1TR00
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
M12 Y-shaped coupler plugs
for connection of two sensors to one M12 socket with Y connector
6ES7 194-1KA01-0XA0
3RK1 901-3RA00
Addressing cable, with jack plug, to M12
For addressing slaves with M12 bus connection
Only required for addressing unit 3RK1 904-2AB00
If the latest version of the 3RK1 904-2AB01 addressing unit is being used,
addressing is executed over the standard 3RX8 000-0GF32-1AB5 M12 cable
3RK1 901-3RA00
AS-Interface
Miscellaneous Accessories
6/125
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
Other accessories:
See Catalog FS 10 / chapter Proximity Switches BERO /
section Accessories / Plug Connectors
See A&D-Mall / section Low-Voltage Controls / SIRIUS Indus-
trial Controls / Sensors, Measurement and Testing Systems /
Proximity Switches BERO / Accessories / Plug Connectors
Version Order No.

3RK1 901-1KA00
3RK1 901-1KA00

3RK1 901-1KA01
AS-Interface covering caps M12, manipulation-proof
3RK1 901-1KA01

3RK1 901-1PN00
for free M8 sockets
3RK1 901-1PN00

3RK1 901-1MD00
AS-Interface Pg 11 seal
For AS-Interface cable, shaped
For insertion in Pg-11 glands
3RK1 901-1MD00

3RK1 901-3QM00
Cable adapter for flat cable
Connection of AS-Interface cable to metric gland
with insulation piercing method
Continuation using standard cable
- For M16 gland 3RK1 901-3QM00
Continuation using pins

3RK1 901-3QA00
Cable adapter for flat cable 3RK1 901-3QA00

3RK1 901-1MN00
Cable terminating piece
For sealing of open cable ends (shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67
3RK1 901-1MN00

3RK1 9012EA00
K45 mounting plates
For wall mounting 3RK1 901-2EA00
For standard rail mounting 3RK1 901-2DA00

3RK1 901-0CA00
K60 mounting plates
suitable for all K60 compact modules

3RK1 902-0AR00
Sealing sets
For mounting plate K60 and standard distribution board
3RK1 902-0AR00
AS-Interface
6/126
Siemens IK PI 2007
6
7
Siemens IK PI 2007
7/2 Introduction
7/4 SINAUT MICRO
7/6 SINAUT ST7
7/9 Topologies
7/13 TIM communications module
7/18 TIM 32 with dedicated-line modem
7/22 TIM 33 with telephone modem
7/26 TIM 34 with ISDN modem
7/30 TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet
7/37 TIM 3V-IE Advanced
for WAN or Ethernet
7/44 TIM 42 / 42D
with dedicated-line modem
7/49 TIM 43 / 43D with telephone modem
7/54 TIM 44 / 44D with ISDN modem
7/59 TIM 4V / 4VD without built-in modem
7/63 TIM 4R / 4RD without built-in modem
7/67 Modems
7/69 MD2 dedicated-line modem
7/78 MD3 telephone modem
7/84 MD4 ISDN modem
7/89 Mobile radio telephone
components (GSM/GPRS)
7/89 MC45 GSM kit
7/94 MD720-3 GSM/GPRS modem
7/97 ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS antenna
7/99 Dedicated-line accessories
7/99 LTOP overvoltage protection
7/102 Line transformer
7/104 Radio clock components
7/104 Accessories for DCF77
7/106 GPS components
7/108 Software
7/108 SINAUT ST7
standard software package
7/111 SINAUT ST7cc, Add-on for WinCC
7/114 SINAUT ST7sc,
SCADA Connect Software
7/117 SINAUT MICRO SC
7/120 Accessories
7/120 Connecting cables
7/124 Partner solutions
7/124 TeleService
SINAUT Telecontrol
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
General information
7/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

Telecontrol with SINAUT MICRO and SINAUT ST7
OPC
Server
SINAUT
MICRO SC
SINAUT
ST7cc
G
_
I
K
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
8
Industrial Ethernet
MPI
redundant
Control level
MPI
D
e
d
i
c
a
t
e
d

l
i
n
e

(
l
i
n
e
a
r

b
u
s

n
e
t
w
o
r
k
)
Node level
other dedicated lines (star network)
Field level
Station level
Standby service
other dedicated lines
(star network)
PROFIBUS
GSM
redundant
transmission
path
GSM
Radio
(optional with
time-slice
procedure)
HMI
SMS
HMI
ISDN network
GSM
network
analog
dialup
network
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE
HMI
Remote
programming
DSL router
Internet
GSM/GPRS-
Provider
Remote Station
S7-200
with modem
SINAUT
MD720-3
TIM Modem
TIM Modems
S7-300 with TIM
S7-300 with TIM
S7-300 with TIM
S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE S7-300
S7-300 with
TIM and CP 342-5
SINAUT SINAUT ST7
S7-300
S7-400
TIM TIM
MC45
S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE Advanced
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
S7-300 with TIM S7-300 with TIM
MC45
S7-300 with TIM
Radio
modem
Radio modem
MICRO
S7-300 with TIM
Email
Fax
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
General information
7/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
SINAUT, the telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7, consists
of two independent systems:
SINAUT MICRO;
Telecontrol system for monitoring and controlling distributed
plants using wireless communication (GPRS) on the basis of
SIMATIC S7-200 and WinCC flexible or WinCC. As a result of
its bidirectional communications capability, SINAUT MICRO
can handle simple telecontrol tasks. Configuration is carried
out using STEP 7 Micro/WIN.
SINAUT ST7;
Versatile telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7-300,
S7-400 and WinCC for fully-automatic monitoring and control
of process terminals which exchange data with one or more
control centers or with each other via a WAN or over Ethernet
(TCP/IP). Configuration is carried out using STEP 7.
An OPC server is available for both systems which permits con-
nection to a non-Siemens control center system (OPC client).
Data transmission in the two systems is carried out using differ-
ent protocols. If a SINAUT MICRO system is to be combined with
a SINAUT ST7 system, this can be carried out in the PC or con-
trol center over OPC.
More information
http://www.siemens.com/sinaut
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
SINAUT MICRO
7/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview
SINAUT MICRO is based on SIMATIC S7-200, and is the low-
cost expansion for monitoring and controlling simple telecontrol
tasks.
With SINAUT MICRO, up to 256 SIMATIC S7-200 stations can
easily and safely communicate with one another and with the
control center using GPRS mobile radio. They remain perma-
nently online.
Benefits

Saving of costs for design and maintenance of own radio
system through use of existing mobile radio networks
Low-cost GPRS volume tariffs reduce the monthly connection
charges
A GPRS connection is permanently online, i.e. it offers the
advantages of a dedicated line
Secure connection over public networks through encrypted
data transmission plus additional measures of the GPRS
provider
Highly flexible bidirectional connections through application
of user-friendly communications manager
- between station and control center
- between station and station
Application
SINAUT MICRO is based on SIMATIC S7-200 and GPRS.
It is particularly suitable wherever small data quantities have to
be transmitted over wireless connections.
SINAUT MICRO can be used as a low-cost fault signaling
system, but is also appropriate for simple telecontrol tasks as a
result of the bidirectional communications facility.
Depending on the main memory available in the CPU of the
S7-200, local automation tasks can be handled in addition to
communication.
Main applications are the monitoring and control of non-mobile
stations in the following sectors:
Sewage treatment plants
Drinking water purification and distribution
Oil and gas supplies
District heating networks
Automatic machines
Traffic control systems
Building monitoring
Weather stations
Lighthouses and buoys
Wind power plants
Photovoltaic plants
Intelligent advertising panels
In addition, SINAUT MICRO can also be used to link mobile
stations if central monitoring and/or control is required for these:
Railway vehicles
Special vehicles
Local public transport
Complex building machines
Ships on rivers and in coastal areas
Design
SINAUT MICRO consists of the following components:
SINAUT MD720-3;
modem for GPRS and GSM communication
SINAUT MICRO SC
software package comprising:
- Block library for SIMATIC S7-200 CPU (CPU 224 and better)
- OPC server software for the PC control center;
for data exchange with an OPC client, e.g. WinCC or WinCC
flexible
- Connection manager for the PC control center;
for establishing a secure GPRS connection with SINAUT
MD720-3, for monitoring these connections, and for data
routing with internode communication between S7-200 and
S7-200
The MD720-3 modem has an RS 232 interface and is connected
to the S7-200 controller using the Siemens PPI adapter
(6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0).
Function
GPRS data communication
The SINAUT MICRO SC software and the SINAUT MD720-3
GPRS modem enable communication of S7-200 PLCs over
GPRS.
SINAUT MICRO SC is OPC server software with special commu-
nications functions which permit it to support connections to
remote S7-200 PLCs. These PLCs are equipped with the
MD720-3 modem. The GPRS service (General Packet Radio
Service) of a GSM network (Global System for Mobile Communi-
cation) is used for the connections.
Using these GPRS connections, the remote S7-200 PLCs can
communicate with the SINAUT MICRO SC software itself or with
other S7-200 PLCs which are connected by the SINAUT MICRO
SC software.
The PC on which the MICRO SC software is installed must be
permanently accessible from the GPRS network. It must there-
fore be directly connected to the GPRS network using a dedi-
cated line, or permanently to the Internet, e.g. by means of DSL.
Monitoring and controlling data via GPRS
Control center
GSM/GPRS
provider
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
Internet
Win CC
SINAUT MICRO SC
OPC server and
connection manager
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
9
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
SINAUT MICRO
7/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
The SINAUT MICRO SC software package includes a block
library for the SIMATIC S7-200 PLC. Users can implement the
following types of data exchange with the assistance of these
blocks and the MICRO SC software for the PC control center:
Data exchange between station and control center
Data exchange between two stations via the control center
SMS transmission
By applying additional user software, SMS, can also be transmit-
ted from the S7-200 PLC. The GPRS connection must be tempo-
rarily interrupted for the duration of the SMS.
Note:
Further information on sending SMSs can be found on the
Internet in the examples for the Micro Automation Set 21.
Access to the S7-200 PLC per teleservice
Up to three telephone numbers can be saved on the SINAUT
MD720-3 modem, from which a teleservice connection is per-
missible. If a call is made from one of the approved numbers, the
MD720-3 interrupts the GPRS connection and switches through
the teleservice connection to the PLC. The GPRS connection is
reestablished at the end of the teleservice session.
simatic hmi
simatic hmi
simatic hmi
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
4
5
Station 1
Control center
Station 1 sends data to control center
data
Station 1
Control center
Control center sends data to station 1
data
Station 1
Control center
Control center scans data at station 1
data
simatic hmi
simatic hmi
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
4
6
Station 1
Control center
Station 1 sends data to station 2
data
Station 1 scans data at station 2
Station 2
data
Station 1
Control center
Station 2
data
data
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
SINAUT ST7
7/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview
SINAUT ST7 is a telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7
(S7-300, S7-400 and WinCC) for fully-automatic monitoring and
control of process terminals which exchange data with one or
more control centers or with each other via a WAN or over
Ethernet (TCP/IP).
The modular design and the support of a huge variety of network
forms and operating modes including Ethernet permit the de-
sign of flexible network structures that can also contain redun-
dant links.
radio, dial-up networks, text messages, fax), the networks can
be optimally adapted to the respective local conditions.
The software packages supplied and STEP 7 permit simple and
cost-effective configuration even of highly complex networks
and their extensions for the first time.
The system also supports data exchange with devices of the
previous system SINAUT ST1 (based on SIMATIC S5).
Benefits

All WAN and Ethernet media can be combined as required,
including path redundancy
Event-driven data transmission incl. time-stamping
Local data storage
Remote programming and remote diagnostics
Integrated operator control and monitoring concept via
WinCC or OPC
Application
SINAUT ST7 is ideal for both the most basic systems with a small
number of process terminals and complex networks with many
hundreds of stations.
Example applications:
Safe supply of drinking water, gas or district heating for
private and industrial consumers via branched networks
Cost-effective transportation of gas, oil or oil products via
pipelines
Reliable detection and transmission of process data from
environmental monitoring systems
Remote monitoring of waste water plants
Control and supervision of beacons, engine-based
cogeneration plants, conveyor or transportation systems
Design
The SINAUT ST7 system is based on the SIMATIC S7-300 and
S7-400 systems as well as on WinCC. It supplements these
systems with the specific SINAUT hardware and software
components listed below.
Hardware Components
TIM communications modules
MD modem modules
GSM components
Dedicated-line accessories
Radio clock components
Connecting cables
Software components
Standard software for SINAUT ST7
SINAUT TD7 library;
contains blocks for the SIMATIC S7 CPU
SINAUT ST7 configuring and diagnostics software for the
programming device
Software for the central control center
SINAUT ST7cc;
the SINAUT add-on for WinCC
SINAUT ST7sc;
software for interfacing ST7 with control centers that can
operate as OPC clients
Function
Network configurations and operating modes
SINAUT ST7 is a telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7
(S7-300, S7-400 und WinCC) for fully-automatic monitoring and
control of process terminals which exchange data with one or
more control centers or with each other via a WAN or over
Ethernet (TCP/IP).
The modular design and the support of a huge variety of network
forms and operating modes including Ethernet permit the de-
sign of flexible network structures that can also contain redun-
dant links.
wireless, dial-up networks, mobile wireless), the networks can
be optimally adapted to the respective local conditions.
The SINAUT ST7 configuring software and STEP 7 permit simple
and cost-effective configuration even of highly complex net-
works and their extensions.
The system also supports data exchange with devices of the
previous system SINAUT ST1 (based on SIMATIC S5).
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
SINAUT ST7
7/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
The control center
A number of different versions can be selected as components
of the control center:
Like the stations, the control center comprises an S7-300 or
S7-400 PLC.
This solution is suitable for simpler control centers in which
only an up-to-date process image of the process data avail-
able in the stations is required. The station process control can
be influenced by entering commands, setpoints or parame-
ters. This S7-300 or S7-400 control center can also be used to
extend a PC control center (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc), e.g. for
data output on a panel and/or as an emergency operating
system.
SINAUT ST7cc;
PC control center based on WinCC;
this is the ideal control center system for both SINAUT ST7 and
SINAUT ST1. It has been designed specifically for event-
driven and time-stamped data transmission on the SINAUT
system and can be set up as a non-redundant or redundant
system (to supplement the WinCC redundancy package).
SINAUT ST7sc;
For interfacing control centers from other vendors via OPC;
the SINAUT telecontrol technology can also be interfaced with
control center systems from other vendors via the "Data Ac-
cess Interface". ST7sc features extensive buffer mechanisms
which prevent data from being lost even if the OPC client fails.
It can be connected to non-redundant or redundant clients.
SINAUT WANs
The following WANs can be used for data transmission:
Dedicated lines, private or leased;
copper or fiber-optic cable (also in conjunction with
transmission systems such as PCM30 or OTN)
Private radio networks (optionally with time slot procedure)
Analog telephone network
Digital ISDN network
Mobile radio network GSM
SINAUT via Ethernet
SINAUT communication via the Ethernet on TCP/IP-based
networks is possible between station and control center and also
between individual stations:
Via radio through use of special radio devices optimized for
Ethernet, e.g. SCALANCE W
Via fiber-optic conductors, e.g. through use of SCALANCE X
switches with optical ports; distances of up to 26 km can then
be covered
Via public networks and the Internet using DSL or GPRS.
Change-driven data transmission
In the terminals, the SINAUT software ensures that process data
is transmitted between the individual CPUs and the control cen-
ter, e.g. ST7cc, in the event of changes. Connection, CPU or
control center failures are displayed. A data update is performed
automatically following debugging or after CPU or control center
startup.
Constantly up-to-date date and time
An (optional) DCF77 radio clock can be used to supply the
CPUs and the control center, e.g. ST7cc, with the date and time
across the network. The systems therefore always have the
exact time; switching over between summer and winter times is
carried out automatically. The GPS (Global Positioning System)
can also be used as the time source instead of DCF77. Data tele-
grams with time stamping, or starting of programs depending on
the time of day, therefore belong to the standard functions.
Local data storage
A special property of the TIM communications module used in
the SINAUT ST7 system is the capability for saving data which
must not be lost in the event of a connection fault or if the partner
fails. A memory capacity is provided for up to 32,000 telegrams.
The memory capacity helps to save money on dial-up networks.
Various priorities can be assigned to the data to be transmitted.
At high priority, a dial-up connection is established immediately.
At low priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is trans-
mitted the next time a connection is established with the partner
for any reason (for example, if higher-priority information is to
be transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in
order to exchange data).
It is precisely because the TIM module can save data and trans-
mit it at a later point in time with a time stamp that the use of a
suitable control center system must be ensured. It must also be
possible to continue to process this data, specifically as regards
subsequent archiving, if the data is received in the control center
delayed by a number of hours or even days. The SINAUT ST7cc
control center system is predestined for these tasks.
SINAUT remote programming and remote diagnostics
In industries in which SINAUT is used, the terminals are distrib-
uted across wide areas and are often situated in locations that
are difficult to access. Faults which require a visit to be made to
a terminal of this type are associated with long journeys. SINAUT
ST7 can provide the ideal solution for such circumstances:
Remote programming and diagnostics via the telecontrol net-
work. All diagnostics and programming functions provided by
SIMATIC and SINAUT for station automation and WAN commu-
nication can be used via the telecontrol path without interrupt-
ing process data transmission.
Alarm messaging via text message
In order to alert standby service personnel, event-driven text
messages can be sent to mobile phones from the CPUs.
An acknowledgment that a message of this type has been
received can be sent back to the sender CPU from the mobile
phone. An SMS message can also be output as e-mail, fax or
voice mail if the SMS provider offers these options.
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
SINAUT ST7
7/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Integration
Protocols
SINAUT ST1 protocol
This protocol is used in the SINAUT ST1 system, which is based
on the SIMATIC S5 system. However, the SINAUT ST7 system
also supports this protocol. The protocol can be used to further
extend existing SINAUT ST1 systems or replace existing system
parts with ST7 devices.
Note: In SINAUT ST1 systems with SAMSY PC, LSC or CS7 con-
trol center systems, as well as in redundant ST1 configurations,
the use of ST7 devices is only possible under certain conditions.
Possible operating modes:
Polling
Polling with time-slot procedure
Spontaneous mode
Please note that only transmission devices suitable for 11-bit
asynchronous characters may be used in both polling modes.
However, "spontaneous" mode supports transmission with both
11-bit and 10-bit asynchronous characters.
SINAUT ST7 protocol
This protocol is a more advanced version of the ST1 protocol.
It enables SINAUT communication via WAN or Ethernet.
Basically, the addressing options have been extended:
Up to 32000 stations can be addressed (as compared to a
maximum of 254 with ST1)
Telegrams contain a source and a target address (ST1 tele-
grams only contain a source or a target address).
The ST7 protocol also supports "PG routing", i.e. remote pro-
gramming and remote diagnostics via the WAN without interrupt-
ing data traffic. PG routing and data traffic share the available
bandwidth on the transmission path. PG routing is simply
allocated a higher priority.
Possible operating modes:
Polling
Multi-master polling with time-slot procedure
Spontaneous mode (in dial-up networks)
Spontaneous mode in Ethernet
Please note that only transmission devices suitable for 10-bit
asynchronous characters may be used in "multi-master polling
with time-slot procedure" mode. However, the other modes
support transmission with both 11-bit and 10-bit asynchronous
characters.
Modes
In polling mode, data exchange is controlled from the master.
It calls the connected terminals (including node terminals) in
sequence. Terminals with modified data send this data as
soon as it is called. Terminals with no modified data at the
present time simply acknowledge the call. Data from the
master to the stations can be transferred at any time between
the individual calls.
The ST7 protocol supports direct data transmission between
stations. During this type of communication, data is always ex-
changed via the polling master.
Polling with time-slot procedure mode is used on a radio
network on which the use of the radio frequency assigned by
the registration authorities has to be shared with other opera-
tors. Typically, each operator has 6 seconds per minute to ex-
change data with its stations. Once this time has elapsed, the
frequency must be enabled for the next operator. During the
allocated time slot, this type of polling operates in the same
way as standard polling.
Direct data transmission between stations is possible with the
ST7 protocol. During this type of communication, data is al-
ways exchanged via the polling master.
To ensure that the time slot is observed exactly, the master
must be fitted with a DCF77 or GPS radio clock.
If stations on the dedicated-line or radio network have to com-
municate with more than one master, multi-master polling
with time-slot procedure mode is used. Every
minute, each of the connected masters is allocated one or
even a number of time slots for polling. During polling, the
masters take turns within one minute.
This type of polling is similar to polling with time-slot procedure
operating mode. However, in this mode, each station
(including node stations) has a separate data buffer for
each controller.
Direct data transmission between stations is possible.
During this type of communication, data is always exchanged
via the polling master. As a number of masters is present,
direct data transmission between stations can be set up with
redundancy: If the priority master fails, the alternative master
will take over direct data transmission between stations.
In this mode too, in order that the time slot is observed exactly,
the master must be fitted with a DCF77 or GPS radio clock.
Spontaneous mode is designed for data exchange on dial-
up networks. Different priorities (high, normal or alarm) can be
assigned to the data of the station or node station for trans-
mission in the dial-up network. Data to be sent by the master
always has high priority. If data with a high or alarm priority is
pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established
immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the
stations. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is
established with the partner for any reason.
For example, if information with a high or alarm priority is to be
transferred, or if a connection is established by the partner in
order to exchange data.
The telegrams saved in the TIM are transmitted according to
the FIFO principle, i.e. in the original chronological sequence,
providing they are telegrams with high or normal priority.
If alarm telegrams are present in the TIM buffer, these are
always transmitted before the other telegrams.
Direct data transmission between stations is possible with the
ST7 protocol.
Spontaneous mode on Ethernet;
When sent over Ethernet, data is transferred immediately to
the relevant partner regardless of any priority. The order of
transmission follows the FIFO principle. This does not apply to
telegrams with maximum priority. These are transferred before
the any other telegrams that may be in the buffer. Transfer is
carried out with the resources of S7 Communication.
One permanent S7 connection is established for transfer
between two Ethernet TIMs or between one Ethernet TIM and
ST7cc/ST7sc. The two TIMs or the TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc
exchange the data packages specific to SINAUT ST7 with
application of the TCP/IP transport protocol.
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
Topologies
7/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview
The overview below outlines the network configurations which
can be set up with SINAUT ST7 in the WAN. The protocols and
operating modes which can be used by SINAUT ST7 for
communication via each network are indicated for each network
configuration.
The symbols used describe the function of the WAN port on a
TIM module. A TIM 3 module has one WAN port, a TIM 4 has two
WAN ports. The two ports on a TIM 4 can exercise the same
(e.g. 2 x master) or different (e.g. node + master) functions.
On redundant WAN connections, a TIM 4 with two ports must
always be used, as redundant paths always start/end on a TIM
module.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
6
7
Master
Station
Node-
station
Dedicated line configurations Explanations
Network type: Point-to-point
Protocol: SINAUT ST7 and ST1
Operating mode: Polling
Network type: Star
Network type: Line
Combination of
- point-to-point
- star
- line
Combination of
- point-to-point
- node
- star
Combination of
- point-to-point
- node
- star
- line
Network type: Line with two masters *)
Protocol: SINAUT ST7
Operating mode: MultiMaster polling with
time slot procedure
*) More than two masters can be used
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
Topologies
7/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
6
8
Master
Station
Node-
station
Radio network configuration Explanations
Network type: Point-to-point
Operating mode: Polling and polling
with time slot procedure
Network type: Star
Operating mode: Polling or
polling with time slot
procedure
Combination of
- point-to-point
- node
- star
Operating mode: Polling or
polling with time slot
procedure
Network type: Star with two masters *)
Protocol: SINAUT ST7
Operating mode: MultiMaster polling with
time slot procedure
*) More than two masters can be used
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
Topologies
7/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
6
5
Master
Station
Node station
Switched network configurations Explanations
Network type: Analog telephone or
digital ISDN network *)
Operating mode: Spontaneous
*) When using SINAUT modems, it is not possible
to mix analog and ISDN connections. In such
applications, special hybrid modems are
required.
Network type: Cellular phone network
(GSM)
Network type: Combination of landline
network and cellular
phone network *)
*) Landline connections either analog or ISDN;
ISDN is recommended in combination with
cellular phone connections.
Network type Switched network with 2
masters
1)
shown here
using the example of a
mixed network comprising
landline and cellular
phone networks
2)
1) More than 2 masters are possible
2) Landline connections either analog or ISDN;
ISDN is recommended in combination with
cellular phone connections
Network: Combination of dedicated
networks and landline
networks over a node
station *)
Operating mode: Polling (dedicated line)
Spontaneous (switched
network)
*) connections either analog or ISDN
SINAUT Telecontrol
Introduction
Topologies
7/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

More information
http://www.siemens.com/sinaut
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
6
6
Master
Station
Node-
station
(node station)
Redundant network configurations (examples) Explanations
Network type: Redundant point-to-point
connection using two
dedicated lines
Network type: Redundant star network
type using two dedicated
lines each; includes
connections to non-
redundant stations
Network type: Redundant line network
using two dedicated
lines; includes
connections to non-
redundant stations
Operationg mode: Polling
connection using dedi-
cated line and switched
network
Operating mode: Polling (dedicated line)
Spontaneous (switched
network)
connection using
dedicated line and radio
transmission between
the master and the
node station, lower-level
stations are connected
via a non-redundant star
network
Operating mode: Polling or polling with
time slot procedure
(radio transmission)
SINAUT Telecontrol
General information
7/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview
The SINAUT TIM communications module
The TIM (Telecontrol Interface Module) is a central component of
the SINAUT hardware. It is used by the S7 CPU or control
center PC for data exchange via the relevant SINAUT network,
optionally with the SINAUT ST7 or SINAUT ST1 protocol (ST1
protocol not via Ethernet).
The TIM is housed in an S7-300 enclosure and is available in
three basic versions:
TIM 3V-IE
The TIM 3V-IE is a SINAUT communications module for the
SIMATIC S7-300. It has an RS 232 interface to which an
appropriate external modem can be connected. It additionally
has an RJ45 interface which permits the SINAUT transmission
via Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks). The TIM 3V-IE is available
in a standard version and an advanced version.
TIM 3 without MPI connection
The TIM 3 is a SINAUT communications module for the
SIMATIC S7-300.
It has a WAN connection and is available in three versions which
differ as a result of the type of modem installed.
Note:
These TIM 3 types cannot be used in conjunction with a
CPU 317, CPU 318 or CPU 315-2 PN/DP. A TIM 3V-IE or
TIM 3V-IE Advanced must be used for the CPUs, or a TIM 4
connected via MPI.
TIM 4 with MPI connection
The TIM 4 is suitable for integration into the SIMATIC S7-300 as
a communications module and can also be connected via MPI
to one or more SIMATIC S7-300/400 units and to the ST7cc or
ST7sc PC control centers as a standalone device.
All TIM 4 modules have two WAN interfaces, with the exception
of the TIM 4V, which only has one. On the most basic version of
TIM 4, these are two RS 232/RS 485 interfaces. An appropriate
external modem can be connected to each interface. On three
other TIM 4 versions, the first WAN interface is implemented via
the built-in modem and the second via the additional
RS 232/RS 485 interface.
The two WANs which can be connected to a TIM 4 may be of the
same type or different types, e.g. dedicated line plus telephone
network.
The TIM 4 can also be fitted with a DCF77 radio clock receiver
as an option.
SINAUT Telecontrol
General information
7/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
Two simple examples are shown below, one illustrating how the
TIM 3 can be integrated into a S7-300 rack as a CP and the other
showing a TIM 4 connected to S7-400 via MPI as a standalone
device.

TIM 3 as CP in S7-300 rack

TIM 4 connected to S7-400 via MPI as a standalone device
The TIM 3 can also be combined with a C7 complete unit if this
C7 device features a built-in IM 360 interface module. The TIM 3
is then housed in an expansion unit which is connected to the C7
device via an IM 361. With the C7-635 and C7-636 devices, this
is also possible without an IM 361 if not more than four modules
are connected externally, including the TIM.

TIM 3 as CP in S7-300 expansion rack combined with C7 complete unit
As a TIM 4 can communicate with not only one but a number
of S7-300 or S7-400 CPUs via MPI, a SINAUT station can
also be configured, as shown in the illustration below. In this con-
figuration, the TIM 4 provides access to the WAN for both the
S7-400 and the S7-300. This could for example be a larger
terminal in which the automation tasks are distributed across a
number of CPUs.

SIMATIC S7-400 and S7-300 with TIM 4 on MPI bus
As on an S7-400, the control center PC (e.g. SINAUT ST7cc or
ST7sc) is interfaced with the SINAUT telecontrol network via one
or a number of TIM 4 modules (see figure below). These TIMs
are connected to the MPI card on the PC via their MPI interface.
There is no need to connect a telecontrol center, e.g. an S7-400.
Data is exchanged directly with the terminals. Third-party control
centers designed specifically for data exchange with SINAUT
ST7 are also connected in the same way.

SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc with several TIM 4 on the MPI bus
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
5
WAN
S7-300
TIM 3
MPI
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
6
S7-400
WAN
TIM 4
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
7 WAN
C7-633, 634, 635, 636, 626
TIM 3 IM 361
MPI
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
8
S7-400
WAN
S7-300
TIM 4
MPI
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
9
SINAUT
ST7cc/ST7sc
WAN
(1)
WAN
(n)
TIM 4 TIM 4
SINAUT Telecontrol
General information
7/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design (continued)
When interfacing terminals via Ethernet, the connection is made
directly to the PC of the control center (e.g. SINAUT ST7cc or
ST7sc) without an intermediate TIM 4.

SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc connected directly to SINAUT stations
via Ethernet
TIM 3 modules with built-in modem
TIM 32;
TIM 3 with built-in MD2 modem (dedicated line)
TIM 33;
TIM 3 with built-in MD3 modem (analog telephone network)
TIM 34;
TIM 3 with built-in MD4 modem (ISDN)

Interfaces of TIM 3 with built-in modem (schematic diagram
with covers removed)
TIM 3 modules without built-in modem
TIM 3V-IE;
TIM 3 with RS 232 interface for an external modem or other
transmission device as well as Ethernet interface; only one of
the two interfaces can be used. The module can only be used
in a station, and cannot be combined in the same rack with
additional TIMs.
TIM 3V-IE Advanced;
As TIM 3V-IE, but both interfaces can be used simultaneously,
for SINAUT communication. The module can be used in a
master, station or node station, and can be combined in the
same rack with additional TIMs.
These TIM 3 modules are suitable for use if SINAUT communi-
cation is required over Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks), or if
the TIM has to be connected to a WAN with which the built-in
modems are not compatible.
These types of TIM 3 have to be used, for example, for connec-
tions to the GSM network, to radio equipment or to a fiber-optic
cable.

Interfaces of TIM 3V-IE (schematic diagram with covers removed)
Fiber Optic Fiber Optic
S7-300
with TIM 3V-IE
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
master
with CP 1613 A2
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
3
3
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
TIM
S7-300
with TIM 3V-IE
TIM
S7-300
with TIM 3V-IE
TIM
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
6
0
RJ12 Western connector:
WAN access point via
integrated modem
24 V
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
1
2
24 V
RS232 interface
(9-pole, pin):
WAN access via
external modem
RJ45 interface:
Ethernet access
SINAUT Telecontrol
General information
7/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design (continued)
TIM 4 modules with built-in modem
TIM 42;
TIM 4 with built-in MD2 modem (dedicated line)
TIM 42D;
TIM 4 with built-in MD2 modem (dedicated line) and DCF77
radio clock receiver
TIM 43;
TIM 43D;
and DCF77 radio clock receiver
TIM 44;
TIM 4 with built-in MD4 modem (ISDN)
TIM 42D;
TIM 4 with built-in MD4 modem (ISDN) and DCF77 radio clock
receiver
Interfaces of TIM 4 with built-in modem
(schematic diagram with covers removed)
TIM 4V;
TIM 4 with interface for an external modem or other trans-
mission device
TIM 4VD;
TIM 4 with interface for an external modem or other trans-
mission device, with DCF77 radio clock receiver
TIM 4R;
TIM 4 with 2 interfaces for external modems or other trans-
mission devices
TIM 4RD;
TIM 4 with 2 interfaces for external modems or other trans-
mission devices, with DCF77 radio clock receiver;
These TIM 4 modules are suitable for use if the TIM has to be
connected to a WAN with which the built-in modems are not
compatible. This type of TIM has to be used, for example, for
connections to the GSM network or to radio equipment.
Interfaces of TIM 4V without built-in modem
Interfaces of TIM 4R without built-in modem
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
6
2
Combined
RS232/RS485 interface
(9-pin, male):
Second WAN access point
via external modem
MPI interface
(9-pin, female)
First WAN access point
via integrated modem
24 V
DCF77
antenna or
GPS receiver
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
6
3
Combined
(9-pin, male):
WAN access point via
external modem
MPI interface
(9-pin, female)
24 V
DCF77
antenna or
GPS receiver
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
6
4
24 V
Combined
(9-pin, male):
First WAN access point
via external modem
MPI interface
(9-pin, female)
Adapter plug with combined
(9-pin, male):
Second WAN access
point via external
modem
DCF77
antenna or
GPS receiver
SINAUT Telecontrol
General information
7/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design (continued)
Overview of all TIM modules
All TIMs are supplied with a bus connector for integrating the
TIM into an S7-300 as a CP. TIM modules with built-in modem
also feature the WAN connecting cable required in each case.
TIMs with DCF77 radio clock receiver are supplied with the
DCF77 adapter cable and TIM4R-V modules with the adapter
cable for the second RS 232/485 interface.

1) The specified TIM 3 cannot be used in conjunction with a CPU 317, CPU 318 or CPU 315-2 PN/DP!
A TIM 3V-IE must be used for the CPUs, or a TIM 4 connected via MPI.
2) All TIMs suitable for S7-400 can also be connected to the ST7cc or ST7sc PC via the MPI bus.
3) Includes WAN connecting cable 6NH7700-2AR60 (RJ12 - RJ12)
4) Includes WAN connecting cable 6NH7700-3BR60 (RJ12 - RJ12 / TAE6)
5) Includes WAN connecting cable 6NH7700-4AR60 (RJ12 - RJ45)
6) Includes DCF77 adapter cable 6NH7700-0AD15
7) Includes adapter cable 6NH7700-0AS05 for the second RS232/485 serial interface
Approvals
UL and CSA approvals have been granted for all TIM communi-
cations modules.
Can be used in
conjunction with
MPI-
connection
Ethernet
connection
Number
of WAN
accesses
RS232/
RS485 for
external
modem
Ded. line
MD2
modem
3)
MD3
analog
dial-up
modem
4)
MD4
ISDN
modem
5)
DCF77
radio
clock
6)
S7-300 S7-400
2)

TIM 32
1)

TIM 33
1)

TIM 34
1)

TIM 3V-IE 1 (RS232)
TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
1 (RS232)
TIM 42 1
TIM 42D 1
TIM 43 1
TIM 43D 1
TIM 44 1
TIM 44D 1
TIM 4V 1 1
TIM 4VD 1 1
TIM 4R
7)
2 2
TIM 4RD
7)
2 2
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 32 with dedicated-line modem
7/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

TIM 3 module with built-in MD2 dedicated-line modem
Compact unit containing all you need to connect an S7-300
CPU or a C7 complete unit to a dedicated line (2- or 4-wire
copper cable). This can be a private line or a leased tele-
phone line.
The TIM 32 is also suitable for connection to a radio unit with
modem input.
Communication is possible with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1
partners.
Note:
The TIM 32 cannot be used in conjunction with a CPU 317,
CPU 318, CPU 319 or with a CPU 315-2 PN/DP.
These CPUs require a TIM 4 connected via MPI or a TIM 3V-IE,
TIM 3V-IE Advanced.
Benefits

Reduced space and cabling requirements thanks to combin-
ing the TIM transmission processor and MD2 modem into a
single compact unit.
Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly
configuration of connections and data to be transferred with
the SINAUT configuring software and block library.
Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10000) incl. time stamp on
TIM if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed.
Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing) in
parallel with data transmission via the dedicated line or radio
network.
Investment protection for existing SINAUT ST1 systems
through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of
ST1-compatible communication
Application
The TIM 32 enables a SIMATIC S7-300 or C7 complete unit to
exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via 2- or
4-wire dedicated lines. Distances of up to 33 km (at 1200 bit/s),
up to 27 km (at 2400 bit/s) and up to 11 km (at 9600 and
19200 bit/s) can be covered without amplifiers/repeaters
(guide values for non-coil-loaded message line type 2 x 2 x 0.8
J-Y(St)Y).
The built-in MD2 modem supports the setting up of "point-to-
point", "star" or "line" network topologies as well as combinations
of these basic structures. In "controller" function, a small star
network comprising two 2-wire cables can be connected to the
modem output. The modem output can be switched with high
resistance. This minimizes gap loss and only slightly reduces the
maximum distance which can be bridged. The very short trans-
mitter running times speed up data traffic with the "polling" oper-
ating mode used in the dedicated line network.
In addition to private dedicated lines, the TIM 32 can also be
connected to leased lines from telecoms suppliers. Appropriate
approval has been secured. On analog-only leased lines,
transmission speeds of 1200 and 2400 bit/s are possible.
On switched analog/digital leased lines, the speed is usually
restricted to 1200 bit/s for technical reasons.
The TIM 32 is also ideal for data transmission via walkie-talkies
with modem input. The MD2 modem features a built-in floating
opto-relay linked to the RTS signal for switching the unit on and
off via its PTT input. The two opto-relay connections are available
on the RJ12 socket.
As walkie-talkies are usually only able to transmit voice in a
sound frequency range of between 300 Hz and 3000 Hz, trans-
mission rate with the MD2 modem is restricted here to 1200 bit/s.
For 2400 bit/s, the sound frequency range has to reach beyond
3300 Hz.
With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the
CPU by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages pro-
cess data communication with the configured partners com-
pletely independently in "controller", "terminal" or "node terminal"
mode.
When in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM is able to store
process data that must not be lost in the event of a communica-
tion fault or if one of the partners fails, along with its time stamp,
until the partner returns to online mode. Important events,
alarms, etc. are therefore not lost and the integrity of information
in control center system archives is assured.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
The TIM 32 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact construction;
double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules.
RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in modem to the dedi-
cated line or radio unit with modem input.
The two floating opto-relay connections for switching the radio
unit on and off via the PTT input are also available on the RJ12
socket.
4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC
LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K indica-
tors (the TIM BUS and DCF77 LEDs are unassigned on the
TIM 32).
Easy to mount;
the TIM 32 is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected
to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. There
are no slot rules.
In combination with IM 360/361, the TIM 32 can also be used
in an expansion rack (ER). This enables the TIM to be com-
bined with a C7 complete unit.
The TIM 32 can operate without fans.
A backup battery or memory module is not required.
Function
The TIM 32 can operate in "station", "node station" and
"controller" mode.
The TIM 32 manages data traffic via dedicated lines or radio
networks independently. For this purpose, the module has its
own processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data
telegrams in the event that the communication link is faulty or a
partner fails.
The TIM firmware is stored in a Flash EPROM. The functionality
required in each case is defined during configuration and stored
in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM.
The SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks
from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be
transferred, checks it for changes and then forwards it to the TIM
for transmission via the WAN. The CPU may also transfer the
data with a time stamp.
The TIM stores the data to be transferred in its RAM buffer.
The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data is
determined by the TIM function selected:
In "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled
by the master. The stored data telegrams are then transferred.
If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply
acknowledged.
In "master" mode, after each poll + reply has been
completed, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its
buffer (default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be
exchanged between two polls, this can be defined when con-
figuring the TIM.
Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are
forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in the CPU
responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the
information received to the outputs or data areas configured on
the block.
Either the SINAUT ST7 or the SINAUT ST1 protocol can be used
for data traffic. Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio net-
works usually takes place in "polling" mode. If there are two or
more masters, the "multi-master polling with time-slot procedure"
mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio net-
work, the "polling with time-slot procedure" mode can be se-
lected if necessary.
In both operating modes with time-slot procedure, the TIM 32
can only be used in "station" or "node station" mode.
The TIM 32 does not feature the DCF77 radio clock receiver
required for "master" mode.
PG/OP communication
PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the
LAN to be remotely programmed.
S7 routing;
with S7 routing it is possible to use programming device
communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol
supports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the
SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs)
to be programmed and diagnosed remotely.
Diagnostics
The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides exten-
sive diagnostics functions, including:
TIM operating status
TIM module status
General diagnostics information
TIM diagnostics buffer
Status of connections with local and remote communication
partners (CPUs, TIMs, ST7cc, ST7sc)
TIM telegram monitor for logging telegram traffic
Configuring
The "SINAUT ST7 configuration software for PG" and STEP 7,
version V5.1 SP2 or higher, are used to configure the TIM 32.
The blocks included in the "SINAUT TD7 block library" should
be used to configure the SINAUT program required in the CPU.
Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software
package.
The SDBs generated for the TIM 32 during configuration are
uploaded to the TIM module via the MPI interface on the CPU.
This upload can be performed either from the STEP 7 SIMATIC
Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7
diagnostics & service tool.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus
with the following CPU types:
All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP and
315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635
and C7-636.
2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used
All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C as well as
CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP
Interfaces
Connection to dedicated line RJ12
Connection to power supply 4-pin terminal block
Power supply 24 V DC
Current consumption
from backplane bus 60 mA
from 24 V DC 300 mA
Power loss 7.5 W
Construction
double width
Configuring
Software for PG SINAUT ST7 configuration
software runs under STEP 7,
V5.1 SP2 or newer.
Software for CPU SINAUT TD7 function block
library for CPU
TIM can be operated in mode
Station Yes
Node station Yes
Master Yes
Number of TIM 32s
per S7-300 CPU
More than one; number depends
on the connection resources of
the S7 CPU
Local communication in the rack of
an S7-300
Via backplane bus with
local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
further local TIMs
Yes
Via MPI port of local S7-300 CPU
2)

with further CPUs and/or PCs
Yes, through TD7onCPU
(for S7-300 and S7-400) and S7
communication (for ST7cc/ST7sc)
User memory required in S7 CPU Minimum 20 KB, actual require-
ment is determined by data vol-
ume and functional scope
Transmission protocols
Selectable protocols SINAUT ST7
SINAUT ST1
Operating mode
SINAUT ST7 protocol Polling
Multi-master polling with time-slot
procedure
Asynchronous character format
SINAUT ST7 protocol, polling 10 or 11 bit
SINAUT ST7 protocol,
multi-master polling
10 bit
SINAUT ST1 protocol, polling 11 bit
Hamming distance d 4
Integrated MD2 modem
Transmission path 2-wire, 2 x 2-wire or 4-wire,
twisted pair cables,
non-coil-loaded or
lightly coil-loaded
Modulation method Phase-continuous binary
frequency modulation (FSK)
Transmission rates 1200 bit/s
2400 bit/s
9600 bit/s (not for leased lines)
19200 bit/s (not for leased lines)
Operating mode
2-wire or 2 x 2-wire Half-duplex
4-wire Duplex or half-duplex
Transmission level can be set to 0 dB
-6 dB
-9 dB (for leased telephone lines)
-15 dB
Receiving level 0 ... -43 dB
Adjustable terminating resistor
for 1200 and 2400 bit/s 600 ohms
for tapping point > 6 kOhms
Clear to send
at 1200 bit/s after 7 ms
at 9600 and 19200 bit/s after 0.5 ms
Minimum/maximum scanning fre-
quency
at 1200 bit/s 1300 Hz/2100 Hz
at 2400 bit/s 2400 Hz/3300 Hz
at 9600 and 19200 bit/s 20800 Hz/33600 Hz
Floating opto-relay output
Max. supply voltage 60 V AC/DC
Max. perm. continuous current 400 mA
Max. Ron 3 ohms
Impulse strength U1.2/50
acc. to DIN VDE 0804 between
power supply circuit and
FSK long-distance circuits 2.5 kV
Opto-relay output 2.5 kV
Compatible with SINAUT modems
MD100 at 1200 bit/s
MD124 at 1200, 2400 and 19200 bit/s
Certification EU approval CE 0682 X
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

TIM 32 communications module 6NH7 800-3AA20
With integrated MD2 modem for
connection to private dedicated
lines, leased telephone lines and
modem-compatible radio units;
incl. WAN connecting cable
6NH7 700-2AR60 (RJ12/RJ12) for
connecting the built-in MD2
modem with an LTOP overvoltage
protection module
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
on CD-ROM, comprising:
SINAUT ST7
configuring and diagnostics
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
function block library
for the CPU
Electronic manual
in German and English
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
German 6NH7 998-0AA13
English 6NH7 998-0AA23
Line transformer
with overvoltage protection
LTOP1 for 2-wire terminal 6NH9 821-0BC11
LTOP2 for 4-wire terminal,
2 x 2-wire terminal or
2-wire tapping point
6NH9 821-0BC12
Accessories
RJ12/RJ12 connecting cable
(replacement)
6NH7 700-2AR60
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 33 with telephone modem
7/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

TIM 3 module with built-in MD3 telephone modem
CPU or a C7 complete unit to an analog telephone network
partners.
Note:
CPU 318, CUP 319 or with the CPU 315-2 PN/DP.
These CPUs require a TIM 4 connected via MP or a TIM 3V-IE,
TIM 3V-IE Advanced.
Benefits

Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to com-
bining the TIM transmission processor and MD3 modem into
a single compact unit.
Storage of data telegrams (approx. 10,000) incl. time stamp
on TIM in order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up
network, if the communication path is faulty or a partner has
failed.
Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PG routing)
in parallel with data transmission via the installed telephone
connection.
through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means
of ST1-compatible communication
Application
The TIM 33 enables a SIMATIC S7-300 or C7 complete unit
to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via the
analog telephone network.
CPU by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages
process data communication with the configured partners com-
pletely independently in "master", "station" or "node station"
mode.
In order to reduce connection costs, in "station" or "node station"
mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according
to priority (high or normal): If higher-priority data is pending for
transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately.
At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is
transmitted the next time a connection is established with the
partner for any reason for example, if higher-priority information
is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the part-
ner in order to exchange data.
Design
system design:
RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in modem to the
telephone outlet.
voltage of 24 V DC
LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K
indicators (the TIM BUS and DCF77 LEDs are unassigned
on the TIM 33).
Easy to mount;
to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors.
In combination with IM 360/361, the TIM 33 can also be used
in an expansion rack (ER). This enables the TIM to be
combined with a C7 complete unit.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Function
The TIM 33 can operate in "station", "node station" and
"controller" mode.
The TIM 33 manages data traffic via the analog telephone net-
work independently. For this purpose, the module has its own
processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data tele-
grams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network
in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner
fails.
required in each case and the telephone numbers for the part-
ners are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format
in the non-volatile Flash EPROM.
The SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from
the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be trans-
ferred, checks it for changes and then forwards it to the TIM for
transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the
data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID
for optimized transmission via the dial-up network.
The manner in which the TIM subsequently sends this data
is determined by the TIM function selected:
For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially in
"station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with "high"
priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a con-
nection with the partner addressed in order to start data trans-
mission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal" priority at
this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is always in
accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of priority.
In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always im-
mediately attempt to establish a connection with the
addressed partner in order to transfer data.
Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN
are forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in the CPU
the block.
for data traffic. Transmission always takes place in "spontane-
ous" operating mode.
PG/OP communication
PG/OP communication allows all S7 terminals connected to
the LAN to be remotely programmed.
S7 routing;
with S7 routing it is possible to use programming device
SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to
be programmed and diagnosed remotely.
Diagnostics
The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides
extensive diagnostics functions, including:
TIM module status
Configuring
The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required for
configuring the TIM 33. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block
library" should be used to configure the SINAUT program
required in the CPU. Both software packages are part of the
SINAUT ST7 software package.
This upload can be performed either from the SIMATIC Manager
or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnos-
tics & service tool.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

and C7-636.
Interfaces
Connection to telephone network RJ12
Current consumption
from 24 V DC 400 mA
Power loss 9.9 W
Construction
double width
Configuring
Software for PG SINAUT ST7 configuring software
for PG
library for CPU
Station Yes
Node station Yes
Master Yes
Number of TIM 33s
per S7-300 CPU
the S7 CPU
an S7-300
local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
further local TIMs
Yes
2)

ment determined by data volume
and functional scope
Available protocols SINAUT ST7
SINAUT ST1
Operating mode
SINAUT ST7 protocol spontaneous
SINAUT ST7 protocol 10 or 11 bit
MD3 built-in modem
Transmission path Analog dial-up telephone network
Available ITU transmission
standards
V.22 1200 bit/s, duplex
V.22 up to 2400 bit/s, duplex
Telephone charge pulse filter
can be set to:
12 kHz
16 kHz
Dial-up procedure Voice frequency dialing
Pulse dialing
Loop current component Available; can be connected and
disconnected
Loudspeaker Available; can be connected and
disconnected
Line matching 600 ohms
Zr (frequency-dependent)
Certification Europe
U.S.A.
Canada
MD125
- V.22 1200 bit/s, duplex
- V.22 up to 2400 bit/s, duplex
MDM2425B DX
MD3 (HW version < 4)
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

With built-in MD3 modem
for connection to the analog
telephone network;
6NH7700-2BR60 (RJ12 -RJ12/
TAE6) with snap-on TAE6N con-
nector for connecting the built-in
MD3 modem to a telephone outlet
(TAE6N or RJ12)
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
for the CPU
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
(replacement)
with snap-on TAE6N connector
6NH7 700-3BR60
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 34 with ISDN modem
7/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

TIM 3 module with built-in MD4 ISDN modem
CPU or a C7 complete unit to the digital ISDN network
partners.
Note:
CPU 318, CUP 319 or with the CPU 315-2 PN/DP.
These CPUs require a TIM 4 connected via MP or a TIM 3V-IE,
TIM 3V-IE Advanced.
Benefits

Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to com-
bining the TIM transmission processor and MD4 modem into
a single compact unit.
failed.
Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing)
in parallel with data transmission via the installed ISDN
connection.
Application
The TIM 34 enables a SIMATIC S7-300 or C7 complete unit to
exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via the
digital ISDN network.
CPU by taking over WAN communication tasks. It manages
process data communication with the configured partners com-
pletely independently in "master", "station" or "node station"
mode.
In order to reduce connection costs, in "station" or "node station"
mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred
according to priority (high or normal): If higher-priority data is
pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is established
immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM.
The data is transmitted the next time a connection is established
with the partner for any reason, (for example, if higher-priority
information is to be transferred, or if a connection is established
by the partner in order to exchange data).
Design
system design:
RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in modem to the ISDN S0
outlet.
voltage of 24 V DC
LEDs on the front panel with SF, TXD, RXD, and MPI/K
indicators (the TIM BUS and DCF77 LEDs are unassigned
on the TIM 34).
Easy to mount;
to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors.
In combination with IM 360/361, the TIM 34 can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER). This enables the TIM to be
combined with a C7 complete unit.
A backup battery or memory module are not required.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Function
The TIM 34 can operate in "station", "node station" and "master"
mode.
The TIM 34 manages data traffic via the digital ISDN telephone
network independently. For this purpose, the module has its own
processor and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data tele-
grams in order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network
in the event that the communication link is faulty or a partner
fails.
required in each case and the telephone numbers for the part-
ners are defined during configuration and stored in SDB format
in the non-volatile Flash EPROM.
ferred, checks it for changes and then forwards it to the TIM for
transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU can transfer the
data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or "high" priority ID
for optimized transmission via the dial-up network.
is determined by the TIM function selected:
nection with the addressed partner in order to start data trans-
In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will always
immediately attempt to establish a connection with the
Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN
are forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in the CPU
the block.
for data traffic. Transmission always takes place in "spontane-
ous" operating mode.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
With S7 routing it is possible to use programming device
SINAUT stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs)
to be programmed and diagnosed remotely.
Diagnostics
TIM module status
Configuring
configuring the TIM 34. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block
This upload can be performed either from the SIMATIC Manager
or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnos-
tics & service tool.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

and C7-636.
Interfaces
Connection to ISDN network RJ12
Current consumption
from 24 V DC 300 mA
Power loss 7.5 W
Construction
double width
Configuring
for PG
library for CPU
Station Yes
Node station Yes
Master Yes
Number of TIM 34s
per S7-300 CPU
the S7 CPU
an S7-300
local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
further local TIMs
Yes
2)

SINAUT ST1
Operating mode
Transmission path Digital ISDN network
Available standard transmission
standards
X.75 1200 bit/s, duplex
LGM64K
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/29
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

for connection to the digital
ISDN network;
6NH7 700-4AR60 (RJ12-RJ45)
for connecting the built-in MD4
modem with the ISDN S0 outlet
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
for the CPU
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
(replacement)
6NH7 700-4AR60
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet
7/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

TIM 3 version without built-in modem, single width
An S7-300 CPU or a C7 control system can then carry out
SINAUT communication:
- using any SINAUT WAN with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1
partners
- using Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks) with SINAUT ST7
stations
Possesses two interfaces:
- RS232 interface for connection of required WAN trans-
mission equipment
- RJ45 interface for the Ethernet connection
The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is now in-
tegrated in the TIM 3V-IE (TD7onTIM)
SINAUT communication can take place either over the WAN
or Ethernet interface.
PG communication is possible at any time over the Ethernet
interface.
One TIM 3V-IE can be used per S7-300
Memory for up to 16000 data messages
Max. eight S7 connections over Ethernet
Note:
The TIM 3V-IE can be used with all CPU 317/318/319 types
and CPU 315-2 PN/DP when the SINAUT TD7 software of the
TIM (TD7onTIM) is used. The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU
(TD7onCPU) cannot be used here.
Benefits

Flexible connection possible to any SINAUT WAN
SINAUT communication possible over Ethernet
(TCP/IP-based networks)
Low-cost terminal configuration through use of S7 CPUs
312 and 312C because the CPU software SINAUT TD7 is
integrated in the TIM 3V-IE. (This does not apply to communi-
cation with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the transmission of
text messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7 software for the
CPU (TD7onCPU) must be used, i.e. this software can still be
used together with the TIM 3V-IE.)
Simplified maintenance through replacement of modules
without PG
Single-width module saves space in rack and control cabinet
the SINAUT configuring software and block library
Storage of data telegrams (max. 16,000) including time stamp
on TIM if the communication path is faulty or a partner has
failed and to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network
in parallel with data transmission via the WAN or Ethernet
connection.
Industry-compatible device connection with IE FC RJ45
Plug 180 and additional strain relief through latching of
connector on housing
Application
The TIM 3V-IE enables a SIMATIC S7-300 or C7 control system
to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via
any SINAUT WAN. In addition, this module expands SINAUT
communication to the Ethernet, i.e. to TCP/IP-based networks
with a response similar to dedicated lines and fixed IP
addresses. The important SINAUT property, i.e. saving of data
including time stamp on the TIM in the event of a connection fault
or failure of the partner, is therefore also available for Ethernet
connections. Important events, alarms, etc. are not lost and the
integrity of information in control center system archives is
assured.
Mixed networks comprising classical SINAUT WANs (dedicated
line, radio, dialing network) and Ethernet can be configured uni-
formly with SINAUT, thus providing time and cost advantages.
The previously available SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU
(TD7onCPU) is integrated in the TIM 3V-IE (TD7onTIM).
This permits use of the smallest S7 CPUs 312 and 312C
because, in the most favorable case, no further CPU main mem-
ory is required for SINAUT. (This does not apply to communica-
tion with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the transmission of text
messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU
(TD7onCPU) must be used.) One TIM 3V-IE can be used per
S7-300, and either of the two interfaces (RS232 or RJ45) can be
used for SINAUT communication (not simultaneously). PG com-
munication is possible at any time over the Ethernet interface.
The TIM 3V-IE is therefore especially suitable for configuring
low-cost terminals, but also permits implementation of a simple
S7-300 controller. Use in a SINAUT submaster terminal or in a
controller with further TIM 3/TIM 4 modules is not possible.
Use of the TIM 3V-IE is appropriate:
When SINAUT communication should take place over
Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks)
If the TIM has to be connected to a classical SINAUT WAN
which is not appropriate for the integrated modems (in TIM 32,
TIM 33 and TIM 34), e.g. when connecting to the GSM net-
work
When an MD3 modem is to be used as a dedicated line
modem (the integrated MD3 modem on a TIM 33 can only be
configured for dial-up operation).
When an MD4 modem is to be used for connection to a
dedicated ISDN line (the integrated MD4 modem on a TIM 34
can only be configured for dial-up operation).
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/31
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
The TIM 3V-IE offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact design;
S7-300
9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS232 interface for connecting
an external WAN transmission device
RJ45 socket for connecting to Industrial Ethernet with auto-
matic detection of data transfer rate by means of autosensing;
industry-compatible design with additional securing collar,
for connection of IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
2-pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC
Front LEDs for display of Ethernet and WAN communication
Easy to mount;
the TIM 3V-IE is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and con-
Can be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction
with the IM 360/361;
in this manner, the TIM can be combined with a C7 control
system. In the case of the most recent C7 units, also over the
supplied I/O expansion cable.
Can be operated without a fan
A backup battery or memory module are not required
Function
The TIM 3V-IE can be operated in the SINAUT WAN with the
functions "station" and "master". This classification is omitted with
Ethernet connections. Each partner has equal priority
in this case.
The TIM 3V-IE manages data traffic via the connected WAN or
Ethernet independently. For this purpose, the module has its
own processor and a RAM to buffer up to 16,000 data messages
when the communication link is faulty or a partner fails and to
reduce connection costs in the dial-up network.
required in each case and, on dial-up networks, the telephone
numbers for the partners, are defined during configuration and
stored permanently in the TIMs Flash EPROM or on the CPUs
memory card. Saving in the CPU permits replacement of the
TIM without using a PG.
Two alternatives are available for the TIM 3V-IE for reading and
writing the data to be sent or received:
Use of the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU):
ferred, checks them for changes, and then forwards them to
the TIM for transmission via the WAN or Ethernet.
Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN/
Ethernet are forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in
the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned
outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas
configured on the block.
Use of the SINAUT TD7 software integrated in the TIM 3V-IE
(TD7onTIM):
The TD7onTIM program configured by the user directly reads
the process data to be transferred from the CPUs memory
areas (inputs, bit memories, DBs), checks them for changes,
and then forwards them to the TIMs send buffer for transmis-
sion via the WAN or Ethernet. Data from telegrams received
without fault by the TIM via the WAN/Ethernet are directly writ-
ten by the TIM into the configured memory areas of the CPU.
The data acquired by "TD7onCPU" or "TD7onTIM" can be option-
ally assigned a time stamp, and also a "normal" or "high" priority
ID for transmission via a dial-up network. "TD7onTIM" addition-
ally permits identification of very important data as "maximum
priority". This data has priority over all other data present in the
send buffer, i.e. it is transferred first.
depends on the respective transmission network:
Transfer via a SINAUT WAN
The manner in which the TIM sends this data depends on the
type of WAN and the TIM function selected:
Dedicated line, radio network;
In "station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled by the controller.
The stored data telegrams are then transferred. If no tele-
grams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged.
In "master" mode, after each poll + response has been com-
pleted, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer
(default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be ex-
changed between two polls, this can be defined when
configuring the TIM.
Dial-up network;
"station" mode. However, for data with "high" or "maximum"
priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a
connection with the partner addressed in order to start data
transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal"
priority at this point, it is also transferred. Data with "maximum"
priority is always transferred first. This is followed by transmis-
sion of data with "high" and "normal" priorities, always accord-
ing to the FIFO principle, i.e. independent of the
respective priority.
immediately attempt to establish a connection with the partner
addressed in order to transfer data.
for data traffic. The operating mode used depends on the type
of WAN:
Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually
takes place in "Polling" mode. If there are two or more master,
the "Multi-master polling with time slot procedure" mode is
used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network,
the "Polling with time slot procedure" mode can be selected if
necessary.
In both operating modes with time slot procedure, the TIM
3V-IE can only be used in "station" mode. The TIM 3V-IE does
not feature the DCF77 radio clock receiver required
for "master" mode.
On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place in
"Spontaneous" mode.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/32
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
SINAUT communication via Ethernet
When sending data via Ethernet, this is immediately transferred
to the respective partner irrespective of priority.
The transmission sequence is according to the FIFO principle.
This does not apply to telegrams with maximum priority.
These are transmitted prior to any other telegrams still present
in the buffer.
Transmission is carried out using the S7 communications func-
tions (BSEND/BRCV). A permanent S7 connection is established
in each case for transmission between two Ethernet TIMs or be-
tween an Ethernet TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc. The two TIMs or the
TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc exchange the data packages specific to
SINAUT ST7 with application of the TCP/IP transport protocol.
PG communication
PG communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN,
e.g. Ethernet, to be remotely programmed.
S7 routing makes it possible to use the programming device
communication across networks. This also applies to SINAUT
WAN networks, for the SINAUT ST7 protocol permits "tunneling"
of the PG communication. This enables the SINAUT terminals
connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be
programmed and diagnosed remotely.
Diagnostics
extensive diagnostics functions, e.g.:
TIM module status
Status and degree of filling of the send buffer, separate for
each communication partner
Diagnostic information for TD7onTIM
Configuration
The "SINAUT ST7 configuration software for PG V3.5" is used
to configure the TIM 3V-IE. The blocks included in the "SINAUT
TD7 block library" should be used to configure the SINAUT
program in the CPU (TD7onCPU). Both software packages are
components of the SINAUT ST7 software package Release
04/2005 and newer. STEP 7 V5.3 SP2 or higher is required if
Ethernet connections have to be configured for the TIM 3V-IE.
The configuration data of the TIM 3V-IE are saved either on
the TIM itself or on the CPU. When saving on the CPU, module
replacement is possible without a PG.
Integration
Connection to a SINAUT WAN
The connection to a SINAUT WAN is made via the floating RS232
interface of the TIM 3V-IE, through which various data transmis-
sion devices can be connected depending on the application:
Dedicated line modems (e.g. MD2) for point-to-point,
point-to-multipoint or linear connections
Radio sets from various manufacturers, also for company
radiotelephone with time slot procedure
Analog dialing modems (e.g. MD3) for the analog telephone
network or point-to-point dedicated lines
ISDN modems (e.g. MD4) as connection to the ISDN network
GSM modems (e.g. GSM Kit MC45) as access to the mobile
radio network
Configuration examples of SINAUT WAN
Use of TIM 3V-IE in mobile radio network (GSM)
The MC45 module is used in this case. The connection in the
control center (ST7cc or ST7sc) is made using a TIM 4 module
(e.g. TIM 4V), which is connected to the PC via MPI.

G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
0
9
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
TIM 4V
TIM
3V-IE
MPI
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Control center
MC45 MC45 MC45
MC45
Station Station Station
Mobile radio network
(GSM)
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/33
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Use of TIM 3V-IE in a private radio network
The radio network is configured using radio devices approved
for the respective country (radio devices are not included in the
scope of SINAUT delivery). The connection in the control center
(ST7cc or ST7sc) is made using a TIM 4 module (e.g. TIM 4V),
which is connected to the PC via MPI. If a radio network with time
slot procedure is configured, the TIM 4 in the control center must
be equipped with a DCF77 receiver, e.g. TIM 4VD.

Use of TIM 3V-IE as "Master"
In this case, an S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE constitutes the control
center. If a radio network with time slot procedure is configured,
the TIM 3V-IE in the control center must be replaced by a TIM 4
with DCF77 receiver, e.g. TIM 4VD.

G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
0
8
TIM 4V
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
MPI
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Control center
Private
radio network
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
2
7
S7-300
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300 S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
Control center
Private
radio network
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/34
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Connection to Industrial Ethernet and TCP/IP networks
In addition to the RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE has an RJ45
socket. This is suitable for connecting to Ethernet, i.e. to TCP/IP-
based networks with a response similar to dedicated lines and
fixed IP addresses.
Configuration examples of SINAUT on Ethernet
Connection via switches, e.g. SCALANCE X
It is then possible to configure simple network structures or also
complex structures consisting of a combination of star, linear
and ring structures. A TIM 4 module is not required in the control
center (ST7cc or ST7sc). The connection is made directly to the
Ethernet interface of the PC.

Transmission using Ethernet radio modem
If hardwired Ethernet communication is not possible, a radio
network can be designed using commercially available Ethernet
radio modems.

Transmission over DSL
The continuously falling flat rates for DSL connections make
this medium an interesting alternative to a leased line or also a
telephone connection. In the terminal and controller, DSL routers
must be used, preferably routers with a VPN and firewall to es-
tablish safe connections over VPN tunnels. For DSL connection
of the controllers, a fixed IP address is recommended; the IP
addresses of the terminals can be assigned dynamically.

Fiber Optic Fiber Optic
S7-300
with TIM 3V-IE
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
master
with CP 1613 A2
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
3
3
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
TIM
S7-300
with TIM 3V-IE
TIM
S7-300
with TIM 3V-IE
TIM
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
1
0
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
Ethernet
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Control
center
Ethernet
radio network
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
0
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Control center
DSL router
with VPN and
firewall
Ethernet
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
Internet
DSL router
with VPN and
firewall
VPN tunnel
VPN tunnel
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/35
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Use of TIM 3V-IE as "Master"
In this case, an S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE constitutes the control
center. As a result of the connection resources available for
Ethernet, up to 8 terminals can be connected to the TIM 3V-IE
controller.

+
1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the
following CPU types:
and C7-636.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
2
8
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
Control center
Ethernet
radio network
General
WAN 50 38400 bit/s
Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing
Interfaces
Connection for external modem 1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector,
(RS232)
electrical
1 x RJ45
Current consumption
from 24 V DC typ. 160 mA, max. 200 mA
Power loss 5.8 W
Construction
single width
Configuration
for PG
Software for CPU (optional) SINAUT TD7 function block
library for CPU
Terminal Yes
Node terminal No
Service center Yes
Number of TIM 3V-IE per S7-300 1
Local communication
Via backplane bus
with local CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)

and TD7onTIM
Via backplane bus
with further local TIMs
Not possible
Via MPI port of local CPU with fur-
ther CPUs and/or PCs
Not possible
User memory required in S7 CPU
SINAUT TD7 on CPU
(TD7onCPU)
At least 20 KB, actual requirement
determined by data volume and
functional scope
SINAUT TD7 on TIM
(TD7onTIM)
0 byte in most favorable case
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/36
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Transmission protocols (WAN)
SINAUT ST1
Operating mode for dedicated
line/radio network
SINAUT ST7 protocol Polling,
polling with time slot procedure,
multi-master polling with
time slot procedure
polling with time slot procedure
Operating mode for dial-up network
polling or spontaneous
10 or 11 bit
10 bit
spontaneous
10 or 11 bit
Hamming distance d
SINAUT ST1 protocol 4
Ethernet
Protocol TCP/IP transport protocol
Communication services SINAUT ST7 through
S7 communication,
PG communication
S7 communication max. 8
Programming device
communication
max. 4
Sum of all simultaneously
operable connections
max. 12
TIM 3V-IE
6NH7 800-3BA00
For connection to a SINAUT WAN
via RS232 and to Industrial
Ethernet or TCP/IP networks
via RJ45
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
for the CPU
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug-in connector
rugged metal housing and inte-
grated insulation displacement
contacts for connecting Industrial
Ethernet FC installation cables;
interface
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4AL
For connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4
(RS232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2,
MD3 or MD4 (RS232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-5AN
(RS232) with the M20, TC35 or
MC45 GSM kit (access to the
GSM network); also suitable for
third-party modems or radio
equipment with standard RS232
interface;
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4BN
With one end open for connecting
a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a third-
party modem or radio unit
(RS232);
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-0AR
For connecting two TIM 3V-
IE/TIM 4 modules using their
RS232 interface without modems
("null modem").
Cable length 6 m
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN or Ethernet
7/37
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

TIM 3 version without built-in modem, single width
An S7-300 CPU or a C7 control system can then carry out
SINAUT communication:
- using any SINAUT WAN with SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1
partners
- using Ethernet (TCP/IP-based networks) with SINAUT ST7
stations
Possesses two interfaces:
- RS232 interface for connection of required WAN
transmission equipment
- RJ45 interface for the Ethernet connection
The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is
now integrated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced (TD7onTIM)
SINAUT communication can take place either over the WAN
and Ethernet interface.
The TIM can be linked to other local S7 devices (e.g. S7-400)
or PCs (e.g. ST7cc) over the MPI interface of the S7-300 CPU.
With each S7-300, several TIM 3V-IE Advanced as well as
TIM 3/TIM 4 can be used.
Memory for up to 32000 data messages
Max. 20 S7 connections over Ethernet and MPI
Note:
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced can be used with all CPU 317/318/319
types and CPUs 315-2 PN/DP when the SINAUT TD7 software of
the TIM (TD7onTIM) is used. The SINAUT TD7 software for the
CPU (TD7onCPU) cannot be used here.
Benefits

Flexible connection possible to any SINAUT WAN
SINAUT communication possible over Ethernet (TCP/IP-
based networks)
Can be used universally with S7-300, S7-400, C7 or control
center PC.
Low-cost terminal configuration through use of S7 CPUs 312
and 312C because the CPU software SINAUT TD7 is inte-
grated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced. (This does not apply to
communication with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the trans-
mission of text messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7 soft-
ware for the CPU (TD7onCPU) must be used, i.e. this software
can still be used together with the TIM 3V-IE Advanced.)
Simplified maintenance through replacement of modules
without PG
Single-width module saves space in rack and control cabinet
the SINAUT configuring software and block library
Storage of data telegrams (max. 32,000) including time stamp
on TIM if the communication path is faulty or a partner has
failed and to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network
in parallel with data transmission via the WAN or Ethernet
connection.
Industry-compatible device connection with IE FC RJ45
Plug 180 and additional strain relief through latching of
connector on housing
Application
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced enables one or more SIMATIC S7-300,
S7-400, C7 control systems or control center PCs (SINAUT
ST7cc or ST7sc) to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7
or ST1 partners via any SINAUT WAN. In addition, this module
expands SINAUT communication to the Ethernet, i.e. to TCP/IP-
based networks with a response similar to dedicated lines.
The important SINAUT property, i.e. saving of data including
time stamp on the TIM in the event of a connection fault or failure
of the partner, is therefore also available for Ethernet connec-
tions. Important events, alarms, etc. are not lost and the integrity
of information in control center system archives is assured.
Mixed networks comprising classical SINAUT WANs (dedicated
line, radio, dialing network) and Ethernet can be configured uni-
formly with SINAUT, thus providing time and cost advantages.
The previously available SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU
(TD7onCPU) is integrated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced
(TD7onTIM). This permits use of the smallest S7 CPUs 312 and
312C because, in the most favorable case, no further CPU main
memory is required for SINAUT. (This does not apply to commu-
nication with SINAUT ST1 partners and to the transmission of
text messages; in this case the SINAUT TD7 software for the
CPU (TD7onCPU) must be used.)
For configuring more complex controllers or node terminals,
several TIM 3V-IE Advanced can be implemented per S7-300.
They can also be combined with other TIM 3 and TIM 4 types
in the same rack.
Use of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced is appropriate:
When SINAUT communication is required in a controller over
WAN and Ethernet
When the "master" and "node station" modes are to be com-
bined on one TIM in one node terminal.
When a redundant transmission path is to be connected to the
TIM.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/38
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced offers all the advantages of the
SIMATIC S7-300 system design:
Compact design;
S7-300
9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS232 interface for connecting
an external WAN transmission device
RJ45 socket for connecting to Industrial Ethernet with auto-
matic detection of data transfer rate by means of autosensing;
industry-compatible design with additional securing collar,
for connection of IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
2-pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC
Front LEDs for display of Ethernet and WAN communication
Easy to mount;
the TIM 3V-IE Advanced is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail
and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus
connectors. There are no slot rules.
Can be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction
with the IM 360/361;
in this manner, the TIM can be combined with a C7 control
system. In the case of the most recent C7 units, also over
the supplied I/O expansion cable.
A backup battery or memory module are not required
Function
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced can be operated in the SINAUT WAN
with the functions "station", "Node station" and "master". This
classification is omitted with Ethernet connections. Each partner
has equal priority in this case.
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced manages data traffic via the connected
WAN or Ethernet independently. For this purpose, the module
has its own processor and a RAM to buffer up to 32000 data
messages when the communication link is faulty or a partner
fails and to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network.
stored permanently in the TIMs Flash EPROM or on the CPUs
memory card. Saving in the CPU permits replacement of the TIM
without using a PG.
Two alternatives are available for the TIM 3V-IE Advanced for
reading and writing the data to be sent or received:
Use of the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU):
ferred, checks them for changes, and then forwards them to
the TIM for transmission via the WAN or Ethernet. Telegrams
received without faults by the TIM via the WAN/Ethernet are
forwarded to the local CPU. A block integrated in the CPU
responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs
the information received to the outputs or data areas config-
ured on the block.
Use of the SINAUT TD7 software integrated in the TIM 3V-IE
Advanced (TD7onTIM):
The TD7onTIM program configured by the user directly reads
the process data to be transferred from the memory areas of
the CPU located in the S7-300 rack (inputs, bit memories,
DBs), checks them for changes, and then forwards them to
the TIMs send buffer for transmission via the WAN or Ethernet.
Data from telegrams received without fault by the TIM via the
WAN/Ethernet is directly written by the TIM into the configured
memory areas of the CPU.
The data acquired by "TD7onCPU" or "TD7onTIM" can be option-
ally assigned a time stamp, and also a "normal" or "high" priority
ID for transmission via a dial-up network. "TD7onTIM" addition-
ally permits identification of very important data as "maximum
priority". These data have priority over all other data present in
the send buffer, i.e. they are transferred first.
depends on the respective transmission network:
Transfer via a SINAUT WAN
The manner in which the TIM sends these data depends on the
type of WAN and the TIM function selected:
Dedicated line, radio network;
In "station" or "Node station" mode, the TIM waits to be polled
by the controller. The stored data telegrams are then trans-
ferred. If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply
acknowledged.
In "master" mode, after each poll + response has been com-
pleted, the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer
(default setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be ex-
changed between two polls, this can be defined when config-
uring the TIM.
Dial-up network;
"station" or "Node station" mode. However, for data with "high"
or "maximum" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to es-
tablish a connection with the addressed partner in order to
start data transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with
"normal" priority at this point, they are also transferred. Data
with "maximum" priority are always transferred first. This is fol-
lowed by transmission of data with "high" and "normal" priori-
ties, always according to the FIFO principle, i.e. independent
of the respective priority.
immediately attempt to establish a connection with the ad-
dressed partner in order to transfer data.
of WAN:
Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks usually
takes place in "Polling" mode. If there are two or more masters,
the "Multi-master polling with time slot procedure" mode is
used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio network,
the "Polling with time slot procedure" mode can be selected if
necessary.
In both operating modes with time slot procedure, the TIM 3V
can only be used in "station" or "Node station" mode.
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced does not feature the DCF77 radio
clock receiver required for "master" mode.
"Spontaneous" mode.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/39
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
SINAUT communication via Ethernet
When sending data via Ethernet, it is immediately transferred to
the respective partner irrespective of priority. The transmission
sequence is according to the FIFO principle. This does not apply
to telegrams with maximum priority. These are transmitted prior
to any other telegrams still present in the buffer.
Transmission is carried out using the S7 communications func-
tions (BSEND/BRCV). A permanent S7 connection is established
in each case for transmission between two Ethernet TIMs or be-
tween an Ethernet TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc. The two TIMs or the
TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc exchange the data packages specific to
SINAUT ST7 with application of the TCP/IP transport protocol.
PG communication
PG communication allows all S7 terminals connected to the LAN,
e.g. Ethernet, to be remotely programmed.
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use the programming
device communication across networks. This also applies to
SINAUT WAN networks, for the SINAUT ST7 protocol permits
"tunneling" of the PG communication. This enables the SINAUT
terminals connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) to be pro-
grammed and diagnosed remotely.
Diagnostics
The SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool provides exten-
sive diagnostics functions, e.g.:
TIM module status
Status and degree of filling of send buffer, separate for each
communication partner
Diagnostic information for TD7onTIM
Configuration
The "SINAUT ST7 configuration software for PG V3.6" is used to
configure the TIM 3V-IE Advanced. The blocks included in the
"SINAUT TD7 block library" should be used to configure the
SINAUT program in the CPU (TD7onCPU). Both software pack-
ages are part of the SINAUT ST7 software package as from
Release 11/2005. The SINAUT ST7 configuring software V3.6
requires that STEP 7 V5.3 is installed with Service Pack 2 or
above.
The configuration data of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced are saved
either on the TIM itself or on the CPU. When saving on the CPU,
module replacement is possible without a PG.
Integration
Connection to a SINAUT WAN
The connection to a SINAUT WAN is made via the floating RS232
interface of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced, through which various data
transmission devices can be connected depending on the
application:
Dedicated line modems (e.g. MD2) for point-to-point,
point-to-multipoint or linear connections
Radio sets from various manufacturers, also for company
radiotelephone with time slot procedure
Analog dialing modems (e.g. MD3) for the analog telephone
network or point-to-point dedicated lines
ISDN modems (e.g. MD4) as connection to the ISDN network
GSM modems (e.g. GSM Kit MC45) as access to the mobile
radio network
Connection to Industrial Ethernet and TCP/IP networks
In addition to the RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE Advanced
has an RJ45 socket. This is suitable for connecting to Ethernet,
i.e. to TCP/IP-based networks with a response similar to
dedicated lines and fixed IP addresses.
Depending on the application, different data communication
equipment can be connected, such as:
SCALANCE X switches for twisted pair cables or fiber-optic
cables
SCALANCE W (IWLAN) and Ethernet radio devices from
various manufacturers
DSL routers
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/40
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Configuration examples with TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Implementation in a node terminal
In a node terminal, TIM 3V-IE Advanced can exchange data,
for example through its RS232 interface, with the lower-level
terminals using radio. The connection to the control center is
then implemented over the RJ45 interface, e.g. through a
fiber-optic cable that is connected over SCALANCE X switches.
In this configuration, data can be exchanged between any
SINAUT nodes regardless of which network they are in.

Redundant transmission paths
With TIM 3V-IE Advanced, a terminal can be connected to
the control center over redundant paths. TIM 3V-IE Advanced is
implemented here in both the terminal and in the controller. The
example shows a combination of fiber-optic cable and radio as
redundant paths. The two TIMs coordinate data transmission:
This takes place under normal conditions over the main path
and if that fails, over the substitute path. When the main path is
restored, transmission automatically switches back to this path.

Fiber Optic
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
3
7
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Control center
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300 S7-300
Ethernet
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
Station Station
TIM 3V-IE
Advanded
S7-300
Submaster
station
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300
Station
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
Fiber Optic
Mobile
network
Fiber Optic
Fiber Optic
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
3
8
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Control center
TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
S7-300
S7-300
Station
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
MPI
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
Mobile network
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/41
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Implementation in a controller
TIM 3V-IE Advanced can also be used to configure a master that
comprises a number of TIMs. The following example shows the
TIM 3V-IE Advanced combined with a TIM 43D. Both TIMs are
connected with the control center PC (e.g. ST7cc) over the MPI
interface of the CPU located in the rack. Each TIM processes the
data communication with the stations in their networks and
forwards the data directly over MPI to the PC. TIM 43D (with
integral DCF77 radio clock receiver) functions in this example
configuration as a master clock. From this, all SINAUT nodes are
supplied with a date and time, i.e. also those terminals that are
connected to TIM 3V-IE Advanced.

Fiber Optic
Fiber Optic
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
3
9
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Control center
TIM
3V-IE
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300 S7-300
Station Station
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
MPI
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300
Station
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
TIM
33
S7-300
Station
MC45
TIM
3V-IE
S7-300
Station
Telephone
network
TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
TIM
43D
DCF77 GPS
time signal
MC45
GSM
network
Mobile
network
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/42
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

1) TD7onCPU can be used over the backplane bus with the
following CPU types:
and C7-636.
2) The MPI port of the local CPU can be used with the following
CPU types:
General
WAN 50 38400 bit/s
Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing
Interfaces
Connection for external modem 1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232
electrical
1 x RJ45
Current consumption
from 24 V DC typ. 160 mA, max. 200 mA
Power loss 5.8 W
Relative humidity Max. 95 % at +25 C
Construction
single width
Configuration
for PG
Software for CPU (optional) SINAUT TD7 function block
library for CPU
Terminal Yes
Node terminal Yes
Service center Yes
Number of TIM 3V-IE Advanced
per S7-300
More than one;
number depends on the connec-
tion resources of the S7-300 CPU
Local communication
Via backplane bus
with local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
and
TD7onTIM
Via backplane bus
with further local TIMs
Yes
Via MPI port of local CPU
2)

User memory required in S7 CPU
SINAUT TD7 on CPU
(TD7onCPU)
At least 20 KB, actual requirement
determined by data volume and
functional scope
SINAUT TD7 on TIM
(TD7onTIM)
0 byte in most favorable case
Transmission protocols (WAN)
SINAUT ST1
line/radio network
polling with time slot procedure,
multi-master polling with time slot
procedure
polling with time slot procedure
10 or 11 bit
10 bit
SINAUT ST1 protocol, s
pontaneous
10 or 11 bit
Hamming distance d
Ethernet
Protocol TCP/IP transport protocol
Communication services SINAUT ST7
through S7 communication,
PG communication
S7 communication max. 20
Programming device
communication
max. 4
Sum of all simultaneously
operable connections
max. 24
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/43
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

TIM 3V-IE Advanced
6NH7 800-3CA00
For connection to a SINAUT WAN
via RS 232 and to Industrial
Ethernet or TCP/IP networks
via RJ45
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
for the CPU
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug-in connector
for Industrial Ethernet with a rug-
ged metal housing and integrated
interface
(RS 232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2,
MD3 or MD4 (RS 232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
(RS 232) with the M20, TC35 or
GSM network); also suitable for
third-party modems or radio
equipment with standard RS 232
interface;
cable length 2.5 m
party modem or radio unit
(RS 232);
cable length 2.5 m
For connecting two TIM 3V-
IE/TIM 4 modules via their RS 232
interface without modems
("null modem").
Cable length 6 m
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 42/42D with dedicated-line modem
7/44
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

TIM 4 module with two WAN interfaces:
- the first WAN interface via the built-in MD2 dedicated-line
modem
- the second WAN interface via the combined RS 232/RS 485
interface
Compact unit which can be used both as an S7-300 CP and
as a standalone device:
- like a TIM 3, as a communications processor (CP) in an
S7-300
- as a standalone device, combined with one or several
S7-400, S7-300, C7 complete units or control center PCs
(SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) via the MPI interface
The devices listed can be connected to a dedicated-line
network (2- or 4-wire copper cable) via the first WAN interface
on the TIM 42/42D and integrated into any SINAUT WAN via
the second. The modem or any other data transmission device
for the second WAN is connected to the combined RS 232/
RS 485 interface on the TIM 42/42D.
The dedicated line connected via the built-in modem can be
a private dedicated line or a leased telecommunications line.
The modem is also suitable for connection to a radio unit with
modem input.
The TIM 42D also features a built-in DCF77 radio clock
receiver to supply the date/time to all SINAUT stations
connected locally or, as a master, to synchronize all SINAUT
devices on the WAN.
partners.
Benefits

Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks
to combining the TIM transmission processor, MD2 modem
and another serial WAN interface into a single compact unit.
center PC.
The TIM 42D module provides the correct date/time at all
times and supports daylight-saving time switchover.
failed.
Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PG routing) in
parallel with data transmission via the WAN connection.
Application
The TIM 42/42D enables one or more S7-400, S7-300, C7
complete units or control center PCs (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc)
to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via a
dedicated-line network and via any other WAN.
This TIM 4 module is suitable for use
if two WANs are to be connected in one master and one of
them is a dedicated-line network.
if the "master" and "node station" functions are to be combined
on one TIM in a node station and one of the two WANs is to be
connected is a dedicated-line network.
if a redundant transmission path is to be connected to the TIM
and one of the two paths is a dedicated line.
Via the integrated MD2 modem, distances of up to 33 km
(at 1200 bit/s), up to 27 km (at 2,400 bit/s) and up to 11 km
(at 9,600 and 19,200 bit/s) can be covered without amplifiers/
repeaters (guide values for non-coil-loaded message line type
2 x 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y).
The built-in MD2 modem supports the setting up of "point-to-
point", "star" or "line" network topologies as well as combinations
of these basic structures. In "master" function, a small star
network comprising two 2-wire cables can be connected to the
modem output. The modem output can be switched with high
resistance in order to tap a terminal along a line. This minimizes
gap loss and only slightly reduces the maximum distance which
can be bridged. The very short transmitter running times speed
up data traffic with the "polling" operating mode used in the
dedicated line network.
In addition to private dedicated lines, the TIM 32 can also be
connected to leased telephone lines. Appropriate approval
has been secured. On analog-only leased lines, transmission
speeds of 1,200 and 2,400 bit/s are possible. On switched
analog/digital leased lines, the speed is usually restricted to
1,200 bit/s for technical reasons.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/45
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
The TIM 42 is also ideal for data transmission via walkie-talkies
opto-relay linked to the RTS signal for switching the unit on and
off via its PTT input. The two opto-relay connections are available
on the RJ12 socket.
sound frequency range of between 300 Hz and 3,000 Hz, trans-
mission speed with the MD2 modem is restricted here to
1,200 bit/s. For 2,400 bit/s, the sound frequency range has to
reach beyond 3,300 Hz.
With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the S7
CPU or control center PC by taking over WAN communication
tasks. It manages process data communication completely in-
dependently, via both WAN ports simultaneously, with the con-
figured partners functioning as a "master", "station" and/or "node
station".
In order to reduce connection costs if the second WAN
connected is a dial-up network, in "station" or "node station"
mode, the TIM can process the data to be transferred according
to priority (high or normal): If higher-priority data is pending for
transmission, a dial-up connection is established immediately.
At normal priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. The data is
transmitted the next time a connection is established with the
partner for any reason; for example, if higher-priority information
is to be transferred, or if a connection is established by the part-
ner in order to exchange data.
Design
The TIM 42/42D offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
1st WAN port via an RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in
modem to the dedicated line or radio unit with modem input.
The two floating opto-relay connections for switching the radio
unit on and off via the PTT input are also available on the RJ12
socket.
2nd WAN port via 9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined
RS232/RS485 interface for the connection of an external
modem or other data transmission device.
MPI interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the TIM
as a standalone device to one or more S7 CPUs or control
center PCs.
voltage of 24 V DC
tors and, on the TIM 42D, DCF77 indicator (the TIM-BUS LED
is unassigned on the TIM 42/42D).
The DCF77 adapter cable supplied with the TIM 42D features
a BNC connector for connecting the antenna cable.
Easy to mount;
the TIM 42/42D is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. If it is inte-
grated into an S7-300 as a CP, it is connected to adjacent
modules by means of the bus connectors. As a standalone
device it is connected to the S7 CPU(s) or control center
PC(s) via its MPI interface.
The TIM 42/42D can operate without fans.
A backup battery or memory module are not required.
Function
The TIM 42/42D can operate in "station", "node station" and
"master" mode. One of the modes can be assigned to each of the
two WAN interfaces. The two modes can be the same or
different.
Because of the built-in dedicated-line modem, the driver for the
first WAN interface is set to "dedicated line". The driver can be
set to "dedicated line" or "dial-up network" for the second inter-
face.
The TIM manages data traffic via the two connected WANs inde-
pendently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor
and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in or-
der to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the
event that the communication link is faulty or a partner fails.
stored in SDB format in the non-volatile Flash EPROM.
If the SINAUT device connected locally is an S7 CPU, the
SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with blocks from the
SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be transmit-
ted. The CPU checks the data for changes and transmits it along
with the parameterized target address to the TIM, from where it
is forwarded for transmission via the WAN. Alternatively, the CPU
can transfer the data with a time stamp and assign a "normal" or
"high" priority ID for transmission via a dial-up network.
If the local SINAUT device is a control center PC (SINAUT
ST7cc/ST7sc), operator inputs from the PC program are ac-
quired, converted into SINAUT data telegrams in accordance
with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration and forwarded to the TIM
with the configured target address.
The TIM buffers the data to be sent in its RAM buffer and assigns
it to either the first or second WAN port depending on the re-
spective target address. If both ports have been configured with
redundancy, the data is assigned to the current path. Switching
to the alternative path takes place if the current path fails.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/46
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
determined by the type of WAN and the TIM function selected:
Dedicated line, radio network
If no telegrams are available, the poll is simply acknowledged.
In "master" mode, after each poll + reply has been completed,
the TIM sends one of the messages stored in its buffer (default
setting). If a larger number of telegrams is to be exchanged
between two polls, this can be defined when configuring the
TIM.
Dial-up network
For data with "normal" priority, the TIM is not active initially
in "station" and "node station" mode. However, for data with
"high" priority, the TIM will immediately attempt to establish a
connection with the partner addressed in order to start data
transmission. If the TIM buffer contains data with "normal"
priority at this point, it is also transferred. Transmission is
always in accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless
of priority. In "master" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will
always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the
forwarded to the local CPU or to the PC. A block integrated
in the CPU responsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned
outputs the information received to the outputs or data areas
configured on the block. On the PC, the ST7cc/ST7sc software
performs this task in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc
configuration.
of WAN:
Data exchange via dedicated lines and radio networks
usually takes place in "polling" mode. If there are two or more
masters, the "multi-master polling with time-slot procedure"
mode is used (not possible with SINAUT ST1). On a radio
network, the "polling with time-slot procedure" mode can be
selected if necessary. In both operating modes with time-slot
procedure, the TIM 42 can only be used in "station" or "node
station" mode. "Master" mode is possible on the TIM 42D, as
this module features the DCF77 radio clock receiver required.
On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place
in "spontaneous" mode.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
device communication across networks. The SINAUT ST7
protocol supports PG/OP communication "tunneling".
This enables the SINAUT stations connected to the WAN
(CPUs and TIMs) to be programmed and diagnosed remotely.
Diagnostics
TIM module status
Configuring
configuring the TIM. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block
SINAUT ST7 software package. The SDBs generated for the TIM
during configuration are uploaded to the TIM module either from
the SIMATIC Manager or using the "Upload SDBs" function in the
SINAUT ST7 diagnostics & service tool.
The SDBs are uploaded:
via the MPI interface on the TIM 4 if it has been set up as a
standalone device
on a TIM 4 connected to an S7-300 as a CP via the MPI
interface on the CPU.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/47
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

All versions of CPUs 313C, 314 and 314C, CPUs 315-2 DP
and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633,
C7-635 and C7-636.
All versions of CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and 314C
as well as CPU 315-2 DP and CPU 315F-2 DP
Transmission rate
via RS232/RS485 interface
50 ... 38400 bit/s
Ports
Connection to dedicated line 1 x RJ12
Connection to external
data transmission device
1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232
can be switched to RS485
MPI bus 1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket
DCF77 antenna (TIM 42D) 1 x BNC socket (via DCF77
adapter cable supplied)
Connection to supply voltage 1 x 4-pin terminal block
Current consumption
From backplane bus 60 mA (only if the TIM is used as
a CP in an S7-300 rack)
from DC 24 V 500 mA
Power loss 12.3 W
Relative humidity Max. 95 % at +25 C
Design
double width
Configuring
Software for PG SINAUT ST7
configuring software for PG
Software for CPU SINAUT TD7
function block library for CPU
Station Yes
Node station Yes
Master Yes
Number of TIM 42s
per S7 CPU
the S7 CPU
Local communication
in the rack of an S7-300
local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
further local TIMs
Yes
2)

Special communication in
stand-alone mode
Via MPI port of the TIM
with CPUs and/or PCs
SINAUT ST1
line/radio network
Multi-master polling
with time-slot procedure
Operating mode
for dial-up network
10 or 11 bit
10 bit
spontaneous
10 or 11 bit
twisted pair cables,
non-coil-loaded or
lightly coil-loaded
2400 bit/s
9600 bit/s
(not for leased telephone lines)
19200 bit/s
Mode
-6 dB
-15 dB
Receiving level 0 to -43 dB
Clear to send
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/48
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Minimum/maximum scanning
frequency
at 1200 bit/s 1300 Hz/2100 Hz
at 2400 bit/s 2400 Hz/3300 Hz
at 9600 and 19200 bit/s 20800 Hz/33600 Hz
Max. supply voltage 60 V AC/DC
Max. perm. continuous current 400 mA
max. R
on
3 ohms
Impulse strength U
1.2/50

acc. to DIN VDE 0804 between
power supply circuit and
FSK long-distance circuits 2.5 kV
Opto-relay output 2.5 kV
MD100 at 1200 bit/s
MD124 at 1200, 2400 and 19200 bit/s
Approvals EU approval CE 0682 X
TIM 42
6NH7 800-4AA20
Incl. MD2 modem for connection
to private dedicated lines, leased
telephone lines and modem-
compatible radio equipment;
6NH7700-2AR60 (RJ12/RJ12)
for connecting the built-in MD2
modem with an LTOP overvoltage
protection module;
with second interface for the con-
nection of an external data trans-
mission device via RS232/RS485,
with MPI interface
TIM 42D
6NH7 800-4AD20
Same as TIM 42, but with the
addition of the DCF77 radio clock
receiver incl. DCF77 adapter
cable 6NH7 700-0AD15 for
converting the internal connector
to the external BNC connector
required
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
for the CPU
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
cable length 1.5 m
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-4DL
MD3 or MD4 (RS485) modem.
Cable length 1.5 m
(RS232) with the GSM kit M20,
TC35 or MC45 (access to GSM
network). Also suitable for third-
party modems or radio equipment
with RS232 standard; cable
length 2.5 m.
party modem or radio unit (RS232
or RS485); cable length 2.5 m
For connecting two TIM 3V-IE/
TIM 4 modules via their RS232
interface without modems
("nul modem"); cable length 6 m
Line transformer
LTOP1 for 2-wire terminal
6NH9 821-0BC11
LTOP2 for 4-wire terminal,
2 x 2-wire terminal or 2-wire
terminal
6NH9 821-0BC12
(spare part)
6NH7 700-2AR60
DCF77 adapter cable
(spare part)
6NH7 700-0AD15
DCF77 indoor antenna 6NH9 831-0AA
Incl. 10 m antenna cable with
BNC connectors
DCF77 outdoor antenna 6NH9 831-0BA
For mounting on a flat roof or wall;
incl. 20 m antenna cable with
BNC connectors
DCF77 outdoor antenna 6NH9 831-0DA
For mounting on a mast;
BNC connectors
Indirect lightning protection 6NH9 831-2AA
For DCF77 outdoor antenna
GPS complete package 6NH9 831-8AA
For simulating the DCF77 time
signal, comprising a GPS
receiver, GPS outdoor antenna
incl. 25 m cable, BNC adapter
plug, configuration software,
PC adapter cable,
and documentation
Indirect lightning protection 6NH9 831-8LA
For GPS outdoor antenna
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 43/43D with telephone modem
7/49
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

- the first WAN interface via the built-in MD3 telephone modem
interface
- like a TIM 3, as a communications processor (CP) in
an S7-300
The devices listed can be connected to an analog telephone
network via the first WAN interface on the TIM 43/43D and
integrated into any SINAUT WAN via the second. The modem
or any other data transmission device for the second WAN is
connected to the combined RS 232/RS 485 interface on the
TIM 43/43D.
devices on the WAN.
partners.
Benefits
Space savings and reduced cabling overhead thanks to
combining the TIM transmission processor, MD3 modem and
another serial WAN interface into a single compact unit.
center PC.
failed.
Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PG routing)
in parallel with data transmission via the WAN connection.
of ST1-compatible communication.
Application
to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via an
analog telephone network and via any other WAN.
if two WANs are to be connected in one master and one of
them is an analog telephone network.
if the "master" and "node station" functions are to be
combined on one TIM in a node station and one of the two
WANs to be connected is an analog telephone network.
and one of the two paths is an analog telephone network.
S7 CPU or control center PC by taking over WAN communication
tasks. It manages process data communication completely
independently, via both WAN ports simultaneously, with the con-
station".
In order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network,
in "station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data
to be transferred according to priority (high or normal):
If higher-priority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up con-
nection is established immediately. At normal priority, data is
initially saved in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a
connection is established with the partner for any reason. (for ex-
ample, if higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a
connection is established by the partner in order to exchange
data).
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/50
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
system design:
1st WAN port via RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in
modem to the telephone outlet.
MPI interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the TIM as
a standalone device to one or more S7 CPUs or control center
PCs.
voltage of 24 V DC
Easy to mount;
device it is connected to the S7 CPU(s) or control center PC(s)
via its MPI interface.
The TIM 43/43D can operate without fans.
Function
"master" mode. One of the modes can be assigned to each
of the two WAN interfaces. The two modes can be the same or
different.
Because of the built-in telephone modem, the driver for the first
WAN interface is set to "dial-up network". The driver can be set
to "dedicated line" or "dial-up network" for the second interface.
and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in
order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the
it to either the first or second WAN port depending on the re-
spective target address. If both ports have been configured with
redundancy, the data is assigned to the current path. Switching
to the alternative path takes place if the current path fails.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/51
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
between two polls, this can be defined when configuring
the TIM.
Dial-up network
forwarded to the local CPU or PC. A block integrated in the CPU
the block. On the PC, the ST7cc/ST7sc software performs this
task in accordance with the ST7cc/ST7sc configuration.
of WAN:
"spontaneous" mode.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
Diagnostics
TIM module status
Configuring
The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required
for configuring the TIM. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block
The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are
uploaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or
using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7
standalone device
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/52
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

and 315F-2 DP, as well as all versions of the C7 units C7-633, C7-635
and C7-636.
Transmission rate
50 ... 38400 bit/s
Interfaces
Connection to telephone network 1 x RJ12
Connection to external data trans-
mission device
1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232
MPI bus 1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket
DCF77 antenna (TIM 43D) 1 x BNC socket (via DCF77
adapter cable supplied)
Current consumption
from 24 V DC 500 mA
Power loss 12.3 W
Construction
double width
Configuring
Station Yes
Node station Yes
Master Yes
Number of TIM 43s
per S7 CPU
the S7 CPU
Local communication
local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
further local TIMs
Yes
2)

stand-alone mode
User memory required in S7 CPU Minimum 20 KB,
actual requirement determined
by data volume and functional
scope
Available protocols SINAUT ST7; SINAUT ST1
line/radio network
procedure
10 or 11 bit
10 bit
spontaneous
10 or 11 bit
MD3 built-in modem
Available ITU transmission
standards
can be set to:
12 kHz
16 kHz
Pulse dialing
disconnected
disconnected
Certification Europe; U.S.A.; Canada
MD125
MDM2425B DX
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/53
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

TIM 43
6NH7 800-4AA30
telephone network;
6NH7700-2BR60 (RJ12 -RJ12/
TAE6) with snap-on TAE6N
connector for connecting the
built-in MD3 modem to a tele-
phone outlet (TAE6N or RJ12);
with second interface for the con-
nection of an external data trans-
mission device via RS232/RS485,
with MPI interface
TIM 43D
6NH7 800-4AD30
cable 6NH7 700-0AD15 for
to the external BNC connector
required
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
for the CPU
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
cable length 1.5 m
For connecting a TIM 4 (RS485)
with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or
MD4 (RS485) modem.
The connecting cable is also
suitable for connecting the TIM to
an RSM optical fiber module.
Cable length 1.5 m
length 2.5 m.
party modem or radio unit (RS232
or RS485); cable length 2.5 m
interface without modems ("null
modem"); cable length 6 m
(spare part)
6NH7 700-3BR60
DCF77 adapter cable
(spare part)
6NH7 700-0AD15
BNC connectors
BNC connectors
BNC connectors
plug, configuration software, PC
adapter cable, and documenta-
tion
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 44/44D with ISDN modem
7/54
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

- the first WAN interface via the built-in MD4 ISDN modem
interface
S7-300
The devices listed can be connected to an ISDN network via
the first WAN interface on the TIM 44/44D and integrated into
any SINAUT WAN via the second. The modem or any other
data transmission device for the second WAN is connected
to the combined RS 232/RS 485 interface on the TIM 44/44D.
connected locally or, as a controller, to synchronize all SINAUT
devices on the WAN.
partners.
Benefits
combining the TIM transmission processor, MD4 modem and
another serial WAN interface into a single compact unit.
center PC.
failed.
Remote programming and remote diagnostics (PC routing) in
parallel with data transmission via the WAN connection.
ST1-compatible communication.
Application
to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via an
ISDN network and via any other WAN.
if two WANs are to be connected in one master and
one of them is an ISDN network.
if the "master" and "node station" functions are to be
combined on one TIM in a node station and one of the two
WANs to be connected is an ISDN network.
and one of the two paths is an ISDN network.
station".
In order to reduce connection costs for the dial-up network, in
"station" or "node station" mode, the TIM can process the data to
be transferred according to priority (high or normal): If higher-
priority data is pending for transmission, a dial-up connection is
established immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved
in the TIM. The data is transmitted the next time a connection is
established with the partner for any reason. For example, if
higher-priority information is to be transferred, or if a connection
is established by the partner in order to exchange data.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/55
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
system design:
1st WAN port via RJ12 socket for connecting the built-in
modem to the ISDN S0 outlet
PCs
voltage of 24 V DC
Easy to mount;
device it is connected to one or more S7 CPUs or to one or
more control center PCs via its MPI interface.
The TIM 44/44D can be operated without fans.
Function
"master" mode. One of the modes can be assigned to each
of the two WAN interfaces. The two modes can be the same or
different.
Because of the built-in ISDN modem, the driver for the first WAN
interface is set to "dial-up network". The driver can be set to
"dedicated line" or "dial-up network" for the second interface.
and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in or-
der to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the
ST7cc/ST7sc), operator inputs from the PC program are
acquired, converted into SINAUT data telegrams in accordance
it to either the first or second WAN port depending on the
respective target address. If both ports have been configured
with redundancy, the data is assigned to the current path.
Switching to the alternative path takes place if the current path
fails.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/56
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
the TIM.
Dial-up network
of WAN:
On dial-up networks, data exchange always takes place
in "spontaneous" mode.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
With S7 routing it is possible to use programming device com-
munication across networks. The SINAUT ST7 protocol sup-
ports PG/OP communication "tunneling". This enables the
Diagnostics
TIM module status
Configuring
The "SINAUT ST7 configuring software for PG" is required
for configuring the TIM. The blocks in the "SINAUT TD7 block
The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are up-
loaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or
using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics
& service tool.
standalone device
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/57
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

and C7-636.
Transmission rate
50 to 38400 bit/s
Interfaces
Connection to ISDN network RJ12
9-pin Sub-D connector, RS232
MPI bus 9-pin Sub-D socket
DCF77 antenna (TIM 44D) BNC socket (via DCF77 adapter
cable supplied)
Current consumption
from 24 V DC 500 mA
Power loss 12.3 W
Construction
double width
Configuring
Station Yes
Node station Yes
Master Yes
Number of TIM 44s
per S7 CPU
the S7 CPU
Local communication
local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
further local TIMs
Yes
2)

stand-alone mode
SINAUT ST1
line/radio network
10 or 11 bit
10 bit
spontaneous
10 or 11 bit
standards
LGM64K
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/58
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

telephone network;
incl. WAN 6NH7 700-4AR60
(RJ12/RJ45) connecting cable for
connecting the built-in MD4
modem with the ISDN S0 outlet;
with second interface for con-
necting an external data trans-
mission device via RS232/RS485;
with MPI interface
TIM 44D
6NH7 800-4AD40
cable 6NH7 700-0AD15 for con-
verting the internal connector to
the external BNC connector
required
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
for the CPU
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
cable length 1.5 m
with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3
or MD4 (RS485) modem.
Cable length 1.5 m
length 2.5 m.
a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a
third-party modem or radio unit
(RS232); cable length 2.5 m
(spare part)
6NH7 700-4AR60
DCF77 adapter cable
(spare part)
6NH7 700-0AD15
BNC connectors
BNC connectors
BNC connectors
PC adapter cable,
and documentation
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 4V/4VD without built-in modem
7/59
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

With one serial WAN interface
Compact unit which can be used both as an S7-300 CP
and as a standalone device:
S7-300
The devices listed can be integrated into any SINAUT WAN
via the TIM 4V/4VD. The modem or data transmission device
required in each case is connected to the combined
RS 232/RS 485 interface on the TIM 4V/4VD.
The TIM 4VD also features a built-in DCF77 radio clock
devices on the WAN.
partners.
Benefits
TIM 4 module which supports flexible connection to any
SINAUT WAN.
center PC.
The TIM 4VD module provides the correct date/time at all
times and supports daylight-savings time switchover.
failed.
Application
The TIM 4V/4VD enables one or more S7-400, S7-300, C7
to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via any
SINAUT WAN.
if the TIM has to be connected to a WAN with which the built-
in modems are not compatible. This type of TIM has to be
used for example for connections to the GSM network, to radio
modems or to a fiber-optic cable.
if an MD3 modem is to be used as a dedicated-line modem
(the integrated MD3 modem on a TIM 43 can only be config-
ured for dial-up operation).
if a number of MD2 or MD3 dedicated-line modems is to be
connected in parallel via the RS485 interface to the TIM in the
controller in order to create a more extensive star network.
if an MD4 modem is to be used for connection to a ISDN
dedicated line (the integrated MD4 modem on a TIM 44 can
only be configured for dial-up operation).
With a dedicated processor, the TIM relieves the load on the S7
CPU or control center PC by taking over WAN communication
tasks. It manages process data communication with the config-
ured partners completely independently in "master", "station" or
"node station" mode.
established with the partner for any reason (for example, if
is established by the partner in order to exchange data).
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/60
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
The TIM 4V/4VD offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined RS232/RS485 inter-
face for the connection of an external modem or other data
transmission device.
PCs.
4-pole terminal block for connecting the external supply volt-
age of 24 V DC
LEDs on the front panel with SF and MPI/K indicators and,
on the TIM 4VD, DCF77 indicator (the TXD, RXD and TIM-BUS
LEDs are unassigned on the TIM 4V/4VD).
The DCF77 adapter cable supplied with the TIM 4VD features
Easy to mount;
the TIM 4V/4VD is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. If it is inte-
device it is connected to the S7 CPU(s) or control center PC(s)
via its MPI interface.
The TIM 4V/4VD can be operated without fans.
Function
The TIM 4V/4VD can operate in "station", "node station" and
"master" mode.
The TIM manages data traffic via the connected WAN indepen-
dently. For this purpose, the module has its own processor and
a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in order to
reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the event that
the communication link is faulty or a partner fails.
is determined by the type of WAN and the TIM function selected:
the TIM.
Dial-up network
immediately attempt to establish a connection with the partner
addressed in order to transfer data.
of WAN:
procedure, the TIM 4V can only be used in "station" or "node
station" mode. "Master" mode is possible on the TIM 4VD, as
"spontaneous" mode.
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/61
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
Diagnostics
TIM module status
Configuring
The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are
uploaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or
using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7
standalone device

and C7-636.
Transmission rate 50 to 38400 bit/s
Ports
9-pin Sub-D connector,
RS232 can be switched to RS485
DCF77 antenna (TIM 4VD) BNC socket (via DCF77 adapter
cable supplied)
Current consumption
from backplane bus 60 mA (only if the TIM is used as
from DC 24 V 400 mA
Power loss 9,9 W
Design
double width
Configuring
Station Yes
Node station Yes
Master Yes
Number of TIM 4Vs
per S7 CPU
the S7 CPU
Local communication
local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
further local TIMs
Yes
2)

stand-alone mode
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/62
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

SINAUT ST1
line/radio network
10 or 11 bit
10 bit
spontaneous
10 or 11 bit
TIM 4V
6NH7 800-4AA00
With RS232/485 interface
for the connection of an external
data transmission device,
with MPI interface
TIM 4VD
6NH7 800-4AD00
Same as TIM 4V, but with the
required
SINAUT ST7
11/2005 edition
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7
software for the PG
SINAUT TD7
for the CPU
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
cable length 1.5 m
MD4 (RS485) modem.
Cable length 1.5 m
with RS232 standard;
cable length 2.5 m.
With one end open for
connecting a TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4
with a third-party modem or
radio unit (RS232);
cable length 2.5 m
For connecting two TIM3V/TIM4
modules via their RS232 interface
without modems ("null modem");
cable length 6 m
DCF77 adapter cable
(spare part)
6NH7 700-0AD15
BNC connectors
BNC connectors
BNC connectors
PC adapter cable,
and documentation
SINAUT Telecontrol
TIM 4R/4RD without built-in modem
7/63
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview
With two serial WAN interfaces
S7-300
The devices listed can be integrated into any SINAUT WAN via
the TIM 4R/4RD. The modem or data transmission device
required in each case is connected to the two RS 232/RS 485
interfaces on the TIM 4R/4RD.
The TIM 4RD also features a built-in DCF77 radio clock
connected locally or, as a controller, to synchronize all SINAUT
devices on the WAN.
partners.
Benefits
combining the TIM transmission processor and two WAN inter-
faces into a single compact unit.
TIM 4 module which supports flexible connection to any
SINAUT WAN.
center PC.
The TIM 4RD module provides the correct date/time at all
times and supports daylight-savings time switchover.
failed.
Application
The TIM 4R/4RD enables one or more S7-400, S7-300, C7
to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners via any
two SINAUT WANs.
if two WANs are to be connected in one master.
if the "master" and "node station" modes are to be
combined on one TIM in one node station.
if a redundant transmission path is to be connected to the TIM.
In all configurations listed, the TIM 4R/4RD is ideal if none of the
integrated modem types is suitable for either of the two WAN
ports. This is the case:
In the event of connection to the GSM network, to radio
modems or a fiber-optic cable.
if an MD3 modem is to be used as a dedicated-line modem
(the integrated MD3 modem on a TIM 43 can only be config-
ured for dial-up operation).
if a number of MD2 or MD3 dedicated-line modems is to be
connected in parallel via the RS485 interface to the TIM in the
controller in order to create a more extensive star network.
if an MD4 modem is to be used for connection to a ISDN
dedicated line (the integrated MD4 modem on a TIM 44 can
only be configured for dial-up operation).
station".
established with the partner for any reason (for example, if
is established by the partner in order to exchange data).
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/64
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
The TIM 4R/4RD offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC
9-pin Sub-D connector with a combined RS 232/RS 485
interface for the connection of an external modem or other
data transmission device.
RJ45 socket as additional combined RS 232/RS 485 interface.
The RJ45/Sub-D interface adapter cable supplied provides
another 9-pin Sub-D connector for connecting an external
MPI interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) for connecting the TIM
as a standalone device to one or more S7 CPUs or control
center PCs.
voltage of 24 V DC
tors and, on the TIM 4RD, DCF77 indicator (the TIM-BUS LED
is unassigned on the TIM 4R/4RD).
The DCF77 adapter cable supplied with the TIM 4RD features
Easy to mount;
the TIM 4R/4RD is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail;
if integrated into an S7-300 as a CP, it is connected to
adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors. As a
standalone device it is connected to one or more S7 CPUs
or to one or more control center PCs via its MPI interface.
Can be operated without fans;
a backup battery or memory module is not required.
Function
The TIM 4R/4RD can operate in "station", "node station" and
"master" mode. One of the modes can be assigned to each of the
two WAN interfaces. The two modes can be the same or
different.
The driver can be set to "dedicated line" or "dial-up network"
for each of the two WAN interfaces. The same driver can be
selected for both interfaces or different drivers can be assigned.
and a RAM memory to buffer up to 10,000 data telegrams in
order to reduce connection costs in the dial-up network in the
the TIM.
Dial-up network
nection with the partner addressed in order to start data trans-
In "controller" mode, regardless of priority, the TIM will
always immediately attempt to establish a connection with the
Telegrams received without faults by the TIM via the WAN are for-
warded to the local CPU or PC. A block integrated in the CPU re-
sponsible for evaluating the telegrams concerned outputs the in-
formation received to the outputs or data areas configured on
of WAN:
procedure, the TIM 4R can only be used in "station" or "node
station" mode. "Master" mode is possible on the TIM 4RD, as
"spontaneous" mode.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/65
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Diagnostics
TIM module status
Configuring
The SDBs generated for the TIM during configuration are up-
loaded to the TIM module either from the SIMATIC Manager or
using the "Upload SDBs" function in the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics
& service tool.
standalone device

and C7-636.
Data transmission rate 50 to 38400 bit/s
Interfaces
1st connection to external data
transmission device
9-pin Sub-D connector, RS 232
can be switched to RS 485
2nd connection to external data
transmission device
RJ45, RS 232 can be switched to
RS 484 (the interface adapter
cable supplied provides an addi-
tional 9-pin Sub-D connector)
DCF77 antenna (TIM 4RD) BNC socket (via DCF77 adapter
cable supplied)
Current consumption
from backplane bus 60 mA (only if the TIM is used as
from 24 V DC 500 mA
Power loss 12.3 W
Construction
double width
Configuring
Station Yes
Node station Yes
Master Yes
Number of TIM 4Rs
per S7 CPU
the S7 CPU
Local communication
local S7-300 CPU
Yes, over TD7onCPU
1)
further local TIMs
Yes
2)

stand-alone mode
SINAUT ST1
line/radio network
procedure
10 or 11 bit
10 bit
spontaneous
10 or 11 bit
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/66
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

TIM 4R
6NH7 800-4AA90
for connecting 2 external data
transmission devices via RS
232/485;
incl. interface adapter cable
6NH7 700-0AS05 for the second
serial RS 232/485 interface for
(RJ45) to the 9-pin Sub-D con-
nector required externally;
with MPI interface
TIM 4RD
6NH7 800-4AD90
Same as TIM 4R, but with the
required
SINAUT ST7 software package 6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
On CD-ROM, comprising:
SINAUT ST7 configuring
and diagnostics software V3.4
for the PG
SINAUT TD7 block library V2.1.4
for the CPU
SINAUT ST7 software V4.3
for TIM
Electronic manual
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
Accessories
(RS 232) with a SINAUT ST7 MD2,
MD3 or MD4 (RS 232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
For connecting a TIM 4 (RS 485)
MD4 (RS 485) modem.
Cable length 1.5 m
(RS 232) with the GSM kit M20,
with RS 232 standard;
cable length 2.5 m.
a TIM3V/TIM4 with a third-party
modem or radio unit (RS 232);
cable length 2.5 m
Interface adapter cable
(spare part)
6NH7 700-0AS05
DCF77 adapter cable
(spare part)
6NH7 700-0AD15
BNC connectors
BNC connectors
BNC connectors
PC adapter cable,
and documentation
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
General information
7/67
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

SINAUT MD3 modem
The SINAUT ST7 system provides three modems, which,
like the TIM module, are housed in an S7-300 enclosure.
MD2;
dedicated-line modem for multi-point connection,
can be tapped,
can also be used as a repeater,
max. 19,200 bit/s
MD3;
modem for the analog telephone network,
max. 33,600 bit/s;
can also be used as a dedicated-line modem for a
point-to-point connection,
max. 33,600 bit/s in voice band
MD4;
modem for the digital ISDN network,
max. 64,000 bit/s;
also suitable for an ISDN dedicated line;
These modems can be connected to the serial modem interface
of a TIM module with appropriate components (TIM 3V-IE and
all TIM 4 modules).
The modems are supplied together with the WAN connecting ca-
ble required in each case. Connecting cables for connecting the
modems to a TIM must be ordered separately.
Benefits
SIMATIC S7-300 design
Can be mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail or on a 35 mm
standard mounting rail (via the 6NH7760-0AA adapter,
to be ordered separately)
24 V DC power supply connection
RS232 and RS485 interface
Electrical isolation between power supply and RS232/RS485
interface
Application
Although the modems were developed as components of the
SINAUT ST7 system, they can be used independently of this
system as standard dedicated-line or dial-up modems.
Due to their design and electrical characteristics, the modems
are particularly suitable for use in industrial applications.
Design
All three modem types are identical in design and offer all the
advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design:
double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules
RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the WAN
(dedicated line or dial-up network)
9-pin Sub-D connector with RS 232 interface for connection
to the serial interface on the TIM
9-pin Sub-D socket with RS 485 interface for connection
to the serial interface on the TIM
voltage of 24 V DC
LEDs on the front panel with TXD, RXD, DTR, RTS/ONL,
CTS/RI, and DCD indicators
Easy to mount
on an S7-300 DIN rail or a 35 mm standard mounting rail
SINAUT ST7 modems can be operated without fans

Available connections on a SINAUT ST7 modem
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
0
RS232 interface
(9-pin, male)
WAN access point
24 V
RS485 interface
(9-pin, female)
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
General information
7/68
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design (continued)
An external MD modem is connected to a TIM via a type 7701
standard connecting cable.
The modem is mounted on a separate S7-300 DIN rail or a 35
mm standard mounting rail (a suitable adapter is available).

In the following configuration, the modem is housed on the out-
side on the right in the rack. The TIM is connected with the adja-
cent module on the left by means of a bus connector. There is no
bus connector between the TIM and modem. Therefore S7 mod-
ules cannot be used to the right of the modem.

If two WAN accesses are required on an S7-400 with TIM 4,
another external MDx modem can be connected. The TIM and
modem are mounted together on a separate S7-300 DIN rail.
The TIM is connected to the CPU via its MPI interface.
The TIM is connected to the external MDx modem via a type
7701 standard connecting cable.

The next configuration shows how a star-type dedicated-line
network is linked to a TIM operating as a master, e.g. a TIM 4 on
a control center PC (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc). Every cable of the
star network is connected to a modem in the master. All these
modems are connected to the RS 232/RS 485 interface on the
TIM 4 via their RS 485 interface.

G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
1
WAN
(1)
S7-300
WAN
(2)
Connecting cable 7701
TIM 4 MDx
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
2
WAN
(1)
S7-300
WAN
(2)
TIM 4 MDx
MPI
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
3
S7-400
WAN
(2)
WAN
(1)
TIM 4 MDx
MPI
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
5
4
SINAUT
ST7cc/ST7sc
WAN
(2)
Star network
WAN
(1)
TIM 4 MDx MDx MDx
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD2 dedicated-line modem
7/69
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

Frequency-modulated (FSK) dedicated-line modem
Half-duplex data transmission on 2-wire dedicated lines,
duplex data transmission on 4-wire dedicated lines
As the modem supports tapping, lines with a number of
stations connected to them can also be set up. The MD2 can
also be used as a repeater on 2-wire and 4-wire dedicated
lines.
Private or telecommunications leased lines can be used as
dedicated lines. The MD2 is also suitable for connection to a
radio unit with modem input.
Benefits
standard mounting rail (via the 6NH7760-0AA adapter,
to be ordered separately)
interface
4 different transmission rates can be selected
Supports tapping
Integrated transformer for the connection of two 2-wire lines
Built-in repeater function for range multiplication
Suitable for connection to a radio unit with modem input
Application
Although the MD2 modem was developed as a component of
the SINAUT ST7 system, it can be used independently of this
system as a standard dedicated-line modem. Due to its design
and electrical characteristics, the MD2 is particularly suitable for
use in industrial applications.
Distances of up to 33 km (at 1200 bit/s), up to 27 km
(at 2400 bit/s) and up to 11 km (at 9600 and 19,200 bit/s) can be
covered by the MD2 without amplifiers/repeaters (guide values
for non-coil-loaded message line type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y).
The distances indicated can be multiplied by connecting two
MD2 modems to one repeater.
The MD2 modem supports the setting up of "point-to-point",
"star" or "line" network topologies as well as combinations of
these basic structures. If the modem is used in the master, a
small star network comprising two 2-wire cables can be con-
nected to the modem output. The star network can be extended
by a multiple of 2 x 2-wire by connecting a number of MD2
modems (max. 32) via the RS485 interface.
The modem output can be switched with high resistance in order
to tap a terminal along a line. This minimizes gap loss and only
slightly reduces the maximum distance which can be bridged.
The very short transmitter running times speed up data traffic
with the "polling" operating mode used in the dedicated line net-
work.
In addition to private dedicated lines, the MD2 can also be
connected to leased telephone lines. Appropriate approval has
been secured. On analog-only leased lines, transmission rates
of 1200 and 2400 bit/s are possible. On switched analog/digital
leased lines, the speed is usually restricted to 1200 bit/s for
technical reasons.
The MD2 is also ideal for data transmission via walkie-talkies
opto-relay linked to the RTS signal of the RS232 interface for
switching the radio unit on and off via its PTT input. The two
opto-relay connections are available on the RJ12 socket.
sound frequency range of between 300 Hz and 3000 Hz, trans-
mission rate with the MD2 modem is restricted here to 1200 bit/s.
For 2400 bit/s, the sound frequency range has to reach beyond
3300 Hz.
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
7/70
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
The MD2 modem offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC
RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the dedicated line.
9-pin Sub-D connector with RS232 interface for connecting
the modem to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM.
9-pin Sub-D socket with RS485 interface for connecting the
modem to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM.
voltage of 24 V DC
CTS/RI, und DCD indicators.
Easy to mount;
the modem is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail. Alternatively,
it can be mounted on a 35 mm standard mounting rail.
The modem can be operated without fans.
Integration
The various ways in which the MD2 modem can be connected
to a TIM or other MD2 modems, as well as to the dedicated line
(via an LTOP overvoltage protection module), are illustrated
below.
Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via the RS 232 interface
One MD2 modem can be connected to a TIM via the RS 232
interface. This technique can be used to set up "point-to-point"
and "line" network configurations as well as a small star network
with only two 2-wire lines (see schematic configurations below).
Possible network configurations for connection of an MD2 to a TIM via RS 232
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
3
Point-to-point Line Star, line, point-to-point
2- or 4-wire terminal
station
2- or 4-wire tandem
station
2 x 2-wire terminal
station
Master
Station
2-wire terminal station
2-wire tandem station
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
7/71
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
The interconnections between the components at the various
terminals and tapping points (the 6NH7700-2AR60 connecting
cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD2) are illustrated
below.

Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via RS 232, 2-wire and 4-wire terminal
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
4
RS232 RS232
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
2-wire terminal station 4-wire terminal station
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP1
6NH9821-0BC11
2-wire
dedicated line
RS232 RS232
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP2
6NH9821-0BC12
4-wire
dedicated line
MD2 TIM MD2 TIM
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
7/72
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via RS 232, 2 x 2-wire terminal and 2-wire tapping point
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
5
RS232 RS232
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
2 x 2-wire terminal station 2-wire tandem station
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP2
6NH9821-0BC12
2-wire
dedicated line
(first route)
RS232 RS232
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP2
6NH9821-0BC12
2-wire tandem
station
2-wire
dedicated line
(second route)
MD2 TIM 3V
TIM 4
MD2 TIM 3V
TIM 4
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
7/73
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via RS 232, 4-wire tapping point
Connection of a number of MD2 modems to a TIM
via the RS 485 interface
A number of MD2 modems can be connected to a TIM via the
RS 485 interface. This type of interconnection is used if a
number of dedicated lines have to be combined on a single
WAN port on the TIM, i.e. if a star topology is connected, as
illustrated schematically below.

A possible neutral point connection using standard components
is illustrated on page 7/74 (the 6NH7700-2AR60 connecting
cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD2). Each MD2 in
the neutral point connection can be configured individually as a
2-wire, 4-wire or 2 x 2-wire terminal. (For configuring the termi-
nals and tapping points in the stations, please see above.)
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
6
RS232 RS232
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP2
6NH9821-0BC12
4-wire tandem
station
MD4 TIM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
7
Neutral point
Bundling of several
2 or 4-wire terminal
stations
2 or 4-wire terminal
station
2 or 4-wire tandem
station
Star, line, point-to-point
Master
Station
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
7/74
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Connection of a number of MD2 modems with one TIM via RS 485, star-type connection of a number of dedicated lines
6NH7701-4DL standard connecting cable is used to connect the
TIM to the first MD2. A prefabricated connecting cable is not
available for the connection of the other modems. However,
standard components from the SIMATIC S7 range can be
used for this purpose. The same parts used to create an MPI
connection can be used. The 6XV1830-0AH10 cable and
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0 connector are recommended.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
8
RS485
RS485
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP1
6NH9821-0BC11
or LTOP2
6NH9821-0BC12
RS485 RS485
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4DL
2-wire
dedicated line
4-wire
dedicated line
2-wire
dedicated line
(first route)
2-wire
dedicated line
(second route)
MD2 TIM MD2 MD2
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
7/75
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Interconnection of two MD2 modems to one repeater
If the distance to be covered is too large, two MD2 modems can
be connected to one repeater (2-wire or 4-wire repeater).
The repeater performs signal amplification and regenerates the
individual characters.
In most cases, an additional ST7 station with a TIM and built-in
or external MD2 modem is used at the point where a repeater is
used. A TIM32 or TIM42 or TIM 3V-IE with MD2 can be con-
nected to the 2-wire or 4-wire line at this repeater point. (The
6NH7700-2AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of supply
of the MD2.)
Two MD2 modems as 2-wire repeater with simultaneous 2-wire tapping on a TIM (e.g. TIM32)
In order to set up a 4-wire repeater configuration, simply replace
the two LTOP1 modules with LTOP2 modules in the configuration
with the 2-wire repeater.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
9
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP2
6NH9821-0BC12
RS232 RS232
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
2-wire
dedicated line
2-wire
dedicated line
Overvoltage
protection LTOP1
6NH9821-0BC11
2-wire terminal
station
2-wire terminal
station
2-wire tandem
station
Connecting cable
6NH7701-1CB
Repeater
set up using
2 x MD2
MD2 TIM 32
TIM 42
MD2
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
7/76
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Calculating the maximum range (in km) based on trans-
mission rate and wire diameter
The table below can be used to calculate approximate values for
the maximum distance in km which can be covered by the MD2
modem, depending on transmission rate and wire diameter.
The values in the table are guide values for non-coil-loaded
message lines type 2 x 2 x A J-Y(St)Y (A = core diameter
in mm).
A level reserve of 4 dB was applied when calculating the
maximum ranges. This should ensure that even in the event of
deviations in cable characteristics, which experience has shown
to be possible during operation, the level will always be sufficient
to ensure fault-free data transmission.

AST = number of tapping points
1) Not possible on leased telephone lines. Set transmission level to -9 dB.
Transmission rate (bit/s) Maximum range (km)
Transmission level 6 dB
1)
Transmission level 0 dB
1)

with LTOP without LTOP with LTOP without LTOP
Outside diameter 0.6 mm
1 200 21.4 AST x 0.8 22 AST x 0.3 25.4 AST x 0.8 26 AST x 0.3
2 400 17.4 AST x 0.6 17.8 AST x 0.2 20.6 AST x 0.6 21 AST x 0.2
9 600 / 19 200 6.7 AST x 1.0 7.6 AST x 0.1 8.1 AST x 1.0 9 AST x 0.1
1 200 28 AST x 1.1 28.7 AST x 0.4 33.2 AST x 1.1 33.9 AST x 0.4
2 400 23 AST x 0.8 23.5 AST x 0.2 27.2 AST x 0.8 27.8 AST x 0.2
9 600 / 19 200 9.0 AST x 1.4 10.3 AST x 0.1 10.9 AST x 1.4 12.1 AST x 0.1
1 200 35.7 AST x 1.4 36.6 AST x 0.5 42.4 AST x 1.4 43.3 AST x 0.5
2 400 29.2 AST x 1.0 30 AST x 0.2 34.7 AST x 1.0 35.4 AST x 0.2
9 600 / 19 200 11.1 AST x 1.7 12.6 AST x 0.1 13.4 AST x 1.7 15 AST x 0.1
1 200 49.5 AST x 1.9 50.7 AST x 0.7 58.7 AST x 1.9 60 AST x 0.7
9 600 / 19 200 16.1 AST x 2.4 18.3 AST x 0.2 19.4 AST x 2.4 21.6 AST x 0.2
1 200 58.5 AST x 2.2 60 AST x 0.8 69.4 AST x 2.2 70.9 AST x 0.8
9 600 / 19 200 19.3 AST x 2.9 22 AST x 0.2 23.3 AST x 2.9 26 AST x 0.2
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
7/77
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


Interfaces
Connection to dedicated line RJ12
RS232 connection to
data terminal equipment
RS485 connection to
9-pin Sub-D socket
Current consumption
from 24 V DC 100 mA
Power loss 2.4 W
Construction
double width
twisted pair cable, non-coil-
loaded or lightly coil-loaded
2400 bit/s
9600 bit/s
19200 bit/s
Operating mode
-6 dB
-15 dB
Receiving level 0 to -43 dB
Clear to send
Minimum/maximum scanning
frequency
at 1200 bit/s 1300 Hz/2100 Hz
at 2400 bit/s 2400 Hz/3300 Hz
at 9600 and 19200 bit/s 20800 Hz/33600 Hz
Asynchronous character format 10 or 11 bit
max. supply voltage 60 V AC/DC
max. perm. continuous current 400 mA
max. R
on
3 ohms
Impulse strength
U
1.2/50
acc. to DIN VDE 0804
between power supply circuit and
Power supply circuit and FSK
trunk line circuits
2.5 kV
Power supply circuit and
opto-relay output
2.5 kV
MD100 at 1200 bit/s
MD124 at 1200, 2400 and 19200 bit/s
Certification EU approval CE 0682 X
MD2 dedicated-line modem 6NH7 810-0AA20
For multi-point connection,
supports tapping, can also be
used as a repeater,
max. 19,200 bit/s;
6NH7700-2AR60 (RJ12/RJ12) for
connecting the modem with an
LTOP overvoltage protection
module
MD2 Modem Instruction Manual
Paper version
Connecting cable
MD4 modem
Cable length 1.5 m
RS 232 6NH7 701-4AL
RS 485 6NH7 701-4DL
Accessories
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-1CB
For connecting two MD2 modems
(RS 232) in order to create a
repeater;
cable length 0.3 m
(spare part)
6NH7 700-2AR60
Line transformer
LTOP1
for 2-wire terminal
6NH9 821-0BC11
LTOP2
for 4-wire terminal,
2 x 2-wire terminal or
2-wire tapping point
6NH9 821-0BC12
Adapter 6NH7 760-0AA
For mounting the MD2 modem
on a 35 mm standard
mounting rail
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD3 telephone modem
7/78
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

Dial-up modem for data transmission via the analog telephone
network
It can also be used as a dedicated-line modem.
On 2-wire dedicated lines duplex data transmission is
therefore possible in the voice band.
Private or telecommunications leased lines can be used
as dedicated lines.
Benefits
standard mounting rail (via the 6NH7760-0AA adapter, to be
ordered separately)
interface
Transmission rate on telephone network and dedicated line
max. 33,600 bit/s
Application
Although the MD3 modem was developed as a component
of the SINAUT ST7 system, it can be used independently of this
system as a standard telephone or dedicated-line modem.
Due to its design and electrical characteristics, the MD3 is
particularly suitable for use in industrial applications.
Telephone modem
When used as a telephone modem, it can be used to establish
connections with other MD3 modems or compatible devices,
e.g. with MD125 or MDM2425B DX modems, which were used
on the SINAUT ST1 system.
Dedicated-line modem
In addition to private dedicated lines, the MD3 can also be
connected to leased telephone lines. Appropriate approval has
been secured. Both on purely analog leased lines and on
analog/digital switched leased lines, there are no restrictions
in terms of possible transmission rates.
When used as a dedicated-line modem on private lines, the MD3
can cover distances of up to 34 km (at 300 bit/s), up to 28 km
(at 1200 to 19200 bit/s) and up to 19 km (at 33600 bit/s) without
amplifiers/repeaters (guide values for non-coil-loaded message
line type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y).
There are no restrictions in terms of distance when the MD3
is connected to leased telephone lines. Depending on the
quality of the leased line used, the dedicated-line provider will
guarantee sufficient receiving levels on both terminal points.
Line qualities M1020 and M1025 are recommended.
When used as a dedicated-line modem, the MD3 supports the
setting up of "point-to-point" or "star" network topologies. If the
modem is used in the controller, up to 32 point-to-point connec-
tions can be added to the star network by integrating a number
of MD3s via the RS485 interface.
Design
RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the telephone outlet
or dedicated line via the 6NH7700-3BR60 connecting cable
supplied.
voltage of 24 V DC
Easy to mount;
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD3 telephone modem
7/79
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Integration
The diagrams below illustrate how the MD3 modem and the TIM
module can be connected to the telephone outlet and which
configurations are possible when the modem is used as a
dedicated-line modem.
Telephone modem: Connection of the MD3 with a TIM and
TAE6 telephone outlet
The diagram below illustrates how the MD3 modem, when oper-
ating in dial-up mode and using the standard connecting cable
specified (the 6NH7700-3BR60 connecting cable is part of the
scope of supply of the MD3), is connected to a TIM (via RS 232)
as well as to the telephone outlet (TAE6N socket). A telephone
can be connected to the same telephone outlet in parallel with
the modem (via the TAE6F socket).
Connection of an MD3 with a TIM and TAE6 telephone socket
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
0
RS232 RS232
Connecting cable
6NH7700-3BR60
RJ12 Telephone socket
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
TAE6N
TAE6F
RJ12
MD3 TIM
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD3 telephone modem
7/80
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Dedicated-line modem: Connection of an MD3 to a TIM via
the RS 232 interface
interface. This technique can be used to set up a "point-to-point"
network configuration.

The diagram below shows how the components are inter-
connected at the two 2-wire terminals (the 6NH7700-3BR60
connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD3).

Connection of an MD3 to a TIM via RS 232, 2-wire terminal
Dedicated-line modem: Connection of a number of MD3
modems to a TIM via the RS 485 interface
RS 485 interface. This type of interconnection is used if a num-
ber of dedicated lines have to be combined on a single WAN
port on the TIM, i.e. if a star topology is connected, as illustrated
schematically below.

G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
6
Terminal station
Point-to-point
Master
Station
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
1
RS232 RS232
Connecting cable
6NH7700-3BR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP1
6NH9821-0BC11
2-wire
dedicated line
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
MD3 TIM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
8
Neutral point
Bundling of several
2-wire terminal
stations
2-wire terminal
station
Star
Master
Station
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD3 telephone modem
7/81
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
is illustrated below (the 6NH7700-3BR60 connecting cable is
part of the scope of supply of the MD3). Each MD3 in the neutral
point connection is configured as a 2-wire terminal. (For config-
uring the 2-wire terminals in the stations, please see above).

Connection of a number of MD3 modems with one TIM via RS 485, star-type connection of a number of dedicated lines
Standard connecting cable 6NH7701-4DL is used to connect
the TIM to the first MD3. A prefabricated connecting cable is
not available for the connection of the other modems. However,
standard components from the SIMATIC S7 range can be
used for this purpose. The same parts used to create an MPI
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
8
2
RS485
RS485
Connecting cable
6NH7700-3BR60
Overvoltage
protection LTOP1
6NH9821-0BC11
RS485 RS485
Connecting cable
6NH7700-3BR60
Connecting cable
6NH7700-3BR60
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4DL
2-wire
dedicated line
2-wire
dedicated line
2-wire
dedicated line
MD3 TIM MD3 MD3
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD3 telephone modem
7/82
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Dedicated-line modem: Maximum range (in km) of the MD3
modem
The table below can be used to calculate approximate values for
the maximum distance in km which can be covered by the MD3
modem, depending on transmission rate.
The values in the table are guide values for non-coil-loaded
message lines type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y.
A level reserve of 4 dB was applied when calculating the
maximum ranges. This should ensure that even in the event of
deviations in cable characteristics, which experience has shown
to be possible during operation, the level will always be sufficient
to ensure fault-free data transmission..


Transmission rate (bit/s) Maximum range (km)
Transmission level 15 dB Transmission level 10 dB
with LTOP without LTOP with LTOP without LTOP
With terminating resistor Z = Zr
300 29 30 34 35
1200 to 19200 23 24 28 29
33600 14 15 19 20
Interfaces
Connection to telephone network
or dedicated line
RJ12
RS232 connection to
RS485 connection to
9-pin Sub-D socket
Current consumption
from 24 V DC 200 mA
Power loss 4.8 W
Construction
double width
Dedicated line,
2-wire twisted pair cable,
non-coil-loaded
Available ITU transmission stan-
dards in analog telephone network
Error correction V.42 and MNP4
Data compression V.42bis and MNP5
Modem control AT commands
V.25bis commands
can be set to:
12 kHz
16 kHz
Pulse dialing
disconnected
disconnected
Transmission level can be set to -10 dB
-15 dB
Standard dedicated-line profiles 300 bit/s (direct)
1200 bit/s (direct)
2400 bit/s (direct)
9600 bit/s (direct)
19200 bit/s (direct)
19200 bit/s (buffered)
33600 bit/s (buffered)
(as telephone modem)
MD125
MDM2425B DX
U.S.A.
Canada
Recommended line quality on
leased telephone lines
M1020
M1025
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD3 telephone modem
7/83
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

MD3 modem 6NH7 810-0AA30
For the analog telephone network,
max. 33600 bit/s;
can also be used as a
dedicated-line modem for a
point-to-point connection,
max. 33600 bit/s in voice band;
incl. WAN 6NH7700-3BR60
connecting cable (RJ12 -RJ12/
TAE6) with snap-on TAE6N
connector for connecting the
modem to a telephone outlet
(TAE6N or RJ12) or an LTOP
overvoltage protection module
(for dedicated-line operation)
Paper version
Accessories
Connecting cable
For connecting a TIM3V/TIM4
MD4 modem
Cable length 1.5 m
RS 232 6NH7 701-4AL
RS 485 (not for TIM 3V-IE) 6NH7 701-4DL
(spare part)
6NH7 700-3BR60
Line transformer with
overvoltage protection
(for dedicated line only)
LTOP1
for 2-wire terminal
6NH9 821-0BC11
For mounting the MD3 modem on
a 35 mm standard mounting rail
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD4 ISDN modem
7/84
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

Dial-up modem for data transmission via the digital ISDN
network
Can also be used as a modem for duplex point-to-point data
transmission via an ISDN dedicated line
Benefits

Can be mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail or on a 35 mm stan-
dard mounting rail (via the 6NH7760-0AA adapter, to be or-
dered separately)
interface
Transmission speed on ISDN telephone network and ISDN
dedicated line max. 64,000 bit/s
Application
Although the MD4 modem was developed as a component of
the SINAUT ST7 system, it can be used independently of this
system as a standard ISDN modem. Due to its design and
electrical characteristics, the MD4 is particularly suitable for use
in industrial applications.
ISDN modem
When used as an ISDN dial-up modem, the MD4 can be used
to establish connections with other MD4 modems or compatible
devices, e.g. with LGM64K modems, which were used on the
SINAUT ST1 system.
Dedicated-line modem
There are no restrictions in terms of distance when the MD4
is connected to an ISDN dedicated line. The dedicated-line
provider must ensure that the receiving level is sufficient at both
terminals.
For example, Deutsche Telekom offers the following ISDN
dedicated-line products, which are suitable for the MD4:
Deutsche Telekom ISDN dedicated-line products

When used as a dedicated-line modem, the MD4 modem
supports the setting up of "point-to-point" or "star" network
topologies. If the modem is used in the controller, up to 32
point-to-point connections can be added to the star network
by integrating a number of MD4s via the RS485 interface.
Design
RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the ISDN S
0
outlet
via the 6NH7700-4AR60 connecting cable supplied.
voltage of 24 V DC
Easy to mount;
Designation Available channels Remark
LeasedLink SFV
Digital 64S
1 x 64 Kbit/s B channel Suitable for one MD4
dedicated-line connec-
tion
LeasedLink SFV
Digital 64S2
2 x 64 Kbit/s B channels Suitable for two parallel
MD4 dedicated-line
connections
LeasedLink SFV
Digital TS02
2 x 64 Kbit/s B channels Suitable for two parallel
MD4 dedicated-line
connections
1 x 16 Kbit/s D channel The D channel cannot
be used for an MD4
dedicated-line connec-
tion.
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD4 ISDN modem
7/85
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Integration
The various ways in which the MD4 modem and TIM can be
connected to the ISDN S
0
socket and which configurations are
possible when the modem is used on an ISDN dedicated line
are illustrated below
ISDN dial-up modem: Connection of the MD4 with a TIM
and ISDN S
0
outlet
The diagram below illustrates in summary format how the MD4
modem, when operating in dial-up mode and using the standard
connecting cable specified (the 6NH7700-4AR60 connecting
cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD4) is connected to
a TIM (via RS 232) as well as to the ISDN S
0
outlet. Additional
modems, telephones, etc. can be connected via parallel
switched S
0
outlets or a telecommunications system.

Connection of the MD4 with a TIM and ISDN S
0
outlet
ISDN dedicated line: Connection of an MD4 to a TIM
via the RS 232 interface
interface. This technique can be used to set up a "point-to-point"
dedicated-line configuration.

The diagram below shows how the components are intercon-
nected to the two end terminals of the ISDN dedicated line
(the 6NH7700-4AR60 connecting cable is part of the scope of
supply of the MD4).
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
5
RS232 RS232
RJ45
Connecting cable
6NH7700-4AR60
RJ12
ISDN socket (S
0
) ISDN socket (S
0
)
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
MD4 TIM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
6
Terminal station
Point-to-point
Master
Station
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD4 ISDN modem
7/86
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Connection of an MD4 to a TIM via RS 232 on ISDN dedicated line
Note
The S
0
interface on the ISDN dedicated line cannot be used in
parallel for dial-up operation. Only if the second B channel is
enabled for dedicated line operation, an additional MD4 can be
connected for dedicated-line operation.
ISDN dedicated line: Connection of a number of MD4
modems to a TIM via the RS 485 interface
RS 485 interface. This type of interconnection is used if a num-
ber of dedicated ISDN lines have to be combined on a single
WAN port on the TIM, i.e. if a star topology is connected,
as illustrated schematically below.
is illustrated below (the 6NH7700-4AR60 connecting cable is
part of the scope of supply of the MD4). For configuring the
dedicated-line terminals in the stations, please see above.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
7
RS232 RS232
RJ45
Connecting cable
6NH7700-4AR60
RJ12
ISDN socket(S
0
)
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
MD4 TIM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
0
6
a
Neutral point
Bundling of several
terminal stations
Terminal station
Star
Master
Station
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD4 ISDN modem
7/87
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Connection of a number of MD4 modems via RS 485, star-type convergence of a number of ISDN dedicated lines in one WAN port of the TIM
Standard connecting cable 6NH7701-4DL is used to connect
the TIM to the first MD4. A prefabricated connecting cable is
not available for the connection of the other modems. However,
standard components from the SIMATIC S7 range can be used
for this purpose. The same parts used to create an MPI
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
9
RS485
RS485
Connecting cable
6NH7700-4AR60
ISDN socket (S
0
)
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4DL
RS485 RS485
Connecting cable
6NH7700-4AR60
ISDN socket (S
0
)
Connecting cable
6NH7700-4AR60
ISDN socket (S
0
)
MD4 TIM MD4 MD4
SINAUT Telecontrol
Modems
MD4 ISDN modem
7/88
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


Interfaces
Connection to ISDN dial-up
network or ISDN dedicated line
1 x RJ12
RS232 connection to
1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector
RS485 connection to
Current consumption
from 24 V DC 100 mA
Power loss 2.4 W
Construction
double width
ISDN dedicated line,
e.g. Deutsche Telekoms
dedicated-line products
LeasedLink SFV Digital 64S ISDN
LeasedLink SFV Digital 64S2
LeasedLink SFV Digital TS02
standards
Modem control AT commands
V.25bis commands
LGM64K
MD4 modem 6NH7 810-0AA40
For the digital ISDN network,
max. 64000 bit/s;
can also be used in conjunction
with an ISDN dedicated line
for a point-to-point connection,
max. 64,000 bit/s;
6NH7700-4AR60 (RJ12/RJ45)
for connecting the modem to an
ISDN S
0
outlet
Paper version
German 6NH7811-0AA41
Accessories
Connecting cable
For connecting a TIM3 V-IE/TIM 4
MD4 modem
Cable length 1.5 m
RS 232 6NH7 701-4AL
RS 485 6NH7 701-4DL
(spare part)
6NH7 700-4AR60
For mounting the MD4 modem
on a 35 mm standard
mounting rail
SINAUT Telecontrol
Mobile radio components (GSM/GPRS)
MC45 GSM kit
7/89
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

The MC45 GSM kit is available for data transmission via the
mobile telephone network (GSM).
Like an MD modem, this GSM kit can be connected to the
serial modem interface of a TIM module with appropriate com-
ponents (TIM 3V-IE and all TIM 4 modules).
Benefits
All required GSM components in one kit
Data transmission via the GSM network, both 900 MHz
and 1800 MHz
Sending of text messages to standby service personnel
incl. acknowledgment
Text messages can also be transmittted as fax, Email or voice
mail if these are supported by the provider
24 V DC power supply
Application
Data transmission via the GSM network is the alternative in the
absence of other transmission media such as dedicated lines or
telephone networks and wherever it would be too expensive to
set up your own radio network. Of course, the GSM signal avail-
able on site must be of sufficient strength (either in the 900 MHz
or 1800 MHz range).
Data transmission between two partners can take place from
mobile radio to mobile radio (GSM module to GSM module) or
from mobile radio to a fixed network (telephone or ISDN
connection; ISDN is recommended).
As well as data, the MC45 module can also send text messages
directly to standby service personnel. Receipt of SMS messages
can be acknowledged using a mobile telephone. If an acknowl-
edgement is not received, the text message can be sent to
another mobile phone.
Design
Compact design (74 x 65 x 33 mm)
the MC45 T to the RS232/RS485 interface on the TIM.
RJ12 socket for connecting the MC45 T to 24 V DC via the
power supply cable supplied
FME antenna connection (male)
Mini SIM card holder
The scope of supply also includes:
Magnetic foot antenna with 2.5 m antenna cable
Antenna extension cable (5 m)
FME connector for connecting the extension cable
to the antenna
Power supply cable (1.5 m)
DIN rail bracket with 2 screws
SINAUT Telecontrol
MC45 GSM kit
7/90
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Integration
Data transmission between two partners can take place from
mobile radio to mobile radio (GSM module to GSM module) or
from mobile radio to a fixed network (telephone or ISDN connec-
tion; ISDN is recommended).
Mobile radio to mobile radio

Schematic diagram plus required hardware configuration for transmission from mobile radio to mobile radio
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
9
7
RS232
Connecting cable
(2.5 m)
6NH7701-5AN
RS232
Connecting cable
(2.5 m)
6NH7701-5AN
GSM-Kit MC45
6HN9840-3DB45
Antenna cable (5 m)
GSM kit antenna,
antenna and SV
cable are included
Antenna cable (5 m)
GSM kit antenna,
antenna and SV
cable are included
MC45 MC45
24 V 24 V
GSM
network
TIM 3V
TIM 4
TIM 3V
TIM 4
Master
Station
GSM-Kit MC45
6HN9840-3DB45
Master Station
SINAUT Telecontrol
MC45 GSM kit
7/91
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Mobile radio to fixed network

Schematic diagram plus required hardware configuration for transmission from mobile radio to fixed network
Note:
For fixed network connections, analog and ISDN connections
should not be mixed (either analog or ISDN);
ISDN is recommended for use with mobile radio.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
9
8
TIM with integrated
or external MD3 or
MD4 modem
RS232
Connecting
cable (2.5 m)
6NH7701-5AN
GSM-Kit MC45
6HN9840-3DB45
Antenna cable (5 m)
GSM kit antenna,
antenna and SV
cable are included
MC45
24 V
GSM network
ISDN-network
Telephone
network
TAE6
RJ45
ISDN-
socket (S
0
) *)
Telephone socket *)
*) overvoltage protection recommended
e.g. by Phoenix or Dehn
RJ12
for TIM
with MD3:
Connecting cable
6NH7700-3BR60
GSM-
Provider
TIM TIM 3V
TIM 4
Connecting cable
6NH7700-4AR60
Master
Station
for TIM with MD4:
Master Station
SINAUT Telecontrol
MC45 GSM kit
7/92
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Sending text messages

Schematic diagram plus required hardware configuration for sending text messages
In addition to data, text messages can be sent via the GSM
network, e.g. to alert standby service personnel directly.
SMS messages can also be transmitted as fax, e-mail or voice
mail if supported by the SMS provieder.
Text messages can also be sent from a fixed network connec-
tion, e.g. via an analog telephone connection with an MD3
modem or an ISDN connection with an MD4 modem. However,
these messages cannot be acknowledged from a mobile phone.
This is only possible for text messages sent via an MC45 (or the
previous module TC35).
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
9
9
RS232
Connecting cable
(2,5 m)
6NH7701-5AN
GSM-Kit MC45
6HN9840-3DB45
Antenna cable (5 m)
GSM-kit antenna,
antenna and SV
are included
MC45
24 V
GSM-network
SMS-
exchange
Short
Message
Service
(SMS)
GSM-
mobile telephone
TIM
SINAUT Telecontrol
MC45 GSM kit
7/93
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


Transmission paths GSM mobile telephone network,
900 MHz and 1800 MHz
Transmission rate 9600 bit/s
RS232 interface 9-pin Sub-D socket
Power supply 24 V DC (8 ... 30 V)
Power loss 2 W
Current consumption
Voice mode 300 mA (average),
2.0 A (peak)
Idle mode 10 mA
Construction
Asynchronous character format 10 bit
Transmit power
EGSM900 Class 4 (2 W)
GSM1800 Class 1 (1 W)
PLC Via AT commands
Antenna gain of GSM antenna 3 dB
Certification Acc. to GSM phase 2/2+
MC45 GSM kit 6NH9 840-3DB45
For connection to GSM
mobile radio networks (900 and
1800 MHz), comprising an
MC45 T GSM modem,
power supply cable (1.5 m),
magnetic foot antenna with 2.5 m
antenna cable, antenna extension
cable (5 m), FME connector and
DIN rail adapter
Accessories
For connecting a TIM 3V/TIM 4
(RS232) with the M20, TC35
or MC45 GSM kit (access to the
GSM network);
also suitable for third-party
modems or radio equipment with
RS 232 standard;
cable length 2.5 m
SINAUT Telecontrol
MD720-3 GSM/GPRS modem
7/94
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

GPRS modem for linking SIMATIC S7-200 PLCs over GPRS
to a PC control center with SINAUT MICRO SC
Used for low-cost monitoring and control of simple telecontrol
tasks
Permanent wireless online connection of SIMATIC S7-200
with secure linking over public networks
Use as GSM modem for teleservice
Simple startup possible without special knowledge of radio
systems
Benefits
Low-cost volume tariffs allow permanent and wireless online
linking of machines or plants to a control center
Low operating costs thanks to optimized communication with
effective frame design on SINAUT MICRO SC OPC server
Central control station is location-independent as result of
Internet link between mobile radio provider and OPC server
Reliable transmission from PLC up to control station as result
of high availability of GPRS network
Secure connection over public networks through encrypted
data transmission plus additional measures of the GPRS
provider
Simple planning of wireless plants without special knowledge
of radio systems
Modem replacement possible by non-specialists since
parameterization is carried out through the S7-200
Cost savings through remote maintenance
Fast generation of applications by means of coordinated com-
bination of automation components with the Micro Automation
Set 21 (http://www.siemens.com/microset)
Application
Construction of systems for monitoring and controlling
of simple telecontrol tasks
Energy-saving concepts for plants, e.g. through status-
dependent speed control of pumps in remote stations
Control and monitoring e.g. of:
- sewage treatment plants, water treatment
- oil and gas supplies
- district heating networks
- power distribution
- pumping stations
- automatic machines
- traffic control systems
- buildings
- intelligent advertising panels
- weather stations
- lighthouses and buoys
- wind generators and photovoltaic plants
Linking of mobile stations, with central monitoring/control of
track vehicles, special vehicles, local public transport, com-
plex building machines, ships on rivers and in coastal areas
Remote programming and maintenance of SIMATIC S7-200
over GSM/CSD connection (Circuit Switched Data)
For international use

Communication between SIMATIC S7-200 systems
via MICRO SC control center with assistance of routing functionality
Control center
GSM/GPRS
provider
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
Internet
Win CC
SINAUT MICRO SC
OPC server and
connection manager
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
9
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/95
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
Rugged plastic enclosure for DIN rail mounting
9-pin Sub-D socket with RS232 interface
(PPI adapter for SIMATIC S7-200 necessary)
Diagnostics LEDs for modem status, field strength and
connection check
SET service key
4-pin screw terminal for connection to the 24 V DC supply
voltage
SMA connection for GSM/GPRS antennas
Function
Quad band GSM with the frequency bands
850/900/1800/1900 MHz
GPRS Multislot Class 10 (gross: 13.4 27 kbit/s upload,
40 54 kbit/s download).
Automatic establishment and holding of IP-based online
connection over GPRS to the Internet
Data exchange with PC-based application SINAUT MICRO
SC (router and OPC server); data exchange with further
MD720-3 modems possible over routing of SINAUT MICRO
SC
Hot switchover between GPRS and CSD (modem operation)
CSD and GPRS connection controllable using AT commands
Sending of SMS and fax (via SMS) using GSM services
Secure access to SIMATIC S7-200 data, also over mobile
radio provider networks which do not provide public and
fixed IP addresses for the modem
Configuration
Parameterization using PLC blocks with the Micro/Win
programming tool for SIMATIC S7-200
PLC blocks are part of SINAUT MICRO SC
AT command interface
Security
Approval of up to 3 call numbers for incoming GSM connec-
tions (CLIP function) for teleservice
User name and password for GSM connection
Unlimited client and server operation even in protected
GPRS networks with private IP addresses of the mobile radio
providers
Secure data transfer between modem, Internet and SINAUT
MICRO SC using encryption algorithms
Diagnostics / maintenance
Status of establishment of connection, and of an existing
connection on front LED display
Reading of configuration data over the RS232 interface
Connection status to modem and to PLC can be monitored
in SINAUT MICRO SC
Direct, additional access over GSM (modem operation)
for teleservice (remote programming, remote diagnostics)

RS232 300 bit/s 57600 bit/s
GSM data calls CSD 9600 bit/s
GPRS
up to 2 uplinks
up to 4 downlinks
13.4 kbit 27 kbit upload gross
(modem->Internet)
Net approx. 30% less
40 kbit 54 kbit download gross
(Internet -> modem)
Net approx. 30% less
Interfaces
RS232 1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket
GSM/GPRS 1 x SMA antenna socket
(50 Ohm)
Frequency ranges 850, 900, 1800, 1900 MHz
Transmitted output power 2 W at 850, 900 MHz
1 W at 1800, 1900 MHz
Current consumption
Send mode
at 12 V
at 24 V
430 mA
140 mA
Receive mode
at 12 V
at 24 V
90 mA
50 mA
Supply voltage 12 30 V DC
Power loss typ. 5 W
max. 6.2 W
Operating temperature - 20 C +60 C
Design
Assembly Standard rail
Configuration AT commands through S7-200
program blocks
National approvals Current approvals can be found
on the Internet at
http:/www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/ik-info
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/96
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

SINAUT MD720-3 6NH9 720-3AA0
GPRS modem for IP-based data
transmission over GSM networks,
quad band, AT command
interface, automatic establish-
ment of GPRS connection,
switchable to CSD mode, RS 232,
including gender changer for
RS 232/PPI adapter;
manual on CD-ROM in German,
English (Chinese available soon)
Accessories
ANT 794-4MR antenna 6NH9 860-1AA0
Quad band antenna,
omnidirectional with 5 m cable
SINAUT MICRO SC
Single license for one installation;
OPC server for GPRS communi-
cation with S7-200; connection
management with 8, 64 or 256
remote stations; routing for con-
nections between S7-200 sta-
tions; connection monitoring;
German and English GUI;
for Windows XP Professional SP 2
and higher, Windows 2003 Server
SP 1, Windows 2000 Profes-
sional/Server SP 4;
manual on CD-ROM
(Chinese available soon)
SINAUT MICRO SC8
connection management for 8
remote stations;
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA3
SINAUT MICRO SC64
remote stations;
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA6
SINAUT MICRO SC256
remote stations;
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA8
SIMATIC S7-200 PC/PPI cable 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
Multimaster, for connecting S7-
200 to serial PC interface, sup-
ports Freeport and GSM modems
SINAUT Telecontrol
ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS antenna
7/97
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

Omnidirectional antenna for use in GSM/GPRS networks
Remote antenna for indoors/outdoors
Suitable for quad band
Complete with cable and mounting bracket for direct connec-
tion to SINAUT GPRS modems
Benefits
Weatherproof design allows installation outside buildings to
improve the field strength
Quad band technology permits international use
Application
For use in GSM/GPRS networks
For indoors/outdoors (degree of protection IP65)
Ideally suitable for SINAUT GPRS modems, e.g. MD720-3
Design
Radiator accommodated in a plastic tube for protection
RF cable with fixed connection to antenna
Fixed and rugged vertical installation outside control cabinet

Mobile telephone networks GSM / GPRS
Frequencies 850 MHz,
900 MHz,
1800 MHz,
1900 MHz,
2200 MHz
Characteristic Omnidirectional
Antenna amplification 0 dB
SWR < 2.0
Max. power 20 W
Polarity Linear vertical
Connectors SMA
Length of antenna cable 5 m
Operating temperature - 40 C +70 C
Relative humidity 100 %
Design
Dimensions (D x H) in mm 25 x 193
Weight 380 g (incl. packaging)
Assembly Using supplied bracket
Outer material Hard PVC UV-resistance
SINAUT Telecontrol
ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS antenna
7/98
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Dimension drawings

ANT794-4MR 6NH9 860-1AA00
GSM/GPRS quad band antenna;
weather-resistant for indoor/
outdoor use;
5 m cable with fixed connection to
antenna; SMA connector;
including mounting bracket,
screws, wall plugs
Accessories
quad band, AT command inter-
face, automatic establishment of
GPRS connection, switchable to
CSD mode, RS 232,
RS 232/PPI adapter;
manual on CD-ROM
in German, English
SINAUT MICRO SC
OPC server for GPRS communi-
cation with S7-200;
connection management with 8,
64 or 256 remote stations;
routing for connections between
S7-200 stations;
connection monitoring;
and higher, Windows 2003 Server
SP 1, Windows 2000 Profes-
sional/Server SP 4;
manual on CD-ROM
SINAUT MICRO SC8
remote stations;
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA3
SINAUT MICRO SC64
remote stations;
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA6
SINAUT MICRO SC256
remote stations;
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA8
Dimensions in mm
1
9
3
2
5
6
148
10.5
3
5
8
1
24
M10 x 0.75
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
5
2
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/99
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

Line transformer with overvoltage protection
For the electrical isolation of a dedicated-line modem from the
trunk line
For protection against overvoltage which may be induced via
the trunk line
Benefits
Reduces overvoltage to tolerable levels before they reach
sensitive electronics circuits
Electrically isolates line sections; prevents interference
due to external voltages
Limits damage to segments affected by overvoltage
The protective components are housed in a plug-in OPM
overvoltage module. The OPM can be replaced without
interrupting the trunk line.
Application
Copper dedicated lines are much more susceptible to access
and interference from parasitic voltages. Interference from
parasitic voltages can be inductive or capacitive, e.g. due to
lightning. Direct galvanic interference due to insulation faults is
also possible.
LTOP can limit parasitic voltages and overvoltage to a harmless
level. Furthermore, the floating transformer is electrically
isolated, thereby preventing the accidental energization
of other line sections.
LTOP protects personnel and investments and is therefore
an essential safety element in private trunk line networks.
Note:
LTOP modules are not suitable for protecting dial-up network
connections (telephone or ISDN network). For these types of
networks, TAE6, S
0
, RJ12 and RJ45 outlets with overvoltage
protection from vendors such as Phoenix and Dehn should
be used.
Design
The protection concept is a combination of components with
complementary functions:
Surge arresters filled with inert gas for general protection
(G1, G2)
Inductances to limit the rate of current rise (L1, L2)
Metal-oxide varistors for low-voltage protection
(voltage-dependent resistor; R1)
Transformer for electrical isolation (T1)
Suppressor diode to limit the secondary voltage of the
transformer (V1)

Two different LTOP overvoltage protection modules are
available:
LTOP 1;
overvoltage protection module for use at the beginning
or end of a 2-wire line
LTOP 2;
overvoltage protection module for use at the beginning or
end of a 4-wire line or a 2-wire tapping point. 2 LTOP2
modules are required on a 4-wire tapping point.
In addition to screw connections, both LTOP modules also
have an RJ12 Western socket. The WAN connecting cable
(RJ12 - RJ12) supplied with MD2 and MD3 modems (used as
dedicated-line modems) can be connected directly to this RJ12
socket.
Function
The combination of arresters and limiters supplemented by
the line transformer is more effective than galvanically-coupled
protection concepts.
Leakage voltages place considerable strain on protective
components in the OPM, slowly destroying them. We therefore
recommend that OPMs are replaced approximately once a year.
In areas affected by frequent thunderstorms, this should be
reduced to approximately every 6 months as a precautionary
measure.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
0
Long-distance trunk L1 T1 Modem
L2
OPM OPM
G1
G2
R1
V1
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/100
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Integration
If necessary, a number of LTOP enclosures can be inter-
connected. Possible and recommended configurations are
described in the examples below.

G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
1
Legend:
Long-distance trunk
LTOP1
Long-distance trunk
LTOP2
Modem
Modem
LTOP2
Modem
Long distance trunk 1
(to/from station)
Long-distance cable 2
(to/from station)
R/T
R T
R/T
Long distance
trunk 1
LTOP2
Only modem with
integrated Y-
connection e.g. MD2
or MD124
R/T
Long-distance
cable 2
R/T
2 x 2-wire terminal station
LTOP2
R
(to/from station)
T
(to/from station)
LTOP2
Modem
T
R
Line transformer
(LT - Line Transformer)
Overvoltage protection
(OP - Overvoltage Protection)
Transmitter (Transmitter)
Receiver (Receiver)
SINAUT Telecontrol
7/101
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


Transmission paths Private non-coil-loaded or coil-loaded trunk lines
Transmission ratio 1 : 1; 5 % (e.g. 600/600 ohms in voice band)
Transmission range 300 Hz to 35 kHz
Frequency-dependent attenuation Attenuation [dB] Frequency [Hz] Transmission rate [bps]
MD100 MD124 MD2 MD3
0.2 1300 ... 3300 1200 1200
2400
1200
2400
All
0.8 5200 ... 8400 4800
0.9 10400 ... 16800 9600
1 20800 ... 30600 19200 9600
19200
Insulation resistance > 2000 MOhms
Test voltage 4 kV, 50 Hz, 10 sec.
Impulse withstand voltage 6 kV/2 J acc. to EN 60 099-1
Nominal discharge current i
sn

(8/20 s)
5 kA
Output voltage limit at i
sn
approx. 15 V
Trunk line connection Screw terminals
Cross-section 0.2 4 mm
2
rigid wires
Cross-section 0.2 2.5 mm
2
flexible wires
Modem connection Screw terminals (wire cross-section see trunk line connection)
or RJ12 socket for Western connector
Installation location As near as possible to where the cable enters the building
Design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 90 x 75 x 110 mm
Weight
- LTOP1 300 g
- LTOP2 320 g
- OPM 10 g
Assembly DIN rail TS35 (35 mm; EN 50 022)
LTOP 1 6NH9 821-0BC11
1x line transformer, with 1 OPM
overvoltage protection module
for use at the beginning or
end of a 2-wire line
LTOP 2 6NH9 821-0BC12
2x line transformer, with 2 OPM
overvoltage protection modules
for use at the beginning or
end of a 4-wire line or a 2-wire
tapping point
Accessories
OPM 6NH9 821-0BB00
for LTOP 1 and LTOP 2, plug-in
(unit packs of 4)
SINAUT Telecontrol
Line transformer
7/102
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

Quadruple transformer for the regeneration of the trunk line
connection on a dedicated-line modem from 1 x 2-wire to
4 x 2-wire
Application
In a controller, the quadruple transformer enables up to four
point-to-point or line connections (each 2-wire) to be made
in a start-type configuration, or a combination of both network
topologies.
The transformer is only designed for a frequency range between
300 and 3400 Hz. In conjunction with the MD2 modem, transmis-
sion rates are limited to 1200 and 2400 bit/s.
Design
The quadruple transformer is housed in a sheet-steel enclosure.
It is mounted on a 35 mm standard mounting rail.
The trunk line is connected by means of soldering tabs.
Integration
If a number of dedicated lines have to be combined on one WAN
port of the TIM, i.e. if a star-type network is being connected, this
can be achieved by connecting a number of MD2 modems in
parallel. 2 x 2-wire terminals can be connected to each MD2.
The quadruple transformer can be used to increase the number
of 2-wire terminals per MD2 from 2 to 4. However, this means that
at a transmission rate of 1200 bit/s, the attenuation is increased
by 6.5 dB, reducing the max. range by approx. 6 km.

A possible star-point connection for max. 4 x 2-wire terminals
using the quadruple transformer and additional standard
components is illustrated below. The 6NH7700-2AR60 connect-
ing cable is part of the scope of supply of the MD2 modem,
which is either built in or connected to the TIM as an external
modem.

Note:
See MD2 dedicated-line modem for the configuration
for the terminals and tapping points in the stations.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
0
5
Neutral point
Bundling of several
2-wire terminal stations
Star, line, point-to-point
Master
Station
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
9
6
Connecting cable
6NH7700-2AR60
TIM with integrated
or external MD2
modem
Connection to 4-fold
transmitter requires
adaptation
Overvoltage
protection
LTOP2
6NH9821-0BC12
4 x 2-wire
dedicated line
4-fold
transmitter
6NH9821-4GA
Attenuation
6.5 dB
600 W
4 x 600 W
TIM
1. 2.
Route
3. 4.
Route
SINAUT Telecontrol
Line transformer
7/103
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


Frequency range 0.3 - 3.4 kHz
Translation 600 : 4 x 600 ohms
Attenuation at 1200 bit/s 6.5 dB
Dielectric strength 2 kV
Weight 0.2 kg
Installation Standard mounting rail 35 mm
Quadruple transformer 6NH9821-4GA
600 ohms
to 4 x 600 ohms
SINAUT Telecontrol
Accessories for DCF77
7/104
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

An adapter cable with a BNC connector at one end is supplied
with every TIM module, which has a built-in DCF77 radio clock
receiver. Various accessories, both for the DCF77 and for GPS,
can be connected.
DCF77 indoor antenna
An indoor antenna can be used in buildings in which there are
no sources of interference for the DCF77 signal. It should not
be installed in the direct vicinity of television sets, monitors,
thyristor controllers, network cables or fluorescent lamps.
DCF77 outdoor antenna for mounting on flat roofs, walls
or masts
If possible, a professional radio clock should be operated
with an outdoor antenna. Unlike an indoor antenna, whose
environment can change constantly due to technical activities
indoors, the conditions for an outdoor antenna are almost
constant. The use of indirect lightning protection is highly
recommended for an outdoor antenna.
Integration
The interconnection between the various DCF77 components
(the 6NH7700-0AD15 adapter cable is part of the scope of
supply of every TIM with built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver) is
illustrated below.
If the lightning protector 6NH9831-2AA is used, this should be
installed as close to the entrance of the building as possible. A
separate antenna cable must be used to connect the lightning
protector with the adapter cable of the TIM (with BNC socket at
both ends, similar to the antenna cable supplied with the indoor
or outdoor antenna). Users must either make this themselves or
obtain it commercially in the appropriate length.

G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
9
5
Adapter cable (1.5 m)
is supplied with TIM
(Spare parts Order No.
6NH7700-0AD15)
Outdoor antenna
incl. 20 m antenna
cable:
- For flat roof or wall
mounting
6NH9831-0BA
- For mast mounting
6NH9831-0DA
BNC
TIM with integrated
DCF77 radio receiver
Indoor antenna
incl. 10 m
adapter cable
6NH9831-0AA
or
Indirect
lightning
protection
6NH9831-2AA
TIM
SINAUT Telecontrol
Accessories for DCF77
7/105
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


Antennas
Power supply (via antenna cable) +1.7 V to +5 V
Differential output resistance 50 ohms
Gain 16 dB
Temperature range -30 C ... +80 C
Indirect lightning protection
Input and output for antenna cable one BNC socket for each
Grounding point M 6 screwed joint
Construction
Casing material Aluminum
Response rate 1 nsec
Current-carrying capacity
8/20 msec wave
5 kA
Protective level at 6 kV
1.5/50 msec wave at input
< 12 V
Input impedance 50 ohms
Insertion loss max. 3 dB
Incl. 10 m cable and
BNC connectors
DCF77 outdoor antenna
Incl. 20 m cable and
BNC connectors
For mounting on a flat roof
or wall
6NH9 831-0BA
For mounting on a mast 6NH9 831-0DA
for DCF77 outdoor antenna
6NH9 831-2AA
SINAUT Telecontrol
GPS components
7/106
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

The DCF77 radio clock signal can only be received in Western
Europe (radius of approx. 800 km around Frankfurt am Main,
Germany). In areas where this signal cannot be received, the
use of a GPS receiver, which is able to determine the local time
using the satellite-based GPS (Global Positioning System)
is recommended. For this application, the SINAUT system offers
a GPS receiver, which simulates the DCF77 signal as an output
signal. This receiver can therefore be connected directly with the
DCF77 receiver in the TIM, to which it can supply the current
time.
This GPS receiver is supplied as a complete package and
includes:
GPS receiver module for snapping onto a 35 mm standard
mounting rail
GPS outdoor antenna for mounting on a wall or mast,
incl. 25 m antenna cable
BNC adapter plug for connecting the DCF77 adapter
cable on the TIM to the BNC socket on the GPS receiver
Software for configuring the GPS receiver
(for Windows 3.x, 95, NT)
PC adapter cable, length 1.5 m
Documentation
Since the GPS antenna is an outdoor antenna, the offered light-
ning protection device accessory must be used.
Integration
The interconnection between the various GPS components
(the 6NH7700-0AD15 adapter cable is part of the scope of
supply of every TIM with built-in DCF77 radio clock receiver) is
illustrated below.
If the lightning protector 6NH9831-2AA is used, this should be
installed as close to the entrance of the building as possible.
A separate antenna cable must be used to connect the lightning
protector with the adapter cable of the TIM (with BNC socket at
both ends, similar to the antenna cable supplied with the indoor
or outdoor antenna). Users must either make this themselves or
obtain it commercially in the appropriate length.

TIM
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
9
4
Adapter cable
6NH7700-0AD15
GPS outdoor antenna
for wall or mast mounting
incl. 25 m antenna cable
BNC
TIM with integrated
DCF7 radio clock receiver
Indirect
lightning
protection
for GPS
6NH9831-8LA
BNC
adapter
plug
GPS receiver module
DCF77 output for
simulation signal
Input GPS signal
GPS-Kit
6NH9831-8AA
Complete GPS package for simulating the
DCF77 time signal comprising:
GPS receiver module
GPS outdoor antenna incl. 25 m cable
BNC adapter plug
PC adapter cable
Documentation
SINAUT Telecontrol
GPS components
7/107
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


GPS receiver module
Interfaces
RS232/RS422 connection 9-pin Sub-D connector
Pulse outputs Screw terminals
GPS input BNC socket
DCF77 simulation output BNC socket
Power loss 3.5 W
Power supply 18 V to 60 V DC
Power consumption 3.5 VA
Construction
Installation on 35 mm standard DIN rail
Input and output for antenna cable one BNC socket for each
Grounding point M 6 screwed joint
Construction
Response rate 1 nsec
Current-carrying capacity
8/20 msec wave
5 kA
Protective level at 6 kV
1.5/50 msec wave at input
< 12 V
Input impedance 50 ohms
Insertion loss max. 3 dB
For simulating the DCF77
time signal, comprising a GPS
PC adapter cable,
and documentation.
for GPS outdoor antenna
6NH9 831-8LA
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
SINAUT ST7 standard software package
7/108
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Application
The SINAUT ST7 standard software package with the following
components is required for the configuration, diagnostics and
operation of the SINAUT system:
SINAUT ST7 configuring software
SINAUT TD7 library
The CD-ROM also contains the SINAUT ST7 Manual in electronic
format (German/English).
The software package is a work package which can be used
for any number of SINAUT projects without a licensing process.
Function
SINAUT ST7 configuring software for the programming
device
Runs under Windows 2000 or XP;
STEP 7 software V5.1 SP2 or higher must also be installed.
Includes:
- module manager to supplement the HW Config STEP 7 tool;
displays and sets the parameters of the TIM modules in
HW-Config
- WAN Manager to supplement the NetPro STEP 7 tool;
displays and sets the parameters of the SINAUT WAN
networks and network nodes in NetPro
- the SINAUT ST7 configuring tool is used for project-wide
functions such as SINAUT connection configuration and
SINAUT station management
- SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool;
in addition to the diagnostics functions familiar to users of
STEP 7, it also provides access to SINAUT-specific
diagnostic information. The service tool can be used,
for example, to upload new software to the TIM.
Module manager for SINAUT ST7
A SINAUT ST7 folder has been added to the SIMATIC 300
directory. This folder contains a list of all available TIM modules.
The TIM module required in each case can be selected from this
directory and installed in the S7 rack. A corresponding Proper-
ties dialog box can be called up to set the module parameters.

WAN Manager for SINAUT ST7
In the catalog for the STEP 7 network configuration tool NetPro,
the SINAUT networks have been added to the sub-networks
directory. The SINAUT networks required in each case can be
selected from this directory and installed in the NetPro window.
With the SINAUT ST7 configuring tool V3.5 and higher, Ethernet
can also be configured for the SINAUT data transmission.
The TIM modules can be assigned to these networks using the
mouse or dialog boxes. Any erroneous connections are rejected
immediately.
A corresponding Properties dialog box is called up to define the
generally valid parameters for a network, e.g. ST1 or ST7
protocol, transmission rate, etc.
The individual properties for each of the network nodes can be
defined in a further dialog box, e.g. the dedicated telephone
number for the connection to a telephone network.

If necessary, the Properties dialog box for a TIM module can
be opened in NetPro with the same property options as in HW
Config.
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
7/109
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
SINAUT ST7 configuring tool
The SINAUT ST7 configuring tool is a separate configuration tool
for SINAUT ST7 and includes:
Connection configuration
Station management
SINAUT ST1 Configuration overview
First, the "Connection configuration" tool is used to define the
SINAUT devices (ST7 CPU, ST7cc, ST7sc or ST1 device) be-
tween which a connection is required. For this purpose, the tool
displays a list of all connections possible in the right-hand side
of a two-section window. The tool has generated the list automat-
ically using the network configured with NetPro (see WAN Man-
ager). The user moves the connections actually required from
the right-hand to the left-hand window using the pop-up menu.

One of the features provided by the "Station management" tool is
a list of all SINAUT devices. If necessary, station-specific modi-
fications can be made, e.g. the SINAUT station numbers can be
changed for the individual devices, or message texts can be
configured to be sent as text message. The station management
tool also handles configuring of the data telegrams to be sent
and received if telegram generation and evaluation are to be
carried out by the TIM (only possible for TIMs with TD7onTIM
functionality). The tool generates the system data blocks (SDB)
for the CPUs and TIMs from the configuration data. If the SINAUT
TD7 software is used for the CPU, the tool also preprocesses
the accounting and communication data blocks for the CPUs,
which it stores in the CPU block library together with the blocks
(FBs, FCs) which are essential to the CPUs for SINAUT commu-
nication.
The third tool, "SINAUT ST1 Configuration overview" is only
required for configuring systems which also feature SINAUT ST1
devices. This tool makes adjusting the addresses for SINAUT
ST1 much easier.
SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool
In addition to the diagnostics functions familiar to users of
STEP 7, the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool also pro-
vides access to SINAUT-specific diagnostic information.
The service tool can be used, for example, to upload new soft-
ware to the TIM.
SINAUT TD7 library, blocks for the CPU
The SINAUT TD7 library is a software package with blocks for
the CPU. The package has been designed so that it can run both
on an S7-400 and on an S7-300 CPU. Only a small number of
blocks have been designed specifically for the S7-300 or S7-400
CPU respectively.
In the terminals, the SINAUT TD7 software ensures that process
data is transmitted between the individual CPUs and with the
control center, e.g. ST7cc, in the event of changes. Connection,
CPU or control center failures are displayed. A data update is
performed automatically following debugging or CPU or control
center startup. A time stamp can be assigned to data telegrams
if required.
The package essentially comprises:
Basic and auxiliary blocks
Most of these blocks are always required in the CPU, a small
number are optional. The basic blocks perform central tasks
such as startup, connection and connection partner monitor-
ing, general prompting, time management, communication
processing, etc. The auxiliary blocks, for example, insert
telegrams into the sending mailbox and retrieve them from the
receive mailbox, perform connection-specific send and
receive operations or provide access to information the
user is searching for.
Data-point typicals
These blocks are integrated into the CPU program on the
basis of the data types and data volumes to be transmitted.
In the event of changes to data, they create telegrams or
output received process data.
In order to operate correctly, the TD7 package needs a number
of data blocks which are generated by the SINAUT ST7
configuring tool. These are:
Central accounting DB
This block contains all data required centrally, e.g. accounting
data for all communication partners as well as for all connec-
tions to be managed.
Communication DBs
A separate communication DB is created for every connection
with a sending and receive mailbox and all data required for
controlling and monitoring this connection.
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
7/110
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


SINAUT ST7
Operating systems Windows XP Professional SP1
Windows 2000 Professional
SP1, 2, 3, 4
STEP 7 versions STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher;
for SINAUT connections via
Ethernet:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP2 or higher
Standard software
for SINAUT ST7
6NH7 997-0CA15-0AA0
On CD-ROM, comprising:
SINAUT ST7 configuring
and diagnostics software V3.6
for the PG
SINAUT TD7 block library V2.1.4
for the CPU
Electronic manual
ST7 software upgrade package
for owners of versions
older than V3.0
6NH7 997-0CA15-0GA0
SINAUT ST7 Manual
Paper version
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
SINAUT ST7cc, Add-on for WinCC
7/111
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview
SINAUT ST7cc control center system (non-redundant or redundant)
with connected ST7 and ST1 terminals
Based on SIMATIC WinCC, SINAUT ST7cc is the ideal control
center system for both SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1. It has
been developed specifically for event-driven and time-stamped
data transmission on the SINAUT system.
A high-availability ST7cc control center can be set up in con-
junction with the WinCC redundancy package.
SINAUT ST7cc additionally assumes the function of a telecontrol
center. There is therefore no need for a separate SIMATIC
S7-CPU for this function.
Benefits
Interfacing of SINAUT terminals to SIMATIC WinCC via WAN
and Ethernet
Entry of messages, analog and count values in WinCC
archives using the event times supplied by the SINAUT
terminals
Protection of investments in existing SINAUT ST1 systems,
as ST1 terminals can be connected
Saving of time and reduction of costs through simple configu-
ration without requiring detailed knowledge of SINAUT
Application
Based on SIMATIC WinCC, SINAUT ST7cc is the ideal control
center system for both SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1.
It has been developed specifically for event-driven and time-
stamped data transmission on the SINAUT system. It avoids the
possible loss of data inherent in cyclic polling in WinCC. It also
ensures the use of the correct event times supplied by the
SINAUT terminals for all WinCC messages and archive entries.
The process image integrated into ST7cc contains all process
data along with the status of all SINAUT stations in the network,
and makes this data available directly to WinCC for high-speed
process image visualization.
ST7ccConfig provides the user with an integrated configuring
tool based on the data telegrams configured in the SINAUT ST7
or ST1 terminals. WinCC and all its variables are configured
automatically and updated consistently to reflect any changes.
The additional use of the WinCC ACRON add-ons is recom-
mended for archives, protocols and reports in accordance with
ATV Notice H260 or Hirthammer. ST7cc features a configurable
data interface for these add-ons.
A high-availability ST7cc control center can be set up in
conjunction with the WinCC redundancy package.
Design
SINAUT ST7cc is installed on a Windows PC (Windows 2000,
XP or Server 2003). WinCC can run on the same PC. However,
WinCC client/server configurations are also possible in which
the ST7cc is located on the WinCC server.
A license for the WinCC complete package is required. A run-
time package may be sufficient if no configurations are required
on the end computer. The WinCC redundancy package incl.
license is also required for the redundant ST7cc.
The table on page 7/112 lists the software packages required for
the ST7cc non-redundant/redundant system in detail.
G_IK10_XX_30069
MPI
DCF77/GPS
MPI
SINAUT
ST7cc
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Industrial Ethernet
WAN WAN
TIM 4
TIM 4
MPI
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Industrial Ethernet
WAN WAN
e.g. S7-300 with
TIM 3V
SINAUT ST7 stations SINAUT ST1 stations
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
7/112
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design (continued)

1) A runtime package may be sufficient if no configurations are required on the end computer.
One or more SINAUT ST7 TIM communications processors is
connected to the ST7cc PC via the MPI bus or via Ethernet.
Both ST7 and ST1 terminals can be connected to the TIMs, only
ST7 terminals to the TIMs on the Ethernet.
Provision of current time of day:
Time synchronization for TIMs connected via MPI to the ST7cc
PC (TIM 4x) is only possible using a TIM equipped with a
DCF77 receiver. This is then responsible for central synchroni-
zation of the ST7cc PC and all stations.
Time synchronization for TIMs connected via Ethernet to the
ST7cc PC (TIM 3V-IE) is via ST7cc.
Outside the reception area of the DCF77 real-time transmitter
the use of a GPS receiver is recommended. This determines the
local time from the satellite-based global positioning system
(GPS).
Function
Operation as telecontrol center with user-friendly diagnostic
capability
Direct connection of SINAUT ST7 TIMs to ST7cc via MPI and
Ethernet. A separate CPU connected in series as a telecontrol
center is not required.
Provision of the most important status information for each
SINAUT ST7 or ST1 station with visualization in WinCC via the
provided station typicals (image typicals and faceplates).
Control options for SINAUT stations via these faceplates.
Process value flags from stations with faulty connection to
ST7cc.
General query for affected terminals following end of trans-
mission fault in order to update the process image in ST7cc.
For diagnostic purposes: Selective recording of telegram traf-
fic for individual or all SINAUT stations. Telegram visualization
and evaluation is carried out as with the TIM telegram monitor.
Time synchronization by ST7cc for the TIMs connected via
Ethernet to the ST7cc PC.
Preprocessing of process data
Binary values, analog values and count values can be config-
ured. Configurations take into account event times and assign
correct time stamps to derived messages and archive entries.
Binary values
- entry of up-to-date binary values into assigned WinCC vari-
ables.
- binary values can be interpreted as single-pole or multi-pole
messages.
- entry of derived messages into the WinCC messaging
system taking into account the time stamp supplied by
SINAUT ST7 or ST1.
Analog values (instantaneous and mean values)
- floating-point numbers, integers
- linear raw value adaptation (raw value physical value)
- entry of analog values (with or without linear raw value
adaptation) into the assigned WinCC variables
- entry of analog values (with or without linear raw value
adaptation) into the WinCC archive taking into account the
time stamp supplied by SINAUT ST7 or ST1
Count values
- processing of overflows on absolute-value counters.
- adaptation of count values via factors.
- generation of intervals at correct times.
- entry of up-to-date accumulated intervals into assigned
WinCC variables.
- entry of completed intervals into the WinCC archive taking
into account the time stamp supplied by SINAUT ST7 or ST1.
Setpoints
- floating-point numbers, integers
- linear raw value adaptation (physical value raw value)
if required.
Simple, system-wide configuration
Configuring the entire system with ST7ccConfig is extremely
user-friendly. Separate WinCC configuring for variables func-
tions, archives and message system is limited to a few prepara-
tory measures, e.g. the creation of message classes and types
and of archives in WinCC.
ST7cc non-redundant system ST7cc redundant system
Number Software package Number Software package
1 Windows 2000, XP or Server 2003 2 Windows 2000, XP or Server 2003
1 WinCC complete package
1)
1 WinCC complete package
1)
1 WinCC runtime package
1 WinCC redundancy package (with 2 licenses)
1 SIMATIC NET with license for CP software 2 SIMATIC NET with license for CP software
1 ST7cc redundancy package (with 2 licenses)
1 SW ST7cc S (with license for 6 stations)
or
SW ST7cc M (with license for 12 stations)
or
SW ST7cc L (with license for > 12 stations)
2 SW ST7cc S (with license for 6 stations)
or
SW ST7cc M (with license for 12 stations)
or
SW ST7cc L (with license for > 12 stations)
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
7/113
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


SINAUT ST7cc
Operating systems Windows XP Professional
SP1, SP2
Windows 2000 Professional
SP1, 2, 3, 4,
Windows Server 2003 Standard
Edition + SP1
WinCC versions WinCC V5.0 SP2 or higher,
WinCC V5.1 SP1 or higher,
WinCC V6.0 SP1 or higher,
WinCC V6.0 SP2 HF5 or higher,
WinCC V6.0 SP3 HF2 or higher,
WinCC V6.0 SP4 or higher
STEP 7 / NCM versions SIMATIC NCM PC/S7 V5.3 SP2
or
SIMATIC STEP 7 V5.3 SP1
SINAUT ST7cc
SIMATIC NET PC software versions SIMATIC NET PC software V6.2;
SIMATIC NET PC software V6.3
Configuration
ST7cc ST7cc configuring tool V2.5
SINAUT system SINAUT ST7
configuration software V3.5;
SINAUT ST7
configuration software V3.6
Quantity framework
6 SINAUT terminals Small license
12 SINAUT terminals Medium license
for more than 12 SINAUT terminals Large license
SINAUT ST7cc
Software for connecting SINAUT
stations to WinCC (Windows
2000/XP/Server 2003);
Single license for 1 installation
of the runtime software;
on CD-ROM;
license key on floppy disk;
German/English
SINAUT ST7cc S
Small license
for max. 6 SINAUT stations
6NH7 997-7CA15-0AA1
SINAUT ST7cc M
Medium license
6NH7 997-7CA15-0AA2
SINAUT ST7cc L
Large license for more than
12 SINAUT stations
6NH7 997-7CA15-0AA3
SINAUT ST7cc R
Redundancy license for ST7cc
(contains 2 licenses);
two ST7cc S, M or L single
licenses are also required
6NH7 997-8CA15-0AA0
SINAUT ST7cc SM
License upgrade
from ST7cc S to ST7cc M
(from 6 to 12 stations)
6NH7 997-7AA00-0AD2
SINAUT ST7cc SL
License upgrade
from ST7cc S to ST7cc L
(from 6 to more than 12 stations)
6NH7 997-7AA00-0AD3
SINAUT ST7cc ML
License upgrade
from ST7cc M to ST7cc L
6NH7 997-7AA00-0AE3
SINAUT ST7cc Manual
Paper version
CP 5611 A2
6GK1 561-1AA01
PG or PC to PROFIBUS/MPI;
suitable for the connection of up
to 8 TIM modules via MPI
CP 5611 A2 MPI
6GK1 561-1AM01
Comprising a 5611 PCI card
(32-bit) and 5 m MPI cable
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
patible communication, incl. OPC
server, PG/OP communication
and NCM PC; up to 64 connec-
tions, single license for 1 installa-
and electronic manual
German/English
CP 5613 A2
6GK1 561-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit; 5 V) for connect-
ing a PG or PC to PROFIBUS/MPI;
for CP 5613 A2
6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
license key on floppy disk
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
patible communication, incl. OPC
server, PG/OP communication
and NCM PC; up to 8 connec-
tions, single license for 1 installa-
Professional, 2003 Server, 2000
German/English
CP 1613 A2
6GK1 161-3AA01
PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz;
3.3 V/5 V universal key) for con-
necting a PG or PC to Industrial
Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s);
to 120 TIM modules via Industrial
Ethernet
S7-1613 V6.2 Edition 2005
for CP 1613 A2
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
including PG communication,
suitable for max. 120 connections,
license key on diskette
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
SINAUT ST7sc SCADA Connect Software
7/114
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

The SCADA Connect Software SINAUT ST7sc permits the
connection of SINAUT ST7 and ST1 stations to control center
systems that can operate as OPC clients (e.g. iFIX from Intel-
lution, InTouch from Wonderware, Open Enterprise from
Bristol-Babcock, Micro SCADA from ABB or RESY-PMC from
repas AEG).
SINAUT ST7sc is also suitable for data exchange with other
applications via OPC, e.g. Matrikon using Excel.
The OPC data can be exchanged either synchronously or
asynchronously (change-controlled).
The "Item Buffering" function prevents the loss of data on
failure of the OPC client or if SINAUT stations supply data at a
faster rate than can be transferred via the OPC interface.
System availability can be increased by connecting two ST7sc
systems working in parallel to a redundant client system.
SINAUT ST7sc can also operate as a telecontrol center,
meaning that a separate SIMATIC S7 CPU would no longer be
required for this function.
Benefits
Connection of SINAUT terminals to HMI, SCADA and Office
applications via OPC
The item-buffering procedure ensures a complete and
seamless archive
Saving of time and reduction of costs through the simple
configuration without requiring detailed knowledge of SINAUT
Application

The SINAUT system permits the networking of SIMATIC stations
with a control center via a wide area network (WAN) or via Ether-
net. This control center can also be a SIMATIC terminal or a PC-
based control center, e.g. WinCC with the SINAUT ST7cc add-
on.
SINAUT ST7sc offers suppliers of other control center systems
the option of connecting to SINAUT without having to integrate a
SINAUT interface. Communication takes place via OPC: As an
OPC server, SINAUT ST7sc forms the interface between the
SINAUT and the control center system, which is linked as an
OPC client.
The OPC interface is also suitable for data exchange with other
applications such as Excel.
Design
SINAUT ST7sc is installed on a Windows PC (Windows 2000 or
XP). The OPC server function permits the connection of one or
more client applications. These clients are either connected to
the server via a suitable communications medium, e.g. Ethernet,
or they are installed on the same PC as SINAUT ST7sc.
One or more SINAUT ST7 TIM communications processors are
connected to the ST7sc PC via the MPI bus or via Ethernet.
Both ST7 and ST1 stations can be connected to the TIMs on the
MPI, only ST7 stations to the TIMs on the Ethernet.
Provision of current time of day:
Time synchronization for TIMs connected via MPI to the ST7sc
PC (TIM 4x) is only possible using a TIM equipped with a
DCF77 receiver. This is then responsible for central synchroni-
zation of the ST7cc PC and all terminals.
Time synchronization for TIMs connected via Ethernet to the
ST7sc PC (TIM 3V-IE) takes place using ST7cc.
Outside the reception area of the DCF77 real-time transmitter
the use of a GPS receiver is recommended. This determines the
local time from the satellite-based global positioning system
(GPS).
DCF 77 GPS
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
3
2
SINAUT ST7sc
SINAUT ST7 stations
e.g. S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
SINAUT ST1 stations
MPI
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Industrial Ethernet
WAN WAN
TIM 4
TIM 4
MPI
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
7/115
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Function
The SINAUT terminal records the process data when making the
change and forwards it via the WAN or Ethernet to SINAUT
ST7sc. SINAUT ST7sc decodes the received SINAUT frames
and stores them in the ST7sc variables store according to the
configuration. An OPC client can read this received data from
the ST7sc variables store via the OPC "data access" server
interface. This is done either synchronously or asynchronously
(recommended), i.e. the OPC server interface only forwards
data if changes have taken place in the ST7sc variables store.
In the opposite direction the OPC client can write data that is
to be transmitted to a terminal (e.g. commands, setpoints,
parameters) onto the ST7sc variables store via the OPC server
interface. This data is converted into SINAUT data frames and
sent via the WAN or Ethernet to the SINAUT station specified in
the configuration.
One special property of the SINAUT system is that the process
data is secured against loss. If, for example, the connection from
the station to the control center fails, the station stores all
changes to the data locally which occur during the failure and
gives it a time stamp. In this way it is possible to overcome con-
nection failures lasting several hours or even days without any
loss of data. To ensure that this data stored in the station also
reaches the OPC client securely at a later stage, ST7sc includes
the "item-buffering" procedure which helps to avoid the loss of
data on the path to the OPC client:
If the OPC "data access" interface which represents a process
image is updated by the SINAUT station faster than the
client can read the data;
If the OPC client is unavailable for a shorter or longer period,
or if the OPC communication link fails.
The ST7sc normally sets up only one "memory cell" per item, in
which it holds the last status or value of the item. When the item-
buffering procedure is selected, however, one buffer is set up
for each item, in which all changes to the relevant item are
time-stamped and stored in sequence. The data is stored until
the individual changes can be forwarded to the OPC client.
The item-buffering procedure requires an HMI application that
can process the time-stamped data, even if the time stamp
is already several days old, e.g. after an extended connection
failure.
System configuration with SINAUT ST7sc
Redundant application
SINAUT ST7sc also permits a connection to a redundant client
system. In this case, two ST7sc systems would be used. These
systems transmit the data received from the station in parallel
and independently of one another to both clients and receive
data from these for transmission to the station.
The redundancy intelligence is located on the side of the client:
This ensures the correct evaluation and comparison of the
parallel data transmissions;
It transfers data that is to be sent to the terminals only once to
one of the two ST7scs so that there is no duplication of the
transmission.
Configuring
The ST7sc is configured using the ST7sc Config-Tool, which is
supplied on the ST7sc software CD.
The documentation for ST7sc and the Config-Tool can also be
found on this CD.
OPC
communication
SINAUT
WAN
communication
SINAUT
ST7sc
"Data access" OPC server interface
ST7sc variable range
SINAUT message
decoding
SINAUT message
coding
SINAUT
data
message
SINAUT
data
message
I
t
e
m

B
u
f
f
e
r
n 1 2 3
1 3 7
1a 3a 7a
1b 7b
1c 7c
7d
7e
78 79
78a 79a
78b 79b
79c
45
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
1
4
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
7/116
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


SINAUT ST7sc
Programming Open and standardized;
OPC data access interface V2.05;
Synchronous (IOPCSyncIO) and
asynchronous (IOPCAsyncIO2)
via the standard interface; the
variables of the item buffers are
accessed by means of asynchro-
nous reading
Logging DCOM protocol
Operating systems Windows XP Prof. SP1, SP2;
Windows 2000 Prof. SP1, 2, 3, 4
SINAUT ST7sc
STEP 7 / NCM versions SIMATIC NCM PC/S7 V5.3 SP2
or
SIMATIC STEP 7 V5.3 SP1
SIMATIC NET PC software versions SIMATIC NET PC software V6.2;
SIMATIC NET PC software V6.3
Configuring ST7sc Config tool
Quantity framework
6 SINAUT terminals Small license
12 SINAUT terminals Medium license
More than 12 SINAUT terminals Large license
SINAUT ST7sc
Software for connecting SINAUT
terminals to HMI, SCADA and
Office applications via OPC;
single license for 1 installation
of the runtime software;
on CD-ROM;
license key on floppy disk;
German/English
SINAUT ST7sc S
Small license
6NH7 997-5CA05-0AA1
SINAUT ST7sc M
Medium license
6NH7 997-5CA05-0AA2
SINAUT ST7sc L
Large license for more
than 12 SINAUT stations
6NH7 997-5CA05-0AA3
SINAUT ST7sc SM
License upgrade
from ST7sc S to ST7sc M
(from 6 to 12 stations)
6NH7 997-5AA00-0AD2
SINAUT ST7sc SL
License upgrade
from ST7sc S to ST7sc L
6NH7 997-5AA00-0AD3
SINAUT ST7sc ML
License upgrade
from ST7sc M to ST7sc L
6NH7 997-5AA00-0AE3
SINAUT ST7sc Manual
Paper version for V1.0
German
6NH7 998-5AA11
CP 5611 A2
6GK1 561-1AA01
PG or PC to PROFIBUS/MPI;
CP 5611 A2 MPI
6GK1 561-1AM01
Comprising a 5611 PCI card
(32-bit) and 5 m MPI cable
for CP 5611
6GK1 704-5CW63-3AA0
incl. FDL protocol,
CP 5613 A2
6GK1 561-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit; 5 V) for connect-
ing a PG or PC to PROFIBUS/MPI;
suitable for the connection
of up to 30 TIM modules via MPI
for CP 5613 A2
6GK1 713-5CB63-3AA0
for CP 1612
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
CP 1613 A2
6GK1 161-3AA01
PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz;
3.3 V/5 V universal key)
for connecting a PG or PC to
Industrial Ethernet (10/100
Mbit/s); suitable for the connec-
tion of up to 120 TIM modules
via Industrial Ethernet
for CP 1613
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
SINAUT MICRO SC
7/117
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview
Software package for PC and SIMATIC S7-200, comprising:
- PC:
OPC server,
connection manager
- S7-200:
PLC block library
OPC server for GPRS linking as many as 256 SIMATIC S7-200
stations to a control center
Permanent, bidirectional and wireless online connection to the
S7-200 via GPRS
GPRS communication between S7-200 stations by means of
routing function
Clear monitoring of GPRS station connections
Low GPRS mobile radio costs due to optimized communica-
tion with effective frame design
Encrypted transmission for protection against data manipulation
and tapping
Benefits
Design of low-cost fault signaling and monitoring systems
with SIMATIC S7-200 and WinCC flexible using GPRS system
solution
Low-cost GPRS volume tariffs allow permanent and wireless
online linking of machines or plants to a master center
Design of GPRS-based automation networks without special
contracts with mobile radio providers over closed virtual pri-
vate networks (VPN)
Low operating costs due to selectable cyclic or event-based
transmission
Free selection of central control station location through use of
Internet
Protection against tapping and manipulation of transmitted
data between S7-200 station and OPC server of the SINAUT
MICRO SC by means of encryption and scrambling algo-
rithms
Fast detection of communication faults thanks to clear moni-
toring of all S7-200 station connections
No complex radio planning, therefore fast commissioning with
low project costs
Fast generation of applications through matched combination
of automation components with the Micro Automation Set 21
(http://www.siemens.com/microset)
Application
Configuration of systems for monitoring and controlling simple
telecontrol tasks
Energy-saving concepts for plants, e.g. through status-
dependent speed control of pumps in remote stations
Control and monitoring e.g. of:
- sewage treatment plants, water treatment
- oil and gas supplies
- district heating networks
- power distribution
- pumping stations
- automatic machines
- traffic control systems
- buildings
- intelligent advertising panels
- weather stations
- lighthouses and buoys
- wind generators and photovoltaic plants
Linking of mobile stations, with central monitoring/control of
track vehicles, special vehicles, local public transport, com-
plex building machines, ships on rivers and in coastal areas
Communication between SIMATIC S7-200 systems via
MICRO SC control center
Control center
GSM/GPRS
provider
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
S7-200 station
with modem
SINAUT MD 720-3
Internet
Win CC
SINAUT MICRO SC
OPC server and
connection manager
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
9
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
SINAUT MICRO SC
7/118
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design
The SINAUT MICRO SC software package consisting of:
Block library for the S7-200 CPU (CPU 224 or higher)
OPC server software for the PC control center
- for data exchange with an OPC client, e.g. WinCC or WinCC
Flexible
Connection manager software for the PC control center
- for configuration of a secure GPRS connection with an
MD720-3 modem
- for monitoring these connections and
- for data routing in the case of cross-communication between
SIMATIC S7-200 and S7-200
Function
Access to SIMATIC S7-200 variables over the OPC interface
Wireless communication between S7-200 stations through the
integral routing function
WinCC and WinCC flexible can be used as clients
Configuration of monitoring time and time synchronization of
S7-200 stations
Adjustable cyclic transmission of all variables; transmission of
variables can be combined with monitoring
Event-based communication with the S7-200 stations
Input screens for creation of S7-200 stations
The PC on which the MICRO SC software is installed must be
permanently accessible from the GPRS network. The PC must
therefore be directly connected to the GPRS network using a
dedicated line, or permanently to the Internet, e.g. by means
of DSL.
Security
Password authentication for establishment of connection by
an S7-200 station
Secure data transfer between modem, Internet and SINAUT
MICRO SC using encryption algorithms
Diagnostics
Integrated diagnostic functions for:
- tabular overall view of connection status of all stations
- connection status as list
- adjustable refresh response
- manual scanning of connection status
- integral diagnostics functions for monitoring of connections

Combination of SINAUT MICRO and SINAUT ST7
SINAUT MICRO and SINAUT ST7 use different protocols for data
transmission. However, it is possible to combine a SINAUT
MICRO system with a SINAUT ST7 system. This is carried out in
the PC of the control center over the OPC server of the SINAUT
MICRO SC.
When using WinCC in the control center
When using a non-Siemens system in the control center
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
5
0
WinCC
MICRO SC
OPC server
OPC communication
S7-200
stations
ST7cc
SINAUT ST7
stations
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
5
1
Non-Siemens system
MICRO SC
OPC server
OPC communication
ST7cc
S7-200
stations
SINAUT ST7
stations
SINAUT Telecontrol
Software
SINAUT MICRO SC
7/119
Siemens IK PI 2007
7


Controls that are supported S7-200 CPU 224 or higher
(block library included in
scope of supply)
Number of stations
that can be used
8, 64 or 256 controllers
Interfaces to the OPC Client DCOM protocol
OPC "data access interface
V2.05"
Synchronous and asynchronous
reading of variables
Interfaces and functions
for the SIMATIC S7-200
Writing of variables in the
SIMATIC S7 in the case of value
changes to OPC variables
Transfer of SIMATIC S7 data to
OPC variables (for event-driven
communication from the
SIMATIC S7)
Activatable cyclic reading of
variables; adjustable time
interval
Monitoring of connected
SIMATIC S7 with time-of-day
synchronization
Routing of data packets
between connected SIMATIC
S7-200 stations
Protocol optimized for GRPS;
tunnel configuration from GPRS
modem
Via Internet access as server
with public IP address
(recommendation: Fixed public
Internet address)
Diagnostics data Integral OPC client for connection
monitoring
Configuration Using integral configuration tool
SINAUT MICRO SC
OPC server for GPRS com-
munication with S7-200;
connection management with 8,
64 or 256 remote stations;
routing for connections between
S7-200 stations; connection
monitoring;
and higher, Windows 2003
Server SP 1, Windows 2000
Professional/Server SP 4;
manual on CD-ROM
SINAUT MICRO SC8
connection management
for 8 remote stations;
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA3
SINAUT MICRO SC64
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA6
SINAUT MICRO SC256
6NH9 910-0AA10-0AA8
Accessories
quad band, AT command
interface, automatic establish-
ment of GPRS connection,
switchable to CSD mode, RS232,
RS232/PPI adapter;
manual on CD-ROM
in German, English, Chinese
ANT 794-4MR antenna 6NH9 860-1AA0
Quad band antenna,
omnidirectional with 5 m cable
SINAUT Telecontrol
Accessories
Connecting cables
7/120
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview

A range of standard connecting cables is available for inter-
connecting SINAUT components or connecting them to the
relevant WAN. Some of these connecting cables are part of the
scope of supply of the hardware components and others can
be ordered as required.
SINAUT Telecontrol
Accessories
Connecting cables
7/121
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Connecting cables for connecting TIM and modem modules

TIM3V/4 MD
TIM3V/4 MD2/3/4
RSM
MD2 MD2
M20,
TC35,
MC45
TIM3V/4
TIM3V/4
non-
Siemens
modem,
transmitter
TIM3V/4 TIM3V/4
TIM11
(SINAUT ST1)
MD
MD
TIM 011B
(SINAUT ST1)
Connecting cable for connecting TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232)
with one of the SINAUT ST7 modems MD2, MD3 or MD4
(RS232).
Also suitable for coupling the so-called modems to a SIMATIC
point-to-point CP such as CP 340, CP 342 or CP 441 with
RS232 interface.
Cable length 1.5 m
6NH7701-4AL
Connecting cable for connecting TIM 4 (RS485) with one of
the SINAUT ST7 modems MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS485).
Cable length 1.5 m
Connecting cable for connecting two MD2 (RS232) modems
to create a repeater.
Cable length 0.3 m
Connecting cable for connecting TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 (RS232)
with the GSM kit M20, TC35 or MC45 (access to GSM network).
Also suitable for non-Siemens modems or transmitters with
RS232 standard.
Cable length 2.5 m.
Connecting cable with one free end for connecting a
TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 with a non-Siemens modem or transmitter
(RS232).
Cable length 2.5 m
Test cable.
Connecting cable for connecting two TIM 3V-IE/TIM 4 using
their RS232 interfaces without using modems (null modem).
Cable length 6 m
Connecting cable for connecting TIM 11 (RS232) with one of
the SINAUT ST7 modems MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232).
Cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable for connecting TIM 011B (RS232) with one
of the SINAUT ST7 modems MD2, MD3 or MD4 (RS232).
Cable length 1.0 m.
6NH7701-4DL
6NH7701-1CB
6NH7701-5AN
6NH7701-4BN
6NH7701-0AR
6NH1701-7AN
6NH1701-7BK
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
2
Order No. Description Figure
SINAUT Telecontrol
Accessories
Connecting cables
7/122
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Connecting cables for WAN connection
A 6NH7700-xxx connecting cable is supplied with every TIM
module with a built-in MD modem as well as with every MD
modem. It can be used to connect the MD modem built into the
TIM or the separate modem to the relevant WAN.
The connecting cables can also be ordered as spare parts by
quoting the numbers indicated.

Interface adapter cable for TIM 4R/4RD
Instead of a built-in modem, the TIM 4R/TIM 4RD features a
second serial interface (combined RS 232/485). The interface
connector, which can be accessed in the same place as the
RJ12 connector on the built-in modem, is an 8-pin RJ45 con-
nector.
An adapter cable is required to connect the second serial
interface with an external modem or other transmission devices.
An RJ45 connector is located at one end of this cable and
a 9-pin Sub-D miniature connector at the other, to which the
standard cable for the modem/transmission device can be
connected (for selection see Table Connecting cables for con-
necting TIM and modem modules).
The adapter cable is supplied with every TIM 4R/4RD module.
However, it can also be ordered as a spare part by quoting the
number in the table below.

RJ12 RJ12
RJ45
Connecting cable with 2 x RJ12 connectors for connecting an
MD2 (RJ12 modem) with an LTOP overvoltage protection
module (RJ12). The connecting cable is also suitable for an
MD2 modem which is integrated into a TIM module.
Cable length 6 m
6NH7700-2AR60
Connecting cable with 2 x RJ12 Western connectors and
snap-on TAE6N connectors for connecting an MD3 modem
(RJ12) with a telephone socket (TAE6N) or LTOP overvoltage
protection module (RJ12) if the MD3 modem is used as modem
for the dedicated line.
The connecting cable is also suitable for an MD3 modem
which is integrated into a TIM module.
Cable length 6 m
Connecting cable with RJ12 and RJ45 Western connector for
connecting an MD4 modem (RJ12) with an ISDN-S
0
socket
(RJ45). The connecting cable can also be used for an MD4
modem which is integrated into a TIM module.
Cable length 6 m
6NH7700-3BR60
6NH7700-4AR60
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
3
RJ12 RJ12
TAE6N
RJ12
MD
RJ45
Adapter cable for the second serial RS232/485 interface of
the TIM4R/4RD for connecting the internal connector (RJ45)
to the 9-pole Sub-D miniature connector required externally.
Cable length 0.5 m
6NH7700-0AS05
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
7
4
TIM4R
TIM4RD
9pol.
Sub-D
SINAUT Telecontrol
Accessories
Connecting cables
7/123
Siemens IK PI 2007
7

Connecting cable
MD4 modem;
Cable length 1.5 m
RS 232
Also suitable for interfacing the
modems listed with a SIMATIC
point-to-point CP such as the
CP 340, CP 341 or CP 441 with
RS 232 interface
6NH7 701-4AL
RS 485
(not for TIM 3V-IE)
6NH7 701-4DL
Connecting cable 6NH7 701-1CB
For connecting two MD2 modems
(RS 232) in order to create a
repeater;
Cable length 0.3 m
(RS 232) with the M20, TC35 or
GSM network);
also suitable for third-party
modems or radio equipment with
RS 232 standard interface;
Cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable
open at one end
6NH7 701-4BN
For connecting a TIM3V/TIM4
with a third-party modem or radio
unit (RS 232 or RS 485);
Cable length 2.5 m
Test cable 6NH7 701-0AR
Connecting cable for connecting
two TIM3V/TIM4 modules via their
RS232 interface without modems
(null modem);
Cable length 6 m
Connecting cable
with 2 x RJ12 connectors
6NH7 700-2AR60
For connecting an MD2 modem
(RJ12) with an LTOP overvoltage
protection module (RJ12);
also suitable for an MD2
built into a TIM;
Cable length 6 m
Connecting cable with
2 x RJ12 Western connectors
and snap-on TAE6N connector
6NH7 700-3BR60
(RJ12) with a telephone socket
(TAE6N) or with an LTOP overvolt-
age protection module (RJ12)
if the MD3 modem is operated as
a dedicated-line modem;
built into a TIM.
Cable length 6 m
Connecting cable with RJ12
and RJ45 Western connectors
6NH7 700-4AR60
(RJ12) with an ISDN S
0
socket
(RJ45);
built into a TIM.
Cable length 6 m
Adapter cable 6NH7 700-0AS05
For the second RS 232/485 serial
interface on a TIM 4R/4RD,
for converting the internal con-
nector (RJ45) to the 9-pin Sub-D
miniature connector required
externally;
Cable length 0.5 m
SINAUT Telecontrol
Partner solutions
TeleService
7/124
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Overview
For remote maintenance of SIMATIC S7/C7 automation
systems using a wired or radio network
Functions:
- access to remote plants (remote maintenance):
Distributed systems can be centrally managed, controlled
and monitored using remote connections
(can be used in SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400).
- establishment of connection from/to remote plants
(PG-AS remote coupling).
- data exchange between plants (AS-AS remote coupling):
Exchange of process data between two SIMATIC automation
systems over the telephone network.
- sending a text message:
A SIMATIC automation system can send a text message via
a GSM radio modem.
For use on the SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400, C7
Application
TeleService can be used for remote maintenance of SIMATIC
S7/C7 automation systems via a wired or radio network using a
PG/PC. The known functionality of STEP 7 and the engineering
tools are available to the user, comparable with a local MPI
connection.
TeleService increases the effective availability of plants and
machines. The use of TeleService means that technical services
(e.g., maintenance, updating, fault analysis) can be carried out
cost-effectively from a central service center.
In addition to remote maintenance, remote coupling can be
established to a PG/PC using an FB call and program control.
This coupling permits the exchange of process data between an
S7 CPU and the PG/PC with support of PRODAVE MPI.
Design
Different components are required in accordance with the
TeleService function.
For remote maintenance:
Engineering Software TeleService.
One Hayes-compatible modem on the PG/PC side and one on
the plant side (not necessary with TS Adapter II).
TS Adapter, plant side.
Modem cable for connecting the PG/PC and modem
(service-side).
Modem cable for connecting the TS Adapter and modem
(included in TS Adapter II package).
Required in addition to the components for remote maintenance
in the case of PG/PLC remote coupling:
PRODAVE MPI V5.0 and higher for PG/PC:
Toolbox for process data traffic between SIMATIC S7/C7 for
autonomous processing of data traffic.
"PG_DIAL" function block (included in TeleService software
package) for the PLC.
Required in addition to the components for remote maintenance
in the case of PLC/PLC remote coupling:
TS Adapter for the second PLC.
"AS_DIAL" function block (included in TeleService software
package) for the PLCs.
For sending SMSes:
Engineering Software TeleService Version 5.2 and higher.
1 GSM wireless modem on plant side, Hayes-compatible.
TS Adapter, plant side.
Modem cable for connecting the TS Adapter and modem
(included in TS Adapter II package).
Fixed or
radio network
Modem
(PG/PC)
TS Adapter II
MPI
S7-400 S7-300 C7
DP Slave S7-CPU
PROFIBUS DP
PG/PC
D
SINAUT Telecontrol
Partner solutions
TeleService
7/125
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Design (continued)
TS Adapter II
The following features are new to TS Adapter II as compared
to the predecessor TS Adapter 5.2:
Single-width standard S7-300 housing.
Mounted onto DIN or S7-profile rail, therefore no time-consum-
ing cabinet installation required using a mounting plate.
Integral modem, either analog or ISDN as required.
USB interface for parameterization (V5.2: Serial interface).
This means that notebooks without a serial interface can also
be used. This interface can also be used locally as a program-
ming interface for the connected devices.
Serial RS232 interface for connecting external modems
(e.g. wireless modem).
Firmware with update-capability, e.g. for error rectification
(not possible with V5.2).
Power supply over MPI or over external 24 V power supply
(5.2 V only over MPI). This ensures that there will be no
problems with the power supply locally.
Connection of an external modem, e.g. a GSM wireless
modem, over serial interface.
Can be connected to:
- MPI
- PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s (previously 1.5 Mbit/s)
- PPI
Scope of delivery:
The following components are supplied with the TS Adapter II:
CD with driver
TeleService Software V6.0 (can be used for 14 days; a license
must be obtained thereafter)
MPI cable, 0.8 m, for connecting the adapter to the MPI/DP
interface.
USB cable, 5 m, for parameterizing the adapter; it can also be
used for programming the connected devices.
Standard telephone cable, 3 m, with RJ12 connectors
(only for analog TS Adapter II).
Standard telephone cable, 3 m, with RJ45 connectors
(only for ISDN TS Adapter II).
TAE6N connector.
When using the TS Adapter II modem outside Germany, a stan-
dard national telephone plug can be snapped onto the RJ12
connector. A TAE6N connector is supplied for Germany. In some
countries, telephone sockets with RJ12 sockets are available, in
which case telephone cables can be used without the need for
a telephone plug.
For operation, TeleService Software Version 6.0 is required.
Function
The following functionalities are provided for remote mainte-
nance with TeleService:
Parameterization of modems:
Parameterization is supported on the PG/PC side by Windows
functions. On the plant side, the TS adapter (with default
settings) takes over parameterization.
Electronic phone book:
For supporting plant administration (e.g., phone number,
location).
Multilevel access enable program:
Uses password and/or callback number to prevent unautho-
rized connections being made to a plant.
Callback functionality:
The plant automatically calls back the service center following
a TeleService call.
Routing of the PG functionality:
Routing using TeleService is supported exactly as with a local
connection. Prerequisites are S7/M7 CPUs and CP modules
with routing capability.
Import/export of the TS adapter parameters:
The parameters can be saved in a file (*.tap) on the program-
ming device/PC, and downloaded again.
The remote link in the configuration with the TS adapter also
supports the following functionality:
Program-controlled FB call:
For coupling between S7 CPU and PG/PC. Acceptance of
calls on the PG/PC side is ensured by PRODAVE MPI and
TeleService.
Triggering for exchange of process data also on the PG/PC
side by PRODAVE MPI.
New in TeleService V6.0:
TeleService V6.0 is independent of STEP 7.
Support for the new TS Adapter II.
Authorization over the new Automation License Manager.
Exclusively for use with Windows 2000, Windows XP Home
and Windows XP Professional.
SINAUT Telecontrol
Partner solutions
TeleService
7/126
Siemens IK PI 2007
7
Technical specifications from TeleService see "Engineering Tools".
TS Adapter II
Ports
to S7/C7 RS 485 (max. 12 Mbit/s)
to PC USB 1.1 (12 Mbit/s)
to external modem RS 232 (max. 115 Kbaud)
to analog telephone system RJ12
to ISDN telephone system RJ45
Voltage is supplied externally or
through MPI interface
24 V DC
Current consumption 60 mA (typ.) / 120 mA (max.)
Max. inrush current 0.7 A; 8 s
Temperature
Operation 0 C to +60 C
Storage/transport -40 C to +70 C
TeleService, Version 6.0
Task:
Remote maintenance
of SIMATIC S7/C7 by means of
fixed or radio network
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-200,
SIMATIC S7-300,
SIMATIC S7-400, SIMATIC C7
Requirement:
TS Adapter (STEP 7 not required)
Delivery package:
on CD, German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian;
Floating license 6ES7 842-0CC10-0YA5
Floating License Upgrade
(from each previous version)
6ES7 842-0CC10-0YE5
Software Update Service 6ES7 842-0CA01-0YX2
TS Adapter II Analog 6ES7 972-0CB35-0XA0
With MPI connection and RS 232;
9-pole, male (modem side)
TS Adapter II ISDN 6ES7 972-0CC35-0XA0
With MPI connection and RS 232;
9-pole, male (modem side)
five languages:
S7-200/300/400, C7, LOGO!,
SIMATIC DP, PC, PG, STEP 7,
engineering software, runtime
software, PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI,
SIMATIC NET
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
updates
7
Siemens IK PI 2007
8/2 Introduction
8/2 Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS
network transition
8/3 IWLAN PROFIBUS
network transition
8/3 Industrial Ethernet AS-Interface
network transition
8/4 Industrial Ethernet MODBUS
network transition
8/4 PROFIBUS AS-Interface
network transition
8/5 PROFIBUS EIB
network transition
8/5 PROFIBUS MODBUS
network transition
8/8 IWLAN PROFIBUS
network transition
8/8 IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
8/12 Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS
network transition
8/12 IE/PB Link PN IO
8/17 IE/PB link
8/21 Industrial Ethernet AS-Interface
network transition
8/21 IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
8/26 PROFIBUS DP AS-Interface
network transition
8/26 DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
8/30 DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
8/32 PROFIBUS DP EIB
network transition
8/32 DP/EIB Link
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA
network transition
Sec. 4 DP/PA coupler
Sec. 4 DP/PA Link
PROFIBUS DP RS 232C
network transition
Sec. 4 PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C Link
Network transitions
Network transitions
Introduction
8/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Overview
Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS network transitions
Network transition
IE/PB Link PN IO
or
IE/PB Link
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
1
CP 443-1
CP 443-1 Advanced CP 443-5 Basic
CP 443-5
Extended
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 343-5
CP 243-1
S7-200
CP 1613 A2
CP 1616
CP 5613 A2/
CP 5613 FO
CP 5614 A2/
CP 5614 FO
CP 5611 A2
CP 5512
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFIBUS
S7-300
S7-400
PC
Microbox
CP 1604
Network transitions
Introduction
8/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
IWLAN PROFIBUS network transitions
Industrial Ethernet AS-Interface network transitions
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
3
7
IWLAN RCoax Cable
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
W788-2PRO
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
W788-2PRO
PROFIBUS
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
2
Network transition
S7-300
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
2 CP 343-2
CP 343-2 P
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced
S7-200
CP 243-2
CP 243-1
CP 243-1 IT
IE/AS-I LINK PN IO Industrial
Ethernet
AS-Interface
Network transitions
Introduction
8/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Industrial Ethernet MODBUS network transitions

PROFIBUS AS-Interface network transitions
CP 341 with
loadable
drivers
1)
CP 441-2 with
loadable
drivers
1)
1) see Catalog ST 70
Network transition
S7-300
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
3
S7-400
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 443-1
CP 443-1 Advanced
Industrial Ethernet
MODBUS
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
0
S5-115U to -115U
Network transition
or
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
0
CPU 31x-2
CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 343-5
S7-300
CP 343-2
CP 343-2 P
IM 153
CP 343-2
CP 343-2 P
ET 200M
BM 141
BM 142
BM 147
CP 142-2
ET 200X
S7-200
IM 308-C
CP 5431 FMS/DP
CP 2430
PROFIBUS
CP 243-2
AS-Interface
Network transitions
Introduction
8/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
PROFIBUS EIB network transitions
PROFIBUS MODBUS network transitions
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
4
DP/EIB Link
PROFIBUS EIB
Network transition
1)
1)
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
5
S7-300
PROFIBUS
S7-400
MODBUS
Network transition
CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 343-5
CP 341 with
loadable drivers
CP 443-5 Basic
CP 443-5 Extended
CP 441-2 with
loadable drivers
1) see Catalog ST 70
Network transitions
Introduction
8/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Application
The advantages of Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, EIB and
AS-Interface can be utilized in a common bus system by means
of special links.

Network transitions from one bus system to another are imple-
mented using links, PLCs or PCs. In the case of PLCs or PCs,
this can take place via integrated interfaces and communica-
tions processors (CPs). Links pass on the data autonomously
from one network to the other.
The following links are available:
IE/PB Link and IE/PB Link PN IO for the transition from Indus-
trial Ethernet to PROFIBUS (also for fail-safe communication)
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO for the transition from Industrial Ethernet
to AS-Interface
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO for the transition from IWLAN to
PROFIBUS
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced and DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
for the transition from PROFIBUS to AS-Interface
DP/EIB Link for the transition from PROFIBUS to KNX/EIB
In the case of PLCs such as e.g. SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300,
S7-400, SINUMERIK or SIMOTION C, data is exchanged
between the individual networks by means of communications
processors or integrated interfaces. The data is linked by means
of a PLC, and therefore passed on to the other network already
preprocessed.
PROFINET network transition with proxy functionality
PROFIBUS segments can be connected to Industrial Ethernet
via PROFINET proxys. This connection can be implemented
using a solution with the SIMATIC WinAC PN optional package,
SIMATIC S7-300/400-CPUs with DP and PN interface, IE/PB Link
or via the IE/PB Link PN IO.
For a wireless network transition, a SCALANCE W-700 Access
Point with the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO can be used. This allows all
PROFIBUS standard slaves to be used unchanged for
PROFINET.
AS-Interface AS-Interface
IE/PB
LINK
PN IO
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
6
ET 200pro
ET 200S
ET 200pro
ET 200S
DP/AS-i
LINK
Advanced
LOGO!
LOGO!
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface AS-Interface
S7-400
e.g. with
CP 443-1
Advanced
S7-300
e.g. with CP 343-1
PC
with SOFTNET PN IO
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
6
Field device
Field device
Safe slave with
Emergency Stop
Power
supply
unit
Safe slave with
Emergency Stop
Laser
scanner
Safety
monitor
Safety
monitor
Power
supply
unit
S7-300
e.g. with CP 342-5
LOGO!
Safe slave with
Emergency Stop
Power
supply
unit
Safety
monitor
When IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
is used as dual master
Network transitions
Introduction
8/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
PROFINET
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct
communication of field devices (IO devices) with controllers
(IO controllers) as well as the solution of isochronous drive con-
trols for motion control applications. PROFINET also supports
distributed automation with the help of component engineering
(Component Based Automation).
PROFIBUS DP device types
PROFIBUS DP distinguishes between two different master
classes and different DP functions:
DP Master Class 1
The DP Master Class 1 is the central component on PROFIBUS
DP. The central controller or PC exchanges information with dis-
tributed stations (DP slaves) in a fixed, repeated message cycle.
DP Master Class 2
Devices of this type are used (programming, configuration or
control devices) during start-up, for configuring the DP system
or for controlling the plant during normal operation (diagnostics).
A DP Master Class 2 can be used, for example, to read the input,
output, diagnostics and configuration data of the slaves.
DP slave
output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output data de-
pends on the device and can be up to 244 byte.
The functional scope can differ between DP Master Class 1 and
2 or DP slaves. This determines the performance and availability
of a communications processor.
AS-Interface master
AS-Interface is a single-master system and consists of a master,
an AS-Interface power supply and the stations, referred to as
slaves. The masters, e.g. communications processors or links,
handle data exchange with the slaves.
More information
Important note:
SIMATIC Net products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1...)
which you can view in the Internet:.
Additional information is available in the Internet:
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
IO-D IO-C CBA
Network transitions
IWLAN PROFIBUS network transition
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
8/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Overview

Compact router between Industrial Wireless LAN and
PROFIBUS
Flexible integration of field level systems into an IWLAN radio
infrastructure according to IEEE 802.11b/g and IEEE 802.11a
with up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz with SCALANCE W
Access Points
PROFINET IO proxy;
connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller
according to PROFINET standard:
- from the viewpoint of the IO-controller, all DP slaves are
handled like I/O devices with Ethernet interface, i.e. the
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO is their proxy.
- from the viewpoint of the DP slaves, the IWLAN/PB Link
PN IO is the DP master
Connection of a WLAN antenna or alternatively an antenna
for operation with an RCoax cable (radiating cable)
Communication with programmable controllers in mobile
applications such as automated guided vehicles, storage and
retrieval systems or monorail overhead conveyors
Direct substitution of solutions with Power Rail Booster for
PROFIBUS with non-contact data transmission technology;
Advantages: No wear of sliding contacts
For installation in the casing of the Power Rail Booster (com-
mon with overhead conveyor and automated guided vehicles)
to degree of protection IP20
High, reliable data throughput together with rapid roaming
High degree of protection against unauthorized access
thanks to 128-bit encoding (AES)
configuration data
Integration in STEP 7
Benefits
High mobility;
increased plant availability through wireless data transmission
to mobile communication partners, e.g. to control an auto-
mated guided vehicle system (AGVS)
Wear-free;
contact-free technology with RCoax as a substitute for contact
wires, e.g. in monorail overhead conveyors
Integration of PROFIBUS field devices into an IWLAN radio
network (investment protection)
Designed for compatibility with Power Rail Booster;
optimized for installation in overhead conveyors with ET 200S
Flexible implementation by connecting an IWLAN antenna or
an alternative antenna for RCoax cable
configuration data
Application
The IWLAN Link PN IO supports the use of an IWLAN with RCoax
and WLAN antennas for wireless or contact-free data trans-
mission e.g. in monorail overhead conveyors or storage and
retrieval systems. With the support of PROFINET the numerous
different PROFIBUS system functions, such as diagnosis over
the bus, remain available.
Monorail overhead conveyors;
vehicle controllers for monorail overhead conveyors can be
implemented at low cost on the basis of SIMATIC components.
High availability, short response times and easy expansion
can be achieved by using distributed controllers, such
as SIMATIC ET 200S IM 151/CPU. The IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
allows the vehicle control systems to be used unchanged.
The user can also program them remotely with STEP 7 over
IWLAN.
Storage and retrieval systems;
with these systems, data light barriers requiring intensive
maintenance can be replaced by an IWLAN solution.
This enhances plant availability.
Design
The IWLAN/PB Link PN IO is snapped onto a standard rail, and
the outer dimensions correspond to the housing of the Power
Rail Booster. Using a connector, either an antenna for RCoax
or an antenna for an IWLAN radio field can be connected. The
degree of protection IP20 ensures that the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
is suitable for installation in the control cabinet.
Compact design;
- an R-SMA interface for connecting antennae
- one 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
- one 4-pin terminal strip for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC.
- Diagnostic LEDs
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the
optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of
supply)
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
IO-D IO-C CBA
Network transitions
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
8/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Function
PROFINET
PROFINET IO proxy;
wireless connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO
controller according to PROFINET standard
Diagnostics
including:
Diagnosis of the assigned PROFINET field devices;
using the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO as a proxy, the connected DP
slaves can be diagnosed in the same manner as PROFINET
IO devices (also in the user program of the PROFINET IO
controller)
Diagnostics Buffer
Configuring
With STEP 7 V 5.3 SP2 or higher (HSP IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
necessary), the parameters required for the IWLAN/PB Link
PN IO, e.g. the addresses, are assigned and all the necessary
routing information is automatically generated.
Integration
System solution with IWLAN/PB Link PN IO using example of monorail overhead conveyor
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
3
3
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
3
3
SIMATIC S7-400
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1RR
Monorail overhead conveyor
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
33
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
IWL
Link
IWL
Link
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
PROFIBUS
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
IWLAN/PB
Link PN IO
ET 200S with
IM 151 CPU
Network transitions
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
8/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
8

1) A repeater is required if the specified length is exceeded
2) The power supply is electrically isolated; a high-impedance
connection (>700 k) exists to the contact spring for mounting of the
enclosure on the DIN rail).

Data transmission rates
Radio 1 54 Mbit/s
- standards supported 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g
PROFIBUS 9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s
incl. 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)
Interfaces
Connection to
RSMA antenna socket
- maximum segment length
for PROFIBUS
1)
20 m
- maximum current consumption
at the PROFIBUS interface
with connection of network
components (for example,
optical network components)
100 mA at 5 V
Connection for power supply 4-pin terminal block
Power supply
2)
2 supplies for 20.4 28.8 V DC
Current consumption
(at rated voltage)
External from 24 V DC, max. 300 mA
Power loss approx. 6.5 W
Operating temperature 0 C + 60 C
Transport/storage temperature - 40 C + 70 C
Relative humidity, max. 95 % at +25 C
Construction
Module format Power Rail Booster enclosure
Configuration
Configuration software STEP 7/NCM S7 with V5.3 SP2 or
later plus Hardware Support
Package for IWLAN/PB Link
PN IO
Performance data
Number of DP slaves
on the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
(PROFINET IO-Devices
for PROFINET IO)
max. 8
Number of DP inputs. max. 256 byte
Number of DP outputs. max. 256 byte
Additional functionality
Number of S7 connections max. 8
Number of DSGW connections max. 8
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
Industrial Wireless LAN and
PROFIBUS with PROFINET IO
functionality, TCP/IP, S7-Routing,
IEEE 802.11 b/g/a at 2.4/5 GHz to
54 Mbit/s, 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
PROFIBUS;
including electronic manual
on CD-ROM
Spanish, Italian
6GK1 417-5AB00
inside the U.S.A. and Canada
6GK1 417-5AB01
Delivered with STEP 7 V5.3
Paper version for Industrial
Ethernet and PROFIBUS; manual
package for configuring S7-CPs,
IE/PB Link and PC-Station
(STEP 7 V5.3)
S7-300 power supply PS 307 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
24 V DC
IWLAN RCoax cables 6XV1 875-2A
Radiating cables for complex
radio environments as special
antenna for SCALANCE W
Access Points;
for enhanced temperature range
(-40 C + 85 C);
sold by the meter
2.4 GHz 6XV1 875-2A
5 GHz 6XV1 875-2D
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect Female
Antenna ANT792-4DN
6GK5 792-4DN00-0AA6
RCoax helical antenna with
circular polarization for RCoax
systems; 2.4 GHz; N-Connect
female connection;
antenna gain 1 dB at 2.4 GHz;
ambient temperature
-20 C +60 C
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect Female
Antenna ANT793-4MN
6GK5 793-4MN00-0AA6
RCoax 5/8 antenna, vertical
polarization for RCoax systems;
5 GHz; N-Connect female
connection;
ambient temperature
-20 C +60 C
Network transitions
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
8/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
IEEE 802.11b/g/a at 2.4/5 GHz to
54 Mbit/s; national approvals;
(-20 C +60 C);
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
6GK5 788-1ST00-2AA6
6GK5 788-1ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
two built-in radio interfaces; radio
networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a at
2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s; national
tion IP65 (-20 C +60 C);
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
6GK5 788-2ST00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2ST00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-1RR
radio interface; Industrial Wireless
LAN Rapid Roaming (IWLAN RR)
or Industrial Wireless LAN
(IWLAN); radio networks
IEEE 802.11b/g/a at 2.4/5 GHz to
54 Mbit/s; national approvals;
(-20 C +60 C);
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
6GK5 788-1SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-1SR00-2AB6
SCALANCE W788-2RR
two built-in radio interfaces;
Industrial Wireless LAN Rapid
Roaming (IWLAN RR) or Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN); radio net-
works IEEE 802.11b/g/a at
2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s; national
tion IP65 (-20 C +60 C);
ANT795-4MR, P67 hybrid plug-in
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AA6
6GK5 788-2SR00-2AB6
RCoax N-Connect Male
Termination Impedance
6GK5 795-1TN00-1AA0
Terminating resistor, 50 Ohm
RCoax N-Connect Female
N-Connector
6GK5 798-0CN00-0AA0
Plug-in connector for assembly
in the field
RCoax N-Connect male/male
Flexible connecting cable e.g.
between two RCoax segments
1 m 6XV1 875-5AH10
5 m 6XV1 875-5AH50
male/male
Flexible connecting cable
for components with R-SMA con-
nection and RCoax N-Connect
1 m 6XV1 875-5CH10
5 m 6XV1 875-5CH50
RCoax R-SMA/SMA Male/Male
Flexible Connection Cable
Flexible cable for connecting
an IWLAN/PB Link PN IO to com-
ponents with R-SMA and SMA
connections, e.g. cabinet
feedthrough; assembled with two
R-SMA to N-male connectors
0.3 m 6XV1 875-5DE30
female/female
panel feedthrough
6GK5 798-0PT00-2AA0
Panel feedthrough for wall thick-
nesses up to 5.5 mm, R-SMA
female and N-female connections
Preset-PLUG 6GK5 798-8AB00
Swap medium for simple initial
startup of IWLAN clients,
e.g. SCALANCE W-740 client
modules or IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
Network transitions
Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS network transition
IE/PB Link PN IO
8/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Overview
Compact network transition between Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS
Connection to Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with auto-
sensing for automatic switchover
Connection to PROFIBUS
with 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s incl. 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
PROFINET IO proxy;
via real-time communication (RT) according to PROFINET
standard:
- from the viewpoint of the IO-controller, all DP slaves are
handled like I/O devices of the Ethernet interface, i.e. the
IE/PB Link PN IO is its proxy.
Cross-network programming device/operator panel com-
munication by S7 routing,
i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely programmed by the pro-
gramming device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS.
Cross-network access to data of S7 stations for visualization
by means of S7 OPC server and S7 routing;
- via the IE/PB Link PN IO access can be made from the PC
on the Industrial Ethernet (e.g. for HMI applications with OPC
Client interface) by means of S7 OPC server, to all data of the
S7 stations on the PROFIBUS.
Module replacement without the need for a PG, using the
C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
IO-D IO-C CBA
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
8/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Benefits
PROFINET applications
Protection of investment due to simple connection of
PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller
Access to process data from all plant management levels
Worldwide access to data of the PROFIBUS nodes via Indus-
trial Ethernet and Internet for vertical integration
Optimization of a plant from a central location
Loading of STEP 7 programs from a central location
Independence from manufacturers thanks to support of the
PROFINET standard for distributed field devices
Module replacement without the need for a PG, using the
C-PLUG swap media for backing up the configuration data

Sample configuration of PROFINET with Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS. Via the IE/PB Link PN IO as proxy,
PROFIBUS devices can be seamlessly incorporated in the PROFINET.
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
0
3
6
SIMATIC S7-400
Migration for PROFIBUS devices
ET 200S
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
ET 200S ET 200S
ET 200S
SIMATIC HMI
SINAMICS
MICRO-
MASTER
ET 200M
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
PROFINET
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
8/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Applications in the case of vertical integration
Worldwide access to data of the PROFIBUS nodes via
Industrial Ethernet and Internet for vertical integration
Sample configuration of IE/PB Link PN IO as router from Industrial Ethernet to PROFIBUS for vertical integration
Application
As an independent component, the IE/PB Link PN IO forms the
seamless transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS.
By means of the IE/PB Link PN IO as proxy, the existing
PROFIBUS devices can continue to be used and integrated
into a PROFINET application.
The IE/PB Link PN IO also offers the following functions:
S7 routing
- cross-network programming device/operator panel com-
munication, i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely programmed
by the programming device on the Industrial Ethernet or
PROFIBUS.
- from the HMI stations on the Industrial Ethernet, access can
be made to visualization data of the S7 stations on the
PROFIBUS.
- this makes it possible, for example to parametrize and
diagnose a PROFIBUS field device using SIMATIC PDM (on
the PC) on the Industrial Ethernet via the IE/PB Link PN IO.
Design
The IE/PB Link PN IO exhibits all the advantages of the
SIMATIC design:
Compact design;
- one RJ45 port for connection to Industrial Ethernet.
- one 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
- one 2-pin terminal strip for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC.
- diagnostic LEDs
Connection is by means of the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with 180
cable exit or by means of a standard patch cable
Simple mounting;
the IE/PB Link PN IO is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail.
supply)
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS DP
ET 200X
ET 200S
SITRANS
PROFINET
S7-300
PC
SIMATIC
Panel PC 670
DP/PA
Link
Intranet/Internet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
6
PC with CP 1616
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
Data access
Cell level
Field level
IE/PB Link
or
IE/PB Link
PN IO
Drive
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
8/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Function
PROFINET
PROFINET IO proxy;
via real-time communication (RT) according to PROFINET
standard
Additional functions for vertical integration
S7 routing
- cross-network programming device communication, i.e.
all S7 stations on Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS can be
remotely programmed by the programming device.
- from the HMI stations on the Industrial Ethernet, access can
be made to visualization data from the S7 stations on the
PROFIBUS.
- with this option, the IE/PB Link PN IO can be used as a router
for data sets that have to be sent to field devices (DP slaves).
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a tool that cre-
ates data sets of this type for parameterizing and diagnosing
field devices.
Application:
This makes it possible, for example to parameterize and
diagnose a PROFIBUS PA field device using SIMATIC PDM
(on the PC) on Industrial Ethernet via the IE/PB Link PN IO
and DP/PA coupler.
The additional functions for vertical integration can also be used
in an existing PROFIBUS application without PROFINET for
interfacing to a higher-level Industrial Ethernet.
The IE/PB Link PN IO can be used as an additional DP master
Class 2 on a PROFIBUS segment for coupling to Industrial
Ethernet and offers the above-mentioned functions.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7 or SNMP,
including:
Diagnosis of the assigned PROFINET field devices;
using the IE/PB Link PN IO as a proxy, the connected DP
slaves can be diagnosed in the same manner as PROFINET
IO devices (also in the user program of the PROFINET IO
controller)
Diagnostics buffer
Configuring
The IE/PB Link PN IO is configured with STEP 7, V 5.3 SP1 and
higher.
The parameters required for IE/PB Link PN IO, e.g. the
addresses, are assigned using STEP 7 and all the necessary
routing information is automatically generated.
The configuration data for PROFINET IO created using STEP 7
are saved on the IO Controller. The maximum volume of data that
can be stored must be taken into account. The initialization data
for the Ethernet interface are backed up on the C-PLUG (Config-
uration Plug) swap medium. The IE/PB Link PN IO can be re-
placed without the need for a programming device in the event
of failure because the relevant configuration data are backed up
on the IO-Controller or on the C- PLUG.

Industrial Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing
PROFIBUS 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Interfaces
- 10BaseT/100BaseT RJ45
Connection to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub D socket
Connection for power supply 2-pin terminal block
Power supply 24 V DC (+/-5%)
Current consumption
(at rated voltage)
external from 24 V DC, max. 600 mA
Operating temperature 0 C ... + 60 C
Transport/storage temperature - 40 C ... + 70 C
Construction
Configuring
Configuration software for PROFI-
NET and additional functions
STEP 7/NCM S7, V5.3 SP1
or higher
Performance data
PROFINET IO performance data
Number of DP slaves on the
IE/PB Link PN IO (PROFINET IO-
Devices for PROFINET IO)
64
Number of DP inputs, max. 2.048 byte
Number of DP outputs, max. 2.048 byte
Number of S7 connections Max. 32
Number of DSGW connections Max. 32
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
8/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
8

More information
http://www.siemens.com/profinet
IE/PB Link PN IO 6GK1 411-5AB00
PROFIBUS; with PROFINET IO
functionality, TCP/IP,
S7 routing and dataset routing,
10/100 Mbit/s Fast Ethernet,
9.6 to 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS;
including electronic manual on
CD-ROM
Spanish, Italian
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
FC installation cables; with 180
cable outlet; for network
engineering and application data,
S7-300 DIN rail 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
24 V DC
Included in STEP 7 V5
scope of supply
Paper version
configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB Link
and PC-Station (STEP 7 V5.3)
Manual for twisted pair and
fiber optic networks
Paper version
mounting guidelines
Paper version
project management,
network components, mounting
Network transitions
IE/PB link
8/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Overview

Compact network transition between Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS
Connection to Industrial Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s full/half
duplex connection with autosensing for automatic switchover
Connection to PROFIBUS with data transmission rates of
9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s incl. 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
PROFINET Standard Version V1.0.
IE/PB Link supports the PROFINET communication services
for data communication between the PROFINET devices and
is a proxy for PROFIBUS field devices.
PROFINET defines an engineering model for distributed auto-
mation solutions and a model for integrated communication
over PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet with IT standards.
cation by S7 routing, i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely
programmed using the programming device on the Industrial
Ethernet or PROFIBUS.
Benefits

Applications in Component Based Automation
Support for the PROFINET standard V1.0
Consistent modularization of plants and machines through
easy handling of distributed intelligence
Sample configuration of PROFINET with Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS. Over the IE/PB Link as proxy,
PROFIBUS devices can be seamlessly incorporated in the PROFINET.
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
IO-D IO-C CBA
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
7
Drive
ET 200S
ET 200X
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Advanced
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
with PN CBA OPC-Server
PC with PN CBA
OPC-Server
PG
Load programs
Communication
between autonomous
PROFINET devices Drive
Data access
Communication
between autonomous
PROFINET devices
Communication
between autonomous
PROFINET devices
Access Point
SCALANCE W
MOBIC with
CP 1515
Mobile startup,
diagnostics
on-site
via LAN
access to station
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS DP
PROFINET
Network transitions
IE/PB link
8/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Applications in the case of vertical integration
Loading of STEP 7 programs from a central locations
Sample configuration of IE/PB Link as network transition from Industrial Ethernet to PROFIBUS for vertical integration
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS DP
ET 200X
ET 200S
SITRANS
PROFINET
S7-300
PC
SIMATIC
Panel PC 670
DP/PA
Link
Intranet/Internet
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
6
PC with CP 1616
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
Data access
Cell level
Field level
IE/PB Link
or
IE/PB Link
PN IO
Drive
Network transitions
IE/PB link
8/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Application
As an independent component, the IE/PB Link enables the
seamless transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS.
PROFINET defines an engineering model for distributed
automation solutions and a model for integrated communication
over PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet with IT standards.
PROFINET facilitates communication relationships between
PROFIBUS devices as well as between PROFIBUS devices and
Ethernet devices. IE/PB Link supports the connection of DP
slaves as well as the connection of PROFIBUS devices with
loadable functionality in the form of a program, e.g. an ET 200 S
with CPU.
This allows vertical integration from the management level down
to the field level.
Support for Component Based Automation based on the new
PROFINET standard of PROFIBUS International.
This standard supports:
- component technology in automation engineering
- graphical configuration of communication between intelli-
gent devices instead of complex programming
- manufacturer-independent, plant-wide engineering
- component Based Automation provides access to the
variables of the PROFINET components from all standard PC
applications with an OPC client interface, e.g. visualization
systems. The objects can be directly selected from a list of
variables from the selected PROFINET component through
OPC servers.
The IE/PB Link also offers the following functions:
S7 routing
- enables cross-network PG/OP communication, i.e. all S7
stations can be remotely programmed using the program-
ming device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS.
- HMI stations on the Industrial Ethernet can access visualiza-
tion data from the S7 stations on the PROFIBUS.
- this makes it possible, for example, to parameterize and
diagnose a PROFIBUS field device using SIMATIC PDM
(on the PC) on the Industrial Ethernet via the IE/PB Link.
Design
The IE/PB link has all the advantages of the SIMATIC design
Compact design;
the rugged plastic casing features on the front
- 15-pin Sub-D connector for interfacing to Industrial Ethernet
(automatic switching between AUI and industrial twisted
pair).
- RJ45 interface for connection to twisted pair
- 9-pin Sub-D connector for connection to PROFIBUS
- 4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC
Automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing.
The IE/PB link is operated without fans.
Simple mounting; the IE/PB link is mounted on an S7-300
sectional rail.
Function
The IE/PB Link module supports the following communication
services:
PROFINET communication services in accordance with the
PROFINET standard Version V1.0
Network transition as DP Master Class 2/vertical integration
- S7 Routing
- data record routing (PROFIBUS DP)
PROFINET
IE/PB Link supports the communication services specified in
PROFINET for data communication between the PROFINET
devices and is a proxy for PROFIBUS field devices.
It facilitates communication relationships between PROFIBUS
devices as well as between PROFIBUS devices and Ethernet
devices. IE/PB Link supports the connection of simple DP slaves
as well as the connection of PROFIBUS devices with loadable
functionality in the form of a program, e.g. for an ET200 S with its
own CPU.
Network transition as DP Master Class 2/vertical integration
The IE/PB Link can be used as an additional DP Master Class
2 on a PROFIBUS segment for coupling to Industrial Ethernet
and offers the following functions.
S7 Routing
- enables cross-network PG communication, i.e. all S7 sta-
tions can be remotely programmed using the programming
device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS.
- with this option, the IE/PB Link can be used as a router for
data sets that have to be sent to field devices (DP slaves).
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a tool that
creates data sets of this type for parameterizing and diag-
nosing field devices.
Application:
This makes it possible, for example, to parameterize and
diagnose a PROFIBUS PA field device using SIMATIC PDM
(on the PC) on Industrial Ethernet via the IE/PB Link and
DP/PA coupler/link.
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7,
including:
Operating status
Message buffer
Configuration
For configuring the additional functions of IE/PB Link, STEP 7
Version V5.1 SP2 and higher is necessary.
The parameters required for IE/PB Link, such as the addresses,
are assigned using STEP 7 and all the necessary routing infor-
mation is automatically generated.
For configuring the PROFINET communication, the separate
engineering tool SIMATIC iMap to the PROFINET standard is
required. The tool is offered as an option package with STEP 7.
The SIMATIC iMap engineering software, which operates sys-
tem-wide and manufacturer-independently, replaces the other-
wise complex programming of the communication relationships
between intelligent devices with easy graphical configuration.
Network transitions
IE/PB link
8/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
8

1) All PROFINET IO Devices (DP slaves) to be connected to the IE/PB
Link PN IO must be generated as PROFIBUS-DPV0 (standard slaves)
using STEP 7.

More information
http://www.siemens.com/automation/cba
Industrial Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s autosensing
PROFIBUS 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s
Interfaces
- AUI (10 Mbit/s) 15-pin Sub-D socket
- 10BaseT/100BaseT RJ45
Connection for supply voltage 4-pin terminal block
Supply voltage 24 V DC (+/-5%)
Current consumption
(at rated voltage)
External from 24 V DC, max. 600 mA
Operating temperature 0 C + 60 C
Transport/storage temperature - 40 C + 70 C
Construction
Configuration
for PROFINET
Option package SIMATIC iMAP
V1.2 and higher
Configuring software
for additional functions
NCM S7 in STEP 7, V5.1 SP2
or higher
Performance data
Number of DP slaves on the
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
(PROFINET IO-Devices for
PROFINET IO)
max. 64
1)
Number of DP inputs max. 2048 byte
Number of DP outputs max. 2048 byte
Number of S7 connections max. 32
Number of DSGW connections max. 32
IE/PB link 6GK1 411-5AA00
PROFIBUS, including electronic
manual on CD-ROM,
Spanish, Italian
S7-300 DIN rail 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0
24 V DC
Shipped with STEP 7 V5
Manual for TP and
Paper version
Paper version
project management,
SIMATIC iMap V3.0
for configuring PROFINET CBA
Prerequisite:
Pack 4 or higher or Windows XP
Prof. with Service Pack 1 or
Windows 2003 Server with Ser-
vice Pack 1 or higher;
on PG or PC with Pentium proces-
sor, min. 1 GHz; STEP 7 V5.3 or
higher with Service Pack 3,
PN OPC Server V6.3 or higher;
Delivery form:
German, English,
Network transitions
Industrial Ethernet AS-Interface network transition
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
8/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Overview

Compact network transition between Industrial Ethernet
(PROFINET IO device) and AS-Interface
Single and dual AS-Interface master (according to AS-Inter-
face specification V3.0) for connecting 62 AS-Interface slaves
High-performance, integrated analog value transmission
Integral earth-fault monitoring for the AS-Interface cable
Simple diagnostics and startup on site using a pixel-graphics
display and operator keys or Web interface with standard
browser
Optimum TIA integration through STEP 7, integration in
engineering tools from other vendors through PROFINET type
file (GSDML)
Vertical integration (standard Web interface) through Indus-
trial Ethernet
Power supply from the AS-Interface cable or alternatively with
24 V DC (optional)
Module replacement without PG by using C-PLUG (optional)
Benefits
Short startup time due to simple configuration by pressing a
button and testing of the AS-Interface segment on display or
through Web interface
Reduction in downtimes and servicing times on failure of slave
due to convenient diagnostics on display or through Web
interface
Reduction of installation costs because the power can be
supplied entirely from the AS-Interface cable, so an additional
power supply is not required
Reduced engineering overhead thanks to convenient
configuration of Siemens slaves by means of Drag&Drop in
HW-Config (STEP 7)
Application
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is a PROFINET IO-Device (according to
IEC 61158) and AS-Interface master (according to AS-Interface
specification V3.0 to EN 50 295), and enables transparent data
access to the AS-Interface from Industrial Ethernet.
PROFINET IO-Controllers can exchange I/O data cyclically with
the AS-Interface; with acyclic services AS-i master calls can also
be carried out. The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is thus ideally suitable
for distributed configuration and for linking an underlying
AS-Interface network.
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO in the version as AS-i single master is
sufficient for applications with typical quantity frameworks.
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO in the version as AS-i dual master
is used for applications with high quantity frameworks. In this
case, twice the quantity frameworks can be used on two
AS-i segments running independently of each other.
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
IO-D IO-C CBA
Network transitions
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
8/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Linking of AS-Interface to PROFINET via IE/AS-i LINK PN IO as single/dual master
Safety
monitor
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
7 Power
supply
unit
Power
supply
unit
HMI
Safety
monitor
Safe slave
with Emergency Stop
Safe slave
with Emergency Stop
Laser
scanner
S7-400
with CP 443-1
Advanced
PC
with SOFTNET PN IO
S7-300
e.g. with CP 343-1
When IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
ET 200pro
ET 200S
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
7
LOGO!
Slave
SCALANCE
X208
PROFINET
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
Network transitions
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
8/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
With an upstream IWLAN client module, e.g. SCALANCE W746-
1PRO, an AS-Interface segment can be integrated wirelessly
into the PROFINET world. Typical applications here are those
solved with fault-prone festoon cables or contact conductor
technology; maintenance costs are thus reduced.
Wireless communication between Industrial Ethernet and AS-Interface components
PROFINET
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
Industrial Ethernet
Field PG/
Notebook
with CP 7515
SIMATIC HMI
Radio cell 2 Radio cell 1
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Client Module
SCALANCE
W746-1PRO
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
3
0
1
4
3
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
AS-
Interface
S7-400
Network transitions
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
8/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Design
Sturdy plastic enclosure with degree of protection IP20
for DIN rail mounting
Compact design;
- display in front panel for exactly detailed indication of oper-
ating state and functional readiness of all connected and
activated AS-Interface slaves
- keys for startup and testing of the AS-Interface segment
directly on the IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
- LED display of operating state of PROFINET IO and
AS-Interface
- integral 2-port switch (RJ45 socket) for connection to
Industrial Ethernet supports the linear topology without
external switch
- convenient startup, diagnostics and testing of the IE/AS-i
LINK PN IO over a Web interface with standard browser
- power supply from the AS-Interface shaped cable or alterna-
tively with 24 V DC
- low mounting depth through recessed connector assembly
Simple assembly on standard DIN rail
Operation without fans or batteries
supply)
Function
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO allows a PROFINET IO master to
cyclically access the I/O data of all slaves of a subordinate
AS-Interface segment. In line with the enhanced AS-Interface
specification (V3.0), a maximum of 62 slaves each with
4 inputs and 4 outputs as well as analog slaves can be con-
nected per AS-Interface segment.
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO occupies 62 input byte and 62 output
byte in the IO controller as standard, in which the I/O data of the
connected AS-Interface slaves are saved. The input/output
buffer can be compressed so that only the actual I/O memory
space required is occupied in the system of the IO controller.
Integral evaluation of analog signals is just as simple as the
accessing of digital values.
PROFINET IO controllers are also able to trigger AS-Interface
master calls (e.g. write parameters, modify addresses, read
diagnostics values) by means of the acyclic PROFINET services.
The subordinate AS-i segment can be completely started up
using an input display in the AS-Interface link. The IE/AS-i LINK
PN IO is equipped with two switched Ethernet ports which addi-
tionally permit use of the integral Web server, making the input
display already described even easier to use. Firmware updates
are also available.
The optional C-PLUG supports module replacement without a
programming device, ensuring that downtimes in the event of a
fault are reduced to a minimum.
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostics options are available via the display and
input keys, Web interface or STEP 7, including
Operating status of the link
Status of the link as PROFINET IO device
Diagnostics of the AS-Interface network
Frame statistics
Standard diagnostics sites for rapid diagnostics access
using standard browser
Configuration
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO can be configured using STEP 7 from
Version V5.4 SP2 or simply by importing the actual configuration
on the display.
Alternatively, the IE/AS-i LINK IO can be integrated in the
engineering tool by means of the PROFINET type file (GSD):
STEP 7 versions lower than V5.5 SP2
Engineering tools from other manufacturers
With STEP 7 configuring, uploading of the AS-Interface configu-
ration is possible in STEP 7 from V5.4 SP2 onwards. In addition,
AS-Interface Slaves from Siemens can be conveniently config-
ured in HW-Config (slave catalog).
Network transitions
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
8/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
8


per AS-i segment
AS-Interface bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves;
10 ms for 62 slaves
Ethernet data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s, autosensing
Interfaces
AS-Interface connection 1 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in)
- with single master 1 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in)
- with dual master
(2 AS-i segments)
2 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in)
Connection to Ethernet 2 x RJ45 sockets (switch ports)
Optional: 24 V DC supply voltage 3-pole terminal contacts (plug-in)
incl. functional ground for integral
ground fault monitoring
Display 128 x 64 pixels with backlighting
Keys Membrane keyboard (6 keys)
Supply voltage
From the AS-Interface
shaped cable (segment 1)
According to AS-Interface
specification EN 50 295
Optional 24 V DC
Current consumption
shaped cable
max. 250 mA
Loading capacity
Power loss 7.5 W
- horizontal mounting 0 C +60 C
Operating altitude 3000 m above mean sea level
Construction
Assembly On standard DIN rail
Supported AS-Interface
master profiles
M1, M2, M3, M4
(corresponding to AS-Interface
specification V3.0)
Configuration of AS-Interface by means of keys on front panel,
with STEP 7 Version V5.4 SP2,
through Web interface
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
AS-Interface;
master profiles M3 and M4,
enhanced AS-Interface
specification V3.0;
manual on CD-ROM
Spanish, Italian
Single master with display 6GK1 411-2AB10
Dual master with display 6GK1 411-2AB20
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
e.g. for ET 200S
Network transitions
PROFIBUS DP AS-Interface network transition
8/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Overview

Compact network transition between PROFIBUS (DP slave)
and AS-Interface
Single and dual AS-Interface master (according to
AS-Interface specification V3.0) for connecting 62 AS-Inter-
face slaves
High-performance, integrated analog value transmission
High-performance, integral earth-fault monitoring for the
AS-Interface cable
Simple diagnostics and startup on site using a pixel-graphics
display and operator keys or Web interface with standard
browser
Optimum TIA integration through STEP 7, integration into
engineering tools of other vendors through PROFIBUS type
file (GSD)
Vertical integration (standard Web interface) through
Industrial Ethernet
Power supply from the AS-Interface cable or alternatively
with 24 V DC (optional)
Module replacement without PG by using C-PLUG (optional)
Benefits
Short startup time through simple configuration by pressing a
button and testing the AS-Interface segment via display or
Web interface
Reduction in downtimes and servicing times on failure of slave
through convenient diagnostics on display or Web interface
and by simple replacement of module with the C-PLUG swap
medium
Reduction of installation costs because the power can be
supplied entirely from the AS-Interface cable, so an additional
power supply is not required
Reduced engineering overhead through convenient configu-
ration of Siemens slaves per slave catalog in HW-Config
(STEP 7)
Lower costs for high quantity frameworks as result of the dual
AS-Interface master
Application
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is PROFIBUS DPV1 slave
(according to EN 50 170) and AS-Interface master (according to
AS-Interface specification V3.0 to EN 50 295) and enables
transparent data access to the AS-Interface from PROFIBUS DP.
PROFIBUS DP masters can exchange I/O data cyclically with
the AS-Interface; DP masters with acyclic services can addition-
ally carry out AS-Interface master calls. The DP/AS-i LINK
Advanced is thus particularly suitable for distributed configura-
tion and for linking a subordinate AS-Interface network.
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced in the version as AS-Interface
single master is sufficient for applications with typical quantity
frameworks.
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced in the AS-Interface dual master
version is used for applications with high quantity frameworks.
In this case, twice the quantity frameworks can be used on two
AS-Interface segments running independently of each other.
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
Network transitions
8/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
8

Linking of AS-Interface to PROFIBUS via DP/AS-i LINK Advanced as single/dual master
LOGO! Safety
monitor
Safe slave with
EMERGENCY-STOP
PG e.g.
with CP 5611 A2
S7-300
e.g. with CP 342-5
PC with
SOFTNET-DP
Power
supply
unit
Slave Safety monitor
Safe slave with
EMERGENCY-STOP
Laser
scanner
S7-400
with CP 443-5 Extended
HMI
When IE/AS-i LINK Advanced
Power
supply
unit
Slave
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
ET 200S
ET 200pro
Network transitions
8/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Design
Stable plastic enclosure with degree of protection IP20
for DIN rail mounting
Compact design;
- display in front panel for exactly detailed indication of
operating state and functional readiness of all connected
and activated AS-Interface slaves
- 6 keys for startup and testing of the AS-Interface segment
directly on the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
- LED display of operating state of PROFIBUS DP and
AS-Interface
- integral Ethernet port (RJ45 socket) for convenient startup,
diagnostics and testing of DP/AS-i LINK Advanced through
a Web interface with standard browser
- power supply from the AS-Interface shaped cable or alterna-
tively with 24 V DC
- low mounting depth due to recessed connector assembly
Simple assembly on standard DIN rail
Operation without fans or batteries
supply)
Function
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced allows a PROFIBUS DP master to
cyclically access the I/O data of all slaves of a subordinate
AS-Interface segment. In line with the enhanced AS-Interface
specification (V3.0), a maximum of 62 slaves each with
4 inputs and 4 outputs as well as analog slaves can be
connected per AS-Interface segment.
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced occupies 62 input byte and
62 output byte in the DP master as standard, in which the I/O
data of the connected digital AS-Interface slaves are saved.
The input/output buffer can be compressed so that only the
I/O memory space actually required is occupied in the system
of the DP master. Integral evaluation of analog signals is just as
simple as the access to digital values; it is unnecessary to call
communications blocks.
PROFIBUS DP V1 masters are also able to trigger AS-Interface
master calls (e.g. write parameters, modify addresses, read
diagnostics values) by means of the acyclic PROFIBUS
services.
The subordinate AS-Interface segment can be completely
started up using an input display in the AS-i link. The DP/AS-i
LINK Advanced is equipped with an additional Ethernet port
which permits use of the integral Web server and therefore addi-
tionally increases the convenience of the input display already
described. Firmware updates are also available free of charge.
The optional C-PLUG supports module replacement without a
programming device, ensuring that downtimes in the event of a
fault are reduced to a minimum.
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostics options are available via LEDs, the
display and input keys, Web interface or STEP 7, including
Operating status of the link
Status of the link as PROFIBUS DP slave
Diagnostics of the AS-Interface network
Frame statistics
Standard diagnostics sites for rapid diagnostics access
using standard browser
Configuration
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced can be configured using STEP 7
from Version V5.4 or simply by importing the actual configuration
on the display.
Alternatively, the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced can be integrated in
the engineering tool by means of the PROFIBUS type file (GSD):
COM PROFIBUS
Older STEP 7 versions lower than V5.4
Engineering tools from other vendors
With STEP 7 configuring, uploading of the AS-Interface con-
figuration is possible in STEP 7 from V5.4 onwards. In addition,
AS-Interface Slaves from Siemens can be conveniently config-
ured in HW-Config (slave catalog).
Network transitions
8/29
Siemens IK PI 2007
8


Data transmission rates per
AS-Interface segment
AS-Interface bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves;
10 ms for 62 slaves
PROFIBUS data transmission rate Up to 12 Mbit/s
Ethernet data transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s, autosensing
Interfaces
AS-Interface connection 1 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in)
- with single master 1 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in)
- with dual master
(2 AS-i segments)
2 x 4-pin terminal block (plug-in)
Connection to PROFIBUS 1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket
Connection to Ethernet 1 x RJ45 socket
Optional: 24 V DC supply voltage 3-pole terminal contacts (plug-in)
incl. functional ground for integral
ground fault monitoring
Display 128 x 64 pixels with backlighting
Keys Membrane keyboard (6 keys)
Supply voltage
shaped cable (segment 1)
According to AS-Interface
Optional: 24 V DC 24 V DC, PE conductor
Current consumption
shaped cable
max. 250 mA
Loading capacity
5 V DC on PROFIBUS connection max. 70 mA
Power loss 7.5 W
- horizontal mounting 0 C +60 C
Operating altitude 3000 m above mean sea level
Construction
Assembly On standard DIN rail
master profiles
M1, M2, M3, M4
(corresponding to complete
Configuration of AS-Interface by means of keys on front panel,
with STEP 7 Version V5.4 and
later, through Web interface
PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface;
master profiles M3 and M4,
enhanced AS-Interface specifi-
cation V3.0; degree of protection
IP20; manual on CD-ROM,
Spanish, Italian
Single master with display 6GK1 415-2BA10
Dual master with display 6GK1 415-2BA20
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
e.g. for ET 200S
Bus connector RS 485 with
angled cable outlet (35)
With screw-type terminals, max.
Network transitions
8/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Overview
The DP/AS-Interface link 20E connects PROFIBUS DP with
AS-Interface. It provides the following functions:
PROFIBUS DP slave and AS-Interface master
AS-Interface specification V2.1).
Supports all AS-Interface master functions in accordance
with the extended AS-Interface specification V2.1, i.e. Master
Class M3.
Supplied from the AS-Interface cable, so no additional power
supply is necessary.
Supports uploading of the AS-Interface configuration in
STEP 7 from V5.2.
Benefits

Reduction of installation costs because the power is supplied
entirely from the AS-Interface cable, so an additional power
supply is not required.
Shorter start-up time thanks to easy configuration at the
press of a button
Reduction of downtimes or service times due to failure of
a slave thanks to the LEDs
Quick and easy start-up thanks to readout of the AS-Interface
configuration (ES03 and higher)
Transition from PROFIBUS DP to AS-Interface over DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
PROFIBUS DP
e.g. S7-400
with CPU 413-2 DP
Passive module
(without slave AISC)
AS-Interface power supply unit
Aktive module
(with slave AISC)
Repeater
AS-Interface cable
Branch
Actuator/sensor (wit Slave-ASIC) Actuator/sensor (without slave-ASIC)
Use of
extenders not
currently possible.
1)
1)
DP/AS-Interface
Link 20E
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
0
8
AS-Interface power supply unit
Network transitions
8/31
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Application
The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E is a PROFIBUS DP slave
(according to EN 50 170) and AS-Interface master (according
to EN 50 295 ) and enables the AS-Interface to be operated on
PROFIBUS DP.
Simple PROFIBUS masters can exchange I/O data cyclically
with AS-Interface; masters with acyclic services can exchange
I/O data and perform master calls. DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
cannot be used in conjunction with the extender.
Design
Compact housing with degree of protection IP20 for DIN rail
mounting
operational readiness of all connected and activated slaves
The PROFIBUS DP address can be set by the simple push of
a button
LED display of PROFIBUS DP slave address, DP bus fault
and diagnostics
Two pushbuttons for switching the operating mode and
for setting the existing ACTUAL configuration as SETPOINT
configuration
Power is supplied from the AS-Interface shaped cable
Function
The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E allows a DP master to access all
slaves of an AS-Interface segment. According to the expanded
specifications (V2.1) a maximum of 62 slaves each with 4 inputs
and 3 outputs can now be connected.
By default, the DP/AS-Interface Link 20E occupies 32 byte input
and 32 byte output data in the DP master in which the I/O data
of the AS-Interface slaves connected are stored. The size of the
input/output buffer can be compressed, so that only the memory
space of the DP master actually required is occupied.
PROFIBUS DP masters are also able to invoke the AS-Interface
master calls through the acyclic PROFIBUS utilities menu (e.g.
parametric control, change addresses, read diagnostic values).
Configuration
The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E can be configured at the
PROFIBUS with STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS.
Enclosed with the manual are also the type and GSD files, so that
it is also possible to carry out configuration with versions that do
not yet contain the DP/AS-Interface Link 20E as standard.
Configuration of the AS-Interface segment can be preset either
by means of STEP 7 or simply by adopting the ACTUAL
configuration. Startup is also possible without PROFIBUS.
For STEP 7 configuration, uploading of the AS-Interface
configuration is possible in STEP 7 V5.2 and newer.


AS-Interface bus cycle time 5 ms for 31 slaves
10 ms for 62 slaves
PROFIBUS transmission rate max. 12 Mbit
master profile
M3 (corresponding to Complete
AS-Interface Specification V2.1)
Configuring AS-Interface by means of pushbutton on the
frontplate or with STEP 7 V5.1 SP2
Interfaces
AS-Interface connection Clip contacts
Supply voltage
From the AS-Interface cable According to AS-Interface
Current consumption
From the AS-Interface cable max. 200 mA
Loading capacity
5 V DC on PROFIBUS connection max. 90 mA
Power loss 3.7 W
Mounting DIN rail or direct mounting
- horizontal mounting 0 C ... +60 C
- vertical mounting 0 C ... +45 C
Construction
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E 6GK1 415-2AA01
PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface
in degree of protection IP20
manual
Paper version
including type and GSD files
German 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA0
English 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA1
French 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA2
Spanish 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA3
Italian 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA4
Network transitions
PROFIBUS DP EIB network transition
DP/EIB Link
8/32
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Overview
The DP/EIB Link connects manufacturing and process
automation with building automation
Data is exchanged between PROFIBUS DP and EIB
(European Installation Bus)
Compact enclosure with degree of protection IP20 in control
cabinets as well as in subdistribution boards
Configurable with STEP 7 standard tools or COM PROFIBUS
as a DP slave and with the EIB configuration software ETS 2
Benefits
New applications by linking production and process automa-
tion (PROFIBUS) to building automation (EIB) for optimized,
all-encompassing energy management
High-performance open-loop control, closed-loop control
and visualization systems from automation engineering, e.g.
SIMATIC, are now available for EIB
Flexible installation thanks to mounting in control cabinets
and subdistribution boards
Low start-up and maintenance costs thanks to:
- easy mounting on standard rails
- LED to display PROFIBUS status
- the DP address can be set directly using a DIP switch
- EIB programming button and status display on the device
Application
The DP/EIB Link is used to connect the two open standard com-
munication systems for manufacturing and process automation
PROFIBUS DP and for building automation EIB. EIB for building
automation can now be connected to PROFIBUS DP.
The DP/EIB Link is predestined for energy management tasks,
since monitoring, open-loop control, closed-loop control and
visualization of all energy consumers in the electrical installation
and in the industrial application can be performed by one
integrated system.
It is designed for installation in control cabinets as well as in sub-
distribution boards.
PN DP-M DP-S ASi-M
Network transitions
DP/EIB Link
8/33
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Network transition from PROFIBUS DP to EIB/KNX with DP/EIB Link
Design
The DP/EIB Link has a standard enclosure to N dimensions with
4 width modules (WM) in the subdistribution board
The PROFIBUS DP cable is connected on the side with a
9-pole Sub-D female connector through a bus connector
(6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0) and PROFIBUS bus cable
The EIB bus is connected using bus terminals
Connector for external power supply
Displays and command elements:
LED for EIB functions (programming, test, diagnostics, etc.)
LED for PROFIBUS status
Coding switch for the PROFIBUS address
Programming button for EIB
Function
The DP/EIB Link is a DP slave and maps data objects of the
event-driven EIB in the process image of the DP master.
The EIB data objects that are connected to PROFIBUS are
specified using the EIB configuration software ETS 2. The
DP/EIB Link provides various profiles for this purpose, each of
which comprise different numbers of the various data objects.
Status changes in these data objects are transferred to the
DP/EIB Link, or it can change these so that the PROFIBUS
master is able to read and write to data objects.
The DP slave address is set using a coding switch on the Link;
STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS can be used for configuration and
to specify the size of the PROFIBUS I/O area.
With the DP/EIB Link, the number and type of EIB data points to
be transferred to PROFIBUS can be set as required. This means
that the Link can be matched to each application and optimal
utilization of the memory resources is possible. A range of differ-
ent profiles are available for configuration that each cover all EIB
data types.
Configuring
PROFIBUS DP:
A GSD file is enclosed with the manual. The DP slave address
is set using a coding switch on the DP/EIB Link. The data
objects are accessed over DP-V1 (read/write data set).
EIB:
the database entry of the DP/EIB Link for the EIB configuration
software ETS 2 is included with the manual.
Note:
for further details on building engineering with
instabus EIB technology, see Catalog "I 2.1 2000 N-System"
Order No. E86060-K8210-A101-A3.
Contact your nearest Siemens branch office
for further information.
6GK1415-
0AA00
instabus EIB
s
24V
6GK1415-
0AA00
instabus EIB
s
6GK1415- 0AA00 instabus EIB
s
6GK1415-
0AA00
instabus EIB
s
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
1
PC
with WinCC
PROFIBUS
DP/EIB Link
EIB pushbutton
Powerline
Coupler
Powerline
Powerline
Bus coupler
230 V
EIB binary
input module
EIB binary
output module
EIB
Wind sensor
Drive
SIMATIC S7
Network transitions
DP/EIB Link
8/34
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Integration
DP/EIB Link as a link for HVAC systems (heating, lighting, air conditioning) between the primary and secondary control systems
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
2
DP/EIB Link
Boiler
Cooling system
Ventilation system
Controllers,
e.g. S7-400
Room temperature
controller
EIB pushbutton
EIB window contact
EIB
control
valves
PRIMARY
CONTROLLER
SECONDARY
CONTROLLER
Heater
EIB
window
contact
PROFIBUS
EIB
Network transitions
DP/EIB Link
8/35
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Use of DP/EIB Link in production and the laboratory
10
20
30
C
A
R
D
C
A
R
D
0 0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
3
S7-400 with CP 443-5
PROFIBUS DP
Production line EIB
PC with CP 5613
Production and lab
Light
control
Door
control
Air
conditioning
Ventilation
Access
control
Production monitoring Lab area Plant
Energy
monitor
Access
control
Operating
hours
counter
Limit
value
monitor
S7-300 with CPU 315-2 DP
EIB EIB
Network transitions
DP/EIB Link
8/36
Siemens IK PI 2007
8
Connection of EIB applications to a PROFIBUS network that spans buildings


0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
0
Phys. Adr.
0 7
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Power
EIB 24V
PROFIBUS
Addr.
DP/EIB-Link
6GK1415-0AA00
instabus EIB
s
DP/BF
EIB/BF
G
_
I
K
1
0
_
X
X
_
4
0
0
1
4
S7-400 with CP 443-5
PROFIBUS DP
Assembly line 1
EIB
PC with CP 5613
Warehouse Factory hall 1 Factory hall 2 Factory hall 3 with control center
Light
control
Blinds
control Heating
Ventilation
Air
conditioning
Assembly line 2 Assembly line 3 Assembly line 4
Heating
Ventilation
Air
conditioning
EIB EIB EIB
Light
control
Blinds
control
PROFIBUS DP max. 12 Mbit/s
EIB 9.6 kbit/s
Interfaces
Connection to EIB Terminals
Power supply 24 V DC (20.4 ... 30 V)
Current input at 24 V DC 120 ... 150 mA
Power consumption
PROFIBUS section approx. 3.3 W
EIB section approx. 300 mW
Relative humidity 5% ... 93%
Construction
DP/EIB Link 6GK1 415-0AA01
Network transition for transferring
data between PROFIBUS DP and
EIB
Manual
Paper version
incl. GSD file and
ETS data base entry
German 6GK1 971-3DA00-0AA0
English 6GK1 971-3DA00-0AA1
on CD-ROM,
German/English
7
Siemens IK PI 2007
9/2 Introduction
9/8 ECOFAST motor starters
and soft starters
9/9 ECOFAST Frequency Converters
9/9 COMBIMASTER 411
9/10 MICROMASTER 411
9/11 ECOFAST peripherals
9/12 ECOFAST Selection Module
9/13 ECOFAST Hybrid Field Bus
Connections
9/14 ECOFAST motors
9/15 4FB21 PCM power and control
modules
9/16 Connection methods
9/16 Power cables
9/17 Motor connection cables
9/19 ECOFAST bus cables
9/21 ECOFAST fiber-optic hybrid cable
9/23 AS-Interface shaped cables
9/24 Accessories
9/24 Energy
9/25 Communication
9/25 Installation
9/25 Miscellaneous accessories
9/26 Software
9/26 ECOFAST ES
9/27 ES motor starters
9/28 Documentation
ECOFAST System
ECOFAST System

Introduction
9/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
ECOFAST system Distributed installation technology in IP65
ECOFAST (Energy and Communication Field Installation
System) is a system solution for distributed systems outside the
control cabinet. It sets new standards in equipping machines
and plants for automation, low-voltage controlgear and drives.
ECOFAST is centered on the extensive distribution and modular-
ization of installations, combined with comprehensive diagnos-
tics down to the component level.
Modern field and power bus technologies open up new possibil-
ities for machinery and plant construction. Systems of distrib-
uted design are flexible and can be adapted to the various re-
quirements of industrial automation.
This gives rise to advantages in terms of overall process costs.
The standardized distributed installation technology with a high
degree of protection (IP65) produces savings during
Configuration,
Wiring,
Mounting,
Start-up and
during normal operation
Features
ECOFAST is a system solution with a wide range of automa-
tion, drive and installation components with a high degree of
protection.
With ECOFAST, power and information are distributed and
transmitted in a line.
Parameters and control and diagnostics functionality are
transmitted through PROFIBUS or AS-Interface for fast opera-
tion start-ups and troubleshooting.
A configuring tool for the supply system shortens the configu-
ration time and improves safety appreciably.
A parameterizing tool provides user-friendly support with
entering all the motor starter data.
ECOFAST connects all the components of an automation
system using a uniform, standardized connection method for
data and power. ECOFAST is thus an integral component of
Totally Integrated Automation and open for manufacturers and
users alike.
All interfaces on ECOFAST also comply with the ISO 23570
standard.
Shorter time frames
With ECOFAST it is possible to shorten the time frames for the
tendering, planning and configuring of machines and plants:
Modular planning of machines and plants
Compiling tenders from ready-made modules
Faster construction and mounting
Cabinet-free construction with a high degree of protection
Use of prefabricated and tested function units
Faster mounting on site
Smaller plant footprints
ECOFAST System
Introduction
9/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Fast and smooth start-up
ECOFAST enables the fast and smooth start-up of automation
and drive systems:
Minimization of error sources through standardized interfaces
and connectors
Extensive diagnostics on the device and though the bus
Improved EMC through direct coupling of switching unit and
drive
High plant availability
ECOFAST maintains a high level of plant availability:
Reduction of downtimes thanks to the speedy and safe
exchange of devices
No interruption of the power and field bus while devices are
being exchanged
Automatic parameterizing when devices are exchanged
Extensive status and diagnostics information
Transmission of operating parameters (e.g. current values or
status messages)
The ECOFAST components
Interplay of the ECOFAST components
The following components exist in the ECOFAST system:
Infeed module (Power & Control Module)
Switchgear and control devices (direct-on-line starters,
reversing starters, soft starters, speed regulating rheostats
with 2 speeds, frequency converters)
- for near-motor or motor-mounted installation
- as a stand-alone device or as an island solution
I/Os
Motors and geared motors
Installation components (cables, connectors etc. for commu-
nication and power)
Configuration and parameterization software
Configuring tool ECOFAST ES and parameterizing tool
MOTORSTARTER ES 2006
ECOFAST ES configuring tool
MOTORSTARTER ES 2006 parameterizing tool
The two software tools, ECOFAST ES and MOTORSTARTER
ES 2006, support configuration and parameterization in the
ECOFAST system.
ECOFAST ES is a user-friendly and powerful configuring tool for
configuring the supply system and for testing the plant.
MOTORSTARTER ES 2006 is a tool forparameterizing and diag-
nosing the motor starters (stand-alone devices) in the ECOFAST
system.
ECOFAST System

Introduction
9/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Design
The ECOFAST network topology
The following network hardware is integrated:
Power cable 2.5 mm
2
/ 4 mm
2
/ 6 mm
2
with/without Han Q4/2
power T / double-T clamping connector
Han-Brid data cable with integrated auxiliary voltage of
2 x 24 V and PROFIBUS DP protocol in copper and FO cable
technology
AS-Interface cable with insulation displacement technology
and integrated auxiliary voltage
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP network topology
Motors
emergency stop
Hybrid Field Bus Line PROFIBUS DP
power bus
1
3
4
2
1) Auxiliary power supply
2) Main power supply
(circuit-breaker, supply contactor ...)
3) Signal processing
(PLC / PROFIBUS master)
4) Safety technology
P&CM or cubicle
M
i
c
r
o
m
a
s
t
e
r
M
i
c
r
o
m
a
s
t
e
r
ET 200X
ET 200pro
ECOFAST System
Introduction
9/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Design (continued)
AS-Interface
AS-Interface network topology
Motors
emergency stop
power bus
1
3
4
2
1) Auxiliary power supply
2) Main power supply
(circuit-breaker, supply contactor ...)
3) Signal processing (PLC / AS-I master)
4) Safety technology (e.g. AS-I safety at work)
P&CM or cubicle
AS-Interface
Communication
AS-Interface auxiliary voltage
M
i
c
r
o
m
a
s
t
e
r
M
i
c
r
o
m
a
s
t
e
r
ECOFAST System

Introduction
9/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Design (continued)
Interface overview
Schematic interface overview (power bus on left, communication bus on right)
All interfaces for communication and power are standardized
and according to DESINA specification.
Communication through PROFIBUS DP
Hybrid cable for PROFIBUS DP (switched and non-switched
auxiliary voltage)
Connection through HanBrid plug-in connectors
Transmission media: RS 485 or FO
Data T piece for interruption-free operation (with RS 485)
Communication through AS-Interface
Connection by insulation piercing method
Power bus
Shock-hazard-protected connection method
Connection through HanQ4/2 connector
Power T / double-T clamping connector for interruption-free
operation
Motor connection
Connection through Han10e plug-in connector on the switch-
ing device (for ET 200X / ET 200pro in Han Q8 version)
Connection through HanDrive/10e connector on the motor
Motor connection cable in shielded or non-shielded version:
Use of a frequency converter requires EMC shielding
Actuators/sensors
Connection through M12 circular connectors
power-T-connector
spur line
motor starter
motor cable
motor
motor interface
Han Q4/2 (socket)
Han Q4/2 (pin)
Han Q4/2 (socket)
Han Q4/2 (pin)
Han 10e (socket)
Han 10e (pin)
Han 10e (socket)
HanDrive with Han 10e
pin insert
Insulation Displacement Method
24 V
auxiliary voltage
Hybrid Field Bus Line
HanBrid
connector
data-T-adapter
RS485 / FO
AS-Interface
ECOFAST System
Introduction
9/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Design (continued)
The data T pieces
Data T piece
Data T pieces connect individual field devices to PROFIBUS DP.
The data T pieces define the transmission medium (FO or
RS 485) for the field device. The field device itself is neutral with
regard to the transmission method. There are two T pieces in the
ECOFAST system:
Data T piece for PROFIBUS DP with cable cable
(PROFIBUS DP RS 485) and 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage
(switched and non-switched)
Data T piece for PROFIBUS DP with FO cable (PROFIBUS DP
FO) and 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage (switched and non-
switched)
Power T / double-T clamping connector design variants
Power T / double-T clamping connector design variants
Power T / double-T clamping connectors connect the compo-
nents of an automation system to the power bus. The energy bus
is not interrupted when the components are detached.
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
1
8
9
c
4 x Han Brid D male/female 4 x Han Brid D male/female
25-pin Sub-D socket
Field device connection
PROFIBUS-DP connection
Data T piece PROFIBUS-DP RS485
PROFIBUS-DP connection
Data T piece PROFIBUS-DP FO
2 x Han Brid D male/female 2 x Han Brid LWL male/female
1,5 mm
2
for 10 A (2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage) 1,5 mm
2
for 10 A (2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage)
5
6
2 3 7
4
3
MS
ET200X
MS MS
1) Power bus line (sold by the meter)
2) Power-T-connector
3) Power-T-T-connector
4) Spur line
5) Subsegment cable
6) Power cable duct (cubicle)
7) Prefabricated power cable
8) Motor connecting cable
P&CM
FU
2 1 1 1 3
4 4
8 8 8
axial
angled
MS MS
ECOFAST System

ECOFAST motor starters and soft starters
9/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
Distributed motor starters are used for switching and protecting
loads locally. Version with graded functional scope and with
different installation possibilities ensure that both the functional
requirements of the process and the constructional boundary
conditions of the machine or installation are taken into account.
Distributed motor starters are available for PROFIBUS DP and
AS-Interface.
The starters can be installed close to the motor or mounted on
the motor.
The following are available
Single units for geographically distributed motors and
Isolated solutions (ET 200X and ET 200pro) for drives installed
close together.
The functionality in the ECOFAST system ranges from direct
on-line starters, to reversing starters and soft starters through to
frequency converters.
Brake contacts are available as an option for the starters.
Two or four integrated digital contacts enable sensors to be
scanned locally.
All starters are equipped throughout with standardized inter-
faces for data and energy in accordance with the ECOFAST
specification:
HanBrid for PROFIBUS DP and insulation displacement
method for AS-Interface
Han Q4/2 for the power supply
Han 10e for motor connection
The starters can be connected using T pieces for data and
T terminal connectors for power to prevent interruption.
Detailed technical specifications of the Ecofast motor starters
can be found in the manual "Ecofast Motor Starters".
1) The range from 0.3 to 9 A is fixed (wide range) and cannot be set/changed manually.
Version Order No.
Field bus
interface
Switching function Motor protection Setting range /
performance range
Brake output
PROFIBUS DP mechanical Thermistor 0.3 ... 9 A / 4 kW
1)
No 3RK1 303-2AS54-1AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 303-2AS54-1AA3
400 V AC 3RK1 303-5BS44-3AA3
2.4 ... 9 A / 4 kW No 3RK1 303-5CS44-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 303-5CS44-3AA3
400 V AC 3RK1 303-6BS74-3AA3
2.4 ... 12 A / 5.5 kW No 3RK1 303-6DS74-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 303-6DS74-3AA3
speeds, R2SS
AS-Interface mechanical Thermistor 0.3 ... 9 A / 4 kW
1)
No 3RK1 323-2AS54-1AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 323-2AS54-1AA3
400 V AC 3RK1 323-5BS44-3AA3
2.4 ... 9 A / 4 kW No 3RK1 323-5CS44-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 323-5CS44-3AA3
400 V AC 3RK1 323-6BS74-3AA3
2.4 ... 12 A / 5.5 kW No 3RK1 323-6DS74-3AA0
400 V AC 3RK1 323-6DS74-3AA3
speeds, R2SS
ECOFAST System
ECOFAST Frequency Converters
COMBIMASTER 411
9/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
The COMBIMASTER 411 is the distributed drive solution with fre-
quency converter. Thanks to its high functionality, the frequency
converter can be used for a number of different drive applica-
tions e.g. in conveying and handling.
The self-cooled frequency converter is available as a fixed
mount on the motor.
In the ECOFAST system, AS-Interface or PROFIBUS DP is used
for communication.
We recommend that certified ECOFAST cables are used.
In order to guarantee perfect operation in the plant or system
e.g. due to EMC distrubances we recommend that shielded
ECOFAST motor connection and PROFIBUS cables are used.
Version Order No.
COMBIMASTER 411 frequency converter
with EMC filter class B
including energy-saving motor 1LA7, "Improved Efficiency" eff2
Type of construction IM B3
1UA2 @@@-@ AA2 @-Z
Special versions @@@
AS-Interface bus M 5 3
Solid-state brake control M 5 5
Dynamic brake unit (R&EM brake) M 7 9
PROFIBUS-DP M 8 0
Output (W) Number of poles
370 2-pole 0 7 0 - 2
4-pole 0 7 3 - 4
550 2-pole 0 7 3 - 2
4-pole 0 8 0 - 4
750 2-pole 0 8 0 - 2
4-pole 0 8 3 - 4
1100 2-pole 0 8 3 - 2
4-pole 0 9 0 - 4
1500 2-pole 0 9 0 - 2
4-pole 0 9 6 - 4
2200 2-pole 0 9 6 - 2
4-pole 1 0 6 - 4
Type of motor construction Ident. no. for type of motor
construction, see Catalog M11
(motor catalog) and Catalog
DA51.3 (COMBIMASTER 411/
MICROMASTER 411)
ECOFAST System
ECOFAST Frequency Converters
MICROMASTER 411
9/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
MICROMASTER 411 is the distributed drive solution with a fre-
quency converter. Thanks to its diverse functional scope, the
frequency converter can be used for a wide range of different
drive appplications, e.g. in conveyor systems.
The self-cooled frequency converter is available in a wall
mounted version for mounting close to the motor.
The communication interface is implemented in the ECOFAST
system via PROFIBUS DP or the AS-Interface.
We recommend that certified ECOFAST cables are used.
In order to guarantee perfect operation in the plant or system
e.g. due to EMC distrubances we recommend that shielded
ECOFAST motor connection and PROFIBUS cables are used.
For more information
see Catalogs M 11 and D81.1 (Motor Catalog)
and Catalog DA 51.3 (COMBIMASTER 411/MICROMASTER 411
Version Order No.
MICROMASTER 411 frequency converter
EMC filter class A
6SE6 411-6AD @@-@ @@@
Output
370 W 1 3- 7
550 W 1 5- 5
750 W 1 7- 5
1.1 kW 2 1- 1
1.5 kW 2 1- 5
2.2 kW 2 2- 2
3.0 kW 2 3- 0
Frame size
ECOFAST CSB V
ECOFAST CSC W
Options / combinations
Mount AS-i on left side P 3
Mount PROFIBUS on left side P 7
Mount AS-i on left side, EM brake on right side S 3
Mount AS-i on left side, R&EM brake on right side S 4
Mount PROFIBUS-i on left side, EM brake on right side S 7
Mount PROFIBUS-i on left side, R&EM brake on right side S 8
ECOFAST System
Peripherals
9/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
The ET 200X and the ET 200pro are both modular I/O devices
with a high degree of protection for PROFIBUS DP. The function-
oriented construction of stations is possible using the technol-
ogy-oriented modules.
Combinations with several motor starters in an ET 200X or ET
200pro station form isolated solutions for near-motor installation
in the ECOFAST system.
The ET 200eco is an I/O device with a high degree of protection
for PROFIBUS DP. It is constructed in block design. Each I/O de-
vice has a fixed number of inputs and outputs.
For further information see section:
ET 200X distributed I/O
ET 200Xpro distributed I/O
ET 200eco distributed I/O
ECOFAST System

ECOFAST Selection Module
9/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
With the selection module, feeders on the power bus can be shut
down selectively, e.g. for services purposes. The module is
equipped with a lockable switch for this purpose (repair switch).
It also has line protection for cross-section transitions on the
power bus and can be used to extend the power bus segments.
Product range:
Modules with 8, 16, and 25 A rated current
With checkback contact M12
Generally with 6 mm wiring
Version Order No.
Selective module
For selective deactivation of feeders,
with repair switch function for line protection at cross-section transitions
and to extend the segments with checkback contact M12
Connected load in A
8 3RK1 911-4AB08
16 3RK1 911-4AB16
25 3RK1 911-4AB25
ECOFAST System
ECOFAST Hybrid Field Bus Connections
9/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
Copper hybrid field bus connection (socket/socket) for the infeed
Hybrid field bus connections are designed as control cabinet
glands. They are the interface between the control cabinet
(IP20) and the field (IP65). They are also used to jointly route
PROFIBUS DP and the auxiliary voltages into the hybrid field bus
cable.
Hybrid field bus connections are available in different versions
(active/passive):
Glands for RS485 transmission systems
Glands for FO transmission systems
Glands with RS485/FO converters
The field side is connected using HanBrid plug connectors. The
two-channel version (2 HanBrid) enables the simple integration
of IP20 devices in the control box or site box into the ECOFAST
system.
The version with fast-connect connections for PROFIBUS in
Cu/Cu technology shortens the installation time appreciably.
Infeed:
The auxiliary power is fed into the field from the IP20 side.
Looping:
The auxiliary power comes from the field (IP65).
Characteristics of the active glands (with repeater function):
Control cabinet gland from IP20 to IP65
After switching on, the baud rate is detected automatically
and is retained up to a voltage reset / LED yellow.
Signal regeneration between segment 1 (IP20 side) and seg-
ment 2 (IP65 side):
Version Order No.
Hybrid field bus connections
passive
Connection type / Function Connection IP65 Connection IP20 (PROFIBUS)
Cu/Cu
For supply (switchgear cabinet, P&C module)
Socket/socket Direct connection 3RK1 911-1AA22
Cu/Cu
For supply (switchgear cabinet, P&C module)
Socket/socket PROFIBUS bus termination connector
FastConnect
3RK1 911-1AF22
Cu/Cu
For routing (local control boxes)
Pin/socket Direct connection 3RK1 911-1AA32
Cu/Cu
Pin/socket PROFIBUS bus termination connector
FastConnect
3RK1 911-1AF32
active (repeater)
Connection type / Function Connection IP65 Connection IP20 (PROFIBUS)
Cu/Cu
For feeder (switchgear cabinet, P&C module)
Socket/socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 3RK1 911-1AH22
Cu/Cu
Pin/socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 3RK1 911-1AH32
Cu/LWL
For feeder (switchgear cabinet, P&C module)
Socket/socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 3RK1 911-1AG22
LWL/Cu
Pin/socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 3RK1 911-1AG32
ECOFAST System

ECOFAST motors
9/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
The standard motors and gear motors of the ECOFAST system
are equipped with standardized plug connections. The switch-
ing device is connected with a motor connection cable (if it is
installed close to the motor) or mounted directly onto the motor
(integrated installation).
The motor is supplied with a HanDrive motor connector if the
ordering option G56 is selected: shielded connection.
Version Order No.
Low-voltage motors
with HanDrive Han 10E motor connector
Performance range: 0.06 to 7.5 kW
Frame sizes 56M-132M
For series compatible with ECOFAST (options):
1LA7, frame sizes 56-132 (G55, G56)
1LA9, frame sizes 56-132 (G55, G56)
1LP7, frame sizes 63-132 (G55, G56)
1PP7, frame sizes 56-132 (G55, G56)
see Catalog
M 11 or D 81.1
Geared motors
with HanDrive Han 10e motor connector
Frame sizes 63-132
For series compatible with ECOFAST (option G55/G56)
see Catalog
M 15/M 15 News
Helical gear motor 2KG1 31/41
Output torque: 90 to 20000 Nm
see Catalog
M 15/M 15 News
Flat-type geared motor 2KG1 32/42
see Catalog
M 15/M 15 News
Bevel gear motors 2KG1 33/43
see Catalog
M 15/M 15 News
Helical gear motor 2KG1 34
see Catalog
M 15/M 15 News
Worm gear motor 2KG1 35
see Catalog
M 15/M 15 News
ECOFAST System
4FB21 PCM power and control modules
9/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
IP65 version
Built-in control cabinet version
The Power & Control Module (PCM) forms the nodal point of the
ECOFAST system.
It sees to the power infeed, distribution and fusing as well
as to auxiliary current generation, signal processing and
EMERGENCY STOP functions. With the PCM the user has an
optimized and tested system component that enables him to to
do without an own control cabinet. This means that the customer
is no longer responsible for the related engineering. The neces-
sary variability of the PCM (80 versions) with regard to signal
processing, safety engineering and the supply of the main and
auxiliary current is achieved through the use of function units,
which are also available as replacement parts with plug connec-
tors for easy and fast connection. This adds further to the in-
crease in availability that already goes hand in hand with the
ECOFAST system.
Full functionality is also provided by the built-in control cabinet
versions for those customer who are unable or unwilling to do
without their own control cabinets but would still like to use
tested and ECOFAST-certified modules.
The optimum version is ideally selected using the configuring
tool ECOFAST ES.
Features:
Main current supply 3 AC 400 V
Graded ratings 16 / 20 / 25 / 32 / 40 A
Generation of the auxiliary voltage 24 V DC: SIDAC or SITOP
PROFIBUS DP master or slave functionality
Optional with integrated PLC S7-300 CPU 313C-2 DP
PROFIBUS DP, optional AS-Interface in addition
EMERGENCY STOP functionality/safety technology SIGUARD
contactor safety combination AS-Interface Safety at Work
Standardized interfaces for communication and energy
IP65 or built-in control cabinet
By constructing Power & Control Modules using the above men-
tioned function units it is possible to implement more versions
with little effort. If the requirements of a particular application
cannot be met with these PCMs, special solutions are also pos-
sible of course. In this case please contact your local Siemens
representative and cite the order number stem 4FB2 1
Note:
More information and Ordering data can be found in our
interactive Catalog CA 01 in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM
(Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-C4-7600)
and in the A&D Mall:
ECOFAST System
Connection methods
Power cables
9/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
The power lines are used to supply the switching devices and
loads of the ECOFAST system with 400 V AC. The power is sup-
plied in a line as a power bus.
Prefabricated power cables are available
in different variants,
with different cross-sections and numbers of conductors as
well as
in different lengths.
With the spur lines; the switching device is connected with a
connection lead. Han Q4/2 + Han Q4/2
The ET 200X and ET 200pro is connected with a separate sub-
segment cable. Han Q4/2 + Han Q8/0
1) The length must be entered manually when ordering (example: length = 7.50 m).
The order must be placed in increments of 10 cm.
Version Order No.
Non-assembled power bus cables
Cross-section Fixed length Any length
1)
mm m m
5 x 4 20 -- 3RK1911-0AG60
50 -- 3RK1911-0AG70
100 -- 3RK1911-0AG80
5 x 6 20 -- 3RK1911-0AH60
50 -- 3RK1911-0AH70
100 -- 3RK1911-0AH80
Prefabricated power cables (new)
1)
mm m m
Spur line/connection of switching devices/motor starters
on both sides with axial Han Q4/2 (pin/socket) cable gland
5 x 4 -- < 3 3RK1 911-0CP21
-- > 3.1 to < 5 3RK1 911-0CP31
-- > 5.1 to < 10 3RK1 911-0CP41
-- > 10.1 to < 15 3RK1 911-0CP51
5 x 6 -- < 3 3RK1 911-0CP22
-- > 3.1 to < 5 3RK1 911-0CP32
-- > 5.1 to < 10 3RK1 911-0CP42
-- > 10.1 to < 15 3RK1 911-0CP52
Subsegment/connection of ET 200X
Han Q4/2 (pin) axial cable gland / Han Q8/0 (socket) angular cable gland
5 x 4 -- < 3 3RK1 911-0CR21
-- > 3.1 to < 5 3RK1 911-0CR31
-- > 5.1 to < 10 3RK1 911-0CR41
-- > 10.1 to < 15 3RK1 911-0CR51
ECOFAST System
Connection methods
Motor connection cables
9/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
Motor connection cables are used to connect the motor with the
switching device (ECOFAST starter / frequency converter /
stand-alone devices). Prefabricated cables are available
in different variants,
with a different number of conductors,
in different lengths and
in shielded and unshielded versions.
1) The length must be entered manually when ordering (example: length = 7.50 m).
The order must be placed in increments of 10 cm.
Version Order No.
1)
mm m m
factory fitted with Han 10e (pin/socket) on both sides, unshielded
11 x 1.5 1.5 -- 3RK1 911-0BK10
-- < 2.9 3RK1 911-0CK20
3 -- 3RK1 911-0BK20
-- > 3.1 to < 4.9 3RK1 911-0CK30
5 -- 3RK1 911-0BK30
7 x 1.5 1.5 -- 3RK1 911-0BH10
-- < 2.9 3RK1 911-0CH20
3 -- 3RK1 911-0BH20
-- > 3.1 to < 4.9 3RK1 911-0CH30
5 -- 3RK1 911-0BH30
factory fitted with Han 10e (pin/socket) on both sides, shielded
4 x 2.5
4 x 0.75
1.5 -- 3RK1 911-0BU10
-- < 2.9 3RK1 911-0CU20
3 -- 3RK1 911-0BU20
-- > 3.1 to < 4.9 3RK1 911-0CU30
5 -- 3RK1 911-0BU30
factory fitted with Han 10e (pin) on one side, unshielded
11 x 1.5 1.5 -- 3RK1 911-0BJ10
-- < 2.9 3RK1 911-0CJ20
3 -- 3RK1 911-0BJ20
-- > 3.1 to < 4.9 3RK1 911-0CJ30
5 -- 3RK1 911-0BJ30
7 x 1.5 1.5 -- 3RK1 911-0BG10
-- < 2.9 3RK1 911-0CG20
3 -- 3RK1 911-0BG20
-- > 3.1 to < 4.9 3RK1 911-0CG30
5 -- 3RK1 911-0BG30
factory-fitted with Han 10e (pin) on one side, shielded
4 x 2.5
4 x 0.75
1.5 -- 3RK1 911-0BV10
-- < 2.9 3RK1 911-0CV20
3 -- 3RK1 911-0BV20
-- > 3.1 to < 4.9 3RK1 911-0CV30
5 -- 3RK1 911-0BV30
non-assembled
4 x 2.5
4 x 0.75
20 -- 3RK1 911-0BW60
50 -- 3RK1 911-0BW70
100 -- 3RK1 911-0BW80
ECOFAST System
Connection methods
9/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Version Order No.
Motor connection for frequency converter EM 148-FC
factory-fitted, shielded, HAN Q8 open end
1.5 m 6ES7 194-1LA01-0AA0
3 m 6ES7 194-1LB01-0AA0
5 m 6ES7 194-1LC01-0AA0
10 m 6ES7 194-1LD01-0AA0
Unshielded motor connection for ET 200X, one side with Han Q8
Cross-section Fixed length
mm m
4 x 1.5
1.5 m 3RK1 902-0CL00
3 m 3RK1 902-0CM00
5 m 3RK1 902-0CP00
10 m 3RK1 902-0CQ00
6 x 1.5
3 m 3RK1 902-0CN00
5 m 3RK1 902-0CR00
10 m 3RK1 902-0CS00
ECOFAST System
Connection methods
ECOFAST bus cables
9/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
In the ECOFAST system, all operational devices are connected
to PROFIBUS DP using the bus cables.
The bus cable is implemented as a hybrid cable and contains:
PROFIBUS DP in copper RS 485;
Four additional copper cores for carrying 24 V DC:
- 24 V DC, not switched (for electronics and inputs)
- 24 V DC, switched (for outputs, disconnectable e.g. for
EMERGENCY OFF)
The ECOFAST hybrid cables are sold by the meter or in fixed
lengths preassembled with ECOFAST connector (Han Brid) and
socket.
Benefits
engineering of machines and plants can be reduced
and drive systems
Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized in-
terfaces and plug connectors.
of power and fieldbus when replacing equipment.
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tests according to DIN 47 250
Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472
2) Trailing cable for the following requirements:
ECOFAST hybrid cable: Min. 9 million bending cycles for the
specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 5 m/s2;
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP: Min. 2 million bending cycles for the
specified bending radius and an acceleration of max. 2.5 m/s
2
Cable type
1)
PROFIBUS
1) 2)
Applications Connection for ECOFAST stations
Damping
at 16 MHz < 49 dB/km
at 4 MHz < 25 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz < 3 dB/km
at 9.6 kHz 270 27
at 38.4 kHz 185 18.5
at 3 to 20 MHz 150 15
Rated value 150
Shield resistance 15 /km
Effective capacitance at 1 kHz 30 pF/m
diameter
1.5 mm
2
of the power cores
12 A
Sheath color Black
ECOFAST hybrid cable 02Y (ST)C 1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150 LI
LIH-Z 11Y 4 x 1 x 1.5 VI FRNC
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP 02Y (ST)C 1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150 LI
LIY-Z Y 4 x 1 x 1.5 VI
Sheath
Material
- ECOFAST hybrid cable PUR
- ECOFAST hybrid cable GP PVC
Diameter approx. 11 mm
Color Violet
Bending radius
Single bend 38 mm
Weight approx. 154 kg/km
Halogen-free
ECOFAST hybrid cable Yes
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP No
VDE 0482-265-2-1, IEC 60332-2-1
UL listing / 300 V rating
ECOFAST hybrid cable GP CM/PLTC/SunRes/Oil Res
grease
Limited
UV-resistant
Silicone-free Yes
FastConnect cable installation No
ECOFAST System
Connection methods
ECOFAST bus cables
9/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
More information
cabling range from your local Siemens representative.
J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49(0) 911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0) 911/750 99 91
Cable - Cu
Trailing cable (PUR sheath),
with two shielded Cu wires for
PROFIBUS DP plus four Cu wires
of 1.5 mm
2
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 830-7AH10
Not pre-assembled
20 m 6XV1 830-7AN20
50 m
6XV1 830-7AN50
100 m
6XV1 830-7AT10
Pre-assembled
connectors, fixed length
0.5 m 6XV1 830-7BH05
1 m 6XV1 830-7BH10
1.5 m 6XV1 830-7BH15
3 m 6XV1 830-7BH30
5 m 6XV1 830-7BH50
10 m 6XV1 830-7BN10
15 m 6XV1 830-7BN15
20 m 6XV1 830-7BN20
25 m 6XV1 830-7BN25
30 m 6XV1 830-7BN30
35 m 6XV1 830-7BN35
40 m 6XV1 830-7BN40
45 m 6XV1 830-7BN45
50 m 6XV1 830-7BN50
Pre-assembled
with two ECOFAST connectors,
variable length
1)
Cable GP
Trailing cable with 4 x Cu and
2 x Cu, shielded, with UL approval
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1 860-2P
Not pre-assembled
20 m 6XV1 860-4PN20
50 m
6XV1 860-4PN50
100 m
6XV1 860-4PT10
Pre-assembled
connectors
0.5 m 6XV1 860-3PH05
1 m 6XV1 860-3PH10
1,5 m 6XV1 860-3PH15
3 m 6XV1 860-3PH30
5 m 6XV1 860-3PH50
10 m 6XV1 860-3PN10
15 m 6XV1 860-3PN15
20 m 6XV1 860-3PN20
25 m 6XV1 860-3PN25
30 m 6XV1 860-3PN30
35 m 6XV1 860-3PN35
40 m 6XV1 860-3PN40
45 m 6XV1 860-3PN45
50 m 6XV1 860-3PN50
PROFIBUS Cu bus connector
and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
;
5 units;
with pin insert 6GK1 905-0CA00
with socket insert 6GK1 905-0CB00
Plug angled;
with 2 x Cu shielded and
4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
;
5 units;
Male pins 6GK1 905-0CC00
Female pins; 6GK1 905-0CD00
ECOFAST Terminating Plug
Bus termination plug-in connector
for PROFIBUS DP;
with 2 x Cu and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm
2
;
male pins, integrated termination
resistors
Pack of 1 6GK1 905-0DA10
Pack of 5 6GK1 905-0DA00
Data T piece
For 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage
(switched and non-switched) and
PROFIBUS DP
for Cu RS 485 3RK1 911-2AG00
Addressing plug 6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0
For setting the PROFIBUS DP
addresses
ECOFAST System
Connection methods
ECOFAST fiber-optic hybrid cable
9/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
interference
Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cable
Rugged fiber-optic cables, designed for industrial applica-
tions
supply
Benefits
engineering of machines and plants can be reduced:
and drive systems
Application
The ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable of SIMATIC NET is used
to construct optical PROFIBUS DP networks indoors. It is partic-
ularly suitable for connecting DESINA components installed at
machine level, and is easy to assemble on site. The maximum
cable length between two DP devices is 50 m.
Design
The rugged, hybrid trailing cable contains two plastic fiber-optic
cables for data transmission and four copper wires (1.5 mm
2
) for
supplying power to DESINA
1)
stations.
1) DESINA is the trademark for DEcentralized and Standardized
INstallAtion technology for machine tools.
1) Sold by the meter without inner sheath, not suitable for assembly
in the field.
Cable type ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid
Core cross-section
Applications DESINA-compatible devices,
e.g. for ET 200X
Delivery format Sold by the meter;
can be assembled on site with
DESINA plugs or preassembled
with 2 DESINA plugs
Cable type
J-V11Y 4Y2P980/1000 230A10
FFLIY 4 1.5
Fiber type Step-index fiber
Damping
at 660 nm 260 dB/km
Number of fibers 2 FOC, 4 copper
Materials
Fiber core Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)
Cladding Fluorinated special polymer
Inner sheath/color PA, black, orange
Outer sheath/color PUR, violet
Strain relief
Copper cores
- rated voltage 300 V
- current load 10 A
- nominal area 1.5 mm
2
- sheath material/color PVC, black
Diameter of fiber core 980 m
Cladding outer diameter 1000 m
Diameter of inner sheath 2.2 0.01 mm
Cable dimensions 10.6 mm
Cable weight 135 kg/km
- temporary 100 N
- constant 30 N
Bending radius
- once without tensile force
- more than once with tensile force 106 mm
Resistance to lateral force per
10 cm cable length (temporary)
100 N/10 cm
Resistance against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2 Limited
- mineral grease/water Limited
- UV radiation No
Routing +5 C +70 C
In short-circuit on conductor +160 C (max. 5 sec)
Behavior in fire Flame retardant in accordance
with the VW-1 flame test to
UL 1581
UL/CSA approvals No
UV-resistant No
Halogen-free No
Silicone-free Yes
ECOFAST System
Connection methods
ECOFAST fiber-optic hybrid cable
9/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid
Trailing cable with 2 plastic fiber-
optic conductors and 4 copper
cores, 1.5 mm
2
for use in
DESINA-compatible devices only
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 830-6CH10
Not pre-assembled
20 m
6XV1 830-6CN20
50 m
6XV1 830-6CN50
100 m
6XV1 830-6CT10
Preassembled
with 2 DESINA connectors
1.5 m
6XV1 830-6DH15
3 m
6XV1 830-6DH30
5 m
6XV1 830-6DH50
10 m
6XV1 830-6DN10
15 m
6XV1 830-6DN15
ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid
Plug 180, DESINA-compatible
(ECOFAST FOC)
2 x FO; 4 x 1.5 mm2 Cu
With male pins
(Hanbrid connector)
6GK1 905-0BA00
With female pins
(Hanbrid connector)
6GK1 905-0BB00
Paper version:
Electronic manuals
on CD-ROM
German/English
ECOFAST System
Connection methods
9/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
The actuator/sensor interface the networking system for the
lowest field level distinguishes itself by very simple assembly
and installation. A new connection method has been specially
developed for the AS-Interface.
The network stations are connected by means of the AS-Inter-
face cable. This two-wire cable has a trapezoidal profile which
makes incorrect connection impossible.
The connection uses the insulation piercing method. Two con-
tact pins pierce the trapezoidal-section AS-Interface cable and
ensure safe connection of the two wires. Cutting or stripping is
no longer necessary. This allows AS-Interface stations (e.g. I/O
modules, intelligent devices) to be connected very quickly.
The devices can also be replaced extremely quickly.
To permit the use in different ambient conditions (e.g. in environ-
ments that contain oil), the AS-Interface cable is available in
different materials (rubber, TPE, PUR).
A standard round cable can also be used for special applica-
tions. The AS-Interface uses the yellow AS-Interface cable to
transmit data and power for the sensors (e.g. BERO proximity
switch) and actuators (e.g. indicator lights).
The black AS-Interface cable must be used for actuators with a
24 V DC power supply (e.g. solenoid valves) which require a lot
of power.
1) Note on towability of the AS-Interface cable with PUR outer sheath:
To determine its towability, the AS-Interface cable was tested in "IGUS tow chains" Type 10.2.048 and 20.2.55.
For the test the tow chain was fitted with 3 AS-Interface cables and diverse round cables.
After three million bendings (travel), no damage to the cores, strands or outer sheath were discovered (tow chain equipped to 50%).
Version Order No.
AS-Interface shaped cable
Material Color Quantity
Rubber Yellow (AS-Interface) 100-m roll 3RX9 010-0AA00
TPE Yellow (AS-Interface) 100-m roll 3RX9 013-0AA00
TPE special version
according to UL
Class 2
PUR
1)
N
S
A
0
_
0
0
1
2
5
a
10
4
AS-i AS-i
blue brown
6.5
ECOFAST System
Accessories
Energy
9/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Version Order No.
Enclosures Usage Contacts
Connector set for incoming power supply HAN Q4/2
2.5 mm / 4 mm / 6 mm, comprising:
Angular e.g. for power supply on motor starter
One cable-end connector hood with PG 16 One female insert 5 female contacts 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BE50
One cable-end connector hood with PG 16 One female insert 5 female contacts 4 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BE10
2
3RK1 911-2BE30
Straight e.g. for power supply on motor starter
One cable-end connector hood with PG 16 One female insert 5 female contacts 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BR50
2
3RK1 911-2BR10
2
3RK1 911-2BR30
Connector set for power loop-through connection HanQ4/2
2.5 mm / 4 mm / 6 mm,comprising:
Angled e.g. for connection P&CM
One coupling enclosure with PG 16 One male insert 5 male contacts 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BF60
One coupling enclosure with PG 16 One male insert 5 male contacts 4 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BF20
2
3RK1 911-2BF40
Straight e.g. for connection on power T terminal connector
One coupling enclosure with PG 16 One male insert 5 male contacts 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BS60
2
3RK1 911-2BS20
2
3RK1 911-2BS40
Control cabinet gland HanQ4/2
e.g. for installation in control cabinets or local switchboxes
3RK1 911-1BF00
Power T terminal connector
For 400 V AC
for connection of feeders (e.g. motor starters) by means of standard round cable
at any point of the power bus, by insulation piercing method
Use of preassembled bus segments
2.5 mm / 4 mm 3RK1 911-2BF01
4 mm / 6 mm 3RK1 911-2BF02
Power double T terminal connector
For 400 V AC
for connection of feeders (e.g. motor starters) by means of standard round cable
at any point of the power bus, by insulation piercing method
Use of preassembled bus segments
Connection of two motor starters possible
4 mm / 6 mm 3RK1 911-2BG02
Gasket set (comprising 2 seals)
For power T / power double T terminal connector
For power cables with 10 to 13 mm 3RK1 911-5BA00
Blanking plugs 3RK1 911-5BA50
Connector set for motor connection Han10e
Unshielded
One coupling enclosure with PG 13, low One male insert 6 male contacts 1.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BK00
One coupling enclosure with PG 21, high One male insert 6 male contacts 1.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BL00
Connection on motor
One cable-end conn. hood with PG 16, low One female insert 6 female contacts 1.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BM00
One cable-end conn. hood with PG 21, high One female insert 6 female contacts 1.5 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BN00
Shielded
Outgoing feeder on motor starter
One coupling enclosure with M25 One male insert 7 male contacts
3 2.5 mm
2
+ 4 0.75 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BL10
Connection on motor including star bridge
One cable-end connector hood with M25 One female insert 7 female contacts
3 2.5 mm
2
+ 4 0.75 mm
2
3RK1 911-2BN10
ECOFAST System
Accessories
Communication
9/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
9


Version Order No.
Data T piece
for 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltages (switched and non-switched) and PROFIBUS DP
for Cu RS485 3RK1 911-2AG00
Addressing plug
for setting the PROFIBUS DP address
6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0
ECOFAST bus termination plug connector
for PROFIBUS DP
pack of one 6GK1 905-0DA10
pack of 5 6GK1 905-0DA00
Installation
Version Order No.
Mounting bracket for ECOFAST 3RK1 911-3AA00
for motor starters on motors with mounted insert
Version Order No.
Crimping tool
for contact pins and sockets
3RK1 902-0AH00
1.5 and 2.5 mm
2
3RK1 902-0CT00
1.5, 2.5 to 4 mm
2
3RK1 902-0AJ00
Disassembly tool
for contact pins and sockets for 9-pole inserts (e.g. HAN Q8)
Sealing cap
for power sockets
3RK1 902-0CK00
one unit per package 3RK1 902-0CJ00
ten units per package 3RK1 911-0BN20
Interface cable
for transmitting configuration data to an ECOFAST starter for AS-Interface
for connection of a programming device/PC with motor starter ES 2006 to an
ECOFAST starter
3RK1 911-2AM00
Test plug set
for testing the motor starter without a communication link
(manual operation)
3RK1 902-0AH00
ECOFAST System
Software
ECOFAST ES
9/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
ECOFAST ES for configuring, calculating and documenting
of applications.
ECOFAST ES configuration tool
The ECOFAST system is an open and innovative system solution
for distributed applications and sets new standards in equipping
machines and plants for automation, low-voltage controlgear
and drives. The system therefore offers a high degree of safety
and availability during operation in addition to high time and cost
savings during planning and commissioning/installation.
The convenient ECOFAST ES configuring software reduces con-
figuring times even further and enables reliable configuring right
from the start. ECOFAST ES reduces errors and effort during
configuring, calculating and documenting of applications.
ECOFAST ES provides the following advantages:
Graphic user interface for selecting and interconnecting sta-
tions on the power bus
The components are identified down to the unique order num-
ber and entered in parts/quantity lists
Automatic interface and function testing by means of logic
rules (e.g. motor braking units, selectivity, etc.)
Cable characteristics and laying specifications are taken into
account in the calculation
Plug-in connections are adapted automatically
Division of projects into levels of hierarchy is possible
The software finally calculates and checks the configuration
according to currently valid rules and state of the art
If necessary, an error list with hints for possible solutions (on-
line help) can be output
The configuration can be optimized automatically
Choice of German, English and French as operating language
System requirements
ECOFAST ES V1.4 supports all standard PCs with the Windows
operating system. Minimum hardware and software require-
ments need to be met to work with ECOFAST ES V1.4; efficient
operation is possible with the recommended values.
1) More powerful platforms may be necessary when working
with options.
2) Additional free space recommended, e.g. for swap-out file.
3) CD-ROM drive not required for using ECOFAST ES V1.4.
System requirements Minimum Recommended
Operating system
(with service pack)
Windows 2000 or
Windows XP Professional
Processor Pentium 800 MHz Pentium
1000 MHz
1)
Graphics cards
Resolution 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024
Colors, number 256 True Color
Main memory 512 MB RAM > 512 MB RAM
Free space on hard disk At least 50 MB
2)
CD-ROM drive
3)
Yes, for the installation of
ECOFAST ES V1.4
ECOFAST ES,
Basic Package V1.4
Graphical configuration tool for
SIRIUS drive solutions
Operator guidance for selection
of distributed products
Power design in accordance
with relevant standards
Documentation, parts lists,
quantity lists
Operating languages: German,
English, French
Delivered as CD, single license
3ZS1 200-0CC14-0YA0
ECOFAST System
Software
ES motor starters
9/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Overview
ES motor starter for parametrization, monitoring, diagnostics and testing
of ECOFAST motor starters
Switch ES motor starter is used for start-up, parameterization, di-
agnostics, documentation and for preventative maintenance of
the High Feature motor starters of the SIMATIC ET 200S and
ECOFAST product families.
Interfacing is performed
either via the serial device interface (applies to ET 200S /
ECOFAST) or
with PROFIBUS DP V1 capable motor starters from any point
in PROFIBUS (for ECOFAST).
Using Switch ES motor starter, the communication-capable mo-
tor starters are easily parameterized during start-up, monitored
during normal operation and successfully diagnosed for service
purposes. Preventative maintenance is supported by a function
for reading out diverse statistical data (e.g. operating hours, op-
erating cycles, cut-off currents, etc.). The user is supported dur-
ing these procedures with comprehensive Help functions and
plain text displays.
Switch ES motor starter can either be used as a stand-alone pro-
gram or it can be integrated into STEP 7 V5.1 SP3 upwards via
an object manager.
The following components are required for a serial connection:
ET200S High Feature motor starters:
2 DI 24 V DC COM control module
3RK1 903-0CH10
LOGO! PC cable
6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
ET 200pro motor starter:
3RK1 922-2BP00
ECOFAST High Feature motor starters (interface cable):
PC cable
3RK1 911-0BN20
ECOFAST System
Software
ES motor starters
9/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
9
Documentation can be downloaded from the Internet.
http://support.automation.siemens.com
Soft Starter ES 2006 Smart
ES Motor Starter
ECOFAST Motor Starters,
Starters and SIMATIC ET 200pro
Motor Starters over a serial
connection
- with Online Help
- Operating system:
Windows 2000/XP
- Cable for serial communication
through a serial interface
- CD-ROM drive
3ZS1 310-1CC10-0YA0
Professional
ES Motor Starter
ECOFAST Motor Starters,
Starters and SIMATIC ET 200pro
Motor Starters over PROFIBUS DP
or a serial connection
- with Online Help
- Operating system:
Windows 2000/XP
STEP7 Object Manager (OM)
For integrating the ECOFAST
starter as S7 slave in SIMATIC S7
For calling ES Motor Starter from
STEP 7
3ZS1 310-2CC10-0YA0
Professional Upgrade
Upgrade from Switch ES
Motor Starter 2004 or
ES Motor Starter Smart 2005
to ES Motor Starter
2006 Professional
3ZS1 310-2CC10-0YE0
Accessories for ET 200S High Feature Motor Starters
Control module 2DI DC 24 V
COM
Digital input module with 2 inputs
for local motor starter functions
for mounting onto the front of
motor starters
Operatinal voltage 24 V DC
(supplied from U
1
), short-circuit
proof, floating contact with serial
interface for connecting to
ES Motor Starter
Connected using LOGO! PC cable,
max. cable length (out and back)
50 m
3RK1 903-0CH10
LOGO! PC cable
For connecting the high feature
motor starter with ES Motor Starter
interface to a PC
6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
For serial data connection between
an ET 200pro motor starter and a
laptop/PC/PG
3RK1 922-2BP00
Accessories for ECOFAST High Feature Motor Starters
(interface cable)
PC cable 3RK1 911-0BN20
Documentation
7
Siemens IK PI 2007
10/2 Abbreviations, Explanations
10/17 Training
10/19 Software Quick Start
10/20 Standards and approbations
10/21 Quality management
10/22 Siemens contacts worldwide
10/23 Siemens Solution Partner
Automation and
Power Distribution
10/24 Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on CD-ROM
10/25 Customer Support
10/27 Safety of electronic devices
10/28 Software Licenses
10/29 Index
10/33 Ordering data summary
10/37 Fax order form
10/38 Conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations
Appendix
Appendix
Abbreviations, Explanations
10/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Term Meaning Definition
1
100BaseFX Fast Ethernet Standard for data transmission on glass fiber-optic
cables
100BaseT Fast Ethernet Standard
100BaseVG A specification for 100 Mbit/s networks. This is based on the demand
priority access procedure which is totally incompatible to CSMA/CD.
100BaseVG is also specified for telephone cable (voice grade).
100BaseVG has never been able to penetrate the market.
10Base2 Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on thin coaxial
cables; segment length 185 m
10Base5 Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on coaxial cables
(yellow cable); segment length 500 m
10BaseFL Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on glass fiber
cables (fiber link)
10BaseT Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on twisted pair
cables
A
Access Point Wireless LANs can be connected to wire-bound Ethernet networks
through Access Point. The device can also be used to extend the
range of individual wireless LAN components.
ACL Access Control List List of MAC addresses that are authorized to access the radio
network
Ad-hoc network Radio link between individual devices (point-to-point)
AES Advanced Encryption
Standard
Powerful encoding mechanism in radio networks to protect against
eavesdropping and unauthorized access
Actuator Controlling element
Aerial diversity Method according to which a radio receiver is equipped with two
antennae and can select the better signal from the two signals
received
ALI Application Layer Interface Interface for the application layer; it maps the interface of an
application process into the standardized interface of the application
layer and vice versa.
Antenna gain Improvement (passive!) of the antenna range thanks to a suitable
design as compared to an isotropic radiator
AP Automation Protocol Automation protocol.
Layers 5 to 7 of the ISO reference model
ASIC Application Specific
Integrated Circuit
Application-specific IC
AS-Interface Actuator-Sensor Interface Network for the direct connection of simple binary sensors and
actuators (transmission of low information volumes)
ASPC 2 Advanced Siemens PROFIBUS
Controller der 2. Generation
ASIC used in master modules of the PROFIBUS interfaces for
transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s
Atex Approval for explosion-proof areas
ATM Asynchronus Transfer Mode Technique in which data traffic is transmitted in smaller packages
of fixed length by means of asynchronous time-division multiplexing
AUI Attachment Unit Interface Interface in accordance with IEEE 802.3
Autocrossover Function enables automatic crossing of send and receive lines at
twisted-pair interfaces.
Autonegotiation Configuration protocol in Fast Ethernet.
Devices on the network agree a transmission mode before data
transmission starts which each unit is able to handle
(100 Mbit/s or 10 Mbit/s, full duplex or half duplex).
Autosensing Ability of a device to automatically detect the data transmission rate
(10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s) and to send and receive at this rate.
AWG American Wire Gauge US standard also known as Brown & Sharp (B&S) Wire Gauge.
It specifies the diameter of copper conductors.
Appendix
10/3
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
B
BERO Proximity switch
BFOC Bayonett Fiber Optic
Connector
Standardized connector for glass fiber optic cables with bayonet
lock; also referred to as "ST" (see ST connector)
BRECV Block-oriented receipt of data
Bridge A network component which interconnects network segments.
It ensures that local data traffic remains local, i.e. data packages are
only passed on if they are addressed to a node in another segment.
Faults within a network segment remain restricted to the respective
segment. In contrast to switches, bridges are only able to handle one
data flow at any point in time. Bridges are no longer relevant in the
market place.
Broadcast Series of messages in a
computer network
Message in which data packets are transmitted from one point to
all nodes in a network
BSEND Block-oriented sending of data
Burst Temporary increased network loading due to a data surge or alarm
avalanche
C
Category-x
Components
Cabling components are divided into different categories depending
on their transmission properties. Different physical limit values (e.g.
maximum signal attenuation at a defined transmission frequency) are
determined for the individual
categories.
Category 3: data transfer up to 16 MHz
Category 6: data transfer up to 200 MHz (standard design)
CBA Component Based Automation Supports modularization in mechanical and plant engineering
through the plant-wide, graphical grouping of distributed applica-
tions. Component Based automation based on the PROFInet stan-
dard of PNO.
CC Central controller
CD Compact Disc
CHAP Challenge Handshake
Authentication Protocol
Authentication protocol
CLI Command Line Interface Alphanumeric command interface for parameterization and
diagnostics via a serial interface or TELNET
CLID Calling Line Identification Service features
Client/Server
Communication
Principle of connection setup The network node that sets up a connection is called the client.
A server, on the other hand, is the node to which a connection is
established.
CM Cable for use in buildings in accordance with Section 800-53(d) of
NEC. Flames do not spread upward from the cable through the cable
tray in the vertical tray flame test specified in UL 1685, "Vertical-Tray
Fire-Propagation and Smoke Release Test for Electrical and Optical-
Fiber Cables".
CMIP Common Management
Information Protocol
CMIS Common Management

Information Service
CMX Cable for use in buildings where the lines or cables are enclosed
in a wiring duct or in a non-combustible hose. Unprotected length of
lines or cables must not exceed 3 meters.
CMX cable is allowed to bear the "Outdoor" marking. This cable
meets the VW-1 Flame Test Requirements as laid down in UL 1581.
CoL Certificate of License License certificate that is included in the scope of supply of a
software product and documents the legal ownership of a software
license
Appendix
10/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
C
Collision domain To guarantee the function of the collision access method CSMA/CD,
the runtime of a data packet from one station to another must be
restricted.
During this runtime, there is a spatially limited expansion of the
network dependent on the transfer rate, the so-called collision
domain. In the 10 Mbit/s Ethernet this is 4520 m and in the
Fast Ethernet 412 m.
Several collision domains can be interconnected through bridges/
switches. Full duplex enables expansions beyond a collision domain.
COM/DCOM Component Object Model /
Distributed Component
Object Model
COM is an elemental object model. It permits an object to make its
functionality available to other components. DCOM is an extension of
COM for communication via a network.
CP Communications Processor Interface module for communications tasks
CPU Central Processing Unit For example, for SIMATIC S5/S7
CSD Circuit Switched Data Modem operation
CSMA/CD Carrier Sense Multiple
Access/Collision Detection
Collision access procedure for Industrial Ethernet bus systems to
IEEE 802.3
D
DA Destination Address
Data objects Programming representation of the EIB bus nodes for the
EIB configuring software ETS 2. Data objects can be interconnected
and represent the status of EIB bus nodes. A bus node can comprise
several data objects.
dBi Unit for achieving an antenna gain as compared to an isotropic
omni-directional antenna
DCP Discovery and Basic
Configuration
Defines the assignment of the IP parameters with vendor-specific
configuration/programming tools or in plant-wide engineering,
e.g. in the PROFINET configuration editor
DDE Dynamic Data Exchange Windows interface
DDL Direct Data Link
DDLM Direct Data Link Mapper
Determinism Forseeable data traffic and defined response times over a radio link
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol
De facto standard for assigning dynamic IP addresses
Diversity Radio receiver with two antennas for selecting the strongest signal
DLL Dynamic Link Library A collection of functions available to two or more programs, but which
are only loaded once into memory (Windows/Windows NT feature).
DLPI Data Link Protocol Interface
Domain services An application service group which contains services for down-
loading/uploading of logically related memory areas.
DP Distributed I/Os Input/output modules used in the distributed arrangement by the
CPU. The link between programmable controller and distributed I/Os
can be through the PROFIBUS DP bus system.
DPRAM Dual Port Random
Access Memory
DSSS Direct Sequence Spread

Spectrum
Spread spectrum transmission process (IEEE 802.11b)
Appendix
10/5
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
E
(E)DP Data processing Previously also referred to as Electronic Data Processing (EDP)
EIB European Installation Bus Registered trademark of the European Installation Bus
Association, Brussels
EIRP Equivalent isotropic radiated
power
The transmission power that would be required for an isotropic
radiator to transmit with the same amount of power as a different
antenna in a specific direction. An isotropic radiator is a theoretical
antenna that radiates in all directions equally (isotropic) and is
received as infinitively small.
ELS Electrical Lean Switch Electrical network components for Industrial Ethernet
with switching function
E-Mail Electronic Mail Electronic mail for data transmission between computers, mobile
telephones and pagers. E-mails can be sent by the user or auto-
matically generated.
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility
ER Expansion Rack Expansion component for SIMATIC
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning Term for systems and software solutions which coordinate the
business process and help with planning, e.g. SAP R3, Peoplesoft,
BAAN.
ERTEC Enhanced Real-Time
Ethernet Controller
The Industrial Ethernet ASIC is a high-performance Ethernet control-
ler optimized for PROFINET with integrated switch functionality and
processor
ESD Electro static discharge Voltage resistance
ESM Electrical Switch Module Electrical network components for Industrial Ethernet with switching
functions from SIMATIC NET.
EU Expansion unit
Ex Intrinsically safe protective
measure to DIN EN 50 020
Appropriately marked modules may also be used within
hazardous areas. (Regulations must be observed!)
F
FastConnect Fast connection system
FB Function Block
FC Function Call
FDDI Fiber Distributed Data
Interface
High-speed network standardized by ANSI for data transmission over
a range of up to 100 km with a bit rate of 100 Mbit/s. Double glass
fiber cables are used as the transmission medium.
FDL Fieldbus Data Link Layer 2 with PROFIBUS; it comprises the field bus link control (FLC)
and medium access control (MAC).
FDX Full Duplex Capability of a device for sending and receiving data at the same
time. In the case of full duplex, collision detection is deactivated. A
full duplex capable device is able to buffer data packets.
Fetch Fetching data from remote stations
FHSS Frequency Hopping Spread
Spectrum
Frequency hopping spread spectrum process used by 802.11b and
Bluetooth
Filtering A switch filters data traffic depending on the source and destination
addresses in a data packet. An incoming data packet is routed by
the switch to the port to which the data terminal with the appropriate
destination address is connected.
Appendix
10/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
F
FIFO principle The transmission from telecontrol systems is implemented
independently of the respective priority
FIM Field Interface Module
Firewall One or more computers which permit or block access to data on
interconnected networks in accordance with prescribed security
restrictions.
FM US certificate for installing devices in hazardous areas
(Factory Mutual Research)
FMS Fieldbus Message
Specification
Upper sublayer of Layer 7 with PROFIBUS; it encompasses the
functions: protocol machine, generation of PDUs, coding/ decoding
and interpretation of the protocol data unit.
FO Fiber Optic
FOC Fiber optic cable Flexible optical media/fibers of glass or plastic which allow controlled
conducting of light
Forced Roaming Automatic roaming upon interruption of the radio link
FRNC Flame Retardent
Non-Corrosive
Flame-retardant, halogen-free cladding material for a cable
FTS Driverless transport system Moving, driverless machine components
Full Duplex Capability of a device for sending and receiving data at the same
time. In the case of full duplex, collision detection is deactivated.
Functional ground Function for internal ground-fault detection; also provides protection
against dangerous touch voltages
G
Gateway Intelligent connection between a local network and an external
network with a completely different structure
GHz Gigaherz Unit of measurement for indicating frequencies, e.g. 2.4 GHz
GP General Purpose A UL listing (safety standard) for power cables is required specifically
for the U.S. and Canadian market. The requirements for an approval
are based on the location of the relevant cable in the building. This
applies to all cables which must be laid from a machine to a remote
control cabinet and run over cable racks affixed to the building.
GPRS General Packet Radio Service A packet of networking mobile communications services based on
GSM channels. GPRS enables fast communication at high transmis-
sion speeds and is interesting above all for mobile Internet access.
GPS Global Positioning System Satellite-supported system for determining the position of a GPS
receiver. A GPS receiver can be localized without doubt using three
of the total of 24 satellites.
GPS receivers are typically integrated in navigation systems.
GRP Glass-fiber reinforced plastic
GSD General Station Description A GSD contains an XML-based description of the properties of I/O
devices, such as communication parameters as well as the number
and type of and configuration data, parameters and diagnostic
information for modules
GSM Global System for
Mobile Communication
Global standard for mobile communication
Appendix
10/7
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
H
H Communication High availability
communication
High availability redundant communication with
SIMATIC S7-H systems
HCS Trademark of Spectran Specialty Optics
HDX Half Duplex A device can either receive or send data at a given time.
HMI Human Machine Interface Operator control and process monitoring products/systems
from Siemens
HTB Communication function block HTB are standard function blocks that allow data transfer between
boards outfitted with page frame addresses.
HTML Hypertext Markup Language Descriptive language for World Wide Web pages
HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol Transmission protocol for Web pages in the Internet
Hub Active network components with repeater functional scope,
synonym for star coupler
I
ICMP Internet Control Message
Protocol
In addition to the Internet Protocol (IP), there are further protocols
available on the Internet level. One of them is ICMP; it serves to
exchange error and information messages with IP, TCP, and UDP
protocols.
ICMP packets are always sent as IP datagram. This is for the purpose
of informing the hosts about more favorable routes, to inform about
routing problems, or to interrupt connections due to problems in the
data network. The commands ping and traceroute are based on
ICMP. The ICMP messages are divided into two classes: error
messages and information messages.
IE Industrial Ethernet Cell network to the IEEE 802.3 international standard
(Ethernet), designed for industrial applications
IEC International Electrotechnical
Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and

Electronics Engineers
IEEE 802 Institute of Electrical and

LAN/WAN standards committee
IEEE 802.11 Institute of Electrical and
Standard for radio networks in the 2.4 GHz range
with Baud rates up to 2 Mbit/s.
IEEE 802.11a Institute of Electrical and
Standard for radio networks in the 5 GHz range
with data transmission rates up to 54 Mbit/s.
IEEE 802.11b Institute of Electrical and
Standard for radio networks in the 2.4 GHz range
with Baud rates up to 11 Mbit/s.
IEEE 802.11g Institute of Electrical and
Standard for 2.4 GHz radio networks with transmission rates of
up to 54 Mbit/s. Downward-compatible to IEEE 802.11b.
IEEE 802.11i Institute of Electrical and
Expanded safety architecture for the 802.11 standard, valid for
IEEE 802.11a/b/g; includes TKIP and AES
IEEE 802.3 Institute of Electrical and
Ethernet working group
IEEE 802.3af Institute of Electrical and
Standard that defines the transmission of energy and data via a line
(see Power-over-Ethernet)
IEEE 802.3u Institute of Electrical and
Fast Ethernet working group
IGMP Internet Group Management
Protocol
Protocol for load limitation when using multicast-based protocols,
e.g. in the case of video monitoring
ILM Infrared Link Module Infrared network components
IM Interface Module
INA Intel Network Architecture
Appendix
10/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
I
instabus instabus
is a registered trademark of Siemens AG which members

of the "Insta Association" are also authorized to use
Intrinsically safe Ex protection measure according to DIN
I/O Input/output
IO controller PROFINET I/O controller in which the automation program executes
IO device Distributed field device allocated to an I/O controller
IO supervisor Programming device/PC with commissioning and diagnostic
functions for PROFINET I/O
IP Internet Work Protocol On its own, the IP protocol is without connections and invalid.
The most important data is the unique IP address. The data blocks
are sent independently to the target computer whereby no agreement
is made between IP and the target computer. An end-to-end error
check is not performed. Telegrams can arrive in a different sequence
from the sequence in which they were sent. TCP is responsible for
rearranging them in the correct sequence.
IP Alive Monitoring function for IP connections
IPX Protocols of ISO-layers 1 to 4
IP20 Device protection class; protected against finger touch and intrusion
of solid foreign bodies with a diameter larger than 12 mm; no partic-
ular protection against water
IP30 Device protection class; protected against contact with tools, wires,
etc. with a diameter larger than 2.5 mm and against intrusion of solid
foreign bodies with a diameter larger than 2.5 mm; no particular pro-
tection against water
IP65 Device protection class; complete shock-hazard protection and pro-
tection against intrusion of dust; water jet-proof from any directions
IRT Isochronous Real-Time Deterministic and isochronous real-time PROFINET communication
for the highly sophisticated demands of, for example, motion control
applications. Cycle times under 1 ms can be achieved through the
use of appropriate hardware.
ISA Industry Standard Architecture
ISDN Integrated Services Digital
Network
ISM-Band Industrial, Scientific and

Medical-Band
Frequency band that can be used without a license
ISO International Organization
for Standardization
ISP Internet Service Provider

Appendix
10/9
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
I
IT Information Technology
with e-mail and web
technology at Siemens
Acquisition, conditioning, transmission, distribution, utilization and
processing of information
ITP (Category 5) Industrial Twisted Pair Highly efficient, shielded, twisted pair cable for universal applications
(international cabling standard ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173)
IVM Java Virtual Machine Java is a platform-independent, object-oriented programming lan-
guage similar to C++. The Java compiler does not create a native
machine code, however, but a byte code which has to be interpreted.
This is done with the help of the Java Virtual Machine.
IWLAN Industrial Wireless LAN Radio network with deterministic features and redundancy added to
the IEEE 802.11 standard for process-critical (e.g. alarm messages)
and non-critical data (e.g. service and diagnostics)
K
KNX Konnex
(EN 50090, ANSI EIA 776)
Universal bus system for all building management systems;
KNX was developed by the Konnex Association based on the EIB
(European Installation Bus)
L
LAN Local Area Network
Load decoupling Due to filtering, a switch ensures that local data traffic remains local.
Local net loading of a segment is decoupled from the remainder of
the network.
Layer-3 routing Communication between different IP subnets
Layer 3 switching Function for Layer 3-based communication between different IP
subnets. The term IP routing is also sometimes used.
LED Light Emitting Diode
Link check Cyclic monitoring of a radio link
Link class In the link class, the quality of a complete connection (link) is
described from the active components to the data terminal (patch
cable, patch field, installation cable, connection sockets, connecting
cable). This link must comply with the values specified in the standard
for structured cabling ISO/IEC 1180. Contrary to this is the specifica-
tion according to "categories" where only product requirements are
defined, e.g. category 5 cable.
LLC Logical Link Control Standardized network protocol
LLI Lower Layer Interface Part of layer 7 with PROFIBUS, in which layer 7 services are mapped
onto layer 2 services
L2TP Layer 2 Tunnelling Protocol
Appendix
10/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
M
MAC Media Access Control Bus access control
MAN Metropolitan Area Network Data network with the geographical range of a town
MAP Manufacturing Automation
Protocol
International standard for automation protocols
Media redundancy Redundancy in the network infrastructure (cable and active
components such as OLM or OSM/ORM)
MIB Management Information
Base
File for the creation of device profiles; SNMP-capable devices,
for instance, can be integrated in the OPC configuration by loading
MIBs to the SMI V1 and SMI V2 standard beginning STEP 7 V5.4
MMS Manufacturing Message
Specification
User interface of MAP
Mono-protocol Data can only be transferred through one protocol
MPI Multi Point Interface Multipoint-capable interface for SIMATIC S7
Multipath propagation Reflections of a radio wave from different objects in the room.
Thus the radio wave arrives at the receiver with varying intensity
and propagation time
Multicast In the world of telephone communication, multicast or a group call
designates the transmission of a message from one point to a group
(also referred to as a multi-point connection). The advantage of
multicasting is that information can be transferred simultaneously
to multiple nodes or to a closed node group without the sender's
bandwidth being multiplied by the number of recipients.
Multiplex function The multiplex function (with OP communication) increases the
number of connectable OPs on a SIMATIC S7-300
Multi-protocol Data can be transferred through up to two protocols.
N
NC Numerical Control Numerical control for machine tools
NCM Network and Communication
Management
Generic term for SIMATIC management products
N dimension Equipment installation dimension for distribution systems in the
electrical installation
NDIS Network Driver Interface
Specification
Microsoft and 3Com interface
NEC National Electrical Code UL guideline for laying cables in buildings
NFS Network File System Sun program package
NIC Network Interface Card
NTP Network Time Protocol Standardized protocol for the synchronization of clocks in computer
systems via communication networks
O
ODI NOVELL interface
OFDM Orthogonal Frequency
Division Multiplex
Modulation procedure with 802.11a
OLE Object Linking
and Embedding
Central architectural principle of Windows for generating and editing
documents containing objects generated by different applications
OLM Optical Link Module Network component,
versions for PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet
Appendix
10/11
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
O
omnidirectional Antennas with radiation patterns both in the direction of 360 degrees
and in the elevation level
OP Operator Panel
OPC OLE for Process Control Standard interface for access to process data
OPC DA OPC Data Access Standard for Ethernet-based access to data from measuring and
control devices, finding OPC servers, and simple browsing in the
names spaces of OPC servers using client/server communication
OPC DX OPC Data Exchange Standard for Ethernet-based exchange of non-time-critical user data
between automation systems from different manufacturers using
server-to-server communication
OSM Optical Switch Module Network components for Industrial Ethernet with switch
functional scope
P
PA Process Automation Protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically safe
transmission system to IEC 61158-2
PAP Password Authentication
Protocol
PAN Personal Area Network Comparable to an ad hoc network; for networking individual small
devices within a small area.
PCF Polymere Cladded Fiber
PCI Peripheral Component
Interconnect
Backplane bus in personal computers
PCMCIA Personal Computer,
Memory Card,
International Association
Standard for PC plug-in cards (credit card size).
PCMCIA cards (Personal Computer Memory Card International
Association) are used above all for input/output operations
(e.g. modem) or memory expansions.
PCS 7 Process control system from Siemens
PDU Protocol Data Unit
PG Programming device
PI Program Invocation Communication object
PLC Programmable
Logic Controller
PN PROFINET Standard defined by the PROFIBUS User Organization

for the implementation of component based automation
PNO PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation
e.V.
Organization for PROFIBUS users and vendors
PoE,
Power-over-Ethernet
Transmission of energy and data over one line
POF Polymere Optic Fiber
Polling Addressed polling in centrally oriented data networks with polling
mode. A poll is the command issued to a specific station to send
messages. Thus the poll sequences control the data flow.
POP Point of Presence Dial-in node for an Internet service provider
PP Push Button Panel
PPM Parts Per Million
Appendix
10/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
P
PPTP Point-to-Point Tunnelling
Protocol
PROFIBUS Process Field Bus International field bus standard according to EN 50 170/IEC 61158
PROFIBUS DP Protocol profile according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 for process or field
communication for fast, cyclic data exchange with field devices
PROFIBUS PA Protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically safe trans-
mission system to IEC 61158-2
PROFIdrive PROFIBUS protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP,
driven engineering profile (version 3, clock synchronization)
Profil Definition of options and parameters supplementing the norm,
e.g. PROFIBUS profile
PROFINET Standard of the organization of PROFIBUS users (PNO), which
defines a cross-vendor communications and engineering model
PROFINET device One device on Ethernet is a PROFInet device. A PROFInet device can
also have a PROFIBUS interface as a master and proxy PROFInet
device.
PROFINET device with
proxy functionality
A PROFInet device that takes on the role of the master with regard to
PROFInet devices. This makes it possible to link PROFIBUS slaves
into the PROFInet communication. If the device has a local (internal)
PROFIBUS, it has the role of DP master with regard to the local DP
slaves.
Protocol Procedure for data transmission.
This procedure specifies the message formats as well as the data
flow during transmission.
Proxy Representative object in the object model which displays the
PROFINET view on a field device or group of field devices. On the
Ethernet, the proxy is a representative for one or more PROFIBUS
devices
Process or field
communication
The process or field communication serves to connect
actuators/sensors to a CPU
PUR Polyurethan
Q
Quick Start This comprises a CD-ROM that contains application examples that
can be loaded and then modified.
R
RADIUS Remote Authentication
Dial-In User Service
Access control via the server
RAM Random Access Memory
Rapid Spanning Tree
Protocol
IM IEEE-802.1w standard-
specified configuration proto-
col
The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol represents further development
of the Spanning Tree Protocols (STP). It serves to avoid redundant
network paths (loops) in the LAN, particularly when using switches;
the reconfiguration time lies within a range of from 2 to 3 seconds.
RBC Remote Base Controller
RegTP Regulatory authority for telecommunication in Germany
RJ45 Symmetrical connector for data
cables
This is also known as a western connector or a western plug.
This is a widely used plug connector in telephone and ISDN
technology which is used in LAN installations in the office
environment.
Appendix
10/13
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
R
RM Redundancy manager Function for monitoring the network; the RM detects the failure of a
transmission link in the ring or of a switch and activates the substitute
link within no more than 0.3 seconds
RMON Remote Monitoring Function for network administration, e.g. collecting of statistical
information
Roaming Free movement of Wireless LAN stations even beyond the bound-
aries of the radio cell of an access point. The station can change from
one radio cell to the next without any noticeable interruption.
R-SMA Reverse SMA, connector for antenna with IWLAN
RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol is the further development of the
Spanning Tree Protocols (STP). The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
serves the avoidance of redundant network paths (loops) in the LAN,
particularly in switched environments; the reconfiguration time lies
within a range of 2 to 3 seconds.
RT Real-Time Real-time communication with PROFINET
S
SA Source Address
SAP Service Access Point Service access point: An interface allowing the user to access
services of the lower layer
SAPI Simple Application
Programmers Interface
SC connection system Standardized plug-in connection for glass fiber optic cable
SC RJ connection system Standardized plug-in connection for fiber optic cable,
e.g.for POF and PCF-FOC
SDA service Send Data with
Acknowledge
(free Layer 2 access)
Sending of acknowledged Layer 2 services
SDN Send Data with
No Acknowledge
(free Layer 2 access)
Sending of unacknowledged layer 2 services (broadcast multicast)
SFB System Function Block A System Function Block (SFB) is a function block that is integrated
in the S7 CPU. System function blocks are part of the operating
system, so they are not loaded as part of the program. SFBs are
blocks with memory. Instance data blocks must also be generated
for SFBs and loaded into the CPU as part of the program
SFC System function calls System functions calls which are integrated in the CPU
operating system, e.g. timer functions or block transfer
SFM System error message concept
of SIMATIC
Shared LAN All components in a shared LAN share the nominal data transmission
rate. Shared LANs are built up with repeaters/hubs.
Signal run time The time that a data packet requires on its way through the
network
Slot time Time elapsing between transmission of a call and reception of an
answer or acknowledgment
SM Signal Module Digital input module for SIMATIC
Appendix
10/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
S
SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Transmission protocol for e-mail
SNMP Simple Network Management
Protocol
Communication protocol for the integration of stations through the
network in a network management station
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol Standardized protocol for the synchronization of clocks in computer
systems via communication networks
Socket interface Standard communication for
Industrial Ethernet
This facilitates data communication with computers through TCP/IP.
Users are able to freely program their own protocols on this interface
which is widely used in the PC and UNIX world.
The SEND/RECEIVE blocks are used as access to TCP/IP in
SIMATIC S7.
SOFTNET Software based on simple communications modules
SP Service Packs Internet data which can be downloaded free of cost.
Spanning Tree Protocol In the IEEE-802.1d standard
specified configuration
protocoll by Bridges
The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to eliminate loops in meshed
networks. The reconfiguration time lies in a range of around
30 seconds.
SPC Siemens PROFIBUS Controller
S/STP Screened Shielded
Twisted Pair
With this cable type, the individually twisted pairs of a twisted pair
cable are wrapped with a film shield. The two individually shielded
wire pairs are then surrounded by a common woven copper shield.
Stand-by function Function for the redundant interfacing of network segments,
for example for interfacing redundant ring structures
STP Spanning Tree Protocol
(IEEE 802.1d Standard)
The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to eliminate loops in meshed
networks. The reconfiguration time lies in a range of around
30 seconds.
ST connector Straight tip connector Standardized connector for glass fiber optic cables with bayonet lock
(ST = registered trademark of AT&T); see BFOC
Switching Establishing several links between the ports simultaneously.
These links are established dynamically and temporarily in
accordance with the data traffic.
SWR Standing Wave Ratio Standing Wave Ratio, ration of the radiated energy from the antenna
to the energy that is reflected from the antenna to the radio module
S
0
interface Basic ISDN interface for connecting data terminal equipment
S7 routing PG/OP communication through different networks
T
TCP/IP Transport Control Protocol/
Internet Protocol
De-facto standard;
protocol for worldwide communication with the Ethernet.
TD Text Display
TF Technological Functions Application layer 7 for Industrial Ethernet
(contains the user services)
TFTP Terminal File Transfer Protocol Data transmission standard
Appendix
10/15
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
T
Thin Client The principle of thin client/server computing is based on the
fundamental physical separation of data.
TIA Totally Integrated Automation Fully integrated and company-wide system for automation from
Siemens for company-wide configuration/programming, data
management and communication.
TKIP Temporal Key Integrity
Protocol
Cyclic key change procedure with WLAN
Token The bit pattern with control function in token ring and token bus LANs;
it is often the same as a send authorization
Token Passing A collision-free access method, the send authorization (token)
circulates between nodes which form a logical ring
Topology Form of cable arrangement
between the nodes
The most important basic types are:
Line
Tree
Ring
Star
Any combination of these basic types is possible.
Touchscreen Touch-sensitive screen of the MOBIC, which can detect the position
on its surface where it is touched (normally using a
stylus) and converts this touch into a required action
(similar to the movement of a cursor).
TP Touch Panel
TPC Transmission power control Automatic control of the transmission power in the 5GHz band
Trap When certain events occur, such as Link-up or Link-down, the
OSM/ESM or MIKE management interface card can issue alarm sig-
nals with the corresponding error messages. These alarms are called
traps in SNMP.
Triaxial cable The SIMATIC NET 727-0 bus cable is based on the coaxial cable
specified in the 10base5 standard (IEEE 802.3), but it features
a thick aluminum outer cladding to make it suitable for industrial
applications.
Twisted Pair Data cable with
twisted wire pairs
The twist in the wire pairs provides good transmission properties
and prevents electromagnetic interference. Twisted pair cables are
available in different qualities for different transfer rates
U
UDP User Datagram Protocol Connectionless data transmission, i.e. datagram service that does
not guarantee secure transmission.
Users must take their own measures to ensure secure transmission.
Data is transmitted as a data block. Transmission of data without
RFC 1006 is thus possible.
UL Underwriters Laboratories Certificate for the US market
UMTS Universal Mobile
Telecommunications System
Standard for mobile voice, audio, image, video and data
communication with a transmission rate of up to 2 Mbit/s
URECV Uncoordinated receipt of data
USB Universal Serial Bus Standard for connecting peripheral devices.
USB (Universal Serial Bus) supports relatively high data transmission
rates and can be used to connect several devices to a single
computer.
USEND Uncoordinated transmission of data
Appendix
10/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
V
Variable Services Application service group; it provides services for processing
variables
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network Virtual local network within a physical network. A widely used techni-
cal implementation of VLANs ist partially defined in the IEEE 802.1Q
standard.
VNS Virtual Network Services Central security mechanism per user group (Virtual Network
Services, VNS) which secures data against unauthorized
access and manipulation.
VPN Virtual Private Network Technology/network type for the secure transport of confidential data
over public IP networks, for example the Internet
W
WAN Wide Area Network Data network with a diameter of more than 50 km
WDS Wireless Distribution System Radio links for connecting the access points for an Extended Service
Set (ESS)
WECA Wireless Ethernet
Compatibility Alliance
Association of Wireless LAN products manufacturers that ensure the
compatibility of their products through tests
WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy WLAN encryption mode
WinCC Open process visualization system for the control and
monitoring of SIMATIC HMI
Wi-Fi seal Wireless Fidelity WECA seal to mark compatible and tested products.
Wireless LAN Wireless local area network
WLAN The Wireless LAN Association Wireless LAN supplier syndicate for distributing Wireless LAN
technology in the network market.
Workflow Workflow systems are used for the structuring and control of work
sequences.
WPA Wi-Fi Protecterd Access Decoding mechanism in radio networks to protect against eaves-
dropping and unauthorized access
Write Writing data to remote stations
WS Workstation
WWW World Wide Web Multimedia service on the Internet. Distributed hypertext information
system on client/server architecture through HTTP protocol
X
XML Extensible Markup Language Definition of a structured data description
XMP X/Open Management Protocol
XTI UNIX Transport Layer Interface Layer 4 transport layer, standardized under UNIX
X.25 Interface between terminal and data transmission equipment for
terminals which operate in packet mode in public data networks and
are transported through dedicated lines
Z
ZI Cyclic Interface
Appendix
Training
10/17
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Training is decisive for your success
SITRAIN
the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial

Solutions provides you with comprehensive support when
solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation
and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty
and full command. Especially where the optimum and efficient
use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate
deficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty
planning right from the beginning.
All in all, this represents an enormous gain for your
company: Shortened startup times, optimized plant
components, faster troubleshooting, reduced down times.
In other words, increased profits and lower costs.
Top trainers
Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess compre-
hensive didactic experience. Course developers have a direct
wire to product development, and directly pass on their knowl-
edge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for
them to pass on theoretical matter in a plausible manner. But
since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great impor-
tance to practical exercises which can comprise up to half of the
course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new
knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-the-art methodi-
cally/didactically designed training equipment. You feel abso-
lutely certain when trained in this manner.
Wide variety
With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of A&D products and a large portion of the sys-
tem solutions from I&S. Telecourses, teach-yourself software and
seminars presented on the Web supplement our classical range
of courses.
Close to our customers
The distance is short. You can find us approx. 60 times in
Germany, and worldwide in 62 countries. You wish to have indi-
vidual training instead of one of our 300 courses? No problem:
we will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal re-
quirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers
or at your company.
The right mixture: Blended learning
Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various
training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance
course in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a
teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Further-
more, SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruc-
tion on the Internet at agreed times.
The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning
can convey complex topics well, and train networked think-
ing. Additional effect: Reduced travelling costs and periods
of absence through training sequences independent of loca-
tion and time.
The international training portal
www.siemens.com/sitrain
All training facilities at a glance: Search in the worldwide range
of courses at leisure, call up all course dates online, utilize the
daily updated display of vacant course spaces and register
directly.
Customer comments on Sitrain
" ... the good course documents, competence and flexibility
convinced me."
[Manfred Riek from Festo Systemtechnik, responsible for plan-
ning the basic and further training of project engineers]
" ... represents effective training, constructive dialogs, and solu-
tions which provide great help."
[Gnter Niedermaier, electrical design manager at AMT, Aalen,
Germany]
Contact
Visit us in the Internet at:
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
training catalog from:
Course office, Infoline Germany:
Tel.: +49 (0)1805 / 23 56 11 (0.12 /Min)
Fax: +49 (0)1805 / 23 56 12
Training program for SIMATIC NET
The training program for SIMATIC NET gives your employees a
necessary overview as well as detailed knowledge of industrial
communication. In addition to planning and configuring with
SIMATIC NET, training includes the use and programming of
SIMATIC NET products as well as commissioning and service.
Further information regarding course content, dates and prices
as well as current courses for EIB/KNX is available in the Internet
at:
Appendix
Training
10/18
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
SIMATIC NET Communications systems
Commissioning engineer, configuring engineer
Programmer Service personnel
Project management Operators, users
Decision-maker, sales personnel Service engineers
Title Target group Duration/
Medium
Short title
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet CD-ROM SM-ETHER
Industrial Ethernet at SIEMENS A&D WBT WT-IESI
IT solutions for industrial automation, engineering and
programming
3 days IK-ITEP
Industrial Ethernet system courses 3 days IK-IESYS
Industrial Ethernet Workshop 1 day IK-IEWS
Communication over Industrial Ethernet WBT WT-ETHER
Security in Industrial Ethernet Networks 1 day IK-IESECWS
SIMATIC S5, Industrial Ethernet 5 days KO-KS5H1
PROFINET
Automating with PROFINET Technical book FB-AUTPN
Automating with PROFINET Technical book FB-AUTPN
Certified PROFINET Network Engineer/Installer 3 days IK-PNOCPNEI
PROFINET The open Industrial Ethernet standard 1 day IK-PNWS
PROFINET system course 3 days IK-PNSYS
PROFINET WBT WT-PROFIN
Industrial Wireless LAN system course 2 days IK-IWLANSYS
Industrial Wireless LAN workshop 1 day IK-IWLANWS
OPC
OPC client programmierung 2 days IK-OPCPRO
Understanding the OPC interface system course 3 days IK-OPCSYS
PROFIBUS
Decentralization with PROFIBUS-DP/DPV1 Technical book FB-PROFI
Decentralization with PROFIBUS-DP/DPV1 Technical book FB-PROFI
PROFIBUS-DP system course 3 days IK-PBSYS
SIMATIC S5, PROFIBUS 5 days KO-KS5L2
PROFIBUS CD-ROM SM-PROFI
PROFIBUS WBT WT-PROFI
AS-Interface
Actuator/Sensor Interface system course 3 days IK-ASISYS
AS-Interface WBT WT-ASI
SINAUT ST7
Engineering SINAUT ST7 5 days IK-SINAUT
SINAUT MICRO SC Telecontrol System N 2 days IK-SINAUTMIC
Appendix
Software Quick Start
10/19
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Fast entry into industrial communication
With "Quick Start" you get a free CD-ROM and/or online sample
programs for a fast introduction to industrial communication.
Content
Sample programs for programming devices/PC, SIMATIC S7
and SIMATIC S5
All terminals are connected to all other terminals through
Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS
Complete, simple examples for a multitude of interfacing
options
Communication solutions: choose your communication solu-
tion from the complete, executable projects and programs,
incl. S7 communication, PROFIBUS-FMS, PROFIBUS DP,
SEND/RECEIVE...
Structure
A single interface guides you through the applications
The documentation is simple and clear
The simple layout presents an instant overview of the program
components required for communication
Small programs with simple data exchange form the basis for
your own applications
The examples required can be loaded from the CD
and run immediately.
To get your free copy of the Quick Start CD, please answer
the questions about your system/installation on the online order
form. Your replies will help us with the ongoing development
of our products.
The order form can be accessed in the Internet at:
Appendix
Standards and approbations
10/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
CE marking
In as far as the electronic products described in this Catalog are
subject to requirements and protection goals stipulated in EG
guidelines, the relevant EG conformity declarations for the com-
petent authorities are held available at:
SIMATIC:
Siemens AG,
A&D AS
Postfach 1963
D-92209 Amberg
Federal Republic of Germany
SIMATIC NET:
Siemens AG,
A&D PT 2 BD
Postfach 4848
D-90327 Nuremberg
SIMATIC HMI:
Siemens AG
A&D AS HMI BD
Postfach 4848
D-90327 Nuremberg
SIMATIC NET products are designed for operation in industrial
environments and comply with the following requirements:
Noise emissions:
EN 50081-2: 1993 and
EN 61 000-6-4: 2001
Noise immunity:
EN 61000-6-3: 2001
Selected modules comply with stringent requirements with
regard to emitted interference and is therefore allowed to be
used in the domestic environment:
Noise emissions:
EN 50081-1: 1992 and
EN 61 000-6-4: 2001
Noise immunity:
EN 50082-1: 1997 and
EN 61 000-6-1: 2001
Please take details regarding the fulfillment of specific European
standards (EN) from the technical documents (manuals) associ-
ated with the product. Prerequisite for the fulfillment of the afore-
mentioned protection goals is strict observance of the installa-
tion guidelines described in the manuals during the installation
and operation of the products.
The installation guidelines described in the manuals and the
important notes concerning installation in cabinets and the use
of shielded cables must be complied with when installing and
operating the products described in this catalog.
Notes for machine manufacturers
The SIMATIC automation system is not a machine within the con-
text of the EU machine guidelines. A conformity declaration with
respect to the EU machine guideline 89/392/ EMC is not avail-
able for SIMATIC.
The EU guideline for machines 89/392/EMC specifies the
requirements for a machine. For purposes of this guideline, a
machine is understood to be a combination of interconnected
parts or mechanisms (see also EN 292-1, Paragraph 3.1).
SIMATIC is part of the electrical equipment of a machine and
must therefore be included in the conformity declaration proce-
dure by the machine manufacturer.
The EN 60204-1 standard (safety of machines, general require-
ments for the electrical equipment of machines) is applicable to
the electrical equipment of machines.
The following table should be of assistance with the conformity
declaration and shows which criteria of EN 60 204-1 (as of June
1993) apply for SIMATIC.
EN 60204-1 Topic/criterion Notes
Paragraph 4 General requirements The requirements are met
when the equipment is
assembled/ installed in
accordance with the
installation guidelines.
Please note the relevant
information in the manu-
als
Paragraph 11.2 Digital input/output
interfaces
The requirements are met
Paragraph 12.3 Programmable equip-
ment
The requirements are met
when the equipment is
installed in lockable cabi-
nets to protect against
alteration of the memory
contents by unautho-
rized persons.
Paragraph 20.4 Voltage tests The requirements are met
Appendix
Quality management
10/21
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Quality management
The quality management system of our A&D division complies
with the international standard ISO 9001.
The products and systems described in this catalog are sold
under application of a quality management system certified by
DQS and TV (German Technical Inspectorate) in accordance
with ISO 9001. The certificates are recognized in all EQ Net
countries.
DQS Registered Certificate Nos.:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives Technology
Division
Industrial Automation Systems
Reg. No.: 001323 QM
Division
SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication
Reg. No.: 002613 QM
TV (German Technical Inspectorate)
Registered Certificate No.:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives Technology
Low-Voltage Switching
Reg. No.: 12 100 16950 TMS
Certificates
An overview of the certificates available for SIMATIC NET pro-
ducts (CE, UL, CSA, FM, shipping authorizations) and classifi-
cation figures (MTBF) can be found in the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
Other certificates for SIMATIC products can be found in the
Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic/certificates
The lists are continuously updated. The data for products
which have not yet been included in the overview is continuously
collected and prepared for the subsequent edition.
Certificates (continued)
You can find certificates, approbations, verification certificates
or characteristic curves under:
Support\Infomaterial\Certificates
or by going directly to the Link Box:
Appendix
Siemens contacts worldwide
10/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Overview
At
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
Technical Support,
Spare parts/repairs,
Service,
Training,
Sales or
Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
Country,
Product or
Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
Appendix
Partner
Siemens Solution Partner
Automation and Power Distribution
10/23
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Overview
Products and systems from Siemens Automation and Drives
provide the ideal platform for all automation tasks.
Our partners appear as qualified solution providers for Siemens
automation and power distribution products and systems,
which are available worldwide, under the name Siemens
Solution Partner Automation and Siemens Solution Partner
Power Distribution.
We pull together with our partners within the framework of the
Siemens Solution Partner Program. The interaction of our
product and system know-how with the application and sector
know-how of our partners forms the common basis for fast,
problem-free and highly efficient implementation of your pro-
ducts, the common basis for your customized solutions with
which you will leave your competitors behind.
.
Solution Partner Finder
The Solution Partner Finder, available to you on the Internet, is a
comprehensive database in which all Solution Partners, together
with their performance profiles, present themselves. In addition
to the search criteria Technology, Sector and Country, you can
also search by Company and ZIP Code. From there it is only a
small step to making the first contact.
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Additional information about the Siemens Solution Partner
Program is available in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner
E-Mail:
SSPinfo@nbgm.siemens.de
Solution Partner
Automation
s
Solution Partner
Power Distribution
s
Appendix
Service & Support
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on CD-ROM
10/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
A&D in the WWW
A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services.
Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog
Detailed information together with convenient interactive func-
tions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation
and Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01can be found in the
Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM or DVD.
Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall
The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:
Appendix
Customer Support
Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project
10/25
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
.I
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to
keep ahead all the time:
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives.
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the produc-
tivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.
Online Support
The comprehensive information
system available round the
clock via Internet ranging from
Product Support and Service &
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop.
automation/service&support
Technical Support
Competent consulting in techni-
cal questions covering a wide
range of customer-oriented ser-
vices for all our products and
systems.
Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
E-Mail:
adsupport@siemens.com
Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and de-
signing of your project from de-
tailed actual-state analysis,
target definition and consulting
on product and system ques-
tions right to the creation of the
automation solution.
1)
Configuration and Software Engineering
Support in configuring and de-
veloping with customer-oriented
services from actual configura-
tion to implementation of the
automation project.
1)
Service On Site
With Service On Site we offer
services for startup and mainte-
nance, essential for ensuring
system availability.
In Germany
0180 50 50 444
1)
Repairs and Spare Parts
In the operating phase of a ma-
chine or automation system we
provide a comprehensive repair
and spare parts service ensur-
ing the highest degree of oper-
ating safety and reliability.
In Germany
0180 50 50 448
1)
Optimization and Upgrading
To enhance productivity and
save costs in your project we
offer high-quality services in op-
timization and upgrading.
1)
1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Appendix
Customer Support
Knowledge Base on CD-ROM
Automation Value Card
10/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Knowledge Base on CD-ROM
For locations without online con-
nections to the Internet there are
excerpts of the free part of the
information sources available on
CD-ROM (Service & Support
Knowledge Base). This CD-
ROM contains all the latest
product information at the time
of production (FAQs, Down-
loads, Tips and Tricks, Updates)
as well as general information
on Service and Technical Sup-
port.
The CD-ROM also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge
Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM will
be updated every 4 months.
Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in
5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD
from your Siemens contact.
Order No. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2
Orders via the Internet
(with Automation Value Card or credit card) at:
in the Shop domain.
Automation Value Card
Small card great support
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the com-
prehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and
Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation
project.
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our
Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support
Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automa-
tion Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your
personal card number and associated PIN you can view the
state of your account and all transactions at any time.
Services on card. This is how it's done.
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field,
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.
By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automa-
tion Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Detailed information on the services offered is available on our
Internet site at:
Service & Support la Card: Examples
Automation Value Card Order Nos.
Credits Order No.
200 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0
500 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0
1000 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0
10000 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0
Technical Support
Priority Priority processing for urgent cases
24 h Availability round the clock
Extended Technical consulting for complex questions
Support Tools in the Support Shop
System Utili-
ties
Tools that can be used directly for configuration,
analysis and testing
Applications Complete topic solutions including ready-tested
software
Functions &
Samples
Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments
Appendix
Safety of electronic devices
10/27
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Safety of electronic devices
The information listed here is mainly of a fundamental nature and
applies regardless of the type and vendor of the electronic con-
trol system.
Reliability
The reliability of devices and components is being driven as
high as possible by employing extensive and cost-effective
measures in development and production.
This includes
Selection of high-quality components;
Worst-case design calculation of all circuits;
Systematic and computer-controlled testing of all subcon-
tracted components;
Burn-in of all large-scale integrated circuits (e.g. processors,
memories etc.);
Measures to prevent static charging when working at or with
MOS circuits;
Visual checks at various stages of production;
In-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computer-aided testing of
all components and their interaction in the circuit;
Hot endurance run at high ambient temperature over several
days;
Meticulous computer-controlled final testing;
Statistical evaluation of all returns for immediate introduction of
remedial actions.
These measures are regarded a basic measures in safety engi-
neering. They prevent or keep control of the majority of potential
faults.
Risks
Wherever faults are liable to cause injury to persons or damage
to property it is necessary to introduce measures aimed in par-
ticular at the safety of the plant and, therefore, of the control sys-
tem. Special, plan-specific directives exist for these applications
and need to be taken into account when configuring the control
system.
In the case of safety-relevant electronic control systems the
measures needing to be taken to prevent or keep control of
faults are aimed at the risk presented by the plant. In such a
case the basic measures listed above are no longer sufficient
above a certain level of hazard potential. Additional measures
have to be implemented and certified (e.g. dual-channel ar-
rangements, tests, checksums etc.) for the control system.
Division into a safe and a non-safe zone
In practically all plants there are parts which perform safety-
related functions (e.g. emergency stop pushbuttons, mesh
guards, two-hand controls). In order not to have to consider the
complete control system in terms of safety engineering it is
customary to divide the control system into a safe and a
non-safe zone. No special requirements are imposed on the
safety of the control system in the non-safe zone because there
would be no impact on the safety of the plant if the electronics
failed in this case. In the safe zone, on the other hand, you are
only allowed to use control systems and/or circuits which satisfy
the directives in question.
The following zonal divisions are customary in practice:
Control systems with little safety engineering,
e.g. machine control systems.
Control systems with balanced zones,
e.g. chemical plants, aerial ropeways.
Control systems with mainly safety engineering,
e.g. incineration plants.
Important
Even if a maximum of design-based safety is achieved in the
configuration of an electronic control systems e.g. through
multi-edge configuration it is still essential to closely follow the
instructions in the operating manuals as otherwise wrong actions
may suspend precautions for preventing potential faults or may
create additional sources of danger.
Appendix
Software Licenses
10/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
Runtime software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz-
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third-
parties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan-
sions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Automation and Drives offers various types of software
license:
Floating license
Single license
Rental license
Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use be-
gins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Certificate of license
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
PowerPack
Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
ware is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
The SIMATIC NET Software Update Service includes automatic
delivery of the relevant updates of the SIMATIC NET PC software
CD, which is available following the signing of the contract.
The CD contains SIMATIC NET software for Industrial Ethernet,
PROFINET, OPC server and PROFIBUS, so that your software is
always up to date.
The following boundary conditions apply:
The customer must already have a current software version,
so an update/upgrade may be required beforehand.
The update service is valid for one year following the date
specified in the order.
It shall be extended automatically for a further year, provided
that it is not cancelled 3 months in advance by the customer or
by the responsible Siemens partner.
When the contract is extended, the customer will be invoiced
for the cost of a further year.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
ing to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Automation and Drives supplies software products with
and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be
found in the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under
(A&D Mall Online-Help System)
Appendix
Index
10/29
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Page
1
counter module ...............................5/66
1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz
counter module ...............................5/69
1 POS U positioning module .............5/64
1SI interface module..........................5/72
1 STEP stepper module.....................5/62
2 A, 5 A, 10 A
load current supplies ....................5/293
2 PULSE pulse generator ..................5/60
3UF18 current transformers
for overload protection .................4/173
3SF2 AS-Interface
cable-operated switches.................6/18
3SF5
pushbuttons and indicator lights ..6/102
4 IQ-Sense and 8 IQ-Sense
sensor modules...............................5/55
A
Abbreviations, definitions ..................10/2
Accessories for DCF77....................7/104
Access points....................................3/18
Active network components ..............2/80
Active RS 485 terminating element ...4/52
Addressing units..............................6/120
Analog input module with HART .....5/271
Analog modules ..............................5/255
Analog modules with HART.............5/271
Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60 ........6/73
Analog electronic modules ...............5/36
Analyzer...........................................6/121
ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS antenna....7/97
Antennae for IWLAN..........................3/44
AS-Interface components
for enclosures ...............................6/105
AS-Interface EMERGENCY STOP
Pushbuttons for AS-Interface ..........6/50
AS-Interface interface for LOGO! ....6/112
Application modules .........................6/72
Application examples for IMC.............3/5
AS-Interface.........................................6/1
AS-Interface
communications modules ..............6/82
AS-Interface
customized enclosures ................6/106
AS-Interface front panel module .....6/107
AS-Interface F adapters
for EMERGENCY STOP
control devices .............................6/102
AS-Interface enclosures .................6/103
AS-Interface enclosures
with standard fittings ....................6/104
AS-Interface Load Feeder Module ....6/94
AS-Interface LS4 laser scanner ........6/46
AS-Interface master...........................6/51
AS-Interface power supplies, IP20..6/113
AS-Interface power supply..............6/113
AS-Interface safety modules ...............6/9
AS-Interface safety monitors ...............6/8
AS-Interface shaped cables...6/115, 9/23
AS-Interface slaves............................6/59
AS-Interface specification ...................6/5
Page
A
ASIsafe ................................................ 6/7
ASM 450/45..................................... 4/182
ASM 454/424................................... 4/189
ASM 456.......................................... 4/184
ASM 470/475................................... 4/186
ASM 473.......................................... 4/188
ASM 754/724................................... 4/189
ASM 854/824................................... 4/189
B
BM 141, BM 142 basic modules .... 5/181
BM 147/CPU
intelligent basic modules ............. 5/175
BT 200 hardware test unit.................. 4/60
Bus cables ...................... 4/29, 4/36, 4/64
Bus terminals..................................... 4/49
C
C-PLUG........................................... 2/245
Cable 2 x 2 ........................................ 2/33
Cable 4 x 2 ........................................ 2/38
Client Modules................................... 3/36
COMBIMASTER 411............................ 9/9
Communication ................................. 9/25
Communication Board CBE20......... 2/286
Communication Board CBE30......... 2/258
Communication Board MCI-PN....... 2/259
for Industrial Ethernet........................ 2/5
for PROFIBUS ................................. 4/11
Compact starters (AC 400 V) ............ 6/88
Components
for safety motor starters and
and frequency converters............. 5/117
Condition of sale and delivery......... 10/38
for AS-Interface................................. 6/3
for PROFIBUS ................................. 4/13
Connecting cable 830-1T.................. 4/46
Connecting cable 830-2.................... 4/47
Connecting cables (SINAUT) .......... 7/120
Connection examples (PROFIBUS)... 4/24
Connection technology (ECOFAST) .. 9/16
Contact persons worldwide............. 10/22
Counter modules ............................... 6/84
CP 142-2................................. 5/197, 6/51
CP 1604........................................... 2/211
CP 1613 A2 ..................................... 2/214
CP 1616........................................... 2/208
CP 243-1.......................................... 2/180
CP 243-1 IT...................................... 2/183
CP 243-2............................................ 6/53
CP 342-5............................................ 4/99
CP 342-5 FO.................................... 4/102
CP 343-1.......................................... 2/189
CP 343-1 Advanced........................ 2/193
CP 343-1 Lean................................. 2/186
CP 343-2............................................ 6/55
CP 343-2 P ........................................ 6/57
CP 343-5.......................................... 4/106
Page
C
CP 443-1 ......................................... 2/197
CP 443-1 Advanced........................ 2/200
CP 443-5 Basic ............................... 4/109
CP 443-5 Extended......................... 4/112
CP 5512........................................... 4/139
CP 5611 A2 ..................................... 4/141
CP 5613 A2 ..................................... 4/121
CP 5613 FO..................................... 4/125
CP 5614 A2 ..................................... 4/129
CP 5614 FO..................................... 4/134
CP 7515............................................. 3/50
CPU 315-2 PN/DP ........................... 2/151
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP ......................... 2/165
CPU 317-2 PN/DP ........................... 2/155
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP ......................... 2/170
CPU 319-3 PN/DP ........................... 2/170
CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300............... 2/151
Customer support ........................... 10/25
D
Data communication
for PROFIBUS ................................... 4/9
Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib
and Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave .......... 4/208
Dedicated-line accessories .............. 7/99
Development Kits for ERTEC........... 2/266
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO................... 2/266
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO................... 2/266
Development packages .................. 4/206
Development packages .................. 2/271
Distributed ET 200S I/Os................. 2/251
Distributed SIMATIC ET 200 I/Os ........ 5/1
Diagnostic repeater
for PROFIBUS DP ........................... 4/54
Digital modules .............................. 5/234
Digital I/O Modules IP67 -
application modules ...................... 6/72
Digital I/O Modules IP67 - K20.......... 6/66
Digital I/O Modules IP67 K45 ......... 6/65
Digital I/O Modules IP67 K60 ......... 6/60
Digital I/O Modules IP68 / IP69K
K60R ............................................... 6/62
Digital electronic modules ................ 5/26
Direct-on-Line Starters for
busbar systems ............................. 6/96
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced ................... 8/26
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E.................. 8/30
DP/DP coupler .................................. 4/56
DP/EIB link......................................... 8/32
DP/PA coupler and link...................... 4/66
DP/RS 232C-Link............................... 4/57
DM 370 dummy module ................. 5/292
Appendix
Index
10/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Page
E
ECOFAST 3RK1 3
motor starters and soft starters 6/93, 9/8
ECOFAST basic modules ...............5/183
ECOFAST bus cables ..............4/36, 9/19
ECOFAST Documentation .................9/28
ECOFAST ES .....................................9/26
ECOFAST Fiber Optic
Hybrid Cable..........................4/91, 9/21
ECOFAST frequency converters..........9/9
ECOFAST
hybrid field bus connections...........9/13
ECOFAST
miscellaneous accessories .............9/25
ECOFAST motors...............................9/14
ECOFAST
motor starters and soft starters .........9/8
ECOFAST peripherals........................9/11
ECOFAST selection module ..............9/12
Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA) ..4/62
Electrical networks (RS 485)..............4/27
ELS ..................................................2/119
EM 141 and EM 142 digital
expansion modules ...........5/153, 5/187
EM 143/DESINA
digital expansion module .............5/191
EM 144 and EM 145 analog
expansion modules ...........5/157, 5/193
EM 148-P pneumatic interface ........5/199
Engineering tools.........2/281, 3/55, 4/191
Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller
ERTEC ..........................................2/260
ERTEC 200....................................2/260
ERTEC 400....................................2/260
Energy (ECOFAST) ............................9/24
ESM .................................................2/124
ET 200eco........................................5/297
ET 200iSP ........................................5/123
and terminal modules ...................5/133
ET 200iSP digital electronic
modules and terminal modules ....5/128
ET 200iSP power supply unit ...........5/141
ET 200iSP reserve module
and terminal modules....................5/139
ET 200L............................................5/210
ET 200L block I/O............................5/210
ET 200M...........................................5/215
ET 200pro ........................................5/145
ET 200pro isolator modules.............5/170
ET 200pro Motor Starters.................5/168
ET 200R ...........................................5/304
ET 200S ...............................................5/2
ET 200S Fail-Safe Motor Starters.......5/99
ET 200S FC Fail-Safe
frequency converters ....................5/101
ET 200S FC frequency converters.....5/87
ET 200S Motor Starters......................5/81
ET 200X ...........................................5/173
ET 200X Motor Starters....................5/203
Page
E
Ex analog modules.......................... 5/283
Ex analog input modules................. 5/283
Ex digital output modules................ 5/281
Ex digital modules ........................... 5/279
Ex digital input modules .................. 5/279
Export regulations ........................... 10/38
Extension Plug................................. 6/118
F
F90 Module........................................ 6/80
Fail-safe digital expansion modules 5/163
Fail-safe modules .............................. 5/49
FastConnect ............................. 2/27, 4/27
Fax-form.......................................... 10/37
F digital/analog modules ................. 5/222
F electronic modules ......................... 5/51
Fiber-optic cables..................... 2/65, 4/69
Fiber-optic cables
Glass fiber-optic cables ......... 2/66, 4/69
Plastic and
PCF fiber-optic cables ........... 4/77, 4/86
POF and PCF fiber-optic cables ..... 2/74
Flat module........................................ 6/81
F terminal modules............................ 5/54
G
for Industrial Ethernet...................... 2/66
for PROFIBUS ................................. 4/69
GPS components ............................ 7/106
GSM components
(GSM/GPRS) ................................... 7/89
H
Hybrid cable...................................... 2/41
I
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO............................ 8/21
IE connecting cable
M12-180/M12-180 /
M12 plug PRO................................. 2/32
IE FC Outlet RJ45.............................. 2/51
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet ................ 2/56
IE FC RJ45 plug ................................ 2/29
IE FC TP cable 2 x 2.......................... 2/33
IE FC TP cable 4 x 2.......................... 2/38
IE Hybrid cable.................................. 2/41
IE TP Cord ......................................... 2/46
IE/PB Link .......................................... 8/17
IE/PB Link PN IO................................ 8/12
ILM..................................................... 4/96
IM 151-1 interface modules................. 5/4
IM 151-3 PN
interface modules .................. 2/251, 5/9
IM 151-7 CPU interface modules ...... 5/11
IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface modules ........................... 5/17
IM 152-1 interface module .............. 5/125
IM 153-1/153-2 ................................ 5/216
IM 153-2 FO..................................... 5/220
IM 154-1 interface modules............. 5/147
IM 154-2 interface modules............. 5/147
IM 154-4 PN
interface modules ............... 2/254,4/147
IM 467.............................................. 4/115
IM 467 FO........................................ 4/115
Page
I
Image processing systems ............. 2/272
iMap ................................................ 2/281
Index ............................................... 10/29
Industrial Ethernet (IE)......................... 2/2
Industrial Ethernet ELS.................... 2/119
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect ........ 2/27
Industrial Ethernet
mediaconverter............................. 2/131
Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11
und TP11-LD................................. 2/141
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM.......... 2/124
Industrial Ethernet Switches.............. 2/81
(IMC) ................................................. 3/1
Industrial Security............................ 2/144
Industrial Twisted Pair
Cables/connectors.......................... 2/62
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on CD-ROM.... 10/24
Infrared Link Module ILM.................. 4/96
Integrated solutions........................... 6/82
Interface modules / interfaces ........ 4/203
Interfacing options
for SIMATIC HMI ................ 2/237, 4/149
I/O Modules
for Operation in the Field ............... 6/59
I/O Modules for Operation in the
Control Cabinet IP20 ...................... 6/77
IP20
motor starters and load feeders ..... 6/94
IP65/67
motor starters and load feeders ..... 6/88
IQ-Sense modules and sensors........ 5/55
IQ-Sense
modules and sensors .................. 5/287
IQ-Sense sensor module................. 5/287
ISDN-Modem MD4............................ 7/84
Isolating module.............................. 5/233
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO ......................... 8/8
IWLAN RCoax Cable......................... 3/10
L
(IWLAN) .......................................... 3/44
Line transformer .............................. 7/102
LTOP overvoltage protection............. 7/99
Appendix
Index
10/31
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Page
M
Master interface submodule for
IM 151-7 CPU interface module .....5/16
MC45 GSM kit....................................7/89
MD2 dedicated-line modem..............7/69
MD3 telephone modem.....................7/78
MD720-3 GSM/GPRS modem...........7/94
Media converter...............................2/131
Methods of connecting to
SIMATIC PCs .....................2/207, 4/120
MICROMASTER 411..........................9/10
Modems.............................................7/67
MD2.................................................7/69
MD3.................................................7/78
MD4.................................................7/84
Modular Outlet ...................................2/56
(AS-Interface) ..................................6/84
Motor connection cables...................9/17
Motor starters (24 V DC)....................6/91
Motor Starter ES......................5/120, 9/27
N
Network components
for Industrial Ethernet .............2/25, 2/80
for IWLAN........................................3/10
for PROFIBUS..................................4/20
for Industrial Ethernet ......................2/18
for PROFIBUS..................................4/21
Network transitions ..............................8/1
Industrial Ethernet
AS-Interface ...........................8/3, 8/21
Industrial Ethernet MODBUS..........8/4
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS.......................8/2, 8/12, 8/17
IWLAN PROFIBUS...................8/3, 8/8
PROFIBUS AS-Interface8/4, 8/26, 8/30
PROFIBUS EIB ......................8/5, 8/32
PROFIBUS MODBUS .....................8/5
O
OBT....................................................4/94
OLM...................................................4/83
OMC TP11 and TP11-LD.................2/141
OPC server for Industrial Ethernet...2/224
OPC server for PROFIBUS ..............4/146
Optical Bus Terminal OBT .................4/94
Optical Link Module OLM..................4/83
Optical networks with OBT
and integrated interface..................4/86
Optical networks with OBT ................4/69
Opto proximity switches
SIMATIC PXO with IQ-Sense.........5/288
Order No. index ...............................10/33
OSM.................................................2/124
Outlet RJ45........................................2/51
Overvoltage protection module .........6/86
Page
P
Passive network components............ 2/25
PCM 4FB21
Power and control modules ............ 9/15
PDM................................................. 4/196
Performance data
for Industrial Ethernet.................... 2/206
for PROFIBUS ............................... 4/118
Plastic and PCF
fiber-optic cables ................... 4/77, 4/86
PM 148 power module .................... 5/190
PM-E F PROFIsafe
F power module ............................. 5/50
PM-E power module........................ 5/164
PN CBA OPC server........................ 2/228
POF and PCF fiber-optic cables........ 2/74
POF/PCF FOC
termination kit................ 2/78, 4/82, 4/93
Position switch................................... 6/11
molded-plastic enclosure
31 mm and 50 mm........................ 6/12
metal enclosure
40 mm and 56 mm........................ 6/13
with separate actuator
molded-plastic enclosure
31 mm and 52 mm........................ 6/14
with separate actuator
metal enclosure
40 mm........................................... 6/15
with tumbler molded-plastic
enclosure,
1200 N locking force..................... 6/16
with tumbler metal enclosure,
2000 N locking force..................... 6/17
Potential isolation module.................. 5/25
Power Rail Booster ............................ 4/59
PS791-1PRO power supply............... 3/48
Power lines ..................... 2/43, 4/39, 9/16
Power modules for
PM-E electronics modules .............. 5/21
Power modules for ET 200S motor
starters and frequency converters.. 5/97
Process or field communication .......... 4/4
PROFIBUS (PB) ................................... 4/1
PROFIBUS bus cables ...................... 4/29
PROFIBUS DP ASICs ...................... 4/200
PROFIBUS DP laser scanner LS4 ... 4/176
PROFIBUS DP/RS 232C link.............. 4/57
PROFIBUS DP switching and
control devices and sensors ........ 4/162
PROFIBUS FastConnect.................... 4/27
PROFIBUS M12 and 7/8"
plug-in cable/connector.................. 4/48
PROFIBUS SCOPE
diagnostic software ...................... 4/207
PROFINET (PN) ................................... 2/2
PROFINET
technology components ............... 2/260
PROFINET products
on Industrial Ethernet ..................... 2/23
PROFIsafe Safety Module .............. 5/114
ProTool/Pro............................ 2/237, 4/152
Page
Q
Quality management ....................... 10/21
Quick Start....................................... 10/19
R
Radio clock components ................ 7/104
RCoax cable...................................... 3/10
Repeater/Extender .......................... 6/116
Reserve modules .............................. 5/24
Reversing starters
for busbar systems ......................... 6/98
RF170C ........................................... 5/166
RFID systems .................................. 5/163
RFID systems
communications modules............. 4/182
RJ45 Modular Outlet ......................... 2/56
RJ45 plug ......................................... 2/29
RS 485 bus connectors .................... 4/41
RS485-IS coupler ............................ 5/143
RS485 repeater for PROFIBUS ......... 4/53
S
S7-REDCONNECT .......................... 2/218
Safety local Module......................... 5/171
Safety Module local ......................... 5/109
Safety motor starter solutions local/
PROFIsafe....................................... 5/98
Safety of electronic devices ............ 10/27
SCALANCE ......................................... 1/9
SCALANCE S .................................. 2/145
SCALANCE W..................................... 3/1
SCALANCE W-740 client modules.... 3/36
SCALANCE W-780 Access Points .... 3/18
and WLAN Controller ...................... 3/31
SCALANCE X .................................... 2/81
SCALANCE X005 entry level ............. 2/83
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged......... 2/86
SCALANCE X-200 managed............. 2/92
SCALANCE X-200IRT managed ..... 2/100
SCALANCE X-400 modular ............. 2/109
SENTRON communication-capable
circuit-breakers ............................ 4/175
Appendix
Index
10/32
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Page
S
SICLOCK time synchronization .......2/247
Siemens contacts worldwide...........10/22
Siemens Solution Partner Automation
and Power Distribution..................10/23
SIMATIC ET 200...................................5/1
SIMATIC FS400 light curtains
(AS-Interface) ..................................6/19
ASIsafe, Category 4 ........................6/28
ASIsafe, Category 4 ........................6/24
Accessories.....................................6/34
SIMATIC iMap..................................2/281
for AS-Interface ...............................6/43
for PROFIBUS................................4/176
SIMATIC PDM..................................4/196
SIMATIC PDM
Process Device Manager ..............4/193
SIMATIC RF170C.............................5/166
SIMATIC VS120................................2/272
SIMATIC VS130-2 ............................2/276
SIMATIC WinAC...............................2/175
SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC........2/175
SIMOCODE pro ...............................4/162
SIMOCODE pro
motor management
and control devices ......................4/162
SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5......................4/169
SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5
motor management
and control devices ......................4/169
SIMOTION .......................................2/256
SIMOTION
Motion Control System..................2/256
Simulator SM 374.............................5/289
SINAMICS S120...............................2/284
SINAMICS S120 drive system.........2/284
SINAUT MICRO...................................7/4
SINAUT MICRO SC .........................7/117
SINAUT ST7.........................................7/6
SINAUT ST7
standard software package ..........7/108
SINAUT ST7cc, Add-on for WinCC .7/111
SINAUT ST7sc,
SCADA Connect software.............7/114
SINAUT telecontrol ..............................7/1
SINEMA E Lean .................................3/55
SIPLUS IM 153-1 .............................5/219
SIPLUS isolating module .................5/233
SIPLUS SM 321
digital input module ......................5/250
SIPLUS SM 322
digital output module ...................5/252
SIPLUS SM 323 digital
input/output module .....................5/254
SIPLUS SM 331
analog input module .....................5/266
SIPLUS SM 332
analog output module ...................5/269
Page
S
SIPLUS SM 334 analog
input/output module ..................... 5/270
SIPLUS SM 326 F digital output
module Safety Integrated........... 5/230
SIPLUS SM 326 F digital input
module Safety Integrated........... 5/229
SIRIUS soft starter ........................... 6/101
SITOP power
24 V/10 A power supply................ 5/208
SIWAREX CF...................................... 5/78
SIWAREX CS ..................................... 5/74
SlimLine............................................. 6/78
SM 331 analog input module ......... 5/255
SM 321 digital input module ........... 5/234
SM 332 analog output module ....... 5/262
SM 322 digital output module ........ 5/240
SM 323/SM 327 digital
SM 334 analog
SM 336 F analog input module
Safety Integrated........................... 5/228
SM 326 F digital input module
Safety Integrated .......................... 5/222
SM 326 F digital output module
Safety Integrated........................... 5/225
SNMP OPC server ........................... 2/231
SOFTBUS for LINUX/UNIX............... 2/235
SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet...... 2/220
SOFTNET for LINUX/UNIX ............... 2/233
SOFTNET for PROFIBUS ................. 4/143
SOFTNET PN IO............................... 2/220
SOFTNET Security Client ................. 2/149
Software Quick Start ..................... 10/19
Software licenses............................. 10/28
Solution Partner Automation
and Power Distribution.................. 10/23
Sonar proximity switch
SIMATIC PXS with IQ-Sense ......... 5/290
Special modules.............................. 5/291
Special integrated solutions .............. 6/82
SpliTConnect ..................................... 4/62
SSI module ........................................ 5/58
Standards and approvals................ 10/20
STARTER drive/commissioning
software ........................................ 5/122
STEP 7............................................. 4/191
Switches ............................................ 2/81
System ECOFAST................................ 9/1
System interfacing
for PG/PC ................. 2/205, 3/50, 4/117
System connections for SIMATIC ..... 4/98
and SINUMERIK............................ 2/179
System components and
accessories (AS-Interface) ........... 6/116
Page
T
(PROFIBUS) .................................... 4/19
Technology components ................. 4/200
Technology module........................... 5/57
TeleService...................................... 7/124
Terminal modules
for ET 200S motor starters
and frequency converters............. 5/117
Terminal modules
for power and electronic modules .. 5/79
Terminating resistor (IWLAN) ............ 3/44
Termination kit ................................... 2/78
TIM 32 with dedicated-line modem... 7/18
TIM 33 with telephone modem.......... 7/22
TIM 34 with ISDN modem ................. 7/26
TIM 3V-IE Advanced for WAN
or Ethernet ...................................... 7/37
TIM 3V-IE for WAN or Ethernet .......... 7/30
TIM 42 / 42D
with dedicated-line modem............ 7/44
TIM 43 / 43D with telephone modem 7/49
TIM 44 / 44D with ISDN modem........ 7/54
TIM 4R / 4RD
without built-in modem.................... 7/63
TIM 4V / 4VD
without built-in modem.................... 7/59
TIM communications modules .......... 7/13
Topologies
for PROFIBUS ................................. 4/15
for SINAUT Telecontrol...................... 7/9
TP Cord ............................................. 4/46
Training............................................ 10/17
Transmission media
(AS-Interface)................................ 6/115
Transmission technology
(AS-Interface).................................... 6/2
Twisted Pair overview..................... 2/26
V
VS120.............................................. 2/272
VS130-2........................................... 2/276
W
WinAC ............................................. 2/175
WinCC ................................. 2/241, 4/156
WinCC flexible RT................. 2/239, 4/154
Wireless coupling ............................. 4/96
Appendix
Ordering data summary
10/33
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Type Page
2XV
2XV9 450-... .............2/154, 2/159, 2/164,
....................2/169, 2/174, 2/234, 2/236,
....................5/239, 5/250, 5/251, 5/252,
....................5/264, 5/267, 5/280, 5/282,
.....................5/284, 5/286, 5/291, 5/292
3RA
3RA5 110-... ......................................6/97
3RA5 120-... ......................................6/97
3RA5 210-... ......................................6/99
3RA5 220-... ......................................6/99
3RB
3RB1 900-... .........................4/166, 4/172
3RG
3RG7 838-... .......................4/178, 4/181,
............................6/36, 6/46, 6/48, 6/49,
...........................6/64, 6/68, 6/71, 6/124
3RG7 841-... ............................6/35, 6/37
3RG7 842-... ..................6/26, 6/30, 6/31,
......................................6/32, 6/35, 6/36
3RG7 844-... ............................6/27, 6/35
3RG7 848-... .........6/26, 6/27, 6/28, 6/34,
....................6/35, 6/36, 6/37, 6/38, 6/41
3RG9 001-... ............................6/68, 6/72
3RG9 002-... .....................................6/80
3RG9 004-... .....................................6/80
3RG9 005-... .....................................6/83
3RG9 010-... .....................................6/72
3RG9 030-... .....................................6/72
3RK
3RK1 100-... ...........6/61, 6/65, 6/72, 6/79
3RK1 105-... ........................................6/8
3RK1 107-... ......................................6/75
3RK1 194-... ....................................5/207
3RK1 200-... ..........6/61, 6/65, 6/68, 6/70,
............................6/72, 6/79, 6/83, 6/84,
3RK1 205-... ....................6/10, 6/68, 6/70
3RK1 207-... ......................................6/75
3RK1 300-... ....................................5/204
3RK1 301-... ..................5/84, 5/86, 5/100
3RK1 303-... ...............................6/93, 9/8
3RK1 304-... ..............5/169, 5/170, 5/171
3RK1 322-... ......................................6/89
3RK1 323-... ...............................6/93, 9/8
3RK1 400-... ..........6/61, 6/63, 6/65, 6/67,
............................6/68, 6/70, 6/72, 6/79,
.....................................6/81, 6/82, 6/83,
............................6/92, 6/95, 6/97, 6/99,
...........................................6/101, 6/112
3RK1 402-... ..................6/79, 6/95, 6/101
3RK1 405-... ......................................6/10
3RK1 408-... .............................6/61, 6/85
3RK1 701-... ...........................6/95, 6/100
3RK1 702-... ......................................6/90
3RK1 802-... ........................................6/8
Type Page
3RK
3RK1 901-... .......... 5/205, 6/8, 6/10, 6/61,
............................ 6/62, 6/63, 6/64, 6/65,
............................ 6/66, 6/67, 6/68, 6/69,
............................ 6/70, 6/71, 6/72, 6/76,
........................ 6/87, 6/95, 6/100, 6/119,
................................ 6/120, 6/124, 6/125
3RK1 902-... ............. 5/172, 5/186, 5/202,
........................ 5/206, 5/207, 6/61, 6/70,
........................ 6/76, 6/90, 6/124, 6/125,
............................................... 9/18, 9/25
3RK1 903-... .......... 5/21, 5/85, 5/86, 5/95,
...................... 5/97, 5/100, 5/112, 5/113,
.................... 5/116, 5/118, 5/119, 5/120,
.................................... 5/121, 9/27, 9/28
3RK1 904-... ................... 6/46, 6/62, 6/64,
........................ 6/66, 6/71, 6/118, 6/120,
........................................... 6/123, 6/124
3RK1 911-... .... 4/38, 5/120, 5/121, 5/172,
............................ 9/12, 9/13, 9/16, 9/17,
.................... 9/20, 9/24, 9/25, 9/27, 9/28
3RK1 922-... .... 5/85, 5/120, 5/121, 5/172,
...................................... 6/93, 9/27, 9/28
3RP
3RP1 902-... ............................... 6/8, 6/79
3RP1 903-... .................. 4/166, 6/77, 6/79
3RT
3RT1 900-... ......................... 5/156, 5/302
3RT1 936-... .................................... 4/166
3RT1 946-... .................................... 4/166
3RT1 955-... .................................... 4/166
3RT1 956-... .................................... 4/166
3RT1 966-... .................................... 4/166
3RW
3RW2 920-... ................................... 4/172
3RW3 014-... ................................... 6/101
3RW3 016-... ................................... 6/101
3RX
3RX1 305-... .................................... 6/114
3RX1 306-... .................................... 6/114
3RX1 307-... .................................... 6/114
3RX1 310-... .................................... 6/114
3RX1 501-... ......................... 6/113, 6/114
3RX1 502-... ......................... 6/113, 6/114
3RX1 503-... .................................... 6/113
3RX1 633-... .................................... 5/163
3RX1 634-... .................................... 5/163
3RX1 635-... .................................... 5/163
3RX1 640-... .................................... 5/163
3RX1 641-... .................................... 5/163
3RX1 642-... .................................... 5/163
3RX1 667-... ............. 5/163, 5/182, 5/186,
..................... 5/189, 5/190, 5/192, 5/303
3RX1 668-... ............. 5/182, 5/186, 5/189,
................................ 5/190, 5/192, 5/303
3RX7 321-... ...................................... 6/47
3RX7 322-... ...................................... 6/34
3RX7 326-... ...................................... 6/34
3RX7 915-... ...................................... 6/34
3RX7 916-... ........................... 5/289, 6/34
3RX8 000-... ............. 4/178, 5/172, 5/205,
............................ 6/46, 6/62, 6/63, 6/64,
............................ 6/66, 6/68, 6/71, 6/89,
................................ 6/120, 6/123, 6/124
Type Page
3RX
3RX9 010-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 012-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 013-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 014-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 015-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 016-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 017-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 020-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 022-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 023-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 024-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 025-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 026-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 027-... ........................... 6/115, 9/23
3RX9 801-... . 6/36, 6/64, 6/67, 6/68, 6/71,
..................... 6/118, 6/119, 6/123, 6/124
3RX9 802-... ............. 2/251, 5/149, 5/151,
.................... 5/156, 5/162, 5/163, 5/182,
..................... 5/186, 5/189, 5/192, 5/302
3RX9 810-... ...................................... 6/80
3SE
3SE2 120-... ............................. 6/13, 6/14
3SE2 200-... ...................................... 6/12
3SE2 210-... ...................................... 6/12
3SE2 243-... ...................................... 6/14
3SE2 257-... ...................................... 6/14
3SE2 830-... ...................................... 6/17
3SE2 840-... ...................................... 6/17
3SE3 750-... ...................................... 6/16
3SE3 760-... ...................................... 6/16
3SE3 850-... ...................................... 6/17
3SE3 860-... ...................................... 6/17
3SE7 120-... ...................................... 6/18
3SE7 140-... ...................................... 6/18
3SE7 150-... ...................................... 6/18
3SF
3SF2 120-... ...................................... 6/18
3SF2 140-... ...................................... 6/18
3SF2 150-... ...................................... 6/18
3SF3 100-... ...................................... 6/13
3SF3 120-... ............................. 6/13, 6/15
3SF3 200-... ............................. 6/12, 6/14
3SF3 210-... ...................................... 6/12
3SF3 243-... ...................................... 6/14
3SF3 257-... ...................................... 6/14
3SF3 750-... ...................................... 6/16
3SF3 760-... ...................................... 6/16
3SF3 830-... ...................................... 6/17
3SF3 840-... ...................................... 6/17
3SF3 850-... ...................................... 6/17
3SF3 860-... ...................................... 6/17
3SF5 402-... ........................... 6/50, 6/102
3SF5 500-... .................................... 6/105
3SF5 811-... ........................... 6/50, 6/104
3SF5 812-... .................................... 6/104
3SF5 813-... .................................... 6/104
3SF5 874-... .................................... 6/107
3SF5 900-... .................................... 6/105
Appendix
10/34
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Type Page
3SF
3SF6 232-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290
3SF6 233-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290
3SF7 210-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290
3SF7 211-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290
3SF7 214-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290
3SF7 240-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290
3SF7 241-... ................5/56, 5/287, 5/290
3SF7 834-... ..4/178, 4/179, 4/180, 4/181,
.............................6/46, 6/47, 6/48, 6/49
3SF7 842-... ..6/29, 6/30, 6/31, 6/32, 6/33
3SF7 844-... ....................6/25, 6/26, 6/36
3SX
3SX1 707-... ....................................6/104
3SX3 195-... ......................................6/14
3SX3 196-... ......................................6/14
3SX3 197-... .............................6/15, 6/17
3SX3 203-... .............................6/15, 6/17
3SX3 206-... .............................6/15, 6/17
3SX3 207-... .............................6/15, 6/17
3SX3 217-... ......................................6/14
3SX3 218-... ......................................6/14
3SX3 228-... ......................................6/14
3SX3 233-... ......................................6/14
3SX3 234-... ......................................6/14
3SX3 252-... .............................6/16, 6/17
3SX3 253-... .............................6/16, 6/17
3SX3 254-... .............................6/16, 6/17
3SX3 256-... ......................................6/14
3SX3 306-... .............................6/15, 6/17
3TX
3TX7 446-... ....................................4/173
3TX7 466-... ....................................4/173
3TX7 506-... .........................4/172, 4/173
3TX7 536-... .........................4/172, 4/173
3TX7 686-... .........................4/172, 4/173
3TX7 696-... .........................4/172, 4/173
3UF
3UF1 843-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 845-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 847-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 848-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 850-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 852-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 854-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 856-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 857-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 868-... ....................................4/173
3UF1 900-... ....................................4/172
3UF5 001-... ....................................4/170
3UF5 011-... ....................................4/170
3UF5 021-... ....................................4/170
3UF5 031-... ....................................4/170
3UF5 041-... ....................................4/170
3UF5 051-... ....................................4/170
Type Page
3UF
3UF5 100-... .................................... 4/170
3UF5 202-... .................................... 4/170
3UF5 700-... .................................... 4/171
3UF5 710-... .................................... 4/171
3UF5 711-... .................................... 4/171
3UF5 712-... .................................... 4/171
3UF5 720-... .................................... 4/171
3UF5 900-... .................................... 4/172
3UF7 000-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 010-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 100-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 101-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 102-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 103-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 104-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 110-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 111-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 112-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 113-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 114-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 200-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 300-... .................................... 4/164
3UF7 400-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 500-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 700-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 900-... .................................... 4/166
3UF7 910-... .................................... 4/166
3UF7 920-... .................................... 4/166
3UF7 930-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 931-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 932-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 933-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 935-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 937-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 940-... .................................... 4/165
3UF7 950-... .................................... 4/166
3UF7 970-... .................................... 4/167
3UF7 982-... .................................... 4/167
3ZS
3ZS1 200-... ...................................... 9/26
3ZS1 310-... ........................... 5/121, 9/28
3ZS1 312-... .................................... 4/167
4FB
4FB5 1..-... ........................................ 9/15
6AG
6AG1 153-... .................................. 5/219,
6AG1 196-... ................................... 5/233
6AG1 305-... .. 5/293, 5/294, 5/295, 5/296
6AG1 307-... .. 5/293, 5/294, 5/295, 5/296
6AG1 321-... ........................ 5/250, 5/251
6AG1 322-... ........................ 5/252, 5/253
6AG1 323-... ................................... 5/254
6AG1 326-... ............. 5/229, 5/230, 5/231
6AG1 331-... ................................... 5/268
6AG1 332-... ................................... 5/269
6AG1 334-... ................................... 5/270
Type Page
6DL
6DL2 804-... ............. 5/126, 5/127, 5/132,
................................ 5/137, 5/138, 5/140
6ED
6ED1 057-... .............. 5/85, 5/120, 5/121,
............................................... 9/27, 9/28
6EP
6EP1 333-... .................................... 6/114
6EP1 334-... .................................... 5/209
6EP1 354-... .................................... 6/114
6EP1 971-... .................................... 5/209
6EP8 106-... ........................... 4/81, 5/209
6ES
6ES5 710-... .. 2/252, 5/8, 5/10, 5/15, 5/20
6ES5 750-... ...................................... 4/58
6ES7 131-... .......... 5/27, 5/28, 5/29, 5/35,
..................... 5/128, 5/131, 5/211, 5/214
6ES7 132-... .......... 5/30, 5/31, 5/32, 5/33,
........................ 5/35, 5/50, 5/129, 5/130,
..................... 5/131, 5/212, 5/213, 5/214
6ES7 133-... ......................... 5/213, 5/214
6ES7 134-... . 5/37, 5/38, 5/39, 5/40, 5/41,
................... 5/42, 5/43, 5/44, 5/45, 5/48,
..................... 5/133, 5/134, 5/135, 5/137
6ES7 135-... ................... 5/46, 5/47, 5/48,
........................................... 5/136, 5/137
6ES7 138-... . 5/13, 5/16, 5/19, 5/23, 5/24,
................... 5/25, 5/50, 5/51, 5/53, 5/55,
................... 5/56, 5/58, 5/59, 5/60, 5/61,
................... 5/62, 5/63, 5/64, 5/65, 5/66,
................... 5/67, 5/68, 5/69, 5/70, 5/71,
.............. 5/72, 5/73, 5/139, 5/141, 5/142
6ES7 141-... ........................ 5/156, 5/182,
................................ 5/186, 5/189, 5/302
6ES7 142-... ... 5/156, 5/182, 5/189, 5/302
6ES7 143-... ... 5/186, 5/192, 5/302, 5/305
6ES7 144-... ......................... 5/162, 5/196
6ES7 145-... ......................... 5/162, 5/196
6ES7 147-... .................................... 5/180
6ES7 148-... .. 5/163, 5/165, 5/190, 5/199,
................................ 5/200, 5/202, 5/302
6ES7 151-... .......... 2/252, 5/7, 5/10, 5/15,
...................................... 5/20, 5/50, 5/53
6ES7 152-... ... 5/126, 5/131, 5/137, 5/139
6ES7 153-... ..... 5/218, 5/219, 5/221, 4/68
6ES7 154-... ... 2/255, 5/148, 5/151, 5/163
6ES7 157-... ...................................... 4/68
6ES7 158-... ............................. 4/56, 4/68
6ES7 180-... .................................... 4/205
6ES7 181-... .................. 4/55, 4/61, 4/205
6ES7 182-... .................................... 4/205
6ES7 183-... .................................... 4/205
6ES7 184-... .................................... 4/205
6ES7 193-... ... 2/252, 4/61, 5/7, 5/8, 5/10,
................... 5/15, 5/16, 5/20, 5/23, 5/25,
................... 5/35, 5/48, 5/50, 5/54, 5/59,
................... 5/61, 5/63, 5/68, 5/71, 5/73,
................... 5/75, 5/78, 5/79, 5/80, 5/97,
.................... 5/126, 5/131, 5/137, 5/139,
.......... 5/142, 5/214, 5/224, 5/226, 5/228
Appendix
10/35
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Type Page
6ES
6ES7 194-... ........2/255, 3/30, 3/43, 4/34,
......................4/38, 4/183, 4/185, 5/148,
....................5/149, 5/152, 5/156, 5/162,
....................5/163, 5/165, 5/172, 5/176,
....................5/182, 5/186, 5/189, 5/190,
....................5/199, 5/202, 5/205, 5/207,
........................5/302, 5/303, 6/71, 6/89,
...........................6/124, 9/18, 9/20, 9/25
6ES7 195-... ......2/269, 2/273, 4/68, 4/89,
....................4/105, 4/116, 4/141, 4/202,
........................4/205, 4/206, 5/8, 5/215,
....................5/217, 5/221, 5/224, 5/226,
....................5/228, 5/232, 5/233, 5/272,
................................5/274, 5/276, 5/278
6ES7 198-... .............5/180, 5/182, 5/186,
...............................5/189, 5/190, 5/192,
.....................5/196, 5/202, 5/205, 5/302
6ES7 305-... ..........................4/68, 5/296,
6ES7 307-... ..........................2/271, 4/68,
....................5/224, 5/226, 5/228, 5/296,
......................................8/10, 8/16, 8/20
6ES7 315-... .........................2/154, 2/169
6ES7 317-... ...2/159, 2/174, 2/269, 2/271
6ES7 318-... ....................................2/164
6ES7 321-... ..............5/239, 5/280, 5/284
6ES7 322-... .........................5/245, 5/282
6ES7 323-... ....................................5/249
6ES7 326-... .........................5/224, 5/226
6ES7 327-... ....................................5/249
6ES7 328-... .............5/239, 5/245, 5/261,
...............................5/264, 5/267, 5/280,
................................5/282, 5/284, 5/286
6ES7 331-... ..............5/261, 5/272, 5/276
6ES7 332-... ...5/264, 5/274, 5/278, 5/286
6ES7 334-... ....................................5/267
6ES7 336-... ....................................5/228
6ES7 338-... ....................................5/287
6ES7 370-... ................4/68, 4/108, 5/292
6ES7 374-... ....................................5/291
6ES7 390-... ....4/68, 5/126, 5/131, 5/137,
....................5/139, 5/144, 5/218, 5/221,
....................5/239, 5/249, 5/261, 5/264,
....................5/267, 5/272, 5/274, 5/276,
....................5/278, 5/287, 5/291, 5/292,
.............................................5/296, 8/16
6ES7 391-... .............2/154, 2/159, 2/164,
...........................................2/169, 2/174
6ES7 392-... ..2/154, 2/159, 2/164, 2/169,
...............................2/174, 2/186, 4/168,
....................5/224, 5/226, 5/239, 5/249,
....................5/261, 5/264, 5/267, 5/272,
....................5/274, 5/276, 5/278, 5/280,
.....................5/282, 5/284, 5/286, 5/291
.............................................5/292, 6/56
6ES7 393-... .............5/224, 5/272, 5/274,
...............................5/276, 5/278, 5/280,
................................5/282, 5/284, 5/286
6ES7 398-... ..2/154, 2/159, 2/164, 2/169,
....................2/174, 2/178, 4/101, 4/108,
...............................4/111, 4/114, 4/116,
....................5/228, 5/239, 5/261, 5/264,
....................5/267, 5/274, 5/276, 5/278,
.....................5/280, 5/282, 5/284, 5/286
Type Page
6ES
6ES7 467-... .................................... 4/116
6ES7 498-... .................................... 4/116
6ES7 651-... .................................... 4/199
6ES7 658-... ......................... 4/198, 4/199
6ES7 671-... .................................... 2/178
6ES7 792-... .................. 4/192, 5/15, 5/20
6ES7 810-... ... 2/182, 2/185, 2/271, 4/192
6ES7 820-... ............. 2/192, 2/196, 2/204,
.................................. 2/230, 2/283, 8/20
6ES7 833-... ........................ 2/169, 2/174,
.......................... 5/20, 5/50, 5/53, 5/224,
................................ 5/226, 5/228, 5/302
6ES7 842-... .................................... 7/126
6ES7 901-... ............. 2/164, 2/169, 2/174,
................................. 2/183, 4/44, 4/192,
........................ 5/226, 5/86, 5/95, 5/122,
............................... 5/151, 5/162, 5/180,
.................................. 5/224, 5/228, 7/96
6ES7 910-... ............. 2/163, 2/168, 2/173,
........................................... 5/151, 5/162
6ES7 912-... ............ 2/164, 2/169, 2/174,
..................... 2/178, 2/183, 5/151, 5/162
6ES7 953-... ............. 2/159, 2/164, 2/169,
............................... 2/174, 2/178, 2/183,
............................... 2/254, 2/257, 2/273,
.......................... 5/10, 5/15, 5/20, 5/151
6ES7 972-... ............. 2/164, 2/169, 2/174,
.......................................... 2/178, 2/183,
................. 4/34, 4/44, 4/53, 4/55, 4/192,
.................... 5/126, 5/131, 5/137, 5/139,
.................... 5/144, 5/151, 5/162, 5/214,
.................... 5/215, 5/218, 5/224, 5/226,
........................................... 5/228, 7/126
6ES7 973-... .................................... 5/245
6ES7 974-... .................................... 5/261
6ES7 991-... .................................... 5/148
6ES7 998-... ............. 2/154, 2/159, 2/164,
............................... 2/169, 2/174, 2/252,
................................. 2/255, 4/55, 4/192,
....................... 5/7, 5/8, 5/10, 5/50, 5/53,
............................... 5/149, 5/151, 5/162,
.................... 5/182, 5/186, 5/189, 5/190,
.................... 5/192, 5/196, 5/202, 5/214,
.................... 5/218, 5/221, 5/224, 5/226,
.................... 5/228, 5/239, 5/245, 5/249,
.................... 5/261, 5/264, 5/267, 5/274,
.................... 5/278, 5/280, 5/282, 5/284,
............................... 5/286, 5/303, 5/305,
............................................. 7/126, 8/29
6FC
6FC5 312-... .................................... 2/258
6FX
6FX2 001-... ............................. 5/68, 5/71
6FX5 002-... ............................. 5/59, 5/68
6GF
6GF1 120-... .................................... 2/275
6GF1 130-... .................................... 2/280
Type Page
6GK
6GK1 100-... ................................... 2/143
6GK1 102-... ................................... 2/123
6GK1 105-... ................................... 2/130
6GK1 160-... ................................... 2/213
6GK1 161-... ............ 2/210, 2/217, 2/269,
........................................... 7/113, 7/116
6GK1 182-... ........................ 2/265, 2/270
6GK1 184-... ........................ 2/265, 2/270
6GK1 210-... ................................... 6/117
6GK1 411-... ................... 8/16, 8/20, 8/25
6GK1 415-... ................... 8/29, 8/31, 8/36
6GK1 417-... ............................ 3/17, 8/10
6GK1 500-... . 2/154, 2/159, 2/164, 2/169,
................ 2/174, 4/34, 4/44, 4/47, 4/51,
........................ 4/55, 4/95, 4/101, 4/108,
.................... 4/111, 4/114, 4/127, 4/136,
................................ 4/141, 4/143, 4/145
6GK1 502-... ..................................... 4/85
6GK1 503-... ..................................... 4/97
6GK1 551-... ........................ 4/143, 4/192
6GK1 561-... ............ 2/178, 4/127, 4/131,
............................... 4/136, 4/141, 4/145,
................................ 4/192, 7/113, 7/116
6GK1 588-... ................................... 4/201
6GK1 704-... ............ 2/148, 2/150, 2/182,
.................... 2/185, 2/188, 2/192, 2/196,
.................... 2/199, 2/204, 2/217, 2/221,
........................ 2/223, 2/269, 3/53, 3/54,
.................... 4/127, 4/131, 4/136, 4/141,
.................... 4/143, 4/145, 4/148, 4/192,
........................................... 7/113, 7/116
6GK1 706-... ............. 2/227, 2/230, 2/232
6GK1 713-... ............ 4/127, 4/131, 4/136,
................................ 4/141, 7/113, 7/116
6GK1 716-... ............ 2/182, 2/185, 2/188,
............................... 2/192, 2/196, 2/199,
............................... 2/204, 2/217, 2/219,
........................................... 7/113, 7/116
6GK1 751-... ................... 3/30, 3/43, 3/53
6GK1 781-... ..................................... 3/57
6GK1 900-... ....... 2/77, 2/79, 2/99, 2/108,
............................... 2/118, 2/148, 2/192,
............................... 2/196, 2/204, 2/246,
..................................... 3/30, 3/43, 3/49,
..................................... 4/82, 4/89, 4/93,
............................. 8/10, 8/16, 8/25, 8/29
6GK1 901-... 2/31, 2/32, 2/37, 2/40, 2/42,
................... 2/50, 2/55, 2/61, 2/64, 2/73,
.......................... 2/85, 2/91, 2/99, 2/108,
.................... 2/118, 2/130, 2/140, 2/148,
.................... 2/150, 2/188, 2/192, 2/199,
.................... 2/204, 2/210, 2/213, 2/148,
.................... 2/150, 2/188, 2/192, 2/199,
.................... 2/204, 2/210, 2/213, 2/252,
............................... 2/258, 2/259, 2/270,
..................................... 3/16, 3/29, 3/42,
........................ 4/76, 4/89, 4/105, 4/141,
..................................... 5/8, 5/10, 5/151,
.................... 7/36, 7/43, 8/16, 8/25, 8/29
Appendix
10/36
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Type Page
6GK
6GK1 905-... .........................2/45, 2/255,
...................4/34, 4/38, 4/40, 4/48, 4/55,
...................4/63, 4/65, 4/80, 4/89, 4/92,
....................4/105, 4/141, 4/180, 4/185,
....................5/148, 5/149, 5/151, 5/165,
.............................. 5/180, 5/221, 5/302,
...........................5/303, 9/20, 9/22, 9/25
6GK1 907-... ...........................2/45, 2/99,
.............................3/29, 3/43, 4/38, 4/40
6GK1 908-... ...................2/45, 2/99, 4/40
6GK1 953-... ........................2/265, 2/269
6GK1 970-... ..2/3, 2/40, 2/42, 2/50, 2/55,
...................2/64, 2/73, 2/77, 2/85, 2/91,
......................2/99, 2/108, 2/123, 2/130,
...................2/140, 4/3, 4/19, 4/35, 4/44,
...................4/51, 4/55, 4/65, 4/76, 4/81,
...................4/85, 4/90, 4/92, 4/95, 4/97,
...........................4/105, 8/16, 8/20, 9/22
6GK1 971-... ............................8/31, 8/36
6GK1 975-... ...........2/3, 2/37, 2/40, 2/42,
...................2/45, 2/50, 2/55, 2/64, 2/73,
.....................2/77, 4/3, 4/19, 4/35, 4/40,
...................4/44, 4/51, 4/65, 4/76, 4/81,
...................4/85, 4/90, 4/92, 4/95, 4/97,
........................5/198, 5/221, 6/52, 6/56,
...............................................8/36, 9/22
6GK5 005-... .....................................2/85
6GK5 101-... ........................2/108, 2/140
6GK5 104-... .....................................2/91
6GK5 106-... .....................................2/91
6GK5 108-... ..........................2/91, 2/271
6GK5 200-... ...................................2/108
6GK5 201-... ...................................2/108
6GK5 202-... ........................2/108, 2/270
6GK5 204-... ...............2/99, 2/108, 2/270
6GK5 206-... .....................................2/99
6GK5 208-... .....................................2/99
6GK5 414-... ...................................2/118
6GK5 490-... ...................................2/118
6GK5 491-... ...................................2/118
6GK5 492-... ...................................2/118
6GK5 495-... ...................................2/118
6GK5 496-... ...................................2/118
6GK5 498-... ...................................2/118
6GK5 602-... ...................................2/148
6GK5 612-... ........................2/148, 2/150
6GK5 613-... ........................2/148, 2/150
6GK5 744-... ...................3/17, 3/29, 3/42
6GK5 746-... ...................3/17, 3/29, 3/42
6GK5 747-... ...................3/17, 3/29, 3/42
6GK5 788-... .3/17, 3/29, 3/35, 3/54, 8/11
6GK5 791-... .2/99, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 3/49
6GK5 792-... .3/16, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 8/10
6GK5 793-... .3/16, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 8/10
6GK5 795-... .3/16, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 8/11
6GK5 798-... .3/16, 3/30, 3/43, 3/47, 8/11
6GK7 080-... .2/188, 2/192, 2/196, 2/199,
....................2/204, 4/101, 4/105, 4/108,
..................................4/111, 4/114, 8/10
Type Page
6GT
6GT2 002-... ............. 4/183, 4/185, 4/187,
................................ 4/188, 4/190, 5/167
6GT2 080-... .............. 4/183, 4/187, 4/190
6GT2 090-... ......................... 4/183, 4/188
6GT2 091-... ............. 4/183, 4/185, 4/187,
........................................... 4/188, 5/167
6GT2 302-... .................................... 4/190
6GT2 402-... .................................... 4/190
6GT2 491-... .............. 4/183, 4/187, 4/188
6GT2 691-... ......................... 4/185, 5/167
6GT2 891-... ............. 4/183, 4/185, 4/187,
........................................... 4/188, 5/167
6NH
6NH7 700-... ......... 7/21, 7/25, 7/29, 7/48,
............................ 7/53, 7/58, 7/62, 7/66,
............................................. 7/83, 7/123
6NH7 701-... ......... 7/36, 7/43, 7/48, 7/53,
................... 7/58, 7/62, 7/66, 7/77, 7/83,
.................................... 7/88, 7/93, 7/123
6NH7 720-... ................. 7/96, 7/98, 7/119
6NH7 760-... ................... 7/77, 7/83, 7/88
6NH7 800-... ......... 7/21, 7/25, 7/29, 7/36,
............................ 7/43, 7/48, 7/53, 7/58,
............................................... 7/62, 7/66
6NH7 810-... ................... 7/77, 7/83, 7/88
6NH7 811-... ................... 7/77, 7/83, 7/88
6NH7 820-... ..................................... 7/96
6NH7 821-... .................. 7/21, 7/48, 7/77,
.................................. 7/83, 7/101, 7/103
6NH7 831-... ......... 7/48, 7/53, 7/58, 7/62,
.................................. 7/66, 7/105, 7/107
6NH7 840-... ..................................... 7/93
6NH7 860-... ................. 7/96, 7/98, 7/119
6NH7 910-... ................. 7/96, 7/98, 7/119
6NH7 997-... ......... 7/21, 7/25, 7/29, 7/36,
...................... 7/43, 7/48, 7/53, 7/58, 7/62,
....................... 7/66, 7/110, 7/113, 7/116
6NH7 998-... ......... 7/21, 7/25, 7/29, 7/36,
................... 7/43, 7/48, 7/53, 7/58, 7/62,
....................... 7/66, 7/110, 7/113, 7/116
6SE
6SE6 411-... ...................................... 9/10
6SL
6SL3 055-... .................................... 2/286
6SL3 072-... .................................... 5/105
6SL3 203-... ...................................... 5/86
6SL3 225-... ........................... 5/91, 5/105
6SL3 244-... ........................... 5/91, 5/105
6SL3 254-... ............................. 5/86, 5/95
6SL3 298-... ...................................... 5/95
Type Page
6XV
6XV1 812-... ........... 2/45, 2/61, 3/49, 4/40
6XV1 820-... .................... 2/73, 4/75, 4/76
6XV1 821-... ............................. 4/80, 4/89
6XV1 822-... ............... 2/255, 4/48, 4/185,
..................... 5/149, 5/151, 5/165, 5/302
6XV1 830-... ...... 2/45, 2/73, 2/163, 2/168,
.................... 2/173, 2/178, 2/183, 2/141,
.................... 2/145, 2/154, 2/159, 2/164,
............................... 2/169, 2/174, 2/255,
................... 4/34, 4/38, 4/40, 4/46, 4/47,
................... 4/48, 4/55, 4/65, 4/75, 4/92,
...................... 4/95, 4/180, 4/185, 5/144,
.................... 5/148, 5/149, 5/151, 5/165,
......................... 5/180, 5/303, 9/20, 9/22
6XV1 831-... ...................................... 4/34
6XV1 840-... ...... 2/31, 2/37, 2/210, 2/213,
.................... 2/252, 2/258, 2/259, 2/270,
......................... 2/286, 3/42, 5/10, 5/151
6XV1 850-... ........ 2/50, 2/55, 2/63, 2/130,
........................................... 2/143, 2/271
6XV1 851-... ...................................... 2/64
6XV1 860-... ............................ 4/34, 4/38,
.................................. 5/148, 5/149, 9/20
6XV1 861-... ........... 2/77, 4/80, 4/81, 4/89
6XV1 870-... .......... 2/31, 2/32, 2/37, 2/40,
............................ 2/42, 2/50, 2/61, 2/99,
.................... 2/210, 2/213, 2/252, 2/255,
............................... 2/258, 2/259, 2/286,
........................... 3/29, 3/42, 5/10, 5/151
6XV1 873-... ............................. 2/72, 4/75
6XV1 874-... ...................................... 2/77
6XV1 875-... .......... 3/16, 3/29, 3/30, 3/43,
...................................... 3/47, 8/10, 8/11
8WA
8WA2 807-... ..................................... 6/79
8WA2 842-... . 5/48, 5/54, 5/75, 5/78, 5/80
8WA2 848-... ...... 5/54, 5/80, 5/126, 5/131
8WA2 861-... ................ 5/54, 5/80, 5/126,
................................ 5/131, 5/137, 5/139
8WA2 868-... . 5/48, 5/54, 5/75, 5/78, 5/80
Z23
Z236A ............................................. 6/120
Appendix
Just copy and fill out the form and fax it to us. We will deliver immediately!
Fax order form
10/37
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
To:
The Conditions of Sale and Delivery apply in accordance with the catalog / price list of your contact partner.
Company address (company stamp): Delivery address (if different):
(Address "Contact person")
Fax No.
Contact partners
Item Order No. Designation Quantity Unit
price
Total
price
Company number (if known)
Company/Dept.
Street, No.
Postal code/City
Contact partners
Tel. No./Fax
Customer Order No.: ........................................................................
Date
Company/Dept.
Street, No.
ZIP code/City
Comments
Desired delivery date: ..............................................................
Signature
Appendix
Additional information
Conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations
10/38
Siemens IK PI 2007
10
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con-
ditions for supplies and services, including software products,
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG.
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Condi-
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with
a Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Condi-
tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Cus-
tomers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall
apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.
General
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the Ger-
man law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only
apply to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given
these are subject to change without prior notice.
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic
official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges
will be determined based on the official price and the metal fac-
tor of the respective product.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
order.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products.
An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1
(for customers based in Germany)
6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1
(for customers based outside Germany)
or download them from the Internet
(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
Even without a label or with an AL: N or ECCN: N, authoriza-
tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
A&D/VuL_ohne MZ/En 05.09.06
AL Number of the German Export List
Products marked other than N require an export
license.
In the case of software products, the export des-
ignations of the relevant data medium must also
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an AL not equal to N are
subject to a European or German export authori-
zation when being exported out of the EU.
ECCN Export Control Classification Number
Products marked other than N are subject to a
reexport license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium must
also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an ECCN not equal to N
are subject to a US re-export authorization.
7
Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
A&D/3U/En 01.08.06
Automation and Drives Catalog
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM and on DVD
The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units,
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 11
SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units D 11.1
SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converter 0.6 MVA to 28 MVA
D 12
SINAMICS S120
Vector Control Drive System
D 21.1
SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System D 21.2
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.3
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1
DC Motors DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
DA 21.1
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter
Cabinet Units
DA 22
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
DA 65.3
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled M 11
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60
Main Spindle/Feed Motors
Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61
Main Spindle/Feed Motors
Drive System SINAMICS S120
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1
Electrical Installation Technology
ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and
Distribution Boards
ET A1
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks ET A5
BETA Modular Installation Devices ET B1
DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1
GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.
Industrial Communication for
Catalog
IK PI
Low-Voltage
Controls and Distribution
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
LV 1
Controls and Distribution
Technical Information
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
LV 1 T
SIDAC Reactors and Filters LV 60
SIVENT Fans LV 65
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation
Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
Positioners and Liquid Meters
FI 01
PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01
Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02
Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
PDF: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
PA 11
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45
Products for Totally Integrated Automation and
Micro Automation
ST 70
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
ST PCS 7.1
Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7
ST PCS 7.2
pc-based Automation ST PC
SIMATIC Control Systems ST DA
SIMATIC Sensors FS 10
SIPOS Electric Actuators
Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35
Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2
Systems Engineering
Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
TELEPERM M Process Control System
PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
Siemens AG
Postfach 48 48
90327 NRNBERG
GERMANY
www.siemens.com/automation
Order No.: E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600
C
a
t
a
l
o
g

I
K

P
I

2
0
0
7
for Automation and Drives
industrial
C
a
t
a
l
o
g

I
K

P
I

2
0
0
7
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

C
o
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
f
o
r

A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

D
r
i
v
e
s
S
u
b
je
c
t
t
o
c
h
a
n
g
e
w
it
h
o
u
t
p
r
io
r
n
o
t
ic
e
|
D
is
p
o
2
6
0
0
0
|
K
G
1
0
0
6
3
3
.
0
S
1
2
4
0
E
N
/
7
0
1
1
4
0
|
I
W
I
T
S
T
S
|
P
r
in
t
e
d
in
G
e
r
m
a
n
y
|

S
ie
m
e
n
s
A
G
2
0
0
6
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or characteristics
of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described
or which may change as a result of further development of the products.
An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly
agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are
subject to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG
or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could
violate the rights of the owners.

Industrial Communication

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Industrial Communication

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Siemens AG

Automation and Drives

Permissible tensile force 130 N 150 N 150 N

UV-resistant Yes Yes

0 ... 26000 m Glass fiber-optic cable

0 ... 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable with

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

0 ... 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

0 ... 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with

SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 /

Windows 2000 Professional/

SOFTNET-PG Edition 2005

Windows 2000 Professional/

SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2005

Windows 2000 Professional/

CPs and software for PROFINET

FIBER OPTIC standard cable

UV-resistant Yes Yes

Impact resistant (starting

is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies.

Order No. 6ES7 193 4CC30-0AA0 4CD30-0AA0 4CE10-0AA0 4CK30-0AA0

III 500 MHz (Windows

2000 SP3, XP Professional SP1

M/X distributed I/O,

62 Slaves (10 ms)

Type CES key-operated switch,

CMIS Common Management

DSSS Direct Sequence Spread

IEEE Institute of Electrical and

IEEE 802 Institute of Electrical and

is a registered trademark of Siemens AG which members

ISM-Band Industrial, Scientific and

ISP Internet Service Provider

PN PROFINET Standard defined by the PROFIBUS User Organization

the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial

S-ar putea să vă placă și